GOULD «fc CO., 
 
 N. E. corner Ninth and Market Sts,, 242 and 244 South 
 Second St., and 37 and 39 North Second St,, Philada. 
 
 o3 
 
 CD 
 
 c n 
 
 CD 
 
 CD 
 
 CO 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 
 H 
 
 “O 
 
 <rt> 
 
 CD 
 
 This Solid Walnut Centennial Italian Marble Top Chamber 
 Suit, three pieces, viz., Double Bedstead, Marble Top Bureau and 
 Marble Top Washstaud, $47. 
 
 This Solid Walnut Centennial Dressing Case Chamber Suit, 
 three pieces, viz., Double Bedstead, Marble Top Dressing Case, 
 Marble Top Washstaud, only SCO. 
 
 3 
 
 tU 
 
 m 
 
 be 
 
 3 
 
 • rH 
 r—H 
 
 '3 
 
 £ 
 
 P 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 fe 
 
 o 
 
 This Fine Walnut Parlor Suit, covered in Hair-cloth 
 Terry, any color, seven pieces, §155. 
 
 We wilfship the above suits to any address on receipt of prices 
 named. No charge for packing. For §8.25 extra, Four Walnut 
 Cane Seat Chairs. One Walnut Cane Seat Rocker and One Walnut 
 Towel Rack will be sent with either < hainber Suit. Solid Black 
 Walnut Wardrobes, eight feet high, $22.50. Solid Black Walnut 
 Secretai y Book Cases, seven and a half feet high. $23.50. All other 
 kinds of’ Chamber or Parlor Furniture equally reduced in price. 
 The choicest patterns of Carpets sold at manufacturers' prices. 
 Bedding in every variety. Name the price of any article of Fur- 
 niture you may need, and we will seud photograph. 
 
 "C 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 W)I. D. BOGEBS, JOSEPH MOORE. Jr. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1S46. 
 
 WTVH. ID. ROGERS &c CO., 
 
 The Highest American Standard 
 
 CARRIAGES AND LIGHT WAGONS. 
 
 Manufactory, Thirteenth and Parrish Sts., 
 Warerooms, 1009 and 1011 Chestnut St., 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1783. 
 
 wm. y. McAllister, 
 
 728 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MUSICAL BOXES, 
 
 Playing from 1 to 100 Airs, 
 
 And COSTING FROM $2.50 TO $3000, 
 
 In Handsome Polished Rosewood and Carved Walnut Cases, with the various and 
 beautiful Accompaniments of Bells, Drums, Castanets and VOIX CELESTES, play- 
 ing all the latest and most favorite Airs, Songs, Operas, Melodies and Sacred Music. 
 
 MUSICAL CHAIRS, MUSICAL WOE-BOTTLES, MUSICAL ALBUMS, 
 MUSICAL JEWEL-CASES, MUSICAL WORK-BOXES, etc., etc. 
 
 Musical Boxes Carefully Repaired by Swiss Workmen. 
 
 JVi AGIC J^ANTERNS, jiTEREOPTICONS, AND ^SLIDES OF pYERY pESCRIP- 
 
 tion, Philosophical Instruments, etc., etc. 
 
 Catalogues sent on Application. Price 10 cents each. Part I. Magic Lanterns. Part II. Philo- 
 sophical Instruments. Part III. Optical and Mathematical Instruments. 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2017 with funding from ^ 
 Duke University Libraries 
 
 
 https://archive.org/details/americanenterpri01burl_0 
 
Syl Ve-'sVe-v VO , ^LOf\e-y 
 
 1776. AMERICAN ENTERPRISE. 1876. 
 
 BURLEY’S 
 
 UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL 
 
 GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 1876 . 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 Plans of the Centennial Buildings and Grounds of the International Ex- 
 hibition of the United States in 1876, and the Classification into Groups 
 and Departments of the Various Articles for Exhibition ; Historical 
 Sketch of the United States, General Information relative to 
 the Topography, Physical Geography', Resources and Pros- 
 pects, Products of the Soil and Climate and the Mines, 
 and Census and Statistics of the United States. 
 
 Sketches of Progress during the Past Century - in Arts, Manufactures, Lit- 
 erature, Education, Inventions, Railroad Facilities and Steam Naviga- 
 tion, etc., and Articles on the Press, the Government and Laws, and 
 other Matters of Interest to both Citizens and Visitors from 
 Foreign Countries. A General Descriptive and Statistical Ac- 
 count of the Business of the United States at the Present- 
 Time; together with soyie of the Principal and Promi- 
 nent Business Houses in the Various Branches of 
 Trade and Manufacture as herein represented. 
 
 PROPERLY INDEXED, CLASSIFIED AND ARRANGED UNDER THE PERSONAL SUPER- 
 VISION OF THE PROPRIETOR. 
 
 CHARLES HOLLAND KIDDER, Editor. 
 
 A GENERAL ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA : 
 
 S. W. BURLEY, PROPRIETOR AND PUBLISHER. 
 1876 . 
 
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, by 
 S. W. BURLEY, 
 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 Westcott & Thomson, 
 Stereotype rs and Electrotypers, Philada. 
 
 Collins, Printer, 
 705 Jayne St. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 <? 
 
 Had the past hundred years been spent in arranging plans for the proper 
 celebration of the One Hundredth Anniversary of American Independence, 
 nothing could have been devised more appropriate for the occasion than a 
 Centennial International Exhibition of Arts, Manufactures and Products 
 of the Soil and Mine. At the beginning of our existence as a nation the 
 development of the resources of this country was scarcely begun ; every 
 species of manufacture which would interfere with trade with Great Britain 
 had been restrained as far as possible by the mother-country, and the min- 
 eral wealth which abounds in every portion of this favored land was almost 
 entirely unnoticed or unappreciated. When the colonists, numbering less 
 than three millions, who occupied a narrow belt of land on the Atlantic 
 coast, declared themselves “free and independent,” their attempts at self- 
 government met, of course, with little favor from the friends of monarchy 
 and of aristocracy, who had no faith in popular sovereignty, and who 
 prophesied the speedy downfall of the infant Republic. Ancient history 
 was raked over for examples of “the incurable evils inherent in every 
 form of republican policy.” Free institutions were to be weighed in the 
 balances, and questions which had been warmly debated by writers upon 
 government were now to be settled by “ the logic of events.” The result 
 of the Revolutionary War and of the War of 1812 — that Second War of 
 Independence — the peaceful adoption of a Federal Constitution, the rapid 
 increase in population and territory of the new Republic during the first 
 fifty years of its existence, encouraged the friends of freedom throughout 
 the world ; and now, when the One Hundredth Anniversary of American 
 Independence is approaching, how could it be more fitly celebrated than 
 by an International Exhibition, in which Columbia (wellnigh the young- 
 est of nations, although she will then be a centenarian) may invite her 
 sisters to participate? This Exhibition has been planned and will be car- 
 ried on, not in a spirit of self-adulation, but of honest pride. Pointing to 
 
 11 
 
12 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 our works of art, to our own manufactures and to the products of our own 
 soil and mines, it may be said, “See what has been accomplished during a 
 hundred years of independence in the development of the resources of a 
 new country.” There can be given a practical, a convincing, a decisive 
 answer to the arguments of those who are opposed to free institutions. In 
 spite of wars, foreign and domestic, in spite of financial “ panics” (of which 
 eveu monarchies and empires have had their share), in spite of many 
 hotly-contested “ presidential campaigns,” during which each party knew 
 that the country would be ruined by the success of their political oppo- 
 nents, the progress of the United States in everything that constitutes the 
 greatness of a nation has been marvellously rapid. The infant nation has 
 grown to manhood — a manhood so honored and vigorous that it is not 
 afraid to challenge a comparison of its past exploits and its present condi- 
 tion with those of any country on the face of the globe. 
 
 Millions of visitors, coming from various portions of this country, as well 
 as from every civilized nation in the world, will doubtless attend the Cen- 
 tennial International Exhibition of 1876. It is the dictate not merely of 
 national pride, but of national self-respect, that we should be prepared to 
 offer, both to the American public and to foreigners, a gazetteer of our 
 country and a guide to our public institutions, our commercial interests, 
 our manufacturing industries and our almost unlimited resources. While 
 it is generally admitted that our country is great, wealthy and prosper- 
 ous, it is a difficult matter for many even of our most intelligent citizens to 
 answer specific questions as to matters of detail. It is to be regretted that 
 more has not been done to keep our statistical literature up with the times, 
 and to give our youth (too often woefully ignorant of these matters) accu- 
 rate notions of the resources and prospects of our country. Our resources 
 are so ample, our progress has been so rapid, our prospects are so full of 
 promise, that we need not fear the test of the most accurate of figures, nor 
 dread to have carefully-prepared statements put in the place of the vague 
 generalities which form the staple of oration, lecture and essay. “Truth 
 is stranger than fiction and accurate statistics will rather increase than 
 diminish the satisfaction which every true American feels in the growth 
 and progress of his country. Statistics, however, serve a better purpose 
 than to foster .national pride. By showing with exactness what has been 
 accomplished in the past, they enable those who attentively study them to 
 make suitable arrangements for the future. In no country are statistics 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 13 
 
 more carefully collected and preserved than in France. This fact has 
 doubtless had much to do with the careful management which has enabled 
 the French to recover so rapidly after a disastrous foreign war, followed 
 by the terrible Communist insurrection. Statistics are of especial import- 
 ance to an American. Possessing a country of almost unbounded re- 
 sources, it is due to our credit as a nation that the nature of those re- 
 sources should be properly stated. What has been accomplished during 
 the past century in bringing to light the wealth that had lain hidden for 
 ages, and in making the wilderness to blossom as the rose, should also be 
 set forth, as well as what remains to be done. The intelligent foreigner 
 who remembers that one hundred years ago the greater part of this coun- 
 try was a wilderness, when he sees, at the Centennial Exhibition, the vast 
 and varied results of the American energy and inventive genius, and the 
 numerous productions of this favored land, will naturally desire accurate 
 information concerning the intermediate period. He will also ask particu- 
 lar questions which can be answered in no other way than by giving relia- 
 ble statistics. It is to answer these questions that this work has been at- 
 tempted. It is a gazetteer of the country, not in the ordinary sense of the 
 word — i. e., a mere geographical dictionary, naming even every insignifi- 
 cant hamlet — but as giving general information upon subjects of import- 
 ance both to citizens and foreigners, and depends for its interest upon the 
 eagerness felt not only in this country, but in every part of the world, for 
 instruction upon the very topics of which it treats. These topics are dwelt 
 upon as fully as is possible in a condensed work of this nature ; and in order 
 to make it a worthy exponent of our national life, the amount of reading 
 matter has been extended from the five hundred and fifty pages promised 
 in the Prospectus to upward of seven hundred pages, including the Syn- 
 opsis of Classification of Articles foe Exhibition, with the details 
 (pages 853-869) and the Appendix (pages 871-886), without a proportion- 
 ate increase in price. 
 
 The Historical Sketch gives the principal events in the history of the 
 United States, from the first discovery of the mainland by John and Sebas- 
 tian Cabot to the celebration of the centennial of the battle of Bunker Hill 
 (June 17, 1875). The late civil war, which is sometimes passed over in con- 
 densed sketches with a very brief notice, is treated as fully as any of the pre- 
 ceding wars. Impartiality has been aimed at; and if errors have crept in, 
 they are errors each of which is endorsed by at least one leading authority. 
 
14 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 The article on Physical Geography gives general information with 
 reference to the physical features, the climate, rainfall and storms, and the 
 mineral and metallurgical products of this country. A larger amount of 
 space has been given to the section devoted to climate, etc., than is usual in 
 works which promise only general information, and an attempt has been 
 made to gather the cream of what has been said of the meteorology of the 
 United States in special treatises upon the science, also to bring up the 
 scientific portions to the standard demanded by the great advance recently 
 made in the knowledge of meteorology. At the same time, technical 
 terms have been as far as possible avoided, or if used they have been 
 explained. To treat such a subject with scientific accuracy, yet with suf- 
 ficient clearness to be both intelligible and interesting to the average 
 reader, is a difficult task ; it is hoped that this fact will be remembered by 
 those who pass judgment upon this portion of the work. 
 
 The Resources and Prospects of the country are dealt with in a 
 special article, which is brief, as the setting forth of those resources in 
 order to give the reader an opportunity to estimate the value of the 
 prospects is the leading object in the composition and publication of this 
 work. 
 
 The article on the Topography of the United States contains 
 a sketch of every State and Territory in the Union, in which series of 
 sketches the leading topics, “Situation and Extent, Physical Features, 
 Soil and Climate, Agricultural Productions, Manufactures, Minerals and 
 Mining, Commerce and Navigation, Railroads, Public Institutions and 
 Education, Cities and Towns, Population, Government and Laws ” and 
 “ History ” are distinguished by a different type heading the paragraphs. 
 As these topics are treated in the same order for each State, and as the 
 headings in title-letter are so prominent as to be easily caught by the eye, 
 this portion of the work is, so to speak, an index to itself. Every effort 
 has been made to obtain the latest and most trustworthy data ; and it can 
 be safely asserted that in no other work which has yet appeared can such 
 a variety of information with reference to each State and Territory in the 
 Union be found. 
 
 The article on the Centenniai City contains in small space a very 
 valuable account of Philadelphia, in which some facts are noted which 
 will probably be news to not a few even of the residents of the City of 
 Brotherly Love. 
 
I 
 
 PREFACE. 15 
 
 In the article on Coin's and Currency a brief sketch is given of the 
 colonial and Revolutionary currencies, and of the first formation of banks 
 in the modern acceptation of the term, together with information relative 
 to the present coinage and banking system of the country. 
 
 Thirty pages are devoted to the history, progress and present condition 
 of the Commerce and Navigation of the United States. The trials 
 of the early colonists and the effect of the Navigation acts are set forth, 
 and considerable space is given to the rejiublication of Sheffield’s gloomy 
 prophecies concerning American commerce, for comparison with the bril- 
 liant success which proved his lordship incorrect in almost every important 
 statement, and which showed, so to speak, the financial and commercial 
 value of free institutions and the superiority of independence to the one- 
 sided “ colonial system.” The article concludes with a rapid sketch of the 
 progress made during the present century, and notices of the principal arti- 
 cles of export and import, of shipping and of steam navigation. 
 
 The three succeeding essays are upon The Press, American Litera- 
 ture and American Education. The marvellous progress made in 
 American journalism and in American authorship during the present cen- 
 tury is described as fully as was considered advisable in a work for popular 
 circulation; and in the third article just mentioned the rise of the free- 
 school system, the founding of the principal colleges established before the 
 Revolution and the national land-grants to schools, with statistics of the 
 number of schools in recent census years, receive due attention ; also the 
 returns of illiteracy and the relation of education to pauperism and to 
 crime. 
 
 The Government and Laws of the United States are then described, 
 each cabinet department coming (by the same arrangement of type already 
 mentioned) under the title of its executive head. Statistics of the army 
 are therefore given under the title “Secretary of War,” and those of the 
 navy under the title “ Secretary of the Navy.” Congress, the United States 
 courts, the laws of the United States (so far merely as their sources are 
 concerned) and the naturalization laws are then noticed, and the article 
 concludes with the Constitution of the United States, the careful 
 perusal of which needs, or ought to need, no recommendation from us. 
 The Declaration of Independence, with a brief historical introduc- 
 tion, claims the next place, as its omission in a work of this nature would 
 resemble “ the play of Hamlet with the part of Hamlet left out.” 
 
16 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 American Agriculture is the subject of the next extended essay, in 
 the course of which essay the latest attainable statistics of the crops and 
 of the number of the leading domestic animals in this country are worked 
 in after the progress of agriculture in the United States has been traced 
 from the earliest settlements to recent times. 
 
 American Manufactures claim a space equal to that given to the 
 foregoing article (34 pages), the early history being traced in a similar 
 manner, the progress made during the several decades since 1810 being 
 followed up by the aid of the census reports, and statistics of leading 
 branches being given with increasing fulness up to 1870. The remaining 
 statistics for the last-named year will be found in the General Descriptive 
 and Statistical Account of the Business of the United States, to which we 
 have not yet referred, but in which will be found many interesting personal 
 statistics of the number, nativity and ages (at tiie time of taking the 
 census) of workers not only in manufacturing branches, but in many other 
 occupations. Those who are engaged in any business which employs more 
 than 20,000 people art giveu these personal statistics in some portion of 
 this department, and the headings are alphabetically arranged, together 
 with the names of advertisers in those branches, or in a special collection 
 of “Additional Statistics,” given immediately before the Advertisers’ 
 Index, or in the introduction to the article. For the capitalist and the 
 investor census statistics are worked in of every leading manufacture, giv- 
 ing the number of establishments, of steam-engines and water-wheels, with 
 the aggregate horse-power; of the hands employed, and the amount of the 
 capital, wages, materials and products. 
 
 Ten pages have been allotted to the Signal Service Bureau, an organ- 
 ization of great value and efficiency, which has not hitherto received its 
 due meed of commendation in any work similar to the present. It is a 
 service of which this country may well be proud ; and a description of its 
 workings is absolutely essential to complete the plan of an attempt to set 
 forth the progress and present condition of the United States, the only 
 nation in the world in which every leading daily newspaper publishes 
 weather prognostications which are in eight cases out of ten correct. 
 
 An article on the Railroads of the United States then follows, in 
 which the latest obtainable statistics are given, together with a sketch of 
 the first attempts at using these now indispensable highways of travel and 
 transportation. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 17 
 
 American Art is treated in a somewhat popular style for the general 
 reader, not for the art critic — a fact which .we hope may be remembered by 
 any of the latter class into whose hands this work may come. This state- 
 ment will account for the almost entire absence of technical terms, and for 
 their explanation in the few instances where they are used. 
 
 American Inventions have been so numerous and so valuable that 
 many volumes of the size of the one now offered to the public could be 
 written upon this subject alone without exhausting the theme. We have 
 therefore noted only a few of the principal ones, and have shown the hope- 
 lessness of giving an adequate condensed view of all that has been done 
 in this line by presenting statistics of the number of patents issued each 
 year for thirty-five years, the total number being upward of one hundred 
 and seventy thousand. 
 
 The information with reference to the United States Centennial 
 International Exhibition, drawn from official sources, with engrav- 
 ings of the various edifices and plans of buildings and the grounds, will 
 serve to render this work of value to all who are interested in the celebra- 
 tion of the One Hundredth Anniversary of American Independence, and 
 who desire to preserve a memorial of such celebration. 
 
 The previous International Exhibitions of the World have 
 not been forgotten, brief articles upon them (each accompanied with a 
 cut of the principal building used) being scattered at appropriate intervals 
 through the work. Though these articles are short, it is hoped that suf- 
 ficient information has been condensed in them to make them worthy of 
 the perusal of all who are interested in such undertakings. 
 
 The statistics given throughout this work have been drawn from the most 
 trustworthy sources — from official documents and statements wherever these 
 have been accessible; and the task of combining them in the various gen- 
 eral articles so as to be interesting to the average reader has been one of 
 no small difficulty. Too few figures would leave the amount of real infor- 
 mation given comparatively meagre. Too many figures would repel many 
 who are unaccustomed to the study of statistical returns. The tabular 
 form has therefore been avoided as far as possible ; and where it has been 
 used, the table has been usually given in the Appendix (pages 871-886). 
 
 We now come to the pleasing task of acknowledging the assistance which 
 
 has been rendered by those who have felt an interest in the spread of 
 2 
 
18 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 statistical information. Mr. Charles Holland Kidder, the editor, has been 
 engaged on the book since the summer of 1874. The work throughout 
 will bear witness to his great carefulness and ability. The preparation of 
 the articles upon the “ Topography of the United States ” (with few excep- 
 tions) and the “ Centennial City ” was entrusted by him to the Rev. Moseley 
 H. Williams. The advertisers who have given their support, many of 
 whom have been connected with the work since the early part of 1873, 
 and several of whom have greatly assisted by furnishing the latest statis- 
 tics in their various branches, are worthy of special mention as co-operators 
 in the task which we have just completed. Some of these firms are among 
 the leading houses in the world in their respective lines of business. 
 
 Thanks are due to the Hon. Lorin Blodget for kindly giving the use of 
 valuable charts and of public documents which could not elsewhere be ob- 
 tained; also for suggestions and hints which were of great service in work- 
 ing up several of the articles. 
 
 The Hon. Edward Young, Chief of the Bureau of Statistics, forwarded 
 documents and information iu advance of the annual reports with a prompt- 
 ness and courtesy which added another to the many proofs of his eminent 
 fitness for the laborious and responsible but inadequately compensated office 
 which he now holds. 
 
 Acknowledgment should be made to the stereotyping establishment of 
 Messrs. Westcott & Thomson, and especially to their proof-readers, Messrs. 
 Forbes and Peck, whose constant vigilance has helped to secure accuracy. 
 
 The care and responsibility attending the publication of a work like 
 this can be estimated and appreciated only by those having knowledge of 
 the business. The work was planned and begun in the year 1872 with a 
 view to furnishing useful and valuable information concerning this country 
 at a time when all the world shall assemble here to see what has been 
 accomplished during one hundred years of American energy and inventive 
 genius, the publisher feeling that an International Exhibition of the United 
 States would be an occasion of extraordinary interest, which at this date 
 promises to be a more splendid success than was anticipated. The labor 
 of several years is completed with the consciousness that no effort has 
 been spared to make the work worthy in every particular. 
 
 S. W. BURLEY. 
 
 January, 1876. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Advertisers’ Index 
 
 American Agriculture 
 
 Art 
 
 Education 
 
 Inventions 
 
 Literature 
 
 Manufactures 
 
 Appendix 
 
 Articles for Exhibition, Classification 
 
 Attorney-General 
 
 Building-Stones 
 
 Census of 1820 
 
 Centennial City 
 
 Climate 
 
 Coal 
 
 Coins and Currency 
 
 Commerce and Navigation 
 
 Congress 
 
 Constitution of the United States 
 
 Copper 
 
 Cotton-Gin 
 
 Cyclones 
 
 Declaration of Independence 
 
 Electric Telegraph 
 
 Exports and Imports 
 
 General Descriptive and Statistical 
 Account of Business of the U. S... 
 
 Gold and Silver 
 
 Government and Laws 
 
 Hamilton’s Report on Manufactures.. 
 
 Historical Sketch 
 
 International Exhibition, London 
 
 PAGE 
 
 International Exhibition, Lond., 1851. 151 
 
 New York, 1853 321 
 
 Paris, 1S55 203 
 
 Paris, 1867 547 
 
 Vienna, 1873 689 
 
 United States Centennial, 1876... 651 
 
 Agricultural Building, 1876 676 
 
 Art Gallery, 1876 668 
 
 Horticultural Building, 1876 674 
 
 Machinery Building, 1876 671 
 
 Main Exhibition Building, 1876. 664 
 Classification, etc., Synopsis of... 868 
 Ground Plan of Agricultural 
 
 Building 677 
 
 Art Gallery 669 
 
 Horticultural Building 675 
 
 Machinery Building 672 
 
 Main Exhibition Building... 665 
 
 Plan of Centennial Grounds 678 
 
 System of Awards 682 
 
 Iron 183 
 
 Laws of the United States 522 
 
 Lead 193 
 
 Manufactures in 1820 607 
 
 1830 608 
 
 1840 608 
 
 1850 609 
 
 1860 610 
 
 1870 612 
 
 Mineral and Metallic Products 179 
 
 Naturalization Laws 523 
 
 Patents 649 
 
 PAGE 
 
 35 
 
 549 
 
 633 
 
 491 
 
 641 
 
 481 
 
 583 
 
 871 
 
 853 
 
 519 
 
 179 
 
 607 
 
 427 
 
 161 
 
 180 
 
 437 
 
 445 
 
 519 
 
 525 
 
 191 
 
 645 
 
 177 
 
 539 
 
 646 
 
 469 
 
 21 
 
 188 
 
 505 
 
 602 
 
 91 
 
 425 
 
 19 
 
20 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Petroleum 186 
 
 Physical Geography 153 
 
 Postmaster-General 517 
 
 Precious Stones 179 
 
 Quicksilver 194 
 
 Railroads of the United States 627 
 
 Rainfall 169 
 
 Resources and Prospects 195 
 
 Salt 179 
 
 Secretary of State 506 
 
 of the Treasury 507 
 
 of War 507 
 
 of the Navy 511 
 
 of the Interior 516 
 
 Sewing-Machine 648 
 
 Sheffield’s Observations on American 
 
 Commerce, 456 
 
 Sheffield; Replies to 463 
 
 Shipping 470 
 
 Signal Service Bureau 617 
 
 Snow 173 
 
 Steamboat, The 642 
 
 Steam Navigation 474 
 
 Storms 175 
 
 Tench Coxe’s Statement of Manufac- 
 tures 604 
 
 The Press 475 
 
 Topography of the States. 
 
 Alabama 205 
 
 Arkansas 210 
 
 California 214 
 
 Connecticut 220 
 
 Delaware 224 
 
 Florida 228 
 
 Georgia 232 
 
 Illinois 237 
 
 Indiana 242 
 
 Iowa 246 
 
 Kansas 250 
 
 Kentucky... 254 
 
 Louisiana 258 
 
 Topography of the States. — Continued. 
 
 Maine 263 
 
 Maryland 26S 
 
 Massachusetts 272 
 
 Michigan 277 
 
 Minnesota 283 
 
 Mississippi 288 
 
 Missouri 292 
 
 Nebraska 298 
 
 Nevada 302 
 
 New Hampshire 307 
 
 New Jersey 313 
 
 New York 323 
 
 North Carolina 332 
 
 Ohio 337 
 
 Oregon 343 
 
 Pennsylvania 347 
 
 Rhode Island 355 
 
 South Carolina 359 
 
 Tennessee 364 
 
 Texas 368 
 
 Vermont 373 
 
 Virginia 378 
 
 West Virginia 383 
 
 Wisconsin 387 
 
 The District of Columbia 393 
 
 The Territories. 
 
 Alaska 396 
 
 Arizona 399 
 
 Colorado 402 
 
 Dakota 405 
 
 Idaho 408 
 
 Indian Territory, The 410 
 
 Montana 412 
 
 New Mexico 415 
 
 Utah 417 
 
 Washington 420 
 
 Wyoming 422 
 
 Tornadoes 175 
 
 United States Courts 521 
 
 Zinc 193 
 
GENERAL DESCRIPTIVE AAD STATISTIC- 
 AL ACOOHAT OF THE BHSIAESS OF THE 
 HATTED STATES. 
 
 Introduction. — General statistics for the whole country are pro- 
 cured only once in ten years, at the taking of the United States census. 
 In a few branches later reports are obtainable; but however much the 
 census returns are open to criticism, the statistician is obliged in most cases 
 to fall back upon the figures obtained by the census marshals. The census 
 of 1870 was, as we have said elsewhere (page 612), superior to any of its 
 predecessors, but there were local differences in the methods of taking the 
 returns and of filling up the schedules, which caused considerable variation 
 in the value of the figures obtained. Too often the deputy-marshals, when 
 manufacturers refused to give the desired information, forgot that the census 
 is taken for the benefit of the whole country, and applied the principle of 
 the directory agent, who thinks a man who refuses to give his name is 
 justly punished by being omitted from the list. In Philadelphia, for in- 
 stance, 2300 establishments, having an average production for the census 
 year of about fifty thousand dollars each (aggregate §115,000,000), were 
 omitted from the first returns. The Superintendent of the Census solicited 
 the fullest aid that could be afforded in making the account complete, and 
 the Hon. Lorin Blodget of Philadelphia was commissioned by the Depart- 
 ment of the Interior with full authority to obtain returns under the census 
 laws, and to make a complete revision of the schedules already forwarded, 
 as well as to prepare supplemental returns embracing everything not in- 
 cluded in the first canvass. The result of this revision was the discovery 
 of the omission just mentioned, and of the inclusion of about $40,000,000 
 of railroad earnings among the products of the manufactures of Philadel- 
 phia. The committee of the City Councils on the United States census of 
 1870 published the corrected returns, and say in their report: “ It is proper 
 to state that the figures given are the result of Mr. Blodget’s calculations, 
 not reviewed by the census office, but believed by both the superintendent 
 and Mr. Blodget to be practically identical, the computations of the census 
 office not being sufficiently advanced to make exact comparisons, but pre- 
 cisely the same returns in duplicate being used for each.” The corrected 
 returns for Philadelphia were as follows : Establishments, 8339 ; steam- 
 
22 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 engines, 1877 (horse-power, 49,674); hands employed, 137,876 - (men, 
 92,112; women, 35,478; youths, 10,286); capital, $185,000,357; wages, 
 $61,948,874; materials, $181,261,223 ; products, $334,852,458. The clas- 
 sification of the various branches was much more minute in the special 
 report than in the census figures for the whole country. Special statistics 
 were given of 548 branches and of a group of unclassified establishments, 
 producing an aggregate of $1,666,564. The regular census report divided 
 the manufactures of the country into only 390 classes, several minor 
 branches being frequently grouped together under one general heading. 
 In giving special statistics, therefore, for the several businesses represented 
 we have been obliged occasionally to group together several branches, or 
 rather to place under one branch or general heading the statistics as found 
 in the census, then to refer under the other branches included in the group 
 to the title under which the combined statistics of the group will be found. 
 In many cases, on account of the minute subdivision in Mr. Blodget’s 
 report, it is possible to give special statistics for Philadelphia in branches 
 which were omitted or included under a general heading in the regular 
 census report. The manufactures of Philadelphia in 1875 are estimated 
 by Mr. Blodget at $500,000,000. The census return for the manufactures 
 of Alleghany county, Pa., was also about $100,000,000 short, as it gives a 
 total of only $88,789,414, while the manufacturers paid tax that year on 
 an aggregate product of about $190,000,000. Personal statistics have also 
 been given sometimes in lieu of, and sometimes in connection with, returns 
 of production. These statistics have been obtained from the “ Table of 
 Occupations” in the census report. Though this table is in some respects 
 incomplete, the adult males of the country are as fully accounted for as 
 could be expected. Of 10,429,150 between the ages of 16 and 59, inclu- 
 sive, 9,486,734 were assigned gainful occupations. The great discrep- 
 ancies which will be noticed between the number of “hands employed” 
 in the factories producing or working over certain articles and the 
 number returned in the Table of Occupations as working in these 
 branches can be easily understood when it is remembered that the 
 establishments mentioned in the “Table of Manufactures” are mainly 
 those conducted on the factory principle, that the number of “hands 
 employed” is the average number employed, aud that in this number 
 both unskilled laborers and skilled workmen were frequently returned 
 fa practice which tended, of course,' to increase the number credited to this 
 branch), while, on the other hand, those not in factories, or who were not 
 directly engaged in the manufacturing department of their business, were 
 excluded by the plan of the “Table of Manufactures,” but included in the 
 returns of the “Table of Occupations.” The nature of these personal 
 statistics can be seen by examining the following return for persons “ 10 
 years old and over” engaged in all occupations: Number, 12,505,923 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 23 
 
 (males, 10,669,635; females, 1,836,288); ages, 10 to 15, 739,164; 16 to 
 59, 11,081,517 ; 60 aud over, 685,242; born in tlie United States, 9,802,- 
 034; Germany, 836,418 ; Ireland, 947,234; England and Wales, 301,795; 
 Scotland, 71,922 ; British America, 189,318 ; Sweden, Norway and Den- 
 mark, 109,658 ; France, 58,200 ; China and Japan, 46,274. According to 
 the leading subdivision, these people are classed as engaged in agriculture, 
 in “professional and personal services,” in “trade and transportation” and 
 in “ manufactures aud mining,” with the following personal statistics : 
 1. Persons engaged in Agriculture, 5,922,471 (males, 5,525,503 ; females, 
 396,968); ages, 10 to 15, 499,558 ; 16 to 59, 4,959,890 ; 60 and over, 463,- 
 023 ; born in the United States, 5,303,363 ; Germany, 224,531 ; Ireland, 
 138,425; England and Wales, 77,173 ; Scotland, 17,850 ; British America, 
 48,288; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 50,480; France, 16,472; China 
 and Japan, 2861. 2. Persons engaged in Professional and Personal Ser- 
 
 vices, 2,684,793 (males, 1,618,121 ; females, 1,066,672) ; ages, 10 to 15, 
 149,491 ; 16 to 59, 2,428,147 ; 60 and over, 107,155; born in the United 
 States, 1,858,178; Germany, 191,212; Ireland, 425,087; England and 
 Wales, 49,905 ; Scotland, 12,672 ; British America, 48,014; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 29,333 ; France, 13,102 ; China aud Japan, 19,471. 
 3. Persons engaged in Trade and Transportation, 1,191,238 (males, 1,172,- 
 540; females, 18,698); ages, 10 to 15, 14,472; 16 to 59, 1,149,042; 60 
 and over, 27,724 ; born in the United States, 862,653; Germany, 112,435; 
 Ireland, 119,094 ; England and Wales, 32,086 ; Scotland, 8440 ; British 
 America, 16,565 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 9564 ; France, 8654 ; 
 China and Japan, 2250. 4. Persons engaged in Manufactures and Mining, 
 2,707,421 (males, 2,353,471; females, 353,950); ages, 10 to 15, 75,643; 
 16 to 59, 2,544,438 ; 60 and over, 87,340; born in the United States, 1,777,- 
 840 ; Germany, 308,240 ; Ireland, 264,628 ; England and Wales, 142,631 ; 
 Scotland, 32,960; British America, 76,451; Sweden, Norway and Den- 
 mark, 20,281; France, 19,972; China and Japan, 21,962. The two lead- 
 ing occupations included in the second class just given furnished employ- 
 ment to nearly four-fifths (2,007,400) of the whole number engaged in 
 personal and professional services, the returns being as follows : Domestic 
 Servants, 975,734 (males, 108,380; females, 867,354); ages, 10 to 15, 109,- 
 503 ; 16 to 59, 838,400 ; 60 and over, 27,822 ; born in the United States, 
 729,180; Germany, 42,866; Ireland, 145,956; England and AYales, 
 12,531; Scotland, 3399; British America, 14,878; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 11,287 ; France, 2874; China and Japan, 5420. Laborers (not 
 specified), 1,031,666 (males, 1,010,345; females, 21,321); ages, 10 to 15, 
 52,159 ; 16 to 59, 948,404 ; 60 and over, 51,103; born in the United States, 
 602,075; Germany, 96,432 ; Ireland, 229,199; England and Wales, 21,- 
 932; Scotland, 5723; British America, 25,394; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 15,459; France, 4832; China and Japan, 9436. The largest 
 
24 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 single entry under the heading “persons engaged in trade and transporta- 
 tion ” was the following : Clerks in Stores, 222,504 (males, 216,310 ; females, 
 6194); ages, 10 to 15, 7085; 16 to 59, 213,588; 60 and over, 1831; born 
 in the United States, 181,478 ; Germany, 16,886; Ireland, 9532 ; England 
 and Wales, 5341 ; Scotland, 1537 ; British America, 2732; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 1044; France, 1166; China and Japan, 207. There 
 was also the following separate return : Bookkeepers and Accountants in 
 Stores, 31,177 (males, 30,884; females, 293); ages, 10 to 15,63; 16 to 59, 
 30,563 ; 60 and over, 551 ; born in the United States, 24,494 ; Germany, 
 2250; Ireland, 1524; England and Wales, 1259; Scotland, 490; British 
 America, 447 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 74; France, 186; China 
 and Japan, 38. In the class engaged in manufactures and mining the 
 number of “manufacturers” returned as such (meaning, of course, pro- 
 prietors of establishments) was 42,877 (males, 42,687 ; females, 190); 16 
 to 59, 40,898 ; 60 and over, 1979 ; born in the United States, 31,962 ; 
 Germany, 4896 ; Ireland, 1817 ; England and Wales, 2189 ; Scotland, 447 ; 
 British America, 506 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 151 ; France, 308; 
 China and Japan, 22. 
 
 The question of the nativity of the inhabitants of this country (how 
 many are native- and how many are foreign-born, with the nationalities of 
 the latter) is so interesting that we feel that no apology is necessary for 
 giving some facts from the census with reference to this important matter. 
 The total foreign-born population of the United States in 1870 was 5,567,- 
 229, while the native population was 32,991,142. The foreign-born popu- 
 lation in 1850 was 2,244,602, or 9.68 per cent, of the total population. In 
 1860 it was 4,138,697, or 13.16 per cent, of the total population; and in 
 1870 it was 14.44 per cent, of the total population. This increase in the 
 proportion indicates a greater increase in the foreign-born population than 
 in the native, and the exact figures are as follows : Increase of native pop- 
 ulation between 1850 and 1860, 31.80 per cent.; increase of foreign-born 
 population during the same period, 88.84 per cent. Increase of native 
 population between 1860 and 1870, 20.83 per cent.; increase of foreign- 
 born population during the same period, 34.50 per cent. The leading 
 States in foreign-born population in 1870 were New York (1,138,353), 
 Pennsylvania (545,309), Illinois (515,198), Ohio (372,493), Wisconsin 
 (364,499) and Massachusetts (353,319). The following statement from the 
 census report gives — 
 
 The Foreign-born Population, distributed according to Place of Birth among the 
 pnncipal Foreign Countries. 
 
 Austria 30,508 
 
 Belgium 12,553 
 
 Bohemia 40,289 
 
 British America 493,464 
 
 China 63,042 
 
 Denmark 30,107 
 
 France 116,402 
 
 Germany 1,690,533 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 25 
 
 Great Britain (not specified)... 4,122 
 
 England 550,922 
 
 Ireland 1,855,827 
 
 Scotland 140,835 
 
 Wales 74,533 
 
 Hungary 3,737 
 
 Italy 17,157 
 
 Luxemburg... 5,802 
 
 Mexico 42,435 
 
 Norway 114,246 
 
 Poland 14,436 
 
 Portugal 4,542 
 
 Russia 4,644 
 
 Holland 46,802 
 
 Spain 3,764 
 
 Sweden 97,332 
 
 Switzerland 75,153 
 
 West Indies 11,570 
 
 The German population came from so many different States that a 
 special table was prepared in the census office of the 
 
 German Population distributed according to Place of Birth among the principal 
 States and Free Cities of Germany. 
 
 Baden 153,366 
 
 Bavaria 204,119 
 
 Brunswick 4,876 
 
 Hamburg 7,829 
 
 Hanover 104,365 
 
 Hessen 131,524 
 
 Liibeck 279 
 
 Mecklenburg 39,670 
 
 Nassau 8,962 
 
 Oldenburg 10,286 
 
 Prussia (not specified) 596,782 
 
 Saxony 45,256 
 
 Weimar 1,628 
 
 Wurtemberg 127,959 
 
 Germany (not specified) 253,632 
 
 The leading States in German population were New York (316,902), Illi- 
 nois (203,758), North Carolina (182,897), Wisconsin (162,314) and Penn- 
 sylvania (160,146), these five States containing 1,026,017 (60.75 per cent.) 
 or more than three-fifths of the total German population. There were 
 151,216 Germans in the city of New York, 59,040 in St. Louis, 52,318 in 
 Chicago, 50,746 in Philadelphia and 49,448 in Cincinnati. The leading 
 States in Irish population were New York (528,806), Pennsylvania (235,- 
 798), Massachusetts (216,120) and Illinois (120,162), making for these 
 four States 1,100,886 (59.32 per cent.), or nearly three-fifths of the total 
 number of natives of Ireland in this country. The leading States in Eng- 
 lish population were New York (110,070), Pennsylvania (69,665), Illinois 
 (53,871), Ohio (36,561), Michigan (35,051) and Massachusetts (34,099), 
 making for these six States 339,318 (61.61 per cent.), or more than three- 
 - fifths of the total English population in this country. The leading States 
 in Scotch population were New York (27,282), Pennsylvania (16,846), 
 Illinois (15,737), Massachusetts (9003) and Michigan (8552), making for 
 these five States 77,420 (55 per cent.), or more than one-half of the total 
 Scotch population in this country. The leading States in Welsh popula- 
 tion were Pennsylvania (27,282), Ohio (12,939), New York (7857) and 
 Wisconsin (6550), making for these four States 54,628 (73.33 per cent.), 
 or nearly three-fourths of the total Welsh population in this country. 
 There were 234,594 “ natives of Great Britain and Ireland ” in the city 
 
26 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 of New York, 123,408 iu Philadelphia, 97,475 in Brooklyn, 64,787 
 in Boston, 54,800 in Chicago and 38,961 in St. Louis. The leading 
 States in British- American population were Michigan (89,590), New 
 York (79,042), Massachusetts (70,055), Illinois (32,550), Vermont 
 (28,544) and Maine (26,788), making for these six States 326,467 
 (66.15 per cent.), or very nearly two-thirds of the British-American 
 population in this country. The leading States in Swedish population 
 were Illinois (29,979), Minnesota (20,987) and Iowa (10,796), making 
 for these three States 61,752 (63.46 per cent.), or more than three-fifths 
 of the total Swedish population in this country. The leading States 
 in Norwegian population were Wisconsin (40,046), Minnesota (35,940), 
 Iowa (17,556) and Illinois (11,880), making for these four States 105,422 
 (92.31 per cent.), or more than nine-tenths of the Norwegian population 
 in this country. The leading States in French population were New York 
 (22,302), Ohio (12,781), Louisiana (12,341), Illinois (10,911), Pennsyl- 
 vania (8695) and California (8068)', making for these six States 75,098 
 (64.52 per cent.), or nearly two-thirds of the total French population in 
 this country. There were 8845 natives of France in New Orleans, 8265 
 in New York, 3547 in San Francisco, 2788 in St. Louis and 2479 in Phil- 
 adelphia. The returns of the native and foreign-born population of all 
 nationalities for the principal cities were as follows: New York city, 
 native, 523,198; foreign-born, 419,094; Philadelphia, native, 490,398; 
 foreign-born, 183,624; Brooklyn, native, 251,381; foreign-born, 144,718; 
 St. Louis, native, 198,615; foreign-born, 112,249; Chicago, native, 154,- 
 420; foreign-born, 144,557; Baltimore, native, 210,870; foreign-born. 
 56,484; Boston, native, 162,540 ; foreign-born, 87,986 ; Cincinnati, native. 
 136,627; foreign-born, 79,612; New Orleans, native, 142,943; foreign- 
 born, 48,475; San Francisco, native, 75,754 ; foreign-born, 73,719; Buf- 
 falo, native, 71,477; foreign-born, 46,237; Washington, native, 95,442; 
 foreign-born, 13,757 ; Newark, native, 69,175; foreign-born, 35,884. In- 
 teresting statistics were also collected of the population (whether native or 
 foreign-born) of foreign parentage, the following being the figures : Hav- 
 ing one or both parents foreign, 10,892,015; leading States, New York 
 (2,225,627), Pennsylvania (1,151,208), Illinois (986,035), Ohio (849,815), 
 Wisconsin (717,832) and Massachusetts (626,211), making for these six 
 States 6,556,728 (60.20 per cent.), or more than three-fifths of the total 
 number ; having foreign father and native mother, 786,388 ; having foreign 
 mother and native father, 370,782; having both parents foreign, 9,734,845; 
 leading States, New York (2,043,112), Pennsylvania (991,851), Illinois 
 (890,823), Ohio (731,345), Wisconsin (670,759) and Massachusetts (590,- 
 352), making for these six States 4,918,242 (50.52 per cent.), or more than 
 one-half of the total number. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 27 
 
 Additional Statistics from the Table of Occupations and the 
 Table of Manufactures. 
 
 Though a promise was given of a statistical and descriptive account of 
 those departments only which are represented in the Advertisers’ Index, 
 various collateral branches have been put in under the proper headings in 
 order to give as full a description as possible of the business of the country. 
 The following statistics, taken from the two tables upon which we have 
 been obliged to place our main reliance, will be of interest to the reader, 
 and will tend to make this portion of the work still more complete. Two 
 of the three so-called learned professions are given under Electropathic 
 Physicians and Patent Lawyers. The number of Clergymen was 43,874 
 (males, 43,807 ; females, 67) ; ages, 16 to 59, 39,489 ; 60 and over, 4385; 
 born in the United States, 35,668; Germany, 2745; Ireland, 1740; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 1566 ; Scotland, 318 ; British America, 485 ; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 198 ; France, 416 ; China and Japan, 6. The longevity 
 of clergymen, as shown by this table, is specially noteworthy, the number 
 of those who were 60 and over lacking only three of being ten per cent. 
 (4388) of the total. 
 
 Actors. 
 
 Number, 2053 (males, 1361; females, 692); ages, 10 to 15, 25; 16 to 
 59; 2002; 60 and over, 26; born in the United States, 1328; Germany, 
 153; Ireland, 99 ; England and Wales, 234; Scotland, 11 ; British Amer- 
 ica, 35; France, 31; China and Japan, 95. 
 
 Agricultural Laborers. 
 
 Number, 2,885,996 (males, 2,512,664; females, 373,332); ages, 10 to 
 15,499,474; 16 to 59,2,287,708; 60 and over, 98,814 ; born in the United 
 States, 2,700,268 ; Germany, 57,261 ; Ireland, 43,398 ; England and Wales, 
 19,122; Scotland, 3798; British America, 20,589; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 19,917 ; France, 4026; China and Japan, 1766. 
 
 Auctioneers. 
 
 Number, 2266 (males, 2254; females, 12); ages, 16 to 59, 2155; 60 and 
 over, 111; born in the United States, 1907; Germany, 97 ; Ireland, 96; 
 England and Wales, 87 ; Scotland, 17 ; British America, 19 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 3 ; France, 18. 
 
 Bag's (paper). 
 
 Establishments, 39 ; steam-engines, 17 (horse-power, 321); water-wheels, 
 6 (horse-power, 127) ; hands employed, 444 (men, 205 ; women, 206 ; youths, 
 33); capital, 8473,100; wages, 8134,932; materials, $1,053,483 ; products, 
 $1,483,963. 
 
28 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Bags (other than paper). 
 
 Establishments, 39 ; steam-engines, 14 (horse-power, 239); water-wheels, 
 4 (horse-power, 125); hands employed, 1097 (men, 486: women, 502; 
 youths, 109) ; capital, $1,290,500 ; wages, $452,517 ; materials, $3,827,678, 
 products, $8,261,679. 
 
 Bankers and Brokers of Money and Stocks. 
 
 Number, 10,631 (males, 10,616 ; females, 15) ; ages, 10 to 15, 3 ; 16 to 
 59, 10,137 ; 60 and over, 491 ; born in the United States, 9004 ; Germany, 
 684 ; Ireland, 258 ; England and Wales, 311 ; Scotland, 90 ; British Amer- 
 ica, 74; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 15; France, 85; China or Ja- 
 pan, 1. 
 
 Barkeepers. 
 
 Number, 14,362 (males, 14,292; females, 70); ages, 10 to 15, 159; 16 
 to 59, 14,043; 60 and over, 160; born in the United States, 7330; Ger- 
 many, 3508; Ireland, 1824; England and Wales, 444; Scotland, 81; 
 British America, 221 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 89 ; France, 341 ; 
 China and Japan, 4. 
 
 Boarding- and Lodging-House Keepers. 
 
 Number, 12,785 (males, 5725; females, 7060) ; ages, 16 to 59, 11,772; 
 60 and over, 1013; born in the United States, 7496; Germany, 1336; Ire- 
 land, 2173; England and Wales, 572; Scotland, 108; British America, 
 349; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 243; France, 153; China and 
 Japan, 112. 
 
 Brewers and Maltsters. 
 
 Number, 11,246 (males, 11,238 ; females, 8) ; ages, 10 to 15, 45 ; 16 to 
 59, 11,037 ; 60 and over, 164; born in the United States, 2715; Germany, 
 6780; Ireland, 520; England and Wales, 389; Scotland, 73; British 
 America, 92; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 44; France, 271; China 
 and Japan, 5. 
 
 Brooms and Whisk Brushes. 
 
 Establishments, 35 ; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 178) ; water-wheels, 
 6 (horse-power, 118) ; hands employed, 5206 (men, 3056 ; women, 992 ; 
 youths, 1158) ; capital, $2,015,602 ; wages, $1,268,875 ; materials, $3,672,. 
 837 ; products, $6,622,285. 
 
 Carpet-Makers. 
 
 Number, 15,669 (males, 10,292; females, 5377) ; ages, 10 to 15, 522 ; 16 
 to 59, 13,628 ; 60 and over, 1519 ; born in the United States, 8518 ; Ger- 
 many, 1725; Ireland, 2706; England and Wales, 1524; Scotland, 561 ; 
 British America, 362; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 49; France, 70; 
 China or Japan, 1. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 29 
 
 Clerks and Bookkeepers in Banks. 
 
 Number, 7103 (males, 7081; females, 22); ages, 10 to 15, 25; 16 to 59, 
 6994; 60 and over, 84; born in the United States, 6547; Germany, 198; 
 Ireland, 91 ; England and Wales, 104 ; Scotland, 30 ; British America, 30 ; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 28; France, 37. 
 
 Clerks and Bookkeepers in Insurance Offices. 
 
 Number, 1568 (males, 1562; females, 6); ages, 10 to 15, 13; 16 to 59, 
 1527 ; 60 and over, 28 ; born in the United States, 1437 ; Germany, 42 ; 
 Ireland, 24; England and Wales, 34; Scotland, 5; British America, 12; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 4; France, 4. 
 
 Coal-Oil (refined). 
 
 Establishments, 170 ; steam-engines, 198 (horse-power, 4214) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 1870 (men, 1834; woman, 1; youths, 35); capital, $6,770,383; 
 wages, $1,184,559; materials, $21,450,189; products, $26,942,287. 
 
 Cotton-Mill Operatives. 
 
 Number, 111,606 (males, 47,208 ; females, 64,398) ; ages, 10 to 15, 19,946 ; 
 16 to 59, 88,840; 60 and over, 2820; born in the United States, 71,547 ; 
 Germany, 1214; Ireland, 18,713; England and Wales, 10,091; Scotland, 
 1714 ; British America, 7683 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 35 ; France, 
 110 ; China and Japan, 3. 
 
 Daguerreotypers and Photographers. 
 
 Number, 7558 (males, 7330; females, 228); ages, 10 to 15, 32; 16 to 
 59, 7429 ; 60 and over, 97 ; born in the United States, 6327 ; Germany, 
 410 ; Ireland, 146 ; England and Wales, 287 ; Scotland, 42 ; British 
 America, 165 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 54 ; France, 50 ; China 
 and Japan, 5. 
 
 Employes of Insurance Companies (not clerks). 
 
 Number, 11,611 (males, 11,587 ; females, 24); ages, 10 to 15, 2 ; 16 to 
 59, 11,157; 60 and over, 452; born in the United States, 10,218; Ger- 
 many, 625; Ireland, 205; England and Wales, 238; Scotland, 55; Brit- 
 ish America, 126 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 17 ; France, 36. 
 
 Employes of Telegraph Companies (not clerks). 
 
 Number, 8316 (males, 7961 ; female's, 355) ; ages, 10 to 15, 260 ; 16 to 
 59,8027 ; 60 and over, 29; born in the United States, 7577 ; Germany, 
 98 ; Ireland, 226 ; England and Wales, 164 ; Scotland, 31 ; British Amer- 
 ica, 159; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 21 ; France, 10. 
 
30 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Farmers and Planters. 
 
 Number, 2,977,711 (males, 2,955,030; females, 22,681); ages, 16 to 59, 
 2,618,000; 60 and over, 359,711; born in the United States, 2,569,023; 
 Germany, 159,114 ; Ireland, 88,923; England and Wales, 54,880 ; Scot- 
 land, 13,050; British America, 27,171; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 
 30,259; France, 11,459; China and Japan, 366. 
 
 Fishermen and Oystermen. 
 
 Number, 27,106 (males, 27,071 ; females, 35) ; ages, 10 to 15, 827 ; 16 
 to 59, 24,882; 60 and over, 1397; born in the United States, 21,551; 
 Germany, 564; Ireland, 872; England and Wales, 443; Scotland, 95; 
 British America, 1573; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 345; France, 
 165 ; China and Japan, 310. 
 
 Gardeners and Nurserymen. 
 
 Number, 31,435 (males, 31,202; females, 233); ages, 16 to 59, 27,748; 
 60 and over, 3687 ; born in the United States, 13,845; Germany, 6259; 
 Ireland, 5079; England and Wales, 2378; Scotland, 756; British Amer- 
 ica, 318 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 178; France, 679 ; China and 
 Japan, 676. 
 
 Hucksters. 
 
 Number, 17,362 (males, 16,147 ; females, 1215); ages, 10 to 15, 157 ; 16 
 to 59, 16,297 ; 60 and over, 908; born in the United States, 10,909 ; Ger- 
 many, 2296 ; Ireland, 2214 ; England and Wales, 455 ; Scotland, 71 ; Brit- 
 ish America, 138 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 41 ; France, 295 ; China 
 and Japan, 55. 
 
 Iron Foundry Operatives. 
 
 Number, 34,235; ages, 10 to 15, 646; 16 to 59, 33,122; 60 and over, 
 477 ; born in the United States, 18,538; Germany, 4409; Ireland, 6826; 
 England and Wales, 2196; Scotland, 732; British America, 742; Swe- 
 den, Norway and Denmark, 184; France, 254. 
 
 Iron Furnace Operatives. 
 
 Number, 7452 ; ages, 10 to 15, 158; 16 to 59, 7068 ; 60 and over, 236; 
 born in the Uuited States, 4294; Germany, 562; Ireland, 1780; England 
 and Wales, 612 ; Scotland, 48 ; British America, 61 ; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 14 ; France, 43. 
 
 Iron and Steel Rolling-Mill Operatives. 
 
 Number, 17,249 ; ages, 10 to 15, 566 ; 16 to 59, 16,430 ; 60 and over, 
 253; born in the United States, 8703; Germany, 1793; Ireland, 3451; 
 England and Wales, 2717; Scotland, 155; British America, 138; Swe- 
 den, Norway and Denmark, 46; France, 75 ; China or Japan, 2. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 31 
 
 Iron and Steel Works Operatives. 
 
 Number, 22,141 (males, 21,646; females, 495); ages, 10 to 15, 864; 16 
 to 59, 20,931 ; 60 and over, 346 ; born in the United States, 14,278; Ger- 
 many, 1410 ; Ireland, 3775 ; England and Wales, 1878 ; Scotland, 222 ; 
 British America, 291; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 22 ; France, 100. 
 
 Journalists. 
 
 Number, 5286 (males, 5251 ; females, 35) ; ages, 16 to 59, 5180; 60 and 
 over, 106 ; born in the United States, 4411 ; Germany, 314,; Ireland, 174 ; 
 Eugland and Wales, 183; Scotland, 55; British America, 54; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 20; France, 34; China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Lumbermen and Raftsmen. 
 
 Number, 17,752 ; ages, 10 to 15, 48 ; 16 to 59, 17,357 ; 60 and over, 347 ; 
 born in the United States, 13,550 ; Germany, 443 ; Ireland, 567; England 
 and Wales, 263 ; Scotland, 171 ; British America, 1908 ; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 356 ; France, 47 ; China and Japan, 111. 
 
 Mechanics (branch not specified). 
 
 Number, 16,514 (males, 13,955; females, 2559); ages, 10 to 15, 367; 
 16 to 59, 15,514; 60 and over, 663; boi’n in the United States, 11,865; 
 Germany, 1870 ; Ireland, 1119 ; England and Wales, 777 ; Scotland, 190 ; 
 British America, 264; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 55; France, 166; 
 China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Mill and Factory Operatives (not specified). 
 
 Number, 41,619 (males, 33,509; females, 8110); ages, 10 to 15, 3720; 
 16 to 59, 37,233; 60 and over, 666; born in the United States, 29,392; 
 Germany, 3099 ; Ireland, 3852 ; England and Wales, 1805 ; Scotland, 496 ; 
 British America, 1597 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 343 ; France, 154 ; 
 China and Japan, 203. 
 
 Millers. 
 
 Number, 41,582 (males, 41,343; females, 239); ages, 10 to 15,122; 16 
 to 59, 39,125; 60 and over, 2335; born in the United States, 35,290; 
 Germany, 2614; Ireland, 867 ; England and Wales, 1434; Scotland, 323; 
 British America, 431 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 133 ; France, 273 ; 
 China and Japan, 11. 
 
 Musicians (professional). 
 
 Number, 6519 (males, 6346; females, 173) ; ages, 10 to 15, 46; 16 to 59, 
 6295 ; 60 and over, 178 ; born in the United States, 2663 ; Germany, 2401 ; 
 Ireland, 351 ; England and Wales, 273 ; Scotland, 35 ; British America, 66 ; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 50; France, 131; China and Japan, 36. 
 
32 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Nurses. 
 
 Number, 10,976 (males, 806; females, 10,170); ages, 16 to 59, 9636; 
 60 and over, 1340; born in the United States, 8325; Germany, 458 ; Ire- 
 land, 1346 ; England and Wales, 387 ; Scotland, 92 ; British America, 
 170 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 71; France, 54. 
 
 Officials of Government. 
 
 Number, 44,743 (males, 44,329; females, 414) ; ages, 16 to 59, 42,058; 
 60 and over, 2685 ; born in the United States, 38,461 ; Germany, 1800 ; 
 Ireland, 2534 ; England and Wales, 867 ; Scotland, 226 ; British America, 
 302; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 116 ; France, 164; China and Ja- 
 pan, 4. 
 
 Peddlers. 
 
 Number, 16,975 (males, 16,697 ; females, 278) ; ages, 10 to 15, 187 ; 16 to 
 59, 16,090; 60 and over, 698; born in the United States, 7072; Germany, 
 4799; Ireland, 2180; England and Wales, 571; Scotland, 108; British 
 America, 211; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 78; France, 319; China 
 and Japan, 152. 
 
 Porters in Stores and Warehouses. 
 
 Number, 16,631 ; ages, 10 to 15, 286; 16 to 59, 15,964; 60 and over, 
 381 ; born in the United States, 8418 ; Germany, 2888 ; Ireland, 4100 ; 
 England and Wales, 377 ; Scotland, 122 ; British America, 120 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 79; France, 164; China and Japan, 83. 
 
 Produce Dealers. 
 
 Number, 11,809 (males, 11,746; females, 63); ages, 16 to 59, 11,468; 
 60 and over, 341; born in the United States, 9171; Germany, 1056; Ire- 
 land, 643; England and Wales, 356; Scotland, 78; British America, 155; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 29 ; France, 69 ; China and Japan, 27. 
 
 Real Estate (Traders and Dealers in). 
 
 Number, 8933 (males, 8919; females, 14); ages, 16 to 59, 8446; 60 and 
 over, 488; born in the United States, 7391 ; Germany, 351 ; Ireland, 425; 
 England and Wales, 269; Scotland, 63; British America, 77; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 15; France, 63; China and Japan, 2. 
 
 Salesmen and Saleswomen. 
 
 Number, 14,203 (males, 11,428; females, 2775); ages, 10 to 15, 365; 
 16 to 59, 13,692; 60 and over, 146; born in the United States, 11,306; 
 Germany, 973 ; Ireland, 1025; England and Wales, 374; Scotland, 158; 
 British America, 184; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 10; France, 55. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 33 
 
 Ship-Carpenters. 
 
 Number, 15,900 ; ages, 10 to 15, 10; 16 to 59, 15,102 ; 60 and over, 788; 
 born in the United States, 11,720 ; Germany, 644 ; Ireland, 1176 ; England 
 and Wales, 545; Scotland, 295; British America, 1072; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 252; France, 74; China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Soldiers (United States Army). 
 
 Number, 22,081 ; ages, 16 to 59, 22,059 ; 60 and over, 22 ; born in the 
 United States, 11,478; Germany, 2997; Ireland, 4964; England and 
 Wales, 986 ; Scotland, 328 ; British America, 392 ; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 171 ; France, 210. 
 
 Stock Raisers. 
 
 Number, 6588 (males, 6558; females, 30); ages, 16 to 59, 6388; 60 
 and over, 200; born in the United States, 5321 ; Germany, 214; Ireland, 
 222; England and Wales, 178; Scotland, 51 ; British America, 75 ; Swe- 
 den, Norway and Denmark, 26 ; France, 44. 
 
 Teachers of Music. 
 
 Number, 9491 (males, 3911 ; females, 5580) ; ages, 10 to 15, 19 ; 16 to 
 59, 9247; 60 and over, 225; born in the United States, 7246; Germany, 
 1231; Ireland, 162; England and Wales, 339; Scotland, 36; British 
 America, 125 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 38 ; France, 106, 
 
 Teachers (not specified). 
 
 Number, 126,822 (males, 42,775 ; females, 84,047) ; ages, 10 to 15, 336; 
 16 to 59, 124,030 ; 60 and over, 2456 ; born in the United States, 116,606 ; 
 Germany, 3215 ; Ireland, 2568 ; England and Wales, 1290 ; Scotland, 390; 
 British America, 1156 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 198 ; France, 696; 
 China and Japan, 6. 
 
 Tobacco Factory Operators. 
 
 Number, 11,985 (males, 9695; females, 2290); ages, 10 to 15, 2496; 
 16 to 59, 9369*; 60 and over, 170; born in the United States, 10,266; 
 Germany, 936 ; Ireland, 451 ; England and Wales, 96 ; Scotland, 10 ; Brit- 
 ish America, 24 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 6 ; France, 36 ; China 
 or Japan, 1. 
 
 Wheelwrig'hting'. 
 
 Establishments, 3613; steam-engines, 32 (horse-power, 554); water- 
 wheels, 75 (horse-power, 983); hands employed, 6989 (men, 6915; women, 
 11 ; youths, 63) ; capital, §2,839,316 ; wages, §1,353,474 ; materials, $1,907,- 
 418; products, $5,846,943. 
 
 3 
 
34 
 
 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Wheelwrights. 
 
 Number, 20,942; ages, 10 to 15, 15; 16 to 59, 19,153; 60 and over, 
 1774; born in the United States, 14,477 ; Germany, 1416; Ireland, 652; 
 England and Wales, 419 ; British America, 529 ; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 65; France, 130 ; China and Japan, 3. 
 
 Wood-choppers. 
 
 Number, 8338; ages, 10 to 15, 130; 16 to 59, 7931 ; 60 and over, 277 ; 
 born in the United States, 6201; Germany, 322; Ireland, 196; England 
 and Wales, 100; Scotland, 30; British America, 735; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 88 ; France, 81 ; China and Japan, 419. 
 
 Woollen-Mill Operatives. 
 
 Number, 58,836 (males, 36,060; females, 22,776) ; ages, 10 to 15, 7427 ; 
 16 to 59, 50,212; 60 and over, 1197; born in the United States, 32,083 ; 
 Germany, 2664; Ireland, 12,231; England and Wales, 6609; Scotland, 
 1306 ; British America, 3175 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 69 ; France, 
 138; China and Japan, 97. 
 
 Too Late for Classification. “A38 
 
 Distillers. 
 
 (For statistics of Distilled Liquors see under Wines and Liquors, p. 89.) 
 
 The Hannis Distilling Company, 218 and 220 South Front street, Phil- 
 adelphia, see page 891. 
 
 Distillers and Rectifiers. 
 
 Number, 2874 (males, 2868 ; females, 6) ; ages, 16 to 59, 2799 ; 60 and 
 over, 75; born in the United States, 1610; Germany, 692; Ireland, 334 ; 
 England and Wales, 79 ; Scotland, 11; British America, 23 ; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 7 ; France, 49. 
 
 Wines and Liquors. 
 
 (For statistics see under Wines and Liquors, page 89.) 
 
 The Hannis Distilling Company, 218 and 220 South Front street, Phil- 
 adelphia, see page 891. 
 
 Tobias & Company, Joseph F., 241 Chestnut street, Philadelphia, see 
 page 892. 
 
ADVEKTISEKS 1 CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 Note. — The location of the houses mentioned under the various headings throughout this Index, 
 where cmly the address of the street and number is given (except where it is otherwise stated), is 
 in Philadelphia. 
 
 The figures immediately following the addresses of the advertisers indicate the pages on which 
 their cards appear. 
 
 Agricultural Implements. 
 
 (For statistics see American Manufactures, page 614.) 
 
 Boyer Wm. L. & Brother, 2101 Germantown avenue, 749. 
 
 Buist Robert, Jr., 922 and 924 Market street, 799. 
 
 Dreer Henry A., 714 Chestnut street, 721. 
 
 Jones Wm. H., 1621 Market street, 844. 
 
 Landreth David & Son, 23 South Sixth street, 841 and 842. 
 
 Alcohols, etc. 
 
 Locke Z. & Co., 1126 Market street, 775. 
 
 Alcohol . — Establishments in 1860, 22 ; hands employed, 208 ; capital, 
 $897,000; wages, $82,068; materials, $3,567,062; products, $4,168,360. 
 No special statistics for the whole country were given in the census of 
 1870, but the figures for Philadelphia were as follows : Alcohol (redistilled). 
 — Establishments, 3 ; steam engines, 3 ; horse-power, 80 ; hands employed, 
 20; wages, $13,236; materials, $515,000; products, $640,250. 
 
 Aquarium and Vivarium Manufacturers. 
 
 Seal & Stephens, 622 Arch street, 780. 
 
 Taxis E. W., 60 North Sixth street, 730. 
 
 Artificial Limbs. 
 
 Palmer B. Frank, M. D., 1609 Chestnut street, 784. 
 
 During the civil war there were 12,000 soldiers in the Northern army, 
 and 10,000 in the Southern army, who lost limbs and survived, and 10,000 
 artificial limbs were put on within one year after the end of the war. The 
 United States government paid to the Federal soldiers (and pays every five 
 years to the survivors) $50 for an arm and $75 for a leg, giving the pen- 
 
 35 
 
36 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 sioner the option of receiving either the limb or the money. The' number 
 now put on is very materially reduced, and the census figures are as 
 follows: Establishments, 24; steam engine, 1 (horse-power, 10); hands 
 employed, 78 (70 men, 1 woman, 7 youths); capital, $122,300; wages, 
 $36,079 ; materials, $59,894 ; products, $166,416. 
 
 Artists. 
 
 Winner W. E., 146 South Eighth street, 827. 
 
 There were 2948 artists (not specified) in the United States in 1870. 
 Males, 2663; females, 285. Ages, 10 to 15 years, 7 ; 16 to 59, 2843; 60 
 and over, 98. Born in the United States, 2029 ; Germany, 420 ; Ireland, 
 81; England and Wales, 176; Scotland, 24; British America, 48; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 14; France, 68 ; China and Japan, 2. 
 
 The following are the statistics of those specified (as painters or sculptors) : 
 Painters. — 775 (males, 717; females, 58); ages, 16 to 59, 755; 60 and 
 over, 20; born in the United States, 529; Germany, 114; Ireland, 15; 
 England and Wales, 52; Scotland, 5; British America, 13; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 12 ; France, 15. Sculptors. — 250 (males, 246 ; females, 
 4) ; ages, 16 to 59, 238 ; 60 and over, 12 ; born in the United States, 130 ; 
 Germany, 47 ; Ireland, 15 ; England and Wales, 10 ; Scotland, 4 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 2 ; France, 15. 
 
 Ai’tists’ Materials. 
 
 Janentzky & Co., 1125 Chestnut street, 739. 
 
 Winner & Co., 146 South Eighth street, 827. 
 
 Establishments, 8 ; steam-engines, 4 (combined horse-power, 40) ; hands 
 employed, 50 (men, 38 ; women, 3; youths, 9) ; aggregate capital, $43,800 ; 
 annual cost of labor, $20,062, and of materials, $21,680 ; value of artists’ 
 materials produced in 1870, $94,150. 
 
 Auger and Bit Manufacturers. 
 
 (For statistics see Hardware.) 
 
 De Witt, Morrison & Kelley, Twenty-second above Market street, 834. 
 
 Pugh Job T., rear 3112 to 3120 Market street, 749. 
 
 Awnings, Flags, etc. 
 
 Scheible William F., 49 South Third street, 743. 
 
 Establishments, 45; hands employed, 219 (men, 162; women, 49; 
 youths, 8); capital, $132,475 ; annual wages, $87,424 ; materials, $371,677 ; 
 value of product (awnings and tents), $625,269. In 1860 there were only 
 3 establishments; aggregate capital, $5000; hands employed, 25 (men, 9; 
 women, 16); materials, $7225; wages, $6840; value of products, $18,500. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 Bakers — Bread, etc. 
 
 Cassady C. D., 45 North Thirteenth street, 704. 
 
 Fisher Michael, 639 North Fifteenth street, 839. 
 
 Heinold Jno. M., 1432 Parrish street. 
 
 Jaus John, 1717 Chestnut street, 735. 
 
 Johnson Thomas, 302 North Thirteenth street. 
 
 Junker John. 1233 Locust street. 
 
 Kolb John G., 1407 to 1413 South Tenth street, 713. 
 
 Langer P. J., 1131 Green street, 730. 
 
 Lipp H. C. & Brother, 217 North Ninth street, 717. 
 
 Mosebach H. (Cake), S. E. corner Eleventh and Poplar streets, 839. 
 
 Mills Frank, Nineteenth street, below Spring Garden, 717. 
 
 Mullin Hugh, 3924 Market street, 713. 
 
 Partridge Thomas, 237 South Tenth street, 826. 
 
 Rupp Thomas, 918 Race street. 
 
 Wood A. W, 609 North Fifth street, 839. 
 
 Young George, 3342 Market street, 704. 
 
 Bakers — Cracker, etc. 
 
 Camp W. E. & N. H., 625 and 627 North Broad street, 731. 
 
 Carrick D. & Co., 1903 Market street, 742. 
 
 Keebler Godfrey, 258 to 264 North Twenty-second street, 796. 
 
 Wattson & Co., 157 North Front street, 847. 
 
 Wilson Walter G. & Co., 212 and 214 North Front street, 742. 
 
 Bakers — Pie. 
 
 Hutchison W. D., 806 to 810 South Twelfth street, 839. 
 
 Thumiert Charles, 476 North Fifth street, 758. 
 
 Statistics of “ bread, crackers and other bakery products:” Establish- 
 ments, 3550; steam engines, 187 (combined horse-power, 2370); water- 
 wheels, 2 (combined horse-power, 218) ; hands employed, 14,126 (men, 
 12,598; women, 842; youths, 686) ; capital, $10,025,966 ; annual cost of 
 labor, $5,353,184, and of materials, $22,211,856 ; value of products in 
 1870, $36,907,704. This must have included only the larger bakeries, for 
 in the table of occupations are found the following returns: Number of 
 bakers in 1870, 27,680 (males, 27,442 ; females, 238) ; ages, 10 to 15, 537 ; 
 16 to 59, 26,592; 60 and over, 551; born in the United States, 11,167; 
 Germany, 10,863; Ireland, 2421; England and Wales, 897; Scotland, 
 487 ; British America, 377 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 134; France, 
 628 ; China and Japan, 31. Exports of bread and biscuit during the year 
 1872-3, 11,700,767 pounds, worth $690,832; year ending June 30, 1874, 
 11.142,439 pounds, worth $676,197. 
 
38 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX. 
 
 Barbers’ Supplies. 
 
 Hambleton Job & Son, 221 Spruce street, 735. 
 
 Number of barbers and hair-dressers in the United States in 1870, 23,935 
 (males, 22,756; females, 1179); ages, 10 to 15, 315 ; 16 to 59, 23,340; 60 
 and over, 280; born in the United States, 16,377; Germany, 4814; Ire- 
 land, 423; England and Wales, 381 ; Scotland, 71 ; British America, 350 ; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 67 ; France, 433 ; China and Japan, 243. 
 Number of apprentices to barbers, 859 (males, 853; females, 6); ages, 10 
 to 15, 265; 15 to 21, 594; born in the United States, 685 ; Germany, 134; 
 Ireland, 4; England and Wales, 12; Scotland, 1; British America, 7; 
 France, 3. 
 
 Bath Boilers and Tanks. 
 
 (For statistics see Tin, Copper and Sheet-Iron Ware.) 
 
 Myers George, 204 North Broad street, 746. 
 
 Bed Coverlet Manufacturer. 
 
 Schmidt George F., 1429 and 1431 Franklin street, 739. 
 
 Table-cloths, quilts and counterpanes (cotton) manufactured in 1870, 
 493,892; coverlids (woollen), 226,744. 
 
 Belts and Belting Manufacturers. 
 
 Alexander Brothers, 410 and 412 North Third street, 721. 
 
 Arny Charles W., 148 North Third street, 836. 
 
 Eckfeldt & Richie, 418 North Third street, 720. 
 
 Forepaugh Wm. F., Jr., and Bros., Randolph and Jefferson streets, 747. 
 
 Rorer Thomas J., 112 North Third street, 792. 
 
 Belting and Hose (leather) : Establishments, 91 ; steam-engines, 13 
 (combined horse-power, 302) ; water-wheels, 3 (combined horse-power, 
 42); hands employed, 808 (men, 784; women, 8; youths, 16); aggregate 
 capital, $2, 118, 577; annual cost of labor, $454,187, and of material, 
 $3,231,204; value of products in 1870, $4,558,043. The India-rubber 
 belting and hose made in 1870 amounted to 906,000 pounds. 
 
 Billiard Table Manufacturers. 
 
 Schaffer J. & Brother, 471 and 473 North Third street, 785. 
 
 Establishments in 1870, 39 ; steam-engines, 4 (combined horse-power, 86) ; 
 hands employed, 505 (men, 493; women, 2; youths, 10); aggregate cap- 
 ital, $805,000 ; annual cost of labor, $383,768, and of materials, $650,864 ; 
 value of products, $1,692,943. Value of billiard tables and apparatus ex- 
 ported in 1872-3, $25,857, and in 1873-4, $48,799. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 39 
 
 Blacking Manufacturers. 
 
 Bartlett H. A. & Co., 113 to 117 North Front street, 731. 
 
 Cragin I. L. & Co., 119 South Fourth street, 741. 
 
 Mason Jas. S. & Co., 140 N. Front, 806. 
 
 Establishments in 1870, 32; steam-engines, 8 (combined horse-power, 
 91); hands employed, 305 (men, 134 ; women, 158 ; youths, 13) ; aggregate 
 capital, $266,750; annual cost of labor, $107,450, and of material, 
 $428,716; annual value of products, $817,768. According to the special 
 report as revised by Mr. Blodget, there were 8 establishments in Phila- 
 delphia. Steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 40); hands employed, 164 (men, 
 41; women, 113; youths, 10); capital, $140,500; wages, $60,500 ; mate- 
 rials, $279,137 ; products, $455,572. Value of blacking exported from 
 the United States during 1873-4, $67,987. 
 
 Blacksmiths. 
 
 Blacksmithing Establishments, 26,364 ; steam-engines, 69 (horse-power, 
 747) ; water-wheels, 66 (horse-power, 628) ; hands employed, 52,982 (men, 
 52,527; women, 9; youths, 446) ; capital, $15,977,992; wages, $9,246,549 ; 
 materials, $13,223,907; products, $41,828,296. Blacksmiths, 141,774; 
 ages, 10 to 15, 599 ; 16 to 59, 135,186 ; 60 and over, 5989 ; born in the 
 United States, 101,567; Germany, 14,012; Ireland, 12,339; England and 
 Wales, 5005 ; Scotland, 1401 ; British America, 3712 ; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 1236; France, 866; China and Japan, 44. 
 
 Blank Books and Bookbinders. 
 
 Arnold James, 22 South Fifth street, 825. 
 
 Clark John C. & Sons, 230 Dock street, 739. 
 
 Jones John, 712 Sansom street, 732. 
 
 Southwick, McCay & Co., 38 Hudson street, 762. 
 
 Establishments in 1870, 500; steam-engines, 77 (horse-power, 773); 
 hands employed, 7967 (men, 3972; women, 3175; youths, 550); capital, 
 $5,319,410; wages, $3,095,821 ; materials, $8,026,870 ; products, $14,077,- 
 309. The returns in the table of occupations are as follows : Bookbinders 
 and finishers, 9104 (males, 6375 ; females, 2729) ; ages, 10 to 15, 448 ; 16 
 to 59, 8496 ; 60 and over, 160 ; born in the United States, 6460 ; Ger- 
 many, 944 ; Ireland, 778; England and Wales, 498 ; Scotland, 93 ; British 
 America, 120 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 52 ; France, 39. 
 
 Bluing. 
 
 Bartlett H. A. & Co., 113 North Front street, 731. 
 
 Wiltberger D. S., 233 North Second street, 739. 
 
 Establishments, 11 ; steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 60) ; hands employed,. 
 
40 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 54 (men, 36; women, 11; youths, 7) ; capital, $52,500; wages, $17,975 ; 
 materials, $37,422 ; products, $92,100. 
 
 Bobbin and Spool Manufacturers. 
 
 (For statistics see Wood, Turned and Carved.) 
 
 Cundey E. & Brother, 848 North Fourth street, 724. 
 
 Bolts, Nuts, Screws, etc. 
 
 M. J. Coleman Bolt and Nut Co., Hancock, Mascher and Columbia 
 avenue, 728. 
 
 Shields William, Twenty-third above Race street, 838. 
 
 Sykes L. & Son, 723, 725 and 727 Richmond street, 779. 
 
 Bolts, Nuts, Washers and Rivets. — Establishments, 93 ; steam-engines, 69 
 (horse-power, 2480) ; water-wheels, 24 (horse-power, 743) ; hands employed, 
 4423 (men, 3632; women, 89; youths, 702); capital, $4,263,227 ; wages, 
 $1,665,426; materials, $4,021,070 ; products, $7,191,151. Screws.-— Estab- 
 lishments, 18; steam-engines, 11 (horse-power, 978); water-wheels, 3 
 (horse-power, 138); hands employed, 1582 (men, 924; women, 476; 
 youths, 182) ; capital, $9,147,880 ; wages, $664,408 ; materials, $1,248,- 
 135 ; products, $3,425,473. 
 
 Boiler-Makers. 
 
 (See Steam-Engines and Boilers.) 
 
 Boiler (Steam) Cleansing 1 Compound. 
 
 Lord George W., 232 Arch street, 819. 
 
 Bone Work — Buttons, Dominoes, Fancy-Work, etc. 
 
 Emil Wahl, 2342 Marshall street, 747. 
 
 Buttons. — Establishments, 64; steam-engines, 31 (horse-power, 281); 
 water-wheels, 20 (horse-power, 316); hands employed, 1912 (men, 617; 
 women, 949; youths, 346); capital, $1,013,700; wages, $580,380; mate- 
 rials, $751,183; products, $1,778,893. 
 
 Bookbinders’ Furnishing-House. 
 
 (For statistics of bookbinding see Blank Books and Bookbinding.) 
 
 Copper John C., S. E. corner Sixth and Minor streets, 823. 
 
 Paquet E. R. (Bookbinders’ Dies), 24 South Fifth street, 847. 
 
 Booksellers and Publishers. 
 
 Baker, Davis & Co., 17 South Sixth street, 827. 
 
 Barnes A. S. & Co., New York, 760. 
 
 Burley S. W., 152 South Fourth street, 793. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 41 
 
 Printing and Publishing ( not specified). — Establishments, 311 ; steam- 
 engines, 187 (horse-power, 2698) ; water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 20) ; hands 
 employed, 10,668 (men, 8718; women, 1231; youths, 719); capital. 
 $16,839,993; wages, $7,156,332; materials, $11,398,131; products, $28,- 
 995,214. Book Printing and Publishing. — Establishments, 40 ; steam- 
 engines, 28 (horse-power, 458) ; hands employed, 1390 (men, 920 ; women, 
 352; youths, 118); capital, $2,128,993; wages, $760,275; materials, 
 $1,525,773 ; products, $3,568,823. Booksellers and Stationers, 3392 
 (males, 3337 ; females, 55) ; ages, 16 to 59, 3272; 60 and over, 120; born 
 in the United States, 2417 ; Germany, 324 ; Ireland, 259 ; England and 
 Wales, 188 ; Scotland, 65 ; British America, 29 ; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 21 ; France, 32; China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Boots and. Shoes. 
 
 Funk George F., 633 Arch street, 744. 
 
 Helweg & Co., 614 Arch street, 721. 
 
 Meyer C. A. Adolph, 228 South Fourth street, 788. 
 
 Smith George W., 3508 Market street, 835. 
 
 Boot and Shoe Upper Manufacturers. 
 
 Greiner J. F., 221 North Fourth street, 738. 
 
 Ryan Joseph, 236 North Fourth street, 749. 
 
 For statistics of the manufacture of boots and shoes iu 1860 and 1870 
 see pages 612 and 614. The following statistics with reference to boot- and 
 shoemakers are found in the table of occupations. Number in 1870, 171,- 
 127 (males, 161,485; females, 9642); ages, 10 to 15, 2328; 16 to 59, 
 159,542; 60 and over, 9257; born in the United States, 108,320; Ger- 
 many, 28,226 ; Ireland, 16,998 ; England and Wales, 5082 ; Scotland, 
 1041 ; British America, 5506 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 1402 ; 
 France, 1520 ; China and Japan, 489. 
 
 Boring Machines. 
 
 Flanders L. B., Eleventh and Hamilton streets, 829. 
 
 Bottle Moulds. 
 
 Weidig & Yockel, 235 Bread street, 749. 
 
 Box Makers — Cigar. 
 
 Brecht Fred., Hillsdale street, between Third aud Fourth, 836. 
 
 Wemmer N. J. & Son, 215 Pear street, 812. 
 
 Box Makers — Packing. 
 
 Belz Adam, 312 Cherry street, 789. 
 
42 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Meyer Martin, 217 Quarry street. 
 
 Myers C., 514 North street, 836. 
 
 Cigar Boxes. — Establishments, 104; steam-engines, 17 (horse-power, 
 200); water-wheels, 5 (horse-power, 73); hands employed, 783 (men, 486; 
 women, 139; youths, 158); capital, $274,610 ; wages, 8242,130 ; materials, 
 $477,499 ; products, $960,222. Wooden Packing-boxes. — Establishments, 
 489; steam-engines, 195 (horse-power, 4303); water-wheels, 148 (horse- 
 power, 2642); hands employed, 4509 (men, 4084; women, 195; youths, 
 230); capital, $3,571,972; wages, $1,909,088; materials, $4,236,745; 
 products, $8,222,433. 
 
 Boxwood, Mahogany, etc. 
 
 Wemmer N. J. & Son, 215 Pear street, 812. 
 
 Entered into consumption in the United States in 1872-3 : Rosewood 
 (value), $199,859 ; sandalwood, $266 ; all other cabinet woods not other- 
 wise specified, $177,657; in 1873-4, rosewood, $208,160; all other cabinet 
 woods, etc., $194,614.43. 
 
 Brass Cock Manufacturers and Brass-Work. 
 
 Lehman B. E., Bethlehem, Pa., 756. 
 
 Everhart James M., Scranton, Pa., 824. 
 
 Brass Pounders. 
 
 Bradford John, 721 East York street. 
 
 Halstead & Spencer, 1129 Cherry street, 819. 
 
 Reeves Paul S., 760 South Broad street, 789. 
 
 Brass and Copper Tubing. — Establishments, 3 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse- 
 power, 80); hands employed, 121 (males above 16, 114; youths, 7) ; capi- 
 tal, $203,600; wages, $60,434; materials, $345,875; products, $500,000. 
 Brass Founding and Finishing. — Establishments, 275; steam-engines, 146 
 (horse-power, 1882); water-wheels, 6 (horse-power, 266); hands employed, 
 3377 (men, 3102; women, 39; youths, 236); capital, $4,783,585 ; wages, 
 $1,731,306; materials, $3,293,629; products, $6,855,756. 
 
 Brewers. 
 
 (See Wines and Liquors.) 
 
 Brick Machines and Presses. 
 
 Carnell F. L. & D. R., 1844 Germantown avenue, 724. 
 
 Chambers, Bro. & Co., Fifty-second street and Lancaster avenue, 803. 
 
 Brick. — Establishments, 3114; steam-engines, 372 (horse-power, 10,333) ; 
 water-wheels, 19 (horse-power, 218) ; hands employed, 43,293 (men, 39,541 ; 
 women, 258; youths, 3494); capital, $20,504,238 ; wages, $10,768,853 ; ma- 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 43 
 
 terials, §7,413,097 ; products, $29,028,359. Brick- and Tile-makers, 26,007 
 (males, 25,996; females, 74); ages, 10 to 15, 1456; 16 to 59, 24,216 ;, 60 
 and over, 398; born in the United States, 15,268 ; Germany, 3340; Ireland, 
 3443; England and Wales, 731 ; Scotland, 85; British America, 2269; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 305; France, 159; China and Japan, 62. 
 
 Bridge Builders. 
 
 Burton A. B., 430 Walnut street, 796. 
 
 Cofrode J. H. & Co., 530 Walnut street, 731. 
 
 Continental Bridge Company, 110 South Fourth street, 706. 
 
 Keystone Bridge Company, 218 South Fourth street, 807. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851, 852. 
 
 Bridge Building. — Establishments, 64; steam-engines, 36 (horse-power, 
 1034); water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 40); hands employed, 2090 (men, 
 2069; youths, 21); capital, $2,973,250; wages, $1,123,353; materials, 
 $3,239,771; products, $5,476,175. Bridge Builders and Contractors, 1029; 
 ages, 16 to 59, 1013; 60 and over, 16; born in the United States, 860; 
 Germany, 23; Ireland, 80; England and Wales, 22; Scotland, 9; British 
 America, 7 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 3; France, 3. 
 
 Bronze Ware. 
 
 (See Hardware.) 
 
 Clamer Francis J. & Co., 909 North Ninth street, 740. 
 
 Bronze Work — Statuary Bronzes, etc. 
 
 Wood Robert & Co., 1136 Ridge avenue, 700. 
 
 Bronze Castings. — Establishments, 9 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 45); 
 hands employed, 187 (men, 156; women, 29; youths, 2); capital, $539,300; 
 wages, $111,714; materials, $63,375 ; products, $280,400. 
 
 Builder — Composite and Iron Houses. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851, 852. 
 
 Builders’ Supplies. 
 
 French E. D. & W. A., Third and Vine streets, Camden, N. J., 707. 
 
 Builders and Contractors, 7511 (males, 7508; females, 3); ages, 16 
 to 59, 7177 ; 60 and over, 334; born in the United States, 4977 ; Ger- 
 many, 483; Ireland, 1263; England and Wales, 404; Scotland, 104; 
 British America, 145; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 36; France, 44; 
 China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Butchers’ Tools. 
 
 Nittinger August, Jr., 828 North Fourth' street, 759. 
 
44 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX , 
 
 Butchers, 44,354; ages, 10 to 15, 338 ; 16 to 59, 42,841 ; 60 and over, 
 1175. Born in the United States, 23,412; Germany, 13,227; Ireland, 
 2646 ; England and Wales, 2089 ; Scotland, 247 ; British America, 
 504; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 123; France, 1076; China and 
 Japan, 85. Butchering Establishments (including only the larger ones), 
 509; steam-engines, 18 (horse-power, 247); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 
 6); hands employed, 1881 (men, 1851 ; women, 11 ; youths, 19) ; capital, 
 $2,099,905; wages, $546,346; materials, $11,039,928; products, $13,686,061. 
 
 Cars, Railroad and Repairing. 
 
 (See Railkoads.) 
 
 Card and Card-Board. 
 
 Beck Charles, 16 South Sixth street, 720. 
 
 Collins A. M., Son & Co., 18 South Sixth street, 718. 
 
 Restein Brothers, 1218 South Eighth street, 839. 
 
 Cards. — Establishments, 18; steam-engines, 11 (horse-power, 179); 
 hands employed, 653 (men, 235 ; women, 373 ; youths, 45) ; capital, $984,600 ; 
 wages, $247,136; materials, $864,800; products, $1,519,000. 
 
 Carpentering and Building. 
 
 Establishments, 17,142 ; steam-engines, 289 (horse-power, 4654) ; water- 
 wheels, 73 (horse-power, 1140); hands employed, 67,864 (men, 67,306 ; 
 women, 5 ; youths, 553) ; capital, $25,1 10,428 ; wages, $29,169,588 ; mate- 
 rials, $65,943,115; products, $132,901,432. Carpenters and Joiners, 344,- 
 596; ages, 10 to 15, 864; 16 to 59, 329,962; 60 and over, 13,770; born 
 in the United States, 264,531; Germany, 29,704; Ireland, 16,566; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 9784; Scotland, 2845; British America, 11,288 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 3500; France, 1796 ; China and Japan, 155. 
 
 Carpets. 
 
 Gould & Co., Ninth and Market streets. See inside front cover. 
 
 Carpets (ray). — Establishments, 474 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 60); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 24); hands employed, 1016 (men, 874; 
 women, 116; youths, 26); capital, $310,744; wages, $141,148; materials, 
 $498,595; products, $1,005,327. Carpets {other than rag). — Establish- 
 ments, 215 ; steam-engines, 45 (horse-power, 3017) ; water-wheels 18 
 (horse-power, 702); hands employed, 12,098 (men, 6808; women, 4316; 
 youths, 974) ; capital, $12,540,750 ; wages, $4,681,718 ; materials, $13,577,- 
 993; products, $21,761,573. 
 
 Carriage and Coach Manufacturers. 
 
 Allgaier John, S. E. corner of Fifth and Buttonwood streets, 819. 
 
 Beckhaus Joseph, 1204 Frankford avenue, 815. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 45 
 
 Caffrey Charles S., Camden, N. J., 794 and 795. 
 
 Cunningham P. B. & Co., Bethlehem, Pa. ; 827. 
 
 Dunlap Henry, 475 North Fifth street, 834. 
 
 Eaches William, 410 Girard avenue and 1168 North Fourth street, 763. 
 
 Fleming James, S. E. corner of Twelfth and Thompson streets, 721. 
 
 Gardner William D., 214 South Fifth street, 796. 
 
 Lane -David M. & Son, 3432 Market street, 709. 
 
 Rech Jacob, S. E. corner of Eighth and Girard avenue, 746. 
 
 Rogers William D. & Co., 1009 and 1011 Chestnut street, front of book. 
 
 Rodgers, Dean & Monteith, 1537 Filbert street, 745. 
 
 Wallis & Blackiston, 1541 Ridge avenue, 763. 
 
 Weaver & Lyle, 216 and 218 North Broad street, 818. 
 
 Wenzler G., 329 and 331 North Broad street, 789. 
 
 Carriage Wood-Work. 
 
 Clymer F. T., Wilmington, Delaware, 779. 
 
 Carriages and Sleds {children’ s'). — Establishments, 53 ; steam-engines, 22 
 (horse-power, 366) ; water-wheels, 21 (horse-power, 391) ; hands employed, 
 913 (men, 780; women, 89; youths, 44); capital, 8746,628 ; wages, $407,- 
 327 ; materials, $495,281 ; products, $1,432,833. Carriages and, Wagons . — - 
 Establishments, 11,847; steam-engines, 279 (horse-power, 4169); water- 
 wheels, 363 (horse-power, 4651); hands employed, 54,928 (men, 54,280; 
 women, 76; youths, 572); capital, 836,563,095; wages, $21,272,730; ma- 
 terials, $22,787,341 ; products, $65,362,837. Carriage- and Wagon-makers, 
 42,464 (males, 42,432 ; females, 32) ; ages, 10 to 15, 208 ; 16 to 59, 40,738; 
 60 and over, 1518; born in the United States, 32,244; Germany, 5196; 
 Ireland, 1590; England and Wales, 1162; Scotland, 222; British Amer- 
 ica, 977 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 288; France, 288; China and 
 Japan, 3. 
 
 , Cattle Powder. 
 
 Miller F. A., 129 North Front street, 808. 
 
 Cement. 
 
 French E. D. & W. A., Third and Vine streets, Camden, N. J., 707. 
 
 Mitchell J. E., 310 York avenue. Portland Cement, pure as imported. 
 
 Establishments, 45; steam-engines, 23 (horse-power, 1190); water-wheels, 
 23 (horse-power, 900); hands employed, 1632 (men, 1508; youths, 124); 
 capital, $1,521,500; wages, $631,993; materials, $773,192; products, 
 $2,033,893. 
 
 Cemeteries. 
 
 Mount Vernon Cemetery Company, corner of Ridge and Lehigh ave- 
 nues, office, 137 South Fifth street, 801. 
 
46 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Chemical Stoneware Manufactory. 
 
 Remmey Richard C., 2363 Frankford avenue, 727. 
 
 Stone and Earthenware. — Establishments, 777 ; steam-engines, 82 (horse- 
 power, 1586); water-wheels, 8 (horse-power, 122) ; hands employed, 6116 
 (men, 5059; women, 316; youths, 741); capital, $5,294,398; wages, 
 $2,247,173; materials, $1,702,705; products, $6,045,536. 
 
 Chemists, Manufacturing. 
 
 (For statistics, see Drugs and Chemicals.) 
 
 Browning & Brothers, 42 and 44 North Front street, 719. 
 
 Hance Brothers & White, Philadelphia, 796. 
 
 Harrison Brothers & Co., 105 South Front street, 704. 
 
 Phillips Moro, Philadelphia, 702. 
 
 China Decorators. 
 
 Haden Thomas, 3633 Market street, 762. 
 
 Phillips Joseph W., Jr., 132 North Seventeenth street, 736. 
 
 Entered into consumption in the United States in 1871-2, China, Por- 
 celain and Parian Ware , Plain White, $470,749.50; in 1872-3, $479,617.15 ; 
 in 1873-4, $397,729.90. China, Porcelain and Parian Ware, Gilded and 
 Ornamented, in 1871-2, $814,133.52 ; in 1872-3, $867,205.77 ; in 1873-4, 
 $676,655.61. 
 
 Chiropodist. 
 
 Burdict S. P., 1338 Parrish street, 742. 
 
 Chiropodists, 65 (males, 63 ; females, 2) ; ages, 16 to 59, 60 ; 60 and 
 over, 5 ; born in the United States, 47 ; Germany, 4 ; Ireland, 3 ; Eng- 
 land and AVales, 5 ; Scotland, 1 ; British America, 1 ; France, 2. 
 
 Cigar Manufacturers. 
 
 (For statistics of cigars and tobacco, see pages 571, 615, 616.) 
 
 Batchelor Brothers, 808 Market street, 783. 
 
 Cigar-makers, 28,286 (males, 26,442 ; females, 1844) ; ages, 10 to 15, 
 1209; 16 to 59, 26,893; 60 and over, 184; born in the United States, 
 13,833 ; Germany, 9292 ; Ireland, 547 ; England and Wales, 804 ; Scotland, 
 51 ; British America, 177 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 114; France, 
 162 ; China and Japan, 1727. 
 
 Civil Engineers. 
 
 (For statistics, see Engineers, etc.) 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851, 852. 
 
 Clocks, Regulators, etc. 
 
 Cooke B. J., 137 North Third street, 781. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 47 
 
 Establishments, 26 ; steam-engines, 12 (horse-power, 502) ; water-wheels, 
 14 (horse-power, 277); hands employed, 1330 (men, 1177; women, 66; 
 youths, 87); capital, 8882,700; wages, 8805,340; materials, 8808,409; 
 products, 82,509,643. 
 
 Clothiers. 
 
 Rockhill & Wilson, 603 and 605 Chestnut street, 746. 
 
 Men’s Clothing. — Establishments, 7838 ; steam engines, 37 (horse-power, 
 457); water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 96); hands employed, 106,679 (men, 
 46,934; women, 58,466 ; youths, 1279); capital, 849,891,080 ; wages, 830,- 
 535,879; materials, 886,117,231 ; products, 8147,650,378. Women’s Cloth- 
 ing. — Establishments, 1847; steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 35); water- 
 wheels, 2 (horse-power, 125); hands employed, 11,696 (men, 1105; women, 
 10,247 ; youths, 344) ; capital, 83,520,218 ; wages, 82,513,956 ; materials, 
 86,837,978 ; products, 812,900,583. 
 
 Coal Miners and Shippers. 
 
 (For Iron Coal Breaker see page 851. For statistics of coal see Physical Geog- 
 raphy, pp. 180, 181, and Pennsylvania, in Topography, pp. 349, 350.) 
 
 Pardee A. & Co., 303 Walnut street and Trinity Building, N. York, 768. 
 
 Miners, 152,107 (males, 152,061 ; females, 46) ; ages, 10 to 15, 3524 ; 
 16 to 59, 144,420 ; 60 and over, 4163 ; born in the United States, 57,388 ; 
 Germany, 8579 ; Ireland, 22,822 ; England and Wales, 28,877 ; Scotland, 
 5515 ; British America, 2489 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 1559 ; 
 France, 1731 ; China and Japan, 17,069. 
 
 Commercial and Mercantile Agency. 
 
 Dun R. G. & Co., 618 Chestnut street, 823. 
 
 Traders and Dealers ( not specified), 100,406 (males, 97,573 ; females, 
 2883); ages, 10 to 15, 387 ; 16 to 59, 96,067 ; 60 and over, 3952; born 
 in the United States, 74,381 ; Germany, 11,078 ; Ireland, 5647 ; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 2992; Scotland, 800; British America, 985; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 376; France, 1308; China and Japan, 604. Com- 
 mercial travellers, 7262 (males, 7230; females, 32); ages, 10 to 15, 4; 16 
 to 59, 7103; 60 and over, 155 ; born in the United States, 6203; Germany, 
 350; Ireland, 222; England and Wales, 235; Scotland, 51; British Amer- 
 ica, 84; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 27 ; France, 19. 
 
 . Concrete. 
 
 (For statistics see Cement.) 
 
 Mitchell J. E., 310 York avenue, Philadelphia, Tiles, House Fronts, 
 etc., of pure Cement and Silica. 
 
48 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX , 
 
 Confectioners’ Tools and Machines. 
 
 Andress Thomas J. & Co., 229 Vine street, 774. 
 
 Mills Thomas & Bro., N. E. cor. Eighth and Thompson streets, 817. 
 
 Confectioners, Manufacturing. 
 
 Campbell S. S. & Co., 422 Market street, 752. 
 
 Croft, Wilbur & Co., 125 North Second street, 693. 
 
 Greer G. N., N. E. corner Tenth and Walnut streets, 702. 
 
 Harbach Bros., 36 North Eighth street and 809 Filbert street, 708. 
 
 Holt A. W., 1009 Walnut street, 804. 
 
 Whitman E. G. & Co., 812 Chestnut street, 815. 
 
 Whitman Stephen F. & Son, Twelfth and Market streets and 1004 
 Chestnut street, 716. 
 
 Confectionery. — Establishments, 949 ; steam-engines, 41 (horse-power, 
 550); water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 23); hands employed, 5285 (men, 
 4151; women, 1225; youths, 449) ; capital, $4,995,293 ; wages, $2,091,826 ; 
 materials, $8,703,560; products, $15,922,643. Confectioners, 8219 (males, 
 7607 ; females, 612); ages, 10 to 15, 84; 16 to 59, 7881; 60 and over, 
 254 ; bom in the United States, 4350 ; Germany, 2185 ; Ireland, 477 ; 
 England and Wales, 312; Scotland, 101 ; British America, 114; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 30; France, 225; China and Japan, 6. 
 
 Cooper. 
 
 Wischman Herman, 122 Pegg street and 123 Willow street, 756. 
 
 Cooperage. — Establishments, 4961 ; steam-engines, 153 (horse-power, 
 3653); water-wheels, 147 (horse-power, 2644); hands employed, 23,314 
 (men, 22,764; women, 20; youths, 530); capital, $9,798,847; wages, 
 $7,819,813; materials, $12,831,796; products, $26,863,734. Coopers, 
 41,789; ages, 10 to 15, 349; 16 to 59, 38,830; 60 and over, 2610; born 
 in the United States, 25,903 ; Germany, 8954 ; Ireland, 3484 ; England 
 and Wales, 706 ; Scotland, 232 ; British America, 973 ; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 272; France, 589; China and Japan, 11. 
 
 Cordage, Rope and Twine. 
 
 Baumgardner, Woodward & Co., 38 South Delaware avenue, 698, 847. 
 
 Establishments, 201 ; steam-engines, 36 (horse-power, 2381) ; water- 
 wheels, 30 (horse-power, 664); hands employed, 3698 (men, 2115; women, 
 779; youths, 804); capital, $3,530,470; wages, $1,234,272; materials, 
 $5,739,608; products, $8,978,382. 
 
 • 
 
 Cork Manufacturers and Dealers. 
 
 Butz Alfred L., 829 and 831 North Third street, 835. 
 
 Brauer & Brueckmann, 248 North Front street, 847. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 49 
 
 Guimaraes Jose de Bessa, 130 Walnut street, 833. 
 
 Murphy & Monaghan, 522 South Fifth street, 839. 
 
 Pearson S. B. & Co., Fifty-second street and Laucaster avenue, 740. 
 
 Rossell Charles FT., 417 North Third street, 729. 
 
 Wilkie Samuel, 842 North Third street, 737. 
 
 Cork wood ( alcornoque ) or bark (unmanufactured) entered into con- 
 sumption in the United States in 1870-71, $266,644.97 ; in 1871-2, $484,- 
 348.04; in 1872-3, $645,928 ; in 1873-4, $435,270. Cork (manufactured), 
 in 1870-71, $144,578; in 1871-2, $125,480; in 1872-3, $159,602; in 
 1873-4, $115,727. 
 
 Costumer. 
 
 Desmond W. C., 917 Race street, 835. 
 
 Cotton Bale-ties. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851, 852. 
 
 Cotton and Woollen Machinery. 
 
 (For statistics of cotton, see Table VI. in Appendix ; also pages 570, 571, 614 ; and 
 for woollen goods, see page 615.) 
 
 Bridesburg Manufacturing Company, 65 North Front street, 822. 
 
 Cotton and Woollen Machinery. — Establishments, 338 ; steam-engines, 
 136 (horse-power, 3383) ; water-wheels, 115 (horse-power, 2543) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 8918 (men, 8438 ; women, 326 ; youths, 154) ; capital, $10,603,424 ; 
 wages, $4,632,913; materials, $5,246,874; products, $13,311,118. 
 
 Crucible Manufacturers. 
 
 Strow, Wile & Co., 1330 to 1334 Callowhill street, 837. 
 
 Newkumet Adam, 1537 North Front street, 704. 
 
 Taylor Robert & Co., corner of Nineteenth and Callowhill streets, 768. 
 
 Establishments, 10; steam-engines, 7 (horse-power, 155); hands em- 
 ployed, 119 (men, 112; youths, 7); capital, $699,000; wages, $127,188; 
 materials, $538,712; products, $1,117,463. Crucibles of foreign manufac- 
 ture entered into consumption in the United States in 1870-1, lead, $85; 
 sand, $2191 ; in 1871-2, lead, $3983; sand, $4102; in 1872-3, lead, $451 ; 
 sand, $981 ; in 1873-4, lead, $328 ; sand, $813. 
 
 Cutlery Manufacturers. 
 
 Herder L. & Son, 606 Arch street, 809. 
 
 Cutlery and Edge Tools ( not specified). — Establishments, 184 ; steam- 
 engines, 61 (horse-power, 1405) ; water-wheels, 87 (horse-power, 2601) ; 
 hands employed, 4428 (men, 3966 ; women, 226; youths, 236); capital, 
 $4,127,547 ; wages, $2,131,758 ; materials, $1,624,043; products, $5,621,841. 
 
 Cutlery of foreign manufacture entered into consumption in the United 
 4 
 
50 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 States in 1870-1, $1,986,010.09; in 1871-2, $2,160,886.45; in 1872-3, 
 $2,244,352.41 ; in 1873-4, $1,615,984.04. 
 
 Dentistry. 
 
 Thomas Dr. J. D., 912 Walnut street, 778. 
 
 Wardle Thomas, M. D., D. D., 1029 Race street, 694. 
 
 Dentists’ Gold Foil. 
 
 Abbey Charles & Sous, 230 Pear street. 
 
 Dentistry, Mechanical. — Establishments, 650 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse- 
 power, 6); hands employed, 1020 (men, 991; women, 15; youths, 14); 
 capital, $621,762; wages, $184,272; materials, $441,534; products, 
 
 $1,634,844. Dentists, 7839 (males, 7815; females, 24); ages, 16 to 59, 
 7678 ; 60 and over, 163 ; born in the United States, 7299 ; Germany, 146 ; 
 Ireland, 58; England and Wales, 116; Scotland, 24; British America, 
 106; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 9; France, 21. 
 
 Gold Leaf and Foil. — Establishments, 51 ; steam-engines, 4 (horse- 
 power, 98); hands employed, 613 (men, 373 ; women, 189; youths, 51); 
 capital, $412,905; wages, $264,408; materials, $621,773; products, 
 
 $1,411,431. 
 
 Dredging. 
 
 American Dredging Company, 10 South Delaware avenue, 775. 
 
 Druggists (Retail). 
 
 Brown Frederick, N. E. corner of Fifth and Chestnut streets, 778. 
 
 Davis G. H., 1050 Germantown avenue, 724. 
 
 Davis Robert Coulton, S. E. corner of Sixteenth and Vine streets, 834. 
 
 Hufnal J. T., 1900 Green street, 713. 
 
 Knight William E., S. E. corner of Tenth and Locust streets, 742. 
 
 Keys Roger, N. W. corner of Twelfth and Pine streets, 736. 
 
 Kunkel E. F., 259 North Ninth street, 729. 
 
 Marks James N., 3742 Market street, 713. 
 
 Musson W. A., 2043 Chestnut street, 839. 
 
 Shinn James T., S. W. corner Broad and Spruce streets, 717. 
 
 Van Buskirk & Apple, Second and Dauphin streets, 804. 
 
 Witmer D. L. & Brother, June, of Fifth and Germantown avenue, 786. 
 
 Wyeth John & Brother, 1412 Walnut street, 806. 
 
 Druggists (Wholesale). 
 
 Mackeown, Bower, Ellis & Co., 1000 Market street, 827. 
 
 Shoemaker Robert & Co., N. E. corner of Fourth and Race streets, 728. 
 
 Drugs and Chemicals. — Establishments, 292; steam-engines, 114 (horse- 
 power, 3637) ; water-wheels, 17 (horse-power, 445) ; hands employed, 4729 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 51 
 
 (men, 4026; women, 452; youths, 251); capital, $12,750,800; wages, 
 $2,141,238; materials, $11,681,405; products. $19,417,194. Druggists, 
 17,369 (males, 17,335 ; females, 34) ; ages, 16 to 59, 16,977 ; 60 and over, 
 392; born in the United States, 14,273; Germany, 1470; Ireland, 339; 
 England and Wales, 607 ; Scotland, 88 ; British America, 189 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 64; France, 118; China and Japan, 51. 
 
 Dry Goods (Wholesale and Retail). 
 
 (For statistics of Cotton and Woollen Goods, see pages 570, 571, 614, 615.) 
 
 Homer, Colladay & Co., 1412 and 1414 Chestnut street, 757. 
 
 Sharpless & Sons, N. W. corner of Eighth and Chestnut streets, 812. 
 
 Williams, Yerkes & Co. (wholesale), 611 Market street, 887. 
 
 Traders in Dry Goods in 1870, 39,790 (males, 39,129; females, 661); 
 ages, 16 to 59, 38,543 ; 60 and over, 1247 ; bom in the United States, 
 31,180; Germany, 4564; Ireland, 1505; England and Wales, 786; Scot- 
 land, 319 ; British America, 242 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 122 ; 
 France, 369 ; China and Japan, 4. 
 
 Dye-Woods, Dye-Stuffs, etc. 
 
 Browning & Brothers, 42 and 44 North Front street, 719. 
 
 Dye-Woods, Stuffs and Extracts. — Establishments, 19 ; steam-engines, 22 
 (horse-power, 1004) ; water-wheels, 7 (horse-power, 565) ; hands employed, 
 548 (men, 517 ; women, 5 ; youths, 26) ; capital, $1,227,500 ; wages, $300,- 
 755; materials, $1,275,434 ; products, $2,053,300. 
 
 Dyers and Scourers. 
 
 Klauder Ik, Howard, corner of Oxford street, 730. 
 
 Bleaching and Dyeing. — Establishments, 250 ; steam-engines, 101 (horse- 
 power, 4278); water-wheels, 26 (horse-power, 1384); hands employed, 
 4172 (men, 3279; women, 680 ; youths, 213); capital, $5,006,950 ; wages, 
 $1,783,449; materials, $53,166,634; products, $58,571,493. Bleachers, 
 Dyers and Scourers, 4901 (males, 4582 ; females, 319) ; ages, 10 to 15, 
 141 ; 16 to 59, 4552; 60 and over, 208 ; born in the United States, 2013 ; 
 Germany, 705; Ireland, 1091; England and Wales, 614; Scotland, 165; 
 British America, 39; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 22; France, 162. 
 
 Electro-Magnetic Machines. 
 
 Neff William C., Philadelphia, 758. 
 
 Electropathic Physician. 
 
 Armitage Dr. Thomas, N. E. corner Fifteenth and Cherry streets, 736. 
 
 Physicians and Surgeons, 62,383 (males, 61,858 ; females, 525) ; ages, 16 
 to 59, 57,947; 60 and over, 4436; born in the United States, 55,920; 
 
52 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Germany, 2362 ; Ireland, 913 ; England and Wales, 983 ; Scotland, 268; 
 British America, 793; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 82; France, 308; 
 China and Japan, 193. 
 
 Elevators, Hoists, Dumb-waiters. 
 
 Murtaugh’s, Isaac Richards, 2217 Chestnut sti’eet, 836. 
 
 Stokes & Parrish, N. W. corner Thirtieth and Chestnut streets, 756. 
 
 Encaustic Floor Tiles. 
 
 Sharpless & Watts, 1325 Market sti’eet, 714. 
 
 Encaustic Tiles entered into consumption in the United States in 1870-71, 
 (value), $4771 ; 1871-2, $8083 ; 1872-3, $18,717 ; 1873-4, $14,193. 
 
 Engineers, Contractors, etc. 
 
 (See also Bridge Builders.) 
 
 Starr Jesse W. & Son, 435 and 437 Chestnut street, 726. 
 
 Civil Engineers, 4703; ages, 10 to 15, 1 ; 16 to 59, 4574; 60 and over, 
 128 ; born in the United States, 3959; Germany, 191 ; Ireland, 167 ; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 206; Scotland, 39 ; British America, 42; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 17; France, 31. Engineers and Firemen, 34,233; 
 ages, 10 to 15, 33 ; 16 to 59, 33,857 ; 60 and over, 343 ; born in the Uni- 
 ted States, 24,286 ; Germany, 2098 ; Ireland, 3317 ; England and Wales, 
 2550; Scotland, 742 ; British America, 653 ; Sweden, Norway and Den- 
 mark, 127; France, 179. 
 
 Engravers. 
 
 Crosscup & West (wood), 702 Chestnut street, 709. 
 
 Gafney James F., 53 North Seventh street, 788. 
 
 Paquet E. R. (general), 24 South Fifth street, 847. 
 
 Sartain John (plate), 728 Sansom street, 734. 
 
 Taylor & Smith (wood), 113 South Fourth street, 754. 
 
 Engravers, 4226 (males, 4197; females, 29); ages, 10 to 15, 48; 16 to 
 59, 4102; 60 and over, 76; born in the United States, 2286; Germany, 
 890; Ireland, 230; England and Wales, 434; Scotland, 103; British 
 America, 49; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 18; France, 113; China 
 or Japan, 1. Engraving. — Establishments, 157 ; steam-engines, 13 (horse- 
 power, 151) ; hands employed, 1407 (men, 1047 ; women, 269 ; youths, 91) ; 
 capital, $1,744,795; wages, $1,022,090; materials, $452,072; products, 
 $2,093,482. 
 
 Fancy Cabinet- ware. 
 
 Goff R. W. P., 625 and 627 Wall street, 844. 
 
 Traders and Dealers in Cabinet-ware, 4087 (males, 4071 ; females, 16) ; 
 ages, 16 to 59, 3928 ; 60 and over, 159 ; born in the United States, 2756 ; 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 53 
 
 Germany, 673; Ireland, 258; England and Wales, 179; Scotland, 34; 
 British America, 62; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 16; France, 41. 
 Cabinet-makers, 42,835 (males, 42,123; females, 712); ages, 10 to 15, 886; 
 16 to 59, 39,854 ; 60 and over, 2095 ; born in the United States, 25,293 ; 
 Germany, 11,798; Ireland, 1595; England and Wales, 1020; Scotland, 
 240; British America, 849 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 632 ; France, 
 518; China and Japan, 11. See also Furniture Manufacturers, etc. 
 
 Fancy Goods. 
 
 Binder Mrs. M. A., Eleventh and Chestnut streets, 761. 
 
 Bond Francis, 139 South Eighth street, 766. 
 
 Fancy Articles. — Establishments, 13; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 77); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 22); hands employed, 191 (men, 82; women, 
 94; youths, 15); capital, $172,650; wages, $65,435; materials, $77,627; 
 products, $188,830. 
 
 Fertilizers. 
 
 Jones William H., 1621 Market street, 844. 
 
 Phillips Moro, Philadelphia, 702. 
 
 Fertilizers (not plaster, ground). — Establishments, 126; steam-engines, 
 69 (horse-power, 2307) ; water-wheels, 33 (horse-power, 644) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 2501 (men, 2470; women, 19; youths, 12); capital, $4,395,948; 
 wages, $766,712; materials, $3,808,025; products, $5,815,118. Special 
 statistics for Philadelphia: Fertilizers, Phosphate, Poudrette. — Establish- 
 ments, 8 ; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 325) ; hands employed, 246 ; 
 capital, $1,105,000; wages, $137,744; materials, $509,660; products, 
 $1,035,952. 
 
 Files and Rasps. 
 
 Barnett G. & H., 41 Richmond street, 730. 
 
 Disstou H. & Sons, Front and Laurel streets, 750. 
 
 Files. — Establishments, 121; steam-engines, 30 (horse-power, 780); 
 water-wheels, 18 (horse-power, 216); hands employed, 1581 (men, 1356; 
 women, 59; youths, 166); capital, $1,659,370 ; wages, $638,982 ; materials, 
 $468,303 ; products, $1,649,394. 
 
 Fire-brick Manufacturers. 
 
 (For general statistics of Bricks, see Brick Machines and Presses.) 
 
 Neukumet Philip, Twenty-third and Vine streets, 828. 
 
 Remmey Richard C., 1100 East Cumberland street, 727. 
 
 No special statistics for Fire-bricks were given for the whole country, but 
 for Philadelphia the statistics were as follows : Establishments, 8 ; using 
 steam, 6 (horse-power, 117); hands employed, 209 (men, 188; youths, 
 
54 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 21) ; capital, $530,000 ; wages, $108,686 ; materials, $228,250 ; products, 
 $501,850. 
 
 Fire Extinguishers. 
 
 Platt W. K. & Co., 212 Market street, 826. 
 
 Fire Hydrants. 
 
 Starr Jesse W. & Son, 435 and 437 Chestnut street, 726. 
 
 Florist. 
 
 Mackenzie Thos. J., Broad street and Columbia avenue, 778. 
 
 Florists, 1085 (males, 1046; females, 39); ages, 16 to 59, 1044; 60 and 
 over, 41 ; born in the United States, 522 ; Germany, 183 ; Ireland, 104 ; 
 England and Wales, 135; Scotland, 63; British America, 9; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 6; France, 48. 
 
 Forwarding and Transportation. 
 
 (See Railroads ; also, American Railroads, pages 627-632.) 
 
 Clyde W. P. & Co., 12 South Delaware avenue, front of book. 
 
 The following personal statistics, taken in connection with those of rail- 
 roads, will give some idea of the number and nationality of persons whose 
 occupations are connected with the business of forwarding and transporting 
 both freight and passengers. Boatmen and Watermen, 21,332 (males, 21,302 ; 
 females, 30); ages, 10 to 15, 408; 16 to 59, 20,484; 60 and over, 440; 
 born in the United States, 17,499 ; Germany, 737 ; Ireland, 2019 ; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 312; Scotland, 91 ; British America, 326; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 131 ; France, 63. Draymen, Haclcmen, Teamsters, etc., 
 120,756 (males, 120,560; females, 196); ages, 10 to 15, 1427 ; 16 to 59, 
 116,815; 60 and over, 2514; born in the United States, 83,078; Germany, 
 11,261; Ireland, 17,925 ; England and Wales, 2616; Scotland, 630 ; Brit- 
 ish America, 2613; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 457 ; France, 549 ; 
 China and Japan, 26. Sailors, 56,663 ; ages, 10 to 15, 312 ; 16 to 59, 
 54,618 ; 60 and over, 1733 ; born in the United States, 42,064; Germany, 
 2247 ; Ireland, 4087 ; England and Wales, 2170; Scotland, 704; British 
 America, 1656 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 1710; France, 265; Chi- 
 na and Japan, 86. 
 
 Frames (Looking-glass and Picture). 
 
 Reukauff Geo. C., 1312 Chestnut street, 788. 
 
 Thiery A., N. E. corner Fourth and Branch streets, 725. 
 
 Looking-glass and Picture Frames. — Establishments, 320 ; steam-engines, 
 49 (horse-power, 1107); water-wheels, 4 (horse-power, 93); hands em- 
 ployed, 3587 (men, 2976; women, 196 ; youths, 415); capital, $2,590,020 ; 
 wages, $1,623,653; materials, $2,466,313; products, $5,962,235. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 55 
 
 Fruit Butter Manufacturers. 
 
 Schimmel J. O. & Co., Philadelphia, Chicago and New York, 722. 
 
 Fruits, Canned, etc. 
 
 Anderson & Campbell, Camden, N. J., 791. 
 
 Fruits and Vegetables, Canned and Preserved. — Establishments, 97 ; steam- 
 engines, 45 (horse-power, 742); hands employed, 5869 (men, 1658 ; women, 
 3434; youths, 777); capital, $2,335,925; wages, $771,643; materials, 
 $3,094,846; products, $5,425,677. 
 
 Fur Dealers and Furriers. 
 
 Keinath W., 812 Arch street, 737. 
 
 Reisky Nav. C., 237 Arch street, 789 and 806. 
 
 Furs, Dressed. — Establishments, 182 ; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 76) ; 
 water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 10) ; hands employed, 2903 (men, 1306 ; 
 women, 1525; youths, 72); capital, $3,472,267; wages, $1,042,305 ; ma- 
 terials, $4,816,122; products, $8,903,052. Fur Workers, 1191 (males, 
 836 ; females, 355) ; ages, 10 to 15, 33 ; 16 to 59, 1127 ; 60 and over, 31 ; 
 born in the United States, 435; Germany, 372; Ireland, 183; England 
 and Wales, 111 ; Scotland, 8 ; British America, 17 ; Sweden, Norway and 
 Denmark, 5; France, 17. 
 
 Furniture Manufacturers and Dealer’s. 
 
 Gould & Co., Ninth and Market streets, 37 and 39 North Second street 
 and 272 South Second street, inside front cover. 
 
 Heacock William, 18 North Ninth street, 776. 
 
 Loth Henry, 645 North Broad street, 769. 
 
 Mauger I. B., 349 North Second street, 789. 
 
 Richardson W. T., corner Sixth and Oxford streets, 840. 
 
 Furniture. — Establishments, 5423; steam-engines, 764 (horse-power, 
 14,811); water-wheels, 406 (horse-power, 6920) ; hands employed, 40,554 
 (men, 38,023; women, 657; youths, 1874); capital, $35,740,029; wages, 
 $17,901,379; materials, $21,669,837; products, $57,926,547. Chairs. — 
 Establishments, 529 ; steam-engines, 117 (horse-power, 3203) ; water- 
 wheels, 184 (horse-power, 4740); hands employed, 12,462 (men, 6975; 
 women, 3168; youths, 2319); capital, $7,643,884. For personal statistics 
 of cabinet-makers see Fancy Cabinet- ware. 
 
 Gas Apparatus. 
 
 Starr Jesse W. & Son, 435 and 437 Chestnut street, 726. 
 
 Gas-burners and Gas-heating Apparatus. 
 
 Gefrorer C., 248 N. Eighth street, 742. 
 
56 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Gas- and Lamp-shades, etc. 
 
 Y. Quarre Co., 832 and 834 Arch street, 827. 
 
 Gas Machines. 
 
 Hulrae George W., 12 North Seventh street, 705. 
 
 Gas. — Establishments, 390; steam-engines, 160 (horse-power, 2747); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 21); hands employed, 8723 (men, 8705; 
 youths, 18); capital, $71,773,694 ; wages, $6,546,734; materials, $10,869,- 
 373 ; products, $32,048,851. Gasometers. — Establishments, 2 ; steam-en- 
 gines, 2 (horse-power, 7); hands employed, 30 ; capital, $35,000; wages, 
 $15,000; materials, $74,000; products, $140,000. Gas Retorts. — Estab- 
 lishments, $5; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 22); hands employed, 177 
 (men, 176; youth, 1); capital, $863,000; wages, $142,280; materials, 
 $356,846 ; products, $665,225. Gas- and Lamp-fixtures. — Establishments, 
 39; steam-engines, 27 (horse-power, 661); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 
 50); hands employed, 2469 (men, 2089; women, 257 ; youths, 123); cap- 
 ital, $2,723,194; wages, $1,232,124; materials, $1,626,579; products, 
 $4,061,778. For gasfitters see Plumbers and Gasfitters. 
 
 Gents’ Furnishing - Goods. 
 
 Laing C., Sixth and Chestnut streets, 831. 
 
 Richelderfer J. H., S. E. corner Eleventh and Chestnut streets, 752. 
 
 Neddies (special statistics for Philadelphia). — Establishments, 5 ; hands 
 employed, 187 (men, 7 ; women, 180); capital, $61,000; wages, $46,268; 
 materials, $124,100 ; products, $214,500. For further statistics see Shirts ; 
 also Hosiery, etc. 
 
 Glass Cutters. 
 
 Laird H. J., 205 Quarry street, 754. 
 
 Magee John A., 1235 Vine street, 835. 
 
 Glass-house Pots. 
 
 Newkumet Adam, 1537 North Front street, 704. 
 
 Glass Shades. 
 
 Galbraith A., 209 North Ninth street, 745. 
 
 Maxwell John, 226 North Ninth, 814. 
 
 Cut Glass. — Establishments, 29 ; steam-engines, 21 (horse-power, 180); 
 hands employed, 285 (men, 257 ; women, 2 ; youths, 26) ; capital, $136,700; 
 wages, $157,576 ; materials, $178,526 ; products, $470,875. Plate Glass . — 
 Establishments, 5; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 52); water-wheel, 1 
 (horse-power, 4); hands employed, 200 (men, 195; youths,' 5); capital, 
 $195,700; wages, $132,410; materials, $86,708; products, $355,250. 
 Stained Glass. — Establishments, 18; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 44); 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 57 
 
 hands employed, 170 (men, 156; women, 10; youths, 4); capital, $148,- 
 800; wages, $99,789 ; materials, $90,277 ; products, $297,480. Glassware 
 (■ not specified). — Establishments, 114; steam-engines, 55 (horse-power, 
 1044); water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 42); hands employed, 12,308 (men, 
 8494 ; women, 666 ; youths, 3148) ; capital, $10,385,882 ; wages, $5,953,- 
 423 ; materials, $4,376,897 ; products, $14,300,949. 
 
 Gold Pen Manufacturers. 
 
 Benton & Bro., 409 Chestnut street, 730. 
 
 Gold Pens and Pencils. — Establishments, 21; steam-engines, 3 (horse- 
 power, 56); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 5); hands employed, 242 (men, 
 199; women, 30; youths, 13); capital, $268,250; wages, $133,556 ; mate- 
 rials, $181,740; products, $467,380. 
 
 Grindstones. 
 
 Mitchell J. E., 310 York avenue, Philadelphia. 2000 tons on hand. 
 Founded in 1810. 
 
 Grindstone Fixtures. 
 
 Mitchell J. Henry, 602 Beach street, Pliila., Shafts, Cast-iron Boxes, etc. 
 
 Grindstones. — Establishments, 10; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 136); 
 hands employed, 236 (men, 226; youths, 10); capital, $83,800; wages, 
 $59,600; materials, $33,853; products, $163,700. 
 
 Grocers (Wholesale). 
 
 Conrow T. & Co., 5 North Water street, 725. 
 
 The term “groceries” comprehends such a variety of articles that it is 
 impossible to give in our limited space full details of the business. The 
 imports of sugar and molasses, coffee and tea for 1872-3 and 1873-4 will 
 be found in the article on Commerce and Navigation, page 470. The 
 following personal statistics are found in the census : Traders and Dealers 
 in Groceries, 74,410 (males, 73,213 ; females, 1197); ages, 16 to 59, 71,676; 
 60 and over, 2734 ; born in the United States, 46,226 ; Germany, 13,456 ; 
 Ireland, 8879; England and Wales, 2075; Scotland, 444; British Amer- 
 ica, 690; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 232; France, 999; China and 
 Japan, 124. 
 
 Guns, Pistols, etc. 
 
 Grubb Joseph C. & Co., 712 Market street, 753. 
 
 Firearms. — Establishments, 46 ; steam-engines, 27 (horse-power, 1323); 
 water-wheels, 17 (horse-power, 365) ; hands employed, 3297 (men, 3152 ; 
 women, 33; youths, 112); capital, $4,016,902; wages, $2,490,774; ma- 
 terials, $1,100,999 ; products, $5,582,258. Gun- and Locksmiths, 8184 
 (males, 8151; women, 33); ages, 10 to 15, 77 ; 16 to 59, 7709; 60 and 
 
58 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 over, 398 ; born in the United States, 4703 ; Germany, 2091 ; Ireland, 453; 
 England and Wales, 452; Scotland, 51; British America, 63; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 49; France, 141 ; China and Japan, 2. 
 
 Hair Jewelry and Hair-Work. 
 
 Neher Charles, 612 Arch street, 748. 
 
 Schmitt Madam K., 222 North Eighth street, 788. 
 
 Wimpfheimer Mrs. C., 320 Market street, 835. 
 
 Special statistics of hair jewelry for the whole country were not given in 
 1870. For Philadelphia the figui’es were as follows: Establishments, 3 ; 
 hands employed, 7 (women); capital, $12,500 ; wages, $1800; materials, 
 $3400; products, $7625. Hair-Work. — Establishments in the United 
 States in 1870, 230; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 55); water-wheel, 1 
 (horse-power, 7); hands employed, 1651 (men, 597; women, 940; youths, 
 114); capital, $766,875; wages, $416,294; materials, $883,421 ; products, 
 $1,971,839. 
 
 Hardware. 
 
 Clamer Francis J. & Co., 909 North Ninth 'street, 740. 
 
 Craft Edwin & Co., 905 Market street, 827. 
 
 Enterprise Manufacturing Company of Pennsylvania, Henry Asbury, 
 president, American and Dauphin streets, 711. 
 
 Haase John A., 116 Van Horn, 743. 
 
 Rose W. & Brothers, Thirty-sixth and Filbert streets, 714. 
 
 Vanhorn James S. & Co., Ridge and Girard avenues, 810. 
 
 Hardware. — Establishments, .580; steam-engines, 243 (horse-power, 
 5616) ; water-wheels, 155 (horse-power, 3398) ; hands employed, 14,236 
 (men, 11,713; women, 1179; youths, 1344); capital, $13,869,315; wages, 
 $6,845,640; materials, $9,188,044; products, $22,237,329. 
 
 Harness and Saddlery. 
 
 Sage B. V., 3142 Market street, 724. 
 
 Young J. H., 35 J North Ninth street, 762. 
 
 Saddlery and Harness. — Establishments, 7607 ; steam-engines, 12 (horse- 
 power, 172); water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 43) ; hands employed, 23,557 
 (men, 22,716; women, 375; youths, 466); capital, $13,935,961; wages, 
 $7,046,207; materials, $16,068,310; products, $32,709,981. Saddlery 
 Hardware. — Establishments, 155; steam-engines, 29 (horse-power, 689) ; 
 water-wheels, 13 (horse-power, 260); hands employed, 2566 (men, 2129; 
 women, 184; youths, 253); capital, $1,482,225; wages, $1,062,059; ma- 
 terials, $1,257,947 ; products, $3,227,123. Harness- and Saddle-makers, 
 32,817 (males, 32,767 ; females, 50) ; ages, 10 to 15, 287 ; 16 to 59, 31,543 ; 
 60 and over, 987 ; born in the United States, 24,568 ; Germany, 3868 ; 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 59 
 
 Ireland, 1747 ; England and Wales, 811 ; Scotland, 161 ; British Amer- 
 ica, 715; Swedeu, Norway and Denmark, 161; France, 226; China or 
 Japan, 1. 
 
 Hat-Block Manufacturers. 
 
 Cundey E. & Brother, 848 North Fourth street, 724. 
 
 Nonnenberger Christian, 323 Race street, 732. 
 
 Hat Materials. — Establishments, 62; steam-engines, 11 (horse-power, 
 433) ; water-wheels, 8 (horse-power, 138) ; hands employed, 1014 (men, 
 722; women, 146; youths, 146); capital, $1,168,635; wages, $537,287; 
 materials, $2,074,959; products, $3,225,763. 
 
 Hats and Caps, etc. 
 
 Brylawski M., manufacturer, 16 North Third street, 835. 
 
 Damai E. (retail), 143 Arch street, 834. 
 
 Laing C., Sixth and Chestnut streets, 831. 
 
 Hats and Caps. — Establishments, 483; steam-engines, 64 (horse-power, 
 2112) j water-wheels, 10 (horse-power, 186); hands employed, 16,173 
 (men, 8847 ; women, 6301 ; youths, 1025) ; capital, $6,489,571 ; wages, 
 $6,574,490; materials, $12,262,107; products, $24,848,167. Hat- and 
 Cap-makers, 12,625 (males, 9275; females, 3350); ages, 10 to 15,450; 
 16 to 59, 11,815; 60 and over, 360; born in the United States, 8829; 
 Germany, 1154; Ireland, 1727 ; England and Wales, 518; Scotland, 74; 
 British America, 87; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 17; France, 93; 
 China and Japan, 2. Traders and Dealers in Hats and Caps, 3375 (males, 
 3360; females, 15) ; ages, 16 to 59, 3161; 60 and over, 214; born in the 
 United States, 2355 ; Germany, 523 ; Ireland, 231 ; England and Wales, 
 124 ; Scotland, 20 ; British America, 16 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 
 7 ; France, 46 ; China or Japan, 1. 
 
 Heaters, Ranges, Furnaces, etc. 
 
 Borden J. & Brother, 637 North Nineteenth street, 732. 
 
 Harrison William H. & Brother, 1435 Chestnut street, 783. 
 
 McCoy & Roberts, 1208 and 1210 Market street, 837. 
 
 Moseley Thos. W. H. (Radiators), 147 South Fourth street, 851 and 852. 
 Nixon George & Son, N. E. corner of Sixteenth and Vine streets. 
 
 Rand A. W., 124 North Sixth street, 797. 
 
 Reynolds J. & Son, N. W. corner of Thirteenth and Filbert streets, 770. 
 Heating Apparatus. — Establishments, 59 ; steam-engines, 18 (horse- 
 power; 239); hands employed, 1141 (men, 1121; youths, 20)'; capital, 
 $1,605,830; wages, $853,516 ; materials, $1,424,345 ; products, $3,425,150. 
 See also Stoves, Ranges, etc. 
 
60 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX , 
 
 Hides and Tallow. 
 
 (For statistics of Leather, tanned and curried, see page 615.) 
 Schollenberger William & Sons, Mascher and Oxford streets, 778. 
 Establishments, 12 ; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 84); hands employed, 
 138 (men, 135 ; woman, 1 ; youths, 2) ; capital, $164,000 ; wages, $39,000 ; 
 materials, $526,754; products, $743,040. 
 
 Grease and Tallow. — Establishments, 62 ; steam-engines, 13 (horse- 
 power, 233) ; hands employed, 442 (men, 359 ; women, 62 ; youths, 21) ; 
 capital, $841,980; wages, $184,787; materials, $5,114,868; products, 
 $6,035,845. 
 
 Hides and Skins, Sumac, etc. 
 
 Keen James S., 115 Margaretta street, 847. 
 
 Traders and Dealers in Leather, Hides and Skins, 2261 (males, 2257 ; 
 females, 4) ; ages, 16 to 59, 2171 ; 60 and over, 90 ; born in the United 
 States, 1542 ; Germany, 433 ; Ireland, 109 ; England and Wales, 86 ; 
 Scotland, 17 ; British America, 17 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 3 ; 
 France, 29. 
 
 Hose Manufacturers (Leather). 
 
 (For statistics see Belting and Hose.) 
 
 Eckfeldt & Richie, 418 North Third street, 720. 
 
 Hosiery. 
 
 ■ (See Shawls, Hosiery and Knit Goods.) 
 
 Hotel and House Enunciators. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851 and 852. 
 Hotel-keepers, 26,394 (males, 25,529; females, 865); ages, 16 to 59, 
 24,901; 60 and over, 1493; born in the United States, 19,416; Germany, 
 3037; Ireland, 1915; England and Wales, 831 ; Scotland, 118; British 
 America, 384; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 104; France, 239; 
 China and Japan, 19. Clerks in Hotels and Restaurants, 5243 (males, 
 5166 ; females, 77) ; ages, 10 to 15, 49 ; 16 to 59, 5147 ; 60 and over, 47 ; 
 born in the United States, 4467 ; Germany, 260 ; Ireland, 210 ; England 
 and Wales, 101 ; Scotland, 14; British America, 83; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 17 ; France, 27. Employes of Hotels and Restaurants, 
 (jiot clerks) , 23,438 (males, 17,139; females,- 6299) ; ages, 10 to 15,921; 
 16 to 59, 22,263; 60 and over, 254; born in the United States, 15,598; 
 Germany, 2145 ; Ireland, 3762; England and Wales, 504 ; Scotland, 121 ; 
 British America, 305 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 197 ; France, 254; 
 China and Japan, 98. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 61 
 
 House-Furnishing- Goods. 
 
 Christ J. H. & Brothers, 824 Arch street, 745. 
 
 Craft Edwin & Co., 905 Market street, 827. 
 
 Williams Isaac S. & Co., 728 Market street, 744. 
 
 Wooden Ware. — Establishments, 269; steam-engines, 76 (horse-power, 
 2293) ; water-wheels, 165 (horse-power, 3366) ; hands employed, 3169 
 (men, 2708; women, 67; youths, 394); capital, $2,814,592; wages, 
 $1,210,268; materials, $1,623,694 ; products, $4,142,124. 
 
 ( For the remaining statistics, see Cutlery ; Tin, Copper and Sheet-iron Ware 
 and the appropriate headings of other leading articles in this somewhat comprehen- 
 sive business.) 
 
 Ice Cream Freezers. 
 
 Blatchley Charles G., 506 Commerce street, 721. 
 
 Ice Cream Restaurants. 
 
 Burns & Son, 133 South Fifteenth street, 756. 
 
 Lipp H. C. & Brother, 217 North Ninth street, 717. 
 
 Mosebach H., Eleventh and Poplar streets, 839. 
 
 Though ice cream is an American invention, special statistics were not 
 given in the census, and the only figures obtainable are the following per- 
 sonal statistics, which include proprietors of eating-houses. Restaurant- 
 keepers, 35,185 (males, 34,542; females, 643) ; ages, 16 to 59, 34,457; 
 60 and over, 728; born in the United States, 14,020; Germany, 11,877; 
 Ireland, 4220 ; England and Wales, 1241 ; Scotland, 201 ; British America, 
 628; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 328; France, 973; China and Ja- 
 pan, 66. 
 
 India-rubber and Elastic Goods. 
 
 Establishments, 56; steam-engines, 49 (horse-power, 4412); water-wheels, 
 35 (horse-power, 1864) ; hands employed, 6025 (men, 3030 ; women, 2649 ; 
 youths, 346) ; capital, $7,486,600 ; wages, $2,559,877 ; materials, $7,434,742 ; 
 products, $14,566,374. 
 
 Ink Manufacturers. 
 
 Wright J. K. & Co. (printing), Twenty-sixth and Hare streets, 729. 
 
 Bush I. A. (writing), 214 South Tenth street, 826. 
 
 Knapp C. F. & Son (writing), 510) Arch street, 789. 
 
 Stump F. & Co., 140 South Third street, 792. 
 
 Printing-ink. — Establishments, 16; steam-engines, 13 (horse-power, 248); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 55) ; hands employed, 155 (men, 152; youths, 
 3); capital, $343,300; wages, $100,187; materials, $353,711; products, 
 $600,329. Writing-ink. — Establishments, 25 ; steam-engine, 1 (horse- 
 
62 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 power, 8); hands employed, 160 (men, 101 ; women, 32; youths, 27); cap- 
 ital, $276,230; wages, $45,962; materials, $176,399; products, $366,473. 
 
 Insurance Companies (Fire). 
 
 Pennsylvania Insurance Co., 510 Walnut street, 798. 
 
 Number of Fire Insurance Companies in 1875, 87 ; gross assets, $69,- 
 469,397 ; fire risks written in 1874, $2,416,963,130 ; marine and inland 
 risks, $421,584,527 ; amount at risk January 1, 1875, $2,527,020,865; total 
 income in 1874, $38,243,986 ; foreign companies doing business in the 
 United States, 14; risks in 1874, $827,520,160; total amount at risk Jan- 
 uary 1, 1875, $3,354,541,025. 
 
 Insurance Companies (Life). 
 
 American Life Insurance Co., Fourth and Walnut streets, 703. 
 
 Penn Mutual Life Insurance Co., 921 Chestnut street, 755. 
 
 Number of Life Insurance Companies in 1875, 59; number of policies 
 in force, 866,690 ; amount insured, $2,140,565,481 ; average amount of 
 each policy in force, $2469 ; gross assets January 1, 1875, $401,706,301. 
 
 Iron Broker. 
 
 Etting Edward J., 230 South Third street, 846. 
 
 Iron Founders. 
 
 (For statistics of Iron see pages 186, 613, 614.) 
 
 Starr Jesse W. & Son, 435 and 437 Chestnut street, 726. 
 
 Wharton Joseph S. Lovering, Fifteenth and Wood streets, 731. 
 
 Iron Galvanizing' and Corrugating. 
 
 Chase Frederic, 2425 and 2427 South street, 740. 
 
 McCullough Iron Co., Sixteenth and Washington avenue, 730. 
 
 Marshall Bros. & Co., 24 Girard avenue, 847. 
 
 Moseley Thos. W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851 and 852. 
 
 The Philadelphia Galvanizing Co., 2130 Race street, 735. 
 
 Galvanizing . — Establishments, 9; steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 48); 
 hands employed, 146 (men, 141 ; youths, 5) ; capital, $206,000 ; wages, 
 $88,650 ; materials, $584,996 ; products, $796,326. Special statistics of 
 Galvanized and Corrugated iron for Philadelphia, in 1870 : Establishments, 
 5 ; using steam, 5 (horse-power, 88) ; hands employed, 136 (men, 131 ; 
 youths, 5); capital, $279,000; wages, $82,950 ; materials, $448,796; prod- 
 ucts, $794,526. 
 
 Iron Manufacturers. 
 
 McCullough Iron Co., Sixteenth and Washington avenue, 730. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 63 
 
 Moseley Thos. W. H. (Iron Screw Piles), 147 South Fourth street, 851. 
 
 Musconetcong Iron Works, A. Pardee & Co., 303 Walnut street, 768. 
 
 Starr Jesse W. A Son, 435 and 437 Chestnut street, 726. 
 
 Iron Pipe Manufacturers. 
 
 Girard Tube Works and Iron Co., 42 North Fifth street, 828. 
 
 Iron Pipe {wrought). — Establishments, 22 ; steam-engines, 26 (horse- 
 power, 1715); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 5); hands employed, 2129 
 (men, 1988 ; youths, 141); capital, $5,311,095; wages, $1,155,910; ma- 
 terials, $4,872,907 ; products, $7,369,194. 
 
 Iron Railing, Fences, Doors, Vases. 
 
 Watson & Kelso, 46 and 48 North Front street, 798. 
 
 Wood Robert & Co., 1136 Ridge avenue, 700. 
 
 Iron Railing (wrought). — Establishments, 74; steam-engines, 27 (horse- 
 power, 197); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 3); hands employed, 630 (men, 
 605 ; youths, 25); capital, $405,200; wages, $321,101 ; materials, $533,116; 
 products, $1,268,756. 
 
 Iron Railing (cast). — Number of feet made in 1870, 1,530,581. 
 
 Jewellers. 
 
 (See Watches, Jewelry, etc.) 
 
 Lampblack Manufacturers. 
 
 Martin L. & Co., 118 Walnut street, 703. 
 
 Establishments in 1870, 9 ; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 43) ; hands 
 employed, 56; capital, $93,000; wages, $20,734; materials, $107,565; 
 products, $193,800. Corrected statistics of Philadelphia in 1870: Estab- 
 lishments, 4; hands employed, 36 (men, 27 ; youths, 9); capital, $183,000 ; 
 wages, $30,900 ; materials, $65,350 ; products, $117,700. 
 
 Lamp and Lantern Manufacturers. 
 
 Wilhelm & Neumann, 919 and 921 Race street, 734. 
 
 Lamps, Lanterns and Locomotive Head-lights. — Establishments, 40 ; 
 steam-engines, 16 (horse-power, 164); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 10); 
 hands employed, 558 (men, 490 ; women, 36 ; youths, 32) ; capital, $689,- 
 300 ; wages, $286,843 ; materials, $403,295 ; products, $995,289. 
 
 Lapidary. 
 
 Bohrer William, Fourth and Chestnut streets, 779. 
 
 Lapidary Work. — Establishments, 13; steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 10); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 22); hands employed, 88 (men, 81; women, 
 5; youths, 2); capital, $34,400; wages, $38,800; materials, $37,184; 
 products, $107,300. 
 
64 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Last Manufacturer. 
 
 Dewees Peter, 113 and 115 Callowhill street, 739. 
 
 Lasts. — Establishments, 60; steam-engines, 32 (horse-power, 465); 
 water-wheels, 10 (horse-power, 180) ; hands employed, 510 (men, 484 ; 
 women, 2; youths, 24); capital, $330,800; wages, $262,212; materials, 
 $137,657 ; products, $665,703. 
 
 Laundry. 
 
 Tardif William, Jr., 220 North Second street, 826. 
 
 Launderers and Laundresses, 60,906 (males, 5297 ; females, 55,609) ; ages, 
 10 to 15, 548; 16 to 59, 57,964; 60 and over, 2394; born in the United 
 States, 40,814; Germany, 2761; Ireland, 11,530; England and Wales, 
 601 ; Scotland, 205; British America, 331 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 
 170; France, 327 ; China and Japan, 3653. 
 
 Leather and Findings. 
 
 (For statistics of Leather Dealers see Hides and Skins, and for those of Leather 
 see American Manufactures, page 615.) 
 
 Greiner J. F., 221 North Fourth street, 738. 
 
 Ryan Joseph, 236 North Fourth street, 749. 
 
 Schmidt John G., 1234 and 1236 Poplar street, 732. 
 
 Boot- and Shoe-findings. — Establishments, 271 ; steam-engines, 32 (horse- 
 power, 310); water-wheels, 14 (horse-power, 223); hands employed, 2773 
 (men, 1045; women, 1442; youths, 286); capital, $858,560; wages, $792,- 
 957; materials, $1,817,028; products, $3,389,091. 
 
 Lime Dealers and Manufacturers. 
 
 Irvine & Carty, Twenty-third and Spring Garden streets, 736. 
 
 Lime. — Establishments, 1001; steam-engines, 17 (horse-power, 425); 
 water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 56); hands employed, 6450 (men, 6402; 
 women, 3; youths, 45); capital, $5,344,154; wages, $1,936,158; mate- 
 rials, $4,458,542 ; products, $8,917,405. 
 
 Lithographers. 
 
 Citti Lewis F. & Co., Seventh and Market streets, 844. 
 
 Taylor & Smith, 113 South Fourth street, 754. 
 
 Toudy H. J. & Co., 623 Commerce street, 790. 
 
 Statistics of lithography were not given for the whole country in 1870. 
 The figures for Philadelphia in 1870 were as follows : Establishments, 30 ; 
 using steam, 3 (horse-power, 31); hands employed, 279 (men, 243; women, 
 22 ; youths, 14) ; capital, $509,200 ; wages, $201,495 ; materials, $138,058; 
 products, $628,135. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 65 
 
 Livery Stables. 
 
 Delaplaine James L., Seventeenth and Cherry streets, 824. 
 
 Doble W. H. & Son, 1424 South Penn square, 772. 
 
 Livery Stable Keepers, 8504 (males, 8493; women, 11); ages, 16 to 59, 
 8278 ; 60 and over, 226 ; born in the United States, 7087 ; Germany, 427 ; 
 Ireland, 545; England and Wales, 182; Scotland, 34; British America, 
 126; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 32; France, 28. For statistics of 
 horses, see pages 572, 573, 574, 576. 
 
 Machinists. 
 
 Carnell F. L. & D. R., 1844 Germantown avenue, 724. 
 
 Chambers, Bro. & Co., Fifty-second street and Lancaster avenue, 803. 
 
 Dienelt & Eisenhardt, Seventeenth street and Fairmount avenue, 811. 
 
 Ferrell and Jones, 2218 and 2220 Race street, 832. 
 
 Flanders L. B., Eleventh and Hamilton streets, 829. 
 
 Mills Thos. & Bro. , Eighth and Thompson streets, 817. 
 
 Nittinger A., Jr., 828 North Fourth street, 759. 
 
 Riehle Brothers, Philadelphia, 798. 
 
 Quimby B. F., fine machinery, 224 South Fifth street, 743. 
 
 Shearman & Hilles, 309 and 311 Arch street, 824. 
 
 Smith Charles H., 135 North Third street, 744. 
 
 Teal C. A. & W. L., 3029 Chestnut street, 694. 
 
 Walker Joseph, 915 Market street, 888. 
 
 'Wharton J. S. Lovering, Fifteenth & Wood streets, 731. 
 
 Snyder Henry & Co., 43 South Fourth street, 777. 
 
 Machinists’ Tools. 
 
 Van Haagen C. & Co., 2341 and 2343 Callowhill street, 745. 
 
 Machinery (not specified). — Establishments, 1737 ; steam-engines, 981 
 (horse-power, 17,429); water-wheels, 356 (horse-power, 6707) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 30,780 (men, 30,183; women, 93; youths, 505); capital, 840,383,- 
 960 ; wages, 817,812,493 ; materials, 822,575,692 ; products, 854,429,634. 
 Machinists, 54,755; ages, 10 to 15, 209; 16 to 59, 53,215; 60 and over, 
 1331 ; born in the United States, 35,432; Germany, 5016 ; Ireland, 4833; 
 England and Wales, 5175; Scotland, 1741 ; British America, 1097; Swe- 
 den, Norway and Denmark, 299 ; France, 499 ; China and Japan, 6. 
 
 Marble Columns and Pedestals. 
 
 Allen James T. & Co., 25 North Seventeenth street, 831. 
 
 Marble Dealers and Workers. 
 
 Prince S. F., 2214 Chestnut street, 839. 
 
 Rightmire W. H., Camden, N. J., 772, 773. 
 
66 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Struthers & Sons, 1022 Market street, 715. 
 
 Van Gunden & Young, 1221 Spring Garden street, 712. 
 
 Waterhouse John, 1817 Arch street, 808. 
 
 Marbleized Slate Mantels. 
 
 French E. D. & W. A., Third and Vine streets, Camden, N. J., 707. 
 
 Kimes J. B. & Co., 1215 Race street, 731. 
 
 Wilson & Miller, 1210 Ridge avenue, 706. 
 
 Marble- and Stone-work (not specified). — Establishments, 923 ; steam-en- 
 gines, 141 (horse-power, 4231) ; water-wheels, 34 (horse-power, 1406) ; 
 hands employed, 13,190 (men, 12,974; women, 12; youths, 204); capital, 
 $11,287,677; wages, $7,601,471; materials, $8,034,858; products, $21,- 
 316,860. Marble Monuments and Tombstones.- — -Establishments, 1049 ; 
 steam-engines, 43 (horse-power, 853); water-wheels, 13 (horse-power, 135); 
 hands employed, 5719 (men, 5650 ; women, 8 ; youths, 61) ; capital, 
 $4,942,063; wages, $2,490,296 ; materials, $3,709,518; products, $8,916,- 
 654. Marble- and Stone-cutters, 25,831 ; ages, 10 to 15, 84; 16 to 59, 25,- 
 155; 60 and over, 592 ; born in the United States, 11,923; Germany, 
 3491; Ireland, 6237 ; England and Wales, 1709; Scotland, 966; British 
 America, 766; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 114; France, 212. 
 
 Masons, Brick and Stone. 
 
 Number in 1870, 89,710 ; ages, 10 to 15, 251 ; 16 to 59, 85,521 ; 60 and 
 over, 3938 ; born in the United States, 55,147 ; Germany, 11,606; Ireland, 
 13,537 ; England and Wales, 4480 ; Scotland, 989 ; British America, 
 1500; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 703; France, 475; China and 
 Japan, 23. Masonry, Brick and Stone. — Establishments, 2264 ; steam- 
 engines, 4 (horse-power, 32); hands employed, 11,043 (men, 10,931; 
 youths, 112); capital, $2,546,425; wages, $4,271,700; materials, $7,015,- 
 782; products, $14,587,185. 
 
 Masonic and Society Marks, etc. 
 
 (For statistics see under. Military Goods and Regalia.) 
 
 Bedichimer I., 160 North Second street, 762 and 800. 
 
 Somerset Jacob, 722 Chestnut street, 832. 
 
 Match Manufacturers. 
 
 Smith Ephraim K., 919 St. John street, 736. 
 
 Matches. — Establishments, 75; steam-engines, 29 (horse-power, 359); 
 water-wheels, 19 (horse-power, 449) ; hands employed, 2556 (men, 609; 
 women, 1089 ; youths, 858) ; capital, $1,521,802 ; wages, $61 6,714 ; ma- 
 terials, $1,179,666; products, $3,540,008. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 67 
 
 Mathematical and Philosophical Instruments. 
 
 Edgerton 1ST. H., 924 Chestnut street, 830. 
 
 McAllister William Y., 728 Chestnut street, front of book. 
 
 Queen Jas. W. & Co., 924 Chestnut street, 818. 
 
 YYung W. J. & Sons, 43 North Seventh street, 778. 
 
 Instruments, Professional and Scientific. — Establishments, 135 ; steam- 
 engines, 32 (horse-power, 207); water-wheels, 4 (horse-power, 125); hands 
 employed, 1173 (men, 1049 ; women, 58; youths, 66); capital, $1,838,391 ; 
 wages, $649,921 ; materials, $417,165 ; products, $1,724,257. 
 
 Metallic Cap Manufacturers and Tin Foil Dealers. 
 
 Hilgert’s John Sons, 1009 and 1011 North Fifth street, 739. 
 
 Metallic Sign Manufacturers. 
 
 The Wells & Hope Co., 918, 920 and 922 Vine street, 786. 
 
 Military and Reg-alia Goods. 
 
 Horstmann Brothers & Co., Philadelphia, New York and Paris, 802. 
 
 Migeod J. M. & Son, 510 Race street, 818. 
 
 Naylor Charles, 54 North Fifth street, 816. 
 
 Military Goods. — Establishments, 6 ; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 24) ; 
 hands employed, 91 (men, 69; women, 12; youths, 10); capital, $98,200; 
 wages, $66,426 ; materials, $141,550; products, $282,630. Regalia and 
 Society Banners and Emblems. — Establishments, 29 ; steam-engines, 5 
 (horse-power, 31); hands employed, 410 (men, 150; women, 237; youths, 
 23); capital, $251,650 ; wages, $114,702 ; materials, $307,296 ; products, 
 $626,476. Military Goods and Regalia (corrected statistics for Philadel- 
 phia). — Establishments, 8 ; using steam, 4 (horse-power, 22) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 172 (men, 37 ; women, 130; youths, 5); capital, $241,200; wages, 
 $53,400; materials, $99,410; products, $259,800. 
 
 Milk Dealers. 
 
 Jones Jos. L., 603 North Eighth street, 717. 
 
 AVoolman Edward W., 44 North Thirty-eighth street, 713. 
 
 Number of gallons of milk sold in 1870, 235,500,599. Leading States: 
 New York, 135,775,919 gallons; Ohio, 22,275,344; Massachusetts, 15,284,- 
 057 ; Pennsylvania, 14,411,729. Pounds of cheese made in 1870,53,492,153. 
 Leading States : New York, 22,769,964; Ohio, 8,169,486. Pounds of cheese 
 made in 1860, 103,663,927, and in 1850, 105,535,893. For exports of 
 cheese in various years, showing the recent progress in its manufacture, 
 see page 200. Pounds of butter made in 1870,514,092,683; in 1860, 
 459,681,372; and in 1850, 313,345,306. Leading States in 1870: New 
 York, 107,147,526 pounds; Pennsylvania, 60,834,644; Ohio, 50,266,372. 
 
68 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Millinery and Fancy Goods. 
 
 (Statistics of Women’s Clothing will be found under Clothiers.) 
 
 Binder Mrs. M. A., 1101 Chestnut street, 761. 
 
 Millinery. — Establishments, 1668; steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 18); 
 hands employed, 7205 (men, 864; women, 6106 ; youths, 235) ; capital, 
 $2,425,926; wages, $1,156,531 ; materials, $3,365,132; products, $6,513,222. 
 Milliners, Dress- and Mantua-Makers, 92,084 (males, 1604 ; females, 90,480) ; 
 ages, 10 to 15, 1759; 16 to 59, 89,509; 60 and over, 816; born in the 
 United States, 72,505; Germany, 3541; Ireland, 8578; England and 
 Wales, 2894; Scotland, 687; British America, 2468; Sweden, Norway 
 and Denmark, 197 ; France, 526; China and Japan, 20. 
 
 Mince Meat. 
 
 Atrnore & Son, 136 South Front street, 695. 
 
 Anderson & Campbell, Camden, N. J., 791. 
 
 Conrow T. & Co., 5 North Water street, 725. 
 
 Food Preparations (animal). — Establishments, 85 ; steam-engines, 32 
 (horse-power, 426) ; water-wheels, 5 (horse-power, 87) ; hands employed, 
 582 (men, 512; women, 55; youths, 15); capital, $672,656; wages, $276,- 
 437; materials, $1,548,480; products, $2,328,790. Mince Meat (corrected 
 statistics for Philadelphia iu 1870). — Establishments, 3; using steam, 2 
 (horse-power, 12); hands employed, 52 (men, 31; women 21); capital, 
 $50,000-; wages, $19,250; materials, $116,840; products, $161,000. 
 
 Morocco Manufacturers. 
 
 Adams & Keen, 934 St. John street, 725. 
 
 Bockius C., S. E. corner of St. John and Willow streets, 783. 
 
 Deemer’s John Sous, 147 and 149 Margaretta street, 714. 
 
 Eveland D., 215 Willow street, 705. 
 
 Frank Gottlieb, 149 Willow street, 747 and 831. 
 
 Hummel G. W. & Co., 125 Margaretta, 756. 
 
 Hummel J. M. & Sons, 955 North Third and 970 Canal streets, 720. 
 
 Nevil Joseph & Sons, 144 Margaretta street, 712. 
 
 Schollenberger William & Sons, Oxford corner of Masclier, 778. 
 
 Schumann Charles, 1724 North Fifth street, 786. 
 
 Schumann F. & Son, 1810 North Eighth street, 814. 
 
 Schumann L. & A., 1027 Canal street, 747. 
 
 Stewart William R. & Brother, 435 and 437 York avenue, 712. 
 
 Morocco. — Establishments, 113; steam-engines, 48 (horse-power, 683); 
 water-wheels ; 3 (horse-power, 16) ; hands employed, 3006 (men, 2740 ; 
 women, 182; youths, 84); capital, $3,854,072; wages, $1,678,226; mate- 
 rials, $6,623,066 ; products, $9,997,460. Patent and Enamelled Leather. — 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 69 
 
 Establishments, 26 ; steam-engines, 14 (horse-power, 354); water-wheel, 1 
 (horse-power, 45); hands employed, 528 (men, 509; youths, 19); capital, 
 $903,000; wages, $341,445; materials, $3,211,749; products, $4,018,115. 
 
 Musical Boxes, Magic Lanterns, etc. 
 
 Edgerton 17. H., 924 Chestnut street, 830. 
 
 Harbach Theodore J., 809 Filbert street, 708. 
 
 McAllister William Y., 728 Chestnut street, front of book. 
 
 Musical Instruments ( not specified ). — Establishments, 83 ; steam-engines, 
 10 (horse-power, 207) ; water-wheels, 19 (horse-power, 355) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 1059 (men, 1019; women, 21; youths, 19); capital, $1,351,600 ; 
 wages, $631,634; materials, $932,637 ; products, $2,019,464. 
 
 Nails and Spikes. 
 
 Nails and Spikes, Cut and Wrought. — Establishments, 142 ; steam-en- 
 gines, 101 (horse-power, 10,775); water-wheels, 65 (horse-power, 2503); 
 hands employed, 7770 (men, 6062; women, 381; youths, 1327); capital, 
 $9,091,912; wages, $3,961,172; materials, $18,792,383; products, $24,- 
 823,996. 
 
 Newspapers. 
 
 The Daily Graphic, New York and Philadelphia, 870. 
 
 Newspapers. — Establishments, 1199 ; steam-engines, 302 (horse-power, 
 3135) ; water-wheels, 9 (horse-power, 74) ; hands employed, 13,130 (men, 
 11,343; women, 718 ; youths, 1069) ; capital, $14,947,887 ; wages, $8,168, - 
 515; materials, $8,709,632; products, $25,393,029. Corrected statistics 
 for Philadelphia in 1870. — Establishments, 43; using steam, 28 (horse- 
 power, 399); number of presses, 121 ; hands employed, 1254 (men, 1199; 
 women, 20; youths, 35); capital, $3,472,000; wages, $1,142,959; mate- 
 rials, $1,375,333 ; products, $4,297,173. See also article on The Press, 
 pages 475-480. 
 
 Notions, Trimmings, White Goods and Hosiery. 
 
 Lanning J. P., Fourth and Spruce streets and 1637 Chestnut street, 705. 
 
 Oil Manufacturers. 
 
 (For Petroleum see pages 186-188.) 
 
 Hulburt & Co., 137 Arch street, 735. 
 
 Locke Z. & Co., 1126 Market street, 775. 
 
 Oil {animal). — Establishments, 58 ; steam-engines, 24 (horse-power, 396) ; 
 hands employed, 543 (men, 464 ; women, 45; youths, 34) ; capital, $2,072,- 
 532; wages, $298,975 ; materials, $7,582,576 ; products, $9,728,667. Oil 
 {fish). — Establishments, 101; steam-engines, 57 (horse-power, 1081); 
 water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 30) ; hands employed, 1487 (men, 1468 ; 
 
70 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 women, 12; youths, 7); capital, $1,490,131; wages, $277,895 ; materials, 
 $2,782,361 ; products, $3,993,139. Cottonseed. Oil. — Establishments, 26; 
 steam-engines, 21 (horse-power, 1142); water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 65); 
 hands employed, 664 (men, 639 ; women, 10; youths, 15); capital, $1,225, - 
 350; wages, $292,032; materials, $1,333,631; products, $2,205,610. 
 
 Organs (Cottage). 
 
 Bruce E. M. & Co., 1308 Chestnut street, 699. 
 
 Melodeons, House Organs and Materials. — Establishments, 22 ; steam- 
 engines, 7 (horse-power, 135); water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 23); hands em- 
 ployed, 401 (men, 393 ; women, 8); capital, $408,000; wages, $264,485; 
 materials, $233,767 ; products, $596,685. 
 
 Organ Builders. 
 
 Buffington Joseph, 131 South Eleventh street, 844. 
 
 Nicholls Reuben, 78 and 80 Laurel, 814. 
 
 Organs and Materials. — Establishments, 76; steam-engines, 19 (horse- 
 power, 328); water-wheels, 4 (horse-power, 58); hands employed, 1566 
 (men, 1535 ; women, 20; youths, 11) ; capital, $1,775,850; wages, $1,139,- 
 780 ; materials, $743,351 ; products, $2,960,165. 
 
 Opticians. 
 
 McAllister Win. Y., 728 Chestnut street, front of book. 
 
 Queen Jas. W. & Co., 924 Chestnut street, 818. 
 
 Spectacles and Eye-glasses. — Establishments, 31; steam-engines, 9 (horse- 
 power, 51); hands employed, 258 (men, 237; women, 10; youths, 11); 
 capital, $183,825 ; wages, $133,555 ; materials, $183,830 ; products, 
 $429,859. 
 
 Packing — Steam and Hydraulic. 
 
 Glanding Jas. & Co., 113 and 115 Queen street, 746. 
 
 Painters — House and Sign. 
 
 Alburger & Son, 1249 North Second street, 740. 
 
 Bevan D., 1725 Chestnut street, 838. 
 
 Chapman Joseph, 530 North Tenth street, 708. 
 
 Huneker & Brant, 219 Arch street, 734. 
 
 Maxwell John, 421 North Second street, 743. 
 
 Painters and Varnishers, 85,123 (males, 85,070; females, 53); ages, 10 
 to 15, 837 ; 16 to 59, 82,703; 60 and over, 1583 ; born in the United States, 
 65,226; Germany, 6736; Ireland, 4383; England and Wales, 4200; Scot- 
 land, 745; British America, 1408; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 829; 
 France, 481 ; China and Japan, 8. Painting. — Establishments, 3040 ; 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 71 
 
 steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 19); hands employed, 10,964 (men, 10,728; 
 women, 28 ; youths, 8); capital, 82,797,306-; wages, $4,169,839 ; materials, 
 $4,990,475; products, $13,244,498. 
 
 Paints, Oils, etc. 
 
 French E. D. & W. A., Third and Vine streets, Camden, N. J., 707. 
 
 Felton, Rau & Sibley, 138 and 140 North Fourth street, 754. 
 
 Harrison Brothers & Co., 105 South Front street, 704. 
 
 Lewis John T. & Brothers, 231 South Front street, 781. 
 
 Martin L. & Co., 118 Walnut street, 703. 
 
 Shoemaker Robert & Co., N. E. corner Fourth and Race streets, 728. 
 
 Wetherill & Bro., Thirty-first street below Chestnut, 797. 
 
 Witmer D. L. & Bro., Fifth and Germantown avenue, 786. 
 
 Paints ( not specified). — Establishments, 68 ; steam-engines, 57 (horse- 
 power, 1731); water-wheels, 9 (horse-power, 365); hands employed, 1008 
 (men, 968; women, 9; youths, 31); capital, $3,742,150; wages, $550,463; 
 materials, $3,988,106; products, $5,720,758. Paints, Lead and Zinc . — 
 Establishments, 75 ; steam-engines, 83 (horse-power, 5054); water-wheels, 
 10 (horse-power, 242) ; hands employed, 1932 (men, 1865 ; women, 29 ; 
 youths, 38); capital, $7,414,250; wages, $1,016,574; materials, $7,480,- 
 622; products, $11,211,647. 
 
 Paper-Box Manufacturers. 
 
 American Paper-Box Company, 213-17 North Fourth street, 771. 
 
 Kerr N. M. & Co., Philadelphia, New York and Chicago, 765. 
 
 Schoettle F., 312 and 314 Branch street, 736. 
 
 Paper Boxes. — Establishments, 234 ; steam-engines, 16 (horse-power, 
 122); water-wheels, 9 (horse-power, 177); hands employed, 4486 (men, 
 1104; women, 3062; youths, 320); capital, $1,148,025; wages, $1,222,- 
 338; materials, $1,553,777 ; products, $3,917,159. 
 
 Paper-Cutting - Machines. 
 
 Brown & Carver, 614 Filbert, 804, 805. 
 
 Riehl M. & Sons, 1246 to 1250 North Sixteenth street, 820. 
 
 Paper-Folding Machines. 
 
 (For statistics see Machinery.) 
 
 Chambers, Bro. & Co., Fifty-second street and Lancaster avenue, 803. 
 
 Paper Hangings. 
 
 Newland & Son, 52 North Ninth street, 743. 
 
 Thompson George, 259 South Fourth street, 705. 
 
72 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Paper-Hanging Manufacturers. 
 
 Wilson & Fenimores, Eighteenth street and Washington avenue, 749. 
 
 Paper Hangings. — Establishments, 15 ; steam-engines, 18 (horse-power, 
 348); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 40); hands employed, 869 (men, 558; 
 women, 145; youths, 166); capital, $1,415,500; wages, $329,267; mate- 
 rials, $1,315,106 ; products, $2,165,510. 
 
 Paper Manufacturers (Fancy Colored, Glazed, etc.). 
 
 Beck Charles, 16 South Sixth street, 720. 
 
 Restein Brothers, 1218 South Eighth street, 839. 
 
 Paper ( not specified).— Establishments, 68 ; steam-engines, 57 (horse- 
 power, 1731); water-wheels, 9 (horse-power, 365); hands employed, 1008; 
 men, 968; women, 9; youths, 31); capital, $3,742,150; wages, $550,463; 
 materials, $3,988,106; products, $5,720,758. 
 
 Paper Manufacturers and Dealers. 
 
 Magarge Charles & Co., 32 South Sixth street, 727. 
 
 Paper, Printing. — Establishments, 235; steam-engines, 144 (horse-power, 
 5269) ; water-wheels, 454 (horse-power, 17,354) ; hands employed, 8167 
 (men, 5107; women, 2553; youths, 507); capital, $16,771,920; wages, 
 $3,400,038; materials, $16,120,363 ; products, $25,200,417. Paper, Wrap- 
 ping. — Establishments, 225 ; steam-engines, 67 (horse-power, 5572) ; water- 
 wheels, 352 (horse-power, 11,652); hands employed, 3111 (men, 2462; 
 women, 475; youths, 174); capital, $6,276,600; wages, $1,249,821; mate- 
 rials, $4,420,240; products, $7,706,317. Paper, Writing. — Establishments, 
 46; steam-engines, 10 (horse-power, 731) ; water-wheels, 146 (horse-power, 
 6144); hands employed, 3862 (men, 1450; women, 2384; youths, 28); 
 capital, $6,314,674; wages, $1,470,446; materials, $6,009,751; products, 
 $9,363,384. 
 
 Patent Attorneys. 
 
 Howson H. & Son, 119 South Fourth street, and Washington, 737. 
 
 Lawyers, 40, 7 36 (males, 40,731 ; females, 5); ages, 16 to 59, 38,948; 60 
 and over, 1788; born in the United States, 38,412 ;' Germany, 513; Ire- 
 land, 730; England and Wales, 443; Scotland, 122; British America, 
 258; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 31 ; France, 58. 
 
 Pattern Makers. 
 
 Haslam Wm., 812 Race street, 740. 
 
 Kile J. & Co., 450 and 452 North Twelfth, 755. 
 
 Patterns and Models. — Establishments, 165 ; steam-engines, 58 (horse- 
 power, 398); water-wheels, 5 (horse-power, 25); hands employed, 867 (men, 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 73 
 
 705; women, 132; youths, 30); capital, $634,715 ; wages, $408,248 ; ma- 
 terials, $235,933; products, $1,211,191. 
 
 Patent Medicines. 
 
 Scheetz Jacob, corner Fifth and Race streets, 834. 
 
 Schneyer Charles, 154 and 156 Fairmouut avenue, 746. 
 
 Wardle Thos., M. D., D. D., 1029 Race street, 694. 
 
 Patent Medicines and Compounds. — Establishments, 319 ; steam-engines, 
 24 (horse-power, 477) ; water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 20); hands employed, 
 2436 (men, 1667 ; women, 631 ; youths, 138); capital, $6,667,684 ; wages, 
 $1,017,795; materials, $7,319,752; products, $16,257,720. 
 
 Pavements (Artificial Stone). 
 
 4Vehn Geo. H., 911 Filbert street, 758. 
 
 Paving Materials. — Establishments, 8 ; steam-engines, 5 (horse-power, 
 145); hands employed, 189 (men, 174; youths, 15); capital, $139,500; 
 wages, $119,400; materials, $219,075; products, $447,080. 
 
 Perfumers. 
 
 Davis & Co., G. H., 1050 Germantown avenue, 724. 
 
 Hambleton Job & Son, 221 Spruce street, 735. 
 
 Knapp C. F. & Son, 510 and 510) Arch street, 789. 
 
 Vogelbach H. A., 1716 Frankford avenue, 754. 
 
 Perfumery, Cosmetics and Fancy Soaps. — Establishments, 64 ; steam-en- 
 gines, 8 (horse-power, 122); hands employed, 727 (men, 320; women, 371 ; 
 youths, 36) ; capital, $1,172,900 ; wages, $260,415; materials, $892,219; 
 products, $2,029,582. 
 
 Photographers. 
 
 Photographs. — Establishments, 1090; hands employed, 2800 (men, 2260; 
 women, 452 ; youths, 88) ; capital, $1,995,280 ; wages, $786,702 ; materials, 
 $1,094,491 ; products, $3,643,887. 
 
 Physicians. 
 
 (See under Electropathic Physicians.) 
 
 Pianos and Musical Instruments. 
 
 (See Musical Boxes ; also, Organs.) 
 
 Albrecht & Co., 610 Arch street, 814. 
 
 Bruce E. M. & Co., 1308 Chestnut street, 699. 
 
 Faas A., 152 North Ninth street, 723. 
 
 Meyer C. & Sons, 722 Arch street, 710. 
 
 Pianos and Materials. — Establishments, 156 ; steam-engines, 36 (horse- 
 power, 889) ; water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 23); hands employed, 4141 
 
74 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 (men, 4054; women, 19; youths, 68) ; capital, $6,019,311 ; wages, $3, 071,- 
 392; materials, $2,924,777 ; products, $8,329,594. 
 
 Pipe Manufacturers. 
 
 Nax & Kuhn, 146 Noble street, 720. 
 
 Pipes, Tobacco. — Establishments, 31 ; steam-engines, 15 (horse-power, 
 323); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 15); hands employed, 481 (men, 360 ; 
 wofnen, 31 ; youths, 86) ; capital, $178,600 ; wages, $214,924; materials, 
 $93,899 ; products, $447,330. 
 
 Plane Maker. 
 
 Coltou Alfred J., S. E. corner of Fourth and Callowhill streets. 
 
 Planing Mills, Sash, Doors, etc. 
 
 Smith J. W. & Co., 2106 to 2110 Filbert street, 705. 
 
 Mustard <fe Hunter, 24 to 28 South Fifteenth street, 824. 
 
 Lumber, Planed. — Establishments, 1113; steam-engines, 848 (horse- 
 power, 25,668) ; water-wheels, 193 (horse-power, 3651) ; hands employed, 
 13,640 (men, 13,064 ; women, 52; youths, 524; capital, $18,007,041 ; wages, 
 $6,222,076; materials, $28,728,348 ; products, $42,179,702. Sash, Doors 
 and Blinds. — Establishments, 1605 ; steam-engines, 999 (horse-power, 
 27,061); water-wheels, 367 (horse-power, 7758); hands employed, 20,379 
 (men, 19,496; women, 43; youths, 840); capital, $21,239,809; wages, 
 $10,059,812; materials, $17,581,814; products, $36,625,806. 
 
 Plaster Paris Ornaments. 
 
 French William H., 1735 Chestnut street, 797. 
 
 Heath Thomas, 42 North Eleventh, 843. 
 
 Plasterers. 
 
 Allen James T., 25 North Seventeenth street, 831. 
 
 Reeves Joel, 705 North Eighth street, 762. 
 
 Reeves J. W. & C. H., 920 and 922 North Eighth street, 729. 
 
 Plastering. — Establishments, 691; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 54) ; 
 water-wheels, 6 (horse-power, 80); hands employed, 2464 (men, 2404; 
 youths, 60); capital, $353,462; wages, $900,395; materials, $907,524; 
 products, $2,659,025. 
 
 Plasterers. — Total, 23,577; ages, 10 to 15, 109; 16 to 59, 23,025; 60 
 and over, 443 ; born in the United States, 16,811 ; Germany, 1580; Ire- 
 land, 3041 ; England and Wales, 1031 ; Scotland, 216 ; British America, 
 365 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 190 ; France, 70 ; China or Ja- 
 pan, 1. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 75 
 
 Plumbers and Gas-Fitters. 
 
 McFetrich John H., S. W. corner of Ninth and Walnut streets, 887. 
 
 Plumbing and Gas-fitting. — Establishments, 705 ; steam-engines, 36 
 (horse-power, 356) ; water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 12) ; hands employed, 
 4783 (men, 4582 ; woman, 1 ; youths, 200) ; capital, $3,731,667 ; wages, 
 $2,277,644; materials, $5,167,323 ; products, $10,394,471. Plumbers and 
 Gas-fitters, 11,143; ages, 10 to 15,72; 16 to 59,10,974; 60 and over, 
 97; born in the United States, 6655; Germany, 621; Ireland, 2274; 
 England and Wales, 876; Scotland, 412 ; British America, 181 ; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 34; France, 34. 
 
 Pocket-Books, Portmonnaies, etc. 
 
 Brieger Charles, 339 North Fourth street, 742. 
 
 Kumpp Charles, 47 North Sixth street, 739. 
 
 Pocket-Books. — Establishments, 60; steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 1) ; 
 hands employed, 733 (men, 394 ; women, 293 ; youths, 46) ; capital, $351,- 
 225; wages, $293,258 ; materials, $467,922 ; products, $1,108,380. 
 
 Printers (Book and Job). 
 
 Clark John C. & Sons, 230 Dock street, 739. 
 
 George S. A. & Co. (book), 15 North Seventh street, 744. 
 
 Goodman S. W. & Co., 116 North Third street, 782. 
 
 Merrihew & Son, 135 North Third street, 764. 
 
 Job Printing. — Establishments, 609; steam-engines, 174 (horse-power, 
 1440) ; water-wheels, 4 (horse-power, 15) ; hands employed, 5555 (men, 
 4458; women, 499; youths, 598); capital, $6,007,354; wages, $2,710,234 ; 
 materials, $2,966,709; products, $8,511,934. Printers, 39,860 (males, 
 38,365; females, 1495); ages, 10 to 15, 1570; 16 to 59, 37,813; 60 and 
 over, 477 ; born in the United States, 31,208 ; Germany, 2249 ; Ireland, 
 2856; England and Wales, 1652 ; Scotland, 409 ; British America, 803; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 122; France, 161; China and Japan, 23. 
 
 Printers (Plate). 
 
 Sartain Henry, 202 South Ninth street, 734. 
 
 Plate Printers, 231 (males, 226 ; females, 5) ; ages, 10 to 15, 2 ; 16 to 
 59, 225; 60 and over, 4; born in the United States, 172; Germany, 
 28 ; Ireland, 9 ; England and Wales, 12 ; Scotland, 6; British America, 1 ; 
 France, 1. 
 
 Printing 1 Presses. 
 
 No 'special statistics were given in this branch for 1870. The returns were in- 
 cluded in those of Machinery (not specified). 
 
 The Bullock Printing Press Co., 738 Sansom street, 715. 
 
76 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Provision Dealers. 
 
 Bower John & Co., Twenty-fourth and Brown streets, 733. 
 
 Green John, S. E. corner of Norris and Howard streets, 814. 
 
 Meat, Cured and Packed {not specified). — Establishments, 17 ; steam-en- 
 gines, 6 (horse-power, 128) ; hands employed, 499 (men, 257 ; women, 165 ; 
 youths, 77); capital, $1,549,100; wages, $173,180; materials, $2,531,552; 
 products, $3,760,802. Beej ', Packed. — Establishments, 36; steam-engines, 
 
 15 (horse-power, 225) ; hands employed, 435 (men, 423 ; women, 4 ; youths, 
 8); capital, $496,700; wages, $111,595 ; materials, $1,524,680 ; products, 
 $1,950,306. Pork, Packed. — Establishments, 206; steam-engines, 86 
 (horse-power, 1861); hands employed, 5551 (men, 5375; women, 22; 
 youths, 154); capital, $20,078,987; wages, $1,722,326; materials, $46,- 
 577,864; products, $56,429,331. 
 
 Publishers. 
 
 Baker, Davis & Co., 17 and 19 South Sixth street, 827. 
 
 Barnes A. S. & Co., New York, 760. 
 
 BurleyS. W., 152 South Fourth street, 793. 
 
 Publishers {Book, Map and Newspaper ), 1577 ; ages, 16 to 59, 1537 ; 
 60 and over, 40; born in tbe United States, 1353; Germany, 59; Ireland, 
 47; England and Wales, 69; Scotland, 13; British America, 17; Swe- 
 den, Norway and Denmark, 2; France, 7. Additional statistics will be 
 found under Booksellers and Publishers. 
 
 Pump Manufacturers (Steam-power and Hand). 
 
 Charles G. Blatchley (hand), 506 Commerce street, 721. 
 
 Enterprise Hydraulic Works, 2218 and 2220 Race street, 832. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851 and 852. 
 
 Pumps. — Establishments, 465 ; steam-engines, 102 (horse-power, 1379); 
 water-wheels, 52 (horse-power, 958); hands employed, 1905 (men, 1817; 
 women, 7 ; youths, 81); capital, $1,755,894; wages, $663,594; materials, 
 $970,547 ; products, $2,818,457. Pump-makers, 1672; ages, 10 to 15, 14; 
 
 16 to 59, 1564; 60 and over, 94; born in the United States, 1465; Ger- 
 many, 66; Ireland, 39; England and Wales, 44; Scotland, 10; British 
 America, 31; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 4; France, 4. 
 
 Railroads. 
 
 North Pennsylvania Railroad, Berks and American streets, 821. 
 
 Cars, Railroad and Repairs. — Establishments, 170; steam-engines, 134 
 (horse-power, 5609) ; water-wheels, 4 (horse-power, 163); hands employed, 
 15,931 (men, 15,690; women, 20; youths, 221); capital, $16,632,792; 
 wages, $9,659,992 ; materials, $18,117,707 ; products, $31,070,734. Rail- 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 77 
 
 road Repairing Machinery. — Establishments, 150; steam-engines, 160 
 (horse-power, 5760); water-wheels, 5 (horse-power, 282); hands employed, 
 20,015 (men, 19,886; women, 6 ; youths, 123); capital, $23,222,761 ; wages, 
 $12,541,818 ; materials, $11,952,840 ; products, $27,565,650. Clerks and 
 Bookkeepers in Railroad Offices, 7374 (males, 7364; females, 10); ages, 
 10 to 15, 28 ; 16 to 59, 7300 ; 60 and over, 46 ; born in the United States, 
 6387 ; Germany, 139 ; Ireland, 368 ; England and Wales, 257 ; Scotland, 
 74; British America, 76 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 11 ; France, 16. 
 Employes of Street Railways ( not Clerks'), 5103 (males, 5102; female, 1); 
 ages, 10 to 15, 26 ; 16 to 59, 5054 ; 60 and over, 23 ; born in the United 
 States, 3481; Germany, 577; Ireland, 763; England and Wales, 125; 
 Scotland, 23 ; British America, 66 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 13 ; 
 France, 29. Employes of Railroad Companies ( not Clerks), 154,027 (males, 
 153,965; females, 62); ages, 10 to 15, 874; 16 to 59, 151,589; 60 and 
 over, 1564; born in the United States, 94,505; Germany, 7855; Ireland, 
 37,822 ; England and Wales, 3860; Scotland, 913; British America, 2857 ; 
 Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 3930; France, 381 ; China and Japan, 568. 
 For additional statistics see American Railroads, pp. 627-632. 
 
 Razor-Strop Manufacturers. 
 
 Evans W. D. & Co., 117 South Second street, 816. 
 
 Hunt W. & Co., 605 and 607 Arch street, 705. 
 
 Reeds and Harnesses. 
 
 Miller James, Twenty-second and Hamilton streets, 702. 
 
 Reed- and Shuttle-makers, 200 (males, 194 ; females, 6) ; ages, 10 to 15, 
 4; 16 to 59, 189; 60 and over, 7; born in the United States, 156; Ger- 
 many, 5 ; Ireland, 9 ; England and Wales, 21 ; Scotland, 6 ; British 
 America, 1. 
 
 Roofers. 
 
 Ehret Michael, Jr., 404 Walnut street and Broad and Cumberland 
 streets, 707. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851, 852. 
 
 Thomason William J. & Bro., 108 Arch street, 844. 
 
 Roofers and Slaters, 2750 ; ages, 10 to 15, 27 ; 16 to 59, 2669 ; 60 and 
 over, 54; born in the United States, 1707 ; Germany, 219; Ireland, 483; 
 England and Wales, 193; Scotland, 75; British America, 38; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 5; France, 10. Roofing Materials. — Establish- 
 ments, 198 ; steam-engines, 27 (horse-power, 442) ; water-wheels, 15 (horse- 
 power-, 274); hands employed, 1919 (men, 1884; women, 13; youths, 22); 
 capital, $2,448,680; wages, $883,341; materials, $1,293,116; products, 
 $3,257,403. 
 
78 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Safe Manufacturers. 
 
 Farrel & Co., 807 Chestnut street, 799. 
 
 Safes, Doors and Vaults ( fireproof ). — Establishments, 65; steam-engines, 
 35 (horse-power, 659) ; water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 10); hands employed, 
 1639 (men, 1599; woman, 1; youths, 39); capital, $2,075,200; wages, 
 $917,263; materials, $967,810 ; products, $2,728,336. 
 
 Sailors. 
 
 (For personal statistics see Forwarding and Transportation.) 
 
 Salve Manufacturers. 
 
 Powell W. F., 412 South Second street, 838. 
 
 Richelderfer J. H., 1032 Chestnut street, 752. 
 
 No special statistics were given for this branch, the returns being in- 
 cluded in those of patent medicines and compounds. 
 
 Sand Dealer. 
 
 Walter B. R., 611 Beach street, 736. 
 
 Sash, Doors and Blinds. 
 
 (See also Planing Mills.) 
 
 Establishments, 1605 ; steam-engines, 999 (horse-power, 27,061) ; water- 
 wheels, 367 (horse-power, 7758); hands employed, 20,379 (men, 19,496 ; 
 women, 43; youths, 840); capital, $21,239,809; wages, $10,059,812; ma- 
 terials, $17,581,814; products, $36,625,806. 
 
 Saw Manufacturers. 
 
 Disston H. & Sons, Front and Laurel streets, 750. 
 
 McNiece William, 515 Cherry street, 838. 
 
 Saws. — Establishments, 72; steam-engines, 40 (horse-power, 1303); 
 water-wheels, 13 (horse-power, 246) ; hands employed, 1595 (men, 1457 ; 
 women, 8 ; youths, 130); capital, $2,883,391; wages, $995,609 ; materials, 
 $1,332,891; products, $3,175,289. 
 
 Saw-mill Operatives. 
 
 Number, 47,298 (males, 47,263; females, 35); ages, 10 to 15, 797 ; 16 to 
 59, 45,969 ; 60 and over, 532 ; born in the United States, 33,527 ; Germany, 
 3404; Ireland, 1793 ; England and Wales, 689 ; Scotland, 304 ; British 
 America, 4894; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 117 ; France, 135 ; China 
 and Japan, 40. 
 
 Scales, Balances, etc. 
 
 Riehle Bros., Philadelphia, 798. 
 
 Troemner H., 710 Market street, 763. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 79 
 
 Scales and Balances. — Establishments, 49 ; steam-engines, 16 (horse- 
 power, 508) ; water-wheels, 10 (horse-power, 205) ; hands employed, 1003 
 (men, 955 ; women,?; youths, 41) ; capital, $1,019,500 ; wages, $668,451 ; 
 materials, $920,870 ; products, $2,823,^16. 
 
 Seeds. 
 
 Buist Eobert, Jr., 922 and 924 Market street, 799. 
 
 Dreer Henry A., 714 Chestnut street, 721. 
 
 Jones Wm. H., 1621 Market street, 844. 
 
 Laudreth David & Son, 23 South Sixth street, 841, 842. 
 
 Sewing-Machine Cases, etc. 
 
 Loth Henry, 645 North Broad street, 769. 
 
 Sewing-Machine Manufacturers. 
 
 American Sewing-Machine Co., 1318 Chestnut street, 715. 
 
 Sewing-Machines. — Establishments, 49 ; steam-engines, 37 (horse-power, 
 1688) ; water-wheels, 6 (horse-power, 145) ; hands employed, 7291 (men, 
 6709; women, 334 ; youths, 248) ; capital, $8,759,431 ; wages, $5,142,248 ; 
 materials, $3,055,786 ; products, $14,097,446. Sewing-Machine Fixtures. 
 — Establishments, 20; steam-engines, 13 (horse-power, 490); water-wheel, 
 1 (horse-power, 75); hands employed, 1130 (men, 1075; women, 11 ; youths, 
 44); capital, $761,800 ; wages, $638,973 ; materials, $585,909 ; products, 
 SI, 749, 858. Sewing-Machine Factory Operatives, 3881 (males, 2015; fe- 
 males, 1866) ; ages, 10 to 15, 150 ; 16 to 59, 3710 ; 60 and over, 21 ; born in 
 the United States, 2614 ; Germany, 195 ; Ireland, 742 ; England and Wales, 
 190 ; Scotland, 28 ; British America, 44 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 
 4; France, 22. Sewing-Machine Operators, 3042 (males, 182; females, 
 2860) ; ages, 10 to 15, 176 ; 16 to 59, 2856 ; 60 and over, 10 ; born in the 
 United States, 2337 ; Germany, 77 ; Ireland, 470 ; England and Wales, 
 71 ; Scotland, 17 ; British America, 52; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 5; 
 France, 6. 
 
 Sewing Silks and Twists. 
 
 Aub, Hackenburg & Co., 20 North Third street, 836. 
 
 Hooley B. & Son, 226 Market street, 704. 
 
 Hovey F. S., 248 Chestnut street, 752. 
 
 Sewing Silk and Twist. — Establishments, 35 ; steam-engines, 20 (horse- 
 power, 450) ; water-wheels, 21 (horse-power, 332) ; hands employed, 2523 
 (men, 465; women, 1368; youths, 690); capital, $2,223,500; wages, 
 $624,917 ; materials, $4,197,752; products, $5,672,875. 
 
80 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 Shafting Manufacturer. 
 
 (No special statistics in this branch were given, the returns being included under 
 those of Machinery (not specified).) 
 
 Cresson George V., S. E. corner of Eighteenth and Hamilton, 697. 
 
 Shawls, Hosiery, Knit Goods. 
 
 Landenberger’s M. Sons, Frankford avenue and Wildey street, 767. 
 
 Murphy James S., 1024 Lombard street, 755. 
 
 Steff'an F. & Co., 1344 and 1346 North Front street, 709. 
 
 Hosiery (including Knit Goods). — Establishments, 248 ; steam-engines. 
 81 (horse-power, 2223); water-wheels, 124 (horse-power, 4275); hands em- 
 ployed, 14,788 (men, 4252; women, 7991 ; youths, 2545); capital, $10,931,- 
 260; wages, $4,429,085; materials, $9,835,823; products, $18,411,564. 
 Number of shawls made in 1870, 2,312,761. 
 
 Ship-building. 
 
 Ship Materials and Repairs. — Establishments, 762; steam-engines, 119 
 (horse-power, 3311) ; water-wheels, 6 (horse-power, 109); hands employed, 
 11,063 (men, 10,978; women, 2; youths, 83); capital, $9,102,335; wages, 
 $5,594,686; materials, $8,252,394; products, $17,910,328. 
 
 Shirt Manufacturers. 
 
 Eshleman & Craig, 821 Chestnut street, 789. 
 
 No special statistics for the whole country were given. The figures for 
 Philadelphia were as follows : Establishments, 25 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse- 
 power, 20) ; hands employed, 685 (men, 77 ; women, 602 ; youths, 6) ; 
 capital, $255,000; wages, $204,050; materials, $349,400; products, $929,510. 
 
 Shoe Manufacturers’ Goods. 
 
 Eveland Charles S. & Co., 138 North Third street, 705. 
 
 Laing & Maginnis, 30 North Third street, 725. 
 
 Shoe-pegs. — Establishments, 26 ; steam-engines, 10 (horse-power, 257) ; 
 water-wheels, 8 (horse-power, 365); hands employed, 279 (men, 175; 
 women, 98 ; youths, 6) ; capital, $169,900 ; wages, $78,051 ; materials, $63,- 
 736 ; products, $264,847. See also Boot and Shoe Manufacturers, 
 Lasts, Leather, etc. 
 
 Shovels, Spades, etc. 
 
 Halfman & Co., 211 to 215 Quarry street, 737. 
 
 Lehigh Shovel Works, Bethlehem, Pa, 703. 
 
 Shovels and Spades. — Establishments, 13 ; steam-engines, 11 (horse- 
 power, 614); water-wheels, 21 (horse-power, 540); hands employed, 849 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 81 
 
 (men, 837 ; women, 2; youths, 10); capital, 8757,100; wages, $489,100; 
 materials, $1,424,944; products, $2,445,526. ■ 
 
 Show-Cards. 
 
 Tollman's Superior Show-Cards, 708 Market street, 816. 
 
 Show-Cases. 
 
 Irons James, 132 North Fourth street, 735. 
 
 Shoiv-cases. — Establishments, 47 ; steam-engines, 2 (horse-power, 9); hands 
 employed, 353 (men, 340; woman, 1; youths, 12); capital, $178,300; 
 wages, $219,834 ; materials, $419,466 ; products, $838,699. 
 
 Silicate of Soda. 
 
 Philadelphia Quartz Company, 9 North Front street, 783. 
 
 Silk Goods (not specified). 
 
 Establishments, 53; steam-engines, 28 (horse-power, 672) ; water-wheels, 
 26 (horse-power, 457); hands employed, 4176 (men, 1269; women, 2203; 
 youths, 704); capital, $4,019,630; wages, $1,328,389; materials, $4,126,- 
 821; products, $7,066,487. 
 
 Skivers, Manufacturers of. 
 
 Hummel J. M. & Sons, 955 North Third street, 720. 
 
 Slate Quarries. 
 
 Kimes J. B. & Co., 1215 Race street, 734. 
 
 The Locke Slate Company, 1126 Market street, 775. 
 
 Quarrying ( including Marble and Slate'). — Establishments, 1120 ; steam- 
 engines, 118 (horse-power, 2445); water-wheels, 28 (horse-power, 599); 
 hands employed, 15,117 (men, 15,001; youths, 116); capital, $11,207,- 
 693; wages, $6,580,134; materials, $1,135,541 ; products, $12,086,892. 
 
 Soap Manufacturers. 
 
 Dobbins’ Electric Soap, I. L. Cragin & Co., Philadelphia, New York 
 and Boston, 741. 
 
 Soap and Candles. — Establishments, 614; steam-engines, 158 (horse- 
 power, 3909); water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 20); hands employed, 4422 
 (men, 3828; women, 309; youths, 285); capital, $10,454,860; wages,, 
 $1,925,951; materials, $15,232,587 ; products, $22,535,337. 
 
 Soapstone. 
 
 Pratt E., 521 Cresson street, 737. 
 
 Prince S. F., 2214 Chestnut street, 839. 
 
 6 
 
82 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX , 
 
 Soapstone Stoves, Fire-places, Sinks and Cisterns. — Establishments, 9 ; 
 steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 50) ; water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 87) ; 
 hands employed, 74; capital, $127,500; wages, $38,944; materials, $98,- 
 325; products, $189,115. 
 
 Soda-Water Apparatus Manufacturers. 
 
 Hindermyer Jos. & Son, 911 and 913 Vine street, 799. 
 
 Lippincott Charles & Co., 916 and 925 Filbert, 849. 
 
 Soda-water Apparatus. — Establishments, 13; steam-engines, 9 (horse- 
 power, 97); hands employed, 307 (men, 300; woman, 1; youths, 6); cap- 
 ital, $424,150; wages, $140,751 ; materials, $304,246 ; products, $813,075. 
 
 Spice and Mustard Manufacturers. 
 
 Fell C. J. & Bro., 120 South Front street, 787. 
 
 Spices and Mustard entered into consumption in the United States in 
 1870-71 (value), $1,893,244.94; in 1871-2, $1,682,493.58; in 1872-3, 
 $1,957,596.39 ; in 1873-4, $2,087,261.65. 
 
 Spool Cotton. 
 
 Bates & Coates, 209 Church street, for J. & P. Coats, of Paisley, Scot- 
 land, 701. 
 
 Spool Thread manufactured in the United States in 1870, 11,560,241 
 dozens; Connecticut, 3,397,130; Rhode Island, 3,341,200 ; Massachusetts, 
 2,595,358 ; New Jersey, 1,650,000 ; Tennessee, 466,829 ; Alabama, 105,- 
 724; Louisiana, 4000. Cotton-thread Twine and Yarns. — Establishments, 
 123; steam-engines, 40 (horse-power, 2093); water-wheels, 122 (horse- 
 power, 4820) ; hands employed, 6077 (men, 2052 ; women, 2938 ; youths, 
 1087); capital, $7,392,295; wages, $1,743,651; materials, $5,135,303; 
 products, $8,726,217. 
 
 Stained Glass Works. 
 
 Gibson J. & G. H., 123 and 125 South Eleventh street, 739. 
 
 Smith H. J. & Co., 617 South Broad street and 1727 Chestnut street, 713. 
 
 Stained Glass. — Establishments, 18 ; steam-engines, 3 (horse-power, 44) ; 
 hands employed, 170 (men, 156; women, 10; youths, 4) ; capital, $148,- 
 800; wages, $99,739 ; materials, $90,277 ; products, $297,480. 
 
 Stationers. 
 
 (For personal statistics, see Booksellers and Stationers, and for additional 
 figures, see Gold Pens, Paper, Ink, etc.) 
 
 Bush I. A., 114 South Tenth street, 826. 
 
 Clark John C. & Sons, 230 Dock street, 739. 
 
 Lead Pencils. — Establishments, 7 ; steam-engines, 6 (horse-power, 265) ; 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 83 
 
 hands employed, 156 (men, 61 ; women, 95) ; capital, $241,150 ; wages, 
 §48,150 ; materials, §44,510 ; products, §160,800. Wooden Penholders.— 
 Establishments, 4 ; steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 2) ; water-wheels, 2 
 (horse-power, 60) ; hands employed, 24 (men, 19 ; women, 5) ; capital, 
 §32,500; wages, §7700; materials, §11,591; products, §34,096. 
 
 , Steamship Companies. 
 
 (For statistics, see Table III., in Appendix, and Commerce and Navigation, 
 page 474. For personal statistics of Sailors, see Forwarding and Transporta- 
 tion.) 
 
 Clyde W. P. & Co., 12 South Delaware avenue, front of book. 
 
 Inman Line, O’Donnell & Faulk, 402 Chestnut street, 833. 
 
 Steam-Engines, Boilers, etc. 
 
 Moseley Thomas W. H., 147 South Fourth street, 851 and 852. 
 
 Steam-Engines and Boilers. — Establishments, 663; steam-engines, 515 
 (horse-power, 11,076); water-wheels, 33 (horse-power, 764); hands em- 
 ployd, 22,962 (men, 22,444; women, 8; youths, 510); capital, §25,987,- 
 452; wages, §12,572,244; materials, §19,734,404 ; products, §41,576,264. 
 Personal statistics of engineers and firemen are given under Engineers. 
 
 Steel Manufacturers (Steel Rails and. Axles). 
 
 Pennsylvania Steel Company, 216 South Fourth street, 704. 
 
 Steel ( including Steel Springs').- — Establishments, 71 ; steam-engines, 111 
 (horse-power, 12,533) ; water-wheels, 12 (horse-power, 457) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 3458 (men, 3374; women, 4; youths, 80); capital, §8,771,900; 
 wages, §2,252,838; materials, §6,828,923 ; products, §12,538,979. 
 
 Stencil-Cutters. 
 
 Quaker City Stencil Works, 234 Arch street, 835. 
 
 Scheible William F., 49 South Third street, 743. 
 
 Engraving and Stencil- Cutting. — Establishments, 136; steam-engines, 4 
 (horse-power, 13) ; water-wheel, 1 (horse-power, 10) ; hands employed, 
 431 (men, 381; women, 5; youths, 35); capital, §244,000; wages, $155,- 
 968 ; materials, §103,035 ; products, §509,644. 
 
 Stereotypers, Electrotypers, etc. 
 
 Fagan J. & Son, 621 Commerce street, 732. 
 
 George S. A. & Co., 15 North Seventh street, 744. 
 
 Hears, Dill & Hears, Electrotypers, 323 Harmony street, 804. 
 
 Westcott & Thomson, 710 Filbert street, 751. 
 
 Stereotyping and Electrotyping. — Establishments, 36 ; steam-engines, 8 
 (horse-power, 91); hands employed, 766 (men, 659; women, 15; youths, 
 
84 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 92); capital, 81,033,200; wages, $446,532; materials, $220,774; pro- 
 ducts, $1,075,080. 
 
 Stone-Cutters’ Tools. 
 
 Beck William P., Twenty-second and Barker streets, 834. 
 
 No special statistics for this branch were given. The following were 
 the figures for Edge Tools and Axes : Establishments, 97 ; steam-engines, 36 
 (horse-hower, 1292); water-wheels, 119 (horse-power, 4431); hands em- 
 ployed, 3520 (men, 3470; women, 11; youths, 39); capital, $4,219,205; 
 wages, $1,997,795; materials, $2,41 3,555 ; products, $5,482,539. See also 
 Cutlery and Edge Tools, and the personal statistics of Stone-Cutters, 
 are combined with those of Marble- and Stone-Cutters, which see. 
 
 Stove Manufacturers. 
 
 Sheppard Isaac A. & Co,, Fourth and Montgomery avenue, Phila., and 
 Eastern avenue and Chester, Baltimore, 696. 
 
 The Leibrandt & McDowell Stove Company, 133 North Second street, 
 703. 
 
 Stoves, Heaters, Ranges, etc. 
 
 (See also Heaters, etc.) 
 
 Borden J. & Brother, 637 North Nineteenth street, 732. 
 
 Dickson James, 1116 Market street, 762. 
 
 Kershaw John, 1840 Market street, 788. 
 
 McCoy & Roberts, 1208 and 1210 Market street, 837. 
 
 Stoves, Heaters and Hollow Ware. — Establishments, 326 ; steam-engines, 
 248 (horse-power, 5733) ; water-wheels, 34 (horse-power, 491) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 13,325. (men, 12,740; youths, 585); capital, $19,833,720; wages, 
 $8,156,121 ; materials, $9,044,069; products, $23,389,665. 
 
 Stove Polish. 
 
 Bartlett II. A. & Co., 113 and 117 North Front street, 731. 
 
 Strow, Wile & Co., 1330 to 1334 Callowhill street, 837. 
 
 Polishing Preparations. — Establishments, 21 ; steam-engines, 4 (horse- 
 power, 85); water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 33); hands employed, 98 (men, 
 73; women, 16; youths, 9); capital, $370,800 ; wages, $37,087 ; materials, 
 $214,696 ; products, $323,015. 
 
 Tailors’ Measures and Fashions. 
 
 Ward A. F., 138 South Third street; res. 618 South Ninth st., Phila. 
 
 Tailors. 
 
 Aschenbach & Hahn, 170 North Fourth street, 732. 
 
 Mattson & Dilkes, 1346 Chestnut street, 732. 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 85 
 
 Tailors, Tailoresses and Seamstresses, 161,820 (males, 64,613 ; females, 
 97,207); ages, 10 to 15, 2718 ; 16 to 59, 153,977 ; 60 and over, 5125; born 
 in the United States, 94,875; Germany, 33,200; Ireland, 18,009; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 4785; Scotland, 1196; British America, 2795; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 1961 ; France, 1496; China and Japan, 145. 
 
 Tanners. 
 
 Forepaugh Wm. F., Jr., & Bros., Randolph and Jefferson streets, 747. 
 
 Curriers, Tanners and Finishers, of Leather, 28,702 (males, 28,642 ; 
 females, 60); ages, 10 to 15, 257 ; 16 to 59, 26,425; 60 and over, 2020; 
 born in the United States, 18,005; Germany, 3458; Ireland, 4764; Eng- 
 land and Wales, 756 ; Scotland, 256; British America, 893; Sweden, Nor- 
 way and Denmark, 165; France, 169. For statistics of leather tanned 
 and curried see American Manufactures, page 615. 
 
 Taxidermists. 
 
 Galbraith A., 209 North Ninth street, 745. 
 
 Taylor James, 1916 Callowhill street, 838. 
 
 Taxidermy. — Establishments, 8 ; hands employed, 18; capital, $20,200; 
 wages, $5700; materials, $11,464 ; products, $26,650. 
 
 Teas, Coffees and East India Goods. 
 
 (For imports of Teas and Coffees see Commerce and Navigation, page 470, and 
 for personal statistics of Grocers see under Groceries.) 
 
 Bond Francis, 139 South Eighth street, 766. 
 
 Fell C. J. & Bro. (Tea dealers and importers), 787. 
 
 Terra Cotta. 
 
 French E. D. & W. A., Third and Vine streets, Camden, N. J., 707. 
 
 Galloway & Graff, 1723-5 Market street, 845. 
 
 Mitchell J. E., 310 York avenue, Philadelphia. 
 
 Drain-pipe. — Establishments, 68 ; steam-engines, 15 (horse-power, 339) ; 
 water-wheels, 3 (horse-power, 110); hands employed, 758 (men, 733; 
 women, 2; youths, 23); capital, $977,375; wages, $316,521; materials, 
 $415,360; products, $1,294,256. 
 
 Tinsmiths, Tin-roofers, etc. 
 
 Powell W. F., 412 South Second street, 838. 
 
 Thomason Wm. J. & Bro., 108 Arch street, 844. 
 
 Tin-, Copper- and Sheet-iron-ware. — Establishments, 6646; steam-engines, 
 68 (horse-power, 1236); water-wheels, 6 (horse-power, 270); hands em- 
 ployed, 25,823 (men, 24,201; women, 631; youths, 991). Traders and 
 Dealers in Iron-, Tin - and Copper-wares, 9003 (males, 8981; females, 22); 
 
86 
 
 ADVERTISERS' CLASSIFIED INDEX, 
 
 ages, 16 to 59, 8766 ; 60 and over, 237 ; born in the United States, 7313 ; 
 Germany, 794; Ireland, 316; England and Wales, 250; Scotland, 83; 
 British America, 95 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 24 ; France, 46 ; 
 China or Japan, 1. Tinners, 30,524 (males, 30,507; females, 17); ages, 
 10 to 15, 449 ; 16 to 59, 29,581 ; 60 and over, 494 ; born in the United 
 States, 22,337 ; Germany, 3835 ; Ireland, 1732 ; England and Wales, 1019 ; 
 Scotland, 241 ; British America, 529; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 155 ; 
 France, 264 ; China and Japan, 13. 
 
 Toy Manufacturers. 
 
 Greiner A. C. & H. G. (Doll Heads), 414 North Fourth street, 834. 
 
 Lacmann J. & Sons (Doll Bodies, etc.), 809 Race street, 717. 
 
 Toys and Games. — Establishments, 49 ; steam-engines, 7 (horse-power, 
 57); water-wheels, 16 (horse-power, 270); hands employed, 615 (men, 357 ; 
 women, 184; youths, 74); capital, $312,800; wages, $182,255 ; materials, 
 $159,946 ; products, $579,865. 
 
 Trunks, Valises, etc. 
 
 Trunks, Valises and Satchels. — Establishments, 222 ; steam-engines, 15 
 (horse-power, 358) ; water-wheels, 4 ( horse-power, 55) ; hands employed 
 3479 (men, 2798; women, 457 ; youths, 224); capital, $2,185,964; wages, 
 $1,810,798; materials, $3,315,038; products, $7,725,488. 
 
 Trusses, Bandages, etc. 
 
 Everett B. C., 14 North Ninth street, 717. 
 
 Trusses, Bandages and Supporters. — Establishments, 36; steam-engines, 
 4 (horse-power, 31) ; water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 9) ; hands employed, 275 
 (men, 154; women, 110; youths, 11); capital, $154,305 ; wages, $101,070 ; 
 materials, $108,512 ; products, $363,205. 
 
 Undertakers’ General Supplies. 
 
 Paxson, Comfort & Co., 231 Market street, 819. 
 
 Undertakers. 
 
 Horne Cyrus, 23 North Eleventh street, 783. 
 
 Rulon John C., 1313 Vine street, 814. 
 
 Undertakers, 1996 (males, 1976 ; females, 20) ; ages, 16 to 59, 1853 ; 60 
 and over, 143; born in the United States, 1480; Germany, 173; Ireland, 
 216; England and Wales, 74 ; Scotland, 9 ; British America, 13; Sweden, 
 Norway and Denmark, 6; France, 15. Coffins. — Establishments, 642; 
 steam-engines, 19 (horse-power, 359) ; water-wheels, 13 (horse-power, 183); 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 87 
 
 hands employed, 2865 (men, 2292; women, 42; youths, 31); capital, $2,- 
 592,862; wages, $1,011,397 ; materials, $1,412,078 ; products, $4,026,989. 
 
 Varnish Manufacturers. 
 
 Felton, Rau & Sibley, 138 and 140 North Fourth street, 754. 
 
 Varnish. — Establishments, 59 ; steam-engines, 5 (horse-power, 95); hands 
 employed, 415 (men, 410; women, 2; youths, 3); capital, $2,168,740; 
 wages, $252,059 ; materials, $3,311,097 ; products, $4,991,405. Personal 
 statistics of Varnishes are combined with those of Painters, under Paint- 
 ers and Varnishers. 
 
 Vat- and Tank-Makers. 
 
 Burkhardt George J. & Co., 1341 Buttonwood street, 813. 
 
 Fisher & Hall, 1143 to 1147 North Front street, 833. 
 
 No special statistics for this branch were given for the whole country, but 
 the following were the figures for Philadelphia : Vats (wooden). — Estab- 
 lishments, 4; steam-engine, 1 (horse-power, 19); hands employed, 29; 
 capital, $30,000 ; wages, $19,584 ; materials, $29,530 ; products, $88,800. 
 
 Wadding Manufacturer. 
 
 Gorgas Matthias, 17 North Front street, 732. 
 
 Cotton Batting and Wadding. — Establishments, 27 ; steam-engines, 14 
 (horse-power, 240); water-wheels, 11 (horse-power, 161); hands employed, 
 244 (men, 159 ; women, 31 ; youths, 54) ; capital, $276,800; wages, $78,876; 
 materials, $533,451 ; products, $720,117. 
 
 Watches, Jewelry, etc. 
 
 Conover David F. & Co., Seventh and Chestnut street, 699. 
 
 Kretzmar E., 1311 Chestnut street, 836. 
 
 Philadelphia Watch Company, 618 Chestnut street, 836. 
 
 Watches. — Establishments, 37 ; steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 145) ; hands 
 employed, 1816 (men, 1202; women, 592; youths, 22); capital, $2,666,133; 
 wages, $1,304,304 ; materials, $412,783 ; products, $2,819,080. Jewelry ( not 
 specified). — Establishments, 681 ; steam-engines, 78 (horse-power, 805); wa- 
 ter-wheels, 13 (horse-power, 111); hands employed, 10,091 (men, 8141; wo- 
 men, 1545; youths, 405); capital, $11,787,956; wages, $4,433,235 ; mate- 
 rials, $9,187,364 ; products, $22,104,032. Traders and Dealers in Gold and 
 Silver Ware and Jewelry, 6402 (males, 6382; females, 20) ; ages, 16 to 59, 
 6208 ; -60 and over, 194 ; born in the United States, 4315 ; Germany, 1084 ; 
 Ireland, 139; England and Wales, 272 ; Scotland, 52 ; British America, 
 81; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 96; France, 100; China and Japan, 
 
88 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX , 
 
 48 ; Gold and Silver Workers, 18,508 (males, 17,279 ; females, 1229) ; ages, 
 10 to 15, 357 ; 16 to 59, 17,621 ; 60 and over, 530; born in the United 
 States, 11,690 ; Germany, 3088 ; Ireland, 1021 ; England and Wales, 1135 ; 
 Scotland, 190 ; British America, 239 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 238 ; 
 France, 312 ; China and Japan, 16. 
 
 Wax Fruit and Flowers. 
 
 Maxwell John, 226 North Ninth street, 814. 
 
 Artificial Feathers, Floivers and Fruits. — Establishments, 54 ; hands em- 
 ployed, 1451 (men, 400 ; women, 842; youths, 209); capital, 8418,650; 
 wages, $276,331 ; materials, $369,004 ; products, $986,125. 
 
 Weather Vane Manufacturer. 
 
 Henis William G., 641 and 643 North Ninth street, 745. 
 
 Whips and Canes. 
 
 Glendinning & Truitt, 9 North Fourth street, 831. 
 
 Whips and Canes. — Establishments, 103 ; steam-engines, 7 (horse-power, 
 142); water-wheels, 9 (horse-power, 125); hands employed, 961 (men, 621 ; 
 women, 301 ; youths, 39); capital, $883,561 ; wages, 384,544; materials, 
 $503,502; products, $1,243,118. 
 
 White Lead Manufacturers. 
 
 Harrison Brothers & Co., 105 South Front street, 704. 
 
 Lewis John T. & Brothers, 231 South Front street, 781. 
 
 Wetherill & Brother, Thirty-first street below Chestnut, 797. 
 
 No special statistics of this branch were given for the whole country, the 
 returns being included in those of Paints, Lead and Zinc. The figures for 
 Philadelphia were as follows : White Lead. — Establishments, 3 ; steam- 
 engines, 3 (horse-power, 120); hands employed, 106; capital, $525,000; 
 wages, $64,800 ; materials, $750,100; products, $1,108,000. 
 
 Whiting- Manufacturers. 
 
 * 
 
 Philadelphia and Boston Whiting Company, York and Almond sts., 792. 
 
 W indow-Glass. 
 
 Magee John A., 1235 Vine street, 835. 
 
 Sharp J. E., 707 and 709 Filbert street, 848. 
 
 Witmer D. L. & Bro., Fifth street and Germantown avenue, 786. 
 
 Window- Glass. — Establishments, 35; steam-engines, 20 (horse-power, 
 381); water-wheels, 2 (horse-power, 110); hands employed, 2859 (men, 
 
WITH SPECIAL STATISTICS. 
 
 89 
 
 2403; women, 37 ; youths, 419); capital, $3,244,560; wages, $1,503,277; 
 materials, $1,400,760; products, $3,811,308.- 
 
 Window-Shade Manufacturers. 
 
 Free Martin, 956 North Second street, 763. 
 
 Louderbach Edwin, 222 North Fifth street, 745. 
 
 No special statistics of this branch were given for the whole country. 
 The figures for Philadelphia were as follows : Window-Blinds and Shades. 
 — Establishmeuts, 25 ; steam-engine, 1 (hoi’se-power, 3) ; hands employed, 
 130 (men, 80; women, 36; youths, 14); capital, $94,050; wages, 54,980 ; 
 matei’ials, $63,605; products, $201,311. 
 
 Wines and Liquors. 
 
 Daly H. M., 222 South Front street, 890. 
 
 Daly Philip, 128 South Ninth street, 889. 
 
 Hartley W. H., 52 North Fifth street, 754. 
 
 Leith Syl. A. & Co., 210 South Front street, 772. 
 
 Schneyer Charles, 154 and 156 Fairmount avenue, 746. 
 
 Liquors, Distilled. — Establishments, 719; steam-engines, 411 (horse- 
 power, 12,853); water-wheels, 82 (horse-power, 811); hands employed, 
 5131 (men, 5068; women, 6 ; youths, 57); capital, $15,545,116; wages, 
 $2,019,810 ; materials, $19,729,432 ; products, $36,191,133. Liquors, 
 Malt. — Establishments, 1972; steam-engines, 726 (horse-power, 10,438); 
 water-wheels, 30 (horse-power, 324); hands employed, 12,443 (men, 12,320; 
 women, 29; youths, 94); capital, $48,779,435; wages, $6,758,602; mate- 
 rials, $28,177,684; products, $55,706,643. Liquors, Vinous. — Establish- 
 ments, 398 ; steam-engines, 4 (horse-power, 39) ; hands employed, 1486 
 (men, 1426; women, 32; youths, 28); capital, $2,334,394; wages, $230,- 
 650; materials, $1,203,172 ; products, $2,225,238. Traders and Dealers in 
 Liquors and Wines, 11,718 (males, 11,612; females, 106); ages, 16 to 59, 
 11,504; 60 and over, 214; bora in the United States, 4559; Germany, 
 2672; Ii-eland, 3211; England and Wales, 387; Scotland, 99; British 
 America, 102 ; Sweden, Norway and Denmark, 45 ; France, 357 ; China 
 and Japan, 4. 
 
 Wire-Work, Sieves, Screens. 
 
 Bayliss & Dai’by Manufacturing Co., 231 Arch and 114 North Sixth 
 street, 808. 
 
 Maci’eady J. W., 1411 and 1413 Vine street, 747. 
 
 Needles Joseph A., 54 North Front street, 717. 
 
 Watson & Kelso, 46 and 48 North Front street, 798. 
 
 Wire- Work. — Establishments, 141 ; steam-engines, 22 (horse-power, 470) ; 
 water-wheels, 20 (horse-powei’, 422); hands employed, 2526 (men, 1316; 
 
90 
 
 ADVERTISERS’ CLASSIFIED INDEX. 
 
 women, 1053; youths, 157); capital, $1,667,900; wages, $719,633; ma- 
 terials, $1,548,006; products, $2,959,227. Wire. — Establishments, 32; 
 steam-engines, 23 (horse-power, 2082) ; water-wheels, 25 (horse-power, 
 745); hands employed, 1733 (men, 1475; women, 226; youths, 32); cap- 
 ital, $2,520,800; wages, $1,078,184; materials, $2,955,925; products, 
 $5,030,581. 
 
 Wood-Turners. 
 
 Cundey E. & Brother, 848 North Fourth street, 724. 
 
 Rue J., 805 Master street, 747. 
 
 Wood, Turned and Carved. — Establishments, 733 ; steam-engines, 221 
 (horse-power, 3830) ; water-wheels, 235 (horse-power, 4323) ; hands em- 
 ployed, 4103 (men, 3777; women, 103; youths, 223); capital, $2,751,544; 
 wages, $1,499,565 ; materials, $1,648,008; products, $4,959,191. 
 
 Wool, Cotton and Woollen Yarns. 
 
 Whilldin Alexander & Sons, 20 and 22 South Front street, 850. 
 
 Statistics of Cotton and Woollen Goods are given on pages 614, 615, and 
 those of Wool produced and imported are found on page 576. 
 
 Advertisements will be received for the second and all succeeding 
 editions of this book, and the names of those who avail themselves of these 
 opportunities will also be incorpiorated in the index to each successive edi- 
 tion. Apply either by letter or personally at the office, 152 South Fourth 
 street, Philadelphia. 
 
 S. W. BURLEY, Publisher. 
 
BURLEY’S 
 
 United States 
 
 Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 
 
 DISCOVERY AND SETTLEMENTS [1497-1733], 
 
 F OURTEEN months before Columbus had seen the main land of the 
 New World, and two years before Americus Vespucius had sailed 
 west of the Canaries, John and Sebastian Cabot, sailing under a commis- 
 sion from Henry VII. of England, discovered the American continent 
 (June 24, 1497). In the following year Sebastian returned and coasted 
 the present territory of the United States for more than seven hundred 
 miles, landing at various points, and planting on the soil the banner of 
 England. By that act he took possession of the country in the name of 
 his royal master. The memory of Columbus, the pioneer in Western dis- 
 covery, is held in deserved honor. That of Americus Vespucius is per- 
 petuated in the name of the continent which he was the first to describe. 
 It is generally thought that he bought the honor too cheaply by merely 
 happening to be the first reporter in the field. His description of the 
 country was published at Strasburg in 1505, by a German map- publisher. 
 In a letter written to the duke of Lorraine (September 4, 1504) he 
 falsely claimed that he had discovered the main land in 1497. On account 
 of the letter and the description his name was given to the New World. 
 How different the fate of Sebastian Cabot ! Though he made a subsequent 
 voyage in 1517, entering Hudson’s Bay ninety years before the great 
 Dutch navigator whose name it bears ; though for sixty years his advice 
 was sought concerning every important maritime enterprise undertaken by 
 
92 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 more than one nation ; though he gave to England such a claim for the 
 possession of this country as discovery and the formalities above men- 
 tioned could procure ; though even when the navigator was seventy-five 
 years old the emperor Charles Y. sent, through his ambassador to Eng- 
 land, a special request that Cabot should be sent back to his service, — the 
 date of his death and even his burial-place are not known. The remains 
 of Columbus, who died in poverty and neglect, rest in the cathedral at 
 Havana.* Those of Cabot, who was honored all his lifetime, are covered, 
 so far as is known, by not even a simple memorial stone. 
 
 The voyages of Cabot were of more immediate importance to the destinies 
 of the United States than any others undertaken during the fifteenth and 
 sixteenth centuries, excepting, of course, the first voyage of Columbus, upon 
 which all the rest depended. The banners planted upon the coast became 
 the prey of the elements or were carried away by the Indians, but the 
 claim which they symbolized was never forgotten in England. Not count- 
 ing the effort of Hore and his companions, who were “ starved out ” of 
 Newfoundland in 1536, eighty years elapsed before the first attempt was 
 made by Englishmen to plant settlements in their new possessions, and 
 more than a century before they obtained a permanent footing. During 
 this long interval, however, their right to the coast was generally respected, 
 even by their inveterate enemies the French, who planted most of their 
 colonies in the inclement climate of Canada. Spain, it is true, laid claim 
 to the whole coast, even as far as Newfoundland, under the name of 
 Florida; but the failure of De Soto’s expedition, and the death of De 
 Soto himself on the bank of the Mississippi, discouraged Spanish efforts at 
 colonization. What the Spanish wished were plenty of gold and as little 
 work as possible. These they had obtained in both Mexico and Peru, but 
 when they went farther north the gold they did not find, and the Indians 
 whom they met in their travels seemed very poor material for slaves. 
 
 It remained for the great Anglo-Saxon race to reclaim these fertile 
 regions, uncultivated, or mis-cultivated, by people well-nigh as wild as the 
 
 * Nearly every history of any size gives his first epitaph, which was ordered to 
 be put upon his tomb by the ungrateful Ferdinand of Spain : “ To Castile and Leon 
 Columbus gave a new world.” We translate the following description of his present 
 resting-place from a Spanish work, La Isla de Cuba , by Don Jose G. de Arbolena: 
 “A modest stone, with a bust in bas-relief and a thoroughly prosaical inscription, 
 covers the remains of the immortal navigator who bore to these regions the torch 
 of faith, and gave to civilization the conquest of a new world. Here is the inscrip- 
 tion : 
 
 1 0 remains and image of the great Columbus ! 
 
 Remain for a thousand centuries kept in this urn 
 
 And in the remembrance of this nation !’ ” 
 
 Arbolena very pertinently asks, “Where were the Muses when these lines were 
 composed ?” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 93 
 
 beasts of cbase upon -which they mainly subsisted. That race, after con- 
 quering the ancient Britons, though conquered in war by the Normans, 
 gained a substantial and durable victory over the latter in language, in 
 literature, and, if legal antiquarians are to be believed, in the more im- 
 portant matter of legal principles. Composed of men who were able and 
 willing to work, who despised danger, who bore imprinted on their heart 
 of hearts a reverence for law combined with an ardent love of liberty — 
 the Anglo-Saxon race possesses so strong an element of vitality that it 
 has assimilated the various nationalities which enter into the composition 
 of American society, and has made the United States an English-speaking 
 nation. 
 
 Under a patent from Queen Elizabeth, Sir Walter Raleigh attempted to 
 plant a settlement on the island of Roanoke in 1585. The colonists were 
 reduced to such straits by the want of provisions that they were obliged 
 to kill two mastiffs which they had with them, and make “ dogge’s por- 
 ridge.” They were taken off a year after their arrival by the fleet of Sir 
 Francis Drake, just two weeks before Sir Richard Grenville arrived with 
 reinforcements and ample supplies. Fifty men left as a garrison by Gren- 
 ville were murdered by the Indians. A colony sent out in the following 
 year probably met with the same fate. Raleigh had spent nearly £40,000 
 (0200,000), yet had accomplished nothing. 
 
 These successive failures made it evident that it was not in the power of 
 any one man, however wealthy, to plant a permanent colony in the terri- 
 tory then claimed by England, which extended from Cape Fear in North 
 Carolina to Halifax in Nova Scotia, and westward to the Pacific. Two 
 companies were therefore formed — the London Company, of “ noblemeu, 
 gentlemen and merchants,” to colonize South Virginia, extending from 
 the thirty-fourth to the thirty-eighth degrees of north latitude, and the 
 Plymouth Company, to colonize North Virginia, extending from the forty- 
 first to the forty-fifth degrees of north latitude. The name of the latter 
 division was changed to New England by Captain John Smith, who 
 explored the coast and made a map of it in 1614. The strip of territory, 
 two hundred miles broad, between these divisions, was left free to both 
 companies, to prevent disputes about boundaries. 
 
 The first settlement was made by the London Company at Jamestown, 
 on the James River, in Virginia, in 1607. The first colonists were not 
 very good material for the formation of a commonwealth, being afflicted 
 with the gold fever. Farming was so much neglected that for several 
 years the main supply of food was purchased from the Indians with goods 
 sent over by the company. "When the Indians were hostile a “starving 
 time” ensued. The wise management of the famous Captain John Smith ; 
 the gradual cure of the gold fever by the failure of all attempts to find 
 any of that precious metal ; the abandonment of the “ community-of- 
 
94 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 goods ” system, which resembled that of the “ International Association 
 of Workingmen,” and the stern enforcement of the scriptural rule that 
 “ if any would not work, neither should he eat,” — placed the colony on a 
 firm basis. The progress made was not steady and regular, as the follow- 
 ing statements of the population at different dates will show. In October, 
 
 1609, when Smith left the colony, it contained 490 settlers. In April, 
 
 1610, the number was reduced to 60. In 1619 the number had increased 
 to 600. In 1624, 9000 immigrants had been brought over, counting from 
 the first planting of the colony, out of which only 1800 remained. In the 
 following year Virginia was made a royal province, but the House of 
 Burgesses was left in existence, and the government was really freer than 
 that of England under Charles I. In 1649 the colonists numbered 15,000, 
 and the little commonwealth was in a very prosperous condition. The dif- 
 ficulties which caused so great a fluctuation in the number of inhabitants 
 were sickness, famine, massacres by the Indians, and desertions from the 
 colony through fear of the savages. The fact that a permanent state was 
 founded, in spite of so many and so great obstacles, is a proof that we 
 have not been too lavish in our praises of Anglo-Saxon energy and per- 
 severance. 
 
 For thirteen years the Plymouth Company existed, but it accomplished 
 little more than one unsuccessful attempt at settlement in Maine and 
 some explorations of the coast. In 1620 it was superseded by the Coun- 
 cil of Plymouth, composed of forty of the wealthiest and most powerful 
 men in England. The very names of these two corporations bring to 
 mind the first successful attempt to settle in New England. The landing 
 of the “ Pilgrim Fathers ” on Plymouth Rock in 1620 ; the bravery and 
 steadfastness with which they struggled against all the difficulties which 
 beset the Virginian settlers, together with a climate comparatively bleak 
 and a soil comparatively barren ; their ardent religious zeal, which fre- 
 quently carried them beyond the bounds of that toleration which it was 
 the professed object of their self-imposed exile to secure for themselves ; — 
 these and kindred themes have served so frequently as subjects for poet 
 and painter, for orator and lecturer, for historian and novelist, that “ the 
 wayfaring man, though a stranger,” cannot be wholly ignorant of them. 
 We shall, therefore, instead of attempting to tell a story which has been 
 told so often and so well, condense a report of the results of thirty years’ 
 colonization, from a pamphlet entitled ‘ Wonder-working Providences of 
 Zion’s Saviour in New England,’ published by Captain Edward Johnson 
 in 1650, as quoted by Hildreth: “The wigwams, huts and hovels the 
 English dwelt in at their first coming are turned into orderly, fair and 
 well-built houses, well furnished, many of them, with goodly fruit trees and 
 garden flowei's.” Many laboring men who had not enough to bring them 
 over were now “ worth scores, and some hundreds, of pounds. Those who 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 95 
 
 were formerly forced to fetch most of the bread they ate and the beer they 
 drank a thousand leagues by sea, are so increased that they have not only 
 fed their elder sisters, Virginia, Barbadoes and the Summer Islands, but 
 also the grandmother of us all, even the fertile isle of Great Britain, 
 besides Portugal, that hath had many a mouthful of bread and fish from 
 us in exchange for their Madeira liquors, and also Spain. Good white 
 and wheaten bread is no dainty, but every ordinary man hath his choice. 
 Flesh is now no rare food, beef, pork and mutton being frequent in many 
 houses, so that this poor wilderness hath equalized England in food.” As 
 many as thirty-two trades were carried on in the colony, those of coopers, 
 tanners and shoemakers being the most successful, and shoes were already 
 manufactured for exportation. 
 
 As this description gives a fair idea of the results attained by nearly every 
 attempt at settlement, we shall devote the remainder of our limited space to 
 giving the dates of the settlements of the remaining eleven of “ the thirteen 
 original colonies.” The first permanent settlement in New York was made 
 by the Dutch in 1623, the colony being named New Netherland, and the 
 present city of New York was called New Amsterdam. In 1664 the prov- 
 ince was seized by the English, and received its present name. New 
 Jersey was settled in 1623 by the Dutch, passing into English hands at 
 the same time with New York. New Hampshire was settled in 1623 by 
 English settlers ; Connecticut in 1633 by English and Dutch, but the 
 number of the latter was so small that even that fierce old warrior, Peter 
 Stuyvesant, was glad to give up the claim by treaty in 1650. Maryland 
 was settled in. 1631 by William Claiborne, and in 1634 by a colony under 
 Leonard Calvert, the brother of Cecil, Lord Baltimore. Rhode Island 
 was settled in 1636 by Roger Williams ; Delaware in 1638 by Swedes, 
 who named the colony New Sweden. In 1655, New Sweden was conquered 
 by the Dutch, and in 1664 it followed the fortunes of New Netherland, 
 falling into the power of the English. The first permanent settlement was 
 made in North Carolina in 1665, and in South Carolina in 1670. In these 
 two colonies, which were not politically separated until 1729, an attempt 
 was made to carry out a scheme of government devised by the celebrated 
 philosopher John Locke. This scheme provided for two orders of nobility, 
 and contained various other features which rendered it totally unsuited 
 for the management of a free colony. The result showed that however 
 able Locke was in writing upon the theory of government, concerning the 
 practice he possessed no “ innate ideas,” and those procured by “ sensation 
 and reflection” possessed little value. Although scattering parties of 
 Swedes and Finns had reached the western bank of the Delaware as early 
 as 1627, 1682 is given as the date of the permanent settlement of Penn- 
 sylvania. The “ peace policy ” toward the Indians, inaugurated by William 
 Penn at the famous elm of Shackamaxon, preserved the Pennsylvania 
 
96 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 settlers for many years from the horrors of Indian warfare. Georgia was 
 settled in 1733 by a party of colonists under the command of General 
 James Oglethorpe. 
 
 In 1689 the population of the colonies was about 200,000. In 1715 it 
 had more than doubled, being 434,600. In 1733 the number of inhab- 
 itants in the twelve colonies first settled was not far from 750,000. For 
 more than a thousand miles the coast was occupied, but the settlements 
 did not extend very far inland. The nature of the country in the interior 
 was not known, nor was there any accurate notion even of the breadth of 
 the continent. 
 
 COLONIAL HISTORY [1733-1776]. 
 
 While the English were busily engaged in settling the coast, the French 
 were exploring the interior of the country, and building forts along the 
 great lakes and down the Mississippi, from Montreal to New Orleans. 
 These French posts finally amounted to more than sixty in number, and 
 their positions were selected with great care. In 1688 the French in 
 America numbered only 11,249, little more than one-twentieth part of the 
 number of the English. Their strength lay in their skill in managing the 
 Indians. Count Frontenac, the French governor of Canada, when he 
 had nearly completed his allotted span of threescore years and ten, was 
 still young enough to sing the war-song and dance the war-dance with his 
 Indian allies. By such condescensions as these the good-will of the sav- 
 ages was conciliated, and an auxiliary force was secured which for a long 
 time fully compensated for the lack of regular troops. 
 
 The wars in America between the French and English were generally 
 excited by those between the mother-countries, and were therefore named 
 by the English colonists after the reigning monarch of England. King 
 William’s War (1689-1697) consisted of plundering and massacring raids 
 on the part of the French, and ineffectual expeditions against Quebec and 
 Montreal on the part of the English. The main result of Queen Anne’s 
 War (1702-1713) was the permanent acquisition by the English of the 
 French province of Acadie, the name of which was changed to Nova 
 Scotia. During King George’s War (1744-1748), Louisburg, on Cape 
 Breton Island, then one of the strongest fortresses in America, was cap- 
 tured, after a six weeks’ siege, by a force commanded by a colonial gene- 
 ral (William Pepperell) and almost entirely composed of colonists. The 
 latter were much disgusted when their conquest was restored to the French 
 in 1748 by the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle. Still, the exploit was not with- 
 out its fruits. It revealed the strength of the colonists both to themselves 
 and to the home government. A contest was approaching which was not 
 entirely dependent upon the position of the mother-countries, as it was 
 commenced a year and a half before the beginning of the “ Seven Years’ 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 97 
 
 War,” and was practically ended, so far as the French and English in 
 America were concerned, two years and a half before the treaty of Paris. 
 We allude, of course, to the well-known “French and Indian War.” 
 
 In 1754 the free and slave population of the colonies amounted to 
 about 1,425,000. Then, as now, the surplus population was poured out 
 toward the great West, and the English pioneers soon came in contact 
 with the French, who held the line of forts above mentioned. In 1753, 
 George Washington, then not yet twenty-two years of age, was sent to 
 remonstrate with the French commandant on the Ohio. The only result 
 of his mission was the discovery that the French intended to hold their 
 ground. The war began May 28, 1754, with an insignificant skirmish at 
 Great Meadows, in the south-eastern part of Fayette county, Pa. Not 
 more than fifty men were engaged on each side, and the advantage lay 
 with the English detachment, which was led by Washington. Little was 
 accomplished during this year, but in 1755 several expeditions were 
 planned by the English. One against Fort Duquesne (upon the present 
 site of Pittsburg) resulted in “ Braddock’s defeat.” Another against 
 Crown Point, under Generals Johnson and Lyman, suffered a partial 
 defeat, then gained, a complete victory at Fort Edward on the same day 
 (Sept. 8), but failed in its main object. In 1756 the home governments 
 took up the quarrel. The earl of Loudoun was appointed commander-in- 
 chief, with General Abercrombie as his lieutenant. The latter was unwill- 
 ing to make any forward movement in the absence of his chief, who was 
 daily expected, but who did not arrive until late in the summer. In the 
 mean time the vigilant and active Montcalm had taken Oswego, with one 
 hundred and thirty-five pieces of artillery and an immense quantity of 
 military stores. In 1757 Lord Loudoun left New York with the inten- 
 tion of taking Louisburg. Upon learning that the garrison was larger 
 than had been supposed, he stopped to deliberate. The arrival of seven- 
 teen French ships of the line in Louisburg harbor put a speedy end to 
 his cogitations, by making an attack wholly out of the question. In the 
 mean time Montcalm had taken and dismantled Fort William Henry. 
 
 Such glaring exhibitions of inefficiency naturally awakened the con- 
 tempt and disgust of the colonists, as well as of the people of England. 
 William Pitt was called to the head of affairs in the home government, 
 and in 1758 vigorous measures were taken. Pitt promised that the 
 expenses incurred by the colonies during the campaign should be reim- 
 bursed — a promise which was faithfully kept. Upward of thirty thousand 
 men were raised by the colonists, and the regulars made up the number 
 to fifty thousand. Abercrombie, the commander-in-chief, showed at Ticon- 
 deroga, in the first part of the campaign, bungling rashness, then relapsed 
 into masterly inactivity ; but Louisburg was taken by Amherst and 
 Wolfe, Frontenac (now Kingston, Out.) by Colonel Bradstreet, and 
 
98 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Fort Duquesne by au expedition in which Washington had a command. 
 In 1759 the unsuccessful and feeble Abercrombie was superseded by the 
 successful and able Amherst, who took Ticonderoga and Crown Point, 
 while Wolfe, being sent against Quebec, fell on the Plains of Abraham, 
 leaving as a legacy to his country the key of the French dominion in 
 America. In 1760 the war in America was virtually ended by an unsuc- 
 cessful attempt of the French to recapture Quebec, and by the surrender 
 of Montreal (Sept. 8, 1760), with all other French posts in Canada. 
 
 The French and Indian War resulted in something more than a mere 
 conquest of territory. It had served as a valuable school for the military 
 men of the colonies. In that severe school were graduated Washington 
 (as we have seen), Schuyler, Putnam, Stark, and many others who were 
 prominent in the Revolutionary War. They learned something more 
 than tactics. They saw that the British regulars were not invincible, and 
 that the practice of firing point-blank was not superior to the unscientific 
 American habit of taking aim, unless it was the soldier’s object to burn as 
 much powder as possible. The military knowledge then acquired was to be 
 of use for a purpose which did not then enter into the mind of one of the 
 colonists. Pontiac, an Ottawa chief, got up a conspiracy (which broke 
 out in June, 1763) for the purpose of expelling the English from the 
 country west of the Alleghauies, which was put down with some diffi- 
 culty, but there was another conspiracy brewing against the liberties of a 
 growing nation hitherto unconscious of its strength. 
 
 George III. ascended the throne of England Oct. 25, 1760. He fouud 
 in Pitt an obstacle to the carrying out of his views of government, and 
 got rid of him as soon as possible. The first move upon the liberties of 
 the colonies was the authorization of “Writs of Assistance” or general 
 search-warrants, which empowered the king’s officers to break open any 
 citizen’s store or dwelling to search for smuggled goods, and ordered that 
 sheriffs and others should assist in this work. Few of these were issued, 
 and those were ineffectual. Then George Grenville, the prime minister, 
 procured the passage of the Stamp Act (Feb. 27, 1765), declaring that 
 no legal instrument in writing should be valid unless it bore a government 
 stamp. This act received the royal assent on the 22d of March, at the 
 same time with the “ Quartering Act,” which obliged the colonists to find 
 quarters, fire-wood, bedding, drink (cider or rum), soap and candles for as 
 many troops as the home government saw fit to send over to enforce the 
 Stamp Act and other tyrannical measures. Robert Walpole, when prime 
 minister in 1732, had said, “I will leave the taxation of America to some 
 of my successors who have more courage than I have.” Pitt had said, 
 in 1759, “I Avill never burn my fingers with an American Stamp Act.” 
 The result of Grenville’s policy proved the wisdom of these remarks. 
 The effect of these ill-judged measures was to bring about a feeling of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 99 
 
 union among the colonists, which was shown by the assembling of a Co- 
 lonial Congress at New York (Oct. 7, 1765). The king and Parliament 
 were petitioned, and a “Declaration of Rights” was adopted. In the 
 mean time associations had been formed which called themselves the “Sons 
 of Liberty,” leagued with the avowed determination to resist oppression 
 to the uttermost. Many of the stamps which came over were hidden or 
 burned, and on the day when the act was to take effect (Nov. 1, 1765) 
 bells were tolled, flags were placed at half-mast, and newspapers were 
 “ put in mourning,” but there were no officials courageous enough to 
 enforce the obnoxious law. The repeal of the Stamp Act (March 18, 
 1766) caused great joy in America, and was celebrated with bonfires and 
 public thanksgivings ; but with that repeal was connected a “ declaratory 
 act,” stating that Parliament possessed the power “to bind the colonies in 
 all cases whatsoever.” 
 
 To carry out this principle, in 1767 an act was passed levying duties on 
 tea, glass, paints, paper and lead. The immediate cause of this act was 
 the taunting language of George Grenville, who was dissatisfied with his 
 failure to enforce the Stamp Act. He said in open Parliament, to the 
 ministry who succeeded him, “You are cowards; you are afraid of the 
 Americans; you dare not tax America!” Townsend, who was in the 
 ministry, replied, “ I dare tax America. I will.” The colonists renewed 
 the non-importation associations which they had formed to resist the Stamp 
 Act. Troops were sent over to overawe the malcontents and to enforce 
 the collection of the duties, but the trade of England with the colonies 
 suffered so much from the course pursued by the Americans that in 1770 
 all the duties were taken off, except three pence a pound on tea. This 
 was retained by the express command of the king, who said that “ there 
 should always be one tax at least to keep up the right of taxing.” Here 
 can be seen the fatal error of the British government. It was not the 
 amount of the taxes, but “the right of taxing,” against which the Americans 
 were contending. Arrangements were made by which they could pay the 
 duty and yet buy their tea nine pence a pound cheaper than the rate at 
 which it was sold in England, but they were not to be bribed. On the 
 night of December 16, 1773, three cargoes of tea were thrown overboard 
 in Boston harbor, and in 1774 the home government retaliated by closing 
 the port of Boston, by virtually annulling the charter of Massachusetts, 
 and by ordering that all persons charged in the colonies with murder com- 
 mitted in support of the government should be taken to England for trial. 
 
 On the 5th of September, 1774, the First Continental Congress 
 assembled in Carpenters’ Hall, Philadelphia. They put forth a “ Bill of 
 Rights,” an “Address to the People of Great Britain,” and various other 
 state papers, which were marked by such signal ability and wisdom that 
 William Pitt, now earl of Chatham, said in the House of Lords, “ For 
 
100 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 solidity of reasoning, force of sagacity and wisdom of conclusion, no nation 
 or body of men can stand in preference to the general Congress of Phil- 
 adelphia.” 
 
 It was soon seen that war was inevitable, and preparations were begun 
 by the Americans, but independence was not even thought of until after 
 the battle of Lexington (April 19, 1775). On the 10th of May, 1775 
 (the very day upon which Ethan Allen and Benedict Arnold captured 
 Ticonderoga), the Second Continental Congeess convened at Philadel- 
 phia. While that body was in session the citizens of Mecklenburg county, 
 North Carolina, in convention assembled, anticipated by more than a year 
 the action of the whole country, and declared themselves “ a free and 
 independent people” (May 21, 1775). The general Congress, though 
 not yet prepared to proceed to such extremities as this, voted to raise an 
 army of twenty thousand men, adopted the troops engaged in the siege of 
 Boston as a “Continental army,” and elected Washington commander-in- 
 chief (June 15, 1775). Before he could reach his forces the battle of 
 Bunker Hill had been fought (June 17). The breach between the colo- 
 nies and the mother-country became daily wider. The siege of Boston 
 was so vigorously pressed that on the 17th of March, 1776, the British 
 troops evacuated that city. Within eighty days after that event almost 
 every provincial Assembly had spoken in favor of Independence. On the 
 4th of July, 1776, in Independence Hall, Philadelphia, Congress adopted 
 that Declaration of Independence* which gave to republican institutions an 
 opportunity for untrammelled development under the genial influence of 
 
 A CENTURY OF FREEDOM. 
 
 THE FIRST DECADEf [1776-1786]. 
 
 The joy of the Americans at hearing of the Declaration was tempered 
 by their thorough appreciation of the magnitude of the struggle in which 
 they were engaged. The expulsion of the British from Boston and the 
 gallant defence of Fort Moultrie (June 28, 1776) gave them reasonable 
 encouragement, but they knew that seventeen thousand foreign troops had 
 been hired by the British government. This had been done because the 
 war was unpopular with the people of England, and it was therefore diffi- 
 cult to induce them to enlist. An aggregate land and naval force of 
 fifty-five thousand men had been voted for the American service, and 
 
 * As tliis instrument deserves more than a passing notice, it shall he made the 
 subject of a separate article. [See Declaration of Independence.] 
 
 f The word decade may mean ten of anything, though it is probably used most 
 frequently in the sense in which we now employ it, and shall continue to employ it 
 throughout this work — viz., to denote a period of ten years. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 101 
 
 before the first of August thirty thousand British troops, many of them 
 veterans, were ready to fall upon the American army of seventeen thou- 
 sand men, mostly militia. A battle was fought on Long Island (Aug. 27) 
 in which the Americans were defeated with great loss — a defeat which 
 obliged Washington to abandon New York and to retreat up the eastern 
 bank of the. Hudson. The army daily diminished. When Washington 
 crossed the Hudson (Nov. 12) he had only four thousand men. When he 
 crossed the Delaware to Pennsylvania (Dec. 8), after haviug been closely 
 pursued across New Jersey by the British, he had less than three thousand 
 weary, half-starved, dispirited soldiers. The Americans took with them 
 all the boats on the New Jersey side of the river, and General Howe or- 
 dered Cornwallis, who commanded in the pursuit, to wait for the river to 
 freeze and cross over on the ice. Within three weeks after leaving New 
 Jersey, at a time when floatiug ice made the river almost impassable, Wash- 
 ington returned (Dec. 26) with twenty-four hundred men, captured more 
 than a thousand Hessians at Trenton, stole away from the superior forces 
 of Cornwallis, then defeated the reserve of tire latter at Princeton, and so 
 managed matters that on the 1st of March, 1777, neither a British nor a 
 Hessian soldier could be found in New Jersey, except at New Brunswick 
 and Amboy. Frederick the Great, king of Prussia, certainly a competent 
 and an impartial judge, declared that the achievements of Washington 
 and his little band, between the 25th of December and the 4th of January 
 following, were the most brilliant of any recorded in the annals of military 
 performances. By the 30th of June, 1777, the British were entirely ex- 
 pelled from New Jersey, but during the remainder of the year the army 
 under Washington suffered great privations and met with several reverses. 
 Howe left General Clinton in command at New York, and sailed with 
 18,000 men to the Delaware. On the Brandywine the Americans were 
 defeated (Sept. 11), the British entered Philadelphia (Sept. 26), and again 
 defeated the patriots at Germantown (Oct. 4). Washington went into 
 winter-quarters at Valley Forge (Dec. 11), leaving the enemy in possession 
 of Philadelphia. The sufferings of the Americans on their march to 
 Valley Forge, when their course could be tracked on the snow by bloody 
 footprints, and their subsequent privations, form, as has been well said, 
 “some of the gloomiest, as well as some of the most brilliant, scenes in the 
 record of American patriotism.” Their hearts had been cheered, how- 
 ever, by good news from the North. Burgoyne started in the latter part 
 of June, 1777, from Canada, intending to come down the Hudson and 
 co-operate with Clinton. He took Crown Point and Ticonderoga (July 6), 
 but Schuyler put so many obstacles in his way, by felling trees, breaking 
 down bridges, etc., that his march toward New York was very slow. A 
 large foraging party which he sent out was defeated at Bennington, Vt. 
 (Aug. 16), he, himself, failed to gain the two battles of Stillwater (Sept. 
 
102 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 19 and Oct. 7), and on the 17th of October his forces, numbering 5791 
 men, were surrendered to General Gates at Saratoga. He kept his 
 promise to eat his Christmas dinner in Albany, but it was as a captive, not 
 as a conqueror. 
 
 On the 6th of February, 1778, a treaty of alliance with France was 
 signed at Paris. It is now known that Louis XYI. reluctantly gave his 
 consent to this proceeding, and called his ministers to witness that it was 
 done contrary to his judgment. Congress did not receive the announce- 
 ment of this treaty until the 2d of May, but had refused in the mean 
 time offers of conciliation made by the British government, being resolved 
 to accept nothing short of independence. A French fleet and army were 
 immediately sent over to the assistance of the Americans, and the British 
 commanders received orders to abandon Philadelphia and the Delaware, 
 and to concentrate their forces at New York. The British army under 
 the command of Clinton, who had superseded Howe, left Philadelphia 
 (June 18), but Washington pursued and intercepted it. A battle was 
 fought at Monmouth (June 28), in which the Americans had the advantage, 
 and which they were prepared to renew on the following day, but during 
 the night the enemy stole away under cover of the darkness. Clinton 
 said in his despatches to England, “ I took advantage of the moonlight to 
 rejoin General Knyphausen,” etc. As the moon was quite new, and had 
 set two hours before Clinton began his march, this statement caused much 
 merriment among the patriots. Little more happened during the remain- 
 der of the year except an unsuccessful attempt of the Americans to take 
 Newport, and the massacres perpetrated in the Wyoming, Mohawk, Scho- 
 harie and Cherry Valleys. Almost all our historians, with the exception 
 of Lossing and Hildreth, have made such grave errors in describing the 
 “massacre of Wyoming” that we feel it our duty to give a portion of even 
 our limited space to the correction of a few of the more important misstate- 
 ments. For more than twenty years it has been known that Brant was 
 not present at the battle; that Forty Fort was not burned together with 
 its inmates; and that Colonel John Butler did not answer “The hatchet !” 
 when asked what terms he would give the garrison. He granted humane 
 terms by a treaty still in existence, which would have been faithfully car- 
 ried out had he been able to restrain the Indians. Horrible as the ex- 
 cesses committed really were, they have been much exaggerated in nearly 
 all the accounts published. 
 
 During the first six months of the following year the combined efforts 
 of the British and Tories accomplished the temporary subjugation of 
 Georgia. An attempt of the British to take Charleston, S. C., failed (May 
 11), while the Americans and French were equally unsuccessful in an 
 assault upon Savannah, Geo. (Oct. 9). In the North, the principal events 
 were the capture of Stony Point, on the Hudson (July 16), by “Mad 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 103 
 
 Anthony Wayne” (one of the most brilliant exploits of the war), the 
 surprise and capture of the British garrison at Paulus Hook (now Jersey 
 City), and a campaign against the Seneca Indians by General Sullivan, 
 in retaliation for the massacres above mentioned. In the West, Major 
 George Rogers Clarke captured (July 4, 1778) Kaskaskia, 111., and Ca- 
 hokia, 111. (July 9, 1778), and Vincennes, Ind., the following month. In 
 January, 1779, the British recaptured Vincennes ; but when Clarke heard 
 of it, with 175 men he waded through the snow-flood of the “drowned 
 lands” of Illinois and received the surrender of Vincennes from the 
 astonished British garrison, whose amazement could not have been much 
 greater if Clarke and his force had dropped from the clouds. On the 
 24th of September, 1779, occurred one of the most desperate naval bat- 
 tles on record, which resulted in the capture of the British frigate Serapis 
 by the American frigate Bon Homme Richard, commanded by the famous 
 John Paul Jones. 
 
 Sir Henry Clinton sailed from New York for the South (Dec. 25, 1779), 
 and Washington sent Baron De Kalb and others to aid the southern 
 patriots. The two armies were thus so much weakened at their head- 
 quarters that military operations at the North almost ceased during the 
 year 1780. Clinton took Charleston (May 12), after a warmly-contested 
 siege of more than six weeks ; and then the country was overrun, and 
 appeared to be so completely reduced that Clinton sailed for New York 
 (June 5). Cornwallis was left behind in command, and the cruel Tarleton 
 ravaged the country with his dragoons, in one instance killing so many 
 who had surrendered that “ Tarleton’s quarter ” became a proverbial 
 expression for faithless cruelty. Gates, the conqueror of Burgoyne, was 
 given the chief command in the South ; but by his defeat in the disastrous 
 battle of Sanders’ Creek, and the subsequent flight of the Americans, he 
 exchanged (as General Lee had predicted that he would) “ his northern 
 laurels for southern willows.” Still, the southern patriots did not despair. 
 The famous Marion, Pickens, John Clarke and Sumter carried on a par- 
 tisan warfare with varying success, and in a severe engagement at King’s 
 Mountain (Oct. 7), 1500 Tories were defeated by 1800 patriots, with a 
 loss of 300 killed and wounded and 800 julsoners. The very mention of 
 the name of Benedict Arnold, now a synonym for traitor, will bring to 
 mind his treason, his plan to deliver West Point into the hands of the 
 British, the capture of Major Andre (Sept. 22, 1780) by John Paulding, 
 David Williams and Isaac Van Wart (who nobly refused all bribes to- 
 let him pass), the execution of Andre and the escape of the arch-traitor. 
 In noble contrast with the course of Arnold is that of some soldiers of 
 the Pennsylvania line, who mutinied (Jan. 1, 1781) on account of heavy- 
 arrearages of pay due them and the belief that their term of service, as 
 they understood it, had expired. Emissaries sent by Sir Henry Clinton 
 
104 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 (with tempting offers of bribes if they would desert, singly or in a body) 
 were seized and delivered into the hands of General Wayne. By refusing 
 the reward offered for the apprehension of the British agents, the mutineers 
 proved that their motives were not merely mercenary ones — that their love 
 of country had not been quenched even by their alleged wrongs. The 
 cause of this and similar troubles was the depreciation of the Continental 
 currency [see Coins and Currency], which was owing both to the large 
 amount already issued (more than $200,000,000), and to the immense 
 quantity of cleverly-executed counterfeits set afloat by the British. To 
 one man, Robert Morris, is due the credit of having upheld the national 
 finances during this trying time. We can indeed say credit , for frequently 
 his individual credit procured funds when that of Congress was gone. 
 
 The year 1781 was practically the last of the war. Greene took the 
 command in the South, and the first severe blow was struck at Cowpens 
 (Jan. 17, 1781) by Daniel Morgan, commander of the famous rifle-corps, 
 who defeated a superior force of the British under Tarleton. Greene 
 retreated into Virginia from the main army under Cornwallis, being saved 
 three times from being taken at a disadvantage by the sudden rising of 
 rivers after he had passed over them. As soon as his force was large 
 enough, he returned and fought a severe battle at Guilford Court-house 
 (Mar. 15). The British remained masters of the field, but were so cut up 
 and dispirited that Charles Fox said, in the British House of Commons, 
 “Another such victory will ruin the British army.” The subsequent 
 operations of Greene met with varying success. At Hobkirk’s Hill (near 
 Camden, S. C.) he was surprised and defeated (Apr. 25), but retreated in 
 good order. At Eutaw Springs (Sept. 8), the British were at first driven 
 off the field in confusion, then they suddenly renewed the battle and drove 
 the Americans back, and finally they retreated in the night. At the close 
 of the year, the British in the South were confined to Charleston and Sa- 
 vannah. In the mean time Cornwallis had been attempting the subjuga- 
 tion of Virginia (leaving Lord Rawdon to contend with Greene), had 
 been ordered by Sir Henry Clinton to take post near the sea, and in 
 August had commenced fortifying Yorktown. Washington intended to 
 attack Yew York ; but learning that Clinton had been reinforced, he turned 
 his thoughts toward Virginia, wrote deceptive letters to Greene, which he 
 caused to be intercepted by Clinton, and long before the stratagem was 
 discovered was far on his way to Yorktown — too far for successful pursuit. 
 The allied American and French armies reached Yorktown on the 28th 
 of September. They began a regular siege, while the French fleet, under 
 De Grasse, guarded the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, cutting off all hope 
 of supplies or assistance by sea. The siege was vigorously pressed ; Clinton 
 could not relieve the garrison, and on the 19th of October, 1781, Corn- 
 wallis surrendered the posts of Yorktown and Gloucester, with almost 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 105 
 
 7000 British soldiers and his shipping and seamen, to Washington and 
 De Grasse. 
 
 The surrender of Cornwallis virtually put an end to the war. Amer- 
 ican armies were still watching the forces stationed in New York, Charles- 
 ton and Savannah, but actual hostilities were at an end before orders went 
 forth from England (March 4, 1782) for their cessation. On the 11th of 
 July, 1782, the British evacuated Savannah, and on the 14th of December 
 following they left Charleston. A preliminary treaty was signed on the 
 20th of January, 1783, and a definitive treaty on the 3d of September 
 following. On the 25th of November, 1783, the British army sailed from 
 New York, thereby freeing the United States from the last sign of British 
 domination. 
 
 Peace had been secured, independence had been achieved, but the pros- 
 pects of the new-fledged nation were, apparently, not very brilliant. A 
 heavy debt encumbered the government, and a similar burden rested upon 
 almost every confederation within it. The common danger, which had 
 cemented the union of the States much more closely than the “Articles of 
 Confederation,” was gone, and, so far as could be seen, these victorious 
 States, after they had fought and won the battle for independence and the 
 rights of man, after they had established their claims to a free and equal 
 position in the family of nations, were themselves on the very brink of 
 anarchy and political destruction. Under the Articles of Confederation 
 Congress had exclusive power for a number of purposes, but had no ability 
 to execute any of them. They were empowered to make and conclude 
 treaties, but they could only recommend the observance of them. They 
 could appoint ambassadors, but they could not defray their expenses. 
 They could borrow money in their own name on the faith of the Union, 
 but they could not pay a dollar. They could coin money, but they could 
 not import a single ounce of bullion. They could make war and could 
 determine upon the number of troops necessary, but they could not raise 
 a single regiment. In short, they could declare everything, but could do 
 nothing. This was the more unfortunate, as no country ever more required 
 a well-ordered government than the United States immediately after the 
 Revolutionary war. Trade and commerce were destroyed ; agriculture had 
 decayed ; manufactures were ruined, and the inhabitants of the country 
 were so impoverished that many of them were nearly destitute of clothing. 
 As if to shoot a “Parthian shaft” when relinquishing this country, imme- 
 diately after the peace was announced the British sent over a great quan- 
 tity of cloths of an inferior quality, which were sold at an exorbitant 
 price. In this manner almost all the money of the country was collected 
 and carried abroad. “ Disordered finance, prostrate commerce and ruined 
 credit” called for a work of organization, the completion of which was 
 reserved for — 
 
106 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 THE SECOND DECADE [1786-1796], 
 
 President, George Washington [1789-1797], 
 
 In September, 1786, commissioners from New York, New Jersey, Penn- 
 sylvania, Delaware and Virginia met at Annapolis, Md., to consider the 
 state of the trade of the United States, and to digest and report such mea- 
 sures as would enable Congress effectually to provide for the same. 
 Nothing was done with reference to the special object of the meeting, for 
 it was seen that the evils which infested the body politic were too deeply 
 seated to yield to mild measures. Radical constitutional treatment was 
 evidently required. The Annapolis Convention therefore advised a revisal 
 of the constitution of the federal government, to render it adequate to the 
 exigencies of the Union. To secure this revisal a second convention was 
 proposed, to which all the States should be invited to appoint commis- 
 sioners, to meet at Philadelphia in the following May. This invitation 
 was accepted, and thus originated the government which gave stability and 
 prosperity to the young republic. 
 
 The convention was originally called together by a resolution adopted 
 by Congress (Feb. 21, 1787), and met on the appointed day (May 14, 1787), 
 in Independence Hall, Philadelphia, which was thus given another claim 
 to be considered the cradle of the nation ; but a quorum was not present 
 until the 25th of May. George Washington was unanimously chosen to 
 preside over the deliberations of this body, in which all of the thirteen 
 original States were represented except Rhode Island and New Hamp- 
 shire. The former State did not send any delegation, but commissioners 
 from New Hampshire began to attend oil the 23d of July. As particular 
 remarks on the Constitution adopted and the subsequent amendments 
 thereto are reserved by our plan for another article [see Government 
 and Laws], we shall mention some of the propositions which were rejected, 
 some of them by a small majority : That the president and members of 
 the senate should hold office “during good behavior;” that there should be 
 more than one chief magistrate, to prevent the possibility of the incum- 
 bent’s becoming an elective king; that the President should be elected by 
 the national legislature, “because the people would never concur in a 
 majority, but would generally vote for a citizen of their own State.” All 
 of these propositions were successively voted down, though the last — viz., 
 the election of the President by the national legislature — was at first 
 adopted by a vote of seven States to four, while the present method, by 
 means of electors, was at first negatived by six votes to five. On the 17th 
 of September, after nearly four months of deliberation and of debates 
 which were, at times, so warm that it was doubtful whether the members 
 would come to any agreement or not, the present federal Constitution was 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 107 
 
 adopted. Perhaps its best recommendation was that it did not fully sat- 
 isfy any party, but a spirit of mutual forbearance was shown which was 
 worthy of all praise. Mr. Hamilton, for instance, expressed his anxiety 
 that every member should sign. “ No man’s ideas were more remote from 
 the plan than his own, but he could not hesitate between anarchy and 
 convulsion and the chance of good to be expected from the plan.” The 
 conventions of the requisite number of States (nine) had ratified the Con- 
 stitution by the 21st of June, 1788, though not without earnest debate. 
 It is remarkable that a system deemed so imperfect, not only by the mass 
 of its framers, but by many eminent men throughout the country, should 
 have been found to answer so fully the purposes of its formation as to 
 require during a period of seventy years no essential alteration. The first 
 eleven amendments were mere additions, and the twelfth only changed the 
 method of electing the President and Vice-President. The workings of 
 this instrument have been so beneficial that it has deserved the title given 
 it by an eminent legal authority, who styles it “ the great charter of our 
 national renown.” 
 
 At the first election under the Constitution, George Washington received 
 the unanimous vote of the electors (sixty-nine in number), which made him 
 President. Each elector at that time voted for two persons, without des- 
 ignating the ofiice, and the one who received the highest number of votes 
 became President; and the one standing next on the list, or, rather, whose 
 vote was the greatest after the President was chosen, became Vice-President. 
 John Adams, therefore, though he had not received a majority (his vote 
 was 34), was elected Vice-President. The vote was counted by Congress 
 (April 6, 1789), Washington was officially notified (April 14), and he was 
 inaugurated (April 30) at Federal Hall, New York, which was on the site 
 of the present custom-house. New York had become the “federal city” in 
 January, 1785, when Congress (which, after leaving Philadelphia in June, 
 1783, had successively tried Princeton, N. J., Annapolis, Md., and Trenton, 
 N. J.) first met there. Thomas Jefferson was appointed Secretary of For- 
 eign Affairs (his title was changed to Secretary of State in September, 1789) ; 
 Alexander Hamilton, Secretary of the Treasury ; and Henry Knox, Secre- 
 tary of War. The offices of Secretary of the Navy and Secretary of the 
 Interior were not yet created, and the Postmaster-General and Attorney- 
 General were not members of the cabinet. Though some historians count 
 the latter official in when giving the first cabinets, he was first considered 
 a cabinet-officer, according to Hildreth, in 1814, but according to another 
 authority, not before Tyler’s administration (1841-1845). 
 
 During the first portion of Washington’s administration, the work of 
 organizing under the new Constitution was vigorously prosecuted, and two 
 political parties made their appearance, viz., Federalists, who wished to make 
 the general government as powerful as was possible without abolishing the 
 
108 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 State governments; and Republicans, who wished the general government 
 to have as little power as was possible, without rendering it so weak as to 
 be utterly inefficient. Washington, Adams, Hamilton and Jay were reck- 
 oned with the Federalists, and Jefferson, Madison, Gallatin and Edward 
 Livingston were accounted among the Republicans. It is, however, an act 
 of simple justice to state that Washington was never a partisan, and that 
 he was called a Federalist simply on account of his known views, and not 
 because he was a party standard-bearer. The unanimous vote in his favor 
 at two presidential elections is a proof of the truth of this assertion. 
 
 Hamilton’s office imposed upon him the difficult task of adjusting the 
 national finances. The Continental Congress had incurred a debt of fifty- 
 four millions of dollars, and the debt of the “States, incurred in the same 
 cause, amounted to twenty-five millions of dollars. Hamilton advocated 
 the assumption of both of these debts by the general government — a course 
 which was adopted by Congress after a spirited debate. On the 28th of 
 June, 1790, an act of Congress was passed removing the seat of government 
 to Philadelphia, where it was to remain until the year 1800, at which time 
 it was to be permanently fixed at some place on the Potomac, to be selected 
 by the President within certain specified limits. In 1788 Maryland had 
 ceded sixty square miles to the United States, and in 1789 Virginia had 
 ceded forty square miles, within the limits mentioned. The Vii*pnia por- 
 tion was returned to the State in 1846. Washington performed the duty 
 of selecting the place in the following year, when he was making a tour 
 through the South. In 1790 trouble arose with the Indians of the North- 
 west. General Harmar was defeated near Chillicotlie, Ohio, and in the 
 following year (Nov. 4, 1791) General St. Clair was also beaten, with great 
 loss, in a battle fought eighty miles north of the present city of Cincinnati. 
 General Wayne, the “Mad Anthony” of the Revolution, was given the 
 command of all the troops engaged against the north-western Indians, and 
 by his bravery in the field and his skilful diplomacy, he succeeded in 
 securing a peace which lasted many years. In 1791 (March 4) Vermont 
 was admitted into the Union, and in 1792 (June 1) Kentucky was received 
 into the confederation, making the number of States fifteen. A new appor- 
 tionment of presidential electors was made in accordance with the first 
 census, which had been taken in 1790. Tffe presidential election of 1792 
 resulted in the unanimous re-election of Washington, and in the re-election 
 of Adams as Vice-President, by a majority of nine electors ; the whole num- 
 ber of electors being 132. 
 
 In April, 1793, information was received of the declaration of war by 
 France against Great Britain, Spain and Holland. The general sympathy 
 of the American people was in favor of the sister-republic, but Washington 
 had the wisdom and firmness to issue a neutrality proclamation. In spite 
 of this decided measure, Citizen Genet, the minister from the French re- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 109 
 
 public, began to fit out privateers in American ports, and threatened to 
 appeal to the people. This action was, of course, deemed an insult to 
 our government, and Washington promptly demanded and obtained the 
 recall of Genet. In 1794 an insurrection broke out in Western Pennsyl- 
 vania, caused by an attempt to collect a tax upon domestic distilled liquors, 
 imposed by au act of Congress passed in 1791. This outbreak, which is 
 known in history as the “ Whisky Insurrection,” was promptly quelled by a 
 force of militia ordered out by the President. In 1795 treaties were con- 
 cluded with Great Britain and Spain. That with Great Britain was not 
 very satisfactory, and Mr. Jay, the minister who negotiated it, was burned 
 in effigy. The treaty with Spain secured the navigation of the Mississippi 
 to its mouth, and settled the boundary-line between the United States and 
 the Spanish possessions. On the 1st of June, 1796, Tennessee was admitted 
 into the Union, making the number of States sixteen. 
 
 THE THIRD DECADE [1796-1806].* 
 
 Presidents, George Washington, John Adams [1797-1801], Thomas 
 Jefferson [1801-1809]. 
 
 In September, 1796, Washington issued a farewell address, in which he 
 laid before the nation his views respecting its true policy. This parting 
 advice, which is full of wisdom and patriotism, has ever been regarded by 
 the people of the United States as one of the most valuable legacies left 
 them by the Father of his Country. Had the warnings against party 
 spirit and sectional feeling which are contained in this admirable valedic- 
 tory been heeded, much subsequent trouble might have been avoided. As 
 the only man upon whom the whole nation could unite was about to retire 
 from public life, the presidential election of 1796 gave an opportunity for 
 the first great struggle between the Federalists and the Republicans. The 
 former nominated John Adams, and the latter Thomas Jefferson, for the 
 presidency. Of the electoral votes Adams received 71 and Jefferson 69. 
 By the provisions of the Constitution as it was, Adams therefore became 
 President and Jefferson Vice-President; and it was seen that among the 
 inconveniences ' attendant upon that method of election was the strong- 
 probability that the President and Vice-President would always be opposed 
 to each other in politics — a circumstance not calculated to secure harmo- 
 nious action in the administration of the national government. 
 
 President Adams was inaugurated on the 4th of March, 1797, and 
 adopted the cabinet of Washington as his own. The first important 
 matter requiring the attention of the government was a difficulty with 
 
 * As the first decade began with the 4th of July, the history of each subsequent 
 decade will, of course, begin and end with that date ; but that of the last decade, for 
 obvious reasons, will be incomplete. 
 
110 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 France arising out of the refusal of the United States to act with France 
 against Great Britain. C. C. Pinckney, the American minister, was ordered 
 to leave France, and the government of that country authorized depreda- 
 tions upon our commerce. A special session of Congress was therefore 
 convened (May 15, 1797), and in July, Pinckney, Elbridge Gerry and 
 John Marshall were appointed envoys extraordinary to adjust all diffi- 
 culties. They were refused a hearing unless a large sum of money should 
 first be paid into the French treasury, and were told that the refusal to 
 accede to this demand would bring on a war. “ War be it, then!” replied 
 Pinckney; “millions for defence, but not one cent for tribute!” Marshall 
 and Pinckney were ordered to leave France, Gerry being permitted to 
 remain because he belonged to the Republican party, the members of 
 which were more favorably disposed toward France than the Federalists 
 were. Seeing that negotiation was in vain, Congress authorized a large 
 army (May, 1798), and appointed Washington its commander-in-chief. 
 A naval department was now formed in the government, with Benjamin 
 Stoddard, of Maryland, as the first Secretary of the Navy, and hostilities 
 were actually commenced on the water, several ships being captured on 
 either side. These spirited measures brought the French government to 
 terms ; the Directory made overtures for peace, but went out of power 
 before the American envoys arrived. Napoleon Bonaparte, who held the 
 reins of government as First Consul, readily received the United States 
 ambassadors, and a treaty was concluded (Sept. 30, 1800) by which all 
 disputed matters were satisfactorily adjusted. The army was disbanded; 
 but before the news of peace had come its revered commander-in-chief had 
 gone to his rest (Dec. 14, 1799). Impressive funeral services were held 
 throughout the country, eulogies were delivered, and Congress recommended 
 that the people of the United States should wear a badge of mourning for 
 thirty days. 
 
 The presidential election of 1800 was warmly contested. The “Alien 
 and Sedition acts” (of which one empowered the President to order out of 
 the country aliens who w T ere conspiring against the peace of the United 
 States, while the other restrained the liberty of speech and of the press) 
 rendered the Federalist administration unpopular. These acts had been 
 passed at the time when a war with France seemed imminent, and were 
 justified by the Federalists with the plea that the emissaries of the French 
 government were endeavoring to incite an insurrection, and that many of 
 the newspapers were conducted by refugees and adventurers from Great 
 Britain. President Adams was renominated by the Federalists for the 
 presidency, with C. C. Pinckney as candidate for the vice-presidency. 
 Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr were the nominees of the Republicans. 
 As each elector voted for two persons without designating the office, and 
 as Jefferson and Burr each received 73 votes, the contest for the presi- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Ill 
 
 dencv was really between them, although Burr had been nominated as a 
 .candidate for the vice-presidency. Each had a majority of the 138 elec- 
 toral votes ; but as Congress was not bound to take any notice of the inten- 
 tion of the party who had nominated them, it was considered a tie vote 
 between them for the presidency, and the election went, for the first time, 
 to the House of Representatives. A number of the Federalist Congress- 
 men voted for Burr; but after a close contest, which extended through 
 36 ballots, Jefferson was elected President and Burr Vice-President. This 
 difficulty caused the adoption of the Twelfth Amendment to the Consti- 
 tution, which obliges the electors “to name in their ballots the person 
 voted for as President, and in distinct ballots the person voted for as Vice- 
 President.” This amendment was announced as adopted and ratified 
 Sept. 25, 1804, it having been approved by 13 of the 16 States. 
 
 Jefferson’s cabinet consisted of James Madison, Secretary of State; 
 Henry Dearborn, Secretary of War; Albert Gallatin, Secretary of the 
 Treasury; and Robert Smith, Secretary of the Navy. On the 10th of 
 June, 1801, the bashaw of Tripoli, a petty prince of one of the Barbary 
 States, in the North of Africa, declared war against the United States. 
 The insolence of the Mediterranean pirates had been for a long time 
 scarcely endurable. Ships of Algiers, Tunis, Tripoli and Morocco cap- 
 tured American vessels ; and not satisfied with ordinary piratical plunder- 
 ing, they reduced the crew and passengers of the captured vessels to a 
 condition of servitude. Captain Bainbridge was ordered to cruise in the 
 Mediterranean in order to protect American commerce; but no further 
 notice was taken of the declaration of war until 1803, when Commodore 
 Preble was sent to Tripoli with a large squadron. On the 31st of October, 
 Captain Bainbridge was sent into the harbor of Tripoli to reconnoitre. 
 His vessel (the Philadelphia, of 44 guns) advanced too far in eager pur- 
 suit of a small Tripolitan gunboat, and struck on a rock. The officers 
 were treated as prisoners of war, but the crew were made slaves. In Feb- 
 ruary, 1804, Fieutenant Stephen Decatur sailed from Syracuse, Sicily, id 
 a small schooner, having on board but 76 men, entered the harbor of 
 Tripoli undiscovered, and recaptured the Philadelphia, which was anchored 
 under the guns of a powerful battery. As it was impossible to take her 
 out, she was set on fire and abandoned, Fieutenant Decatur and his party 
 making their escape without the loss of a single man, and with only four 
 wounded. This exploit, one of the most brilliant recorded in the annals 
 of naval warfare, greatly exalted the reputation of the American arms 
 throughout all the piratical States. Tripoli was bombarded several times, 
 a severe action was fought with the Tripolitan gunboats (Aug. 3), but an 
 honorable conclusion to the war was attained by an enterprise directed 
 from another quarter, and conceived with a boldness which was equalled 
 only by the skill and perseverance displayed in its execution. William 
 
112 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Eaton, who had been a captain in the army, was at this time the United 
 States consul at Tunis. He there became acquainted with Hamet Cara- 
 manly, the elder brother of the bashaw of Tripoli, who had usurped the 
 government and had driven Hamet into exile. With the latter, Captain 
 Eaton planned an expedition against the reigning bashaw, then returned 
 to the United States to obtain permission and means to undertake it. With 
 these secured, he started from Alexandria (March 6, 1805) with seventy 
 American seamen, Hamet and his followers, and a band of mounted Arabs. 
 His march lay across a thousand miles of desert, yet it was accomplished, 
 with indescribable fatigue and suffering, in fifty days. On the 25th of 
 April he arrived before Herne, a Tripolitan city, which he took by assault, 
 then defended it successfully against an army ten times as numerous as his 
 own. On the 15th of June he again defeated the Tripolitan forces, and 
 threatened to advance upon the capital; but in the mean time (June 4) 
 peace had been made with the reigning bashaw, who was thoroughly 
 frightened by this unexpected attack. Hamet’s claims were disregarded, 
 much to his disgust and to that of Eaton, who had hoped to play the part 
 of a “ king-maker,” and who felt that the deposed prince had deserved 
 better treatment at the hands of our government. 
 
 On the 12th of July, 1804, Hamilton died of a wound received in a duel 
 with Aaron Burr on the previous day. As Burr was the aggressor, and 
 Hamilton, who had accepted the challenge with great reluctance, had fired 
 in the air, the affair was justly deemed a murder, and Burr was forced into 
 concealment. At the presidential election which took place in the following 
 autumn, George Clinton was nominated for the vice-presidency, and Jeffer- 
 son was renominated for the presidency. Since the previous election, Ohio 
 had been admitted into the Union (1802), and a new allotment of presi- 
 dential electors had been made in accordance with the census of 1800. 
 The electoral vote was' 176, of which Jefferson and Clinton received 162, 
 and Pinckney and King, the Federalist candidates, obtained only 14. 
 
 The population of the United States by the first census, which was taken 
 in 1790, was 3,929,214. At the expiration of ten years, it was found, upon 
 taking the second census, that the population was 5,318,483, an increase 
 of 35 per cent. In 1806 Aaron Burr began plotting to carry out a plan 
 which he had conceived during the previous year, the description of which, 
 as the arrest of Burr took place in 1807, we reserve for the history of — 
 
 THE FOURTH DECADE [1806-1816], 
 
 Presidents, Thomas Jefferson [1801-1809], James Madison 
 
 [1809-1817]. 
 
 As early as the winter of 1805-6, Burr had begun to talk of his designs 
 to Captain AVilliam Eaton, the hero of the Tripolitan war, encouraged by 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 113 
 
 the latter’s well-known ill-humor on account of the treatment which he and 
 Hamet Caramauly had received. As noted above, the claims of Hamet 
 had been disregarded when a peace was arranged between the United 
 States and the usurping bashaw. Burr had come, however, to the wrong 
 man. Satisfied that Burr was a dangerous person, Eaton went to the 
 President and suggested the appointment of the conspirator to some foreign 
 mission, giving as a reason that if he were not so disposed of there would 
 be an insurrection, if not a revolution, in the West. The President did 
 not think that such a danger was imminent ; and as Eaton’s relations with 
 the government were not friendly, he did not press the matter further, but 
 related Burr’s conversations with him to several congressmen, who regarded 
 Burr’s projects as too chimerical and his circumstances as too desperate to 
 furnish any ground for alarm. Burr was arrested at Fort Stoddart, on 
 the Tombigbee River, in the present State of Alabama (Feb., 1807), when it 
 was discovered that Eaton’s warning had been dictated by fears which were 
 only too well grounded. During the year 1806 the ex-Vice-President had 
 been endeavoring to attract to his cause all who were discontented, for any 
 reason whatever, with the government ; and though he was acquitted at his 
 trial on account of the lack of proper legal evidence, there is little doubt 
 that he contemplated the establishment of an independent government, 
 either in the south-western part of the United States or in one of the rich 
 provinces of Mexico. 
 
 In 1806 the struggle between England and France caused serious trouble 
 to the commercial interests of this country. The British government, by 
 an “order in council,” declared the whole coast of Europe, from the Elbe 
 River in Germany to the port of Brest in France, to be in a state of block- 
 ade. Napoleon retaliated by issuing (Nov. 21) the “Berlin decree,” de- 
 claring a blockade of all the ports of the British islands. Another British 
 order in council prohibited all coast trade with France. American vessels 
 were, therefore, seized by both French and English cruisers — by the French 
 for trading with England, and by the English for trading with France. 
 Our commerce, which had been remarkably prosperous on account of the 
 neutral position of the country, was nearly destroyed. Great Britain also 
 claimed the right to stop and search American vessels on the high seas, 
 ostensibly in order to recover men who had deserted from the British naval 
 service; but if a British war vessel was short of men, its commander had 
 no scruples against the practice of seizing and impressing American seamen. 
 On the 22d of June, 1807, the American frigate Chesapeake was chased 
 and attacked by the British frigate Leopard. Barron, the American com- 
 mander, was unprepared for an attack, and after losing three men killed 
 and eighteen wounded, he was brought to, and four men were carried away 
 by the Leopard, three of whom, as was subsequently discovered, were 
 native Americans. This outrage caused the issue by the President of a 
 8 
 
114 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 proclamation prohibiting all British vessels from continuing in of entering 
 the harbors of the United States until reparation was made. In November, 
 1807, another order in council was issued, forbidding neutral vessels to 
 enter French ports until they had previously stopped at a British port and 
 paid a duty. In December came Napoleon’s “Milan decree,” confiscating 
 every vessel which should submit to British search or had paid the exacted 
 tribute. Then Congress decreed an embargo which detained in our ports 
 all vessels (Dec. 22, 1807). 
 
 The election of 1808 resulted in the choice of James Madison, the 
 Republican candidate, as President, and in the re-election of George Clin- 
 ton as Vice-President. Madison received 122 electoral votes and Clinton 
 113. Pinckney and King, the Federalist candidates, received only 47 
 votes apiece. Before Jefferson went out of office the embargo was raised 
 (Mar. 1, 1809). It had caused great distress in commercial circles, and it 
 rendered Jefferson’s administration unpopular with some people who were 
 members of his own party ; but his friends claimed that his administration 
 had accomplished much good, dwelling especially upon his foreign policy, 
 and upon the acquisition of Louisiana, which had been purchased from 
 France in 1803 for $15,000,000. 
 
 Madison’s cabinet consisted of James Monroe, Secretary of State ; Albert 
 Gallatin, Secretary of the Treasury; William Eustis, Secretary of War; 
 and Caesar Rodney, Secretary of the Navy. Troublesome complications 
 with foreign nations gave this administration abundance of work to per- 
 form, which required the most skilful of management. The irritation 
 between this country and Great Britain continually increased; and Napo- 
 leon issued another decree (Mar. 23, 1810), which declared that all 
 American vessels which had entered French ports since the 1st of March, 
 or which might thereafter enter, were and should be forfeited, together 
 with their cargoes. American merchant vessels were still captured by 
 British cruisers, which were continually hanging around our coasts. By 
 the census of 1810 the population of the United States was found to be 
 7,239,881, an increase of 36 per cent, since 1800. A free people, increasing 
 so rapidly in population and resources, could no longer endure the insults 
 and injuries of a nation which modestly claimed to “rule the waves,” and 
 which attempted to make good that claim by repeatedly transgressing the 
 plainest precepts of international law. The British cruisers did not always 
 escape. The Little Belt, a sloop-of-war, was overhauled and hailed by the 
 American frigate President, and replied with a shot which struck the main- 
 mast of the latter. The fire was returned, the guns of the sloop were 
 silenced, and her captain was obliged to give a civil answer to the inquiry 
 which had been made by Commodore Rodgers, the American commander 
 (May 16, 1811). 
 
 During the summer of 1811 it was discovered that the famous Indian 
 
 O 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 115 
 
 chief Tecumsek was confederating the tribes of the North-west in a war 
 against the people of the United States, having been incited thereto by 
 British emissaries. General Harrison, who was then the governor of 
 Indiana Territory, marched against him, and defeated him in the bloody 
 battle of Tippecanoe (Nov. 7, 1811). As the British orders in council 
 were still rigorously enforced, as more than nine hundred American vessels 
 had been seized and confiscated since 1803, as insult after insult was being 
 offered to the American flag, while the British press insolently boasted that 
 the United States “could not be kicked into a war,” forbearance was no 
 longer a virtue, and on the 18th of June, 1812, an act of Congress was 
 passed declaring war against Great Britain, by a vote of 79 to 49 in the 
 House of Representatives, and of 19 to 13 in the Senate. Thus began 
 what has been appropriately called “the second war for independence,” 
 though it is usually known as “the war of 1812.” Congress authorized 
 the President to enlist 25,000 regulars, to accept 50,000 volunteers, and to 
 call out, if necessary, 100,000 volunteers for the defence of the coast. 
 The American navy consisted of 8 frigates, 2 sloops, and 5 brigs, while the 
 British navy numbered 1060 vessels, with 144,000 men. Henry Dearborn, 
 an officer of the Revolution, was appointed commander-in-chief of the 
 army, with James Wilkinson, Wade Hampton, William Hull and Joseph 
 Bloomfield as his principal brigadiers. As these officers were all veterans, 
 much was expected of them, but the results of the military operations of 
 the first year of the war were not in accordance with these expectations. 
 General Hull, who was also governor of Michigan Territory, crossed, with 
 2000 men, the river dividing the United States and Canada (July 12, 1812), 
 issued a pompous proclamation, tendering to the Canadians the blessings 
 of civil and religious liberty, and wasted a month in ruinous delay. In 
 the mean time a large force of British and Indians captured Fort Macki- 
 nac, and Hull was forced to retire to Detroit, where he surrendered his 
 whole army (Aug. 16) without standing an assault. Though he was sub- 
 sequently found guilty of cowardice when tried by a court-martial, his 
 memory has been successfully vindicated. His force had dwindled down 
 to 800 men; and as the British commander had 700 whites and 600 Indians, 
 he wished to avoid the terrible bloodshed which would have ensued from 
 a conflict with a superior detachment containing so many savages. An 
 attempt to invade Canada on the Niagara frontier was equally unsuccessful. 
 
 The British government declared all of the American coast except that 
 of the New England States in a state of blockade (Dec. 12, 1812); but 
 no large naval force appeared on our coasts until February, 1813. A 
 naval battle had been fought, however, which retrieved the national honor, 
 and which had a powerful effect upon the public mind in both countries. 
 On the 19th of August the United States frigate Constitution, of 44 guns, 
 Captain Isaac Hull, met the British frigate Guerriere, of 38 guns, Captain 
 
116 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Dacres, which was cruising around in search of an American frigate, with 
 a flag at her masthead bearing the taunting inscription “ No Little Belt.” 
 The Little Belt had carried only 18 guns, while the President was a 44 gun 
 frigate, and the taunt implied that an American frigate might disable a 
 small vessel, but that the Guerriere was not likely to be beaten. Within 
 forty minutes after the beginning of the fight the Guerriere was surren- 
 dered, being so shattered that the victor burned her. The Constitution was 
 so little damaged that she was ready for action on the following day. Her 
 loss in killed and wounded was 14, while her opponent lost at least 79 in 
 killed and wounded ; but according to one account the correct number is 
 114. Several other British vessels were soon afterward captured. The 
 United States sloop-of-war Wasp, of 18 guns, met the Frolic, of 22 guns, and 
 forced her to surrender (Oct. 18, 1812) after a battle of 45 minutes, with 
 a loss of 80 killed and wounded, while that of the victor was only 8. The 
 frigate United States, Captain Decatur, with a loss of only 11 men killed 
 and wounded, captured (Oct. 25) the British frigate Macedonian, the latter 
 losing 104 killed and wounded. These results showed that the American 
 vessels were better handled and that their guns were better served than 
 those of the enemy. 
 
 The presidential election of 1812 resulted in the re-election of Madison, 
 with Elbridge Gerry as Vice-President. The electoral vote was 217, it 
 having been reallotted in accordance with the census of 1810. Madison 
 received 128 and Gerry 131 electoral votes, while their opponents, De Witt 
 Clinton and Jared Ingersoll, received, respectively, 89 and 86 votes. This 
 result was regarded as an approval of the war by a majority of the people 
 of the United States, and had a perceptible effect upon the vigor with 
 which military operations were conducted. Harrison, who deservedly pos- 
 sessed the confidence of the Western people, was appointed to the command 
 of the army of the West; Dearborn, with the army of the Centre, was on 
 the bank of the Niagara River; Hampton had the army of the North on 
 the shore of Lake Champlain. The result of the first action of this year 
 was not very encouraging to the Americans. Frenchtown, on the Raisin 
 River, in Michigan, was captured by the Americans under Colonels Allen 
 and Lewis (Jan. 18, 1813), and the arrival of General Winchester, with 
 300 troops, brought the number of the party up to 800. 1500 British and 
 Indians, under General Proctor, defeated this force, and the greater part 
 of the prisoners were massacred by the Indians, though General Proctor 
 had promised them his protection. “ Remember the river Raisin !” be- 
 came the war-cry of the Kentuckians, who had lost many friends and 
 relatives. In April, General Pike, with 1700 men, captured Toronto, but 
 was himself killed by the explosion of a mine. In May, General Harri- 
 son, having 1200 men, was besieged in Fort Meigs, on the Maumee River, 
 in Ohio, for nearly two weeks, by 2000 British and Indians, under General 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 117 
 
 Proctor and Tecumseh. Colonel Dudley, with 800 men, attempted to 
 relieve the fort, and his attack was at first successful ; but while pressing 
 on rashly in the pursuit, he fell into an ambush, and the greater part of 
 his troops were cut off. A sallying-party of 300 men from the fort did 
 somewhat better, spiking the cannon of the principal British batteries and 
 returning with 42 prisoners. The Indians saw that it would be slow work, 
 so they deserted with Tecumseh, their leader, and the siege was soon after- 
 ward raised; but on the 21st of July, Proctor and Tecumseh returned with 
 4000 British and Indians. General Clay, who was in command, gave 
 them a warm reception ; and Proctor, leaving Tecumseh to watch the fort, 
 started to take Fort Stephenson, on the Lower Sandusky, in Ohio, which 
 was garrisoned by 150 young men, under Major Croghan, who successfully 
 defended it against the attack of the 500 regulars and 800 Indians under 
 Proctor. The enemy then gave up all hope of taking the American forts 
 until they could gain the ascendency on the lakes. On the 1st of June 
 the American frigate Chesapeake was captured by the British frigate 
 Shannon, after a desperate battle of only fifteen minutes. It was then 
 that Lawrence, the commander of the Chesapeake, who was mortally 
 wounded, uttered those memorable words, “ Don’t give up the ship !” 
 which served as a motto for Commodore Perry at the battle of Lake Erie, 
 fought on the 10th of September following. The Americans had on this 
 occasion two 20-gun vessels, and seven the combined armament of which 
 amounted to only 14 guns, making in all 9 vessels and 54 guns. The 
 British had six vessels, with 63 guns. After a battle of three hours, dur- 
 ing which the Lawrence, Commodore Perry’s flag-ship, was so disabled that 
 he was obliged to shift his quarters to the Niagara, the victory of the 
 Americans was complete, and Perry could say, in a despatch to General 
 Harrison, “ We have met the enemy, and they are ours.” On the 5th of 
 October, General Harrison defeated Proctor in the battle of the Thames, 
 fought in Canada West, at a Moravian town about 80 miles from Detroit. 
 Tecumseh was killed, his Indians were scattered, and nearly all of the 
 British were killed or captured, Proctor himself narrowly escaping. This 
 ended the war in the North-west. A plan to invade Canada with the 
 armies of the Centre and of the North, the former numbering 7000 men 
 and the latter 4000, was defeated by a lack of concert between their 
 respective generals (Wilkinson and Wade Hampton), and the military 
 operations of the year were ended by the abandonment of Fort George, in 
 Canada, and the burning of Newark (Dec. 10) by the American general 
 McClure, which latter severity was retaliated by the massacre of the gar- 
 rison of Fort Niagara, which the British surprised on the 19th of Decem- 
 ber, and the burning of Lewistown, Manchester, Youngstown, Black Rock 
 and Buffalo. 
 
 In March, 1814, General AVilkinson, with 4000 men, attacked La Colle 
 
118 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Mill, a fortified stone building situated within the Canadian' boundary, 
 three miles below Rouse’s Point. The garrison, consisting of 2000 men, 
 successfully defended the post; and this failure (which was not the first 
 made by General Wilkinson) caused the suspension of the unsuccessful 
 leader from command. The Peace of Paris now enabled Great Britain to 
 send 14,000 of Wellington’s veterans to America. They were not made 
 use of to any great extent until August. On the 3d of July, Fort Erie, 
 on the Canadian side of the Niagara River, was taken by General Brown, 
 and two days afterward the enemy were met and defeated in the open field 
 at Chippewa. On the 25th of July, 3000 men, under General Scott, de- 
 feated 5000 British troops at Bridgewater, or Lundy’s Lane. The main 
 result of these battles was the increase of the confidence of the Americans 
 in their ability to meet the enemy in the field ; hut during the months of 
 August and September occurred events of greater importance. The British 
 had been for several months making descents at various points on the 
 coast, and on the 19th of August General Ross landed at Benedict, on the 
 Patuxent, and marched on the city of Washington with 5000 men. The 
 little American army of 1500 seamen and marines, and about as many un- 
 disciplined militia, was easily disposed of (Aug. 24), the capital was taken 
 and the Capitol was burned, together with the President’s house and various 
 other public and private buildings. Elated by these magnificent exploits, 
 Ross now approached Baltimore, and landed (Sept. 12) within fourteen 
 miles of that city, while a portion of the fleet went to bombard Fort 
 McHenry. The city and fort were successfully defended. The British 
 army lost its commander, and the British fleet rendered to the country a 
 real service by the bombardment, which drew from Francis S. Key that 
 beautiful lyric, The Star-spangled Banner. 
 
 On the 3d of September, Sir George Prevost, with 10,000 men, almost 
 all of them being Wellington’s veterans, crossed the boundary-line between 
 the United States and Canada, and laid siege (Sept. 6) to Plattsburg, on 
 Lake Champlain. He was supported by a squadron of 17 vessels, with 
 95 guns and 1050 men. The American squadron, which was commanded 
 by the gallant McDonough, consisted of 14 vessels, carrying 86 guns and 
 826 men. Brigadier-General Macomb, who was in command at Plattsburg, 
 called to his aid the militia of New York and Vermont. Between the 6th 
 and the 11th of September the British made several attempts to cross the 
 river Saranac, but they were constantly driven back, and on the lltli of 
 September a battle was fought upon land and lake. In two hours and 
 twenty minutes from the first attack the whole British fleet was surrendered. 
 The land forces fought until dark, but during the night Prevost hastily re- 
 treated, having lost 2000 in killed, wounded and prisoners, and 500 men 
 who deserted with the intention of settling in a country the love of which 
 inspirited its inhabitants to such deeds of valor. The loss of the Ameri- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 119 
 
 cans in the land-battle was only 121, and in the naval battle the Americans 
 lost 110 killed and wounded, the British 194 killed and wounded and 856 
 prisoners. Negotiations for a peace, which had been slowly dragging along 
 at Ghent, were hastened by the news of this victory, and a treaty was 
 signed (Dec. 24, 1814) ; but before the news of it could cross the ocean, 
 General Pakenham, with 12,000 British soldiers, attacked New Orleans 
 (Jan. 8, 1815), which was defended by General Jackson, who had 6000 
 troops, strongly entrenched, 3000 of them being Kentucky riflemen. The 
 British were defeated, with a loss of 2000 killed and wounded, while the 
 American loss was only seven killed and six wounded. It is a remarkable 
 fact that by the Treaty of Ghent the United States did not obtain a single 
 concession upon the two principles for which they began the war — that the 
 flag covers the merchandise, and that the right of search for deserters is 
 inadmissible. Still, the moral effect of the war, and especially of the 
 victory of New Orleans, secured both points, for British commanders ’dis- 
 continued the practices which had given rise to the second struggle for 
 independence. During the year 1815 a war was carried on with Algiers, 
 to which country the United States had paid an annual tribute for twenty 
 years, without securing that freedom from injury which had been guaran- 
 teed in return. The Dey of Algiers was humbled, and forced to make a 
 new treaty without the tribute. Tunis and Tripoli were also brought to 
 terms; and Commodore Decatur accomplished in a single cruise what the 
 combined powers of Europe had not dared to attempt. 
 
 THE FIFTH DECADE [1816-1826], 
 
 Presidents, James Madison [1809-1817], John Quincy Adams 
 
 [1825-1829]. 
 
 The presidential election of 1816 resulted in the choice of James Monroe, 
 of Virginia, as President, and Daniel D. Tompkins, of New York, as Vice- 
 President. They were nominated by the Republican party, and received 
 183 of the 217 electoral votes, the remaining 34 being given to Rufus 
 King, the nominee of the Federalist party. Indiana was admitted into 
 the Union this year, being the nineteenth State (Dec. 11). The cabinet 
 of President Monroe consisted of John Quincy Adams, Secretary of State; 
 AVilliam H. Crawford, Secretary of the Treasury; John C. Calhoun, Sec- 
 retary of War; Benjamin Crowninshield, Secretary of the Navy; and 
 William Wirt, Attorney-General. This administration had to perform the 
 difficult task of restoring order after such confusion and disorganization as 
 is attendant upon the continuance and conclusion of any war. Manufac- 
 tures had been stimulated to an extraordinary degree by the “war-prices” 
 and the almost entire cessation of the import trade; but when peace was 
 declared, and the overloaded warehouses of England flooded the market 
 
120 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 with cheap goods, widespread ruin ensued, and thousands of .men were 
 thrown out of employment. This was, however, a blessing in disguise; a 
 steady stream of emigration was forced toward the West, and South, and 
 before the close of Monroe’s second term four flourishing Western or 
 Southern States were admitted into the Union, viz., Mississippi (Dec. 10, 
 1817), Illinois (Dec. 3, 1818), Alabama (Dec. 14, 1819), and Missouri 
 (March 2, 1821). 
 
 In 1818 the Seminole Indians of Florida, who were attacking settlers on 
 the frontiers of Georgia, were temporarily subdued by General Jackson, 
 so that they abstained from any serious outrage until 1835. The leading 
 event during Monroe’s first term was the debate concerning the admission 
 to the Union of Missouri. One party wished the prohibition of slavery to 
 be made a condition of admission, while the other opposed any such re- 
 striction. On the 21st of February, 1821, the famous Missouri Compromise 
 was adopted, which permitted slavery in Missouri, and in all territory south 
 of thirty-six degrees and thirty minutes of north latitude, and for ever pro- 
 hibited it north of that line. At the presidential election of 1820 Monroe 
 received all but 1 of the 231 electoral votes; and Tompkins was also re-elect- 
 ed, by a vote of 218. In February, 1821, a treaty with Spain was ratified by 
 which Florida was ceded to the United States for $5,000,000, and General 
 Jackson took possession (July 1) as the first territorial governor. In 1822 
 the United States recognized the independence of the republics of Mexico, 
 Chili, Buenos Ayres and Colombia. In the following year the President 
 promulgated the famous “ Monroe doctrine,” declaring in his annual mes- 
 sage that, “as a principle, the American continents, by the free and inde- 
 pendent position which they have assumed and maintained, are henceforth 
 not to be considered as subjects for future colonization by any European 
 power.” In August, 1824, La Fayette revisited America and spent eleven 
 months in this country, during which he took a tour of more than 5000 
 miles, receiving everywhere an enthusiastic welcome. Congress voted to 
 him $200,000 and a township of land in Florida; and when he returned to 
 France, a United States vessel was placed at his disposal. 
 
 The presidential election of 1824 was warmly contested. The Federalist 
 party as an organization was extinct, and the candidates represented dif- 
 ferent sections of the country, being John Quincy Adams in the East, 
 William H. Crawford in the South, Andrew Jackson and Henry Clay in 
 the West. The electoral vote was now 261, making 131 votes necessary 
 for a choice. Jackson received 99 votes ; Adams, 84 ; Crawford, 41 ; and 
 Clay, 37. As no one had received the requisite vote, the election went to 
 the House of Representatives. The vote was taken by States, the number 
 of States being 24; and 13 States voted for Adams, 7 for Jackson and 
 4 for Crawford. Clay had withdrawn in Adams’ favor; and when he 
 afterward accepted from the successful candidate the position of Secretary 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 121 
 
 of State, his enemies made charges of bargain and corruption, which were 
 probably unfounded. The remaining members of Adams’ cabinet were 
 Richard Rush, Secretary of the Treasury; James Barbour, Secretary of 
 War; Samuel L. Southard, Secretary of the Navy; and William Wirt, 
 Attorney-General. The most exciting topic, at the beginning of the ad- 
 ministration, was a difficulty between the national government and the 
 ^governor of Georgia concerning the removal of the Creek and Cherokee 
 Indians from that State. The United States had made a treaty with the 
 Indians, by the terms of which the latter agreed to go west of the Missis- 
 sippi. Thinking that this stipulation was not quickly enough enforced, 
 Governor Troup assumed the right to attend to the matter himself, and 
 began to have the lands of the Indians surveyed and to take measures for 
 removing the savages. The national government resented this inter- 
 ference, and took the attitude of defenders of the Indians. A civil 
 war was threatened; but better counsels prevailed, and the controversy 
 was settled by the gradual removal of the Indians and the purchase, 
 at a reasonable rate, of the lands in dispute. In October, 1825, the 
 Erie Canal was completed. This was one of the grandest works of 
 internal improvement which had, up to that time, been anywhere pro- 
 jected. Constructed by the State of New York alone, at an expense 
 of seven millions of dollars, its revenues soon extinguished its debt, and 
 it did much to assist in the development of the West by affording facil- 
 ities for transporting agricultural and other productions to the sea- 
 board. De Witt Clinton, who was the prime mover in this great enter- 
 prise, consulted ex-President Jefferson beforehand, wishing to obtain his 
 weighty opinion in its favor. Jefferson replied: “Your plan is a noble 
 one — magnificent — -and may be carried into effect a hundred years hence.'” 
 Still, Clinton persevered; and his failures as a politician were nobly re- 
 deemed by this work, which proved that he was a far-seeing statesman. 
 On the 4tli of July, 1826, the semi-centennial anniversary of American 
 independence, occurred a remarkable coincidence: Thomas Jefferson, the 
 author of the Declaration of Independence, and John Adams, its principal 
 supporter in the Continental Congress, died on that day, and at almost the 
 same hour. They had both been members of the committee which framed 
 the Declaration; both had signed it, both had been foreign ministers, both 
 had been Vice-Presidents and then Presidents of the United States, and 
 both had lived to a great age, the age of Jefferson, at the time of his 
 death, being 83 years, that of Adams, nearly 91. These numerous coinci- 
 dences, which were dwelt upon in the eulogies and funeral orations which 
 were pronounced in many places throughout the Union, “struck to the 
 hearts of the American people an indescribable feeling of awe and 
 astonishment. 
 
122 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 THE SIXTH DECADE [1826-1836], 
 
 Presidents, John Quincy Adams [1825-1829], Andrew Jackson 
 
 [1829-1837], 
 
 During the latter part of the year 1826 and the whole of 1827 affairs 
 moved along so quietly that the period mentioned “ is conspicuous,” says a 
 historian, “in the chronological tables for its absence!” In 1827, how- 
 ever, a national convention was held at Harrisburg to discuss the tariff 
 question. Only four of the Southern States were represented. The result 
 of the convention was a memorial to Congress asking for an increase of 
 duties on several articles then manufactured in the United States. Con- 
 gress took the matter in hand during the following session, and on the 15th 
 of May, 1828, a tariff law was passed which laid heavy protective duties 
 on woolen and cotton fabrics. This law was very distasteful to the 
 Southern people, who denounced it as oppressive and unconstitutional, and 
 it was afterward the cause of serious difficulties between the North and 
 the South. The presidential election of 1828 was warmly contested. 
 John Quincy Adams and Richard Rush ran against Andrew Jackson 
 and John C. Calhoun. Jackson received 178 of the 261 electoral votes, 
 and Adams the remaining 83. Jackson’s cabinet consisted of Martin Van 
 Buren, Secretary of State ; Samuel D. Ingham, Secretary of the Treasury; 
 John H. Eaton, Secretary of War; John Branch, Secretary of the Navy; 
 John McPherson Berrien, Attorney-General ; and William T. Barry, 
 Postmaster-General. The Postmaster-General was at this time made a 
 cabinet officer. President Jackson’s first term was a stormy one. In 
 his annual message he took strong ground against the renewal of the 
 charter of the United States Bank [see Coins and Currency], and the 
 wholesale removal of officials and reappointment of political friends, which 
 he introduced, gave rise to a great deal of hostile criticism at the time, and 
 served as an example which succeeding Presidents have been only too 
 ready to follow. The first six Presidents, during their combined term of 
 forty years, removed only seventy-four officials, and most of them for suffi- 
 cient cause, while President Jackson, in one year, removed four hundred 
 and ninety postmasters and one hundred and sixty-seven who filled other 
 positions under the government. 
 
 On the 29th of January, 1829, Senator Foot introduced a resolution 
 with reference to the sale of the public lands, of which more than a hun- 
 dred millions of acres which had been surveyed remained unsold. As the 
 average annual sales were only about a million of acres, it was thought by 
 the supporters of the resolution that the land-market was abundantly 
 stocked, and. that the office of surveyor-general might be abolished without 
 detriment to the public interest. Mr. Hayne, of South Carolina, made 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 123 
 
 upon this occasion the celebrated speech which brought about his debate 
 with Webster upon the much more important question of State-rights. A 
 claim of the State of Georgia to lands held by the Cherokee Indians caused 
 the promulgation by the President of a remarkable “peace policy” toward 
 the savages. He said that regard to the national honor brought forward 
 the question whether something could not be done to preserve the race. He 
 suggested that an ample district should be set apart and guaranteed to the 
 Indian tribes, each to have distinct control of the part designated for its 
 use, free from any interference of the United States, except for the purpose 
 of preserving peace on the frontier. The grand difficulty of the project — 
 one which would have caused almost any one else to give it up in despair — 
 President Jackson met in a characteristic manner. He said: “The emi- 
 gration should be voluntary, for it would be as cruel as unjust to compel 
 the aborigines to abandon the graves of their fathers and to seek a home 
 in a distant land.” The undertaking was sanctioned by Congress, the 
 President was empowered to carry it out, and thenceforth it was his settled 
 policy to cause the Indians to emigrate voluntarily for their own good. 
 In January, 1831, the disputed northern boundary-line between the United 
 States and British America was settled by the King of the Netherlands. 
 In April the whole cabinet, with the exception of the Postmaster-General, 
 resigned, and the President selected as their successors, during the following 
 summer, Edward Livingston, Secretary of State ; Louis McLane, Secretary 
 of the Treasury ; Lewis Cass, Secretary of War ; Levi Woodbury, Secretary 
 of the Navy; Roger B. Taney, Attorney-General. On the 4th of July 
 ex-President Monroe died. It is considered (and with reason) a remarkable 
 coincidence that no less than three ex-Presidents have died on the same 
 day, and that day the anniversary of our national independence. On the 
 1st of October a free-trade convention met in Philadelphia, and on the 26th 
 of the same month a tariff convention met in New York. Both adopted 
 memorials to Congress requesting legislation favoring their respective views. 
 In April, 1832, the “Black Hawk War” broke out between the United 
 States and the Winnebago Indians, the latter being led by the chief Black 
 Hawk, his son, and “the Prophet,” a brother of Tecumseh, who was 
 always engaged in inciting the massacres and plots of the savages. The 
 leader last named was a shrewd impostor, and it is said that, having learned 
 from a white man’s almanac the time of an eclipse of the sun, he told his 
 people that he could darken the sun by his enchantments ; and selecting the 
 time given in the almanac, his apparent success greatly increased his in- 
 fluence among his red brethren. After 'committing many ravages, the 
 Indians were defeated in several battles, Black Hawk and other chiefs 
 were captured (Aug. 27), and after being detained for a few months they 
 were carried through the principal cities of the United States, and were 
 then sent home to their people, fully convinced of the folly of attempting 
 
124 
 
 BURLEY'S VEILED STATES 
 
 to contend against the power and discipline of the whites. Daring this 
 year Asiatic cholera paid its first visit to America. It first broke out in 
 Canada (June 9), and it seemed to follow the great highways of travel, 
 reaching New York on the 26th of June, and many hundreds of victims 
 fell before its force was exhausted. In the presidential election of 1832 
 Jackson and Van Buren ran against Clay and Sergeant, and were elected, 
 receiving 219 of the 286 electoral votes. On the 19th of November, just 
 two weeks after the election, a convention met at Columbia, S. C., and 
 issued the famous “Nullification Ordinance,” which declared that the 
 tariff acts were unconstitutional, and therefore null and void. They made 
 preparations for military resistance to the enforcement of the obnoxious 
 laws, and civil war appeared inevitable. President Jackson immediately 
 took measures to meet the crisis. He caused Castle Pinckney and Fort 
 Moultrie to be strongly garrisoned; he issued a proclamation (Dec. 10) 
 denying the right of a State to nullify any acts of the federal government ; 
 and it is said that he privately sent word to the leaders of the “nullifiers” 
 that if they did not desist from their rash course he was ready to take the 
 field in person, and to appear in South Carolina at the head of a large 
 army. The effect of these decided measures was soon seen. The authori- 
 ties of South Carolina agreed not to oppose the collection of the duties 
 before the 1st of March, 1833; and when that day arrived, Mr. Clay’s 
 compromise bill (which provided for a gradual reduction of the duties, and 
 their total extinction by the 30th of September, 1842) had passed both 
 branches of the national legislature, and soon afterward it received (March 
 3) the signature of the President. In his annual message of 1832 Presi- 
 dent Jackson recommended the removal of the public funds deposited in 
 the United States Bank, and the sale of the stock which the United States 
 held in that institution. Congress refused to authorize the measure, so the 
 President took the responsibility, after the adjournment of that body, of 
 requesting William J. Duane, the Secretary of the Treasury, to withdraw 
 from the bank, and to deposit in certain State banks, the government 
 deposits, amounting to $10,000,000. Duane refused, and was dismissed 
 from office (they had no Tenure-of-office Act then), and Roger B. Taney, 
 then Attorney-General and afterward Chief-Justice of the United States, 
 was appointed in his place. Mr. Taney removed the deposits, as directed 
 by the President, and the result was sudden and widespread commercial 
 distress — a result which confirmed the President in his opinion that the 
 bank was a dangerous institution. Intense excitement prevailed through- 
 out the country. The Senate, by a vote of 26 to 20, passed a resolution 
 censuring the administration ; but the House of Representatives supported 
 the President, who persevered and triumphed. The resolution of censure 
 was afterward. (March 28,1837) expunged from the journal of the Senate; 
 and the wisdom of Jackson’s course has since been almost universally 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 125 
 
 acknowledged. The leader of the few who dissent from this opinion is 
 Mr. James Parton, who even in his lectures still pursues the memory of 
 “Old Hickory” with unrelenting severity. At the time the course of the 
 President produced a perceptible diminution in the strength of the admin- 
 istration. A number of his supporters joined the opposition party, and 
 the combined force assumed the name of “ Whigs,” while the administra- 
 tion party retained the name of “Democrats.” In 1834 the Seminole 
 Indians of Florida showed an unwillingness to be compelled to voluntarily 
 leave their homes in accordance with the “peace policy” which had been 
 sketched out by the President. When General Thompson, the government 
 agent, reported this state of affairs to the War Department, he was told 
 that the Seminoles were to be removed for their own benefit, and could not 
 be suffered to remain. Two chiefs who were willing to submit were killed ; 
 the famous half-breed chieftain Osceola took command of the Seminoles 
 aud their allies, and a war was inaugurated which lasted seven years and 
 cost 1466 lives aud $10,000,000,* which was twice as much as Florida 
 originally cost. The wife of Osceola was the daughter of a fugitive slave- 
 woman, and was claimed as a -slave and carried off by the owner of her 
 mother. Osceola was heard uttering some threatening expressions, and 
 was seized by order of the Indian agent, General Thompson, and put in 
 irons. Being released soon afterward, he dissembled his wrath, and was 
 even entrusted by Thompson with several pieces of service; but six months 
 after his release he surprised General Thompson and several friends who 
 were having a convivial party at a house which was a short distance from 
 Camp King (Dec. 28, 1835). Osceola was afterward captured by treachery, 
 after having kept up the war for nearly three years, and died at Fort Moul- 
 trie (Jan. 31, 1838); but he had infused so much of his indomitable spirit 
 into the savages that the war continued for four years after his death, with 
 the results above given. On the 15th of June, 1836, Michigan and Arkan- 
 sas were admitted into the Union, making the number of the States twenty- 
 six; and on the 23d of the same month the course of President Jackson 
 with reference to the United States Bank was fully endorsed by the passage 
 of an act of Congress making State banks the depositories of the govern- 
 ment funds. 
 
 * We have given the lowest estimate of the cost of this w T ar. Another estimate 
 makes it $15,000,000 ; and still another, which is contained in the same work from 
 which the one given in the text is taken, fixes the cost of this contest at the enormous 
 sum of $40,000,000. The two chiefs whose murder is mentioned were killed by their 
 own people, because they were in favor of compliance with the wishes of President 
 Jackson. 
 
126 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 THE SEVENTH DECADE [1836-1846], 
 
 Presidents, Andrew Jackson [1829-1837], Martin Van Buren [1837— 
 
 1841], William Henry Harrison [March 4-April 4, 1841], John 
 
 Tyler [1841-1845], James K. Polk [1845-1849]. 
 
 On the lltli of July, 1836, a circular was issued from the treasury 
 department, “ by order of the President,” instructing the receivers of 
 public money to take nothing but gold and silver (with the exception of 
 Virginia land-scrip in certain cases) in payment for the public lands. 
 Large purchases of public lands had been made on speculation with money 
 which had been borrowed out of State banks, which institutions now held 
 on deposit a large amount of the public funds. The “ specie circular,” as 
 it was called, cut short the operations of the speculators; but as every- 
 thing was “going at high pressure,” it caused great distress among our 
 merchants and manufacturers. Congress partially repealed it, but Presi- 
 dent. Jackson was as firm as usual, and practically vetoed the bill which 
 modified the circular by keeping the former in his hands, without signing 
 it, until after Congress adjourned. The presidential election of 1836 
 resulted in the election of Martin Van Buren as President, he having 
 received 170 of the 294 electoral votes. The remaining 124 votes were 
 divided as follows : W. H. Harrison, 73 ; Hugh L. White, 26 ; Daniel 
 Webster, 14; W. P. Mangum, 11. Richard M. Johnson, who had run 
 for the vice-presidency in company with Van Buren, received only 147 
 votes (just half of the whole number); Francis Granger, 77 ; John Tyler, 
 47 ; William Smith, 23. The election for Vice-President went, of course, 
 to the Senate, and Johnson was elected by that body. President Van 
 Buren’s cabinet consisted of John Forsyth, Secretary of State ; Levi Wood- 
 bury, Secretary of the Treasury; Joel R. Poinsett, Secretary of War ; Mah- 
 lon Dickinson, Secretary of the Navy; Amos Kendall, Postmaster-Gene- 
 ral ; Benjamin F. Butler, Attorney-General. The first important event 
 during this administration was “the panic of 1837.” The speculation 
 mentioned in the history of the preceding decade had readied its climax. 
 City lots were the rage. The old cities were extended on paper to limits 
 which were far beyond any immediate requirements either for business 
 purposes or for residences, and new cities were mapped out which pre- 
 sented a fine appearance on paper, but which did not appear so attractive 
 to the unfortunate purchaser, who frequently discovered, when he went to 
 view his possessions, that they were situated in “ the wild howling wilder- 
 ness.” Fortunes were made in an hour and by a single bargain. There 
 was only one result to be expected from the abandonment of the regular 
 channels of ' trade. At first every kind of business was stimulated to an 
 extraordinary degree ; then came the reaction. The failures in the city of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 127 
 
 New York during this panic amounted to more than $100,000,000. In 
 Yew Orleans, during a period of two days, houses stopped payment which 
 owed an aggregate of $27,000,000. On the 10th of May all the banks of 
 New York stopped specie payments — an example which was speedily fol- 
 lowed throughout the country. 'Widespread distress ensued, and the 
 administration was appealed to for aid. An extra, session of Congress was 
 called, and met (Sept. 4) to consider measures for relief. Treasury-notes 
 were issued to the amount of $10,000,000, and the financial atmosphere, 
 cleared up to some extent by this storm, gradually approached a healthier 
 condition. One of the most important results of this monetary crisis was 
 the recommendation by President Van Buren (in his message at the open- 
 ing of the special session of Congress) that the government should for the 
 future keep its money in its own hands by means of a sub-treasury, or, as 
 it was called by its supporters, an independent treasury; so that there 
 would be an entire separation of the business and funds of the government 
 from those of the banks. This scheme met with vehement opposition. 
 Both at this session and at the subsequent session of Congress the bill was 
 passed in the Senate, but lost in the House of Representatives. Its oppo- 
 nents regarded it as putting the public treasure entirely in the power of 
 the executive, and its unpopularity was probably the principal cause of 
 Mr. Van Buren’s losing the next presidential election. Still, the adminis- 
 tration persevered; this important question was debated at several subse- 
 quent sessions, and the bill finally became a law on the 4th of July, 1840. 
 In December, 1837, a revolt in Canada caused the organization of a fili- 
 bustering expedition, designed to assist the insurgents in achieving the 
 independence of the Canadas. A party of 700 men, well provisioned and 
 provided with 20 pieces of cannon, took possession of Navy Island, on the 
 British side of Niagara River, two miles above the Falls. They fortified 
 their position so strongly that they were able to defend it against the attack 
 of Sir Francis Head, the British commander. They had hired a small 
 steamer (the Caroline ) to bring them supplies from the American side, and 
 seemed to be on the high road to success ; but a party of Canadian loyalists 
 captured the steamer, set her on fire and sent her over the Falls while in 
 full blaze; and the neutrality proclamations, which were at once issued 
 both by the President of the United States and by the governor of New 
 York, were more effectual than had been expected. Navy Island was 
 evacuated, Van Rensselaer of New York, who had commanded the garri- 
 son, was arrested, and though many people went across the frontier and 
 joined the insurgents, no movement was again attempted by any organized 
 band as large as that which captured Navy Island. Yet secret revolu- 
 tionary societies, called “ Hunters’ Lodges,” continued to be formed for 
 several years, with the design of assisting Canadian insurrections ; and it 
 was four years before the death or exile of the leaders of the revolt and 
 
128 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 the firm stand taken by the United States government put an end for a 
 time to these breaches of international law. Another difficulty arose, 
 however, between the government of the United States and that of Great 
 Britain, which threatened more serious consequences. We refer to the 
 “North-eastern Boundary” question, which involved the ownership of a 
 tract of land containing seven millions of acres, or about twice the area 
 of the State of Connecticut ; also a right of way across from the province 
 of New Brunswick (either by, or south of, the St. John’s Kiver) to Quebec, 
 on the St. Lawrence. This dispute, which had once been partially decided 
 by the King of the Netherlands, in 1831, broke out afresh, and waxed so 
 warm that in March, 1839, an act of Congress was passed empowering the 
 President to call out 50,000 volunteers; authorizing the equipment and 
 reinforcement of the navy ; appropriating $10,000,000 for the purpose of 
 executing the provisions of the act ; and finally, in the interest of peace, 
 making an additional appropriation of $18,000 for the salary and outfit 
 of a special minister to Great Britain, should the President deem it expe- 
 dient to appoint the same. At the time when this act was passed the 
 troops of Maine were already assembled, and were hastening to the dis- 
 puted territory, when the discussion took a peaceful turn. General Scott 
 was ordered to take command of all military operations and “to preserve 
 peace;” and some of the subsequent proceedings seem, at the present day, 
 almost ludicrous. Engineers were sent over by the British government, 
 who made a survey, working for full three months, and then returning to 
 England, leaving their task unfinished. They had learned enough, how- 
 ever, to make a report occupying, in print, fifty folio pages, in which 
 report the right of Great Britain to all of the disputed territory was, in 
 their opinion, conclusively proved. Thereupon Lord Palmerston commu- 
 nicated this valuable decision of the engineers to the American government 
 in a courteous but decided note. The effect of said note was just the 
 reverse of what the writer desired. It excited the ambition of the Amer- 
 ican government to equal or surpass, if possible, the wonderful exploit just 
 narrated. Two engineers conducted the British survey ; five were entrusted 
 with the task of going over the ground and searching for the boundary- 
 line with American spectacles. The search was, of course, successful, and 
 the United States engineers reported that all of the disputed land certainly 
 belonged to the United States ; and their report was so satisfactory that it 
 was toasted, together with its authors, at a public dinner given in their 
 honor. Finally, the question was settled, in the beginning of the year 
 1842, by Daniel Webster, who was then Secretary of State, and Lord 
 Ashburton, the British ambassador. Both sides made concessions, and the 
 decision was satisfactory to all reasonable men on either side of the Atlantic. 
 
 The presidential election of 1840 was warmly contested. The Whigs 
 concentrated all their strength on William Henry Harrison for President 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 129 
 
 and John Tyler for Vice-President. The Democrats renominated Van 
 Buren for the presidency, leaving the question of the vice-presidency open. 
 Harrison and Tyler each received 234 of the 294 electoral votes. Van 
 Buren received 60 votes, and James K. Polk, R. M. Johnson and L. W. 
 Tazewell received 20 votes apiece for the vice-presidency. President Har- 
 .rison’s cabinet consisted of Daniel Webster, Secretary of State; Thomas 
 Ewing, Secretary of the Treasury; John Bell, Secretary of War; George 
 E. Badger, Secretary of the Navy ; Francis Granger, Postmaster-General ; 
 and J. J. Crittenden, Attorney-General. The President’s inaugural speech 
 was well received by all parties. Everything promised an administration 
 honorable to the executive and useful to the country; but just one month 
 after taking the oath of office the President died, and for the first time 
 since the formation of the Constitution the duties of the chief magistracy 
 devolved upon the Vice-President. The only important official act per- 
 formed by the deceased President had been the issuing of a proclamation 
 calling an extraordinary session of Congress, which commenced its session 
 on the appointed day (May 31, 1841), and took up the subjects of finance 
 and revenue, upon which it had been convened to legislate. The sub- 
 treasury act was repealed, and a bankrupt act was passed to relieve the 
 victims of the recent panic. An attempt was made to secure a charter for 
 another United States Bank (a favorite Whig measure), but two bills for 
 that purpose were vetoed by President Tyler, who thereby secured the ill- 
 will of the party which had elected him, and furnished the American vocabu- 
 lary with a new word (“ Tylerize ”) wherewith to describe the course of a 
 Vice-President who, having been raised to the presidency by the death of 
 the incumbent of that office, forthwith refuses to support the pet schemes 
 of those to whom he is indebted for his election. The second veto was the 
 cause of the resignation of the whole cabinet, with the exception of the 
 Secretary of State. Mr. Webster was severely criticised for remaining in 
 office; but as he was then engaged in settling the boundary question, the 
 negotiations concerning which would certainly have fallen through for the 
 time being had he resigned, the sober judgment of posterity has awarded 
 him praise rather than blame, as it is now known that his motive was 
 patriotism and not a love of office. The vacancies were filled as follows : 
 Walter Forward, Secretary of the Treasury; John C. Spencer, Secretary 
 of War; Abel P. Upshur, Secretary of the Navy; Charles A. Wicklifi'e, 
 Postmaster-General ; and Hugh S. Legare, Attorney-General. On the 3d 
 of March, 1843, Congress made an appropriation of $30,000 to enable 
 Professor Morse to erect an experimental telegraph between Washington 
 and Baltimore. This was the first electric telegraph in the world which 
 was of practical use and not a scientific toy. The claims of America for 
 the honor of having been in advance of Europe in this important matter 
 are discussed in another article [see American Inventions]. In June, 
 9 
 
130 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 1843, an insurrection broke out in Rhode Island, caused by a movement 
 to adopt a new State constitution. The State government bad been carried 
 on for 180 years under the old charter granted by Charles II. Disputes 
 arose as to the manner of making the change, and two parties were formed — 
 the “suffrage” party and the “ law-and-order ” party. Each faction formed 
 a constitution and elected a governor and legislature, then armed in defence 
 of their respective claims. Each party rebelled against the authority of 
 their opponents ; but as the “ suffrage ” party were defeated, and the governor 
 whom they had elected (Thomas W. Dorr) was arrested, tried for and con- 
 victed of treason, and sentenced to imprisonment for life, history, with great 
 impartiality, has deemed them the rebels, and has given to the contest the 
 name of “Dorr’s Rebellion,” which name is, however, possibly correct, as 
 Dorr was the first to appeal to arms. In 1844 the Democrats nominated 
 James K. Polk for the presidency, and George M. Dallas for the vice- 
 presidency. The Whig nominees were Henry Clay and Theodore Fre- 
 linghuysen. The chief questions at issue were the annexation of Texas 
 and the claim for the parallel of 54° 40' for the northern boundary of 
 Oregon. The Democrats favored the former measure; and their opinion 
 on the boundary question can be learned from their party watchword — 
 “54-40 or fight.” Polk and Dallas received 170 electoral votes; their 
 opponents, 105. Mr. Calhoun, who was the last Secretary of State in 
 President Tyler’s changeable cabinet (the six offices of which were occupied 
 by no less than twenty men during three years and eleven months), had 
 negotiated with Texas a treaty of annexation in April, 1844, which was 
 rejected by the Senate by a vote of 35 to 16. On the 25th of January, 
 1845, joint resolutions for annexing Texas were adopted by the House of 
 Representatives by a vote of 120 to 98. They passed the Senate three 
 days before President Polk’s inauguration, and were immediately signed 
 by President Tyler. President Polk’s cabinet consisted of James Buchanan, 
 Secretary of State; Robert J. Walker, Secretary of the Treasury; William 
 L. Marcy, Secretary of War; George Bancroft, Secretary of the Navy; 
 Cave Johnson, Postmaster-General ; and John Y. Mason, Attorney-General. 
 Texas assented to the annexation resolutions (July 4, 1845), General Tay- 
 lor was sent to the Rio Grande, and a collision with the Mexicans occurred 
 (April 24, 1846). As soon as Congress learned that hostilities were actually 
 commenced, the sum of $10,000,000 was appropriated for war purposes, and 
 the President was authorized to call out 50,000 volunteers, these measures 
 receiving a vote of 142 to 14 in the House, and of 40 to 2 in the Senate 
 (May 11, 1846). The brilliant victories of Palo Alto (May 8) and Resaca 
 de la Palma (May 9) had been in the mean time gained by General Tay- 
 lor; and thus the country was fairly launched into the Mexican war, the 
 account of which belongs to — 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 131 
 
 THE EIGHTH DECADE [1846-1856], 
 
 Presidents, James K. Polk [1845-1849], Zachary Taylor [March 4, 
 
 1849-July 9, 1850], Millard Fillmore [July 9, 1850-March 4, 
 
 1853], Franklik Pierce [1853-1857], 
 
 The Secretary of War, assisted by General Scott, devised a plan of 
 invasion which was greater in the territorial extent of its operations than 
 any other recorded in history. The Pacific coast of America was to be 
 attacked by a fleet, which was obliged, of course, to go around Cape Horn. 
 An “army of the West” was to invade Hew Mexico and California, 
 co-operating with the fleet. An “ army of the Centre ” was to march into 
 the heart of Mexico and co-operate with General Taylor’s forces, which 
 were known as “the army of occupation.” Volunteers were not lacking. 
 Before the close of July, 1846, 12,000 men were received into the service, 
 9000 of whom were despatched to the aid of General Taylor. An effort 
 was also made to secure a powerful friend in the enemy’s camp. Santa 
 Anna was, at the beginning of the war, an exile at Havana. The Ameri- 
 can commodore commanding the gulf squadron was instructed to connive 
 at his return to his native land, as it was thought that he would immediately 
 form a “ peace party” which would, perhaps, bring about a close of the war 
 upon terms advantageous to our government. The Mexicans were in want 
 of an able leader, so they deposed Paredes and elected Santa Anna Presi- 
 dent. He showed his gratitude to the United States by raising and equip- 
 ping an army of 20,000 men and taking all other measures required for a 
 vigorous prosecution of the war. His army was not ready until December ; 
 and in the mean time Taylor had taken Monterey (Sept. 23), after several 
 days of hard fighting, having previously effected a junction with General 
 Wool. The latter brought 3000 men whom he had been disciplining at San 
 Antonio, Texas. General Worth, with 900 men, had taken Saltillo (Uov. 
 15, 1846), and Taylor was making preparations for a vigorous winter cam- 
 paign, when he received an order from General Scott to send him a large 
 portion of his best officers and troops to assist against Vera Cruz, and he 
 was also directed to act thereafter only on the defensive. Having shown 
 at Monterey that he could “ take a city,” General Taylor displayed at Vic- 
 toria, upon receiving the above order, his ability to “rule his spirit” bv 
 promptly obeying the command. He was speedily rewarded. His whole 
 force, including the troops of General Wool, did not amount to 5000 men. 
 Santa Anna advanced upon him with four times that number of well- 
 equipped troops. Taylor determined to fight the Mexicans, and selected 
 (Feb. 21, 1847) a mountain defile near Buena Vista for his battle-field. 
 On the following day the Mexicans arrived, and Taylor was summoned to 
 surrender within an hour. This request met with a courteous but firm 
 
132 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 refusal. Both armies slept on their arms, and early next morning began 
 a desperate and bloody conflict, 'which continued uutil sunset. The Mexi- 
 cans were defeated, and lost in killed, wounded and missing nearly 2000 
 men, while the American loss was 746. Taylor soon after returned to the 
 United States, where he was received with well-deserved honors. General 
 Scott invested Vera Cruz on the 13th of March, 1847, with an army of 
 about 13,000 men, assisted by a powerful squadron under Commodore 
 Connor. On the 18th his arrangements were completed, and he sum- 
 moned the town and fortress, for the last time, to surrender. Upon the 
 refusal of this demand, a bombardment was opened from his batteries and 
 the fleet, and in nine days Vera Cruz, the strong fortress of San Juan 
 de Ulloa, 5000 prisoners and 500 pieces of artillery were surrendered to 
 the Americans (March 27, 1847). On the 8th of April, Scott’s advanced 
 guard, under General Twiggs, was sent forward on the Jalapa road, toward 
 the city of Mexico. He found Santa Anna posted at the mountain pass 
 of Cerro Gordo with more than 12,000 men, and was therefore obliged to 
 await the arrival of General Scott, who soon followed with the main body 
 of the army, having left a very strong garrison in Vera Cruz. The Amer- 
 ican forces, now numbering 8500 men, attacked the enemy on the 18th of 
 April, and gained a complete victory, with a loss of 431 in killed and 
 wounded, while the Mexican loss in killed and wounded was more than 
 1000, besides 3000 prisoners. Every important detail of the battle and 
 the subsequent pursuit had been so carefully arranged in the celebrated 
 order w’hich General Scott had issued on the previous day that no time 
 was lost in securing the fruits of this victory. Santa Anna narrowly 
 escaped capture by fleeing upon a mule taken from his carriage. He had 
 had for some time one foot in the grave, and his retreat was so hasty that 
 he left behind him his wooden leg to serve as a trophy of the battle. 
 Before the conflict he had said, “ I will die fighting rather than permit the 
 Americans to proudly tread the imperial city of Azteca.” Several battles 
 were doubtless saved by the admirable arrangements which General Scott 
 had made for the immediate advance of his army, as the Mexicans were 
 driven so rapidly before him that they were unable to concentrate in force 
 at many places which were well suited for making another stand. On the 
 22d of April, Perote, the strongest fortress in America, next to San Juan 
 de Ulloa, was taken without a blow, together with 54 cannon and a large 
 quantity of munitions of war. On the 15th of May the Americans en- 
 tered, without resistance, Puebla, the second city in Mexico, situated only 
 76 miles from the capital. At this place the army rested for nearly three 
 months while N. P. Trist, an agent sent by the government, attempted to 
 negotiate a peace. His efforts were unsuccessful ; and the Mexicans replied 
 to his offers by boasting of their patriotism, valor and strength, while they 
 were abandoning post after post in their retreat toward the capital. On 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 133 
 
 the 7th of August, General Scott, having been reinforced during this 
 interval, commenced his march on the city of Mexico. As the direct road 
 was barred by very strong fortifications, another route was selected, and a 
 road was made under the direction of skilful engineers. On the 18th of 
 August, Scott had his whole army of 10,000 men at St. Augustine, within 
 10 miles of Mexico. The city was strongly fortified; Santa Anna had 
 more than 30,000 soldiers at his disposal, thoroughly acquainted with the 
 roek)^ and mountainous country with which their capital is surrounded. 
 The fortified camp at Contreras, the strongly-garrisoned village of Churu- 
 busco, the fort of San Antonio and the redoubtable Santa Anna himself, 
 with a powerful reserve, — such were the obstacles in the path of the victor 
 of Cerro Gordo. At sunrise, on the 20th of August, the camp at Con- 
 treras was taken by an assault which lasted only seventeen minutes. Before 
 the day was over, San Antonio and Churubusco were also captured, and 
 Santa Anna had fled to “the imperial city of Azteca,” again remembering 
 the adage, 
 
 “He that fights and runs away 
 Will live to fight another day.” 
 
 The Americans lost nearly 1100 killed and wounded during the day, while 
 the Mexicans lost 3000 killed and wounded, 4000 prisoners and 37 cannon. 
 Their capital was filled with consternation, and Mexico might have been 
 immediately entered in triumph, but Santa Anna asked for a truce, which 
 was granted with the hope that a lasting peace might be negotiated. Mr. 
 Trist, the agent of the United States government, went into the city (Aug. 
 24) to treat with the Mexican authorities, but returned in twelve days 
 with the intelligence that his propositions had been insolently rejected, and 
 that Santa Anna was violating the truce by strengthening the defences 1 of 
 the capital. Hostilities recommenced with an attack made by 4000 Amer- 
 icans upon 14,000 Mexicans under Santa Anna at El Molinos del Rey (the 
 King’s Mills). The assailants were at first repulsed with great slaughter, 
 but returned to the charge, and drove the Mexicans from their position. 
 The American loss in killed and wounded was 800 ; that of the Mexicans 
 was never fully ascertained, but they left nearly a thousand dead on the 
 field. On the 12th of September the castle of Chapultepec was bom- 
 barded, and on the 13tli it was taken by assault. That night Santa Anna, 
 his army and the officers of the Mexican government departed in haste, 
 leaving “the imperial city of Azteca” to take care of itself. On the fol- 
 lowing day the American flag was raised on the National Palace, and the 
 victorious generals took formal possession of the Mexican empire. Santa 
 Anna made several feeble efforts to retrieve his disasters; but in six weeks 
 he had .lost everything, and was obliged to live in concealment for several 
 ■months, when permission was given him by our government (March, 1848) 
 “to seek an asylum on a foreign soil.” 
 
134 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 The “array of the West” (2000 strong), under General Kearney, left 
 Fort Leavenworth in June, 1846, inarched 900 miles across the plains, and 
 reached Santa Fe on the 18th of August. Kearney took peaceable posses- 
 sion of New Mexico, and was two hundred miles on his way to California, 
 when Kit Carson, the famous scout, met him with the intelligence that 
 Commodore Stockton and Lieut.-Col. Fremont had already nearly com- 
 pleted the conquest of California. He passed rapidly on with 100 men, 
 sending the remainder of his force back to Santa Fe, and arrived iu time 
 to share in the honor of the final battle of San Gabriel (Jan. 8, 1847). 
 On the 2d of February a treaty was signed at Guadalupe-Hidalgo (a 
 small village near the city of Mexico), by which the United States paid 
 $15,000,000 for New Mexico and California, boundaries were fixed, and 
 other matters in dispute were adjusted. The bargain with reference to 
 California was made just in time; for in February, 1848, the very month 
 in which the treaty was made, gold was discovered in the Sacramento val- 
 ley ; and hundreds of millions of dollars’ worth of the precious metal have 
 since been taken from the apparently inexhaustible stores of this genuine 
 El Dorado. Had the existence of this wealth been known to the Mexicans, 
 it is probable that their patriotic zeal would have been much more ardent 
 when Fremont and Stockton invaded their country. The presidential elec- 
 tion of 1848 was a triangular contest. The Whigs, remembering the suc- 
 cess with which they had employed in 1840 the watchword “Tippecanoe, and 
 Tyler too!” were attracted by General Taylor’s sobriquet of “Old Rough 
 and Ready,” and fairly forced upon him the nomination for the presidency, 
 in company with Millard Fillmore as candidate for the vice-presidency. 
 The Democrats nominated General Lewis Cass and General William O. 
 Butler; and Martin Van Buren and Charles Francis Adams were the 
 nominees of the Free-soil Democrats. Taylor and Fillmore received 193 
 electoral votes and a popular vote of 1,362,024. Cass and Butler received 
 127 electoral votes and a popular vote of 1,222,419. The Free-soil can- 
 didates received no electoral votes. Their popular vote was 291,678. 
 President Taylor’s cabinet consisted of John M. Clayton, Secretary of 
 State; William M. Meredith, Secretary of the Treasury; George W. Craw- 
 ford, Secretary of War; William B. Preston, Secretary of the Navy; 
 Thomas Ewing, Secretary of the Interior (an office recently established) ; 
 Jacob Collamer, Postmaster-General; Reverdy Johnson, Attorney-General. 
 The first important question which this administration had to deal with 
 was the admission of California into the Union. The discovery of gold 
 soon attracted sufficient population to the Pacific coast to form a State. 
 The would-be State was almost equally divided by the parallel of north 
 latitude (36° 30') which was the line of the Missouri Compromise [see The 
 Fifth Decade] ; and it was new territory, acquired long after that act 
 had beeu passed. The inhabitants of California adopted a constitution 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 135 
 
 (Sept. 1, 1849) which contained a clause prohibiting slavery. On this 
 account the pro-slavery party, led by Mr. Calhoun, were opposed to the 
 admission of the State. Those opposed to the extension of slavery (a class 
 which contained many who were not abolitionists) were in favor of the 
 immediate admission of California with her constitution unaltered. The 
 question was debated with great warmth ; a dissolution of the Union was 
 threatened; but the matter was temporarily settled by a series of com- 
 promise measures introduced by Henry Clay, which provided, 1st. That 
 California should be admitted into the Union with its anti-slavery consti- 
 tution ; 2d. That Utah and New Mexico should become territories without 
 any mention of slavery, and that $10,000,000 should be paid to Texas out 
 of the Federal treasury in purchase of her claim to a portion of New 
 Mexico; 3d. That the slave-trade in the District of Columbia should be 
 abolished; 4th. That slaves who escaped to the free States should be 
 arrested and returned to their owners. The last measure produced much 
 dissatisfaction at the North ; and “the Fugitive-slave Act,” as it was called, 
 caused by its execution, its evasion, and its violation in several instances, 
 serious disturbances and a bitter sectional feeling, which eventually led to 
 the civil war which put an end to the very institution which this law was 
 enacted to defend. 
 
 On the 3d of March, 1851, the postage on prepaid letters to all parts of 
 the United States was reduced to three cents ; and in the following year 
 postage-stamps and stamped envelopes were ordered. In August, 1851, 
 General Lopez took a party of 480 “ filibusters ” to Cuba, where he was 
 speedily attacked, defeated, captured and executed, with a number of his 
 followers. In December, 1851, Louis Kossuth, the Hungarian patriot, 
 visited this country. His eloquence, which his thorough acquaintance with 
 the English language enabled him to display to full advantage, gained him 
 admiring hearers wherever he went; but the main object of his visit, viz., 
 to obtain aid for Hungary, was defeated by the change of the F rench gov- 
 ernment brought about by Louis Napoleon — a change which rendered the 
 achievement of Hungarian independence impossible. In 1852 difficulties 
 arose between the United States and Great Britain concerning the fisheries 
 on the coast of British America. It had been stipulated by the treaty of 
 1818 that American fishermen should not cast lines or nets in British bays, 
 except at a distance of three miles or more from the shore. Now the British 
 government claimed the right to draw a line from headland to headland of 
 these bays, and to exclude the Americans from the waters within that line. 
 Armed vessels were sent by both governments to the disputed waters ; but 
 the matter was settled in the following year by mutual concessions. In the 
 latter part of the year 1852 France and England modestly requested the 
 United States to enter with them into a treaty whereby they would agree 
 to disclaim “ now and for ever all intention to obtain possession of the isl- 
 
136 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and of Cuba,” and “to discountenance all attempts to that effect on the 
 part of any power or individual whatever.” Edward Everett, who was 
 then Secretary of State, jaolitely replied that the question was an American, 
 not a European one, and not properly within the scope of their interference; 
 and added other remarks, in which the Monroe doctrine was set forth more 
 strongly, if possible, than by Monroe himself, or by J. Q. Adams, the real 
 author of the “doctrine.” In the election of 1852 Franklin Pierce, of New 
 Hampshire, and William 11. King, of Alabama, the Democratic nominees 
 for the presidency and the vice- presidency, were elected, receiving 254 elec- 
 toral votes and a popular vote of 1,587,256; while their Whig competitors, 
 General Winfield Scott and William A. Graham, received an electoral vote 
 of 42 and a popular vote of 1,384,577. President Pierce’s cabinet consisted 
 of William L. Marcy, Secretary of State; James Guthrie, Secretary of the 
 Treasury; Jefferson Davis, Secretary of War; James C. Dobbin, Secretary 
 of the Navy ; Robert McClelland, Secretary of the Interior ; James Camp- 
 bell, Postmaster-General; and Caleb Cushing, Attorney-General. During 
 ■this administration several important treaties were made, by one of which 
 Arizona was purchased of Mexico ; and by another, obtained by “ Perry’s 
 Expedition,” several Japanese ports were thrown open to American com- 
 merce. In May, 1854, the Missouri Compromise was repealed, by a vote 
 in the Senate of 37 to 14, and in the House of 113 to 100. In October, 
 1854, took place the famous “Ostend Conference,” at which three Ameri- 
 can ministers, Messrs. Buchanan, Mason and Soule, recommended their 
 government to purchase Cuba, if possible: at the same time asserting the 
 right of the United States to take the island by force should Spain refuse 
 to sell. In 1855 a filibustering expedition, under the famous William 
 Walker, invaded Nicaragua, obtained a temporary foothold, and established 
 a government, which was recognized by that of the United States. In the 
 same year a civil war broke out in Kansas between the free-State party 
 and the pro-slavery men. Two constitutions had been adopted and two 
 legislatures elected. The anti-slavery party finally prevailed after a long 
 and tedious struggle. 
 
 THE NINTH DECADE. 
 
 Presidents, Franklin Pierce [1853-1857], James Buchanan [1857— 
 1861], Abraham Lincoln [1861-April 15, 1865], Andrew John- 
 son [April 15, 1865-March 4, 1869]. 
 
 Three presidential candidates were before the people in the autumn of 
 1856. James Buchanan was nominated by the Democrats, J. C. Fremont 
 by the Republicans, and Millard Fillmore by the Native Americans, or 
 Know-Nothings, as they were called. Buchanan received 174 electoral 
 votes and a popular vote of 1,838,169, the same vote being given to John 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 137 
 
 C. Breckenridge for Vice-President. Fremont received 114 electoral votes 
 and a popular vote of 1,341,264. Fillmore received 8 electoral votes and 
 a popular vote of 874,534. President Buchanan’s cabinet consisted of 
 Lewis Cass, Secretary of State ; Howell Cobb, Secretary of the Treasury ; 
 John B. Floyd, Secretary of War; Isaac Toucey, Secretary of the Navy; 
 Jacob Thompson, Secretary of the Interior; Aaron V. Brown, Postmaster- 
 General; and Jeremiah S. Black, Attorney-General. The agitation of the 
 slavery question continued throughout this administration. The growing 
 strength of the Republican party was shown by the election of their can- 
 didate, Nathaniel P. Banks, as speaker of the House of Representatives, 
 after 133 ballots, which occupied the attention of that body from the 3d 
 of December, 1856, to the 2d of February, 1857. The Mormons, who 
 were angry because their territory was not admitted as a State, commenced 
 revolutionary proceedings in the early part of 1857 ; but the arrival of 
 United States troops in the following year made them glad to accept a 
 pardon for all the seditions and treasons which they had committed. In 
 1859 John Brown, a man who had suffered severely in the Kansas civil 
 war, attempted, with only twenty-one followers, to excite an insurrection 
 among the slaves of Virginia, and to establish their freedom by force of 
 arms. He seized the arsenal at Harper’s Ferry (Oct. 16, 1859), but on 
 the second day the insurrection was quelled by United States marines; and 
 Brown, who was captured, was delivered over to the authorities of Virginia, 
 tried for insurrection and treason, and hanged. This greatly increased the 
 bitterness of feeling between the North and the South, and the presidential 
 election of 1860 was contested with great spirit. Four candidates were 
 before the people. One wing of the Democratic party nominated Stephen A. 
 Douglas, of Illinois; while John C. Breckenridge, of Kentucky, was nomi- 
 nated by the other. The Republicans supported Abraham Lincoln, of Illi- 
 nois; and John Bell, of Tennessee, was the nominee of a new party calling 
 themselves the “ Constitutional Unionists.’’ Lincoln received an electoral 
 vote of 180 and a popular vote of 1,857,610. Douglas received 12 electoral 
 votes and a popular vote of 1,365,976. Breckenridge received an electoral 
 vote of 72 and a popular vote of 847,952; leaving to Bell the remaining 
 39 electoral votes (those of the “ border States — -Virginia, Kentucky and 
 Tennessee), with a popular vote of 590,631. When the result of the elec- 
 tion was known, a convention was called in South Carolina to consider the 
 question of secession, which met (Dec. 17, 1860), and passed an ordinance 
 of secession. The example of South Carolina was followed by Mississippi 
 (Jan. 8, 1861) ; Florida (Jan. 10); Alabama (Jan. 11); Georgia (Jan. 19); 
 Louisiana (Jan. 26); Texas (Feb. 1); Virginia (Apr. 25); Arkansas (May 
 6); North Carolina (May 20); Tennessee (June 8). The reasons given 
 for this course wei'h “the refusal of fourteen of the States, for years past, 
 to fulfil their constitutional obligations,” and “the election of a man to the 
 
138 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 high office of President of the United States whose opinions and purposes 
 are hostile to slavery.” Kentucky and Missouri were divided, and had 
 representatives in the governments and armies of both sections. On the 
 4th of February, 1861, a convention met at Montgomery, Alabama, in 
 which all the States which had seceded previous to that date were repre- 
 sented. A constitution was formed and adopted, and the title of “Con- 
 federate States of America” was given to the new organization. Jefferson 
 Davis, of Mississippi, was elected President, and Alexander H. Stephens, 
 of Georgia, was elected Vice-President of the confederacy. Hostilities 
 commenced with the bombardment of Fort Sumter (April 12, 1861), which 
 was held for the Federal government by Major Anderson, with 70 men. 
 The fort was several times set on fire, and on the 14tli of April the garrison 
 surrendered and marched out with the honors of war. On the following 
 day President Lincoln issued a proclamation calling out 75,000 volunteers 
 for three months, which was speedily followed (May 3) by a call for 64,000 
 men for the army and 18,000 for the navy, to serve “during the war.” 
 The President also declared the ports of the seceded States blockaded 
 (April 19). In the South preparations for war were vigorously carried 
 on. General Robert E. Lee was appointed commander of the Confederate 
 troops in Virginia (May 10), and the Mississippi River was blockaded at 
 Memphis (May 23). A Union force numbering 6000 men was repulsed 
 at Big Bethel, Va. (June 10) ; and the main body of the Confederates, 
 about 30,000 strong, which was concentrated at Manasses Junction, defeated 
 an ecpial number of Federal troops, under General McDowell, in the famous 
 battle of Bull Run (July 21). On the following day General George B. 
 McClellan was appointed commander of the army of the Potomac. He 
 had been successful in wresting the western part of Virginia out of the 
 hands of the Confederates, and in the following year (Dec. 31, 1862) that 
 section was admitted into the Union under the name of “West Virginia.” 
 When the Federal Congress met (July 5, 1861), the President had asked 
 for 400,000 men and 8400,000,000. The result of the battle of Bull Run 
 showed that the war was likely to be protracted, and Congress voted 500,000 
 men and 8500,000,000. The Confederate Congress authorized the enlist- 
 ment of 400,000 men. During the remainder of this year (1861), however, 
 the military operations were not very decisive, both sides being fully occu- 
 pied in arming and disciplining troops. The Union force, 1900 strong, 
 commanded by General Stone, which was sent across the Potomac at Ball’s 
 Bluff, and left without support, was attacked by a superior force of Con- 
 federates and nearly annihilated. On the 7th of November a Union force 
 under General Grant, after capturing the Confederate camp at Belmont, 
 Mo., was finally repulsed with loss. On the same day a naval force under 
 Admiral Du Pont made its way into Port Royal entrance, on the coast of 
 South Carolina, and captured Forts Walker and Beauregard. On the day 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 139 
 
 after this victory, Captain Wilkes, commanding the United States frigate 
 San Jacinto , overhauled the British mail steamer Trent, and took from her 
 Messrs. Mason and Slidell, Confederate ambassadors to England and France. 
 This act caused great excitement in Great Britain and in the United States ; 
 another war seemed inevitable; but the disavowal of the act by the Federal 
 government and the surrender of the envoys averted the threatened danger. 
 
 At the beginning of the year 1862 the entire Union force in the field 
 was about 450,000 men, 200,000 of whom were in the vicinity of Wash- 
 ington, under McClellan. The whole Confederate force was not far from 
 350,000 men, occupying about half of the States of Kentucky, Missouri 
 and Virginia, and the whole of the remaining Southern States. During 
 the month of' January, Kentucky was the sole field of military operations. 
 Colonel Humphrey Marshall was defeated near Prestonburg (Jan. 10) by 
 a Union force under Colonel Garfield, and driven into Virginia, and Gen- 
 eral Thomas defeated the Confederates under Generals Crittenden and 
 Zollicoffer, in the battle of Mill Spring (Jan. 19). General Grant, assisted 
 by Commodore Foote with his flotilla of gunboats, took Fort Henry, on 
 the Tennessee River (Feb. 6). The greater part of the garrison escaped 
 to Fort Donelson, on the Cumberland River, which General Grant cap- 
 tured, together with 12,000 prisoners and 40 cannon, ten days later. An 
 expedition under General Burnside and Commodore Goldsborough, which 
 sailed from Fortress Monroe (Jan. 12, 1862), captured Roanoke Island 
 (Feb. 8), Newbern, N. C. (March 14), and Beaufort (April 25). On the 
 9th of March occurred one of the most remarkable naval battles on record. 
 The Confederate iron-clad Virginia, formerly the United States frigate 
 Merrimac, had made a descent upon the Union fleet, near Fortress Mon- 
 roe, on the preceding day, and had destroyed the wooden vessels Cumber- 
 land and Congress. During the night the floating battery Monitor arrived ; 
 and when the Virginia returned to the attack, she was beaten off, after an 
 action of five hours, and forced to return to Norfolk. This was the “trial 
 trip” of the Monitor, and the result was so satisfactory to the Federal 
 government that a fleet of monitors was built with all possible despatch. 
 On the 8th of March an important battle was finished at Pea Ridge, in 
 the western part of Arkansas, between Union troops under General S. R. 
 Curtis and Confederates under General Earl Van Dorn. The conflict had 
 lasted for three days, and the Union forces were finally victorious. The 
 great activity now displayed at so many different points was owing to an 
 order issued by President Lincoln commanding all the Union armies to 
 advance on the 22d of February, 1862. On the 6th of April, General 
 Grant was defeated and driven back to the Tennessee River, in the battle 
 of Shiloh, losing 2500 prisoners, including General Prentiss. On the fol- 
 lowing day reinforcements arrived under General Buell ; the battle was 
 renewed, and the Confederates were forced to retreat. On the same day 
 
140 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 (April 7), Island No. 10, in the Mississippi River, a short distance below 
 its junction with the Ohio, was taken from the Confederates by General 
 Pope and Commodore Foote, who had been acting together, the one with 
 land-forces, the other with a flotilla of gunboats. The prisoners numbered 
 8000. Fort Pulaski, near Savannah, Ga., was captured, after a bombard- 
 ment of 30 hours, by Captain (afterward Major-General) Gillmore (April 
 11), and during the same month Farragut and Porter, with a gunboat and 
 mortar fleet, began (April 24) to bombard Fort St. Philip, on the eastern 
 bank, and Fort Jackson, on the western bank, of the Mississippi, below 
 New Orleans. On the 24th the fleet ran past the -forts and fought a ter- 
 rific battle with a Confederate fleet. On the 26th New Orleans was taken, 
 and it remained from that time in the possession of the Union forces. 
 We have reserved the most important movements, or at least those of the 
 largest army, for the last. The army of the Potomac, having been taken 
 in transports to Fortress Monroe, commenced (April 3d) its march toward 
 Richmond, under the command of General McClellan. The siege of York- 
 town consumed a month ; and when that place was evacuated (May 4), the 
 Confederates had greatly strengthened the defences of their capital. On 
 the 23d of May, McClellan reached a point within 7 miles of Richmond, 
 but his efficient force was very much diminished, while that of the Con- 
 federates was constantly increasing. “Stonewall Jackson” and Ewell 
 had forced General Banks out of the Shenandoah valley, and threatened 
 Washington. Not only the forces intended for McClellan, but militia 
 called from the Northern States, were required for the defence of the Fed- 
 eral capital. McClellan gained (May 31) the battle of Fair Oaks, or 
 Steven Pines; but Jackson now moved rapidly southward to co-operate 
 with Lee. McClellan was obliged to change his base of supplies from the 
 York River to the James. This hazardous movement was accomplished 
 at the expense of a succession of the most desperate battles ever fought 
 upon this continent — -viz., those of Oak Grove (June 25), Mechanicsville 
 (June 26), Gaines’ Mill (June 27), Savage’s Station (June 29), White Oak 
 Swamp (June 30) and Malvern Hill (July 1). Both armies fought with 
 desperate valor, the advantage finally remaining with the Confederates; 
 for though the Union forces reached the James River, the peninsular cam- 
 paign was a failure so far as its object (the taking of Richmond) was con- 
 cerned, and the Confederates were so encouraged that they assumed the 
 offensive during the month of August. McClellan was recalled and placed 
 (Sept. 1) in command of all the troops about Washington. Lee pushed 
 across the Potomac into Maryland, and occupied Frederick (Sept. 6) and 
 Hagerstown (Sept. 10), but was defeated at South Mountain (Sept. 14) and 
 at Antietam (Sept. 17), the latter battle lasting from early dawn until twi- 
 light. Lee was forced to recross the Potomac. The campaign in Mary- 
 land had cost the Confederates 30,000 men ; but between the battles of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 141 
 
 South Mountain aud Antietam Stonewall Jackson had taken Harper’s 
 Ferry (Sept. 15), with 11,583 men and an immense quantity of munitions 
 of war. On the 7th of November, McClellan w T as superseded by General 
 Burnside, who led the army against the Confederates massed at Freder- 
 icksburg, Va., and there met (Nov. 13) with a disastrous defeat, losing 
 
 12.000 men. During the year 1862, President Lincoln had issued a call 
 for 300,000 volunteers for the war, and on the 9th of August another for 
 
 300.000 men for nine months, who were to be drafted unless they volun- 
 teered promptly. On the 2d of September was issued the notice of the 
 memorable emancipation proclamation, declaring that all the slaves in the 
 States and portions of States which should be “ in rebellion against the 
 United States” on the 1st of January, 1863, should be “thenceforward 
 and for ever free.” The proclamation itself was issued on the day just 
 named. This measure gave rise to much excited discussion. On the 25th 
 of January, 1863, General Burnside was relieved, at his own request, and 
 succeeded by General Joseph Hooker. The latter led his army across 
 the Rappahannock (April 28), and six days afterward fought the battle 
 of Chancellorsville, in which, on the 2d of May, the Union troops were 
 disastrously defeated. On the 3d they recovered all that they had lost ; 
 but on the 4th they were forced to retire, having lost more than 11,000 
 men. In the following month, Lee, emboldened by his success, invaded 
 Maryland (June 14), and moved on toward Pennsylvania. The army of 
 the Potomac, the command of which was transferred (June 28) from Gen- 
 eral Hooker to General George G. Meade, followed on the right flank of 
 the Confederates, and General Lee was forced to concentrate his forces at 
 Gettysburg, Pa., and to give battle (July 1). The struggle was contested 
 for three days with the most desperate courage on both sides, and Lee was 
 finally defeated, with the loss of thirty thousand killed and wounded, 14,000 
 prisoners and 25,000 stand of small arms. The Federal loss was nearly 
 
 23.000 in killed, wonnded and missing. The Confederates recrossecl the 
 Potomac and retreated slowly through Virginia to a good position on the 
 Rapidan. Meade followed closely but cautiously, and by the middle of 
 August he also was beyond the Rappahannock, and there the armies lay 
 for a long time confronting each other. On the 5th of October, Lee again 
 advanced northward and compelled Meade to fall back upon the line of 
 Bull’s Run. After destroying the railroad from Manassas Junction to the 
 Rapidan River, he established a strongly-fortified camp between that 
 stream and Orange Court-House. During these manoeuvres, from the 8th 
 to the 23d of October, there was heavy skirmishing. On the 7th of No- 
 vember, 2000 Confederates were captured by Generals Sedgwick and 
 French, and on the 20th the army of the Potomac advanced against Lee; 
 but his position was found to be too strong, and the Federals returned to 
 their previous camps on the Orange and Alexandria Railroad. During 
 
142 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 the spring of this year (1863) important events were taking place on the 
 Mississippi. After the fall of Memphis, Vicksburg was the only remain- 
 ing Confederate stronghold on that river; and several naval and land 
 attacks were made upon this important post, beginning in June, 1862, and 
 extending over a period of more than a year. The first effort to take the 
 place being unsuccessful, an attempt was made to change the course of the 
 Mississippi River by digging a canal, with the design of making Vicksburg 
 an inland town. Various endeavors to reach the rear of the place were 
 made, in one of which General Sherman was repulsed with heavy loss 
 (Dec. 27, 1862). During the following month, with the assistance of 
 Admiral Porter, he captured Arkansas Post, with 5000 prisoners. On the 
 2d of February, General Grant assumed the command of the army of 
 the Mississippi, which he moved down the west side of the river, while 
 Porter boldly ran by Vicksburg with his fleet and met Farragut coming 
 up. On the 30th of April, Grant recrossed the river at Bruinsburg, 
 and marched inland to the rear of Vicksburg, which place he regularly 
 invested on the 18th of May, after fighting the battles of Port Gibson 
 (May 1), Raymond (May 12), Jackson (May 14), Champion Hills 
 (May 16) and Black River Bridge (May 17). Attempts were made to 
 take the town by assault (May 21 and 22), but the assailants were 
 repulsed with heavy loss, and it was therefore resolved to resort to a reg- 
 ular siege. The approaches and parallels were daily pushed nearer and 
 nearer, the city was exposed to an almost constant bombardment from the 
 army and from the gunboats on the river. The garrison held out as long 
 as possible, in the hope that General Johnston, who was straining every 
 nerve to raise a sufficient army for the purpose, would come to their relief. 
 This hope was vain, as the reinforcements were driven back. Provisions 
 grew scarce; even the flesh of mules began to fail. On the 4th of July, 
 the day after the battle of Gettysburg, General Pemberton surrendered 
 the place with 30,000 prisoners, arms and munitions of war for an army 
 of 60,000 men, together with steamboats, cotton and other property of 
 immense value. During June and July, 1863, a raid was made by Gen- 
 eral Morgan, a famous Confederate leader, with about 3000 cavalry and 
 six cannon. They crossed the Ohio River into Indiana, and moved rapidly 
 eastward, plundering as they went. Home-troops killed or captured nearly 
 all of this force, and General Morgan, with a remnant of 400 men, sur- 
 rendered to General Shackleford, in Morgan couuty, Ohio, on the 26th of 
 July. During this same period, General Rosecrans, by a series of vigor- 
 ous movements, had driven the Confederates under General Bragg out of 
 Middle Tennessee, and in August the Federals followed them over the 
 Cumberland Mountains, and by a flank movement compelled them to 
 march on ' in the direction of Georgia. Bragg was afterward reinforced 
 by Longstreet and his corps, from Lee’s army, and turned suddenly upon 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 143 
 
 his pursuer. They fought until night ; the battle was renewed on the fol- 
 lowing day, and the Federals were compelled to fall back to Chattanooga. 
 General Grant, a large portion of whose army had been ordered from 
 Vicksburg to Chattanooga, now superseded Rosecrans, and was not long 
 in assuming the offensive. Lookout Mountain was brilliantly carried 
 (Nov. 24) by Hooker’s men, who fought much of the time above the 
 clouds, and were thus hidden from the view of the anxious spectators 
 below. On the 25th the Confederates were driven from Missionary 
 Ridge, and Bragg and his army were retreating toward Georgia. The 
 Federal army had made great progress during the year 1863. They held 
 Missouri, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, a large portion of Louisiana, 
 Mississippi and Florida, and the Rio Grande frontier of Texas, and had 
 the control of the Mississippi River. Some of these districts were great 
 food-producing regions, which made their loss a- serious matter for the 
 Confederates. Early in May, 1863, a draft for 300,000 men was ordered 
 by President Lincoln, in accordance with an act of Congress previously 
 passed (March 3) ; but as exemption could be purchased for $300, this 
 measure had resulted at the end of the year, in the twelve States in which 
 it had been enforced, in adding 50,000 men to the army and in the accu- 
 mulating of a fund of $10,518,000, to be used for bounties, etc. 
 
 The opening military events of the year 1864 were, on the whole, favor- 
 able to the Confederates. On the 10th of March General A. J. Smith left 
 Vicksburg with a large body of troops and went up the Red River, accom- 
 panied by the fleet of Admiral Porter. On the 13th he captured Fort de 
 Russey from the Confederates; and on the 16th he entered Alexandria, 
 where he was joined by General Banks with a large force from New Orleans. 
 The fleet and a portion of Smith’s army advanced toward Shreveport. At 
 Cane River they met and defeated the Confederates (March 26) ; but near 
 Mansfield they were drawn into an ambuscade, and were attacked in front 
 and on both flanks by the whole force of the Confederates. The Federals 
 were driven back to Pleasant Hill, where, on the following day, they re- 
 pulsed another attack, and finally reached the river with the loss of 3000 
 men and 20 pieces of artillery. Banks now directed Porter, who had gone 
 on toward Shreveport, to return, as he could afford him no support. The 
 fleet started back, annoyed all the way by Confederate batteries and sharp- 
 shooters. The water had fallen very low, and the fleet would have been 
 lost had not Lieutenant-Colonel Bailey, of Wisconsin, proposed and super- 
 intended the construction of a dam across the river, by means of which the 
 fleet was extricated (May 11). The Federal armies met with disasters 
 elsewhere. On the 5th of February General Seymour left Port Royal for 
 a campaign in Florida; but on the 20th he was met by a superior force at 
 Olustee, 50 miles south-west of Jacksonville, and defeated with the loss of 
 1200 killed, wounded and missing. On the 3d of February General Sher- 
 
144 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 man started from Vicksburg and penetrated the State of Mississippi as fin- 
 east as Meridian, where lie expected a cavalry force from Memphis to join 
 him; but this force having been driven back, General Sherman was forced 
 to retrace his steps to Vicksburg. On the 12th of April Fort Pillow, on 
 the Mississippi, 70 miles above Memphis, was taken by the Confederates; 
 and a few days later they captured Fort Williams, near Plymouth, N. C., 
 together with 1600 men. These and other successes on the part of the Con- 
 federates showed the necessity of abandoning the desultory mode of warfare 
 which had caused the loss of so many lives upon both sides, yet had not, 
 apparently, brought about the beginning of the end. General Grant was 
 accordingly promoted to the rank of lieutenant-general (Mar. 3, 1864), 
 and given the powers of commander-in-chief (Mar. 14)., Turning over the 
 army of 100,000 men at Chattanooga to General Sherman, and making his 
 headquarters in the field, with the army of the Potomac, Grant ordered a 
 simultaneous advance to be made by both bodies early in May — by the 
 former upon Atlanta, Ga., and by the latter against Richmond. Sherman’s 
 men were in motion on the 7th of May. The Confederate general John- 
 ston, with 60,000 men, was posted at Dalton, which place he was forced 
 from by a flank movement. He fell back to Resaca, where a desperate 
 battle was fought (May 13, 14), in which he was defeated. The Confed- 
 erates continued their retreat, occasionally stopping to give battle; but they 
 were dually (July 10) driven into their strong fortifications before Atlanta. 
 Johnston was severely censured by the Confederates for retreating, and was 
 superseded by General Hood, who made three furious attacks on Sherman’s 
 army before Atlanta (July 20, 22, 28), but was defeated in all with very 
 heavy loss. After a siege of nearly two months, Sherman at last (Sept. 2) 
 gained possession of the city. In the mean time, the army of the Potomac 
 was not idle, but broke camp (May 3) under the immediate command of 
 General Meade, crossed the Rapidan, and soon reached “the Wilderness.” 
 Here the advance was met on the 5th, and a battle began which raged furi- 
 ously all day. At sunrise on the 6th the conflict was renewed, and it did 
 not close until darkness set in. On the 7th Lee fell back to Spottsyl vania, 
 where six days of continuous fighting ensued, the advantage remaining 
 with the Federals. Lee again fell back; and by flanking and fighting he 
 was forced back early in June to a point within a few miles of Richmond. 
 Finding the defences upon the north and east of Richmond too strong to 
 be at that time successfully attacked, General Grant abandoned his northern 
 line of advance, and with little opposition, between the 12th and 15th of 
 June, removed his army to the south side of the James River. He did 
 this with the view of taking Petersburg, 22 miles south of Richmond, and 
 thus necessitating the evacuation of the latter city. During this campaign 
 of 43 days 'more than 100,000 men upon each side, each receiving frequent 
 reinforcements, had been engaged in almost one continual battle, resulting 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 145 
 
 in heavy but nearly equal losses to both. Lee at once threw a large por- 
 tion of his army into the defences of Petersburg, the siege of which was 
 vigorously pushed. On the 80th of July a mine was exploded under one 
 of the Confederate forts ; but the assault that followed through the breach 
 thus made was repulsed, with a loss to the Federal army of 5000 men. On 
 the 18th of August the Federals seized and held the Weldon Railroad, 
 despite the most desperate efforts of the Confederates to recover it. Nothing 
 further of a decisive nature occurred before Petersburg during the re- 
 mainder of the year. On the 15th of November Sherman left Atlanta and 
 started to Savannah, in the neighborhood of which city he arrived on the 
 10th of December. On the 13tli Fort McAllister was carried by assault, 
 and on the 20th Savannah was evacuated by the Confederates and occupied 
 by the Federal troops. While Sherman was thus engaged, the Confederate 
 general Hood invaded Tennessee and drove back the Federal forces under 
 General Thomas from point to point; but was finally defeated near Nash- 
 ville (Dec. 15), with a loss of over 13,000 prisoners and 72 pieces of artil- 
 lery. During the year 1864, 1,200,000 men were called for by President 
 Lincoln. The first call (Feb. 1) was for 500,000 men ; but it was interpreted 
 to mean the deficiency under the previous call and 200,000 additional men. 
 The second (March 14) was for 200,000 men; the third (July 18), for 
 500,000 volunteers; the fourth (Dec. 20), for 300,000. 
 
 At the presidential election- of 1864 two candidates were presented — 
 Abraham Lincoln by the Republicans, for re-election, and General McClel- 
 lan by the Democrats. Twenty-five States took part in this election, and 
 the electoral vote cast was 233, of which Lincoln received 212, and 
 McClellan 21, being the votes of New Jersey, Delaware and Kentucky. 
 The popular vote of Lincoln and Johnson was 2,223,035, and that of 
 McClellan and Pendleton was 1,811,714. 
 
 After Sherman had allowed his army a short rest at Savannah, he again 
 took the field (Feb. 1, 1865). He marched through South Carolina, took 
 possession of Columbia (Feb. 17), and on the following day the force under 
 Gillmore, which had been besieging Charleston, entered that city, which 
 had been under bombardment 542 days. Sherman pushed on toward 
 North Carolina ; while Schofield, from Newbern, and Terry, from Wilming- 
 ton, were co-operating with him. After some fighting, the three armies 
 met at Goldsborough (Mar. 22); while General J. E. Johnston, with the 
 main army of the Confederates in that region, v r as held at bay at Raleigh. 
 At last, on the 24th of March, General Grant issued orders for a general 
 movement of the armies operating against Richmond, to be made on the 
 29th. On the 25th, however, Lee made a desperate effort to break through 
 the Federal lines on the Appomattox River, and Fort Steedman was taken 
 by the Confederates, but was soon recaptured. Sheridan, after a partial 
 repulse on the 31st of March, the next day defeated the Confederates at 
 10 
 
146 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Big Five Forks, and took 6000 prisoners. Immediately afterward (Apr. 
 2) Grant made an attack along the whole line in front of Petersburg, and 
 was everywhere successful. Petersburg was evacuated that evening ; Rich- 
 mond also was abandoned, and Lee retreated toward Lynchburg, but v T as 
 intercepted by Sheridan, and finally (Apr. 9) surrendered his army, now 
 reduced to 25,000 men. Johnston surrendered his army of 30,000 men 
 on the 26th of April. Between these two events, on the evening of the 
 14th of April, President Lincoln was shot by John Wilkes Booth, and died 
 at 22 minutes past 7 the following morning. In less than six hours after 
 his death Andrew Johnson, the Vice-President, had taken the oath of office 
 as President of the United States, and the government went steadily on in 
 its course. The w T ar, vffiich for four years had been consuming millions of 
 treasure and hundreds of thousands of human lives, was now at an end; 
 but there were difficult problems to solve before the question of “ Recon- 
 struction” could be settled. Early in 1865 Congress passed a resolution 
 proposing an amendment to the Constitution abolishing slavery throughout 
 the United States. Three-fourths of the States having ratified this amend- 
 ment, it was announced on the 18th of December, 1865, that it had become 
 a part of the Constitution; and slavery in the United States ceased to exist. 
 In June, 1866, great excitement was caused by the invasion of Canada by 
 bodies of Fenians, an Irish organization, formed for the purpose of wresting 
 Ireland from the British government and establishing the independence of 
 “the Emerald Isle.” President Johnson issued a proclamation cautioning 
 all against the enterprise as a violation of neutrality; and the vigorous 
 measures of General Meade, vffio was sent to the frontier, put a stop to the 
 movement. 
 
 THE TENTH DECADE [1866-1876].* 
 
 Presidents, Andrew" Johnson [April 15, 1865-March 4, 1869], 
 Ulysses S. Grant [1869 — ]. 
 
 During 1866 and 1867 the country was deeply agitated by the question 
 of Reconstruction — that is, of readmitting the seceded States to their former 
 position in the Union. The difficulty was greatly increased by a difference 
 of opinion between the President and Congress. The President recognized 
 loyal governments as existing in Virginia, Tennessee, Arkansas and Louisi- 
 ana. He appointed provisional governors for the other seceded States, 
 
 * For obvious reasons, the history of this decade will be incomplete, as this por- 
 tion of the work is devoted to history and not to prophecy ; and we do not possess the 
 peculiar ability of certain journalists who, knowing that a banquet was going to take 
 place to which they could not obtain admission, published a full report, with cha- 
 racteristic speeches by prominent guests, only to learn on the following day that the 
 banquet had been postponed, and to see their ruse de guerre thoroughly exposed. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 147 
 
 with the power to call conventions for the purpose of establishing perma- 
 nent governments ; and his policy was to recognize such governments, and 
 to restore the States to their former rights as soon as they should repeal 
 their ordinances of secession, repudiate their Confederate debt, and ratify 
 the Thirteenth Amendment, which Congress had proposed for the abolition 
 of slavery. Most of the States in question complied with these conditions ; 
 but Congress would not recognize them as reconstructed'without further 
 guarantees. A Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution was proposed, 
 for which the reader is referred to that instrument [see Government and 
 Laws], and the ratification of both the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Amend- 
 ments was required by Congress of States desiring readmission. Tennessee, 
 having promptly complied with this last requirement, was in July, 1866, 
 restored to her position in the Union. Two years later, after a long and 
 bitter struggle between the President and Congress on this and other ques- 
 tions, Arkansas, Alabama, Florida, North and South Carolina, Georgia 
 and Louisiana were also readmitted. Their senators and representatives 
 had been absent from their seats in Congress for more than seven years. 
 The difficulties between the President and Congress were aggravated by 
 the attempt of the former to remove Mr. Stanton, the Secretary of War, 
 from his position. The Tenure-of-office Act, passed shortly before, made 
 the consent of the Senate necessary to such removals (Feb., 1868). On 
 the 24th of February the House of Representatives passed a resolution to 
 impeach the President “of high crimes and misdemeanors,” on account of 
 his violation of the Tenure-of-office Act.* He was tried by the Senate, in 
 accordance with the provision made by the Constitution for such cases. A 
 vote was taken on three of the articles of impeachment; and as two-thirds 
 of the Senate had not pronounced the President guilty, he was acquitted 
 on those articles, and the impeachment trial came to an end. In the sum- 
 mer of 1868 an embassy from China came to the United States, under the 
 charge of Mr. Burlingame, who had been United States minister to China. 
 A treaty was negotiated at Washington and ratified by the United States 
 Senate (July 16), which guaranteed liberty of conscience to citizens of the 
 United States in China, and permission to attend all public educational 
 institutions, without being subjected to any political or religious test, to the 
 Chinese residing in the United States. 
 
 At the Presidential election of 1868 the Republicans nominated for the 
 presidency General U. S. Grant, of Illinois, and for the vice-presidency 
 Schuyler Colfax, of Indiana. Horatio Seymour, of New York, was nomi- 
 
 * There is a great deal of confusion with reference to the meaning of the word 
 “ impeach,” many persons thinking that it carries with it the idea of conviction of the 
 crimes charged. So far as President Johnson’s case is concerned, this definition will 
 suffice: “To cite before a tribunal for judgment of official misconduct; as, to impeach 
 a judge.” President Johnson was impeached, but was acquitted of the charges. 
 
148 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 nated by the Democrats for the presidency, and General Francis P. Blair, 
 Jr., of Missouri, for the vice-presidency. The Republican candidates 
 were successful, and General Grant was inaugurated on the 4th of March, 
 1869. On the 25th of the previous month the Fifteenth Amendment to 
 the Constitution was proposed by a joint resolution of Congress; and the 
 ratification of this amendment was afterward (April 10) made one of the 
 conditions for the readmission of the three States which were still unrep- 
 resented in Congress. Virginia ratified the amendment in 1869, Missis- 
 sippi and Texas in 1870, and in the latter year the States named were 
 restored to their position in the Union. The census of 1870 showed an 
 aggregate population of 38,558,371, an increase during ten years of 22) 
 per cent. In 1871 the governments of the United States and of Great 
 Britain appointed a joint high commission, which met at Washington and 
 concluded a treaty (May 8, 1871), which was ratified by the Senate (May 
 24). This treaty (known as “the Treaty of Washington”) provided that 
 a tribunal of arbitration should be constituted, consisting of one member 
 from Great Britain, one 'from the United States and three from foreign 
 countries (Switzerland, Italy and Brazil). This tribunal was to decide 
 upon the amount of the “ Alabama Claims ” — i. e., the claims of the United 
 States against the British government for damages on account of the injury 
 done to the American commerce by certain Confederate cruisers which were 
 fitted out in British ports. The first formal meeting of the “Geneva Tri- 
 bunal of Arbitration” was held on the 15tli of December, 1871. The 
 “ printed cases ” of the respective governments were presented, another 
 formal meeting was held on the following day, and the tribunal then ad- 
 journed to meet at Geneva on the 15th of June, 1872. At this date its 
 sessions were renewed, and at the thirty-second conference, held on the 14th 
 of September, a decision was announced, which states that “The tribunal, 
 by a majority of four voices to one, awards to the United States a sum of 
 $15,500,000 in gold, as the indemnity to be paid by Great Britain to the 
 United States for the satisfaction of all the claims referred to the consid- 
 eration of the tribunal.” The dissenting voice was, of course, that of the 
 British member of the tribunal, Sir Alexander Cockburn, who verbally 
 “stated the grounds of his own decision, which the tribunal ordered to be 
 recorded.” Sir Alexander “recorded” his reasons by publishing them in 
 the London Gazette for Sept. 24, 1872, and he “annexed” them to the offi- 
 cial protocol by sending a copy of the paper containing them to the agent 
 of the United States. Such is the statement which we have seen appended 
 to a report of the proceedings of this conference in the Annual Cyclopcedia 
 for 1872. It is only fair, however, to give the account of Mr. Cushing, 
 who certainly cannot be accused of an exhibition of favoritism when speak- 
 ing of the British arbitrator. “ He withheld his argument from the tri- 
 bunal at the proper time for its presentation as the ‘ reasons ’ of an arbi- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 149 
 
 trator. At the last moment, without its being read by the tribunal or 
 printed for the information of agents or counsel, as a resolution of the 
 tribunal, adopted on his. own motion, required, he presents this argument 
 as his Reasons for Dissenting from the Decision of the Tribunal of Arbi- 
 tration.” The publication of all of the Reasons, etc., could not have been 
 made in the London Gazette, if, as Mr. Cushing says, they filled 296 pages 
 of folio letter-press, 180 of which were devoted to opinions on the various 
 vessels, and the remaining 116 “partly to the discussion of the special 
 questions,” says Mr. Cushing, with great courtesy, “ in all of which he is 
 inordinately prolix, and partly” (here Mr. Cushing’s courtesy is overpow- 
 ering) “to a general outpouring of all the bile which had been accumu- 
 lating on his stomach during the progress of the arbitration.” 
 
 In the latter part of 1872 and in the beginning of 1873 was fought the 
 famous “Modoc War.” The Modoc Indians took possession of the Lava 
 Beds, near Fort Klamath, in Oregon. Under their chief, Captain Jack, 
 they kept concealed in the caverns which abound in that locality, and it 
 was exceedingly difficult to force them into action. They were armed with 
 rifles equal, if not superior, to those of our soldiers. They were holding 
 positions which gave them a decided advantage over any attacking party. 
 They were commanded, moreover, by a skilful and unscrupulous leader, 
 and their flexible system of tactics enabled them to take the fullest advan- 
 tage of their thorough acquaintance with “ the seat of the war,” while the 
 routine methods of attack and defence which are preserved .in the regular 
 army left our soldiers to a certain extent at the mercy of their wary foes. 
 Kor was there perfect freedom on the part of some of the officers from the 
 careless spirit displayed by Braddock more than a century before, if, as we 
 have been informed by a soldier who passed through the whole camjraign, 
 a detachment of twenty or thirty men was permitted to halt for dinner 
 without having a single sentry posted ; whereupon the savages stole upon 
 their unwary foes and killed nearly every man of them. After a number 
 of almost fruitless skirmishes, General Canby, who commanded the De- 
 partment of the Columbia, together with the peace-commissioners, Thomas 
 and Meacham, attempted negotiations for a peace, were met by Captain 
 Jack and several of his warriors under a flag of truce, and were treacher- 
 ously fired upon (Apr. 11). Gen. Canby and Mr. Thomas were killed, and 
 Mr. Meacham was wounded. Col. Jefferson C. Davis was immediately 
 assigned to the command of the department, and by the 1st of June his 
 vigorous measures had resulted in the capture of the whole tribe, includ- 
 ing Captain Jack, Sconchin, Hooker Jim, Black Jim, Bogus Charley, 
 Boston Charley and Steamboat Frank. The seven just named were tried 
 by a military court-martial, and found guilty of murder. Captain Jack, 
 Sconchin and Black Jim were hanged (Oct. 3), but the others were spared 
 and transported to Dakota with the rest of the tribe. 
 
150 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 On the 31st of October, 1873, the Virginius, a ship sailing under the 
 American flag, was captured on the high seas, near Jamaica, by the Span- 
 ish steamer Tornado. It was alleged that the captured vessel was laden 
 with men and arms for the Cuban insurgent army. She had 170 men on 
 board, including the crew, and these were all held as prisoners. On the 
 morning of the 4th of November four prominent Cubans who were among 
 the passengers were shot. On the 7th and 8th, Captain Fry was shot, 
 together with 36 of the crew, and a few days' later seventeen British subjects 
 were disposed of in the same manner. Further executions were stopped 
 by orders from Madrid. Prompt action was taken by the United States 
 government. War with Spain seemed at one time inevitable, but a peace- 
 ful settlement was brought about by negotiation. Spain stipulated “to 
 restore forthwith the vessel referred to, and the survivors of her passengers 
 and crew, and on the 25th day of December (1873) to salute the flag of 
 the United States;” but the salute was to be dispensed with if before the 
 time specified Spain should prove that the Virginius was not entitled at 
 the time of her capture to carry the American flag. This was not a very 
 difficult task ; the Spanish minister easily obtained the required evidence 
 within the stipulated time; so the Virginius was delivered up without the 
 salute, on the 16th of December. She sailed for New York, but sank 
 before reaching her destination. It was, however, a great satisfaction to 
 the country that when she sank she was under the American flag. 
 
 On the 5th of September, 1874, the centennial anniversary of the meet- 
 ing of the First Continental Congress [see Historical Sketch, p. 
 99] was celebrated by a meeting held in Carpenters’ Hall, Philadelphia, 
 in the very building and room where that historic body had assembled. 
 On the 19th of April, 1875, the centennial of the opening scenes of the 
 Revolution was celebrated at Lexington and Concord. At Concord 
 French’s statue of “The Minute-Man” was unveiled. An address was 
 delivered by Ralph Waldo Emerson and an oration by George William 
 Curtis, while the poem was read by James Russell Lowell. At Lexington 
 the oration was delivered by Richard H. Dana, Jum, and the poem was 
 read by John G. Whittier. On the 17th of June the celebration of the 
 centennial of the battle of Bunker Hill took place at Boston. The lead- 
 ing feature was the enthusiastic reception of the Southern soldiers who 
 came to participate in the ceremonies. 
 
 Here, then, our record closes, with the expression of the hope that the 
 greater Centennial, now near at hand, may be the occasion of still kinder 
 and more brotherly feelings between those who in the past “contending 
 have stood apart,” until in fact as well as in name, in heart and sentiment 
 as well as in outward form of government, this country may deserve the 
 name of “ The United States of America.” 
 

 
 Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 THE CRYSTAL PALACE, LONDON, 1851. 
 
 
 T HE “ Great Exhibition of the Industry of All Nations, ,r which was 
 given in the building above represented, was the first of all interna- 
 tional exhibitions. It was fancifully resolved that the length of the 
 building should indicate its date. It therefore extended 1851 feet, with a 
 breadth of 450 feet and a height of 66 feet. It was situated in Hyde 
 Park, and covered an area of 13 acres. It was constructed of iron and 
 glass, and the contractors agreed to have it completed within four months. 
 The glass-maker was to be ready within that time with 900,000 square feet 
 of glass, weighing 400 tons and composed of the largest panes of sheet- 
 glass which had ever been made, each being 49 inches long. The iron- 
 master was to furnish 3300 columns, varying from 141 to 20 feet in length, 
 34 miles of guttering-tube to connect every individual column under ground, 
 2224 girders and 1128 bearers for supporting galleries. The carpenter 
 was to provide 205 miles of sash-bar, flooring for an area of more than 
 3,300,000 square feet Cone account says 33,000,000 cubic feet /), besides a 
 vast amount of wooden walling, louvre-work and partition. These extra- 
 ordinary engagements were interfered with by no important accident, and 
 all went on with admirable regularity toward completion. Sir Joseph 
 Paxton was the architect. A royal commission had the management of ' 
 
 lot 
 
152 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 the whole affair, and a guarantee-fund was subscribed, the quefen heading 
 the list with £1000. 
 
 The exhibition was opened by the queen on the 1st of May, 1851, was 
 open 144 days, and was closed October 11. The number of exhibitors is 
 variously stated, the lowest figures given being 13,937, and the highest 
 17,000.. The entire number of visitors was 6,201,856, averaging 43,068 
 per day. The largest attendance was on Tuesday, the 7th of October, when 
 109,915 persons were admitted. Between eleven and twelve o’clock on 
 that day 28,853 persons entered the building. Pecuniarily, this exhi- 
 bition was a decided success. The gross receipts were £505,107 5s. 7d., 
 while the expenses were £330,000, so that there was no call on those who 
 had subscribed to the guarantee-fund. The surplus was expended in pur- 
 chasing a site for a National Gallery. 
 
 Only 600 articles wrnre sent to this exhibition from the United States, 
 yet the Americans carried off five grand-council medals and ninety-five 
 prize medals. One article (a reaper), exhibited by a citizen of the United 
 States, was considered by the London Times “so important that it would 
 repay England if the exhibition had done nothing else than make that 
 invention known.” 
 
 The closing scene of the exhibition was very impressive. At five o’clock 
 p. M. on the 11th of October, Mr. Belshaw, one of the managers, appeared 
 at the west corner of the transept gallery, on the north side, bearing in his 
 hand a large red flag, which he displayed just as the clock struck. In- 
 stantly all the organs in the building sent forth the notes of the well-known 
 national anthem, “ God save the Queen.” These were continued for seve- 
 ral minutes ; then ensued a silence to be broken by a tremendous rolling 
 sound like that of thunder, caused by thousands of feet stamping their 
 loyalty (or their courtesy) upon the boarded floors. This demonstration 
 caused every portion of the edifice to tremble, and as it swept from west 
 to east many an eye was raised with anxiety to the girders and pillars ; 
 and now the time had arrived for the death-knell of the exhibition to be 
 rung out. It came, and a perfect storm of bell-peals broke over the build- 
 ing. Immediately before this closing signal some one hung out from the 
 gallery of the transept the following lines — a well-selected epilogue from 
 Shakespeare’s Tempest : 
 
 “ Our revels now are ended. These our actors, 
 
 As I foretold you, were all spirits, and 
 Are melted into air, into thin air ; 
 
 And, like the baseless fabric of this vision, 
 
 The cloud-capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, 
 
 The solemn temples, the great globe itself, 
 
 Yea, all which it inherit, shall dissolve, 
 
 And, like this insubstantial pageant faded, 
 
 Leave not a rack behind.” 
 
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, RESOURCES AUD 
 PROSPECTS ART) TOPOGRAPHY OF' THE 
 UHITEH STATES. 
 
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 
 
 T HE United States of America occupy the central portion of North 
 America. They extend from the Atlantic Ocean on the east to the 
 Pacific on the west, from the chain of great lakes in the north to the Gulf 
 of Mexico on the south. The area of the territory thus bounded is 
 3,026,494 square miles. In addition to this they possess the Territory of 
 Alaska, purchased of the Russian government, and formerly known as 
 Russian America, with an area of 577,390 square miles. This brings the 
 total area of the land-surface up to 3,603,884 square miles. 
 
 As Alaska is detached, we shall omit it for the present, and confine our 
 remarks to the main body of the territory contained within the limits 
 above mentioned. The greatest length of this region is 2650 miles, and 
 its greatest breadth 1600 miles. It possesses a geographical position 
 eminently fitted for the growth and rapid development of a great and 
 powerful people. It is happily situated between the extremes of heat and 
 cold, its flora is abundant and varied, and its climate is such as conduces 
 to physical and intellectual vigor. Its eastern coast, washed by the 
 Atlantic, is filled with numerous bays and roadsteads, which present every 
 facility for commercial intercourse with Europe ; while its western shores, 
 bounded by the Pacific, open their harbors and inlets to the rich traffic of 
 Asia and Oceanica. The extent of the coast-line has been estimated by 
 geographers at figures ranging from 6200 miles up to 12,000 miles; but 
 Professor Brocklesby, by counting in many of the smaller bays, obtains 
 the following figures, which are much more accurate: “The length of the 
 eastern coast-line is 7000 miles, that of the southern 3400 miles, while that 
 of the Pacific is 3700, giving a total length of 14,100 miles.” The prin 
 cipal branches of the sea extending into the land are the Chesapeake, 
 Delaware and Massachusetts Bays and Albemarle and Pamlico Sounds 
 on the Atlantic coast, and the Bay of San Francisco on the Pacific coast. 
 The principal bodies of land projecting into the sea are the peninsulas of 
 Florida on the south-east and Cape Cod on the east, both extending into 
 the Atlantic Ocean. Numerous islands are scattered along the various 
 coasts of the United States, nearly all of which give evidence, both by their 
 
 153 
 
154 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 geological structure and their position, that they were once a part of the 
 main land, and have been separated from it by a convulsion of nature or 
 by the action of the waters of rivers and of the ocean. The islands of 
 the Atlantic coast, north of Cape Cod, are mostly high and rocky, being 
 of granite formation. Those south of Cape Cod on the same coast are 
 generally low and sandy. Long Island, east of New York, is the largest, 
 and contains an area of 1682 square miles. On the Pacific coast the prin- 
 cipal islands are the Santa Barbara Islands, which are barren and rocky, 
 but contain several good harbors. 
 
 The mountain-chains of the United States are the Alleghany or Appa- 
 lachian systems in the east, and the Rocky Mountain and Pacific systems 
 in the west. That last named is also called the California system, and is 
 sometimes, but incorrectly, considered a part of the Rocky Mountain system. 
 The Alleghany Mountains extend from the St. Lawrence through Western 
 New England, the Middle States and the Southern States to Alabama, in 
 a line nearly parallel with the Atlantic coast. In some parts of its extent 
 this system consists of a single chain, but it is generally composed of 
 several parallel ranges, with valleys between. The White Mountains of 
 New Hampshire, noted for their grand and beautiful scenery, the Green 
 Mountains of Vermont and the Highlands of Maine, are also portions of 
 this range. The Alleghanies proper are about 1300 miles long, with an 
 average width of about 70 miles. North of the 40th parallel of latitude 
 they are known as the “Blue Mountains,” and south of that parallel as 
 the “Blue Ridge.” Mount Mitchell, in North Carolina, 6732 feet high, 
 was long thought to be the highest peak of the range, but it is now known 
 that that pre-eminence belongs to Mount Clingman, in the same State, 
 which rises to the height of 6941 feet. The remaining principal mountains 
 of this chain and its spurs and outlines are, with their respective heights, 
 in the White Mountains, Mount Washington, 6234 feet, and Mount Adams, 
 5960 feet; in the Adirondacks, Mount Marcy, 5402 feet; and in the Maine 
 Highlands, Mount Katahdin, 5385 feet. 
 
 The Rocky Mountain system is a part of the great American chain 
 which extends from the Arctic Ocean to the most southern point of South 
 America. The main chain of this system extends in a southerly direction 
 entirely across the United States, forming the water-shed between the 
 Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. From the boundary of British America to 
 the 38th parallel of latitude this chain is known as the Rocky Mountains, 
 and thence to the southern boundary of the United States it is called the 
 Sierra Madre, a Spanish name signifying “Mother Range.” A spur called 
 the “ Black Hills ” branches off at the 40th parallel, and extends north- 
 east nearly to the Missouri River. An expedition under the command of 
 General Custer penetrated this region during the months of July and 
 August, 1874, and it was reported that large quantities of gold were then 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 155 
 
 discovered upon one of the Indian reservations, but the truth of this report 
 was denied by Professor Winchell, the chief geologist of the party. The 
 principal peaks of the Rocky Mountains, with their respective heights, are 
 Fremont’s Peak, 13,750 feet; Long’s Peak, 14,270 feet, and Pike’s Peak, 
 14,147 feet. 
 
 The California or Pacific system consists of the Coast Mountains, the 
 Sierra "Nevada (Spanish for “Snowy Range,” the word “Nevada” mean- 
 ing literally “ white as snow ”) and the Cascade Range. The Coast Moun- 
 tains extend along the Pacific coast from the southern boundary of Cali- 
 fornia to Vancouver’s Island. They are covered with vegetation to their 
 summits, but the loftier heights of the Cascade Range and Sierra Nevada 
 are barren and inaccessible, many of the peaks beiug perpetually covered 
 with snow. The Sierra Nevada branches off from the Coast Mountains 
 at the 35th parallel of latitude, and extends in a northerly direction to 
 about the 43d parallel, where it is merged into the Cascade Range, which 
 is the loftiest chain of mountains in the United States. The principal 
 peaks of the Pacific system are, with their respective heights, Mount St. 
 Elias, in Alaska, 17,900 feet; Mount Fairweather, also in Alaska, 14,700 
 feet; and south of Vancouver’s Island, Mount Hood, 14,000 feet; Mount 
 Shasta, 14,000 feet, and Mount St. Helens, 13,300 feet. Several of these 
 are volcanoes, and Mount Hood, in Oregon, and Mount St. Helens, in 
 "Washington, have both been seen in a state of eruption. 
 
 The great lakes, Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie and Ontario, com- 
 prising together an area of 92,000 square miles, contain most of the lake 
 waters in the United States. The boundary-line between Canada and the 
 United States passes through the middle of all except Lake Michigan, which 
 lies entirely within the territory of the latter. The area of Lake Superior 
 is 31,500 square miles, its length is 480 miles, and its average depth 1000 
 feet. The area of Lake Huron is 23,100 square miles, its length is 252 
 miles, and its average depth 1000 feet. The area of Lake Michigan is 
 23,150 square miles, its length is 320 miles, and its average depth 1000 
 feet. By accurate observations it has been ascertained that this lake has 
 a lunar tidal wave of about three inches. The area of Lake Erie is 7800 
 square miles, its length 250 miles, and its average depth 120 feet. The 
 area of Lake Ontario is 6900 square miles, its length is 190 miles, and its 
 average depth 500 feet. The value of these lakes to the commerce of the 
 United States can scarcely be over-estimated, as they form, in connection 
 with the St. Lawrence River, a natural outlet for one of the richest grain- 
 producing countries in the world. A vessel of six hundred tons burden 
 can be loaded with grain at Chicago and taken to Liverpool, getting 
 around Niagara Falls by the use of the Welland Canal. 
 
 In describing in a general way the surface of the United States, all 
 geographers have freely used the principle of hydrodynamics, upon which 
 
156 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 rests the assertion that “ water will not run up hill.” In other words, 
 they have divided the country into regions answering to the great river 
 systems, considering as one division all the country drained by any one 
 system. They have not, however, arrived at the same results, but for our 
 purpose the following divisions will suffice : 1st. The St. Lawrence Basin, 
 including the country drained by rivers flowing into the St. Lawrence, or 
 into the chain of great lakes of which that river is the outlet. 2d. The 
 Atlantic Slope, drained by rivers flowing into the Atlantic Ocean, or into 
 the Gulf of Mexico east of the Mississippi. 3d. The Mississippi Valley, 
 drained by the Mississippi and its tributaries. 4th. The Texas Slope, 
 drained by rivers flowing into the Gulf of Mexico west of the Mississippi. 
 5th. The Pacific Slope, the rivers of which flow into the Pacific Ocean. 
 6th. The Great Inland Basin, in which the rivers are lost in the sand or 
 by evaporation, or flow into some lake which has no outlet. 7th. The 
 basin of the Red River of the North, including a small tract of about 
 20,000 square miles, the waters of which make their way to Hudson’s Bay 
 through the river above mentioned, Lake Winnipeg and Nelson’s River. 
 The boundary which separates one basin or slope from another is called 
 the water-shed, because the waters on different sides of that line go in 
 different directions. Sometimes this consists of a lofty chain of mountains, 
 but more often it is a less elevated ridge. A mythical account has been 
 published of a house so accurately placed upon the line between the Mis- 
 sissippi Valley and the Atlantic Slope that the water from one side of the 
 roof ran off to the Atlantic, while that from the other side made its way 
 to the Mississippi. 
 
 The St. Lawrence Basin embraces a part of Vermont, New York, Penn- 
 sylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota, and all of 
 Michigan. The entire region is a well-watered, fertile plain, varying in 
 elevation above the level of the sea from 300 to 1500 feet. The rivers of 
 this system within the United States are insignificant. The Atlantic Slope 
 embraces all the New England States except Vermont, all of New Jersey, 
 Delaware, the District of Columbia, South Carolina and Florida, and a 
 part of New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia, Maryland, 
 North Carolina, Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi. It consists of a sea- 
 board plain and an upper belt, which constitutes the true slope. Its 
 rivers generally flow through a mountainous or hilly country, and are 
 obstructed by rapids not far from the sea. On this account they are not 
 usually navigable for any great distance, but large vessels can ascend the 
 Hudson River to Hudson, the Delaware to Philadelphia, and the Potomac 
 to Washington. The passage of these rivers through mountain-gorges and 
 over steep descents is often marked by the most striking scenes of natural 
 beauty, and the water-power furnished by their rapids and falls is immense, 
 giving rise to large manufacturing cities. The soil of the Atlantic Slope 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 157 
 
 is varied in its character. In the northern portion, which has been longest 
 under cultivation, it has been so thoroughly worked as to require the use 
 of fertilizers to a much greater extent than the fresh soil of the Western 
 prairies, but the nearness to large city markets and the great wealth of this 
 section of country amply compensate for the requisite outlay. South of 
 the Roanoke the plain near the coast abounds in swamps, but there are 
 also extended sandy tracts covered with pine forests, and a large extent of 
 rich alluvial soil. The upper belt or true slope is a well-watered, beau- 
 tiful and fertile section — one of the richest districts of the United States. 
 The Mississippi Valley embraces portions of New York, Pennsylvania, 
 Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louis- 
 iana, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Dakota, Montana, 
 Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico and Texas, and all of Kentucky, Ten- 
 nessee, Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas and the Indian Terri- 
 tory. It covers more than 1,300,000 square miles, more than one-third 
 of the entire area of the United States, including Alaska, and is for the 
 most part a region of unrivalled fertility. That portion which is east 
 of the Mississippi River has a very gradual ascent to the base of the 
 Alleghany Mountains, the average elevation being about 500 feet. This 
 is a magnificent, undulating country, well watered, and blessed with a rich 
 soil and a favorable climate. Formerly it was almost covered with dense 
 forests, but the woods have now to a great extent disappeared, to give 
 place to crops adapted to its varying climatic conditions. West of the 
 Mississippi the character of the surface changes, and it spreads out into 
 slightly-rolling or perfectly- level prairies, covered with long grass, with 
 scarcely a tree or shrub except on the banks of streams. From the Missis- 
 sippi to the Rocky Mountains the land has a gradual ascent of about six 
 feet to the mile. 
 
 The principal rivers of this valley are the Mississippi, the Missouri and 
 the Ohio. The source of the Mississippi River is Itasca Lake, in Min- 
 nesota, which is not more than fifteen miles from Elbow Lake, the source 
 of the Red River of the North. Its length is 2900 miles, and it is navi- 
 gable for steamboats from the Gulf of Mexico to the Falls of St. Anthony, 
 a distance of 2200 miles. The uniformity of its width is remarkable, as 
 it is about half a mile wide at New Orleans, and does not materially vary 
 from that width, except at the bends, for more than 2000 miles. Even 
 when the Missouri, with a stream more than half a mile wide, joins it, the 
 river below is not so broad as either one above. It contains many islands, 
 which have been numbered below the mouth of the Ohio, but as many 
 have been washed away, while others are continually forming, the numbers 
 are now very irregular. The Missouri River is really the main stream, as 
 it is somewhat larger at the point of junction, and the combined stream 
 receives from it its most distinguishing characteristics. It rises in the 
 
158 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Rocky Mountains, and the springs which form its source are not more 
 than a mile from the head-waters of the Columbia. Its waters are turbid 
 and muddy, while those of the Mississippi above the junction of the rivers 
 are comparatively clear ; hence the name, Missouri, which means “ Smoky 
 River,” or, by another interpretation, “Mud River.” Its length to the 
 junction is 3096 miles, more than twice that of the Upper Mississippi to 
 the same point, and this gives the Missouri another very strong claim to 
 be considered the parent stream. It is navigable for more than 2500 
 miles, and when this distance is added to the length of the lower Mis- 
 sissippi (1410 miles) the sum-total shows a continuous navigable river 
 nearly 4000 miles long. Its entire length, taken in connection with the 
 same addition, is 4506 miles, making the longest river in the world. We 
 have given so much space to these details in order to explain the various 
 calculations of the length of the Mississippi. As that name has been 
 given to, and clings to, the lower stream, some geographers, owing to 
 their anxiety to give this country proper credit for the possession of the 
 mightiest of rivers, have stated the combined length of the Missouri and 
 the lower part of the Mississippi in connection with the name of the latter 
 stream. Their figures then vary from 4100 miles to the number which we 
 have given. Others have stated, in connection with the same name, the 
 length of the Mississippi proper, making it 2800 or 2900 miles, hence a 
 confusion has arisen with reference to this, matter in the minds of many 
 people, of whom it is our hope that some, at least, may see and be bene- 
 fited by this explanation. The Ohio River is formed in the western 
 part of Pennsylvania, at Pittsburg, by the junction of the Monongahela 
 and Alleghany Rivers. By the latter the drainage-valley of the Mississippi 
 is extended into New York, and in Potter county, Pa., it reaches a point 
 where the Mississippi Valley, the St. Lawrence Basin and the Atlantic 
 Slope are so near to one another that over an extent of a few acres it is a 
 mere chance whether the water which falls upon the surface reaches the 
 ocean by the Gulf of Mexico, the Gulf of St. Lawrence or Chesapeake 
 Bay. The length of the Ohio is about 1000 miles, and it is navigable for 
 steamboats throughout its whole course, with the exception of a rocky 
 rapid at Louisville, which is avoided by the use of a canal two and a half 
 miles long. Its current is generally uniform, smooth and placid, but it is 
 subject to sudden elevations and depressions, having been known to rise 
 twelve feet in a single night. Other large rivers of this system, with their 
 respective lengths, are — the Yellowstone, 550 miles ; the Platte, 2000 
 miles; the Kansas, 1200 miles; the Arkansas, 2000 miles, and the Red 
 River, 1500 miles. All of these are navigable for long distances, and 
 this great river system is as valuable to the country as 10,000 additional 
 miles of sea-coast would be. 
 
 The Texas Slope embraces nearly all of Texas and New Mexico, and 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 159 
 
 part of Colorado and Louisiana. It consists of, 1st. A low plain border- 
 ing immediately upon the gulf, which is an extremely fertile region ; 2d. 
 A gently-undulating prairie-country, gradually rising toward the north-east 
 to the elevation of a thousand feet, which is also fertile and admirably 
 adapted for grazing; 3d. A lofty table-land, traversed in the western part 
 by several ranges of mountains ; while the eastern part is a barren plain, 
 nearly as large as the State of Pennsylvania, called by the Mexicans the 
 Llano Estacado, or “Staked Plain,” because they drove stakes into the 
 ground to mark out their route across it. The principal rivers are the 
 Rio Grande (Spanish for Great River), which is 1800 miles long, and the 
 Texan Colorado River (there is another river of the same name on the 
 Pacific Slope), the length of which is 900 miles. 
 
 The Pacific Slope embraces the greater part of California, all of Ore- 
 gon, and a part of Washington, Idaho, Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Wyoming, 
 New Mexico and Arizona Territories. It forms three separate divisions, 
 the northern, southern and western. The northern division embraces the 
 section north of the Great Inland Basin, between the Rocky Mountains 
 and the Cascade Range. This entire region is a table-land with an aver- 
 age elevation of from 2500 to 3000 feet above the sea, and it is traversed 
 by many broken mountain-ridges. It is a region of general sterility, with 
 the exception of some valleys where the soil is better constituted for fer- 
 tility and the rains are more abundant ; but even these oases are better 
 adapted for grazing than for agriculture. The southern division includes 
 the country lying between the Wahsatch and Rocky Mountains, which is 
 drained by rivers flowing into the Gulf of California. It is in general a 
 table-land, with an average elevation of about 4000 feet above the level 
 of the sea, and it is traversed, like the northern division, by many broken 
 mountain-ranges. The western division embraces the country between the 
 Coast Mountains and the Pacific, and the valleys between this chain and 
 the Cascade Range and Sierra Nevada. This is a region 1200 miles in 
 length by 120 miles in breadth, containing an area of about 144,000 
 square miles. It is well watered and exceedingly fertile, and is the only 
 extensive section of the Pacific Slope which is naturally capable of sup- 
 porting a dense population. In the southern part of this division, so 
 extraordinary are the prolific influences of the soil and climate, that the 
 grasses, trees, fruit and grains attain a very remarkable development. 
 The soil of other portions of the Pacific Slope is not hopelessly barren, for 
 it has been discovered that in many places where it was deemed almost 
 irreclaimable it could be made to produce excellent crops by the use of 
 artificial irrigation. 
 
 The principal rivers of the Pacific Slope are the Colorado, the Columbia 
 and the Sacramento. The Colorado is one of the most remarkable rivers 
 in the world. Rising from numerous sources ten or twelve thousand feet 
 
160 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 above the level of the sea, 011 the western side of the Rocky Mountains, 
 this great river descends into the plateau of the same name, through which 
 it has worn its present wondrous channel, the walls of which sink down 
 perpendicularly from the edge of the table-land for a distance of more 
 than 300 miles. The distance from the top of the bank to the surface of 
 the river varies from 1000 to 6000 feet. The most remarkable part of its 
 course is the Big Canon, canon (pronounced can-yone') being a Spanish 
 word meaning the place of passage of a river between perpendicular rocky 
 walls of great height. The Big Canon is in the north-western corner of 
 Arizona Territory, and begins at the mouth of the Diamond River, about 
 35 miles from Yamais Village. At this point its walls have an altitude of 
 3000 feet, but a few miles farther eastward the table-land rises to the alti- 
 tude of more than 7000 feet above the sea, and the vast cliffs of the canon 
 tower to the height of more than a mile above the stream. The length of 
 the Colorado is about 1100 miles. The Columbia has its sources in the 
 Rocky Mountains, and plunging from these lofty ranges in cataracts and 
 rapids through canons more than 1000 feet in height enters the Pacific 
 after a course of 1200 miles. The passage of the Columbia River through 
 the Cascade Mountains, which is known as “The Cascades,” is a scene of 
 great grandeur and beauty. The Sacramento and its tributary, the San 
 Joaquin, drain one of the richest countries in the world, viz., the famous 
 gold-producing valleys of California. 
 
 The Great Inland Basin, sometimes called “Fremont’s Basin,” embraces 
 nearly all of Nevada and parts of Oregon, California, Idaho and Utah. 
 This singular region is a plateau with an average elevation of 5000 feet 
 above the level of the sea, surrounded by rugged mountains. It is a 
 dreary, desolate country, abounding in salt lakes and “ alkaline springs ” — 
 i. e., springs strongly impregnated with carbonate of soda and other alka- 
 line ingredients ; and it has a system of lakes and rivers of its own, having 
 no connection with the ocean. Great Salt Lake is 291 miles in circum- 
 ference, and has an area of 1875 square miles. Its water is almost satu- 
 rated with salt, the amount of saline matter being so large that no living 
 thing can exist in it. It contains about 22 per cent, of chloride of sodium, 
 and forms one of the purest and most concentrated brines known. Utah 
 Lake, a beautiful sheet of pure fresh water, thirty miles long and about 
 ten miles broad, communicates with Great Salt Lake through the River 
 Jordan, which is fifty miles long. 
 
 The longest river in the Great Inland Basin is the Humboldt River, 
 which empties into Humboldt Lake, called its “sink,” because there is no 
 outlet. This river is 350 miles long, but is in no place larger than a mill- 
 stream. 
 
 The basiii of the Red River of the North embraces a part of Minnesota 
 and Dakota. It is a plain elevated about 1500 feet above the level of the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 161 
 
 sea, and is similar in all respects to the adjoining regions which are drained 
 by the Mississippi and the St. Lawrence. We have already noted how 
 near the source of the principal river of this system is to that of the Mis- 
 sissippi. The elevation of the water-shed between them is so slight that 
 during high water, caused by heavy rains, boats can pass from one basin 
 into the ether. 
 
 CLIMATE, RAINFALL AND STORMS. 
 
 Climate. — We use the word climate in its popular sense, as applying 
 mainly to the temperature; but technically the climate of a country sig- 
 nifies “ its condition relative to all those atmospheric phenomena which 
 influence organized beings.” The degree of heat, the winds, the rainfall, 
 the changes in atmospheric weight as indicated by the barometer, are all 
 comprehended under this term when correctly applied, although popular 
 usage is satisfied with describing a climate as warm or cold. Taking the 
 word in its correct sense, as given above, the climate of a country is a 
 subject of the greatest importance. The great variety of climate to be 
 found within the limits of the United States has doubtless been one of the 
 leading reasons for the rapid development of their resources of every de- 
 scription. It seems to indicate that a bountiful Providence designed this 
 land for the home of the oppressed of every land and clime. 
 
 The first subject claiming our attention, then, is the temperature; and 
 as this article does not claim to be a treatise on the science of physical 
 geography, we shall deal mainly with the average annual temperature, 
 unless some other average is specified. Some definitions are requisite, 
 however, for those who have not made physical geography the subject of 
 special study. The very name indicates that the average annual tempera- 
 ture of a place is the result obtained by daily taking observations of the 
 thermometer for a year at that place (usually three times a day), adding 
 up the sum of the degrees of all the observations taken, then dividing that 
 sum by the number of these observations. The quotient will be the av- 
 erage for one year ; but it is thought necessary to take the averages for 
 several years, ten if possible, add them together and divide by the number 
 of years, thus obtaining a new general average, the correctness of which 
 will, of course, depend upon the number of years taken. Now, it is true 
 that the equator is warmer than the poles, and that generally the climate 
 is colder on approaching the poles, and warmer on approaching the equator. 
 It was, however, very soon discovered by those of modern times who first 
 gave attention to this subject that the latitude of a place does not deter- 
 mine its climate, any more than the length of its longest day — a mode of 
 estimating which was handed down from the second century of our era, 
 and which amounts, of course, to the same thing as reckoning by the lati- 
 tude. The wider the range of geographical knowledge w^s extended, the 
 li 
 
162 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 more plainly it became evident that countries in the same latitude did not 
 necessarily have the same temperature; nay, more, the thoughtful student 
 of history detected the fact that in the course of a century or more a de- 
 cided change might take place in the temperature of a whole country. 
 Some interesting remarks of this nature are made in Observations on the 
 Climate in different Parts of America, by Dr. Hugh Williamson, •published 
 in 1811. He says : “ It is well known that in the Atlantic States the cold 
 of our winters is greatly moderated. As the surface of the country is 
 cleared, a greater quantity of heat is reflected ; the air becomes warmer, 
 and the north-west winds are checked in their progress. It is generally 
 admitted that in Massachusetts and New Hampshire the quantity of snow 
 that fell during the winter fifty years ago was more than [the] double of 
 what has fallen in any winter for several years past. The river Delaware, 
 in the latitude of forty degrees, used to be frozen by the middle of No- 
 vember, but of late, it has seldom been frozen before Christmas ; and there 
 are winters in which it is never frozen across. As the westerly winds 
 decrease the easterly winds prevail. They have become more frequent 
 and they extend to a greater distance across the country than before. It 
 is well known that ships from Europe make their passages now in less time 
 by one-third than they required about fifty years ago ; for the north-west- 
 erly winds that formerly prevailed on the coast frequently kept off the 
 shipping for several weeks. They are now favored by easterly winds, 
 which have increased so much of late that they are likely to be our pre- 
 vailing winds during the summer.” These remarks, which we have given 
 at length, as being specially appropriate in a work of historical and sta- 
 tistical information, were written six years before Humboldt placed the 
 science of climatology upon a comparatively firm basis by publishing his 
 Isothermal Lines, and the Distribution of Heat on the Surface of the Globe. 
 An isothermal line is a line passing through all those places where the 
 average annual temperature is the same. Now, if the latitude of a place 
 determined its climate, the isothermal lines would all run in the same 
 direction as the parallels of latitude — every place, for instance, where the 
 average annual temperature is 59° F. would be in the same latitude, and 
 the line connecting those places would consequently pass directly around 
 the earth without altering its distance from the equator or from the nearest 
 pole. This, however, is not the case. While in Europe this isothermal 
 line of 59° goes as high as the 42d parallel of north latitude, in America 
 it descends as low as the 35th parallel, so that the mean annual temperature 
 at Beaufort, N. C., is nearly the same as that of Rome, although the dif- 
 ference in latitude is more than seven degrees. It is not necessary to go 
 to Europe for examples. The isothermal line of 50° F. passes through New 
 Haven, Conn., Pittsburg, Pa., and Burlington, Iowa, then near Fort Lar- 
 amie, Wyoming- Territory, in latitude 42° 12' N., it turns due south and 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 163 
 
 nearly touches the 35th parallel of latitude, then, after crossing the Rocky 
 Mountains, it turns sharply to the north and crosses the 50th parallel of 
 latitude in the neighborhood of Vancouver’s Island. Fort Vancouver, W. 
 T., and the city of New York have, therefore, nearly the same mean annual 
 temperature. We have given so much upon this subject, and shall give 
 more, because this important matter is not generally understood, and great 
 injustice is thereby done to a large section of this country. The following 
 remarks from the Agriculturist for May, 1872, are worthy of considera- 
 tion: “On April 10 we received by mail a cluster of peach blossoms, 
 plucked on March 18 at Olympia, Washington Territory. Coming at a 
 date when our own peach trees were still enjoying their winter’s rest, it 
 occurred to us to say a word about the climate of the North-west. There 
 is a general impression that Oregon, Washington Territory and Montana 
 must be very cold, as they are so far north, forgetting that isothermal lines 
 (lines of the same temperature) do not correspond with parallels of lati- 
 tude.” The mean temperature for four cold months (December, 1871, and 
 January, February and March, 1872) is then given for the following 
 places: Louisville, Ky., 34°; St. Louis, Mo., 31f°; Chicago, 26°; Balti- 
 more, 33-2° ; Philadelphia, 30°; Washington, 33°; New York, 29i; He- 
 lena, Montana, 30° ; Kalama, W. T., 36°. The editor of the Agriculturist 
 then continues : “ The temperature at Helena, Montana, may properly be 
 taken as a fair average for the territory. It is on the general route of the 
 Northern Pacific Railroad, directly in the mountains, and but a few hun- 
 dred feet below the highest point on the line. Notwithstanding the past 
 winter has been the coldest ever known in Montana, it will be observed 
 that the average temperature at Helena (latitude 46)°) for the four months 
 was the same as that of Philadelphia, although the latter city is 4200 feet 
 lower and 450 miles farther south. Similar comparisons may be made 
 with Chicago and other cities. The average winter temperature at Kal- 
 ama, Washington Territory, on the finished portion of the Northern Pacific 
 road (in latitude 46°), was several degrees warmer than at Louisville or 
 Baltimore, in latitude 39°. The greatest cold of the past winter at Kalama 
 was 14° above zero.” 
 
 An examination of a map upon which the isothermal lines are marked 
 will show the great difference made in the climate by the Rocky Mount- 
 ains and the warm winds from the Pacific Ocean, though some of the 
 windings baffle all ordinary efforts to give their causes. The reader will 
 please remember that (unless otherwise specified) the lines referred to in 
 what follows are those divisible by five, as 45°, 50°, etc. The course of 
 the line of 50° has already been described. The other lines, from 50° to 
 65°, inclusive, are also comparatively straight east of the Rocky Mount- 
 ains, running nearly parallel with the equator, but the line of 45° seems 
 to have struck out an independent course. It passes near Dover, N. H., 
 
164 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 then turns north, traversing nearly the whole State of Vermont, and pay- 
 ing a visit to the British possessions. Its course is then nearly due west, 
 passing near Kingston (Ontario) andToronto, and through St. Paul, Minn.; 
 then it slants off to the north-west and takes another dip into British 
 America, crossing the 50th parallel of latitude; then it sweeps around 
 toward the south and comes down to a point within a hundred miles of 
 Santa Fe; then it crosses the Rocky Mountains, after which, with a course 
 nearly due north, it makes again for British America, crossing the bound- 
 ary at a point a few miles west of the Rocky Mountains. The way in 
 which these lines approach each other near Santa Fe is one of the most 
 puzzling phenomena of climatology. Five of them pass so near to the 
 capital of New Mexico that any one who is at Santa Fe can have his 
 choice of climate varying in average temperature from 45° to 65°, without 
 going more than three hundred miles to the south or one hundred miles 
 to the north. 
 
 We hope that the reader will pardon us for the length to which we have 
 drawn these remarks, for it is impossible to treat this important subject 
 properly without entering somewhat into detail. Many who have not 
 made the science of climatology a subject of special study are still under 
 the thraldom of the old climatic division of the earth into the Torrid, 
 North Temperate, South Temperate, North Frigid and South Frigid zones. 
 To such it may seem to be a species of treason to break loose from that 
 thraldom. We offer for their consideration the following remarks of the 
 Hon. Loriu Blodget, the highest authority with reference to the climate 
 of the United States, whose work elicited an expression of strong approval 
 from the illustrious Baron Humboldt : “ The definition of zones, which 
 was so long in vogue, has really no place in nature, and the actual mea- 
 sures of heat alone constitute the various belts of climate. With the 
 variable surface and continental position of the temperate latitudes, no 
 definition is possible except from actual measurement, and belts actually 
 vary much more than could be inferred from any theory — at the Pacific 
 coast of this continent in a manner incredible, if the statistics were not so 
 abundant and conclusive. A summer heat of the fiercest character, as at 
 Fort Miller, San Joaquin Valley, California, is but a few miles removed 
 from a summer of even more extreme refrigeration, cold enough to require 
 winter clothing at the midday of the summer. Both of these points are 
 constant or fixed, and not less important as physical facts than the pres- 
 ence of the mountains of the vicinity. To give these measures of heat a 
 permanent form for temperate latitudes requires an actual survey, as it 
 may be called, of every considerable district and the accumulation of the 
 statistical elements of thermometric observation. Though the isothermal 
 lines may appear an arbitrary or artificial mode of representation, they 
 are, in truth, less artificial than the measures of temperature, since the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 165 
 
 nomenclature of the thermometer is wholly artificial.” If anything could 
 be added to strengthen these remarks, it may be the statement that no 
 mode of representing climates could be found more arbitrary, artificial or 
 wide of the truth than the old division into zones. The reader will now 
 be enabled to understand why it is that the United States, though not pos- 
 sessing a square mile of land within the tropics, contain some regions in 
 which the climate is what is called “tropical.” Professor Guyot says: 
 “ The true torrid zone may be regarded as terminating, on each side of the 
 equator, at the isothermal of 70° Fahrenheit, beyond which the character- 
 istic plants and animals of tropical regions disappear.” Portions of Flor- 
 ida, of Texas and of California which lie south of the isothermal of 70° 
 are, therefore, in the true torrid zone. Professor Guyot makes another 
 statement, upon which, as its acceptance would discredit a great part of 
 what we have just written, we feel obliged to put a large grain of salt fur- 
 nished by the highest scientific authority. He says : “ In tracing the 
 isothermals, according to Humboldt’s example, the local influence of alti- 
 tude is usually eliminated. This is done, as in the accompanying map, by 
 adding to the observed temperature of a place 1° for every 333 feet of its 
 elevation, thus reducing the temperature to that which the place would 
 have if situated at the level of the sea.” While this statement is strictly 
 true with reference to European physicists, among whom Professor Guyot, 
 by his method, may be classed, in America the nature of the country is 
 such that a series of isothermal lines drawn upon the plan mentioned by 
 Professor Guyot would be, for all practical purposes, worse than worthless. 
 Suppose, for instance, that the average annual temperature at a station 
 situated 7000 feet above the level of the sea is ascertained by actual obser- 
 vation to be 49° above zero. This statement would give its true tempera- 
 ture; but if the rule be applied, twenty-one degrees must be added to the 
 number given, and the station which has a very temperate climate would 
 then belong on the isothermal line of 70°, which, as Guyot has just informed 
 us, is at the edge of the true torrid zone. Of what practical value is a 
 purely theoretical climate which can only be found by burrowing down to 
 the sea-level ? The very influence which modifies the climate is thus made 
 use of to vitiate the statement of the temperature, and the greater the 
 altitude of the stations, the more unreliable are the isothermal lines drawn 
 through them. We have been assured by the Hon. Lorin Blodget that 
 the isothermal lines drawn on the charts accompanying his Climatology of 
 the United States represent actual climates, no such allowance as that sug- 
 gested by Professor Guyot having been made. As Mr. Blodget’s lines 
 have been followed in nearly all of the published charts (those of Warren, 
 Professor .Brocklesby and others), the reader will understand that the 
 remarks of Guyot refer almost exclusively to his own charts and to those 
 of European savans. One eminent American scientist attempted to use 
 
166 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 this foreign method, and presented a chart drawn in accordance with its 
 requirements for the inspection of one of our learned societies, but the 
 experiment was not deemed a success by his associates. 
 
 The climate of America was so misrepresented during the eighteenth 
 century by European writers that the book by Dr. Williamson from which 
 we have quoted was written in its defence. How great an injustice was 
 done will appear from Williamson’s complaint: “America’ is described by 
 writers of great celebrity [Buffon, Reynolds, Robertson and Karnes] as a 
 world lately risen from the ocean ; as a country in which the frigid tem- 
 perature of the air seems to be impressed upon its animal productions; as 
 a country in which some vice of the climate, or some combination of the 
 elements, prevents the expansion of animated nature, and causes man and 
 beast to degenerate; a country for which a new and inferior race of men 
 has been created.” Dr. Williamson combats these assertions with great 
 zeal and vigor. He enters into an elaborate argument to disprove the 
 assertion of Kames that Indians have no beards, and, like a skilful advo- 
 cate, he grudges neither labor nor pains to find materials for his plea. 
 We have given elsewhere in this article some of his statements with refer- 
 ence to the changes in the climate of America caused by settlement and 
 cultivation. He says in another place: “When our ancestors came to 
 New England, the seasons and weather were uniform and regular. Au- 
 tumn began with September, and the winter set in about the end of 
 November, continuing until the end of February, when the spring began, 
 and advanced without sudden fluctuations in temperature. The summer 
 lasted but six weeks, and was insufferably hot. Now the seasons are totally 
 altered, and the weather is far more changeable: the autumn begins and 
 ends later, and the winter does not set in, in its severity, before the first of 
 December.” It was Dr. Williamson’s object to “compare the present state 
 of the climate in these parts with observations that were made fifty or sixty 
 years ago. If it will appear that the climate of the United States is mate- 
 rially altered in the memory of man, it will then be proper to consider what 
 has been the cause of that alteration; whether the cause is capable of pro- 
 ducing great effects, and how long it may be expected to operate.” In 
 estimating the power of “ the cause of that alteration,” the patriotism of 
 Dr. Williamson carries him to great lengths. He says, for instance, “Cold 
 climates are greatly improved by. cultivation. When a considerable part 
 of our mountains shall he subjected to the plough, and the Atlantic States 
 shall be fully peopled, I deem it probable that cotton will be produced in 
 Pennsylvania and oranges in Maryland.” While it is true that changes 
 are caused by cultivation and the clearing away of forests, there is a limit 
 to the power of such causes. Professor Brocklesby says: “In countries 
 covered by dense forests the winters are longer and more uniform in tem- 
 perature than in dry cultivated regions, and in summer the mean tempera- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 167 
 
 ture of the latter is higher than that of the former. When the woods are 
 levelled and the surface of the earth is exposed to the light of the sun, the 
 summer becomes longer and the winter less uniform ip temperature.” The 
 climate of New England has been changed in this manner (as is shown 
 above) within the past two hundred and fifty years ; but the causes men- 
 tioned have by this time exhausted their force, and no one expects the 
 introduction of a tropical or semi-tropical climate into the “ land of hasty 
 pudding.” 
 
 There is another importantafact the statement of which will explain why 
 it is that Helena, Montana, and other places which are situated at a con- 
 siderable distance above the level of the sea and in comparatively high 
 latitudes, can have so mild a climate as that which they certainly possess. 
 It is the general impression that the greater the elevation of a place above 
 the level of the sea, the colder is its climate. This is in the main true, 
 but there is an important exception to this rule which some of the earlier 
 physical geographers have not sufficiently dwelt upon — viz., that upon 
 lofty plateaus or table-lands, where large areas of surface are raised above 
 the level of the sea, the effect of the altitude seems to be counteracted by 
 the extent of land exposed to the action of the sun. Denver, Colorado, 
 is 6000 feet above the level of the sea, and yet it is as warm as Baltimore, 
 which is in the same latitude. At Fort Benton, Montana (latitude 47° 50), 
 which is nearly 2700 feet above the level of the sea, the average tempera- 
 ture is 10° warmer than at St. John’s, Newfoundland, which is one-third of a 
 degree further south and (at the point where the observations were taken) 
 140 feet above the sea-level. 
 
 The important question now arises, How does the climate of the United 
 States compare with that of various parts of Europe and of Asia? There 
 are, perhaps, few questions which have received so many conflicting and 
 irreconcilable answers as the one which we have just stated. 'Williamson 
 says (writing in 1811): “The medium temperature of our winters in the 
 Northern States of America has been marked at twenty-eight degrees 
 below the temperature of corresponding latitudes in Europe, and the me- 
 dium temperature of our summers at eight degrees above the temperature 
 of similar latitudes.” He was not, however, prepared to receive this state- 
 ment as a positive truth, for he continues : “ Hasty conclusions have been 
 drawn from observations of this kind without considering the climate in 
 other parts of America, the changes which cultivation has produced in the 
 climate of the old continent, or the changes which the same cause has 
 already produced in some parts of America.” We have frequently heard 
 the general statement that, “ As a rule, the climate at every place in Amer- 
 ica is the same as that at a point in Europe ten degrees farther north.” 
 We have already shown that the average annual temperature at Beaufort, 
 N. C., is the same as that at Rome, though the difference in latitude is 
 
168 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 nearly seven degrees. New York and Dublin have about the same mean 
 temperature, though the difference in latitude is 13°; and near Lake Su- 
 perior, in latitude 50, the same mean temperature is found as at the North 
 Cape, in latitude 72°. There is evidently a difference, but ten degrees of 
 latitude do not fit in at every point as the proper number. The eastern 
 portion of America is colder than the western portion of Europe, and the 
 difference in temperature increases on approaching the north pole. 
 
 Another point which is certain is that the climate in the eastern portion 
 of America is changeable. We once heard an Englishman say with great 
 emphasis, while shivering under the influence of one of the coldest days 
 of a winter on the Atlantic Slope, “ This is a terrible climate. In the 
 summer the weather is intolerably hot, and the winter is worse.” This is 
 something which the average annual temperature does not indicate. Pro- 
 fessor Loomis says, in his excellent Treatise on Meteorology : “ The mean 
 temperature of New York is the same as that of Liverpool, yet the differ- 
 ence between the mean temperature of the three summer months and that 
 of the three winter months is twice as great in New York as in Liverpool. 
 Throughout England the heat of summer is insufficient to ripen Indian 
 corn, while the ivy which grows luxuriantly in England can scarcely sur- 
 vive the severe winters of New York.” In New York (latitude 40° 33') 
 the thermometer has risen to 104°, while in Singapore, Malacca (latitude 
 1° 17' N. — i.e., it is nearly under the equator), the thermometer has never 
 been known to rise above 95°. On the other hand, in New York, the 
 thermometer has fallen as low as 10° below zero, while at Singapore it has 
 never, so far as is known, gone below 66° above zero. The range of the 
 thermometer at New York is therefore 114°, while at Singapore it is only 
 29°. This is not the largest range known in the United States. At Al- 
 bany, N. Y., the range is 131°; at Ivinderhook, N. Y., and Chicago, 111., 
 it is 132°; at Montgomery, N. Y., and Fort Snelling, Wis., it is 137°; at 
 Fort Howard, Wis., it is 138°; and at Lowville, N. Y., it is 140°. More 
 than twice the range at Singapore during the entire year has been passed 
 over iu a single day in the north-eastern part of the United States. Pro- 
 fessor Loomis says : “ Iu Hanover, N. IL, Feb. 7, 1861, at noon, the ther- 
 mometer stood at 40 degrees above zero ; the next morning it stood at 32 
 degrees below, making a range of seventy-two degrees iu eighteen hours.” 
 At Hartford, Conn., at the same time, the thermometer fell sixty degrees in 
 sixteen hours. Such sudden changes (at least through so great a range of tem- 
 perature) are not known in Western Europe. The greater severity of the 
 wind here during the colder months also renders the actual difference to the 
 senses much more decided than is apparent from examining the thermom- 
 eter. Dr. Kane, while in the Arctic regions, found that the temperature of 
 40° below zero without a wind was more endurable than 10 below zero with 
 “ The piercing and violent winds which follow a storm, or a period of 
 
 one. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 169 
 
 warm weather, appear colder, or are felt to the senses as colder, than the 
 thermometer would indicate, and the intense cold of the winter in the inte- 
 rior is not so uncomfortable as it is at Boston, though the thermometer 
 may fall many degrees lower.” The remark of Mr. Blodget which we 
 have just quoted applies mainly to the north-eastern part of the United 
 States, and what we have said of a changeable climate does not refer to the 
 country west of the Rocky Mountains. 
 
 When the climate of the Pacific coast is compared' with that of the At- 
 lantic coast and of the interior, it is found that the former is much more 
 uniform. San Francisco, St. Louis and Fortress Monroe are in about the 
 same latitude. The difference between the mean summer and winter tem- 
 perature of San Francisco is less than seven degrees, of St. Louis, forty-four 
 degrees, and of Fortress Monroe, thirty-six degrees. The Pacific coast has 
 a climate very similar to that of Western Europe. The atmosphere is 
 dry and invigorating as far north as the Columbia River. The summers 
 are comparatively cool and the winters warm and equable. “ These 
 peculiar climatic features,” says Professor Brocklesby, “are attributed to 
 the combined influence of the heated regions of the interior and the pres- 
 ence of masses of cold water off the coast, which appear to flow down 
 from the Arctic Sea.” 
 
 The climate of that portion of the United States which lies within the 
 true torrid zone is also much more uniform than on the North Atlantic 
 coast and in the interior. The mean annual temperature of eighteen dif- 
 ferent places, as reported in the Army Meteorological Register, is 72.44°. 
 The mean summer temperature of the same places is 82.73°, and that of 
 the winter, 60.31°. The mean annual temperature of Key West, Fla., is 
 76.4°; that of the summer is 82.3°, and that of the winter 69.7°. The 
 mean annual temperature of New Orleans is 67.6° ; that of the summer 
 is 79.6°, and that of the winter is 55°. The difference between the mean 
 temperature of the summer and that of the winter is therefore, at Key 
 West, less than thirteen degrees, and at New Orleans, twenty-four degrees, 
 while at Cambridge, Mass., it is forty-two degrees, at Hanover, N. H., forty- 
 six degrees, and at Fort Kent, Maine, it is fifty degrees. Further remarks 
 upon the climate are reserved for the articles on the separate States [see 
 Topography]. 
 
 Rainfall. — In giving the rainfall, the amount of melted snow is, of 
 course, included in the reckoning. Even with this included, the rain of 
 summer is, in that section which lies east of the Rocky Mountains, every- 
 where somewhat greater than the rain of winter. “ In New England,” 
 says Professor Loomis, “ the difference between the rain for these two sea- 
 sons is less than 10 per cent. ; in the State of New York it is nearly 50 per 
 cent.; in Virginia and the Carolinas, 100 per cent.; in Florida, 200 per 
 cent.; in Texas, 75 per cent.; in Ohio, 25 per cent.; in Michigan and 
 
170 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Wisconsin, 140 per cent. ; while in Iowa and Kansas it is 300 per cent. — 
 that is, the fall of rain in summer is four times as great as it is in winter. 
 On the Pacific coast this law is reversed. In California the rain of winter 
 is more than twenty times as great as the rain of summer, and in Oregon 
 it is seven times as great.” 
 
 Much greater care is required in collecting materials for giving the av- 
 erage yearly rainfall than is requisite for reckoning the average tempera- 
 ture. The average temperature of one year at a given point differs very 
 slightly from that of another year at the same place; but rain is the most 
 capricious of all the meteorological phenomena, both as regards its fre- 
 quency and the amount that falls within a given time. To obtain the 
 mean fall of rain at any place requires the continuance of observations for 
 a considerable number of years, for it not unfrequently happens that the 
 rain of one year is double that of some other year at the same place. It 
 is interesting and amusing to notice that so important an observation as 
 that of the quantity of water falling in rain had its origin, some two hun- 
 dred years ago, in bold doubts of the prevailing theory that fountains and 
 rivers were supplied from internal masses of water — arteries and veins of 
 the sea, circulating the life-blood of the earth. “A French author, Denys 
 Papin, printed a work at Paris, in 1674, to prove that the supply of rain 
 and snow-water was sufficient to keep the fountains and rivers constantly 
 running. He had taken observations for three years, the result showing 
 an annual fall, respectively, of 18.7 inches, 84 inches and 274 inches. He 
 then struck the average, making it eighteen inches and two and one-third 
 lines (or tenths). His conclusion was that but a sixth part of the fall was 
 necessary to keep the rivers and fountains running continuously through 
 the whole year.” 
 
 The average annual fall of rain for various States is thus given by Pro- 
 fessor Loomis: Alabama and Louisiana, 56 inches; Oregon, 49; Florida, 
 Virginia, the Carol inas, Tennessee and Kentucky, 48; Georgia, 44; Ar- 
 kansas and Missouri, 42 ; Maryland and Pennsylvania, 41 ; Ohio and New 
 England, 40; New York, 37; Michigan and Wisconsin, 32; Iowa and 
 Kansas, 31; Texas, 29; California, 18; New Mexico, 13. This claims, 
 of course, to be only an approximation. An instance of the difficulty of 
 positive statement, and of the necessity of continuing the observations for 
 a long time, is found in the reports of the rainfall at Key West, Fla. Six 
 years’ observations at one time gave an average of 30.78 inches; six years’ 
 observations, taken somewhat later, gave an average of 47.65 inches.* 
 
 * The reader will now be able to estimate the difficulty of the task of Mr. Blodget, 
 who, when constructing his hyetal, or rain-chart, of the United States, had not a 
 single reliable station in the North-west to assist him in his estimates, and was there- 
 fore obliged to trust entirely to his accurate and extensive acquaintance with the 
 general principles of climatology and with the nature of the country in question. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 171 
 
 Perhaps as convenient a division of the country as could be devised is 
 that adopted by Warren, into the region of frequent rains, the region of 
 periodical rains and the region of scanty rains. The region of frequent 
 rains extends from the Atlantic coast westward to about the 100th merid- 
 ian of longitude. This region, considered as a whole, is exceedingly well 
 watered, and the rain is quite equally distributed throughout the year. 
 Along the Atlantic coast, as far south as Washington, very nearly the 
 same annual quantity of rain falls. In the Gulf States, and along the 
 Atlantic Slope south of Washington, the annual amount of rain is much 
 greater than in the other sections, and the summer rains (as we have shown 
 above) are much more abundant than those of the winter. In the interior 
 the annual quantity is less, and generally much less rain falls in the winter 
 than in the other seasons. The annual rainfall on the Atlantic coast from 
 Florida to Maine varies from 63 to 40 inches, and from the Gulf of Mexico 
 to Wisconsin, from 63 to 32 inches. 
 
 The region of periodical rains comprises the western division of the Pa- 
 cific Slope. Throughout most of California but little rain falls except 
 during the six colder months, and during the four months from June to 
 September rain is almost unknown. The quantity in winter somewhat 
 exceeds that which falls in the spring. Thus, at Fort Humboldt, Cal. 
 (latitude 40° 46'), the annual rainfall is 34.59 inches, of which amount 
 13.51 inches descend in the spring, 1.18 in the summer, 4.87 in the autumn 
 and 15.03 in the winter. There is so little rain during the summer months, 
 when the wind blows almost uninterruptedly from the south-west, because 
 this air comes from a colder ocean; and passing over a heated land, its 
 vapor is not condensed until it meets the Sierra Nevada Range, on the 
 eastern border of California. Along the shores of the Pacific the annual 
 amount of rain increases with the increase of latitude; for while the 
 annual rainfall of San Francisco, in latitude 37° 38' N., is only 22.18 
 inches, that of Astoria, latitude 46° 11', is 53.49 inches, and that of Sitka, 
 in Alaska, is 89.94 inches. In this particular the Atlantic coast differs 
 from the Pacific, for the rainfall there decreases with the latitude. The 
 
 The figures given on the chart for the North-west and for the Great Interior Basin 
 are purely hypothetical, yet subsequent extensive and reliable observations, both by 
 amateurs and by the Signal Service Bureau, have served only to confirm these 
 remarkable calculations of Mr. Blodget. His work, published in 1857, is still con- 
 sidered the authority, with reference to all the topics upon which it treats, both in 
 this country and in Europe. The only error of any importance on the chart in ques- 
 tion — one which we confess that we could not have detected if he had not himself 
 called our attention to it — arose from a geographical uncertainty for which Mr. 
 Blodget is not responsible. On all previous maps the now famous Black Hills [see 
 page 154] had been located “ by guess,” and had been placed many miles out of their 
 true position. This led to a corresponding error in determining the limit of the 
 “Arid Plains.” 
 
172 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 southern portion of the Great Inland Basin, with much of New Mexico 
 and Arizona, is also a region of periodic rains; but the summer and 
 autumn are rainy and the other portions of the year dry. Mr. Blodget 
 says that the district of periodic rains “ extends eastward in a modified 
 form to embrace a part of Texas.” 
 
 The region of scanty rains embraces the country between the 100th 
 meridian of west longitude and the Cascade and Sierra Nevada Mount- 
 ains. It includes the northern and southern divisions of the Pacific 
 Slope, the northern and central portions of the Inland Basin of Utah, 
 the table-lands of the Texas Slope, and the sterile region east of the 
 Rocky Mountains. Among the mountains of this region a considerable 
 quantity of rain falls, and violent showers are experienced at all seasons 
 of the year. Some of the mountain valleys are also comparatively 
 well watered, but the annual rainfall in the regions most favored with 
 moisture is seldom more than twenty inches. Thus, at Santa Fe, sit- 
 uated on a plateau enclosed by mountains, the annual rainfall is 19.83 
 inches, and that of Fort Laramie is 19.98 inches. In the desert region 
 through which the Colorado River passes, it is three inches; in the Great 
 Inland Basin, five inches; in the Great Plain south of the Columbia 
 River, ten inches; in the Llano Estacado [see page 159], ten inches; and 
 in the sterile region east of the Rocky Mountains, from fifteen to twenty 
 inches. The causes of the dryness of this section “are to be sought,” says 
 Professor Brocklesby, “ in the high mean temperature it possesses, notwith- 
 standing its elevation and the fact that the lofty mountain-ranges on the 
 west arrest the constant and humid current which flows easterly over the 
 Pacific Ocean. The greatest amount of rain reported for any given year 
 at any place within limits of the United States (excluding Alaska, see 
 page 153) is probably the fall in 1846, at Baton Rouge, of 116.6 inches, 
 and the smallest, the fall at Fort Yuma (at the southern extremity of Cal- 
 ifornia), in 1853, of 1.78 inches. The average annual rainfall at the latter 
 place is only 3.24 inches. 
 
 The average annual number of rainy or snowy days — i. e., days upon 
 which rain or snow falls at all — in various States and Territories, is thus 
 given in the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge : Maine, 93 days ; 
 New Hampshire, 76 ; Vermont, 89; Massachusetts and Connecticut, 98 ; 
 Rhode Island, 96 ; New York, 109 ; New Jersey, 118 ; Pennsylvania, 119 ; 
 Delaware, Maryland and District of Columbia, 83 ; Virginia, 85 ; North 
 and South Carolina, 89 ; Georgia, 83 ; Florida, 91 ; Alabama, 98 ; Mis- 
 sissippi and Louisiana, 92; Texas, 58; Arkansas, 75; Kentucky, 89; 
 Ohio, 116; Michigan, 117; Indiana and Illinois, 107; Wisconsin and 
 Minnesota, 89; Iowa, 98; Missouri, 70; Indian Territory, 73; Kansas, 
 77; Arizona and Nebraska, 75; Wyoming, 72; New Mexico, 56; Cali- 
 fornia, 50; Oregon, 131; Washington Territory, 132; Alaska, 235. The 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 173 
 
 average for New Mexico is very uncertain, varying between 31 and 93 
 and depending in a great measure upon the elevation of the place above 
 the level of the sea and other causes. The extremes in California — Fort 
 Yuma, 11 days; Fort Humboldt, 82 days; and Fort Crook, 83 days — 
 were not included in the calculation ; and in this State, as well as in Oregon 
 and Washington Territory, local causes render it difficult to give an average 
 for the whole extent of the district. 
 
 Some foreign figures will now be given for comparison with the above 
 data. At the Stye, in the lake district of England, being, so far as is 
 known, the wettest spot in Great Britain, 38.9 inches of rain fell in the 
 month of January, 1831. The average annual rainfall at that place is 
 206 inches, and in 1866 the fall was 2241 inches. In the West of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, in the immediate neighborhood of high hills, the 
 average rainfall is from 80 to 150 inches, and in some years it is higher. 
 Thus, at Seathwaite, in Cumberland, it was 1831 inches in 1861. Away 
 from the hills, however, in the West of Great Britain, it is from 30 to 45 
 inches, while in the east of the island it is only from 20 to 28 inches. 
 Lima, Peru, Thebes, Egypt, and Tatta, North Africa, according to 
 Loomis’ tables, have no rain. Cairo, Egypt, has 1.31 inches; Kurrachee, 
 Hindostan, 1.5 inches. On the other hand, Aracan, Hindostan, has an 
 annual rainfall of 200 inches ; Maranhao, Brazil, 280 inches ; Matouba, 
 Guadeloupe, 290 inches ; and Cherapoonjee, Hindostan, 592 inches. 
 
 Snow. — It is to be regretted tha^greater care has not been exercised 
 by observers of meteorological phenomena in obtaining and retaining 
 statistics of the average annual fall of snow as such. As we have already 
 noted, it appears in the above figures, included in the rainfall. Snow, 
 when melted, makes a very small quantity of water, as compared with its 
 depth in its previous condition. It requires at least ten inches of snow to 
 give one inch of water, and some writers place the proportion as high as 
 twelve to one. When the snow has drifted to any great extent, it is obvi- 
 ous that the difficulty of obtaining correct figures is greatly increased. 
 Professor Loomis, with his usual fulness, gives some figures for various 
 localities. In the State of Maine the average annual fall of snow is seven 
 and a half feet, and the amount in a single year has been known to exceed 
 twelve feet; but this amount is not all seen at the same time. In Vermont 
 and New Hampshire the annual fall is six feet. In Central Massachusetts 
 the annual fall is four and a half feet, and the snow has been known to lie 
 five feet on a level. In Connecticut the average annual fall is three and 
 a half feet; in New Jersey, two and a half feet; in Southern Ohio, one 
 foot and a half; and in Iowa, one foot. A slight fall of snow occasionally 
 occurs at San Francisco, Cal., at New Orleans, and at Galveston, Texas. 
 Snow sufficient for sleighing has been known at Charleston, S. C. The 
 frequent occurrence of snows in April, and even in May, in the latitude of 
 
174 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Washington is a striking phenomenon of the climate. In recent years a 
 quantity of snow has sometimes fallen in April in the interior valleys of 
 Virginia — in several instances a foot or more in depth. It has been well 
 said that “ It is the most decisive proof, perhaps, of the extreme character 
 of the American climate, in comparison with the European, that the snows 
 of winter are thrown so far south, and into latitudes where the summer 
 heats are tropical.” On January 10, 1800, there fell at Savannah the 
 deepest snow, accompanied by the greatest cold, ever remembered in lower 
 Georgia. The snow was three feet deep on a level. On March 0, 1843, 
 snow fell for fifteen hours at Augusta, Ga., covering the ground fifteen 
 inches deep. Mr. Blodget sums up the snow question, as to ilie amount 
 remaining on the ground in winter, with his usual clearness, as follows: 
 “ The quantity of snow is always large in the New England States, the 
 elevated and northern districts having an average of perhaps two feet con- 
 stantly remaining on the ground in winter. In Northern New York it is 
 the same, aud as much or more is found in Canada at all points north of 
 Lake Ontario. In the elevated portions of Southern and Eastern New 
 York the average persistent quantity does not reach a foot in depth except 
 on mountains. In the basin of Lake Ontario, as it is sometimes called, 
 there is no regular quantity on the ground in winter, and for half the 
 time, on an average, none remaining. The winter snows are often ex- 
 cessive from Buffalo eastward, and they are much more likely to be so [in 
 that section] than at points west m Lake Erie. In the Lake Superior 
 region there are snows which may be called profuse in comparison with 
 those of the plains, yet none equal to the extremes in New York. The 
 southern part of the lake district — including the south end of Lake Mich- 
 igan, the State of Michigan bordering on Detroit, and the whole country 
 bordering Lake Erie on the south — is one in which the snows melt almost 
 immediately as they fall, and rarely lie on the ground as a winter covering. 
 At Cincinnati the careful observations of Dr. Ray show an average of 
 nineteen inches annually for sixteen years, most of this melting immedi- 
 ately after falling. Farther west the quantity is less, and is not more 
 regular in remaining on the ground, though the temperature is much 
 lower. It is small over the upper plains of the Missouri and the Sas- 
 katchawan. Some minor inundations of the rivers of the plain are caused 
 by the melting of the snows, but they are never equal to those caused by 
 the rains of early summer. Below or south of the 41st parallel the snows 
 are extremely irregular, and yet often profuse and excessive. They are 
 more likely to occur in February and the spring months as extraordinary 
 phenomena than in the early part of the winter, and instances are frequent 
 of profuse April snows.” 
 
 Hail. — In the United States large hail falls chiefly in summer and the 
 latter part of spring. On the 13th of August, 1851, hailstones fell in New 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 175 
 
 Hampshire weighing eighteen ounces. In 1850 a very destructive hail- 
 storm occurred at Pittsburg, Pa. Many of the stones weighed from eight 
 ounces to a pound and over, and measured from nine to fourteen inches in 
 circumference. So great was the force with which the hail descended that 
 the roofs of warehouses covered with sheets of iron were completely riddled 
 with holes, some of them so large that a man’s arm could be thrust through 
 them. Hailstones weighing half a pound have fallen in several places in 
 this country. 
 
 Storms. — The storms of America seem to take their rise in the vast 
 plain which lies immediately to the east of the Rocky Mountains, and then 
 generally advance in an east-north-easterly direction across the country. 
 The direction has been observed to vary from about due east to north 54° 
 east. When a great storm springs up near the Mississippi, the wind at 
 St. Louis is generally easterly, while throughout Hew York and Ohio the 
 wind is from the west. Subsequently this easterly wind is felt at Cincin- 
 nati, then at Pittsburg, and afterward at New York, while the entire storm 
 is travelling steadily eastward— that is, the easterly wind is propagated 
 from St. Louis to New York in a direction opposite to that in which the 
 wind in the district over which it passes is blowing before its arrival. The 
 rate at which a storm thus travels varies from zero to 44 miles per hour. 
 It generally makes the distance from St. Louis to New York in about 24 
 hours, and from New York to Newfoundland in another 24 hours. When 
 a storm in North America is stationary, or nearly so, its form — that is, the 
 area occupied by it — is nearly circular; but when it travels rapidly, it takes 
 an oval form, with the longest axis at right angles to its onward course. 
 The winter storms of the United States are therefore said to move side- 
 ways. As rain and snow are produced under circumstances exactly alike, 
 with the exception of temperature, the same storm frequently furnishes 
 snow in the northern part of the United States and rain in the southern 
 part. After the centre of the storm has passed, a west wind springs up at 
 St. Louis, and is felt successively at Cincinnati, Pittsburg, and finally at 
 New York, having been propagated in the same direction as that in which 
 the wind was blowing in the district passed over by the storm before the 
 latter arrived. 
 
 Tornadoes.— Tornadoes have been classed by some writers among 
 tropical storms. They occur more frequently in the tropics than elsewhere, 
 but this country has its full share of them. They should not be confounded 
 with hurricanes, but have been correctly defined as “whirlwinds of limited 
 extent and duration, though not inferior to hurricanes in power.” They 
 vary in diameter from a few feet to several hundred yards, and continue 
 but a short time at any one place. They advance at a velocity of from 
 thirty to fifty miles an hour, and leave tracks marked out only too plainly 
 by the evidences of their terrible power. The wind revolves with such 
 
176 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 violence as to prostrate the largest trees, demolish buildings and transport 
 heavy bodies to a great distance. Fowls are often entirely stripped of their 
 feathers, and light bodies have been carried as much as twenty miles by 
 these violent visitors. In one which occurred in Northern Ohio, February 
 4, 1842, large buildings were lifted entire from their foundations, carried 
 a distance of several rods and then dashed to pieces. The fragments were 
 strewn all along the track, and some of the pieces were carried a distance 
 of seven or eight miles. Large oak trees two feet in diameter were 
 snapped off like reeds, and others were so twisted as to be reduced to a 
 mass of splinters not much thicker than a man’s finger. The breadth of 
 the track did not much exceed half a mile, and the most destructive por- 
 tion was still more limited. The duration of this tornado at one place did 
 not much exceed one minute. In one which passed over Maysville, Ohio, 
 in the same year, a barn containing three tons of hay and four horses was 
 lifted entirely from its foundations. In another, at Natchez, Miss., May 
 7, 1840, “ houses were burst outward,” being drawn into the vacuum 
 formed at the centre of the whirlwind. Three hundred and seventeen 
 persons were killed in the city and on the river. Sheet-tin was carried 
 twenty miles; windows were taken thirty miles from their point of depart- 
 ure. The leaves and buds of plants were in a measure seared, so that those 
 which did not die outright were so crisped that their growth was suspended, 
 and it was more than ten days before they recovered sufficient life to begin 
 growing again. In May, 1855, a tremendous tornado passed over Cook 
 county, Illinois. The trunks of trees of the largest dimensions were twisted 
 off, and a heavy frame house, containing nine persons, was carried up into 
 the air ; the building was torn to pieces, three persons were killed and the 
 rest severely injured. During the same year, a tornado that swept over 
 Cass county, Missouri, moved from their places large rocks weighing more 
 than a ton, which were imbedded in the earth. On the 23d of February, 
 1875, a similar visitant passed over Pettis county, Missouri. The principal 
 damage was done at Housatonia, a village on the prairie of three hundred 
 inhabitants. A train of thirteen freight-cars was hurled from the track, 
 and some of the cars were carried a distance of from 50 to 90 yards. 
 Nineteen residences and business houses were totally demolished, two of 
 the latter burning, with their contents. Several persons were mortally 
 wounded. Half of the depot building was torn off, and, according to one 
 accouut, “a man on the platform was lifted 200 feet and somewhat 
 injured.” The width of the track of this storm is stated at from 150 to 
 300 yards, and just out of its path was a school-house containing forty 
 pupils. The duration at any one point was only thirty seconds. These 
 tornadoes generally appear in summer or in the warmer months, hut in 
 rare instances they occur in the cold months as the nucleus of a widely- 
 extended and violent general storm. The length of their track rarely 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 177 
 
 exceeds fifty miles. One which occurred at New Harmony, Ind. (April 
 30, 1852), was traced for a distance of more than 200 miles, and the rate 
 of progress was calculated at nearly 60 miles per hour; but this was an 
 exception to the general rule. The frequency and distribution of these 
 tornadoes is a subject of great practical interest. They occur over every 
 part of the United States where the rain falls in abundance, and at the 
 seasons when the rainfall is largest. There are none on the great plains, 
 so far as is known, at a distance from the Mississippi sufficient to reach 
 the dry regions. They are most numerous in the Mississippi Vallejo and 
 thence eastward they are quite equally distributed from Canada to Georgia. 
 In the old forests, particularly those of New York and Pennsylvania, the 
 tracks of the tornadoes which prostrated the older growth a century since 
 are still traceable by the belt of trees of uniform size and of peculiar aspect 
 which have grown up subsequently. J udging of their frequency by the 
 number of such tracks, these storms must be placed at very remote inter- 
 vals for any one locality. Such traces would be visible for several hun- 
 dred years, and they now exist in only a few conspicuous lines, averaging 
 about fifty miles apart, and lying in threads of from thirty to two hundred 
 rods in width and ten to fifty miles in length. 
 
 Cyclones. — We have purposely reserved for the last the mention of 
 the cyclones, which are “those tremendous rotary tempests which, under 
 the various names of ‘ hurricanes/ ‘ storms ’ and ‘ typhoons,’ prevail for 
 the most part within or near the tropics, near the equatorial limits of the 
 trade-winds, but extend likewise into the higher latitudes.” They are called 
 cyclones, a name derived from the Greek word Jcuklos, meaning circle or 
 whirl, because the wind revolves around an axis, while the body of the 
 storm has at the same time a progressive motion. In the Southern Hem- 
 isphere the cyclone rotates in the same direction as that of the hands of a 
 watch, while in the Northern Hemisphere its rotation is in the contrary 
 direction. The direction and velocity of the wind are, however, entirely 
 distinct from those of the storm’s progress. While the storm advances at 
 the rate of from 10 to 40 miles per hour, the velocity of the wind may 
 exceed 100 miles per hour. These terrible storms extend over a circle 
 from 100 to 500 miles in diameter, and sometimes 1000 miles. In the 
 West Indies their diameter is occasionally the smallest just given, but on 
 reaching the Atlantic it is increased from 600 to 1000 miles. Sometimes, 
 on the contrary, they contract in their progress, and while contracting 
 increase terribly in violence. The vehemence of the wind increases from 
 the margin to the centre, with the exception of a limited space exactly at 
 the centre, where the atmosphere is frequently quite calm. The distances 
 traversed by these desolating tempests is immense. The gale of August, 
 1830, which fell upon St. Thomas, in the West Indies, on the 12th, reached 
 the Banks of Newfoundland on the 19tb, having travelled more than three 
 12 
 
178 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 thousand nautical miles in seven days; and the observed track of the Cuba 
 hurricane of 1844 was but little inferior in length. The area over which 
 the latter prevailed throughout its whole length was computed by Mr. 
 Redfield to be 2,400,000 miles, an extent of surface ecpial to two-thirds of 
 that of all Europe. 
 
 The West India cyclones generally originate between latitude 10° and 
 20° North, and longitude 50° and 60° West — that is, in the Eastern An- 
 tilles or in their vicinity — and move north-westwardly to the coast of Flor- 
 ida. Near the parallel of 30° their course is almost exactly north, and 
 soon they begin to veer to the east, after which their course is nearly par- 
 allel to the coast of the United States, over the eastern shore of which and 
 the adjacent ocean they sweep along; then, crossing the ocean, they reach 
 Western Europe, beyond which they finally expire. They occur most 
 frequently from July to October, iuclusive. Of 127 AVest India cyclones, 
 recorded in 354 years, from 1493 to 1847, 15 occurred in July, 36 in 
 August, 25 in September and 27 in October, making a total for the four 
 mouths of 103, and leaving only 24 to distribute through the remaining 
 eight months, of which January, April and May are the only ones which, 
 according to this record, are entirely free from these destructive storms. 
 Some idea of the immense force of these tempests may be derived from 
 the description of the hurricane at Barbadoes, August 10, 1831 : “ By this 
 awful visitation the whole face of the country was laid waste, 2500 persons 
 perished and 5000 were wounded. The force of the wind may be esti- 
 mated from the fact that a piece of lead weighing 400 pounds was lifted 
 and carried to a distance of 1800 feet.” The Gulf States and those on 
 the southern portion of the Atlantic coast are the only portions of the 
 United States which are exposed to these terrible visitors. “ When a 
 storm has encountered the Gulf Stream, it continues to follow its progress 
 eastward,” so that most of the storms which prevail on the coast of the 
 United States have their centre over the Gulf Stream and follow the path 
 of the stream in its eastward course. It is doubtless this well-established 
 fact which saves the northern portion of the United States from the worst 
 effects of the cyclones, which generally leave the immediate vicinity of the 
 coast long before reaching the latitude of New York. Even upon that 
 portion of the Atlantic coast which is exposed to cyclones, many of them 
 are so far out at sea as to be felt but moderately on the coast, and some 
 not at all; but the more common line is very near the coast-line for the 
 centre of the storm or its track of greatest violence. AVe shall now give 
 some notes of the effects of some of these cyclones, taken for the most part 
 from the list compiled by Mr. Blodget. At Charleston, S. C., September 
 15, 1752, all wooden houses above one story in height were either beaten 
 down or shattered. Trees which were stripped of their leaves again blos- 
 somed and bore fruit in the late autumn which followed. This remark- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 179 
 
 able phenomenon has been noted several times in connection with these 
 storms. After the hurricane of September, 1804, “fruit trees flowered and 
 bore fruit a second time;” and this was also the case with the mulberry 
 trees of the Gulf States after the cyclone of September, 1772. In 1780 
 a hurricane which swept over the province of Louisiana destroyed all 
 crops, tore down buildings and sunk every vessel or boat which was afloat 
 on the Mississippi River. The town of Brazos Santiago, Cameron county, 
 Texas, must possess a great deal of vitality, for it was destroyed by the 
 hurricane of October 2, 1837, and we read that within seven years, when 
 the hurricane of August 4-6, 1844, passed over the southern portion of 
 Texas, after its departure not a vestige of a single house remained at 
 Brazos Santiago ; yet it still exists as a port of entry, with a commerce 
 worth about $1,500,000 per year. 
 
 MINERAL AND METALLIC PRODUCTS. 
 
 Precious Stones. — Scarcely any precious stones have been found 
 in the United States. A single diamond has been discovered in Rutherford 
 county, North Carolina, and it is said that some of these gems have been 
 found in California. Topaz occurs at Monroe, in Connecticut, chalcedony 
 in many localities, and agates and carnelians are numerous along the banks 
 of the Upper Mississippi and the shores of Lake Superior. The more 
 valuable precious stones, however, the ruby, the emerald, etc., have not yet 
 been found in this country. 
 
 Buildillg-stones. — Granite, marble, limestone and sandstone are 
 the principal building-stones of the United States. Granite is abundaut 
 in New T England, and especially in New Hampshire, w'here it forms one of 
 the principal articles of export, as it is extensively employed for building 
 purposes throughout the country. Buildings constructed of this material 
 may be found in all the principal tovms and cities along the Atlantic coast 
 from Maine to Texas. Immense deposits of sandstone, of an excellent 
 quality, occur throughout the Connecticut Valley and many other regions. 
 Marble is also very widely distributed, being found in New England, in 
 the Middle, Southern and Western States, and also in California. The 
 white marble of Vermont is of a very superior quality. Variegated or 
 clouded marbles also occur in this State, and likewise in Pennsylvania, 
 Maryland, Tennessee and California. The marbles of the tw r o last-named 
 States are extremely beautiful. Both sandstone and marble are much used 
 for the construction of buildings in the chief cities of the Atlantic Slope. 
 Limestone abounds in the Mississippi Valley, and is there the principal 
 building-stone. 
 
 Salt. — No beds of rock-salt, such as are mined in Europe, have yet 
 been discovered in the United States, though vast quantities of this com- 
 modity cover the saline plains of the Great Inland Basin. The salt of 
 
180 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 commerce is obtained in this country by the evaporation of the water 
 obtained from saline springs. Among the most productive of these are the 
 salt springs of Syracuse, N. Y. (where from four to five millions of bushels 
 are manufactured annually), the salt springs of Western Pennsylvania, 
 and those of the Kanawha Valley in Virginia. The salt springs of Ken- 
 tucky and of Southern Ohio are also very productive; and springs of this 
 kind occur in many localities, being found in Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, 
 Texas, and in other parts of the country. 
 
 Coal. — The coal-beds of the United States are more extensive than 
 those of any other part of the world. The coal is of two kinds, viz., an- 
 thracite and bituminous. Great advances have been made during the past 
 thirty years in the knowledge of the precise extent of these coal-fields. 
 In 1845 it was stated at 145,000 miles. In 1866 it was known to ex- 
 ceed 200,000 square miles. In 1873 it was estimated by Mr. Daddow at 
 291,485 square miles as certain, with the strong probability of the exist- 
 ence of 333,000 square miles in addition in the West. If we admit the 
 correctness of this last estimate — and judging by previous experience, it 
 will be exceeded ratjier than diminished by the reality — the coal-fields of 
 the United States cover the immense area of 624,485 square miles, or 
 more than one-third of the largest estimate made for the coal-producing 
 fields of the whole world. The 291,485 square miles which Mr. Daddow 
 regards as certain are thus divided by him : New England anthracite field, 
 in Vermont a,nd Massachusetts, 500 square miles; Pennsylvania anthracite 
 fields, 470; Southern Jurassic coal-fields (in Virginia and North Carolina), 
 220 ; Alleghany coal-field (extending from Lake Erie to Tuscaloosa, Ala., 
 and occupying portions of Pennsylvania, Ohio, Virginia, West Virginia, 
 Kentucky, Tennessee, Georgia and Alabama), 53,895; Central coal-field 
 (extending through Indiana, Illinois and Kentucky), 40,000 square miles, 
 of which of 6700 ai’e in Indiana, 30,000 in Illinois, and 3700 in Ken- 
 tucky; Northern coal-field, 13,000; Western coal-field (outside the Per- 
 mian), 134,000; Rocky Mountain and far west Tertiary coals, 50,000. 
 When this area is compared with that of the productive coal-fields of the 
 rest of the world, it gives a result very flattering to this country until the 
 amount produced is examined. The productive coal region of the United 
 States is, as given above, nearly 300,000 square miles in extent, while that 
 of other countries is less than 100,000 — so far, that is, as is certainly 
 known ; but the annual production of coal in the United States is less than 
 50,000,000 tons, while Great Britain alone, with a coal-field covering only 
 9000 square miles, produces annually more than 100,000,000 tons. The 
 decided difference in this relative product of coal in the two countries was 
 noted by Sir Morton Peto, who, writing in 1866, says, “I have been rather 
 surprised at the small quantity of coal raised — only 14,000,000 tons [the 
 figures in the census of I860], The best authorities in England gave the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 181 
 
 Americans credit for raising at least one- third more — 21,000,000 tons. 
 Undoubtedly the supply of 1860 exhibited a very considerable increase — • 
 an increase, it is said, of as much as 182 per cent. — upon the produce of 
 1850; but still 14,000,000 tons of coal, looking at the population and man- 
 ufactures of America, appears singularly small.” If Sir Morton had had 
 more recent statistics, he would have discovered that “ the best authorities 
 in England” had a more correct idea of the situation than himself, for 
 the production of coal in the United States during the year 1865 was 
 22,500,000 tons. According to the census of 1870, the statistics of coal 
 production for the year ending June 1, 1870, are as follows: Number of 
 collieries, 1566; hands employed undei’ ground, 65,000; hands employed 
 above ground, 29,854; total, 94,854; capital employed, $110,008,029; 
 wages paid, $44,316,491. Bituminous coal mined, 17,199,415; value, 
 $35,029,247. Anthracite coal mined, 15,664,275 tons; value, $38,495,745. 
 Total coal mined, 32,863,690 tons; value, $73,524,994. The production 
 of the whole country for the year 1872 is given by Mr. Daddow as 
 44,156,253, of which nearly one-half — 22,030,263 tons — was anthracite; 
 and of the remaining 22,126,000 tons, which consisted of bituminous coal, 
 Pennsylvania contributed 10,817,864 tons, so that this one State produced 
 nearly three-fourths of the whole amount. It is a remarkable fact that 
 the anthracite coal which forms so important an item in this account comes 
 from one of the smallest of the coal-fields, the area of which is not more 
 than the 470 square miles given above. The State geologist computed its 
 area at 410 square miles; and the Broad Top semi-anthracite (or semi- 
 bituminous as some call it) amounts to only 24 square miles more, which 
 would bring the sum-total up to 434. The limited extent of this area 
 renders it a comparatively easy matter to obtain reliable statistics con- 
 cerning anthracite coal, some of which will be given in the article on the 
 State of Pennsylvania [see Topography] . It is to be hoped that the 
 production of coal may increase in the future even more rapidly than it 
 has in the past. As an instance of the change effected in two years, we 
 may note that in Wyoming Territory in 1870 there was only one colliery, 
 which produced during the year ending June 1, 1870, 50,000 tons; while 
 at the end of the year 1872 there were at least six collieries (belonging to 
 two companies), which produced during that year 221,728 tons. We say 
 “at least six,” because this is only the return of “the two principal mining 
 companies.” One reason why the demand for coal has not been so great 
 in this country as in England is that the supply of wood in many of the 
 States, and especially in the North-west, is so abundant and cheap that 
 the want of coal has not been much felt. Water-power has also been 
 employed in working a great deal of the stationary machinery, and thus a 
 great saving of fuel has been effected. 
 
 As the first use of anthracite coal as a common fuel is comparatively 
 
182 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 recent, and was made in this country, we shall give some account of it. 
 As early as 1769, Obadiah Gore, a blacksmith who had come from Con- 
 necticut to Wyoming Valley as one of the first settlers, succeeded in using 
 anthracite coal in his forge. Other blacksmiths, upon learning this, began 
 to employ the new fuel; and in 1776 coal was taken in “arks” from the 
 W yoming mines down the Susquehanna to the government arsenal at Car- 
 lisle, Pa., where “stone-coal” continued to be used throughout the Revo- 
 lutionary war. This trade on the Susquehanna was continued after the 
 close of the war, but only for the supply of smiths or forges. It was not 
 until nearly forty years had elapsed from the time of Gore’s first success- 
 ful experiment that it was known that anthracite coal was fit for any other 
 use. In 1808, Jesse Fell, whose nephew had been using the coal in his 
 forge for many years, tried to burn it in a wooden grate. His grate was 
 burned through, and he was thereby justified in making an iron grate, 
 using which, he found that his experiment was equally successful, though 
 not so destructive, as the first attempt. Judge Fell was a good Freemason. 
 He realized the importance of his discovery ; and wishing to record the 
 event in the most solemn place and manner possible, short of the page and 
 style of holy writ, he made the following entry upon the fly-leaf of his 
 Freemason' s Monitor : 
 
 “Feb. 11, of Masonry 5808. — Made the experiment of burning the 
 common stone-coal of the valley in a grate, in a common fireplace in my 
 house, and find it will answer the purpose of fuel, making a clearer and 
 better fire, at less expense, than burning wood in the common way. 
 
 “Borough of Wilkes-Barre,* 
 
 February 11, 1808. 
 
 (Signed,) “ Jesse Fell.” 
 
 This experiment established the reputation of the new fuel in Wyoming 
 Valley, but its progress elsewhere was slow. In 1812, Col. George Shoe- 
 maker took nine wagon-loads of coal from his mine near Pottsville to 
 
 * The present city of Wilkes-Barre, although by a clerical error its name appears 
 in its charter of incorporation as a borough as “ Wilksburg,” was originally named 
 after John Wilkes and Col. Isaac Barr6. Both were friendly to this country during 
 the Revolutionary war, but the characters of the two were essentially different. 
 That of Wilkes, who possessed sufficient courage combined with impudence to call 
 the king a liar, was so bad that a conviction for immorality could not blacken it. 
 Barre was physically, morally and intellectually Wilkes’ superior. Upon what prin- 
 ciple, then, have English dictionaries of every description obscured the derivation 
 of the name, which is unique, by giving it as “ Wilkesbarre” ? If a town were 
 named after Smith and Jones, would the name be written Smithjones? The Free- 
 mason’s Monitor , containing the above entry, is in the collection of the Wyoming 
 Historical and Geological Society at Wilkes-Barre, which society originated in a 
 meeting held upon an anniversary of the event recorded, and in the very room where 
 the “stone-coal” was thus first burned. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 183 
 
 Philadelphia. With great difficulty he sold two loads for the cost of trans- 
 portation, and it was almost equally difficult to induce blacksmiths and 
 others to take the remainder either as a gift or for a trifle bearing no 
 comparison with the expense and trouble to which he had been subjected. 
 The latter class of customers did not know how to use their gift or pur- 
 chase, and obtained a writ from the city authorities for his arrest as an 
 impostor and swindler. He was obliged to beat a hasty retreat, and nar- 
 rowly escaped capture and the penalty of his crime of attempting to impose 
 rocks upon his customers as coal. In the mean time one of his first cus- 
 tomers, who was a proprietor of a nail and wire factory, was attempting 
 to give a fair trial to the newly-acquired combustible. With several of 
 his men, he worked a whole morning over one of his furnaces. They 
 raked their fire, 'poked it, stirred it up and blew upon the surface through 
 open furnace-doors with great energy, but in vain. When dinner-time 
 came they shut the furnace-doors and went away, wearied and disgusted 
 with their futile efforts to make use of what is, at present, the main de- 
 pendence of the furnaces of Eastern Pennsylvania. When they returned 
 they found the furnace-doors red-hot and the whole furnace in danger of 
 being melted by a heat which it had not as yet experienced. The anthra- 
 cite problem was solved ! 
 
 Iron. — The ore of this metal is found iu one or more of its species in 
 the States of Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Illinois, 
 Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mis- 
 souri, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, ‘Rhode Island, 
 Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin, and in the 
 Territory of Colorado. The following particulars with reference to the 
 most important of these regions are mainly condensed from Wiley’s Iron 
 Trade Manual. The leading State in the possession of ore is Missouri. 
 Iron Mountain [see Missouri, in Topography] is thought to be the largest 
 single deposit of ore in the known world. The ores of Pilot Kuob, Shep- 
 herd Mountain, Cedar Hill and Buford Mountain are next in interest, and 
 present curious features to the geologist. Ore lands in newer regions could 
 still be purchased in 1874 for from $5 to $50 per acre, according to local- 
 ity, contiguity to a railroad and amount of development. The Iron Moun- 
 tain ore may be taken as a type of all the Missouri specular ores. It is 
 nearly pure peroxide, containing about 70 per cent, of metallic ore, and is 
 nearly free from mechanical admixture of foreign matter ; color, bluish 
 black to steel gray. No ore with active magnetism, constituting a natural 
 magnet and attracting iron filings, is found on the mountain. The Pilot 
 Knob ore is slightly peculiar; color, steel gray to pearl gray, with a marked 
 tint of- sky-blue. Its structure is crystalline to granular, with a very fine 
 grain. None of these ores affect a compass-needle, though all are slightly 
 attracted by a magnet when ground fine. The ore from Shepherd Moun- 
 
184 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 tain is a little more like a magnetite than any other ore found in' Missouri, 
 but in the main it is a specular ore, very similar to that of Iron Mountain. 
 Its magnetic qualities are much more pronounced than those of either of 
 the ores above described, many specimens being strong natural magnets. 
 The ore is very uniform in chemical composition, very rich in metallic iron 
 and almost entirely free from phosphorus and sulphur. The ores from 
 Pilot Knob, Shepherd Mountain and Cedar Mountain are mixed for fur- 
 nace uses and make a nearly neutral iron, with a slightly redshort tend- 
 ency, that from Shepherd Mountain being a black oxide and that of Pilot 
 Knob a blue specular. In 1872, 11,000 tons of this ore mixture made 
 6300 tons of pig-iron, showing its richness in metallic iron. The devel- 
 opment of these ores has been going on for some years, and the total ship- 
 ments from the State have reached some 400,000 tons annually. Unfor- 
 tunately, Missouri does not possess the large coal-fields of some regions, 
 but the coal found in Illinois is now successfully coked and furnishes good 
 fuel for blast-furnace purposes. Charcoal timber, in sufficient quantity for 
 the necessities of many years to come, is found in the State. Though Mas- 
 sachusetts is not one of the leading States in iron mining, the following ex- 
 tract from Dr. James Thatcher’s Observations on Iron Ores, published in 
 1804, may prove of interest : “ There are in the county of Plymouth sev- 
 eral ponds in which are found copious beds of iron ore. The generating 
 principle and process of nature in producing iron ore in these ponds affords 
 a phenomenon which will probably elude the assiduity of philosophical 
 research. The 'period of its growth is supposed to be about twenty-five 
 years, and it is found in various depths of water from 2 to 20 feet. A man 
 accustomed to the employment, being in a small boat with an instrument 
 similar to a pair of oyster tongs, can raise from its watery bed about half 
 a ton of this ore in a day.” Ore had been taken from these ponds for sixty 
 years, and from another similar deposit, discovered in 1751, 3000 tons were 
 taken in a few years, which yielded the not very large proportion of “ 25 
 per cent, of excellent iron,” furnishing materials for a considerable quan- 
 tity of the cannon-shot used during the Revolutionary war. Michigan 
 contains the “ Lake Superior Iron Region,” which, though probably not 
 so rich as the deposits in Missouri, is being more extensively worked and 
 is giving a larger annual yield. The Lake Superior ore was first submit- 
 ted to a thorough test in a blast-furnace in 1854, since which time the ship- 
 ments of ore from this quarter have grown from nothing to 1,000,000 tons 
 annually. Only two general classes of ores have as yet been found in this 
 region — the hematites or sesquioxides, containing two equivalents of iron 
 to three of oxygen, and yielding when absolutely pure seventy per cent, of 
 metallic iron, and the magnetic ores, or proto-sesqnioxides, consisting of 
 three equivalents of iron to four of oxygen, which yield 72.41 per cent, 
 of metallic iron when equally pure. There are, however, a number of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 185 
 
 varieties belonging to each class; thus, under the general name of hema- 
 tite are found the “specular,” “specular slate,” “slate,” “massive” and 
 other forms ; also the soft red and brown ores containing water, to which 
 alone the name of “hematite” is technically applied in this region. Among 
 the magnetic ores the difference is chiefly one of structure; thus there are 
 coarse- and fine-grained and steely ores, differing merely in hardness and 
 fusibility. New York has been celebrated for the variety and quality of 
 various ores in very numerous localities, but especially for the magnetic 
 and specular ores of the Lake Champlain region, which have supplied not 
 only her own furnaces, but those of other States, and have furnished to all 
 the rolling-mills east of the Alleghanies the requisite materials for fettling 
 or lining the plates of the puddling-furnaces. So important, have these 
 ores become to the rolling-mill owners of the East that they are contracted 
 for at the opening of each year, and orders not in the hands of the ore-bed 
 owners by a certain date receive no attention. The shipments in 1872 from 
 this quarter amounted to 375,000 tons. It is a remarkable instance of the 
 slowness with which the value of mineral deposits is sometimes realized 
 that in one place in this region where the ore is mixed with phosphate of 
 lime works were once built for the manufacture of this fertilizer, to the 
 neglect of the iron ore. Of Pennsylvania it has been said : “ Pennsylva- 
 nia has been frequently spoken of as the greatest iron-producing State of 
 the Union, and in figures of iron manufacture she is pre-eminent; but this 
 is due rather to the wealth in fuel of this State and to the patient industry 
 of her people than to any mineral abundance. Indeed, there is scarcely 
 one of the States noted for iron ores which does not surpass Pennsylvania 
 in ore wealth, and, be it added, not one of them that has made the use of 
 what she possesses that Pennsylvania has. In magnetic ores New York, 
 New Jersey, Virginia, North Carolina, Missouri and Michigan far surpass 
 her. Massachusetts, Vermont, Virginia and Tennessee far exceed her in 
 brown hematites. The fossil iferous ores of Pennsylvania are not to be 
 mentioned with those of Alabama ; the carbonates cannot compare with 
 those of Ohio, Kentucky and West Virginia; and yet Pennsylvania pro- 
 duces more pig-iron than all the other States conjoined. It has been patient 
 industry, hard work, frugality and plenty of coal that have made Pennsyl- 
 vania the great iron-making State she is.” The magnetic oi’es of New 
 York and New Jersey almost disappear in Pennsylvania, but some mag- 
 netites were formerly worked near Easton, mixed with quartz and felspar. 
 At Bethlehem are small quantities of magnetites, and also just south of 
 Allentown; and south of this region, in Colebrookdale, they are found in 
 the Mount Pleasant mines. The great Cornwall mine of Lebanon county is 
 to the furnaces of Pennsylvania what the Lake Champlain deposits are to 
 those of New York, though in a lesser degree. Brown hematite oi’es are 
 found much more generally in Pennsylvania than magnetic ores, and form 
 
186 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 the principal dependence of the very numerous furnaces of their location, 
 which is general throughout Eastern, Southeastern and Middle Pennsyl- 
 vania. In Montgomery county, at Spring Mill, the belt of ore, about a 
 mile wide, runs north of Barren Hill, on the east side of the Schuylkill, and 
 from here toward Norristown is considerably worked. In Eastern Penn- 
 sylvania brown hematites are worked in Berks, Lehigh and Northampton 
 counties, near Bethlehem, Allentown, Emaus and Millerstown. Between 
 the Lehigh and Schuylkill Rivers are the ores which furnish the Catasauqua, 
 Hokendauqua and Easton group of furnaces with hematites. These beds 
 are numerous, the quality is good and the supply is abundant, and with 
 their contiguity to the anthracite coal-field and the neighboring magnetites 
 of New Jersey have made the Lehigh Valley the great iron-producing 
 region it is. Mr. Dunlap thus sums up the situation : “ While Pennsylva- 
 nia cannot boast of the extremely rich ores of Northern New York, or of 
 Michigan, Missouri or the South-west, there is abundance of good workable 
 ore, sufficient in quality and abundance to thoroughly sustain the very exten- 
 sive iron industry conducted. Constant discoveries of ores are made in all sec- 
 tions of the State, and the increasing population and demand for ores clearly 
 indicate the necessity of a new geological survey.” The production of iron 
 and steel in the United States, in 1872, was, in tons, as follows: Iron and 
 steel rails, 941,922; other rolled and hammered iron, 1,100,000; forges 
 and bloomeries, 58,000; cast-steel, 32,000; Bessemer steel, 110,500; Mar- 
 tin steel, 3000; pig-iron, 2,830,070. Though a panic caused a stagnation 
 of business during the last quarter of 1873, which bore with special weight 
 upon this industry, a few of the figures for the whole year show an increase 
 upon the amounts just given. The quantity of Bessemer steel produced 
 rose to 140,000 tons, a portion of which was converted into 120,000 tons 
 of rails. If this is not included in the return of 850,000 tons of “railroad 
 iron,” the quantity of iron and steel rails for 1873 was 970,000 tons. Other 
 rolled iron amounted to 980,000 tons. The quantity of pig-iron fell to 
 2,695,434 tons, and that of cast-steel to 28,000 tons. The importation of 
 “railroad bars or rails” has been decreasing during the past four years, as 
 is shown by the following figures: 1871, 512,277 tons (of 2000 pounds); 
 1872, 472,760 tons; 1873, 240,505 tons; 1874, 20,380 tons. The imports 
 of pig-iron for the same years were : 1871, 171,627 tons (of 2000 pounds) ; 
 1872, 204,517 tons; 1873, 277,283 tons; 1874, 103,087 tons. 
 
 Petroleum. — Rock oil (popularly but incorrectly termed “coal oil”) 
 is found in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia. The production of this 
 valuable commodity in large quantities is a business of recent origin and 
 growth. The ancient method of obtaining it is thus given by Eaton: “A 
 point was selected where the oil appeared to bubble up most freely, when 
 a pit was excavated to the depth of two or three feet. Sometimes this pit 
 was rudely walled up, sometimes not. Sometimes it was near the edge of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 187 
 
 the water, on the bank of the stream, sometimes in the bed of the stream 
 itself, advantage being taken of a time of low water. In these pits the oil 
 and water would collect together until a stratum of the former would form 
 upon the surface of the latter, when a coarse blanket or piece of flannel 
 was thrown in. This blanket soon became saturated with oil, but rejected 
 the water. The blanket was then taken out, wrung into a tub or barrel, 
 and the operation was repeated.” The product was figuratively “a drug 
 in the market,” and literally was used only as a drug. “ Most families 
 through the country kept a supply for their own use, yet for all ordinary 
 purposes a pint bottle was sufficient for a year’s consumption. Every good 
 housewife was supposed to have a small store of Seneca Oil, as it was popu- 
 larly called, laid by in case of accident, for the medication of cuts, bruises 
 and burns. It was carried abroad in small bottles to distant neighborhoods, 
 until eventually it was purchased by the druggists, put up in small vials 
 and labelled sometimes ‘British Oil,’ sometimes ‘American Oil,’ or ‘Rock 
 Oil,’ according to the popularity of the terms at the time or place.” The 
 first shipment of petroleum to Pittsburg was made at some time near the 
 beginning of the present century by a Mr. Cary, whose cargo consisted of 
 two five-gallon kegs, slung one on each side of a horse. In 1865 more 
 than fifty thousand times this quantity was the average shipment for a 
 single day during the busiest part of the season. The oil trade of that day 
 was liable to suffer terrible fluctuations. A flatboatman or raftsman would 
 occasionally glut the market with a barrel or two, brought down at. once. 
 The demand would then entirely cease until this large surplus was con- 
 sumed. At a later period the business became a monopoly. Gen. Samuel 
 Hays purchased all the oil. produced in the country (the highest annual 
 yield being sixteen barrels) and sold it at Pittsburg for about one dollar 
 per gallon. The gross receipts of this pioneer among American monopo- 
 lists during that best year were nearly six hundred and forty dollars. Even 
 this immense sum (from which, to ascertain his profits, the prime cost and 
 expenses should be deducted) was not sufficient to awaken either envy or 
 competition. The presence of large quantities of petroleum was frequently 
 made evident when wells for salt water were bored, and even when ordi- 
 nary wells were dug; but the value of the fluid was not known until the man- 
 ufacture of genuine “ coal oil ” out of cannel coal began and it was discovered 
 that the artificial oil thus produced was almost identical with the natural 
 oil which had hitherto served as a mere liniment. In 1854 sevei-al barrels 
 of petroleum were sent to Professor Silliman of Yale Callege for analysis. 
 He made a report which Eveleth & Bissel (who had purchased the “ter- 
 ritory” where the principal oil-springs were found) published in 1855. In 
 this year the first oil company, “The Pennsylvania Rock Oil Company,” 
 was organized, with Professor Silliman as president. Until 1857 oil was 
 obtained by digging pits and ditches and pumping the oil and water into 
 
188 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 vats. The substitution of artesian wells for this tedious process was then 
 decided upon. The first efforts were unsuccessful, but Col. E. L. Drake, 
 who acted as agent and superintendent, was unremitting in his attempts, 
 and on the 28th of August, 1859, the first oil well in America was struck, 
 near Titusville, Pa. It yielded teu barrels per day with a hand-pump, and 
 when a larger pump, worked by an engine, was attached, the yield rose to 
 forty barrels. As oil was then worth one dollar per gallon, or forty dol- 
 lars per barrel, this yield was of considerable value. Speculators were 
 attracted, other wells were bored and many were for a while “flowing 
 wells.” One well yielded for a time more than 8000 barrels per day ; and 
 in this case and others the oil came up more rapidly than it could be pro- 
 vided for, so that much of it ran away and was wasted. The “ oil excite- 
 ment” culminated in 1864-5, when 1100 companies were formed, with a 
 nominal aggregate capital of $600,000,000, though only about 15 per cent, 
 of this amount, or $90,000,000, was really paid in, and even this sum so 
 far exceeded the quantity of capital required that some of it received but 
 a poor return. Since that time, though local “excitements” occasionally 
 occur, the oil business has settled down upon a comparatively legitimate 
 and solid basis. The use of powerful “torpedoes” (the main ingredient in 
 the explosive material of which is nitro-glycerine) has greatly improved 
 the chances of obtaining oil and of retaining the productive power of a 
 well. These valuable auxiliaries are put down into the wells and exploded, 
 the result frequently being the tapping of hitherto inaccessible deposits of 
 oil. Statistics of the production of petroleum in Western Pennsylvania 
 and of the exports of this article from the United States in various years 
 are as follows: 1859, production, 82,000 barrels; 1860, 500,000; 1861, 
 2,113,000; 1862, 3,056,000; 1863, 2,611,000; 1864, 2,116,000; 1865, 
 2,497,000; 1866, 3,597,000; 1867, 3,347,000; 1868, 3,583,186; daily av- 
 erage, 9811 barrels ; 1869,4,210,720; daily average, 11,528; 1870,5,673,- 
 198; daily average, 15,543; 1871, 5,715,900; daily average, 15,660; 1872, 
 6,531,675; daily average, 17,895; 1873,7,878,629; daily average, 21,568. 
 These figures have been given in barrels (containing 40 gallons), but the 
 exports are reckoned by gallons, and since 1863 have been as follows: 
 1863, 28,250,721; 1864, 31,872,972; 1865,29,805,563; 1866,67,430,451; 
 1867, 67,052,029; 1868, 99,281,750; 1869, 102,808,604; 1870, 140,761,- 
 931; 1871,156,475,469; 1872,154,064,904; 1873,238,008,187; year end- 
 ing June 30, 1874, 245,978,684. The greater part of these exports con- 
 sisted of refined oil, the proportions during the last year mentioned being 
 as follows : Mineral oil, crude (including all natural oils without regard to 
 gravity), 17,776,419; mineral oil (refined or manufactured), naphthas 
 (benzine, gasoline, etc.), 9,737,457; illuminating oil, 217,220,504; lubri- 
 cating (heavy, paraffine, etc.), 1,244,305 gallons. 
 
 Gold aild Silver. — Gold has been obtained for many years from a 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 189 
 
 metalliferous belt which extends along the eastern base of the Alleghany 
 Mountains from Northern New England to Georgia, the southern portion 
 bein e the most productive. In North Carolina the gold-fields extend over 
 an area of more than 100 square miles. Native gold began to appear in 
 the mint at Philadelphia in 1824, and the receipts increased rapidly, so 
 that in a few years it constituted the principal supply of this metal. The 
 first mint deposits from South Carolina were §3500, in 1829; from Vir- 
 ginia, §2500 in the same year; and from Georgia, §212,000 in 1830. The 
 production soon became so great that branch mints were established at 
 Charlotte, N. C., and at Dahl onega, Ga. [see Coins and Currency]. The 
 total amount of Southern gold deposited at the mints and assay-offices of 
 the United States from the opening of the mines to June 30, 1874, was 
 §1,633,776.00 from Virginia, $10,090,655.98 from North Carolina, §1,379,- 
 077.47 from South Carolina, $7,298,746.92 from Georgia, $79,173.56 from 
 Tennessee and $212,087.12 from Alabama; total, $20,503,617.71. Only 
 a small portion of this, however, has been deposited in recent times, as the 
 “ placer ” deposits and many of the veins in the South were abandoned 
 when the discovery of gold in California was announced. The deposits 
 from the Southern States for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, amounted 
 to only $141,507.04, divided as follows: Virginia, $2163.88; North Caro- 
 lina, $107,070.10; South Carolina, $896.70 ; Georgia, $30,962.16 ; Tennes- 
 see, $154.87 ; Alabama, $259.33. The main source of the supply of this 
 precious metal is found west of the Rocky Mountains, especially in Cali- 
 fornia. On the 21st of December, 1846, Mr. L. W. Sloat read a paper 
 before the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, entitled The Mines 
 of Upper California. In this essay he says : “At San Fernando, near San 
 Pedro, by washing the sand in a plate any person can obtain from one to 
 five dollars per day of gold, which brings seventeen dollars per ounce. 
 The gold has been gathered for two or three years, although but few, at least 
 of the native Californians, have the patience to look for it. There is not the 
 least doubt in my mind that gold, silver, quicksilver, copper, lead, sulphur, 
 asphaltum and coal are to be found in that region. . . . The Indians have 
 always said that there are mines, but refused to give their locality, and the 
 Californians [of Spanish descent] did not choose, or have been too lazy, to 
 look for them.” It was more than a year after the date just given when 
 the discovery of gold in its abundance was made. James W. Marshall, 
 who was at the time superintending the construction of a saw T -mill for Capt. 
 Sutter (on the American Fork of the Sacramento, near the town of Co- 
 loma, in El Dorado county), saw some glittering particles in a heap of 
 mud and sand which had been washed together by the river (Feb. 9, 1848). 
 Another account attributes the discovery to his little daughter, who “ picked 
 up in the race a lump of gold, and showed it to her father as a pretty 
 stone.” Trembling with excitement, Marshall hurried to his employer and 
 
190 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 told his story. Capt. Sutter at first thought that it was a fiction aud that 
 the narrator was insane. He therefore, as he afterward confessed, kept a 
 sharp eye upon his loaded rifle while this astounding disclosure was made; 
 but when Marshall threw an ounce or two of the shining dust upon the 
 table before him, his doubts were dispelled. The two agreed to keep the 
 matter secret and quietly share the golden harvest between them ; but 
 
 “ The best-laid plans of mice and men 
 Gang aft aglee.” 
 
 As they went carefully over the ground, gloating with eager gestures and 
 ejaculations of delight over their new-found treasures, they awakened the 
 suspicions of a Mormon laborer employed in the neighborhood, who closely 
 watched them, appointed himself a committee of one to investigate the 
 cause of their excitement, and speedily became as wise as the unwary 
 Sutter aud Marshall. Having slight motive for secresy, he spread the 
 intelligence. The result is elsewhere given [see California in Topogra- 
 phy, p. 217]. Down to 1874, inclusive — i.e., during a period of 27 years 
 — the gold mines of California yielded more than $1,000,000,000. The 
 California gold-field, which extends almost continuously over seven degrees 
 of latitude, covering with its longest axis a distance of five hundred miles, 
 includes an area larger than the State of New York. In no portion of 
 this territory have mines been completely exhausted. The sands of the 
 sea-beach from Coos Bay for 200 miles south are worked with profit, aud 
 may be termed “the gold coast of the United States.” The total amount 
 of gold deposited at the United States mints and assay-offices up to June 
 30, 1874, from California, was $648,411,230.56. The gold deposits from 
 Colorado up to the same date amounted to $21,741,203.66, while those 
 from Montana were worth $36,640,618.66; from Idaho, $19,417,494.53; 
 from Oregon, $12,314,071.10; and from Nevada, $3,551,751.63. Total 
 deposits of domestic gold since the organization of the mints, $871,265,- 
 517.05. The existence of gold in the Black Hills is no longer doubted 
 [see General Description, page 154]. An Associated Press despatch 
 of Aug. 2, 1875, says: “The gold region of the Black Hills comprises 
 about 1000 square miles, and Professor Jennings defines its northern limit 
 as lying between Rapid and Box Elder Creeks. The new diggings on 
 Spring Creek have attracted hundreds of miners from other gulches and 
 from outside the Black Hills.” Arrangements are being made by the gov- 
 ernment to purchase the auriferous district from the Indians, and pending 
 the negotiation many miners entered the lands in question ; but active 
 measures being taken by the government to protect this region from intru- 
 sion, it was decided to abandon it for the present. A despatch of August 
 10 says that “there were fifteen hundred miners in the region who were 
 preparing to leave.” Silver . — This metal is found in comparatively pure 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 191 
 
 ores, also in combination with copper, lead and other metals, in various 
 parts of the United States. The deposits at the mints and assay-offices up 
 to June 30, 1874, amounted to $43,381,419.40. An idea of the increase 
 in the production of this precious metal can be gathered from the fact that 
 very nearly one-fourth of this total amount ($10,822,658.16) was deposited 
 during the year ending June 30, 1874, this quantity being divided, accord- 
 ing to source, as follows: California, $44,345.89; Colorado, $1,391,856.32; 
 Idaho, $17,323.49 ; Montana, $16,898.10 ; Nebraska, $50,455.37 ; Nevada, 
 $4,230,765.36; New Mexico, $77,880.70; North Carolina, $46.67; Utah, 
 $1,764,937.86 ; Lake Superior, $353,766.19. The remainder of this amount 
 came under the heads of “refined silver,” “contained in gold,” “parted 
 from gold ” and “ other sources.” The receipts of American silver at the 
 mints, etc., during the year ending June 30, 1861, amounted to only $600,- 
 000. As a much larger proportion of silver is used for plate and other 
 manufactured articles than that of gold, the deposits at the mint give only 
 an approximation (and sometimes a poor one) to the amount actually pro- 
 duced. In California, for instance, many veins of lead ore combined with 
 silver were discovered. The proportion of silver was in some cases very 
 large ; but as the ores were in some places very complex, and the requisite 
 metallurgical works and skill for reducing them were lacking in this coun- 
 try, they were transported to the Pacific coast and shipped to England via 
 New York. As many of them contained silver to the amount of $2000 
 per ton, the cost of transportation was not a large item in comparison with 
 their value. In 1840 the Washington mine, Davidson county, N. C., which 
 had attracted attention on account of its being the only lead mine which 
 up to that time had produced much silver, excited expectations of great 
 richness at lower depths by a display of native silver in arborescent forms, 
 and disseminated through the magnesian limestone in a very striking man- 
 ner. This expectation was not realized so far as the discovery of pure 
 silver ore was concerned, though the lead was found so rich that in 1 844 
 $24,009 of silver and $7253 of gold were separated from 160,000 pounds 
 of lead, an average of 240 ounces of auriferous silver to 2000 pounds. In 
 1851 the proportion of auriferous silver ran as high as 279 ounces to 2000 
 pounds. This was, however, but little more than one-third of the proportion 
 found in the California ore above mentioned. 
 
 Copper. — The number of copper mines in the United States in 1870 is 
 given at 40, divided as follows: Michigan, 27; Arizona, 2; Maryland, 2; 
 Pennsylvania, 2 ; Vermont, 2 ; Tennessee, 2 ; Nevada, 1 ; North Carolina, 
 1 ; Virginia, 1. The number of hands employed was 5404; invested capital, 
 $7,789,374; value of product, $5,201,302, of which Michigan produced 
 82.91 per cent.; Vermont, 6.89 per cent.; and Tennessee, 5.96 per cent., 
 making for the three States 95.76 per cent., or more than nineteen-twen- 
 tieths of the total value. The leading copper mines in this country are 
 
192 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 those on the southern shore of Lake Superior. These mines were worked 
 in some places by the predecessors of the Indians on this continent. A 
 large mass of ore, detached, and some stone tools were found by the first 
 white visitors to one of the mines, and these were not left there by the In- 
 dians, who were ignorant of the art of mining. The working of these 
 deposits by white people began in 1845, and it is stated that between that 
 time and 1858 the entire production of this region was 18,954 tons of ore, 
 producing 13,955 tons of ingots, worth $9,000,000. From that date there 
 has been a marked increase in the production, as is shown by the follow- 
 ing table of the jiroducts of copper mining in the Upper Peninsula of 
 Michigan : 
 
 Year. 
 
 Ore, Tons. 
 
 Ingots, Tons. 
 
 Value. 
 
 To 1858 
 
 18,954 
 
 13,955 
 
 $9,000,000 
 
 1858 
 
 4,100 
 
 3,500 
 
 1,886,000 
 
 1859 
 
 4,200 
 
 3,500 
 
 1,890,000 
 
 I860 
 
 6,000 
 
 4,800 
 
 2,610,000 
 
 1861 
 
 7,500 
 
 6,000 
 
 3,337,500 
 
 1862 
 
 9,962 
 
 8,000 
 
 3,402,000 
 
 1863 
 
 8,548 
 
 6,500 
 
 4,420,000 
 
 1864 
 
 8,472 
 
 6,500 
 
 6,110.000 
 
 1865 
 
 10,791 
 
 7,000 
 
 5,145,000 
 
 1866 
 
 10,376 
 
 7,000 
 
 4,760,000 
 
 1867 
 
 11,735 
 
 8,200 
 
 4,140,000 
 
 1868 
 
 13,049 
 
 9,985 
 
 4,592.000 
 
 1869 
 
 15,288 
 
 12,200 
 
 5,368,000 
 
 1870 
 
 16,183 
 
 12,946 
 
 5,696,240 
 
 1871 
 
 16,071 
 
 12,857 
 
 6,171,360 
 
 1872 
 
 15,166 
 
 12,132 
 
 7,774,720 
 
 1873 
 
 18,688 
 
 14,910 
 
 8,200,500 
 
 1874 
 
 21,729 
 
 17,383 
 
 7,996,180 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 206,761 
 
 167,368 
 
 $92,500,000 
 
 It will be seen, upon examining this table, that the production in 1874 
 exceeded that of the whole twelve years preceding 1858;, also that the 
 processes for extracting pure copper have been so much improved that in 
 1873 18,688 tons of ore gave 955 tons more of pure copper than were 
 afforded by 18,954 tons of ore during the twelve years mentioned. In 1872 
 the Calumet and Hecla mine alone yielded 8000 tons of fine copper, about 
 one-tenth of the entire product of the globe. A single sheet of copper was 
 found in the Minnesota mine which was computed to weigh at least 250 
 tons. There is a copper region of great importance in adjacent parts of 
 Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee and Georgia, in which there are nu- 
 merous mines which have been worked in an imperfect manner. Professor 
 Hunt says of it : “ With the present augmented price of copper and with 
 the aid of improved processes for the extraction of the metal from its ores, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 193 
 
 tills region may become a second Cornwall.” Deposits of copper ore were 
 formerly worked to a considerable extent in New Jersey and Connecticut, 
 and recently rich veins of this ore have been opened in Chester county, Pa. 
 
 Lead.— The ore of this metal is found in Iowa, Wisconsin, Illinois, 
 Missouri, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, Vir- 
 ginia, Tennessee, North Carolina and Kentucky. The most important lead 
 deposits in the United States are in the Mississippi Valley. The Upper 
 Mines are within the adjoining States of Wisconsin, Illinois and Iowa. 
 The area of this region is 4000 square miles, of which 2200 square miles, 
 or 55 per cent., lie in Wisconsin ; but the most productive portion is in 
 Iowa and Illinois. The first extensive mining began in 1826. In 1829 
 the annual production was 5000 tons ; in 1839 it had risen to 10,000 
 tons; and in 1845 it reached its maximum, amounting to nearly 25,000 
 tons. Since that time it has greatly fallen off, and it is difficult, or 
 rather impossible, to obtain trustworthy figures with relation to it. The 
 lead deposits of Missouri have been divided by mineralogists into three 
 districts, the south-west, the middle and the south-east, the last being 
 the most important, covering an area of about 500 square miles. In 
 1811 Mine Shibboleth, in this region, produced 1562-2- tons of lead from 
 2500 tons of ore. In 1816 the average annual product of Mine a Burton 
 and the Potosi diggings for the preceding eighteen years was estimated at 
 over 250 tons. From 1834 to 1837 the yearly production of Mine La 
 Motte was 518 tons. The State geologist makes the annual product of 
 all the lead mines in Missouri for the 14 years ending with 1854, inclusive, 
 more than 1916 tons. There are numerous deposits of lead ore in the 
 Atlantic States, but they have not been very extensively worked. Some 
 of them are highly argentiferous; ore from the Shelburne Mine, in New 
 Hampshire, giving 84 ounces of pure silver to the ton of lead, and some 
 from the Warren Mine, in the same State, yielding 60 to 70 ounces per ton. 
 Shipments of ore made in colonial times to England from the neighbor- 
 hood of Middletown, Conn., yielded from 25 to 75 ounces per ton, and 
 contrary to the usual rule, that portion of the ore which was fine grained, 
 and was consequently expected to give the largest amount of silver, fur- 
 nished the 25 ounces, while the 75 ounces per ton was obtained from the 
 coarsely cubical ore. The imports of lead into the United States during 
 the fiscal year ending June 30, 1873, were 71,371,692 pounds (35,685 tons 
 of 2000 pounds), and for the year ending June 30, 1874, 43,513,017 
 pounds (21,755 tons), showing a decrease of nearly 40 per cent. 
 
 Zinc. — Zinc ores have been found in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mis- 
 souri, North Carolina, Arkansas, Wisconsin, Tennessee and in several other 
 States. The first zinc was made in this country in 1838, for the brass 
 standard weights and measures ordered by Congaess. A block from New 
 Jersey weighing 16,400 pounds was exhibited at the World’s Fair in Lon- 
 13 
 
194 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 don, in 1851. It was estimated, several years since, that oF the entire 
 product of the world Prussia yields 58 per cent., Belgium 27, Russia 7 
 and the United States 3. The proportion to be credited to this country is 
 now undoubtedly larger. Franklinite, or the red oxide, is obtained near 
 Franklin and Sparta, in New Jersey; and both calamine and blende are 
 worked at Friedensville, near Bethlehem, Pa., the works of the Lehigh Zinc 
 Company being at the latter place. This company manufactured about 
 1700 tons of white oxide of zinc, an equal quantity of spelter, and rolled 
 about 1000 tons of sheet zinc, during the year ending April 1, 1874. The 
 sheet-zinc made from Pennsylvania ores is deemed fully equal to the famous 
 brand La Vielle Montague , of France, some considering it even better, on 
 account of its freedom from arsenic and iron. The great difficulty in com- 
 peting with French sheet-zinc arose from an ignorance of the secret of the 
 polishing process. The very simplicity of this operation baffled research, 
 as it is performed by passing several heated sheets through iron rollers, 
 when by mutual friction they polish each other. The purity, smoothness 
 of surface and durability of this zinc have led to its adoption as the mate- 
 rial for the cartridge-cases used by the Russian and Turkish governments. 
 
 Quicksilver. — The quicksilver mines of California are elsewhere 
 mentioned [see California., in Topography]. According to the reports 
 of the Paris Exposition, California yielded, in 1867, 3,960,000 pounds out 
 of a total for all countries of 7 083,120 pounds. The product of the New 
 Almaden mine for 211 years, ending with December 31, 1873, was 573,- 
 150 flasks (containing 761 pounds each ), or 43,845,975 pounds. It is said 
 that the Old Almaden mine in Spain controlled the Chinese market until 
 a few years ago, when the manager of the New Almaden shipped 10,000 
 flasks to Hong Kong, and sold them so far below cost as to drive the Eu- 
 ropean quicksilver back to Spain. California then supplied China; but 
 Spain, by the same tactics, obtained the control of the London market. 
 In 1869, for instance, the exports of quicksilver from the United States to 
 England amounted to only 152,924 pounds, while those to China amounted 
 to 824,052 pounds. The total exports for the year 1869 were 2,152,499 
 pounds, Mexico taking even more than China (834,776 pounds). Since 
 that time the production has fallen away, the yield for 1873 being little 
 more than 2,000,000 pounds; and during the year ending June 30, 1873, 
 foreign countries took only 714,783 pounds of American quicksilver, none 
 of this amount going to England. In the year ending June 30, 1874, the 
 quantity exported was 501,389 pounds. 
 
 Note. — Tlie agricultural products are treated elsewhere [see American Agricul- 
 ture], and the remaining minor topics, which usually come under the head of Phys- 
 ical Geography, are treated in the articles on the several States [see Topography, 
 p. 205 et scg.] as fully as space will allow. — Ed. U. S. Centennial Gazetteer and 
 Guide. 
 
RESOURCES AjSTD PROSPECTS OF THE 
 UAITED STATES. 
 
 B EFORE treating of the several States separately, it seems proper, as 
 we have just been taking a general view of the physical features of this 
 country, to say a few words concerning the resources and prospects of the 
 United States. A work upon this subject was written by Sir Morton Peto, 
 and published in 1866. The kindly spirit in which he wrote, the special 
 facilities afforded him while he was in America collecting information, the 
 skill with which he has arranged his materials, combine to render the work 
 of Sir Morton very valuable, even at the present day, when his statistics 
 (a few of which were somewhat superannuated when he wrote) have become 
 almost too stale for reproduction, except for comparison with the later 
 figures of the years which have elapsed since his visit to America, in 1865. 
 Americans are so busy, so thoroughly occupied with the interests which 
 demand immediate attention, so little given to day-dreaming, that it is 
 probable that few among them have any adequate conception of the vast- 
 ness of the resources of their favored land. Vague general statements, 
 which form the staple of the Fourth of July oration or the popular lecture, 
 are couched in language so stereotyped that a great part of their effect is 
 lost ; and though they are acknowledged' as truisms, the frequency with 
 which they are heard, in nearly the same form of words, makes them seem 
 almost like vain repetitions. The more specific, however, the information 
 obtained, the more evident becomes the fact that statements apparently 
 bombastic — assertions which seemed at first to be the offspring of an over- 
 weening national pride — have been below rather than above the mark. 
 A comparison of some of the figures given for the United States with those 
 for Europe, or for separate countries of the latter, gives a very favorable 
 showing for the young republic. In the matter of territory, for instance, 
 the area of Europe is 3,600,000 square miles, while that of the United 
 States is 3,603,884 square miles. The area of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain (83,827) and Ireland (28,800) is 112,627 square miles; that 
 of France (including Corsica), 204,711 square miles. A larger amount of 
 land (140,000,000 acres, or 218,750 square miles) than either of these has 
 been given away to the States and Territories by the various national land- 
 grants for the establishment and maintenance of public schools [see Amer- 
 
 195 
 
 * 
 
196 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ican Education, page 498]. Texas (area 274,356 square miles) is larger 
 than Spain (area 196,031 square miles); California (area 188,981 square 
 miles) contains more territory than the kingdom of Italy (area 114,409 
 square miles) ; our States match in size the countries of Europe; our country 
 is larger than that “ grand division ” of the globe. Sir Morton Peto* awards 
 the United States this superiority even when (by including lakes and rivers) 
 he made the area of this country 3,250,000 square miles; and the addition 
 of Alaska puts it beyond question, even if the larger estimate of 3,600,000 
 square miles be the area of Europe. This territory, with the exception of 
 Alaska, is compact and contiguous. For the most part it is united by lines 
 of communication which consist of lakes, rivers, canals and telegraphs. 
 By the settlement of California and Oregon the country has the great ad- 
 vantage of fronting the two great oceans, the Atlantic and Pacific. Of 
 this territory the public lands embrace an area of nearly 3,000,000 square 
 miles. The exact figures on the 30th of June, 1874, were 2,867,185 square 
 miles, or 1,834,998,400 acres, of which 649,393,052 had been surveyed up 
 to June 30, 1874, leaving 1,185,605,348. In 1867 the aggregate area, 
 according to Hawes, was 1,446,716,072 acres, of which 485,311,778 acres, 
 or about one-third, had been surveyed up to July 1st of that year. The 
 increase is owing to the addition of Alaska to the public domain — an addi- 
 tion amounting to 577,390 square miles, or 369,529,600 acres. The lands 
 are surveyed by the government and divided into uniform rectangular 
 tracts, six miles square, called “townships,” each township being subdivided 
 into thirty-six “ sections ” one mile square, containing 640 acres each, and 
 each section into “quarter sections ” of 160 acres each, which are set apart 
 for homesteads. By the “ system of squares ” every section and quarter 
 section is bounded by lines running due north and south (as far as the 
 convergency of the meridians, or their coming nearer together as they are 
 extended northward, will permit), crossed by other lines running east and 
 west. As the country is filled up and settled new surveys are made, and 
 it is doubtless one of the greatest attractions of the United States that they 
 possess so great an expanse of territory that it will be many years before 
 the price of land in the West is raised by immigration, however great may 
 be the influx of population. The application of industry to the cultivation 
 of the soil will be for a long time the principal reason for an increase in 
 the value of land, and such increase will be the certain and just reward for 
 the labor of the industrious immigrant. There is no description of prod- 
 uce, European or tropical, which may not be raised in some part of this 
 territory. Every part of the country produces wealth. The Western and 
 Pacific States afford abundant crops of the two great cereals, wheat and 
 
 * We acknowledge here, once for all, our indebtedness to this author, and shall con- 
 tinue to borrow freely from his work without further reference. — E d. U. S. Centennial 
 Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 197 
 
 Indian corn, with the additional advantage that the first of these is gath- 
 ered in the summer and the other in the fall, thus affording a double har- 
 vest to the farmer. The Southern States grow sugar, rice, tobacco and 
 corn. The agricultural resources have been fully dwelt upon elsewhere, 
 both generally [see American Agriculture] and particularly, in connec- 
 tion with the separate articles on the several States and Territories [see 
 Topography]. The mineral resources have also been treated both gen- 
 erally [see Physical Geography] and in detail [see Topography]. 
 Every portion of this territory possesses some special advantage. Even 
 in many places where the soil is barren that soil consists of valuable chem- 
 icals, prepared (in a nearly pure form) in Nature’s laboratory, or it covers 
 metals worth more than the aggregate crops for many years gathered from 
 an equal extent of the most fertile soil, or it affords some other yield which 
 makes it of value to the man who intelligently endeavors to ascertain and 
 to develop its capabilities. This leads us to speak of another resource of 
 this country — viz., the intelligent industry of the people. The vast increase 
 made during the past thirty years in the annual value of manufactured 
 articles [see American Manufactures] is a proof that this resource is 
 one to be relied upon as an important auxiliary to the advance of this 
 nation in wealth, in comfort and in the ability to sustain a large popula- 
 tion. The opinion of Sir Morton Peto (and of other writers who could 
 not possibly look upon the question disinterestedly) that it would be the 
 best policy for the people of the United States to devote their attention 
 exclusively to agriculture, and to entirely depend upon England and other 
 foreign countries for supplies of manufactured articles, — this opinion, we 
 say, however pleasant and plausible it may appear to those who desire to 
 furnish this country with all the necessaries of life except food, will not 
 meet with the approval of the true American who desires his country to 
 take a leading position among the nations of the world. To follow out 
 this policy, to permit our almost boundless resources of coal, of iron, of 
 water-power, of the industry of a free people, to slumber unused, would 
 be to scorn the gifts of a bountiful Providence which has richly showered 
 upon this favored nation not only the blessings pronounced by the patri- 
 archs upon their posterity — “the dew of heaven, the fatness of the earth 
 and plenty of corn and wine” — but has also given “a land whose stones 
 are iron and out of whose hills” may be dug not only brass (or its ingre- 
 dients, copper and zinc), but more gold and silver than the famed Ophir 
 ever produced. Nor is it any kindness to the American farmer to support 
 a doctrine which would make all men farmers, would cause an overpro- 
 duction of all agricultural products, and would leave the unfortunate agri- 
 culturist entirely at the mercy of foreign markets for the disposal of the 
 immense surplus which would be left were every man to become a farmer. 
 It would, doubtless, be a comfortable state of affairs for all the foreign, 
 
198 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 nations requiring our breadstuff's or other products of the farm. They 
 would be able to take their choice of the best, to name their own price and 
 to repay the American farmer with a small portion of the raw material 
 taken from this country to be worked up, and to have its value thereby 
 enhanced, for the benefit of the foreign nation or nations above mentioned. 
 A true friend of the farmer (if the zeal and energy with which he has col- 
 lected statistics may be considered a proof of his right to this title), the 
 Statistician of the Department of Agriculture, expresses the hope (in an 
 address the concluding words of which may be found at the end of the 
 article on American Agriculture) that the day may be hastened “ when 
 25 per cent, of our people shall furnish a better and more varied agricul- 
 tural supply than is now obtained by the 47 per cent, engaged in agricul- 
 ture,” and “when the 21 per cent, now engaged in mining, manufacturing 
 and the mechanic arts may become 42.” This is a hope the fulfilment of 
 which would be a benefit to the agriculturist as well as to the miner, the 
 manufacturer and the mechanic. 
 
 The resources of the United States have always been found equal to their 
 necessities. There came a time not long since when those resources were 
 sorely tried, when brother warred against brother, when a land which had 
 for a time been rent with civil feud was drenched with fraternal blood. An- 
 other country under such circumstances might have been irreparably ruined. 
 A monarchy so situated would have probably become a prey to anarchy and 
 confusion. We have, however, to deal with the important question, How 
 did the resources of the country bear the drain put upon them by the de- 
 mands of the four years of war? The answer is one so flattering to national 
 pride that we prefer to give it in the words of one whose opinion with ref- 
 erence to American manufactures we have just opposed, but whose position 
 as a foreigner will give considerable weight to his statement with reference 
 to the question just proposed. Sir Morton Peto says : “ Although a million 
 of the population had been withdrawn from their industrial occupations to 
 assume arms, the progress of peaceful industry had not been arrested. . . . 
 To this may be added the most remarkable feature of the civil war in the 
 United States — namely, the marvellous sustentation of credit in the North. 
 On the European side of the Atlantic the inquiry was constantly repeated, 
 ‘When will the finances of America collapse?’ Speculations were made 
 in the money markets on the assumption that the American resources must 
 inevitably fail. Yet on the American side not only was there no idea of 
 failure, but, despite the increase of debt, which accumulated with a rapidity 
 absolutely unknown in any previous history, the pressure of taxation was 
 unflinchingly borne and the payment of interest was regularly made. Nor 
 was this all. Although the country might have been expected to be drained 
 both of men and stores to supjfly the immense armies which were sustained, 
 the requirements of the entire population were met without any increase 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 199 
 
 of prices beyond that which resulted from a depreciation of the currency. 
 Throughout the war the nation gave evidence of rapidly-increasing wealth. 
 Probably the parallel of this is not to be found in the world’s' history. All 
 records, of whatsoever period, show that during fierce and desolating strug- 
 gles the populations engaged in them have suffered fearful privations and 
 miseries, and that protracted periods have elapsed before they have been 
 able to recover from their effects. America, which in so many respects 
 has shown herself superior to ordinary rules, has, in regard to the effects 
 of war, shown that the heaviest and most costly conflict can be borne not 
 only without exhaustion, but even with an increase of national prosperity. 
 If I am asked to account for this, I can only do so by attributing it to the 
 wonderful elasticity of the resources of the United States. In my 
 travels through the United States during the autumn of last year the 
 abundant resources of the country was the feature which struck me most 
 forcibly. It appeared to be the key to everything else. I saw wild terri- 
 tories, both of forest and prairie, being cleared up and populated; I saw 
 villages springing into towns and towns into cities with a rapidity so mar- 
 vellous that one’s first idea was to attribute it all to the work of some pow- 
 erful magician ; I passed through ivhole regions where every description 
 of grain seemed to spring up spontaneously ; I went over lines of railway 
 seemingly constructed for the express purpose of conveying this produce 
 to ports from which it could be shipped to countries where there was a 
 superabundant population to consume it; I passed down immense rivers 
 swarming with steamboats and other vessels filled with produce; I was 
 brought into communication with the merchants who conducted the varied 
 commerce to which all this gave rise; and looking at all that I met with, 
 I could not fail to be struck, as a practical man, with the extraordinary 
 and wonderful character of American resources, surpassing by far any- 
 thing of which we have the slightest experience in the Old World, great 
 as are our own products and remarkable as is the industry of our teeming 
 population.” 
 
 It is by looking at the way in which this country passed through that 
 most trying of ordeals, a civil war, that we are able to form some idea as 
 to the prospects of the republic. If that which usually cripples a nation 
 served only to show the magnitude of the resources which had been suffered 
 to lie idle; if the development of these resources continued and increased, 
 even at the time when more than a million of men were drawn away 
 from industrial pursuits and employed in destroying one another, — what 
 may not be expected from a united land, from a people whose swords have 
 been beaten into ploughshares and their spears into pruning-hooks? Peace 
 and unity, twin blessings, are the earnests of a still greater advance in agri- 
 culture, in commerce, in manufactures, in all that makes a nation wealthy 
 and prosperous at home and respected abroad. The public spirit of the 
 
200 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 people, which leads them to lend their aid, frequently with only too great 
 readiness, to any scheme which promises to assist in the improvement of 
 the natural advantages of their country, will every year have a better op- 
 portunity to impel its possessors to works of national utility. It is this 
 very public spirit which specially strikes foreigners, who frequently have 
 difficulty in appreciating at its full value the influence of a free govern- 
 ment in developing a love of country which leads its possessor to feel how 
 thoroughly his country’s interests are his own. Sir Morton Peto says: 
 “ In a recent article on ‘ Cheese as a Staple Article of Export,’ written by 
 the secretary of the Maine Board of Agriculture, I find the following 
 curious facts adduced to support an argument that ‘ cheese is as good as 
 gold:’ ‘The export demand governs the price of cheese. In June, 1862, 
 prime cheese was bringing in Herkimer county, N. Y., 8 cents per pound ; 
 but as soon as specie payments were suspended and gold bore a premium 
 the price of cheese advanced with even step. When gold fell, the price of 
 cheese receded; when gold rose, the price of cheese advanced; and all the 
 while just in proportion to the current rate of exchange. This proves con- 
 clusively that to cancel indebtedness or to pay for goods purchased in Eng- 
 land cheese was as good as gold, and answered the same purpose exactly. 
 With a market of such great capacity open to us, it seems as certain as 
 anything in this uncertain world can be that the manufacture of cheese 
 will increase annually; and I see no reason why all farmers who possess 
 really good grazing-land may not share in the profits.’ I quote this pas- 
 sage the more readily because it illustrates the sort of enthusiastic feeling 
 which appears to enter into every enterprise an American embarks in. 
 On this side of the Atlantic it is difficult to realize the sort of feeling 
 which induces an American to treat such a product as cheese as a substi- 
 tute for gold in commercial transactions. Yet it is this sort of enterprising 
 calculation which drives forward the United States. They try to make 
 everything — even cheese — as ‘ good as gold.’ ” The prediction of the 
 American author quoted by Sir Morton is being verified. In 1867 the 
 exports of cheese amounted to 52,352,127 pounds ; in 1868 to 51,097,203 
 pounds ; in 1869 the quantity exported fell to 39,960,367 pounds, but 
 during the year ending June 30, 1873, it had risen to 80,366,540 pounds, 
 and the quantity exported during the year ending June 30, 1874, was 
 90,611,077 pounds. There is another article of export which promises 
 to be “as good as gold” — viz., bacon and hams, the exports of which, 
 during the year just named, were as follows: 25,648,226 pounds in 1867 ; 
 43, 65$, 064 pounds in 1868 ; 49,228,165 pounds in 1869 ; 395,381,737 
 pounds in 1873; and 347,405,405 pounds in 1874. It is by the aggregate 
 of such articles as these that “ the balance of trade ” is being turned in 
 favor of the United States; and knowing how great the resources of Amer- 
 ica are, her citizens can look hopefully toward the future with the feeling 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 201 
 
 that there is sufficient energy and enterprise in the country to make the 
 most of the gifts of a beneficent Providence. 
 
 One of the most important facts upon which to rest bright hopes with 
 reference to the future of America is the feeling of unity which is per- 
 vading the country, and which will doubtless be greatly increased by the 
 remembrances of the past awakened by the celebration of the one hun- 
 dredth anniversary of American independence. The descendants of those 
 who fought shoulder to shoulder the battles of freedom — who laid the foun- 
 dations of a national edifice which still exists — will surely lay aside then, 
 if ever, animosities of recent origin, and remember that they are brethren. 
 The scenes at the celebration (June 17, 1875) of the centennial of the 
 battle of Bunker Hill, elsewhere alluded to [see Historical Sketch, 
 page 150], were a proof that the feeling of brotherhood is stronger than 
 the bitter feeling awakened by the civil war. It will be remembered that 
 the United States has a mission, that the eyes of the world are upon this 
 republic, that dissension and strife among her citizens would cause joy to 
 tyrants only, but unutterable grief to the oppressed of every land and 
 clime. It is the mission of the United States to prove that the free gov- 
 ernment which has stood for a hundred years is stronger to-day than ever, 
 not only in armies and armaments, but in the affectionate regard which 
 every citizen feels for a natioual unity of which he is not a mere append- 
 age, but a part. In order to fulfil his share in this mission, each citizen 
 of the republic will endeavor to forget the time of internecine strife, and 
 to look forward to a future when in peace or in war there will be no 
 North, no South, no East, no West — when civil war will be impossible, 
 and the united front presented to every foreign foe will cause the latter to 
 deem a conflict with this country undesirable. Toward such a state this 
 nation is rapidly hastening — nay, it has in part attained it. Were a just 
 war to be declared to-morrow, were an invading foe to appear upon our 
 shores, it would soon become evident that “E pluribus unum ” is still the 
 national motto in fact as well as upon shields and banners, in Fourth-of- 
 July orations and stump speeches. 
 
 Admitting, then, that this country will preserve the republican form of 
 government which distinguishes it among the nations of the earth, there is 
 another resource which is no small item in the inventory of our national 
 wealth. We allude to the constant flow of immigration into this country, 
 and to the rapidity with which the fertile lauds of the West are being 
 peopled. It may seem strange to the reader at first sight that this should 
 be mentioned as a resource ; yet when he remembers that (although there 
 is considerable fluctuation in the annual number of immigrants) the num- 
 ber of the foreigners who have come to reside in this country since 1846 
 has exceeded five and a half millions, he will at once see that this is no 
 inconsiderable item on the credit side of our natioual account. Men who 
 
202 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 m 
 
 in Europe would have dragged out a miserable existeuce without any hope 
 of rising, have come to this country and become the possessors of com- 
 fortable homes, earned by the honest labor of their own hands. Every 
 such man (and they could be counted by hundreds of thousands) is an 
 addition to the national wealth. For such immigrants there is abundance 
 of room. Proof of this statement can be found elsewhere [see Table 
 VIII. in Appendix]. If Texas were as densely peopled as Massachusetts, 
 it would hold all of the present population of the United States. Because, 
 therefore, this country offers special advantages for the industrious immi- 
 grant ; because the offer of a home is yearly accepted by many tens of 
 thousands ; because the resources of the United States are so ample that 
 every such addition to their population is an addition to their wealth ; be- 
 cause the progress made in the past has exceeded the most sanguine expec- 
 tations of the friends of the great republic, — for these and for many 
 other reasons equally valid, but which we have not space even to mention 
 it is not too much to hope that the progress of the future will not belie 
 the promise of the present — will not make void the record of the past — 
 but will prove beyond controversy the superiority of a republic to every 
 other form of government, and the value (not the theoretical but the prac- 
 tical value) of free institutions to assist and to direct the development of 
 the resources of a continent. 
 
Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 PARIS EXPOSITION, 1855. 
 
 T HE Paris Exposition of 1855 was held in the building above repre- 
 sented, which is still standing on the Avenue des Champs Elysee, and 
 which was named the “ Palace of Industry.” The Art Department was 
 in another building, situated a short distance to the east of this edifice on 
 the Avenue de Matignon, and named the “Palace of the Fine Arts.” The 
 Exposition was opened on the 15th of May by the emperor in person, and 
 lasted six months. The arrangements for it were made and the whole 
 affair was managed by an Imperial Commission, of which the prince Napo- 
 leon was appointed president. When it is remembered that it was carried 
 on during the Crimean war, it must be acknowledged that it had a large 
 degree of success. The number of exhibitors, according to the official 
 report, was 21,779, and the number of visitors to the Industrial Depart- 
 ment was 4,180,117, to the Art Department 935,601, and to the Chinese 
 Museum, in the same building with the latter, 46,612, making a grand 
 total of 5,162,330. Every assistance was rendered to the exhibitors by 
 the French government. Articles which were prohibited or partially pro- 
 hibited by the existing customs regulations were admitted for the Exposi- 
 tion on a special tariff of twenty per cent, ad valorem , and the authorities 
 
 203 
 
204 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 winked at the admission of large quantities of goods not very necessary 
 for the occasion, such as pottery, alpacas, woolen and cotton goods, etc. 
 This was done to oblige exhibitors and to gratify the desires of French 
 purchasers, especially those of the poorer class. An instance of the extent 
 to which this complaisance was carried is the fact that 296 crates of pottery, 
 weighing 58 tons, were introduced under this tariff after the Exposition 
 was opened, and even after its close 100 crates, weighing 15 tons, were 
 admitted in the same manner. Another circumstance shows still more 
 strikingly the good-will of the government toward those who took part in 
 the display. All the taxes and customs were increased two-tenths after 
 this special tariff had been granted. As no exceptions were made, this 
 duty was, of course, increased to twenty-four per cent. The official report 
 of the Exposition, however, says : “ The question having been examined by 
 the Imperial Commission and by competent authorities, it was decided that 
 Article 48 should be interpreted in the sense which was most favorable to 
 foreign exhibitors, and that the duty of twenty per cent, should be collected 
 without the addition of the tenths.” The care and consideration of the 
 management extended to the smallest details. Even the packing-cases of 
 the exhibitors were received, stored away, and delivered again in good 
 order at the close of the Exposition, all for the moderate fee of one franc 
 seventy-five centimes, or about thirty-five cents apiece for a single one or 
 for a number of them. For foreigners 10,387 cases were thus stored, and 
 for natives 5457. The official report of this Exposition, to which we have 
 several times referred, is rendered doubly interesting by details which are 
 not usually given, and some of which could be procured only in a country 
 with a police service like that of France. Some of these details show that 
 the effect of the Exposition upon the number of travellers arriving in 
 Paris, and upon other matters likely to be affected by this enterprise, was 
 not so transient as one would suppose. The number of travellers coming 
 into Paris by the railroads in 1854 was 3,328,386, in 1855 it was 4,081,121, 
 and in 1856 it was 3,923,360. The number of travellers admitted into 
 the hotels, etc., in 1854 was 358,719, in 1855 it was 497,285, and in 1856 
 it was 438,005. The receipts of the theatres, museums, balls and concerts 
 in 1854 amounted to 12,401,264 francs ($2,480,252), in 1855 to 16,149,476 
 francs ($3,229,895), and in 1856 to 14,130,039 francs ($2,826,007). An 
 examination of these figures will show that, though the figures for the 
 year of the Exposition are the largest, those for the year 1856 are much 
 larger than those of the year 1854, showing that the effect of the enter- 
 prise still continued. The American exhibitors numbered only 131, but 
 carried off a goodly number of prizes. Fourteen States were represented 
 by commissioners, among whom were Maunsell B. Field and T. H. Wales 
 from New York, James Swaim from Pennsylvania, and other well-kuown 
 citizens; California had no less than four commissioners. 
 
TOPOGRAPHY OF THE HHITED STATES 
 
 TPHE United States of America comprise 37 States, 11 Territories and 1 
 -L Federal District. They are classified in five geographical divisions — 
 viz., the Eastern or New England States, Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, 
 Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut ; Middle States, New York, 
 New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware; Southern States, Maryland, Vir- 
 ginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mis- 
 sissippi, Louisiana and Texas ; Western States, Arkansas, Tennessee, Ken- 
 tucky, West Virginia, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Iowa, 
 Wisconsin, Minnesota, Kansas, Nebraska ; Pacific States, California, Oregon 
 and Nevada. The Territories are the Indian Country, New Mexico, Col- 
 orado, Wyoming, Dakota, Montana, Idaho, Utah, Arizona, Washington 
 and Alaska (which is unorganized). The District of Columbia, being 
 under the immediate government of Congress, is also classed as a Territory. ' 
 
 The original thirteen States which declared their independence of Great 
 Britain were New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, 
 New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, 
 North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. The area of the United 
 States at the close of the Revolutionary war, in 1783, was 841,107 square 
 miles. By successive accretions the territory of the great republic has grown 
 to 3,603,884 square miles. The additions have been as follows : Louisiana 
 Territory, purchased from France in 1803, 930,928 square miles ; Florida, 
 acquired from Spain in 1821, 59,268 square miles; Texas, annexed to the 
 Union in 1845, 237,504 square miles ; Oregon, as settled by treaty in 1846, 
 280,425 square miles ; California, New Mexico and other territory acquired 
 from Mexico in 1847 and 1854, 677,262 square miles ; Alaska, purchased 
 from Russia in 1867, 577,390 square miles. The aggregate population in 
 1870 was 38,925,598, of whom 33,592,245 were white, 4,886,387 colored, 
 63,254 Chinese and 383,712 Indian. There were 10.70 persons to a square 
 mile. 
 
 ALABAMA. 
 
 Situation and Extent.— Alabama is bounded on the N. by Ten- 
 nessee, F. by Georgia and Florida, S. by Florida and the Gulf of Mexico 
 and W. by Mississippi. It is situated between latitudes 30° 10' and 35° 
 N. and longitudes 8° 05' and 11° 35' W. from Washington, or 85° 5' and 
 
 205 
 
206 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 88° 35' W. from Greenwich. The extreme length of the State is 335 
 miles; extreme breadth, 200 miles ; area, 50,722 square miles, or 32,462,080 
 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The Alleghany Mountains enter 
 Alabama at the north-east corner, and have a breadth of about 50 miles. 
 One range extends in a westerly direction almost to the Georgia line ; an- 
 other range stretches south-west as far as Tuscaloosa. The ridges gradu- 
 ally sink away into hills and then into a vast plain, broken by gentle 
 swells and interspersed with pine barrens and rich alluvial river-bottoms. 
 Rivers and Bays . — The Tennessee River makes a sweep of nearly 300 
 miles through Alabama, and drains the water-shed north of the Allegha- 
 nies. Steamboats ascend as far as Knoxville, Tenn., but the Muscle Shoals, 
 at Florence, are a serious impediment to navigation. The enlargement of 
 the old canal is projected, together with other improvements, which the 
 United States engineer estimates will require an appropriation of 8750,000 
 for the year ending June 30, 1876. The Mobile River, which drains the 
 whole water-shed south of the mountains, is formed by the confluence of 
 the Alabama and the Tombigbee Rivers, 50 miles above Mobile Bay. The 
 Alabama, formed by the union of the Tallapoosa and the Coosa, is 600 miles 
 long and navigable to Montgomery, 320 miles. The Tombigbee, 450 miles 
 long, is navigable to Columbus, Miss., 420 miles above Mobile. The main 
 branch of the Tombigbee is the Black Warrior, navigable for large steam- 
 boats to Tuscaloosa, 300 miles north of Mobile. Along the eastern bound- 
 ary of the State runs the Chattahoochee River, navigable 300 miles to 
 Columbus, Georgia. Alabama has a coast-line of 60 miles on the Gulf of 
 Mexico. Mobile Bay, 35 miles in length, has a depth of 21 feet in its 
 main channels, but vessels drawing more than nine feet of water cannot 
 reach the docks at Mobile. Extensive improvements were begun in 1870; 
 Congress has made five annual appropriations, amounting in the aggregate 
 to $375,000. Dog River Bar has been widened through its whole length 
 (7i miles) to 120 feet, with a depth of 13 feet of water at low tide. Choc- 
 taw Bar Channel has been enlarged to the same dimensions. The estimated 
 cost of the work will be half a million of dollars. Forests . — The low, 
 sandy country near the coast produces immense quantities of yellow pine, 
 which yields lumber, turpentine, tar and pitch. The other principal trees 
 are the cypress, cottonwood, magnolia, oak, hickory, cedar, poplar, elm, 
 ash, walnut, locust, gum, chestnut, dogwood, maple, etc. Bears, wolves, 
 foxes, deer, raccoons, opossums and many other wild animals still range 
 the forests. 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate. — Among the hills of the northern counties the 
 soil is only moderately fertile. The valley of the Tennessee, from 5 to 25 
 miles in width, is very rich, as are also the large prairies and river-bottoms 
 of the central region, which produce from 800 to 1000 pounds of cotton to 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 207 
 
 the acre. In the south are extensive forests and pine-barrens, with many 
 fertile alluvial lands. The summer climate, tempered by the mountains 
 in the north and by the sea-breezes in the south, is in the main healthful, 
 although there are malarious districts along the rivers. Cattle thrive in 
 the woods all winter, and the streams are never frozen. The isothermal 
 lines for the northern and southern portions are respectively: Spring, 
 60°-75°; summer, 77°-82°; autumn, 60°-70°; winter, 40°-55° ; yearly 
 mean, 60°-70°. The annual rainfall at Mobile was 76.68 inches ; at Mont- 
 gomery, 65.80 inches. Warden says that peach trees are in blossom Febru- 
 ary 15; green peas and strawberries fit for the table May 2; blackberries, 
 mulberries and whortleberries ripe May 16; sweet corn large enough for 
 roasting June 29. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Alabama is distinctively an agri- 
 cultural State. Only Mississippi and Arkansas have a larger percentage 
 of the working population engaged in tilling the soil. According to the 
 census of 1870, the value of the farms, farm implements and live-stock 
 was $97,716,055 ; value of all farm products, $67,522,335 ; number of 
 farms, 67,392 ; average size, 222 acres. Among the productions were 
 429,482 bales of cotton (of 400 pounds each), 31 hhds. of cane-sugar, 
 433,281 gallons of molasses, 5156 of domestic wine, 381,253 pounds of 
 wool, 222,945 of rice, 320,674 of honey, 1,871,360 bushels of sweet pota- 
 toes, 156,574 of peas aud beans. Alabama stood third in the production 
 of cotton (next to Mississippi and Georgia) and sixth in rice. In 1873 
 there were grown 21,751,000 bushels of Indian corn, 884,000 of wheat, 
 200,000 of rye, 813,000 of oats, 170,000 of Irish potatoes, 200,000 pounds 
 of tobacco and 17,000 tons of hay. The number of animals in January, 
 1874, was 106,600 horses, 102,500 mules (only Tennessee had a larger 
 number), 334,100 oxen and other cattle, 173,400 milch cows, 189,900 
 sheep, 990,100 swine. The value of farms in Alabama was diminished by 
 $108,000,000 iu the decade from 1860 to 1870, which shows the destructive 
 effects of the civil war. 
 
 Manufactures. — The census of 1870 reported 2118 establishments; 
 hands employed, 8248 ; value of annual product, $13,040,644. Among 
 the establishments there were for the manufacture of firearms 16, furniture 
 21, iron 22, leather 141, liquors 2, paper 1, printing and publishing 15, 
 tobacco 14, agricultural implements 3, boots and shoes 6, cotton 13, wool- 
 len 14, flour 613. There were 284 mills for sawing lumber, employing 
 1428 hands; value of raw material used, $520,513; value of products, 
 $1,359,083. Of resin the production was 53,175 barrels, value $112,150; 
 of turpentine, 409,950 barrels, value $168,053. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — Extensive beds of bituminous coal, from 
 one to eight feet thick, cover an area twice as large as that of the State of 
 Delaware. Iron, lead, ochres, manganese, marbles (white, black, clouded 
 
208 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 and buff-colored), limestone and granite are found in considerable quanti- 
 ties. Three mining establishments were reported by the last census, pro- 
 ducing to the value of $52,500. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — A river navigation of 2000 miles 
 centres at Mobile, which is also the chief port for foreign commerce. In 
 1874 the amount of revenue collected was $96,765; vessels arrived, 188; 
 cleared, 164; value of imports, $833,644 ; of exports, $10,235,293. Among 
 the articles exported were 170 barrels of flour, 130,880 bales of cotton, 
 2172 barrels of resin and turpentine, 4,670,008 feet of lumber. Four 
 sailing vessels and two steamers were built. 132 vessels are registered in 
 the customs district, of which 30 are steamers, 80 sailing vessels, 22 barges. 
 
 Railroads. — The State had 46 miles of railroad in 1844. In 1873 
 the statistics were: Miles of railroad, 1722; total capital account, $61,- 
 001,839; cost per mile, $37,016 ; receipts, $4,957,941 ; receipts per mile, 
 $3008; receipts per inhabitant, $4.84 ; net earnings, $1,155,811; number 
 ( f locomotives, 201 ; passenger-cars, 141 ; freight-cars, 2421. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The State Peniten- 
 tiary is at Wetumpka, the Hospital for the Insane at Tuscaloosa, the Asy- 
 lum for the Blind at Mobile, the Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb at Tal- 
 ladega. There were 611 blind, 401 deaf and dumb and 555 insane 
 reported by the last census. The Constitution prescribes that all children 
 between the ages of five and twenty-one shall be educated free of charge. 
 The latest school statistics accessible are as follows : School population, 
 403,735; children enrolled, white, 61,942, colored, 41,673; schools, 2561 ; 
 teachers, 2650; expenditures, $606,517. The University of Alabama, 
 founded in 1831, has an endowment of $300,000. Its buildings were 
 burned during the war, but have been replaced. An annual appropria- 
 tion of $24,000 is made by the State. The academic department has six 
 courses of study. Howard College has ten departments. The Agricultu- 
 ral and Mechanical College, at Auburn, owns a property valued at $327,- 
 000, and has 102 students. Talladega College affords to its pupils pre- 
 paratory, normal, collegiate and theological departments. The Medical 
 College of Alabama, at Mobile, was attended by 84 students in 1873-4, 
 and graduated a class of 29. It has 12 professors; $75,000 have been 
 expended on the medical museum. The 8 colleges of the State report 63 
 teachers, 1026 pupils and an income of $108,800. There were 1430 libra- 
 ries in Alabama in 1870, 89 newspapers and periodicals, and 2095 church 
 organizations, having 1958 edifices. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Mobile, the chief city, and next to New Or- 
 leans the greatest cotton mart in the United States, is situated on the Mobile 
 .River, 30 miles above the Gulf of Mexico. Mention has already been made 
 of its commerce. The city is the centre of 4 railroads. There are several 
 manufactories, 2 daily newspapers and 30 churches. Population in 1870, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 209 
 
 32,034, of whom 13,913 were colored. Montgomery, the capital and second 
 city of the State, stands on a high bluff on the Alabama River, 330 miles 
 above Mobile. Large steamers navigate the river and four railroads enter 
 the city. The State-house is an imposing structure, and there are other 
 fine public buildings. It has 14 churches and 3 daily newspapers. Pop- 
 ulation, 10,588, of whom the colored people numbered 5183. The other 
 cities are Selma, on the Alabama River (population 6487), Huntsville 
 (4907), Talladega (1933), Tuscaloosa, the former capital (1689), Eufala 
 (3185) and Tuscumbia (1214). 
 
 Population. — -Alabama was peopled largely by immigration from 
 the other Southern States. Virginians and Tennesseeans settled the north- 
 ern part, Georgians the eastern, North Carolinians the western and southern. 
 About Montgomery the Georgians predominated. Some French refugees 
 made a home here after the downfall of Napoleon. The number of inhab- 
 itants in 1820 was 127,901 (slaves, 41,879); 1830, 309,527 (slaves, 117,- 
 549); 1840, 590,753 (slaves, 253,536); 1850, 771,623 (slaves, 342,844); 
 
 1860, 964,201 (slaves, 435,080); 1870, 996,864 (free colored, 475,510). 
 Only 9962, less than one per cent., were of foreign birth. There wei’e born 
 in the United States 987,030, in Alabama 744,146, in Georgia 93,028, in 
 North Carolina 30,290, in Virginia 29,636. Of natives of Alabama 
 129,554 were residing in other parts of the Union. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 33 members, elected for four years, and a house of represent- 
 atives of 100 members, elected for two years. The executive authority is 
 vested in a governor, lieutenant-governor, secretary of State, auditor, 
 treasurer and attorney-general. The judicial authority is vested in a 
 supreme court (of three judges), twelve circuit courts, five courts of chan- 
 cery, and sixty-five probate courts, one for each county. The judiciary is 
 elective. The civil divisions of a county are called “beats” instead of 
 “districts,” as in Georgia and the neighboring States. 
 
 History. — The territory now called Alabama, which signifies in the 
 Indian tongue “here we rest,” was entered by Ferdinand de Soto in 1540. 
 Coming in from Georgia, near the headwaters of the Coosa River, he jour- 
 neyed southward as far as Mavilla (Mobile). The Indians, who resisted 
 his entrance into the town, were defeated, and many hundreds of them 
 slain. In the burning of the settlement the baggage of the Spaniards was 
 consumed. De Soto retreated toward the north and passed over into Mis- 
 sissippi. Bienville, the French governor of Louisiana, built a trading-post 
 and fort on Mobile Bay in 1702. By the treaty of Paris, in 1763, the 
 French possessions were ceded to Great Britain. The territory of Missis- 
 sippi, which included the present State of Alabama, was organized in 1798. 
 In 1819 Alabama was admitted into the Union as a State. January 11, 
 
 1861, it passed an ordinance of secession, and March 13 united with the 
 
 14 
 
210 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Southern Confederacy. The first battalion for the Confederate army started 
 for Virginia May 1. Huntsville was taken by Gen. O. M. Mitchell, April 
 9, 1862, and the Union forces held possession of the territory north of the 
 Teunessee River. Rear-Admiral Farragut reduced Fort Morgan and Fort 
 Gaines, in Mobile Bay, August, 1864. Major-General Wilson occupied 
 Selma April 3, 1865, and Montgomery April 12. On the same day Mo- 
 bile was taken, and “the last gun was fired for the Confederacy” [see 
 Historical Sketch, page 146]. A new State Constitution was ratified 
 February 4, 1868. 
 
 ARKANSAS. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Arkansas is bounded on the N. by Mis- 
 souri, E. by Tennessee and Mississippi (separated by the Mississippi River), 
 S. by Louisiana and W. by Texas and the Indian Territory. It is situated 
 between latitudes 33° and 36° 30' N., and longitudes 12° 45' and 17° 40' 
 W. from Washington, or 89° 45' and 94° 40' W. from Greenwich. The 
 State is 250 miles long from north to south and from 160 to 270 miles 
 wide from east to west. The area is 52,198 square miles, or 33,406,720 
 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The eastern part is swampy and 
 low. Near Little Rock the hill-country begins, with summits from 400 to 
 500 feet high. In the west and north-west are many mountain-peaks and 
 ranges, none of them of very great elevation. The Mamelle is a conical 
 peak 1000 feet high. A “Sugar-Loaf” mountain is found in each of the 
 four counties of Izard, Searcy, Marion and Van Buien. The Boston 
 Range attains an elevation of more than 1000 feet above the general 
 drainage of the country. Boat Mountain (1527 feet above the Little Red 
 River), the Pilot and Stack Mountains are a conspicuous group. All these 
 peaks have sandstone summits. In Perry and Yell counties are the Fourche 
 la Fave (probably a corruption of Fourche de la Fauve — deer’s fork) and 
 the Petite Jean. In Polk county is a complicated range called the Cossi- 
 tott Mountains. Along the southern flank of a ridge in Hot Spring county 
 are the famous “hot springs of the Washita,” more than a hundred in 
 number. Forty-two are of sufficient size to be located upon the geological 
 chart. Their temperature ranges from 100° to 154°, and eggs have been 
 cooked in them. “ The Mammoth Spring ” of Fulton county discharges 
 8000 barrels of water per minute. It never freezes, and the mean annual 
 temperature is 60°. In the north-west is a natural dam formed by a solid 
 bed of limestone from six to eight feet thick. Rivers . — The Mississippi 
 River washes the eastern boundary for 230 miles in a direct line and 400 
 by its windings. The Arkansas, 2000 miles long, flows across the State in 
 a tortuous channel of 500 miles. At high water steamboats ascend as far 
 . as Fort Gibson, in the Indian Territory. The St. Francis, 450 miles long, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 211 
 
 forms the eastern boundary between Arkansas and South-eastern Missouri. 
 It is navigable for 150 miles, but there is danger from “ snags.” The snag- 
 boat operations for the year ending June 30, 1876, will require an appro- 
 priation from the general government of $194,000. A great earthquake 
 in 1811 widened the river channel from five to twenty miles, producing 
 Lake St. Francis. White River is navigable since the snag-boat opera- 
 tions of 1874 as far as Jacksonport, 340 miles. The Washita, a branch 
 of the Red River, can be ascended by steamboats for 350 miles. Water 
 communication is afforded to the south-western counties by the Red River, 
 which makes a detour into the State. Arkansas has altogether more than 
 a thousand miles of steamboat navigation upon its rivers. Forests . — A 
 great variety of trees grow in the woods, among the most common of which 
 are the cottonwood (which attains to a greater size than any other tree), 
 black walnut, white poplar, honey locust, swamp, red and scarlet oak, box, 
 hickory, elm, prickly ash, sweet-gum, sycamore, cypress, hackberry, maple, 
 pecan, buckeye, yellow pine and beech, together with a very large under- 
 growth of papaw, cane and spice- wood. The bear, wolf, deer, raccoon, 
 wildcat, etc., are frequently seen. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Along the Mississippi River is the “gum- 
 swamp,” or “ bayou,” land and the “black-wax” land, formerly overflowed 
 by the back-water. Since the construction of levees the land has been 
 reclaimed, and sometimes produces two bales of cotton to the acre. The 
 cotton plant sends its roots down from four to six feet into the alluvial 
 sediment. There are vast alluvial meadows along the Arkansas River 
 which produce from 1000 to 1100 pounds of cotton and from 80 to 100 
 bushels of corn to the acre. The “black-sand land” along the Red River 
 is also remarkable for its fertility. In some sections of the north-west the 
 soil is gravelly and almost 'worthless, but large tracts are well suited for 
 grazing and produce cereal grains and apples of the finest quality. The 
 climate is subject to very sudden changes from the cold north winds. A 
 traveller records in his diary that in the latter part of January he found 
 the fields of a vivid green, the flowers blooming, the birds singing and the 
 thermometer at 67°. Nearly two months later (March 21) ice formed and 
 the mercury sank to 22°. The isothermal lines for the several seasons 
 are as follows : Spring, 60° ; summer, 77°-80° ; autumn, 60°-65° ; winter, 
 40°-45° ; annual mean, 60°. The mercury has been known to reach 90° 
 on as many as 50 days during a single summer. The range for the year 
 is from 8° to 99.5°. At Little Rock the mean for 1874 was 62.6°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The census of 1870 reported the 
 number of acres in farms as 7,597,296, of which 1,714,466 acres (24.5 
 per cent:) were improved. The total value of all farms, farm imple- 
 ments and live-stock was $59,489,613 ; value of farm productions, $40,- 
 701,699; per acre of improved land, $21.88. There were produced 247,- 
 
212 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 968 bales of cotton, 214,784 pounds of wool, 73,021 of rice, 92 hlids. of 
 cane-sugar, 72,008 gallons of cane-molasses, 147,203 of sorghum, 75 of 
 maple molasses, 890,631 bushels of sweet potatoes, 47,376 bushels of peas 
 and beans, 276,824 pounds of honey, 3743 gallons of wine. In 1873 there 
 were raised 16,208,000 bushels of Indian corn, 785,000 of wheat, 39,700 
 of rye, 786,000 of oats, 408,000 of potatoes, 945,000 pounds of tobacco, 
 12,800 tons of hay. The total value of these seven staple crops, grown on 
 822,293 acres, was $15,510,090, an average of 818.74 per acre. In 1874 
 the State had 162,500 horses, 83,600 mules, 256,000 cattle, 151,800 milch 
 cows, 176,300 sheep, 960,500 swine. There were 49,359 farms, averaging 
 ' 154 acres each. 
 
 Manufactures. — But little attention has been given to manufac- 
 turing. The last census gives 1079 establishments; hands employed, 3206; 
 value of products, $4,629,234. For the manufacture of firearms there 
 were 8 establishments, iron 2, leather 35, tobacco 4, boots and shoes 2, cot- 
 ton goods 2, ginning cotton 283, wool-carding 13, flour and meal 272. 
 There were 211 saw-mills, cutting 78,692,000 feet of lumber; value of 
 timber, staves, shingles, etc., cut, $1,344,403. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — The State geologist expresses the opinion 
 that Arkansas is destined to take the lead of all the Western States in her 
 resources of zinc and manganese. Anthracite, bituminous and cannel coal 
 is found in considerable quantities ; limestone is abundant ; iron, lead, cop- 
 per, gypsum, nitre-earths, kaoliue (porcelain clay), granite, freestone, mar- 
 ble and slate exist in many localities. Near the hot springs is a quarry 
 of oil-stone or Arkansas whetstone, said to be equal to any in the world. 
 The saline springs yield an excellent quality of salt. 
 
 This State has no direct foreign commerce, but large quantities of cotton, 
 corn, hides, wool, lumber, etc. are exported through New Orleans. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1860 Arkansas had 38 miles of railroad. In 1873 
 this had increased to 700 miles; cost per mile, $63,296 ; receipts per mile, 
 $1591 ; receipts per inhabitant, $1.73; total receipts, $927,609; total cap- 
 ital account, $36,901,408; cost of railroad and equipment, $35,721,095. 
 In the adoption of the new Constitution provision was made for aiding, by 
 an issue of bonds, five railroads to a length not exceeding 800 miles, at the 
 rate of $10,000 and $15,000 per mile. The amount of these bonds will 
 be about six millions of dollars. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The Penitentiary, the 
 Institute for the Blind and the Deaf Mute Institute are all located at Little 
 Bock. The Industrial University, at Fayetteville, founded on the basis 
 of the Congressional land grant, is to . embrace four colleges and thirteen 
 subordinate schools. A fine building, to accommodate 700 students, was 
 erected in 1875. The entire property of the university is $300,000 ; num- 
 ber of students, 241. St. John’s College, at Little Rock, has 102 students 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 213 
 
 and 6 instructors. Cane Hill College, at Boonsboro’, has also a prepara- 
 tory department. The last statistics attainable report a school popula- 
 tion of 196,237 ; school-houses erected during the year, 187 ; whole num- 
 ber of school-houses, 1292; teachers, 2641 ; amount of permanent school- 
 fund, 895,501 ; total expenditures for two years, 8970,307. The number 
 of libraries was 1181; newspapers and periodicals, 56; church organiza- 
 tions, 1371; edifices, 1141. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Little Bock, laid out iu 1820 as the capital, 
 and the principal city of the State, is built upon a low bed of rocks (whence 
 its name), 250 miles from the mouth of the Arkansas Eiver. Steamboats 
 can ascend to it, even at the lowest water. Three railroads centre here. 
 It has several manufactories, founderies and flouring-mills. There are 
 nine churches and six newspapers, three of them issued daily. Population 
 in 1870, 12,380 (5274 colored). Helena, on the Mississippi River, is the 
 second city in the State. It is the terminus of two railroads. There are 
 two daily and three weekly newspapers, and seven churches. It is the 
 capital of Phillips county. Population, 2249. Camden, the head of steam- 
 boat navigation on the Washita, is a place of considerable trade. It has 
 one daily and three weekly newspapers. Population, 1612 (612 colored). 
 Hot Springs is a place of resort for invalids on account of the medicinal 
 quality of its springs. It has five churches and two newspapers. Popu- 
 lation, 1276 (296 colored). Fort Smith, on the Arkansas River, near the 
 Indian Territory, is at the head of steamboat navigation and the terminus 
 of a railroad. The city has four newspapers and nine churches. Popula- 
 tion, 2227. Pine Bluff (population 2081) has an extensive trade with the 
 cotton regions. 
 
 Population. — The whole territory had but 1052 inhabitants in 1800, 
 although the first settlement was made 115 years before. The population 
 in successive decades was as follows: 1820, 14, 273 % (slaves, 1615); 1830, 
 30,388 (slaves, 4576) ; 1840, 97)554 (slaves, 19,935); 1850, 209,897 (slaves, 
 47,100); 1860, 435,450 (slaves, 111,115) ; 1870, 484,471 (free colored, 
 122,169). There were also 89 Indians. The number born in the United 
 States was 479,445, of whom 232,881 were natives of Arkansas and 246,- 
 564 (51.43 per cent.) were immigrants from other parts of the Union. 
 Alabama contributed 28,318, Georgia 25,234, Mississippi 22,088. The 
 number of inhabitants of foreign birth was 5026 (1.04 per cent.). 54,951 
 people born in Arkansas were residing outside of their native State. Pop- 
 ulation to a square mile, 9.28. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature, which meets bien- 
 nially, consists of a senate of 26 members, elected for four years, and a 
 house of - representatives of 82 members, elected for two years. The 
 governor receives a salary of $5000 a year. The supreme court consists 
 of a chief-justice appointed by the governor and four judges elected by the 
 
214 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 people. There are ten circuit courts. A registration of voters is required. 
 Political disabilities may be removed from those who have returned to 
 their allegiance to the Federal Government, by special act of the general 
 assembly. 
 
 History. — Arkansas takes its name from an Indian tribe, stfld to be 
 the tallest and most finely formed of all the savages of the continent. In 
 1685, the Chevalier de Tonti, failing in his efforts to reach La Salle, en- 
 tered the Arkansas River and left ten of his men to settle with the Indians 
 near the present town of Arkansas Post. Several families of Canadians 
 soon joined them, and the descendants of those hardy pioneers are still 
 occupying that region. This State was a part of the domain of Louisiana 
 purchased from France in 1803. It was made a separate territory on the 
 admission of Missouri, and was admitted into the Union as a sovereign 
 State in 1836. An ordinance of secession was passed May 6, 1861. The 
 State authorities had previously taken possession of the arsenal at Little 
 Rock and Fort Smith. Helena was occupied by the Federal forces after 
 the battle of Pea Ridge, March 6, 1862, and a military governor was ap- 
 pointed for the State. Little Rock was occupied by the Army of Arkansas 
 Sept. 10, 1863. The surrender of Lieut.-Gen. E. Kirby Smith, command- 
 ing the trans-Mississippi department of the Confederate States, ended 
 active hostilities. More than 10,000 men from Arkansas fought on the 
 Federal side. A new Constitution was ratified by the people in March, 
 1868, and on the 22d of June the administration of affairs was transferred 
 to the civil authorities. 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Situation anti Extent. — California is bounded N. by Oregon, 
 E. by Nevada and Arizona, S. by Lower California, a px*ovince of Mexico, 
 and W. by the Pacific Ocean. Its length is 775 miles and its greatest 
 breadth '350 miles ; area, 188,981 square miles, or 120,947,840 acres. It 
 lies between latitude 32° 20' and 42° N., and longitude 37° 20' and 47° 
 25' W. from Washington, or 114° 20' and 124° 25' W. from Greenwich. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The State may be divided into five 
 belts: (1) The Coast Range of mountains, 30 miles wide and from 500 to 
 8500 feet high. The principal peaks are Mount Hamilton (4440 feet), 
 Monte Diabolo (3856 feet), Mount San Bernardino (8500 feet). (2) The 
 Great Valley of the Sacramento and the San Joaquin, once a lake and 
 now a level plain, 500 miles long and 50 wide. (3) The western slope of 
 the Sierra Nevadas, extending to the foot-hills of the gold region. This 
 belt is from 40 to 50 miles wide, and has an average rise of 180 feet to the 
 mile. (4) The Sierra Nevada Mountains, their summits, of bare granite 
 rock, covered with snow for most of the year. Mount Shasta, 14,440 feet 
 high, shows “a line of perpetual snow.” Mount Whitney reaches an alti- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 215 
 
 tude of 15,000 feet. (5) The eastern slope of the Sierra, falling away 
 toward the Great Plains. Water-courses furrow the mountains and have 
 cut “canons,” in some cases half a mile deep. The Yosemite Valley, eight 
 miles long and two miles wide, is walled in by mountain-peaks, of which 
 the most prominent are the South Dome, 4737 feet high, and the Sentinel 
 Dome, 4500 feet. Down the Sentinel Falls the water plunges for 3000 
 feet, which is more than seventeen times the fall at Niagara. In the 
 Sacramento Valley is an extinct Volcano called the Buttes. Rivers and 
 Bays . — The basin between the Sierra Nevada and the Coast Mountains is 
 drained by two great rivers. The Sacramento rises at the base of Mount 
 Shasta, near the northern boundary, and runs a southerly course for 400 
 miles. It is navigable to Red Bluffs, 300 miles. The San Joaquin, 350 
 miles Ions and navigable for 150 miles, flows toward the north-west until 
 it unites with the Sacramento and empties into San Francisco Bay. The 
 Klamath flows through the north-west corner, and the Colorado forms a 
 portion of the south-eastern boundary. There are many other streams of 
 small size. Lake Tulare is 34 miles long and 21 wide. Mono Lake, so 
 strongly impregnated with mineral salts that no living thing inhabits it, 
 constitutes a sort of American Dead Sea. There are many bays along the 
 700 miles of sea-coast. San Francisco Bay affords the best harbor on the 
 Pacific. It is 50 miles long, 9 wide and deep enough to float the navies 
 of the world. Forests . — The forest products are relatively small. In many 
 sections timber is scarce, though some counties are rich in forests of beau- 
 tiful and stately sugar-pine (from 18 to 25 feet in circumference), yellow, 
 digger, or scrub pine, tamarack, white and red fir, live, white and black 
 oak, chestnut, cottonwood, spruce, ash and red-wood (250 feet high). The 
 foot-hills of the Sierras have an extensive growth of pines, cedars and other 
 evergreens. The Big Trees are in eight separate groves ; the most noted 
 is the Calaveras group, discovered in 1852. The tallest tree is 385 feet 
 high; the “ Grizzly Giant ” is 931 feet in circumference. One cut down 
 had a diameter of 24 feet, and from the number of its rings must have 
 been 1300 years old. It is supposed that some have been growing more 
 than 2000 years. Many wild animals still infest the forests. Of these 
 the grizzly bear is the most formidable ; it sometimes weighs 1800 pounds. 
 The first explorers found also large herds of elk, deer, antelopes, wild 
 cattle and wild horses. In the early days lumber was worth $400 per 
 thousand feet, and it was imported even from Maine by the tedious passage 
 around Cape Horn. 
 
 Soil and Climate.— No richer land can be found in the world than 
 in the valleys of California, where the soil is a deep black alluvial. A 
 diluvial . drift of sand and loamy matter covers the foot-hills. In the 
 south-east is a section of the Colorado Desert, having a very scanty veg- 
 etation. Every variety of climate is found in California. From Novem- 
 
216 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ber to March is the rainy season, corresponding to the winter of the East. 
 Geraniums, oleanders and camellias are left out of doors, and a bouquet 
 can be gathered from the gardens of San Francisco upon any winter’s day, 
 while upon the Sierra summits the snow is from ten to twenty feet deep 
 and the winds are blowing “ with violence enough to polish the faces of the 
 rocks.” Farmers plough in December, and sow wheat, barley and oats 
 until March. At the end of January the grass is a foot high in the river- 
 bottoms and peach-orchards are in bloom. February is the June of the 
 Pacific. In summer the trade-wind, chilled by the waters of the Northern 
 Pacific Ocean, blows directly inward, often bringing heavy fogs. The ther- 
 mometer at San Francisco rarely rises above 80°, and overcoats are often 
 needed, while the Great Valley, not fifty miles away, glows with a furnace- 
 heat of 100° to 115° — whence the name California (caleo-furnan). How- 
 ever, the thermometer always goes down with the sun, and blankets are 
 needed at night. Thunder-storms are almost unknown, and during the 
 dry season there is hardly a drop of rain. Irrigation is extensively prac- 
 ticed. Southern California affords a climate for invalids surpassing that 
 of Italy. The mean temperature at Santa Barbara is 60.2°, at San Diego 
 62°, at San Francisco 56.6°, and at Fort Yuma (in the Colorado Desert) 
 73.5°. The isothermal lines present a curious tangle, in many cases run- 
 ning almost due north and south through the whole length of the State. 
 The isothermals of spring are 52° in the north-west and 70° at Fort Yuma; 
 summer, 57° to 90; autumn, 57° to 75°; winter, 45° to 55°; annual mean, 
 52° to 70°. The annual rain-fall varies from 3.15 inches at Fort Yuma 
 to 34.56 at Humboldt Bay. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — All the varied products of the 
 United States, from apples and potatoes to oranges and sugar-cane, are 
 grown in California. Fruits are abundant, and of great size. Among 
 them are apples, peaches, pears, plums, cherries, oranges, lemons, limes, 
 figs, prunes, almonds, mulberries, apricots, pomegranates, nectarines, etc. 
 The olive is produced in great perfection. Wheat, oats, rye and flax are 
 .indigenous. Cotton, tobacco, rice, hops, hemp, jute, tea, coffee and chicory 
 are successfully cultivated. The grapes and wines are celebrated. Mul- 
 berry trees thrive better than in France, and the production of silk cocoons 
 is annually increasing. California fruits are now sold in all the large 
 Eastern markets. Pears have been sent through to New York at a freight 
 of $1075 per car load. In 1870 the State contained 23,707 farms, aver- 
 aging 482 acres each, which is larger by 150 acres than the average of any 
 other State. The value of the farms, farm implements and live-stock was 
 $184,521,470; of farm productions, $49,856,024. The production of do- 
 mestic wine was 1,814,656 gallons, which was more than five times that of 
 any other State, and nearly three-fifths of the whole quantity produced in 
 the United States. Nearly one-third of the whole barley crop was grown 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 217 
 
 in California. This State stood next to Ohio in the number of sheep and 
 fifth in the wheat crop ; in 1874 it ranked first in sheep. 
 
 Mines and Mining. — “ The El Dorado of the nineteenth century” 
 is no misnomer for California, which has the most wonderful gold-fields of 
 the world. They were discovered in the middle of the last century by the 
 Jesuits, who kept the knowledge a secret. In February, 1848, Captain 
 Sutter, while digging the tail-race for a saw-mill, found gold, and the news 
 of the discovery at once spread. The excitement extended throughout 
 the Union, and the “Argonauts of ’49” came swarming to the gold-fields. 
 People ran about the country picking up the precious lumps, “ as hogs in 
 a forest root for ground-nuts.” One man employed 60 Indians and made 
 a dollar a minute ; another gathered 2i pounds in 15 minutes. When the 
 miner, with his basket or pan, could not gather from $30 to $40 a day, he 
 moved to a new place. The first deposit of gold from California was re- 
 ceived at the United States Mint in Philadelphia Dec. 8, 1848. After 
 melting, the average value of the bullion was $18.50 per ounce. The 
 product of 1848 was $10,000,000; 1849, $40,000,000; 1853, $65,000,000. 
 Since the last-named year the annual product has fallen off, and the num- 
 ber engaged in mining is much smaller. Organized companies, with cap- 
 ital and machinery, have to a large extent displaced the individual gold- 
 hunter with his simple pan. “ In no other part of the world has cinnabar, 
 the common ore of quicksilver, been found so widely disseminated as in 
 California,” says the United States Commissioner of Mines. The old Al- 
 maden mine of Spain has been worked for 2500 years, and is still the most 
 productive. The Hew Alraaden of California, within twenty years, yielded 
 537,176 flasks of 76J pounds each. The New Idria is but slightly inferior, 
 and more than twenty other mines have been successfully worked. There 
 are also valuable deposits of iron ore, coal, copper, tin, platinum, manga- 
 nese, asphaltum, petroleum, lead, zinc, bismuth, gypsum, marble, granite, 
 limestone, borax, suljDhur, salt, etc. 
 
 Manufactures. — Although a new State, and furnishing such won- 
 derful advantages for agriculture and mining, California has some exten- 
 sive manufactures. The census of 1870 reported 3984 establishments, em- 
 ploying 25,392 hands, and producing to the value of $66,595,556. The 
 value of the molasses and syrup refined was nearly four millions of dol- 
 lars; value of lumber sawed and planed, $6,279,064. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — For the quarter ending Dec. 31, 
 1847, the value of the exports was $49,597.53 ; imports, $53,589.73. Hides 
 and tallow were almost the exclusive exports. In June, 1849, there were 
 300 sea-going vessels in the port of San Francisco, and since that time the 
 commerce has increased with a rapidity to which the world’s history affords 
 no parallel. For the year ending June 30, 1873, the value of imports was 
 $39,422,604; value of exports, $38,716,497. The value of a few leading 
 
218 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 articles exported was, wheat, $17,358,543; copper, $96,756; gold (bullion 
 and coin), $7,126,759; silver, $3,071,553; machinery, $218,761; leather, 
 $181,324; fish, $283,142; quicksilver, $614,940; number of vessels en- 
 tered, 580; cleared, 675. The shipments from New York to San Fran- 
 cisco, via, the Isthmus of Panama, were valued at $3,042,618 ; shipments 
 from San Francisco to New York, by the same route, $3,667,107. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1873 the number of miles of railroad was 1208 ; 
 total capital account, $154,090,809 ; cost per mile, $95,590 ; receipts, 
 $15,276,749; receipts per mile, $9477; receipts per inhabitant, $23.68. 
 In 1860 the State had but 23 miles of railroad. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison, at 
 San Quentin, has 453 cells. The State Lunatic Asylum, at Stockton, 
 established in 1853, has extensive grounds and accommodations for more 
 than 1000 patients. There is an institution for the deaf, dumb and blind 
 at Oakland, and a Reform School for boys and girls at San Francisco. 
 The school-fund consists of State bonds to the amount of $1,417,500, bear- 
 ing legal interest. March 1, 1874, there was subject to apportionment for 
 school purposes $316,631 ; whole number of schools, 1868; teachers, 2436; 
 pupils, 110,188; total receipts for school purposes, $2,551,800. The Uni- 
 versity of California was opened in 1869. It is designed to include a 
 department of letters, of science and the arts, of mining and engineering, 
 of medicine and of law. The entire property of the university is esti- 
 mated at $1,586,000. Among the other colleges are the College of St. 
 Augustine (Episcopal), at Benicia, Franciscan College, at Santa Barbara 
 and the University of the Pacific, at San Jose. There are reported 2 uni- 
 versities, 17 colleges, 5 academies, 1 school of medicine and 3 schools of 
 theology. In 1875, Col. James Lick presented $700,000 to the University 
 of California for an observatory. The number of libraries was 1617 ; 
 newspapers, 201 ; church edifices, 532 ; church organizations, 643. 
 
 Growth in Population. — Humboldt, in his essay on New Spain, 
 estimates the population of Upper California in 1802 to have been: Con- 
 verted Indians (Roman Catholic missions), 15,562 ; other classes, 1300 ; 
 total, 16,862. In 1831 the estimated population was 23,025. At the close 
 of the Mexican war there were 15,000 Americans and Californians. The 
 immigration up to the close of 1849 was estimated at 60,000 Americans and 
 20,000 foreigners. The United States census in 1850 (with the returns 
 partially destroyed) reported a population of 97,574 ; 1860, 379,994 ; 1870, 
 560,247. Of the 350,416 natives of the United States, 169,904 were born 
 in California; 11,931 persons of Californian birth were residing in other 
 States. The number of the foreign born was 209,831, of whom 48,826 
 were Chinese. Every State and Territory of the Union and 40 foreign 
 countries have contributed to make up the cosmopolitan population of the 
 Golden State. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 219 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Sacramento, the State capital, on the river of 
 the same name, 120 miles from San Francisco, has a large river trade and 
 is a centre of distribution for the mining districts. Population, 16,283. 
 San Francisco, having a population of 175,000, contained but 150 inhab- 
 itants thirty years ago, although it has been settled for a century. The 
 Spaniards built a mission there in 1776. The early buildings were of sun- 
 dried bricks, with walls four feet thick. In 1849 the population reached 
 5000, and the city was incorporated in 1850. The succeeding years have 
 developed it into a metropolis which astonishes alike the London cockney 
 and the miner, whose visits to “Frisco” are the great events of his life. 
 The early shanties have given place to public and private buildings of the 
 most substantial and elegant character. Six times the city has been swept 
 by fire, and earthquakes now and then give the buildings a shaking. 
 There are very extensive manufactories for woollen goods, machinery, etc. 
 Direct lines of steamers run to China and Japan. The commerce of this 
 port is now surpassed only by that of New York and Boston, and the City 
 of the Golden Gate is destined to be one of the greatest cities of the world. 
 Oakland is built in a magnificent grove of oaks on the main shore of the 
 bay, directly opposite to San Francisco. It is the seat of the Asylum for 
 the Deaf and Dumb, the State University and other important educational 
 institutions. Population, 10,500. The other important towns are Stockton 
 (population 10,066), San Jose (9089), Los Angeles (5728) and Marysville 
 (4738). 
 
 Government and Laws. — For a time after the territory was 
 purchased justice (or injustice) was administered by the alcaldes according 
 to the laws of Mexico. Congress failed to organize a territorial govern- 
 ment with sufficient promptness, and June 3, 1849, a proclamation was 
 issued calling a convention to organize a State constitution. The conven- 
 tion met Sept. 1 ; the constitution was adopted Nov. 13. State officers are 
 elected biennially. The legislature is composed of 40 senators and 80 
 assemblymen. There are a supreme court with 5 judges, elected by the 
 people, 17 district courts, and a county court for each county. 
 
 History. — Upper California was discovered in 1538 by Castillo, a 
 Spanish navigator. In 1578 Sir Francis Drake visited it, and gave it the 
 name of New Albion. The Spaniards planted the first colony in 1768, 
 and the first mission at San Diego was established by the Franciscan 
 ' monks. In 1822 the Spanish power was overthrown during one of the 
 numerous Mexican revolutions. The territory was purchased from Mexico 
 by the United States in 1847 for $15,000,000. On the 9th of September, 
 1850, California, without ever having been under a territorial government, 
 was admitted into the Union as a State. 
 
220 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 Situation and. Extent. — Connecticut is bounded on the N. by 
 Massachusetts, E. by Rhode Island, S. by Long Island Sound and W. by 
 New York. It is situated between latitudes 41° and 42° 3' N. and longi- 
 tudes 3° 15' and 5° 10' E. from Washington, or 71° 50' and 73° 45' W. 
 from Greenwich. The extreme length is 100 miles and the breadth 70 
 miles; area, 4750 square miles, or 3,040,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The mountain chains of the States 
 to the north are continued through Connecticut in four ranges of high hills. 
 On the west is the Housatonic range, which stretches across Litchfield and 
 Fairfield counties. Mount Tom is one of its most noted peaks. The Green 
 Mountains, extending from Vermont, terminate in West Rock, a bold bluff 
 400 feet high, near New Haven. Mount Carmel, 800 feet high, and called 
 “ The Sleeping Giant,” is a conspicuous landmark for vessels entering New 
 Haven harbor. Farther east is the Mount Tom range, which includes the 
 Talcott Mountains (890 feet high), Farmington and Meriden mountains 
 (the latter 1000 feet high), and terminates at East Rock, which has an 
 elevation of 370 feet. The Lyme range, east of the Connecticut River, 
 separates its water-shed from that of the Thames. Bald Mountain is the 
 highest peak. Rivers and Harbors . — The Connecticut, which in the Indian 
 tongue signifies “ Long River,” rises in the mountains on the Canadian 
 border, separates New Hampshire and Vermont, flows the whole width 
 of Massachusetts and Connecticut and empties into Long Island Sound. 
 It is more than 400 miles long, sometimes attains a width of 1000 feet, and 
 is navigable for steamboats to Hartford. Steep and rocky hills bound this 
 water-course from its mouth to Middletown, 30 miles. From thence to 
 Mount Holyoke, 53 miles, is a wide and level basin, which is overflowed 
 by the spring freshets and presents the appearance of an inland sea. The 
 water has been known to rise 30 feet at Hartford. The Housatonic River, 
 which drains Western Massachusetts and Connecticut, is navigable for 
 sloops from its junction with the Naugatuck, at Derby, 10 miles above its 
 mouth. The Thames, formed by the union of the Quinnebaug, the She- 
 tucket and the Yantic, can be ascended by large vessels to Norwich, 14 
 miles. It empties into New London hax-bor, which is wide, deep and 
 never frozen. New Haven bay is shallow ; a channel 15 feet deep has 
 been dredged through the bar. This harbor boasts the longest wharf in 
 the United States (3943 feet). The channel of Stonington harbor has a 
 depth of 12 feet. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — The valley of the Connecticut is the richest 
 agricultural section of New England. The alluvial deposit left by the 
 spring overflow is a fertilizer producing the largest crops. The predomi- 
 nant soil is a strong and fertile argillaceous loam. Back of the alluvial 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 221 
 
 meadows are river-terraces. Professor Hitchcock noted one in Glasten- 
 bury 174 feet high, with a soil ranging through loam, fine sand, sand and 
 coarse gravel. Along the coast much of the land is sandy and unproduct- 
 ive, but there are some flats of marine alluvial very fertile and deep. In 
 the north-west is an elevated and broken region, with a soil cold and sterile, 
 but well adapted for grazing. Large quantities of milk are sent down 
 daily for the Hew York market. The climate of the sea-coast and the 
 Connecticut Valley is mild and salubrious. In the hill-country of the 
 north-west the winters are much nu>re severe and the quantity of snow 
 greater. The mean temperature at Hew London is 47.07° ; at Litchfield, 
 44.68°; at Hew Haven, 50.82°; for the whole State, 49.62°. The iso- 
 thermal lines are: For the spring, 45°; summer, 70°; autumn, 50°-52°; 
 winter, 25°— 30°; mean, 47°-50°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — There were at the -last census 
 25,423 farms, averaging 93 acres. Value of farms, farm implements and 
 live-stock, $145,033,019; value of farm productions, $26,482,150; forest 
 products, $1,224,107 ; orchard products, 535,594 ; value of the nine staple 
 crops, Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potatoes, tobacco 
 and hay, in 1873, $19,230,255. 
 
 Manufactures. — The many small streams furnish abundant water- 
 power, which the proverbial thrift and ingenuity of the people early turned 
 to good account. The first iron-furnace was' built in 1779, at Stafford, for 
 the manufacture of hollow-ware, cannon, cannon-shot, etc. The value of 
 manufactured products in 1810 was $7,771,928; in 1850, $47,114,585; 
 1860, $81,924,555; 1870, $161,065,474. The number of establishments 
 in the last named year was 5128; hands employed, 89,523. Ho other State 
 has taken out so many patents in proportion to population. Connecticut 
 makes 89.45 per cent, of all the clocks in the Union. It ranks first also in 
 hardware (value of product, $12,111,034) and in India-rubber ($4,239,329). 
 It takes the second place in sewing-machines ($3,619,000) and in silk 
 goods ($3,314,845); the third place in woollen goods ($17,365,148) and in 
 edge-tools and axes ($939,911). In cotton goods it ranks fifth ($14,026,334) ; 
 and in the total of manufactures eighth. 
 
 Minerals and Milling’. — Extensive beds of iron ore are found in 
 Salisbury, Canaan, Cornwall and other parts of Litchfield county. The 
 copper mines of Simbury were worked prior to the Revolutionary war, 
 and later the abandoned shafts were used for the State-prison. Bristol 
 copper mine has also produced largely. Lead has been found near Mid- 
 dletown, antimony in Glastenbury, plumbago in Cornwall, cobalt at Chat- 
 ham. The freestone quarries furnish the brown-stone fronts of Hew York 
 city. There are immense limestone quarries in the Housatonic Valley. 
 Pure white marble is quarried in Washington and a clouded marble at 
 Milford. The number of mining establishments in 1870 was 20; hands 
 
222 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 employed, 1507 ; value of products, $1,227,400. Two mineral springs in 
 Stafford were places of resort for persons afflicted with nervous diseases as 
 early as 1765. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation.— Connecticut has five customs 
 districts, to which 807 vessels belonged at the last report. Value of ex- 
 ports, $417,355 ; imports, $1,203,898 ; vessels cleared for the foreign trade, 
 1002 ; entered, 1477 ; for the coastwise trade, cleared, 494 ; entered, 1092 ; 
 number of vessels built, 41. The cod and mackerel fisheries are carried 
 on extensively; 1128 persons were employed in fishing, and the catch 
 was valued at $1,227,400. 
 
 Kail loads. — The State has 897 miles of railroad, which is one mile 
 for every 5.4 square miles of territory and for every 632 inhabitants. Cost 
 of railroads and equipment, $74,074,037 ; cost per mile, $55,448; receipts, 
 $10,544,810; receipts per mile, $11,755; receipts to each inhabitant, $18.59; 
 net earnings, $3,691,685; number of railroad conrpanies, 22. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison at 
 Wethersfield contains 232 cells. The labor of the convicts more than 
 defrays the expenses of the institution. There is a State Reform School 
 for boys at Meriden and an Industrial School for girls at Middletown. 
 The American Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb at Hartford, founded in 
 1816, is the oldest of the kind in the country. Pupils from all New Eng- 
 land are supported in it by their respective States. The Retreat for the 
 Insane, at Hartford, founded in 1822, has received more than 5000 patients. 
 The General Hospital for the Insane, at Middletown, incorporated in 1866, 
 will accommodate 450 patients. It cost, exclusive of land, more than half 
 a million of dollars. A School for Imbeciles has been ojaened at Lake- 
 ville. There are hospitals, in part supported by the State, at Hartford 
 and New Haven. The early school system of Connecticut was the best in 
 the country. A. school fund was established by the sale of lauds in the 
 Western Reserve of Ohio. This fund now amounts to more than two mil- 
 lions of dollars. The amount received during the last school-year from 
 all sources was $1,503,617 ; number of children of school age (4 to 16 years), 
 131,748; teachers, 2477 ; public schools, 1638. In no other State is the 
 proportion of college students to the total number of inhabitants so large. 
 On the catalogues of the three colleges were the names of pupils coming 
 from 30 States of the American Union and from 6 foreign countries. 
 Yale College is a great university, with the faculties of arts, science, theol- 
 ogy, medicine and law. It has 82 instructors and more than 1000 students. 
 The funds of the institution are $1,312,244 (for the undergraduate depart- 
 ment). The Sheffield Scientific School, which received the land-scrip from 
 Congress for an agricultural college, has a property valued at $614,000. 
 There were 248 students in 1874-5. The Yale Divinity School (Congre- 
 gational) has buildings valued at $320,000, and its whole endowment is 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 223 
 
 more than $600,000. The law and medical departments have also largely 
 increased. their funds. Trinity College, at Hartford, having sold its former 
 site for a State capitol, is about to lay out the finest college park and to 
 erect the finest college buildings in America. Wesleyan University, at 
 Middletown, established in 1831, has already more than 1000 alumni. 
 In the same city is the Berkeley Divinity School (Episcopal). The The- 
 ological Institute of Connecticut (Congregational) has been removed from 
 East Windsor to Hartford. The State Normal School at New Britain 
 affords to teachers of both sexes an excellent professional training. There 
 were 71 newspapers and periodicals in 1870, and 902 church edifices. 
 
 Population. — The early population was of pure English origin, but 
 the demand for labor in the factories has brought in a large percentage of 
 foreigners. In 1670 the number of inhabitants was 15,000; in 1756, 
 131,805 ; at the beginning of the Revolutionary war, about 200,000. 
 Even before that period the tide of emigration had begun to set toward 
 Dutchess and Columbia counties, on the east bank of the Hudson River, 
 which were then “the West.” People from Connecticut also settled Ver- 
 mont and New Hampshire along the line of the Connecticut River. The 
 population at successive decades has been: In 1790, 237,946; in 1800, 
 251,002; in 1810, 261,942; in 1820, 275,148; in 1830, 297,675; in 1840, 
 309,978; in 1850, 370,792; in 1860, 460,147; in 1870, 537,454. Of the 
 last number, 423,815 were native and 113,639 foreign born ; of the resi- 
 dents, 350,498 were born in the State; 136,630 natives of Connecticut 
 were residing in other parts of the Union. The density of the population 
 (113.15 to the square mile) is greater than in any other of the States, with 
 the exception of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. 
 
 Cities ailtl Towns. — There are nine incorporated cities. New 
 Haven, on the bay of the same name, 74 miles from New York, is a rap- 
 idly-growing city. It has a considerable coasting trade. The manufac- 
 tures are very various. There were formerly more than fifty carriage 
 factories. Besides Yale College, there are several thriving educational 
 institutions. Five railroads centre here. Four daily newspapers are pub- 
 lished. The number and magnificence of its shade-trees has given to New 
 Haven the title of ‘“the Elm City.” Population, 50,840. Hartford, the 
 sole capital of the State since 1873, is at the head of steamboat navigation 
 on the Connecticut River. The stream is crossed by a bridge 1000 feet 
 long. An immense tobacco trade is carried on. The insurance and book- 
 publishing interests are very large. Among the famous manufactures are 
 Colt’s pistols, Sharp’s rifles and Cheney Brothers’ silks. There are 4 rail- 
 roads, 3 daily newspapers and 40 religious societies. A new State-House, 
 to cost $1,500,000, will be completed in time for the Centennial. Popula- 
 tion, 37,180. Bridgeport (population 18,969) is the third city of the State. 
 It has grown up almost entirely on the manufacture of sewing-machines, 
 
224 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 carriages, iron, etc. Norwich (population 16,653) is beautifully situated 
 on the Thames, and is the steamboat terminus of one of the great Boston 
 and New York lines. Waterbury (population 10,826), on the Naugatuck 
 River, makes clocks, buttons, and a great variety of brass-ware. New 
 London is again reviving the whale-fishery, which was once so important. 
 Middletown, on the Connecticut River, which has here 10 feet depth of 
 water, is a place of considerable river trade. The public and literary 
 institutions located here have been mentioned. Meriden (population 
 10,495) claims to* have the largest Britannia ware factory in the world. 
 New Britain (population 9480) has very extensive hardware and hosiery 
 establishments. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of a senate of 
 21 members and a house of representatives of 247 members. The gov- 
 ernor (salary $2000) and other executive officers are chosen annually. 
 The supreme court of errors consists of five judges. The superior court 
 consists of the five supreme court judges and six other judges. Each has 
 $3500 salary. There are courts of common pleas in the four most popu- 
 lous counties. Justices of the peace are elected in every town. 
 
 History. — The Dutch of the New Netherlands first explored the 
 Connecticut River. They erected a fort in 1633. In 1636 colonists from 
 Massachusetts settled along the river. Two years later, New Haven was 
 settled under Davenport, who was the leading minister of this colony, as 
 was the Rev. Thomas Hooker of the colony at Hartford. The royal 
 charter was saved by being hid in the “ charter oak ” when Sir Edmund 
 Andros tried to get possession of it, in 1687. Connecticut did efficient ser- 
 vice in the Revolution under Governor (“Brother Jonathan”) Trumbull. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Delaware is bounded on the N. by 
 Pennsylvania, on the N. E. and E. by Delaware River and Bay and the 
 Atlantic Ocean, on the S. and W. by Maryland. It is situated between 
 latitudes 38° 28' and 39° 50' N. and longitudes 1° 10' and 1° 55' E. from 
 Washington, or 75° 5' and 75° 50' W. from Greenwich. It is 93 miles 
 long from north to south, and varies in width from 12 to 38 miles ; the 
 area is 2120 square miles, nr 1,356,800 acres. The boundary-line between 
 Pennsylvania and Delaware is the segment of a circle, with a radius of 12 
 miles, the centre of which is at New Castle. This boundary was deter- 
 mined by Mason and Dixon in 1763 [see Maryland], and the name of 
 “ Mason and Dixon’s line ” is still retained. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The northern section is of a pri- 
 mary rocky formation. Hills of a beautifully-rounded outline rise to a 
 height of several hundred feet above tide-water. The creeks run through 
 deeply-cleft valleys with rounded or abrupt rocky sides. Below this pri- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 225 
 
 mary region is a comparatively level country. A table-land not more 
 than 75 feet high extends through the peninsula and slopes gently toward 
 the east and west. In the swamps and morasses several small streams 
 have their rise, which empty into the Delaware and the Chesapeake. 
 Along the Maryland line is a cypress swamp containing 50,000 acres and 
 furnishing valuable timber ; it is infested with poisonous reptiles. Rivers . — 
 The Delaware River, navigable for the largest vessels, washes the eastern 
 shore. Brandywine Creek rises in Chester county, Pennsylvania, and 
 unites with Christiana Creek near Wilmington. It is forty miles long and 
 navigable 13 miles for vessels drawing six feet of water. Duck Creek 
 forms the boundary between Kent and New Castle counties, and the Mis- 
 pilion River the boundary between Kent and Sussex. The Murderkill, 
 Indian and Broadkill Rivers flow into Delaware Bay; the Rocomoke, 
 Nanticoke and Choptank run through Maryland into the Chesapeake. 
 
 Soil and. Climate. — Along the Delaware River are rich clay lands. 
 Newcastle county contains almost every variety of soil to be found east of 
 the Alleghany Mountains — -jagged hills, broad plains, extensive meadows, 
 swamps and marshes. A green sand stratum, averaging 21 feet in thick- 
 ness, furnishes an abundance of marl for fertilization. In the northern 
 part is a clayey soil, and a vegetable mould in the marsh-lands. Sandy 
 soils prevail extensively in Kent and Sussex. Hundreds of acres of the 
 swamp and submerged lands along the Delaware River have been re- 
 claimed by drainage. More than 1100 distinct species of flora have been 
 enumerated in New Castle county. The climate is modified by the sea- 
 breezes which sweep across the whole peninsula. The isothermal lines 
 which cross Delaware are: Spring, 55°; summer, 75°; autumn, 55°; win- 
 ter, 35° ; annual mean, 55°. Observations at Newark show a mean annual 
 temperature of 53°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — There were in 1870- 1,052,322 
 acres of farm land, of which 698,115 acres were improved ; average size 
 of farms, 138 acres. Value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, 
 852,171,837 ; value of farm productions, $8,171,667. The value of the 
 Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, potatoes and hay-crops of 1873 was 
 $3,727,930. In 1874 there were 20,000 horses, 4000 mules, 31,700 oxen 
 and other cattle, 24,900 milch cows, 32,200 sheep, 48,200 hogs. Immense 
 quantities of fruits are sent to the Northern markets. From three to four 
 million baskets of peaches are shipped annually. The shipment of straw- 
 berries in 1874 was 7,470,400 quarts. 
 
 Manufactures. — The first cotton factory was built in 1795. As 
 early as 1814, Dupont’s powder-mills made 15,000 pounds of powder per 
 week. In 1817 the Messrs. Gilpin established the first manufactory in 
 •America for making paper by machinery in continuous rolls. There were 
 800 manufacturing establishments in 1870, employing 9710 hands and 
 
 15 
 
226 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 producing a value of $16,791,382. Among these were 26 iron-mills, 6 
 cotton-factories, 103 flour-mills (annual product, $2,067,401), 10 tanneries, 
 80 saw-mills (annual product, $405,041). 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The ocean shore of Delaware 
 consists of long sandy beaches, affording no good harbors or offings. The 
 Delaware Breakwater was constructed by the United States government 
 as a shelter for vessels. It consists of a surf-breaker 2748 feet long and 
 15 feet above low-water mark, and an ice-breaker, toward the Delaware 
 River, 1710 feet long. The cost was more than $3,000,000. A ship-canal 
 connects the Delaware and Chesapeake Bays. It was completed in 1829, 
 at a cost of two and a quarter millions of dollars. The length is 16 miles, 
 width 66 feet, depth 10 feet. For four miles the channel is cut through a 
 hill 90 feet high. A new company was chartered in 1873, to construct a 
 tidal canal, navigable for the largest class of vessels that now enter Balti- 
 more harbor. The distance is 32 miles, which can be traversed in 5 hours, 
 thus bringing Baltimore by water 225 miles nearer New York and the 
 Eastern markets. A million and a half tons of coal were shipped from 
 Baltimore to the East in 1873, and the amount would be largely increased 
 by a canal. The number of sailing-vessels is 170; steamboats, 15; total 
 vessels of all kinds, 196; tonnage, 15,633; vessels cleared in 1873, 9; 
 vessels entered, 3; imports, $12,516. Seven steam-vessels, having a ton- 
 nage of 9550 tons, were built at Wilmington in 1873. The State has but 
 one customs district. The number of national banks is 17. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1844 Delaware had 39 miles of railroad. In 1873 
 there were reported 264 miles (beiug one mile to every 500 inhabitants and 
 to every 80 square miles of territory); cost per mile, $18,815; receipts, 
 $666,801 ($3299 to each mile and $5.04 to each inhabitant) ; total capital 
 account, $3,819,479 ; cost of railroads and equipment, $3,487,140. 
 
 Education. — The State is divided into school districts, and the voters 
 of each district decide all questions relating to the schools. There is no 
 superintendent of public instruction, and the county superintendents, ap- 
 pointed by the governor, have no pay, and consequently few duties. In 
 1873 the number of schools was 349; pupils, 18,790; school population, 
 47,825. There is no provision by law for the education of the colored 
 people, but a voluntary association has organized 25 schools to supply the 
 deficiency in part. Delaware College, at Newark, has classical, scientific 
 and agricultural departments. St. Mary’s and the Wesleyan Female Col- 
 lege, at Wilmington, and Brandywine College, at Brandywine, are flourish- 
 ing institutions. Delaware has 17 newspapers, of which 3 are daily, 1 tri- 
 weekly and 1 semi-weekly. There are 252 church edifices, with 87,899 
 sittings. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Wilmington, the chief city, stands on arising 
 ground commanding an extensive view. The Old Swedes Church was 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 227 
 
 founded in 1698. A stone meeting-house was built by the “new light” 
 converts of George Whitefield. The mills have been run for the greater 
 part of a century. Extensive new structures have replaced the quaint old 
 buildings. In 1873 the number of new buildings erected was 448 ; capital 
 employed in manufactures, $12,625,000. Population in 1870, 30,841, of 
 whom 25,689 were born in the United States ; 3211 were colored. Dover, 
 the capital, situated on Jones’ Creek, has a fine State-house fronting an 
 open public square. Population, 1906 (501 colored). The fruit-canning 
 trade centres here. Smyrna, near Duck Creek, is a place of considerable 
 business. Population, 2110. Other leading towns are New Castle (popu- 
 lation 1766), Delaware City (population 1545), Seaford, on the Nanticoke 
 River (population 1308), Lewes, opposite the Breakwater (population 
 1090), North Milford (population 1150), Georgetown (population 710). 
 
 Growth ill Population. — In 1790 the number of inhabitants 
 was 59,094 (slaves, 8887); 1800, 64,273 (slaves, 6153); 1810, 72,674 
 (slaves, 4177); 1820,72,749 (slaves, 4509) ; 1830,76,748 (slaves, 3292); 
 1840, 78,085 (slaves, 2605); 1850, 91,532 (slaves, 2290); 1860, 112,216 
 (slaves, 1798) ; 1870, 125,015 (free colored, 22,794). Population to a square 
 mile, 58.97. The number born in foreign countries was 9136 ; in the United 
 States, 115,879 ; in Delaware, 94,754. 
 
 Government and Laws.— The legislative authority is vested in 
 a general assembly, which consists of a senate, having 9 members, and 
 a house of representatives, having 21 members. The legislature holds 
 biennial sessions. The governor serves for four years. There are five 
 judges. Ministers of the gospel are not allowed to hold any civil office. 
 There is no State-prison ; criminals are confined in the county jails. The 
 whipping-post and the pillory are still in vogue. The State debt, January 
 1, 1875, was $1,250,000. 
 
 History . — Delaware was one of the original thirteen States, and the 
 first to ratify the Federal Constitution, which it did by a unanimous vote, 
 December 7, 1787. On the 28th of August, 1609, Henry Hudson discov- 
 ered the Delaware River, which, however, afterward took its name from 
 Lord Delaware, who entered it in 1610. Colonists from Holland settled 
 near Lewes in 1630, but the Indians destroyed them. In 1638 the Swedes 
 built a fort at the mouth of Christiana Creek. The Dutch of the New 
 Netherlands took possession of the country in 1655, and the English 
 wrested it from them in 1664. These were all bloodless wars. It is be- 
 lieved that not a single life was lost in hostile contests during the whole 
 period of the Swedish dominion. The Indians were friendly, and called 
 the Swedes “their own people.” In 1682 William Penn obtained a grant 
 of the territory, and governed it as a part of Pennsylvania. It was 
 allowed a separate general assembly in 1703. The amended Constitution 
 of 1831 is still the fundamental law of the State. 
 
228 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 FLORIDA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Florida, the most southern State of the 
 Union, approaches within one degree of the torrid zone. It lies between 
 latitudes 24° 30' and 31° 1ST. and longitudes 3° and 10° 45' W. from Wash- 
 ington, or 80° and 87° 45' W. from Greenwich. In shape it bears some 
 resemblance to a boot sole upward, with a foot 350 miles long from east to 
 west, and a leg 400 miles long from north to south. The area is 59,268 
 square miles or 37,931,520 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Western Florida is a rolling and 
 hilly country, but there are no mountains. On the northern border is the 
 Okefinokee Swamp. The eastern section is level and sandy, the central 
 contains vast prairies interspersed with lakes and swamps. The Ever- 
 glades, in the south, are a vast shallow lake containing innumerable 
 islands, covered with a growth of live-oak and water-oak. Rivers . — The 
 St. John’s River, 400 miles long, is one of the widest in America. For 
 150 miles it has an average breadth of miles, and sometimes expands 
 to 6 and 10 miles. It is said to discharge more water than the Rio Grande. 
 Steamboats ascend to Enterprise, 205 miles. The Appalachicola, navigable 
 for 75 miles, is formed by the union of the Chattahoochee and the Flint, 
 rising in Northern Georgia. Other rivers are the Suwanee, Ockloconee, 
 Choctawhatchee, Perdido and St. Mary’s. There are many beautiful lakes. 
 Three central counties have a lake surface of 200 square miles, with an 
 average depth of 15 feet. Lake Okeechobee, in the Everglades, is 40 miles 
 long and 30 broad. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The lands have been divided into three 
 classes, swamp, hummock and pine. The swamps, when drained, make ex- 
 ceedingly rich land, which retains its fertility longer than any other soil in 
 the United States. The sugar-cane matures here, and produces four hogs- 
 heads of sugar to the acre. Upon the hummock lands there is a growth 
 of underbrush and hard wood. After clearing and ditching, the low hum- 
 mocks are adapted for the growth of the sugar-cane. The high hummocks 
 yield all the various crops of the country. The pine lands, when cleared, 
 yield 400 pounds of cotton to the acre in many places, where beneath the 
 sandy soil is a subsoil of mould or marl, with fragments of marine shells. 
 The peninsula rests upon a coral formation. Florida boasts of having the 
 finest climate in the world. The average temperature of 1874 was, at 
 Jacksonville, 69.3°; Ivey West, 76.8°; Lake City, 67.7°; Punta Rassa, 
 73.5°. In Southern Florida frost is unknown, but the northern section is 
 not safe from it. Jan. 3, 1776, the mercury fell to 26°, and the lime, 
 citron and banana trees about St. Augustine were destroyed. In 1774 
 there was a snow-storm. In February, 1835, the St. John’s River was 
 frozen, and most of the fruit trees were killed. Usually, in the latter part 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 229 
 
 of January the calla-lily, rose-geranium, camellia and yellow jessamine are 
 in bloom. Green peas and new potatoes are ready for the market by the 
 first of April. May brings the fruits and vegetables of August at the 
 North. The isothermal lines are for the spring, 70° at St. Augustine, 
 75.8° at Key West; summer, 82° at both places; autumn, 70° and 78°; 
 winter, 55° and 70°; annual mean, 70° and 75°. Florida reverses the 
 order of wet and dry times which prevails in California, and has its rainy 
 season in the summer. Trees, Animals and Birds . — Rene Laudonniere, 
 who visited Florida in 1652, wrote : “ There groweth in those parts great 
 quantity of pine trees which have no kernels in the apples which they bear. 
 Their woods are full of oaks, walnuts, black-cherry trees, mulberry trees, 
 lentisks, and chestnut trees, which are more wild than those in France. 
 There is great store of cedars, cypresses, bays, palm trees, hollies, and wild 
 vines which climb up along the trees and bear good grapes. There are 
 also plum trees which bear very fair fruit, but such as is not very good. 
 The beasts best known in this country are stags, hinds, goats, deer, leopards, 
 divers sorts of wolves, wild dogs, hares and a certain sort of beast that dif- 
 fereth little from the lion of Africa. The fowls are: turkey-cocks, par- 
 tridges, parrots, pigeons, ring-doves, turtles, blackbirds, crows, falcons, 
 herons, cranes, storks, wild geese and an infinite sort of wild fowl.” To 
 his list of trees may be added the palmetto, oleander, pomegranate, ba- 
 nana, cocoa-nut, lemon and orange. The orange grows spontaneously, but 
 the better varieties are obtained only by cultivation. They can be raised 
 from the seed so as to bear in six years. Blossoms and green and ripe 
 fruit may be seen upon the branch together. A single tree sometimes 
 produces 8000 to 10,000 oranges. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Market-gardening is very profit- 
 able. Early tomatoes, cucumbers, melons, peas, beans, cabbages, turnips, 
 beets, onions, squashes, sweet-potatoes, etc., are sent to the New York and 
 Philadelphia markets. Cotton is the leading staple. Wheat is grown in 
 the northern part. The ramie, or jute, has been introduced. Indigo, 
 castor-beans, rice, arrow-root, tobacco and hemp are successfully cultivated. 
 Florida is the best-timbered State on the continent. It has 30,000,000 
 acres of forest. According to the census of 1870, there were 2,373,351 
 acres in farms, of which 736,172 acres were improved; number of farms, 
 10,241 ; average size, 232 acres ; value of farms, implements and live- 
 stock, $15,664,521 ; value of farm productions, including betterments, 
 orchards, market-gardens, etc., more than nine millions of dollars. The 
 quantity of Indian corn produced in 1873 was 2,112,000 bushels, value 
 $2,344,320 ; oats, 109,000 bushels, value $111,180 ; tobacco, 80,000 
 pounds, value $26,400. In January, 1874, the number of horses was 
 16,600 ; mules, 10,000 ; oxen and other cattle, 383,600 ; milch cow’s, 
 69,000; sheep, 31,900; swine, 183,400. About 70 per cent, of the popu- 
 
230 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 lation are engaged in agriculture. The State Agricultural College has 
 a fund of 6100,000. 
 
 Manufactures. — Florida has few manufacturing establishments, 
 and those are of small capacity. The number reported by the last census 
 was 659, employing 2749 hands and producing a value of 64,685,403. 
 The fisheries are not largely developed. There were 43 establishments, 
 employing 150 hands and producing to the value of 6101,528. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation.— The sea-coast of this State is 
 more than 1100 miles long. In 1772 the export of indigo was 40,000 
 pounds; turpentine, 20,000 barrels. In 1778 the exports were valued at 
 £48,000. There are 7 customs districts, having 229 vessels enrolled ; 17 
 were built in 1873. The number of vessels entered was, foreign, 750, coast- 
 wise, 1546; total entered, 2296; vessels cleared, foreign, 770, coastwise, 
 1546 ; total cleared, 2316 ; value of imports, 6505,751 ; value of exports, 
 62,984,975. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1873 the number of miles was 466 ; cost per mile, 
 618,455; total capital account, 67,142,000; receipts, 6479,000; receipts 
 per mile of railroad, $1267 ; receipts to each inhabitant, 62.18. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — St. Augustine is the oldest town on the West- 
 ern Continent. It was founded in 1565, earlier than Jamestown, Va., by 
 42 years, and 55 years before the pilgrim settlers of Massachusetts landed 
 on Plymouth Rock. The quaint old town has known more of “battles 
 and of sieges” than any other in America. In 1586 it was bombarded by 
 Sir Francis Drake; in 1611 it was pillaged by the Indians; English buc- 
 caneers sacked it in 1665; Gov. Moore of South Carolina captured and 
 burnt it in 1702; Gov. Oglethorpe of Georgia bombarded its fort for 38 
 days in 1740; the fort and arsenal were seized by the Confederates Jan. 
 7, 1861 ; and St. Augustine was retaken by the Federal forces in 1862. 
 The city lies upon low ground, and is protected from the surf by a sea-wall 
 built by the United States government. A sea-wall is put down on a map 
 published in 1665. The Roman Catholic church has a bell cast in 1682. 
 Fort Marion was begun in 1620. In 1648 St. Augustine had 300 house- 
 holders. The population in 1740 was 2143; in 1870, 1717 ; estimated 
 population at present, 3500. A writer in 1696 says : “ The houses are most 
 of them old buildings, and not half of them inhabited.” Jacksonville 
 (named after President Jackson) is the largest city below Savannah. It 
 is situated on the St. John’s River, 25 miles from its mouth. There are 
 12 churches, 2 tri-weekly newspapers and a United States court. Fifty 
 million feet of lumber are shipped yearly. Population in 1870, 6912. 
 Tallahassee, the capital, has 2 newspapers. Population, 2023. Fernan- 
 dina, founded by the Spaniards, has a capacious land-locked harbor. 
 There are 7 churches and 2 newspapers. Population, 1722. Pensacola, 
 founded by the Spaniards in 1698, has a fine harbor, with 24 feet of water 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 231 
 
 on the bar. Fort Pickens guards the entrance. Population, 3343. Key 
 West is situated on an island of the same name, 11 feet above the sea-level. 
 It has 5 churches and 2 newspapers. Here is a United States naval sta- 
 tion. Other leading towns are Gainesville (1500), Lake City (2000), 
 Palatka and Appalachicola (1000 each). 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1830 was 34,370 
 (slaves, 15,501); 1840, 54,477 (slaves, 25,717); 1850, 87,445 (slaves, 
 39,310); 1860, 140,424 (slaves, 61,745); 1870, 187,748 (free colored, 
 91,689); natives of Florida, 109,554; of other parts of the United States, 
 73,227 ; of foreign countries, 4967 ; population to a square mile, 3.17. 
 There were 14,594 natives of Florida residing in other parts of the Amer- 
 ican Union. 
 
 Education. — A uniform system of free schools is provided for by 
 law for all children between the ages of 4 and 21. In 1874 the value of 
 school-houses was 8250,000; receipts for school purposes, $160,000; pupils 
 enrolled, 27,000 ; number of teachers, 500. Flourishing seminaries are in 
 operation at Tallahassee and Gainesville. Florida has 75 libraries (other 
 than private), 23 newspapers, 390 churches. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 24 members, elected for 4 years, and an assembly of 53 mem- 
 bers, elected for 2 years. The legislature meets annually. The governor 
 and lieutenant-governor are elected by the people for a term of 4 years. 
 Other executive officers are appointed by the governor and confirmed by 
 the senate. The salary of the governor is $5000 and that of the lieutenant- 
 governor $2500. The supreme court has three judges, holding office for life 
 or good behavior. There are seven circuits, with judges appointed for eight 
 years, and a county court for each county, the judges of which hold office 
 for a term of four years. The State debt, Jan. 1, 1875, was $1,599,479. 
 
 History. — Florida was the first part of the United States occupied 
 by Europeans, and is associated with some of the most thrilling and ro- 
 mantic events in American history. Sebastian Cabot discovered the coast 
 in 1497. Juan Ponce de Leon, who had the Spanish love for gold and 
 long life, hoped to secure both in the region which was fabled to contain 
 all the treasures of El Dorado and the “Fountain of Youth.” On Easter 
 Sunday — Pascua Florida meaning “ feast of flowers ” in Spanish — (not on 
 Palm Sunday, as many authorities have it), he planted a cross and took 
 possession of “ The Land of Flowers” in the name of the Spanish monarch. 
 On a second visit, in 1521, De Leon w r as severely wounded, and soon after 
 died. He found in Florida the waters of “ Lethe ” instead of the “ foun- 
 tain of life.” An attempt at Spanish colonization, in 1528, was defeated 
 by the Indians. Ferdinand de Soto passed through Florida in 1539. 
 Some French Huguenots sought refuge there, and 850 of them were mas- 
 sacred “at the bloody river of Matanzas” by a Spanish officer whose re- 
 
232 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ligious zeal impelled him to refuse a proffered ransom of 200,000 ducats. 
 The Spanish supremacy lasted for 250 years. In 1763 the country was 
 ceded to Great Britain. After a twenty years’ occupation it was re-ceded 
 to Spain in 1784. After holding it for thirty-five years, Spain ceded the 
 whole to the United States for five millions of dollars, and on the 10th 
 day of July, 1821, the standard of Spain, which had been first raised 309 
 years before, gave place to “the star-spangled banner.” The Seminole 
 war broke out in 1835 [see Historical Sketch, p. 125, note]. General 
 Jackson was the first territorial governor. The State was admitted to the 
 Union March 3, 1845, passed an ordinance of secession Jan. 10, 1861, and 
 repealed the ordinance Oct. 28, 1865. A new Constitution was ratified in 
 May, 1868. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 Situation ailtl Extent. — Georgia is bounded on the N. by Ten- 
 nessee and North Carolina, on the N. E. by South Carolina, on the S. E. 
 by the Atlantic Ocean, on the S. by Florida, and on the W. by Florida and 
 Alabama. It is situated between latitudes 30° 21' and 35° N. and longi- 
 tudes 3° 48' and 8° 40' W. from Washington, or 80° 48' and 85° 40' W. 
 from Greenwich. The area is 58,000 square miles, or 37,120,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — All extensive plain, of tertiary 
 formation, extends from the Atlantic coast inward for more than a hun- 
 dred miles, with a gradually ascending slope of from ten to twenty feet. 
 Then there is an abrupt rise of seventy feet, and after twenty miles an- 
 other similar elevation. The geologists infer that these are old sea-mar- 
 gins. At the head of navigation on the Savannah and Oconee Rivers the 
 swells attain a height of 500 feet. A series of undulating hills rise to the 
 summits of the Blue Ridge Mountains, which are from 1200 to 4000 feet 
 high. Toward the west the descent is precipitous. Between the ranges 
 of hills are fertile valleys, abundantly supplied with water. The southern 
 sections are level and sandy. In the south-east is the Okefinokee Swamp, 
 180 miles in circumference, which is the haunt of a great variety of noxious 
 and venomous reptiles. Rivers . — The Savannah River, 500 miles long, 
 which forms the boundary between Georgia and South Carolina, rises in 
 the Blue Ridge, and is navigable for steamboats to Augusta, 248 miles. 
 Toccoa Falls, on a small tributary, are 186 feet high. The Altamaha 
 River is formed by the union of the Oconee, navigable to Milledgeville, 
 200 miles, and the Ocmulgee, navigable to Macon, 300 miles. On the 
 western boundary is the Chattahoochee River, 350 miles long, and naviga- 
 ble to Columbus^ The Flint River, which unites with the Chattahoochee 
 to form the Appalachicola, is 200 miles in length. The St. Mary’s River, 
 rising in the Okefinokee Swamp, separates Georgia from Eastern Florida. 
 The whole State is most abundantly watered, having more than fifty streams, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 233 
 
 designated as rivers, which belong to the three great water-sheds of the 
 Atlantic Ocean, the Gulf of Mexico and the Mississippi Valley. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Along the sea-coast are many islands, having 
 a light sandy soil which is especially suited to the production of the 
 famous “sea-island” cotton. Rice plantations occupy the tide-swamps. 
 Georgia is surpassed only by South Carolina in the amount of its rice 
 production. Along the rivers are alluvial lands, growing enormous crops 
 of cotton, rice, sugar-cane, corn, dtc. The soil is a blue clay mixed with 
 fine sand and vegetable mould. Fossil bones of extinct mammalia are 
 found in this formation. Portions of the extensive plain back from the 
 coast are of little .value for cultivation, but the pine-barrens yield timber, 
 pitch, tar and turpentine. The lauds in the western counties, formerly 
 occupied by the Cherokee Indians, are of great fertility. Concerning the 
 climate of Georgia, an English traveller wrote, in 1734: “I think it is the 
 finest climate in the world, for it is neither too warm in the summer nor 
 too cold in the winter. They have certainly the finest water in the world, 
 and the land is extraordinary good ; this may certainly be called the land 
 of Canaan.” Gov. Ellis, who wrote on the 7th of July, 1757, when the 
 thermometer was 102° in the shade, expressed a different opinion : “ I 
 think it highly probable,” he says, “that the inhabitants of this place 
 [Savannah] breathe a hotter air than any other people on the face of the 
 earth.” The same writer tells us that on the 10th of December the mer- 
 cury rose to 86°, and on the following day sank to 38°, a range of 48 
 degrees. Nov. 25, 1775, snow fell to the depth of 18 inches. In May, 
 1837, hail-stones lay upon the ground for twelve days after the great storm. 
 Most of the whites withdraw to the uplands during the warm season to 
 escape the malaria of the rice plantations. The climate of the interior is 
 cooler and very healthful. The mean annual temperature for 1874 was 
 65.9° at Savannah and 64.1° at Augusta. The mean distribution of 
 heat, as indicated by the isothermal lines of the chart, is, spring, 60° to 
 70°; summer, 75° to 82°; autumn, 60° to 70°; winter, 40° to 55°; annual 
 mean, 60° to 67°. The japonica, narcissus, rose and wild jasmine bloom 
 about the middle of February. Forests . — In the forests are found the oak, 
 hickory, catalpa, sycamore, birch, walnut, chestnut, cedar, poplar, cypress, 
 gum, ash, tulip, elm, fir, spruce, palmetto, pine, beech, cottonwood, live-oak 
 of the finest quality for ship-buikling, and ilex trees which Fanny Kemble 
 says are “ like those of the Roman Campagna.” Animals . — Among the 
 animals may be mentioned the black bear, raccoon, weasel, mink, otter, 
 wolf [black and gray), fox (gray and red), panther, wildcat, squirrels 
 (gray, ground, fox, cat and flying), ground-hog, rabbit, opossum and deer. 
 Birds . — Audubon noted 508 species of birds in the United States, of which 
 273 have been found in Georgia. A few of the most common are the bald 
 eagle, hawk, turkey-buzzard, kite, owl, wren, mocking-bird, thrush, gold- 
 
234 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 finch, crossbill, bob-o-link, oriole, lark, bluejay, cuckoo, paroquet, ibis, 
 heron, curlew, grouse, plover, flamingo, swan and canvas-back cluck. 
 Eeptiles . — The gopher, terrapin, alligator, lizard, scorpion, viper and rat- 
 tlesnake are frequently seen. Fish. — Rockfish , trout, bass, mackerel, stur- 
 geon, shark, devil-fish, crab, etc., are plenty. Nearly 250 varieties of sea- 
 shells have been noted. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The great staples are cotton (in 
 which only Mississippi surpasses Georgia) and rice. In 1873 the produc- 
 tion of Indian corn was 24,014,000 bushels; wheat, 2,176,000 bushels; 
 oats, 4,800,000 bushels; tobacco, 343,000 pounds. In 1870 the number 
 of acres in farms was 23,647,941; acres improved, 6,831,856; value of 
 farms, implements and live-stock, $129,330,486 ; value of farm, orchard 
 and market-garden products (including betterments and additions to stock), 
 $80,936,420. Jan. 1, 1874, the number of horses was 116,100; mules, 
 92,700; oxen and other cattle, 405,300; milch cows, 257,400; sheep, 
 235,700; swine, 1,497,000. A single acre of Bermuda grass, in 1873, 
 produced nearly 5f tons, valued at $20 per ton. The early settlers told 
 marvellous stories about the fertility of their new domain. In 1739 a 
 woman found three grains of rye in a quantity of Indian corn. One of 
 these grains, on the third year, produced 170 stalks and ears, and the three 
 together yielded to her “a bag of corn as large as a coat-pocket.” Another 
 woman had “a like bag of beans, all grown out of one bean.” 
 
 Manufactures. — There were 3836 manufacturing establishments in 
 1870, employing 17,871 hands; value of products, $31,196,115. The 
 number of establishments for making agricultural implements was 10; 
 boots and shoes, 244; carriages and wagons, 178; cotton, 34; iron, 30; 
 leather, 186; lumber, 539; printing and publishing, 45; wool-carding and 
 woollen goods, 46. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Georgia has a sea-coast of 100 
 miles in a direct line, and moi’e than 400 miles with all its windings. In 
 1750 the exports were valued at $8897.76; in 1756 they had increased 
 to $74,485.44; in 1759 the export of raw silk amounted to 10,000 pounds. 
 The exports of the colonial period were almost exclusively rice, indigo, 
 raw silk, skins, furs, lumber and provisions. The Indians then gave 
 (according to a fixed schedule of prices) ten buckskins for a gun, five for 
 a blanket, two for a white shirt, two for an axe. For the year ending 
 June 30, 1874, the value of exports was $31,848,402; value of imports, 
 $751,104. Cotton and lumber are almost the only articles exported. 
 The total number of vessels and steamers entered (foreign and coastwise) 
 was 1106; number cleared, 1149. A “union” has been formed to secure 
 a “direct, line” to Liverpool. When the dredging operations now in 
 progress are completed, it is expected that vessels drawing 22 feet of water 
 can reach the Savannah wharves at all stages of the tide without ground- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 235 
 
 mg. The estimated amount needed for this work for the fiscal year end- 
 ing June 30, 1876, is $175,000. 
 
 Mineral Resources. — Previous to the discovery of the wonderful 
 gold treasures of California, Georgia was the principal source of the pre- 
 cious metal in the United States. The gold-field stretches along the eastern 
 slope of the Blue Ridge for a width of from 15 to 20 miles. The first 
 nusset discovered weighed three ounces. It was found near Duke’s Creek, 
 in 1829. A branch-mint was for a time maintained at Dahlonega [see 
 Coins and Currency, p. 442]. The total gold product has been about 
 74 millions of dollars. Iron, copper and kaolin have been discovered in 
 small quantities. There are quarries of white marble. The product of 
 the mines and quarries for 1870 was valued at $49,280. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1844 Georgia had 452 miles of railroad. In 1873 
 the number of miles was 2260; inhabitants to a mile of railroad, 547 ; 
 square miles to a mile of railroad, 25.7 ; total capital account, $41,143,172; 
 cost per mile, $23,457 ; receipts, $7,695,955 ; receipts to a mile, $4393 ; 
 receipts to each inhabitant, $6.23 ; net earnings, $2,265,472. 
 
 Education and Public Institutions. — A general school law 
 was passed in 1870. The governor and his council constitute the State 
 Board of Education, in conjunction with the school commissioner, whose 
 salary is $2500 per annum. There are separate schools for white and 
 colored children. The returns for 1874 report 1974 schools (412 for colored 
 children) and 85,184 scholars (colored, 20,786). The University of Geor- 
 gia, at Athens, chartered in 1795, graduated a class of 9 at its first com- 
 mencement, May 31, 1804. It has preparatory, academic, law and agri- 
 cultural departments. The last named has a fund of $243,000, derived 
 from the Congressional land-grant. The North Georgia Agricultural Col- 
 lege, at Dahlonega, opened Jan. 1, 1873, is “a part and parcel of the 
 University of Georgia.” Other colleges are, Atlanta University (Congre- 
 gational), Bowdon College, Emory College (Methodist Episcopal, South), 
 Hamilton Female College, Le Vert College, Mercer University (Baptist) 
 at Macon, Monroe and Wesleyan Female Colleges, and the Augusta and 
 Savannah Medical Colleges. The census of 1870 reports 3 universities, 
 28 colleges, 1 law and 2 medical schools, 1735 libraries, 110 newspapers 
 and 2873 churches. The State Penitentiary, at Milledgeville, has 664 
 convicts (571 colored). It was established in 1811. The State Lunatic 
 Asylum, at the same place, was opened Dec. 15, 1842. There is an insti- 
 tution for the blind at Macon, and one at Cave Spring for the deaf and 
 dumb. 
 
 Growth in Population. — In 1790 the population was 82,548 
 (slave, 29,264); 1800, 162,101 (slave, 59,404); 1810, 258,433 (slave, 
 105,218); 1820, 340,433 (slave, 149,656); 1830, 576,823 (slave, 217,531 ), 
 1840, 691,392 (slave, 280,944); 1850, 906,185 (slave, 381,682); 1860, 
 
236 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 1,057,286 (slave, 462,198) ; 1870, 1,184,109 (free colored, 545,154). In 
 colored population Georgia ranks first, and in total number of inhabitants 
 twelfth ; population to a square mile, 20.42 ; number of native born, 
 1,172,982 (933,962 born in the State); foreign born, 11,127 ; number of 
 native Georgians residing in other parts of the Union, 374,142. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Savannah, the oldest, largest and most 
 wealthy city of the State, is beautifully situated, on a plain 40 feet above 
 the Savannah River, 18 miles from the Atlantic Ocean. It was founded 
 in 1733, and the following year contained 40 houses. In 1820 a fire de- 
 stroyed 463 buildings, inflicting a loss of more than four millions of dol- 
 lars. The numerous fine shade-trees have given it the title of “ The Forest 
 City.” Regular lines of steamers run to Boston, New York, Philadelphia 
 and other ports. Population, 28,235. Atlanta, the capital of Georgia 
 since 1868, is situated 1100 feet above the sea. It has 5 railroads, 3 daily 
 papers^© banks, several large manufactories and 28 churches. The city 
 was burned during the civil war. Population, 21,789. Augusta, at the 
 head of navigation on the Savannah River, 230 miles above its mouth, 
 was settled in 1735. It has 4 railroads, 2 daily papers, 6 banks, 21 
 churches, 4 founderies, and is the centre of a large trade. Population, 
 15,386. Macon has extensive founderies and machine-shops. It is well 
 built, the houses being mostly of brick. Five railroads centre here. 
 Population, 10,810. The other principal towns are Columbus, at the 
 head of navigation on the Chattahoochee River, population 7401, and 
 Milledgeville, the former capital, population 2750. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a general assembly, consisting of a senate of 44 members, and a house of 
 representatives of 175 members. The legislature meets annually. The 
 executive officers are a governor, secretary of State, comptroller-general, 
 treasurer, surveyor-general, attorney-general and State school commission- 
 ers, each holding office for a term of four years. The judicial authority is 
 vested in a supreme court of three judges, 19 circuit courts, and county 
 courts for the most populous counties. 
 
 History. — -Sir Walter Raleigh was the first European who trod the 
 soil of Georgia. It appears from his diary that he visited the present site 
 of Savannah in 1584 or 1585. In 1717 “all that tract of land which lies 
 between the rivers Altamaha and Savannah ” was granted to Sir Robert 
 Montgomery. In July, 1732, a meeting was held in London with a view 
 to establishing a colony in Georgia. Gov. Oglethorpe selected the present 
 site of Savannah for his new town. The colonists spent their first night 
 on shore Feb. 1, 1733. John Wesley preached here in 1736. Whitefield 
 arrived in May, 1738, and established his famous “orphan house” in 
 March, 1740, under the patronage of Lady Huntington. The first general 
 assembly met in Savannah, Jan. 15, 1751. Slavery was at first prohibited; 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 237 
 
 but the restriction was removed in 1750, and in 1773 the number of slaves 
 was 14,000. Although Georgia was the youngest of the thirteen colonies 
 which declared their independence in 1776, she yielded to none of them in 
 patriotic service during that “ heroic age of American history.” When 
 tidings came of the first blood shed at Lexington, a few bold patriots broke 
 open the king’s magazine and took 500 pounds of powder, of which a part 
 was forwarded to Boston and used by the Americans in the battle of Bunker 
 Hill. Pulaski, Sergeant Jasper, McIntosh, D’Estaing, were among those 
 who sealed their devotion to their country with their life’s blood. Savannah 
 was captured by the British, Dec. 29, 1778. For many years there were 
 serious difficulties with the Creek Indians. In 1838 the remnant of the 
 tribe was removed beyond the Mississippi River. An ordinance of seces- 
 sion was passed Jan. 19, 1861. Fort Pulaski, Fort Jackson and the arsenal 
 at Augusta were seized. Gen. Sherman made his march through Georgia 
 in 1864. In July, 1867, an act was passed for the readmission of the 
 State into the Union. 
 
 ILLINOIS. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Illinois is bounded on the X. by Wis- 
 consin, E. by Lake Michigan and Indiana, S. by the Ohio River, separating 
 it from Kentucky, and W. by the Mississippi River, separating it from 
 Missouri and Iowa. It is situated between latitudes 36° 59' and 42° 30' 
 X., and longitudes 10° 35' and 14° 40' W. from Washington, or 83° 35' 
 and 91° 40' W. from Greenwich. The area is 55,410 square miles, or 
 35,462,400 acres. The length from north to south is 378 miles, the greatest 
 breadth 210 miles. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Illinois is more nearly level than 
 any of the other States, with, the exception of Louisiana and Delaware. 
 In the north-west there are “ mounds ” rising 250 feet above the level of 
 the surrounding country and 1150 feet above the ocean. The lead region 
 is the most elevated part of the State. There is a gradual descent toward 
 the south as far as the valley of the Big Muddy River, in Jackson county. 
 From this point there is a rapid rise to a range of hills 600 feet high, which 
 cross the southern portion of the State. Along the rivers are bluffs from 
 100 to 150 feet high. The 'prairies (French for meadows), which cover 
 most of the State, are immense level tracts, with occasional mounds, like 
 islands in the ocean, rising to a height of 50 or 100 feet and covered with 
 a heavy growth of timber. In the centre and the north-east there is a 
 deficiency of wood. Ford county has only six acres of timber to the 
 square mile, which is less than 1 per cent. Randolph county, in the south- 
 west, has 44 per cent, of woodland (280 acres to the square mile), and the 
 whole State has 5,061,578 acres (14 per cent, of its area) in timber. 
 Among the principal trees are the oak (black, white, swamp and scarlet), 
 
238 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 hickory, maple, linden, black gum, persimmon, elm (red, white and slip- 
 pery), ash (black and white), dogwood, birch, beech, sycamore, cottonwood, 
 locust, hackberry, walnut, pecan, willow, cypress, cedar, poplar, pine, etc. 
 Rivers . — Illinois is bounded by rivers on three sides. The Mississippi 
 washes its western border for 700 miles. The Ohio and the Wabash afford 
 navigation for the southern and eastern sections. The Illinois is the largest 
 river within the State. It is 500 miles long and navigable for 250 miles. 
 Rock River is 300 miles long. The other principal streams are the 
 Ivaskaskia, Little Wabash, Vermilion and Embarras. 
 
 Soil and Climate.— Prof. Voelcker says: “I have never before 
 analyzed soils which contain so much nitrogen.” The prairies have a 
 black, soft, vegetable mould, sometimes more than four feet thick, and of 
 inexhaustible fertility. In the south-west are small prairies, with a choco- 
 late-brown loam on a subsoil of yellow clay. The alluvial valleys of the 
 Mississippi and the Illinois Rivers are from 5 to 10 miles wide, and pro- 
 duce abundant crops. The State geologist says of Illinois: “It embraces 
 a climatic range of five and a half degrees of latitude, and consequently 
 comprises a greater variety in its zoological and botanical productions than 
 can be found within the area of any other State in the Union.” The great- 
 ness of the difference will appear when we consider that Cairo, in Southern 
 Illinois, is on the same parallel of latitude as Fortress Monroe, in Virginia, 
 while the northern State line is above the parallel of Boston, in Massachu- 
 setts. The mean temperature at Cairo for the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, 
 was 58.4°; at Chicago, 49.5°. The extremes at Chicago, during two years, 
 were 23° below zero and 99° above, a range of 122°. The extremes at 
 Cairo were 8° below zero and 101° above; range, 109°. The above tem- 
 peratures were taken from the report of the chief signal officer for 1873 
 and 1874. Observations at Peoria for 16 years gave a minimum of — 22° 
 and a maximum of 104°; range, 126°. At Sandwich, during 20 years, 
 the minimum was — 30°, the maximum 105°; range, 135°. The extensive 
 prairies give free scope to the winds, which blow with great violence. The 
 isothermal lines crossing Northern and Southern Illinois are as follows : 
 Spring, 45°-60° ; summer, 70°-75°; autumn, 50°-57°; winter, 25°-37° ; 
 mean for the year, 47°-55°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Illinois claims to be the “ Empire 
 State of the West” in agriculture. She had, in 1870, 19,329,952 acres 
 (53 per cent, of her area) in improved farm lands. New York, which 
 ranks next, has less than 16 millions of acres improved. The total value 
 of farms, farm implements and live-stock was $1,104,839,639 ; value of 
 farm productions, $210,860,585. In 1873 Illinois stood first in the pro- 
 duction of corn (56 bushels to every inhabitant) and in oats. Iowa took 
 the precedence in wheat and in hogs, which Illinois had formerly held. 
 In rye, Illinois was next to Pennsylvania; in hay, next to New York; in 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 239 
 
 barley, next to California and New York ; in honey, first of all the States; 
 in wine and in orchard products, fourth. She had the largest number of 
 horses (3 for every 7 inhabitants), and only Texas surpassed her in cattle. 
 The very abundance of the crops is sometimes a disadvantage to the 
 farmer. In 1873 corn sold for 20 to 25 cents per bushel, and oats for 15 
 to 18 cents. It took four bushels of corn to pay the freight of the fifth 
 bushel to New York. A single county could load a train of 40 cars every 
 day in the year. The production might be indefinitely increased were 
 there sufficient facilities for transportation. In 1872 a premium offered 
 for the largest production of corn was awarded to a farmer who raised 
 1313 bushels from a field of 10 acres. Sweet-potatoes, flax, hemp, tobacco 
 and broom-corn are largely produced. The average size of the farms is 
 128 acres. One farm in Ford county contains 40,000 acres. 
 
 Manufacture S . — Illinois ranks sixth among the States in manufac- 
 tures. In 1870 there were 12,597 establishments, employing 58,852 hands; 
 value of annual products, $205,620,672. The leading articles were agri- 
 cultural implements, boots and shoes, carriages and wagons, saddlery and 
 harness, doors, sashes and blinds, clothing, etc. The product of the flour- 
 and grist-mills was $43,876,775 (next to New York and Pennsylvania). 
 In pork-packing Illinois leads all the rest. The number of hogs packed 
 in 1873-4 was 1,887,328 (more than twice as many as in Ohio, which ranks 
 next); average net weight, 219 pounds. 
 
 Mines and Mining.— Mining began at the famous lead mines of 
 Galena about 1821, and the product for the first two decades was 58,694,- 
 488 pounds. The yield of 1870 was 159,050 pounds of ore, valued at 
 $182,280. Coal formations underlie 30,000 square miles of Illinois, and 
 the annual product of coal is two millions of tons. There were 356 min- 
 ing establishments ; hands employed, 7504; annual product, $6,968,201. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation.— The river and lake system of 
 Illinois gives the State ample facilities for navigation. Chicago has direct 
 commercial relations with foreign nations. The number of vessels clear- 
 ing to foreign ports for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, was 476, 
 tonnage, 139,515; vessels arrived, 212, tonnage, 61,300; number of vessels 
 arriving coastwise, 11,632, tonnage, 3,231,793 ; number clearing, 11,305, 
 tonnage, 3,142,292; number of crew of foreign vessels, 8210; of coastwise 
 vessels, 207,224. The amount of revenue collected was $1,377,896.03. 
 One-third of the entire commerce of Chicago is in its grain trade. In 
 1873 the receipt of grain and flour (reduced to grain-bushels) was 98,935,- 
 418 bushels, valued at $63,500,000. The receipt of flour was 2,487,376 
 barrels. For the improvement of Chicago harbor Congress appropriated, 
 from 1870 to 1874, $455,000. The original estimate of the amount needed 
 for the work in hand was $900,000. The number of vessels belonging to 
 this customs district is 743. There are four other ports, Alton, Cairo, Ga- 
 
240 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 lena and Quincy, having in the aggregate 124 vessels enrolled. Twenty- 
 one vessels were built in 1873. 
 
 Railroads and Canals.— In 1848 Illinois had 22 miles of rail- 
 road. In 1874 it surpassed every other State in railroad mileage, leading 
 Pennsylvania, which stands second, by more than a thousand miles. The 
 number of companies was 48; length of railroad, 6759 miles; total amount 
 of stock and debt, $636,458,641 ; gross receipts, $96,816,868 ; average re- 
 ceipts per mile of road, $5095; per train mile, $1.32; operating and cur- 
 rent expenses, $64,869,979 ; excess of receipts, $30,570,433. There are 
 nearly ten thousand miles of telegraph lines. A canal from Chicago to 
 La Salle, 96 miles, connects Lake Michigan with the Illinois River, and 
 through that with the Mississippi. Eight million bushels of grain and 50 
 million feet of lumber have passed through this canal in a single year. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The State Penitentiary, 
 at Joliet, has 1300 prisoners. The labor of the convicts makes it self-sus- 
 taining. At Jacksonville is an Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb, an Asylum 
 for the Blind, a Hospital for the Insane and an institution for the education 
 of feeble-minded children. The Northern Asylum for the Insane is at El- 
 gin, the Southern Asylum at Anna. The first school in Illinois was opened 
 at Bellefontaine, in 1783. A general law establishing free schools was 
 passed in 1823. The present school system was adopted in 1872 and 
 amended in 1874. White and colored children have equal privileges. 
 The superintendent of public instruction gives the following statistics for 
 the year 1874: Number of schools (public and private), 13,001; teachers. 
 22,484; pupils, 722,177; expenditures, $7,865,682. The State Normal 
 School had 764 scholars. Attached to it is a museum of natural history, 
 containing 132,200 specimens, valued at $95,000. The Southern Illinois 
 Normal University, at Carbondale, was opened July 1, 1874, in a building 
 which cost $265,000. The Illinois Industrial University, at Urbana, opened 
 in 1868, has 623 acres of ground and a property valued at $760,000. This 
 institution, which comprises separate colleges of agriculture, engineering, 
 natural science, literature, military science and commerce, had 406 stu- 
 dents in 1874. The State has 26 colleges, 10 schools of theology, 6 schools 
 of medicine, 2 schools of law, 9 normal schools and 9 seminaries for the 
 higher education of women. The census of 1870 reports 13,570 libraries, 
 505 newspapers and periodicals, 3459 church edifices. 
 
 Population. — Illinois is the fourth State in the Union in the num- 
 ber of inhabitants. The population in 1800 was 2458; 1810, 12,282 
 (slaves, 168); 1820, 55,211 (slaves, 917); 1830, 157,445 (slaves, 747); 
 1840, 476,183 (slaves, 331); 1850, 851,470 (free colored, 5436); 1860, 
 1,711,951 (free colored, 7628); 1870, 2,539,891 (free colored, 28,762). 
 Of the decade between 1850 and 1860 Superintendent Kennedy says, “So 
 large a population more than doubling itself in ten years by the regular 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 241 
 
 course of settlement is without a parallel.” The increase between 1860 
 and 1870 was 48.36 per cent.; population to a square mile, 45.84. The 
 number of native birth was 2,024,693; born in Illinois, 1,189,503; born 
 in foreign countries, 515,198. Of natives of Illinois, 289,907 were 
 residing in other States. The school census of 1874 reports the number 
 of persons under twenty-one years of age as 1,444,141. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Chicago, the metropolis of the North-west, has 
 had a growth altogether unprecedented in the history of modern cities. 
 In 1831 four vessels arrived; in 1832 there were five small stores and 
 about 250 inhabitants ; in 1836 the number of vessels entering the port 
 was 436; in 1837 the census showed a population of 4170. The popula- 
 tion in successive decades has been : 1840, 4853 ; 1850, 29,963 ; 1860, 
 112,172; 1870, 298,281. Local authorities estimate the present number 
 ■of inhabitants at 400,000. The Chicago River affords 25 miles of good 
 water frontage, and the lake shore is made available for docks by the pro- 
 tection of immense breakwaters. The trade of the city is worth more than 
 8500,000,000 annually. The capacity of its grain elevators Oct. 31, 1874, 
 was 15,250,000 bushels. The receipts for the year 1873-4 were 153,540 
 car-loads and 1053 boat-loads. The amount of grain received into public 
 warehouses was 65,251,188 bushels; number of hogs packed, 1,520,024; 
 number of cattle packed, 21,712. To accommodate the immense trade in 
 live-stock, union stock-yards have been constructed, at a cost of $1,675,000, 
 which cover 350 acres and have a capacity for 118,000 animals. Chicago 
 has been supplied with water from the lake by a tunnel, at an expenditure 
 of upwards of five millions of dollars. In October, 1871, occurred the 
 ever memorable fire, which burned over 2100 acres, destroyed 17,450 
 buildings (including 32 hotels, 10 theatres and halls and 41 churches), 
 made a hundred thousand people homeless and inflicted a loss of two hun- 
 dred millions of dollars. However, its citizens find some consolation in 
 asserting that the new Chicago rising out of the ashes of the conflagration 
 is the finest-built city upon the American continent. Springfield, the cap- 
 ital since 1837, was settled in 1819 ; it ha§ been called “ The City of 
 Flowers.” The new State-House, begup in 1868, is one of the finest public 
 buildings in America. Springfield was the home of Abraham Lincoln, and 
 a fine monument has been erected to his memory. Population, 17,364. 
 Quincy, on an elevated bluff of the Mississippi River, is the centre of eight 
 railroads. Population, 24,052. Jacksonville is the seat of several State 
 institutions, Illinois College and three female seminaries. Population, 9203. 
 Among the other principal towns are Alton, three miles above the mouth 
 of the Missouri River ; Galesburg, the seat of Knox College and Lombard 
 University; Galena, the centre of the lead-mining district; and Peoria, on 
 the Illinois River. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative power is vested in a 
 16 
 
242 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 senate of 51 members and a bouse of representatives of 153 ' members. 
 The sessions are biennial. The governor and other executive officers are 
 elected for four years. There is an elective judiciary. The supreme court 
 consists of seven judges, receiving a salary of $4000 per annum and chosen 
 for a term of nine years. The circuit judges are elected for a term of six 
 years. There is a county court for every one of the 102 counties. 
 
 History . — Father Marquette, a French Jesuit, visited the Illinois 
 Indians in 1673. Mission stations were established at Kaskaskia and 
 Peoria in 1693, and glowing descriptions were sent home of the beauty of 
 the new country. All the French possessions east of the Mississippi River 
 were ceded to Great Britain in 1763. During the Revolutionary war the 
 British posts were captured by Major Rogers Clark [see Historical 
 Sketch, p. 103]. The settlers suffered much from the Indians, who were 
 on the British side in the war of 1812. Illinois was admitted as a State 
 Dec. 3, 1818. The Black Hawk War broke out in 1832. Joseph Smith, 
 the founder of Mormonism, and his brother were murdered by a mob in 
 1844. Soon after, the Mormons left Nauvoo for a new home beyond the 
 Mississippi, and ultimately settled in Utah. The present Constitution was 
 adopted July 2, 1869. 
 
 INDIANA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Indiana, the smallest of the Western 
 States, is bounded on the N. by Lake Michigan and the State of Michigan 
 (the boundary line being ten miles north of the southern extreme of the 
 lake), on the E. by Ohio, on the S. by the Ohio River, which separates it 
 from Kentucky, on the W. by the Wabash River, and then by a due north 
 line from the town of Vincennes, separating it from Illinois. It is situated 
 between latitudes 37° 47' and 41° 46' N. and longitudes 7° 45' and 11° 2' 
 W. from Washington, or 84° 49' and 88° 2' W. from Greenwich. The 
 State is in the form of a parallelogram, 276 miles long and 140 miles wide, 
 having an area of 33,809 square miles, or 21,637,760 acres. 
 
 Physical Features.— Surface . — Most of the State is level or gently 
 rolling. Along the Ohio River are ranges of hills, or “ knobs, T ’ from 400 
 to 500 feet high. The Ohio Valley, containing as many square miles as 
 the State of Connecticut, is hilly and broken, and was originally covered 
 with heavy timber. The valleys of the White and Wabash Rivers are 
 level, heavily timbered and abundantly watered. In the north there are 
 many swamps. Near Lake Michigan are sand mounds covered with 
 stunted pines. A “ terrace topography ” shows the action of water in the 
 geological formation. Rivers . — The Ohio River washes the State on the 
 south from the Miami to the Wabash, 380 miles by the river windings. 
 The Wabash River, which, with its branches, drains three-fourths of the 
 State, rises near the eastern boundary and runs in a westerly and southerly 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 243 
 
 course, forming the western boundary for a hundred miles. It is 500 miles 
 long. White River, the principal tributary of the Wabash, is formed by 
 the union of the two streams called the East and West Forks. Forests . — 
 The forests afford a great variety of trees, among the most common of which 
 are the oak (white, red, black and burr), hickory, ash, beech, butternut, 
 maple, basswood, locust, elm, mulberry, cedar, poplar, sycamore and cot- 
 tonwood. Black-walnut trees, from three to five feet in diameter, are 
 found. Birds . — Some of the most noteworthy birds are the eagle, turkey- 
 buzzard, hawk, owl, cuckoo, thrush, wren, mocking-bird, cross-bill, red- 
 bird, oriole, meadow-lark, bluejay, pheasant, heron, wood-ibis, snipe, loon 
 and woodcock. 
 
 Soil ancl Climate. — Along all the rivers, except the Ohio, there 
 are rich alluvial deposits from two to three feet deep. Gen. Harrison, the 
 first territorial governor of Indiana, said that the land of the Miami 
 Indians was “the finest country in all the western world.” Large crops of 
 corn have been produced for fifty years in succession. Portions of the 
 Ohio Valley are hilly and sterile, but Indiana has an unusually small pro- 
 portion of waste land. The level country gives free access to the winds, 
 and there are very sudden changes of temperature. Fine weather lasts 
 until near Christmas, and the peach trees blossom in March. The mean 
 temperature at Indianapolis for the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, was 54.4°. 
 The isothermal lines .traversing the northern and southern portions of the 
 State respectively are: Spring, 45° to 55°; summer, 70° to 75°; autumn, 
 50° to 55° ; winter, 30° to 35° ; annual mean, 50° to 55°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — In agriculture Indiana takes a 
 leading place, ranking fifth among the States in the value of farm prop- 
 erty, and also in the production of Indian corn and wheat. It had, in 
 1870, 161,289 farms, averaging 112 acres each, and valued, with their im- 
 plements and live-stock, at $736,257,562. The value of all farm produc- 
 tions was $122,914,302. In 1873 the value of the Indian corn and wheat 
 crops was $52,551,080. Other leading articles of production are rye, oats, 
 barley, buckwheat, peas, beans, potatoes, flax, hemp; tobacco, etc. The 
 number of horses, Jan. 1, 1874, was 649,500; mules, 58,500; oxen and 
 other cattle, 780,300; milch cows, 448,400 ; sheep, 1,722,500 ; hogs, 2,496, - 
 700. In view of present facts, it is curious to read a remark of a writer 
 in 1819: “In many places the land is too rich for this grain (wheat), 
 which, though it does not become smutty, is not so good as in the State of 
 Hew York.” Fruit is produced to the value of nearly three and a half 
 millions of dollars annually. 
 
 Manufactures. — The manufactured products in 1810 were valued 
 at $159,029. Sixty years multiplied this amount 685 times. In 1870 
 there were 11,847 manufacturing establishments, employing 58,852 hands 
 and producing articles valued at $108,617,278. A few of the leading 
 
244 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 industries were: Lumber, $13,698,859; flour, $25,371,322; woollen goods, 
 $4,212,737; iron, $6,629,747; machinery, $3,871,024; furniture, $3,463,- 
 270; cars, freight and passenger, $3,616,068; boots and shoes, $2,699,114. 
 
 Minerals and Milling 1 .— A part of the great Illinois coal-field 
 extends into Indiana, covering an area of 6500 square miles. The “block ” 
 coal is of very great value for iron smelting; 5000 tons a day are mined. 
 Bog-iron ore exists in large quantities, and excellent limestone and sand- 
 stone are quarried. Salt springs are found, yielding a good quality of salt. 
 There are no precious metals. The number of hands employed in mining, 
 in 1870, was 1723; value of products, $1,137,172. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Lake Michigan on the north 
 and the Ohio River on the south give to Indiana fine facilities for water 
 communication. The State is traversed also by the Wabash and Erie 
 Canal (340 miles in length, and, next to the Erie Canal, the longest in the 
 United States), which connects Lake Erie with the Ohio River. There is 
 no direct commerce with foreign countries. The State contains 7000 miles 
 of telegraph. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1873 there were 3714 miles of railroad ; inhabitants 
 to a mile of railroad, 474; total capital account, $193,541,002; cost per 
 mile, $44,274 ; receipts, $54,279,062 ; receipts per mile, $6432 ; receipts per 
 inhabitant, $13.79. In 1844 the State contained only 22 miles of railroad. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — There are two State- 
 Prisons, the northern at Michigan City and the southern at Jeffersonville, 
 each having accommodations for about 400 prisoners. The State Institute 
 for the Blind, the Asylum for the Insane, the Institute for the Deaf and 
 Dumb and the Reformatory Institution for Women and Girls are at In- 
 dianapolis. There is also a Soldiers’ Home at Knightsville and a House 
 of Refuge at Plainfield. All the above institutions are supported by the 
 State. A general system of free instruction extends from the primary 
 school to the State University, under the direction of a State superintend- 
 ent and a State Board of Education. The school fund amounts to 
 $8,618,931. In 1873-4 the number of school-houses was 9202 (465 built 
 during the year); teachers, 12,056; scholars, 465,154. The State Univer- 
 sity at Bloomington is open to pupils of both sexes. It has departments 
 of law, medicine, military science and civil engineering, in addition to the 
 regular collegiate course. Purdue University received the land-scrip 
 granted by Congress for an agricultural college. This fund amounts to 
 $340,000, and the entire pro]Derty of the institution is valued at $510,000. 
 Indiana has 6 universities, 16 colleges, 1 school of theology, 3 schools of 
 law, 2 medical and 2 normal schools. There were, in 1870, 5301 libraries, 
 293 newspapers and periodicals, and 3106 church edifices. 
 
 Growth ill Population. — The population has multiplied with 
 great rapidity. The per cent, of increase in the decade from 1800 to 1810 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 245 
 
 was 402.9 ; from 1810 to 1820, 502.2. In 1800 the number of inhabitants 
 was 5641 (slaves, 135); 1810, 24,520; 1820, 147,178; 1830, 343,031; 
 1840, 685,866; 1850, 988,416; 1860, 1,350,428; 1870, 1,680,637 (free 
 colored, 24,560); 1,539,163 were of native birth, of whom 1,048,575 were 
 born in the State ; 320,836 natives of Indiana were residing in the other 
 States and territories. There were 49.71 persons to a square mile. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Indianapolis, the capital, is situated on an 
 extensive plain almost at the exact centre of the State. In 1820 a dense 
 forest stood where is now the site of this bustling city. It is the seat of 
 several educational and State institutions and the centre of ten railroads. 
 A new State-house is in the process of erection, at a cost of $4,000,000. 
 There are 64 churches and 6 daily newspapers. Population in 1870, 
 48,244; estimated population in 1875, 80,000. Evansville, the second 
 city of the State, is on the Ohio River. It has extensive manufactories 
 and a large river trade. There are 24 churches and 4 daily newspapers. 
 Population, 21,830. Fort Wayne, named after General Anthony Wayne 
 in 1794, is on the Maumee River and the Wabash and Erie Canal. There 
 are large founderies and machine-shops. Five railroads intersect at this 
 place. Population, 17,718. Vincennes, formerly St. Vincent, on the 
 Wabash River, contained 100 houses in 1816. It was the centre of a 
 large trade with the Indians in furs and skins. The inhabitants were 
 principally of French extraction. Population, 5440 in 1870. Terre 
 Haute, on the Wabash River and the Wabash and Erie Canal, has exten- 
 sive factories. Population, 16,103. Among the other leading places (In- 
 diana has 27 cities) are Lafayette (population, 13,506), Logansport (8950), 
 New Albany (15,396) and Madison (10,709). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The general assembly consists of a 
 senate of 50 members, elected for four years, and a house of representa- 
 tives of 100 members, elected for two years. They receive $8 per day 
 during the biennial sessions. The governor’s salary is $8000 per annum. 
 The supreme court consists of five judges, chosen by popular election and 
 paid a salary of $4000 each. There are 38 circuit judges, also elected by 
 the people, and receiving a salary of $2500. The divorce laws have been 
 so modified that “an Indiana divorce” will be a less frequent panacea for 
 domestic w T oes hereafter. 
 
 History. — The Indiana territory, which was originally the property 
 of the Miami confederacy of Indians, was claimed by France on account 
 of La Salle’s discovery of the Mississippi, in 1682. As early as 1702 a 
 mission was established at Vincennes. In 1763 the territory was ceded to 
 the British. The early settlers suffered greatly from the Indians. Gen. 
 Harrison broke the power of the savages by defeating Tecumseh at the 
 battle of Tippecanoe, Nov. 7, 1811. The State was admitted into the 
 Union Dec. 11, 1816. A new Constitution was adopted in 1851. 
 
246 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 IOWA. 
 
 Position and Extent. — Iowa (meaning, in the Indian tongue, 
 ‘‘the beautiful land”) is bounded on the N. by Minnesota, on the E. by 
 the Mississippi River, separating it from Wisconsin and Illinois, on the S. 
 by Missouri, and on the W. by the Missouri River, separating it from 
 Nebraska and Dakota. It is situated between latitudes 40° 20' and 43° 
 30' N., and between longitudes 13° 12' and 19° 38' W. from Washington, 
 or 90° 12' and 96° 38' W. from Greenwich. The State has nearly the 
 figure of a rectangular parallelogram, 300 miles long from east to west 
 and a little over 200 miles in breadth from north to south. Its area is 
 55,045 square miles, or 35,228,800 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The whole State is remarkably 
 level and contains no mountains. Starting from the Mississippi River, the 
 ground gradually rises toward the water-shed between the two great river 
 systems of the Mississippi and Missouri, where the elevation is 967 feet 
 above the level of the Mississippi. The latter river is 444 feet above the 
 sea-level at the mouth of the Des Moines, and the Missouri at Council 
 Bluffs is 1023 feet above the sea. The highest land in the State, at Spirit 
 Lake, near the Minnesota line, has an elevation of 1694 feet. The north- 
 east section is broken and irregular, and the channels of the rivers are cut 
 deep in the rocks. Bluffs from 300 to 400 feet high extend along the Iowa 
 River. Isolated “mounds ” in the lead region attain a height of nearly 
 500 feet. Rivers . — The Mississippi River winds along the eastern border 
 for 450 miles, and the Missouri along the western border for two-thirds the 
 breadth of the State. The principal river flowing within the State is the 
 Des Moines, which rises in a group of lakes near the border of Minnesota 
 and runs in a south-easterly direction for 450 miles, forming the southern 
 boundary of Iowa for 25 miles. It is navigable for about half its length. 
 The Iowa River, 300 miles long, is navigable for 80 miles. Its main 
 branch is the Cedar River. About three-fourths of the State is drained 
 by the tributaries of the Mississippi and one-fourth by those of the Mis- 
 souri. There are many beautiful lakes in the northern counties. Forests. 
 — The bottom lands along the rivers are heavily timbered with elm, black- 
 walnut, white and burr oak, poplar, ash, maple, hickory, locust, sycamore, 
 linden, cottonwood, etc. Twenty-five different kinds of forest trees are 
 indigenous to Iowa. About 3,552,880 acres are in timber, giviug one acre 
 of woodland to ten acres of prairie. Trees grow with great rapidity when 
 planted on the prairies, and there is said to be more wood in the State now 
 than when it was first settled. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Iowa has a less acreage of barren land than 
 any other State. Nine-tenths of the surface is prairie of a somewhat more 
 rolling and diversified character than that of Illinois. Sandy, gravelly 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 247 
 
 and clayey soils are found, but a black vegetable mould, from one to two 
 feet thick, is the most common. The summers are usually warmer and the 
 winters colder in the upper part of the Mississippi Valley than in the same 
 latitude along the Atlantic seaboard. A country so largely level, and 
 without trees, is exposed to the full power of the sun in the one season and 
 the wind in the other. Observations continued for 30 years at Muscatine 
 and Iowa City give the highest temperature as 100° and the lowest as 30° 
 below zero, a range of 130 degrees. The mean temperature of spring was 
 47.44°; summer, 70.37°; autumn, 44.52°; winter, 23.37°; yearly mean, 
 47.57°. The average rainfall was 44.27 inches; snowfall, 33.23 inches; 
 earliest snow, Oct. 17, 1859; latest snow, April 29, 1851. For the year 
 ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature at Davenport was 49.5°; at 
 Dubuque, 48.6°. Peach trees blossom from the middle of April to May. 
 Upon the isothermal chart the lines passing through Iowa are : Spring, 
 50°; summer, 7 2°-74°; autumn, 42°-52° ; winter, 20°-25° ; annual mean, 
 47°-50°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — In 1873 Iowa stood first in the 
 production of wheat, second in Indian corn (but emphatically first in pro- 
 portion to population, as Iowa produced 88 bushels for each inhabitant to 
 56 bushels per inhabitant in Illinois), third in barley and in cattle, fourth 
 in horses and milch cows and fifth in oats. In raising pork, also, Iowa had 
 taken the precedence from Illinois, having more than three hogs for each 
 inhabitant. In 1870 there were in the State 116,292 farms, averaging 134 
 acres each ; value of farms, implements and live-stock, $496,159,156 ; value 
 of farm productions, $114,386,341 ; value of orchard products, $1,075,169. 
 Corn was so abundant that it was burned for fuel, as cheaper than coal, 
 and that, too, in a State which has a coal area of 20,000 square miles. 
 Iowa suffers, like the other Western States, for want of cheap transporta- 
 tion. “ King Corn” is made bankrupt by excessive travelling expenses. 
 
 Manufactures. — The last census reports the number of manufac- 
 turing establishments as 6566, employing 25,032 hands. The value of the 
 annual product was $46,534,322. Among the leading industries were: 
 Agricultural implements, 55 establishments, value of products, $829,965 
 (the value of agricultural implements sold in the State was nearly ten mil- 
 lions of dollars); boots and shoes, 530 establishments, $1,218,480; car- 
 riages and wagons, 449 establishments, $1,952,143 ; flouring- and grist- 
 mills, 502, $15,635,345; lumber, 566 mills, $6,671,700; woollen goods, 68 
 nfllls, $1,561,341. 
 
 Mines and Mining. — Bituminous coal of an excellent quality is 
 mined in more than 30 counties. The lead mines near Dubuque cover an area 
 of 12 or 15 square miles, and are the most productive of any in the Upper 
 Mississippi Valley. As many as 6,000,000 pounds of ore have been smelted 
 in a year, but the production is falling off. Most of it is consumed in the 
 
248 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 West. Iron ore is found, and there are inexhaustible stores of the finest 
 building-stone. The number of persons employed in mining in 1870 was 
 1628; value of products, $1,063,484. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Iowa is an interior State and 
 has no direct foreign commerce, but its river trade is large. There are 
 three United States ports of delivery, Keokuk, Burlington and Du- 
 buque, in which 30 vessels were owned and 3 were built during the year 
 ending June 30, 1874. Navigation upon the Upper Mississippi is impeded 
 by the upper and lower rapids at Rock Island and the mouth of the Des 
 Moines. Extensive improvements are in progress, under the direction of 
 the United States government. The amount expended during the fiscal 
 year ending June 30, 1874, was $396,681.21; amount required for the 
 fiscal year ending June 30, 1876, $560,000. 
 
 Railroads. — The first locomotive crossed the Mississippi River into 
 Iowa in 1855. There were 68 miles of railroad in that year, which in- 
 creased to 2683 miles in the decade ending with 1865. Five great trunk- 
 lines cross the State from east to west. Three of these lines connect with 
 the Union Pacific Railroad at Omaha. The statistics for 1873 were as 
 follows: Miles of railroad, 3728; inhabitants to a mile of railroad, 375; 
 total capital account, $84,174,115 ; cost per mile, $35,471 ; receipts, 
 $7,983,988 ; receipts per mile, $3411 ; receipts per inhabitant, $5.83. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The Penitentiary is 
 at Madison. It had 18 convicts in 1854, 160 in 1867 and 276 at the be- 
 ginning of 1874. The earnings of the convicts pay all the expenses of the 
 institution. There are hospitals for the insane at Mt. Pleasant and at In- 
 dependence which have about 650 inmates. At Vinton there is an insti- 
 tution for the free instruction of the blind, and at Council Bluffs one for 
 the deaf and dumb. Three soldiers’ orphans’ homes are supported by 
 the State. A Reform School for girls has been established at Salem, 
 and one for boys at Eldora, near the centre of the State. Free instruc- 
 tion is provided by law for all between the ages of 5 and 21. The ex- 
 penditure for schools during the year ending Sept. 15, 1873, was $4,429,- 
 455; amount per capita for each person of school age, $6.24; number 
 of schools, 8937; pupils enrolled, 347,572; teachers, 16,648; permanent 
 school fund, $3,294,742. The State University, at Iowa City, founded in 
 1860, has academical, medical, law and normal departments. It had 620 
 students in 1875. The State Agricultural College, at Ames, is open for 
 both sexes, and provides instruction in agriculture, horticulture, forestry, 
 stock-breeding, engineering, military science, bee-keeping and “general 
 science for ladies.” It has 16 instructors and 263 students. The entire 
 property of the college is valued at $968,899. Iowa College (Congrega- 
 tional) is the oldest in the State. Iowa has 1 university, 21 colleges, 4 
 .schools of theology, 2 schools of law, 3 medical schools and 3 normal 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 249 
 
 schools. There were, in 1870, 1153 libraries, 233 newspapers and period- 
 icals, 2763 religious organizations, of which 1446 had edifices. 
 
 Growth ill Population. — The population in 1840 was 43,112; 
 1850, 192,214 (increase, 345.8 per cent.); 1860, 674,913 (increase, 303.2); 
 1870, 1,194,020 (increase, 43.5 per cent.). Of the 989,328 of native birth, 
 428,620 (only 43.3 per cent.) were born in Iowa. The principal immigra- 
 tion was, from Ohio, 126,285; Illinois, 65,391; Indiana, 64,083; Michi- 
 gan, 13,831; Pennsylvania, 73,435; Virginia, 19,558; Vermont, 12,204; 
 Xew York, 79,143 ; Massachusetts, 8929 ; Wisconsin, 24,309 ; all foreign 
 countries, 204,692. More than 89,000 natives of Iowa were residing iu 
 other parts of the Republic. A State census, taken in 1873, gave the 
 number of inhabitants as 1,251,333. Population to a square mile, 22.7. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Des Moines, the capital, is situated near the 
 centre of the State, at the head of navigation on the river of the same 
 name. It was incorporated as a city in 1857, and has very fine public 
 buildings. The post-office, erected by the general government, cost $200,- 
 000, and the county court-house cost $100,000. A new State Capitol is iu 
 process of ei’ection, at a cost of a million and a half of dollars. The 
 city has 15 churches, 3 daily newspapers, a law library of 15,000 volumes 
 and a public library of 3000 volumes. Population, 15,061. Dubuque, 
 the largest city and the oldest town in the State, was founded by Dubuque, 
 a French Canadian, in 1788. It has a large trade and is the principal 
 point for the shipment of lead. Five railroads centre here. There are 
 18 churches and 3 daily papers. Population, 22,151. Davenport, oppo- 
 site Rock Island, with which it is connected by a bridge built at an expense 
 of a million dollars, is an important grain depot. It has several large 
 manufactories, 4 daily papers aud 25 churches. Population, 20,550. Bur- 
 lington, also on the west bank of the Mississippi, has large founderies, mills 
 and pork-packing houses. It is the centre of 4 railroads. There are 15 
 churches and 2 daily papers. Population, 20,156. Keokuk, “ the gate 
 city of Iowa,” is the southernmost town of the State. It is situated at the 
 confluence of the Des Moines River with the Mississippi. The rapids 
 above make this the head of navigation for large steamboats. There are 
 17 churches and 2 daily papers. Six railroads intersect at this point. The 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons is a flourishing institution. Keokuk 
 signifies “the watchful fox,” and was the name of a chief of the Sacs and 
 Foxes. Population, 12,766. Council Bluffs is an important town on the 
 Missouri River, opposite Omaha, the terminus of the three rival railroad 
 lines leading from Chicago westward to connect with the Union Pacific. 
 The river in crossed by a railroad bridge 2750 feet long and having eleven 
 spans, which are elevated 50 feet above high-water mark. Besides the 
 railroads mentioned, 3 others centre at Council Bluffs. Population, 10,525. 
 Other important towns are Muscatine (population 6718), Cedar Rapids 
 
250 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 (5940), Iowa City, the former capital (5914), Ottumwa (5214), Lyons 
 (4088), Fort Madison (4011). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested 
 in a senate of 50 members, elected for four years, and a house of repre- 
 sentatives of 100 members, elected for two years. There are biennial ses- 
 sions. The governor (salary $3000) and most of the State officers are 
 chosen for two years. The supreme court consists of four judges (salary 
 $4000), chosen by popular election for a term of six years. There are 13 
 district courts, the judges of which are elected for four years. Capital 
 punishment was abolished in 1872. 
 
 History. — The first white man who visited this region was Father Hen- 
 nepin, a Roman Catholic priest. He came down the Mississippi River about 
 the year 1680. More than a century elapsed before the first settlement. Du- 
 buque obtained a grant of land about the city now called by his name in 1788. 
 Until 1833 there were no white men but Indian traders and hunters resid- 
 ing within the limits of the great State which 40 years later contained a 
 million and a quarter of souls. This section was first a part of Michigan, 
 and then of Wisconsin, Territory. The separate Territory of Iowa, which 
 also included Minnesota and Dakota, was organized June 12, 1838. Iowa 
 was admitted into the Union, as the twenty-ninth State, Dec. 28, 1846. 
 The present Constitution was ratified August 3, 1857. 
 
 KANSAS. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Kansas is bounded on the N. by Ne- 
 braska, E. by Missouri, S. by the Indian Territory and W. by Colorado. 
 It is situated between latitudes 37° and 40° N. and longitudes 17° 40' and 
 25° W. from Washington, or 94° 40' and 102 W. from Greenwich. The 
 State has the form of a rectangular parallelogram, 410 miles long from 
 east to west and 210 miles wide from north to south. The area is 81,318 
 square miles, or 52,043,520 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Kansas has no mountains or high 
 hills. The country is a rolling prairie, with a continual succession of 
 gently undulating hills and valleys. There is an average rise of 3 feet to 
 the mile toward the west. The eastern border is 900 feet above the sea. 
 At Fort Atkinson the elevation is 2330 feet, and on the western boundary 
 3500 feet. Bluffs, in some cases rising to the height of 300 feet, skirt the 
 river bottoms. There are no lakes or swamps. Rivers . — The Kansas 
 River, with its principal branch, the Smoky Hill Fork, runs across the 
 whole State and empties into the Missouri at Kansas City. Its other prin- 
 cipal tributary, the Republican Fork, 400 miles long, flows in from Ne- 
 braska. The total fall is 2000 feet in 400 miles, an average of 5 feet to 
 the mile. The Missouri River washes the north-eastern border of Kansas 
 for 150 miles. Rising among the Rocky Mountains, the Arkansas River 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 251 
 
 winds through this State for 500 miles. There are numerous other small 
 streams, affording abundance of water for every section. Timber. — The 
 alluvial lands along the rivers sustain heavy growths of forest trees, among 
 which are the cottonwood, sycamore, maple, elm, birch, ash, honey locust, 
 willow, oak, hickory, black-walnut, linden, cedar, pecan, pawpaw, mul- 
 berry, etc. Trees grow with great rapidity when the prairie fires cease. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Most of the soil is of very great fertility, and 
 has a depth of from 1 to 6 feet. A black vegetable mould, mingled with 
 sand, predominates in the east ; in the west the soil is lighter, and contains 
 a larger admixture of sand. Prairie grasses sometimes grow to such a 
 height as to conceal a man on horseback. The “ buffalo grass ” is short, 
 and especially good for the fattening of stock. The summers are long and 
 temperate ; the winters short, mild and dry ; but the changes of tempera- 
 ture are very sudden and very great. The winds from the Rocky Moun- 
 tains, the Great Plains and the Gulf of Mexico all have their turn, and 
 sometimes take it the same day. The hot breath of the south-west wind 
 sends the mercury up to 108°. Observations continued at Fort Leaven- 
 worth for thirty years show a mean temperature of 52.81° ; maximum, 
 108°; minimum, 30° below zero; range of variation, 138° ; average rain- 
 fall, 31.34 inches. At Fort Riley theiannual mean was 53.47° ; maximum, 
 106°; minimum, — 23°; range, 129°. The monthly increase of heat from 
 March to May is 10° ; the monthly decrease from September to November 
 is 12°. The isothermal lines which cross the State are : Spring, 55° ; 
 summer, 75°; autumn, 52°-55°; winter, 25°-40° ; annual mean, 55 
 degrees. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The staple crops are corn, wheat, 
 rye, oats, barley, sorghum, potatoes, hemp, flax, tobacco and hay. In 1873 
 the average yield of corn per acre (39.1 bushels) was greater than that of 
 any other State except California (41 bushels). Ohio, which ranked third, 
 averaged 35 bushels. The average yield of hay per acre was 1 .5 tons ; 
 Texas produced the same amount ; Oregon and Nebraska stood next, with 
 an average of 1.4 tons. According to the census of 1870, the number of 
 farms was 38,202, averaging 148 acres each. There were 13 containing 
 over 1000 acres. The value of farms, farm implements and live-stock was 
 8117,553,537 ; value of productions, $28,286,567. On the 1st of Jan., 
 1874, the number of horses was 220,700; mules, 19,100; oxen and other 
 cattle, 507,200; milch cows, 231,100; sheep, 141,000; hogs, 484,600; 
 total value of live-stock, $31,163,058; an increase of $7,989,873 since 
 the Federal census of 1870. The number of acres under cultivation in 
 1874 was 3,669,769. 
 
 Manufactures. — The numerous water-courses of Kansas afford an 
 abundance of power; but as in all new States, the people have devoted 
 themselves chiefly to the development of the land. The number of man- 
 
252 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ufacturing establishments in 1870 was 1477 ; hands employed, 6844; value 
 of products, $11,775,838. 
 
 Minerals and Mining'. — The coal-foiynations underlie 17,000 
 square miles ; 22 separate beds have been noted, 10 of which are from 1 to 
 7 feet thick. Salt is found in large quantities. ■ Sandstones crop out in 
 many localities, and limestones are abundant. Among the other minerals 
 are lead, alum, iron ore, etc. Mining gave employment to 351 men, and 
 the annual product was valued at $174,278, in 1870. 
 
 Railroads. — Kansas had 40 miles of railroad in 1865. Nearly a 
 mile of additional track was constructed for every working day of the 
 ensuing eight years. The statistics of 1873 were as follows: Miles of rail- 
 road, 2379; inhabitants to a mile of railroad, 236; total capital account, 
 $131,802,443; cost per mile, $50,744 ; receipts, $10,062,437 ; receipts per 
 mile, $3833; receipts per inhabitant, $17.97 ; net earnings, $4,123,438. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Leavenworth, had 425 convicts at the close of 1874. There is 
 an Asylum for the Insane at Ossawatomie, containing 115 patients in 1874, 
 an Institution for the Blind at Wyandotte and an Asylum for the Deaf and 
 Dumb at Olathe. A Reform School is also projected. A compulsory edu- 
 cation act was passed in 1874, compelling parents and guardians to send 
 children to school for at least twelve weeks of every year. School-directors 
 must see that this law is enforced, under penalty of a fine. According to 
 the latest statistics, the amount of the permanent school fund was $3,017,- 
 589; receipts for school purposes, $1,863,101 ; number of persons of school 
 age, 184,957; number enrolled in public schools, 121,690; number of 
 schools, 4395 ; teachers, 5000; school-houses, 3133 (703 in 1867); value, 
 $3,408,956. The State University at Lawrence is designed to crown and 
 complete the educational system of the State. There is already a classical 
 and a scientific course, and other departments will soon be added. The 
 Kansas State Agricultural College, at Manhattan, has three principal de- 
 partments, literary, agricultural and mechanical. It is designed to give 
 an industrial as distinguished from a professional education. The nursery 
 contains 45,000 fruit and forest trees. Each student is required to work 
 one hour daily. The entire property of the institution amounts to $458,782, 
 and the income is $20,000 a year. Other colleges are : Baker University, 
 College of the Sisters of Bethany, St. Benedict’s, St. Mary’s, Washburne 
 College, at Topeka, and Highland University. There are four normal 
 schools, of which the one at Quindaro is for the training of colored teach- 
 ers. The last Federal census reported 574 libraries, 97 periodicals, 530 
 religious organizations, with 301 church edifices. 
 
 Growth in Population. — At the beginning of the year 1854 
 there was not a town or village of whites in all Kansas or Nebraska. 
 With the exceptions of the United States forts and a few missionary sta- 
 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 253 
 
 tions, the Indians held full possession. The Territories were organized in 
 May, 1854, and immigrants began to pour in. The settler selected the best 
 spot he could find unoccupied, and “ squatter sovereignty ” ensured him the 
 title to “the best land in the world” on the payment to the government 
 of SI. 25 per acre. In 1855 the population was 8501 ; in 1860, 107,206 
 (an increase in 5 years of 1261.09 per cent.) ; in 1870, 364,690 (a gain in 
 the decade of 239.91 per cent.); in 1873, by the State census, 610,863 (a 
 gain in three years of 67.63 per cent.). The native born in 1870 were 
 316,007, of whom 63,321 were born in Kansas. Among the immigrants 
 from other States, there were born in Alabama, 718; Arkansas, 2087 ; 
 California, 207 ; Connecticut, 1402 ; Delaware, 307 ; Florida, 28; Georgia, 
 789; Illinois, 35,558; Indiana, 30,953 ; Iowa, 13,073; Kentucky, 15,918; 
 Louisiana, 408; Maine, 1837; Maryland, 2067; Massachusetts, 2894; 
 Michigan, 4466; Minnesota, 708; Mississippi, 529; Missouri, 29,775; 
 Nebraska, 639; Nevada, 32; New Hampshire, 1158; New Jersey, 1845; 
 New York, 18,558; North Carolina, 3612; Ohio, 38,205; Oregon, 99; 
 Pennsylvania, 19,287; Rhode Island, 364; South Carolina, 404; Tennes- 
 see, 6209 ; Texas, 975 ; Vermont, 2370 ; Virginia, 9906 ; Wisconsin, 4128; 
 the Territories, 1048 ; all foreign countries, 48,392. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Topeka, situated on the south side of the 
 Kansas River, 25 miles above Lawrence, is the State capital. It was first 
 settled in December, 1854. The State-house, of which the eastern wing 
 cost 8450,000, is one of' the finest buildings west of the Mississippi. The 
 number of inhabitants in 1870 was 5790. Lawrence, so named from the 
 Hon. Amos Lawrence of Massachusetts, was settled in July, 1854. It is 
 situated on both banks of the Kansas River, which has been dammed and 
 affords an extensive water-power. There are several large factories. Five 
 railroads centre at this city. The State University has a beautiful location 
 upon a hill near the river. There are 13 churches and 3 daily papers. 
 There are graded public schools (including a high-school department) 
 attended by about 1200 pupils, and a library containing 3500 volumes. 
 Population, 8320. Leavenworth, on the west bank of the Missouri 
 River, has 6 lines of railroad, 6 daily newspapers and 26 churches. 
 Population, 17,873. The other leading towns are Atchison (popu- 
 lation, 7054), Fort Scott (4174), Ottawa (2941) and Wyandotte 
 (2940). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 33 members and a house of representatives numbering 105 
 members. There are annual sessions, and the compensation is $3 per day 
 during actual service. The governor (salary, $3000) and other executive 
 officers are chosen for a term of two years. The supreme court consists 
 of three judges, elected by the people, and there are 15 district courts. 
 Kansas is entitled to three representatives in Congress. Twelve per cent. 
 
254 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 interest is the legal rate. The receipts of the treasury during the last 
 fiscal year were $995,103 ; amount of bonded debt, Jan. 1, 1875, $1,341,775. 
 
 History. — The valley of the Kansas was discovered in 1719 by M. 
 Dutisne, a French officer sent out by Bienville, the governor of Louisiana. 
 This was a part of the territory ceded to the United States by France in 
 1803. A bill organizing the Territories of Kansas and Nebraska was 
 passed by Congress May, 1854, in which the Missouri Compromise [see 
 Historical Sketch, p. 120] was declared “inoperative and void.” The 
 question of freedom or slavery was left to the decision of the inhabitants. 
 Each party strove to obtain the majority. Settlers poured in from the 
 North and the South. Two separate governments were organized. A 
 state of civil war ensued. The motto on the seal of the State of Kansas — 
 “Ad astro, per aspera ” — was justified. At length the Wyandotte Consti- 
 tution, prohibiting slavery, was adopted, and Kansas was admitted to the 
 Union, as the thirty-fourth State, Jan. 29, 1861. The eastern counties 
 suffered severely from “jay-hawking,” which was the term applied to the 
 irregular warfare carried on by the raiders across the border. The summer 
 of 1874 was rendered memorable by the ravages of the grasshoppers. In 
 17 counties not a bushel of corn was harvested from the 158,000 acres 
 planted. In 12 frontier counties, where settlements were not more than 
 three years old, 23,000 people were left without sufficient food. Large 
 contributions were made in the Eastern States for the sufferers, and it was 
 confidently expected that bountiful crops in 1875 would supply all former 
 deficiencies. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Kentucky is bounded on the N. W. and 
 N. by the Ohio River, separating it from Illinois, Indiana and Ohio, E. 
 by Big Sandy River, separating it from West Virginia, and the Cumber- 
 land Mountains, separating it from Virginia, S. by Tennessee, and W. by 
 the Mississippi River, separating it from Missouri. It is situated between 
 latitudes 36° 30' and 39° 10' N. and longitudes 4° 55' and 12° 30' W. from 
 Washington, or 81° 55' and 89° 30' W. from Greenwich. Its greatest 
 length is 400 miles and its greatest breadth 177 miles. The area is 37,680 
 square miles, or 24,115,200 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The south-eastern section is broken 
 by the Cumberland, the Owsley and the Laurel Mountains, whose highest 
 elevations are less than 3000 feet. The Bald Hills, which skirt the Ohio 
 River, rise 325 feet above the level of the stream. From the Big Sandy 
 River west to the 86th parallel of longitude is a rolling upland. Between 
 the Green and the Cumberland Rivers are so-called “ barrens.” Rivers — 
 The Mississippi borders Kentucky for 80 miles on the west, and the Ohio 
 constitutes its northern boundary for 600 miles. Among the large affluents 
 of the Ohio are the Big Sandy ; the Licking, 200 miles long and navigable 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 2 
 
 55 
 
 for 70 miles, which empties into the Ohio opposite Cincinnati; the Ken- 
 tucky, 260 miles long and large enough for steamboats to ascend 80 miles ; 
 Green River, 300 miles long and navigable for two-thirds of its extent ; 
 the Cumberland, 600 miles long and navigable to Nashville, Tenn., 200 
 miles. The Tennessee, which steamboats ascend to Florence, Alabama, 
 300 miles, has a course of 70 miles across Kentucky. These rivers abound 
 in fish. Salmon weighing 30 pounds and catfish exceeding 100 pounds in 
 weight have been caught. Reel Foot Lake, 17 miles long, was formed 
 over the low flats along the Mississippi, in 1811, by an earthquake. 
 Forests . — The primitive forests have not yet been entirely cleared away, 
 and Kentucky has an abundance of the best quality of timber. Among 
 the trees are the walnut, ash, oak, hickory, elm, gum, poplar, chestnut, 
 sugar-maple, magnolia, cottonwood, pecan, redbud, locust, walnut, etc. 
 The Mammoth Cave . — This is one of the wonders of the world. It has 
 been mapped out like the plot of a city underground. There are 226 ave- 
 nues, 47 domes, 23 pits, 8 cataracts and a large number of rivers and lakes, 
 among the most noteworthy of which are the river Styx, 15 to 40 feet wide 
 and 30 to 40 feet deep ; Echo River, 200 feet wide and three quarters of a 
 mile long; Lake Lethe, 450 feet in length and 40 feet in width. Boats 
 navigate these streams and eyeless fish are drawn up out of the black 
 depths. There are crystallizations of gypsum of snowy whiteness and stal- 
 actites and stalagmites of marvellous beauty. The temperature, which 
 does not vary winter or summer, is 59°. A hunter discovered the Mam- 
 moth Cave in 1809 while following a bear which had taken refuge in it. 
 The cave, with 200 acres of land, was bought for S40. Saltpetre was 
 made in large quantities during the war of 1812. There are four other 
 caverns near, which are a mile in length. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The garden of Kentucky is in the blue lime- 
 stone or “blue grass” region, stretching from the Ohio as far south as Lex- 
 ington. The Kentuckians say “the sun never shone upon a fairer country.” 
 Its soil is “ loose, friable and of a deep black or mulatto color.” Upon a 
 single acre 1400 pounds of tobacco have been grown. The “ barrens,” 
 which were formerly considered of little value, and given to settlers by the 
 State, have been found quite productive. The temperature of Kentucky 
 is a pleasant mean between the extremes of the North and South. The 
 range of the thermometer at Louisville, as reported by the chief signal 
 officer for the years 1873 and 1874, was from 4° below zero to 102° above. 
 There is an annual mean of 55.23°, which is 1.5° warmer than the city 
 of Washington, and about one-fifth of a degree cooler than San Francisco. 
 Snow does not remain long, and cattle range the fields all winter. The 
 isothermal- lines which cross the State are, for the spring, 55°-60° ; sum- 
 mer, 74°-77° ; autumn, 55° ; winter, 35° ; mean for the year, 55 degrees. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The great staple is tobacco, of 
 
256 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 which Kentucky produced 152,000,000 pounds in 1873, valued at $10,944,- 
 000. This was 47.72 per cent, of the whole crop of the United States 
 (372,810,000 pounds), and more than three times the product of Virginia, 
 which ranks second in tobacco culture. Of hemp Kentucky produced 
 7777 tons in 1870, which was 61.01 per cent, of the whole amount grown 
 in the country (12,746 tons). The hemp crop of 1860 in this State was 
 39,409 tons. There were, in 1870, 118,422 farms in the State, averaging 
 158 acres each; total value of farms, implements and live-stock, $383,099,- 
 155; value of farm productions, $87,477,374; per capita for farming pop- 
 ulation, $335; value of orchard products, $1,231,385; forest products, 
 $574,994. The number of horses, in 1874, was 343,900; mules, 83,600; 
 cattle, 380,400; milch cows, 229,400; sheep, 808,100; hogs, 2,008,000. 
 For thoroughbred horses Kentucky is famous. An average price of $955.30 
 each was obtained for 17 colts at a sale in 1873 ; one colt brought $5550. 
 
 Manufactures. — The census of 1870 reported 5390 manufacturing 
 establishments ; hands employed, 30,636 ; value of products, $54,625,891. 
 The value of some of the leading industries was : Flour, $7,886,734; all 
 iron products, $7,990,013; liquors, $4,532,730; lumber, $4,245,759. 
 
 Minerals and Milling’. — Twenty of the eastern counties of Ken- 
 tucky are included in the great Appalachian coal-field, and twelve of the 
 south-western counties in the middle coal-field of the Mississippi Valley. 
 Very valuable iron ores, and also limestone, clay and salt, are found. 
 The annual production of 925 men employed in mining, in 1870, was 
 $509,245. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — There are two United States 
 customs districts, Louisville and Paducah. On the 30th of June, 1874, 
 there were belonging to these districts 67 vessels, of which 50 were steamers; 
 tonnage, 13,368 ; vessels built, 31 ; tonnage, 8288. There is no direct for- 
 eign commerce, but the products of the State find their w r ay to foreign 
 markets down the Mississippi River or by the Atlantic sea-ports. 
 
 Railroads. — There were 44 miles of railroad in 1844, and 242 miles 
 in 1854. In 1873 the number of miles was 1320; total capital account, 
 $53,210,579; cost per mile, $40,464; receipts, $7,199,993; receipts per 
 mile, $5475; receipts per inhabitant, $5.21 ; net earnings, $2,019,795. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary at Frankfort has over 600 convicts. There is a school for the blind 
 at Louisville, an Institution for Deaf Mutes at Danville, an Institution for 
 Feeble-minded Children at Frankfort, an Asylum for the Insane at Lex- 
 ington and another at Hopkinsville. Three of the institutions mentioned 
 above are not “asylums,” but schools. The whole school system of the 
 State was reorganized in 1873. The estimated receipts for the year ending 
 July 1, 1873, were $912,426; number of school children, 416,763. A 
 uniform system of schools for colored children was provided for by an act 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 257 
 
 passed on the last day of the legislative session of 1874. There were, in 
 1870, 11 universities and colleges, 11 colleges exclusively for women, 5 
 schools of theology, 3 of medicine, 1 of law and 1 of science. The Ken- 
 tucky University had, in 1874, five departments, 30 instructors, 558 
 students and a property valued at $802,254. There were, in 1870, 89 
 newspapers and periodicals, 5546 libraries and 2969 religious organizations, 
 having 2696 edifices. 
 
 Population. — In 1784 the number of inhabitants was 30,000. Dur- 
 ing 1787 there were 20,000 immigrants, coming chiefly from North Carolina 
 and Virginia. The population in 1790 was 73,077; in 1800, 220,595 (an 
 increase of 203.3 per cent.); 1810, 406,511 (84 per cent, increase); 1820, 
 564,317 (38.8 per cent, increase); 1830, 687,917 (increase 21.9 per cent.); 
 1840, 779,828 (13.3 per cent, increase); 1850, 982,405 (25.9 per cent, in- 
 crease); 1860, 1,155,684 (17.63 per cent, increase); 1870, 1,321,011 (14.3 
 per cent, iucrease) ; population to a square mile, 35.33 ; number of families, 
 232,797, averaging 5.67 persons each ; native born, 1,257,613; foreign born, 
 63,398 ; colored, 222,210 ; born in Kentucky, 1,081,081 ; in Indiana, 11,687 ; 
 Massachusetts, 792; North Carolina, 12,877 ; Ohio, 19,533; South Carolina, 
 2204; Tennessee, 49,952 ; Virginia, 44,121 ; natives of Kentucky residing 
 in other parts of the United States, 403,126. There were 1080 clergymen, 
 1552 lawyers, 2414 physicians. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Frankfort, the State capital, laid out in 1787, 
 is situated on both sides of the Kentucky River. It has a large lumber 
 trade. The capitol is a fine building, 300 feet long, 225 feet in height to 
 the dome, and costing $800,000. Daniel Boone is buried in the cemetery. 
 Louisville, at the Falls of the Ohio, 150 miles below Cincinnati, is the chief 
 city of the State and the fourteenth city of the Union in population. It has 
 95 churches, 7 railroads, and 5 daily newspapers. There are two medical 
 schools and a law school. The Court-house and City Hall are handsome 
 structures. A bridge, 5218 feet long and costing two millions of dollars, 
 spans the Ohio. Louisville is a great tobacco, pork and whisky market. 
 The value of the hogs packed in 1873-4 was $226,947. The whole trade 
 of the city is $250,000,000. In population there has been a rapid growth. 
 The number of inhabitants in 1810 was 1357 ; in 1870, 100,753— an 
 increase of 7327.7 per cent, in six decades. Lexington, the former capital, 
 was founded in 1775. When the news of the battle of Lexington reached 
 the settlers, they gave the name to their new town. It contains a State 
 Hospital for the Insane and the Kentucky University, the grounds of which 
 include Ashland, the home of Henry Clay. Population in 1870, 14,801. 
 Covington is connected with Cincinnati by a wire suspension-bridge, and 
 is really a suburb of that city. It has many large factories and 25 
 churches. Population, 24,505. Newport, on the opposite side of the 
 Licking River, is also a suburb of Cincinnati, and contains many fiue res- 
 17 
 
258 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 idences. Population, 15,087. Paducah, with 6866 inhabitants, has a very 
 large river trade. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 38 members and a house of representatives of 100 members. 
 The governor (salary, $5000) and other executive officers are elected for 
 a term of four years. Four judges, having a salary of $5000 each, con- 
 stitute the court of appeals. The circuit judges receive $3000 salary. 
 County courts are also established; there are 102 counties. For the first 
 time a general law regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors was passed 
 in 1874. 
 
 History. — The honor of being the first white men to visit Kentucky 
 was claimed by a party under the leadership of James McBride, who 
 landed at the mouth of the Kentucky River in 1754 and carved their 
 names with the date upon a tree which was standing 30 years later. They 
 returned, saying that they had discovered “the best tract in North Amer- 
 ica, and probably in the world.” In 1769 Daniel Boone and John Finley, 
 with four others, explored this new region. In 1773 Boone’s family re- 
 moved thither. His wife and daughter were the first white women who 
 ever stood on the banks of the Kentucky. The name signifies “the dark 
 and bloody ground,” from the continual wars which the Indians waged 
 with one another upon this middle ground. They received the whites with 
 the bitterest hostility. Many were the victims of the savage tomahawk 
 and scalping-knife. Col. Boone, who styles himself “ an instrument or- 
 dained to settle the wilderness,” wrote, “We passed through a scene of suf- 
 fering that exceeds description.” June 1, 1792, Kentucky was admitted 
 into the Union as the fifteenth State. Aaron Burr attempted to enlist its 
 citizens in his scheme for a Western republic [see Historical Sketch, 
 pp. 112, 113], The Kentucky volunteers won distinction in the war of 
 1812 and the Mexican war. During the civil war the State remained in 
 the Union, and was the scene of several battles, of which the most import- 
 ant were the battle of Mill Spring, Jan. 19, 1862, and the battle of Perry- 
 ville, Oct. 8, 1862. 
 
 LOUISIANA. 
 
 Situation ailtl Extent. — Louisiana is bounded on the N. hy Ar- 
 kansas and Mississippi, E. by Mississippi, S. E. and S. by the Gulf of 
 Mexico, and W. by Texas. The Mississippi River forms the eastern 
 boundary for 450 miles by its windings ; the coast-line on the Gulf of 
 Mexico is 1250 miles, and the Sabine River constitutes the western bound- 
 ary for 200 miles. The State is situated between latitudes 29° and 33° N. 
 and longitudes 12° 5' and 17° W. from Washington, or 89° 5' and 94° W. 
 from Greenwich. The area is 41,346 square miles, or 26,461,440 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — No other State in the Union is so 
 nearly level. The highest elevations do not rise above 200 feet. One-fifth 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 259 
 
 of the whole surface lies below the high-water mark of the rivers, and was 
 periodically overflowed before the construction of levees. The southern 
 portion is a vast morass. When the French first entered the Mississippi, 
 there were but two trees for a distance of eleven leagues from its mouth, 
 if we are to credit the early chroniclers. Baton Rouge is the first elevated 
 land. Above it the ground is somewhat undulating, and bluffs 100 feet 
 high skirt the river. Toward the west are prairies, and north of these 
 pine barrens. Extensive marshes stretch through the Red River country. 
 There are numerous lakes, of which the largest is Lake Pontchartrain, 40 
 miles long and 24 miles wide. Along the coast are many bays, which are 
 usually too shallow for the entrance of large vessels. Rivers . — The Missis- 
 sippi flows by and through Louisiana for 800 miles. It has many outlets 
 in flood-time, the most considerable of which are the Atchafalaya, Bayou 
 Plaquemine, La Fourche and Grand River. The Red River, flowing in 
 from Arkansas, is navigable to Shreveport, above which is the “great raft,” 
 an immense mass of fallen trees and driftwood. A channel was cut through 
 this raft 40 years ago at an expense of $300,000, but it closed again. An- 
 other channel was cut in 1873, involving an outlay of $230,000. The 
 work of destroying raft material and guarding against jams will require 
 an annual expense of from $10,000 to $25,000. The Sabine River is 
 navigable for small steamboats. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The delta of the Mississippi, 200 miles long 
 and 100 miles wide, is the best land in the United States for the production 
 of sugar ; the wild cane sometimes grows to the height of 30 feet. In the 
 upland region are prairies, destitute of trees and yieldiug only moderate 
 crops. The pine barrens have a thin and poor soil. The winters are mild, 
 but the “northers” sometimes produce very sudden changes of tempera- 
 ture. In 1811 the Mississippi River was frozen over. About the first of 
 February the peach and plum trees, peas and strawberries are usually in 
 bloom. The isothermal lines for the several seasons are: Spring, 65°-70°; 
 summer, 82°; autumn, 65°-70° ; winter, 50°-55°; annual mean, 65°-70.° 
 The mean temperature at Uew Orleans, as reported by the chief signal 
 officer for the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, was 69.5; at Shreveport, 66.2 
 degrees. Trees . — Among the forest trees are the ash, beech, birch, catalpa, 
 cypress, elm, gum, oak, hickory, black-walnut, locust, laurel, linden, mag- 
 nolia, maple, mistletoe, mulberry, myrtle, palmetto, poplar, pine, sycamore, 
 cottonwood, buckqye, pecan, persimmon, etc. The fruit trees are the orange, 
 lemon, lime, fig, pine-apple, olive, pomegranate, peach, plum, apple, etc. 
 Birds . — Louisiana is the winter home of may wild fowl that frequent the 
 northern lakes during the summer. Among those specially belonging to 
 the State may be mentioned the eagle, wild turkey, paroquet, swan, hal- 
 cyon, pelican (with a pouch holding five gallons), flamingo, owl, etc. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — There were, in 1870, 28,481 
 
260 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 farms, containing 7,025,817 acres; average size of farms, 248 acres ; total 
 value, $91,303,942; value of farm production, $52,006,622. Sugar, cotton 
 and rice are the great staples. The sugar production of the United States 
 was reported as 87,043 hogsheads, of which 80,706 hogsheads (92.72 per 
 cent.) were credited to Louisiana. This State ranked fourth in the pro- 
 duction of cotton and third in rice. Wheat, rye, barley and buckwheat 
 are so little cultivated that there are no returns of those crops in the agri- 
 cultural report of 1873, although they have a place in the census of 1870. 
 The potatoes are less farinaceous than those grown farther north. In 
 January, 1874, the live-stock consisted of 75,700 horses, 78,400 mules, 
 173,900 oxen and other cattle, 90,700 milch cows, 64,600 sheep, 247,100 
 hogs. 
 
 Manufactures. — There were 2557 manufacturing establishments; 
 hands employed, 30,071; value of products, $24,161,905. Among the 
 articles manufactured were boots and shoes, bricks, carriages and wagons, 
 cars, cotton goods, drugs and chemicals, iron, liquors, lumber, machinery, 
 tobacco and segars. Only two men were engaged in mining, and the value 
 of the annual product was $1200. No other State, with the single excep- 
 tion of Texas, has such small mineral resources as Louisiana. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The products of the great States 
 of the Mississippi Valley along 17,000 miles of navigable waters pass 
 through Louisiana on their way to foreign ports. New Orleans ranks 
 sixth among the cities in the value of its imports, but its domestic exports 
 surpass in value those of Philadelphia, Boston and Baltimore combined. 
 During the year ending June 30, 1874, the value of imports was $14,533,- 
 864; of exports, $93,259,299. Among the articles exported were 1,170,- 
 270 bales of cotton (value, $84,467,155), 1,192,597 bushels of corn, 56,081 
 bushels of oats, 262,959 bushels of wheat, 369,392 barrels of flour, 44,100.- 
 293 pounds of oil-cake, 504,034 pounds of beef, 1,350,626 pounds of lard, 
 38,159,868 pounds of tobacco. The number of vessels belonging to the 
 two customs districts of New Orleans and Teche was 572, of which 162 
 were steamers ; number of vessels entered, 851 (547 foreign) ; vessels 
 cleared, 855 (558 foreign); vessels built, 35, of which 11 were steamers. 
 AVhen the United States purchased Louisiana, the exports and imports 
 were valued at less than five millions of dollars, and the revenue accruing 
 to the king’s treasury was $120,000. Only 268 vessels of all descriptions 
 entered the Mississippi River, and 265 passed out, during the year 1802. 
 
 Railroads. — The State had 40 miles of railroad in 1841 and 80 
 miles in 1851. In 1873 the number of miles was 539; total capital ac- 
 count, $34,440,020; cost per mile, $62,962; receipts, $2,740,489; receipts 
 per mile, $5010; receipts to an inhabitant, $3.65 ; net earnings, $1,083,260. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Baton Rouge, contained 410 convicts in 1874. The Insane Asy- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 261 
 
 lum, at Jackson, had 186 inmates. The Institution for the Deaf and Dumb 
 has been very much crowded, as a portion of its buildings are occupied by 
 the State University. There is also an Asylum for the Blind at Baton 
 Rouge. The Charity Hospital at Hew Orleans, founded in 1786, receives 
 from 5000 to 6000 patients every year. Free schools are established by 
 law, open to all children from 6 to 21 years of age, without distinction of 
 color. There is a State superintendent of education elected for a term of 
 four years, with a salary of $5000 per annum. In 1873-4 the statistics 
 were : School districts, 483 ; school-houses erected during the year, 101 ; 
 pupils enrolled, 57,433 ; teachers employed, 524 ; number of illiterate 
 children, 92,105; amount of State school fund, $1,050,000. The Univer- 
 sity of Louisiana, at Baton Rouge, has a classical, scientific and com- 
 mercial course. Other institutions for higher education are : Centenary 
 College, College of the Immaculate Conception, Leland University; blew 
 Orleans University, mainly intended for colored people; St. Charles Col- 
 lege; Straight University, with classical, agricultural, normal, theological, 
 law and medical departments, open to both sexes and all races ; St. Mary’s, 
 Jefferson College and the Silliman Female Collegiate Institute. An agri- 
 cultural college was established in 1874 upon the basis of the land-grant 
 of Congress, the value of which, with accumulated interest, was $327,000. 
 The last census reports 2332 libraries, 92 newspapers and periodicals, 638 
 church organizations, with 599 edifices. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants, in 1712, was 420, of whom 
 20 were slaves; in 1769, when the Spaniards took possession, about 14,000; 
 in 1803, when purchased by the United States, 60,000; in 1810, 76,556 
 (slaves, 34,660); 1820, 153,407 (slaves, 69,064); 1830, 215,739 (slaves, 
 109,588); 1840, 352,411 (slaves, 168,452); 1850, 517,762 (slaves, 244,809) ; 
 1860, 708,002 (slaves, 331,726); 1870, 726,915 (free colored, 364,210). 
 Of the population, 665,088 were born in the United States, 501,864 in 
 Louisiana, and 61,827 in foreign countries ; 63,139 natives of this State 
 were living iu other parts of the Union. The density of population was 
 17.58 persons to a square mile; population in 1875, 854,490. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Baton Rouge, the former capital (population, 
 6498) is situated on the Mississippi River, 130 miles above'New Orleaus. 
 It is the seat of the Louisiana State University and has two daily news- 
 papers. New Orleans is situated on a bend of the Mississippi River (whence 
 the name of the “Crescent City”), 100 miles above its mouth. At high 
 water the river is above the level of the city, which is protected by a levee 
 from 5 to 30 feet high. The limits of the old city under the French and 
 Spanish rule were defined by Canal, Rampart and Esplanade Streets, which 
 are each 200 feet wide. Among the finest public buildings are the Custom- 
 house, United States Mint, the St. Charles and St. Louis Hotels, Municipal 
 Hall and the Church of St. Louis. The Charity Hospital has received 
 
262 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 nearly 20,000 patients in a single year. As already noted, New Orleans 
 ranks as the second city of the Union in the value of its exports. The 
 receipts of flour and grain during the year ending Aug. 31, 1874, showed 
 a grand total of 12,295,333 bushels. The population in 1810 was 24,552; 
 1820,41,350; 1830,49,826; 1840,102,191; 1850, 126,375; 1860, 168,675; 
 1870, 191,322. The growth is retarded by frequent visitations of the yel- 
 low fever during the months of July, August, September and October. 
 The first settlement was made in 1817 ; a conflagration in 1778 destroyed 
 900 houses; a city charter was obtained iu 1805. The famous battle of 
 New Orleans was fought Jan. 8, 1815 [see Historical Sketch, page 119]. 
 Algiers is a flourishing suburb on the opposite side of the river. Carroll- 
 ton, 7 miles above New Orleans, is a popular place of resort and residence. 
 Other leading towns are Shreveport, the centre of the Red River country 
 trade (population, 4607), Monroe and Nachitoches. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The code of Louisiana is made up 
 of materials drawn from the old Spanish laws, promulgated by Don 
 O’Reilly, the Roman civil law, the English common law and the Code 
 Napoleon, modified by local enactments. The legislature consists of 36 
 senators and 170 representatives. The governor (salary, $8000) and other 
 State officers are elected for a term of four years. Five judges constitute 
 the supreme court. The chief-justice receives a salary of $10,000 per 
 annum, and his associates $9500 each. There also district and parish 
 courts. The civil divisions which are called counties in other States take 
 the name of “ parishes ” in Louisiana. 
 
 History . — Robert Cavelier de la Salle first discovered the mouth of 
 the Mississippi River, April 7, 1682. New Orleans was founded in 1718. 
 The territory was ceded to Spain by a secret treaty in 1762. Spain re-ceded 
 it to France in 1800. Napoleon thought it unwise to retain his new pos- 
 session. To his ministers he said: “The English have despoiled France 
 of all her northern possessions in America, and now they covet those of 
 the south. I am determined that they shall not have the Mississippi. . . . 
 I am inclined, in order to deprive them of all prospect of ever possessing 
 it, to cede it to the United States.” Furthermore, the emperor needed 
 money. A treaty was signed, April 30, 1803, by which the whole of the 
 vast region stretching from the Gulf of Mexico to the lakes, and from the 
 Mississippi to the Rocky Mountains was conveyed to the United States for 
 the sum of $15,000,000. Napoleon, pleased with his bargain, said: “By 
 this cession of territory I have secured the power of the United States and 
 given to England a maritime rival who at some future time will humble 
 her pride.” Little more than a decade had passed before his prediction 
 was fulfilled by the naval victories of “the last war with England” and by 
 the battle of New Orleans. Louisiana was admitted into the Union as the 
 eighteenth State, April 8, 1812. An ordinance of secession was passed 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 263 
 
 Jan. 26, 1861. New Orleans was captured by a combined naval and land 
 force of Federals, and May 1, 1862, Maj.-Gen. Benjamin F. Butler took 
 possession of the city. The Red River expedition, in 1864, proved disas- 
 trous to the Federals. After the cessation of hostilities the State was gov- 
 erned for a time by martial law, but finally was given over to the civil 
 authorities, the task of “reconstruction,” however, being more difficult in 
 this State than in any other. 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Maine, the most easterly State of the 
 Union, is situated between latitudes 43° 6' and 47° 28' N. and longitudes 
 10° 3' and 14° 13' E. from Washington, or 62° 47' and 66° 57' W. from 
 Greenwich. It is bounded on the N. W. by Canada East, N. E. by New 
 Brunswick, S. E. and S. by the Atlantic Ocean and W. by New Hamp- 
 shire. The extreme length is 302 miles and the extreme width 224 miles. 
 Its outline boundaries are 946 miles in length. The area is 35,000 square 
 miles, or 22,400,000 acres, which is more than the area of all the other 
 New England States combined. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The whole surface is moderately 
 hilly, with the exception of the tide-water marshes. In the north-west are 
 high mountain ridges (a continuation of the White Mountains of New 
 Hampshire), with bald rock-summits and heavily-wooded bases. The 
 basin of the Penobscot is irregular and mountainous until it blends with 
 the more level lands of the Aroostook, in the north-east. Mount Katah- 
 din (an Indian name signifying “highest land”) is, next to Mount Wash- 
 ington, the most elevated peak in Rew England; its height is 5385 feet. 
 Mounts Carmel, Saddleback, Haystack, Abraham, Bigelow and Mars Hill 
 are noted landmarks. Forests . — The northern part of Maine is an un- 
 broken forest, “just as nature made it,” says Thoreau. The woods are so 
 dense that “a squirrel could travel the whole length of the country on the 
 tops of the trees.” Those primeval woods are seven times the size of the 
 famous “ Black Forest” of Germany. Massachusetts or New Jersey might 
 be lost in the woods of Maine so that “ it would need a compass to find 
 them.” More than 21,000 square miles are in woodland. Among the 
 trees are the fir, black and white spruce, maple, birch, larch, aspen, cedar, 
 hemlock, elm, black ash, beech, Norway, red and white pine. The forests 
 are the home of the moose (sometimes taller than a horse and weighing 
 1000 pounds), bear, caribou, wolf, catamount, wolverine, beaver, hedgehog, 
 raccoon, deer, etc. The birds are the bald eagle, fish-hawk, owl, pewee, 
 thrush, sparrow, cuckoo, kingfisher, black duck, blue heron, grouse, loon 
 and many others. Lakes, Rivers, Bays and Islands . — No other State has 
 so many natural reservoirs and water-courses. There are 1620 lakes and 
 5151 streams represented on the State map of Maine. The water-surface 
 
264 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 is 3200 square miles. Moosehead Lake, 1071 feet above tide-water, "is 38 
 miles loug and 12 wide. Rangley Lake is almost as high (1511 feet) as 
 Itasca, at the head of the Mississippi. Other lakes are Umbagog, Moose- 
 tocmaguntic, Chesuncook, Schoodic and Sebago, 50 miles square, which 
 supplies the city of Portland with water. The principal rivers, beginning 
 at the west, are the Saco, rising in the White Mountain region, 95 miles 
 long and 600 feet wide near the fells ; the Androscoggin, 157 miles long 
 and draining an area of 2750 square miles ; the Kennebec, 155 miles long, 
 draining 5800 square miles, descending 9.1 feet to the mile, navigable to 
 Augusta, 50 miles, where it is 750 feet wide ; the Penobscot, draining 8200 
 square miles, 800 feet wide at Bangor, which is 55 miles from its mouth 
 and at the head of steamboat navigation ; the St. Croix, 97 miles long, 500 
 feet wide, and forming the boundary line between Maine and New Bruns- 
 wick. The river St. John, which is mainly in New Brunswick, drains 7400 
 square miles of Northern Maine. The sea-coast is nearly 3000 miles in 
 length, by the windings of the shore, although only about 225 miles in a 
 direct line. The coast is rock-bound and furnishes land-locked harbors, 
 deep enough to float the largest vessels. Casco Bay, on which Portland is 
 situated, is said to contain 365 islands ; between 200 and 300 are laid down 
 upon the chart of the coast survey. Mount Desert Island, 15 miles long 
 and 12 miles wide, contains several mountain peaks from 1500 to 2000 feet 
 high, with beautiful lakes near their summits. Hundreds of other islands 
 are scattered along the coast, some just large enough for a loon’s nest and 
 others containing thousands of acres. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The Aroostook Valley claims to have the 
 most fertile lands in the New England States, with the possible exception 
 of the valley of the Connecticut. The soil is a deep yellow and very 
 porous loam upon a stratum of limestone. This region is almost unset- 
 tled, and lands have been sold for half a dollar an acre. A farmer reports 
 raising per acre 85 bushels of corn, 75 of oats, 400 of potatoes and 980 
 of carrots. There are alluvial soils along the rivers which are very fertile. 
 Much of the upland is stony and barren. The winters are very long and 
 severe. In the north the ground is covered with snow from the middle of 
 November to the middle of April. There is hardly any spring ; summer 
 comes as soon as the snows are melted. Bangor is shut off from naviga- 
 tion for 125 days. The earliest opening of the Penobscot for 50 years was 
 March 21st. There is exemption from frost usually for about three and a 
 half months, from May 31 to Sept. 14. The mean annual temperature at 
 Portland is 43.51°. For the whole State the mean of the thermometer is 
 41.65°; rainfall, 43.24 inches; snow-fall, 83.02. The isothermal lines are: 
 Spring, 35°-40°; summer, 60°-67°; autumn, 40°-47°; winter, 10°-25°; 
 annual mean, 40°-45°. More than 25 per cent, of the deaths are from 
 consumption. Malarious diseases are almost unknown. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 265 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Maine ranks seventh among the 
 States in the amount and fifth in the value of its hay crop. In 1873 the 
 value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley and buckwheat grown 
 was 84,176,888; value of the hay crop, 814,691,240 (three and one-half 
 times as much as the other six staples). Other leading productions are 
 peas, beans, flax, wool, hops, butter, cheese, maple-sugar, boney, etc. One 
 exhibitor showed 30 varieties of apples at an agricultural fair. Many 
 horses are reared for the city markets. The last census reported the num- 
 ber of acres in farms as 5,838,058 ; average size of farms 98 acres ; value 
 of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $131,128,193; value of produc- 
 tions, 833,470,000. In 1874 there were 78,000 horses, 198,000 oxen and 
 other cattle, 153,500 milch cows, 446,900 sheep and 60,800 swine. The 
 increase in the value of farms during the decade from 1860 to 1870 was 
 $24,273,426. The State land office has been closed, only 146,000 acres of 
 public land being still set apart for settlement. 
 
 Manufactures. — This State has more available water-power than 
 any other portion of the earth’s surface of equal extent. There have been 
 enumerated 3100 water-privileges, which together afford a power greater 
 than is used by all the manufacturing establishments of Great Britain. 
 As early as 1837, 250 saw-mills were in operation on the Penobscot and 
 its tributaries above Bangor, and two million feet of lumber was the annual 
 product. One tree cut 4500 feet and was worth $90 in the log. The last 
 census reported 1099 establishments for sawing lumber ; hands employed, 
 8506; value of products, $11,395,747. The number of manufacturing- 
 establishments of all kinds was 5550, employing 49,180 hands, aud pro- 
 ducing an annual value of $79,497,521. Cotton has taken the place of 
 lumber as the leading industry. The value of cotton goods was $11,739,- 
 781, giving Maine the sixth rank among the States. Manufactures have 
 very largely increased within the last decade. The legislature of 1874 
 granted charters to 23 manufacturing companies with a capital of $7,130,- 
 000. The State law allows any town to exempt from taxation for a term 
 of ten years all manufacturing establishments. Capitalists from other 
 States have taken advantage of this liberal offer. The industrial statistics 
 for 1873, although incomplete, reported 6072 establishments, employing 
 55,614 hands and producing an annual value of $96,209,136. Among the 
 leading industries were: Boots aud shoes, $8,820,986 (more than doubled 
 in three years); cotton goods, $12,151,750; iron, 1,649,630; leather, 
 $3,187,000; paper, $3,041,600 ; woollen goods, $6,605,292. Ship-building, 
 which ceased almost entirely during the civil war, has revived again. 
 Maine was surpassed only by New York in the number of vessels built 
 during 1878-4. From her ship-yards were launched 10 ships, 25 barks, 
 12 brigs, 206 schooners, 12 sloops, and 9 steamers and 2 barges ; total, 276 
 vessels, of 89,817 tons. Quarrying . — Everywhere there is an abundant 
 
266 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 siipply of building-stone. The Maine gx-anite has no superior in the world. 
 Dressed stone from the quarries of Knox and Lincoln counties is used in 
 the construction of the finest public buildings. The product of 57 estab- 
 lishments, with 733 workmen, was valued at $621,738. Ice was cut fox- 
 exportation to the value of more than half a million of dollars. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation.— There are 14 United States cus- 
 toms districts on the Maine coast. The value of exports for the fiscal year 
 ending June 30, 1874, was $5,372,102; value of imports, $3,628,425. 
 Among the articles exported were 2257 bales of cotton, 32,460 bushels of 
 apples, 6,777,502 pounds of lard, 76,200 pounds of sugar, 7,476,000 feet 
 of lumber. The number of vessels l-egistered was 3221 ; vessels entered, 
 3041 (of which 750 were from foreign countries); vessels cleared, 3015 
 (1489 for foreign counti'ies). Cod- and mackerel -fishing employ 861 ves- 
 sels and 2000 men. Maine ranks next to Massachusetts in the product of 
 fisheries ; value in 1870, $979,610. Lobsters are caught in great numbers. 
 The tide rises 18 feet at Eastport and 8.9 feet at Portland. 
 
 Railroads. — A tax is assessed on all railroads whose stock has a 
 market value ; the amount of this assessment for the year 1874 was $105,- 
 069. The number of miles of railroad in 1873 was 905; inhabitants to a 
 mile of railroad, 702; total capital account, $38,195,948 ; cost per mile, 
 $40,249; receipts, $4,363,741 ; receipts per mile, $4822; receipts to each 
 inhabitant, $6.86 ; net earnings, $1,388,855. The completion of the -Eu- 
 ropean and North American Railroad opened an all-rail route from St. 
 John’s, New Brunswick, to San Fi-ancisco, California. The completion of 
 the railroad to Halifax will materially shorten the length of ocean-travel 
 required for a trip to Europe. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The State-prison, at 
 Thomaston, has its expenses nearly defrayed by the labor of the convicts. 
 The Reform School, near Portland, receives boys from 8 to 16 years of age; 
 its expenses were $14,000 in excess of earnings during 1874. There is an 
 Industrial School for girls at Hallowell and there are Orphans’ Asylums 
 at Bath and Bangor. The Hospital for the Insane at Augusta usually con- 
 tains about 400 patients ; the receipts for the last fiscal year were $105,192. 
 The United States Marine Hospital and the Maine General Hospital ai'e 
 at Portland. In 1873-4 the number of children i-egistered in schools was 
 128,134; number of school-houses, 4088 ; teachei-s, 5998; amount of per- 
 manent school fund, $561,893; expenditure for school purposes, $1,147,- 
 242. There are normal schools at Farmington and Castine. Bowdoin 
 College has classical, medical and scientific departments. It numbers 
 Longfellow and Hawthorne among its alumni. Bates College, at Lewis- 
 ton, educates both sexes. It has a theological department (Free-Will 
 Baptist). Colby University was formerly known as Waterville College. 
 Bangor Theological Seminary is a Congregational institution. The Maine 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 267 
 
 State College of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts, at Orono, possesses a 
 property valued at $258,620; it had 121 students in 1874. The census 
 of 1870 reported 3334 libraries, 65 newspapers and periodicals and 1326 
 religious organizations, having 1102 edifices. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants at successive decennial 
 periods has been as follows: 1790, 96,540 (colored, 538); 1800, 151,719 
 (colored, 818); 1810, 228,705 (colored, 969); 1820, 298,269 (colored, 929); 
 1830, 399,455 (colored, 1192); 1840, 501,793 (colored, 1355); 1850, 583,- 
 169 (colored, 1356); 1860, 628,279 (colored, 1327); 1870, 626,915 (col- 
 ored, 1606). The number of foreign born was 48,881; native bom, 578,- 
 034 ; born in Maine, 550,629 ; natives of Maine residing in other States, 
 149,205. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Portland, the largest city on the Atlantic 
 coast east of Boston, has an extensive foreign and domestic trade. It is 
 the terminus of the Grand Trunk Railway of Canada, and lines of first- 
 class steamers run to Liverpool and Glasgow during the winter. Five 
 other lines of railroad and eight steamboat lines centre at this city. The 
 Post-Office, Custom-house and City Hall are fine edifices. A great fire, on 
 the 4th of July, 1866, burned 1500 buildings, destroyed nearly ten million 
 dollars’ worth of property and made 10,000 people homeless. The burnt 
 district has. been rebuilt. Population in 1870, 31,413. Augusta is the 
 State capital (population, 7808). Bangor (18,289), on the Penobscot, is a 
 great lumber port. Lewiston (13,600) and Auburn (6168) have large 
 cotton-mills and boot- and shoe-factories. Biddeford (10,282) and Saco 
 (5755), on opposite sides of the Saco River, are largely engaged in the 
 manufacture of cotton goods. Other leading towns are Bath, Gardiner, 
 Rockland, Calais, Belfast, Ellsworth and Brunswick. Ivittery has a 
 United States navy-yard. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 31 members and a house of representatives of 151 members. 
 The governor is elected annually. His council consists of seven members 
 chosen by the legislature. The supreme court consists of eight judges, 
 having a salary of $3000 each. An annual session is held in each of the 
 three judicial districts. There are trial-terms of court in each county. 
 The prohibitory liquor law has made Maine famous in the temperance 
 reform. During the year 1874 there were 276 convictions under this law, 
 41 sent to jail and $30,898 dollars in fines collected. White persons are 
 prohibited from marrying Indians or negroes; 487 divorces were granted 
 in 1874. The estimated receipts for State purposes, in 1875, were 
 $1,753,202. 
 
 History. — It is asserted that a settlement was made on the St. Croix 
 River in 1604, thus antedating Jamestown and Plymouth. A fort was 
 built on the Penobscot in 1626, and a trading-house at Machias in 1633. 
 
RLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 26 s 
 
 Die French considered the region above Kennebec a part of Acadia. 
 Indian attacks gave the early settlers great annoyance. A part of the 
 country was held by the British during the war of 1812. Maine separated 
 from Massachusetts S20, and was admitted into the Union as a State. 
 The disputed boundary-line between the United States and British territory 
 was settled by treaty in 1842. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Maryland is bounded on the X. by 
 Pennsylvania, E. by Delaware and the Atlantic Ocean, S. and W. by Vir- 
 ginia and West Virginia. It lies between latitudes 37° 53’ and 30° 44 X. 
 and longitudes 1° do 11. and 2 ' 33’ W. from Washington, or 75° 4’ and 
 73° S3' W. from Greenwich. The length from east to west is 196 miles, 
 and the breadth varies from 5 to 120 miles. The whole periphery of the 
 State is 766 miles and the area 11.124 square miles, or 7,119,360 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — 8 rface. — Between the Chesapeake and the 
 Delav are Bays and the Atlantic Ocean is a peninsula containing 5980 square 
 miles. Of this the part belonging to Maryland, comprising 3386 square 
 miles, divided into eight counties, is called the “Eastern Shore.” The 
 " Western Shore " comprises another peninsula, lying between the Chesa- 
 peake and the Potomac River, and containing 3698 square miles. It 
 includes the whole of six counties and parts of three others. Both the 
 above sections are alluvial. To the north and west is a third district, 
 which is crossed by the ranges of the Blue Ridge and the Alleghany 
 Mountains. Some of the most conspicuous summits are South Mountain. 
 Sugar L .. . Gal .. n, Kittatinny. Ragged and Will Mountains. Hirers 
 R -. — The Susquehanna, which empties into the head of Chesapeake 
 Bay. is navigable beyond the State line. On the Eastern Shore are the 
 Elk, Chester, Sassafras. Choptank and Nanticoke, of which only the latter 
 two are navigable. On the Western Shore are the Patapsco, navigable for 
 22 miles, and the Patuxent, navigable for 50 miles. The Potomac, which 
 borders Maryland for 320 miles, is 7j miles wide at its mouth. Vessels 
 ascend it to a distance of 125 miles. There are tails in the upper waters 
 and the descent is very rapid, being 1117 feet in 213 miles, an average of 
 51 feet to the mile. Chesapeake Bay is 200 miles long, from 7 to 30 wide, 
 covers an area of 2835 square miles and, with its tributaries, drains 70,000 
 square miles of territory. It is navigable for the largest vessels. Canvas- 
 back ducks are very numerous about rhe Chesapeake. Siuepuxeut Bay. 
 30 miles long and from 1 to 5 wide, is very shallow, and the 30 miles of 
 Atlantic coast ati’ord not a single good harbor. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The Eastern and Western Shores are low and 
 sandy, with occasional stagnant marshes, which are malarious. Warden 
 savs: ••Of oats and barley it is stated that an English wagon could carry 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 269 
 
 away the produce of 10 acres.” In the northern part there is a mixture 
 of clay and loam which produces a soil very profitable for tillage. Among 
 the mountains are beautiful valleys, in which luxurious crops are grown. 
 The rainfall is copious (average annual fall for the two years ending Sept. 
 BO, 1 874, 44.22 inches). The mean temperature at Baltimore during 1873-4 
 was 54.3°; extremes (for two years), 2° and 97.5°. The isothermal lines 
 are for the spring, 55°; summer, 72°-75°; autumn, 52°-55°; winter, 
 30°-35° ; mean for the year, 55 degrees. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Maryland contained, in 1870, 
 27,000 farms, averaging 167 acres each ; value of farms, farm implements 
 and live-stock, $194,072,058; value of productions, $35,343,927; of or- 
 chard products, $1,319,405; of market-gardens, $1,039,782. The value 
 of Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potatoes, tobacco and 
 hay, in 1873, was 822,382,390. Other leading crops are sweet potatoes, 
 flax, hops and sorghum. Maryland ranks fifth in its tobacco crop. In 
 January, 1874, there were 104,500 horses, 10,700 mules, 125,600 oxen and 
 other cattle, 96,900 milch cows, 133,200 sheep, 256,200 swine. 
 
 Manufactures. — Before the war for independence there was but 
 one factory in the State; that was for the manufacture of woollen goods. 
 The last census reported 5812 manufacturing establishments; hands em- 
 ployed, 44,860; value of products, $76,593,613. Among the leading 
 articles in value were: Molasses and sugar, refined, $7,007,857 ; flouring- 
 and grist-mill products, $6,786,459; clothing, $5,970,713; iron, $6,725,395; 
 cotton goods, $4,852,808; boots and shoes, $3,111,076; copper, milled and 
 smelted, $1,016,500. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — The Cumberland coal is semi-bitumin- 
 ous. Twenty-two mines yielded 1,819,824 tons, valued at nearly two and 
 a half millions of dollars. There were 43 iron mines; value of product, 
 8600,246; 2 copper mines, $71,500; 2 marble quarries, $275,000; total 
 number of establishments for mining, 80 ; hands employed, 3801 ; value 
 of products, $3,444,183. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — In 1790 the exports from Bal- 
 timore were valued at $2,027,777. The value of imports in the year 1874 
 was $29,302,138; exports, $27,692,709. The leading articles of export 
 were tobacco ($5,868,405), Indian corn ($5,287,444), flour ($3,240,967), 
 cotton ($2,669,219), lard ($1,325,636); 1973 vessels entered, 2217 cleared 
 and 104 were built, including six steamers. There are 3 customs districts. 
 Only 5 States surpass Maryland in the amount of foreign commerce. The 
 oyster trade of the Chesapeake supplies most of the markets of the United 
 States. 
 
 Canals and Railroads. — It was a favorite idea of Washington 
 that there might be a canal from tide-water to the Ohio River by way of 
 the Potomac. Surveys were made by order of Congress with a view to 
 
270 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 this more than fifty years ago. The canal has been built as far as Cum- 
 berland, at a cost of $7,000,000. The estimated expense for continuing it 
 to Connellsville (127 ^ miles) is $20,268,085, averaging $158,887 per mile. 
 A ship-canal connects the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, and a larger 
 one is projected [see Delaware]. Maryland (including the District of 
 Columbia) had, in 1873, 1046 miles of railroad, cost per mile, $54,833 ; 
 receipts, $15,310,942; receipts per mile, $14,403; receipts per inhabitant, 
 $15.78; net earnings, $5,756,550 ; total capital account, $58,295,517. By 
 a State law passed in 1874 railroad companies are taxed one half of one 
 per cent, of their gross receipts. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Baltimore, usually contains between 700 and 800 prisoners. The 
 earnings in 1873 were $71,105, a surplus of $5000 over all expenditures. 
 The Hospital for the Insane, established at Baltimore in 1828, was removed 
 to Spring Grove in 1872. An Asylum for the Blind was opened in 1854; 
 238 patients were treated during the year 1873. The Institution for the 
 Education of the Deaf and Dumb, at Frederick, receives pupils between 
 the ages of 9 and 21 years; it was opened in 1868. Youthful criminals 
 are sent to the House of Refuge, near Baltimore; 411 were received dur- 
 ing the year 1873. A House of Correction has been provided for the con- 
 finement of those sentenced to brief terms of imprisonment ; the new 
 buildings are at Jessup’s Station, 14 miles from Baltimore. Free schools 
 are established by law. The number of schools in operation in 1874 was 
 1742; scholars enrolled, 99,258 ; teachers, 2555; expenditures for school 
 purposes, $1,354,067. There are 19 colleges, 1 law, 2 medical and 4 theo- 
 logical schools. The Agricultural College has 6 instructors, 130 students 
 and property valued at $210,000. The Medical Department of the Uni- 
 versity of Maryland was established in 1807. The oldest dental college in 
 the world, it is said, is that at Baltimore, chartered in 1840. There were, 
 in 1870, 3353 libraries, 88 newspapers and 1389 church edifices. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1665 was estimated at 
 16,000; in 1755, 153,564; in 1790,319,728 (slaves, 106,036); 1800, 341,- 
 548 (slaves, 105,635); 1810, 380,546 (slaves, 111,502); 1820, 407,350 
 (slaves, 107,397); 1830, 447,040 (slaves, 102,994); 1840, 470,019 (slaves, 
 89,737); 1850,583,034 (slaves, 90,368); 1860, 687,049 (slaves, 87,189); 
 1870, 780,894 (free colored, 175,391). Of the population in 1870, there 
 were born in the State, 629,882 ; in the United States, 697,482 ; in foreign 
 countries, 83,412; natives of Maryland residing in other States, 175,666. 
 Persons to a square mile, 70.20, giving to Maryland the sixth rank in 
 density of population. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Baltimore, the seventh city of the Union in 
 size, had a population of 267,354 in 1870. The city is situated on an arm 
 of the Patapsco, 14 miles from Chesapeake Bay. The harbor is 3 miles 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 271 
 
 long, and its channel is dredged so as to afford a depth of 24 feet at mean 
 low tide. It is defended by Fort McHenry, which was attacked by the 
 British fleet in 1814. Druid Park contains 600 acres, and there are 12 
 public squares. There are many fine public buildings, among which are 
 the Exchange, Athemeum, Maryland Institute, Court-House and the new 
 City Hall, to cost $3,000,000. The “ Monumental City” contains a mon- 
 ument to Washington 180 feet high, and the Battle Monument, erected to 
 the memory of those who fell iu the defence of the city in 1814. Two 
 lines of foreign steamers connect Baltimore with the Old World. The 
 receipt of grain in 1873 was 19,099,517 bushels. The Baltimore and Ohio 
 Railroad is an immense trunk-line connecting with all parts of the West. 
 The value of articles manufactured is more than $50,000,000 a year. 
 There are nearly 200 churches and 123 public schools, with 40,183 pupils. 
 In 1775 the town contained 564 houses and 5934 inhabitants. Annapolis, 
 the State capital, 80 miles south of Baltimore, on the Chesapeake Bay, 
 was founded in 1649. The United States Naval Academy is located on 
 the bank of the Severn River. Population of the city, 5744. Frederick 
 (population, 8526) is the second city in the State. Cumberland (8036) is 
 the depot of the mining regions and has an important trade along the 
 canal. Hagerstown (5779) is an important railroad centre. Among the 
 other leading towns are Chesapeake City, Easton, Havre de Grace, Port 
 Deposit, Sharpsburg and Westminster. 
 
 Government and Laws. — -The general assembly consists of a 
 senate of 26 members elected for 4 years and a house of delegates of 85 
 members elected for 2 years. Biennial meetings are held, and the members 
 are paid $5 a day during the session. No minister of the gospel is eligible 
 to the legislature. The governor (salary, $4500) is chosen for a term of 
 four years. The State is divided into eight judicial districts. The court 
 of appeals consists of the chief-justices of the first seven circuits, together 
 with a judge elected by the people of Baltimore. Justices of the peace 
 are appointed by the governor. Maryland has six representatives in 
 Congress. The public debt of the State was $11,095,019 on the 30th of 
 September, 1874. 
 
 History. — William Claiborne (not Clayborne, as many histories give 
 it) settled on Kent’s Island, in the Chesapeake, in the year 1631. “The 
 pilgrims of Maryland,” led by Leonard Calvert, lauded at St. Mary’s in 
 1634. They were a Roman Catholic colony. Liberty of religious opinion 
 was proclaimed to all who acknowledged Jesus Christ as Lord. The law 
 said that any person denying the Holy Trinity “shall be punished with 
 death.” Baltimore was laid out in 1730 and Georgetown in 1751. The 
 boundary-line between Pennsylvania and Maryland was long disputed. 
 Mason and Dixon, “the London surveyors,” landed at Philadelphia Nov 
 15, 1763, for the purpose of determining the conflicting claims by an accu- 
 
272 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 rate survey. They ran the line westward for 244 miles from the Delaware, 
 when their Indian escort told them, “ It is the will of the Six Natious that 
 the surveys be stayed.” That authority was not to be resisted, and the 
 work ivas stayed. Maryland suffered much in the French and Indian wars. 
 Her troops were active and efficient in the contest for independence. Con- 
 gress met at Annapolis in 1783, and Washington resigned his commission. 
 Several towns on the Chesapeake were plundered and burned during the 
 last war with Great Britain. The State contributed 50,000 men to the 
 Federal army during the civil war. The battle of Antietam, September, 
 1862, was the most bloody engagement fought on the Maryland soil. Gen. 
 Lee invaded the State, on his way to Pennsylvania, in June, 1863, and 
 Gen. Early’s troops made another invasion in July, 1864. The present 
 Constitution was adopted Sept. 18, 1867. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Massachusetts is bounded on the N. by 
 Vermont and New Hampshire, E. by the Atlantic Ocean, S. by the At- 
 lantic Ocean and the States of Rhode Island and Connecticut and W. by 
 New York. It is situated between latitudes 41° 15' and 42° 53' N. and 
 longitudes 3° 28' and 7° 5' E. from Washington, or 69° 55' and 73° 32' 
 W. from Greenwich. The length is 160 miles, from east to west, and the 
 breadth 90 miles on the east and 48 miles on the west; area, 7800 square 
 miles, or 4,992,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface .—' The south-east section is low and 
 sandy, the northern and central hilly and rolling, the western broken and 
 mountainous. The Hoosac and Tacouic Mountains are extensions of the 
 Green Mountains. Greylock, or Saddle Mountain, in the north-west 
 corner, attains an altitude of 3600 feet, and is the highest land in Massa- 
 chusetts. Upon one side of it is the “Hopper,” a chasm 1000 feet deep. 
 Mount Washington, in the south-west corner, is 2624 feet high, and has a 
 village upon its slope more than 2000 feet above the sea. In the Connec- 
 ticut Valley are several peaks, of which the highest are Mettawampe (1200 
 feet), Mount Tom (1300 feet) and Mount Holyoke (1120 feet). From the 
 summit of the latter East and West Rock, near New Haven, can be seen. 
 Wachusett (2018 feet high) is an isolated peak in the northern part of 
 Worcester county. Cape Cod is a low and barren sand-waste stretching 
 out into the ocean in the shape of a bent arm. Rivers .— The Connecticut 
 flows across the whole breadth of the State. Its principal tributaries are 
 the Deerfield, Chicopee and Westfield Rivers. The Merrimac, which rises 
 among the White Mountains, has a course of 40 miles parallel with the 
 north-east boundary of Massachusetts; it is navigable to Haverhill, 18 
 miles. No other river in the world turns so many spindles. The mean 
 annual flow at Lowell is 5400 cubic feet per second, and in freshets the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 273 
 
 volume swells to 90,000 cubic feet per second. The Housatonic drains 
 Berkshire county west of the Hoosac Mountains. Other small rivers are 
 the Blackstone, Charles, Concord and Taunton. Bays, Sounds and Islands. 
 — Massachusetts and Cape Cod Bays extend along the whole eastern coast 
 as far north as Cape Ann. Buzzards’ Bay, on the south, is 30 miles long and 
 7 miles wide. Nantucket Sound lies between the island of the same name 
 and the main laud. Vineyard Sound separates the Elizabeth Islands, 16 
 in number, from Martha’s Vineyard, which is an island 21 miles long and 
 from 3 to 9 wide. On its north side is Vineyard Haven, or Holmes’s Hole, 
 a favorite shelter for eastward bound vessels when the weather is too stormy 
 for doubling Cape Cod. Nantucket Island, 15 miles long and from 3 to 
 4 miles wide, is very sandy and almost destitute of trees. It has been 
 inhabited since 1659. Forests . — Among the principal trees are the ash, 
 aspen, beech, birch, butternut, cedar, chestnut, elm, hickory, larch, bass- 
 wood, maple, oak, pine, spruce, sycamore and tupelo. A catalogue has 
 been published which enumerated 802 genera and 3153 species of animals 
 and 594 genera and 1737 species of plants. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — A rich alluvial soil is found in the valleys of 
 the Connecticut and of the Housatonic. Much of the land is sterile, but by 
 careful tillage it is made to produce good crops. The average yield per acre, 
 in 1873, was as follows : Indian corn, 35 bushels ; wheat, 19 ; rye, 17 ; oats, 
 33.3; baidey, 22; buckwheat, 15.6; potatoes, 125; tobacco, 1459 pounds; 
 hay, 1.04 tons. The climate is one of extremes. On the 6th of June, 
 1816, snow fell to the depth of several inches in Berkshire county. In 
 July, 1825, the mercury at Williamstown stood above 90° on every day from 
 the 10th to the 23d; on the latter date it reached 98°, while the recorded 
 temperature at Boston was 100°. The mean at Boston for the year 1873-4 
 was 48.2°; minimum, 0°; maximum, 98°; the wind was east on 127 days. 
 During a period of twenty years, at Roxbury (now a part of Boston), the 
 earliest flowering of the peach tree was April 16th, and the latest May 27th. 
 Upon the isothermal charts the lines crossing Massachusetts are: Spring, 
 45°; summer, 67°; autumn, 47°-52°; winter, 25°-30° ; annual mean, 
 45°-47°. For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the rainfall was 56.47 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — There were, in 1870, 26,500 farms, 
 containing 2,730,283 acres (an average of 103 acres for each farm), of which 
 1,736,211 acres (63.6 per cent.) were improved. The value of farms, farm 
 implements and live-stock was 8138,482,891 ; value of farm productions, 
 832, 192', 378; value of productions per acre of improved land, $18.54; value 
 of orchard products, $939,854 ; of market-garden produce, $1,980,321 ; of 
 forest products, $1,618,818. The product of the principal crops, in 1873, 
 was 1,446,000 bushels of Indian corn, 31,000 of wheat, 246,000 of rye, 
 665,000 of oats, 110,000 of barley, 50,000 of buckwheat, 2,425,000 of 
 potatoes, 8,200,000 pounds of tobacco, 409,200 tons of hay; total valua- 
 
 1S 
 
274 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 tion of the above nine staple crops, $15,433,010. The estimated total 
 number of live-stock in Jan., 1874, was 102,800 horses, 122,600 oxen and 
 other cattle, 136,300 milch cows, 76,300 sheep, 78,000 hogs. Only 72,810 
 were employed in agriculture of the 579,844 reported as engaged in all 
 classes of occupation. 
 
 Manufactures. — Massachusetts is the greatest manufacturing State 
 of the Union in proportion to its population ; it is surpassed only by the 
 very much larger States of New York and Pennsylvania in the amount 
 of capital invested and in the value of the annual products. In the man- 
 ufacture of boots and shoes, cotton goods, woollen goods, cutlery and chairs • 
 Massachusetts ranks first. In a few of the leading industries the value of 
 the products was reported in 1870 as follows : Boots and shoes, $88,399,583 ; 
 cotton goods, $56,257,580; woollen goods, $39,489,242 ; bleaching and dye- 
 ing, $22,252,429; men’s clothing, $20,212,407 ; leather, tanned and curried, 
 $29,195,827; printing (cotton and woollen goods), $17,325,150; paper, 
 $12,696,491 ; printing and publishing, $8,391,976; worsted goods, $8,280,- 
 541; lumber, planed and sawed, $6,551,690; flouring- and grist-mill pro- 
 ducts, $9,720,374; machinery, $11,554,416; molasses and sugar, refined, 
 $7,665,485 ; straw goods, $4,869,514. The total number of manufactur- 
 ing establishments reported was 13,312; hands employed, 279,380, of whom 
 86,229 were females above the age of 15 years ; wages paid, $118,051,886; 
 value of materials, $334,413,982; value of products, $553,912,568. 
 
 Mining and Quarrying'. — The State is not rich in minerals, but 
 there is an abundance of buildiDg-stone of the finest quality. From the 
 extensive marble quarries of Berkshire county the stone was cut for the 
 Capitol at Washington, the City Hall of New York, Girard College and 
 many of the marble fronts of Philadelphia. Quincy granite was used in 
 the construction of Bunker Hill Monument and the Astor House. There 
 are large quarries in Monson and Pelham. The number of mining estab- 
 lishments was 65; hands employed, 1595; value of products, $1,493,522, 
 of which $1,294,148 was for quarried stone. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — For the fiscal year ending June 
 30, 1874, the value of exports (domestic and foreign) from the 11 customs 
 districts was $30,736,287; value of imports, $52,737,280; vessels entered, 
 5721 (3066 in the foreign trade); cleared, 5682 (2982 for foreign ports). 
 Five steamers and 72 other vessels were built during the year. Fisheries . — 
 More than half the product of all the fisheries in the United States at the 
 time of the last census was credited to Massachusetts, which had employed 
 in cod- and mackerel-fishing 1026 vessels, 8993 men and a capital of 
 $4,287,871 ; value of the annual product, $6,215,325. The vessels are 
 from 40, to 120 tons each, carry from 12 to 20 men as a crew and are en- 
 gaged in fishing from May to October. The whale-fisheries employ 170 
 vessels. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 275 
 
 Railroad^ — The railroad statistics for 1874 were as follows: Miles 
 of railroad, 2418; average cost per mile, $56,884; amount invested, 
 §165,624,136 ; number of passengers carried, 42,480,494 ; total earnings, 
 $34,632,483. There are 45 distinct railroads, some of them having sev- 
 eral branches. Cheap trains have been run on the Eastern road, which, 
 at a fare of five cents, afforded a fair profit to the corporation. The 
 receipts per trip were $19.28 and the cost of running $14.14. The Hoosac 
 Tunnel, 4| miles in length and, next to the Mt. Cenis Tunnel, the longest 
 in the world, was completed in 1875, at a total cost, up to Jan. 1st, of 
 $12,973,822.31. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison, in 
 Charlestown, has from 600 to 700 convicts; a new prison is to be erected 
 at Concord. A separate reformatory prison for women will soon be com- 
 pleted. There are three reformatory schools — viz., a Reform School for 
 boys at Westboro’, an Industrial School for girls at Lancaster and a 
 Nautical School in Boston harbor. The average number confined in all 
 prisons was 3483. The State Almshouse is at Tewksbury. Pauper chil- 
 dren are provided for at the Monson institution. The Bridgewater Alms- 
 house has been changed into a workhouse. Liberal provisions have been 
 made for the insane, of whom there are 4000 in the State, distributed at 
 Worcester, Taunton and Northampton (State hospitals), Tewksbury (alms- 
 house), Somerville, South Boston and Ipswich. Other institutions which 
 care for State beneficiaries are the Eye and Ear Infirmary, School for 
 Idiots, Asylum for the Blind, 2 schools for Deaf Mutes and an Infant Asy- 
 lum. The Massachusetts General Hospital affords free treatment to the 
 poor. The system of public schools is very excellent. In 1874 the num- 
 ber of public schools was 5435 ; pupils, 297,025 ; teachers, 8715; total paid 
 for public instruction, $6,180,848. There are five State normal schools, 
 having 47 instructors and 902 pupils. The number of colleges is seven — 
 viz., Amherst, Boston College (Roman Catholic), Boston University (Meth- 
 odist), College of the Holy Cross, Harvard University [see American 
 Education], Tufts College and Williams College ; number of instructors, 
 278; students, 2529. For professional instruction there are 7 schools of 
 theology (Baptist, Congregational, Methodist, Protestant Episcopal, New 
 Jerusalem, Unitarian and Universalist), 2 schools of law, 2 schools of 
 medicine, 2 dental colleges and 1 college of pharmacy. A university of 
 modern languages has been organized at Newburyport. The State Agri- 
 cultural College is at Amherst. Among the leading institutions for the 
 instruction of women are Mount Holyoke Semiuary and Smith College at 
 Northampton. Phillips Academy at Andover and Williston Seminary at 
 Easthampto'n are famous boys’ schools. The number of libraries in 1870 
 was 3169, containing 3,017,183 volumes. The Boston public library con- 
 tains about 270,000 volumes, and the library of Harvard College more 
 
276 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 than 200,000. There were 259 newspapers and periodicals (increased to 
 321 in 1874) and 1848 religious organizations, having 1764 edifices. 
 
 Population. — The original Pilgrims who landed at Plymouth num- 
 bered about 100. The population was estimated at 40,000 in 1692, 120,000 
 in 1731 and 220,000 in 1755. The national census reported in 1790, 378,- 
 787; 1800,422,845; 1810,472,040; 1820,523,159; 1830,610,408; 1840, 
 737,699; 1850, 994,514; 1860, 1,231,066; 1870, 1,457,351. Of the 
 1,104,032 persons of native birth, 903,297 were born in Massachusetts, 
 55,571 in Maine, 47,773 in New Hampshire, 22,110 in Vermont, 14,356 
 in Rhode Island, 17,313 in Connecticut; 353,319 were of foreign birth; 
 243,784 natives of Massachusetts were residing in other States. The num- 
 ber of inhabitants to a square mile was 186.84; no other State in the Union 
 is so densely populated. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Nearly half the people of the commonwealth 
 (48.7 per cent.) reside in cities. Boston, “the metropolis of New England,” 
 was originally comprised within the limits of a peninsula 3 miles long and 
 1 mile wide. Several of the adjacent towns and cities have been annexed, 
 of which the most populous were Charlestown, Roxbury, Dorchester and 
 Brighton. The population in 1764 was 15,520; in 1870, 250,526; and in 
 1874, with the new towns added, 360,000. Boston ranks next to New York 
 in foreign commerce. Its jobbing trade in boots and shoes, woollen and 
 cotton goods, leather, etc., is immense. Among the noted public buildings 
 are Faneuil Hall, “the cradle of Liberty,” built in 1742; the old State- 
 house (1748), the present State-house (1793), the City Hall, Masonic Tem- 
 ple, Quincy Market, etc. The Cochituate water was introduced in 1848. 
 Boston Common and the Public Garden occupy 75 acres in the heart of 
 the city. Bunker Hill Monument, 220 feet high, and the Charlestown 
 Navy Yard are now within the city limits. The great fire, in November, 
 1872, burned over 65 acres, destroyed 800 buildings, most of them massive 
 warehouses, and inflicted a loss of 80 millions of dollars. Cambridge 
 (population, 39,634), the seat of Harvard College, is a place of great lit- 
 erary and historic interest. The poet Longfellow now occupies the house 
 which was Washington’s head-quarters after he assumed command of 
 the American army. Lowell (40,928) has 75 mill buildings and 16,000 
 operatives. Lawrence (28,921) has 25 mill buildings and 9000 operatives. 
 Haverhill (13,092) is largely engaged in the manufacture of boots and 
 shoes. Worcester (41,105), the second city of the State, has extensive 
 machine-shops. Springfield (26,703), on the Connecticut River, is the 
 location of the United States Armory. Other important and busy towns . 
 are: Fall River (26,766), Salem (24,117), Lynn, famous for its shoe-fac- 
 tories (28,233); New Bedford (21,320), largely engaged in whale-fishery; 
 Taunton (18,629) ; Gloucester, the head-quarters of the cod and mackerel 
 fishermen (15,389); Newburyport (12,595); and Holyoke, on the Connec- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 277 
 
 ticut River (10,733). A city charter is not granted in Massachusetts to 
 any town having less than 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 40 senators 
 and 240 representatives. The governor (salary, 85000) and other execu- 
 tive officers, as well as the members of the Legislature, are elected annu- 
 ally. The supreme judicial court consists of 7 judges, of whom the chief- 
 justice receives a salary of 86500 and the others 86000. The superior 
 court has 10 judges; salary, 85000, except the chief-justice, who receives 
 85300. All judges are appointed by the governor. The funded debt, Jan. 
 1, 1875, was 829,465,204. 
 
 History. — In 1602 a company of English colonists landed on the 
 Elizabeth Islands, but soon abandoned their settlement. The Pilgrims 
 landed at Plymouth Dec. 22, 1620. Nearly half their number perished 
 before spring. During King Philip’s war, in 1676, a dozen towns were 
 destroyed, 600 houses burned and as many of the settlers killed. The de- 
 struction of tea in Boston harbor took place in 1773, and the battle of 
 Lexington, April 19, 1775, began the war for independence. Maine was 
 separated from Massachusetts in 1820. Attempts were made to repeal the 
 prohibitory liquor law in 1874, but the bill was vetoed by Governor Tal- 
 bot. The law was, however, repealed and a stringent license law was 
 enacted in 1875. May 16, 1874, a reservoir at Williamsburg gave way; 
 the flood destroyed 200 lives and 81,500,000 worth of property. 
 
 MICHIGAN. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Michigan is bounded on the N. by Lake 
 Superior, E. by Lake Superior, St. Mary’s River, Lake Hurou, St. Clair 
 River and Lake, the Detroit River and Lake Erie, S. by Ohio and In- 
 diana and W. by Lake Michigan and Wisconsin. It is situated between 
 latitudes 41° 45' and 48° 20' N. and longitudes 5° 25' and 13° 34' W. 
 from Washington, or 82° 25' and 90° 34' W. from Greenwich. The State 
 comprises two peninsulas entirely separated from each other. The upper 
 peninsula is 318 miles in length from east to west and from 30 to 160 
 miles wide; the lower peninsula has a length of 280 miles and a breadth 
 of 250 miles. The area of Michigan is 56,451 square miles, or 36,128,640 
 acres. 
 
 \ 
 
 Physical Features.— Surface . — The eastern shore of Lake Erie is 
 low and swampy, thickly wooded and drained by several small and slug- 
 gish streams. Farther inland the country is rolling and picturesque, with 
 hills from 100 to 200 feet high. Along the water-shed between the lakes 
 there is an elevation of 600 or 7 00 feet. Bordering Lake Superior is a 
 rough primary formation, with rugged hills and deep valleys. The “Pic- 
 tured Rocks” are saudstone bluffs from 200 to 300 feet high, which have 
 been worn by the waves into curiously fantastic forms. The highest eleva- 
 
278 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 tions of the northern peninsula are from 1500 to 2000 feet above the level 
 of the sea. Lakes . — Four great lakes wash the shores of this State, which 
 together constitute one half the fresh water on the globe [see Physical 
 Geography, p. 155]. In the northern peninsula there are many small lakes 
 covering from one to a thousand acres. Fish are very abundant. Among 
 those most frequently caught are the sturgeon, white-fish, Mackinaw trout 
 (sometimes weighing fifty pounds), herring, pike, pickerel, bass, perch, cat- 
 fish, etc. The value of the lake fisheries in 1870 was $567,576. Rivers . — 
 Mr. Schoolcraft says there are 100 streams which empty into the lakes, but 
 most of them are of small size. Grand River is 270 miles long, 50 rods 
 wide and navigable for steamboats to Grand Rapids, 40 miles. The St. 
 Joseph is 30 rods wide for 120 miles from its mouth. Other streams which 
 empty into Lake Michigan are the Kalamazoo, Muskegon, Manistee and 
 Grand Traverse. The Saginaw (navigable for 40 miles), Au Sable and 
 Cheboygan empty into Lake Huron. Menomonee river forms a part of 
 the western boundary of Michigan. The Detroit and St. Clair form the 
 outlet of the great lakes and are navigable for the largest vessels. Forests. 
 — Much of the northern peninsula is covered with a dense growth of tim- 
 ber, in which the pine and other soft trees predominate. The southern 
 peninsula has many prairies and oak openings, but the early settlers found 
 much of the land covered with forests, which were cleared away at an av- 
 erage expense of $15 per acre, by cutting the trees, rolling them together 
 and burning them. The principal growths are beech, black-walnut, elm, 
 maple, hickory, oak, basswood, linden, sycamore, hackberry, cottonwood, 
 aspen, locust, butternut, poplar, hemlock, spruce, cedar, cypress, chestnut, 
 pawpaw, white, yellow and Norway pine. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The heavily-timbered lands have a consider- 
 able variety of soils, consisting of clay, or muck, or dry sandy loam. A 
 layer of dark vegetable mould, mingled with sand, clay and yellow loam, 
 is the predominant soil of the white-oak openings. The prairies have a 
 black vegetable mould from one to five feet deep, based on a stratum of 
 clay, rock or gravel. There are fertile valleys in the Lake Superior region, 
 but much of the land is cold, broken and barren. In climate the differ- 
 ence between the northern and southern peninsulas is very marked. The 
 mean annual temperature at Detroit, for 18 years, was 47.25°, and at Fort 
 Brady, near the southern extremity of Lake Superior, for 21 years, 40.37°. 
 For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean at Escanaba was 40.1°; at 
 Marquette, 40.8°; at Grand Haven, 47°; at Detroit, 47.9° (minimum, 0°, 
 maximum, 97°). Marquette was colder than Eastport, Me. (40.9°), while 
 Detroit was warmer than New London, Conn. (47.7°). Upon the iso- 
 thermal charts the lines passing through Michigan are: Spring, 40°-45°; 
 summer, 65°-70°; autumn, 45°-50° ; winter, 15°-25°; annual mean, 
 40°-47°. The amount of rainfall at Marquette was 21.32 inches; at De- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 279 
 
 troit, 31.31 inches. The Straits of Mackinaw are usually closed by ice 
 from the first of December to the first of May. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The whole number of farms re- 
 ported by the census of 1870 was 98,786; average size of farms, 101 acres; 
 land in farms, 10,019,142 acres, of which 5,096,930 were improved ; value 
 of farms, farm implements and machinery, $411,952,557 ; value of farm 
 productions, betterments and additions to stock, $81,508,623; of orchard 
 products, $3,447,985 ; of market-garden produce, $352,658. A few of the 
 items reported by the State census of 1874 were as follows: Bushels of 
 Indian corn, 20,792,905 ; wheat, 15,456,202 ; potatoes, 5,618,863 ; apples, 
 5,928,275; cherries, 66,746; strawberries, 48,922 ; pears, 40,857 ; peaches, 
 22,069; butter, 27,972,117 pounds; cheese, 4,101,912; wool, 7,729,011; 
 grapes, 2,960,100 pounds; wine, 50,871 gallons; hay, 1,134,077 tons. Of 
 live-stock there were 281,394 horses, 38,901 working oxen, 321,732 milch 
 cows, 307,554 other cattle, 401,720 swine and 1,649,199 sheep. 
 
 Manufactures. — In 1810 the value of manufactured articles was 
 $37,018; in 1850, $11,169,002 ; in 1860, $32,658,356. The whole number 
 of establishments in 1870 was 9455 ; hands employed, 63,694; wages paid, 
 $21,205,355; value of products, $118,894,676. In lumber products Mich- 
 igan ranked' first, surpassing Pennsylvania by four millions of dollars and 
 New York by ten millions. The number of saw-mills was 1571 ; hands 
 employed, 20,058; value of products, $31,946,396. The flouring- and 
 grist-mill business ranks next in importance, the value of its products being 
 $21,174,247. Among the other leading industries in value were: Boots 
 and shoes, $2,552,931 ; carriages and wagons, $2,393,328 ; leather, tanned 
 and curried, $2,670,608; machinery, $2,330,564 ; iron castings, $2,082,532; 
 tobacco and cigars, $2,572,523 ; clothing, $2,577,154; agricultural imple- 
 ments, $1,569,596; printing and publishing, $1,071,528; woollen goods, 
 $996,203. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — The upper peninsula is very rich in min- 
 erals, among which have been found agate, chalcedony, cornelian, jasper, 
 opal and sardonyx. The copper mines are said to be the richest in the 
 world, with the exception of those in Chili. In the copper region, which 
 is 135 miles long and from 1 to 6 wide, there were, in 1870, 27 mines, em- 
 ploying 4188 hands and yielding a value of $4,312,167, which was 82.95 
 per cent, of the whole product in the United States; 194,333 tons of cop- 
 per ore were mined between the years 1845 and 1873. Michigan ranks 
 next to Pennsylvania in the production of iron. The number of mines 
 was, in 1870, 11; hands employed, 2005; tons of ore, 690,393; value, 
 $2,677,965. In 1873 the product of iron ore had increased to 1,250,000 
 tons. Coal formations underlie 12,000 square miles of the State. There 
 are salt wells which yielded 1,026,979 barrels in 1874. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — For each of the great lakes there 
 
280 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 is a customs district — viz., Lake Superior, port of entry, Marquette; Lake 
 Michigan, port of entry, Grand Haven; Lake Huron, port of entry, Port 
 Huron ; Lake Erie, port of entry, Detroit. In 1810 the exports from the 
 latter port were valued at $3615. The first steamer arrived Aug. 28, 1816. 
 During the year ending June 30, 1874, the value of exports, domestic and 
 foreign, was $9,526,624; value of imports, $2,353,76$; vessels entered in 
 the foreign trade, 4682; cleared, 4718; vessels entered in the coastwise 
 trade, 21,769; cleared, 21,484; total of entrances and clearances, 52,653. 
 There were 110 vessels built (36 steamers), of 32,881 tons. 
 
 Railroads and Canals.- — The number of miles of railroad, in 
 1873, was 3309 ; total capital account, $111,373,671 ; cost per mile, $52,489 ; 
 total receipts, $14,295,988; receipts per mile, $6811; receipts to an inhab- 
 itant, $10.77 ; net earnings, $3,950,624; operating expenses, $10,345,364; 
 dividends paid, $899,345. A ship-canal around the falls of St. Mary’s 
 allows the passage of the largest vessels between Lake Superior and Lake 
 Huron. The Portage and Lake Superior Canal was completed in 1873, 
 through which vessels may avoid Keweenaw Point. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The State-Prison, at 
 Jackson, established in 1838, contains 648 cells, and has received more 
 than 5000 prisoners; the number of convicts, Sept. 30, 1874, was 703. 
 The Reform School, at Lansing, opened in 1856, has 243 inmates ; a farm 
 of 225 acres affords employment for the boys during a few hours of each 
 day. A State Public School for neglected and dependent children was 
 opened at Cold water, May 22, 1874, and in the following August had 135 
 inmates. The Asylum for the Insane, at Kalamazoo, established in 1859, 
 has accommodations for 300 females aud 260 males ; number of patients, 
 in 1874, 465. The grounds of the institution contain 195 acres. An ap- 
 propriation of $400,000 has been made for the construction, at Pontiac, 
 of another Asylum for the Insane. The Institution for the Deaf, Dumb 
 and Blind, at Flint, was opened in 1854. Michigan contains 50 jails and 
 51 almshouses. The value of the grounds and buildings used for correc- 
 tional and charitable purposes is $3,388,806 ; number of persons supported 
 at the public charge in 1874, 4099; estimated cost of their maintenance, 
 $631,458. A compulsory school-law is in force, which compels parents 
 and guardians to send all children between the ages of eight and fourteen 
 years to school for at least twelve weeks in every year. The statistics for 
 1874 were : School population, 436,694 ; number of school-houses, 5702; 
 teachers, 12,276; total expenditures, $3,423,922. The University of 
 Michigan, opened in 1842, has departments of law, medicine, literature, 
 science and the arts. It had, in 1874-5, 44 instructors aud 1183 students 
 of both sexes. Other institutions for higher education are Adrian, Albion, 
 Hillsdale, Hope, Kalamazoo and Olivet Colleges. The State Agricultural 
 College has been in operation since 1857. The institutions for professional 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 281 
 
 iustructiou are 2 schools of theology, 1 of law, 3 of medicine and 1 of 
 science. There are also 7 business colleges and a State Normal School. 
 The last census reported 26,763 libraries, 211 newspapers and 2239 
 religious organizations, with 1415 edifices. 
 
 Growth ill Population. — The earliest settlers were mostly from 
 Canada. After the organization of a Territorial government, large com- 
 panies of immigrants came from New England and New York. The 
 number of inhabitants in 1800 was 555; 1810, 4762; 1820, 8896; 1830, 
 31 639 (an increase of 255.6 per cent.); 1840, 212,267 (570.9 per cent, 
 increase); 1850, 397,654; 1860, 749,113; 1870, 1,184,059 (a gain of 58.06 
 per cent.); 1874 (by the State census), 1,333,861. Of the 916,049 persons 
 of native birth, 507,268 were born in Michigan, 231,509 in New York, 
 62,207 in Ohio, 28,507 in Pennsylvania, 3932 in Maine, 3633 in New 
 Hampshire, 14,445 in Vermont, 10,839 in Massachusetts, 1486 in Rhode 
 Island, 7412 in Connecticut; natives of this State residing in other parts 
 of the Union, 65,720. There were 268,010 persons of foreign birth, 4962 
 Indians, 1 Chinaman and 1 Japanese. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Michigan contains 38 cities. Detroit, on the 
 river of the same name, was early occupied as a trading-post. So numer- 
 ous were the French-speaking inhabitants in 1817 that the leading news- 
 paper divided its matter between the French and the English lan- 
 guages. The city extends for seven miles along the river front. Among 
 the fine public edifices are the new City Hall, costing 8600,000, Custom- 
 house and Board of Trade building. There are many extensive manufac- 
 tories ; the value of the iron work is estimated at ten millions of dollars 
 annually. Detroit has 8 lines of railroad, 8 daity newspapers and nearly 
 70 churches. The population was 79,577 in 1870, and 101,255 in 1874. 
 Grand Rapids (population, 25,993), situated on the Grand River, at the 
 head of steamboat navigation, carries on a large lumber trade. It is at 
 the intersection of six railroads, and has 3 daily newspapers and 20 
 churches. Lansing (7445), the capital, has a new State-House in process 
 of erection, 343 feet long, 191 feet deep and estimated to cost $1,200,000. 
 The State Reform School and Agricultural College are located here. It 
 has 4 railroads, 2 weekly papers and 15 churches. East Saginaw (17,084) 
 extends for 3 miles along the Saginaw River, which is crossed by 3 bridges. 
 It contains 5 founderies and machine-shops, 2 daily papers and 10 churches. 
 Saginaw City (10,064), is on the opposite side of the river. These two 
 places are the principal dep6ts for the lumber and salt trade of the valley; 
 the largest steamers can come up to the docks. Jackson (13,859), on the 
 Grand River, is at the intersection of 6 railroads and has large machine- 
 and repair-shops. The manufactures are valued at three millions of dollars 
 a year. Two daily papers are published, and there are 13 churches. Bay 
 City (13,690), at the mouth of the Saginaw River, contains 16 saw-mills 
 
282 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and numerous salt-wells, which produce 100,000 barrels annually. Fish 
 are exported to the amount of 50,000 barrels a year. Six lines of steamers 
 and 3 railroads afford ample freighting facilities. The city supports 9 
 churches and a daily newspaper. Adrian (8863), the seat of Adrian Col- 
 lege, has 11 churches, 3 newspapers, a car-factory, founderies and flouring- 
 mills. Muskegon (8505) ships 300,000,000 feet of logs a year. It sup- 
 ports 3 papers and 10 churches, and is at the intersection of 4 railroads. 
 Port Huron (8240), at the southern extremity of Lake Huron, is the 
 principal depot of the Canadian trade. Flint (8197), the seat of the 
 Deaf and Dumb Asylum, has 10 saw-mills, 7 planing-mills, 3 weekly 
 papers aud 8 churches. Ann Arbor (6692) is best known as the location 
 of Michigan University. The city extends on both sides of Huron River, 
 and contains several woollen- and flour-mills, breweries, tanneries, saw- 
 mills and 10 churches. Marquette (5242), on the southern shore of Lake 
 Superior, is the supply and shipping depot for the iron mines. It lias a 
 weekly newspaper, 3 banks, 6 churches and a number of furnaces. Kal- 
 amazoo, on the river of the same name, 60 miles from its mouth, contains 
 an Insane Asylum, a college, a female seminary and 16 churches. Rail- 
 roads from six directions converge at this place. Among the other prin- 
 cipal towns are Battle Creek, Ypsilanti, Manistee, Niles, Grand Haven, 
 Coldwater, Alpena, Pontiac, Lapeer and Almont. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 32 senators 
 and 100 representatives, who, together with the governor and other execu- 
 tive officers, are elected for a term of two years. There are commissioners 
 of insurance, railroads and immigration, and a State board of health, con- 
 sisting of seven members. Appropriations for any religious sect and the 
 granting of licenses for the sale of intoxicating liquor’s are prohibited. 
 The supreme court consists of 4 justices (salary, $4000 each), elected by 
 the people for 8 years. There are 20 judicial circuits, each presided over 
 by a circuit judge. There are circuit and probate courts for each of the 
 77 counties and four justices of the peace for every township. Treason is 
 the only capital crime; murder is punishable with solitary imprisonment 
 for life. 
 
 History. — A mission was established at Sault Ste. Marie, by Father 
 Marquette, in 1668; this was the first European settlement. In 1671 
 Michilimackinac fort and chapel were built, at the present site of Macki- 
 naw. A military post was established at Detroit in 1701. The French 
 remained in possession until 1763, when the territory was ceded to Great 
 Britain. A bloody war was waged by the Indians under the leadership 
 of Pontiac. At the close of the war for independence Michigan came 
 under the dominion of the United States, but formal possession was not 
 taken until 1796. The Territory of Michigan was organized Jan. 16, 1805. 
 Detroit was taken by the British in 1812. The public lands were brought 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 283 
 
 into market in 1818. The upper peninsula became a part of Michigan in 
 1836, and the State was admitted into the Union Jan. 26, 1837. The name 
 of Michigan is abbreviated from two Chippewa words ( mitchi and sawgye- 
 gan ) meaning the Great Lake. 
 
 MINNESOTA. 
 
 Situation aild Extent. — -Minnesota is bounded on the N. by 
 British America, E. by Lakes Superior and Wisconsin, S. by Iowa and 
 W. by Dakota. It is situated between latitudes 43° 30' and 49° N. and 
 longitudes 12° 39' and 20° 5' W. from Washington, or 89° 39' and 97° 5' 
 W. from Greenwich. The extreme length north and south is 380 miles 
 and the extreme breadth east and west 387 miles; area 83,531 square 
 miles, or 53,459,840 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The general elevation of the State 
 is 1000 feet above sea level. Iu the northern part are the “ Heights of 
 Land,” constituting a water-shed between three great river systems — viz., 
 those of the Mississippi Valley, Hudson’s Bay and the St. Lawrence. The 
 most elevated lands reach a Ifeight of nearly 1700 feet about Lake Itasca. 
 Other elevations are: Near Lake Shotek, 1578 feet; Lake Pemidji, 1456 
 feet; Leech Lake, 1330 feet. The north-eastern section has been charac- 
 terized as “the region of swamps and bogs.” Westward of the Mississippi 
 the open rolling prairie begins. A gentle descent of 400 feet leads to the 
 valley of the Red River of the North. This valley, or plain, is from 30 
 to 35 miles wide, and “ a more complete dead level cannot be found in the 
 whole country.” The St. Paul and Pacific Railroad crosses it for 40 miles 
 “without a curve, a fill or a cut, save what is necessary to remove the sod.” 
 Forests . — Nearly one-third of the whole area of the State in the north-east 
 is almost entirely covered with coniferous forests. Twenty-one thousand 
 square miles are included in the pine region. The swamps have a growth 
 of tamarac of little value for timber. Deciduous trees predominate west 
 of the Mississippi; the oak, elm and ash are most frequent, but every spe- 
 cies of tree known to the Upper Mississippi Valley is found here, with the 
 possible exception of the beech and sycamore. An immense forest, known 
 as the Bois Franc by the early French settlers, and now as the “Big 
 Woods,” extends over the centre of the State; it is 100 miles long, 40 miles 
 wide and covers an area of 4000 square miles, which is larger than the 
 combined areas of Rhode Island and Delaware. Lakes and Rivers. — Min- 
 nesota has a coast-line of 120 miles on Lake Superior. Along the north- 
 ern boundary are the Lake of the Woods, Rainy, Mountain and Arrow 
 Lakes. Other lakes are the Red, Vermilion, Leech, Winibigoshish, Swan 
 and Mille Lacs. These bodies of water are from one to thirty miles in 
 diameter, and some of them cover an area of 400 square miles. Many of 
 them have no visible outlet. There are said to be 10,000 lakes in the 
 
284 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 State, most of which abound in fish and are surrounded by a heavy growth 
 of timber. The Mississippi River rises in Lake Itasca aud flows through 
 and by the State for 800 miles (for 540, miles of which it is navigable), 
 constituting the eastern boundary for 135 miles. At the Falls of St. An- 
 thony it is 350 yards wide and has a descent of 58 feet. One of its afflu- 
 ents, the St. Croix, navigable for 60 miles, constitutes the eastern boundary- 
 line for 130 miles farther. The Minnesota River rises in Dakota, flows 
 through the State for 450 miles (navigable for 300 miles) and empties into 
 the Mississippi above St. Paul. Emptying into the head of Lake Superior 
 is the St. Louis River, 135 miles long, which boats ascend for 20 miles. 
 The Red River of the North, after flowing through a chain of small lakes, 
 turns almost due north and forms the western boundary of Minnesota for 
 380 miles. It is a deep and sluggish stream which steamboats traverse for 
 250 miles, carrying on a considerable trade with Fort Garry and other 
 parts of Manitoba. 
 
 Soil and. Climate. — The north-eastern section may be made pro- 
 ductive by drainage when the timber is cleared away. In the central 
 counties the soil has a considerable mixture of sand. Farther west it is 
 mixed with more of clay and gravel. The prairies have a rich dark loam 
 upon a gravel and clay subsoil. In winter the weather is intensely cold, 
 but the air is dry and still. Snow covers the ground from November until 
 March. In summer there are very frequent thunder-showers. Observa- 
 tions continued for 17 years, from 1844 to 1861, showed that the shortest 
 season for navigation at St. Paul was in 1857, from May 1 to Nov. 14 — 
 198 days — and the longest season was in 1846, from March 31 to Decem- 
 ber 5 — 245 days. Feb. 18, 1848, the mercury sank to 37° below zero. 
 For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature at Breckenridge 
 (latitude 46° 11', longitude 96° 17'), near the western line and about mid- 
 way between the northern and southern boundaries, was 37.2°. This was 
 the lowest mean temperature at any one of the 89 United States Signal 
 Service stations, with the single exception of Pembina, Dakota (34.3°). 
 The mercury at Breckenridge was below zero on 78 days — viz., 4 days in 
 November, 20 in December, 21 in January, 22 in February, 11 in March; 
 the minimum was — 33°, on the 24th of January, and the maximum, 96°, 
 on the 10th of May; range, 129°. At Duluth the mean was 39.4°; at 
 St. Paul, 42.6°; minimum, — 23°, and maximum, 99° ; range, 122°. The 
 isothermals are: Spring, 40°-45° ; summer, 65°-72°; autumn, 43°-47°; 
 winter, 5°-15°; annual mean, 35°-45°. The death-rate in 1872 was 1.035 
 per cent, of the whole number of inhabitants. A killing frost, destroying 
 corn and other unripe crops, was reported along the line of the Lake 
 Superior Railroad on the night of the 22d of August, 1875. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Wheat is the great staple of Min- 
 nesota, occupying, in 1873, 63.53 per cent, of the entire acreage of culti- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 285 
 
 rated land. The quantity produced was 28,056,000 bushels (only Iowa 
 and Illinois produced more); number of acres in wheat, 1,533,115; aver- 
 age yield per acre, 18.3 bushels; value per bushel, 80 cents; total valua- 
 tion, $22,444,800. The enormous increase during two decades will be seen 
 when we state that only 1401 bushels of wheat were grown in 1850, 5,001,- 
 432 in 1860 and 18,866,073 in 1870. The value of the Indian corn, wheat, 
 rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potato and hay crops of 1873 was $37,198,- 
 350. At the beginning of 1874 there were in the State 152,200 horses, 
 3060 mules, 282,700 oxen and other cattle, 196,900 milch cows, 201,200 
 hogs and 157,400 sheep. According to the last census, the number of acres 
 in farms was 6,483,828, of which 2,322,102 were improved; average size 
 of farms, 139 acres; value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, 
 $124,687,403 ; value of farm productions, $33,446,400. The early at- 
 tempts at fruit culture were discouraging. One farmer reported that of 
 the 8000 or 10,000 trees he first set out not 40 remained; but the hardy 
 varieties are now thoroughly naturalized. In 1872 the number of apple 
 trees in the State was reported as 1,734,861; bushels of apples, 39,663; 
 quarts of strawberries, 277,716. 
 
 Manufactures and Milling-. — The water-power of Minnesota is 
 practically unlimited. At the Falls of St. Anthony alone 100,000 horse- 
 power daily could be utilized. In 1873, 318,509,285 feet of logs were 
 scaled in the North Mississippi, St. Croix and Duluth districts. The value 
 of the lumber sawed was $4,299,162; grist-mill products, $7,534,575; ma- 
 chinery (railroad repairing), $788,074; cars, freight and passenger, $788,- 
 300; boots and shoes, $653,165; 2270 manufacturing establishments were 
 reported; hands employed, 11,290; total value of products, $23,110,700. 
 Valuable deposits of copper and iron are found in the north-east, salt 
 springs in the Red River country and large beds of peat in many local- 
 ities. Only small attention has been given to mining. The number of 
 establishments in 1870 was 9; hands employed, 51; value of products, 
 $35,350. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Navigable waters to the extent 
 of 1500 miles afford good facilities for trade. There are two customs dis- 
 tricts, Duluth and Pembina (on the Red River). During the year ending 
 June 30, 1874, the value of exports, chiefly lumber, flour and oats, was 
 $706,406; value of imports, $194,183; number of vessels entered in the 
 foreign trade, 95 ; cleared, 93 ; in the coastwise trade, 259 vessels entered 
 and 264 cleared. Nine vessels were built, of which five were steamers. 
 
 Railroads. — Railroad corporations have received grants of 13,200,- 
 000 acres of land, which is nearly one-fourth the whole area of the State. 
 Iu return for these grants the companies are required to pay a tax of 1 per 
 cent, on their gross earnings for 3 years, 2 per cent, for the next 7 years 
 and 3 per cent, thereafter. Thirty-one miles of railroad were in operation 
 
286 
 
 BURLEY' S UNITED STATER 
 
 in 1863. The statistics for 1873 were: Miles of railroad, 1950; cost per 
 mile, $55,036; total capital account, $94,992,253; receipts, $4,212,844; 
 receipts per mile, $2441 ; receipts to an inhabitant, $7.53 ; net earnings, 
 $809,842. 
 
 Growth ill Population. — The number of civilized inhabitants in 
 1849 was 4857; in 1850, 6077; in 1860, 172,023; in 1870, 439,706. Dur- 
 ing the decade from 1850 to 1860 the increase was 2730.72 per cent., which is 
 altogether unprecedented. Wisconsin increased 886.2 per cent, between 1840 
 and 1850, but no other State has ever augmented its population 600 per cent, 
 in a decade. The foreign born numbered 160,697 and the native 279,009, 
 of whom 126,491 were born in the State, 2350 in Connecticut, 10,979 in 
 Illinois, 9939 in Maine, 5731 in Massachusetts, 3742 in Michigan, 39,507 
 in New York, 12,651 in Ohio, 11,966 in Pennsylvania, 24,048 in Wiscon- 
 sin, 385 in the Territories. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The State Prison at 
 Stillwater has cells for 300 convicts ; 134 were in confinement at the close 
 of 1874. A Reform School for boys and girls under 16 years of age was 
 established at St. Paul in 1868, and contained 113 inmates at the last 
 report. The Hospital for the Insane, at St. Peter, has accommodations 
 for 450 patients; 497 were treated during 1874, with a daily average of 
 341. An Asylum for the Deaf, Dumb and Blind has been in operation at 
 Faribault since 1863; 104 deaf and dumb and 22 blind persons were 
 treated during 1874, at an expense of $30,818. There is a Soldiers’ Or- 
 phans’ Home at Winona. The Constitution provides for a general system 
 of public schools in each township. A permanent fund is derived from 
 the proceeds of the sale of school lands, which had realized more than two 
 and a half millions of dollars up to the year 1872. The educational sta- 
 tistics for 1873-4 were: School districts, 3137 ; persons between 5 and 21 
 years of age, 196,065; teachers, 5206; school-houses, 2571, valued at 
 $2,090,001. Carleton College, at Northfield, and St. John’s College, at 
 St. Joseph, are thriving institutions. The University of Minnesota had 
 during the last collegiate year 15 instructors and 285 students, of whom 
 about 80 were ladies. Connected with it is the College of Agriculture and 
 the Mechanic Arts, with a property valued at $357,250. There are 3 
 normal schools and 2 schools of theology (Evangelical Lutheran and 
 Roman Catholic). The census reported 1412 libraries, 877 religious or- 
 ganizations, with 582 edifices, and 95 newspapers, of which 6 were daily. 
 The number of newspapers had increased to 139 in 1875. 
 
 Cities aild Towns. — St. Paid, the capital, is situated upon a bluff 
 on the east bank of the Mississippi River, 2070 miles above its mouth. 
 The State House, State Arsenal, Opera House and Athenaeum are among 
 the most prominent buildings. Several lines of steamboats ply upon 
 the river, and there are immense lumber- and flouring-mills. The town 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER ANT) GUIDE, 
 
 287 
 
 was settled in 1840, and in July, 1847, contained two small log stores. 
 Population in 1870, 20,130. Fifteen periodicals are published here, of 
 which two issue daily, tri-weekly and weekly editions. Minneapolis (popu- 
 lation in 1870, 13,066) is situated on both sides of the Mississippi River, 
 at the Falls of St. Anthony. St. Anthony (population, 5013) was united 
 with it in 1872, and the consolidated city was estimated to contain 32,000 
 inhabitants in 1874. Lines of steamboats run up the river to St. Cloud. 
 There are three railroads, and the wholesale trade is estimated at 15 mil- 
 lions of dollars annually. There were 18 lumber-mills in 1873, which 
 employed more than 2000 hands, and 18 flouring-mills, whose products 
 were valued at five millions of dollars. The State University is located 
 on a high bluff overlooking the Mississippi River. Minneapolis is also the 
 seat of a Lutheran theological seminary. The city has 48 churches, 2 
 daily and 9 weekly newspapers. Winona, the third city of the State, con- 
 tained 7172 inhabitants in 1870, and 10,743 in 1875. It is situated on the 
 Mississippi River, 175 miles below St. Paul, and is a large wheat market. 
 A State Normal School and Soldiers’ Orphans’ Home are located here. 
 Three newspapers are published, of which one is a daily. Duluth, at the 
 north-western extremity of Lake Superior, is an important business cen- 
 tre. It is the terminus of 2 railroad and 6 steamboat lines. There are 
 several large saw-mills and factories, 12 churches, 2 daily and 3 weekly 
 newspapers. The harbor, which is protected by a breakwater, will have 
 a frontage of 20 miles on deep water. The population in 1860 was 71; in 
 1870, 3131; in 1875, upwards of 5000. Mankato (population in 1870, 
 3482, and in 1875 more than 6000) contains 4 newspapers and 11 churches. 
 Hastings (3458) and Rochester (3953) are prosperous towns. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 41 members and a house of representatives of 106 members. 
 Annual sessions are held, which are limited to 60 days. The governor 
 (salary $3000) and other executive officers are elected for 2 years. The 
 supreme court consists of 3 judges (salary $3000 each). There are 9 dis- 
 trict courts. A court of probate is held in each of the 75 counties. All 
 judges are elected by the people. A State board of health, a commis- 
 sioner of railroads and a commissioner of insurance are appointed. On 
 the 1st of January, 1875, the bonded debt was $480,000; the revenue for 
 the preceding year was $1,112,812, and the expenditures $1,148,150. 
 
 History. — Minnesota, which in the Sioux language signifies “smoky 
 water,” was the name given to the principal river. Father Hennepin vis- 
 ited the Falls of St. Anthony in 1680. On the 8th of May, 1689, posses- 
 sion was taken of the country in the name of France. The authority of 
 the United States was extended over it in 1812. Barracks were erected 
 at Fort Snelling in 1819. Minnesota Territory was organized March 3, 
 1849, and on the 11th of May, 1858, Minnesota was admitted into the 
 
288 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Union as the thirty-second State. The present Constitution was adopted 
 Oct. 13, 1857. 
 
 MISSISSIPPI. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Mississippi is bounded on the N. by 
 Tennessee, E. by Alabama, S. by the Gulf of Mexico and Louisiana and 
 W. by Louisiana and Arkansas. It is situated between latitudes 30° 13' 
 and 35° N. and longitudes 11° 7' and 14° 41' W. from Washington, or 
 88° 7' and 91° 41' W. from Greenwich. Its extreme length from north 
 to south is 331.65 miles and its breadth from east to west 210 miles. The 
 area is 47,156 square miles, or 30,179,840 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Along the Gulf of Mexico the 
 country is low and sandy, with frequent cypress swamps and marshes. 
 The central part of the State is hilly or undulating and interspersed with 
 prairies. A belt of level country, covered with forests and designated as 
 the “flat woods,’’ extends from the northern boundary through the eastern 
 counties half the length of the State, and terminates in Kemper county. 
 In the north-east is a carboniferous formation, elevated some 500 or 600 
 feet above the level of the sea. Bluffs extend along the Mississippi River 
 as far north as Vicksburg. Above that city the bottom lands stretch to 
 the Tennessee line, with a width of 50 miles. As far east as the Yazoo 
 and Tallahatchie Rivers the ground is low and swampy. Nearly 7000 
 square miles are liable to inundation. The levees were neglected during 
 the war, and large tracts once cultivated have become the prey of the river. 
 The waters remain stagnant in the morasses, lagoons and slashes, which 
 are the retreats of alligators, snakes, lizards and swarms of venomous 
 insects. Rivers and Harbors . — The Mississippi River forms the western 
 boundary of the State for more than 500 miles. Its principal affluents are 
 the Yazoo, 280 yards wide at its mouth, 290 miles long, navigable as far 
 as the junction of its two branches, the Tallahatchie and Yalabusha, 
 and draining a basin of 13,850 square miles; the Big Black, 200 miles 
 long and navigable for 50 miles ; the Bayou Pierre and the Homochitto. 
 The Tennessee River forms the north-eastern boundary for 20 miles. The 
 Tombigbee rises in this State and is navigable for steamboats to Aberdeen. 
 Pearl River, which forms a part of the boundary between Mississippi and 
 Louisiana, empties into Lake Borgne; it is 250 miles in length, and small 
 boats navigate it for 100 miles, but the channel is much obstructed by sand- 
 bars and drift-wood. The Pascagoula, which flows into the Gulf of Mex- 
 ico, has a broad bay at its mouth, in which the depth of water is only four 
 feet. Every part of the State is well watered, and the river system affords 
 more than 2000 miles of steamboat navigation. The coast-line on the Gulf 
 of Mexico is 90 miles in length. None of the harbors are deep enough for 
 the admission of large vessels. A chain of low islands extends beyond 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 289 
 
 Mississippi Sound about 10 miles from the main land. Forests . — In the 
 south-east are extensive and dense groves of pine, principally of the long- 
 leaved variety. Live-oak and red cedar, for ship-building, are abundant ; 
 the live-oak does not flourish above the 31st parallel of latitude. Cypress 
 grows in swamps which are submerged for half the year and furnishes the 
 most durable timber. Among other trees are the ash, basswood, bay, 
 beech, cherry, chestnut, cottonwood, elm, gum, holly, hickory, locust, mul- 
 berry, magnolia, poplar, plum, sassafras and black-walnut. Fig and peach 
 trees are abundant and prolific. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Along the gulf the soil is sandy. Above the 
 31st parallel the swamps bordering the Pearl and Pascagoula Rivers are 
 very rich. The cane grows to a height of from 20 to 40 feet. When the 
 floods recede, they leave behind, in the bottom lands, “ a sediment as fine 
 and fertilizing as the Rile mud.” In the Yazoo swamps the alluvial de- 
 posit is sometimes 35 feet thick. Along the Mississippi River there are 41 
 million acres of alluvial land of inexhaustible fertility, producing from 60 
 to 80 bushels of corn and from 11 to 2 bales of cotton to the acre. Around 
 the Tombigbee River are prairies with a rich, black, adhesive loam. In 
 the north-east is a poor sandy soil which washes off from the hills. Mis- 
 sissippi stretches through five degrees of latitude and from the low 7 shores 
 of the gulf to the elevated lands of the north, exhibiting a great variety 
 of climate. Rear the gulf is a semi-tropical region, where the extreme 
 heat of summer is tempered by the sea-breeze. Malarial fevers are quite 
 prevalent in autumn. Cattle are not housed, but pick up their living out 
 of doors all winter. Farmers plough in February, plant corn in March 
 and harvest winter wheat in May. The isothermal lines which cross the 
 State are: Spring, 65°-70° ; summer, 80°-82°; autumn, 65°-70° ; winter, 
 45°-55°; annual mean, 60°-70°. For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the 
 mean temperature at Vicksburg w r as 66.5° and the maximum 96.5°. The 
 mercury rose to or above 90° upon 10 days in May, 27 in June, 18 in 
 July, 29 in August and 10 in September; total, 94 days. The rainfall 
 was 65.24 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Mississippi is almost exclusively 
 an agricultural State. Of the 318,850 persons engaged in all occupations, 
 259,199 were employed in agriculture. It ranked first in the production 
 of cotton at the last census (564,938 bales), sixth in rice (374,627 pounds) 
 and fifth in sweet potatoes (1,743,432 bushels). The value of the Indian 
 corn, wheat, rye, oats, potato, tobacco and hay crops of 1873 was $17,- 
 064,320. At the beginning of 1874 there were in the State 88,300 horses, 
 99,100 mules (only Tennessee and Alabama had more), 329,800 oxen and 
 other cattle, 180,100 milch cows, 819,100 hogs, 153,600 sheep. The num- 
 ber of farms in 1870 was 68,023, averaging 193 acres each and including 
 13,121,113 acres, of which 4,209,146 acres were improved; value of farms, 
 
 19 
 
290 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 $81,716,576; of farm implements, $4,456,033; of live-stock, $29,940,238; 
 of farm productions, including betterments and additions to stock, $73,- 
 137,953. Marl beds, which are sometimes 100 feet thick, underlie 2000 
 square miles. There are also immense deposits of porcelain clay, silica for 
 the finest glassware and valuable building-stones. 
 
 Manufactures. — Very little attention has been given to manufac- 
 tures. The Federal census reported 1731 establishments; hands employed, 
 5941; value of products, $8,154,758. Among the leading articles were: 
 Lumber, $2,229,017 ; grist-mill products, $2,053,567 ; carriages and wag- 
 ons, $268,031 ; cotton goods, $234,445 ; machinery, $223,130 ; woollen 
 goods, $122,973. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The foreign trade is carried on 
 largely through New Orleans and Mobile, cotton and lumber being the 
 chief articles of export. Shieldsborough, the port of entry for the Pearl 
 River district, had a foreign commerce, during the year ending June 30, 
 1874, amounting to $233,406, of which $219,214 was the value of domes- 
 tic exports, mostly lumber, boards and shingles; vessels entered in the 
 foreign trade, 93; vessels cleared, 94; in the coastwise trade, cleared, 96; 
 entered, 68. The number of vessels belonging in the State was 117. 
 Vicksburg and Natchez are also ports of entry. 
 
 -Railroads. — Twenty-six miles of railroad were in operation in 1844. 
 The report for 1873 returned 990 miles of railroad; cost per mile, $36,322; 
 total capital account, $42,424,194; receipts, $5,424,326; receipts per mile, 
 $4644; receipts to an inhabitant, $6.34; net earnings, $1,936,050. In 
 1874, 1038$ miles were in operation. 
 
 Puldic Institutions and Education. — The Penitentiary con- 
 tains 200 cells, which is an insufficient number; there were 320 convicts in 
 1874. The institutions for the deaf and dumb and for the blind are de- 
 signed to be training-schools rather than asylums. The Asylum for the 
 Insane has upward of 300 inmates. All of the above institutions are 
 located at Jackson. Free public schools are required by the Constitution 
 for all between the ages of 5 and 21 years. Six colleges are reported — 
 viz., Jefferson, Madison, Mississippi, Pass Christian, Tougaloo University 
 and the University of Mississippi. There are also 6 colleges for young 
 ladies, 2 normal schools, 1 school of law and 2 schools of science. The 
 plan of the University of Mississippi includes a preparatory department 
 and three general departments — viz., scientific, literary and professional. 
 The College of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts, connected with it, 
 received part of the Congressional land grant. The Agricultural and 
 Mechanical College, at Rodney, has a property valued at $136,055. Ac- 
 cording to the census of 1870, Mississippi contained 2788 libraries and 
 1829 religious organizations, with 1800 edifices. In 1875, 104 newspapers 
 amd periodicals were published. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 291 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1800 was 8850 (slaves, 
 3489); 1810,40,352 (slaves, 17,088) ; 1820, 75,448 (slaves, 32,814); 1830, 
 136,621 (slaves, 65,659) ; 1840, 375,651 (slaves, 195,211) ; 1850, 606,526 
 (slaves, 309,878); 1860, 791,305 (slaves, 486,631); 1870, 827,922 (free 
 colored, 444,201). The ratio of increase between 1800 and 1810 was 
 355.95 per cent.; between 1860 and 1870, 4.63 per cent. Mississippi 
 ranked 18th in total population and 4th in the number of colored inhabit- 
 ants. The foreign born numbered 11,191 and the native born 816,731, of 
 whom 564,142 had their birthplace in the State, 59,520 in Alabama, 28,260 
 in Georgia, 9417 in Louisiana, 27,911 in North Carolina, 35,956 in South 
 Carolina, 33,551 in Virginia ; 252,589 native Mississippians were residing 
 in other parts of the Union. The density of population was 17.56 to a 
 square mile. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Jack-son, the capital, is situated on the west 
 bank of the Pearl River. It is the seat of the four public institutions 
 before mentioned. The State-House is a fine building, which cost more 
 than $600,000 ; there is a State library containing 15,000 volumes. Rail- 
 roads extend to the north, south, east and west, dividing the State into four 
 parts. The city has 10 churches and 4 weekly papers. Population, 4234. 
 Vicksburg (population, 12,443), on the east bank of the Mississippi River, 
 395 miles above New Orleans, has a very extensive river trade. The busi- 
 ness, as at Natchez, is conducted “under the hill,” and the bluffs are cov- 
 ered with handsome residences. There is a fine Court-House Four period- 
 icals are published, two of them daily. Natchez (population, 9057) is 
 situated upon the Mississippi River, 279 miles above New Orleans. Among 
 the principal buildings are the Court-House, Masonic Temple and Roman 
 Catholic Cathedral. Several lines of steamboats are employed in the ship- 
 ment of cotton. The river has a depth of 118 feet at the docks. The 
 city was incorporated in 1803. It contains 8 churches and 3 newspapers, 
 one of them published every morning. Columbus (4812), on the Tombig- 
 bee River, receives large quantities of cotton for shipment through Mobile. 
 The other principal towns are Meridian (2709), Holly Springs (2406), 
 Canton (1963), Grenada (1887). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature, which meets annually, 
 consists of 37 senators, elected for 4 years, and 115 representatives, elected 
 for 2 years. The executive officers are chosen for a term of 4 years. The 
 supreme court consists of 3 judges, appointed by the governor and con- 
 firmed by the senate, who hold office for 9 years. A circuit court, presided 
 over by a single judge, is held in each of the 15 judicial circuits. Chan- 
 cery courts are held at least 4 times a year in every one of the 73 counties. 
 No one who denies the existence of a Supreme Being can hold office. The 
 value of the real and personal property in 1860 was $607,324,911, in 1870, 
 
292 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 $209,197,3-45, a diminution which shows how disastrous were the effects of 
 the civil war. 
 
 History. — De Soto visited this region in 1540 [see Alabama]. In 
 1682 La Salle took possession of it in the name of the king of France, and 
 called it Louisiana. In 1699 a fort was erected on the bay of Biloxi. 
 The Choctaws, Chickasaws, Natchez and other Indians were bitterly hos- 
 tile, and committed great depredations upon the settlers. Natchez was first 
 settled in 1716. On the 29th of November, 1729, the Natchez Indians 
 made an attack upon the town and massacred 200 of the French colonists. 
 Mississippi Territory was organized April 7, 1798. It comprised also the 
 present State of Alabama north of the 31st parallel. The region south 
 of that parallel, between the Pearl and Perdido Rivers, which had been 
 claimed by Spain, was taken possession of by the United States in 1811, as 
 a part of the Louisiana purchase, and added to the territory of Mississippi. 
 On the 10th of December, 1817, Mississippi was admitted into the Union 
 as the twentieth State. An ordinance of secession was passed Jan. 9, 1861, 
 and the Constitution of the Confederate States was ratified March 30. 
 Biloxi was captured by the Federal forces Dec. 31, 1861. Several battles 
 were fought in 1862, among which were the battle of Iuka, Sept. 19th, and 
 the battle of Corinth, Oct. 3d and 4th. Vicksburg, after a long siege, was 
 captured by the Federal troops, July 4, 1863. On the 22d of August, 
 1865, the ordinance of secession was repealed. The 14th and 15th Amend- 
 ments were ratified in January, 1870; Congress passed an act of readmis- 
 sion Feb. 23, 1870, and the civil authorities assumed control on the 10th 
 of March. 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Missouri is bounded on the N. by Iowa, 
 E. by Illinois and Kentucky, S. by Arkansas and W. by the Indian Ter- 
 ritory, Kansas and Nebraska. It is situated between latitudes 36° 30' and 
 40° 30' N. and longitudes 12° 2' and 18° 42' W. from Washington, or 89° 2' 
 and 95° 42' W. from Greenwich. The extent from north to south is 280 
 miles; from east to west, 208 miles along the northern border and 312 
 miles along the southern. It is larger than any State east of the Missis- 
 sippi, covering an area of 65,350 square miles, or 41,824,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Along the Mississippi River are 
 bluffs, sometimes reaching a height of 350 feet. The eastern section of the 
 State is broken by irregular ridges and its streams have a rapid descent. 
 In the south-east are “ the submerged lands of Missouri,” which are low, 
 marshy and covered with a rank growth of vegetation. These lands oc- 
 cupy the greater part of 9 counties and embrace 1,856,120 acres. The 
 great earthquake of 1811, which formed Reel Foot Lake, in Kentucky, 
 also submerged a large tract on the opposite side of the Mississippi River, 
 in Missouri. In the south-west is a prairie region broken by many knobs, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 293 
 
 or mounds, with steep sides and flat tops. The Ozark chain, which consti- 
 tutes the water-shed between the Missouri and the Mississippi, “has no 
 peaks which deserve the name of mountains.” North of the Missouri the 
 face of the country is somewhat rolling and broken. Forests . — Along most 
 of the streams there is a heavy growth of timber, and some of the trees 
 reach an immense size. A sycamore measured 43 feet in circumference, a 
 tupelo 30 feet in circumference and 120 feet in height, a cypress 29 feet in 
 circumference and 125 feet in height. From an extensive catalogue of the 
 trees and shrubs in Missouri we select a few of the most common — viz., 
 ash, basswood, birch, buttonwood, cedar, cherry, cottonwood, elm, gum, 
 hackberry, hickory, locust, maple, mulberry, cypress, oak, pawpaw, per- 
 simmon, pine, red plum, prickly ash, sycamore, walnut, willow, etc. There 
 is a great variety of animals aud birds, among which are the elk, deer, 
 bear, wolf, raccoon, opossum, rabbit, gray and fox squirrel, wild turkey, 
 grouse, duck, snipe, partridge, plover, pheasant, gray and bald eagle, raven, 
 crow, buzzard, magpie, paroquet and mocking-bird. Rivers . — The Missis- 
 sippi River constitutes the eastern boundary for 470 miles, and the Missouri 
 the western boundary for 250 miles. The latter river enters the State at 
 Kansas City and runs in a southerly and easterly direction for 450 miles, 
 dividing Missouri into two nearly equal parts. Its largest tributary is the 
 Osage, rising in Kansas, which is 400 yards wide and navigable for small 
 steamers 200 miles above its mouth. The Des Moines River constitutes a 
 part of the north-eastern boundary for 30 miles, separating Missouri from 
 Iowa. The river St. Francois runs between Arkansas and Missouri for 60 
 miles. Navigation is possible at high water on the White, Black, Current, 
 Gasconade, Grand and Chariton Rivers. Among the smaller streams, 
 which are numerous, clear and well stocked with fish, are the Big Tarkeo, 
 Nodaway, Little Platte, Salt, Fabius, Piney, Castor and Whitewater. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Along the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers 
 there are “two millions of acres of the most productive land in the world, 
 based upon the alluvial strata of sand, clay, marl and humus,” says the 
 State geologist. Next to these are one million acres of savannas, or bot- 
 tom prairies. The alluvium is a light, siliceous soil, porous, rich and deep, 
 and specially adapted to the growth of corn and hemp. A light deep soil, 
 of a brownish ash color, called “hemp soil,” is characteristic of the bluff 
 region. Sometimes a predominance of clay makes it inferior, and it is 
 called “ hickory” or “ mulatto” soil ; but it is well adapted for corn, wheat, 
 oats and tobacco. Some of the high prairies and timber ridges in the 
 north-east have a thin sandy soil. Observations, continued for 25 years, 
 at St. Louis, show a mean annual temperature of 55.4 degrees. The lowest 
 monthly mean was 19.3°, in January, and the highest 83.5°, in July. For 
 the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean at St. Louis was 56.1°. The 
 maximum temperature was 101°, and the minimum 1 degree below zero. 
 
294 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Upon the isothermal charts the lines crossing Missouri are : Spring, 
 55°-60°; summer, 75°-77°; autumn, 52°-55°; winter, 45°-55°; annual 
 mean, 55°-60°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Missouri is a great agricultural 
 State. According to the census of 1870, it ranked next to Texas and Illi- 
 nois in cattle, next to Illinois in swine, next to California in wine, fourth 
 in corn and sixth in tobacco. There were 92,752 farms (averaging 215 
 acres each), which contained 21,707,220 acres; 9,130,615 acres were im- 
 proved. The value of farms, farm implements and live-stock was $392,- 
 908,047 ; of farm productions, including betterments and additions to stock, 
 $103,035,759. The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, 
 buckwheat, potato, tobacco and hay crops in 1873 was $54,105,240. The 
 number of live-stock in 1874 was 543,000 horses, 89,200 mules (rank- 
 ing next after Tennessee, Alabama and Illinois), 806,300 oxen and other 
 cattle, 421,400 milch cows, 2,603,300 hogs and 1,408,500 sheep. Cotton, 
 flax and hemp thrive in the southern counties. There are a million acres 
 of land adapted to the culture of the vine; the average product of grapes 
 per acre is 6900 pounds, yielding 483J gallons of wine. 
 
 Manufactures. — This State ranked fifth in the value of manufac- 
 tured products and seventh in the amount of capital invested. In 1860 
 the number of establishments was 3157 ; hands employed, 19,681 ; value 
 of products, $41,782,731. In 1870 there were 11,871 establishments; 
 hands employed, 65,394 ; value of products, $206,213,429. The increase 
 during the decade was nearly 400 per cent. Missouri ranked first in 
 bridge-building, harness, saddlery and paints ; next to New York in to- 
 bacco and next to Illinois and Ohio in pork-packing. Among the leading 
 industries in value were : Flouring-mill products, $28,332,160 ; pork 
 packed, $13,621,995; men’s clothing, $7,271,962; malt liquors, $6,519,- 
 548; sawed lumber, $5,838,127; steam-engines and boilers, $3,825,100; 
 bags, other than paper, $5,037,250; pig-iron, $2,991,618; tobacco, $8,356,- 
 511; saddlery and harness, $5,424,635. The number of hogs packed in 
 1873-4 was 746,366; average gross weight, 259 pounds; average net 
 weight, 207.01 pounds; average cost per 100 pounds net, $5.37. 
 
 Minerals and Milling'. — The State geologist, Professor Swallow, 
 says : “ There is no territory of equal extent on the continent which con- 
 tains so many and such large quantities of the most useful minerals as the 
 State of Missouri.” Iron ore of the very best quality can be obtained in 
 inexhaustible quantities. Iron Mountain is 228 feet high, and covers 500 
 acres at the base, which would give 230,187,375 tons above the surface 
 level; and it extends down indefinitely, containing three million tons of ore 
 for every foot of descent. Pilot Knob is 581 feet in height, and covers 
 360 acres. A large part of the immense mass is pure ore. It is estimated 
 that this region would furnish ore enough for one million tons of manufac- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 295 
 
 tured iron annually during the next 200 years. These mineral treasures 
 were first discovered in the year 1720. In 1809 the product of the Mis- 
 souri mines was estimated at a value of $40,100. Iron-smelting began in 
 1823-4. According to the authority above mentioned, this is also “one 
 of the best lead regions in the world.” Forty-five lead mines were worked 
 as early as the year 1819 [see Physical Geography, p. 193]. Several 
 large deposits of copper have been discovered ; zinc is abundant, and nickel, 
 platinum, cobalt and manganese occur. Coal formations underlie 26,887 
 square miles in the northern and western counties. The veins are some- 
 times 15 feet thick, and it is estimated that 100,000,000 tons of coal per 
 annum could be furnished for 1300 years. Marble, granite and limestone 
 are abundant enough to supply all demands. The Federal census reported - 
 142 mining establishments, which employed 3423 hands and yielded 
 products valued at $3,472,513 annually. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — There are three United States 
 ports of delivery — viz., St. Louis, St. Joseph and Kansas City. The num- 
 ber of vessels belonging to the ports of Missouri, June 30, 1874, was 333, 
 of which 177 were steamers. Twenty-nine vessels, 16 of them steamers, 
 were built during the year. The imports in bond direct to St. Louis for 
 the previous year were valued at $1,167,690. 
 
 Railroads. — As early as February, 1836, the mayor of St. Louis, in 
 an official communication, urged the building of railroads in Missouri. 
 Only 38 miles were in operation in 1853. Twenty years later the number 
 of miles of railroad was 2858 ; cost per mile, $60,953 ; total capital ac- 
 count, $132,146,499 ; receipts, $12,188,908 ; receipts per mile of railroad, 
 $5622 ; receipts to an inhabitant, $6.42 ; net earnings, $4,822,694. In 
 1874 the number of miles was 2985. The completion of the great bridge 
 over the Mississippi River has given a great impetus to the development 
 of the railroad system. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Jefferson City, contained 1000 convicts in 1874. By the labor 
 of the inmates the institution is made self-sustaining. The Asylum for the 
 Insane, at Fulton, established in 1851, had 338 patients in 1875. Another 
 asylum was opened at St. Joseph in 1874, and the St. Louis County Asylum 
 receives State aid. There is an Institution for the Deaf and Dumb at 
 Fulton, and an Institution for the Blind at St. Louis. Free schools are 
 established by law. The statistics for 1874 were: Children between 5 and 
 21 years of age, 485,249; public schools, 7829; school-houses erected dur- 
 ing the year, 548; teachers, 9676; receipts for school purposes, $2,117,- 
 662. There are 18 colleges, 4 schools of theology, 2 of law, 7 of medi- 
 cine, 3 of- science and 4 normal schools. Nine institutions for the superior 
 instruction of women report an aggregate of 1136 pupils, with 97 instruct- 
 ors. The University of Missouri comprises seven departments, in which 
 
296 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 instruction is given by 31 professors; 553 students were in attendance 
 during the year. Connected with it is the Agricultural and Mechanical 
 College, with a property valued at $455,875. The last census reported 
 5645 libraries, 3229 religious organizations, having 2082 edifices, and 279 
 newspapers, 21 of which were daily. In 1875 there were 401 newspapers 
 and periodicals, including 30 published daily and 314 weekly. 
 
 Growth 111 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1799 
 was 6028; in 1810, 20,845 (slaves, 3011); 1820, 66,586 (slaves, 10,222); 
 1830, 140,455 (slaves, 25,091); 1840, 383,702 (slaves, 58,240) ; 1850, 682,- 
 044 (slaves, 87,422); 1860,1,182,012 (slaves, 114,931 ;) 1870, 1,721,295 
 (free colored, 118,071). The percentage of increase between 1810 and 
 •1820 was 219.6; between 1860 and 1870,45.62. Those of foreign birth 
 numbered 222,267 ; natives of the United States, 1,499,028 ; of whom 874,- 
 006 were born in Missouri, 102,661 in Kentucky, 76,062 in Ohio, 72,623 
 in Illinois, 70,212 in Tennessee, 61,306 in Virginia, 51,303 in Indiana, 
 31,805 in New York; 171,262 natives of Missouri were residing in other 
 States and Territories. There were 26.34 persons to a square mile, and 
 the State ranked fifth in total population. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Jefferson City, the State capital, is situated on 
 the south bank of the Missouri River, 143 miles above its mouth. It con- 
 tains the Penitentiary, a fine State House built of stone, flouring-mills, 
 founderies, wooden-ware and carriage-factories, 8 churches, a daily and 2 
 weekly newspapers. The population in 1870 was 4420, and was estimated 
 at 7500 in 1875. St. Louis, the fourth city of the United States in popu- 
 lation, is situated on the west bank of the Mississippi River, 1378 miles 
 above its mouth. It is near the geographical centre of the Mississippi 
 Valley, which contains 1,300,000 square miles. The city extends for 12 
 miles along the river front and is 5 miles in width. The most conspicuous 
 buildings are the Court House, which cost $1,000,000, City Hall, Custom 
 House, United States Arsenal and the Merchants’ Exchange, which will 
 have cost, when completed, $5,000,000. St. Louis is the third city of the 
 Union in manufactures, ranking next to New York and Philadelphia. In 
 1860 the amount of capital invested was $12,733,948; value of raw ma- 
 terial, $16,212,699; products, $27,610,070. The increase was nearly four- 
 fold during the next decade. In 1870 the capital invested was $48,387,150 ; 
 value of raw material, $63,427,509; of products, $109,513,950. Among 
 the leading articles of manufacture are iron, flour, doors, sashes and blinds, 
 tobacco, white-lead and oil-paints. The trade in dry-goods and groceries 
 has doubled in four years. Crossing the Mississippi is a bridge 2230 feet 
 long and 54 feet 2 inches wide. It has 3 spans, the centre one 520 feet in 
 length, and cost 9 millions of dollars, including the tunnel at the west end. 
 Thirteen railroads are expected to have their terminus on the Illinois side, 
 and 28 distinct railroads converge toward St. Louis, which is also the 
 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 297 
 
 centre of 13,000 miles of river navigation. The first settlement was made 
 Feb. 15, 1764. In 1775 there were 800 inhabitants; in 1830, 6694; in 
 1840, 16,469; in 1850, 77,850; in 1860, 160,773; in 1870, 310,864. The 
 same ratio of increase would give a population of half a million in 1880; 
 425,000 are claimed in 1875. The first steamboat arrived in 1817, and 
 the city was incorporated Dec. 9, 1822. There are 116 churches. Kansas 
 City, the second city of the State, is 235 miles west of St. Louis, upon the 
 south bank of the Missouri River, which is spanned by a bridge 1387 feet 
 long and constructed at a cost of a million dollars. Seven railroads centre 
 at a union passenger depot, affording facilities for an extensive freighting 
 business. There is a large trade in hogs and in Texas cattle. The city 
 contains 30 churches and 2 theatres; 4 daily and 8 weekly newspapers are 
 published. Population in 1860, 4418 ; in 1870, 32,260; estimated in 1875, 
 40,000. St. Joseph is situated on a great bend of the Missouri, 566 miles 
 from St. Louis, with which it is connected by railroad and steamboat lines. 
 It contains very large steam flouring- and saw-mills, pork-packing houses 
 and manufactories. Three daily newspapers are published. St. Joseph 
 was formerly the point of departure for emigrant trains across the plains; 
 but this primitive fashion has been mostly done away by the extension of 
 railroads, of which five now centre at this city. Population, 19,565. Han- 
 nibal, on the Mississippi River, 132 miles north of St. Louis, is the terminus 
 of 4 railroads and a station upon a fifth. A bridge adapted for both wagon 
 and railway travel spans the great river. Hannibal ranks next to St. Louis 
 as a lumber mart. It has several large tobacco-houses, founderies, saw- 
 mills, pork-packing houses, car-works, etc. There are 13 churches and a 
 daily and weekly newspaper. Population, 10,125. Other leading towns 
 are Springfield (5555), Lexington (4373), Sedalia (4560), Louisiana (3679), 
 Cape Girardeau (3585), Macou (3678), St. Charles (3479), Independence 
 (3184) and Booneville (3506). 
 
 Government anti Laws. — The legislature, which holds biennial 
 sessions, consists of 34 senators and 131 representatives. The governor 
 (salary, $5000) and other State officers are elected for two years. The 
 supreme court consists of five judges elected by the people for six years. 
 Twenty-nine circuit courts are held, presided over by a single judge. The 
 circuit court of St. Louis has five judges. County courts are held in the 
 114 counties. Every voter must be able to read and write. Imprisonment 
 for debt is prohibited by the Constitution. The bonded debt Jan. 1, 1875, 
 was $20,839,000; receipts into the State treasury for the current year, 
 83,307,419. 
 
 History. — Missouri was visited by Joliet and Marquette in 1673. 
 The first settlement was made at St. Genevieve, in 1755. Up to 1751 there 
 were but six settlements within 100 miles of the present site of St. Louis, 
 .which was founded in 1764. A combined attack upon the town by the 
 
298 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 British and Indians, in 1780, was successfully repulsed. Spain obtained 
 the jurisdiction of the country from France in 1763. It was again trans- 
 ferred to France in 1800, and purchased by the United States in 1803. 
 On the 9th of March, 1804, the stars and stripes were unfurled over what 
 was called the Territory of Upper Louisiana. The Territory of Missouri 
 was organized June 4,1812. Missouri was admitted into the Union as the 
 twenty-fourth State, and the proclamation of the President announcing the 
 fact was issued Aug. 10, 1821. Early in the civil war there were conflicts 
 between the State militia and the United States troops. Governor Jackson 
 issued a proclamation declaring the State out of the Union. The battle of 
 Wilson’s Creek, in which Maj.-Gen. Lyon was killed, was fought Aug. 10, 
 1861. Maj.-Gen. Fremont declared martial law throughout the State on 
 the 31st of August. In the early part of 1862 the Confederate troops 
 held half of Missouri, until Gen. Price was driven into Arkansas by a 
 strong Federal force. A distressing guerrilla warfare kept the inhabitants 
 in continual alarm. To the Federal side 108,773 soldiers were furnished 
 during the war. Gen. Price again invaded Missouri in 1864, and was again 
 forced to retreat. Jan. 6, 1865, a convention assembled to frame a new 
 Constitution, which was ratified by the people in the following June. 
 
 NEBRASKA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Nebraska is bounded on the N. by Da- 
 kota, E. by Iowa and Missouri, S. by Kansas and Colorado and W. by 
 Colorado and Wyoming. It is situated between latitudes 40° and 43° N. 
 and longitudes 18° 25' and 27° W. from Washington, or 95° 21' and 104° 
 W. from Greenwich. The extreme length from east to west is 412 miles, 
 and the breadth from north to south 208 miles; area, 75,995 square miles, 
 or 48,636,800 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The surface of the country is 
 chiefly an elevated, undulating prairie, without mountains or high hills. 
 Above the level river-bottoms there is a rise of 30 or 40 feet to the table- 
 lands, or second bottoms, and above these are sometimes bluffs reaching to 
 a height of 200 or 300 feet above the river. “ The prairie resembles the 
 waves of the ocean suddenly arrested in their swell and changed into soil 
 and rock,” says the Report of the General Land Office. In Western Ne- 
 braska begin the outlying hills of the Rocky Mountain range. Along the 
 Niobrara and White Rivers, extending into Dakota, are “ sand-hills,” ex- 
 hibiting only a scanty vegetation, and very difficult to traverse on account 
 of the loose sand. Twenty thousand square miles of this formation are 
 unfit for cultivation and almost destitute of timber. Fossil remains of 
 great interest to geologists have been discovered in great quantities. The 
 White River fauna comprises 35 species of animals now extinct. The 
 “Bad Land” formations extend over into Nebraska [see Dakota]. In- f 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 299 
 
 dian hieroglyphics which antedate the traditions of all living tribes are 
 cut deep in the bluffs along the Missouri River in places now inaccessible. 
 Forests . — Geologists are of the opinion that the prairies have grown no 
 trees during the present geological era, but many fossil remains of tropical 
 and subtropical vegetation are found in the tertiary formation. Since the 
 prairie-fires ceased many young trees have been planted, which grow with 
 great rapidity. One farmer set out 120,000 trees in a single year. A cot- 
 tonwood, 7 years old, measured 2 feet 6 inches in circumference ; a maple, 
 10 years old, 2 feet 8 inches ; a locust of the same age, 2 feet. “ The com- 
 mon tx-ees can be raised from the seed as well as corn or beans,” says Prof. 
 Hayden’s Report. Peach trees bear in 3 years and apple trees in 4 or 5 
 years. The indigenous trees, growing chiefly along the watei’-courses, are 
 the cottonwood, soft maple, elm, buttei’nut, basswood, oak, black-walnut, 
 honey locust and willow. Timber is most abundant in the south-eastern 
 counties. Rivers . — The Missouri River forms the whole of the eastern 
 boundary of Nebraska. The Platte, or Nebraska, River, from which the 
 State received its name, is formed by the union of two streams — viz., the 
 North Fork, rising in the mountains of Wyoming, and the South Fork, 
 which has its sources among the peaks of Colorado. The Platte is a broad 
 and shallow stream, fordable almost everywhei’e at low water. Its prin- 
 cipal tributaries are the Coldwater, Loup Foi’k (made up of the North 
 Branch, South Branch, Calamus and Beaver) and Elkhoni. The southern 
 part of the State is cli’ained by the various branches of the Kansas River, 
 of which the largest are the Republican Fork (its tributaries being White 
 Man’s Fork, Medicine Creek and Beaver Creek), Little Blue and Big 
 Blue Rivers. The northern counties are drained by the Niobrara, a rapid 
 stream 400 miles long, which forms a part of the northern boundaxy and 
 empties into the Missouri. 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate. — Along the streams are wide fertile bottom 
 lands with a rank vegetation. The soil has a siliceous marl, like the 
 “loess” along the Rhine. Sometimes the vegetable humus extends to a 
 depth of from 10 to 20 feet. From 2 to 4 tons of grass or 52 bushels of 
 wheat to the acre is not an uncommon yield. A height of 6 feet is attained 
 by the “blue joint” grass. The upland soil is 18 or 20 inches thick. It 
 is claimed that there is hardly a foot of land in Eastern Nebraska which 
 is not susceptible of cultivation. The winters are not very long; open 
 weather continues until the end of November and spring weather begins 
 with March. Corn is planted in April. High winds sweep over the plains, 
 and the storms are sometimes of terrible severity. Thei'e is a deficiency 
 of rain in the western part. The average rainfall for 5 years was 31.47 
 inches. Iii the southern district the average was only 23.21 inches. The 
 mean tempex-ature at Omaha for the year ending September 30, 1874, was 
 49.7°; mean for January, 22.3°; for July, 80°; maximum, 105° (upon 
 
300 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 five days in July the mercury reached 100°); minimum — 9° (the zero 
 mark was reached upon 6 days in January). The isothermals for the 
 State are: Spring, 50°; summer, 72°-75°; autumn, 50°-52°; winter, 
 20°-25°; aunual mean, 47°-50°. The rainfall at Omaha was 25.65 
 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — During a period of five years the 
 average yield of several staple crops per acre was as follows : Wheat, 17.7 
 bushels; corn, 32.54; rye, 20.66; oats, 36.65; barley, 26.75; buckwheat, 
 26.33; potatoes, 79.80. Of apples 146 varieties were on exhibition at an 
 agricultural fair. One hundred and fifty species of grass have been noted. 
 The various vegetables and fruits, such as turnips, carrots, sweet-potatoes, 
 beets, parsnips, pumpkins, squashes, melons, grapes, cabbages, rhubarb, 
 onions, radishes, lettuce, grapes, cherries, currants and berries of various 
 kinds, are of the finest quality. Nebraska wheat brings the highest prices 
 in the St. Louis market. The last census reported 2,073,781 acres in farms, 
 of which 647,031 acres were improved; average size of farms, 169 acres; 
 value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $38,343,187 ; value of 
 farm productions, $8,604,742. The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, 
 oats, barley, buckwheat, potato and hay crops, in 1873, was $6,848,882. 
 There were in the State, in 1874, 56,700 horses, 4400 mules, 87,800 oxen 
 and other cattle, 49,900 milch cows, 128,500 hogs, 39,100 sheep. 
 
 Manufactures and Mining’. — Manufactures are as yet very 
 little developed. There were reported 670 establishments, employing 2558 
 hands; value of products, $5,738,512. Flouring-mill products were valued 
 at $1,072,544, and machinery, railroad repairing, at $797,423. Few im- 
 portant minerals have been discovered. There are excellent quarries of 
 limestone and large deposits of peat and potters’ clay. Salt-basins are 
 quite numerous; the “Great Basin” covers 400 acres, and considerable 
 quantities of salt are made. Coal is found on the eastern slopes of the 
 mountains, between Cheyenne and Denver. In 1870 the mining products 
 were valued at $30,130, from 7 establishments. 
 
 Kailroads. — Nebraska is deficient in navigable waters, except along 
 the Missouri (Omaha is the only United States port of delivery), and most 
 of the transportation is done by railroads. More than a million and a half 
 bushels of grain were sent to market by a single railroad line in 1874. 
 Only 122 miles were completed in 1865. In 1873 the number of miles 
 was 1075; cost per mile, $69,532; total capital account, $115,311,976; 
 receipts, $11,358,447; receipts per mile, $6541; receipts to an inhabitant, 
 $59.78; net earnings, $5,612,050; the mileage in 1874 was 1120. 
 
 Public Institutions and' Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary and the Asylum for the Insane are at Lincoln. An Institute for the 
 Deaf and Dumb was opened at Omaha in 1869, with 12 pupils. An act 
 was passed in 1875 providing for an Asylum for the Blind at Nebraska 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 301 
 
 Citv. The school lands comprise 2,700,000 acres, which, at the estimated 
 value of seven dollars per acre, would afford a school fund of 818,900,000. 
 Jan. 1, 1875, the number of school-houses was 1516; children, 72,991; 
 attending school, 47,718; teachers, 2735; value of school-houses and 
 grounds, 81,546,480; total expenditures for school purposes, 81,004,957. 
 The State Normal School comprises three departments. There are three 
 colleges — viz., Doane College, at Crete, a Congregational institution ; Ne- 
 braska College, at Nebraska City, which has also a divinity school, under 
 the auspices of the Protestant Episcopal Church ; and the University of 
 Nebraska, at Lincoln, founded in 1871. This is open for both sexes, and 
 is designed to afford instruction in six departments, including law, medi- 
 cine, practical science and civil engineering, and the fine arts. The last 
 census reported 390 libraries, with 147,040 volumes, 181 religious organ- 
 izations, having 108 edifices, and 42 newspapers, 7 of them dailies. In 
 1875 the number of newspapers and periodicals was 98, of which 10 were 
 published daily. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1860 w 7 as 28,841 ; in 
 1870, 122,993, of whom 789 were colored, 30,748 foreign born, and 92,245 
 natives of the United States. Of the latter number 18,530 were born in 
 Nebraska, 9655 in Illinois, 1083 in Maine, 997 in Massachusetts, 4650 in 
 Missouri, 10,729 in Ohio, 6991 in Pennsylvania, 2036 in Virginia, 3756 in 
 Wisconsin and 633 in the Territories; 4704 natives of Nebraska had re- 
 moved to other parts of the Union. There are about 6500 Indians, not 
 taxed nor included in the census, who reside upon reservations of 892,800 
 acres, allowing 135.7 acres of land to each Indian man, w T oman and child. 
 They belong mostly to the tribes of the Santee Sioux, Pawnees, Wiuueba- 
 goes, Omahas, Sacs and Foxes, Otoes and Missouris. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Lincoln, the State capital, was laid out in 
 1867. The State-House is of white limestone, and cost $100,000. The 
 State University has a building erected at an expense of $150,000. A 
 United States Post-Office and Custom-House is in process of erection. 
 This city is at the intersection of 3 railroads. It is the seat of the State 
 Penitentiary and Asylum for the Insane. There are 10 churches, 5 banks 
 and 7 newspapers, 3 of them published daily. The population in 1870 
 was 2441, and in 1875 about 6500. Omaha, on the Missouri River, oppo- 
 site Council Bluffs and 490 miles west from Chicago, is the principal city. 
 Its altitude is 1060 feet above sea level. The town was laid out in 1854 
 and the city incorporated in 1857. Among the fine buildings is a United 
 States Post-Office and Court-House which cost $350,000. Ten millions of 
 dollars a year is the estimated amount of the wholesale trade. Gold and 
 silver to the value of $1,350,000 and lead to the value of $800,000 were 
 smelted in 1874. Omaha is the terminus of the Union Pacific Railroad 
 and the site of its extensive repair-shops. Pork-packing is largely carried 
 
302 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 on. There are 25 churches and 9 periodicals, 3 of them dailies. The High 
 School was erected at an expense of nearly $250,000. In 1860 the number 
 of inhabitants was 1950; in 1870, 16,083; in 1875, about 20,000. Ne- 
 braska City, founded in 1855, is situated on the Missouri River, 35 miles 
 below Omaha. It is the terminus of the Midland Pacific Railroad, and 
 has a Court-House, Opera-House, 3 banks, 13 churches, 2 daily newspa- 
 pers, a public library and several factories and flouring-mills. Nebraska Col- 
 lege is located here. The population of the city in 1870 was 6050. Other 
 leading towns are Fort Kearney, Columbus, Fremont, Bellevue, Brown- 
 ville and Plattsmouth. 
 
 Government and Laws. — In 1858 the civil code of Ohio and 
 the criminal code of Illinois were adopted. Sixty-five counties have been 
 formed, and a large part of the State is as yet unorganized. The legisla- 
 ture, which holds biennial sessions, consists of 13 senators and 39 represent- 
 atives. All executive officers are elected for a term of 2 years, except the 
 auditor, who serves for 4 yeai*s. The supreme court consists of 3 justices, 
 with a salary of $2000 each, who are elected by the people, for a term of 
 6 years. Two terms of the court are held annually at the State capital. 
 Three judicial districts have been established, in the courts of which the 
 supreme court judges preside. Probate courts, which also have jurisdic- 
 tion in minor civil cases, are held in each county. The total valuation of 
 the State in 1874 was $81,218,813, and the tax 6i~ mills on the dollar. 
 Ten per cent, is the legal rate of interest. 
 
 History. — This Territory was organized in accordance with the 
 Kansas-Nebraska Act, passed May 30, 1854. Parts of Colorado and Da- 
 kota were included within its original boundaries. Indian outrages marked 
 the early history of Nebraska, as of every other new State. Many settlers 
 lost their lives and others were compelled to abandon their homes. On the 
 1st of March, 1867, Nebraska was admitted into the Union as the thirty- 
 seventh State. It is the youngest member of the Republic. The Constitu- 
 tion proposed by the constitutional convention was rejected by the people 
 Sept. 19, 1871. Another convention met in 1875. The summer of 1874 
 was made memorable by the ravages of the locusts, or grasshoppers, which 
 in their flight filled the air as far as the eye could reach and, descending, 
 devoured every green thing. In many counties the corn and wheat crops 
 were totally destroyed. Congress appropriated $30,000 for the relief of 
 the destitute, and nearly $70,000 were contributed by individuals. 
 
 NEVADA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Nevada is bounded on the N. by Oregon 
 and Idaho, E. by Utah and Arizona, S. W. and W. by California. It is 
 situated between latitudes 35° and 42° N. and longitudes 37° and 43° W. 
 from Washington, or 114° and 120 W. from Greenwich. The portion 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 303 
 
 above the 39th parallel is a rectangular parallelogram and the portion 
 below a right-angled triangle, with one angle cut away by the Colorado 
 River, which constitutes the extreme south-eastern boundary. The length 
 of the State from north to south is 485 miles and its greatest breadth from 
 east to west 320 miles; area, 104,125 square miles, or 66,640,000 acres. 
 Only Texas and California are larger. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Most of Nevada belongs to the 
 “Great Basin,” a table-land elevated 4500 feet above the sea. This is 
 broken by successive mountain ranges, running parallel from north to 
 south, the highest peaks of which are always covered with snow. Star 
 Peak reaches an altitude of 11,000 feet. Between the mountains are deep 
 valleys and broad basins. The Sierra Nevada, from 7000 to 13,000 feet 
 in height, extends along the western boundary. Marked signs of volcanic 
 agency are shown in the formation of the mountains, rocks, minerals and 
 lakes. Rivers and Lakes . — The largest river is the Colorado, navigable for 
 600 miles [see Arizona]. Humboldt River rises in the mountains and 
 empties into the lake of the same name after a course of 300 miles. 
 Walker River (formed by the union of the East and West forks) and 
 Carson River rise in the Sierras and flow into flakes which have no visible 
 outlet. Many of the streams, among which is Reese River, in the centre 
 of the State, disappear in the porous soil and reappear, or terminate in 
 sloughs called “sinks.” Lake Tahoe, lying partly in California, is 21 miles 
 long, 10 miles wide and 1500 feet deep. Although it is elevated 6000 feet 
 above the sea, the water never freezes, and has a mean temperature of 57° 
 for the year. The other principal lakes are : Pyramid Lake (33 miles long 
 and 14 miles wide), Walker (30 miles long and 7 wide), Mud, Franklin, 
 Goshute and Preuss Lakes. A large number of “sinks,” or mud lakes, 
 contain only a foot or so of alkaline, brackish water, and in summer are 
 entirely dry. Hot Springs . — Among the remarkable physical features of 
 Nevada are its hot springs, some of which are 100 feet in diameter, 150 
 feet deep and have a temperature of 200 degrees. The Steamboat Springs, 
 in Washoe county (so called because the steam issues in puffs, as if from 
 an engine), register a temperature of 204 degrees. Chemical analysis 
 shows that the mineral ingredients of these waters are the chlorides of mag- 
 nesium and sodium, lime, sulphur and iron. Cold springs are very numer- 
 ous in the mountain regions. Forests . — A heavy growth of timber, princi- 
 pally pine, fir and spruce, covers the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevadas. 
 The other mountain ranges are but scantily wooded and the trees are usually 
 of the dwarf variety, such as nut-pine, juniper and mountain mahogany. 
 White Pine county has a considerable growth of white pine and white fir ; 
 yellow pine grows on the slopes of the Spring Mountains. Large portions 
 of the valleys and plains are entirely destitute of wood. Wild animals 
 are few ; those most frequently met with are the wolf, cayote, hare, etc. 
 
304 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Soil and Climate. — -There are fertile valleys in the west. A con- 
 siderable portion of the plains has bat a scanty vegetation, and the great 
 Colorado Basin is worthy of the name of “desert.” Good crops can be 
 procured by irrigation. Nevada has in general an equable climate. The 
 mercury very frequently rises to 90° at midday, but sinks to 70° at night. 
 There is an excessive heat in the south-east, sometimes reaching to 115°. 
 The isothermal lines are: Spring, 55°-60° ; summer, 70°-85°; autumn, 
 52°-60° ; winter, 35°-40° ; annual mean, 55°-60°. The rainy season in 
 the north and west extends from January to May. 
 
 Agriculture. — The census of 1870 reported 1036 farms, averaging 
 201 acres each; land in farms, 208,010 acres; improved, 92,644; value 
 of farms, $1,485,505; of farm implements, $163,718; of live-stock, 
 $1,445,445; total, $3,094,672; value of farm productions, including bet- 
 terments and additions to stock, $1,659,713. Some of the leading produc- 
 tions of 1873 were: 12,000 bushels of corn, 345,000 of wheat, 75,000 of 
 oats, 420,000 of barley, 175,000 of potatoes, 55,000 tons of hay. Of live- 
 stock, in 1874, there were 10,100 horses, 1000 mules, 44,000 oxen and 
 other cattle, 9000 milch cows, 4900 hogs, 18,000 sheep. The foot-hills 
 atford most nutritious pasturage for cattle, and Nevada offers great facil- 
 ities for the keeping of stock. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — Since the year 1871 the State of Nevada 
 has ranked first in the ‘production of the jjrecious metals, outstripping even 
 California. The bullion product from 1861 to 1871 was estimated at 
 $160,854,143, and from 1871 to 1875 at $244,580,000; total product from 
 1861 to 1875, $405,474,143. The Comstock lode is one of the wonders of 
 the world. In the autumn of 1870 the stock sold for $3 per share; in the 
 following June it was held at $340 per share. The yield of the lode from 
 July 1, 1872, to Sept. 1, 1873, was $22,122,666. In the four years from 
 1871 to 1875 the yield was $169,000,000. Between 1859 and 1871 the 
 product, as estimated by the United States Commissioner of Mines, was 
 $125,000,000; total yield from 1859 to 1875, $294,000,000. Yet the won- 
 derful riches are by no means exhausted. Recent discoveries give promise 
 of even larger treasure. The Great Bonanza is estimated, in 1875, to 
 contain silver to the value of $1,500,000,000. The ore yields $600 per 
 ton. A tunnel is in progress which will extend for 20,000 feet. The bul- 
 lion product of the State during 1874 was $35,457,233, surpassing that of 
 any other year. In connection with the precious metals, cinnabar, man- 
 ganese, plumbago, magnesia, platinum, zinc, tin, uickel, cobalt and arsenic 
 are found. Copper is quite extensively mined. There are deposits of 
 kaolin, nitre, alum and mineral pigments. Soda and salt “occur in incred- 
 ible quantities.” On a lake near the centre of the State soda forms in an 
 almost pure state. A thousand acres near Sand Springs are covered with 
 the borates of soda and lime. Salt-beds extend over fifty square miles in 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 305 
 
 Esmeralda county, much of which is covered with incrustations of pure 
 salt. In the south-east there are “salt-bluffs ” 500 feet high, forming a mass 
 of rock-salt 2 miles long and H miles wide. Most of the manufacturing 
 of Nevada is in close connection with its mines. The census reported 
 330 manufacturing establishments, employing 2859 hands and yielding 
 products valued at 815,875,439. Of this last amount, the value of quartz 
 milled was $12,119,719; gold aud silver, reduced aud refined, $260,000; 
 lead, pig, $894,600; iron, castings, $641,250; machinery, $273,500; lum- 
 ber, $447,500. 
 
 Railroads. — Nevada has fewer miles of water communication than 
 any other State in the Union. Only one navigable river (the Colorado) 
 touches it, and that but for a few miles. Hence railroads are especially 
 needed for transportation. Three railroads are now in operation — viz., the 
 Union Pacific, Virginia and Truckee, and Pioche and Bullionville, having 
 in the aggregate 629 miles of track. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— New buildings for the 
 State Prison are now in process of erection at Reno. The blind, deaf and 
 dumb and insane are supported by the State in the institutions of Califor- 
 nia. A uniform system of common schools is required by the Constitution. 
 Bv the provisions of an act passed in 1873, parents and guardians are re- 
 quired to send every child between the ages of 8 and 14 years to a public 
 school for a period of at least six weeks in each school year. The report 
 of the State Superintendent of Public Education for the year ending Aug. 
 31, 1874, gives the following statistics: Children of school age, 6315; 
 school districts, 71; schools, 108; teachers, 115; pupils eurolled, 4811; 
 receipts for school purposes, $126,094. By an act passed in March, 1873, 
 the State University was located at Elko ; the institution was opened in 
 1874, and $20,000 were appropriated for its support in 1875. The land 
 granted by Congress for an agricultural college in each State will be ap- 
 propriated to the University of Nevada. There were, in 1870, 314 libra- 
 ries, with 158,010 volumes, 32 religious organizations, having 19 edifices, 
 and 12 newspapers, of which 5 were daily. There were 22 papers, 12 of 
 them daily, in 1875. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Carson City , the capital, is situated in Eagle 
 Valley, 190 miles north-east of San Francisco. It has a fine State-House 
 and a United States Branch Mint, at which the deposits of bullion up to 
 Jan. 1, 1875, were $14,093,487.86 in gold and $14,109,017.19 in silver; 
 total, $28,202,505.05. There are several large quartz-mills. Two daily 
 papers are published. The population, in 1870, was 3042, of whom 697 
 were Chinese. The other principal towns are: Virginia City (population, 
 7048), Gold Hill (4311), Hamilton (3913), Treasure (1920), Austin 
 (1324), Elko (1160), Pioche City (1144), Reno (1035), Dayton (918) and 
 Silver City (879). 
 
 20 
 
306 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Growth ill Population. — Silver was discovered in 1859. The 
 whole Territory did not then contain more than 1000 inhabitants. In 1860 
 the population was 6857 ; in 1870, 42,491, of whom 357 were colored and 
 38,959 white; 32,379 males and 10,112 females; 18,801 foreigners (includ- 
 ing 3152 Chinese) and 23,690 natives. Of the latter 3356 were born in 
 Nevada, 105 in Alabama, 103 in Arkansas, 2390 in California, 285 in 
 Connecticut, 72 in Delaware, 27 in Florida, 87 in Georgia, 1144 iu Illi- 
 nois, 520 in Indiana, 492 in Iowa, 11 in Kansas, 603 in Kentucky, 195 in 
 Louisiana, 1083 in Maine, 298 in Maryland, 997 in Massachusetts, 389 in 
 Michigan, 24 in Minnesota, 67 in Mississippi, 1053 in Missouri, 19 in Ne- 
 braska, 289 in New Hampshire, 331 in New Jersey, 3256 in New York, 
 109 in North Carolina, 1858 in Ohio, 70 in Oregon, 1458 in Pennsylvania, 
 131 in Rhode Island, 73 in South Carolina, 324 iu Tennessee, 73 in Texas, 
 419 in Vermont, 541 in Virginia, 330 in Wisconsin and 1085 in the Terri- 
 tories ; 1532 natives of Nevada had removed to other parts of the UnioD. 
 There were 9880 families, averaging 4.3 persons each, and 12,970 dwell- 
 ings, averaging 3.27 persons each — a lower average for both families and 
 dwellings than existed in any other State. Indian reservations of 320,000 
 acres each have been set apart near Lake Walker and Pyramid Lake, and 
 there is a reservation of 2,496,000 acres in the south-east. Upon these 
 lauds there were, in 1875, about 5000 tribal Indians, including Pah Utes, 
 Pi Utes, Goship Utes and Shoshones. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 25 members, chosen for 2 years, and an assembly of 50 mem- 
 bers, chosen for 4 years. Each member receives $8 per day and 40 cents 
 a mile for travel between his home and the seat of government. Biennial 
 sessions are held, which are limited to 60 days. The governor (salary, 
 $6000) and other executive officers are chosen for a term of 4 years. The 
 supreme court consists of 3 judges, elected for 6 years and receiving an 
 annual salary of $7000 each. Nine judicial circuits are established, with 
 courts presided over by a single judge. Justices of the peace are elected 
 in every city and township. In the trial of civil cases three-fourths of a 
 jury may render a verdict. Ten per cent, is the legal interest, but any 
 rate may be lawfully agreed upon. The assessed value of property, in 
 1874, was $26,630,279 ; receipts into the State treasury, $570,277 ; expend- 
 itures, $641,856, of which $64,090 were appropriated for the State Prison, 
 $50,601 for the new prison at Reno, $30,510 for schools and $15,652 for 
 the State University. On the 1st of January, 1875, the State debt was 
 $735,528. 
 
 History. — Nevada formerly belonged to Mexico, and was ceded to 
 the United States in 1848. Settlements were made by Mormons in the 
 Carson, Eagle and Washoe Valleys during the same year. Gold was dis- 
 covered in 1849 and silver in 1859. A Territorial government was organ- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 307 
 
 ized March 2, 1861, and Nevada was admitted to the Union as the thirty- 
 sixth member of the sisterhood of States on the 31st of October, 1864. So 
 late in the year was the Convention held that it was necessary to telegraph 
 the Constitution to Washington in order to secure the admission of the 
 State before the presidential election. 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — New Hampshire is bounded on the N. 
 by the Province of Quebec, E. by Maine and the Atlantic Ocean, S. by 
 Massachusetts and W. by Vermont. It lies between latitudes 42° 40' and 
 45° 18' N. and longitudes 4° 25' and 6° 20' E. from Washington, or 70° 
 40' and 72° 35' W. from Greenwich. The State has somewhat the shape 
 of a right-angled triangle, with a perpendicular of 175 miles, a base of 75 
 miles and a hypotenuse of 190 miles. The northern boundary runs for 
 110 miles along the water-shed between the St. Lawrence and the Connec- 
 ticut Rivers. An iron post at a point 2596 feet above the sea-level marks 
 the north-eastern terminus. The area of New Hampshire is stated at 9280 
 square miles in the United States census report; but the computation of 
 the State geological survey gives 9392 square miles, or 6,010,880 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Mountains . — Along the 18 miles of sea-coast 
 are sandy beaches and salt marshes. The back country is diversified and 
 rolling, with many hills and mountain peaks, among the most elevated of 
 which (outside the White Mountain group) are Grand Monadnock, in 
 Jaffrey, 3186 feet high, Mt. Kearsarge (2943 feet), Tri Pyramid, in Grafton 
 (4086), Mt. Passaconaway (4200), Moosilauke (4811), Chocorua (3358). 
 The Write Mountain District covers an area of 1270 square miles, mostly 
 wooded and very sparsely inhabited. The Saco River cuts it very nearly 
 in the centre. Ten groups of mountains have been noted. From Gorham 
 to Bartlett, a distance of 22 miles, the main range stretches in a direction 
 from north-east to south-west. The principal peaks, taking them in suc- 
 cession from the north, are Mt. Madison, 5365 feet in height, Adams 
 (5794), Jefferson (5714), Clay (5553), Washington (6293), Monroe (5384), 
 Franklin (4904), Pleasant (4764), Clinton (4320), Jackson (4100), Web- 
 ster (4000). Mt. Washington is the only one of the group which reaches 
 an altitude of 6000 feet; 8 are more than 5000 feet high, 14 more than 
 4500, 20 more than 4000 and 28 equal, or exceed, 3000 feet. Mt. Lafay- 
 ette, at Franconia Notch, is 5500 feet in height, and the Twin Mountains 
 5000 feet. In only one other State east of the Rocky Mountains are there 
 such elevations [see North Carolina]. No ascent of Mt. Washington was 
 made by white men until the year 1642. It is a remarkable fact that while 
 so many of the streams and lakes of New Hampshire are known by Indian 
 names, the great mountains had no individual designation in the Indian 
 vocabulary. It is said in explanation that the superstitious savages never 
 
308 
 
 B TJRLEY ’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 visited the summits, because they feared to expose themselves to the wrath 
 of the spirits with which their imagination peopled the heights. The name 
 of Agiocochook was applied to the whole group in one dialect ; in another 
 the designation was Waumbekket Methna, signifying “mountains with 
 snowy foreheads.” An Indian tradition says that the whole country was 
 once Hooded, and all the inhabitants were drowned save one Powaw and 
 his wife, who fled to the summit of the Agiocochook, and thus survived to 
 repeople the earth. The White Mountain Notch was discovered in 1771. 
 It soon became a considerable thoroughfare, and long strings of teams from 
 Vermont and Northern New Hampshire found their way to Portland 
 through this avenue. The Notch, which is 2 miles long, is only 22 feet 
 wide at “the gate,” and through it runs the Saco River. The first horse 
 taken through the gap, to prove that the route was feasible, was let down 
 over the rocks by ropes. On the 28th of August, 1826, occurred the great 
 avalanche which buried the Willey family of 9 persons. The house from 
 which they fled is still standing. Not more than 10 or 12 persons from a 
 distance visited the mountains in 1819. August 21, 1820, a party spent 
 the night upon the summit. The throng of summer visitors now numbers 
 10,000 a year. The elevated railway has a maximum grade of 1980 feet 
 to the mile or 131 inches to the yard. Among the objects of special inter- 
 est to tourists are the “ Lake of the Clouds ” and the “ Old Man of the 
 Mountains,” whose profile, elevated 1200 feet above the lake beneath, mea- 
 sures 36 feet from the chin to the top of the head. In Coos county there 
 are two other mountainous districts, separated from the White Hills by 
 deep valleys. New Hampshire has an average elevation of 1400 feet above 
 the sea. Lakes and Rivers. — One-sixth of the whole area is covered with 
 water. No less than 1500 streams are delineated upon the maps. Almost 
 upon the Canada line, elevated 2551 feet above the ocean level and sur- 
 rounded by a dense forest of evergreens, is the lake which is the source of 
 the Connecticut River. After flowing through two other small ponds and 
 receiving several little tributaries the stream passes into the Connecticut 
 Lake, which is 4 miles long, 2f miles wide and 1619 feet above the sea. 
 Lake Magalloway, the source of the river of the same name, covers 320 
 acres and is elevated 2225 feet. Lake Umbagog (1256 feet high) extends 
 over into Maine. Lake Winnipiseogee is 25 miles long, 81 miles wide and 
 contains 274 islands. A little north-west of this is Squam Lake, 5 miles 
 in length and 4 in breadth. Other considerable bodies of water are Suna- 
 pee and Ossipee Lakes. Perched 5009 feet above the sea is the Lake of 
 the Clouds, the source of the Ammonoosuc River. The State is divided 
 into five hydrographic districts — viz., the Connecticut, Merrimack, Piscata- 
 qua, Saco and Androscoggin. (1.) The Connecticut Basin is 185 miles 
 long, from 5 to 30 wide and covers an area of 3060 square miles in New 
 Hampshire. For 211 miles this river constitutes the western boundary of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 309 
 
 the State. Its principal tributaries are the Upper and Lower Ammonoo- 
 suc, Sugar, Cold and Ashuelot Rivers, all of them originating on the west- 
 ern side of the “Heights of Land.” (2.) The basin of the Merrimack is 
 98 miles long, from 15 to 60 miles wide and comprises 3825 square miles. 
 The Pemigewasset and the Winnipiseogee unite to form the Merrimack. 
 (3.) The Piscataqua Basin of 825 square miles is 45 miles in length and 
 from 10 to 20 in width. This river is made up of the Cocheco and the 
 Salmon Falls, which come together at Dover. (4.) The basin of the Saco 
 is 46 miles long by 18 wide and contains 850 square miles. (5.) The An- 
 droscoggin Basin is 71 miles long, from 10 to 30 miles wide and covers an 
 area of 825 square miles. All of the above streams are subject to sudden 
 floods; they are abundantly stocked with fish, and salmon were so plentiful 
 that laborers in the olden times stipulated that they should not be fed upon 
 salmon diet more than five days in a week. Off the coast are the Isles of 
 Shoals, 8 in number, of which 3 are under the jurisdiction of New Hamp- 
 shire and 5 belong to Maine. Their total area is only about 600 acres. 
 Forests . — A dense growth of trees originally extended over most of the 
 State. Clearing land was the first work of the early settler. Coos county 
 is still covered with an almost unbroken primeval forest. Two-thirds of 
 the Connecticut and one-third of the Piscataqua basins are still in timber 
 land. The hills and mountains are covered with a growth of pine, oak (6 
 species), walnut, cedar, hemlock, fir, beech, maple, balsam, poplar and 
 butternut ; white oak and chestnut flourish on the hard, stony tracts, and 
 spruce and hemlock on the thin, cold soils. Other trees are the ash, bass- 
 wood, birch (4 species), buttonwood, larch, locust, etc. Pines sometimes 
 grow to a height of 200 feet and to a diameter of 40 inches. There is a 
 very marked difference between the vegetation of the northern and south- 
 ern parts. More than 1000 species of plants have been noted. Forest 
 trees grow on the White Mountains below the line of 3000 feet and in 
 sheltered localities up to 4000 feet. Above that the plants common to 
 Greenland and Labrador are found. The bear, wolf, moose and other wild 
 animals are occasionally seen. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — About one-twelfth of the area is above the 
 line of successful cultivation. The alluvial lands along the Connecticut 
 are the most fertile. In the Merrimack Valley there are no swamps or 
 low meadows, but elevated sandy plains above the clay banks. The up- 
 lands, though rocky, have a strong and quick soil. In Belknap’s history 
 we read: “A storm is always expected in May, and till that is past the 
 chimney is not closed. We therefore reckon eight months of cold weather 
 in the year.” “Cattle are housed from the beginning of November; . . . 
 good husbandmen do not permit them to feed till the twenty-first of May.” 
 Light frosts have been known in every month of the year. In 1816 snow 
 fell in Southern New Hampshire on the 16th of June, and August was the 
 
310 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 only month exempt from frost. Observations continued for six years 
 showed that the earliest closing of Lake Winnipiseogee by ice was Dec. 
 17, and the latest Jan. 23; the earliest opening April 10, and the latest 
 May 4 ; the shortest time during which it remained open was 7 months and 
 13 days, in 1873. Umbagog Lake closes about the middle of November, 
 and was not clear of ice in 1873 until May 11. At Hanover the mean 
 temperature, for 14 years, was 40.67° ; at Concord, for 8 years, 44.5° (max- 
 imum, 98°, minimum, — 32°); at Portsmouth, for 29 years, 45.42°. The 
 lowest mean reported (not including the mountains) was at Stratford, 
 39.85°; and the highest at Manchester, 48.72°, and at Wakefield, 52.78°. 
 A scientific party of 5, under the direction of Prof. C. H. Hitchcock and 
 J. H. Huntington, spent the winter of 1870-71 (from November 12 to May 
 12) upon Mt. Washington. The climate for this altitude would correspond 
 with that of the middle of Greenland, latitude 70° N. On the 5th of Feb- 
 ruary, 1871, the temperature was 59 degrees below zero. Feb. 7 it rose to 
 62°, a change of 121° between Sunday and Tuesday. A wind velocity of 
 105 miles per hour was measured (the greatest velocity ever noted at the 
 Central Park, in New York, was 45 miles); but even this was surpassed 
 on the 15th of November, 1871, when the anemometer showed that the 
 wind was blowing 151 miles an hour. The annual rainfall on Mt. AVash- 
 ington is 55 inches ; in the centre of the State, 46 inches ; along the sea- 
 coast, 35 inches. The isothermals for New Hampshire are : Spring, 40° ; 
 summer, 62°-67°; autumn, 43°-47°; winter, 15°-25°; mean, 45°. The 
 climate, although rigorous, is favorable to longevity. Deaths are recorded 
 at the ages of 120, 116 and 115 years, Belknap’s history gives a list of 
 91 persons who lived to the age of a century. Thirteen centenarians were 
 living in 1850. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The number of farms in 1870 
 was 29,642, averaging 169 acres each; 6 contained over 1000 acres. The 
 whole acreage in farm lands was 3,605,994, of which 2,334,487 acres were 
 improved and 1,047,090 acres in woodland; value of farms, 880,589,313; 
 of implements, $3,459,943; of live-stock, $15,246,545; of forest products, 
 $1,743,944; of orchard products, $743,562; of market-gardens, $119,997. 
 Among the products were 1,800,704 pounds of maple-sugar, 16,884 gallons 
 of maple-molasses and 2446 gallons of wine. The value of the Indian 
 corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potato, tobacco and hay crops 
 of 1873 was $14,704,900. In 1874 there were in the State 47,500 horses, 
 118,100 oxen and other cattle, 92,700 milch cows, 37,800 hogs, and 237,700 
 sheep. 
 
 Manufactures. — New Hampshire has fine water-power, and ranks 
 fourth in the value of cotton and woollen goods. A canal was built around 
 the Amoskeag Falls in 1816; but Manchester did not become a manufac- 
 turing town until 25 years later. A blast-furnace was erected at Franconia 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 311 
 
 in 1811; an ore was obtained from a mountain in Lisbon which yielded 
 from 56 to 63 per cent, of pure iron. The number of manufacturing estab- 
 lishments reported at the last census was 3342; hands employed, 40,783; 
 value of products, 871,038,249. Among the leading values were: Cotton 
 goods, 816,999,672; woollen goods, $8,703,307; boots and shoes, $4,780,- 
 020; printing, cotton and woollen goods, $4,670,333; lumber, $3,920,522; 
 tanned leather, $1,965,576; paper, $1,913,595; flouring-mill products, 
 $1,270,226; fire engines, $800,000; etc. There were 36 cotton and 156 
 woollen mills. In 1874 the number of cotton-mills was 42, having 855,189 
 spindles. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — Copper, lead, zinc, tin and arsenic are 
 found. Gold has been mined in Lisbon to the value of $30,000 ; mica 
 is quarried ; soapstone is abundant, and the granite of New Hampshire is 
 extensively used. The product of the mines was $323,805 in 1870, of 
 which $309,720 was the value of quarried stone. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Before the Revolution a large 
 trade in lumber and fish was carried on with the West Indies and Great 
 Britain. This commerce was annihilated by the war, at the close of which, 
 in 1783, there was not a single square-rigged vessel in a seaworthy condi- 
 tion. Commerce gradually revived, and in 1806 the tonnage of Ports- 
 mouth was 22,798, and the total exports were valued at $795,263; 123 
 vessels cleared for the West Indies. This bright season of commercial 
 prosperity was closed by the embargo, Dec. 22, 1807 [see Historical 
 Sketch, page 114]. During the year ending June 30, 1874, 54 vessels en- 
 tered and 63 cleared in the foreign trade; value of imports, $41,388. Three 
 vessels were built during the year, and there were 74 belonging to the cus- 
 toms district, of which 26 were employed in the cod- and mackerel-fisheries. 
 
 Railroads. — Ninety-two miles of railroad had been constructed up 
 to 1844. In 1873 the number of miles was 877 ; cost per mile, $24,009 ; 
 total capital account, $13,781,413 ; receipts, $3,618,460 ; receipts per mile, 
 $4126; receipts to an inhabitant, $11.24 ; net earnings, $1,166,274. The 
 mileage in 1874 was 946, under the control of 22 corporations. Rail- 
 roads are taxed at the same rate as other property, the “ present value ” 
 of the capital being fixed by the judges of the superior court. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison at 
 Concord, established in 1812, has less than 100 inmates. The surplus 
 earnings of the prisoners amounted to more than ten thousand dollars. 
 The Asylum for the Insane, also at Concord, was opened in 1842. It had 
 received legacies and donations amounting to $244,180 up to 1874; number 
 of. inmates about 275. A Reform School for boys and girls has been in 
 successful operation at Manchester since 1855, and receives about 150 
 pupils annually. The blind are supported at the Perkins Institute in 
 Boston, and the deaf and dumb at the American Asylum in Hartford. A 
 
312 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 compulsory education law has been in force since 1871. All children be- 
 tween the ages of 8 and 14 years are required to attend school for at least 
 6 weeks in every year. In 1873-4 the State was divided into 2148 school 
 districts; value of school-houses, 82,208,025; pupils enrolled, 69,178; 
 teachers, 3812 ; amount of State school fund, 8488,104; total expenditures, 
 $606,846. A normal school was opened at Plymouth in 1871. Five in- 
 stitutions afford to young women the opportunities for higher education. 
 Phillips Academy, at Exeter, established in 1781, and Kimball Union 
 Academy, at Meriden, are ancient and flourishing schools. Dartmouth is 
 the only college [see American Education], The census reported 
 1526 libraries, 633 religious organizations, with 624 edifices, and 51 news- 
 papers, 7 of them dailies. In 1875 there were 9 daily newspapers and 68 
 of all kinds. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Concord, the State capital, situated on the 
 Merrimack River, has a fine State-House, rebuilt in 1866. Water is drawn 
 from Long Pond at an expense of $200,000. The city has extensive quar- 
 ries, 120 factories, the products of which are valued at $3,616,000 annu- 
 ally, 16 churches, 4 railroads, 2 daily newspapers, and the State library 
 of 11,000 volumes. Population, 12,241. Manchester is also on the Merri- 
 mack River, which is spanned by 5 bridges. There are 5 corporations for 
 the manufacture of cotton and woollen goods, with a capital of $6,650,000; 
 number of looms, 7654; operatives, 9000, of whom 6300 are females. The 
 city library contains 18,000 volumes. Two daily and three weekly news- 
 papers are published. Population, 23,535, of whom 7158 were foreign 
 born. Nashua, at the junction of the Nashua River with the Merrimack, 
 has extensive cotton- and iron- mills, a library of 6000 volumes, 2 daily 
 and 2 weekly newspapers, 11 churches and 6 railroads. The number of 
 inhabitants was 10,543. Dover (population, 9294) is the oldest town in 
 the State. It is situated on the Piscataqua River, 12 miles from the ocean, 
 and is engaged very largely in the manufacture of cotton and woollen 
 goods, boots and shoes, etc. There are three weekly newspapers, 8 
 churches and 2 railroads. Portsmouth (9211) is the only sea-port in New 
 Hampshire, and its commerce has already been noted. Its situation at 
 the mouth of the Piscataqua affords a deep harbor never impeded by ice. 
 On the opposite side of the river is the Kittery Navy Yard. The other 
 leading towns of New Hampshire are Keene (5971), Rochester (4103), 
 Claremont (4053), Exeter (3437), Lebanon (3094), Milford (2606), Lit- 
 tleton (2446), Newport (2163), Hanover (2085). 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1790 was 141,885; 
 1800, 183,858; 1810,214,460; 1820,244,022; 1830,269,328; 1840,284,- 
 574; 1850, 317,976; 1860, 326,073; 1870, 318,300. The number of for- 
 eign birth was 29,611; native birth, 288,689, of whom 242,374 were born 
 in the State. New Hampshire had received 46,495 from other States, while 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND G UIDE. 
 
 313 
 
 she had given to them 124,972 of her children, showing a loss to the Granite 
 State of 78,477. There was a decrease in population during the last decade 
 of 7773. The number of inhabitants to a square mile was 34.3. The 
 original settlers of New Hampshire were principally of Scotch and Irish 
 descent. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The general court, or legislature, con- 
 sists of 12 senators and 341 representatives. Biennial sessions are held. 
 The governor (salary, 81000) and his council are elected annually. Only 
 Protestants are eligible to the legislative and judicial offices according to 
 the Constitution. Three justices preside over the superior court, two terms 
 of which are held each year at Concord. The circuit court also has 3 
 judges, and at least 2 trial terms per year are held in each of the 10 coun- 
 ties. Judges are appointed by the governor and his council. A law has 
 recently been passed prohibiting marriages between first cousins. On the 
 1st of June, 1874, the State debt was $3,826,590; revenue for the year, 
 $740,062.24. 
 
 History. — The Piscataqua River was explored in 1603. Capt. John 
 Smith visited the Isles of Shoals in 1614. A settlement was begun near 
 the mouth of the Piscataqua in 1623 by a party of Englishmen who came 
 to fish and to trade. Dover was set tled the same year. Exeter was settled 
 in 1638 by Wheelwright and his sister, Anne Hutchinson. Dover was 
 attacked by the savages June 27, 1689. Many houses were burned, 23 
 persons were massacred and 29 carried into captivity. Lovewell’s fight 
 took place April 18, 1725. Only 9 out of a band of 34 men returned 
 unhurt. From 1680 to 1775 the seat of government was at Portsmouth. 
 The sons of New Hampshire bore a conspicuous and honorable part in the 
 struggle for independence. On the 21st of June, 1788, the Constitution 
 of the United States was ratified, and in 1792 the State Constitution was 
 adopted. 
 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — New Jersey is bounded on the N. by 
 New York, E. by New York and the Atlantic Ocean, S. by the Atlantic 
 Ocean and Delaware Bay and W. by the Delaware Bay and River, sepa- 
 rating it from the States of Delaware and Pennsylvania. It lies between 
 latitudes 38° 56' and 41° 21' N. and longitudes 1° 27' and 3° 6' E. from 
 Washington, or 73° 54' and 75° 33' W. from Greenwich. The extreme 
 length, from Cape May to the northern angle, is 1671 miles, and the great- 
 est breadth 59 miles. At the narrowest point, between Bordentown and 
 South Amboy, the State is but 32 miles in width. The geological survey 
 of New Jersey, with scientific accuracy, says: “In shape it bears some 
 resemblance to a bean.” Its area is 8320 square miles, or 5,324,800 acres. 
 
 Physical Features.— Surface . — The southern portion is almost en- 
 tirely alluvial. A strip of marsh girts the sea-shore, with broad tracts of 
 
314 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STAGES 
 
 salt meadow. Next to this is an immense sandy plain, seldom rising to a 
 height of 60 feet above the sea-level, until it reaches the Nevisink Hills, 
 opposite Sandy Hook, which have an elevation of 375 feet. Above Tren- 
 ton the country is more rolling and based upon the old red sandstone 
 formation. The north-western section is rugged and mountainous. A 
 range of hills, beginning at Bergen Point, skirts the Hudson River as the 
 Palisades and passes over into New York. Toward the Hudson the sides 
 present an almost perpendicular wall from 300 to 400 feet high. On the 
 west side the slope is very gradual. Rutherford Hill has au elevation of 
 1488 feet. Twenty miles west of the Palisades there is another nearly 
 parallel range of hills. Six miles from Paterson is Sugar Loaf Peak, 1000 
 feet high. Along the north-west boundary are the Blue Mountains, through 
 which the Delaware River breaks at the Water Gap, the sides of which are 
 1600 feet high. At High Point, near the New York line, is the most ele- 
 vated land in the State, having a height of 1800 feet. Rivers, Lakes and 
 Bays— The Hudson River runs for 28 miles along the eastern border, re- 
 ceiving scarcely a tributary from New Jersey on account of the Palisades, 
 and the Delaware River constitutes the whole of the western boundary. 
 The three principal rivers within the State are the Hackensack, 80 miles 
 long and navigable for 15 miles, which joins the Passaic at the head of 
 Newark Bay; the Passaic, which has a fall of 72 feet at Paterson; and 
 the Raritan, emptying into the bay of the same name, which is navigable 
 to New Brunswick, 17 miles. Little Egg and Great Egg Rivers are the 
 principal streams which discharge their waters into the Atlantic Ocean. 
 Maurice River, emptying into Delaware Bay, is the largest stream in 
 Southern New Jersey. There are several lakes in the northern part, of 
 which the best known . are Greenwood Lake, on the New York boundary, 
 16 miles in circumference, Lake Hopatcoug, 5i miles long, Budd’s Lake 
 and Green Pond. Newark Bay is 5 miles long and 2 miles broad. Staten 
 Island Sound separates Staten Island from the main land. From Sandy 
 Hook to Cape May is a long line of sandy beaches, interrupted by salt 
 water marshes and numerous inlets and bays. Barnegat Bay, 40 miles 
 long, and Great and Little Egg Harbors afford a safe anchorage for small 
 vessels, hut there are no good harbors. Forests . — The sandy plains of the 
 south were originally covered with a growth of pine and shrub-oak. When 
 these are cut over, another growth is ready for the axe in from 25 to 40 
 years. In the hilly district the principal trees are the oak, walnut, beech, 
 birch, ash, elm, sugar-maple, pine, cedar, hemlock, etc. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — Sand and clay are blended in the alluvial 
 district of the south, forming in many places a fertile loam. Beyond this 
 strip of loam are the sand-plains, which have been but scantily cultivated. 
 Eighty years ago these lands were worth from 6 to 10 cents an acre. 
 Beds of marl underlie large portions of this district, and by its use the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 315 
 
 sandy soil is made to produce abundant crops. The last few years have 
 witnessed great changes in this portion of the State. Along the Hacken- 
 sack and Passaic Rivers are deposits of alluvium from 12 to 20 feet thick. 
 The climate is very variable. On the 22d of March, 1789, orchards were 
 in full bloom, but on the 23d snow fell to the depth of two feet, destroying 
 all the fruits for the year. In 1779 peach-blossoms and dandelions were 
 seen in February. The Delaware was entirely unobstructed by ice during 
 the winter of 1827-8. Several years of observation gave a mean temper- 
 ature of 50.2° at Newark, 51.2° at Paterson, 54.4° at New Brunswick and 
 52.4° at Cape May. The isothermals for the State are : Spring, 50° ; sum- 
 mer, 70°-75° ; autumn, 52°-55° ; winter, 15°-25° ; mean, 50°-55°. During 
 three years the rainfall at Paterson was 57.86 inches, and at Newark 46.82 
 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — A considerable part of New Jer- 
 sey is a huge market-garden for New York and Philadelphia. Its fruits 
 and vegetables are of excellent quality. As early as 1680 a settler wrote: 
 “ I have seen an apple tree from a pipkin kernel yield a barrel of curious 
 cyder, and peaches in such plenty that some people took their carts a peach 
 gathering. They are a very delicate fruit, and hang almost like our onions 
 that are tied on ropes. My brother Robert had as many cherries this year 
 as would have loaded several carts.” The last census reported 30,652 
 farms, containing an average of 98 acres each ; cash value of farms, $257,- 
 523,376; of farm implements, $7,887,991; of live-stock, 821,443,463; of 
 farm productions, including betterments and additions to stock, $42,725,- 
 198; of market-garden produce, $2,978,250 ; of orchard products, $1,295,- 
 282. The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, 
 potato and hay crops of 1873 was $24,310,570. In 1874 there were in the 
 State 115,700 horses, 15,000 mules, 83,900 oxen and other cattle, 147,900 
 milch cows, 163,000 hogs, 125,900 sheep. Cranberries are extensively 
 grown in “The Pines” of the southern seaboard counties, a region contain- 
 ing 1,200.000 acres, heretofore uncultivated ; the yield in 1873 was 125,000 
 bushels, worth from $2.50 to 3.75 per bushel. Farming lands in New 
 Jersey have an average value of $86.14 per acre, which is greater than in 
 any other State. 
 
 Manufactures. — The first saw-mill was built in 1682. Ship-buikl- 
 ing was begun in 1683. The second paper-mill in the country was built 
 in 1728, at Elizabeth. Window-glass was made in 1780. In 1830 the 
 manufactures of iron were valued at a million of dollars and of glassware 
 at half a million. In 1870 New Jersey ranked seventh in the value of 
 manufactured products and eighth in the capital invested. It stood next 
 to Pennsylvania in steel, next to New York in hats and caps and next to 
 Connecticut in India-rubber goods. The value of the molasses and sugar 
 refined was $11,199,740; flouring-mill products, $10,557,070; hats and 
 
316 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 caps, $5,007,270; bleaching and dyeing, $4,889,695; trunks, valises, etc., 
 $3,793,000 ; jewelry, $3,315,679 ; printing, cotton and woollen goods, 
 $5,005,997. There were 17 cotton-mills in 1874, with 150,968 spindles. 
 
 Minerals and Milling - . — Copper mines have been worked for 150 
 years. The deposits of zinc are very extensive and valuable. Freestone 
 from Little Falls built Trinity Church, New York, and other sandstones 
 of New Jersey are in high repute for building purposes. Marble, slate 
 and the finest porcelain clay are found in large quantities. Iron mines are 
 worked in the north-west counties. The product of the mines, quarries 
 and clay-banks was estimated at five millions of dollars in 1875. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The situation of the State gives 
 it immense facilities for commerce. Hudson county has been styled “ the 
 land and ocean gate of America.” A network of railways centre at Jer- 
 sey City, bringing produce from every part of the West directly to the 
 docks, where it is shipped for Europe. But this city belongs to the cus- 
 toms’ district of New York, which receives credit for the business trans- 
 acted on the Jersey side. For the year ending June 30, 1874, the exports 
 at Newark were $83,997, at Perth Amboy, $3635 ; imports at Newark, 
 $19,020, at Perth Amboy, $58,821. Seventy-five vessels were built in the 
 six customs’ districts, to which 1196 vessels belong. The State ranks sixth 
 in the value of its fisheries, having 204 establishments, employing 947 
 hands; the value of the product was $383,121, of which $152,352 was 
 credited to the oyster trade. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — Nine companies had been chartered to 
 build railroads previous to the year 1833, with an authorized capital of 
 $7,140,000. The Camden and Amboy company was incorporated Feb. 
 4, 1830, with a capital stock of $1,000,000. Horses were the motive power 
 in carrying passengers from February until September, 1833; after Sep- 
 tember locomotives were applied to one of the three daily trains. The 
 railroad statement for 1873 was: Miles of railroad, 1418; cost per mile, 
 $115,829; capital account, $151,388,606; receipts, $25,840,923; receipts 
 per mile, $18,224; receipts to an inhabitant, $26.21 ; net earnings, $9,008,- 
 513. In 1874 there were 1438 miles of railroad. Only Massachusetts and 
 Connecticut surpassed New Jersey in the proportion of railroad mileage to 
 extent of territory (one mile of railroad to every 5.8 square miles of area). 
 A general railroad law was passed in 1873, so that the old stigma of mo- 
 nopoly is removed from New Jersey. Railroad corporations are taxed i 
 of 1 per cent, on the value of their property. The Morris Canal, 101 miles 
 long, connects Jersey City with the Delaware River, at Phillipsburg; it 
 was completed in August, 1831, at a cost of 2 million dollars, which was 
 swelled by subsequent improvements to 34 millions. The Delaware and 
 Raritan Canal connects the Delaware at Trenton with the ocean via Rari- 
 tan River and Bay. This canal is 654 miles long, and cost $4,580,395. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 317 
 
 Population. — The early colonists were a mixture of Dutch, Swedes 
 and Euglish. Settlers from New Eugland came in considerable numbers. 
 The number of inhabitants in 1701 was 15,000; in 1737, 47,402, of whom 
 3981 were slaves; in 1745, 61,383; in 1790, 184,139; in 1800, 211,149; 
 in 1810, 245,562; in 1820, 277,426; in 1830, 320,823; in 1840, 373,306; 
 in 1850, 489,555; in 1860, 672,035; in 1870, 906,096. Of the latter num- 
 ber 188,943 were foreign born, and 717,153 native; 575,245 were born in 
 New Jersey, 5448 in Connecticut, 3359 in Delaware, 1948 in Maine, 6068 
 in Massachusetts, 1202 in New Hampshire, 1390 in Vermont, 1868 in 
 Ohio, 3384 in Maryland, 74,750 in New York, 31,947 in Pennsylvania, 
 2810 in Virginia and 434 in the Territories ; 148,830 native Jersey- 
 men were residing in other parts of the Union, and 141,908 persons had 
 come in from other States, showing a loss of only 6922. This deficiency 
 has been more than made up since the census by the overflow from New 
 York and Philadelphia. Dr. Franklin said: “New Jersey is like a cider- 
 barrel tapped at both ends.” The past few years have seen it filling up at 
 both ends with great rapidity. In density of population New Jersey ranked 
 fourth among the States. The number of inhabitants to a square mile was 
 108.91, while Massachusetts contained 186.84, Rhode Island, 166.43 and 
 Connecticut 113.15 persons to a square mile. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — -The State-Prison at 
 Trenton contained 653 prisoners on the 31st of October, 1874; receipts for 
 the year, $104,041, leaving a surplus over all expenditures of $45,234. 
 Prior to 1870 the prison was a tax upon the State, receiving an appropria- 
 tion of about $60,000 annually. An Industrial School for girls has been 
 established at Trenton. The State Reform School for Juveniles, at James- 
 burg, received nearly 300 pupils during 1874. An Asylum for the Insane 
 was opened at Trenton in 1868, which received 4588 patients within six 
 years; 655 remained at the close of 1874. Another institution for the 
 insane will be opened at Morristown in 1876. The building in process of 
 erection, at a cost of $2,000,000, is 1243 feet long and 542 feet in depth, 
 and will accommodate 1000 patients. The grounds comprise 416 acres. 
 About $40,000 is expended annually for the support of the deaf and dumb, 
 blind and feeble minded in the institutions of other States. All the public 
 schools were made free by an act passed in 1871. A compulsory education 
 law was passed in 1873. Corporal punishment is forbidden. No religious 
 service or ceremony whatsoever is allowed in the public schools of this State 
 except reading the Bible and repeating the Lord’s Prayer. At the close 
 of the school year, August 31, 1874, there were 1493 school-buildings, 186,- 
 392 pupils enrolled in the public schools and 3216 teachers; $2,304,398 
 were appropriated for educational purposes ; the valuation of school prop- 
 erty w T as $6,000,732. Twenty-five of the buildings are worth from $50,000 
 to $80,000 each. A large and flourishing Normal School is located at 
 
318 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Trenton. The College of New Jersey, at Princeton, ranks among the oldest 
 institutions of the country [see American Education]. Rutgers College, 
 at New Brunswick, was chartered by King George III., and called Queen’s 
 College after his consort. Its scientific school constitutes the State College 
 of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts, with a property valued at $292,200. 
 Burlington College is a Protestant Episcopal institution, and Seton Hall, at 
 South Orange, is under the control of the Roman Catholics. The Stevens 
 Institute of Technology, at Hoboken, has an endowment of $650,000. 
 Four schools of theology are in successful operation — viz., the Theological 
 Seminary of the Presbyterian Church, at Princeton ; Theological Seminary 
 of the Reformed (Dutch) Church in America, at New Brunswick; Drew 
 Theological Seminary (Methodist Episcopal), at Madison; and a German 
 (Presbyterian) Theological Seminary, at Newark. New Jersey has no law 
 or medical schools. There were, in 1870, 2413 libraries, 1402 religious 
 organizations, having 1384 edifices, and 122 newspapers, 20 of which were 
 published daily. In 1875 the whole number of newspapers and periodicals 
 was 177, of which 23 were dailies. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Trenton, the State capital, situated on the 
 east bank of the Delaware River, is the seat of several State institutions 
 already mentioned. It has very extensive potteries and iron mills and 5 
 daily papers. Population, 22,874. Newark, settled in May, 1666, by fam- 
 ilies from New Haven and Milford, Conn., had 4838 inhabitants in 1811, 
 and 105,542 in 1870; the estimate for 1875 is not less than 125,000. It 
 contains more than a thousand manufacturing establishments, employing 
 nearly 30,000 hands and producing an annual value of $75,000,000. 
 There are about 100 churches and 6 daily and 11 weekly newspapers. 
 Newark is connected with New York by 3 railroads, over which are 215 
 trains daily. Jersey City had a population of 6856 in 1850, and 85,335 
 in 1870 (including Greenville, which was subsequently consolidated with 
 it). It is the terminus of 6 great railway lines, and 300 passenger trains 
 arrive and depart daily. The Cunard steamers have their docks at Jersey 
 City. Five lines of steam-ferries connect it with New York. It has 60 
 churches and 3 daily newspapers. Paterson (population, 33,579), 17 miles 
 from New York, at the falls of the Passaic, has 60 factories, 25 churches 
 and 2 daily newspapers. Camden (population, 20,045 in 1870, and 33,966 
 in 1875), is on the east side of the Delaware River, opposite Philadelphia, 
 with which it is connected by 5 steam-ferries. It is the terminus of 4 rail- 
 roads and has large iron founderies and glassworks. Elizabeth (20,832) 
 is the home of many New York business men. There are 123 passenger 
 trains a day to and from the metropolis. Elizabethport is a great coal- 
 distributing point and the location of the Singer sewing-machine works, 
 which have 4J acres under roof. The city contains 75 miles of ave- 
 nues; 400 dwellings have been erected in a single year. Orange, which 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 319 
 
 received a city charter in 1872, is situated at the base of Orange Mountain, 
 12 miles from New York. Within the limits of the original township there 
 are 6 railroad stations and 22 churches. Llewellyn Park contains 750 
 acres, and there are 10 miles of carriage roads. Population of the city, 
 about 10,000. Rahway (6258) contains 10 churches; 47 passenger trains 
 stop at its depots. Morristown (5674) has the house still standing which 
 was General Washington’s head-quarters. New Brunswick (15,058), on 
 the banks of the Raritan, is the seat of Rutgers College. Other leading 
 towns are Hoboken (20,297), Vineland (7029), Bridgeton (6830), Borden- 
 town (6041), Burlington (5817), Plainfield (5095) and Princeton (3986). 
 Long Branch, Cape May and Atlantic City are popular seaside resorts. 
 It has been proposed to unite Jersey City, Newark, Elizabeth, etc., into a 
 single city, containing 122 square miles (less than the area of Philadel- 
 phia), which would form a metropolis of 400,000 inhabitants. Between 
 1860 and 1870 New York city increased 14 per cent, and New Jersey 40 
 per cent. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature is composed of 21 sen- 
 ators (one from each county) and a house of representatives, which cannot 
 exceed 60. Members are paid $3 per day. The legislature is forbidden to 
 grant divorces or to authorize lotteries. A salary of $5000 per annum is 
 paid to the governor, who continues in office for three years. The chan- 
 cellor, who presides over the court of errors and appeals, is elected for a 
 term of 7 years, and receives a salary of $5500, besides fees. Aliens may 
 hold real estate. This law was originally passed for the benefit of Joseph 
 Bonaparte, the eldest brother of Napoleon, who had been made king of 
 Spain in 1808. After the downfall of Napoleon I., Joseph Bonaparte 
 sought an asylum in the United States, accompanied by his nephew Prince 
 Murat, the son of Caroline Bonaparte and of the king of the Two Sicilies. 
 Popular opinion credited them with the possession of enormous wealth. To 
 enable aliens to hold real estate required a special act of the legislature. 
 Pennsylvania refused to pass such an act, but New Jersey yielded, and the 
 distinguished exiles made that State their home. They purchased a large 
 tract of land at Bordentown, commanding a fine view of the Delaware 
 River, and erected a magnificent mansion. Joseph assumed the title of 
 Count de Survilliers, and lived in retirement until the year 1830, dispensing 
 his money with a lavish hand. The Pennsylvanians, regretting when it 
 was too late that they had not allowed the two foreigners to possess an 
 estate within their own boundaries, charged the Jerseymen with importing 
 a king from Spain to rule over them. Such is said to be the origin of the 
 humorous taunt that New Jersey is “ out of the Union.” 
 
 History. — On the 3d of September, 1609, the “Half Moon,” com- 
 manded by Henry Hudson, cast anchor near Sandy Hook. On the 6th a 
 boat sailed through “a narrow river” (the Kills) and saw an “open sea” 
 
320 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 (Newark Bay). There were no permanent settlements during the contin- 
 uance of the Dutch dominion, although in 1661 New Jersey was spoken 
 of thus : “It is under the best clymate in the whole world ; seed may bee 
 thrown into the ground, except six weeks, all the yere long.” Settlers from 
 Long Island began a town near Newark in 1664. Lord Berkeley and Sir 
 George Carteret purchased the claim of the Duke of York to these lands, 
 and, as Sir George had been governor of the Island of Jersey, the name 
 of New Jersey was given to his new possessions. His brother Philip Car- 
 teret was sent out from England as governor in 1665 and established him- 
 self at Elizabethtown, now Elizabeth. In July, 1673, the Dutch recap- 
 tured New York and claimed the whole province of New Jersey, to which 
 they gave the name of Achter Kol. The following year Great Britain 
 again obtained possession of it. In 1682 the whole territory was purchased 
 by William Penn and other Quakers. William Temple Franklin, son of 
 Benjamin Franklin, w 7 as the last royal governor. On the 2d day of July, 
 1776, New Jersey declared “all civil authority under the king to be at an 
 end in this colony,” and adopted a form of government by the people. 
 William Livingston was elected governor. The first legislature met at 
 Princeton in August, 1776. Several battles were fought on the soil of this 
 State during the war for independence, of which the most noted were the 
 battles of Trenton, Dec. 26, 1776 [see Historical Sketch, page 101], 
 Princeton, Jan. 3, 1777, and Monmouth Court-House, June 28, 1778. 
 By a unanimous vote the Federal Constitution was ratified Dec. 18, 1787. 
 The present State Constitution was adopted on the 13th of August, 1844. 
 Various amendments to the Constitution proposed by the constitutional 
 convention ivere approved by the legislature in 1875. By the provisions 
 of these amendments the word “white” was stricken out of the article on 
 suffrage and the word “ male” was restored, thus disposing of the question 
 of woman suffrage. Members of the legislature shall receive $500 annu- 
 ally, and no other allowance or emolument whatsoever. The legislature 
 shall provide for an efficient system of free public schools for the instruc- 
 tion of all children in the State between the ages of five and eighteen years. 
 Property shall be assessed for taxes under general laws and by uniform 
 rules, according to its real value. Judges of the inferior courts shall be 
 appointed by the governor. The amendments were submitted to the people 
 at a general election held on Tuesday. Sept. 7, 1875. Considerable oppo- 
 sition was manifested in the eastern counties to the “Five County Act,” 
 taxing mortgages which had been heretofore exempt ; but all of the 
 amendments were adopted by a majority of from 10,000 to 30,000 votes. 
 
Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 NEW YORK EXHIBITION, 1853. 
 
 T HE New \ ork Crystal Palace, in which this exhibition was held, was 
 situated in Reservoir Square, and was designed by Messrs. Carstensen 
 and Gildemeister. The main building was two stories high, the first story 
 being in the form of an octagon, and the second in that of a Greek cross. 
 In the centre was a dome 148 feet in height and 100 feet in diameter. 
 The corners of the octagon were furnished with towers 70 feet high, each 
 surmounted by a flag-staff, which added greatly to the lightness of their 
 appearance. The area of the main building, including that of the galler- 
 ies, was 173,000 square feet, and there was an additional building with an 
 area of 33,000 square feet. The whole structure was composed of 45,000 
 square feet of glass, in panes of 16 by 38 inches, 1200 tons of cast iron 
 and 300 tons of wrought iron. It was destroyed by fire on the 5th of 
 October, 1858. The exhibition was suggested, planned, pursued, com- 
 pleted and sustained by private enterprise. All that the government ever 
 did for it was to say that the building should be considered as a bonded 
 warehouse, and to write a few letters to foreign countries where the sanc- 
 tion and co-operation of governments are thought to be indispensably 
 necessary to such an undertaking. There was much delay in the opening 
 of the exhibition, the proposed time being the 2d of May, while the cere- 
 mony did not take place until the 14th of July. The capital of the stock 
 company which undertook the affair, and which sustained the pecuniary 
 
322 
 
 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 loss which ensued, was limited by its charter to §300,000, and the cost of 
 the building was restricted by the same instrument to §200,000. When 
 the smallness of the amount invested is considered, the wonder is that so 
 much was accomplished by the managers of the enterprise. Both the 
 delay in opening the exhibition and the failure to realize the expenses are 
 easily accounted for when all attendant circumstances are taken into con- 
 sideration. The number of miles of railroad in operation in the whole 
 country was not equal to the number of miles which can now be found in 
 four or five of the Atlantic States. Visitors and articles from the Pacific 
 coast had to undergo the tedious journey “ across the plains,” or the still 
 more tedious voyage around the Horn, or the trip across the Isthmus of 
 Panama, two years before the completion of the Panama railroad. San 
 Francisco is now practically much nearer to the Atlantic coast than any 
 portion of the State of Illinois was in the year 1853. Communication by 
 mail was slow, and the mail service not very widely extended, the rate of 
 three cents for a half ounce for any distance under 3000 miles, and the 
 use of postage stamps having been but recently introduced. This was the 
 first attempt to hold an international exhibition in the United States. The 
 work was a new one, and it was difficult for the managers, the exhibitors 
 or the general public to realize the magnitude of the undertaking and the 
 great necessity of promptness in all the preparations. Still, it had its 
 measure of success. The juries were selected with great care, and con- 
 tained many men who had distinguished themselves by their attainments 
 in the several branches in which they were called upon to exercise their 
 discrimination, and some whose reputation for general culture was deserv- 
 edly high. Profs. Silliman, Dana and Porter of Yale College, Prof. Agas- 
 siz of Harvard, Profs. James C. Booth and Henry D. Rogers of Phil- 
 adelphia, Profs. John W. Draper, James Renwick and E. Felix Foresti 
 of New York, Profs. Joseqih Henry and A. D. Bache of Washington; in 
 the department of printing, stationery, etc., Messrs. Conger Sherman of 
 Philadelphia, William H. Appleton and Robert Hoe of New York, also 
 Richard Grant White; in the class of Fine Arts, etc., Prof! S. F. B. 
 Morse, Charles A. Dana, then of the New York Tribune, now of the Sun, 
 and the Hon. Edward Everett ; in the department of tapestry, decorative 
 furniture, marble ornaments, etc., John Sartain of Philadelphia and Prof. 
 Van der Weyde of New York, — such were some of the men to whom 
 was entrusted the delicate and difficult task of deciding upon the merits 
 of the various articles exhibited. This work was thoroughly performed. 
 The members of the juries spent a great part of the day in taking copious 
 notes concerning the hundreds of things in their bailiwicks ; then a secret 
 session was held, sometimes lasting for three hours or more, where the 
 utmost latitude of debate was indulged in, every one being given a full 
 • opportunity for equal discussion. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 323 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 Situation ancl Extent. — New York, “the Empire State,” is 
 bounded on the N. W. and N. by Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, the River 
 Saint Lawrence and the province of Quebec ; E. by Lake Champlain, 
 Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut and the Atlantic Ocean ; S. and S. W. 
 by the Atlantic Ocean, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. It is situated be- 
 tween latitudes 40° 30' and 45° N., and longitudes 5° 9' E. and 2° 46' 
 W. from Washington, or 71° 51' and 79° 46' W. from Greenwich. The 
 extreme length from east to west is 412 miles, and the width from north 
 to south 311 miles. Portions of Long Island are only 8 or 10 miles wide, 
 and the south-western boundary-line, below Lake Erie, is not more than 19 
 miles long. The State has a water boundary of 880 miles (of which the 
 ocean constitutes 250 miles, the rivers 280 and the lakes 350) and a land 
 boundary of 540 miles. It ranks nineteenth among the States in area, 
 and contains 47,000 square miles, or 30,080,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Long Island is flat and sandy. 
 On both sides of the Hudson River are the Highlands, which finally pass 
 over into Western Connecticut. A few of the summits reach an elevation 
 of 1700 feet. North of these are the Catskill Mountains, situated princi- 
 pally in Greene county. The most conspicuous peaks are Round Top and 
 High Peak, which are about 3800 feet in height and afford a magnificent 
 view. Beyond the water-shed which turns the drainage toward the north, 
 the country is rolling and diversified. Extending over a considerable 
 part of the 4 north-eastern counties, Clinton, Franklin, Hamilton and Es- 
 sex, is the Adirondack wilderness. It contains the most lofty summits of 
 the northern spur of the Appalachian range, with the exception of the 
 White Mountains of New Hampshire. The late survey of the Adiron- 
 dacks made under the direction of Mr. Verplanck Colvin reports the 
 height of the most elevated peaks as follows : Mt. Marcy, 5402 feet ; Mc- 
 Intyre, 5106 ; Haystack, 5006 ; Skylight, 4997 ; Clinton, 4937 ; Gothic 
 Mountain, 4744; Giant of the Valley, 4530. Snow and ice linger in the 
 Indian Pass through the whole summer, and even until fresh snows begin 
 to fall. A dense forest extends over this region, in which the bear, panther, 
 wolf, moose, deer and other wild animals are sometimes seen. There are 
 numerous lakes, ponds and streams, affording an extensive water communi- 
 cation. In this elevated table-land are the sources of the Hudson River. 
 The Saranac and Ausable empty into Lake Champlain, and other small 
 streams flow toward the St. Lawrence. It has been proposed to set apart 
 a large tract in the Adirondacks for a State park. Rivers and Lakes . — 
 The Hudson River, having its sources 4000 feet above the sea, is 300 miles 
 long. Large steamboats ascend as far as Troy, 150 miles. As early as 
 1682 it was called the North River to distinguish it (not from the East 
 
324 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 River, as many suppose, but) from the Delaware, which was known by the 
 Dutch as the South River. The Delaware rises ou the western declivity 
 of the Catskill Mountains, and forms the boundary between New York 
 and Pennsylvania for 70 miles. Otsego Lake is the source of the north 
 branch of the Susquehanna. Mohawk River, 160 miles long, runs through 
 the centre of the State in an easterly direction, and empties into the Hud- 
 son 10 miles above Troy. The Erie Canal follows the Mohawk from 
 Rome to its mouth. Oswego River drains many of the lakes of the inte- 
 rior and discharges into Lake Ontario. Genesee River has its sources in 
 Pennsylvania, and flowing north empties into Lake Ontario. The Alle- 
 ghany makes a circuit into New York, and then passes into Pennsylvania 
 to mingle its waters with the system of the Mississippi Valley. The St. 
 Lawrence River, which drains the five great lakes, issues from Lake Onta- 
 rio and separates New York from Canada West. The Empire State con- 
 tains a large number of lakes. Upon its northern boundary are Lake 
 Ontario and Lake Erie [see Physical Geography, page 147]. Lake 
 Champlain, upon the east, was discovered July 4, 1609, by Samuel Cham- 
 plain, a French navigator. It is 130 miles long, from $ to 10 miles wide, 
 and from 50 to 280 feet deep. Lake George, 36 miles long and 400 feet 
 deep, contains nearly 300 little islands, and is famous for its picturesque 
 scenery. In the centre and western part of the State is a chain of lakes 
 of considerable size, among the principal of which are Otsego, Oneida, 
 Skaneateles, Cayuga, Seneca, Crooked, Canandaigua, Chautauqua and 
 Cattaraugus. Cataracts . — The waters of 4 great lakes have no other outlet 
 than the Niagara River, and plunge over the Great Falls, which are 164 
 feet high and 1100 feet wide on the American side, and 2000 feet wide on 
 the Canadian side. The total descent of the river is 333 feet, and its 
 width below the falls 1000 feet. The Genesee River has a descent of 260 
 feet in 3 falls within the space of 2 miles near its source, and there are 
 other falls near Rochester with a descent of 200 feet. Trenton Falls are 
 a succession of 5 cascades, having 200 feet of fall in a course of two-thirds 
 of a mile. Cohoes and Little Falls, in the Mohawk, form grand cataracts 
 in times of freshet. In the Catskills a small stream is precipitated down a 
 ledge 180 feet high. Islands, Bays, etc . — New York Bay, which affords a 
 harbor equal to any in the world, contains a number of small islands 
 among which are Governor’s, Wood’s, Ellis’, etc. Staten Island, 14 miles 
 long and from 4 to 8 miles wide, constitutes Richmond county. In the East 
 River are Blackwell’s, Randall’s and Ward’s Islands, which are occupied 
 by the city institutions. Long Island, 140 miles in length and 20 in its 
 greatest breadth, has a rocky ridge or back-bone running through the 
 centre and terminating in Brooklyn Heights. On its east side are Gardi- 
 ner’s and Great Peconic Bays. Lake Champlain contains many small 
 bodies of land, and the Thousand Islands of the St. Lawi'ence are celo- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 325 
 
 brated for their picturesque beauty. Forests .. — Among the trees enumer- 
 ated iu a long catalogue are the white and red cedar, white, pitch and 
 yellow pine, larch, hemlock, white and black spruce, fir, tamarac, white, 
 red and black oak, chestnut, red and white beech, hickory, black-walnut, 
 butternut, buttonwood, sugar, red and white maple, white, black and 
 prickly ash, birch, elm, basswood, tulip, linden, locust, laurel, sassafras, 
 aspen, balsam, willow, pawpaw, thorn, spice wood, spruce, etc. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Long Island has a sandy and in many places 
 barren soil. The western part is carefully tilled as a market garden for 
 Brooklyn and New York. In the rolling country of the northern and 
 southern counties dairy-farming is most profitable. The soil in the north- 
 east is barren and cold. The central counties, along the Mohawk and the 
 Genesee Flats, are of great fertility. There is a wide range of tempera- 
 ture and there are great variations in the climate. Between the length of 
 the summer season on Long Island and in St. Lawrence county there is a 
 difference of nearly 5 weeks. In 1806 the Hudson River froze over Jan- 
 uary 9, and was open again February 20. Navigation was obstructed for 
 only 42 days, which is the shortest period recorded. In 1836 the river 
 opened April 4, having been closed 125 days. The mean length of the 
 summer season, from the time of fruit-blossoming to the first frost, is 174 
 days, and the mean temperature of the wdiole State 46.49°. The rainfall 
 is 40.93 inches. Upon the isothermal charts the lines crossing New York 
 are as follows: Spring, 40°-45°; summer, 67°-72°; autumn, 45°-55°; 
 winter, 20°-30° ; annual mean, 45°-50°. According to the reports of the 
 United States Signal Service Bureau for the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, 
 the mean temperature at Buffalo was 45.7° (extremes — 2° and 87°); 
 Rochester, 46.5° (extremes — 5° and 96°) ; Oswego, 46.5° (extremes, 0 
 and 93°); New York, 51.4° (extremes 4° and 91°). The annual amount 
 of the rainfall at Buffalo was 39.37 inches; Oswego, 41.22; Rochester, 
 47.17 ; New York, 42.63 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — New York occupies a foremost 
 place in agriculture. A number of the particulars in which it must 
 be written first are given elsewhere [see American Agriculture]. 
 The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potato, 
 tobacco and hay crops, iu 1873, w r as 8135,212,000. New York contained 
 at the last census 216,253 farms, averaging 103 acres each ; 36 farms con- 
 tained each more than 1000 acres. The value of farms was 81,272,857,- 
 266; of farm implements, 845,997,712; live-stock, 8175,882,712; total 
 value, 81,494,738,190; value per capita of persons engaged in agriculture, 
 83993; value of farm productions, including betterments, etc., $253,526,- 
 153. At the beginning of 1874 the State contained 659,300 horses, 18,900 
 mules, 683,600 oxen and other cattle, 1,410,600 milch cows, 651,500 hogs 
 and 2,037,200 sheep. 
 
326 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Manufactures. — New York occupies the first place iu the value of 
 manufactured articles, although Pennsylvania surpasses her in the amount 
 of capital invested and in the number of establishments. In 1870 there 
 were in New York 36,206 manufacturing establishments ; hands employed, 
 351,800, of whom 63,795 were females above the age of 15; capital, $366,- 
 994,320; wages, $142,466,758; materials, $452,065,432; products, $785,- 
 194,651. Among the leading industries were: Flouring-mill products, 
 $52,636,861; men’s clothing, $44,718,491 ; molasses and sugar, refined, 
 $42,837,184; leather, tanned, $26,988,320; lumber, sawed, $18,778,406; 
 boots and shoes, $17,813,048 (next to Massachusetts); iron, forged and 
 rolled, $16,834,480; furniture, $16,275,111; malt liquors, $15,818,863; 
 woollen goods, $14,152,645; cheese (factory), $12,164,064; agricultural 
 implements, $11,847,037; cotton goods, $11,178,211; lead pipe, $10,732,- 
 800. One-sixth of all the manufactures of the United States were credited 
 to New York. 
 
 Minerals and Mining'. — Iron is mined extensively in the 4 coun- 
 ties of Orange, Clinton, Dutchess and Essex. Marble quarries are worked 
 in Westchester county, and other fine building-stones are found in Ulster. 
 There were, in 1870, 454 mining establishments; hands employed, 5177; 
 value of products, $4,324,651. In Onondaga county are the most exten- 
 sive salt-works in the Union. They are under the control of the State, 
 and yielded in 1874*6,594,191 bushels. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The State has 10 customs’ dis- 
 tricts. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, the imports were valued 
 at $414,947,941 ; exports, $359,948,084 ; vessels entered in the foreign 
 trade, 13,861; cleared, 9587; entered, in the coastwise trade, 8729; 
 cleared, 11,777. The number of vessels belonging to the two Atlantic 
 ports, New York and Sag Harbor, was 6861 (791 steamers), with a ton- 
 nage of 1,331,759; the eight lake ports owned 2957 vessels (212 steamers), 
 having a tonnage of 379,742; total, 9818 vessels, of 1,711,501 tons. There 
 were built in the Atlantic ports 403 vessels, of which 60 were steamers, 
 and in the lake ports 224, 40 of them steamers; total number of vessels 
 built during the year, 627, of 93,576 tons. The value of the fisheries 
 reported was $235,750. Belonging to Sag Harbor are 133 vessels em- 
 ployed in cod- and mackerel-fishing. 
 
 Railroads aild Canals. — The first railroad was opened for travel 
 in 1831. In 1873 New York ranked next to Illinois and Pennsylvania in 
 railroad mileage. The figures were: Miles of railroad, 5165; cost per 
 mile, $83,391; total capital account, $441,887,961; receipts, $68,825,007; 
 receipts per mile, $13,326; receipts to an inhabitant, $15.12; net earnings, 
 $23,782,428. New York has a very extensive, system of canals under the 
 control of the State. The Erie Canal, which connects Lake Erie at Buf- 
 falo with the Hudson River at Albany, was completed in 1825, at a cost 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 327 
 
 of $7,143,789. Subsequent expenditures have swelled the cost of construc- 
 tion and repairs to more than fifty millions of dollars. This canal is 70 
 feet broad at the water-line, 56 feet at the bottom and 7 feet deep. It has 
 71 locks which will admit boats 964 feet in length and 174 feet in width. 
 The maximum burden of boats is 240 tons. The canals of the State have 
 a lineal length of 900 miles, of which the Erie comprises 352 miles. Of 
 the others, which are feeders to the trunk line, the principal are the Cham- 
 plain, Oswego, Cayuga and Seneca, Chemung, Chenango, Black River and 
 Genesee Valley. For the construction and maintenance of canals there 
 has been an expenditure of nearly 90 millions of dollars. Property to the 
 value of seven thousand millions of dollars has been transported. Be- 
 tween the years 1836 and 1874 the amount of tolls collected was $115,- 
 318,504. Six million tons of freight were transported in 1874, the value 
 of which was $196,674,322. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — A State Board of 
 Charities has general supervision over the public institutions, with the ex- 
 ception of prisons. New York has three State-Prisons — viz., Auburn, 
 with 1292 cells; Clinton, with 548 cells; and Sing Sing, with 1200 cells 
 and 1306 prisoners. There are 6 county penitentiaries, located respect- 
 ively at New York, Brooklyn, Albany, Syracuse, Rochester and Buffalo. 
 The population of all the prisons, in 1874, was 5940. Asylums for the 
 Insane have been opened at Utica (with accommodations for 600 patients), 
 at Ovid, where 1000 can be provided for, at Poughkeepsie, Buffalo and 
 Middletown. Insane immigrants are taken care of by the State at the 
 hospital on Blackwell’s Island. Besides the six institutions above men- 
 tioned, there are several incorporated and private asylums, of which the 
 one at Bloomingdale is most widely known. For the blind there are State 
 institutions at Batavia and New York city. In the latter city also is the 
 School for the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, which accommodates 
 550 pupils. At Binghamton is an Asylum for Inebriates, having 200 
 patients. An Asylum for Idiots has been established at Syracuse. The 
 House of Refuge for boys, on Randall’s Island, will contain 1000, and the 
 Western Institution, at Rochester, 600. Free schools are established for 
 all between the ages of 5 and 21 years. A compulsory education law went 
 into effect Jan. 1, 1875, which requires all children between the ages of 
 8 and 14 to attend school for at least 14 weeks in every year. In 1874 
 the number of school districts was 11,995; teachers, 18,295; children of 
 school age, 1,560,820; school-houses, 11,739; total expenditures for school 
 purposes, $12,088,763. There are Normal Schools located at Albany, 
 Brockport, Buffalo, Cortland, Fredonia, Geneseo, Oswego and Potsdam. 
 These schools had, in 1874, 121 instructors and 2875 pupils. A new Nor- 
 mal College was opened in New York city in 1873 which will accommo- 
 date 1600 pupils. Twenty-six colleges and universities are reported, among 
 
328 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 which are Columbia, Cornell, Hamilton, Union and Vassal - . ' Thirteen 
 institutions for the higher education of young ladies report an attendance 
 of 2132 pupils. Professional instruction is afforded by 14 schools of the- 
 ology (among which are Auburn, the General Theological Seminary of the 
 Protestant Episcopal Church, Hamilton, Rochester and Union Theological 
 Seminaries, Dr. Talmage’s Lay College and Dr. Tyng’s House of the 
 Evangelists), 4 schools of law (Albany, Hamilton, Columbia and the Uni- 
 versity of New York), 14 schools of medicine and 6 schools of science. 
 The Industrial College of Cornell University has received the land-grants 
 of Congress for agricultural education. All departments of the univer- 
 sity have a property estimated at 83,627,200. Located within the limits 
 of New York State, although not belonging to it, is the United States Mil- 
 itary Academy at West Point [see Government and Laws]. In 1870 
 the State contained 20,929 libraries, 5627 religious organizations, with 5474 
 edifices, valued at $66,073,755, and 835 newspapers and periodicals, of 
 which 87 were published daily; 1086 periodicals (100 of them daily news- 
 papers) were enumerated in 1875. 
 
 Cities and Towns.— New York has 24 chartered cities, which con- 
 tained in 1870 1,965,660 inhabitants, or 43.25 per cent, of the total popu- 
 lation of the State. In 1825 the entire city population was 279,031. 
 Albany, the capital, is situated ou the Hudson River, 145 miles above New 
 York, at the terminus of the Erie and Champlain Canals. A bridge 1953 
 feet long and costing $1,100,000 spans the Hudson. Among the most 
 prominent buildings are the City Hall, Merchants’ Exchange, Dudley 
 Observatory, Penitentiary and the new Capitol building, begun in 1871 
 and designed to surpass any building in America. The city contains 60 
 churches and supports 8 daily newspapers. Population in 1870, 69,422, 
 and in 1875, 85,584. Neiv York, the metropolis of America and the third 
 city of the civilized world, occupies the whole of the island of Manhattan, 
 131 miles long and 2) miles in extreme breadth, and 20 square miles of 
 Westchester county, which was annexed in 1873. The principal public 
 buildings are the City Hall, new Court-House, new Post-Office, costing 
 $7,000,000, sub-Treasury building, Custom-House, Grand Central depot, 692 
 feet long, 240 feet wide and costing 24 millions of dollars, Masonic Tem- 
 ple, Academy of Design, Booth’s theatre and the Young Men’s Christian 
 Association building. Trinity church, with a spire 284 feet high, is one of 
 the most conspicuous objects in the lower part of the city. St. Patrick’s 
 Cathedral (begun in 1858), on Fifth Avenue, is 322 feet long. Many 
 of the business edifices rival the public buildings in cost and magnificence. 
 Among the most conspicuous of these are the Western Union, Drexel, 
 Tribune, Evening Post and Herald buildings. There are about a hun- 
 dred hotels, of which 20 are first class. The poor and vicious classes are 
 provided for on the most liberal scale. Blackwell’s Island is entirely oc- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 329 
 
 cupied by public institutions, including several hospitals, workhouses, a 
 penitentiary, almshouse, insane hospitals, etc. The number received into 
 all these institutions during the year 1874 was 195,438. More than 2500 
 men are employed upon the police force. The registrar of vital statistics 
 reported 28,597 deaths, 25,663 births and 8397 marriages during the last 
 year. New York has 25 miles of water-front available for docks. At 
 low tide there is a depth of 32 feet of water over the bar at Sandy Hook, 
 so that the largest vessels in the world can pass unimpeded. Six lines of 
 steamers run to South America and the West Indies, and 18 lines, with 
 175 steamships, to Europe. During the fiscal year ending June 30, 
 1874,8109,549,798 in duties were collected; the value of imports was 
 $395,133,622; of exports, $340,360,269; total foreign commerce, 
 $750,127,354, which was 57 per cent, of the whole foreign trade of the 
 United States. There were 19,640 vessels entered and cleared ; 6630 ves- 
 sels belonged to the port, and 396, including 60 steamers, were built during 
 the year. For the month of July, 1875, the value of imports was 
 $26,189,364; of domestic exports, $23,671,774. More than 140,000 im- 
 migrants arrived during the year. In manufactures, also, New York ranks 
 as the leading city. It contained at the time of the last census 7624 
 manufacturing establishments, which employed 129,577 hands and pro- 
 duced articles valued at $332,951,520. The city valuation in 1875 was 
 $1,154,029,176, and the taxation, 834,620,874; the receipts into the trea- 
 sury for the year ending Aug. 1, 1875, were $40,133,614. During 1874 
 1357 new buildings were erected. The number of schools reported was 
 249 ; teachers, 2679 ; pupils, 236,543 ; number of colleges, 6 ; medical 
 schools, 6 ; theological schools, 2. There are 380 churches and 398 news- 
 papers and periodicals, of which 28 are published daily. An abundance 
 of pure water is supplied by the Croton aqueduct, 401 miles long and 
 completed at a cost of $25,000,000. Central Park, which contains 2 Cro- 
 ton reservoirs covering 142 acres, is 2} miles long and embraces an area 
 of 843 acres. The number of inhabitants in 1656 was 1000 ; in 1673, 
 2500; in 1773, 21,876; in 1800, 60,489; in 1870, 942,292; and in 1875 
 (State census), 1,064,272. Brooklyn, the third city of the republic in 
 size, is really a part of the commercial metropolis, with which it is con- 
 nected by 13 steam ferries. The union is to be made still closer by the 
 construction of a bridge 6000 feet in length, having a central span 1595 
 feet long and 135 feet above high water. Ten millions of dollars was the 
 early estimate of its cost. Later developments indicate that “ the utmost 
 resources of the calculus ” are inadequate to determine the amount of 
 money that will be required to finish the structure. The city is 7J miles 
 long and 5 miles in its greatest breadth, and covers an area of 21 square 
 miles. Its water frontage extends for 81 miles, along which are immense 
 warehouses receiving goods to the amount of $260,000,000 annually. 
 
330 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Three railroads terminate at the water-front, and most of the 25 street 
 railways run to the New York ferries. Brooklyn is noted as the “ City 
 of Churches ” (it contains 240), among the most prominent of which are 
 Plymouth Church (Rev. Henry Ward Beecher’s), St. Ann’s and Holy 
 Trinity, the Church of the Pilgrims, the Roman Catholic Cathedral and 
 Talmage’s Tabernacle. Most of the dead of New York are interred in 
 the cemeteries of Brooklyn. Greenwood Cemetery, containing 413 acres, 
 Cypress Hills, Evergreen and the Cemetery of the Holy Cross are among 
 the most beautiful. Prospect Park, begun in 1866, contains 550 acres, 
 and commands a magnificent view of the great cities and the bay. In 
 1706 the town contained 64 freeholders; in 1802, almost a century after, 
 the number had increased to 86. There were only 56 buildings at the 
 close of the Revolutionary war. In 1820 the number of inhabitants was 
 7475; in 1870, 396,099; in 1875, 483,252. During the year 1874, 1470 
 new buildings were erected. Williamsburg constitutes the eastern divis- 
 ion of Brooklyn. It contains a United States navy yard, with a dry-dock 
 constructed at a cost of 2 million dollars. The value of the manufactured 
 products from 1043 establishments, employing 18,545 hands, was 
 $60,848,673. Water is supplied from the Ridgewood works. Buffalo, the 
 eleventh city of the Union in size, is situated on Lake Erie at the head of 
 Niagara River, 295 miles from New York. It is the western terminus of 
 the Erie Canal, and is an important shipping-point for cattle, grain and 
 coal. There are very large iron-mills ; ship-building is an important in- 
 dustry. The city has 80 churches and 9 daily newspapers. Population 
 in 1870, 117,714, and in 1875, 134,238. Rochester, which contained 
 63,522 inhabitants in 1870 and £1,813- in 1875, is situated at the Falls 
 of the Genesee (96 feet in height), 7 miles from Lake Ontario. An al- 
 most unlimited water-power is afforded for the huge flouring-mills, ma- 
 chine-shops and other factories. Five daily newspapers are published, 
 two of them in the German language. Troy, situated at the head of tide- 
 water on the Hudson River, has extensive manufactories of iron. All the 
 railroads are concentrated at a union railroad depot 400 feet long. Pop- 
 ulation in 1870, 46,465, and in 1875, 48,708. Syracuse, at the head of 
 Onondaga Lake, is the depot for immense salt-works, and contains numer- 
 ous furnaces, machine-shops, breweries, etc. The number of inhabitants 
 in 1870 was 43,051 ; in 1875, 49,808. The other leading cities with their 
 populations in 1870 and 1875 respectively are Utica (28,804 and 32,689), 
 Kingston (21,943), Oswego (20,910 and 22,280), Poughkeepsie (20,080 
 and 20,097), Yonkers (18,357 and 17,742, a decrease), Auburn (17,225 
 and 19,616), Newburgh (17,014 and 17,433), Elmira (15,833 and 20,093), 
 Cohoes (15,357 and 25,677), Lockport (12,426 and 14,323), Schenectady 
 (11,026 and 12,807), Rome (11,000 and 12,511), Ogdensburg (10,076 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 331 
 
 and 10,503), Watertown (9336 and 10,005), Long Island City (20,287 
 and 26,351) and Flushing (14,673 and 16,045). 
 
 Growth ill Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1701 
 was about 30,000; in 1731, 50,000; in 1771, 163,388. According to the 
 Federal census, the population at successive decennial periods has been as 
 follows: 1790, 340,120; 1800, 589,051; 1810, 959,049; 1820, 1,372,111; 
 1830, 1,918,608; 1840, 2,428,921; 1850, 3,097,394; 1860, 3,880,735; 
 1870, 4,382,759. Of the latter number, 1,138,353 were born in foreign 
 countries and 3,244,406 in the United States ; 2,987,776 had their birth- 
 place in New York. While New York had received 256,630 from other 
 States, 1,073,573 of her own children were residing in other parts of the 
 Union, showing a loss to her, in native population, of 816,942. This State 
 ranked fifth in 1790, third in 1800 and second in 1810; the first place was 
 secured in 1820, and has since been held. The density of population is 
 93.25 to a square mile. Over 5000 Indians, belonging to the Six Nations 
 and settled upon seven reservations, are not included in the census. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 32 sena- 
 tors and 128 assemblymen. Sessions are held annually, and each member 
 receives a salary of $1500 a year. Executive officers are elected for a 
 term of two years, with the exception of the governor and lieutenant-gov- 
 ernor, who serve for three years. Ten thousand dollars a year and a house 
 are the governor’s remuneration. Seven judges constitute the court of 
 appeals, of whom the chief-justice receives $9500 annually and his asso- 
 ciates $9000 each. There are 8 judicial districts, of which the New York 
 district has 5 judges and the others 4 each. County courts are held in all 
 of the 60 counties except New York. The two cities of New York and 
 Brooklyn have special courts. All judges are elected by the people. The 
 value of taxable property iu 1874 was $2,169,307,873. New York is 
 entitled to 33 representatives in Congress. 
 
 History. — As early as the spring of 1524 John de Verrazzano, a 
 Florentine in command of a French vessel, landed upon the soil of New 
 York. Henry Hudson sailed up the river which now bears his name in 
 September, 1609. A trading-post and fort were built near Albany in 1614. 
 In May, 1626, Peter Minuit bought the island of Manhattan for 60 guil- 
 ders (about 24 dollars). The Swedish territory to the south was annexed 
 by Governor Stuyvesant in 1655. In August, 1664, the Dutch dominions 
 were surrendered to the English. Numerous battles were fought upon the 
 soil of New York during the French and Indian wars. The part which 
 New York took iu the Revolutionary war is described elsewhere [see 
 Historical Sketch, p. 101]. During the w T ar of 1812 the towns along 
 the Canadian frontier were much exposed to British depredations. Several 
 amendments have been made to the State Constitution, the last in 1874. 
 
332 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — North Carolina is bounded on the N. W. 
 by Tennessee, N. by Virginia, E. and S. E. by the Atlantic Ocean, S. W. 
 and S. by South Carolina and Georgia. It is situated between latitudes 
 33° 53' and 36° 33' N. and longitudes 1° 35' E. and 7° 30' W. from Wash- 
 ington, or 75° 25' and 84° 30' W. from Greenwich. From east to west the 
 extreme length is 490 miles and the extreme breadth from uorth to south 
 185 miles. The area is 50,704 square miles, or 32,450,560 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Near the sea-coast are extensive 
 swamps and salt marshes. Between Albemarle and Pamlico Sounds is a 
 tract 75 miles in length and 45 miles in breadth and extending over four 
 counties, which is called Alligator, or Little Dismal, Swamp. Back of 
 the submerged lands, a low and nearly level sandy plain, with an average 
 slope of one foot to the mile, extends inland for 150 miles to the falls of 
 the Roanoke, the Yadkin and the Cape Fear. These falls mark the begin- 
 ning of the “hill country,” which rises in a series of steps, at the average 
 rate of ten feet per mile, toward the Blue Ridge. In this section there are 
 elevations from 200 to 1200 feet high. Mountains . — At the foot of the 
 Blue Ridge the ground rises from 1200 to 1500 feet, within a distance of 
 five or six miles, to a mountainous plateau elevated some 2500 feet above 
 the sea. The highest elevations east of the Rocky Mountains are in the 
 spurs of the Alleghany Mountains, which extend through the western part 
 of North Carolina. More than 20 peaks reach an altitude of 6000 feet, 
 while of the White Mountains [see New Hampshire] only Mount Wash- 
 ington attains that height. The principal summits are : Clingman’s Peak 
 (6941 feet high), Buckley’s Peak (6775 feet), Mount Mitchell (6732 feet) 
 and Roan Mountain (6306 feet), all of which overtop the monarch of the 
 White Hills. Of inferior height are the Richard Balsam (6225 feet), 
 Grandfather’s Peak (5897 feet) and Sugar Loaf (5312 feet). West of the 
 Blue Ridge 14 counties which belong to North Carolina are drained through 
 the Tennessee Valley. Rivers . — Seven rivers of considerable size, all flow- 
 ing toward the Atlantic Ocean, have a part or the whole of their course 
 in North Carolina. Beginning on the north, the first river is the Chowan, 
 navigable for 75 miles, which rises in Virginia and empties into Albemarle 
 Sound. Roanoke River is formed by the union of the Dan and the Staun- 
 ton, which have their sources in Southern Virginia. The length of the 
 main stream is 250 miles. Steamboats ascend as far as the falls, at Wel- 
 don, 150 miles. The Tar, navigable for 100 miles, and the Neuse, which 
 is a broad lagoon for 40 miles and navigable for 120 miles, empty into 
 Pamlico Sound. Cape Fear River, formed by the confluence of the Haw 
 and Deep Rivers, has a sufficient depth of water for sloops to ascend as far 
 as Fayetteville, 120 miles. The Yadkin rises in the flanks of the Blue 
 Ridge, and after a course of 350 miles passes over into South Carolina, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 333 
 
 where it becomes the Great Pedee. The Catawba also flows into South 
 Carolina. West of the Blue Ridge are several small streams, which run 
 into the Ohio and Mississippi system. Sea-coast . — Sandy and barren islands 
 stretch along the 400 miles of coast, and shoals extend far out to sea, mak- 
 ing the North Carolina coast a terror to all mariners. Cape Hatteras is 
 the extreme headland. Cape Lookout and Cape Fear are less extended; 
 but their names do no injustice to their dangerous character. Back of the 
 sandy islands are extensive sounds and deep bays. Pamlico Sound is 80 
 miles long, from 10 to 30 wide, and 20 feet deep. Albemarle Sound is 60 
 miles in length and from 4 to 15 in breadth. Currituck Sound, running 
 parallel with the ocean, is separated from it by a low sand-beach from 2 to 
 10 miles in width. Forests . — More than two millions of acres of swamp 
 land in the east are covered with a growth of cedar and cypress, very val- 
 uable for timber. The “ piney woods” extend across the State in a belt 
 from 30 to 80 miles wide. Here grows to its perfection the long-leaved 
 yellow pine, or turpentine tree. Hard woods predominate in the western 
 section. Among the trees are the oak, hickory, walnut, maple, poplar, 
 bay, mistletoe, chestnut, tulip, aspen, ash, sycamore, beech, elm, mulberry, 
 black-walnut, live-oak, black thorn, myrtle, hawthorn, palmetto, etc. 
 Game is very abundant ; canvas-back ducks and wild geese are so numer- 
 ous that shooting them is a regular and profitable business for gunners 
 during the winter. The bear, deer and other wild animals are sometimes 
 seen. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The swamp lands have a soil from 5 to 10 feet 
 deep, of which nine-tenths is a vegetable mould with a small admixture of 
 fine sand and clay. When drained, these lands produce very abundant 
 crops. Some of them have been under cultivation for a century and still 
 show no signs of diminished fertility. Much worn-out land is seen in the 
 great midland district, comprising 30 counties ; but with sufficient fertiliza- 
 tion it can be profitably cultivated. The mountain region is well adapted 
 for grazing. A semi-tropical climate is indicated in the vegetation of the 
 south-east. Palmetto trees are found as far north as Cape Hatteras. The 
 fig and pomegranate attain the dimensions of large trees. Vegetation is 
 green all the year round in swamps and savannas, where cattle range with- 
 out need of any artificial shelter. Potatoes, cabbages and other vegetables 
 are planted in December to be ready for use in February and the early 
 spring months. In the hill-country the climate is cooler, but at Raleigh 
 peach trees blossom in March and the fruit ripens in June. In the valleys 
 of the mountain district exemption from frost can be expected only be- 
 tween April 25th and October 10th. The isothermal lines crossing North 
 Carolina are: Spring, 55°-65° ; summer, 72°-80°; autumn, 55°-65°; 
 winter, 35°-50°; annual mean, 60°-65°. Observations continued for a 
 series of years give the mean annual temperature at Smithville (near Cape 
 
334 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 Fear) as 65.7°; Beaufort, 62.2°; Raleigh, 60° ; Chapel Hill, 59.7°; Ashe- 
 ville (among the mountains), 54.45°. The annual rainfall is 45.65 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Cotton is grown over nearly half 
 the State. There were 42 counties which produced over 400 bales each in 
 1860. In 1870 the production of cotton was 144,935 bales; flax, 59,552 
 pounds; wool, 799,667 pounds; rice, 2,059,281 pounds; tobacco, 11,150,- 
 087 pounds; cane-molasses, 33,888 gallons; sorghum, 621,855 gallons; 
 sweet-potatoes, 3,071,870 bushels (outstripping Texas, which ranked next, 
 by more than 900,000 bushels). Rice is grown very largely in Brunswick, 
 the most south-eastern county. In the production of peas and beans North 
 Carolina is surpassed only by New York. Pea-nuts, or ground-nuts, are 
 raised for exportation in immense quantities. The last census returns re- 
 ported the number of farms as 93,565, of which 116 contained more than 
 1000 acres each, while the average size was 212 acres; value of farms, farm 
 implements and live-stock, $104,287,161 ; value of productions, including 
 betterments, etc., $57,845,940 ; value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, 
 barley, buckwheat, potato, tobacco and hay crops, in 1873, $22,964,647. 
 In January, 1873, the State contaiued 131,800 horses, 48,400 mules, 316,- 
 100 oxen and other cattle, 199,100 milch cows, 823,300 hogs and 278,500 
 sheep. 
 
 Manufactures. — One of the most prosperous industries is the man- 
 ufacture of tar, turpentine and resin from the long-leaved pine (Pinus palus- 
 tris). In 1870 there were 147 establishments, affording employment to 959 
 hands. The production was 3,779,449 barrels of turpentiue (total for all 
 the States, 6,004,887 barrels), 456,131 barrels of resin (all the States, 646,- 
 243 barrels) and 300 barrels of tar; value of all these products, $2,338,- 
 309. Lumber was sawed to the value of $2,000,243. The value of flour- 
 ing-mill products was $2,232,404; cotton goods, $1,345,052; tobacco, $717,- 
 765; carriages and wagons, $340,284; total number of manufacturing 
 establishments, 3642; hands employed, 13,622; value of products, 
 $19,021,327. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — Gold has been obtained in moderate 
 quantities for many years. A branch mint was established at Charlotte 
 [see Coins and Currency, page 106], where $5,118,645 in gold had been 
 deposited previous to its discontinuance, while $4,666,026 were sent to the 
 Philadelphia Mint from North Carolina. The total gold product up to 
 June 30, 1874, was $10,090,656. A nugget weighing 28 pounds was once 
 found in Cabarrus county. Silver to the value of nearly $50,000 has also 
 been sent to the mint. There is an important zinc mine in Davidson 
 county. Copper, lead, plumbago, limestone, marble, manganese, porcelain 
 clay, etc., are found, and marl is abundant. Bituminous coal exists 
 in large beds on the Cape Fear and Dan Rivers. The Shocco and White 
 Sulphur Spriugs are places of considerable resort. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 335 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — There are 4 customs districts — 
 viz., Albemarle, Beaufort, Pamlico and Wilmington, to which 279 vessels 
 belong. For the year ending June 30, 1874, the value of exports was 
 S3, 581, 618; imports, $144,017. In the foreign trade 219 vessels entered 
 and 289 cleared; in the coastwise trade, 682 entered and 300 cleared, 
 making a total of 1490 vessels. Twenty-five vessels were built during the 
 . year. The fisheries are of considerable importance. Herring, shad, rock 
 and bluefish, mullet, etc., are caught in large quantities. A hundred thou- 
 sand barrels annually are packed on Albemarle Sound. Only Massachu- 
 setts and Maine employ more men in fisheries. The number engaged in 
 this business in 1870 was 1606; value of products, $265,839. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — Eighty-seven miles of railroad had been 
 completed up to the year 1842. In 1873 the number of miles was 1265; 
 cost per mile, $29,399 ; total capital account, $35,425,096 ; receipts, 
 $2,897,488 ; receipts per mile, $2405 ; receipts to an inhabitant, $2.61 ; net 
 earnings, $1,312,062; 1447 miles were in operation in 1874. Dismal 
 Swamp Canal connects Albemarle Sound with Chesapeake Bay. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary contained 445 convicts, November 1, 1874. A State Insane Asylum 
 was opened in 1856, which has treated over 1100 patients; 247 remained 
 at the close of 1874. The Institution for the Deaf and Dumb and the 
 Blind contained 208 pupils, of whom 64 were colored; an annual appro- 
 priation of $40j000 is made for its support by the State. The above three 
 institutions are all located at Raleigh, the capital. The Constitution pro- 
 vides for a permanent school fund for the maintenance of free public 
 schools. This fund in 1874 amounted to $2,190,564. The number of 
 children between the ages of 6 and 21 years was 348,603; public schools, 
 3311; teachers, 2690. Separate schools are provided for colored children. 
 The Ellepsdale Teachers’ Institute, aided by the Peabody fund, and the 
 Normal School at Wilmington, supported by the American Missionary 
 Association, give instruction to teachers. There are five colleges — viz., 
 Davidson, North Carolina, Rutherford Male and Female, Trinity, Univer- 
 sity of North Carolina and Wake Forest College. The University of 
 North Carolina, at Chapel Hill, chartered in 1789, was temporarily sus- 
 pended in 1871. A College of Physicians and Surgeons has been organ- 
 ized. Instruction in theology and law is afforded by Trinity College. The 
 census reported 1746 libraries, 64 newspapers and periodicals (increased 
 in 1875 to 106, 9 of which were published daily) and 2683 religious 
 organizations, having 2497 edifices. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Raleigh, the State capital (population, 7790), 
 situated near the Neuse River, contains a State-House, built of granite, 
 which cost $500,000, and was, at the time of its erection, one of the finest 
 capitols in the Union, Three of the State institutions before mentioned 
 
/ 
 
 336 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 are located at this city. It is connected with all quarters of the State by 
 railroads. Ten periodicals were published in 1875, two of them daily. 
 Wilmington (population, 13,446), the largest city and principal sea-port, 
 is. situated on the Cape Fear River, 34 miles from the sea. During the 
 civil war this was the favorite port of the blockade runners. Nearly 400 
 vessels ran the blockade between October, 1863, and December, 1864. 
 The export and import trade during the year ending June 30, 1864, was 
 $65,185,000. Ten years later, June 30, 1874, the total was $3,677,822 
 (less than one-seventeenth as much). Wilmington has steam saw- and 
 planing-mills, machine-shops and turpentine distilleries and three daily 
 newspapers. Newbern, on the River Neuse, 40 miles above its entrance 
 into Pamlico Sound, has direct steamboat communication with Norfolk, 
 Baltimore and New York, and carries on a large trade in cotton, lumber, 
 fish and naval stores. It is also a place of considerable manufactures, 
 having founderies, machine-shops, turpentine-works, grist- and saw-mills, 
 etc. There are 6 churches and 4 newspapers, one of which is published 
 daily. The number of inhabitants in 1870 was 5849, of whom 3829 were 
 colored. Fayetteville (population, 4660), 100 miles above Wilmington, on 
 the Cape Fear River, has a large trade in lumber, tar, turpentine, etc. 
 Charlotte (population, 4473) is the centre of the gold-mining district, and 
 now has an assay-office, which was formerly a United States mint. It 
 is at the intersection of 3 railroads, and has 6 newspapers, 3 of which are 
 published daily. The other principal towns are Beaufort, Asheville, 
 Washington, Plymouth, Goldsboro’, Tarboro’ and Edenton. 
 
 Population. — The original settlers were Irish and French. Some 
 Scotch refugees came in after the battle of Culloden. A few Germans 
 have made their home in North Carolina; but the number of persons of 
 foreign birth in 1870 was only 3029, which is less than one-third (.2827) of 
 1 per cent, of the entire population. The number of inhabitants at succes- 
 sive decennial periods has been as follows: 1790, 393,751 (slaves, 100,572); 
 1800, 487,103 (slaves, 133,296); 1810, 555,500 (slaves, 168,824); 1820, 
 638,829 (slaves, 204,917); 1830, 737,987 (slaves, 245,601); 1840, 753,- 
 419 (slaves, 245,817); 1850, 869,039 (slaves, 288,540); 1860, 992,622 
 (slaves, 331,059); 1870, 1,071,361 (free colored, 391,650). The native 
 population was 1,068,322, of whom 1,028,678 were born in North Caro- 
 lina and 39,644 were immigrants from other States, while 307,362 
 native North Carolinians were residing in other parts of the Union, 
 showing a loss to this Commonwealth of 267,718. The Old North 
 State ranked third in population in 1790, held the fourth place until 
 1820, and in 1870 ranked fourteenth. There were 21.13 inhabitants to 
 a square, mile. 
 
 Government and. Laws. — The legislature consists of a senate 
 of 50 members and a house of representatives of 120 members, elected for 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 337 
 
 two years and paid $5 per day besides mileage during the sessions, which 
 are held biennially. The governor (salary, $4000) and other executive 
 officers are chosen for a term of four years. Appellate jurisdiction is ex- 
 ercised by the supreme court, which consists of 5 judges. There are 12 
 judicial districts, in each of which terms of the superior court are held, 
 presided over by a single judge. All judges are elected by the people 
 for a term of 8 years. Persons who deny the being of Almighty God 
 are ineligible to office. The State debt on the 1st of October, 1874, 
 was $38,921,848. North Carolina is entitled to 8 representatives in 
 Congress. 
 
 History. — In 1584 Queen Elizabeth granted letters patent to Sir 
 Walter Raleigh “ for the discovering and planting of new lands and coun- 
 tries.” The first explorers landed on Roanoke Island July 4 (O. S.) of 
 that year. Charles II. granted Carolina to 8 noblemen in 1668. Six years 
 later the population was about 4000. The division between North and 
 South Carolina was made in 1697. War was waged with the Tuscaroras 
 until 1713. “The' first blood for liberty” was shed at Alamance, in May, 
 1771, and the first declaration of independence in the United States was 
 made at Charlotte, Mecklenburg county [see Historical Sketch, page 
 100]. The battle of Guilford Court-House, March 15, 1781, drove the 
 invading British army under Cornwallis from North Carolina. In 1789 
 the Constitution of the United States, which had been rejected in 1788, was 
 adopted. In February, 1861, the people voted against calling a conven- 
 tion to consider the question of secession. After the attack upon Fort 
 Sumter the governor of North Carolina seized possession of the forts at 
 Wilmington and Beaufort, the Mint at Charlotte and the United States 
 Arsenal at Fayetteville. An ordinance of secession was passed, and the 
 Constitution of the Confederate States was adopted May 21. Fort Hat- 
 teras and Fort Clark were taken by the Federal forces Aug. 29. Gen. 
 Burnside and Commodore Goldsborough captured Roanoke Island Feb. 8, 
 1862, and the city of Newbern March 14. Wilmington was taken on the 
 22d of February, 1865. Hostilities were closed by the surrender of Gen. 
 Johnston’s army April 26. The present Constitution was ratified in 1868. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Ohio is bounded on the N. by Michigan 
 and Lake Erie, E. by Pennsylvania and West Virginia, S. by West Vir- 
 ginia and Kentucky and W. by Indiana. It is situated between latitudes 
 38° 27' and 41° 57' N. and longitudes 3° 34' and 7° 49' W. from Wash- 
 ington, or 80° 34' and 84° 49' W. from Greenwich. The extreme length 
 is 228 miles, the breadth 220 miles and the area 39,964 square miles, or 
 25,576,960 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The general surface of Ohio is 
 22 
 
338 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 that of a great plain, descending from the foot of the Alleghanies toward 
 the Mississippi Valley. The lowest point is 425 feet above the sea level 
 and the highest 1540 feet, on the summit between the Scioto and Miami. 
 Among the principal elevations are Round Knob (1409 feet), Bald Moun- 
 tain (1391 feet), Mount Tabor (1365 feet), Little Mountain (1340 feet), 
 Stultz’s Mountain (1301 feet) and Fort Hill (1286 feet). Cincinnati is 
 523 feet above tide-water, Cleveland 685 feet, Urbana 1044 feet and Hud- 
 son 1137 feet. A chain of low hills, which constitutes the water-shed be- 
 tween Lake Erie and the Ohio River, extends along the 41st parallel of 
 latitude. Along the lake are cliffs, sometimes attaining a height of 750 feet 
 above the water surface. The south-east section of the State is undulating, 
 and precipitous hills, 600 and 700 feet in height, extend along the banks 
 of the Ohio. Numerous “mounds,” supposed to be the work of a race 
 now extinct, still exist, together with the remains of very extensive fortifi- 
 cations. Rivers and Lakes . — The Ohio River winds along the southern 
 boundary with a gentle current for 435 miles. It is subject to great fresh- 
 ets. In the spring of 1832 the stream rose to a height of 63 feet above 
 low-water mark. The width opposite Cincinnati is about 1600 feet. Flow- 
 ing into the Ohio are the Muskingum, navigable to Dresden, 95 miles; the 
 Scioto, 200 miles in length; the Great Miami, 150 miles long, and the 
 Little Miami. The principal streams emptying into Lake Erie are the 
 Maumee, Sandusky, Cuyahoga and Chagrin Rivers. Fish are abundant, 
 including the catfish (sometimes weighing 90 pounds), sturgeon, pike, perch, 
 shad, etc. Lake Erie affords, a navigable water frontage of 230 miles on 
 the north. There are many small lakes and basins along the water-shed ; 
 more than one hundred have been noted in Summit county within a radius 
 of 20 miles. Forests. — Forty-five species of trees have been noticed which 
 grow to a height of more than 40 feet. When the whites first came to the 
 State, in 1810, they found in the primitive forests the buttonwood, butter- 
 nut, dogwood, slippery and white elm, buckeye, sassafras, spicewood, red- 
 bud, coffee tree, linden, pawpaw, poplar, locust, mulberry, birch, beech, 
 chestnut, hornbeam, black-walnut, hickory, hemlock, sycamore, oak (white, 
 black, Spanish and red), arbor vitas, mistletoe, ash, aspen, yew, red cedar, 
 maple, spruce, gum, pine, willow, hackberry, persimmon and many others. 
 Seven species of maple, 11 of walnut and 26 of oak are catalogued. It 
 has been observed that the timber of the Western country is softer and 
 weaker than in the Atlantic States, owing probably to its more rapid 
 growth. Birds . — Among the native birds are the turkey-buzzard, hawk 
 (3 species), pheasant, partridge, bluejay, wood duck, sparrow, redbird, 
 woodpecker (5 species), eagle, raven, crow, kingfisher, wren, owl, 
 grouse, ’etc. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Over more than half the State the soil is of 
 diluvial origin. In the north the drift deposit is principally clay. The 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 339 
 
 southern counties of the “Reserve” have more of gravel and sand. This 
 is a fine grazing country. The river bottoms contain an alluvium of very 
 great fertility. The climate is subject to great variations. On the morn- 
 ing of June 5, 1859, there was a remarkable frost, which killed much 
 of the wheat and fruit in the State. “There were frosts on 8 days of May 
 in 1861, and light ones on the 27th of June and 3d of July” (Bureau of 
 Statistics). The extremes of temperature at Marietta during 28 j r ears 
 were 22° below zero and 99° above. During a series of years the mean 
 temperature at Cleveland was 49.77°; at Marietta, 51.86°; at Cincinnati, 
 54.67°. For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the minimum temperature 
 noted by the Signal Service Bureau for Ohio was 2° at Toledo, and the 
 maximum 103° at Cincinnati. The isothermal lines for the State are: 
 Spring, 50°; summer, 70°-74°; autumn, 50°-55°; winter, 30°; annual 
 mean, 50°-55°. Cincinnati is on the same isothermal lines with Lyons, 
 Milan and Constantinople. The annual rainfall is 33.38 inches at Cincin- 
 nati and 38.43 inches at Cleveland. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Ohio at one time ranked first in 
 the production of grain. It 1873 it occupied the third rank in the pro- 
 duction of Indian corn, fourth in oats, fifth iu barley and seventh in wheat. 
 The number of farms reported in 1870 was 195,953, of which 69 contained 
 more than 1000 acres each, while the average size was 111 acres. The 
 acreage of improved land was 14,469,133 (only Illinois and New York had 
 more); value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $1,200,458,541 
 (next to New York) ; value of farm productions, including betterments, etc., 
 §198,256,907 (next to New York and Illinois). In 1874 Ohio contained 
 738,600 horses (only Illinois had more), 22,300 mules, 882,900 oxen and 
 other cattle (next to Texas and Illinois), 778,500 cows (next to New York), 
 
 4.639.000 sheep (liext to California) and 2,017,400 hogs. Fruits grow in 
 great abundance, and nearly 350,000 acres are devoted to orchards. In 
 1872, which was an exceptional!} 7 good year, the apple crop was 23,000,000 
 bushels and the peach crop 405,619 bushels. 
 
 Manufactures. — This State ranks third in the number of manufac- 
 turing establishments and fourth in the value of products. It stood first 
 in the fabrication of agricultural implements, and next to Illinois and Mis- 
 souri in pork-packing. The total number of manufacturing establishments 
 reported at the last census was 22,773; hands employed, 137,202; value 
 of products, §269,713,610. The principal industries in value were: Flour- 
 ing-mill products, §24,965,629; clothing, §13,194,998; iron, rolled and 
 forged, §13,033,169 ; agricultural implements, §11,907,366; iron, pig, $10,- 
 956,938; pork packed, §10,655,950. The number of hogs packed in the 
 winter of 1874-5 was 871,736; value, §16,597,490. 
 
 Minerals and Mining’. — Fields of bituminous coal extend over 
 
 10.000 square miles of area. There are 30 counties in which it is profit- 
 
340 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ably mined. The production of 1873 was 87,794,240 bushels. Iron is 
 mined in 20 counties to the amount of nearly 350,000 tons per year. 
 More than 4 million bushels of salt and 1,315,000 gallons of petroleum 
 were produced in 1873. Gypsum, lime, potter’s clay and the finest quality 
 of building-stone are found in abundance. The mining product of 1870 
 was $7,751,544, from 535 establishments. 
 
 Commerce anti Navigation. — The 200 miles of coast on Lake 
 Erie afford direct communication with the Atlantic Ocean through the 
 River St. Lawrence, and the 435 miles of Ohio River navigation are con- 
 nected, through the Mississippi, with the Gulf of Mexico, so that vessels 
 built in Ohio can sail direct to foreign ports. The customs districts on the 
 lake have their ports of entry at Cleveland, Sandusky and Toledo. During 
 the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, the value of imports was $554,376, 
 and the value of exports $3,528,729 ; 1362 vessels entered and 1388 cleared, 
 in the foreign trade; 8417 entered and 8460 cleared, in the coastwise trade; 
 219 vessels belonged to Cincinnati and 609 to the lake ports. Twenty- 
 eight vessels were built upon the lake and 40, of which 19 were steamers, 
 upon the Ohio. Cincinnati is a port of entry and delivery. The value 
 of fisheries in 1870 was $383,121, giving to Ohio the fifth rank among the 
 States. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — The four great trunk-lines from the At- 
 lantic cities to the Mississippi cross this State. In 1842 the first mile of 
 railroad was completed; in 1874 the statistics were: Miles of railroad, 
 4378; cost per mile, $74,254; total stock and debt, $298,931,461; gross 
 earnings, $37,177,129; net earnings, $10,182,894. Of navigable canals 
 the State has 796 miles, including feeders and side-cuts. These were con- 
 structed between the years 1825 and 1844, at a total cost of $14,688,667 ; 
 average cost per mile, $18,453. The Ohio and Erie Canal, connecting the 
 river at Portsmouth with the lake at Cleveland, is 309 miles in length and 
 cost $4,695,204. The Miami and Erie, connecting Toledo with Cincinnati, 
 extends for 250 miles, and was constructed at a cost (with improvements 
 and repairs) of $7,463,694. The State also contains more than 6000 miles 
 of turnpikes and plank roads. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, erected in 1813, contained 1005 prisoners Nov. 1, 1874. The Deaf 
 and Dumb Asylum, opened Feb. 11, 1869, was constructed at a cost of 
 $625,000. Both the above institutions, together with the Asylums for the 
 Deaf and Dumb, the Blind and the Idiotic, and the Central Ohio Lunatic 
 Asylum, are located at Columbus. Other Asylums for the Insane have 
 been opened at Newburg, Dayton, Athens, Longview and Toledo, of 
 which the first three are wholly, and the last two partially, supported by 
 the State. Upwards of 1000 patients were sent to these hospitals for the 
 insane during the year 1874. An Industrial School for girls has been 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 341 
 
 established at White Sulphur Springs, and a Reform School for boys was 
 opened near Lancaster in 1857. The latter institution has a farm of 1170 
 acres; nearly 2000 boys have been already admitted. The school statistics 
 for 1873-4 were: School-houses, 11,688; value, $18,829,586; teachers, 
 22,375; children of school age (6 to 21 years), 985,947; revenue for 
 school purposes, $8,300,594. There are 32 colleges (of which Oberlin had 
 1330 students), 12 schools of theology, 3 of law, 11 of medicine and 4 
 of science. Ohio Agricultural and Mechanical College, at Columbus, pos- 
 sesses a property valued at $904,000. A building has been erected which 
 will accommodate 500 students. The last census reported 17,790 libraries, 
 395 newspapers and periodicals, 26 of them daily, and 6488 religious 
 organizations, having 6284 edifices. In 1875 the number of newspapers 
 had increased to 537, of which 35 were published daily. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Ohio contains 31 cities. Columbus was made 
 the State capital by an act passed Feb. 14, 1812. It occupies a central 
 position on the Scioto River, at the intersection of eight railroads, 110 miles 
 north-east of Cincinnati. The principal State institutions, are concentrated 
 here, including the Penitentiary and the several asylums for the insane, 
 blind, deaf and dumb and idiotic; there are also State and United States 
 Arsenals. The Capitol was completed in 1861, 15 years after its commence- 
 ment, at a cost of $1,365,171. Eight periodicals p”e issued, 2 of them 
 daily, and there are 45 churches. The number of inhabitants in 1870 was 
 31,274. Cincinnati, the “Queen City of the West,” is situated upon the 
 Ohio River, 500 miles above its mouth. A suspension bridge, 2252 feet 
 long, spans the river. There are 8 lines of river packets ; steamboats 300 
 feet long and 90 feet wide come up to the docks. The city has a water 
 frontage of 10 miles. A line of hills from 400 to 450 feet high extends in 
 semicircular form some distance back from the river, affording the finest 
 sites for residences. Among the principal public edifices are the Court- 
 House, Hospital, Public Library, Opera-House, St. Peter’s Cathedral and 
 the United States government buildings. The manufactures are very ex- 
 tensive; there are 4000 establishments, employing 58,000 hands and pro- 
 ducing an annual value of $145,000,000. Pork-packing is a leading 
 industry, although Chicago has taken the first place, which was once held 
 by Cincinnati. During the season of 1873-4, 581,253 hogs were packed. 
 The city contains 25,000 dwellings, 160 churches and 11 public libraries. 
 Sixty-two periodicals are published, 9 of them daily. The population in 
 1800 was 750; in 1810, 2540; in 1820, 9602; in 1830, 24,831; in 1840, 
 46,338; in 1850, 115,436; in 1860, 161,044; and in 1870, 216,239, of 
 whom 136,627 were natives of the United States. The valuation of prop- 
 erty in 1873 was $185,645,740. Thirteen railroads enter 4 depots. Cleve- 
 land (population, 92,829), situated on the shore of Lake Erie, is called the 
 “Forest City.” The Court-House, City Hall and United States buildings 
 
342 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 are fine stone edifices. The Ohio and Erie Canal brings a large business 
 to the city. Five railroads centre in a mammoth union depot. There are 
 nearly 1000 manufacturing establishments, 90 churches and 6 daily news- 
 papers. Toledo (population, 31,584), on the Maumee River, near the 
 western extremity of Lake Erie, has a fine harbor, and is connected with 
 Cincinnati and Evansville, Indiana, by canals. Six railroads meet in one 
 depot. Five daily newspapers are published. The other principal towns 
 are Dayton (30,743), Sandusky (13,000), Springfield (12,652), Hamilton 
 (11,081), Zanesville (10,011), Akron (10,006), Chillicothe (8920), Canton 
 (8660), Steubenville (8107), Youngstown (8075), Mansfield (8029) and 
 Newark (6698). In 1873, 19,750 new buildings were erected in the State, 
 of which 15,172 were dwellings and 145 factories. 
 
 Growth ill Population. — At the beginning of the present cen- 
 tury Ohio ranked eighteenth in population among the 20 States then com- 
 posing the American Union. She took the third place in 1840, and has 
 since retained it. The number of inhabitants at successive decennial 
 periods has been as follows: In 1800, 43,365; 1810, 230,760; 1820, 581,- 
 295; 1830, 937,903; 1840, 1,519,467; 1850, 1,980,329; 1860, 2,339,511; 
 1870, 2,665,260. Between 1800 and 1810 the increase was 408.7 percent.; 
 during the last decade, 13.92 per cent. The number of inhabitants to a 
 square mile was 66.69. A stream of emigration has been pouring from 
 Ohio westward. Indiana, Illinois and Iowa were settled to a considerable 
 extent by people from this State; 70,000 went to Iowa in 7 years. The 
 returns of 1870 showed that 806,983 of the children of Ohio were residing 
 in other parts of the Union, while it contained 450,454 natives of other 
 States and 372,493 persons of foreign birth, making a total of 822,947 
 residents who were not native to the soil. It has been computed that the 
 centre of population for the republic is at Wilmington, Clinton county, 
 Ohio, 45 miles north-east of Cincinnati. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a general assembly, consisting of 36 senators and 105 representatives. 
 Biennial sessions are held. Executive officers are elected for a term of 
 two years. Four thousand dollars salary is paid to the governor. The 
 supreme court consists of 5 judges, who receive $3000 salary each. Courts 
 of common pleas and also probate courts are held in each of the 88 coun- 
 ties. All judges are elected by the people. The value of taxable property 
 in 1874 was $1,580,379,324; 168 national banks were in operation, having 
 a capital of $28,883,000. The State debt was $7,988,205 on the 15th of 
 November in the above-mentioned year. 
 
 History. — La Salle sailed along the Ohio River in 1680. In March, 
 1786, a plan was formed in Connecticut for the planting of a colony upon 
 the banks of the Ohio. A company of 47 emigrants reached the site of 
 Marietta on the 7th of April, 1787, and began the first settlement. About 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 343 
 
 the same time Congress began to exercise jurisdiction over the territory 
 north-west of the Ohio. The old story of Indian outrages was repeated. 
 General St. Clair was defeated by the Miamis in 1791. In 1794 Gen. 
 Wayne achieved a brilliant victory over the savages, and hostilities were 
 soon suspended. Ohio was admitted to the Union as the seventeenth State 
 on the 19th of February, 1803. Conflicting claims to the land were urged 
 by several States, and most of it was ceded to the General Government. 
 Connecticut reserved 3,666,921 acres in the north-east, along Lake Erie, 
 which has since been known as the “Western Reserve.” 
 
 OREGON. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Oregon is bounded on jhe 17. by Wash- 
 ington Territory, E. by Idaho, S. by Nevada and California and W. by the 
 Pacific Ocean. It is situated between latitudes 42° and 46° 20' N. and 
 longitudes 39° 44' and 47° 35' W. from AYashington, or 116° 40' and 124° 
 35' W. from Greenwich. The length from east to west is 360 miles, the 
 breadth from north to south 275 miles and the area 95,274 square miles, 
 or 60,975,360 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface .— Along the Pacific coast the ground 
 is very much broken and the mountain spurs jut out in bold headlands and 
 capes, among the most prominent of which are Capes Orford, Arago, Per- 
 petua, Foul weather and Lookout. Some twenty-five miles back are the 
 Coast Alountains, from 1000 to 5000 feet high. East of this range is the 
 Willamette ATilley, having a width of from 50 to 100 miles. The valley 
 of the Umpqua and the valley of the Rogue Rivers, separated from each 
 other by the Umpqua Alountains, occupy the territory to the south. The 
 regions above described belong to AYestern Oregon, which covers an area 
 of 31,000 square miles and extends from the Pacific coast inland for 130 
 miles to the Cascade Alountains. These mountains, which are a continua- 
 tion of the Sierra Nevada, extend in a direction almost due north and 
 south across the State. The altitude of the highest peaks has been some- 
 what exaggerated. Late measurements give the following results : Alount 
 Hood, 11,225 feet; Alount Pitt, 11,000 feet; Alount Jefferson, 10,500 feet; 
 the Three Sisters, 9420 feet; and Diamond Peak, about the same. Exten- 
 sions of the Cascade Range, under the general name of the Blue Aloun- 
 tains, stretch toward the east and north-east, sometimes attaining an eleva- 
 tion of 7000 feet. Eastern Oregon is in general an elevated country, 
 broken by hills, mountains and deep canons. These gradually give place 
 to prairies and level plains, which fall away toward the Great Interior 
 Basin. Rivers . — The Columbia River forms the boundary between Oregon 
 and AYashington Territory for 300 miles. It has a width of from 3 to 7 
 miles for 40 miles above its moutb. Large steamboats can ascend 140 
 miles to the rapids where the river breaks through the Cascade Alountains. 
 
344 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Around these rapids is a railroad portage, above which navigation is pos- 
 sible to White Bluffs, a distance of 205 miles. The largest tributary of 
 the Columbia is the Lewis, or Snake, River, which rises in the mountains 
 of Idaho and constitutes the boundary between that Territory and Oregon 
 for 150 miles. Steamboats sail into Southern Idaho, within 200 miles of 
 Salt Lake City. The Deschutes, 250 miles long, John Day’s River, about 
 the same length, and the Walla Walla discharge their waters into the Co- 
 lumbia east of the Cascade Mountains. Draining the valley to the west 
 of the mountains is the Willamette River, navigable for 130 miles, which 
 runs due north and empties into the Columbia, 110 miles above its mouth. 
 The Umpqua and Rogue Rivers, which are about 200 miles long, flow 
 directly into the Pacific. Klamath River runs through the lakes of the 
 same name and passes into California. Forests . — All of Western Oregon, 
 with the exception of the river valleys, is covered with a dense growth of 
 timber. Toward the California boundary are said to be some of the most 
 magnificent forests in the world. It is estimated that they would yield a 
 million feet of timber to the acre. Upon the mountains the principal 
 growths are the yellow, white and sugar pine, the red, black, yellow and 
 balsam fir, and the Oregon cedar, which sometimes attains the dimensions 
 of 300 feet in height and 20 feet in diameter, the yew, juniper, oak, 
 ash, hemlock, myrtle and spruce. In Eastern Oregon the timber supply 
 is deficient. The forests are still inhabited by the black and grizzly 
 bear, panther, wolf, wildcat, cayote, elk, deer, antelope and other wild 
 animals. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The valleys of the Willamette, the Umpqua 
 and Rogue Rivers have a dark porous soil, formed by the mixture of vege- 
 table mould with clayey loam, and are exceedingly fertile. Above the 
 alluvial bottoms are open and slightly rolling prairies, whose soil is a gray, 
 calcareous, sandy loam, admirably adapted for wheat and other cereals. 
 Along the spurs of the mountains are good grazing lands, based upon a 
 brown, clayey loam. Eastern Oregon is especially adapted for dairying 
 and stock-raising. The nutritious “bunch grass” grows to a height of 
 from 6 to 18 inches. Parts of the Great Basin are totally unfit for culti- 
 vation. Very great climatic variations are shown in different parts of the 
 State. In portions of Eastern Oregon frosts come in October, winter lasts 
 for three months and snow falls to the depth of 12 inches. West of the 
 Cascade Mountains the climate is mild and uniform. The seasons are the 
 rainy, lasting from November to April, and the dry; very little snow falls, 
 and thunder and lightning are almost unknown. Upon the isothermal 
 charts the lines passing across Oregon are: Spring, 52°-55°; summer, 
 57°_70°; autumn, 50°-55° ; winter, 30°-45°; annual mean, 50°-55°. 
 The average temperature at Port Orford is 53.5° ; at Astoria, 52°, and at 
 Portland, 52.8°. Astoria has an annual rainfall of 60 inches and Port- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 345 
 
 land of 43.69 inches. The rainfall in some of the eastern districts does not 
 exceed 15 or 20 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — There were 7587 farms reported 
 by the last census, of which 88 contained more than 1000 acres each, while 
 the average size was 315 acres ; 2,389,252 acres were included in farms, 
 of which 1,116,290 acres were improved. The total value of farms, farm 
 implements and live-stock was $30,475,381; value of farm productions, 
 $7,122,790. In 1873 the production of Indian corn was 94,000 bushels, 
 an average of 30 bushels to the acre. Only Nevada produced less in total 
 amount ; but the yield to the acre was greater in Oregon than in 21 other 
 States. The wheat crop was 3,127,000 bushels; 16 States produced less, 
 and the average yield to the acre (19 bushels) was only surpassed by Ne- 
 vada (20 bushels). The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, 
 buckwheat, potato and hay crops was $5,571,866. At the beginning of 
 1874 the State contained 86,400 horses, 3700 mules, 123,700 oxen and 
 other cattle, 73,500 milch cows, 171,200 hogs and 561,500 sheep, an aver- 
 age of more than 6 sheep to every inhabitant. 
 
 Manufactures. — Oregon possesses a large water-power, but manu- 
 facturing is yet in its infancy. In 1870 there were 969 establishments, 
 which employed 2884 hands; the value of the annual product was $6,877,- 
 387, of which the principal items were: Flouring-mill products, $1,530,229 ; 
 lumber, $922,576; woollen goods, $492,857. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — Gold was discovered in 1852, and silver 
 is also found. The bullion product of the State up to 1875 has been esti- 
 mated at more than 25 millions of dollars. Coal has been mined in con- 
 siderable quantities. Granite, sandstone, slate, limestone, soapstone, etc., 
 are abundant. The product of the 168 mining establishments reported in 
 1870 was $417,797. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — A harbor 5 miles wide, and with 
 a depth of 20 and 25 feet in its two channels, is afforded by the Columbia 
 River. Coos Bay, 10 miles long and 2 miles wide, has a depth of from 3 
 to 4 fathoms. Oregon contains 3 customs districts, at which, during the 
 fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, the value of imports was $490,480, and 
 the value of exports $2,659,510. In the foreign trade the entrances were 
 50 and the clearances 96 (of which 43 were American vessels) ; in the 
 coastwise trade there were 309 entrances and 218 clearances. Sixty steam- 
 ers and 48 other vessels belong to the customs districts, and 12 were built 
 during the year. Fisheries . — The Columbia River salmon fisheries are 
 very profitable; 3500 barrels of salted salmon and 150,000 cases, valued 
 at $6 per case, were put up during the season of 1873. Cod, sturgeon, 
 halibut, lobsters, etc., are caught in large quantities. 
 
 Railroads. — At the last report 2574 miles of railroad had been 
 opened for travel. The principal line extends from Portland south 
 
346 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 through the Willamette Valley for 200 miles, and is to be extended so as 
 to form a connection with the Central Pacific Railroad. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — A Penitentiary was 
 established in 1854, and contained in 1874 about 100 prisoners. The Hos- 
 pital for the Iusane, opened at East Portland in 1862, has 200 inmates. 
 Institutions for the Blind and the Deaf and Dumb are in successful opera- 
 tion. The school statistics for 1874 were as follows: Public schools, 530; 
 teachers, 860; school-houses, 555; value, $332,764; receipts for school 
 purposes, $204,760; number of children of school age (4 to 20 years), 
 40,898. The institutions for higher education are: Christian College, at 
 Monmouth, which has classic, scientific and preparatory departments; Cor- 
 vallis College, connected with which is the State Agricultural School, hav- 
 ing a property valued at $239,000 ; McMinnville College ; Pacific Uni- 
 versity, having classical, scientific and normal departments ; Willamette 
 University, which embraces a school of medicine and a school of science; 
 and the University of Oregon, at Eugene City. The State contained, in 
 1870, 2361 libraries, 220 religious organizations, having 135 edifices, and 
 35 newspapers and periodicals, of which 4 were published daily. Six 
 dailies, 36 weeklies and 1 semi-monthly were published in 1875. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Salem (population, 1139), the State capital, 
 is situated on the Willamette River, 50 miles south of Portland. Two 
 daily and 2 weekly newspapers are published here. Portland, on the Wil- 
 lamette River, 12 miles above its entrance into the Columbia, is the chief 
 city of Oregon. It contains the State Penitentiary. The other principal 
 towns are Astoria (named after John Jacob Astor), Oregon City, Forest 
 Grove, Corvallis, Eugene City, Harrisburg, Baker City, Roseburg and 
 Jacksonville. 
 
 Population. — In 1850 the number of inhabitants was 13,294; in 
 1860, 52,465; and in 1870, 90,923, which is less than one person to a square 
 mile; 11,600 were born in foreign lands and 79,323 in the United States, 
 of whom 37,135 were natives of Oregon, 1710 of California, 4722 of Illi- 
 nois, 3451 of Indiana, 3695 of Iowa, 2387 of Kentucky, 7061 of Missouri, 
 3092 of New York, 4031 of Ohio, 1930 of Pennsylvania, 996 of the Ter- 
 ritories, etc. ; 6225 natives of Oregon were residing elsewhere. Only Ne- 
 vada had a smaller population. There are about 8000 tribal Indians, who 
 occupy 7 reservations. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 30 senators, 
 elected for 4 years, and 60 representatives, elected for 2 years. Biennial 
 sessions are held, during which the members are paid $3 per day. Exec- 
 utive officers are chosen for a term of 4 years. A salary of $1500 per 
 annum is paid to the governor. The supreme court, which has only appel- 
 late jurisdiction, consists of 5 judges. Circuit courts are held at least twice 
 a year in every county. Probate matters and inferior civil and criminal 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 347 
 
 cases are under the jurisdiction of a county court, the presiding judge of 
 which is elected by the people of the county. Ten per cent, is the legal 
 rate of interest. 
 
 History. — On the 7th day of May, 1792, Capt. Robert Gray, of Bos- 
 ton, entered the Columbia River. In 1805 Lewis and Clarke visited this 
 region. In 1810 John Jacob Astor organized the Pacific Fur Company. 
 A party sent out by this company reached the Columbia ou the 24th of 
 March, 1811, and founded Astoria. The Hudson’s Bay Company claimed 
 jurisdiction over the whole country. In 1846 the 49th parallel of latitude 
 was made the boundary between British America and the United States. 
 Immigrants began to enter Oregon by the overland route as early as 1833. 
 From 3 to 5 months were consumed in the journey from the Missouri River. 
 The passage around Cape Horn required six months. Congress passed a 
 “donation law” in 1850, giving 320 acres of land to each actual settler 
 and 320 acres more to the wife. Oregon, which had been organized as a 
 Territory by an act passed Aug. 14, 1848, was admitted into the Union on 
 the 4th day of February, 1859. Indian hostilities have been a source of 
 very great trouble to the settlers. An account of the recent Modoc ivar is 
 given elsewhere [see Hr storic at. Sketch, page 149]. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Pennsylvania is bounded on the N. by 
 Lake Erie and New York, E. by New Jersey, S. by Delaware, Maryland 
 and West Virginia, and W. by West Virginia and Ohio. It is situated 
 between latitudes 39° 43' and 42° 15' N. and longitudes 2° 18' E. and 3° 
 36' W. from Washington, or 74° 42' and 80° 36' W. from Greenwich. 
 The State is 310 miles long, 175 miles in extreme breadth and contains an 
 area of 46,000 square miles, or 29,440,000 acres. Its southern boundary is 
 Mason and Dixon’s line [see Maryland, page 171]. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — There are three natural divisions 
 which are quite distinctly marked. (1.) The eastern slope extends from 
 the Delaware River westward, from 75 to 80 miles to the Blue Mountains, 
 exhibiting a surface slightly rolling and diversified. (2.) The mountain 
 region of Central Pennsylvania includes a belt of country more than a 
 hundred miles in width. Several chains of hills belonging to the Great 
 Appalachian range extend in a parallel direction from north-east to south- 
 west across the State. These are known by various local names, as Kitta- 
 tinny, Broad Mountain, Tuscarora, Sideling Hill, Bald Eagle Ridge, etc. 
 The Alleghanies constitute the water-shed between the Atlantic Ocean and 
 the valley of the Ohio. Still farther west are the Laurel and Chestnut 
 Ridges, sometimes attaining an altitude of 3000 feet. (3.) The western, 
 or Ohio River, slope sinks away gradually from the mountain summits 
 toward the great interior valley. Rivers . — The Delaware River, 320 miles 
 
348 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 long, constitutes the eastern boundary of Pennsylvania. Ocean steamers 
 of the largest size ascend as far as Philadelphia, and small steamboats can 
 reach Trenton. Its principal tributaries are the Lehigh, 90 miles long and 
 an important channel for the coal and lumber trade, which enters the Del- 
 aware at Easton; and the Schuylkill, taking its rise among the mountains 
 of the coal region, which supplies Philadelphia with water and unites with 
 the Delaware below that city after a course of 130 miles. The Susque- 
 hanna River rises in Otsego Lake, New York, flows across Pennsylvania 
 and, passing into Maryland, discharges its waters into Chesapeake Bay. 
 It is a broad stream, having a width of a mile and a quarter at Harris- 
 burg, but is too shallow for navigation. The chief affluents of the Sus- 
 quehanna are the West Branch, the Tioga and the “blue Juniata,” 
 famous among tourists for its beauty. Draining Western Pennsylvania 
 are the two rivers which united form the Ohio — viz., the Alleghany and 
 the Monongahela. The former rises in Potter county, sweeps into the State 
 of New York, affording water communication as far as Olean, 240 miles 
 above its mouth, and then, flowing southward, unites at Pittsburg with the 
 Monongahela, which has its sources in the highlands of West Virginia. 
 Lake Erie extends for 40 miles along the north-western boundary, thus 
 affording to Pennsylvania a connection with the great system of lake navi- 
 gation. Forests . — Large tracts of mountain land are covered with a dense 
 growth of timber. Around the headwaters of the West Branch of the 
 Susquehanna are primeval forests from which immense quantities of lum- 
 ber are cut every year. Among the forest trees are the pine, cedar, spruce, 
 hemlock, larch, ash, elm, linden, beech, mulberry, hornbeam, chestnut, 
 aspen, persimmon, locust, sassafras, birch, gum, catalpa, sycamore, poplar, 
 pawpaw, magnolia, maple, oak, hickory, walnut, etc. The bear, panther, 
 wildcat, wolf, fox, raccoon, otter, opossum, deer and other wild animals 
 are met with in the parts remote from civilization. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The eastern counties have a fertile loam, which 
 is brought to a high state of cultivation and produces large crops. In the 
 counties along the Maryland line there is a strong and quick soil, resting 
 upon a limestone formation, and well adapted for wheat and other grains. 
 The mountain region is generally unproductive, the soil being cold and 
 thin, but there are warm and deep alluvial lands in the valleys. West of 
 the Alleghanies the soil has the fertility characteristic of the great valley 
 of the Ohio. The isothermal lines crossing the State are: Spring, 45°-50°; 
 summer, 67°-72°; autumn, 47°-55°; winter, 25°-30°; annual mean, 
 45°-55°. According to the report of the United States Signal Service 
 Bureau, the average temperature for the three years ending Sept. 30, 1874, 
 was 51.92 p at Philadelphia and 51.33° at Pittsburg. The mean for the 
 three summer months was 71°, and the maximum 97°, at the former city. 
 During the month of August, 1875, the maximum temperature was 85°, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 349 
 
 on the 6th, and the minimum 58°, on the 2d. The annual rainfall for two 
 years was 40.17 inches at Pittsburg and 51.81 inches at Philadelphia. 
 
 Agricultural Productions.— Pennsylvania ranked first in the 
 production of rye in 1873, being credited with 3,283,000 bushels, which 
 was one-fifth of the whole production of the United States. It was first 
 also in oats (31,229,000 bushels), and ranked nest to New York in buck- 
 wheat, potatoes and hay. The value of the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, 
 barley, buckwheat, potato, tobacco and hay crops was $115,965,700 (next 
 to New York and Illinois). In 1874 the State contained 557,000 horses, 
 24,900 mules, 722,600 oxen and other cattle, 812,600 milch cows (next to 
 New York), 1,034,400 hogs and 1,674,000 sheep. The last Federal census 
 reported 17,994,200 acres in farms, of which 11,115,965 acres were im- 
 proved; value of farms, implements and live-stock, $1,194,786,853 ; value 
 of productions, $183,946,027 ; average size of farms, 103 acres. About 
 251 per cent, of the population were employed in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments at 
 the time of the last census was 37,200; hands employed, 319,487; value 
 of materials, $421,197,673; value of products, $711,894,344. Pennsyl- 
 vania ranked first among the States in the number of establishments, but 
 was surpassed by New York in the number of hands employed and in the 
 value'of the products. Among the leading industries in value were iron, 
 $122,605,296 (more than twice as much as in New York); textiles, $63,- 
 436,186 (next to Massachusetts); building materials, $55,630,364 (first); 
 building, not marine, $38,348,344 (first); lumber, $35,262,590 (first); 
 flouring-mill products, $31,124,017; molasses and sugar, refined, $26,731,- 
 016; men’s clothing, $21,850,319; leather, tanned, $19,828,323; coal oil, 
 rectified, $15,251,223; printing and publishing, $13,651,396 (next to New 
 York) ; drugs and chemicals, $8,451,991 (first) ; paper, $6,511,446 (third) ; 
 brass and brassware, $2,144,055 (next to Connecticut). 
 
 Mineral Resources and Mining.— Nearly one-half the value 
 of all the mining products of the United States was credited to Pennsyl- 
 vania by the Federal census. The number of mining establishments was 
 3086; hands employed, 81,215; capital, $84,660,276; wages, $38,815,276; 
 value of products, $76,208,390. In her resources of coal and petro- 
 leum this State has no rival. Full and specific information concerning 
 these sources of wealth and prosperity will be found in the article upon 
 Physical Geography’, pp. 180-189 [see also American Manufac- 
 tures]. Coal-mining is attended with no inconsiderable peril. During a 
 single year (1872) 223 persons were killed and 609 were maimed in the 
 anthracite region; 109 wives were made widows and 381 children were 
 made orphans. One life was lost for every 100,660 tons of coal mined. 
 At Avondale, on the 6th day of December, 1869, 108 men were suffocated 
 by the smoke from a burning coal-breaker at the mouth of the only 
 
350 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 entrance to the mine. Not a single one was brought out alive. The in- 
 crease of the coal-carrying trade has been enormous. In the year 1820 
 the whole amount sent out from the Lehigh region was 365 tons. In 1874, 
 according to the Report of the Auditor- General, there were transported by 
 railroad 29,201,029 tons of anthracite, 10,444,657 tons of bituminous and 
 4,036,080 tons of semi-anthracite and semi-bituminous, making a total of 
 43,681,786 tons; 3,703,143 tons of anthracite and 3,047,089 tons of bitu- 
 minous coal were transported upon the canals, making the total amount 
 for the year 50,532,018 tons. A part of the above amount, however, was 
 transferred from one line to another, and so reckoned two or three times 
 over. The actual production of anthracite coal for the year ending Dec. 31, 
 1874, was 21,667,386 tons, and of bituminous, 11,053,615 tons; total, 32,721,- 
 001 tons. The long “ strike ” in 1875 caused a five months’ suspension of the 
 anthracite trade. Up to September 11, the total production of all kinds for 
 the coal year was 15,455,200 tons. Copper, zinc, plumbago and lead are also 
 mined in considerable quantities. Marble is quarried in Chester and Mont- 
 gomery counties; and limestone, sandstone, slate and other building-stones 
 are abundant. Salt is manufactured extensively in Western Pennsylvania. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Pennsylvania is favorably sit- 
 uated for commerce, being connected with the three great systems of water 
 communication of the Atlantic Ocean, the Mississippi and the lakes, through 
 the ports of Philadelphia, Pittsburg and Erie. During the year ending 
 June 30, 1874, the value of imports was $26,676,712, and of exports, $38,- 
 169,060. In the foreign trade 511 American and 682 foreign vessels 
 entered at Philadelphia, and 481 American and 741 foreign vessels cleared. 
 At Erie the entries were 29 American and 41 foreign vessels, and the clear- 
 ances 11 American and 37 foreign, making the total number entering and 
 clearing in the foreign trade at the ports of the State 2533 vessels. Be- 
 longing to the customs districts there were 3586 vessels, of which 449 were 
 steamers. Ship-building . — The construction of iron steamships has been 
 brought to great perfection at the shipyards of John Roach, upon the Del- 
 aware. Twenty-four vessels, representing an aggregate of 47,000 tons, 
 have been built since 1871, involving an annual expenditure of three mil- 
 lions of dollars; and Philadelphia has an American line of iron steamships 
 of the largest class running to Liverpool. In all the shipyards of Penn- 
 sylvania there were built during the year ending June 30, 1874, 281 
 vessels, of which 57 were steamers. 
 
 Railroads aild Canals. — From the comprehensive report of the 
 auditor-general of Pennsylvania for the year 1874 we have gleaned the 
 following facts. The whole number of railroad corporations whose lines 
 are wholly or partly within the limits of the State is 146; capital stock 
 authorized by law, $603,311,814; amount paid in, $482,931,393.50; total 
 amount of funded and floating debt, $471,633,998.02; cost of railroads 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 351 
 
 and equipments, 8744,701,826.99 ; length of main lines in Pennsylvania, 
 4392.91 miles; double track, 1806.28 miles; number of locomotives, 4^00; 
 passenger-cars, 1859; freight-cars, 53,193; coal-, stone- and tank-cars, 
 79,839; depots or stations, 3018; miles run by passenger-trains, 21,907,- 
 390; by freight-trains, 68,036,173; total number of miles run, 89,943,563; 
 passengers carried, 42,297,158; gross receipts, $137,446,345.16 (a diminu- 
 tion of $10,561,687.67 from the previous year); expenses, $82,940,105.49. 
 The gross amount of freight carried was 78,992,785 tons, among the lead- 
 ing items of which were 43,681,786 tons of coal, 1,653,226 of pig iron, 
 354,633 of railroad iron, 1,104,588 of other iron or castings, 4,160,295 of 
 iron and other ores, 2,381,111 of lime, limestone, sandstone and slate, 
 6,027,360 of agricultural products, 4,434,775 of merchandise and manu- 
 factured articles, 1,827,967 of live-stock and 5,946,142 tons of lumber. 
 
 * By railroad accidents 540 persons were killed and 1142 injured. The sta- 
 tistics of street railways were: Length of roads, 311.51 miles ; cost of roads 
 and equipments, $9,695,843.57; passengers carried, 91,036,500; receipts, 
 $5,828,690.27. Thirteen persons were killed and 26 maimed by street-cars 
 during the year. There are nine canals in the State, having an aggregate 
 length of 869J miles, and constructed at a cost, including equipments, of 
 $36,816,728.14. The amount of the funded and floating debt was $46,- 
 239,173.12 in 1874; receipts, $2,289,824.55; expenses, $1,179,890.75; 
 amount of freight transported, 7,925,883 tons. Ten telegraph companies 
 have lines in Pennsylvania, extending for 6586 miles. The expenses in 
 the State were $237,228.72, and the receipts $253,838.67; 586,275 mes- 
 sages were sent and 515,252 were received. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— There are two Peni- 
 tentiaries, of which the Eastern, at Philadelphia, is conducted on “the 
 separate system,” and the Western, at Pittsburg, upon “the combined” 
 system. About one thousand prisoners are confined in the two institutions. 
 The House of Refuge, at Philadelphia, will accommodate 820 inmates, and 
 the Reform School at Pittsburg provides for 228 pupils. Almshouses to 
 the number of fifty-eight have been established, with real estate and build- 
 ings valued at $5,427,800, in which 13,207 paupers can be cared for. 
 There are four State Hospitals for the Insane, located at Harrisburg, Dix- 
 mont, Danville and Warren. A department for the insane is connected 
 with the Philadelphia Almshouse, and the Pennsylvania Hospital for the 
 Insane (Kirkbride’s) and the Friends’ Asylum are in the same city. Up 
 to the year 1873, 9843 males and 9143 females had been received into 
 these various asylums for lunatics. The Pennsylvania Institutions for the 
 Deaf and Dumb and for the Blind are schools rather than asylums. 
 Pupils are received from New Jersey and Delaware at the expense of 
 those States. By the new Constitution the legislature is required to pro- 
 vide for the maintenance and support of an efficient system of public schools, 
 
352 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and to appropriate at least one million dollars every year for that purpose. 
 No public money shall be used for the support of any sectarian school. 
 Women are eligible to any office in connection with the common-school 
 system. The latest accessible educational statistics are: Number of schools, 
 16,305; pupils, 834,020; teachers, 19,089; total sum expended for school 
 purposes under the direction of the school department, $8,812,969.25. 
 Eight normal schools are in successful operation, with more than 100 in- 
 structors and 3000 pupils. Six universities and 33 colleges were credited 
 to Pennsylvania by the last Federal census; but several of them do not 
 possess full collegiate rank. The University of Pennsylvania has recently 
 erected at West Philadelphia “one of the finest structures for educational 
 purposes to be found in America.” Girard College has under its care 
 between 500 and 600 orphans. The Pennsylvania State College (Agricul- 
 tural), in Centre county, possesses a property valued at $897,589. Tuition * 
 is free to all ; twenty-five young ladies were in attendance last year. Six- 
 teen institutions exclusively for women report an aggregate of 1267 pupils. 
 For professional instruction there are 14 schools of theology, 2 of law, 8 
 of medicine (including dentistry and pharmacy) and 7 of science. The 
 Federal census reported 14,849 libraries, 5984 religious organizations, hav- 
 ing 5668 edifices, and 540 newspapers and periodicals, of which 55 were 
 published daily. In 1875 the periodicals had increased to 707 (New York 
 alone had more), of which 78 were published daily and 511 weekly. 
 
 Cities aild Towns. — Philadelphia , the metropolis of Pennsylvania 
 and the second city of the United States, in which more new buildings were 
 erected during the past year than in both New York and Brooklyn com- 
 bined, is described elsewhere [see Centennial City]. Harrisburg, which 
 was made the State capital in 1812, is situated upon the east bank of the 
 Susquehanna River, 95 miles west of Philadelphia. The State-House was 
 completed in 1822. Five diverging railroads afford easy communication 
 with all parts of the commonwealth. The city contains large founderies, 
 machine-shops and rolling-mills. Water is supplied from the Susquehanna 
 River by works constructed at a cost of two millions of dollars. There 
 are 32 churches and 13 newspapers, of which 4 are published daily. The 
 State library contains 30,000 volumes. John Harris, in honor of whom 
 the place was named Harrisburg, settled in this neighborhood as early as 
 1726. The number of inhabitants in 1850 was 7834; in 1860, 13,405; in 
 1870, 23,104; in 1875, 26,000. Pittsburg, the second city of Pennsylvania 
 in importance, is situated at the junction of the Alleghany and Mononga- 
 hela Rivers, 354 miles west of Philadelphia. The principal public build- 
 ings are the Court-House, Custom-House, Western Penitentiary, House of 
 Refuge, United States Arsenal and Roman Catholic Cathedral. For all 
 kinds of heavy manufactures Pittsburg possesses the largest facilities. 
 Iron ore in abundance is near at hand; coal is brought from the neighbor- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 353 
 
 ing hills directly to the factory doors ; the rivers and canals and seven 
 railroads afford cheap and cpiick transportation. Even to catalogue the 
 leading industries would require too much space. There are rolling-mills, 
 furnaces, iron- and brass-founderies, machine- and boiler-shops, steel-works, 
 flouring-mills, cotton-factories, chemical-works, tanneries, plauing-mills, car- 
 riage-factories, glass-works, ropewalks, paper-mills, etc. Ship-building is a 
 leading business; during the year 1874 158 vessels, 23 of them steamers, 
 were built. Coal, iron, lumber and merchandise are shipped down the 
 Ohio in immense quantities. Ten daily newspapers and 35 periodicals of all 
 kinds are issued. Upon the opposite side of the river and connected with 
 it by 4 bridges is Alleghany City, really a part of Pittsburg. The joint 
 population of the two cities in 1870 was 149,256 (Pittsburg 86,076 and 
 Alleghany 53,180); in 1875, 208,485 (Pittsburg 138,485 and Alleghany 
 70,000). Scranton has taken the third place among the cities of the State 
 since 1870. In 1853 the number of inhabitants was 3000; in 1860, 9223; 
 in 1870, 35,092 (an increase of 280.48 per cent, during the decade) ; and 
 in 1875 it was estimated at 45,000. This rapid growth is explained by the 
 position of Scranton in the centre of the most northern of the anthracite 
 coal-basins and in the neighborhood of immense deposits of iron ore. The 
 Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad, the Delaware and Hudson 
 Canal Company and the Pennsylvania Coal Company all ship coal, iron 
 ore, pig- and railroad-iron largely from this point. There are 9 newspapers, 
 2 of which are issued daily. Reading, on the Schuylkill River, 58 miles 
 above Philadelphia, is an important railroad and manufacturing centre. 
 It has 11 periodicals, of which 3 are daily newspapers. The pojDulation 
 was 33,930 in 1870, and is estimated at 40,000 in 1875. Lancaster, the 
 county seat of the county of the same name, is the centre of an extensive 
 coal and lumber trade. It has a fine Court-House and 14 newspapers, of 
 which 4 are issued daily. The population was 20,233 in 1870, and 22,360 
 in 1875. Erie possesses one of the finest harbors upon the lakes. Belong- 
 ing to the port are 79 vessels, with an aggregate tonnage of 25,507. Com- 
 modore Perry’s flagship, the Lawrence, sunk in Erie harbor in 1813, was 
 raised on the 13th of September, 1875. After being submerged for 62 
 years the bottom was found to be in a good state of preservation, and it 
 was proposed to exhibit it at the Centennial. Seven newspapers are pub- 
 lished in the town, and the estimated population is about 23,000 (19,646 
 in 1870). Wilkes-Barre [see page 182, note], on the North Branch of the 
 Susquehanna, in the lovely valley of Wyoming, has been incorporated as 
 a city since the last census, with extended limits, which contain an esti- 
 mated population of 23,000. It has 4 newspapers, 1 of which is issued 
 daily, and 3 street railways, and contains one of the finest hotels in the 
 State; also an elegantly furnished “Music Hall,” which seats 1200 people. 
 The coal business of the “ Wyoming Region ” centres at this flourishing city. 
 
 23 
 
354 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Williamsport, on the West Branch of the Susquehanna, is one of the most 
 important lumber depots in the United States. Its population increased 
 from 4253 in 1860 to 16,030 in 1870, and is now estimated at 19,000. 
 Among the other cities and towns of Pennsylvania, with their population 
 by the Federal census, are Allentown (13,884), Pottsville (12,384), York 
 (11,003), Easton (10,987), Norristown (10,753), Altoona (10,610), Chester 
 (9485), Danville (8436), Lebanon (6727), Chambersburg (6308), Bethle- 
 hem (4512), Franklin (3908) and Gettysburg (3074). The last-named 
 place contains a National Cemetery, dedicated on the 19th of November, 
 1863, wherein 3580 soldiers are buried. By the present law of Pennsyl- 
 vania no place having less than 10,000 inhabitants can obtain a city charter. 
 
 Population. — Pennsylvania is surpassed by New York alone in the 
 number of its inhabitants. During the period between 1860 and 1870 the 
 absolute increase was 615,737, which was 113,722 more than the increase 
 of New York. Fourteen of the sovereign States contained fewer people 
 than were added to Pennsylvania during the decade. The population at 
 each census has been as follows: 1790, 434,373; 1800, 602,365; 1810, 
 810,091; 1820, 1,047,507; 1830,1,348,233; 1840,1,724,033; 1850,2,311,- 
 786; 1860, 2,906,215; 1870, 3,521,951. Of the last number 2,726,712 
 were natives of Pennsylvania; 249,930 had come in from other jDarts of 
 the United States and 545,309 from foreign countries, thus adding to the 
 commonwealth 795,239 persons, while 674,544 native Pennsylvanians were 
 residing in other parts of the Union. These figures indicate that the total 
 immigration had been greater than the emigration by 120,695 ; but the 
 State had lost 424,614 in native population. There were 76.56 persons to 
 a square mile. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 50 sena- 
 tors, chosen for four years, and 200 representatives, chosen for two years. 
 Biennial sessions are held, beginning on the first Tuesday of January. 
 The governor holds office for four years, and is not eligible for re-election 
 at the term next succeeding that for which he was first chosen. The 
 supreme court consists of 7 judges, elected by the people for a term of 21 
 years and not eligible to re-election. In Philadelphia there are four sep- 
 arate and distinct courts of co-ordinate jurisdiction, composed of three 
 judges each. Alleghany county has two such courts. Each county con- 
 taining 40,000 inhabitants constitutes a separate judicial district. A sep- 
 arate orphans’ court is established in every city and county having a 
 population of 150,000. A registration of legal voters is made by the 
 assessors, and every ballot is numbered in the order in which it is received. 
 The State election is held on the Tuesday after the first Monday of Novem- 
 ber, instead of on the second Tuesday of October, as formerly — a provision 
 which breaks the force of the old election proverb, “As Pennsylvania goes, 
 so goes the' Union.” Any candidate for office guilty of fraud or bribery shall 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 355 
 
 be for ever disqualified from holding any office of trust or profit in the com- 
 monwealth. Any association or corporation organized for the purpose may 
 construct and operate a railroad or canal between any two points in the 
 State. The property of railroad companies shall be for ever subject to taxa- 
 tion, and railroad companies shall not grant free passes to any person not 
 an employe of the company. The above provisions are in accordance with 
 the new State, Constitution, which made many sweeping changes in the old 
 order of administration. Pennsylvania is entitled to 27 representatives in 
 Congress. The public debt on the 30th of November, 1874, was $24,568,836. 
 
 History. — William Penn received from the English Crown a grant 
 of “all that tract of land bounded on the east by the river Delaware, ex- 
 tending westward five degrees, and north and south between the 40th and 
 42d parallels, except an area around New Castle (Delaware) circumscribed 
 by a radius of twelve miles.” In October, 1682, Penn, accompanied by 
 2000 settlers, arrived at New Castle, and in 1683 Philadelphia was chosen 
 as the site for the new colony. It was declared that “none acknow- 
 ledging one God and living uprightly shall be molested for his opinion or 
 practice, or compelled to maintain or frequent any ministry whatsoever.” 
 Very amicable relations were established with the Indians, and Penn’s 
 people were exempt from the horrors of savage warfare which were 
 inflicted upon almost every other colony. The part which Pennsyl- 
 vania took in the American Revolution has been described elsewhere [see 
 Historical Sketch], A convention to draft an amended Constitution 
 for the State was in session at Harrisburg and Philadelphia from Nov. 
 12, 1872, to Nov. 3, 1873. The expenses of the convention were $410,- 
 723.80. On the 16th of December, 1873, the amended Constitution was 
 approved by the people by a vote of 253,744 against 108,594. Pennsyl- 
 vania is called “the Keystone State,” not, as is supposed by many, because 
 it occupied the central position among the thirteen original colonies, but 
 because the casting vote of her delegate secured the unanimous adoption 
 of the Declaration of Independence. 
 
 RHODE ISLAND. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The State of Rhode Island (the smallest 
 in the Union) is bounded on the N. and E. by Massachusetts, S. by the 
 Atlantic Ocean and W. by Connecticut. It is situated between latitudes 
 41° 8' and 42° 3' N. and longitudes 5° 7' and 5° 52' E. from Washington, 
 or 71° 8' and 71° 53' W. from Greenwich. The greatest length is 48 miles, 
 the breadth 39 miles and the area 1306 square miles, or 835,840 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Near the sea-coast the ground is 
 level; in the interior it is slightly rolling and hilly. Mount Hope, in the 
 east, 300 feet in height, Hopkins Hill, near the centre, and Woonsocket 
 Hills, in the north, are the most elevated lands in the State. Fivers . — 
 
356 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 The rivers are mostly too small for navigation, but have a sufficient descent 
 to furnish abundant water-power. Pawtucket River is a continuation of 
 the Blackstone of Massachusetts. It takes the name of the Seekonk below 
 the falls at Pawtucket, which are 40 feet high. The Providence River 
 discharges its waters into the northern arm of Narraganset Bay. Large 
 vessels ascend it as far as the city of Providence. The Pawcatuck drains 
 the south-western part of the State, and marks the boundary between 
 Rhode Island and Connecticut. Bays and Islands . — Narragauset Bay is 
 30 miles long and from 3 to 12 miles wide. Its north-eastern, northern 
 and western extensions are 'called respectively Mount Hope, Providence 
 and Greenwich Bays. Rhode Island, 15 miles in length and f of a mile 
 in width, divides Narragauset Bay into two unequal parts. For its beauty 
 and salubrity this island has been called “the Eden of America.” Conan- 
 icut and Prudence are the other principal islands of the bay. Twelve 
 miles from the coast is Block Island, 7 miles long and 4 miles wide and 
 containing a large salt water pond. Forests . — There are no large forests 
 in the State. The trees are of the same varieties as in Massachusetts and 
 Connecticut, with the chestnut, walnut and oak predominating. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The most common soil is a loam, having a 
 large admixture of sand and gravel and only moderately fertile. It is 
 better adapted for grazing than tillage, but by careful cultivation is made 
 to produce large crops. Both the winter and summer climate are moder- 
 ated by proximity to the sea. Careful observations upon meteorology were 
 made by Professor Caswell, of Brown University, at Providence, during a 
 period of 29 years. The mean of February (the coldest month) for the 
 whole period was 26.73°, and the mean of July (the warmest month), 
 70.69°. The highest annual mean was 49.86°, and the lowest, 44.62°; 
 mean for the 29 years, 48.19°. Fifteen degrees below zero was the lowest 
 temperature recorded, and 94 degrees above the highest, giving a range of 
 109 degrees. The largest annual rainfall was 53.27 inches, and the smallest, 
 30.96 inches; mean for the whole period, 40.38 inches. The isothermal 
 lines crossing Rhode Island are: Spring, 47°; summer, 68°; autumn, 
 50°-52°; winter, 25°-30°; mean, 47°-50°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — According to the last Federal 
 census, the number of acres of land in farms was 502,308, of which 289,- 
 030 were improved; number of farms, 5344; average size, 94 acres; value 
 of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $25,496,346 ; of farm produc- 
 tions, $4,761,163. In 1873, 103,903 acres were devoted to Indian corn, 
 rye, oats, barley, potatoes and hay (no wheat, tobacco or buckwheat was 
 reported), and the total value of these crops was $2,970,765. At the be- 
 ginning of 1874 the State contained 14,700 horses, 16,000 oxen and other 
 cattle, 20,400 milch cows, 17,100 hogs and 25,600 sheep. 
 
 Manufactures. — The first cotton-mill ill the United States was 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 357 
 
 erected in Rhode Island [see American Manufactures], The census 
 of 1870 returned 1850 manufacturing establishments, which employed 
 49,417 hands and produced articles to the value of $111,418,354. The 
 leading industries in value were: Cotton goods, $22,139,203 (next to Mas- 
 sachusetts); printing cotton and woollen goods, $17,842,480; bleaching 
 and dyeing, $15,138,723; woollen goods, $12,558,117; machinery, cotton 
 and woollen, $4,316,376; jewelry, $3,043,846; worsted goods, $2,835,950; 
 screws, $1,882,318; India-rubber and elastic goods, $1,804,868. In 1874 
 the State contained 115 cotton-mills, having 24,706 looms and 1,336,842 
 spindles, which consumed 125,317 bales of cotton annually. 
 
 Minerals and Milling’. — Anthracite coal exists in veins of con- 
 siderable thickness, but the mining has not proved profitable. Serpentine 
 is abundant. Marble, freestone and limestone are quarried. The product 
 of mines and quarries in 1870 was $59,000. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — There are three customs districts 
 — viz., Providence, Newport and Bristol — -at which, during the year ending 
 June 30, 1874, 284 vessels were enrolled, registered and licensed. In the 
 foreign trade 41 American and 120 foreign vessels entered and 27 Ameri- 
 can and 105 foreign vessels cleared. The value of imports was $379,621, 
 and the value of exports, domestic and foreign, $135,049. One vessel was 
 built. Cod- and mackerel-fishing employed 98 vessels. Bluefish, scup, 
 tautogs, etc., are caught in large quantities. 
 
 Railroads. — From Providence railroads radiate toward Bristol, New 
 London, Hartford, Springfield, Worcester and Boston. The number of 
 miles of railroad in 1873 was 159; total capital account, $5,168,783; cost 
 per mile, $46,989; total receipts, $1,115,672; receipts per mile, $7017; 
 receipts to an inhabitant, $4.75; net earnings, $424,371. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison is 
 located at Providence. A new building is being erected. The deaf and 
 dumb, blind, and idiotic are supported at the expense of the State in the insti- 
 tutions of Massachusetts and Connecticut. The Butler Hospital for the 
 Insane is partially endowed by the State. A Board of State Charities and 
 Corrections was established in 1869, and a farm was purchased at Cranston, 
 upon which a Workhouse and House of Correction, Almshouse and Asy- 
 lum for the Insane are in successful operation. The expense of these insti- 
 tutions for the year 1875 is estimated at $112,000. A Reform School for 
 boys was opened at Providence in 1850. During the year 1874 the num- 
 ber of children in the State between the ages of 5 and 15 years was 43,800 ; 
 number attending school, 39,401 ; schools, 732; teachers, 805 ; expenditures 
 for school purposes, $690,852. Brown University is the only college. An 
 agricultural and scientific department has been added to it. The boarding- 
 school of Friends at Providence has a property valued at $850,000. The 
 State contained in 1870, 759 libraries, 295 religious organizations, with 283 
 
358 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 church edifices, aud 19 newspapers and periodicals. In 1875 there were 
 27 newspapers, 6 of which were published daily. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Rhode Island contains 5 counties, in which 
 are 2 cities and 34 towns. Providence, the second city of New England 
 in wealth aud population, is situated upon the Providence River, at the 
 head of Narraganset Bay. The river divides the city into two nearly equal 
 parts, which are connected by several bridges. Vessels of 900 tons burden 
 can come up to the wharves, and an extensive coasting trade is carried on. 
 Six railroads centre at Providence. Among the principal buildings are 
 the State-House, Custom-House, Butler Hospital for the Insane, Dexter 
 Asylum for the Poor, State-Prison, Reform School, Arcade, Athenaeum 
 aud Brown University. The manufactures are very extensive and various. 
 Jewelry, cotton and woollen goods, screws, hardware, machinery, locomo- 
 tives and steam-engines, stoves, etc., are among the articles most largely 
 produced. Ten periodicals are published, of which five, are issued daily. 
 The number of inhabitants in 1870 was 68,004. North Providence, with 
 a population of 20,495, was annexed in 1874, making the aggregate popu- 
 lation, by the figures of the Federal census, 88,499. It is estimated that 
 the consolidated city contained in 1875 not less than 100,000 people. New- 
 port, upon the south-west shore of the island of Rhode Island, has “ one 
 of the finest harbors of the world” — deep, easily accessible and sheltered 
 from the winds. In former times there was an extensive trade with the 
 West Indies, but “Oldport wharves” are now going to decay. Many New 
 Yorkers, Philadelphians and Bostonians make Newport their summer- 
 home, and some of its modest “cottages” cost from a hundred thousand to 
 half a million of dollars. Bellevue Avenue affords a fine drive for the 
 distance of tw T o miles. Among the objects of interest is the Old Stone 
 Mill, “the only thing on the Atlantic Shore,” says Higginson, “which has 
 had time to forget its birthday.” The Redwood Library contains 20,000 
 volumes, and the People’s Library 15,000. One daily and two weekly 
 newspapers are published. Population, 12,521. Woonsocket (population 
 11,527) includes a cluster of villages upon the Blackstone River, near the 
 Massachusetts line. It contains large cotton- and woollen-mills and ma- 
 chine-shops. There are two weekly newspapers, one of which is published 
 in the French language, and one daily. Warwick (10,453) is a very busy 
 manufacturing town. The other leading towns of the State are Lincoln 
 (7889), Pawtucket (6619), Bristol (5302), Cranston (4822), Westerly 
 (4709), South Kingstown (4493) and Coventry (4349). 
 
 Population. — In 1730 the number of inhabitants was 18,000; in 
 1790,68,825; in 1800,69,122; in 1810,76,931; in 1820,83,015; in 1830, 
 97,199; in 1840, 108,830; in 1850, 147,545; in 1860, 174,620; in 1870, 
 217,353. Of the latter number, 55,396 were born in foreign countries, 
 125,269 in Rhode Island and 36,688 in the other States and Territories, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 359 
 
 while 45,371 natives of Rhode Island were residing in other parts of the 
 Union. The number of inhabitants to a square mile (166.43) is greater 
 than in any other State except Massachusetts. About a hundred of the 
 once powerful tribe of Narraganset Indians are still remaining. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of a senate 
 of 34 members (one from each town) and a house of representatives of 72 
 members (one for every 2794 inhabitants). The supreme court consists of 
 a chief-justice (salary, $3500) and 3 associate justices. The governor and 
 other executive officers are elected annually. Prisoners, when released 
 from confinement, are paid a portion of the money earned by their labor 
 during confinement. A stringent prohibitory liquor law and a “constab- 
 ulatory act” for ensuring its enforcement were passed in 1874. On the 
 1st of December, 1874, the bonded debt was $2,563,500. The amount of 
 deposits in savings’ banks was $48,771,502. 
 
 History. — It is supposed that the Northmen visited this region as 
 early as the tenth century. Roger Williams has linked his name indissol- 
 ubly with the history of Rhode Island. Driven from Massachusetts on 
 account of his religious opinions, iu 1636, he passed down the Pawtucket 
 River and erected a dwelling, calling the place of his new home Provi- 
 dence, as a memorial of ‘‘ God’s merciful providence to him in his distress.” 
 “Liberty of conscience” was the fundamental law of his colony. In 1663 
 a charter was obtained from King Charles II. for “the Colony of Rhode 
 Island and Providence Plantations.” A long-protracted and bloody Indian 
 war was terminated by the death of King Philip, who was killed near 
 Mount Hope in August, 1676. A British army occupied portions of the 
 State in 1778-9. Rhode Island ratified the Federal Constitution after all 
 the other States May 29, 1790. The charter of King Charles granted in 
 1663 remained the basis of government until 1841. By it suffrage was 
 limited to the holders of a certain amount of real estate and to their eldest 
 sons. Not more than one-third of the male population above the age of 
 twenty-one possessed the franchise. A new Constitution was framed in 
 1841, and the “suffrage party,” under the leadership of Thomas Dorr, 
 secured its adoption. The “charter party” claimed that many of the 
 votes cast were fraudulent, and that the whole proceeding was seditious. 
 Two State governments were organized. Civil war was threatened ; but 
 the Dorr, or suffrage, party dispersed without resistance when attacked by 
 the State militia [see Historical Sketch, page 130]. A Constitution 
 extending the suffrage was adopted in May, 1843. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The State of South Carolina is bounded 
 on the N. and N. E. by North Carolina, S. E. by the Atlantic Ocean and 
 S. W. by Georgia. It is situated between latitudes 32° and 35° 10' N. 
 
360 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 and longitudes 1° 35' and 6° 30' W. from Washington, or 78° 35' and 83° 
 30' W. from Greenwich. The shape is that of an irregular triangle 240 
 miles long from east to west, 210 miles wide from north to south and con- 
 taining an area of 34,000 square miles, or 21,760,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Along the coast the land is low 
 and marshy. Farther inland are the sandy plains and rolling sand hills 
 of the “middle country,” extending for a hundred miles. Beyoud this 
 region is a rolling and picturesque country, rising by a gradual slope 
 toward the Blue Ridge Mountains. Table Mountain has an elevation of 
 4000 feet. King’s Mountain, upon the North Carolina border, is a con- 
 spicuous landmark. Rivers and Bays . — The principal rivers of the State 
 take their rise in the Blue Ridge Mountains of North Carolina and flow 
 in a south-easterly direction toward the ocean. Beginning on the north, 
 the first important stream is the Great Pedee, called the Yadkin in North 
 Carolina, which empties into Winyaw Bay. Steamboats ascend it for 150 
 miles. The Santee River, formed by the junction of the Wateree and the 
 Congaree near the centre of the State, discharges its water through two 
 mouths, called the North and South Santee. Both the main branches are 
 navigable almost to the boundaries of North Carolina for small boats. 
 Ashley and Cooper Rivers find their outlet through Charleston Bay. The 
 Edisto is a considerable stream, divided by a large island near its mouth 
 into two parts, called the North and South Edisto. Savannah River forms 
 the boundary between South Carolina and Georgia. It is 450 miles long 
 and navigable for large steamers to Augusta, 230 miles. Numerous bays 
 indent the coast, which is 200 miles long in a direct line. Winyaw Bay, 
 14 miles long and 2 miles wide, affords a good harbor. St. Helena’s Sound, 
 from 3 to 5 miles broad, extends inland for 10 miles. Beaufort harbor 
 will admit vessels drawing 24 feet of water. Charleston harbor is spa- 
 cious, but the entrance is obstructed by bars. Stretching along the coast 
 and cut off from the main land by narrow channels are many islands. 
 Forests . — The islands, in their primitive state, were covered with a growth 
 of trees, underbrush and rank weeds so thick as to be almost impenetrable. 
 Extending along the adjacent shores were dense forests of live-oak, pitch 
 pine, palmetto, yucca, laurel, hickory, etc. Six millions of acres are in- 
 cluded in the pine woods. Orange trees flourish in the South. The moun- 
 tains of the north-west are covered with a hard-wood growth, comprising 
 most of the trees which are common to North Carolina and Virginia. 
 
 Soil and Climate.— The famous sea-island cotton, “which has no 
 superior in the world,” is grown to perfection upon the deep, rich soil of 
 the islands. It is estimated that a million acres of the most productive 
 lands can be made by draining the swamps, which have an inexhaustible 
 fertility. Rice-fields occupy many of the tide-swamps. Upon the oak and 
 hickory openings large crops of cotton, corn, potatoes and other vegetables 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 361 
 
 are produced. The pine lands are less fertile, but well repay cultivation. 
 Nearly half the soil of the State is of an alluvial formation, having clay 
 as its substratum. The lowlands and swamps are malarious, but most of 
 the State is healthful. Sea-breezes relieve the coast from excessive heats, 
 and the mountains of the north-west afford cool summer-breezes. The iso- 
 thermal lines crossing the State are: Spring, 60°-65°; summer, 75°-82°; 
 Autumn, 60°-65° ; winter, 40°-50° ; annual mean, 60°-67°. During the 
 year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature at Charleston was 65.6°. 
 Upon 4 days the mercury fell below the freezing-point, and upon 21 days 
 rose above 90 degrees. The minimum was 23° and the maximum 96°. 
 The rainfall was 67.70 inches, which was greater than the fall at any other 
 of the Signal Service stations, with the exception of Mount Washington 
 (82.97 inches) and New Orleans (67.98 inches). 
 
 Agricultural Productions.— The Federal census of 1870 re- 
 ported 12,105,280 acres in farms, of which 3,010,539 acres were improved; 
 average size of farms, 233 acres; value of farms and farm implements, 
 $47,091,709 (a decrease of $98,712,456 from the valuation of 1860, which 
 was $145,804,165); value of productions, including betterments, etc., $41,- 
 909,402. In 1873 the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, potato, to- 
 bacco and hay crops occupied 1,140,425 acres, and were valued at $11,167,- 
 150. Cotton was produced to the amount of 224,500 bales in 1870, giving 
 to South Carolina the sixth rank in this staple. In rice she distanced all 
 the rest, producing 32,304,825 pounds, which was more than three-sevenths 
 of the whole crop of the United States. In 1874 there were in the State 
 56,400 horses, 45,200 mules, 184,900 oxen and other cattle, 157,800 milch 
 cows, 322,600 hogs and 153,400 sheep. Of those whose occupations were 
 returned 78.48 per cent, were engaged in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments re- 
 ported was 1584; hands employed, 8141; value of materials, $5,855,736; 
 value of products, $9,858,981. The value of the leading industries was 
 as follows: Cotton goods, $1,529,937; lumber, $1,032,194; flouring-mill 
 products, $825,465; tar and turpentine, $774,077; fertilizers, $425,000; 
 machinery, $286,550; printing and publishing, $257,155. 
 
 Mineral Resources. — The gold belt of the Atlantic slope crosses 
 the western part of South Carolina. As early as 1827 gold was gathered 
 in small quantities, the amount returned for that year being $3500, and the 
 average annual production afterward for 40 years was more than $30,000. 
 Iron, copper, lead, manganese and bismuth are found. Porcelain clay and 
 marble, granite, limestone and other building-stones are abundant. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — There are three customs dis- 
 tricts — viz.-, Charleston, Beaufort and Georgetown — at which 203 vessels, 
 30 of them steamers, belong. During the year ending June 30, 1874, the 
 value of imports was $864,758; value of exports, $18,698,527. Cotton is 
 
362 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the principal article of commerce; 249,478 bales were exported, valued at 
 $17,567,175. Of naval stores (rosin, turpentine, tar and pitch) the exports 
 were 96,933 barrels, valued at $334,220. In the foreign trade 288 vessels 
 entered and 330 cleared. Twenty-four vessels, six of which were steamers, 
 were built during the year. 
 
 Railroads. — There were 204 miles of railroad in 1844 and 1320 
 miles in 1873; total capital account at the latter date, $30,307,216; cost 
 per mile, $29,597 ; total receipts, $3,560,027 ; receipts pef mile, $3477 ; 
 receipts to an inhabitant, $4.98; net earnings, $1,376,318. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — A new Penitentiary, 
 having 500 cells for male and 48 for female convicts, was completed in 
 1868. It is located at Columbia, where is also the State Asylum for Lu- 
 natics. Propositions have been made to remove to the same city the Insti- 
 tution for the Deaf and Dumb and the Blind, which is now at Cedar Springs. 
 The new Constitution requires the General Assembly to provide for a uni- 
 form system of free public schools, open to all the children and youth of 
 the State, without regard to race or color. In 1874 the number of school 
 districts was 463; school-houses erected during the year, 109; pupils en- 
 rolled in the public schools, 85,594 ; teachers, 2357 ; white scholars in the 
 State, 84,975; colored scholars, 145,127; receipts for school purposes, 
 $449,969. The higher institutions for education are: Claflin University, 
 College of Charleston, Furman University, Mount Zion College, Newberry 
 College, Wofford College and the University of South Carolina. Connect- 
 ed with the last named are schools of law and medicine. The South Caro- 
 lina Agricultural College, having a property valued at $200,800, is a part 
 of Claflin University. There are two schools of theology, one under Bap- 
 tist and the other under Presbyterian control. The number of libraries 
 in 1870 was 1663; church organizations, 1457; church edifices, 1308; 
 newspapers and periodicals, 55. The newspapers had increased to 84 in 
 1875, of which 7 were published daily. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Columbia, the capital, is situated on the Cou- 
 garee River, very near the centre of the State. The Capitol is a granite 
 edifice, erected at a cost of $4,000,000. Among the principal buildings 
 are the City Hall and Opera House, United States Building, Market- 
 House, Penitentiary, Lunatic Asylum, Ursuline Convent and the Gover- 
 nor’s house. The State Library contains 3500 volumes. Two theological 
 seminaries and the University of South Carolina are located here. There 
 are large machine-shops, car-shops and other iron-works. Ten newspapers 
 are issued, two of them daily. Four railroads centre at Columbia. The 
 number of inhabitants in 1870 was 9298, of whom 5295 were colored. 
 Charleston, the chief city of South Carolina, is built upon a peninsula be- 
 tween the Ashley and Cooper Rivers. The harbor is defended by four 
 forts — viz., Moultrie, Sumter, Ripley and Castle Pinckney. The ship- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 363 
 
 channel has sixteen feet of water at low tide. Regular lines of steamers 
 run to Savannah, Baltimore, Philadelphia, New York and Boston. Among 
 the most noteworthy buildings are the new Custom-House, City Hall, Acad- 
 emy of Music and St. Michael’s Church, erected in 1752. Manufacturing 
 is carried on extensively. There were, at the last census, 224 factories, 
 employing 2579 hands; value of products, $2,431,733. The principal 
 articles were fertilizers, machinery, flour, tar, turpentine, etc. The rice- 
 mills are the most extensive in the country. Three railroads have their 
 terminus at Charleston. The city has about 40 churches and 12 period- 
 icals, 4 of which are issued daily. Population in 1870, 48,956, and esti- 
 mated at 55,000 in 1875. Beaufort (population, 5511), on Port Royal 
 Island, 16 miles from the ocean, has a fine harbor and is a popular place 
 of summer resort. The other leading towns are Georgetown (3520), Pick- 
 ensville (3164), Greenville (3135), which is the seat of several educational 
 institutions, Baton Rouge (3098) and Abbeville (3034). 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1790 was 249,073 
 (slaves, 107,094); 1800, 345,591 (slaves, 146,151); 1810, 415,115 (slaves, 
 196,365); 1820, 502,741 (slaves, 258,475); 1830, 581,185 (slaves, 315,- 
 401); 1840, 594,398 (slaves, 327,038); 1850,668,507 (slaves, 384,984); 
 1860, 703,708 (slaves, 402,406); 1870, 705,606 (free colored, 415,814). 
 Of the total population 8074 were born in foreign lands, and 697,532 in 
 the United States, 678,708 of whom were natives of South Carolina and 
 18,824 of other parts of the Union ; 246,066 native South Carolinians 
 were residing in other States and Territories. The density of population 
 was 20.75 to a square mile. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 33 sen- 
 ators, elected for 4 years, and 124 representatives, elected for 2 years. The 
 governor (salary, $3500 and a furnished house) and lieutenant-governor 
 are chosen for a term of two years. Three judges, appointed by the Gen- 
 eral Assembly for 6 years each, constitute the supreme court. The chief- 
 justice is paid a salary of $4500, and the others $3500 each. There are 
 two circuit courts, of which the court of common pleas has civil jurisdic- 
 tion and the court of general sessions has criminal jurisdiction only. A 
 court of probate is established in each county. Ministers of the gospel 
 are ineligible to the legislature or to the office of governor or lieutenant- 
 governor. The State debt on the 31st of October, 1874, was $17,017,651. 
 
 History. — In 1562 a party of French Huguenots built a fort upon 
 an island in Port Royal Harbor and called it Carolina, in honor of Charles 
 IX. of France. This colony was soon dispersed. The first permanent 
 settlement was made by a company of English colonists, at Port Royal, in 
 1670. In 1685 a large company of French Huguenots established them- 
 selves in the State. The model Constitution prepared by John Locke was 
 for a time the basis of government [see Historical Sketch, page 95], 
 
364 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 South Carolina bore an honorable part in the struggle for independence. 
 The battles of Camden, King’s Mountain, Cowpens, Eutaw Springs and 
 others of lesser note were fought upon her soil. An incident from the life 
 of Mrs. Rebecca Motte illustrates the spirit of patriotism which actuated 
 the breasts of not a few. A British army occupied the mansion of Mrs. 
 Motte. It was necessary that they should be dislodged, and the lady her- 
 self furnished Major-General Lee with the bow and arrows by which he 
 threw combustibles upon the roof and drove out the enemy at the expense 
 of burning her dwelling. The part which this State took in the beginning 
 of the civil war is described elsewhere [see Historical Sketch, page 
 137]. A new Constitution was ratified in 1868. 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Tennessee is bounded on the N. by Ken- 
 tucky and Virginia, S. E. by North Carolina, S. by Georgia, Alabama and 
 Mississippi and W. by Arkansas and Missouri. It is situated between lat- 
 itudes 35° and 36° 35' and longitudes 4° 40' and 13° 28' W. from Wash- 
 ington, or 81° 40' and 90° 28' W. from Greenwich. The extreme length 
 from east to west is 430 miles, the breadth from north to south 110 miles 
 and the area 45,600 square miles, or 29,384,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The State is divided by its geo- 
 graphical configuration into three sections, called respectively Eastern, 
 Middle and Western Tennessee. Eastern Tennessee embraces the moun- 
 tainous district extending from the Alleghanies, upon the North Carolina 
 border, westward to the Cumberland Mountains. Between these ranges is 
 the valley of the Tennessee, a region of very great beauty and fertility. 
 Middle Tennessee extends from the west flank of the Cumberland Moun- 
 tains to the Tennessee River, near the 88th parallel of longitude. This 
 division, which includes 35 counties, has no very high mountains or hills, 
 but is rolling and picturesque. Western Tennessee, comprising the district 
 between the Tennessee and the Mississippi Rivers, is more nearly level, and 
 contains large tracts of alluvial land. Numerous caves exist in Eastern 
 Tennessee, some of which have been explored for a distance of several 
 miles below the surface. Rivers . — The Mississippi River constitutes the 
 western boundary for 160 miles. The Tennessee River, after its junction 
 with the Clinch and the Holston, both rising in the mountains of Virginia, 
 flows toward the south-west and makes a detour into Northern Alabama; 
 then, re-entering Tennessee, it runs almost due north across the State, afford- 
 ing steamboat navigation for 200 miles. Its principal tributaries are the 
 Elk, Duck, Sequatchie and Hiawassee. Discharging their waters into the 
 Mississippi are the Wolf, Hatchie, Obion and Reelfoot Rivers, navigable 
 for a short distance only. Every part of the State is abundantly watered. 
 Forests . — Heavy growths of timber cover the mountains of the eastern 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 365 
 
 section. Among the most common trees are the sugar-maple, black-walnut, 
 red cedar, poplar, juniper, hickory, oak, beech, locust, cypress, sycamore, 
 cottonwood, hacmatac and pawpaw. Pine is very abundant. 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate. — The eastern section rests upon a limestone 
 formation, and the soil is calcareous. Very fertile lands are found in the 
 valleys, -and the mountain slopes admit of cultivation to some extent. As 
 a grazing country this has great advantages. Middle Tennessee is a fine 
 agricultural region, showing quite a variety of loamy soils, in which some- 
 times clay and sometimes sand predominates. The western section has a 
 deep, rich, dark mould, producing very large crops of cotton, tobacco and 
 all the leading grains and vegetables. Caiiebrakes grow to an enormous 
 size along the rivers. The isothermal lines crossing the State are: Spring, 
 55°-60°; summer, 72°-77°; autumn, 55°-60°; winter, 35°-40°; yearly 
 mean, 60°. • During the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature 
 at Knoxville was 57.5°, and the maximum 99°. At Nashville the mean 
 was 61.3°, and the maximum 106°; upon 63 days during June, July and 
 August the mercury rose to 90°, and upon 7 days it reached 100°. At 
 Memphis the thermometer indicated a temperature of 100° upon 4 days, 
 and one day rose to 101.5°; the mean was 61.6 degrees. The rainfall at 
 Memphis was 49.39 inches, at Nashville 59.76 inches and at Knoxville 
 63.50 inches. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The last Federal census reported 
 19,581,214 acres in farms, of which 6,843,278 acres were improved; aver- 
 age size of farms, 166 acres; value of farms, farm implements and live- 
 stock, §282,027,308; value of productions, $86,472,847. The production 
 of cotton was 181,842 bales; of rice, 3399 pounds; of cane-sugar, 1410 
 hogsheads; of cane-molasses, 3629 gallons. In 1873, 3,385,984 acres were 
 devoted to Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potatoes, to- 
 bacco and hay, and the value of these crops was $41,372,410. In tobacco, 
 Tennessee ranked next to Kentucky, Virginia and Ohio; seven States pro- 
 duced more Indian corn. In 1874 there were 302,900 horses, 103,200 
 mules (more than in any other State), 355,100 oxen and other cattle, 247,- 
 700 milch cows, 1,420,900 hogs and 350,000 sheep. Engaged in all classes 
 of occupations there were 367,987 persons, of whom 267,020 (72.56 per 
 cent.) were employed in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments was 
 5317; hands employed, 19,412; value of materials, $19,657,027; value 
 of products, $34,362,636. The leading industries in value were: Flouring- 
 mill products, $5,666,698; lumber, sawed, $2,876,946; iron, pig, $1,147,- 
 707; printing and publishing, $1,022,600; cotton goods, $941,542; car- 
 riages and- wagons, $938,647 ; leather, curried, $922,641 ; leather, tanned, 
 §921,497; clothing, $597,607; lumber, planed, $525,750; copper, milled 
 and smelted, $510,677 ; wool-carding and cloth-dressing, $491,847. The 
 
366 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 numerous streams furnish abundant water-power for manufacturing pur- 
 poses, which has been improved only to a small extent. 
 
 Mineral Resources. — Iron exists in three extensive belts, which 
 stretch over 28 counties. Some of the ore yields from 40 to 50 per cent, 
 of tough gray iron. Coal measures extend over 5100 square miles. Gold 
 has been discovered in small quantities. Copper, lead, gypsum and marble 
 are also found. There are sulphur and mineral springs in Eastern Ten- 
 nessee. The value of the product of 22 mines, employing 1239 hands, in 
 1870, was $776,292. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — Memphis and Nashville are 
 United States ports of delivery, but the foreign commerce is transacted 
 principally through New Orleans, Mobile and Charleston. During the 
 year ending June 30, 1874, eight vessels, all steamboats, were built. Sixty- 
 eight vessels, having a tonnage of 10,916, belong to the ports of Tennessee. 
 
 Railroads. — 111 1848 there were 28 miles of railroad open for travel. 
 A very extensive system of internal communication has been devised and 
 partly completed by which Nashville, Memphis and Knoxville have rail- 
 road connections with every quarter of the State and of the Union. The 
 statistics in 1873 were: Miles of railroad, 1620; cost per mile, $29,372; 
 total capital account, $24,966,565; receipts, $4,451,517 ; receipts per mile, 
 $5237; receipts to an inhabitant, $3:39; net earnings, $1,138,593. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education.— The Penitentiary at 
 Nashville, which is conducted on the “silent system,” contained 963 pris- 
 oners at the beginning of 1875. The State Hospital for the Insane and 
 the Institution for the Blind are also at Nashville. Bills for the establish- 
 ment of two additional hospitals for the insane have passed the legislature, 
 and Knoxville has been selected as the site of the institution for Eastern 
 Tennessee. A law providing for a general system of public schools was 
 passed in March, 1873. These schools are declared free to all between the 
 ages of six and eighteen years, provided that white and colored children 
 shall be taught in separate schools. The permanent fund is $2,512,500, 
 the interest of which is distributed semi-annually among the counties of 
 the State, according to school population. In 1874 the number of children 
 was 418,185; schools organized, 4059; teachers licensed, 4680. Sixteen 
 universities and colleges were reported, of which the University of Nash- 
 ville, founded in 1785, is the oldest. Fisk University has college-grounds 
 containing 25 aci’es, purchased with the funds obtained by the “Jubilee 
 Singers.” Vanderbilt University possesses an endowment of $500,000, the 
 gift of Commodore Vanderbilt. For professional instruction there are 2 
 schools of theology, 1 of law, 3 of medicine and 1 of science. The last- 
 named school is a department of Tennessee Agricultural College, at Knox- 
 ville, which has a property valued at $397,190. There were enumerated, in 
 1870, 3505 libraries, 987 religious organizations, having 918 edifices, and 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 367 
 
 91 newspapers; in 1875, 141 newspapers and periodicals were published, 
 9 of them daily. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1790 was 35,791 (slaves, 
 3417) ; 1800, 105,602 (slaves, 13,584) ; 1810, 261,727 (slaves, 44,535) ; 1820, 
 422,813 (slaves, 80,107); 1830, 681,904 (slaves, 141,603); 1840, 829,210 
 (slaves, 183,059); 1850, 1,002,717 (slaves, 239,459) ; I860, 1,109,847 
 (slaves, 275,784); 1870, 1,258,520 (free colored, 323,331). The foreign 
 born numbered 19,316 and the native born, 1,239,204, of whom 1,029,134 
 had their birthplace in Tennessee and 210,070 in other parts of the Union; 
 402,215 native Tennesseeans were residing in other States and Territories. 
 The density of population was 27.60 to a square mile. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Nashville, the State capital, is situated on the 
 Cumberland River, 200 miles from its confluence with the Ohio. The 
 State-House, on Capitol Hill, which was erected at a cost of $1,000,000, 
 has a tower 206 feet in height. Other fine edifices are the Court-House, 
 Penitentiary, Market-House and the Asylums for the Blind and for the 
 Insane. Nashville takes a high position as an educational centre, since it 
 is the seat of four colleges — viz., Central Tennessee College, Fisk Univer- 
 sity, University of Nashville and Vanderbilt University. Connected with 
 these also are various professional schools. Nashville is at the intersection 
 of four railroads. The wholesale trade amounts to more than $50,000,000 
 a year. Flour-, saw- and planing-mills, tanneries, founderies, machine- 
 shops, paper-mills, etc., furnish employment to a large number of hands. 
 Thirty-five churches represent all the leading denominations. The popula- 
 tion of the city was 25,866 in 1870, and is estimated at 40,000 in 1875. 
 “The Hermitage” of Andrew Jackson is about 12 miles distant from 
 Nashville. Memphis, the largest city of Tennessee, is built upon the east 
 bank of the Mississippi. Regular lines of steamers ply to the leading ports 
 upon the river, and the wholesale trade is estimated at between 60 and 70 
 millions of dollars per year. The city contains very large mills for the 
 manufacture of cotton-seed oil. There are 6 railroads, 5 daily and 9 
 weekly newspapers and about 50 churches. The population was 40,222 
 in 1870, and was estimated at from 60,000 to 65,000 in 1875. Knoxville 
 carries on an extensive wholesale trade with the towns of Eastern Ten- 
 nessee, with which it is connected by railroads radiating in four directions. 
 It has 2 daily and 4 weekly newspapers. Population, 8682 in 1870, and 
 now estimated at 11,000. Chattanooga, upon the Tennessee River, near the 
 Georgia line, is an important shipping-point. It is not far from the base 
 of Lookout Mountain and at the junction of 4 railroads. Three daily 
 newspapers are published. Population, 6093 in 1870, and about 10,000 in 
 1875. The other leading towns are Murfreesboro’ (3502), Clarksville 
 (3200), Pulaski (3041), Columbia (2550), Gallatin (2123), Fayetteville 
 (1206), Greeneville (1039). 
 
368 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Government and Laws. — “The General Assembly of the State 
 of Tennessee” consists of a senate and a house of representatives. The 
 number of representatives is based upon the number of voters in each 
 county, “and shall not exceed seventy-five, until the population of the State 
 reaches a million and a half, and shall never be more than ninety-nine. 
 The senators shall not be more than one-third as many as the represent- 
 atives.” Biennial sessions of the legislature are held, during which the 
 members are paid $4 per day. The governor and other executive officers 
 are chosen for a term of two years, with the exception of the secretary of 
 State, who continues in office for four years. Five judges, chosen by pop- 
 ular election, constitute the supreme court. Circuit and chancery courts 
 have been established by the legislature. The term of office for judges is 
 eight years. Priests and ministers of the gospel are ineligible to the legis- 
 lature. The State is entitled to ten representatives in Congress. The 
 taxable property in 1874 was valued at $289,533,560. 
 
 History.— It is probable that Ferdinand de Soto visited the present 
 site of Memphis in 1549. In 1754 a settlement was made by colonists 
 from North Carolina, who were soon driven away by hostile Indians. The 
 first permanent settlement west of the Alleghanies was made on the Ten- 
 nessee River, in the year 1756, when Fort Loudon was erected. Four years 
 later the Cherokee Indians captured the fort and butchered or reduced to 
 captivity all the whites. Until 1789 the territory was regarded as belong- 
 ing to North Carolina. In that year it was ceded to the general govern- 
 ment. A territorial government was organized in 1794, and Tennessee 
 was admitted to the Union as the sixteenth State June 1, 1796. On the 
 8th of June, 1861, a majority voted to separate from the United States and 
 to unite with the Southern Confederacy. Fort Henry, upon the Tennessee, 
 and Fort Donelson, upon the Cumberland Rivers, were captured by the 
 Union forces in February, 1862 [see Histophcal Sketch, pp. 139, 142], 
 Full relations to the Union were restored July -24, 1866. A new Constitu- 
 tion was ratified by the people March 26, 1870. Tennessee takes its name 
 from the Indian designation for its principal river. 
 
 TEXAS. 
 
 Situation ami Extent. — -Texas is bounded on the N. W. and N. 
 by New Mexico and the Indian Territory, E. by Arkansas and Louisiana, 
 S. E. by the Gulf of Mexico and S. W. by Mexico. It is situated between 
 latitudes 25° 50' and 36° 30' N. and longitudes 16° 30' and 30° W. from 
 Washington, or 93° 30' and 107° W. from Greenwich. The extreme length 
 is 810 miles, the breadth 750 miles and the area 274,356 square miles, or 
 175,587,840 acres. All of the New England and Middle States, together 
 with Maryland, Virginia and North Carolina, have a smaller extent of 
 territory than this one State of Texas. Were all the inhabitants of the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 369 
 
 United States placed within its boundaries, the. population would be less 
 dense than it now is in the State of Massachusetts. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — There are three great divisions of 
 the State — viz., Eastern Texas, extending from the Sabine to Trinity River ; 
 Middle Texas, from the Trinity to the Colorado ; and Western Texas, from 
 the Colorado to the Rio Grande. Along the coast are many narrow islands 
 and peninsulas of alluvial formation, the configuration of which is some- 
 times entirely changed by the terrible West Indian hurricanes. For a 
 distance of from 30 to 60 miles inland the land is almost monotonously flat. 
 Beyond this is an undulating country, extending for 200 miles, consisting 
 of high rolling prairies, well watered, sufficiently wooded and covered 
 with luxuriant vegetation. Next is a hilly and mountainous district, and 
 beyond this is an elevated table-land. The Llano Estacado [see Phys- 
 ical Geography', page 159], which covers an area of 100,000 square 
 miles in the north-west, has a general elevation of 2500 feet above 
 the sea : it is scantily wooded and subject to severe droughts. The prin- 
 cipal elevations above the sea level which have been noted are Leon 
 Spring, 4240 feet; Eagle Spring, 4842 feet; Painted Camp, 5020 feet; 
 Providence Creek, 5492 feet ; and “ Highest Point,” 5896 feet. Rivers. 
 — The Red River constitutes the boundary between Texas and the 
 Indian Territory for 400 miles. Navigation is obstructed by the “great 
 raft” above Shreveport [see Louisiana, page 259]. The Sabine consti- 
 tutes the boundary between Louisiana and Texas ; and the Rio Grande, 
 1800 miles long and navigable for 450 miles, separates Texas and the ter- 
 ritory of the United States from Mexico. Within the limits of the State 
 are the Trinity, Brazos, Colorado, Guadalupe and San Antonio, all flowing 
 with a rapid current in a south-easterly direction and discharging their 
 waters into the Atlantic. During the rainy season steamboats ascend these 
 streams to a distance of from 100 to 350 miles. The rivers and bays abound 
 in fish, of which the principal varieties are the redfish (sometimes weighing 
 50 pounds), pike, codfish, trout, flounder, etc. Forests . — Eastern Texas is 
 very heavily timbered. Immense forests of yellow pine extend through 
 the river valleys, yielding pitch, tar and turpentine. Many “ motts,” or 
 “islands,” of timber exist in the prairies. Live-oaks are abundant along 
 the coast. The other most common trees are the ash, beech, cedar, cotton- 
 wood, cypress, elm, gum, hickory, hackberry, mesquit, mulberry, oak, 
 pecan, poplar, tapulo, walnut, willow and yapon, or tea tree. Wild Animals 
 and Birds . — The black bear, wolf, peccary, moose, deer, antelope, fox, opos- 
 sum, raccoon, etc., are met with in the forests, and vast herds of buffaloes 
 aud mustangs range the prairies. Among the many species of birds are 
 the wild turkey, wild goose, canvas-back duck, pheasant, grouse, plover, 
 woodcock, swan, pelican, paroquet, oriole and mocking-bird. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — A deposit of alluvial soil, 30 feet deep and 
 
 24 
 
370 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 of inexhaustible fertility, is often found along the river-bottoms. The 
 prairies have a rich, chocolate-colored or “black-wax” loam, resting upon 
 a subsoil of gray clay. A remarkably uniform and pleasant temperature 
 prevails throughout most of the year. Ice seldom forms, and cattle thrive 
 all winter without artificial shelter or food. However, the “Northers” 
 prevail during November, December and January, and there are sometimes 
 storms of terrible severity. During the winter of 1855-6 it is said that 
 one-quarter of all the neat cattle in the State perished from the effects of 
 the cold. The lowest temperature observed was 17 degrees. Hurricanes 
 of very great violence prevail upon the coast. The “ September cyclone,” 
 or equinoctial storm, is always looked for with apprehension. An account 
 of the ravages of a cyclone in Texas is given in another article [see Phys- 
 ical Geography, page 179]. The isothermal lines crossing the State are: 
 Spring, 55°-75°; summer, 75°-85°; autumn, 55°-75°; winter, 35°-60°; 
 annual mean, 55°-75°. During the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean 
 temperature at Galveston was 72.8°, and the maximum was 98.5°. Upon 
 57 days during June, July and August the mercury rose above 90°. The 
 mean for the coldest month (January) was 55°, and for the warmest (Au- 
 gust) 84.4°. At Indianola the mean was 70°, the minimum (in February) 
 36° and the maximum (in August) 100 degrees. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — As a cotton State Texas ranked 
 fifth in 1870. The production during the years 1873 and 1874 was 742,- 
 565 bales. Rice and sugar-cane are important crops. Wheat thrives 
 above the 32d parallel of latitude. The Federal census reported 18,396,- 
 523 acres in farms, of which 2,964,833 acres were improved; average size 
 of farms, 301 acres (those of California and Oregon alone were larger); 
 value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $100,971,937 ; value of 
 productions, $49,185,170. In 1873 the number of acres devoted to Indian 
 corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, potatoes and tobacco was 1,373,895, and the 
 value of the crops was $22,356,720. The number of live-stock reported 
 in 1874 was 699,100 horses (next to Illinois and Ohio), 97,900 mules, 
 2,415,800 cattle (more than double the number in Illinois, which ranked 
 second, and nearly one-seventh of all the neat cattle in the United States), 
 526,500 milch cows, 1,147,400 hogs and 1,338,700 sheep. Most of the 
 fruits common to the Northern States are grown in Texas, and the orange, 
 lemon, banana, lime, fig, pine-apple, nectarine and olive thrive. 
 
 Manufactures. — The census reported 2399 manufacturing estab- 
 lishments; hands employed, 7927; value of materials, $6,273,193; value 
 of products, $11,517,302. The leading industries in value were: Lumber, 
 $1,736,482; beef, packed, $1,052,106; cotton goods, $374,598; saddlery 
 and harness, $348,307; tin, copper and sheet-iron ware, $334,665; car- 
 riages and wagons, $289,124; hides and tallow, $272,740; flouring-mill 
 products, $254,264. Stoves and hollow-ware of excellent quality are 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 371 
 
 produced. The numerous rivers afford an abundance of water-power, 
 which has been, as yet, very little improved. 
 
 Mineral Resources. — Speaking of the mineral wealth of the 
 country, Col. Forney says: “God in his generosity seems to have given a 
 share of all his best gifts to Texas.” Horace Greeley, who made a journey 
 through Texas in 1871, wrote : “ As yet the mineral wealth of Texas sleeps 
 undisturbed and useless. She has iron enough to divide the earth by rail- 
 roads into squares ten miles across, but no ton of it was ever smelted. She 
 has at least five thousand square miles of coal (probably much more), but 
 no ton of it was ever dug for sale. She has gypsum enough to plaster the 
 continent annually for a century, but it lies quiet and valueless — a waste of 
 earth-covered stone.” Gold, silver, copper, lead, nickel, alum, cobalt, man- 
 ganese, arsenic and various precious stones, such as the ruby, agate, garnet, 
 amethyst and opal, have been found. There are large deposits of potters’ 
 clay, fire-clay and marl, and extensive quarries of granite, marble, slate, 
 soap-stone, etc. Salt is very abundant. These mineral resources are almost 
 untouched. The total value of the mining products of the State, as 
 reported by the census in 1870, was only $900. 
 
 Commerce ancl Navigation. — There are five customs districts 
 — viz., Brazos de Santiago, Corpus Christi, Paso del Norte, Saluria and 
 Texas. For the year ending June 30, 1874, the value of imports was 
 $4,366,183; value of exports, $21,639,402; number of vessels entered in 
 the foreign trade, 250, of which 103 were American and 147 foreign ; ves- 
 sels cleared, 284, of which 137 were American. The tonnage of all Texas 
 ports was 20,008, divided among 335 vessels. Twenty vessels were built 
 during the year. Cotton was exported to the amount of 274,379 bales. 
 
 Railroads. — There were 32 miles of railroad in 1854. In 1874 the 
 mileage had increased to 1650; total capital account, $64,565,342; cost 
 per mile, $40,079; total receipts, $6,968,886; receipts per mile, $4464; 
 receipts to an inhabitant, $7.26; net earnings, $2,798,277. The Texas 
 Pacific Railroad is designed to extend from Shreveport, Louisiana, across 
 Texas, New Mexico and Arizona to the Pacific Ocean, at San Diego. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Huntsville, contains 278 cells, and a new building has just been 
 completed, having 125 cells. Both these buildings are inadequate, as the 
 number of prisoners in 1874 was 1453. The number of homicides reported 
 from Texas during 1870 was 323. Seven paupers were relieved in 1850 
 and 202 in 1870. An Institution for the Education of the Deaf and Dumb 
 was opened in 1857. The new Constitution makes it the duty of the legis- 
 lature to provide for the support and maintenance of public schools through- 
 out the State, free to all children between the ages of six and eighteen. 
 In 1874 the school population was 300,000, of whom 129,542 were enrolled 
 in the public schools. The average daily attendance was 83,082; number 
 
372 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 of schools, 1874; teachers, 2236. There are 12 colleges and univer- 
 sities, 1 school of theology, 2 schools of medicine and 1 school of science. 
 The Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, at Bryan, possesses a 
 property valued at $291,240. Five institutions are reported for the higher 
 education of young ladie^. In 1870 the number of libraries was 455, re- 
 ligious organizations 843, with 647 edifices, newspapers 112. In 1875 21 
 daily newspapers and 168 periodicals of all kinds were published. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Austin, the State capital, is situated on the 
 Colorado River, 160 miles above its mouth. Steamboats ply upon the 
 river, and there is railroad connection with Houston. Three daily and two 
 weekly papers are published. The number of inhabitants in 1870 was 
 4428, and was estimated at 7500 in 1875. Galveston, upon an island at 
 the entrance of Galveston Bay, 290 miles west of New Orleans, is the lead- 
 ing city of Texas. It is an important port for the shipment of cotton, 
 lumber, cattle and hides. Steamers run regularly to New Orleans, Ha- 
 vana, New York and Liverpool. It is the seat of the Texas Medical Col- 
 lege and the University of St. Mary. The most important buildings are 
 the Custom-House, Court-House, City Hall, Opera-House and House of 
 Refuge. There are 15 churches and 11 newspapers, of which 5 are issued 
 daily. The population was 13,815 by the Federal census, and is estimated, 
 in 1875, at 25,000. Houston, on Buffalo Bayou, 45 miles above Galveston, 
 is a rapidly-growing city. It was settled in 1836, and named in honor of 
 Gen. Sam. Houston. The City Hall and Market-House was erected at a 
 cost of $400,000. There are extensive machine- and car-shops, iron- and 
 brass-founderies and lumber-yards. Three daily and six weekly news- 
 papers are published, and 12 churches represent the various denominations. 
 Railroads diverge from Houston in six directions. The population is esti- 
 mated at 20,000; it was 13,818 in 1870. San Antonio was settled by the 
 Spaniards in 1694. It has two daily newspapers and is the principal town 
 in Western Texas. Population, 12,256. Other leading towns are Browns- 
 ville, Corpus Christi, Jefferson, Sherman, Dallas, Georgetown, Indianola 
 and Matagorda. 
 
 Population. — No census of the population of Texas was taken while 
 it was under Mexican rule. The estimated number of inhabitants in 1806 
 was 7000, and in 1836, 52,000. According to the United States census, 
 the population in 1850 was 212,592 (slaves, 58,161) ; 1860, 604,215 (slaves, 
 182,566); 1870, 818,579 (free colored, 253,475). The foreign-born num- 
 bered 62,411, and the natives 756,168, of whom 388,510 were born in 
 Texas and 367,658 in other parts of the United States. Only 26,050 
 native Texans were residing outside the State of their birth. The density 
 of population was 2.98 to a square mile. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of 30 senators 
 and 90 representatives, who meet biennially and are paid eight dollars per 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 373 
 
 day. The executive officers are a governor, lieutenant-governor, comp- 
 troller, treasurer and commissioner of the general land-office. Judicial 
 authority is vested in a supreme court of three judges, and thirty-five dis- 
 trict courts, presided over by a single judge, who is required to hold three 
 terms of his court annually in each county of his district. A superintend- 
 ent of immigration is appointed by the governor, and holds his office for 
 four years. General elections are held on the first Tuesday after the first 
 Monday in November of every alternate year, beginning with 1872. 
 Homesteads are exempt from execution for debt. The public debt on the 
 1st of January, 1875, was $4,012,421. 
 
 History. — Fort St. Louis was erected near the present site of Mata- 
 gorda by a company of French colonists, in 1687. In 1690 the Spaniards 
 established, not far from the same spot, the mission of San Francisco. 
 The territory was long under the government of Mexico, and shared in 
 the internal dissensions of that country. The privilege of maintaining a 
 State government of their own was refused to them, and the Texans took 
 up arms. The first battle was fought Oct. 2, 1835. Hostilities continued 
 at intervals for ten years. On the 1st of March, 1845, Texas became one 
 of the United States. The Mexican war followed [see Historical Sketch]. 
 An ordinance of secession was passed Feb. 5, 1861. A new Constitution 
 was adopted in 1869. In the summer of 1874 six companies of soldiers 
 were organized for service against hostile Indians, and many of the settle- 
 ments were thus saved from destruction. A terrible cyclone desolated a 
 belt of country 4D miles wide on the 16th and 17th of September, 1875. 
 Water stood five feet deep in the streets of Galveston, twenty-five buildings 
 were blown down, several persons were killed and property was damaged 
 to the amount of $200,000. The town of Velasco was entirely swept aw 7 ay ; 
 only two houses remained standing at Matagorda; and the word from In- 
 dianola was : “ One-quarter of the people are gone. Dead bodies are strewn 
 for twenty miles along the bay. Nine-tenths of the houses are destroyed.” 
 Only five out of the three hundred houses in the town were left standing. 
 Four hundred lives were destroyed in the State by this cyclone. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Vermont is bounded on the N. by 
 Canada East, E. by New Hampshire, S. by Massachusetts and W. by New 
 York. It is situated between latitudes 42° 44' and 45° N. and longitudes 
 3° 35' and 5° 27' E. from Washington, or 71° 33' and 73° 25' W. from 
 Greenwich. The length from north to south is 158 miles, the breadth be- 
 tween 40 and 90 miles and the area 10,212 square miles, or 6,535,680 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The Green Mountains, called by 
 the early French travellers Monts Verts, extend through the whole length 
 of Vermont and form the water-shed between the affluents of the Counec- 
 
374 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ticut River ou the east and those of Lake Champlain and the Hudson on 
 the west. The most elevated summits are: Mount Mansfield, 4359 feet; 
 Camel’s Hump, 4188 feet; Killington’s Peak, 3675 feet; and Ascutney, 
 3320 feet. Most of the hills are smooth and rounded and wooded or cov- 
 ered with grass to the very top. Rivers and Lalces . — The Connecticut 
 River constitutes the eastern boundary, and drains an area of 3750 square 
 miles in the State. At Bellows Falls the river has a descent of 44 feet in 
 the course of half a mile. Its principal affluents are the Passumpsic, 
 White, Queechy, Black and West Rivers. Flowing westward are the 
 Missisquoi, Lamoille, Onion or Winooski and Otter Rivers, which dis- 
 charge their waters into Lake Champlain. This lake, which constitutes 
 the boundary between Vermont and New York for 140 miles, has an ex- 
 treme width of 16 miles and is deep enough to float the largest vessels. 
 Its waters find an outlet through the Richelieu, or Sorel, into the St. Law- 
 rence. Salmon-trout, bass, whitefish, pickerel, etc., are caught in great 
 numbers from the lake. It contains several islands, of which the largest 
 are North Hero, South Hero and La Motte. Lake Memphremagog, on 
 the Canada line, lies partly within the limits of Vermont, and receives sev- 
 eral small tributaries from that State. Forests . — Upon the Green Moun- 
 tains are heavy growths of the various evergreen trees, such as the fir, 
 cedar, spruce, pine and hemlock. Hard wood is also abundant, including 
 the ash, beech, birch, elm, hickory, basswood, butternut, oak, sugar-maple 
 and most of the trees common to the Northern States. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — A deep, black, alluvial soil, of very great fer- 
 tility, is characteristic of the river valleys. Some of the uplands have a 
 loam which is strong and quick and produces large crops. Excellent pas- 
 turage is afforded on the slopes of the hills and mountains. The valley of 
 Lake Champlain, protected from the north-east winds by the mountains 
 and open toward the south, is very favorably situated for agriculture. 
 Very great variations of temperature are experienced. The mercury 
 reached 106° at Montpelier on the 8th of June, 1871, and on Christmas 
 day, 1872, the mercury congealed, which indicated a temperature of at least 
 40 degrees below zero. Thus the range of the thermometer was 146 de- 
 grees. East Calais enjoyed Christmas day, 1873, with the mercury indi- 
 cating — 38 degrees. During the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean 
 temperature at Burlington was 43.6°, the maximum 89° and the minimum 
 — 20.5°. Upon eleven days the mercury fell below zero. The isothermal 
 lines crossing Vermont are: Spring, 40°; summer, 62°-67°; autumn, 
 43°-47° ; winter, 15°-20° ; annual mean, 45°. Snow falls about the 
 middle of November and remains until the end of April. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Vermont has a smaller proportion 
 (32.1 per cent.) of its farm lands unimproved than any other States except 
 Illinois (25.3 per cent.) and New York (29.6 per cent.). The last census 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 375 
 
 reported 4,528,804 acres iu farms, of which 3,073,257 acres were improved; 
 average size of farms, 134 acres; value of farms, farm implements and 
 live-stock, $168,506,189; value of productions, $34,647,027. The forest 
 products were valued at $1,238,929, and the orchard products at $682,241. 
 This State ranked first in the production of maple-sugar (8,894,302 pounds), 
 and next to New York and Ohio in cheese (4,830,700 pounds). In 1873 
 the Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potato, tobacco and 
 hay crops occupied 1,065,334 acres, and were valued at $18,568,796. The 
 number of live-stock in 1874 was 71,000 horses, 128,000 oxen and other 
 cattle, 195,700 milch cows, 53,500 hogs and 543,600 sheep (more than in 
 any other New England State). 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments 
 reported was 3270; hands employed, 18,686; value of materials, $17,007,- 
 769; of products, $32,184,606. The value of the leading industries was: 
 Woollen goods, $3,550,962 ; lumber, sawed, $3,142,307 ; lumber, planed, 
 $2,526,228; flouring-mill products, $2,071,594; leather, tanned, $1,249,- 
 942; carriages and sleds, $839,029; cotton goods, $546,510; scales and 
 balances, $1,629,000. A firm in this State, which has been in existence 
 for forty-five years, manages “ the largest scale manufactory in the world.”. 
 Its workshops cover ten acres, and the products are sent to every im- 
 portant nation on the globe; the annual sales amount to $2,000,000. 
 
 Minerals and Milling. — Numerous deposits of iron ore have been 
 found among the mountains. Copper, lead and manganese exist in small 
 quantities. Kaoline, or potters’ clay, is abundant. The marble quarries 
 are of great extent, and furnish marble both white and variegated. Pro- 
 fessor Collier is of the opinion that “ there is hardly a farm in the State 
 where hidden [mineral] wealth may not exist.” The product of 54 min- 
 ing establishments, at the last census, was valued at $905,410, and the 
 value of the marble- and stone-work was $960,984. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation.— Burlington is the only port of 
 entry. Quite an extensive commerce is carried on with the Canadas 
 through Lake Champlain. During the year ending June 30, 1874, the 
 value of imports was $7,282,166, and of exports, $4,076,355; 98 Ameri- 
 can and 859 foreign vessels entered, and 76 American and 865 foreign 
 vessels cleared. Six steamers and 19 other vessels, with an aggregate 
 capacity of 5494 tons, belong to the district of Vermont. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — The mileage of railroads in 1874 was 
 778; total capital account, $27,755,284; cost per mile, $35,638 ; receipts, 
 $4,463,678 ; receipts to an inhabitant, $13.36 ; receipts per mile of railroad, 
 $6002; net earnings, $1,782,571. Real estate belonging to railroads is 
 subject to taxation. A canal connects Lake Champlain with the Hudson 
 River. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — A State-Prison was 
 
376 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 established at Windsor in 1807. The Asylum for the Insane, which pos- 
 sesses a property valued at §500,000, is not a State institution, although it 
 has often received aid from the State. The deaf and dumb are supported 
 at the asylum in Hartford, Connecticut. A Reform School was established 
 at Waterbury in November, 1865. The buildings were burned December 
 12, 1874, and in January, 1875, the legislature appropriated §30,000 for a 
 new building to be located at Vergennes. There is a Home for Destitute 
 Children at Burlington. A compulsory school law was passed in 1867. 
 Every child of good health, between the ages of 8 and 14 years, is required 
 to attend school for at least three months in each year. From 5 to 20 years 
 is the legal school age. In 1874 the number of school districts was 2754; 
 children in the State, 89,541; pupils enrolled, 78,139; teachers, 4406; ex- 
 penditures for schools, §622,227 ; value of school buildings, §1,334,364. 
 There are three colleges — viz., Middlebury College, Norwich University 
 (military) and the University of Vermont and State Agricultural College, 
 which possesses a property valued at §416,972; it embraces classical, med- 
 ical and scientific departments, and admits young women upon the same, 
 conditions as young men. The last census reported 1792 libraries, 47 
 periodicals, 3 of which were daily (increased to 6 daily newspapers and 68 
 periodicals of all kinds in 1875), and 699 religious organizations, having 
 744 edifices. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants at successive decennial 
 periods has been as follows: 1790, 85,425; 1800, 154,465; 1810, 217,895; 
 1820,235,966; 1830, 280,652; 1840, 291,948; 1850, 314,120; 1860,315,- 
 098 (an increase of 978, which is about one-third of one per cent.); 1870, 
 330,551 (an increase of 15,453, which is less than 5 per cent.). The foreign 
 born numbered 47,155, and the native, 283,396, of whom 243,814 were 
 born in Vermont and 39,582 had come in from other States; 177,164 
 natives of Vermont were residing in other parts of the Union, showing a 
 loss of 137,582 in native population. There were 32.37 persons to a square 
 mile. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Montpelier, the capital, occupies a central 
 position in the State. The Capitol is a fine granite building, erected at a 
 cost of §150,000. More than 15,000 volumes are contained in the State 
 library. The town has several manufactories, seven churches and five 
 newspapers. Population, 3023. Burlington, the largest city of Vermont, 
 had a population of 14,387 in 1870. Its harbor, protected by a break- 
 water, is the finest on Lake Champlain. There is a very extensive lumber 
 trade. Five periodicals are published. The University of Vermont occu- 
 pies a site commanding a fine view. Rutland (population, 9834) has very 
 extensive quarries of marble and slate. It is at the intersection of three 
 railroads, and supports two daily newspapers. Bennington (5760) is the 
 centre of a fine agricultural region. Porcelain ware is manufactured in 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 377 
 
 large quantities. Brattleborough (4933) was settled in 1724, and is the 
 oldest town in the State. The Asylum for the Insane is the most prominent 
 building. Six newspapers are published. Middlebury (3086) is the seat 
 of Middlebury College, and contains several factories, large marble quar- 
 ries, five churches and a newspaper office. The other leading towns are 
 St. Albans (7014), which contains the railway-shops of the Vermont Cen- 
 tral, St. Johnsbury (4665), Brandon (3571), Northfield (3410), Castleton 
 (3243), Randolph (2829), Waterbury (2623), Newbury (2241) and Wind- 
 sor (1699). 
 
 Government and Laws. — A council of 14 members assembles 
 once in seven years to propose such amendments to the Constitution as may 
 be deemed necessary. There was no senate until the year 1836. The Gen- 
 eral Assembly, which meets biennially, consists of a senate of 30 members 
 and a house of representatives of 249 members (one from each town and 
 city). Executive officers are elected for a term of two years. The supreme 
 court consists of six judges, chosen»by the legislature, and receiving a sal- 
 ary of 82500 each. There are also county courts for each of the 14 coun- 
 ties, courts of chancery and probate courts. Justices of the peace are 
 elected for each town. A prohibitory liquor law is in force, and the liquor- 
 seller is responsible for damages done by an intoxicated person. 
 
 History. — Champlain, with two other French officers, traversed a 
 portion of this territory in 1609. The first settlement was made in 1724, 
 at Fort Durnmer, within the limits of the present town of Brattlehorough. 
 A settlement was begun on the eastern shore of Lake Champlain by the 
 French in 1731. New Hampshire claimed jurisdiction over the territory, 
 and Gov. Wentworth made grants of land to settlers in 138 townships. 
 New York also based a claim upon the grants of King Charles II., and 
 tried to exert her authority. Attempts to dispossess them of their lands 
 were resisted by the settlers, who applied the “ beech seal ” (whipping with 
 beechen rods) to the New York officers, until none could be found willing 
 to serve writs. The “Green Mountain Boys” thus defended themselves 
 for several years. An amicable adjustment was finally made by the pay- 
 ment to New York of $30,000 in settlement for all her claims. In Janu- 
 ary, 1777, a general convention proclaimed that the territory known as the 
 New Hampshire Grants was of right a free and independent jurisdiction, 
 to be henceforth called by the name of “New Connecticut, alias Vermont.” 
 During the Revolutionary war the Green Mountain Boys bore an honor- 
 able and conspicuous part. At Bennington, on the 16th of August, 1777, 
 the British regulars were routed by the undisciplined yeomanry. Vermont 
 was admitted to the Union on the 4th of March, 1791. During the war 
 of 1812 the frontiers were threatened, but the capture of the British squad- 
 ron on Lake Champlain saved Vermont from further molestation from that 
 quarter, until the Confederate raid upon St. Albans (Oct. 19, 1864). 
 
378 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The State of Virginia is bounded on the 
 W. and N. W. by Kentucky and West Virginia, N. E. and E. by Mary- 
 land, Chesapeake Bay and the Atlantic Ocean, and S. by North Carolina 
 and Tennessee. It is situated between latitudes 36° 30' and 39° 40' N. and 
 longitudes 1° 35' E. and 6° 35' W. from Washington, or 75° 25' and 83° 
 35' W. from Greenwich. The extreme length is 425 miles, the breadth 205 
 miles and the area 38,348 square miles, or 24,542,720 acres. 
 
 Physical E eaturcs. — Surface . — By its natural configuration the 
 State is divided into three districts. (1.) Tide-water Virginia, extending 
 from the coast to the falls of the rivers, contains no mountains or high 
 hills, but is an alluvial country, having low and marshy lands along the 
 seaboard, which terminate in the south-east in the Great Dismal Swamp. 
 (2.) Piedmont Virginia, which extends from the river-falls to the Blue 
 Ridge, is rolling and picturesque, and in its western part broken by ranges 
 of low hills. (3.) The great valley <3f Virginia includes all the region 
 between the Blue Ridge and the Alleghanies. The great Appalachian 
 chain of mountains extends over a breadth of 150 miles, in parallel ridges 
 and low summits, with occasional lofty spurs. The Peaks of Otter attain 
 an elevation of 5307 feet above the sea level. John Randolph of Roanoke 
 once visited this summit, and as he saw the sun rise over the magnificent 
 scene he said to his servant: “Never from this time believe any one who 
 tells you that there is no God.” Five States can be seen from the top of 
 Bald Knob, upon the side of which, 4500 feet above the sea, is Salt Pond 
 (containing fresh water, but called salt from an adjacent salt lick), with a 
 depth said to be unfathomable. Virginia contains very many objects of 
 interest to tourists. The Natural Bridge has an arch 215 feet above the 
 stream, with a span of 93 feet and a width of 80 feet. A stage road runs 
 over it. The Natural Tunnel, in Scott county, is said by Pollard to be 
 “undoubtedly the greatest wonder in Virginia.” It extends for 800 feet 
 through the solid rock, and has a height of 80 feet. A remarkable cascade, 
 called Puncheon Run Falls, down which the water plunges 2000 feet, has 
 lately been brought into notice. There are many caverns, among the most 
 noted of which are Weyer’s Cave, 1600 feet in length, Madison’s Cave and 
 the “Cave of the Unknown.” Mineral springs abound along the mountain 
 chain from the borders of North Carolina to the Potomac, making this 
 region “a sufficient sanitarium for all America.” There are white, yellow, 
 blue, red and salt sulphur springs, offering medicines compounded in 
 Nature’s laboratory for the cure of a multitude of human ailments. A tem- 
 perature of 106 degrees has been noted in the warm springs. Rivers . — 
 The Potomac separates Virginia from Maryland and affords navigation for 
 large vessels as far as Alexandria, where it is a mile and a quarter wide. 
 Its principal tributary is the Shenandoah, which drains the great valley of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 379 
 
 Virginia west of the Blue Ridge and unites with the Potomac at Harper’s 
 Ferry. The Rappahannock, the York and the James take their rise in the 
 mountains, and flowing nearly parallel to the Potomac in a south-easterly 
 direction, discharge their waters into Chesapeake Bay. Rapids and falls 
 limit the navigable course of each to about 100 miles. South-eastern Vir- 
 ginia is drained by the Meherrin and the Nottoway, which unite in North 
 Carolina to form the Chowan. The Holston, the Clinch and Powell’s 
 Rivers drain the south-western counties and afterward combine with the 
 Tennessee. Forests . — Timber is very abundant. The hickory, white and 
 black oak, ash, chestnut, beech, maple, cedar, pine, etc., grow to an enor- 
 mous size. When oak lands are cleared a growth of pines springs up, and 
 when pines are removed oaks take their places. Fields once cultivated, if 
 left to themselves, are quickly covered with pines. The last census reported 
 8,294,734 acres of woodland upon farms. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The soil in the east is composed of a vegetable 
 mould, resting upon an alluvial, clayey sand of great depth. Piedmont 
 Virginia has a limestone basis for its fertile clay and loam. The valleys 
 of the south-west contain the celebrated “blue-grass” soil, which is impreg- 
 nated with lime and exceedingly productive. A book published in London 
 in 1757 speaks of the Virginia climate as follows: “The heats in summer 
 are excessively great, but not without the allay of refreshing sea-breezes. 
 Their winter frosts come on without the least warning. After a warm day, 
 toward the setting in of winter, so intense a cold often succeeds as to freeze 
 over the broadest and deepest of their great rivers in one night; but these 
 frosts, as well as their rains, are rather violent than of long continuance.” 
 The writer must have generalized from an exceptional winter, as the rivers 
 are entirely unobstructed by ice throughout many seasons. During the 
 year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the maximum temperature at Cape Henry was 
 98 degrees; at Lynchburg the maximum was 97°, and the mean for the 
 year 56.5°; at Wytheville, among the mountains, the maximum was 95°, 
 and the mean 51.3° (more than a degree lower than the mean for Phila- 
 delphia); at Norfolk the mean was 58.4°, the minimum 15° and the max- 
 imum 102°; upon 19 days the mercury sank below 32°, and upon 34 days 
 rose above 90°. The rainfall at Wytheville was 40.66 inches, at Lynch- 
 burg 44.74 inches and at Norfolk 55.27 inches. Upon the isothermal 
 charts the lines crossing Virginia are: Spring, 55°; summer, 72°-77°; 
 autumn, 52°-60° ; winter, 30°-40° ; mean, 55°-60°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The great staple, from the earliest 
 settlement, has been tobacco, which grew “ as tall as an ordinary-sized 
 man” [see American Agriculture]. In 1873 the product of 82,21)0 
 acres devoted to tobacco culture was 50,000,000 pounds (Kentucky grew 
 three times as much), valued at $4,600,000. The total value of the Indian 
 corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, potato, tobacco and hay crops 
 
380 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 grown upon 2,427,804 acres was $30,768,950. The last Federal census 
 reported 18,145,911 acres in farms, of which 8,165,040 acres were im- 
 proved; value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, $246,132,550; 
 value of productions, $51,774,801; average size of farms, 246 acres. 
 Some cotton was grown in the southern counties. In 1874 the State con- 
 tained 189,300 horses, 29,600 mules, 405,700 oxen and other cattle, 234,- 
 000 milch cows, 753,100 hogs and 367,500 sheep. Nearly 60 per cent, of 
 the workers were employed in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments was 
 5933; hands employed, 26,694; value of materials, $23,832,384; value 
 of products, $38,364,322. Among the leading industries in value were: 
 Tobacco, chewing, smoking and snuff, $6,935,249 ; flouring-mill products, 
 $6,581,396; iron, forged and rolled, $1,994,146; iron, castings, $769,274; 
 iron, pig, $619,820; lumber, $1,609,966; cotton goods, $1,435,800; cars, 
 freight and passenger, $613,036; machinery, $511,485. 
 
 Minerals and Milling’ . — Coal formations underlie 21,000 square 
 miles. Anthracite coal is found between the James and the Potomac; the 
 bituminous seams are of great thickness. Iron, lead, gold, copper, man- 
 ganese and zinc are found. The deposits of marl, plaster, limestone and 
 marble are extensive. Salt-wells exist, which yielded 10,000 bushels of 
 salt per day during the war. South-western Virginia is especially rich in 
 minerals. The product of 27 mines reported at the last census, which em- 
 poyed 997 hands, was $409,914. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — All extensive commerce was car- 
 ried on from Virginia during the colonial days. The imports of this State 
 and Maryland during the year 1770 were valued at upward of three mil- 
 lions of dollars, and the exports at nearly two millions. There are now 
 seven customs districts — viz., Alexandria, Cherrystone, Norfolk and Ports- 
 mouth, Petersburg, Richmond, Tappahannock and Yorktown. During the 
 fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, 65 American and 45 foreign vessels en- 
 tered and 80 American and 78 foreign vessels cleared in the foreign trade; 
 the value of imports was $236,566, and of exports, $5,299,670. Belong- 
 ing in the State were 1017 vessels, of which 74 were steamers. Fifty 
 vessels, including nine steamers, were built. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — The railroad statistics for 1874 were: 
 Miles of railroad, 1638; total capital account, $96,324,418; cost per mile, 
 $46,332; receipts, $6,842,633; receipts per mile, $4112; receipts to an in- 
 habitant, $5.36 ; net earnings, $2,196,418. The James River and Kanawha 
 Canal was projected to connect the James with the Ohio, but it is estimated 
 that $40,000,000 would be needed to complete it. A canal 23 miles long 
 passes through the Dismal Swamp, connecting Chesapeake Bay and Albe- 
 marle Sound. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 381 
 
 tiarv, at Richmond, is conducted on the “ silent system.” There are three 
 Asylums for the Insane, located at Williamsburg, Staunton and Richmond. 
 The Eastern Asylum is the oldest in the United States, having been estab- 
 lished in 1773. The Institution for the Deaf and Dumb and the Blind 
 is at Staunton. A general school law was passed July 11, 1870. In 1874 
 the number of public schools was 3696; pupils enrolled, 160,859; average 
 attendance, 91,175; teachers, 3757; value of school property, $524,638. 
 There are eight colleges and universities. William and Mary College was 
 founded in 1692, and is the oldest collegiate institution in the country, with 
 the exception of Harvard [see American Education]. At the Univer- 
 sity of Virginia all the studies are elective. Professional instruction is 
 afforded by five schools of theology, three of law, two of medicine and six 
 of science. A school of instruction, under the direction of the United 
 States Signal Service Bureau, has been established at Fort Whipple. The 
 number of libraries in 1870 was 4171; newspapers, 114, of which 16 were 
 daily; religious organizations, 2582, with 2405 edifices. In 1875 the period- 
 icals had increased to 142, of which 21 were published daily. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Richmond, the capital, is situated upon the 
 James River. Large vessels come up to the docks, and railroads radiate 
 from the city in five directions, giving facilities for a very extensive whole- 
 sale trade. There are large tobacco warehouses, iron-works, founderies, 
 machine-shops, etc. Twenty-two periodicals are published, of which seven 
 are issued daily. The number of inhabitants was 51,038 in 1870, and is 
 estimated at 70,000 in 1875. Norfolk, upon the south side of Chesapeake 
 Bay, has a harbor open at all seasons of the year, which admits vessels 
 drawing 30 feet of water. Steamers run regularly to Richmond, Balti- 
 more, Philadelphia and New York. The shipment of fruits and vegetables 
 during 1874 was 1,300,000 barrels and crates. For the season of 1874-5 
 the receipts of cotton were estimated at 500,000 bales. The city has 26 
 churches and three daily newspapers. Population, 19,229 in 1870, and 
 estimated at 25,000 in 1875. Gosport Navy Yard is near Norfolk. 
 Lynchburg, on the James River, carries on a large trade with South- 
 western Virginia. It contains nearly 50 tobacco warehouses, and large 
 founderies and iron-works have been established in the vicinity. There 
 are 10 churches and 6 newspapers. Population, 6825 in 1870, and now 
 about 13,000. Petersburg (population, 18,950), thirty miles south of Rich- 
 mond, is an important railway centre, having lines extending in five direc- 
 tions. Three daily newspapers are issued. Lexington (population, 2873) 
 has been called the “Athens of Virginia.” Washington College was estab- 
 lished at this place, under the name of Liberty Hall, in 1776, and received 
 its endowment from General Washington. The Virginia Military Insti- 
 tute was founded in 1839. Alexandria, on the Potomac River, seven miles 
 below Washington, belonged to the District of Columbia until 1846, when 
 
382 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 it was ceded back to Virginia. Population, 13,570. Bristol, in the valley, 
 near the Tennessee line, is the centre of a large trade carried on by wagons, 
 “the white ships of the mountains.” Other important towns are Ports- 
 mouth (10,492), Staunton (5120), Winchester (4477), Fredericksburg 
 (4046), Danville (3463) and Charlottesville (2838). 
 
 Population. — In 1649 there were 15,000 English inhabitants and 
 300 negroes. During the eighteenth century the population doubled every 
 27 years, and Jefferson computed that if the same ratio of increase con- 
 tinued Virginia would contain upward of four and a half millions of people 
 in 1863. By the Federal census, the number of inhabitants at successive 
 decennial periods (including West Virginia until 1870) was as follows: 
 1790, 747,610 (slaves, 292,627); 1800, 880,200 (slaves, 345,796); 1810, 
 974,600 (slaves, 392,516); 1820,1,065,116 (slaves, 425,148) ; 1830, 1,211,- 
 405 (slaves, 469,757); 1840, 1,239,797 (slaves, 448,987); 1850, 1,421,661 
 (slaves, 472,528); 1860,1,596,318 (slaves, 490,865) ; 1870 (West Virginia 
 excluded), 1,225,163 (free colored, 512,841). Virginia ranked first in 
 population from 1790 to 1810, second in 1820, third in 1830, fourth iu 
 1840 and 1850, fifth in 1860 and tenth in 1870. Iu slave population it 
 ranked first during the whole period from 1790 to 1860. In free-colored 
 population it ranked next to Georgia in 1870. Of the total number of 
 inhabitants (1,225,163) at the last date, 1,163,822 were born in the orig- 
 inal State, 13,754 were foreign born and 47,587 had come in from other 
 States, of which number 16,869 were born in North Carolina, 7344 in 
 Maryland, 4908 iu New York, 4046 in Pennsylvania, etc. The density 
 of population was 31.95 persons to a square mile. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of a senate 
 of 43 members and a house of delegates of 138 members. The supreme 
 court of appeals has five judges, holding office for twelve years. There 
 are sixteen judges of the circuit court, whose term of service is eight years. 
 The county and city judges serve for three years. All judges are elected 
 by the legislature. The State election is held on the first Monday in No- 
 vember. A convention met at Richmond, Dec. 3, 1867, for the revision 
 of the Constitution, and the new Constitution was ratified by the people 
 July 6, 1869. The State is divided into 99 counties. By a constitutional 
 amendment, ratified by a large majority in 1874, the township system was 
 abolished. 
 
 History. — Sir Walter Raleigh bestowed the name of Virginia upon 
 this territory, in honor of the virgin queen Elizabeth. Jamestown, which 
 was founded May 13, 1607, claims the honor of being the oldest English 
 settlement in America. Colonists came over in large numbers during a 
 few succeeding years. Indian hostilities might have proved fatal to the 
 new colony but for the intervention of Pocahontas, who saved Capt. John 
 Smith from death, and afterward disclosed a plot formed by the savages 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 383 
 
 for the massacre of the settlers. In spite of the precautions taken, more 
 than 350 were killed by the Indians on the 22d of March, 1622. The 
 Church of England was established by law in 1662. In 1754 hostilities 
 began between the French and the English. After the defeat of Braddock, 
 in 1755, George Washington was put in command of the Virginia troops, 
 and gained a military experience which fitted him for the command of the 
 Continental army in the struggle for independence twenty years later. 
 Eastern Virginia suffered very severely during the Revolutionary war, 
 which was virtually terminated by the surrender, upon her soil, of Lord 
 Cornwallis, Oct. 19, 1781. An ordinance of secession was passed April 17, 
 1861, and Richmond soon after became the capital of the Southern Con- 
 federacy. The citizens of the western counties dissented from this action, 
 and withdrawing, formed the new State of West Virginia. On the 27th 
 of January, 1870, the government of the State was transferred to the civil 
 authorities. On the 27th of April, in the same year, the floor of the Cap- 
 itol at Richmond gave way, and 60 persons were killed and 120 wounded. 
 
 WEST VIRGINIA. 
 
 Situation anti Extent. — West Virginia is bounded on the N. W. 
 by Ohio, N. E. by Pennsylvania and Maryland, S. E. and S. by Virginia 
 and S. W. by Kentucky. It is situated between latitudes 37° 5' and 40° 
 37' N. and longitudes 0° 40' and 5° 35' W. from Washington, or 77° 40' 
 and 82° 35' W. from Greenwich. The extreme length from N. E. to S. W. 
 is 270 miles and the breadth 125 miles. Between Ohio and Pennsylvania 
 is “the Pan Handle,” having in some places a width of only 6 miles. The 
 area of the State is 23,000 square miles, or 14,720,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Extending over a breadth of 100 
 miles in the east are the ridges and spurs of the Alleghany Mountains, the 
 peaks of which have an average elevation of 2500 feet. The “Summit” 
 reaches a height of 2650 feet. Although the hillsides are steep, they are 
 seldom rocky, and vegetation clothes them to the very top. Greenbrier 
 county has most of its surface from 1800 to 2000 feet above the sea level. 
 The country gradually falls away toward the Ohio River, where the up- 
 lands have a height of from 600 to 800 feet. Bluffs rise abruptly from the 
 Kanawha River, giving an elevation of 1000 feet to the surrounding lands. 
 The “Hawk’s Nest,” in Fayette county, affords a very extensive view. 
 Rivers . — The Ohio washes the western boundary for 300 miles, affording 
 steamboat navigation for the whole distance. Its principal tributaries 
 are the Guyandotte, Little Kanawha and the Great Kanawha (“River 
 of the Woods,” in the Indian dialect), 400 miles long, which rises in North 
 Carolina and drains 10,000 square miles of territory. It is navigable for 
 100 miles to the falls, where the water has a descent of 50 feet. Flowing 
 into the Great Kanawha are the Greenbrier, Gauley, Elk and Coal Rivers. 
 
384 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 Big Sandy River and Tug Fork constitute a part of the boundary between 
 West Virginia and Kentucky. In the mountains of Randolph county are 
 the sources of the Monongahela, which is navigable as far as Fairmount. 
 The Potomac constitutes the north-eastern boundary for 100 miles. 
 Forests . — Every part of the State is well wooded, while the mountains and 
 the counties south of the Kanawha are covered with immense primeval 
 forests, affording the finest varieties of timber. Among the trees are found 
 the oak, curl- and sugar-maple, black-walnut, hickory, locust, ash, chest- 
 nut, butternut, hemlock, white and yew-pine, cherry, etc. Mineral 
 Springs . — Many of the sulphur springs which have given celebrity to 
 Virginia since Washington and his compeers congregated at the Berke- 
 ley are now within the limits of West Virginia. Twelve thousand gallons 
 of water per minute flow from a single spring. Chemical analysis shows 
 that these waters are rich in a great number of mineral ingredients which 
 make them a fountain of health to invalids. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Soils are found of every grade. A friable 
 loam, resting upon a substratum of clay, slate, sandstone or limestone, is 
 very common upon the hillsides, while a deep and fertile alluvium is cha- 
 racteristic of the river valleys. Even among the mountains there is said 
 to be little laud which might not be made productive. The climate has 
 no great extremes either of heat or cold. During a period of five years 
 the average of the five hottest days was 90 degrees, and of the five coldest 
 days 6 degrees. The mean for two years at Lewisburg was 54.6°. During 
 the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean at Morgantown was 53.5° ; mean 
 of the coldest month (November), 38.2°; mean of the warmest month 
 (June), 74.2°. The thermometer indicated 1° below zero January 17, and 
 97° above zero July 8. Upon 16 days the mercury reached 90°. On the 
 isothermal charts the lines crossing West Virginia are: Spring, 50°-52°; 
 summer, 70°-72°; autumn, 52°-55°; winter, 30°; annual mean, 50°-52°. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — The last census reported 8,528,- 
 394 acres in farms, of which 2,580,254 acres were improved; average size 
 of farms, 214 acres; value of farms, farm implements and live-stock, 
 $120,892,738; value of productions, $23,379,692. The product of 945,- 
 349 acres devoted to Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat, 
 potatoes, tobacco and hay, in 1873, was $14,187,511. In 1874 there were 
 in the State 104,600 horses, 2390 mules, 242,500 oxen and other cattle, 
 124,300 milch cows, 334,000 hogs and 555,900 sheep. Of those whose 
 occupations were reported, 64.19 per cent, were employed in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures. — The number of manufacturing establishments was 
 2444; hands employed, 11,672; value of materials, $14,503,701; value 
 of products, $24,102,201. Products of iron were the leading industries, 
 and were valued as follows : Nails and spikes, cut and wrought, $4,665,- 
 000; iron, forged and rolled, $4,025,620; iron, pig, $577,200; iron, cast- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 385 
 
 ings, $291,972 ; stoves, heaters and hollow ware,. $274,100. Salt was pro- 
 duced to the value of $1,507,605; lumber, $1,344,512; leather, tanned, 
 $527,016, and leather, curried, $313,229; coal oil, rectified, $432,650; 
 cooperage, $488,476; woollen goods, $370,191; carriages and wagons, 
 $303,690 ; tobacco, cigars, $268,348. 
 
 Minerals and Mining'. — West Virginia has mineral treasures of 
 immense value. Iron ores are abundant, and some of the best yield 83 
 per cent, of pure metal. Coal measures underlie thousands of square 
 miles, yielding bituminous, splint, peacock and cannel coal. Petroleum is 
 plenty enough to have afflicted most of the inhabitants with the “oil fever” 
 [see Physical Geography', pp. 186-189], Marble, limestone, flagstones, 
 etc., exist in nearly every section. Silver, copper, nickel, lead, antimony, 
 arsenic, sulphur, gypsum, borax, sodium, alum and fire-clay have been 
 found. Salt-wells yield millions of bushels of salt every year. In 1870 
 there were 185 mining establishments ; hands employed, 1527 ; value of 
 products, $2,538,531. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — No direct foreign commerce is 
 carried on from the ports of this State, but 234 vessels, with an aggregate 
 tonnage of 23,652, are employed in the river trade. Thirty-five vessels, 
 of which seven were steamers, were built during the fiscal year ending 
 June 30, 1874. 
 
 Railroads and Canals. — Extending across the State is the Balti- 
 more and Ohio Railroad, which ascends 1900 feet within a distance of 17 
 miles. The railroad mileage in 1874 was 576; average cost per mile. 
 $35,322 ; receipts per mile, $10,240. The Ohio and Chesapeake Canal, 
 extending along the Potomac, has a course of 100 miles across West Vir- 
 ginia; and the James River Canal is designed to extend through to the 
 Great Kanawha River. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Peniten- 
 tiary, at Watson, contains 224 cells. The Asylum for the Insane, at 
 Weston, is situated upon a farm of 273 acres; the original plan provided 
 for buildings having a frontage of 1200 feet. An Asylum for the Deaf, 
 Dumb and Blind has been established at Romney. In 1865 a system of 
 free schools was established, and the laws were amended in 1873. Educa- 
 tional statistics for 1873-4 were given as follows: Number of schools, 
 2857; teachers, 3082; children, 171,793 ; pupils, enrolled, 81,100; value 
 of school-houses, $1,216,892; expenditures for schools, $748,064; amount 
 of State school fund, $211,825. Three normal schools are in successful 
 operation. The colleges, three in number, are Bethany College, West Vir- 
 ginia College and West Virginia University. With the last the Agricul- 
 tural College is connected, and the entire property of the University is 
 valued at $200,000. Theological instruction is given at St. Vincent’s Col- 
 lege. The census reported 1728 libraries, 59 periodicals (increased to 75, 
 25 
 
 I 
 
386 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 of which 6 were published daily, in 1875) and 1529 religious organizations, 
 having 1018 edifices. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Wheeling, the capital of West Virginia and 
 its leading commercial and manufacturing city, is situated on the Ohio 
 River, 95 miles below Pittsburg and 365 miles above Cincinnati. A wire 
 suspension bridge 1010 feet long spans the river. Railroads radiate in four 
 directions. The manufactories are very numerous and extensive, including 
 founderies, stove-works, glass-works, breweries, tanneries, paper-mills, oil- 
 distilleries, planing-mills, machine-shops, iron-works for the production of 
 bar-, sheet-, plate- and railroad-iron, etc. There are six newspapers, three 
 of which are issued daily. Population in 1870, 19,280, and estimated at 
 27,000 in 1875. Parkersburg, the second city of the State, is situated at 
 the junction of the Little Kanawha River with the Ohio. This is the geo- 
 graphical and business centre of the “oil region,” and has grown with 
 extreme rapidity. A large wholesale trade is carried on, and there are 
 several manufacturing establishments, tanneries, oil-refineries, breweries 
 and pork-packing houses. A daily newspaper and six other periodicals 
 are issued. The population numbered 5546 in 1870, and was estimated at 
 8000 in 1875. Charleston, upon the Great Kanawha River, 60 miles above 
 its mouth, was made the capital of West Virginia by an act which took 
 effect April 30, 1870. A State-House was erected at a cost of $60,000; 
 but the citizens of many parts of the State found Charleston difficult of 
 access, and a bill passed the legislature providing for the removal of the 
 capital to Wheeling. The constitutionality of the act was questioned and 
 the matter was brought before the Supreme Court, which, on the 13th of 
 September, 1875, declared, with the unanimous concurrence of all the 
 judges, that the capital removal bill was constitutional. The trade of the 
 Kanawha valley, which is rich in salt, iron, timber, coal and agricultural 
 products, centres at Charleston. There are four newspapers and eight 
 churches. Population, 3162 in 1870, and about 5000 in 1875. Martins- 
 burg, in the north-eastern corner of the State, contains extensive railroad 
 repair-shops, eleven churches and two newspapers. Population, about 7000, 
 in 1875 ; in 1870, 4863. The other most populous towns are Bolivar (2892), 
 Mill Creek (2821), Moorefield (2676), Morgan (2536) and Blue Sulphur 
 (2148). 
 
 Population. — The population of West Virginia in 1870 (which was 
 the first Federal census taken after it became a separate State) was 442,- 
 014, of whom 17,980 were colored; 17,091 were foreign and 424,923 
 native born; 381,297 were born in Virginia or West Virginia, and 43,626 
 had come in from other States. There were 19.22 persons to a square mile. 
 Twelve of the States were less densely peopled and ten contained a smaller 
 number of inhabitants. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislature consists of a senate 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 387 
 
 of 22 members, elected for two years, and a hotise of delegates of 57 mem- 
 bers, elected for one year. Senators and delegates are paid $3 per day 
 during the sessions, which are annual and limited to 45 days. The execu- 
 tive officers are a governor (salary, $2000), secretary of State, treasurer, 
 auditor and attorney-general, all of whom hold office for two years. State 
 elections are held on the fourth Thursday in October. The supreme court 
 consists of three judges, whose term of office is twelve years. There are 
 eleven judicial districts, in each of which circuit courts are held. A gen- 
 eral law authorizes the formation of corporations, the capital of which 
 “may not exceed one million dollars.” The State is divided into 53 coun- 
 ties. For the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the receipts into the treasury 
 were $695,951 ; disbursements, $657,183; balance in the treasury, $282,364. 
 
 History. — The Blue Ridge Mountains marked the western boundaries 
 of settled Virginia until a century ago. Eastern Virginia possessed half 
 a million of population at that time, while West Virginia was yet an almost 
 unbroken wilderness. Settlements were made in Greenbrier and Berkeley 
 counties before the close of the Revolutionary war. Soon afterward the 
 tide of emigration passed over the mountains and rolled westward. The 
 pioneer settlers were of English, Scotch and Irish descent, with a slight 
 intermixture of Pennsylvania German blood. West Virginia began its 
 separate history on the 13th of May, 1861, when delegates from 25 coun- 
 ties met in convention at Wheeling and passed resolutions opposing the 
 ordinance of secession which Virginia had passed. On the lltli of June 
 representatives from 40 counties assembled, and measures were taken for 
 the establishment of a provisional government. The first legislature as- 
 sembled at Wheeling July 2. A constitutional convention met Nov. 26, 
 and the Constitution proposed was ratified by the people May 3, 1862. 
 An act of Congress providing for the admission of West Virginia as a 
 State was approved by the President on the 31st of December, 1862. 
 
 WISCONSIN. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Wisconsin is bounded on the N. and 
 N. E. by Lake Superior and the State of Michigan, E. by Lake Michigan, 
 S. by Illinois, S. W. and W. by Iowa and Minnesota. It is situated be- 
 tween latitudes 42° 30' and 46° 58' N. and longitudes 10° and 15° 30' W. 
 from Washington, or 87° and 92° 30' W. from Greenwich. The length 
 from north to south is 310 miles, the breadth from east to west 285 miles 
 and the area 53,924 square miles, or 34,511,360 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The general elevation of the sur- 
 face is from 600 to 1500 feet above the sea level. There are many hills, 
 but no high mountains. Lake Superior is "627 feet and Lake Michigan 
 583 feet above the ocean. The eastern section of the State, between Lake 
 Michigan and Lake AViunebago, is an undulating plain, elevated 300 feet 
 
388 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 above the lake. The lead region of the south-west has three general divis- 
 ions — bottom-lands, bluffs and upland, or prairie. Precipitous slopes rise 
 to a height of 200 or 300 feet, and above these is a gradual ascent of 600 
 or 700 feet. West Blue Mound, the highest summit, is elevated 1151 feet 
 above Lake Michigan and 1734 feet above the ocean. North of the Wis- 
 consin River are rolling prairies. The northern region is rough and broken 
 and intersected by ridges of rocks, while the valleys contain many swamps 
 and marshes. This section is drained in three directions — south toward 
 the Mississippi, north toward Lake Superior and east toward Lake Michi- 
 gan. Rivers and Lakes . — The Montreal and the Menomonee Rivers con- 
 stitute a part of the boundary between North-eastern Wisconsin and Mich- 
 igan. The former, flowing north-west into Lake Superior, has a descent 
 of 800 feet in the course of 30 miles, and the latter falls 1050 feet as it 
 flows south-east to Green Bay. Running through the centre of the State 
 is the Wisconsin River, which rises near the northern boundary, and after 
 a course of 600 miles, for 200 of which it is navigable, discharges its waters 
 into the Mississippi. Other affluents of the Mississippi are the Bad Axe, 
 Black, Chippewa and the St. Croix, which, with the Mississippi, marks the 
 western boundary of Wisconsin and affords steamboat navigation for 350 
 miles. Emptying into Green Bay is the Fox River, 200 miles long; its 
 principal tributary, the Wolf, has a length of 150 miles. Lake Michigan 
 washes the eastern shore for 200 miles, and Lake Superior the northern 
 shore for 100 miles. Within the limits of the State are a great number 
 of lakes, varying in length from one to thirty miles, and abounding in fish. 
 Lake Winnebago is 28 miles long and 10 wide. The “Four Lakes,” in 
 Dane county, celebrated for their beautiful scenery, are from 3} to 9} miles 
 long and navigable for small steamboats. Forests . — Immense forests of 
 white and Norway pine and of hard wood extend over the central and 
 northern districts. The bottom-lands along the rivers are also thickly 
 wooded. Among the forest trees are the ash, aspen, basswood, birch, black- 
 walnut, cedar, elm, hemlock, hickory, linden, maple, poplai’, spruce, syca- 
 more and tamarac; 3,437,442 acres of woodland were contained in farms 
 at the last census. 
 
 Soil aild Climate.— The prairie soil is a vegetable mould of a dark- 
 brown color, from one to eight feet deep and of great fertility. There is 
 a large proportion of silex and but little clay. Good crops are raised 
 from tbe cleared timber lands. Oak openings, where the undergrowth has 
 been kept down by prairie-fires, afford some of the finest lands already pre- 
 pared for the husbandman. The mineral region, in the north-west, is not 
 well adapted for agriculture. Winter gives “ bracing weather” in Wiscon- 
 sin. The first fall of snow often remains upon the ground until spring. 
 Rivers and lakes close about the middle of December and open the last of 
 March or the first of April. Upon the isothermal charts the linea crossing 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 389 
 
 the State for the several seasons are: Spring, 4Q°-45°; summer, 65°-70°; 
 autumn, 43°-50°; winter, 15°-25°; annual mean, 40°-47°. During the 
 year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature at La Crosse was 45.9°; 
 minimum, 19° below zero; maximum, 101°; range, 120°; mean of the 
 coldest month (January), 20.2°; warmest month (July), 77.1°. Upon 16 
 days the mercury fell below zero, and upon 27 days rose above 90°. At 
 Milwaukee the mean for January was 23°, for July 71.5° and for the year 
 45.8°; the highest observed temperature was 98°. A frost, which badly 
 damaged corn and other crops, was reported from 13 counties in various 
 parts of the State on the 22d of August, 1875. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — According to the last Federal 
 census, Wisconsin contained 11,715,321 acres in farms, of which 5,899,343 
 acres were improved; average size of farms, 114 acres; value of farms, 
 farm implements and live-stock, $359,964,310; value of productions, $78,- 
 027,032. In 1873 the number of acres devoted to Indian corn, wheat, rye, 
 oats, barley, buckwheat, potatoes, tobacco and hay was 3,967,328, and the 
 value of the crops $58,814,400. The live-stock in 1874 consisted of 335,- 
 300 horses, 4800 mules, 444,800 oxen and other cattle, 442,700 milch 
 cows, 618,800 hogs and 1,187,600 sheep. Of the working population 54.53 
 per cent, were employed in agriculture. 
 
 Manufactures . — Manufacturing establishments were reported to the 
 number of 7013; hands employed, 43,910; value of material, $45,851,266 ; 
 value of products, $77,214,326. Among the leading industries in value 
 were: Flouring-mill products, $16,035,734; lumber, planed and sawed, 
 $15,744,989 (but three States produced more); carriages and wagons, 
 $2,596,534; agricultural implements, $2,393,428; leather, curried, $2,360,- 
 347; leather, tanned, $2,013,093; clothing, $2,340,438; sash, doors and 
 blinds, $1,852,370 ; malt liquors, $1,790,273; furniture, $1,542,356; iron, 
 castings, $1,137,324; stoves, heaters and hollow-ware, $285,869; pig-iron, 
 $737,268 ; woollen goods, $1,115,646 ; pig-lead, $514,402 ; and brick, 
 $509,606. 
 
 Minerals anti Milling'. — The lead region of Wisconsin, contigu- 
 ous to that of Illinois and Iowa, extends over 2200 square miles, an area 
 larger than the State of Delaware. The first mention of lead in this 
 region was made by Captain Carver, who visited the country in 1766. In 
 the spring of 1828 lead was discovered at Mineral Point, and before autumn 
 the district contained 8000 inhabitants. The Lake Superior copper region, 
 “ one of the richest in the world,” extends into this State. Iron and zinc 
 have also been found in large quantities. Marble and limestone furnish 
 an abundance of building material. The product of 80 mines reported 
 by the Federal census was $510,982. 
 
 Commerce and. Navigation. — Great advantages for navigation 
 are afforded to Wisconsin by the lakes and rivers which wash its bounda- 
 
390 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 ries and penetrate its interior counties. Steamers have loaded their cargoes 
 at the docks of Milwaukee and discharged them at the docks of Liverpool, 
 thus showing the possibility of “direct trade with Europe.” During the 
 year ending June 30, 1874, the arrivals of steamers and sailing vessels at 
 Milwaukee numbered 8447 and the departures 8331 ; amount of duty col- 
 lected, $192,443. At Racine there were 1010 arrivals and the same num- 
 ber of departures. Belonging to the ports of Wisconsin were 339 vessels, 
 of which 80 were steamers ; 33 vessels were built during the year. Im- 
 provements are in progress for the purpose of connecting Lake Michigan 
 with the Mississippi River through the Fox and Wisconsin Rivers. Con- 
 gress appropriated $600,000 during 1873 and 1874, and the report of the 
 chief engineer says that $750,000 can be profitably expended during the 
 year ending June 30, 1876. Three millions of dollars is the estimated cost 
 of the improvements. 
 
 Railroads. — The mileage of railroads in 1854 was 97 ; in 1874 it 
 had increased to 2428; cost per mile, $35,717 ; total capital account, $97,- 
 417,063; receipts, $11,181,149; receipts per mile, $4255; receipts to an 
 inhabitant, $9.40 ; net earnings, $3,823,607. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The State Prison at 
 Waupun, in Fond du Lac county, contains about 200 convicts, of whom 
 more than 30 have been sentenced to imprisonment for life. Connected 
 with the prison is a school, in which from 40 to 70 of the convicts receive 
 instruction. A State Hospital for the Insane was established in 1860 on 
 the banks of Lake Mendota, seven miles from Madison. Another asylum, 
 near Lake Winnebago, was opened in April, 1873. The Institution for 
 the Deaf and Dumb is at Delavan, and the Asylum for the Blind at 
 Janesville. An Industrial School for boys is in successful operation at 
 Waukesha. The school statistics for 1873-4 were: Number of children 
 between the ages of four and twenty years, 436,001 ; attending school, 
 283,477; number of schools, 5540; teachers, 8903; school-houses, 4957; 
 valuation of school-houses, $3,995,422 ; income for school purposes, $2,628,- 
 027; expenditures, $2,093,412 ; amount of school funds, $2,389,488. Four 
 normal schools have been established for the training of teachers. There 
 are 10 colleges and universities, of which Beloit ranks as the oldest. The 
 University of Wisconsin has 26 instructors and more than 500 students; 
 its property is valued at upward of $800,000. Professional instruction is 
 afforded by three schools of theology, one school of law and one of science. 
 In 1870 there were 2883 libraries, 190 periodicals (increased to 253, of 
 which 19 were published daily, in 1875) and 1864 religious organizations, 
 having 1466 edifices. 
 
 Cities ancl Towns. — Madison, the capital, is situated between Lakes 
 Mendota and Monona, the largest of the celebrated “Four Lakes.” The 
 land on which the city stands was purchased for $1500 in 1836. In the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 391 
 
 same year the territorial legislature passed an act locating the capital at 
 this point. The village was “staked out” in February, 1837, and on the 
 4th day of July the corner-stone of the capitol was laid. The State Insane 
 Asylum, the University of "Wisconsin and the Soldiers’ Orphans’ Home 
 are located here. Railroads radiate in six directions. Seven periodicals 
 are published, of which two are issued daily. The library of the State 
 Historical Society contains 60,000 volumes, and there are three other public 
 libraries. Population, 9176 in 1870, and about 11,000 in 1875. Milwau- 
 kee, the commercial metropolis of the State, is situated on both sides of the 
 Milwaukee River, upon the western shore of Lake Michigan. Its harbor 
 is one of the best upon the lakes, and the shipping business is very exten- 
 sive and constantly increasing. Grain, flour, lumber and pork are the 
 leading articles of shipment. Five railroads concentrate the produce of 
 the surrounding country at the docks of Milwaukee. Among the manu- 
 factories are iron-works, founderies, machine-shops, flouring-mills, brew- 
 eries, tanneries, woollen-mills, boiler-shops, etc. Twenty-nine periodicals 
 are published, of which nine are issued daily ; four dailies and four week- 
 lies are printed in the German language. The first settlement was made 
 in 1835. In 1838 the population was 700; in 1846, 9655 ; in 1870, 71,440, 
 and in 1875 (State census), 101,049. Fond du Lac, at the southern ex- 
 tremity of Lake Winnebago, has steamboat connection with Green Bay, 
 and railroads radiate in five directions. The city contains 45 mills and 
 factories, 16 churches and 4 newspaper offices. Population estimated at 
 20,000; in 1870 it was 12,764. Oshkosh, upon the western shore of Lake 
 Winnebago, at the mouth of the Fox River, carries on a mercantile and 
 manufacturing business of $10,000,000 a year. It is the seat of an Asylum 
 for the Insane, which was erected at an expense of $600,000. There are 
 19 churches and 4 newspapers. Population, 12,663 in 1870, and about 
 15,000 in 1875. j R acine has a commodious harbor upon Lake Michigan, 
 and is an important port of shipment for grain and other produce. One 
 manufacturing establishment carries on a business of $1,500,000 annually. 
 Population, 9880 in 1870, and about 15,000 in 1875. La Crosse, at the 
 mouth of the river of the same name, is the most important city of Wis- 
 consin upon the Mississippi. It has eight newspapers, of which two are 
 issued daily. Population about 10,000; in 1870, 7785. Janesville, on 
 Rock River, at the junction of two railroads, is an important and growing 
 town, having 3 newspapers and 11 churches. Population, 8789. Other 
 leading towns are Watertown (7550), Sheboygan (5310), Mineral Point 
 (4825), Beloit (4396), Kenosha (4309), Ripon (4119), Portage (3945) 
 and Prairie du Chien (3661). The last named is one of the oldest towns 
 in the State, and in 1766 contained about 300 families and houses “well 
 built after the Indian fashion.” 
 
 Growth in Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1840 
 
392 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 was 30,945; in 1850, 305,391; in 1860, 775,881; in 1870, 1,054,670. The 
 rate of increase between 1840 and 1850 was 886.2 per cent., a rapidity of 
 growth which was never equalled in any of the United States, with a single 
 exception [see Minnesota, page 286], Wisconsin ranked last in popula- 
 tion in 1840, while in 1870 22 of the States contained a smaller number 
 of inhabitants. The foreign-born numbered 364,499 and the natives 690,- 
 171, of whom 450,272 were born in Wisconsin and 239,899 had come in 
 from other States. New York supplied 105,697 ; Ohio, 23,164; Pennsyl- 
 vania, 21,358; Vermont, 16,421; Illinois, 12,234; Massachusetts, 10,403. 
 The density of population was 19.56 to a square mile. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The legislative authority is vested in 
 a senate of 33 members, elected for two years, and an assembly of 100 
 members, chosen annually. The executive and administrative officers are 
 a governor, lieutenant-governor, secretary of State and an attorney-general, 
 all of whom hold office for a term of two years. The judicial power is 
 vested in a supreme court, circuit courts, courts of probate and justices of 
 the peace. Three judges constitute the supreme court. Judges of probate 
 are chosen for each county and justices of the peace for each town. Cap- 
 ital punishment was abolished in 1852. At the expiration of 20 years, dur- 
 ing which time 71 had been sentenced to the Penitentiary for life, of whom 
 36 remained, Gov. Washburn said, “No State in the Union can boast 
 greater exemption from crime than Wisconsin.” The State is entitled to 8 
 representatives in Congress. In 1874 the value of taxable property was 
 $346,476,464. 
 
 History. — An agent of the Canadian government first visited this 
 region in the summer of 1639. On the 14th of June, 1671, the French 
 took formal possession of the countries “ which are bounded on the one side 
 by the Northern and Western Seas and on the other by the South Sea, 
 including all its length and breadth, in the name of the most high, most 
 mighty and most redoubtable monarch Louis the Fourteenth of the Chris- 
 tian name, King of France and Navarre.” Marquette and Joliet reached 
 Green Bay May 13, 1673. They crossed from the Fox to the Wisconsin 
 River and sailed down it to the Mississippi, which they discovered June 
 17. The French jurisdiction was surrendered to Great Britain by the 
 treaty of Paris Feb. 10, 1763. By the ordinance of July 13, 1787, all the 
 territory north-west of the Ohio was organized. About the year 1809 the 
 first saw- and grist-mill was built. Wisconsin became a part of the Terri- 
 tory of Michigan Oct. 16, 1818, was organized as a separate Territory 
 April 20, 1836, and on the 29th of May, 1848, received admission into the 
 Union as the twenty-ninth State. The name is derived from the Wisconsin 
 River, which near its head is called, in the Chippewa dialect, “Wees-kon- 
 san,” signifying “gathering of the waters.” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND G UIDE. 
 
 393 
 
 THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 
 
 Situation and Extent.— The District of Columbia, which con- 
 tains the capital of the United States, is situated upon the north bank of 
 the Potomac River, 295 miles from the Atlantic Ocean. It is separated 
 from Virginia by the river, and is bounded upon three sides by Maryland. 
 The Observatory, from which longitude is determined for the United States, 
 is in latitude 38° 53' 38" Is . and longitude 77° 3' 6" W. from Greenwich. 
 The District is ten miles in length, six miles in average breadth and con- 
 tains an area of 64 square miles, or 40,960 acres. From the Potomac the 
 ground rises into low hills, affording fine sites for buildings. Observatory 
 Hill is 96 feet and Capitol Hill 90 feet above the river. Rock Creek, the 
 Anacostia, or Eastern Branch, and the Tiber are small streams which dis- 
 charge their waters into the Potomac. 
 
 Climate. — For a considerable portion of the year the climate is so 
 delightful as to constitute one of the great attractions of residence. Dur- 
 ing the year ending September 30, 1874, the mean temperature was 55.8°, 
 which was very nearly the same as at San Francisco (55.5°). The mean 
 for the coldest month (February) was 36.4°, and for the warmest month 
 (July) 78.4°; upon the coldest day (January 18) the thermometer indi- 
 cated 9°, and upon the hottest (June 9) 102.5°. The mercury fell to the 
 freezing point upon 87 days and rose to 90° upon 34 days, while a temper- 
 ature of above 100° was suffered upon 3 days. The isothermal lines cross- 
 ing the District are: Spring, 55°; summer, 75°; autumn, 55°; winter, 
 35°; annual mean, 55°. 
 
 Agriculture ancl Manufactures.— The Federal census re- 
 ported 11,677 acres in farms, of which 8266 acres were improved; aver- 
 age size of farms, 56 acres; value of farms and farm implements, $3,839,- 
 680; value of productions, including betterments, etc., $319,517; of 
 market-garden products, $112,034; of orchard products, $6781. The 
 District contained 6029 horses and 1801 neat cattle. Manufacturing 
 establishments were reported to the number of 952 ; hands employed, 
 4685; value of products, $9,292,173, of which $1,541,886 was credited to 
 the flour-mills and $688,603 to printing and publishing. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — At the close of the fiscal year 
 June 30, 1874, there were belonging to the District, of which Georgetown 
 is the port of entry, 472 vessels, of 28,196.5 tons; the value of imports 
 was $173 and of exports $1610. Twenty-seven vessels were built, includ- 
 ing 17 canal-boats. The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal extends to Cumber- 
 land, Md., 180 miles ; for its construction and repair $13,943,278 have been 
 expended. Three railroads enter the District, the statistics of which are 
 combined with those of Maryland. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — Among the leading 
 
394 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 charitable institutions are the Government Hospital for the Insane, Colum- 
 bia Institution for the Deaf and Dumb, National Soldiers’ Home, National 
 Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Orphans’ Asylum, Washington City Asylum and 
 Columbia Hospital. Congress passed a compulsory school act in 1864. 
 The school population in 1873 was 31,671 ; pupils in public schools, 16,770; 
 in private schools, 6759; teachers, 271; value of public school property, 
 $1,005,407 ; expenditures, $298,281. There are five colleges (one of which 
 is for deaf mutes), two schools of theology, four of law and four of medi- 
 cine. The Smithsonian Institution, “for the increase and diffusion of know- 
 ledge among men,” was founded by James Smithson, of England. Its 
 grounds occup) r 521 acres, and the building has a length of 447 feet. The 
 Naval Observatory contains one of the largest equatorial telescopes in the 
 world, with a lens 26 inches in diameter. At the time of the last census 
 there were 696 libraries, of which 127 were other than private. The 
 Library of Congress contains 270,000 volumes and 55,000 pamphlets. 
 There were 111 religious organizations, having 112 edifices; and 23 period- 
 icals, of which 3 were issued daily ; 5 dailies and 27 periodicals of all kinds 
 were issued in 1875. 
 
 Population. — The number of inhabitants at successive decennial 
 periods has been as follows: In 1800, 14,093; in 1810, 24,023; in 1820, 
 33,039; in 1830, 39,834; in 1840, 43,712; in 1850, 51,687; in 1860, 75,080; 
 and in 1870, 131,700 (an increase of 75.41 per cent.). Four of the States 
 and all of the other Territories contained a smaller population. There 
 were 2057.81 persons to a square mile. The number of foreign-born was 
 16,254 and of native-born 115,446, of whom 52,340 were natives of the 
 District and 63,106 had come in from other parts of the Union. 
 
 Tlie National Capital. — Washington is situated 226 miles from 
 New York and 1203 miles from New Orleans. It is laid out with rectan- 
 gular streets, which are crossed obliquely by avenues bearing the names 
 of the States. These avenues are 21 in number and have a width of from 
 120 to 160 feet. The principal avenues centre at the Capitol, which is the 
 most imposing building in the United States. It has a length of 751 feet, 
 a depth of 324 feet and a height, to the top of the statue upon its dome, 
 of 3074 feet. More than 34 acres of ground are covered by the structure, 
 which was erected at a cost of $13,000,000. The weight of the iron dome 
 is 8,000,000 pounds. The Executive Mansion, or “White House,” is 170 
 feet in length and 86 feet in depth. The Treasury Department building 
 is 582 feet long, 300 feet wide and cost $6,000,000. The Patent Office, 
 4064 feet long and 275 feet wide, cost $2,700,000. Other offices of the 
 Department of the Interior are in this building. The State, War and 
 Navy Departments have occupied buildings of inferior appearance, but a 
 new edifice for their accommodation was begun in 1871, which is 567 feet 
 in length and 342 feet in width ; it is built of Maine granite and designed 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 395 
 
 to be absolutely fireproof. Among the other noteworthy buildings are the 
 General Post-Office, Smithsonian Institution, Corcoran Art Gallery, Arse- 
 nal, City Hall and the Naval Observatory. The population of the city, 
 which was 109,199 in 1870, was estimated in 1875 at 150,000. George- 
 town (population, 11,384) is separated from Washington by Rock Creek, 
 which is spanned by four bridges. Steamers run regularly to Baltimore, 
 Norfolk, Philadelphia, New York and Boston. It is the seat of George- 
 town College,, which was founded in 1791. The city was incorporated Dec. 
 25, 1789. Outside the old limits of Washington and Georgetown are 
 several small villages within the county of Washington, which is coexten- 
 sive with the District of Columbia. The number of inhabitants in these 
 districts was 11,117. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The District of Columbia is under 
 the immediate jurisdiction of the Congress of the United States. On the 
 21st of February, 1871, an act was passed establishing a local government 
 for municipal purposes throughout the District. The city charters of 
 Washington and Georgetown were repealed and their municipal govern- 
 ment vested in that of the District. Legislative power is vested in an 
 assembly, which consists of a council of 11 members and a house of dele- 
 gates of 22 members, chosen annually by the people. A governor and 
 secretary and five judges of the supreme court are appointed by the Pres- 
 ident and paid by the United States. Minor administrative officers and 
 justices of the peace are chosen by the local authorities. Between the 
 years 1797 and 1870 more than 842,000,000 was paid by the general 
 government for the expenses of the District. The amount so paid for the 
 year 1873 was $2,864,889.92; for 1874, $1,079,614.76; and for the fiscal 
 year ending June 30, 1875, $2,044,299.98. 
 
 History. — It was not until after long discussion that the site of the 
 national capital was fixed upon the banks of the Potomac. A tract of ter- 
 ritory ten miles square was ceded to the United States by Maryland and 
 Virginia in 1788 and 1789. The corner-stone of the District was fixed 
 April 15, 1791, and on the 18th of September, 1793, the corner-stone of 
 the Capitol was laid by George Washington. In June, 1800, the execu- 
 tive offices were removed from Philadelphia to the new capital. On the 
 14th of August, 1814, the public buildings were burned by the British. 
 The Capitol was rebuilt, and completed in 1825. That portion of the Dis- 
 trict south of the Potomac was ceded back to Virginia July 9, 1846. In 
 1851 the corner-stone of the Capitol extensions was laid, and on the 12th 
 of December, 1863, the new dome was crowned with the statue of Freedom. 
 
 
 ! 
 
396 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 THE TERRITORIES. 
 
 ALASKA. 
 
 Situation aild Extent. — The (unorganized) Territory of Alaska 
 is bounded on the N. by the Polar Sea, E. by British America, S. by the 
 Pacific Ocean and W. by the Sea of Kamtschatka (or Behring Sea) and 
 Behring Strait. Including the Aleutian Islands, it extends from latitude 
 51° 30' to 72° 55' N. and from longitude 53° 2' to 110° 34' W. from Wash- 
 ington, or from 130° 2' to 187° 34' W. (172° 26 E.) from Greenwich. 
 The continental portion is included between the parallels of 130° 2' and 
 169° 59' W. longitude. The area of the Territory is estimated at 577,390 
 square miles, or 369,529,600 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Mountains . — The St. Elias range (a contin- 
 uation of the Coast Mountains of California) stretches along the coast to 
 the extremity of the peninsula of Alaska. At longitude 142° W. it blends 
 with a chain of mountains coming from the north and east, in the Alaskan 
 Range. North of this is a broken and rocky country, beyond which are 
 elevated table-lands of immense extent. Bordering the Arctic Ocean 
 is a low range of hills. Sixty-one volcanic peaks are known, of which 
 only ten are now active. The most elevated summits are Mount St. Elias 
 (the height of which, by the measurement of the Coast Survey, is 14,970 
 feet, though formerly reckoned at from 16,000 to 17,900 feet), Fairweather 
 (14,700 feet), Crillon (13,500 feet), Iliamua Volcano (12,066 feet), Go- 
 ryalaya (11,270 feet), Mount Calder (9000 feet) and the Peaks of the 
 Romanzoff (from 5000 to 8000 feet). Rivers and Adjacent Waters . — The 
 principal rivers emptying into the Pacific, beginning at the south, are the 
 Chilkaht, the Alsekh, Atna or Copper and the Suchitna, “supposed to be 
 several hundred miles long.” Discharging their waters into the Behring 
 Sea are the Kuskoquim, from 500 to 600 miles long, and the Yukon, “the 
 Missouri of the north-west,” which is 2000 miles long and sometimes has a 
 width of 20 miles ; steamboats drawing four feet of water can ascend it for 
 1513 miles, and for much of the distance the water has a depth of two 
 fathoms or more. There are several large lakes in the interior; Lake 
 Iliamna is half the size of Lake Ontario. Prince William Sound has a 
 surface area of 2500 square miles. Cook’s Inlet is 160 miles long and 65 
 miles in its greatest breadth. Behring Sea extends from the Aleutian 
 Islands northward to Behring Strait ; Bristol Bay and Norton Sound are 
 its eastern prolongations. Above the strait is the Frozen Sea. On some 
 parts of the coast the tides rise and fall 30 feet; the greatest range ob- 
 served at Sitka is 13 feet. Islands . — As many as 1100 islands are con- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 397 
 
 tained in the Alexander Archipelago, which includes Sitka and extends 
 down the coast to British Columbia. South of the peninsula of Alaska is 
 the Kadiak Archipelago, the largest island of which (Kadiak) has a length 
 of 85 miles. The Catharina Archipelago sweeps westward almost to the 
 Sea of Kamtschatka. The most important of its several groups are the 
 Aleutian Islands, which extend in a regular curve for 875 miles. In the 
 Arctic Ocean a large island, or extent of land, has been discovered, but not 
 yet explored. Forests . — The coast region as far north as Prince William 
 Sound is densely wooded, and the trees grow to a gigantic size. The Sitka 
 spruce attains a height of from 180 to 200 feet. The yellow cedar, which 
 is the most valuable timber, sometimes has a diameter of 8 feet. Willows 
 are very abundant. Other common trees are the hemlock, balsam fir, 
 scrub-pine, arbor vitae, larch, poplar, red and white alder, etc. Very few 
 trees grow on the Aleutian Islands. Birch is the only hard wood seen in 
 the Yukon district. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Travellers have observed that Alaska is nat- 
 urally divided into three districts, differing greatly from each other in soil 
 and climate. (1.) The Yukon district extends from the Polar Sea as far 
 south as the Alaskan Mountains. Much of the soil is described by Dali 
 as “a rich alluvial, composed of very fine sand, mud and vegetable matter 
 brought down by the river, and forming deposits of indefinite depth.” In 
 some localities sand and in others clay predominates. Below the depth of 
 three or four feet there is usually a layer of frozen soil six or eight feet in 
 thickness. In summer the thermometer at Fort Yukon, which is north 
 of the Arctic Circle, has indicated a temperature of 112°; and spirit ther- 
 mometers graduated up to 120° have burst under the scorching rays of the 
 sun. The lowest temperature noted was 70° below zero (making a range 
 of 182 degrees), and the annual mean was 16.92°. (2.) The Aleutian dis- 
 
 trict has in many localities a rich soil of vegetable mould and dark-colored 
 clay. The climate is moist and warm, and said to be as mild as in the 
 Highlands of Scotland. Observations continued for five years showed a 
 mean temperature of 37.8° ; the maximum was 77° and the minimum zero. 
 The great warm current of the North Pacific (the “Black Stream” of the 
 Japanese) washes these coasts, and greatly modifies the climate. (3.) The 
 Sitkan district extends southward from the Peninsula of Alaska to the 
 British line. The soil is a vegetable mould upon a subsoil of dark clay 
 or gravel. At Sitka the mean temperature for 12 years was 42.9°. For 
 the winter the average was 33° (which was warmer than Philadelphia), but 
 the highest mean for a summer month was 58.3°, in July. The greatest 
 rainfall was 95 inches, and the average 83.39 inches. Upon 245 days of 
 the year there was rain, hail, snow or heavy fog. 
 
 Productions. — Agriculture . — At Sitka attempts have been made to 
 cultivate fruit, but without success. Turnips attain to a very large size; 
 
398 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 potatoes are small and watery. Cranberries grow wild, and berries of 
 many kinds are very abundant. At Kadiak beans, peas, beets, lettuce, 
 parsnips, cabbages, radishes, carrots and other vegetables have been raised. 
 Grass grows to a height of two feet. Barley has matured at Fort Yukon. 
 One hundred and eighteen species of indigenous plants have been cata- 
 logued. Minerals . — Of these not much is known. Coal, iron, bismuth and 
 petroleum are among the minerals discovered. Specimens of pure cop- 
 per have been brought in by the Indians from Copper River. Fur-bearing 
 Animals . — Alaska has thus far been valued chiefly for the number of ani- 
 mals whose skius brought a high price in the market. Among these ani- 
 mals are the sea-otter, beaver, fur-seal, fox (black and silver, cross, red, 
 white and blue), marten, wolverine, wolf, mink, bear, muskrat, hair-seal 
 and wildcat, or lynx. Six million arctic seal-skins have been taken since 
 1841. The length of a full-sized skin of the sea-otter is six feet, and its 
 width about four feet. These are the Russian sables, worth $100 or more 
 each. Fisheries . — The Report of the Coast Survey says : “ As the banks 
 of Newfoundland have been to the trade of the Atlantic, so will the greater 
 banks of Alaska be to the Pacific.” The cod and salmon are innumerable. 
 Herring are so plentiful that “an Indian will fill his canoe in twenty min- 
 utes.” Alaska also furnishes good whaling-ground. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — During the fiscal year ending 
 June 30, 1874, 12 vessels were registered; 36 vessels entered aud 33 
 cleared; the value of exports was $9381; of imports, $1167. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The number of inhabitants in 1870 
 was 29,097, of whom 26,843 were born in the Territory, 483 were Russians 
 and 350 natives of the Uuited States and other foreigners not Russians. 
 Not more than 1300 were civilized; 1421 were half-breeds. Sitka, or New 
 Archangel, the capital, is situated on an island 1296 miles north of San 
 Francisco. It contains about 1000 inhabitants and 150 buildings, of which 
 the principal are the Governor’s House, Hospital, Barracks aud Greek 
 Church. St. Paul, on Ivadiak Island, contains about 100 houses. There 
 are many small villages of Aleutians. 
 
 History. — Vitus Behring, a Russian navigator, visited the country 
 on the 18th of July, 1741. Captaiu Cook sailed up the inlet called by his 
 name in 1788. In 1799 the Russian American Fur Company was organ- 
 ized. Its charter expired in 1862. Before the laying of the Atlantic 
 cable explorations were made to determine the feasibility of a telegraph 
 line over land and across Behring Strait. On the 28tli of May, 1867, a 
 treaty was ratified by which the whole Territory was transferred to the 
 United States for the sum of $7,200,000, and on the 18th of October, in 
 the same, year, it was formally surrendered to the United States commis- 
 sioner. The name Alaska is a corruption of a Russian word, the root- 
 meaning of which is “ a great country.” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 399 
 
 ARIZONA. 
 
 Situation aud Extent. — Arizona is bounded on the N. by Utah, 
 E. by New Mexico, S. by Mexico and W. by California aud Nevada, from 
 the latter of which it is separated by the Colorado River. The Territory 
 is situated between latitudes 31° and 37° N. and longitudes 32° and 37° 
 40' W. from Washington, or 109° and 114° 40' W. from Greenwich. Its 
 greatest length from north to south is about 400 miles aud its greatest 
 breadth from east to west 325 miles. The area is 113,916 square miles, or 
 72,906,240 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — There are four distinctly-marked 
 varieties of surface. (1.) The river-bottoms, of which the most extensive 
 are in the valleys of the Santa Cruz, San Pedro and Gila Rivers. (2.) 
 Dry plains, of vast extent, containing very little vegetation and elevated 
 but a few hundred feet above the sea-level. The region south of the Gila 
 and east of the San Pedro is of this character. (3.) Elevated plateaus or 
 table-lands, called mesas, at a height of from 3000 to 8000 feet above the 
 sea, with occasional peaks rising 2500 feet higher. These plateaus cover 
 the central and north-eastern portions of the territory. (4.) The moun- 
 tain ranges, which run nearly parallel from the north-west to the south- 
 east, with deep valleys between. The highest peaks are Mount San Fran- 
 cisco, more than 11,000 feet high, and Bill Williams Mount. South of 
 these are the Juniper Mountains, a chain of low, rolling hills. Eastward 
 are the Black Hills, rugged and steep, and a favorite stronghold of the 
 hostile Indians. Forests.— The delta of the Colorado and the Gila has a 
 dense growth of timber. Extensive pine woods cover the grand Colorado 
 plateau, alternating with open parks. The Juniper Mountains are thickly 
 wooded, and this region has been styled “the Black Forest” country. 
 Along the streams the cottonwood flourishes, and back of this grows the 
 mesquit, palo verde and greasewood. The brown and grizzly bear and 
 other wild animals are sometimes encountered, and there are many herds 
 of deer and antelope. Rivers .— The Colorado River, which is more than 
 1100 miles long, is formed by the union in Utah of the Green River, rising 
 in the mountains between Idaho and Wyoming, with the Grand River, 
 rising in the Rocky Mountains near the centre of Colorado. Its principal 
 branches are the Little Colorado, Bill Williams Creek and the Gila. The 
 river flows through deep canons, of which one, called the Grand Canon, has 
 a perpendicular wall fully 6000 feet in height. Steamers ascend the Col- 
 orado to Callville, more than 600 miles above its mouth. The Gila, rising 
 in New Mexico, flows across the southern part of Arizona and empties into 
 the Colorado 180 miles above its mouth. Flat-bottomed boats are able to 
 pass up it for a considerable distance. All of Southern Arizona is drained 
 through the tributaries of the Gila, of which the principal are the San 
 
400 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Domingo, San Pedro and Santa Cruz on the south, and the Bonito, Sail 
 Carlos, Salt and Verde, Rivers on the north. Many of the streams run 
 through deep ravines, which are called box canons, from the steepness of 
 their sides. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The river valleys contain a considerable quan- 
 tity of fertile, alluvial land, which by irrigation is made to produce boun- 
 tiful crops. South of the Gila is a sterile waste, with only scant vegetation. 
 On the plateaus of the central and northern sections grass grows luxuriantly, 
 and the immense herds of cattle need no artificial shelter during the winter, 
 as frosts are rare and snow seldom falls. A United States exploring expe- 
 dition, sent out in 1871, experienced variations of temperature ranging 
 from 8° to 109°. The mercury is said to rise sometimes to a height of 130° 
 Fahrenheit. The rainy season extends from June to September, but the 
 quantity of water falling is very small. The rainfall of 1857 in Lower 
 Arizona was less than one-third of an inch, but in the following year it 
 reached 8.57 inches. Upon the isothermal charts the lines of mean tem- 
 perature for Arizona are: Spring, 45°-70° ; summer, 70°-90°; autumn, 
 45°-75°; winter, 30°-55°; annual mean, 50°-70°. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — The number of acres of 
 land in farms at the last census was 21,807, of which 14,585 acres were 
 improved; average size of farms, 127 acres; value of farms, $161,340; 
 of implements, $20,105; of live-stock, $143,996; total value, $325,441; 
 value of farm productions, $277,998; value of productions per acre of 
 improved ground, $19.06, which was greater than the production of any 
 of the Atlantic States except New Jersey. Corn yields from 30 to 60 
 bushels per acre, aud wheat from 20 to 40 bushels. A crop of wheat and 
 of corn can be raised upon the same ground in one season. All the cereals 
 and vegetables of the Northern States may be grown, and in addition figs, 
 oranges and lemons thrive well. The number of manufacturing establish- 
 ments was 18; hands employed, 84; capital, $150,700; wages, $45,580; 
 materials, $110,090; value of products, $185,410. 
 
 Railroads. — The Texas Pacific Company has been chartered, and 
 received large grants of land to build a railroad along the 32d parallel 
 of latitude, from Marshall, Texas, to San Diego, California. The Atlantic 
 and Pacific Railroad, running from St. Louis westward, will cross Arizona 
 at about the 35th parallel. 
 
 Mines and Mining. — Arizona shares in the mineral wealth 
 with which the territory west of the Rocky Mountains is so abundantly 
 endowed. Rich mines were opened by the Mexicans, aud abandoned on 
 account of the enmity of the fierce Apaches. Gold, silver, copper, lead, 
 iron, platinum and quicksilver have been found in considerable quantities. 
 There are very extensive deposits of salt and beds of gypsum and coal. 
 The bullion product from 1869 to 1873 was estimated at $3,225,000. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 401 
 
 Education. — The governor of the Territory is ex officio superintend- 
 ent of public instruction. Many of the children are of Mexican parentage 
 and speak the Spanish language. A general school law was passed in 
 1871, and amended in 1873. In July, 1874, the superintendent wrote: 
 “We now have free schools in every district in the Territory.” The edu- 
 cational statistics for 1873-4 were: Number of children between 6 and 21 
 years of age, 1660; value of school-houses aud furniture, $6247; average 
 monthly salary of teachers, $100; receipts for school purposes, $13,832.53. 
 The number of libraries at the last census was 6; volumes, 2000; church 
 organizations, 4; newspapers, 1. There were 4 newspapers in 1875. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The civilized population in 1870 was 
 9658, of whom 5809 were foreign born and 3849 native. Of the latter, 
 1240 were born in the Territory, and immigrants had come in from every 
 State of the Union except Nevada. There were 20 Chinese and 32,050 
 Indians sustaining tribal relations, making the total number of inhabitants 
 41,710. Tucson is the capital and principal town. It contains a popula- 
 tion of 3224. Arizona City (population, 1144) is admirably situated for 
 trade, at the junction of the Colorado and Gila Rivers, nearly opposite 
 Fort Yuma. Prescott (population, 668) is situated on the great central 
 plateau, 6000 feet above the sea. It was formerly the capital, and is the 
 head-quarters of the army for Arizona. A daily newspaper is published, 
 for which the terms of subscription are $20 per year. 
 
 Government and Laws. — The governor and other executive 
 officers and the judges of the supreme court are appointed by the President 
 of the United States, as is the case with all the Territories. A salary of 
 $2500 is paid to the governor and judges. Sessions of the supreme court 
 are held annually at the capital. The people elect members for the legis- 
 lature and a delegate to Congress. 
 
 History. — -Arizona is a part of the Territory obtained from Mexico 
 by “the Gadsden Purchase,” in 1853, for ten millions of dollars. As early 
 as 1526 Spanish explorers crossed the country. In 1687 a Jesuit mission- 
 ary from Sonora explored the region about the Gila River, and soon after 
 missions were established. A map drawn in 1757 laid down more than 
 40 towns and villages; the accompanying notes give more than a hun- 
 dred gold and silver mines which were worked by the Spaniards. Solid 
 silver to the value of $40,000 adorned the altar of the church of San 
 Xavier del Bac. Many of the priests and settlers were massacred by the 
 Apaches, and the country was finally abandoned. The banks of the Gila 
 show the ruins of houses and fortifications built of stone in the most sub- 
 i stantial manner, and indicating a large population. Arizona was organ- 
 ized as a Territory Feb. 24, 1863. Great losses were inflicted upon the 
 early settlers by the hostile Indians, and the development of the country 
 has been very seriously retarded. 
 
402 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 COLORADO. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — Colorado is bounded on the N. by Wy- 
 oming Territory and Nebraska, E. by Nebraska and Kansas, S. by the 
 Indian Territory and New Mexico and AY. by Utah. It lies between lati- 
 tudes 37° and 41° N. and longitudes 25° and 32° AY. from AATishington, 
 or 102° and 109° AY. from Greenwich. The Territory is 375 miles long 
 from east to west, 275 miles wide from north to south, and contains an area 
 of 104,500 square miles, or 66,880,000 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — There are three natural subdivis- 
 ions, of nearly equal size. The eastern section, called “the plains,” is a 
 high, rolling plateau, from 4000 to 6000 feet above the sea-level, well wa- 
 tered by mountain streams and scantily timbered. The western section 
 slopes away toward the Great Interior Basin. Near the centre are the 
 Rocky Mountains, about 125 miles broad at the base and consisting of 
 parallel and cross ranges which enclose four immense natural parks, each 
 of them as large as some of the smaller States. The North Park contains 
 2500 square miles and is elevated 9000 feet above the sea-level. Middle 
 Park, 93 miles long and 60 miles wide, has an area of 5600 square miles. 
 Its drainage is westward into the Colorado. In this park are found hot 
 sulphur springs, the waters of which are considered beneficial to invalids. 
 Surrounding this basin on all sides are lofty mountains. Long’s Peak, 
 14,270 feet high, has on one side an almost perpendicular precipice 3000 
 feet high. Gray’s Peak reaches an altitude of 14,340 feet. South Park, 
 40 miles long, contains 1200 square miles. From the summit of Mount Lin- 
 coln (14,296 feet high) more than 200 peaks upward of 12,000 feet in height 
 can be seen, while 50 peaks reach an altitude of 14,000 feet. San Luis 
 Park, partly in New Mexico, is larger than all the other three combined, 
 and is better adapted for agriculture on account of its southern exposure 
 and lower altitude. Other conspicuous mountain peaks are Pike’s Peak 
 (14,147 feet), Mount Evans (14,330 feet), Torrey’s (14,336 feet), Prince- 
 ton (14,199 feet). The Mountain of the Holy Cross (13,478 feet) takes 
 its name from huge fissures in the form of a cross, which are filled with 
 snow and can be seen for 80 miles. Cathedral Rocks are a noteworthy 
 feature in “the Garden of the Gods.” Forests and Wild Animals . — Hard 
 woods, such as the oak, maple, elm, birch, etc., are almost unknown. The 
 principal trees are the cedar, cottonwood, fir, hemlock, pine, spruce, larch, 
 box-elder, quaking-aspen, etc. The timber line on the mountains is at 
 an elevation of from 11,500 to 12,080 feet. Fires often sweep through the 
 forests, and trees are prostrated by the heavy winds. Among the wild ani- 
 mals are the antelope, badger, bear, buffalo, cougar, deer, elk, fox, hare, 
 lynx, mink, marten, prairie-dog and wildcat. Game-birds are plenty. 
 Rivers . — The Arkansas River, at its head, in Tennessee Pass, near Mount 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE 
 
 403 
 
 Lincoln, has an elevation of 10,176 feet above the ocean. It flows through 
 Colorado for 500 miles, and is swelled by numerous tributaries, of which 
 Purgatory River and Sandy Fork are the most important. The South 
 Platte, with its branches, drains the north-east section. The Southern 
 Basin is drained by the Rio Grande and the Western by the Colorado, 
 which empties into the Gulf of California. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — The plains and parks are fertile <ilong the 
 water-coiu'ses. Irrigation brings good crops even on the arid plains, but 
 large sections are unpi’ofitable for cultivation. There is much of excellent 
 grazing country. Often a heavy snow comes late in October and closes up 
 the mountain passes for the winter. Sometimes these storms delay until 
 February. The snowfall on the last of March has been thi’ee feet at 
 Denver and five feet among the mountains. Six feet fell during a single 
 storm on Snake River the latter part of October. A snowfall of three 
 inches was reported September 20, 1875. The average rainfall at Den- 
 ver is 12 inches; in Middle Park, 18 inches ; on the mountains, 25 inches. 
 During two yeai’s at Denver the mercury ranged from 18° below zero 
 to 99° above; annual mean, 48.19°. The isothermal lines are: Spring, 
 40°-50°; summer, 60°-72°; autumn, 45°-55°; winter, 20°-30° ; an- 
 nual mean, 40°-50°. The exhilarating mountain air and the magnificent 
 scenery are making Colorado a favorite resort for invalids and summer 
 tourists. 
 
 Agricultural Productions. — Wheat, barley, oats, potatoes, tur- 
 nips, peas and the hardier garden vegetables thrive at an elevation of 7500 
 feet. Most of them can be raised as high up as 9000 feet, but they are in 
 danger from frost. At the last census there were 320,346 acres in farms ; 
 improved, 95,594 acres ; average size of farms, 184 acres ; value of farms, 
 farm implements and live-stock, $6,529,454; of products, $2,335,106; 
 number of persons engaged in agriculture, 6462. 
 
 Manufactures. — In 1870 there wei’e 256 establishments, employing 
 876 hands; value of materials, $1,593,280; of products, $2,852,820. The 
 principal industries were: Flour, 17 establishments, products, $593,506; 
 lumber, 29 establishments, products, $380,260; quartz milled, 15 establish- 
 ments, products, $769,324. 
 
 Minerals and Mining. — The geological report catalogues 150 
 different minerals, of which a few are: Agate, amethyst, beryl, chalcedony, 
 jasper, onyx, opal, sardonyx, gold, silver, iron, lead, sulphur, zinc and 
 petroleum. Gold-mining began in 1858-9 ; the gold-hunters flocked to 
 Pike’s Peak as ten years befoi’e they did to California. Colorado Gulch 
 yielded $75 a day to each man. One lode yielded $1000 per day. Four 
 millions of dollars in gold were taken out of the placers in California 
 Gulch. Towns grew up in a day. Then the reaction came. The miners 
 were all eager to “sell out.” An embryo city which boasted of 2000 in- 
 
404 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 habitants retained but a single family. The yield of gold in 13 years was 
 estimated at $60,000,000. The shipments of gold and silver for the three 
 years 1870-72 were valued at $12,999,465. 
 
 Railroads. — -The railroad statistics for 1874 were: Miles of railroad, 
 687; capital stock, $11,014,300; total capital account, $19,543,414; cost 
 per mile, $44,685; receipts, $1,041,063; receipts per mile, $2392; receipts 
 to an inhabitant, $10.41; net earnings, $523,713. 
 
 Education. — There was not a public-school building in the Territory 
 in 1869. In 1870 Black Hawk, Central City and Denver each erected 
 fine buildings; the aggregate cost of the three was $115,000. The returns 
 of 1873-4 reported the value of the school-houses as $260,185; receipts 
 for school purposes, $257,558 ; teachers, 241 ; school population, 14,417, 
 of whom 7456 are enrolled in schools. Jarvis Hall, at Golden City, is 
 designed as the foundation for a future university. It has a divinity school 
 and a school of mines. The Rocky Mountain University, to be located at 
 Denver, has been chartered. 
 
 Population. — Sixteen years ago Colorado was a part of the “Great 
 American Desert,” which was not supposed to be habitable. The first 
 cabin was put up at Denver in 1858. In 1860 the number of inhabitants 
 was 34,277 ; in 1870, 39,864. The subsequent increase has been very 
 rapid. 
 
 Cities and Towns. — Denver, the capital, is situated 5197 feet 
 above the sea-level. Five distinct railroads centre here. Four daily 
 newspapers are published. Seven millions of dollars in gold have 
 been received at the branch mint. There are establishments for the 
 manufacture of flour, woollen goods, iron, carriages, etc. Population 
 in 1870, 4759; in 1875 (estimated), 15,000. The other leading towns, 
 with the estimated population in 1875, were: Central City (3000), George- 
 town (3500), Colorado Springs (2500), Golden City (2000), Black Hawk 
 (1500). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The executive and judicial officers 
 are appointed by the President of the United States. The judges receive 
 a salary of $4500 each. The supreme court consists of 3 judges, each of 
 whom also holds terms of the district court. The legislature, which meets 
 biennially, consists of a council of 13 members and a house of represent- 
 atives of 26 members. 
 
 History. — Vasquez Coronado, from Mexico, entered the present Terri- 
 tory of Colorado in 1540. United States exploring expeditions were con- 
 ducted by Lieut. Pike in 1806, by Col. Long in 1820, and by Col. John 
 C. Fremont in 1842. Only Mexicans and Spaniards, with a few American 
 hunters, trappers and traders, inhabited the Territory previous to the dis- 
 covery of gold, in 1858. A territorial government was organized Feb. 28, 
 1861. Congress passed an act in 1875 enabling Colorado to form a State 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 405 
 
 government. An election, to be held Oct. 25, 1875, was ordered by the 
 governor, to choose delegates to a constitutional convention, which was to 
 meet December 20 of the same year. This was preparatory to taking ad- 
 vantage of the opportunity given by the above act for admission into the 
 Union. 
 
 DAKOTA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of Dakota is bounded on 
 the N. by British America, E. by Minnesota and Iowa, S. by Nebraska 
 and W. by Wyoming and Montana. It is situated between latitudes 42° 
 30' and 49° N. and longitudes 19° 40' and 27° W. from Washington, or 
 96° 20' and 104° W. from Greenwich. The length from north to south is 
 450 miles, the breadth from east to west 350 miles and the area 150,932 
 square miles, or 96,596,480 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — In the north-east is the valley of 
 the Red River of the North, which is a level meadow covered with tall 
 grass and an occasional fringe of trees. West of this valley treeless plains 
 stretch out in long rolling swells. Gradually the land ascends, and is 
 broken by rounded ridges and hillocks covered with the short “bunch” or 
 “buffalo” grass, while the streams run through deep, narrow valleys. Two 
 elevated plateaus are noteworthy features of the country: (1.) The Coteau 
 des Prairies extends southward and divides, the eastern arm passing into 
 South-western Minnesota and the western stretching to the Dakota or James 
 River valley; this plateau, 200 miles long and from 15 to 20 miles wide, 
 has an elevation of 2000 feet above the sea. (2.) The Coteau du Missouri, 
 which stretches along the valley of the Missouri River to the mouth of the 
 Yellowstone and passes over into British America, is from 30 to 50 miles 
 wide and from 1500 to 2000 feet above the sea. In the south-west are the 
 Bad Lands (Mauvaises Terres), a deep valley 90 miles long, 30 miles broad 
 and 300 feet below the level of the surrounding country. Fossil remains 
 of many species of animals now extinct are found in great abundance. To 
 the west of the Bad Lands are the Black Hills, extending over into Wyo- 
 ming, and occupying an area 100 miles long and from 50 to 60 miles wide. 
 Some of the peaks attain a height of 6750 feet. Timber . — We quote from 
 the report of Prof. Hayden : “ It [Dakota] possesses, probably, the smallest 
 amount of timber of any State [or Territory] in the Union, the forests 
 bearing a ratio of not more than 3 to 5 per cent, to the entire area.” Cot- 
 tonwood, which is planted extensively by the farmers, affords plenty of 
 fuel in five years from the seed. Pine forests cover large tracts in the 
 Black Hills. Along the rivers there is a growth of cottonwood, whitewood, 
 poplar, ash, maple, elm, oak, black-walnut, pine and willow. The black 
 bear, wolf, wolverine, otter, marten and mink are common, and immense 
 herds of buffalo, antelope, deer and elk range the vast plains. Rivers and 
 Lakes . — The Red River of the North forms the eastern boundary of Da- 
 
406 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 kota for 250 miles [see Minnesota]. Eight rivers of considerable size 
 flow into it from the west — viz., the Wild Rice, Cheyenne, Elm, Goose, 
 Turtle, Big Salt, Park and Pembina. The Missouri River traverses the 
 Territory from the north-west to the south-east and forms a part of the 
 southern boundary. It is navigable into Montana, near the boundaries of 
 which Territory it receives its principal affluent, the Yellowstone. Other 
 tributaries upon the west are the Little Missouri, Big Knife, Cannon Ball, 
 Big Cheyenne, White and Niobrara. Among the tributaries upon the east 
 are the Dakota, or James River, which flows nearly south for 400 miles 
 and empties into the Missouri below Yankton; the Vermilion, 150 miles 
 long.; and the Big Sioux, which forms a portion of the eastern boundary. 
 Devil’s Lake, or Minniwakan, 1467 feet above the sea-level, 40 miles long 
 and 10 miles wide, is the largest of a number of salt lakes. Other lakes 
 aud ponds, varying in size from one to ten thousand acres, are scattered 
 over the Territory in vast numbers. 
 
 Soil 011(1 Climate. — Along the Missouri River bottoms the soil is 
 a rich, dark, sandy loam, with a large mixture of vegetable mould. Grass 
 yields three tons to the acre. The uplands are especially adapted for wheat, 
 80 bushels to the acre being an ordinary yield ; and large crops of corn, 
 oats and vegetables are produced. Through the Red River valley, 200 
 miles long and from 40 to 60 wide, the predominant soil is a black, sandy 
 loam, from two to four feet deep, resting upon a subsoil of yellow clay, 
 which sometimes extends to a depth of ten feet. “All west of the James 
 River is a district not sufficiently supplied with rain,” says the report 
 before quoted. During a period of five years, from 1867 to 1871, the 
 average rainfall was 14.09 inches, which is less than half the amount fall- 
 ing in Minnesota, Iowa or Eastern Nebraska. The average depth of the 
 snow, which remains from the middle of November to March, is 16 inches. 
 The variations of temperature are extremely great, as is shown by the 
 report of the United States Signal Service Bureau for the year ending 
 September 30, 1874. At Yankton the mercury fell below zero upon 21 
 days and rose to 90° upon 32 days; minimum, — 20°; maximum, 101°; 
 yearly mean, 46.4°. At Fort Sully the yearly mean was 46.2°, the mini- 
 mum — 27° and the maximum 106°. Upon 31 days the temperature was 
 below zero, upon 68 days above 90° and upon 19 days above 100 degrees. 
 Pembina, in the extreme north-east, near the borders of British America, 
 had a lower mean temperature (34.40°) than that of any signal station in 
 the United States [see Minnesota]. The mercury jell to zero upon 94 days — 
 viz., 10 in November, 21 in December, 25 in January, 20 in February, 16 
 iu March and 2 in April — while upon 4 days it rose to 90°. The minimum 
 was 44 degrees below zero and the maximum 96°, a range of 140 degrees. 
 Upon the isothermal charts the lines crossing Dakota are: Spring, 
 40°-50°; summer, 67°-74°; autumn, 43°-50°; winter, 10°-25°; annual 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 407 
 
 mean, 40°-50°. The cold in the north seems less severe because of the 
 absence of high winds. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — The census of 1870 reported 
 302,376 acres in farms, of which 42,645 were improved; average size of 
 farms, 176 acres; value, $2,085,265; value of productions, including bet- 
 terments, etc., $495,657. Seventy bushels of corn, 50 of wheat, 75 of 
 oats and 500 of potatoes have been grown to the acre. Little atten- 
 tion had been given to manufactures. The number of establishments re- 
 ported was 17; hands employed, 91; capital, $79,200; value of products, 
 $178,570. 
 
 Minerals and Milling'. — The mineral resources of Dakota are 
 yet a subject of investigation and of considerable dispute. Prof. Janney, 
 of the United States Exploring Expedition, in an official report, dated July 
 31, 1875, says: “It is remarkable that so few valuable minerals have been 
 found in the [Black] Hills, although the country is overrun with miners, 
 and everything in the shape of a rock in any way peculiar in its appearance 
 is brought to me for identification ; but I have not yet seen any mineral 
 containing lead, copper or silver; only iron pyrites, iron ores resulting 
 from its decomposition, mispickel, graphite, black tourmaline, rose quartz, 
 garnets and staurotide as mineralogical curiosities.” 
 
 Railroads. — The number of miles of railroad reported in 1874 was 
 275; total capital account, $2,700,000; cost per mile, $43,548; total re- 
 ceipts, $158,147 ; receipts per mile, $2592; receipts to an inhabitant, $6.06 ; 
 net' earnings, $67,946. 
 
 Education. — Up to the year 1865 there were no public schools in the 
 Territory. A school law was passed in 1867 and amended in 1871 and 
 1873. District schools are free to all children between the ages of 5 and 
 21 years. In 1873 there were 200 school districts, 100 teachers and 4006 
 children attending the public schools ; expenditure for school purposes, 
 $21,748. The Territory contained, when the last census was taken, 19 
 libraries, 17 religious organizations, having 10 edifices, and 3 newspapers. 
 In 1875 the newspapers had increased to 14, all of which were published 
 weekly. 
 
 Population and Towns.— The number of inhabitants in 1870 
 was 14,181, of whom 4815 were of foreign and 9366 of native birth ; 2088 
 were born in the Territory and 7278 in other parts of the Union. There 
 were 30,200 Indians, mostly Sioux, for whose accommodation 35,000,000 
 of acres had been set apart in various reservations. Seven hundred Rus- 
 sian Mennonites arrived at Castle Garden in September, 1875, on their 
 way to Dakota. Yankton, the capital and chief city of the Territory, is 
 situated on -the north side of the Missouri River. The streets cross each 
 other at right angles. Douglass Avenue and Broadway are 120 feet wide. 
 Three weekly newspapers are published. The city was first settled in 1859. . 
 
408 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Population 737 in 1870, and estimated at 3000 in 1875. Other leading 
 towns are Elk Point (775), Jeflersou (616), Brule Creek (600) and Civil 
 Bend (570). 
 
 Government and Laws. — The executive and judicial officers are 
 appointed by the President of the United States. The legislature, which 
 holds biennial sessions, consists of 13 councillors and 26 representatives. 
 Ten per cent, is the legal rate of interest, but 2 per cent, a month, by 
 special agreement, is lawful. 
 
 History. — Dakota, which formed a part of the Louisiana purchase 
 of 1803, was organized as a Territory March 2, 1861. The first perma- 
 nent settlements were made in 1859. In the summer of 1863 the settlers 
 suffered greatly from hostile bands of Sioux. Five children of one family 
 were massacred in the absence of their parents. “ Every cabin on the 
 frontier in those days was a small fortress well stocked with guns, revolvers 
 and ammunition.” Gen. Sully, with 2000 troops, routed the savages at 
 Whitestone in June, and since then they have been held in check. The 
 first legislature met on the 17th of March, 1862. Large discoveries of 
 gold in the Black Hills were reported during 1874-5, and several expedi- 
 tions were organized for this new El Dorado. Negotiations carried on 
 with the chiefs who visited Washington in the summer of 1875 were un- 
 successful ; but past experience teaches that the extinguishment of the 
 Indian title to the lands is only a question of a little time. 
 
 IDAHO. 
 
 Situation and. Extent. — The Territory of Idaho is bounded on 
 the N. by British Columbia, N. E. and E. by Montana and Wyoming, S. 
 by Utah and Nevada and W. by Oregon and Washington Territory. It 
 is situated between latitudes 41° and 49° N. and longitudes 32° 30' and 
 40° 10' W. from Washington, or 109° 30' and 117° 10' W. from Green- 
 wich. Idaho has the general form of a right-angled triangle, with a base 
 430 miles long and a perpendicular of 490 miles, while the Rocky and 
 Bitter Root Mountains, which constitute the eastern boundary, are the 
 hypotenuse. The area is 86,294 square miles, or 55,628,160 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Spurs from the great Rocky 
 Mountain chain extend across the Territory. Between these are broad 
 table-lands, having an elevation of from 2000 to 8500 feet above the sea- 
 level. There are many well-watered valleys, and the streams run through 
 canons sometimes a thousand feet in depth. Conspicuous among the moun- 
 tain peaks are the “shark teeth summits” of the Grand Tetons, of which 
 the most northerly, named Mount Hayden, has an altitude of 13,833 feet. 
 Near its summit is a circular enclosure, supposed to have been built by the 
 Indians. If this supposition is correct, the savages of the West were less 
 .superstitious than their brethren in the East [see New Hampshire], A 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 409 
 
 lake of perpetual ice is found at the height of 10,300 feet. Mount Moran 
 (12,800 feet high), Mount Leidy (11,300 feet), Mount Sheridan (10,343 
 feet) and the Three Buttes are prominent landmarks. Rivers and Lakes . — 
 A small district in the south-east is drained through the Bear River into 
 Great Salt Lake. The Snake River, or Lewis Fork, and Clarke’s Fork 
 drain all the rest of the Territory into the Columbia. The sources of the 
 Snake River are in the Rocky Mountains, not far from the Yellowstone 
 Lake; it receives numerous tributaries, among which are the Malade, 
 Boise, Salmon and Clearwater. Navigation is impeded by rapids and 
 shallows. There are three great falls, over the highest of which the waters 
 are precipitated 200 feet. Lakes are numerous, and some of them of large 
 extent; the area covered by these bodies of water is estimated at 575,000 
 acres. Several groups of hot springs, varying in temperature from 88° to 
 158°, have been discovered. Forests . — The northern and eastern sections 
 are well timbered. There are immense forests of pine, cedar and fir. It 
 has been estimated that 7,500,000 acres are covered with timber. The 
 basin of the Snake River is destitute of trees. Among the animals are the 
 grizzly bear, black bear, red squirrel, striped squirrel, yellow-footed marmot, 
 American beaver, yellow-haired porcupine, etc. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Less than one-third of the total area is suited 
 for agriculture. One quarter of it is sterile and produces only wild sage 
 and buffalo-grass; but much of this might be made fertile by irrigation. 
 The river basins contain a rich soil, and good grazing-lands are abundant. 
 It is seldom necessary to use hay for the wintering of cattle in the valleys, 
 while the mountains afford a perpetual arctic climate. The isothermal 
 lines crossing the territory are: Spring, 45°-52° ; summer, 60°-70°; au- 
 tumn, 45°-52° ; winter, 20°-30° ; year, 40°-50°. 
 
 Agriculture aud Manufactures. — The number of acres in 
 farms, by the last census, was 77,139, of which 26,603 acres were im- 
 proved; average size of farms, 186 acres; value of farms, farm imple- 
 ments and live-stock, 81,072,735; value of farm productions, $687,797. 
 There were 101 manufacturing establishments, which employed 265 hands; 
 value of materials, $691,785; of products, $1,047,624. Milled quartz 
 constituted more than one-half of the amount ($523,100). 
 
 Mines and Milling’. — The bullion product of Idaho for nine years, 
 from 1864 to 1873, was $55,275,000. In 1869 the product was $7,000,000, 
 and in 1872, $2,695,870. The diminution has been explained by saying 
 that mining is less profitable than in the other Territories on account of the 
 high price of tools, provisions and labor, resulting from the deficiency 
 of means for transportation. A railroad is the remedy prescribed for 
 these troubles. “Two-thirds of the claims now worked are in the hands 
 oi the Chinese.” Eight millions of acres are designated as “mineral 
 lands.” An immense ledge of isinglass was discovered in the fall of 1875. 
 
410 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Education. — In 1874 the number of children was 3233; enrolled in 
 schools, 2196 ; average attendance, 891 ; schooldiouses, 41 ; schools, 51 ; 
 expenditures, $27,181.60; expenditure per pupil of average attendance, 
 $30.50. Steps were taken in June, 1874, for the organization of a univer- 
 sity. The Federal census reported 43 libraries, containing 10,625 volumes, 
 and 15 religious organizations, with 12 edifices. In 1875 five periodicals 
 were published, of which one was issued daily at Silver City. 
 
 Population and Towns. — In 1870 the number of inhabitants 
 was 14,999, of whom 7885 were foreign born (4274 Chinese); 946 were 
 born in Idaho, and settlers to the number of 6168 had come in from 
 all of the 49 States and Territories, with the exception of Alaska and 
 Arizona. Population to a square mile 0.17. The principal towns are 
 Boise City, the capital, Idaho City, Malade City, Silver City and Lew- 
 iston. 
 
 Government and Laws. — A governor and secretary are ap- 
 pointed by the President for a term of four years. Other administrative 
 officers are chosen by the people. The legislature consists of a council of 
 13 members and a house of representatives of 26 members, elected bien- 
 nially. The supreme court consists of three judges appointed by the 
 President. There are three judicial districts, in which courts are held by 
 a judge of the supreme court. Probate courts are established for each 
 county. , The Territory of Idaho, which included parts of Montana and 
 Wyoming, was established by act of Congress upon the 3d of March, 1863. 
 
 THE INDIAN TERRITORY. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Indian Territory (unorganized, and 
 more properly designated as the Indian Country') is bounded on the N. by 
 Colorado and Kansas, E. by Missouri and Arkansas, S. by Texas and W. 
 by Texas and New Mexico. It is situated between latitudes 33° 35' and 
 37° N. and longitudes 17° 20' and 26° W. from Washington, or 94° 20' 
 and 103° W. from Greenwich. The greatest length from east to west is 
 465 miles, the greatest breadth 285 miles and the area 68,991 square miles, 
 or 44,154,240 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The Ozark and Washita Moun- 
 tains extend from Arkansas into the Territory, and the Witchita Moun- 
 tains give a rugged character to the south-west. Dome Rock and the 
 Antelope Buttes are considerable elevations in the west, but there are no 
 high mountains. The mean elevation of the Territory is 1250 feet above 
 the sea. Rivers . — The Arkansas and the Red Rivers, with their numerous 
 tributaries, drain the country. Plowing into the Arkansas are the Neosho, 
 Verdigris, Chicaskia, Big Salt, Red Fork and Canadian Rivers. The Red 
 River constitutes the southern boundary. Its principal affluents are the 
 Kiamishi, Boggy, False Washita and North Fork. Forests . — Along the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 411 
 
 river-bottoms there is a plentiful growth of trees, and the north-eastern 
 section is heavily wooded. An extensive forest, called the “Gross Tim- 
 bers,” extends over into Texas. The trees most common are the ash, elm, 
 cottonwood, oak, yellow pine, pecan, sycamore and walnut. Game is 
 abundant, and vast herds of buffalo and wild horses roam over the plains. 
 
 Soil aild Climate. — In the north-east much of the land is rocky 
 and unproductive, and in the central and western sections the plains are 
 sterile. Fertile soils are found in the valleys. The isothermal lines 
 crossing the Territory are: Spring, 55°-60°; summer, 75°-80°; autumn, 
 55°-60° ; winter, 35°-40° ; annual mean, 55°-60°. At Fort Gibson, dur- 
 ing the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature was 60.3° ; mean 
 of the coldest month (January), 39.5° ; of the warmest month (August), 
 86.1°; minimum, 11°; maximum, 106°. Upon 88 days the mercury rose 
 to 90°, and upon 21 days the temperature was at or above 100 degrees. 
 
 Agriculture. — The statistics of the Indian Territory are not given 
 in the United States census, but are reported by the Commissioner of In- 
 dian Affairs. In 1873, 217,790 acres of land were under cultivation. 
 Indian corn, wheat, oats, potatoes, sorghum, tobacco, beans, rice and cotton 
 were cultivated, and the value of the crops was more than $4,000,000. 
 The live-stock numbered 212,155 horses, 322,354 cattle, 13,100 sheep and 
 430,455 swine, having a total value of $9,408,178. Lumber was sawed 
 to the amount of 3,930,468 feet, and the value of furs sold was $193,560. 
 No statistics of manufactures were given. 
 
 Education. — Each of the civilized tribes provides by law for the 
 support of public schools, which are of three grades — primary, intermedi- 
 ate and grammar. Two liigh-school buildings, belonging to the Chero- 
 kees, cost $80,000. The number of schools in the Territory at the last 
 report was 176; teachers, 216; scholars, 4769; value of school fund (in- 
 cluding the orphan and asylum fund), $2,909,113. There are three 
 weekly newspapers, published in the Cherokee, Choctaw and English lan- 
 guages. More than 7000 communicants are connected with the various 
 religious denominations. 
 
 Population and Towns.— The population in 1873 was '72,468, 
 of whom 17,217 were Cherokees, 16,000 Choctaws, 6000 Chickasaws, 
 13,000 Creeks, 2438 Seminoles, 1219 Quapaws and 16,594 of other tribes. 
 Included in the last number were Osages, Pottawattomies, Delawares, 
 Shawnees, Kioways, Comanches, Apaches and the representatives of many 
 other tribes. About one-half of the Indians are nomadic and the other 
 half settled upon seventeen reservations, which contain 44,154,240 acres. 
 There are about 2500 whites and 6500 negroes in the Territory. The prin- 
 cipal towns are Talequah, the capital of the Cherokee Nation ; Tishemingo, 
 the capital of the Chickasaws; Armstrong Academy, the capital of the 
 Choctaws; Okmulkee, the capital of the Creeks; We-wo-ka, the capital 
 
412 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 of the Seminole's; New Boggy and Caddo. About one-fifteenth of the 
 houses are frame buildings; the rest are built mostly of logs. Twenty- 
 eight United States post-offices have been established. The Territory con- 
 tained 279 miles of railroad in 1874. 
 
 Government and History. — An agent is appointed for each 
 of the tribes, under the superintendence of the Commissioner of Indian 
 Affairs. Cases in which a white man is concerned are within the jurisdic- 
 tion of the United States courts for Arkansas. Each of the civilized tribes 
 has a regularly-constituted government, with a written constitution and 
 code of laws. The “ Principal Chief of the Cherokee Nation ” is elected 
 for a term of four years. Many of the Indians desire an organized terri- 
 torial government, and a constitution was framed in 1870, but it did not 
 receive the approval of Congress. By an act passed June 4, 1834, “all 
 that part of the United States west of the Mississippi, and not within the 
 States of Missouri and Louisiana or the Territory of Arkansas,” was in- 
 cluded in the Indian Country. That magnificent domain of the aborigines 
 was greater than the combined area of all the States then organized. A 
 single generation passed, and the census of 1870 enumerated seven States 
 whose area, taken singly, exceeded all that was left of the “Indian Country.” 
 
 MONTANA. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of Montana is bounded 
 on the N. by British America, E. by Dakota, S. by Wyoming and S. W. 
 and W. by Idaho. It is situated between latitudes 44° 10' and 49° N. and 
 longitudes 27° and 39° W. from Washington, or 104° and 116° W. from 
 Greenwich. The extreme length from east to west is 550 miles, the breadth 
 280 miles and the area 143,776 square miles, or 92,016,640 acres. 
 
 Physical Fe a t si re S . — S urface . — The Territory is naturally divided 
 by its physical conformation into four sections. (1.) The north-western 
 district, between the Rocky and Bitter Root Mountains, is broken and 
 rugged, and intersected by many mountain spurs. (2.) The northern dis- 
 trict, extending for 350 miles along the Milk and Missouri Rivers, is an 
 open plain, destitute of trees, and descending toward the east at the rate 
 of five feet to the mile. (3.) The south-eastern section is more rolling and 
 better wooded. (4.) The south-western section, containing 15,000 square 
 miles, is mountainous and covered with dense forests. Among the highest 
 mountains are Electric Peak (10,992 feet), Emigrant Peak (10,629), 
 Mount Delano (10,200) and Mount Blackmore (10,134). Three-fifths of 
 the Territory is a broad open plain, and the mean elevation is 3950 feet. 
 Rivers. — Clark’s Fork of the Columbia and its tributaries, the Bitter 
 Root, Hell Gate, Big Blackfoot and Jocko Rivers, drain 30,000 square 
 miles of North-western Montana into the Pacific, while the remaining four- 
 fifths of the Territory belong to the Great Central Basin of the Mississippi, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 413 
 
 and are drained through the Missouri and its branches. The head streams 
 of the Missouri River, of which the Gallatin, Madison and Jefferson are 
 the most important, have their sources in the Rocky Mountains of Mon- 
 tana, near the boundary line of Wyoming and Idaho. Steamboats ascend 
 the Missouri as far as Fort Benton. Its principal tributaries are the Ma- 
 rias and Milk Rivers, on the north, aud the Muscle Shell and Yellowstone 
 (navigable for 400 miles) on the south. There are numerous hot springs 
 and geysers in the south-west, belonging to the general system, which is 
 described more fully elsewhere [see Wyoming]. Forests . — Evergreen 
 trees, such as the pine, fir, spruce, cedar, hemlock, etc., are most common 
 in the dense forests of the mountain district, while the river valleys con- 
 tain the cottonwood, willow, alder, aspen, etc. The elevation of the timber 
 line is from 8800 to 9600 feet. Large tracts in the east are almost entirely 
 destitute of wood. The buffalo, antelope, grizzly bear and other wild 
 animals are often seen. 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate.— -The great plains are sterile, owing to a defi- 
 ciency of moisture ; many of the valleys are fertile, and excellent grazing- 
 land is found on the lower mountain slopes. Very great and sudden 
 changes are characteristic of the climate. At Fort Ellis the thermometer 
 has marked 53 degrees below zero. At Deer Lodge, during the month of 
 March, 1867, the mercury stood below zero upon 28 out of the 31 morn- 
 ings. The lowest temperature observed was — 34°. The mean for Janu- 
 ary, 1868, was — 1.5°, and for January, 1869, 20.4° ; annual mean for the 
 two years, 40.7° ; rainfall, 16.5 inches. Forty-eight snow-storms have been 
 counted in a season, but the greatest depth of snow was only 12 inches. 
 At Fort Shaw the mean temperature is 47.33°. During the year ending 
 Sept. 30, 1874, the mean temperature at Fort Benton was 42.5°. Upon 
 50 days the mercury fell below zero, and the lowest point reached was 
 —34°. The interval between frosts was 142 days (from April 22 to Sept. 
 12). At Virginia City the minimum was — 18°, and the mercury reached 
 90° upon only one day. The isothermal lines crossing the Territory are : 
 Spring, 40°-50°; summer, 65°-73°; autumn, 45°; winter, 15°-25°; 
 annual mean, 40°-45°. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — The climate is rather cold 
 for Indian corn, but grain and vegetables, such as beans, beets, carrots, cu- 
 cumbers, melons, onions, potatoes, squashes, tomatoes, turnips, etc., mature 
 well, and small fruits are very abundant. The census of 1870 reported 
 851 farms, containing 139,537 acres, of which 84,674 acres were improved; 
 average size of farms, 164 acres; value of farms, farm implements and 
 live-stock, 32,693,324; value of productions, 31,676,660. In 1874 the 
 live-stock included 19,905 horses, 104,777 cattle, 1606 mules and 10,597 
 sheep. The number of manufacturing establishments was 201 ; hands em- 
 ployed, 701 ; value of materials, 31,316,331 ; value of products, 32,494,511. 
 
414 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 The leading industries in value were: Quartz, milled, $801,873 ; lumber, 
 $428,957 ; flouring-mill products, $365,859. 
 
 Mines and Mining’. — Gold was discovered as early as 1852, but 
 mining did not begin until late in 1861. The bullion product in 1862 was 
 $500,000, and in 1866 it reached $16,500,000. For thirteen years, ending 
 with 1875, the total product was estimated at $120,901,386. Montana 
 ranked nest to Nevada and California in the production of the precious 
 metals. Copper is mined in considerable quantities. Iron, lead, antimony, 
 zinc, arsenic and manganese have been discovered. Beds of bituminous 
 coal exist in several localities; and granite, limestone, slate and other 
 building-stones are abundant. 
 
 Education. — The territorial superintendent of education is required 
 “to keep his office at some place where there is a post-office.” The school 
 districts are larger than many an eastern county. A general school law 
 was passed in 1874. In 1873-4 the number of children of school age (5 
 to 21 years) was 3517; attending school, 2030; number of schools, 101; 
 receipts for educational purposes, $33,162. In 1870 there were in the Ter- 
 ritory 141 libraries, containing 19,790 volumes, and 15 religious organiza- 
 tions, having 11 edifices. Seven newspapers, two of which were issued 
 daily, were published in 1875. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The census of 1870 reported 20,595 
 inhabitants, of whom 1693 were born in the Territory, 10,933 had come 
 in from other parts of the Union and 7979 from foreign countries; popu- 
 lation to a square mile, 0.14. Helena, which was made the capital in 
 1875, is the principal town. It is situated in the centre of a rich mining 
 district, and contains several factories and churches. One of its two daily 
 newspapers is mailed to subscribers at $24 a year. The population of the 
 town in 1870 was 3106; there were 641 Chinese and 3 Indians. Other 
 principal towns are Virginia City (867), the former capital, Deer Lodge 
 City (788), Fort Shaw (473), Diamond City (460), Fort Benton (367) and 
 Radersburg (311). The tribal Indians numbered 22,486 in 1874, includ- 
 ing Crows, Blackfeet, Sioux, Piegans and representatives of ten other 
 tribes. 
 
 Government and History.— A governor and secretary and 
 three judges of the supreme court are appointed by the President. The 
 legislature consists of a council of 13 members and an assembly of 26 
 members, elected for two years. Judicial authority is vested in a supreme 
 court, district courts, probate courts (for each county) and justices of the 
 peace. A territorial Penitentiary has been established at Deer Lodge City. 
 In the spring of 1863, 18 steamers passed up the Missouri, bearing passen- 
 gers and freight to the mining districts of Montana. The Territory of 
 Montana was established by act of Congress May 26, 1864. On the 17th 
 of February, 1873, 2000 square miles from Dakotah were annexed. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 415 
 
 NEW MEXICO. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of New Mexico is 
 bounded on the N. by Colorado, on the E. by the Indian Territory and 
 Texas, S. by Texas and Mexico and W. by Arizona. It is situated be- 
 tween latitudes 31° 20' and 37° N. and longitudes 26° and 32° W. from 
 Washington, or 103° and 109° W. from Greenwich. The greatest length 
 from north to south is 395 miles, the greatest breadth 355 miles and the 
 area 121,201 square miles, or 77,568,640 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface. — The mean elevation of the Terri- 
 tory is 5400 feet above the sea. In the south-east is the Llano Estacado, 
 extending from Texas, which is an immense plateau scantily clothed with 
 vegetation, and having an altitude of from 3200 to 4700 feet. Stretching 
 through the centre of the Territory from north to south are a series of 
 broken mountain ranges, with elevations varying from 6000 to 10,000 feet. 
 About 150 miles to the westward is the parallel range of the Sierra Madre, 
 which constitutes the water-shed between the Atlantic and the Pacific. 
 Between these mountain chains is the great valley of the Rio Grande, 
 which Hayden regards “ as one great volcanic crater ” comprehending 
 many smaller craters. The streams have cut canons sometimes 1000 feet 
 in depth and with almost perpendicular walls. The sands and marls are 
 fashioned in unique forms resembling the “ Bad Lands ” of Dakota. 
 Rivers. — The north-eastern district is drained by the Canadian River, a 
 branch of the Arkansas ; the south-eastern by the Rio Pecos, which unites 
 with the Rio Grande in Texas ; the central by the Rio Grande del Norte, 
 which rises in the mountains of Colorado ; the south-western by the Rio 
 de los Mimbres and the Gila ; and the north-western by the head-streams 
 of the Little Colorado and the San Juan. There are several groups of hot 
 springs having a temperature of from 80° to 140°. Forests. — Extensive 
 forests of evergreens, such as the pine, fir, cedar, spruce and hemlock, cover 
 the mountains ; the pihon or nut pine monopolizes large tracts of the foot- 
 hills ; cottonwood, sycamore, oak and walnut trees are abundant along the 
 water-courses. There is an almost entire absence of timber upon the 
 plains. Among the wild animals are the bear, wolf, coyote, lynx, beaver, 
 hare, deer, antelope, elk, buffalo, etc. Wild turkeys, prairie chickens, ducks 
 and other game-birds are plenty. 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate. — Very fertile soils are found in the valleys and 
 upon some of the table-lands ; but with the exception of a few favored 
 localities, irrigation is necessary for the production of good crops through- 
 out the whole of New Mexico. Excellent grazing-lands are found in al- 
 most every section, and cattle need no artificial shelter during the winter. 
 The isothermal lines crossing the territory are : Spring, 45°-65° ; summer, 
 60°-80° ; autumn, 45°-65° ; winter, 25°-50° ; annual mean, 45°-65°. 
 Those lines indicate an unusual range of temperature [see Physical 
 
416 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Geography], The mean temperature for a series of years at Santa Fe, 
 which lias an elevation of 7047 feet, was 50.6°. During the year ending 
 September 30, 1874, the mean was 48.8°; maximum, 89°; minimum, 2°; 
 mean for the warmest month (July), 71.1° ; for the coldest month (Decem- 
 ber), 25.8°. The first frost of the season (32°) was October 18, 1873, and 
 the last frost May 10, 1874, an interval of 205 days. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — The valleys of the Rio 
 Grande, Pecos and other rivers are occupied by Mexicans, who raise large 
 crops even with their very rude methods of cultivation. All the common 
 grains, vegetables and fruits thrive. The census of 1870 reported 4480 
 farms, averaging 186 acres each (4 had more than 1000 acres each), 
 and containing in the aggregate 833,549 acres, of which 143,007 acres 
 were improved ; value of farms, $2,260,139 ; of farm implements, 
 $121,114; of live-stock, $2,389,157; total, $4,770,410; value of pro- 
 ductions, $1,905,060. The number of manufacturing establishments was 
 182 ; hands employed, 427 ; value of materials, $880,957 ; value of prod- 
 ucts, $1,489,868, of which the most important items were flouring-mill 
 products, $581,040, and quartz, milled, $399,712. 
 
 Mineral lie. sources. — Spaniards and Mexicans discovered the 
 mineral treasures of this region at a very early date. The sides of the 
 mountains about Taos are covered with “diggings” where Mexicans 
 washed out gold with melted snow. Gold has been found of such purity 
 as to yield $19 per ounce. The value of a single boulder upon Lone 
 Mountain was estimated at from $1000 to $2000. The mining interests 
 have been greatly depressed from Indian hostilities and other causes, and 
 the bullion product is only about half a million dollars a year. Copper, 
 lead, platinum, zinc, iron, coal, marble, gypsum, etc., exist in considerable 
 quantities. 
 
 Education. — All act for the establishment of public schools was 
 passed in 1855, but met with such opposition from the people that it was 
 repealed the following year. In 1871 a new school law was passed, and 
 the number of schools increased from 44 in 1870 to 164 (of which 26 
 were private) in 1874. The number of pupils at the latter date was 7102 
 and the number of teachers 196. Of the public schools 111 were taught 
 in the Spanish language. The number of libraries in 1870 was 116; 
 religious organizations, 158, having 152 edifices (of which 149 belonged 
 to the Roman Catholics); periodicals, 5. In 1875 the number of periodi- 
 cals was 12, of which 6 were published in both the Spanish and English 
 languages, and 1 was issued daily. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The number of inhabitants in 1850 
 was 61,547 ; in 1860, 93,516; in 1870, 91,874 (a decrease due to the set- 
 ting off’ of portions of the Territory to Arizona and Colorado); 83,175 
 were born in the Territory; 3079 had come in from other parts of the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 417 
 
 Union, 3913 from Mexico and 1707 from other foreign countries. The 
 density of population was 0.76 to a square mile. The tribal Indians (not 
 included in the above enumeration) numbered 25,268 in 1874, belonging 
 principally to the Apaches, Utes and Pueblos. The principal towns are 
 Santa Fe, the capital (population in 1870, 4765), Las Vegas (1730), Al- 
 buquerque (1307), Mora (1083), Embudo (576), San Jose (492) and Sil- 
 ver City (estimated at 1000 in 1875). Vo railroads have yet entered the 
 Territory, although several have been projected. 
 
 Government and Laws. — As ill other Territories, the governor, 
 secretary and judges of the supreme court are appointed by the President, 
 with the consent of the Senate, for a term of four years. Other adminis- 
 trative officers are chosen by the territorial legislature, which consists of a 
 council of 12 members and a house of representatives of 26 members. 
 The supreme court consists of three judges, who also preside singly over 
 the district courts. Probate courts are established for each county. 
 
 History. — As early as the year 1537 Spanish explorers had entered 
 New Mexico, and before the close of the century formal possession was 
 taken of the country in the na,me of Spain. Humboldt thought that New 
 Mexico was the first abiding-place of the Aztecs, as they migrated south- 
 ward. Remarkable ruins testify to the advancement in civilization of the 
 early inhabitants. On the Rio Chaco are the remains of a structure 700 
 feet in circumference and with solid walls of gray sandstone, four stories 
 high, yet standing. The country was ceded to the United States by Mexico 
 in 1848, and the “Gadsden purchase” (which also included parts of Ari- 
 zona, Colorado and Nevada) was added in 1854. A territorial govern- 
 ment was organized September 9, 1850. 
 
 4 
 
 UTAH. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of Utah is bounded on 
 the N. and N. E. by Idaho and Wyoming, E. by Colorado, S. by Arizona 
 and W. by Nevada. It is situated between latitudes 37° and 42° N. and 
 longitudes 32° and 37° W. from AVashington, or 109° and 114° W. from 
 Greenwich. The length from north to south is about 350 miles, the breadth 
 280 miles, and the area 84,476 square miles, or 53,264,640 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — Utah is in the Great Interior 
 Basin, and its surface has a mean elevation of 5100 feet above the sea- 
 level. Upon the north-eastern border are the Uintah Mountains, 7000 feet 
 above the table-lands. The Wasatch Mountains extend through the centre 
 of the Territory from north to south in a series of ridges and spurs with 
 small valleys between. The principal mountain summits, with their ele- 
 vations, are Mount Tohkwano (13,500 feet), Hayden Peak (13,500), 
 Dawes Peak (13,300), Gilbert’s Peak (13,250), the Twin Peaks (12,000), 
 Belknap (11,894), Mount Baldy (11,730) and Lone Peak (10,713). The 
 27 
 
418 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Salt Lake Valley is a level basin, from 4200 to 4500 feet above tide-water 
 and surrounded by mountains, of which the highest peaks are covered with 
 perpetual snow. Lakes and Rivers . — Great Salt Lake, 100 miles long and 
 50 miles wide, is so salt that no fish can live in it. Flowing into it from 
 the south is the River Jordan, which drains Lake Utah. Upon the north 
 the Bear River from Idaho and other smaller streams discharge their 
 waters into the lake, which has no visible outlet. The district east of the 
 mountains is drained by the Green and Grand Rivers, which unite to form 
 the Colorado. None of the streams of the Territory are navigable. There 
 are several groups of hot springs, with a temperature ranging from 90° to 
 136°. Forests . — Upon the Uintah and Wasatch Mountains are heavy 
 forests; the timber line is at the height of 11,000 feet. Among the trees 
 most abundant are the fir, spruce, pine, cedar, maple, oak, mountain ma- 
 hogany, quaking ash, etc. The Great Basin is almost destitute of wood, 
 but trees planted upon the irrigated lands grow rapidly. The wild animals 
 most common are the wolf, catamount, cougar, fox, mink, wolverine, beaver, 
 hare, antelope, Rocky Mountain sheep, elk and deer. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — Much of the soil of the plains is alkaline and 
 barren, producing nothing but the wild sage bush. Hardly one acre in 
 fifty in its natural state will pay for cultivation, but an extensive system 
 of irrigation has made the desert about Salt Lake City a garden. For- 
 merly little rain fell from April to November, but summer showers are 
 now said to be more frequent. Snow accumulates on the mountains to a 
 depth of from 6 to 20 feet, and remains in sheltered places all the year 
 round. The isothermal lines crossing the Territory are: Spring, 45°-50°; 
 summer, 65°-80° ; autumn, 45°-55° ; winter, 25°-45° ; annual mean, 
 45°-65°. Ah Salt Lake City the mean for July, 1874, was 78.2°; upon 
 31 days of the season the mercury reached 90°, and the maximum was 
 98°. The mean for December, at Corinne City, was 21.4 degrees. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — According to the census of 
 1870, the number of acres in farms wag 148,361, of which 118,755 acres 
 were improved; average size of farms, 30 acres; value of farms, farm im- 
 plements and live-stock, $4,739,126; value of productions, $1,973,142. 
 There were 533 manufacturing establishments, which employed 1534 
 hands, used materials valued at $1,238,252 and produced articles to the 
 value of $2,343,019. Lumber and flour were among the leading items. 
 Manufactures have increased very rapidly in the period since the census, 
 and the above figures very inadequately represent the agricultural and 
 manufacturing industries at that date. 
 
 Mines and Mmillg•.— Metalliferous deposits were discovered as 
 early as. 1863, but the Mormon authorities discouraged mining, as being 
 likely to bring in a “Gentile” population. The bullion product in 1871 
 ,was $2,300,000.; in 1872, $2,445,284; in 1873, $3,055,444; and in 1874 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 419 
 
 about the same amount. The value of the lead product for two years was 
 $1,20-5,203. Chemical analysis of ores taken from the Emma mine showed 
 the presence of lead, sulphur, antimony, copper, zinc, manganese, iron, 
 silver, alumina and magnesia. Belts of bituminous coal and large deposits 
 of iron ore have been discovered. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1869 the first railroad was opened for travel. The 
 Union Pacific railroad extends across the breadth of the Territory. In 
 1874 the mileage of railroads was 459; cost per mile, $31,947; total cap- 
 ital account, $9,165,000; receipts, $1,543,859; receipts per mile, $6831; 
 receipts per inhabitant, $13.42; net earnings, $733,893. 
 
 Education. — The school statistics for 1873 were: School population 
 (from 4 to 16 years of age), 27,725; scholars enrolled, 16,070; average 
 attendance, 11,842; teachers, 355. A general school law was approved 
 Feb. 20, 1874. The higher institutions of learning are the Deseret Uni- 
 versity, having 300 pupils in its primary and intermediate departments ; 
 St. Mark’s School (Protestant Episcopal), with about the same number; 
 the Kocky Mountain Conference Seminary ; and Morgan College. The 
 Federal census returned 133 libraries, containing 39,177 volumes, and 164 
 churches. In 1875 there were 9 periodicals, of which 5 were issued daily. 
 
 Population and Towns. — In 1850 the number of inhabitants 
 was 11,380; in 1860, 40,273; and in 1870, 86,786, of whom 41,426 were 
 born in the Territory, 14,658 had come in from other parts of the Union 
 and 30,702 from foreign countries. Great Britain and Ireland contributed 
 20,772, Denmark 4957, Sweden 1790, China 445 and all Germany 358. 
 It is a Mormon boast that 50 nationalities are represented among them. 
 It would be a difficult problem in sociology to estimate the ratio of future 
 increase, since “ for a man to have twenty boys and girls in his house is a 
 common fact.” There were 1.03 persons to a square mile. About 130 
 towns and villages are contained in the Territory. Salt Lake City, the capital, 
 is regularly laid out, with streets 100 feet wide and 4 miles long, crossing 
 each other at right angles. Each square contains 10 acres, and is divided 
 into 8 smaller squares. Streams of water, brought down from the moun- 
 tains for irrigation, run through every street. The principal buildings are 
 the Temple, Theatre and City Hall. Three daily and several weekly news- 
 papers are published. Two railroads terminate at the city. The popula- 
 tion in 1870 was 12,854. Among the other leading towns are Ogden 
 (3127), Spanish Fork (1450), Brigham City (1315), Beaver City (1207) 
 and Corinne City (783). 
 
 Government and History. — A governor, secretary and supreme 
 court judges are appointed by the President; and there is a legislative 
 body, consisting of 13 councillors and 26 representatives. The actual 
 government has been very much in the hands of the Mormon hierarchy, 
 whose members exercise authority in things temporal as well as spiritual. 
 
420 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 The chief prophet is assisted by three councillors, twelve apostles and 
 a large number of bishops. lu July, 1847, the advance guard of Mor- 
 mons, who had been driven from Nauvoo, Illinois, reached the Salt Lake 
 Basin and founded the “City of the Saints.” The journey across the 
 plains proved a hard one; “every day there was a funeral,” and eighty 
 died out of a single train. Mexico then owned the territory, which was 
 ceded to the United States in 1848. The revelation of polygamy was 
 not adopted until Aug. 29, 1852. A territorial government was estab- 
 lished for Utah Sept. 9, 1850. Application was made for admission into 
 the Union as the State of Deseret in 1862, and again in 1872, but 
 Congress refused the request. 
 
 WASHINGTON. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of Washington is bounded 
 on the N. by British Columbia, E. by Idaho, S. by Oregon and W. and 
 N. W. by the Pacific Ocean, the Strait of Juan de Fuca and the Gulf of 
 Georgia. It is situated between latitudes 45° 30' and 49° N. and longi- 
 tudes 40° 10' and 47° 50' W. from Washington, or 117° 10' and 124° 50' 
 W. from Greenwich. The length from east to west is 350 miles, the 
 breadth 230 miles and the area 69,944 square miles, or 44,796,160 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The Cascade Mountains, extending 
 north and south at the distance of 100 miles from the coast, separate the 
 Territory into two unequal parts, known as Eastern and Western Wash- 
 ington. Eastern Washington is an immense rolling table-land, elevated 
 from 1000 to 2000 feet above the sea-level and intersected by the Colum- 
 bia River. The Blue Mountains extend across the south-eastern district. 
 Western Washington contains three great basius — viz., those of the Co- 
 lumbia River, the Chehalis and Puget Sound. The latest measurements 
 of the principal mountain peaks (which vary greatly from the former esti- 
 mates) give the following results: Mount St. Helen’s, 15,500 feet; Mount 
 Rainier, 14,444; Chuchulum, 11,700; Mount Hood, 11,225; and Mount 
 Baker, 10,760. Many of these peaks are extinct volcanoes. The mean 
 elevation of the Territory is 1800 feet. Rivers . — The Columbia River 
 enters near the north-east corner, takes a wide sweep to the west and con- 
 stitutes the southern boundary of the Territory for 300 miles. Vessels 
 ascend as far as Kettle Falls, but navigation is interrupted by frequent 
 cascades. Lewis Fork, Clarke’s Fork, the Okinagau and the Yakima are 
 the principal affluents of the Columbia. Several small streams empty into 
 the Gulf of Georgia and the Pacific. Forests . — About 20,000,000 acres 
 are reckoned as timber land. “The finest forest growth in the world” 
 extends from the Cascade Range to the coast. Trees are found 400 feet 
 high and 14 feet in diameter. The yellow fir furnishes the strongest 
 timber. Among other very common trees are the hemlock, spruce, white 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 421 
 
 cedar, tamarack, maple, white oak and ash. Eastern Washington contaius 
 little timber, except in the river valleys. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — An area of more than 40,000 square miles 
 in Eastern Washington is sterile on account of the scanty rainfall. The 
 Walla Walla district is favorable for grain and stock-raising. The Che- 
 halis Valley has been called “the garden spot of Washington.” There 
 are large tracts of arable land in the valley of the Columbia and about 
 Puget Sound. West of the Cascades there are but two seasons, the wet 
 (lasting from November to May) and the dry; the average annual rainfall 
 is 53 inches. East of the Cascade Range the climate resembles that of the 
 interior of Pennsylvania. The isothermal lines crossing the Territory are : 
 Spring, 45°-50° ; summer, 60°-70°; autumn, 45°-52° ; winter, 25°-40° ; 
 annual mean, 45°-52°. 
 
 Agriculture and Manufactures. — The number of acres of 
 farm laud in 1870 was 649,139, of which 192,016 acres were improved; 
 average size of farms, 208 acres; value of farms, farm implements and 
 live-stock, 86,371,235; value of productions, $2,111,902. There were 269 
 manufacturing establishments, which employed 1026 hands; value of ma- 
 terials used, $1,435,128; value of products, $2,851,052. Lumber was 
 planed and sawed to the value of $1,872,310. The value of the bullion 
 product is about $200;000 per year. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — During the year ending June 
 30, 1874, the value of imports through Puget Sound (the only customs 
 district) was $24,566; value of domestic exports, $604,339; vessels en- 
 tered, 336; cleared, 387; vessels belonging to the district, 101, of which 
 25 were steamers; vessels built during the year, 17. Several vessels were 
 employed in the cod-, mackerel-, salmon- and oyster-fisheries. Up to 1875, 
 110 miles of railroad had been completed. 
 
 Education. — A compulsory school law is in force. The number of 
 schools in 1873-4 was 196; pupils, 5928; persons of school age, 9949. 
 The University of Washington Territory was incorporated in January, 
 1862, and located at Seattle. The general government gave 46,080 acres 
 of land for its endowment. The Federal census reported 102 libraries, con- 
 taining 33,362 volumes, 47 religious organizations, with 36 edifices, and 14 
 newspapers. In 1875 there were 16 periodicals, of which 2 were dailies. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The number of inhabitants in 1860 
 was 11,594; in 1870, 23,955, of whom 6932 were born in the Territory, 
 11,999 had come in from other parts of the Union and 5024 from foreign 
 countries. In addition to those enumerated above, there were 234 Chinese 
 and 14,796 Indians, making the aggregate population 37,432. The den- 
 sity of population was 0.34 to a square mile. Olympia, the capital, is sit- 
 uated at the head of Puget Sound, 645 miles north of San Francisco. It 
 has 6 churches and 5 newspaper offices. Population 1203 in 1870, and 
 
 
422 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 estimated at 1600 in 1875. Other leading towns are Walla Walla (1394), 
 Seattle (1107), Fort Colville (587), Port Gamble (326), Steilacoom (314) 
 and Vancouver. 
 
 Government and History. — The President appoints a governor, 
 secretary and supreme court judges, as in the other Territories. Legisla- 
 tive authority is vested in a council of 9 members and a house of repre- 
 sentatives of 30 members. Ten per cent, is the legal rate of interest 
 Washington Territory was organized from a part of Oregon, March 2, 1853. 
 
 WYOMING. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The Territory of Wyoming is bounded 
 on the N. by Montana, E. by Dakota and Nebraska, S. by Colorado and 
 Utah and W. by Utah, Idaho and Montana. It is situated between lati- 
 tudes 41° and 45° N. and longitudes 27° and 34° W. from Washington, 
 or 104° and 111° W. from Greenwich. In form it is a rectangular paral- 
 lelogram, 350 miles long from east to west, 280 miles broad and contain- 
 ing an area of 97,883 square miles, or 62,645,120 acres. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The surface is in general an im- 
 mense plateau, having a mean elevation of 6500 feet above the sea-level. 
 From this plateau the Rocky Mountains rise in ridges and groups which 
 are designated by various local names. In the south-east are the Black 
 Hills (Rocky Mountain group), terminating in Laramie Peak, which has an 
 elevation of 10,000 feet, and the Medicine Bow Mountains. In the north- 
 east are the Black Hills (Dakota group), of which Inyan Kara is 6600 feet 
 high. The Big Horn Mountains occupy the northern district; and in the 
 west and north-west are the Wind River Range and the Snow Mountains, 
 or Sierra Shoshone. Among the most elevated summits are Fremont’s 
 Peak (13,570 feet), Washakee Needles (12,253), Mount Sheridan (10,420), 
 Mount Doane (10,118), Mount Washburue (10,105) and Sailor Mountain 
 (10,046). Rivers . — In the snow-covered mountains of North-western Wyo- 
 ming, within a radius of ten miles, the head-streams of three of the great 
 rivers of America take their rise — viz., the Yellowstone, flowing into the 
 Missouri, the Snake, into the Columbia, and the Green, into the Colorado. 
 The Green River drains a basin in the south-west 223 miles long and 75 
 miles wide, which was formerly the bed of a lake. The Yellowstone Basin 
 has an area of 5000 square miles. The Wind and Big Horn Rivers (which 
 empty into the Yellowstone in Montana) drain a district 176 miles long 
 and 126 miles wide in the north. The south-eastern section, 204 miles long 
 and 173 miles wide, belongs to the North Platte Basin. All of these rivers 
 have numerous tributaries, affording abundant water power, but Wyoming 
 contains no navigable streams. Forests . — A dense growth of coniferous 
 trees clothes the mountains ; the timber line is at an elevation of from 9400 
 to 9900 feet. From the mountain pines is obtained “ the finest timber in 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 423 
 
 the world.” Cottonwood flourishes along the streams. The Big Horn 
 Basin is scantily wooded. Game is plentiful, including the antelope, bear, 
 bison, big horn or mountain sheep, beaver, deer, elk, grouse, etc. Yellow- 
 stone National Park . — A tract larger than the State of Delaware has been 
 set apart by Congress for a National Park, which “surpasses Niagara and 
 Yosemite,” says Professor Langford. “ It will in time become the most popu- 
 lar summer resort in the country, perhaps in the world,” says Captain Jones 
 of the United States Exploring Expedition. High mountains wall in the 
 great basin on every side. The Yellowstone Lake lies in a broad, rolling 
 plateau, at an elevation of 7564 feet above the sea. Issuing from it is the 
 Yellowstone River, which plunges down the great fall 328.7 feet (more 
 than twice the height of Niagara). The grand geyser throws up a column 
 of dark blue liquid to a height of 200 feet. There are many groups of 
 hot springs, in one of which a temperature of 194° has been observed. 
 Prof. Hayden’s party caught trout from the lake, and found the waters of 
 a spring near by warm enough to cook them. Chimney Rock has an alti- 
 tude of 11,853 feet, and is covered with trees to the height of 10,760 feet. 
 From the summit of Red Mountain 407 distinct mountain peaks have 
 been counted, together with 10 large lakes and many smaller ones. The 
 view extends over 50,000 square miles, including parts of Montana, Idaho 
 and Utah as well as Wyoming. An act was approved by Congress April 
 6, 1874, providing for the construction of a military road from Green River 
 to the Yellowstone Park. 
 
 Soil and Climate. — The soil of the great plateau, produced by 
 the decomposition of volcanic rocks, is naturally fertile. The Laramie 
 plain is covered with nutritious grasses, but irrigation is needed for the 
 production of good crops. In the Big Horn Basin the land is generally 
 rugged and barren. A rich black loam was found in the Yellowstone 
 Basin; summer frosts may prevent its cultivation. On 13 days during 
 the month of August, 1873, the temperature was below freezing; on the 
 28th the mercury fell to 13.5°; June 15th, 1874, it rose to 115°; and the 
 temperature of the sand, two days previous, was 126°. At Cheyenne the 
 mean for the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, was 45.6°; maximum, 98°; min- 
 imum, — 24°. Upon 9 days the mercury fell below zero, and upon 28 days 
 rose above 90°. The interval between frosts (32°) was from May 15 to 
 Sept. 3, 110 days. The isothermal lines crossing the Territory are: 
 Spring, 40°-50° ; summer, 60°-72°; autumn, 45°-50°; winter, 20°-30°; 
 annual mean, 40°-50°. 
 
 Agriculture, Manufactures and Mining-.— In 1870 the 
 number of acres in farms was 4341, of which 338 acres were improved; 
 average size of farms, 25 acres ; value of farms, farm implements and live- 
 stock, 8465,705; value of productions, 842,760. There were 32 manufac- 
 turing establishments, which employed 502 hands, used materials to the 
 
424 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 value of $280,156 and produced articles valued at $765,424. Coal is 
 rained at several points. Gold, silver, copper, lead, iron and petroleum 
 have been found in considerable quantities. The value of raining products 
 reported by the census was $850,000. 
 
 Education. — A compulsory school law is in force. In 1874 the 
 number of school districts was 27; teachers, 28; pupils enrolled, 1200; 
 value of school-houses, $40,000; receipts for school purposes, $50,000. 
 The average salary of male teachers was $1500 and of female teachers 
 $900. There were, in 1870, 31 libraries, containing 2603 volumes, 12 
 religious organizations, with as many edifices, and 6 periodicals, of which 
 2 were dailies; 4 daily and 4 weekly papers were published in 1875. 
 
 Population and Towns. — The total number of inhabitants at 
 the last census was 11,518 (least of all the States and Territories), of whom 
 8726 were white, 183 colored, 143 Chinese and 2466 Indians; 293 (exclu- 
 sive of Indians) were born in the Territory, 5312 had come in from other 
 parts of the Union and 3513 from foreign countries. There were .009 
 persons to a square mile. Cheyenne City, the capital, is situated in the 
 south-eastern corner of Wyoming, on the Union Pacific Railroad. It is 
 connected with Denver City, Colorado, 106 miles to the south, by the 
 Denver Pacific Railroad. Extensive machine- and railroad repair-shops 
 are located at Cheyenne. The city is an important distributing-point for 
 the United States forts and Indian agencies. There are five churches and 
 two newspaper offices, from which both daily and weekly editions are 
 issued. The population in 1870 was 1450, and in 1875 about 3000. Lar- 
 amie City, 57 miles west of Cheyenne, also contains large machine-shops 
 for railroad work. It has 5 churches and 2 daily papers. Population 
 in 1870, 828, and in 1875 about 2500. Other growing towns are South 
 Pass City, Rawlins’ Springs, Atlantic City and Fort Bridger. The Union 
 Pacific Railroad extends across the southern part of the Territory. The 
 railroad mileage in 1874 was 459. 
 
 Government and History. — The President, with the advice and 
 consent of the Senate, appoints the leading executive and judicial officers. 
 Legislative authority is vested in a council of 9 members and a house of 
 representatives of 13 members. A bill was passed by the first territorial 
 legislature giving to women the right to vote, hold office and serve upon 
 juries. Attempts have been made to repeal this act; but the governor 
 vetoed the bill to that effect which passed the legislature, and said in his 
 message, “Our system of impartial suffrage is an unqualified success.” 
 Wyoming was organized as a Territory, from parts of Dakota, by act of 
 Congress passed July 25, 1868, and is the youngest member of the Union. 
 
Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 LONDON INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 1862. 
 
 T HIS exhibition was held in a vast brick building, lighted by a roof 
 and two immense cupolas of glass, and erected on a large space of 
 land acquired by the Royal Commissioners of the Great Exhibition of 
 1851, adjoining the beautiful garden of the Horticultural Society at South 
 Kensington. It was designed by Captain Fowke, R. E., and it was evi- 
 dently the intention of the projectors of this building that it should be 
 retained and devoted to other purposes after the exhibition, but neither 
 the project nor the edifice itself found favor with the public. The space 
 covered about seventeen acres, including some portions of the buildings 
 of the garden let by the Horticultural Society for refreshment room, etc. 
 Of this space 391,146 square feet were occupied by objects exhibited, 
 besides 284,670 square feet of wall and other vertical space made by inter- 
 nal partition, etc., to which must be added 93,220 square feet of horizontal 
 and vertical space occupied by works of art arranged in one of the most 
 admirably-constructed galleries ever designed for such a purpose. The 
 erection of this building occupied about one year. There were 7,000,000 
 bricks used, also 4000 tons of cast iron and 12,000 tons of wrought iron. 
 There were 820 columns of 25 feet, equal in their combined length to 4 
 miles, together with 6 miles of iron girders, 1266 in number. More than 
 1,000,000 square feet of floor were laid. To cover the roof 486,386 square 
 feet of felt were used, equal to 11 acres, and the glazing required 353,000 
 square feet of glass, which weighed 247 tons and would cover more than 
 8 acres. Every precaution was employed to make sure of the strength of 
 
 425 
 
426 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 the floors and staircases in view of the severe strain to which they would be 
 subjected during the exhibition. A body of men, about 400 in number, 
 closely packed upon a space 25 feet by 25 feet on one floor, moved in step, 
 and afterward ran over the different galleries and down each staircase. 
 At the same time the effect of this strain upon the girders, etc., was care- 
 fully noted. The iron girders were bent only one-eighth of an inch at the 
 centre, and the timber-trussed beams of the same bearing were, deflected 
 half an inch at the centre, and both the girders and the trusses immediately 
 recovered their original position on the removal of the load. 
 
 The exhibition was opened on the 1st of May, 1862, by the duke of 
 Cambridge, the queen being prevented from performing the ceremony in 
 person by the recent death of her husband, Prince Albert. The latter, we 
 may note in passing, was the first to suggest the idea of an international 
 exhibition when plans were being made for the London Exhibition of 1851, 
 elsewhere described. He had taken a lively interest in all the prepara- 
 tions for the present display, and his death, when those preparations were 
 about half completed, was brought vividly to mind by the absence of the 
 queen. In the ode which was sung (written for the occasion by the poet- 
 laureate Tennyson) he is alluded to as the 
 
 “ Silent father of our kings to be, 
 
 Mourned in this golden hour of jubilee.” 
 
 This ode was sung by 2000 singers, accompanied by 400 instruments. The 
 “ key” of the Exhibition (a master-key which really opened every lock on 
 the doors of the buildings) was presented to the duke ; and after various 
 musical selections were rendered, including the national anthem, he form- 
 ally declared the Exhibition open. 
 
 This Exhibition was open 171 days. The aggregate number of visitors 
 was 6,211,003 ; average number of visitors per day 36,328. The exhibit- 
 ors numbered 28,653, there being 26,348 in the Industrial Division, whose 
 articles were arranged in 36 classes, and 2305 artists in the ‘Fine Arts 
 Division, whose works were arranged in 4 classes. There were 8487 
 British manufacturers and 17,861 foreign manufacturers, 990 British 
 artists and 1305 foreign artists. The extent of the Fine Art collection 
 surpassed all expectations. It consisted of 3370 paintings in oil and water 
 colors, 901 pieces of sculpture, 1275 engravings and etchings, and 983 
 architectural designs. The entire cost of this gigantic enterprise was 
 £321,000. The money received for admission amounted to £328,858. A 
 guarantee-fund, amounting in the aggregate to £450,000, had been pledged 
 in various sums by 1152 subscribers, so that there was “no such word as 
 fail.” The whole number of awards was 13,423, of which 8141 were in 
 the form of medals and 5282 were diplomas. Fifty-six of the former 
 and twenty-nine of the latter were awarded to Americans. 
 
THE OEHTEHHIAL CITY. 
 
 “Pulchra duos inter sita stat Philadelphia rivos ; 
 
 Inter quos duo sunt millia longa vise. 
 
 Delawar his major, Seulkil minor ille vocatur ; 
 
 Indis et Suevis notus uterque diu. 
 
 Hie plateas meusor spatiis delineat sequis 
 Et domui recto est ordine juncta domus.” 
 
 T. Makin (1728), Master of Friends’ Grammar School. 
 
 Beautiful Philadelphia is situated between two rivers separated from each other 
 by a distance of two miles. The greater of these is the Delaware; the lesser, the 
 Schuylkill, both having been for a long time known to the Indians and the Swedes. 
 Here the surveyor lays out the streets with equal spaces between, and house is joined 
 to house in a straight row. 
 
 Situation and Extent. — The city of Philadelphia is situated ou 
 the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers, 96 miles from the Atlantic Ocean 
 and 85 miles from New York. It is bounded on the N. E. by Bucks 
 county, E. and S. E. by the Delaware River, S. by Delaware county and 
 W. and N. W. by Montgomery county. The extreme length is 231 miles, 
 the breadth from 5 to 10 miles and the area 1291 square miles, or 82,640 
 acres. Independence Hall is in latitude 39° 57' N. and longitude 1° 50' 
 E. from Washington, or 75° 10' W. from Greenwich. 
 
 Physical Features. — Surface . — The southern district, at the inter- 
 section of the rivers, is low and marshy ; the central part is level, but suffi- 
 ciently elevated to secure good drainage. Along the Delaware are gravel- 
 banks from 10 to 50 feet in height. In the west and north-west the land 
 is rolling and picturesque, affording fine sites for suburban l-esidences. 
 Rivers and Islands . — The Delaware has a width of 4086 feet opposite the 
 city, and its greatest depth is 56 feet. The Schuylkill (which signifies in 
 the Low Dutch dialect “hidden river”) is 1264 feet wide at Vine street 
 and 2040 feet wide at South street. It is spanned by ten bridges within 
 the city limits. The Report of the Board of Trade says : “ One-third of 
 the exports of Philadelphia pass out of this river.” Poquessink Creek 
 constitutes the north-eastern boundary of the city. Tacony and Wingo- 
 kocking Creeks unite to form Frankford Creek, which empties into the 
 Delaware above Bridesburg. Cobb’s, Darby and Bow Creeks constitute 
 
 427 
 
428 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the south-western boundary. Wissahickon Creek enters Philadelphia at 
 the north-east corner, and discharges its waters into the Schuylkill at the 
 Falls. At the junction of the Schuylkill and the Delaware is League 
 Island, which contains 600 acres and is separated from the main land by 
 Back Channel. A little below are Hog Island and Mud Island (upon 
 which Fort Mifflin is built); above are Windmill Island and Smith’s 
 Island (opposite Spruce and Walnut streets) and Treaty Island (opposite 
 Richmond). 
 
 Soil ailtl Climate. — The soil is a sandy loam of great natural fer- 
 tility. Much attention is paid to the cultivation of flowers and fruits 
 about the suburban residences, and market-gardening is extensively car- 
 ried on in the rural wards. Concerning the climate, William Penn wrote 
 to Lord North, on the 24th of May, 1683, “The weather often chaugeth 
 without uotice, and is constant almost in its inconstancy.” An old record 
 says that the first settlers found “a sky as clear in winter as in summer, 
 not foul, thick or black,” and “the air, though cold and piercing, yet did 
 not require more clothes than in England.” A prevalent saying in the 
 early part of the eighteenth century was, “We have always grass at 
 Easter.” Iu the year 1704 snow fell “one yard deep,” and in the winter 
 of 1779-80 the Delaware remained frozen for three months. Loaded 
 wagons have crossed the river on the ice during some seasons, and during 
 others navigation was not at all obstructed. In August, 1789, “fires be- 
 came agreeable.” On the 8th of May, 1803, there was a snow “which 
 broke down the poplars and other trees in leaf,” and June 10, 1816, “a 
 frost so severe as to kill beans.” April 12, 1841, “snow fell to a depth of 
 15 inches.” The recorded range of the thermometer is from 7° below zero 
 to 103° above. During the year ending Sept. 30, 1874, the maximum was 
 97°; minimum, 10.5° ; mean, 52°; mean of the coldest month (February), 
 33.2°; mean of the warmest month (July), 74.4°. Upon 9 days the mer- 
 cury rose above 90°. Rain or snow fell upon 136 days in 1874; the total 
 rainfall was 46.31 inches, and the mean of the barometer 30.080 inches. A 
 record of the annual rainfall has been kept at the Pennsylvania Hospital 
 for 50 years; the greatest fall was 61.187 inches, in 1867, and the least 29.57 
 inches, in 1872. The isothermal lines passing through Philadelphia are: 
 Autumn, 55° ; winter, 32° ; spring, 55° ; summer, 72.5° ; annual mean, 52.5°. 
 
 Streets and Parks. — Dean Prideaux says : “ Penn had the cele- 
 brated city of Babylon in view as a model for his American town.” In 
 the original plan of 1683 the city extended from the Delaware to the 
 Schuylkill, a distance of two miles, and from Vine street on the north to 
 Cedar (now South) street, a distance of one mile; its area was about 1300 
 acres. There were nine streets runuing east and west, of which High 
 street (now Market) was 100 feet wide and designed to be the principal 
 avenue. The streets to the north and south were named, from the native 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 429 
 
 shrubs and trees, Vine, Sassafras (later called Race, as leading to the race- 
 ground), Mulberry (changed to Arch, from the arch over a creek), Chest- 
 nut, Walnut, Spruce, Pine and Cedar. There were twenty streets extend- 
 ing north and south, of which the fourteenth from the Delaware was laid 
 out 100 feet wide (since increased to 113 feet) and called Broad street. 
 This street now stretches from League Island northward to the city limits, 
 a distance of twelve miles, without once deviating from a direct line. It 
 is claimed to be the longest, straightest and widest street in the world. The 
 north and south streets are designated as 1st (Front) street, 2d street and 
 so on, beginning at the Delaware ; 23d street reaches the Schuylkill ; west 
 of that river the first street is 30th, and the designation by numbers ex- 
 tends to the city line. Each square is reckoned as having 100 numbers, 
 whether it contains many or few buildings. These numbers extend from 
 the Delaware west, and from Market street north and south. Strangers 
 who have been perplexed by the “blocks” of New York and the “trian- 
 gles” of Boston will find the “squares” of Philadelphia very easy of com- 
 prehension. Most of the original squares are now subdivided by cross- 
 streets. From the old city country roads extended diagonally toward the 
 neighboring towns. These roads are now lined with buildings for many 
 miles, and have taken the more pretentious names of “avenues;” but old 
 Philadelphians still speak of the Ridge Road and Germantown Road 
 (extending toward the north-west), Old York Road (to New York) and 
 Frankford Road (extending north-east) and Darby Road (toward the 
 south-west). The suburban towns now comprehended within the city 
 limits have been conformed to the same general system of numbering 
 from the Delaware and Market street, and the numbers run up as high as 
 from 5000 to 9000. Philadelphia contains nearly 600 miles of paved 
 streets. The extension has been mainly within the present century. In 
 1768 the improved parts of the city reached no farther west than 8th 
 . street. Spatterdock Pond (4th and Market streets) was “the best game- 
 pond anywhere to be found.” A public square of eight acres w T as provided 
 in the original plan for each of the four districts into which the city was 
 divided by Broad and Market streets. These squares were designed “for 
 the like uses as the Moorfields in London.” In the north-eastern district 
 was Franklin Square, and in the north-'western Logan Square, both ex- 
 tending from Race to Vine street ; in the south-east was Washington Square, 
 and in the south-west Rittenhouse Square, both having Walnut street as 
 their northern boundary. At the intersection of Market and Broad streets 
 j was Penn Square, containing ten acres, which is the site of the new City 
 Building. About the State-House also there was a public square. Ex- 
 tensive grounds are now connected with Girard College, the United States 
 Arsenal, the Naval Hospital, the Hospital for the Insane and the Alms- 
 house. Fairmount Park . — In 1819 a dam was built across the Schuylkill 
 
 
430 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 for tlie purpose of supplying the city with water. The grounds adjoining 
 the water-works contained five acres and were open to the public ; this was 
 the extent of Fairmount Park at its beginning. In 1856 it contained 
 about 70 acres, and included Lemon ITill. In 1868 additional grounds 
 were purchased. “At the opening of the year 1869,” says the Report of the 
 Park Commissioners, “nothing in the way of improvements had been com- 
 menced on the grounds recently acquired.” The Lausdowne drive, from 
 the Schuylkill to George’s Hill, was opened on the 23d of June, 1869, just 
 nine weeks from the date of its commencement. The Park contained over 
 4000 chestnut, walnut and other nut-bearing trees; and on the 8th of Oc- 
 tober, 1869, upward of 60,000 children from the public schools partici- 
 pated in the grand frolic of the first “nutting-day.” During the five 
 months ending with November 30, 257,258 visitors entered the Park 
 through the Girard Avenue entrance alone. Up to the close of the year- 
 1869 the amount paid by the Commissioners for 263 distinct parcels of 
 land, with improvements, was $3,208,269.88. Fairmount Park now ex- 
 tends on both sides of the Schuylkill for seven miles, and along the Wis- 
 sahickon for six miles; its greatest length, from Fairmount to Chestnut 
 Hill, is fourteen miles, and its area 2991 acres. This is more than three 
 times the area of Central Park, New York (863 acres), and four and a 
 half times the area of Prospect Park, Brooklyn (630 acres). The trees 
 are estimated at over 300,000 in number; 104,000 have been enumerated 
 in the Schuylkill section, of which some are 27 feet in circumference. Al- 
 though 500 acres will be needed for the purposes of the Centennial Exhi- 
 bition, Philadelphia will still exhibit to the visitor an unencumbered 
 pleasure-ground larger than the combined area of the parks of the other 
 leading American cities. 
 
 Principal Buildings. — According to the census of 1870, Phila- 
 delphia contained 112,366 dwellings, which was more than the number iu 
 New r York (64,044) and in Brooklyn (45,834) combined. Chicago (44,620), 
 St. Louis (39,656) and Boston (29,623) together contained only 1552 dwell- 
 ings more than the “ city of homes ” alone. The disparity is even greater 
 now than five years ago. During the year 1874, 1357 new buildings were 
 erected in New York and 1470 in Brooklyn, making a total of 2827, while 
 Philadelphia in the same time put up 5040 new buildings, of which 4309 
 were dwelling-houses. Nor was this an exceptionally prosperous year. 
 On the contrary, there was a falling off from the two previous years; in 
 1873 the number of buildings erected was 5222, and in 1872, 5756; total 
 for three years, 16,018, or nearly twice as many as the whole number of 
 dwellings belonging to the city of Richmond, Virginia, according to the 
 Federal census. The city, which contained 5460 buildings in 1776, will 
 show 148,000 in 1876. The typical house of the “Quaker City” is built 
 of pressed brick, with white marble steps and facings, and has solid 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 431 
 
 wooden shutters painted white. Brownstone fronts, Venetian blinds and 
 Mansard roofs are innovations now meeting with great favor. The ante- 
 revolutionary houses of the suburbs were constructed of concrete which 
 still remains firm. The elegant mansions of Germantown, Chestnut Hill 
 and West Philadelphia are mostly of pointed stone. Costly structures of 
 granite, marble, sandstone and iron adorn the principal thoroughfares. 
 Independence Hall should be mentioned first among noteworthy buildings. 
 This was the old State-House, begun in 1729 and completed in 1734; the 
 wings were added in 1740. In the east room the Declaration of Independ- 
 ence was adopted by the second Continental Congress. This hall is now 
 embellished with the portraits of many of the original signers of the Dec- 
 laration, and contains many historical relics, among which is the old bell 
 with the inscription, “Proclaim liberty throughout all the land, unto all 
 the inhabitants thereof.” In the west building the first Congress assem- 
 bled; and there George Washington and John Adams were inaugurated 
 as Presidents of the United States. The new City Building was begun 
 Aug. 10, 1871. The expenditures up to May 15, 1875, were $1,999,841.01. 
 It was originally estimated that the structure could be completed in six 
 years, at a cost of $10,000,000; but both of these estimates will probably 
 need a considerable enlargement. Four and a half acres are covered by 
 the edifice, which is 4861 feet long from north to south, 470 feet wide 
 from east to west; and contains 520 rooms. The apex of the dome will 
 be at the height of nearly 300 feet. The new Post-Office, on the former 
 site of the University of Pennsylvania, at 9th and Chestnut streets, is to 
 be built of granite from Dix Island, Maine. Its dimensions are, length 
 428 feet, depth 152 feet, height of dome 184 feet. Congress limited the 
 cost to $4,000,000. The United States Custom-House was built in 1819-24 
 for the second United States Bank, at an expenditure of $600,000. It is 
 in the Doric style, and has a front of 87 feet and a depth of 161 feet. The 
 United States Mint was completed in 1833. The Academy of Music, which 
 will seat 3000 persons, has a front of 140 feet on Broad street and a depth 
 of 283 feet on Locust street; the stage is 90 feet wide and 100 feet deep; 
 estimated valuation of the property, $800,000. Near by is the Union 
 League Club House, finished in May, 1865, at a cost of $200,000. At the 
 corner of Broad and Sansom streets is the building of the Academy of Nat- 
 ural Sciences, containing 300,000 specimens and a library of 25,000 vol- 
 umes. A magnificent new structure, fronting on Logan Square, will soon 
 be ready for occupancy. The Masonic Temple was five years in building, 
 and cost $1,300,000. The Academy of Fine Arts, founded in 1805, are 
 erecting, at a cost of $300,000, a new building having a frontage of 100 
 feet on Broad street and a depth of 258 feet on Cherry street. Their col- 
 lection contains the finest paintings of Benjamin West, Allston, Stuart and 
 others. The Ridgway Library Building, on South Broad street, to cost 
 
432 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 $1,500,000, was erected by the munificence of Dr. James Rush. Among 
 other noticeable buildings are Horticultural Hall, the Reform Club House, 
 Continental Hotel, Girard House, Ledger Building, Carpenters’ Hall, Com- 
 mercial Exchange, Merchants’ Exchange, the United States Navy Yard 
 and the Arsenal, Christ Church and the Cathedral of Sts. Peter and Paul, 
 completed in 1864, at a cost of more than a million dollars. Several fine 
 . market-houses have been erected in various parts of the city. 
 
 Manufactures. — Philadelphia, at the last census, ranked first among 
 the cities of the Union in the number of manufacturing establishments, 
 capital invested, hands employed, wages paid and materials used. New 
 York excelled in the value of manufactured articles, perhaps from a greater 
 facility in “ putting up prices.” The number of manufacturing establish- 
 ments in Philadelphia was 8184; hands employed, 137,496, of whom 
 95,421 were males above the age of 16 years, 32,687 females above the 
 age of 15, and 9388 youth; capital invested, $174,016,674; wages paid, 
 $58,780,130; value of materials used, $180,325,713; value of products, 
 $322,004,517. Among the principal industries in value were: Molasses 
 and sugar, refined, $25,949,876; woollen goods, $17,943,826; clothing, 
 $17,757,932; printing and publishing, $10,107,451; carpets, $9,798,019; 
 boots and shoes, $9,231,348; cotton goods, $8,272,698; worsted goods, 
 $7,762,369; paper, $7,487,911 ; patent medicines, $6,101,592; printing of 
 cloths, $5,713,584; machinery, not specified, $5,841,886; locomotives, 
 $3,490,279 (one establishment employs 3000 hands and turns out a loco- 
 motive every eight hours); engines and boilers, $2,450,224; iron, forged 
 and rolled, $2,970,492; stoves, heaters, etc., $1,678,532; hosiery, $5,164,- 
 405, etc. The coal-oil refineries have a capacity of 6400 barrels per day. 
 
 Commerce and Navigation. — The largest ocean steamers can 
 come up to the docks, and by means of the three city ice-boats the 
 channel is kept open during the winter. In 1804 the number of arri- 
 vals was 1799 and of clearances 1764; in 1873 there were 10,734 arrivals, 
 foreign and coastwise. The value of exports in 1790 was $7,953,418; in 
 1872, $21,016,750; 1873, $24,239,357; 1874, $33,121,337. There was an 
 increase of 36.6 per cent, during the last year, and Philadelphia ranked 
 next to New York and New Orleans in the value of exports. Among the 
 principal articles in value were petroleum (refined), $9,366,517 ; wheat. 
 $4,740,796, and cotton, $2,107,981.. The value of imports in 1872 was 
 $20,383,858; in 1873, $25,393,150; in 1874, $26,447,037. While the 
 decrease for the United States was 11.3 per cent., the increase at Philadel- 
 phia was 4.15 per cent. This port ranked next to New York, Boston and 
 Baltimore in the value of imports. Packages to the number of 13,080 
 were received by the American and Red Star lines to be sent in bond to 
 other cities; of these 6802 were destined for New York; 10,878 passen- 
 gers arrived during the year (of whom 8869 were immigrants), against 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 433 
 
 3681 in 1873 ; in the foreign trade 1008 vessels entered and 1105 cleared. 
 Through the kindness of the deputy-collector of the port we are enabled 
 to present the following statistics for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1875 : 
 Value of imports, $24,236,387 ; value of exports, $28,588,019 ; duties 
 received, $8,285,814.59 ; foreign entrances, 562 vessels, with a tonnage of 
 326,287; clearances (American 474, foreign 590), 1064 vessels, of 623,- 
 892 tons. The number of vessels in the district was 153 registered; 2732 
 enrolled and licensed (above 20 tons) and 170 licensed (under 20 tons); 
 total, 3055 vessels, of 407,584 tons. The produce receipts at Philadelphia 
 in 1874 were 1,401,636 barrels of flour, 5,471,700 bushels of wheat, 
 5,954,700 of corn and 4,705,000 of oats. Elevators have been built at 
 the junction of the two rivers having a capacity for 1,000,000 bushels, 
 which can be increased to 4,000,000. Vessels drawing 24 feet of water 
 can lie at the dock without grounding at low tide. Twelve vessels can be 
 loaded at one time. The increase of grain shipments in 1874 was 44.25 
 per cent., without the above improvements. The number of cattle received 
 was 167,130 beeves, 18,010 cows, 339,590 hogs and 757,040 sheep. Coal 
 was shipped from Port Richmond to the amount of 2,051,127 tons. 
 
 Railroads. — In 1755 Benjamin Franklin, then Postmaster-General, 
 gave notice that the mail from Philadelphia to New England “shall start 
 once a week, whereby answers may be obtained to letters between Phila- 
 delphia and Boston in three weeks, which used to require six weeks.” 
 Three days was the time required for reaching New York by the regular 
 stage. The railroad to Germantown was one of the first completed in the 
 United States. Horses were used for a time; the first locomotive, “Old 
 Ironsides,” was put on in 1833. In 1875, 106 regular passenger trains 
 passed over the Germantown and Norristown Railroad every day. The 
 Reading Railroad was opened Jan. 1, 1842, and the Pennsylvania Rail- 
 road, commenced in 1847, was completed Feb. 15, 1854. The railroads 
 now centring at Philadelphia are the Pennsylvania, which has a perpetual 
 lease of the united companies of New Jersey and the Philadelphia and 
 Trenton Railroad, thus controlling a through line from New York as well 
 as from the West; the Philadelphia and Reading, which, besides its main 
 line and its coal-road to Richmond, also operates the Germantown and 
 Norristown road; the North Pennsylvania, the Philadelphia, Wilmington 
 and Baltimore, and the West Chester. Railroads. Three railroads which 
 terminate at Camden, on the New Jersey side, also belong to the Philadel- 
 phia system. From the Report of the Auditor- General for 1874 we have 
 compiled the following statistics concerning the street railways of the city: 
 Number of separate companies reporting, 17 ; length of main tracks, 
 233.81 miles-; cost of roads and equipments, $7,737,459.78; number of 
 cars, 883; horses, 5196; passengers carried during the year, 75,498,652. 
 These lines have been very largely extended during the year 1875, in order 
 
434 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 to supply the present needs of local travel as well as to accommodate the 
 visitors to the International Exhibition in 1876. 
 
 Public Institutions and Education. — The City Prison (Moy- 
 amensing) was opened in October, 1835. The greatest number of commit- 
 ments in any one year during the last two decades was 20,801, in 1860. 
 There were 18,706 commitments in 1875, and the expenses of the institu- 
 tion were $117,694.55. The Eastern Penitentiary (a State institution) 
 occupies a whole square on Fairmount avenue. A House of Correction 
 was opened at Holmesburg, near the Delaware, Jan. 15, 1874, and up to 
 Jan. 1, 1875, 3734 prisoners had been received. At a special meeting of 
 the commissioners, held Oct. 25, 1875, a report was presented showing that 
 the cost of the ground was $25,000; building, $999,300; architects, etc., 
 $19,311; total, $1,043,611; expenses of managers, $478,352; estimated 
 amount needed for 1876, $313,020; number of inmates, 1177. The House 
 of Refuge, for boys and girls, opposite Girard College, has about 600 
 inmates. The Blockley Almshouse, in West Philadelphia, on the 23d of 
 October, 1875, at noon, contained 3511 persons, of whom 1810 were males 
 (105 colored) and 1701 females (148 colored); number of deaths during 
 the year, 799; expenditures, $529,513.26. On the 28th of May, 1755, the 
 corner-stone of the Pennsylvania Hospital was laid, and upward of 100,- 
 000 patients have received the benefits of the institution. There is a 
 separate department for the insane, located in West Philadelphia. The 
 Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb was incorporated in 1821. A new 
 building, with accommodations for 400 persons, was opened Oct. 21, 1875. 
 The Institution for the Blind, founded in 1833, is located on Race street, 
 at the corner of 20th. On Gray’s Ferry road is the United States Naval 
 Asylum, where superannuated sailors find a comfortable home. The hos- 
 pitals, asylums and dispensaries of Philadelphia are upward of forty in 
 number. Among the leading institutions, besides the Pennsylvania, are the 
 Presbyterian, Episcopal, Roman Catholic, Jewish and German Hospitals, 
 and the hospitals of the University of Pennsylvania, the Hahnemann 
 Medical College and the Woman’s Medical College. For educational pur- 
 poses the city of Philadelphia constitutes the first school district of Penn- 
 sylvania. A system of public-school instruction was established in 1818. 
 During the year ending Dec. 31, 1874, the number of schools under the 
 supervision of the Board of Public Education was 467, divided as follows : 
 212 primary, 121 secondary, 29 consolidated, 60 grammar, 41 night 
 schools, and, at the head of the public-school system, the Central High 
 School (for boys), with 611 pupils, and the Girls’ Normal School, with 605 
 pupils. The number attending the day schools was 91,950 ; night schools, 
 16,681; .total number of scholars, 108,631; teachers of day schools, 1776; 
 of night schools, 215; total number of teachers, 1991; expenditures for 
 school purposes, $1,607,736.81; net value of school-houses, lots and furni- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 435 
 
 ture, Jan. 1, 1875, $4,837,336. The University of Pennsylvania was 
 incorporated in 1755; a medical department was added in 1764, and a law 
 department in 1789. The buildings recently erected in West Philadelphia 
 are among the finest in America. Girard College was opened in 1848 for 
 the admission of “poor white fatherless boys, not under six nor over ten 
 years of age.” The average number of pupils is 550, and the expenditures 
 were $174,073.40 during the last year. Philadelphia has long been famous 
 for its medical schools. There are now four medical colleges — viz., the Med- 
 ical College of the University of Pennsylvania (the oldest in America), 
 Jefferson Medical College (founded in 1825), Hahnemann Medical Col- 
 lege (1848) and the Woman’s Medical College (1850). In addition to 
 these there are two dental colleges and a college of pharmacy. A divinity 
 school of the Protestant Episcopal Church was established in 1862, and an 
 Evangelical Lutheran theological seminary in 1864. Scientific instruction 
 is given by the Franklin Institute, the Academy of Natural Science and 
 the Wagner Free Institute. The Federal census imported 3700 libraries 
 in Philadelphia, containing 2,985,770 volumes. The Philadelphia Library 
 was founded in 1731 by Benjamin Franklin and others; the present edi- 
 fice, first occupied in 1790, contains 110,000 volumes. The Mercantile 
 Library occupies a building 300 feet long and 80 feet wide, on 10th street 
 near Chestnut. It contains 125,000 volumes (but five libraries in Amer- 
 ica have more), and 503 periodicals are regularly received, of which 390 
 are American and 113 foreign; 120 are dailies, 215 weeklies, 126 month- 
 lies and 30 quarterlies; 17,004 volumes were added during 1874; the 
 number of visitors to the rooms in 1873 was 507,742, and in 1874, 501,621 ; 
 total for two years, 1,009,363. Other extensive and choice collections of 
 books belong to the Academy of Natural Sciences (27,000 volumes), Athe- 
 nseum (22,000), Apprentices’ Library (21,000), American Philosophical 
 Society (16,000), Historical Society (15,500), German Society (15,000), 
 Pennsylvania Hospital (14,000). Several other libraries contain between 
 5000 and 10,000 volumes. At Germantown is the Friends’ Library (free), 
 with 6000 books and many pamphlets. The city contains 488 churches 
 and missions, among which are 99 Presbyterian (General Assembly, United 
 and Reformed), 91 Methodist Episcopal, 90 Protestant Episcopal, 61 Bap- 
 tist, 42 Roman Catholic, 26 Lutheran, 14 Friends (Orthodox and Hicks- 
 ite), 15 Reformed (German), 11 Jewish, 4 Reformed (Dutch), 3 Congre- 
 gational, 3 Swedenborgian, 3 Universalist, 2 Unitarian, etc. The number 
 of newspapers and periodicals in 1875 was 151, of which 19 (4 of them 
 German) were issued daily. 
 
 Government and Departments. — A. city charter was obtained 
 Oct. 25, 1701. The area remained as in the plan of 1683 (about 2 square 
 miles) until 1854. On the 2d of February in that year the Consolidation 
 Act received the governor’s signature; and ten municipal corporations, six 
 
436 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 boroughs aud thirteen townships were included within the limits of the city 
 of Philadelphia, which was made coextensive with the county of the same 
 name. The mayor is elected for a term of three years. Legislative au- 
 thority is vested in a select council, consisting of one member from each 
 of the 31 wards, and a common council, consisting of one member for 
 every 1200 taxable inhabitants. There are departments of law, health, 
 prison inspection, the poor, police, highways, water, fire, surveys, education 
 and taxes. Vhe police force consists of 1292 men; expenditures of the de- 
 partment for 1874, $1,184,066.53 ; number of arrests, 32,472 ; persons lodged 
 in station-houses, 40,857 ; messages transmitted over police and fire-alarm 
 telegraph, 117,215. The fire department consists of 32 companies, with 
 27 engines and 123 horses; expenditures for 1874, $519,291.53; number 
 of fires, 626; loss, $754,688. Of gas 1,766,268,000 cubic feet were manu- 
 factured during the last year; number of consumers, 81,712; number of 
 lights, 1,124,205; street lamps, 9905; extent of street mains, 612 miles. 
 The line of street lights extends for 13 miles in a direct line from Darby 
 road to Holmesburg. On Christmas Eve the consumption of gas was 
 7,826,000 cubic feet. Water was first thrown into the city from Fairmount 
 Jan. 21, 1801. The city is now supplied from both the Delaware aud the 
 Schuylkill through seven separate works. During 1874 the number of 
 gallons pumped was 14,533,425,097 ; average per day, 42,111,730 gal- 
 lons ; expenditures, $1,225,102 ; receipts, $1,229,881. The expenditures of 
 the highway department were $2,771,554. Vital Statistics . — Deaths were 
 reported to the number of 15,238, of which 621 (including 19 homicides 
 and 59 suicides) were by violence; average number of deaths per day, 
 41.74. There were 19,387 births (more than 50 per day) and 6639 mar- 
 riages (18.18 per day). In the 14 years from 1861 to 1875, 216,545 per- 
 sons died and 229,683 were born within the city limits. Finances . — The 
 municipal expenditures during 1874 were $16,148,099.50 ; value of real and 
 personal estate (city tax), $548,243,535; valuation in 1875, $575,283,968, 
 showing an increase during the year of $27,040,433. On the 1st of Jan- 
 uary, 1875, the funded debt was $55,272,132.40; assets of city property at 
 market value, $77,624,025.10. 
 
 Growth in Population. — The number of inhabitants in 1684 
 was 2500; in 1753, 14,563; in 1800, 81,005; in 1810, 111,210; in 1820, 
 137,097; in 1830, 188,961; in 1840, 258,037; in 1850,409,045; in 1860, 
 565,529; in 1870, 674,022; and in 1875 (by per centage estimate of 
 Board of Health), 800,000. Of the population in 1870, 183,624 were 
 natives of foreign countries and 490,398 of the United States. Philadelphia 
 was the capital of Pennsylvania until the beginning of the present century, 
 and the seat of government of the United States from 1790 to 1800. 
 
 Note. — For corrected statistics of the manufactures of Philadelphia, see introduc- 
 tion to General Descriptive and Statistical Account of the Business of the United States. 
 
COIJTS AND CURRENCY. 
 
 
 HEN this country was first settled the colonists brought very little 
 
 T T money with them. In Virginia tobacco was very early used as a 
 currency, but, as it was not very portable in large quantities, as soon as 
 the settlement was well established the tobacco was deposited in ware- 
 houses, and then the receipts for it passed from hand to hand as money. 
 In Massachusetts the currency already in use among the Indians wa$, to 
 a certain extent, adopted by the white settlers. This was the famous 
 wampum, consisting of two kinds of beads — white ones made out of the 
 end of a periwinkle shell, and black ones made out of the black part of a 
 clam shell. When arranged in strings or belts these beads were used as 
 articles of jewelry. One black bead was worth two white, and the full 
 name of this money waS wampumpeag, usually shortened for convenience 
 into “ wampum ” or “ peag.” At first it was made a legal tender for only 
 twelve pence in Massachusetts, six white beads or three black ones being 
 worth one penny. A fathom, or belt, consisted of 360 beads ; therefore 
 when these were white the value of that quantity was five shillings, and 
 when they were black its value was ten shillings. The white mau showed 
 his superiority to the savages by skilfully counterfeiting their rude but 
 convenient money. 
 
 The use of such a currency was, of course, limited, as it would not 
 satisfy foreign debts, and was liable to deterioration by wear and use. 
 When the colonists got gold and silver they hoarded it up to pay for 
 foreign commodities, and to supply its place they began to use a “ barter- 
 currency.” Corn, beaver, cattle and almost everything that possessed value 
 were made legal tender, at values which were fixed from time to time by 
 the rate at which they would be received for taxes. In 1635 even musket- 
 bullets were used for change at a farthing apiece, being legal tender for 
 sums under twelve pence. The result of such a plan is well stated by a 
 writer on finance : “ If a cow will pay taxes, the leanest cow will be given. 
 If corn will pay a debt, the corn which is of the poorest quality or 
 damaged to a certain extent will be given. The more barter-currency 
 was used because money was scarce, the scarcer money became. Prices 
 rose to fit the worst form of payment which the seller might expect.” 
 
 437 
 
 i 
 
438 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 The first coins coined in the colonies were shillings, sixpences and three- 
 pences of the “pine tree currency,” so called from their having a pine 
 tree on one side. These were first made in 1652, and as the coining of 
 them was not permitted by the mother-country, being a breach of the 
 king’s prerogative, all that were subsequently coined bore the same date, 
 probably with the design of concealing the fact that the Boston mint was 
 still at work. This artifice did not succeed, for Charles II. learned, soon 
 after his restoration to the throne in 1660, that money was being coined 
 in Massachusetts, and threatened to Sir Thomas Temple that the colonial 
 authorities should be severely punished. Upon this Sir Thomas took 
 some of the pieces out of his pocket to show the king. The latter, seeing 
 the pine tree, asked what tree that was, and Temple replied that it was the 
 Koyal Oak which had preserved His Majesty’s life; whereupon the king 
 said no more about punishment, but laughed, and called the coiners 
 “ honest dogs.” These coins were made 22 per cent, worse than sterling 
 money, and were taken in England only at 25 per cent, discount. The 
 barter currency was still continued, for in 1658 it was necessary to order 
 that no man should pay taxes in “lank” cattle. Silver came from the 
 West Indies, but it was straightway either smuggled out of the country or 
 clipped down at least to the rate of the inferior currency, but generally 
 below it. This silver was mostly Spanish, the dollar being worth four 
 shillings sixpence sterling, or six shillings New England currency. 
 
 In 1690 an expedition against Canada caused the issue of the first paper 
 money. Though the amount was small, being limited to only £40,000, 
 and one-fourth of that sum which remained in the treasury was burned 
 in the following year, the soldiers to whom it was paid disposed of it at 
 one-third discount. Still, as the amount out was so small, and the notes 
 were received for taxes at 5 per cent, advance over coin, they were kept 
 at par for more than twenty years. In Connecticut at this time there were 
 four prices for goods. They were called, respectively, “pay,” “pay as 
 money,” “ money,” and “ trusting.” The merchant asked the customer 
 how he would pay before fixing the price. “ Pay ” was barter-currency 
 at the government rates. “ Pay as money ” was barter-currency at one- 
 third less than the government rates. “Money” was Spanish or New 
 England coin, also wampum for change. “ Trusting ” was an enhanced 
 price, depending upon the time allowed, and affected, of course (as it is at 
 this day throughout the world), by the credit and solvency of the pur- 
 chaser. A sixpenny knife cost twelve pence in “pay,” eight pence in 
 “ pay as money,” and six pence in coin. 
 
 Little could be gained by following out the tedious details of the various 
 colonial issues of paper money. Begun originally as war measures, they 
 were continued, from time to time, “to relieve the money market.” The 
 plan of the man “who jumped into a bramble-bush and scratched out both 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 439 
 
 his eyes,” was tried again and again, but not with the same success. To 
 relieve the distress caused by the depreciation of one issue, “ new tenor ” 
 bills would be put forth, with fresh guarantees, but these would soon be 
 worth little more than their predecessors. In 1740, New England paper 
 currency was worth twenty cents on the dollar. In 1748 its value had 
 sunk to ten per cent, of its face. One would think that such lessons should 
 have checked the over-issue of Continental currency, but the temptation to 
 make money with the printing-press was too strong when the wealth of 
 Great Britain was remembered. 
 
 The first issue of Continental currency was for 300,000 Spanish dollars, 
 redeemable in three years in gold or silver. This was ordered in May 
 and issued in August, 1775. Further issues were ordered as needed, but 
 the paper did not begin to depreciate before the amount was $9,000,000. 
 Then ensued a race between the depreciation of the currency and the 
 printing-press. The lower the paper went, the greater was the quantity of 
 it needed to purchase anything. On the other hand, the immense amount 
 set afloat hastened the depreciation, and the British, as we have already 
 noted (see Historical Sketch), lent a helping hand by printing and cir- 
 culating counterfeits. Over $350,000,000 of genuine notes were issued in 
 all, but it is doubtful if more than $200,000,000 were out at any one time. 
 One man, Pelatiah Webster, insisted on taxation instead of this wholesale 
 money-making, but “a member of Congress indignantly asked if he was to 
 help tax the people when they (Congress) could go to the printing-office 
 and get a cartload of money.” 
 
 Volumes could be filled with the details of the sufferings caused by this 
 currency. Never was the patriotism of a people so thoroughly tried as 
 was that of the Americans by the losses caused them by the bursting of 
 this financial bubble. In May, 1781, the paper fell in a week from 175 
 dollars for 1 in specie to 525 for 1. In Rivington’s Gazette, a royalist 
 paper published in New York, appeared, at about this time, the following- 
 announcement : “ The Congress is finally bankrupt. Last Saturday a large 
 body of the inhabitants, with paper dollars in their hats by way of cock- 
 ades, paraded the streets of Philadelphia, carrying colors flying, with a 
 dog tarred, and instead of the usual ornament and appendage of feathers 
 his back was covered with the Congress paper dollars. This example of 
 disaffection was immediately followed by the jailer, who refused accepting 
 the bills in purchase of a glass of rum, and afterward by the traders of 
 the city, who shut up their shops, declining to sell any more goods but for 
 gold or silver.” Barber-shops were papered in jest with bills, and sailors, 
 who had been paid off in bundles of this worthless money, had suits of 
 clothes made of it, and paraded through the streets in decayed finery 
 which in its better days had passed for thousands of dollars. Webster,, 
 after giving some of these details, says : “ Thus fell, ended and died the 
 
440 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Continental currency, aged 6 years ; the most powerful state engine, and 
 the greatest prodigy of revenue, and of the most mysterious, uncontrollable 
 and almost magical operation, ever known or heard of in the political or 
 commercial world. It seemed to retain a vigorous constitution to the very 
 last, for its circulation was never so brisk and quick as when its exchange 
 was 500 to 1, yet it expired without one groan or struggle; and of all 
 things which have suffered dissolution since life was first given to the 
 creation, this mighty monster died the least lamented." 
 
 In one State the Continental money was buried with all the honors of 
 war. Its remains were deposited in an elegant coffin, and followed to the 
 grave by a numerous concourse. An eloquent oration was delivered, nar- 
 rating its services as those of a former friend and benefactor. When the 
 obsequies were concluded the orator held in view a specimen of a new 
 emission, authorized by the State to replace the old Continental money, 
 and exclaimed, “ Be thou also ready, for thou shalt surely die !” This 
 prophecy was soon afterward fulfilled. 
 
 In 1786 a decimal currency was adopted by Congress, in accordance 
 with a plan presented by Thomas Jefferson. As colonial notes were still 
 in circulation, the depreciation of which was greater in some States than 
 in others, and as the dollar had a fixed value, the currency in the different 
 States had to be valued with reference to that. The difficulty was still 
 further increased by the fact that the reckoning had formerly been made 
 in pounds, shillings and pence, while now it must be changed into dollars 
 and cents. Some plan must be contrived by which there would still be 
 twenty shillings in the pound, for convenience in changing old accounts 
 into the new style, and yet the difference in the value of the various cur- 
 rencies would be preserved. The value of the dollar being fixed, that of 
 the pound was varied in accordance with the following 
 
 Table. 
 
 Tennessee, 
 
 ( Pennsylvania, 
 $1 in J New Jersey, 
 
 J Delaware, 
 v Maryland, 
 
 $1 in | Georgia, 
 
 = 4s. 8d. = - 5 7 Ty £, called Georgia currency ; 
 
 ST f*') 
 
 South Carolina, 
 
 of which l£ = $4f; Is. = 21fcts. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 441 
 
 It will be noticed that the table contains the names of several States 
 which were not admitted into the Union until long after the decimal sys- 
 tem was adopted. This will show how long a time was required to intro- 
 duce a uniform method of reckoning. Fines for offences and bounties for 
 killing wild beasts were down in the statute laws in the old reckoning by 
 pounds, shillings and pence. The bounty for killing a panther in New 
 -.York State, for instance, was £8. This reduced to decimal currency was 
 §20. Modes of reckoning and the names of towns and streets are very dif- 
 ficult things to change, requiring sometimes a whole generation. The 
 accounts of the treasury of Great Britain were still kept on notched 
 sticks at the beginning of the present century. 
 
 There is one foreign gold coin which deserves mention before proceeding 
 to the coinage of the United States. This is the “ half joe,” or Johannes, 
 so called from bearing the figure of King John of Portugal. It is a 
 Portuguese or Brazilian coin, worth about eight dollars, a value which 
 the dictionaries of both Webster and Worcester erroneously give to the 
 ivholejoe. This had an extensive circulation iii the colonies, and when our 
 frugal ancestors wished to criticise the high price of an article of food, 
 they said that to eat it was “ like swallowing half joes.” 
 
 The United States Mint at Philadelphia was established by act of Con- 
 gress in 1792, but did not get fairly into operation until 1795. In 1787 a 
 contract had been made with Mr. James Jarvis to furnish three huudred 
 tons of copper coins, but they were struck at the New Haven Mint, an in- 
 stitution of the State of Connecticut established in 1785. This and similar 
 State establishments were abolished by the adoption of the Federal Con- 
 stitution, which prohibited coinage by the State governments. The coins 
 ordered by the law establishing the mint were — in gold, j-§- fine, the eagle 
 of ten dollars, weighing 270 grains, the half eagle and quarter eagle in 
 proportion ; in silver, 892.4 thousandths fine, the dollar, weighing 416 
 grains ; the half dollar, quarter dollar, dime and half dime in proportion ; 
 in copper, the cent, weighing 264 grains, the half cent in proportion. In 
 1796 the weight of the cent was reduced to 168 grains. Various changes 
 were made in the weight and fineness of the gold and silver coins, but in 
 1837 the standard of fineness of .900 or ^ was adopted for both gold and 
 silver coins, and has been retained with one or two exceptions to the pres- 
 ent day. Gold dollars and double eagles (§20) were first made in 1849, 
 three-dollar pieces in 1853. The copper cent was replaced in 1857 by a 
 copper-and-nickel cent, containing 88 per cent, of copper and 12 per cent, 
 of nickel, and weighing 72 grains. This was abandoned in 1864 for the 
 present “ bronze cent.” All the various acts concerning this subject were 
 consolidated or amended by the Coinage act of Feb. 12, 1873, in accord- 
 ance with which the gold coins are a one-dollar piece, “ which, at the 
 standard weight of 25.8 grains, shall be the unit of value;” a quarter 
 
442 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 eagle or two-and-a-half-dollar piece, weighing 64.5 grains ; a three-dollar 
 piece, weighing 77.4 grains ; a half eagle or five-dollar piece, weighing 129 
 grains; an eagle or teu-dollar piece, weighing 258 grains; a double eagle 
 or twenty-dollar piece, weighing 516 grains. These coins are a legal ten- 
 der to any amount. The silver coins are a “ trade dollar,” weighing 420 
 grains ; a half dollar, weighing 192.9 grains ; a quarter dollar, and a dime, 
 respectively one-half and one-fifth the weight of the half dollar. These 
 silver coins are a “legal tender at their nominal value for any amount not 
 exceeding five dollars in any one payment.” The “ trade dollar ” is in- 
 tended for the convenience of commerce with China and Japan. It is 
 really worth in gold $1.03. Professor Sumner states that these dollars 
 were clipped upon coming into circulation in Nevada. This was a natural 
 result of making the coins worth more than their nominal value. The 
 half dollar, being half the weight of the five-franc coin of France, Bel- 
 gium and Switzerland, of the five-lire silver coin of Italy, and having the 
 same weight as the new silver florin of Austria, is a step in the direction 
 of an international system of coinage. The minor coins are a five-cent 
 and three-cent piece, weighing respectively 77.16 and 30 grains, containing 
 f copper and i nickel, and a one-cent piece, weighing 48 grains, and con- 
 taining 95 per cent, copper and 5 per cent, tin and zinc. These are “ legal 
 tender at their nominal value for an amount not exceeding 25 cents at any 
 one time of payment.” It is provided that “ upon the coins of the United 
 States there shall be the following devices and legends : Upon one side an 
 impression emblematic of liberty, AAuth an inscription of the word ‘Lib- 
 erty,’ and the year of the coinage ; and upon the reverse the figure of an 
 eagle Avith the inscription ‘ United States of America,’ and ‘ E Pluribus 
 Unum,’ and a designation of the value of the coin; but upon the gold dol- 
 lar and the three-dollar piece the figure of the eagle shall be omitted, and 
 on the reverse of the silver trade dollar the AA’eight and fineness of the coin 
 shall be inscribed, and the motto ‘ In God Ave trust ’ may be added, if 
 practicable.” 
 
 Branch mints Avere established by the act of March 3, 1835, in New 
 Orleans, Charlotte, N. C., and Dahlonega, Ga., commencing operations in 
 1838, and by the act of March 4, 1853, another branch Avas established 
 at San Francisco, commencing operations in 1854. The initials 0, D, C, 
 and S, were used to distinguish the coinage of the branches, that of the 
 Philadelphia Mint having no mark ; but since the civil war no coinage 
 has been executed at Charlotte, Dahlonega and NeAV Orleans, and by the 
 Coinage act of 1873 the mints at the last two places have been discon- 
 tinued, that at Charlotte being retained as an assay-office. At present 
 there are three branch mints ; one at San Francisco, one at Carson City, 
 Nev., established in 1870, and one at Denver City, Col., established as 
 an assay-office in 1864, but styled a “mint” in the Coinage act of 1873. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 443 
 
 There are also three assay-offices ; one at Charlotte, already mentioned, 
 one in New York, established at the same time as the San Francisco 
 branch mint, and one at Boise City, Idaho, established in 1872. The 
 functions of the assay-offices are the same as those of the branch mints, 
 with the single exception of coinage. Gold and silver bullion is received 
 on deposit, weighed, melted, assayed and refined, and returns are made 
 either in coins or stamped bars, at the option of the depositor. The fol- 
 lowing statement was published on the 6th of October, 1875: “ It appears _ 
 from statistics gathered in August that the mint in San Francisco is doing 
 about four-fifths of all the coinage of the United States. Bullion concen- 
 trates in that city, and there it is largely worked into coin. The mint, 
 which has recently been reconstructed, is in perfect order for the large 
 monthly business demanded.” 
 
 The word “ bank ” was used before the Revolution simply to denote a 
 batch of paper money, issued either by the government or a corporation. 
 The first bank in the United States, in the modern acceptation of the 
 term, was the Bank of North America, established in Philadelphia in 1782 
 (the act of Congress chartering it was passed Dec. 31, 1781), under charters 
 both from Congress and from the State of Pennsylvania. This bank is 
 still in existence, having been rechartered from time to time. It was orig- 
 inally intended to be an assistant to the government in financial matters, 
 its plan having been devised by Robert Morris, and it rendered valuable 
 services during the closing months of the Revolutionary war. The first 
 Bank of the United States was established in 1791, with a capital stock 
 of $10,000,000, of which one-fifth was taken by the government. It paid 
 dividends of from 8 to 10 per cent, per annum; and when an attempt to 
 renew its charter was lost in the Senate (Feb. 20, 1811) by the casting-vote 
 of Vice-President Clinton, its affairs were settled up without loss to its 
 stockholders. The second Bank of the United States was established by 
 law in 1816, and went into operation the following year. The full capital 
 was $35,000,000, of which (as in the former United States Bank) one-fifth 
 was subscribed by the government. In 1832 President Jackson vetoed a 
 bill for its recharter, and in 1836, its twenty years charter from the Federal 
 government having expired, it was rechartered by the State of Pennsyl- 
 vania. In 1837 and 1839 it suspended specie payments, and Feb. 4, 1840, 
 it finally suspended, the stockholders losing everything. 
 
 Banks under State charters began to be established in 1784. In 1857 
 there were 1416 of such banks, most of them issuing notes, all of different 
 designs, which rendered the detection of counterfeits an intricate art. This 
 art is now greatly simplified by the comparative uniformity of the present 
 paper currency, which consists of — 1st. United States treasury-notes, or 
 “greenbacks;” 2d. Fractional currency (notes for fractions of a dollar); 
 3d. National bank-notes. Of the greenbacks, or “ legal tenders,” more 
 
444 BURLEY'S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 than $428,000,000 were in circulation at one time, during the war, hut 
 subsequent contraction brought down the amount to $356,000,000, at which 
 figure it stood just before the “ panic ” of September, 1873. The Secretary of 
 the Treasury then reissued $26,000,000, and Congress endorsed his action by 
 passing the Currency act of Jane 22, 1874, which provides “that the amount 
 of United States notes outstanding, and to be used as a part of the circulat- 
 ing medium, shall not exceed the sum of $382,000,000, and no part thereof 
 shall be held or used as a reserve.” The amount of legal tender notes 
 outstanding on the 1st of October, 1875, was $374,010,956. The author- 
 ized amount of fractional currency is $50,000,000, but the actual issue has 
 never gone above $47,000,000, and for many years it was only $30,000,000. 
 The amount of fractional currency outstanding on the 1st of October, 1875, 
 was $40,783,575.53. Of National Bank notes, which are secured by the 
 deposit at Washington of $100,000 in United States bonds for every 
 $90,000 issued, $300,000,000 were authorized by the Banking act of June 
 3, 1864, and $54,000,000 by the Banking act of July 12, 1870. Nov. 1, 
 1874, 2200 National Banks had been authorized, of which 35 had failed 
 and 127 had gone into voluntary liquidation by a vote of two-thirds of the 
 stockholders, leaving 2028 in existence at that time. The aggregate capi- 
 tal was $493,765,121 (Nov. 1, 1870, it was $430,399,301). The deposits 
 were $669,068,996 ($501,407,587 in 1870). The loans were $949,870,628 
 ($712,767,453 in 1870). The amount of the notes issued was $333,225,- 
 298 ($291,798,640 in 1870). The number of National Banks authorized 
 up to September 23, 1875, was 2299. The amount of the National Bank 
 notes outstanding on the 1st of October, 1875, was $347,863,742. 
 
COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION OF THE 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 Introduction. — The people of the United States derive a great 
 advantage from the extent and nature of their seaboard. The whole 
 Atlantic coast-line, from Maine to Georgia, presents an infinite variety of 
 bays, inlets, river-entrances and harbors. Many of them are capable of 
 accommodating the largest class of vessels. There are comparatively few 
 ports in this whole world which a ship with so great a draught as that of 
 the Great Eastern is able to enter or in which she can lie securely ; but 
 she can not only enter the harbor of New York, but can lie close up to 
 1 the very shore of the city. On the South there are several fine harbors 
 in the Gulf of Mexico, and the Pacific coast-line, though not so well 
 indented as the Atlantic, has the Bay of San Francisco, Puget’s Sound 
 and other excellent resorts for shipping. There is even a sort of coast-line 
 on the northern boundary, for the great lakes forming that boundary are 
 almost equal to an ocean, and have a trade of their own. In addition to 
 coast-lines, lakes and shores, this country has the great advantage of pos- 
 sessing a number of navigable rivers. The Mississippi alone affords navi- 
 gation to ten States — viz., Minnesota Wisconsin, Iowa, Illinois, Missouri, 
 Kentucky, Arkansas, Tennessee, Mississippi and Louisiana. Its tributa- 
 ries carry navigation in every direction through the great Mississippi 
 valley; and there is one peculiarity of these rivers which we failed to 
 mention in the article on Physical Geography, but which it is proper to 
 note in this place, as it increases their value for commercial purposes. 
 We refer to the comparatively level nature of the country through which 
 they flow throughout the greater part of their course. The average fall 
 of the Mississippi is only eight inches to the mile, while that of the Mis- 
 souri, from Fort Benton to the junction, is ten inches to the mile, and that 
 of the Ohio, from Pittsburg to its mouth, is only five inches to the mile. 
 Except on its outer rim, the basin drained by the Mississippi and its large 
 tributaries has an average fall of less than six inches to the mile. There 
 are, therefore, no rapids to obstruct navigation, and each river is navigable 
 as far as the depth of its stream will permit. The entire navigable length 
 of these rivers is about 40,000 miles, according to a recent estimate ; which 
 i the candid reader will acknowledge gives strong support to our assertion, 
 
 445 
 
 I 
 
446 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 elsewhere made, that “this great river system is as valuable to the country 
 as 10,000 additional miles of sea-coast would be.” An English writer has 
 said : “ The inland navigation of America is indeed quite as important as 
 its coast-line, for by it the very heart of the continent is touched and vast 
 fields of produce are brought into direct communication with the sea- 
 board and the ports of export.” 
 
 Early History. — Almost as soon as the settlements in America 
 appeared to be firmly established, Great Britain began to pursue toward 
 the colonies a policy which was called the colonial policy, as if it were the 
 only one worthy of consideration. This policy had for its object the in- 
 terest and prosperity of the mother-country, without any more regard for 
 the welfare of the colonies themselves than was consistent with the attain- 
 ment of this object. It resembled the course of a father who attempts to 
 keep his son continually under his control, who is never willing to acknow- 
 ledge that said son has reached his majority, or, in common parlance, has 
 “ come of age,” and who seeks to impress upon that son’s mind the idea 
 that all his labor, even though he may have been driven by harshness 
 from the parental roof, is for the sole use, behoof and benefit of his affec- 
 tionate father. Such was the policy which was not shadowed forth, but 
 clearly defined, in the famous “ Navigation Acts,” the odium of which can- 
 not be thrown entirely upon Charles the Second, for the first was passed in 
 1650, under the auspices of Cromwell, and it was one of the few laws of 
 the Commonwealth which were re-enacted after the Restoration. Lord 
 Sheffield said in his Observations on American Commerce, “ The only use 
 and advantage of American colonies or West India islands is the monopoly 
 of their consumption and the carriage of their produce.” In 1660, there- 
 fore, was passed “ An act for the encouraging and increasing of Shipping 
 and Navigation” [in the mother-country], in which it is enacted, “That 
 from and after the first day of April, 1661, no sugars, tobacco, cotton-wool” 
 [now called cotton, “for short”], “indigo, ginger, fustick or other dying- 
 woods of the growth, produce or manufacture of any English plantations 
 in America, Asia or Africa shall be shipped, carried, conveyed or trans- 
 ported from any of the said English plantations to any land, island, terri- 
 tory, dominion, port or place whatsoever, other than to such other English 
 plantations as do belong to His Majesty, or to the kingdom of England or 
 Ireland, or principality of Wales, or town of Berwick-upon-Tweed, there 
 to be laid on shore, under the penalty of the forfeiture of the said goods, 
 or the full value thereof, as also of the ship, with all her guns, tackle, 
 apparel,” etc. All vessels sailing to the Plantations were to give bonds to 
 bring the commodities above mentioned to England. We have given the 
 wording of this famous act that the reader may see how tightly American 
 commerce w T ould have been shackled by its stringent enforcement. As 
 this, however, touched only goods exported from America, to carry out the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 447 
 
 “colonial policy,” in its fullest extent, another act of Parliament was 
 passed in 1663, to prohibit the importation into any of the English colo- 
 nies of any commodities of the growth, production or manufacture of 
 Europe, except they were laden or sh ipped in England, Wales, or the town 
 of Berwick-upon-Tweed, and in English-built shipping, with the exception 
 of “ salt for the fisheries, wines from Madeira and Azores, and all sorts of 
 victuals from Scotland and Ireland.” This merciful exception was evi- 
 dently similar to the kindness of the man who allows his draught-horse 
 plenty of “ feed,” though the scope of the act is, according to the preamble, 
 “to maintain a greater correspondence and kindness between the inhab- 
 itants of His Majesty’s plantations and those of the mother-country;” but 
 the real motive crops out in the last clause of this preamble, which reads : 
 “And it being the usage of other nations to keep their plantation trade to 
 themselves, be it therefore enacted,” etc. The effect of such enactments 
 upon the inhabitants of His Majesty’s plantations can be easily imagined. 
 No great amount of reasoniug is required to prove that the maintenance 
 of “a greater correspondence and kindness between the colonists and the 
 mother-country” was not likely to be secured by these fruits of the colo- 
 nial policy. A trade with Portugal and Spain had already sprung up [see 
 Historical Sketch, pp. 94, 95], and this exhibition of enterprise, while 
 it was doubtless one of the causes of the promulgation of these laws, was 
 also an indication of an independent spirit which could ill brook such 
 restraints as were imposed by the Navigation Laws. These laws gave 
 special offence to the people of New England, of which section Sir Josiah 
 Child, in his New Discourse on Trade, published in London in 1690, says, 
 “New England is the most prejudicial plantation to this kingdom.” The 
 “ frugality, industry and temperance ” of the people, “ the happiness of 
 their laws and institutions,” cause him great alarm by the promise which 
 they give of prosperity for the colonies, which he cannot separate in his 
 mind from injury to the mother-couutry. These virtues are commendable 
 in themselves, yet he thinks it “ the duty of every good man primarily to 
 respect the welfare of his native country.” He then becomes more specific 
 in the statement of his grievances, or rather the grievances of the mother- 
 country, complaining that “ The people of New England, by virtue of their 
 primitive charter, being not so strictly tied to the observance of the laws 
 of this kingdom, do sometimes assume the liberty of trading, contrary to the 
 act of navigation, by reason of which many of our American commodities 
 (especially tobacco and sugar) are transported in New-English shipping 
 (sic) directly into Spain and other foreign countries without being landed 
 in England or paying any duty to His Majesty, which is not only a loss to 
 the king and a prejudice to the navigatiou of Old England, but also a 
 total exclusion of the Old-English merchant from the vent of those com- 
 modities in those ports where the New-English vessels trade; because, there 
 
448 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 being no custom paid on those commodities in New England, and a great 
 custom paid upon them in Old England, it must necessarily follow that 
 the New-English merchant will be able to afford his commodity much 
 cheaper at the market than the Old-English merchant; and those that sell 
 cheapest will infallibly engross the whole trade sooner or later.” In an- 
 other account of this terrible indictment he says: “Of all the American 
 plantations, His Majesty has none so apt for the building of shipping as 
 New England, nor none comparably so qualified for the breeding of sea- 
 men, not only by reason of the natural industry of that people, but chiefly 
 by reason of their cod and mackerel fisheries ; and, in my poor opinion, 
 there is nothing more prejudicial and in prospect more dangerous to any 
 mother-kingdom than the increase of shipping in her colonies, plantations 
 or provinces.” 
 
 Harsh as this doctrine may sound, it is a legitimate deduction from the 
 principle upon which rest the foundations of the colonial policy. How 
 ineffectual was the attempt to enforce restrictions upon trade which were 
 so contrary to the principles of natural equity, the above complaint, written 
 thirty years after the passage of the Navigation Act of 1660, gives ample 
 evidence. Fifty years later another English writer shows a delicacy in 
 approaching the subject which is in noteworthy contrast with the positive- 
 ness of Sir Josiah Child. The author of Tlie British Empire in America 
 (second edition; published in 1741; p. 242) says: “How far the mother- 
 country, Old- England, ought to oblige her children in trade, which she 
 can manage herself more for her own interest, though she sent these colo- 
 nies abroad to plant countries to subsist by and make the most of, I will 
 not here dispute, nor under what obligation the New England people ought 
 to be put [by legal enactment] to prevent their sending their goods to the 
 best market, and to make use of that in England, good or bad. There’s 
 a great deal to be said on both sides of the question ; and since it cannot 
 be discussed without giving offence in Old England or New England, and 
 perhaps in both, I shall leave it as I found it, unless I had a better call to 
 explain it, without officiousness, impertinence or whimsy.” If the minis- 
 ters of George II. and George III. had been as anxious as was the writer 
 just quoted to steer clear of “officiousness, impertinence and whimsy,” 
 especially of the last-named article (of their possession of which in abun- 
 dant measure their conduct gave ample proof), perhaps the Revolution 
 might have been indefinitely postponed. A cabinet-minister of George IV., 
 Huskisson, the friend and colleague of Canning, was of the opinion that 
 the real causes of the Revolution are to be found, not merely in the irri- 
 tating measures which followed Mr. Grenville’s plan of taxation [see 
 Historical Sketch, pp. 98, 99], but in the long-cherished discontent of 
 the colonies at this system of legislative oppression. He said also, in his 
 speech on the colonial policy of the country delivered in Parliament 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 449 
 
 March 21, 1825, “From all the experience which we can collect from the 
 conduct of this country in respect to its colonies — from all that we witness 
 of what is passing in the colonies of other States — I come to this conclu- 
 sion: that so far as the colonies themselves are concerned, their progress is 
 cramped and impeded by the old system of exclusion and monopoly, and 
 that whatever tends to increase the prosperity of the colonies cannot fail, 
 in the long run, to advance in an equal degree the general interests of the 
 parent-state.” Whence had Mr. Huskisson obtained these enlightened 
 views? We answer, without hesitation, from the careful study of the his- 
 tory of our Revolution and of the Declaration of Independence. In proof 
 of this assertion we olfer the following extract from another portion of the 
 same speech: “At any rate, let us, as the parent-state, fulfil our duties 
 with all proper kindness and liberality. This is true wisdom, affording us 
 on the one hand a solid and lasting connection, and on the other the best 
 hope, if ( ivhich God avert /) in the progress of human events that connection 
 is ever to be dissolved, that the separation may not he embittered hy acrimony 
 and bloodshed; and the certain consolation that, however brought about, 
 it will not have been hastened or provoked by vexatious interference or 
 oppressive pretensions on our part.” The portions of this extract which 
 we have italicised and the concluding clause tell their own story. The 
 opening words of the Declaration of Independence were evidently in his 
 mind, together with the specifications contained in that terrible indictment 
 brought in by a free people against a tyrannical king. 
 
 Each section of the country had its own peculiar sufferings to undergo. 
 In Virginia, for instance, where the staple product was tobacco, a duty 
 was imposed which amounted to eight pounds upon a hogshead containing 
 four hundredweight, which, when the “charges” are added, brought it up 
 to about sixpence a pound.* The author of The British Empire in America 
 
 *Our readers can form some idea of the difficulty in obtaining accurate figures 
 when they learn that, although the oppressiveness of this duty is complained of in 
 several histories, the precise amount was ascertained only by hours of labor. It is 
 given in none of the ordinary authorities, previous writers having probably met with 
 the same difficulty which we experienced in endeavoring to secure accuracy. After 
 a long and tedious search through general and local histories, we met with a work 
 bearing the following promising title : An Historical Account of all Taxes, under 
 what denomination soever, from the Conquest to the Death of King George the First ; Lon- 
 don, 1733. From this work we learned that to James II., at the time of Monmouth’s 
 rebellion, was granted, “Upon every pound-weight of tobacco imported into England 
 or Wales, or the town of Berwick-upon-Tweed, of the growth and production of any 
 of His Majesty’s plantations, islands or territories in America, three pence above 
 what it then paid.” Now, this would be a very valuable statement, provided only 
 that we knew, how much “it then paid but the Historical Account nowhere informs 
 us. Having deluded us with false hopes, it leaves us in a condition little if any 
 better than that in which we were before consulting its pages. At length, in another 
 old book, we found the full amount of the duty, viz., five pence, which, with the 
 29 
 
450 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 is somewhat more outspoken in his condemnation of this imposition than 
 in his remarks on the navigation laws. He says: “In the year 1685 that 
 severe duty which has so long loaded tobacco had been the occasion of 
 selling many thousand hogsheads at twelve pence a hogshead, rather than 
 pay the custom and charges imposed on this commodity three months after 
 King James’ coming to the crown. This imposition is the original cause 
 of all the straits and hindrances in trade and circumstances which the 
 Virginians groaned under above fifty years. ’Tis amazing to consider that 
 a commodity worth, when it grows, a half-penny a pound, should have 
 subsisted so long, above half a century, under the weight of an imposition 
 more than ten times the value of the prime cost. This duty has raised 
 above twenty millions sterling since it was first imposed. It was obtained 
 when the Parliament were in a warm fit of loyalty, just on the Duke of Mon- 
 mouth’s landing.” He says in another place, speaking of the hardships 
 caused by these heavy duties: “If it [the article exported] wants in good- 
 ness, there is no abatement for it — no consideration for high freights and 
 premiums of insurance, for a small crop, the dearness of hands, and other 
 accidents which may prove the ruin of this plantation [Virginia] ; for 
 when his goods come to market, after custom and the factor’s bill for com- 
 mission is paid, the net proceed comes to little. The poor planter is not 
 only disappointed in the value of his goods, but the bills that he drew 
 come back protested, and he is forced to pay exorbitant interest to prevent 
 being sued, or to sign judgments to the merchant there [in England], who, 
 having got the least hold upon his estate, feeds him insensibly with money 
 until the whole follows at a mean rate. If this fate does not attend his 
 bills, he is forced to buy the necessaries at home, at dear rates, which he 
 wrote for to England ; and if he goes upon trust, it is at such prices that a 
 usurer blushes to extort; custom makes it look like lawful.” Vfe have 
 given these remarks, written in 1741, to show the results of the colonial 
 policy, and also to give an idea of the impression made by this system of 
 extortion upon the mind of at least one candid Englishman, whose opinions 
 were evidently far in advance of those of his contemporaries. The effect 
 upon commerce with the mother-country of the paper currency of New 
 England is thus described by the same author : “ As to money, they have 
 none, gold or silver. About fifty years ago they had some coined at Boston, 
 but there’s not enough now for retailers. All payments are in province- 
 bills, even as low as half a crown ; thus every man’s money is in his pocket- 
 book. This makes the course of exchange so exorbitant that £100 in 
 London made out lately [he writes in 1741] in New England £225; and 
 
 charges then made, would easily swell the sum-total to the figures given above. 
 The eight pounds mentioned by the author of The British Empire in India, as the 
 duty on “a hogshead containing four hundredweight,” is simply a round number, 
 the precise amount being (before the “charges” are added) £8 6s. 8 d. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 451 
 
 if a merchant sells his goods from England at £220 upon £100 in the 
 invoice, he would be a loser by the bargain, considering the incidental 
 charges upon his invoice. 
 
 Navigation laws and such heavy impositions as those which we have just 
 described could have but one effect upon a free people jealous of their 
 liberties. The obnoxious enactments were generally resisted by the colo- 
 nists as an encroachment upon their rights. Ineffectual attempts were 
 made for a century to enforce them, and during the struggle the seeds of 
 the Revolution were sown. It is very difficult to ascertain with accuracy 
 the trade of the colonies before 1776, on account of the constant evasion 
 of the revenue and navigation laws, which were felt to be both unjust and 
 oppressive. When smuggling is both profitable and patriotic — moreover, 
 when it can be carried on with comparative impunity — it is not difficult to 
 find people to engage in this fascinating pursuit. The records of the 
 custom-house, therefore, do not furnish a reliable account of the whole 
 trade of the colonies ; but as no registers of the smuggling operations which 
 were carried on during the colonial period are extant, the custom-house 
 books remain as the best source of information. From these the tables 
 given by Lord Sheffield are probably taken, and from one of these tables, 
 as given by Pitkin, we learn that the annual average of exports and 
 imports to and from Great Britain for each of the eight decades from 
 1700 to 1780 was as follows : 
 
 AVERAGE FROM 
 
 EXPORTS TO GT. BRITAIN. 
 
 IMPORTS FROM GT. BRITAIN. 
 
 1700 to 1710 
 
 £265,783 10s. 
 
 (SI, 328, 517) 
 
 £267,205 3s. 
 ($1,336,025) 
 
 1710 to 1720 
 
 £392,653 17s. 
 ($1,963,269) 
 
 £365,645 6s. 
 ($1,828,226) 
 
 1720 to 1730 
 
 £578,830 16s. 
 ($2,894,154) 
 
 £471,342 12s. 
 ($2,356,713) 
 
 1730 to 1740 
 
 £670,128 16s. 
 ($3,350,644) 
 
 £660,136 11s. 
 ($3,300,683) 
 
 1740 to 1750 
 
 £708,943 9s. 
 ($3,544,717) 
 
 £812,647 13s. 
 ($4,063,238) 
 
 1750 to 1760 
 
 £802,691 6s. 
 ($4,013,456) 
 
 £1,577,419 14s. 
 ($7,887,095) 
 
 1760 to 1770 
 
 £1,044,591 17s. 
 ($5,222,959) 
 
 £1,763,409 10s. 
 ($8,817,047) 
 
 1770 to 1780 
 
 £743,560 10s. 
 ($3,718,802) 
 
 £1,331,206 Is. 
 ($6,656,030) 
 
 The amount of exports or of imports for any one of these decades can 
 be found, of course, by multiplying the sum given in the above table by 
 ten. We have rejected the pence in giving the figures in the English 
 denomination, as well as fractions of a dollar in reducing the various 
 amounts to a shape somewhat more convenient for the inspection of an 
 
452 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 American reader. It is important to remember that a given sum of money 
 was worth more in the eighteenth century than at the present day; also 
 that the custom-house valuation is always more likely to be under rather 
 than over the true value of the goods. Five dollars have been reckoned 
 to the pound — a near enough approximation, especially as the table is 
 given mainly for the purpose of comparing the amount of exports and im- 
 ports with each other, and the amount at one time with that at another. 
 The imports from Great Britain during the whole eighty years amounted, 
 according to this record, to £72,490,125 ($362,450,625), and the exports 
 to that country during the same period to £42,070,835 18s. ($210,354,179). 
 This shows a heavy balance of trade in favor of the mother-country. The 
 question then arises, How was this balance made up? for made up it must 
 have been, in “gold or its equivalent.” Materials upon which to base a 
 judgment are meagre; but judging from those within reach, we are inclined 
 to the opinion that the requisite funds to satisfy John Bull’s claim were 
 derived from that commerce with the Mediterranean which so grieved the 
 patriotic soul of Sir Josiah Child. In 1769, for instance, there are the 
 following returns of — 
 
 EXPORTS FROM THE COLONIES. 
 
 £ s. d. 
 
 To Great Britain 1,531,516 8 6 
 
 ($7,657,782) 
 
 To the West Indies 747,910 3 7 
 
 ($3,739,550) 
 
 To the South of Europe 552,736 11 2 
 
 ($2,763,682) 
 
 To Africa 20,278 5 1 
 
 ($101,391) 
 
 Total .... £2,852,441 8 4 
 
 ($14,262,207) 
 
 IMPORTS INTO THE COLONIES. 
 
 £ s. d. 
 
 From Great Britain 1,604,975 11 11 
 
 ($8,024,877) 
 
 .From the West Indies 789,754 4 5 
 
 ($3,948,771) 
 
 From, the South of Europe 76,684 9 11 
 
 ($383,422) 
 
 From Africa 151,998 0 0 
 
 ($759,990) 
 
 Total .... £2,623,412 6 3 
 ($13,117,061) 
 
 For this year, therefore, when the commerce with the Soitth of Europe is 
 thrown into the scale, the balance of trade is in favor of the colonies. 
 This was probably the case generally, for the colonies increased in wealth 
 and prosperity, which could not have been the result of years of traffic if 
 . the balance had been continually against them at a time when the home- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 453 
 
 production of the precious metals was unknown. The difference between 
 the amount of exports to and imports from the South of Europe had to be 
 settled with hard money, and the nature of the coins which were freely 
 circulated in this country before the Revolution, and, indeed, until a com- 
 paratively recent date, is additional proof of the correctness of our theory. 
 Mention of the Portuguese “half-joe” will be found elsewhere [see Coins 
 and Currency, p. 405]. In The British Empire in America, among the 
 coins current in the colonies we find “ Spanish doubloons, pistoles, piqces- 
 of-eight [dollars] and Arabian chequins,” which appear in the Arabian 
 Nights as “sequins.” When the Continental Congress promised to pay to 
 the holders of their money “ Spanish milled dollars,” they promised to pay 
 in a currency well known in America ; and although much of it may have 
 come from the West Indies, the commercial statistics just given show an- 
 other route by which some of these coins may have come. It is true that 
 a large portion of this profit went into British pockets, but not all; and 
 the extent of this trade is one of many proofs that the Navigation Act — 
 though Sir Josiah Child had said, “ I am of opinion that in relation to 
 trade, shipping, profit and power it is one of the choicest and most prudent 
 acts that ever was made in England ” — could not entirely shackle the 
 proper course of legitimate trade — i. e., of trade legitimate by the law not 
 of parliaments but of natural equity. 
 
 Such, then, was the commerce of the thirteen original colonies during 
 the first eight decades of the eighteenth century. The value of money 
 has changed, as we have already observed, but it has probably not more 
 than doubled. Many imported articles are cheaper than they were eighty 
 or a hundred years ago, and the average price of many others is but 
 slightly increased. Tea, for instance, was quoted at Philadelphia on the 
 5th of November, 1790, at 75 cents a pound for Souchong, and one dollar 
 for Hyson. If the reader will examine the current price of tea at the 
 time when he reads these words, he will probably find lower prices than 
 those given above, rather than higher, though we do not undertake to 
 state which variety will at that time be preferred by the public, or, at 
 least, will bear the higher price; for several changes have been made in 
 that respect during the past fifteen yeai’s, owing either to the capricious- 
 ness of the consumers, or to the relative abundance or scarcity of the 
 crops, or to a combination of these causes. The total exports or imports 
 of the United States for one year at the present day will be found to 
 exceed in nominal value the exports or imports of the whole eighty years 
 in the above table ; and if we take the sum for two or three years, the real 
 value will probably be greater than that of the whole trade of the colonies 
 with every country during the period named. This wonderful prosperity 
 is not what was expected at the close of the Revolutionary war by the 
 majority of the people of Great Britain. Gloomy prophecies were freely 
 
454 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 made with reference to the future of the col nies, based upon the folly 
 which they had shown by withdrawing themselves from beneath the pro- 
 tecting care of the navigation acts. It was a natural result of the course 
 pursued by the patriots in attaining independence that such prophecies 
 should be made; for when the colonists desired to make an impression 
 upon the mother-country they first made free use of petition, of remon- 
 strance and of appeal, but when those measures failed they.formed non- 
 importation associations, knowing that anything which would affect the 
 trade of Great Britain unfavorably would be a severe blow. These were 
 at first local ; but even a partial adherence to this plan of attack was found 
 to be so beneficial that when the First Continental Congress met at Phila- 
 delphia their attention was immediately given to this important matter. 
 As Mr. Everett says, “They began with a non-importation agreement 
 nearly two years before the Declaration of Independence. This agree- 
 ment, with the exception of the addresses to the people of America and 
 Great Britain, was the only positive act of the First Congress that met at 
 Philadelphia in 1774, and is signed by every member of that body. The 
 details to which it descends are full of instruction.” Though we have 
 been obliged to give some of these details elsewhere [see American 
 Manufactures], we present here a fuller summary, in which some mat- 
 ters will be found repeated, and others, which belong properly only to the 
 province of manufactures, are omitted. These fourteen articles, “under 
 the sacred ties of virtue, honor and love of country,” pledged the members 
 of the Congress and their constituents “not to import, after the 1st of 
 December, any goods whatever from Great Britain or Ireland, or British 
 goods from any place; not to import or purchase any slave imported after 
 that time, after which they would wholly discontinue the slave-trade; not 
 to import or purchase East India tea; to request merchants, as soon as 
 possible, to order their factors in Great Britain not to ship any goods to 
 them on any pretence whatever ; to discontinue and discourage every spe- 
 cies of extravagance and dissipation, shows, plays, etc. ; to use on funeral 
 occasions only a ribbon or piece of crape on the arm for gentlemen, and 
 a black ribbon and necklace for ladies, and to discourage the giving of 
 gloves, scarfs, etc., at funerals; it recommended vendors of goods not to 
 take advantage of the scarcity occasioned by the association to ask more 
 than they were accustomed to do ; that goods imported after the 1st of De- 
 cember ought to be either reshipped or stored at the owner’s until after the 
 non-importation agreements ceased, or be sold and the owner reimbursed 
 the first cost and charges, the profits to be devoted to the relief of the 
 Boston sufferers ; that committees should be chosen in each county, city 
 and town ■ to carry out the resolutions and report violations, and that the 
 Committees of Correspondence should frequently inspect the custom-house 
 . and inform each other of the state thereof ; that all manufactures of the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 455 
 
 country should be sold at a reasonable rate, and that no trade, commercial 
 dealings or intercourse should be had with any colony or province which 
 did not accede to or should afterward violate the agreements, but they 
 should be held unworthy the rights of freemen, and as inimical to the 
 liberty of their country.” 
 
 These stringent resolutions met with the unanimous approval of the 
 people, and committees of vigilance were formed in the several towns and 
 districts, “who published the names of those who did not carry out these 
 regulations as enemies of public liberty.” All business dealings with 
 them were suspended, and resolutions similar to those of Congress were 
 adopted by twelve out of the thirteen Continental provinces, while all the 
 suggestions of what might almost be termed the National Assembly were 
 acted upon with strict fidelity to its directions. Ten of the colonies were 
 soon afterward interdicted by Parliament from all trade except that from 
 which they had voluntarily excluded themselves. The remaining prov- 
 inces (New York, North Carolina and Georgia) were excepted from the 
 restraints which were imposed upon all the rest. The governor of North 
 Carolina had held out to the administration the hope of retaining North 
 Carolina in obedience through a part of her own people — the Highlanders 
 of the old forty-seventh regiment — who had settled there; but the utmost 
 efforts of emissaries sent over to America could not entice them to the 
 royal standard. The Assembly of New York, by a majority of four, re- 
 fused to forbid importations, and this was accepted as a conclusive proof 
 that the province would adhere to the king. The royalists were again mis- 
 taken. The press of the patriots taunted those who had declined to support 
 Congress for taking gifts ; and when they would have permitted a ship to 
 discharge its cargo, the committee which had been appointed to carry out 
 the resolutions of Congress laughed at their vote and enforced the asso- 
 ciation. The New York merchants who furnished supplies to the British 
 army at Boston were denounced at the liberty-pole as enemies to their 
 country. When Rivington’s Gazette quoted texts of Scripture in favor of 
 passive obedience, Holt’s Journal replied by other texts and examples. 
 
 It is difficult for us, at the present day, to realize the sweeping effect of 
 the measures adopted by Congress upon the commerce of the colonies. 
 Cut off from importation, and without an adequate supply of goods from 
 the products of home manufactures, the American merchant was indeed 
 in a deplorable condition. How long patriotism, unaided by the excite- 
 ment of war, would have availed to restrain even those who were on the 
 side of liberty from breaking these rules it is equally difficult to determine, 
 nor is it necessary for our purpose. The battles of Lexington and Bunker 
 Hill — the Declaration of Independence — the hand-to-hand struggle to 
 make that Declaration valid and to secure for Columbia a place in the 
 family of nations, — these intervened, and that which had been begun in 
 
456 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the interests of patriotism was continued from dire necessity. Add to all 
 other troubles those caused by a depreciated currency, and the outlook of 
 those engaged in trade in this country during the Revolutionary war 
 seems indeed gloomy. Still, they were not dismayed. Here and there 
 one was found who (thinking that the royal rule would be comparatively 
 peaceful and stable) gave aid and comfort to the enemies of freedom, or, 
 worse still, who speculated upon the distresses of his country, and sought 
 to draw from the Continental treasury, never too well replenished, “ prices 
 that a usurer blushes to extort;” but the majority of the merchants of 
 America were true to themselves and to their country during the time that 
 tried men’s souls, and the privations which they endured, if fully chron- 
 icled, would doubtless furnish instances of heroism equal to any recorded 
 of those who went into the field. 
 
 Lord Sheffield’s Observations on American Com- 
 merce.— The, chief spokesman for those who considered the commerce 
 of America ruined by the achievement of independence was one of those 
 officious friends who delight in making croaking prophecies, and whose 
 greatest delight is to see such prophecies fulfilled. We refer to Thomas 
 Holroyd, afterward Lord Sheffield, who published in 1783 a pamphlet 
 entitled Observations on the Commerce of the American States. From this 
 book, as it is comparatively rare, we shall now make some extracts which 
 will give the reader an opportunity to judge of the effect of passion and 
 prejudice upon the minds of a people whose boast it is that they are “lovers 
 of fair play.” We say of a people, for Lord Sheffield’s work was considered 
 by the British people generally as an unanswerable combination of facts 
 and of reasoning. Coxe, at the beginning of his reply, says : “ The facts 
 and observations of this writer hgrve, in the opinion of many of his country- 
 men, so firmly endured the touchstone of experience that an attempt to 
 demonstrate errors in both may appear to deserve little attention.” He 
 evidently felt that he was addressing a jury whose minds were completely 
 biassed by the arguments of the prosecuting attorney. 
 
 In the very first sentence of his plea, Lord Sheffield complains that the 
 Navigation Act itself, the guardian of the prosperity of Great Britain, had 
 been “almost abandoned by the levity or ignorance of those who have 
 never seriously examined the spirit or consequence of ancient rules. By 
 asserting their independence the Americans have renounced the privileges 
 as well as the duties of British subjects. If in some instances, as in the 
 loss of their carrying trade, they feel the inconvenience of their choice, 
 they can no longer complain. The British merchant alone is able and 
 willing to grant that liberal credit [to the Americans] which must be ex- 
 torted from his competitors by the rashness of their early ventures. They 
 will soon discover that America has neither money nor sufficient produce 
 to send in return, and cannot have for some time ; and not intending or 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 457 
 
 being able to give credit, their funds will be exhausted, their agents will 
 never return, and the ruin of the first creditors will serve as a lasting warn- 
 ing to their countrymen. The solid power of supplying the wants of Amer- 
 ica, of receiving her produce and of waiting her convenience belongs almost 
 exclusively to our own merchants.” Our author then takes up particular 
 articles of export and import, in treating of which he is obliged to make 
 some humiliating admissions, as, for instance, the following: “As to wool- 
 lens, at present, we have lost the clothing of the Russian army by abuses 
 in the manufacture, especially by overstretching the cloth, the consequence of 
 which is shrinking extremely when worn.” This admission agrees with 
 the assertion of Bingham, “ It is well known that many of the coarse kinds 
 of stuffs made at Norwich, Coventry, Spitalsfields and other [British] fac- 
 tories are shamefully deficient in length, whilst the Dutch, Flemish and 
 French usually give a generous surplus in their measures.” The reader 
 will also be reminded of the recent developments with reference to the 
 measure of spool-cotton at Manchester, England, and the statement of a 
 correspondent of a Manchester newspaper that it was impossible, on account 
 of the “tricks of the trade,” for a man to be a consistent Christian and to 
 be at the same time successful in carrying on any branch of the manufac- 
 ture of cotton goods at Manchester. A recent writer cites another case in 
 point, as follows : “ The Lancashire cotton manufacturers often used an 
 inferior cotton staple, and worked in large quantities of clay to give body 
 to the goods. Of course the clay came out with the first washing ; and 
 at length the natives of India, learning wisdom from being continually 
 cheated, refused to buy any goods of English make. The loss of the whole 
 East India trade was threatened. The London Times sounded the note of 
 warning, not on the ground of pity for the victims who had thus spent their 
 hard earnings for a useless article, but on account of the sacrifice which 
 would be involved in the loss of the trade.” 
 
 Speaking of wines, his lordship says : “ Every attempt to make wine in 
 America has failed. The great heat and rains are supposed to cause such 
 a luxurious vegetation that the grapes burst before they are ripe.” In a 
 note to the second edition he adds : “ Others say that the trials have not 
 been fair; that there have been no attempts to plant vineyards and to 
 make wines except by private gentlemen for their own consumption ; and 
 that the reason why the people have not attempted to make vineyards is 
 because the ground with easy cultivation produces an immediate profit, and 
 it takes six or seven years to bring a vineyard to yield any considerable 
 profit.” The italics in the above quotation are ours, and we shall have 
 occasion to refer to this statement hereafter. Speaking of “ Geneva,” he 
 says : “ This article is in less demand than brandy, and will be imported 
 from Holland. It may soon be made in America, being distilled from rye.” 
 
 The point concerning which Lord Sheffield shows the greatest anxiety 
 
458 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 is the credit of the Americans. In the midst of his enumeration of com- 
 modities he stops to say : “ The American States are in greater want of 
 credit at this time than at former periods. The French who gave them 
 credit are all bankrupts. French merchants in general cannot give much 
 credit ; many principal commercial houses in France have been ruined by 
 it. The Dutch have not trusted the Americans to any amount, and will 
 not. It is not their custom to give credit but on the best security. It is 
 therefore obvious from this and the above state of imports into what chan- 
 nels the commerce of the American States must inevitably flow, and that 
 nearly four-fifths of their importations will be from Great Britain directly. 
 Where articles are nearly equal, the superior credit given by England will 
 always give the preference, and it is probable that many foreign articles 
 will go to America through Great Britain.” In other words, this country 
 was entirely at the mercy of England on account of the lowness of our 
 credit elsewhere. We should be obliged to thankfully take “on trust” 
 whatever the generous British merchant would graciously condescend to 
 sell to us, without examining too closely the quality or (in anything stretch- 
 able, as, for instance, woollens) the quantity of the goods. He then takes 
 up the trade in flour and wheat, stating with evident satisfaction that, 
 “ excepting the instance of three or four years, there never was any market 
 in Europe for the wheat and wheat-flour of America, except in Spain, 
 Portugal and the ports of the Mediterranean.” Fi’ora Canada, in 1774, 
 “ vast quantities of both winter and summer wheat were exported, not less 
 than five hundred thousand bushels.” Within seven years after the pub- 
 lication of these remarks, in the very first return made after the adoption 
 of the Federal Constitution, appears the item of 1,124,458 bushels of wheat 
 exported from the United States during a period of less than fourteen 
 months, extending from some day in August, 1789, to October 1, 1790. 
 His lordship’s attention is now turned to the tobacco-trade. This was a 
 sore subject for the meditation of the British merchant, for before the 
 Revolution “ this capital article was exported from Virginia and Maryland 
 to Great Britain only, where [after paying to His Majesty a heavy duty] 
 it was sorted and re-exported unmanufactured, except a small quantity. 
 The exportation now being free to every part [much to the disgust of the 
 British merchant], it remains to be determined by experience whether it 
 be more advantageous to transport it to every country where it is con- 
 sumed, or to carry it first to one general market to meet the purchasers. 
 America will not afford her tobacco so cheap to France as the latter got it 
 through British contractors before the war.” The annoyance which will 
 be caused to the French by the fulfilment of this prophecy gives the patri- 
 otic Sheffield great delight. He adds, in a note: “France will be very 
 much disappointed. The cultivation of tobacco has been greatly inter- 
 rupted, and it will never be so great as it has been. There has been and 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 459 
 
 ■will be a considerable emigration from the tobacco country. The lands 
 wear out. Better land beyond the mountains may be got very cheap and 
 free from taxes. Other kind (sic) of farming is preferred.” Having thus 
 settled the affairs of Maryland and Virginia, he turns his attention to New 
 England, manifesting that kindly interest which is apparent in every por- 
 tion of this pamphlet. “ It is difficult to see what advantage the New 
 England States will derive from the independence and separation from this 
 country. Such lights as we have point out that it must be ruinous to 
 them, and that nothing could be more to their advantage than to become 
 again part of the empire. It is not obvious where they will find a market 
 for their shipping, lumber and the produce of the whale-fisheries (and they 
 had no other trade of any consequence except salt fish) in the place of the 
 markets of the West Indies, Great Britain and Ireland.” A little further 
 on, “such lights” as his lordship possessed are brought to bear upon the 
 matter of salted meats, butter, etc. Before the Revolution, “ No quantity 
 of beef was exported from any colony but Connecticut. There is but little 
 in Virginia. The beef in the provinces south of Pennsylvania is not good. 
 Connecticut supplied more than all the other American States. The banks 
 of the Ohio and Mississippi may in future supply beef for exportation, and 
 Vermont also, but principally through Canada. American beef does not 
 keep so well as the Irish. Salt hardens it and eats up the fat. As to 
 pork, the Carolinas raise such a prodigious quantity of hogs, and can feed 
 them at so little expense, that pork may be afforded there one-third cheaper 
 than from England or Ireland. Not long since butter was imported into 
 New York from Ireland; but before the [Revolutionary] war began 
 New York exported butter to the West Indies. However extraordinary 
 it may appear, it is, however (sic), true that notwithstanding tallow is the 
 natural produce of the Northern States of America, it has been and may 
 be exported from Russia and sold as cheap as that raised in the country, 
 leaving a considerable profit to the importer.” Yet, in the return of 
 exports to which we have already had occasion to refer, we find entered, 
 “Beef, 44,662 barrels; value, $279,551; butter, 8379 firkins; value, 
 $48,587; tallow, 200,020 pounds; value, $20,722.” “ Peas, which may be 
 made a substitute for rice or Indian corn, are cheaper in Canada than in 
 any part of the American States, where they are only raised in the prov- 
 ince of New York and in the Jerseys. Though perhaps there may not be 
 a sufficient quantity raised in Canada to supply any great demand at 
 present, there may be soon. There is no bug in that country; but peas 
 planted in other parts of the continent except about Albany are devoured 
 by bugs or flies.” How correct this statement was can be seen by an ex- 
 amination of the return of exports from the United States for the year 
 ending September 30, 1791. New York exported one-sixth of the whole 
 quantity of peas and beans (which are put together), New Jersey none, 
 
460 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and Virginia furnished more than twice as much, and North Carolina 
 nearly twice as much, as New York. 
 
 His lordship took it for granted that Florida, Louisiana and the country 
 west of the Mississippi would never belong to us, and says: “Those who 
 have been disposed to despond may comfort themselves with the prospect 
 that if the American States should hereafter be able to manufacture for 
 themselves, as the consumption of the manufactures of England decreases 
 with them the demand will increase elsewhere. They [the despondent 
 British merchants] will for ages go up the Mississippi and river St. Law- 
 rence, and by means of a most extraordinary inland navigation supply 
 regions infinitely greater and more fertile [our present Western States] 
 and capable of a greater degree of population than the American States, 
 full of rivers navigable to their source — a country four times as large as 
 the American States [which has been] most unnecessarily and most 
 illegally given up [by Great Britain], and most unexpectedly by the 
 Americans themselves, which Congress neither has been nor will be capable 
 of controlling, and which , probably, ivill divide into many independent gov- 
 ernments He now speaks of emigration : “ If manufacturers should emi- 
 grate from Europe to America, at least nine-tenths will become farmers; 
 they will not work at manufactures when they can get double the profit 
 by farming” — in a country, be it remembered, where “the ground with 
 easy cultivation produces an immediate profit and yet our author says : 
 “ The emigrants from Europe to the American States will be miserably 
 disappointed; however, having got into a scrape, they may wish to lead 
 others after them. , When the numberless difficulties of adventurers and 
 strangers are surmounted, they will find it necessary to pay taxes, to avoid 
 which, probably, they left home, and, in the case of Britons, gave up great 
 advantages. The absolute necessity of great exertions of industry and 
 toil added to the want of opportunity of dissipation in the solitary life of 
 new settlers, and the difficulty and shame of returning home, alone support 
 them there. They find their golden dream ends, at most, in the possession 
 of a tract of wild, uncultivated land, subject, in many cases, to the inroads 
 of the proper and more amiable owners, the Indians.” Having thus used 
 his best efforts to check the tide of emigration, his lordship has a plan or 
 two to offer for the benefit of the despondent British merchant : “ If we 
 adopt Russia in place of our revolted colonies, and give her products the 
 advantages we allowed to theirs, she can be of infinitely more use to us 
 than they ever were. She will cost us much less. She will also pay for 
 what she takes in half the time. The long credit given in America ruined 
 our trade with that country, and made bankrupts of almost three-fourths of the 
 merchants of London trading in America.” Why, then, should the British 
 merchant feel despondent at the loss of so risky a trade ? Why should 
 his lordship take so much trouble to revive the drooping spirits of his 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 461 
 
 countrymen if lie could say with truth, as he does elsewhere, “Almost 
 every article of the produce of the American States which is brought into 
 Europe we may have at least as good and as cheap, if not better, else- 
 where. Both as a friend and an enemy, America has been burdensome to 
 Great Britain. It may be some satisfaction to think that by breaking off 
 rather prematurely Great Britain may find herself in a better situation 
 with respect to America than if she had fallen off when more ripe.” How 
 kind of his lordship, then, to offer still another plan ! “ The fixing on 
 
 certain ports in Great Britain where the produce and merchandise of the 
 American States may be stored until a sale can be made of them in Great 
 Britain or in some other ports of Europe. By this the British merchant 
 will have the first offer in the sales, and the American, without running 
 the risk or incurring the expense of going from one port to another, will 
 be at all times sure of the best mai’ket to be had in Europe.” This project 
 gives great satisfaction to the philanthropic Sheffield, who promises, in case 
 of its adoption, that “the American commerce, especially for the most 
 necessary and the most bulky articles, would in a great measure centre in 
 this kingdom, and the merchants in America, not being able to make remit- 
 tances in advance, but, on the contrary, obliged to go in great part on 
 credit, being able thus to deposit their effects at the disposal of their corre- 
 spondents, at the highest market which can be had in Europe, it will be a 
 very essential advantage to the American merchant and a security and 
 inducement to the British merchant to answer the American orders for 
 goods.” The interests of the British merchant are certainly not neglected 
 in the above scheme ! 
 
 Such were the Observations on Commerce of Thomas Lord Sheffield, in 
 which an attempt is made by their noble author to convince both himself 
 and his countrymen that commerce with America was of no great value, 
 and yet that Great Britain would secure the best part of it; that the popu- 
 lation of this country was rapidly decreasing; that the bond of union by 
 which the United States were held together was so weak that no treaty 
 could ever be made except with the separate States. We are forced to 
 make another extract which signally shows his lordship’s weakness when 
 he attempts to prophesy: “It is not probable that the American States 
 will have a very free trade in the Mediterranean. It will not be the in- 
 ' terest of any of the great maritime powers to protect them there from the 
 Barbary States. If they knew their interests, they will not encourage the 
 Americans to be carriers. That the Barbary States are advantageous to 
 the maritime powers is obvious. The Americans cannot protect them- 
 I selves from the latter ; they cannot pretend to a navy. It is remarkable 
 how few good harbors there are for large ships in the American States — at 
 , least ive have found none except at Rhode Island; and if a navy could be 
 afforded, there would be much difficulty in agreeing that so essential an 
 
 ! 
 
 
462 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 establishment should be at Rhode Island.” The remark with reference to 
 the Barbary States is especially rich. “The American States” gave the 
 pirates of the North African coast their first lesson in international law, 
 about twenty years after Sheffield wrote these words, by means of those 
 skilful teachers Commodore Preble, Captain Bainbridge, Lieutenant De- 
 catur and Captain William Eaton, at a time when the “great maritime 
 powers ” paid not one cent for defence, but thousands for tribute. The 
 strictures upon American harbors require no comment; but we feel sure 
 that the British soldiers and sailors who had visited the harbors of New 
 York, Philadelphia and other ports on the Atlantic coast took these state- 
 ments with a large grain of salt. 
 
 We give from a recent writer a somevffiat different account of the value 
 of American commerce during the period to which Sheffield refers, and of 
 the reputation of American merchants for probity and fair dealing. In 
 describing the temporary effects of the Revolutionary war, he says: “The 
 flourishing commerce of the colonies was totally ruined. This Mr. Burke 
 characterized as out of all proportion beyond the numbers of the people, 
 that with the mother-land being within less than £500,000 of equalling 
 what England had carried on at the beginning of the century with the 
 whole world. He cites the case of Pennsylvania, which in 1704 called for 
 only £11,459 worth of British commodities, but in 1772 took nearly fifty 
 times as much, or £507,909 worth, nearly equal to the exports to all the 
 colonies together at the first period. The colony trade of Great Britain 
 had increased from one-sixteenth to nearly one-third of the whole. The 
 importations were particularly heavy in 1770 and the three following 
 years, and amounted, as Mr. Glover stated to the House of Commons in 
 1775, to ten and a half millions sterling in the three years, or three and 
 a half millions at the annual medium. He estimated the linen sent from 
 Great Britain and Ireland to amount to £700,000 per annum. The im- 
 portations in the foregoing years exceeded the wants of the colonies, and 
 through the embarrassments thereby created the debts of the American 
 merchants, who bought largely on credit, were not so promptly paid when 
 due as they had been in previous years. The indebtedness of New Eng- 
 land was stated at near one million sterling. The colonies were in conse- 
 quence charged in some quarters with a desire to evade payment— a charge 
 which was refuted by the testimony of merchants in the colonial trade (at 
 the bar of the House ) and by the subsequent good faith of American mer- 
 chants. Of six millions due in December, mi, four millions were paid in 
 the next twelve months, even when a separation seemed inevitable, although 
 the restraints upon their trade and fisheries were certainly not calculated 
 to facilitate payment.” These facts were doubtless well known to Lord 
 Sheffield ; but as he w 7 as writing a special plea, he preferred to disregard 
 them, knowing well that prejudice and passion would obtain a hearing for 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 463 
 
 anything which, if believed, would serve to console his country for the loss 
 of the fairest portion of “The British Empire in America.” 
 
 What induced Lord Sheffield to take so much pains to misrepresent the 
 condition of the youthful nation? It is true that the Revolutionary war 
 had annihilated, for the time being, the commerce of the former colonies. 
 Their shipping was nearly destroyed, public credit was impaired, a vast 
 debt had accumulated ; but our author is not satisfied with a statement of 
 these facts. He goes out of his way -to make many specific assertions, 
 which were not only incorrect, but so utterly wide of the mark that no one 
 who was at all acquainted with the resources of this country could give 
 them cfedence for a single moment. The answer to this question is near 
 at hand. “The Right Honorable William Pitt, late Chancellor of the 
 Exchequer,” had introduced into Parliament a bill “for the provisional 
 establishment and regulation of trade and intercourse between the subjects 
 of Great Britain and those of the United States of America.” This bill, 
 if it had become a law, would have given this country the legal assurance 
 of ordinarily fair treatment, which was more than Lord Sheffield, nee 
 Thomas Holroyd, could endure. He says : “ This country has not found 
 itself in a more interesting situation. It is now to be decided whether we 
 are to be ruined by the independence of America or not. The Navigation 
 Act gave us the trade of the world. If we alter that act by permitting 
 any state to trade with our islands, or by suffering any state to carry into 
 this country any produce but its own, we desert the Navigation Act and 
 sacrifice the marine of England. But if the principle of the Navigation 
 Act is properly understood and well followed, this country may still be 
 safe and great.” 
 
 Replies to Sheffield. — The first reply to this pamphlet appeared 
 in 1783, the same year in which the Observations, etc., were published. Wil- 
 liam Bingham, of Philadelphia, who, during the war, had been the agent 
 of Congress at Martinico, and who was therefore thoroughly conversant 
 with the West India trade, took up his pen in defence of the newly-eman- 
 cipated colonies. Not satisfied with a masterly refutation of special points, 
 he attacks the foundation upon which Sheffield’s whole superstructure 
 rests — viz., the jarring interests of the various States, which would make 
 a lasting union impossible. Let the reader remember what Bingham wrote 
 at a time when the warmest friends of America were anything but hopeful 
 concerning her future, and he will appreciate the bravery and the far- 
 I sighted sagacity of the following prophetic words, written nearly six years 
 before the adoption of the Federal Constitution : “ The States, from a sense 
 of common danger and common interest, will more closely unite together 
 and form one general system of exclusive navigation in regard to Great 
 Britain, established on clear, equal and determinate principles of commer- 
 ; cial retaliation, which will rapidly pervade the whole Union. Already 
 
464 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 has a generous competition begun to take place betwixt them which shall 
 most cheerfully adopt and carry into effect those wise and salutary mea- 
 sures recommended by the grand council of their country in order to make 
 their federal union respectable and the United States as prosperous in 
 peace as they have been glorious in war. . . . He reasons as if the trade 
 of America must irresistibly be confined to its former channel, whereas I 
 can assure him that, freed from the control of your Navigation Act, it will 
 expand itself as far as seas can carry or winds can waft it. He forgets 
 the energy of this young country that he is devoting to such humiliating 
 restrictions ; he forgets that it exhibited whilst in its cradle such marks of 
 firmness and vigor of constitution as, like young Hercules, to cftish the 
 serpent that wantonly attacked it.” Another answer was published in 
 1793, written by Tench Coxe, also of Philadelphia, who was then assistant- 
 secretary of the treasury. The adoption of the Federal Constitution had 
 intervened, and an opportunity had been recently given, for the first time 
 since the acknowledgment of the independence of the United States, to 
 ascertain the amount and nature of the exports and imports of this coun- 
 try. The returns were necessarily imperfect, and of course, as the collec- 
 tion of customs, etc., was a new thing for th e federal government, and the 
 machinery by means of which a full and correct return could be secured 
 was not yet in operation, the totals in this return were rather below than 
 above the real figures. Still, the result was gratifying to all friends of the 
 young republic. We have several times referred above to these returns, 
 and can only say at present that the number of the instances in which the 
 surmises or misrepresentations of Lord Sheffield are directly contradicted 
 by the facts is very large indeed. While it is true, as Webster said, that 
 the Federal Union “ had its origin in disordered finance, prostrate com- 
 merce and ruined [national] credit” — while it is true, as he continues, 
 that “under its benign influence these great interests immediately awoke 
 as from the dead and sprang forth with newness of life” — the very first 
 return, made at a time when the benefits derived from the Union could 
 scarcely be expected to appear, exhibits the recuperative power shown by 
 the American people during the seven years of peace which were occupied 
 in fusing together the somewhat heterogeneous elements which had previ- 
 ously been held together only by their ardent love of liberty and by the 
 common danger to which they were exposed during seven years of war. 
 The value of the exports of the United States during the year ending 
 September 30, 1791, was, according to Coxe, $18,399,202, and according 
 to Pitkin, $19,012,041. This amount exceeds by nearly two millions of 
 dollars the value of the exports of all the British continental colonies in 
 1770, including the islands of Newfoundland, the Bahamas and Bermuda. 
 The position of Mr. Coxe gave him special facilities for obtaining correct 
 information, of which advantage he evidently made ample use. Between 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 460 
 
 the years 1776 and 1789 the difficulty of obtaining correct statistics was 
 increased by the fact that the foreign articles which one State admitted 
 free of duty were in many instances dutiable in another State, and smug- 
 gling from one State into another was, of course, an easy matter. Still, 
 the early history of American commerce is full of interest. We have 
 now reached a point where firmer footing can be found, while tracing the 
 marvellous development of the commerce of the infant republic. The very 
 fullness, however, of the information at hand renders the task of condens- 
 ing it more difficult for each successive year. A tabular statement of the 
 cotton production and trade for 49 years, and of the exports and imports 
 of the United States for each fiscal year from 1790 to the year ending June 
 30, 1875, will be found elsewhere [see Appendix, Tables VI., VII.]. 
 The exports and imports of leading agricultural products have been noted 
 in the special article upon American Agriculture. Sir Morton Peto, 
 taking the returns of exports and imports from 1844 to 1860, seems espe- 
 cially struck with the facts that the trade of the United States has been 
 steadily and regularly progressive, and that the nation has uniformly paid 
 its way, the exports in almost every year having exceeded the imports and 
 the general balance being in favor of America. Going back of this year 
 and bringing into the account the tonnage of the mercantile marine [see 
 Tables I., II., III.], a remarkable advance is seen in the registered ton- 
 nage between 1789 and 1800. During the period mentioned it rose from 
 123,893 to 669,921. The total tonnage, which in 1789 was 201,562, was 
 972,492 in 1800. The imports, which in 1790 were $23,000,000, were 
 i $91,252,768 in 1800, and $111,363,511 in 1801. The exports rose during 
 the same period from $20,205,156 to $70,970,780 in 1800, and $94,115,925 
 in 1801. This remarkable advance was due partly to the industry and en- 
 ergy of our citizens and partly to favorable circumstances. The troubled 
 i state of affairs in Europe exerted a very favorable influence upon American 
 commerce. The mercantile marine of the United States was built up by 
 the great wars which followed the French Revolution, at the close of the last 
 and beginning of the present century. Those wars created a demand for 
 our exports; and as the “great powers” of Europe were preying upon each 
 other’s shipping, there was a large carrying trade ready for the vessels of a 
 neutral power. The United States, by establishing their independence, had 
 become a neutral nation, sufficiently remote to have no direct interest in the 
 .quarrels of the combatants, sufficiently near to furnish the requisite trans- 
 portation. American shipping soon became of necessity the preferable 
 medium for carrying on the commerce of the world, for the Americans 
 alone could carry with safety the valuable commodities of the nations 
 which were at war. Having every advantage for ship-building and navi- 
 gation, this country began a career which soon became extraordinarily 
 'extended and unusually successful. Not only did American ships carry 
 
 30 
 
 \ 
 
466 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the colonial productions to the several parent states ; our merchants, em- 
 boldened by the opportunities thrown in their way, became purchasers of 
 those productions in the French, Spanish and Dutch colonies. A new era 
 was established in the commercial history of America. Many embarked 
 in mercantile enterprises who had no special training, who were even unac- 
 quainted with the general principles of trade, yet so favorable were the 
 circumstances which we have mentioned that the most adventurous became 
 the most wealthy. Few confined themselves to a single branch of the 
 business, the same person frequently being concerned in voyages to the four 
 quarters of the globe. Our tonnage, as will be seen by the table, increased 
 with a rapidity adequate to the demand; in proportion to our population 
 we were the most commercial nation in the world; in the value of our com- 
 merce we stood next to Great Britain. The declaration of the Peace of 
 Amiens, in 1802, had an unfavorable effect, causing the registered tonnage 
 to sink to 560,381, but the recommencement of the war speedily brought 
 it up to and beyond its former proportions (672,530 tons in 1804, 749,341 
 in 1805, 808,285 in 1806 and 848,307 in 1807). The carrying trade, or 
 freight, of the commercial world, nearly all of which now again came to 
 America until the war of 1812, was valued at ten per cent, of the capital; 
 and it is stated by Warden that “the United States also gained five per 
 cent, by exchange, so that the annual profits of commerce and foreign nav- 
 igation have been estimated at fifteen per cent, upon the capital.” The 
 same author gives a glowing description of the commercial activity of this 
 period. “Youths of sixteen are sent abroad as factors or supercargoes to 
 every commercial country, entrusted with the management of great con- 
 cerns. Stimulated by the prospect of independence, they study the manu- 
 factures and markets of foreign states, the quality, value and profits of 
 every commercial article, while the youth of other countries of the same 
 age and rank have not formed a thought of a provision for future life. 
 Maritime and commercial business is executed [in the United States] with 
 more celerity and less expense than in any other country. Vessels in the 
 ports of this country are laden and unladen in the course of a few days, 
 whilst in those of other countries as many months are required for the 
 same purposes, owing to tedious regulations and less enterprise.” The sue 
 cess of the United States excited the jealousy of foreign countries, and 
 between 1804 and 1807, inclusive, no less than 1000 American vessels were 
 captured by nations professedly at peace with this country, for alleged 
 breaches of blockade or of commercial decrees. The “ orders in council ” 
 and the Berlin and Milan decrees [see Historical Sketch, pages 113 and 
 114], together with the embargo declared by our government (both for the 
 purpose of retaliating and to preserve our mercantile navy, according to 
 some authorities), were equally destructive in their effects upon American 
 commerce. The export trade of the United States, which had increased 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 467 
 
 to $101,536,963 in 1806 and $108,343,151 in-1807, was thus reduced by 
 this succession of blows to $22,430,960 in 1808, but little more than the 
 amount ($19,012,041) in 1791, the second year after the adoption of the 
 Constitution. Upon the raising of the embargo in 1809 commerce at ouce 
 revived, though, as is seen by the table, it did not reach the previous 
 figures. The war of 1812 had, of course, a depressing effect upon our 
 commerce. In 1814 our exports were only $6,937,441 and our imports 
 $12,965,000. There was a slight falling off in the registered tonnage, but 
 it is difficult for us to form any idea as to the source whence Sir Morton 
 Peto obtained materials for the following statement: “In the following year 
 [1812] the Americans themselves put an end to their own navigation and 
 commerce by entering upon war with Great Britain. Our navy swept 
 their vessels from the seas, and two years after the outbreak of this war 
 the Americans had only 59,700 tons of shipping engaged in the foreign 
 trade, instead of the 1,100,000 tons employed seven years previously.” 
 The Reports on Commerce and Navigation give the following figures for 
 the registered tonnage of 1812, 1813 and 1814 respectively: 760,624 tons, 
 674,853 tons aud 674.633 tons. As a counterpoise to this assertion of 
 Sir Morton, we give a statement written by Wharton aud published in 
 Edinburgh in 1819: “The great injury done to the commerce of Great 
 Britain during that war, notwithstanding her powerful navy, bears strong 
 testimony to the activity and enterprise of American seamen. More than 
 seventeen hundred of her vessels were captured during the course of the war; 
 and it has been stated that only one out of three American vessels employed 
 in commerce were taken by the English during the same period.” It is also 
 to be doubted whether, “ if America had not gone to war with Great Bri- 
 tain in 1812, it is probable that she would have retained to this day her 
 ascendency in general commerce.” Open war was not much worse than 
 the state of affairs which permitted our vessels to be crippled by the im- 
 pressment of their best seamen, and a thousand ships to be captured in a 
 time of nominal peace. The truth is that the downfall of Napoleon and 
 the consequent peace between England and France removed the favor- 
 able circumstances which had given so large a share of the carrying trade 
 to the United States. Our seamen did not laek daring or enterprise or 
 skill. Nantucket sloops of eighty tons, with ten men, doubled Cape Horn 
 to pursue the whale fishery in the Pacific. After visiting the south-western 
 coast of New Holland, the Malouin or Falkland and other islands, they 
 touched for refreshments at the Cape of Good Hope, at the Sandwich 
 Islands or at the ports of Chili. A lucrative commerce with the Feejee 
 Islands was carried on by small vessels, carrying trifling articles of hard- 
 ware, which were exchanged for sandal-wood. With the latter commodity 
 they proceeded to Canton, where they sold it at the rate of $400 per ton, it 
 being in great demand for use as incense in the Chinese temples. With- 
 
468 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 out any previous knowledge of routes, winds, tides or harbors, the Amer- 
 ican whalemen and pilot-boat seamen visited every coast, and, to the aston- 
 ishment of Europe, made shorter voyages than old and experienced navi- 
 gators. It is scarcely necessary to enter into details as to the progress 
 made in the value of exports and imports. The tables tell their own story. 
 After considerable fluctuation the imports went above one hundred mil- 
 lions during the year 1831, since which time they have not fallen below 
 that amount, the exports going past this point in 1834. The panic of 
 1837 caused a falling off, but the lost ground was very soon recovered. 
 In 1851 both exports and imports went above two hundred millions ; in 
 1856 both exceeded three hundred millions, the imports having passed this 
 point in one of the previous years (1854, when they were $304,562,381), 
 and in 1860 the exports were $400,122,296. The influence of the civil 
 war is seen in the small figures for the years 1861-1865 inclusive, and 
 the beneficent effect of peace is shown by the sum of $550,684,228, 
 as the exports for 1866, overbalancing by more than one hundred mil- 
 lions of dollars the imports ($445,512,158). There was- some fluctua- 
 tion during the following four years. In the fifth (1871) both exports 
 and imports passed the bounds of five hundred millions. In 1872 
 (exports, $501,164,971 ; imports, $640,337,540) and 1873 (exports, 
 $578,938,985 ; imports, $663,617,147) the balance of trade was against 
 this country, but for 1873-4 the specific figures are as follows: 
 Excess of total exports over total imports (being the balance in 
 favor of the United States), $57,052.97 ; specie and bullion exported, 
 $66,630,405 (domestic, $59,699,886; foreign, $6,930,719); imports, 
 $28,454,906; excess of specie and bullion exported, $38,175,499; total 
 exports of merchandise, $569,433,421 (domestic, $552,583,802 ; foreign — 
 i. e., re-exports — $16,849,619); imports of merchandise, $567,407,342; real 
 balance against the United States, being the excess of imports of merchan- 
 dise over exports of domestic merchandise, which had to be made up by 
 shipments of the precious metals, $14,823,540. For the year ending June 
 30, 1875, the figures (furnished by the chief of the Bureau of Statistics 
 in advance of the publication of the Annual Report on Commerce and 
 Navigation) are as follows: Domestic exports, $643,094,767; foreign (re- 
 exports), $22,433,624; exports of merchandise, $573,396,249 (domestic, 
 $559,237,638; foreign (re-exports, $14,158,611); imports of merchandise, 
 $533,005,436; exports of specie and bullion, $92,132,142 (domestic, 
 $83,857,129; foreign, $8,275,013); imports of specie, $20,900,717 ; specie 
 balance in favor of the United States, $71,251,425. Balance in favor of 
 the United States, arising from the excess of exports of domestic merchan- 
 dise over imports of merchandise, $26,232,202. If the exports of foreign 
 merchandise (re-exports) be thrown into the scale, the balance in favor of 
 this country is $40,390,813, and the balance to the credit of this country 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 469 
 
 arising from the excess of total exports ($665, -528, 391) over total imports 
 ($553,906,153) was $111,622,238. We have taken it for granted, while 
 making our comments upon these figures, that the real balance of trade in 
 favor of this country arises from the excess of the exports of domestic 
 merchandise over the imports of foreign merchandise ; that the drain of 
 the precious metals required to make up the deficiency when the exports 
 of domestic merchandise fall below the imports of foreign merchandise is 
 highly undesirable, and an indication of an importation above our real 
 wants, or at least that when the trade of this country is in such a condition 
 that large shipments of specie and bullion are requisite to keep the balance 
 even, the outlook is not so hopeful as it is when the intrinsically useful 
 products of the industry and enterprise of our people sutfice, and more 
 than suffice, to satisfy the debts incurred in foreign lands. 
 
 Articles of Export and Import. — “ The great variety of the 
 native productions exported gives assurance of the impossibility of failure 
 in the resources of the nation. If the Americans were limited to a few 
 products, it might be argued that such products might not be in demand, or 
 that their supply might fail, or that other countries might compete success- 
 fully with America by producing them in greater abundance and at lower 
 rates; but here we have the products of the sea, consisting of oil, whale- 
 bone, spermaceti, and dried, smoked and pickled fish ; of the forest, consist- 
 ing of every description of timber, shingles, staves, lumber, naval stores 
 and furs ; of agriculture, consisting not only of every description of corn 
 and vegetable food, but of the products of animals, beef, pork, tallow, 
 hides, bacon, cheese, butter, wool, lard, hams, and of horned cattle, horses 
 and other animals ; of the great staples of the Southern States — cotton, 
 tobacco, rice and sugar ; of manufactures, in very great variety ; of raw 
 produce, in increasing quantities ; and of specie and bullion, to an extent 
 which has never been exceeded.” The division adopted by Sir Morton 
 Peto in the above statement is partly copied from that which was early 
 adopted at the Treasury and appeared in the annual account of exports 
 after the year 1802. The exports were classed, according to source, under 
 four heads — viz., 1. The produce of the sea ; 2. The produce of the forest; 
 3. The produce of agriculture; 4. Manufactures and those articles the 
 origin of which was uncertain. In 1830 cotton ($29,674,833), tobacco 
 ($5,586,365) and rice ($1,986,824), amounting collectively to $37,248,072, 
 furnished more than onedialf of the total value of the exports of that year. 
 In the year ending June 30, 1873, unmanufactured cotton ($227,243,279), 
 wheat and wheat flour ($70,833,918), Indian corn ($23,794,694) and illu- 
 minating oils ($37,195,735), amounting collectively to $359,067,626, fur- 
 nished one-half of the exports (total value of domestic exports in currency, 
 $649,132,563). The currency value of domestic exports shipped in cars 
 and other land vehicles during the year just mentioned was $7,785,075; 
 
470 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 shipped in American vessels, $163,110,634; shipped in foreign vessels, 
 $478,236,854. The principal articles imported were sugar and molasses 
 ($92,639,023), 293,284,201 pounds of coffee, worth $44,107,397, and 
 64,815,016 pounds of tea, worth $24,466,094, amounting collectively to 
 $161,212,514, or nearly one-fourth of the total imports. Of the total value 
 of the imports, the following statement is given as to the conveyances in 
 which they came : “ Brought in cars and other land vehicles, $17,070,548; 
 brought in American vessels, $174,739,834 ; brought in foreign vessels, 
 $471,806,765. The principal articles exported during the year ending 
 June 30, 1874, were cotton (value, including that of sea-island cotton, 
 $211,223,580), wheat and . wheat flour ($130,679,153), illuminating oils 
 ($37,560,955), bacon and hams ($33,283,908) and leaf tobacco ($30,399,- 
 181), amounting collectively to $405,585,822, or nearly two-thirds of the 
 total currency value ($693,039,054) of the domestic exports. Of this total 
 value there was exported in cars and other land vehicles, $5,645,265; in 
 American vessels, $165,998,880, and in foreign vessels, $521,394,909. The 
 principal imports during the same period were sugar and molasses ($92,- 
 949,203), 285,171,512 pounds of coffee ($55,048,967), 72,353,799 square 
 yards of dress-goods ($21,162,635) and 55,811,605 pounds of tea ($21,- 
 112,234), amounting collectively to $190,273,039, or more than one-third 
 of the total imports. Of this total value ($595,861,248) the following state- 
 ment as to conveyance is given : Brought in cars and other land vehicles, 
 $14,513,335; brought in American vessels, $176,027,778; brought in 
 foreign vessels, $405,320,135. 
 
 Shipping. — The partial suspension of emigration to America brought 
 about by the civil wars in England threw the first colonists in New Eng- 
 land upon their own resources, and gave a decided impulse to the business 
 of ship-building. Governor Winthrop says in his journal (Dec. 2, 1640): 
 “ The general fear of want of foreign commodities, now our money was 
 gone and things were [not] like to go well in England, set us on work to 
 provide shipping of our own, for which end Mr. Peter, being a man of 
 very public spirit and singular activity for all occasions, procured some to 
 join for building a ship at Salem of 300 tons ; and the inhabitants of Bos- 
 ton, stirred up by his example, set upon the building another at Boston 
 of 150 tons.” These were not, however, the first American vessels. A 
 bark belonging to Governor Winthrop, and named by him The Blessing 
 of the Bay, was launched at Mystic (now Medford), Mass., on the 4th of 
 July, 1631. Its burthen was 30 tons. Another vessel, of 60 tons, was 
 built at the same place in 1633, and the people of Salem built at Marble- 
 head a vessel of 120 tons in 1*636. In 1676, just a century before the 
 Declaration of Independence, there were 730 vessels owned in Boston and 
 its vicinity and built in that neighborhood — viz., 30 between 100 and 250 
 tons; 200 between 50 and 100 tons; 200 between 30 and 50 tons; and 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 471 
 
 300 between 6 and 30 tons. Ship-building was carried on in the other 
 colonies, but not to so great an extent as in New England. The tonnage 
 of the vessels built in all of the colonies during 1769 was 20,001 ; in 1770 
 it was 20,610; and in 1771, 24,068, of which amount a little more than 
 one half was built in Massachusetts and New Hampshire. It is difficult 
 to obtain any reliable figures for the number of vessels built after the 
 adoption of the Constitution before the year 1815. A table “showing the 
 number and class of the vessels built, and the tonnage thereof, in the sev- 
 eral States and Territories of the United States, from 1815 to 1874, inclu- 
 sive,” will be found elsewhere [see Table I., in Appendix]. Warden 
 (writing in 1819) says : “ Merchant vessels are built and prepared for the 
 sea in the course of four or five months, and they sail faster than those 
 of any other country. The schooners constructed at Baltimore and known 
 by the name of ‘pilot-boat schooners’ have often sailed with a cargo from 
 an American to an English or French port in seventeen or eighteen days. 
 The American seamen are exceedingly active and enterprising. Sloops of 
 sixty tons and eleven men have sailed from Albany (160 miles up the 
 Hudson River) to the coast of China. The first of this description which 
 arrived there was believed by the natives of the country to be the long- 
 boat of a large merchant vessel, which (the large vessel) they vainly 
 looked for during several days. We have seen it announced in an Amer- 
 ican newspaper that on the 11th of April, 1814, a ship was launched 
 at Vergennes, on Lake Champlain, of 150 feet keel, and measuring 500 
 tons, the timber of which was cut down in the forest the 2d of March 
 preceding. The Peacock, of 18 guns, was built in New. York in 18 days, 
 the Wasp [see Historical Sketch, page 116] at Portsmouth in 20 days, 
 and the Superior, of 64 guns, on Lake Ontario in 30 days.” He says 
 elsewhere, speaking of the inland navigation : “ As early as the year 1793 
 a schooner launched on the Monongahela River, between Brownsville and 
 Pittsburg, sailed to New Orleans (a distance of 2000 miles), and afterward 
 proceeded by sea to the port of Philadelphia. Since that period numerous 
 vessels of from one hundred to four hundred tons have been built on the 
 Ohio at Marietta, Frankfort, Elizabethtown, Louisville, Wheeling and 
 Pittsburg, for the purpose of transporting the surplus productions of Ken- 
 tucky, Tennessee and Louisiana to the Atlantic ports of the United States, 
 to the West Indies and to Europe. From the year 1802 to 1805, at the 
 shipyards of Pittsburg, there were launched four ships, three brigs and 
 three schooners ; at Elizabethtown two brigs. In 1808 two ships and a 
 brig were launched on the same day at Marietta. Several of the gun- 
 boats of the United States have been built at this place. Between the 
 Southern and the Northern States there is a constant interchange of com- 
 modities, which in time of war is carried on by land and during peace by 
 sea. The latter furnish rum, molasses, cordials, dried fish, European goods 
 
472 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and articles of small value quaintly styled ‘ notions and take in return 
 the corn, grain, cotton and tobacco of the South. In this trade the New 
 England people are the carriers, and furnish everything for which there is 
 demand. Even coffins of all dimensions have been offered for sale by 
 these ingenious trading speculators. In 1810, 23 vessels (ships, brigs and 
 sloops} were employed in the trade of Lake Erie, and 12 in that of Onta- 
 rio.” After referring to “ the proposed canal between Lake Erie and the 
 Hudson River,” in the success of which he evidently had more faith than 
 Jefferson [see Historical Sketch, page 121], he notes the following 
 interesting circumstance: “In 1813 the war gave rise to an internal trade 
 greater in point of distance than any hitherto known, except that between 
 Moscow and China. Light goods were transported from the town of Bos- 
 ton, in Massachusetts, to the province of Mexico by the following channels 
 of conveyance: From Boston to Providence by wagons; from the latter 
 place by water to Amboy; thence by land and water to Philadelphia: 
 thence by wagons to Pittsburg, and down the Ohio and Mississippi to New 
 Orleans ; thence by land and boats to the country of Mexico. Before the 
 war there were but two wagons that plied between Boston and the town of 
 Providence, and soon after its commencement the number increased to 200. 
 It has been stated that certain light goods have been delivered in Mexico 
 with the addition of fifteen per cent, on their cost at Boston, wdien the or- 
 dinary insurance by sea would amount to twenty-five or thirty per cent. 
 Of late there has existed a commerce in mules, which have been brought 
 from the country of Texas to the Carolinas (by the way of Natchez and 
 the country of Tennessee), where they are sold for 40, and even 60, dollars 
 per head.” The reader will elsewhere find statements of the amount of 
 tonnage of the whole mercantile marine of the United States, also a sepa- 
 rate statement of the steam tonnage for various successive years [see 
 Tables II., III., in Appendix]. The increase in the registered tonnage 
 shows the progress made in the number and size of vessels engaged in the 
 foreign trade. The “ enrolled and licensed ” tonnage gives a fair idea of 
 the progress made in inland and coast navigation. In the Report on Com- 
 merce and Navigation for 1874 is given the following summary for that 
 year by States and coasts : 
 
 States. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 States. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Maine 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 New York 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 Delaware 
 
 Maryland 
 
 3221 
 
 62 
 
 2563 
 
 274 
 
 836 
 
 1124 
 
 5051 
 
 2935 
 
 197 
 
 1993 
 
 565,842.59 
 
 11,370.18 
 
 458,373.10 
 
 36,265.55 
 
 96,317.44 
 
 94,689.34 
 
 1,026,023.56 
 
 363,542.18 
 
 13,533.88 
 
 142,267.65 
 
 District of Columbia.. 
 
 Virginia 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 Georgia 
 
 Florida 
 
 Alabama 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 Texas 
 
 472 
 
 892 
 
 279 
 
 195 
 
 63 
 
 237 
 
 99 
 
 94 
 
 572 
 
 306 
 
 28,196.50 
 22,623.54 
 7,408.91 
 8,142.43 
 9,291.84 
 9,588.76 
 7,909.41 
 3,368,56 
 50,961.71 
 11,998,27 | 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 473 
 
 Total on the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, 21,465 vessels, aggregating 2,967,- 
 715.30 tons; on the Western rivers, 1564 vessels, aggregating 373,464.59 
 tons; on the Northern lakes, 4833 vessels, aggregating 758,838.84 tons; on 
 the Pacific coast, 1125 vessels, aggregating 164,418.99 tons. Total, thus 
 far, 28,987 vessels, with a combined tonnage of 4,264,437.62. Unrigged 
 vessels not reported, 2936, aggregating 331,446 tons. Grand total for 1874, 
 31,923 vessels, aggregating 4,595,883.72 tons. This total of tonnage is not 
 the same as that given in the table (4,800,652) ; but as both are found in 
 the Report on Commerce and Navigation for 1874, one being on page 1053 
 and the other on page xxv. of the introduction, the task of reconciling 
 them belongs not to us, but to the Treasury Department, whence the Report 
 was issued. Previous to the passage of the act of April 18, 1874, canal 
 and other boats employed on inland waters or canals were required to be 
 enrolled and licensed under the provisions of the act of February 18, 1793, 
 if they entered navigable waters, and, from the fact of such enrolment and 
 license, they were included in the returns of toimage belonging to the sev- 
 eral districts of the United States June 30, 1873. The act of April 18, 1874, 
 exempts this class of boats, with but few exceptions, from enrolment and 
 license, hence they do not appear in the returns of tonnage belonging to the 
 several customs districts June 30, 1874. On the 30th of June, 1873, 10,739 
 unrigged vessels were reported, having a tonnage of 1,223,303.81, while the 
 number reported June 30, 1874, was 7803, with a tonnage of 890,858.07. 
 The difference between these figures (2936 vessels, with a tonnage of 331,- 
 445.74) is assumed to be the amount dropped on account of the act of April 
 18, 1874. The number of sailing vessels was 17,226, with an aggregate 
 tonnage of 2,257,154.23; steam vessels, 3958, with an aggregate tonnage 
 of 1,116,425.42. The tonnage last given is also different from that in the 
 table of steam tonnage, but as both figures come from the same source as 
 the preceding ones, the responsibility rests in the same quarter. We shall 
 conclude this division of our subject by quoting the following appreciative 
 remarks of Sir Morton Peto : “ No people build their ships on better prin- 
 ciples. Their skill in cutting sails and in applying them to every descrip- 
 tion of craft has always struck me as peculiarly remarkable. The superior 
 capacity and very fine character of American merchant ships wall be ap- 
 preciated by all who remember the beautiful class of sailing vessels which 
 were formerly on the New York and Liverpool stations as what were called 
 ‘liners.’ Those vessels were the very best vessels of their class, and they 
 no doubt acquired wide celebrity for American shipping. They are now 
 superseded by steam-packets, but the fame of these vessels has enabled the 
 Americans not only to possess themselves of the largest proportion of the 
 emigrant trade, but also to lay on lines of packets between Havre, Mar- 
 seilles, Hamburg, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Panama, the West Indies and 
 various points both of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.” 
 
474 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Steam Navigation. — The first appearance of steam tonnage in the 
 government reports was in 1823 [see Table III.], when the amount was 
 24,879 tons of enrolled and licensed vessels. Steam-vessels were not regis- 
 tered in this country for the foreign trade until 1830, when the amount 
 was 1419 tons. In 1832 the registered steam tonnage was only 181 tons. 
 It rose to 5149 tons in 1839, but was only 746 in 1842, and did not exceed 
 7000 before 1848, when it amounted to 16,068 tons. At one time, when 
 110 steamers were employed in the trade between Great Britain and Amer- 
 ica, only two were American, while out of 1200 sailing vessels employed 
 in the same trade 960 were American. Sir Morton Peto makes an amus- 
 ing mistake when treating of the registered steam tonnage of the United 
 States. He says : “ In 1865, on the old admeasurement, it amounted to 
 69,500 tons, and on the new admeasurement to 28,400 tons.” He says 
 elsewhere: “The tonnage, which ‘under the old admeasurement’ was com- 
 puted at one figure, is estimated ‘ under the new admeasurement’ at another 
 and a smaller total.” The correction of this error will be found elsewhere 
 [see the last foot-note to Table II., in Appendix]. A portion of the 
 returns — at first the larger portion — came in under the old admeasurement, 
 but every year the new admeasurement gained ground, until, in 1869, it 
 covered the whole field. It was certainly not very complimentary to the 
 ability of either the government officials or the ship-owners to suppose that 
 for years a system of admeasurement should be used which made “28,400 
 tons ” read “ 69,500 tons,” thus more than doubling the true amount. The 
 progress made in steamship building at Chester, Pa., is noted elsewhere 
 [see Pennsylvania, in Topography], The enrolled and licensed steam 
 tonnage has advanced usually with great steadiness, as is seen by the table. 
 Many of the steamers on the Western rivers are very handsomely fitted up, 
 so that they have been styled, without much exaggeration, “floating pal- 
 aces.” The increase in the enrolled and licensed tonnage (which amounted, 
 including steamers, sailing vessels and unrigged craft, to 3,371,729 tons on 
 the 30th of June, 1874) can, it must be acknowledged, be contemplated 
 with much more satisfaction than is felt when examining the figures of 
 registered tonnage. The latter has by no means kept pace with the 
 increase in the foreign commerce of this country, as can be seen by the 
 large proportion of both exports and imports carried by foreign vessels. 
 
THE PRESS. 
 
 HE first newspaper printed in the United States appeared on the 25th 
 
 JL of September, 1690, and was called Publick Occurrences. Only one 
 number appeared, as it ventured to touch upon local and military matters, 
 whereby umbrage was given to the government, and the incipient enter- 
 prise was forthwith nipped in the bud. With the exception of one issue 
 of a reprint of the London Gazette, no further attempt was made to publish 
 a newspaper until 1704, when the Boston News Letter was founded, which 
 was published weekly, sometimes upon a full sheet, foolscap size, but 
 oftener on a half sheet with two columns upon each side. After a struggle 
 of fourteen years the publisher was thirteen months behindhand in giv- 
 ing foreign news, and acknowledged that it was “ impossible with half a 
 sheet a week to carry on all the Publick News of Europe.” By issuing an 
 extra sheet every other week, eight months of these arrears were paid 
 between January and August, 1719, so that the publisher was able to 
 boast with honest pride that his news from Europe was only five months 
 old. On the 21st of December, 1719, appeared the first number of the 
 Boston Gazette, and on the following day the American Weekly Mercury 
 was established in Philadelphia, being the third newspaper in America. 
 The fourth was the New England Courant, established in Boston on the 
 7th of August, 1721, by John Franklin, the brother of Benjamin Frank- 
 lin. During the next half century the number of newspapers in the col- 
 onies increased, and at the beginning of the Revolutionary War in 1775 
 there were no less than 37 American newspapers. Feeble as specimens 
 of these may appear at the present day when compared with modern 
 journals, they did good service in their day and generation by educating 
 the people and instilling into their minds those principles of liberty which 
 bore fruit during the struggle between the colonies and the mother- 
 country. Almost all of them took up the cause of the patriots. Before 
 the Revolution the Boston Gazette had such contributors as John Adams, 
 James Otis, Joseph Warren and other leading patriots. During the war 
 the Massachusetts Spy, published at Worcester by Isaiah Thomas, rendered 
 efficient service to the American cause; and the satires of Philip Freneau, 
 which appeared in the United States Magazine and in the Freeman’s Jour- 
 nal, served as an antidote for the Toryism of Rivington’s Royal Gazette, a 
 specimen of which has been elsewhere given (see Coins and Currency). 
 
 475 
 
476 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 A service still greater, if possible, had been rendered to American liberty, 
 more than forty years before the Revolution, by John Peter Zenger, 
 assisted by the proverbial acuteness of “ a Philadelphia lawyer.” Zenger 
 established the New York Gazette in 1733. During the following year he 
 severely criticised the corrupt administration of Colonel William Cosby, 
 who was at that time the governor of the colony. The unfortunate printer 
 was arrested on the charge of libel, and was imprisoned. The lawyers 
 who first took his case in hand were excluded from the bar by Delaney, 
 one of Cosby’s creatures, who had been illegally appointed judge, and the 
 fear of similar treatment deterred other members of the bar from accepting 
 the dangerous task of defending the intrepid editor. At this juncture 
 Andrew Hamilton, an aged Quaker lawyer, who was at this time the 
 Speaker of the Pennsylvania Assembly, was called over from Philadelphia 
 to undertake the case. Every effort was made by the judge and the at- 
 torney-general to secure Zenger’s conviction. When Hamilton offered to 
 prove the truth of the alleged libel, Delaney f following English precedents 
 and supported by the authority of Lord Coke, refused to admit the evi- 
 dence. Hamilton was not dismayed at this rebuff, but boldly appealed to 
 the personal knowledge of the jury. No evidence was necessary; the facts 
 were notorious; the jury knew that the statements complained of were 
 true, and they ought to be obliged to Zenger for having published them. 
 “ The question before you,” he said, “ is not the cause of a poor printer, nor 
 of New York alone. It is the best cause — it is the cause of liberty. 
 Every man who prefers freedom to a life of slavery will bless and honor 
 you as men who by an impartial verdict lay a noble foundation for se- 
 curing to ourselves, our posterity and our neighbors that to which Nature 
 and the honor of our country have given us a right — the liberty of op- 
 posing arbitrary power by speaking and writing truth.” This eloquent and 
 convincing appeal was successful. The jury brought in a verdict of “ Not. 
 Guilty,” and the triumphant advocate was conducted from the court to a 
 public entertainment ; a salute of cannon was fired when he departed for 
 his own home ; and the freedom of the city was voted to him “ for the re- 
 markable service done to the inhabitants of this city and colony by his 
 defence of the rights of mankind and the liberty of the press.” Zenger 
 was not possessed of great journalistic ability. He was not even a careful 
 printer, judging by the fact that in so important a matter as the date of 
 his first paper there is a mistake of a month (!), the true date being No- 
 vember 5, not October 5, 1733. He was, however, a man of dauntless 
 spirit, who rendered by his manly stand a great service both to American 
 liberty and to the greatest safeguard of that liberty — the freedom of the 
 press. The view of the law of libel taken by Hamilton was far in advance 
 of his times. Zenger’s acquittal took place thirty-five years before Lord 
 Mansfield boiled down Coke’s dictum for use into the famous maxim, “The 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 477 
 
 greater the truth, the greater the libel.” It was fifty -seven years before 
 the English statute law constructively permitted the jury to bring in a 
 verdict of “ Not Guilty,” even if the defendant had published the words 
 alleged. It was more than a century before that same statute law provided 
 in substance that the truth should be a substantial defence if it had been 
 published for the public benefit. So slow was the progress of liberty in 
 the mother-country ! Gouverneur Morris, instead of dating American lib- 
 erty from the Stamp Act, traced it to the trial of John Peter Zenger, 
 because that event revealed the philosophy of freedom, both of thought 
 and speech, as an inborn human right. “It was,” said Morris to Dr. 
 Francis, “ the germ of American freedom ; the morning-star of that lib- 
 erty which subsequently revolutionized America.” 
 
 The first daily newspaper in America was the American Daily Adver- 
 tiser, established in Philadelphia in 1784. The second was the New York 
 Daily Advertiser, established in 1785. The name of the former was 
 changed to Poidson’s Advertiser in 1802, and in 1839 this journal was 
 merged in the North American. The New York Daily Advertiser was 
 united with the New York Express in 1836. The number of newspapers 
 rapidly increased during the last quarter of the eighteenth century, and 
 in 1800 there were 27 dailies and 359 newspapers and periodicals of all 
 kinds, having a total annual issue of 22,321,700 copies. In 1828 there 
 were 852 newspapers and periodicals; copies annually printed, 68,117,796. 
 In 1835 there were 1258 newspapers and periodicals; copies annually 
 printed, 90,361,000. In 1840 there were 1631 newspapers and period- 
 icals; copies annually printed, 195,838,673. In 1850 there were 2526 
 newspapers and periodicals; copies annually printed, 426,409,978. In 
 1860 there were 4051 newspapers and periodicals; copies annually printed, 
 927,951,548. In 1870 there were 5871 newspapers and periodicals; copies 
 annually printed, 1,508,548,250. The average number of copies annually 
 printed was — in 1775, 35,405; in 1810, 62,177 ; in 1828, 79,950; in 1835, 
 71,431; in 1840, 120,060; in 1850, 168,807; in 1860, 204,384; and in 
 1870, 256,949. As all classes have been mingled in giving these totals 
 and averages, and as the amounts for the later periods have been swelled 
 to somewhat disproportionate limits by the large number of dailies in- 
 cluded (a daily issuing annually six times as many copies as a weekly of 
 the same circulation), we shall now give a few figures with reference to the 
 circulation, that word being taken in its popular sense. In 1850 the circu- 
 lation of newspapers and periodicals published in the United States was 
 5,142,177 copies; in 1860 it was 13,663,409 copies; in 1870 fit was 
 20,842,475 copies. The increase in the number of newspapers and period- 
 icals of 1860 over 1850 is 60 per cent. ; that of 1870 over 1860 is 45 per 
 cent. ; and that of 1870 over 1850 is 133 per cent. The increase in total 
 circulation of 1860 over 1850 is 165 per cent. ; that of 1870 over 1860 is 
 
478 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 52 per cent. ; and that of 1870 over 1850 is more than three hundred per 
 cent. 
 
 The newspapers and periodicals published in the United States in 1870, 
 classified by their periods of issue were — daily, 574; tri- weekly, 107; 
 semi-weekly, 115; weekly, 4295; semi-monthly, 96; monthly, 622; bi- 
 monthly, 13 ; quarterly, 49. The average circulation was — daily, 4532 
 copies ; tri-weekly, 1449 ; semi-weekly, 2149 ; weekly, 2466 ; semi-monthly, 
 14,060; monthly, 9084; bi-monthly, 2434; quarterly, 4302. When clas- 
 sified with reference to their nature there were — advertising newspapers 
 and periodicals, 79; agricultural and horticultural, 93; commercial and 
 financial, 142 ; illustrated, literary and miscellaneous, 503 ; political, 
 4333 ; religious, 407 ; sporting, 6 ; technical and professional, 207 ; news- 
 papers and periodicals belonging to, or dealing especially with the affairs 
 of, benevolent or secret societies, 81 ; those devoted to nationality, 20. By 
 another division there were — religious newspapers and periodicals, 407, 
 with an aggregate circulation of 4,764,358 copies, and an average circula- 
 tion of 11,698; and 5464 secular newspapers and periodicals, with an ag- 
 gregate circulation of 16,078,117 copies, and an average circulation of 
 2942. We shall conclude this array of figures with a few statistics of the 
 daily and weekly press. In 1850 there were 1902 weekly newspapers, 
 with an average circulation of 1548 copies; in 1860 there were 3173 
 weekly newspapers, with an average circulation of 2389 copies ; and in 
 1870 there were 4295, with an average circulation of 2466 copies. In 
 1850 there were 254 daily newspapers, with an average circulation of 
 2986 copies; in 1860 there were 387, with an average circulation of 3820 
 copies; and in 1870 there were 574, with an average circulation of 4532 
 copies. 
 
 We have given these figures, showing the numerical increase both in the 
 number of newspapers published in the United States and in their circula- 
 tion, to enable our readers to form some idea of the rapid advance made 
 during the past century and a half by a power which has sprung into ex- 
 istence during that period. We feel how inadequate mere numbers are to 
 serve as a measure for the magnificent development of the art and science 
 of journalism during the period which has intervened since the first feeble 
 efforts of John Campbell, publisher of the Boston News Letter. With 
 equal propriety could a merely numerical comparison be made between 
 one Queen Anne’s musket, or thirty-seven guns such as were used during 
 the Revolutionary War, and five thousand rifles of the latest pattern. 
 The products of thought can be neither weighed nor measured. Their 
 length, breadth, height and depth cannot be taken and tried “ upon an exact 
 scale of Bossu’s.” Still, an approximation may be made, albeit the nearer 
 it approaches the truth the more exaggerated it will seem to those who 
 have not given the matter serious consideration. In the introduction to 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 479 
 
 Hudson’s excellent History of Journalism can be found several estimates 
 of the power of the press, made at different periods by very different peo- 
 ple, yet showing a unanimity which gives evidence that there is a basis of 
 truth upon which these various opinions rest. Napoleon I. says: “Four 
 hostile newspapers are more to be dreaded than a hundred thousand bay- 
 onets.” Carlyle says : “ Great is journalism ! Is not every able editor a 
 ruler of the world, being a persuader of it ?” Thiers says : “ The real 
 judge of the judge is public opinion;” and the special application of this 
 remark to our subject is given by Jules Favre, who says : “ The press has 
 no power but that which results from public opinion.” David Hume says : 
 “ Its liberties and the liberties of the people must stand or fall together.” 
 The bishop of Western New York says : “ After all, the press is kiug. It 
 is the press that creates public opinion. It is the grand fact of the hour 
 that popular sentiment has been educated by the press up to the point of 
 spurning party-trammels and voting on principle.” 
 
 Ai l of these expressions of opinion apply with peculiar force to the press 
 of the United States. No grander proof can be offered of the elevating 
 and enlightening influence of freedom than the fact that no nation on the 
 face of the globe possesses a press which can compare with that of this 
 country, whether we consider the number of newspapers or their influence. 
 With the same rate of increase in the next ten years as in the past, there 
 will be more newspapers and periodicals published in the United States 
 than in all the rest of the world combined. The number is now between 
 7000 and 8000. AVho can estimate the influence upon our national life 
 and growth of this ever-flowing and ever-increasing stream of information, 
 sent forth in such a form and at such a price as places some portion of it 
 at least within the reach of the poorest citizen in the land who is able to 
 read ? The invention of the electric telegraph, the perfecting of phonog- 
 raphy, the recent wonderful improvements of the printing-press, have in- 
 creased facilities for obtaining and imparting news ; but the real secret of 
 the marvellous influence of the press is to be found in the ability, the sa- 
 gacity and the force (to use a word frequently employed to express this 
 particular journalistic quality) of the modern editor. The editor is a 
 creation of the present century. Occasionally among his predecessors was 
 seen a spark of the genuine editorial fire, but the time had not yet come 
 for the blazing forth of that galaxy of stars which now so brilliantly lights 
 up the journalistic firmament. When the electric telegraph began to put 
 in communication distant points, and made of our nation, in fact as well as 
 in thought, one closely-connected household, each portion daily anxiously 
 looking for information concerning the rest ; when phonography made it 
 possible to transcribe the spoken word, no matter how rapidly it is uttered ; 
 when the more general diffusion of education had caused a thirst for know- 
 ledge, and rapid progress in the arts and sciences had created a demand 
 
480 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 for profound thinkers yet ready teachers, — then it was that the editor first 
 laid claim to his present high position. The Hebrew prophets were not 
 only religious teachers, but also state moralists and guardians of the repub- 
 lic, uniting the functions of the Roman censors and the tribunes of the 
 people. What the Hebrew prophet was in the olden ’time in his civil ca- 
 pacity, the editor is, or ought to be, at the present day ; for to him the 
 people look for counsel in times of danger and perplexity — for cheering 
 words which shall light up the gloom in the day of adversity, and shall 
 give greater zest to seasons of prosperity. 
 
 The teachings of the philosophers of antiquity were the almost peculiar 
 property of the few favored disciples who frequented the garden or the 
 porch where the instructor could be found, and the admonitions of states- 
 men were generally given in harangues ; but the editor speaks at times to 
 an assembly greater than any that ever filled the Roman Colosseum, com- 
 posed not merely of men of leisure, but of all classes, rich and poor, learned 
 and unlearned. A moral priesthood is therefore upon him — an obligation 
 to teach what is positively right, as well as to rebuke what is wrong; for 
 his influence for good or for evil is quickly and powerfully felt, and to 
 him, if to any one, it may be said : “By thy words thou shalt be justified, 
 and by thy w T ords thou shalt be condemned.” Great, therefore, as is his 
 power, his responsibility is equally great. There are wrongs to right, and 
 rights to be maintained. There is ignorance to be enlightened, error to 
 be corrected, wickedness to be reproved. To note the signs of the Times • 
 to Chronicle the Progress of events ; to Exjwess sentiments of truth and 
 justice; with Argus eye to be like a Sentinel or Watchman at his Post, 
 the first to Herald the Hews to all the World ; to give in his Bulletin the 
 latest intelligence by Telegraph from all parts of the Globe, taking care 
 that not a single incorrect Item enters into the Graphic descriptions of his 
 Reporter ; to Press ever on to higher ground, never behind the Age, but 
 brilliant as “ the Sun that shines for all ;” to keep the balance in Ledger, 
 Journal and Day-Book on the right side ; to Appeal to the best impulses 
 of the good, but to fall upon evil-doers with the force of an Avalanche ; 
 Independent in thought, to strive to bring about a true Golden Age ; to 
 keep an unsullied Record as Patriot and Statesman, caring for the welfare 
 of the whole Nation ; to be a Tribune of the People, a Defender of the 
 sanctities of Hearth and Home ; a promoter of Christian Union ; an In- 
 quirer after truth ; a keen Observer and a correct Recorder, — these are the 
 editor’s duties ; and if he fulfil them properly, be he Republican or Demo- 
 crat, Conservative or Radical, Methodist, Presbyterian, Episcopalian or 
 Baptist, he will be a Standard-bearer in his Day and generation, a bril- 
 liant Star in the Galaxy of authors ; and however meagre may be the sup- 
 ply of so-called “sensations,” he will have no difficulty in supplying all 
 reasonable demands of “ the devil.” 
 
AMERICAN LITERATURE. 
 
 I T has been said that “half a century ago it was usual to sneer in England 
 at the literary pretensions of America.” The sneer had not yet gone 
 out of fashion at the time (1852) when Mr. Tuckerman wrote these words; 
 for more than ten years later than the date given, in a collection of essays 
 written by several British aspirants for political honors, the literary pre- 
 tensions of American statesmen were thoroughly sneered at. One of these 
 writers (Leslie Stephens, M. A.) says : “ Jefferson, Hamilton, Madison and 
 Adams are surrounded by a halo of the most cherished national glory, and 
 their character has been estimated accordingly. To any one who will 
 study their works it will appear that the two first [meaning the first two ] 
 were the only men who can claim the praise of any original intellectual 
 force. [Can intellectual force be acquired ?] Jefferson was little more 
 than a clever retailer of epigrams of the French revolutionary school [the 
 Declaration of Independence is an example; when the English hate any- 
 thing, their minds are relieved if they call it French ], whose political 
 career consisted in feebly drifting with his party. Hamilton was an ener- 
 getic man of business, with a curious incapacity for seeing beyond the 
 British Constitution. To accept them as in any sense great statesmen 
 seems to me a mere concession to national vanity. I think any one who 
 will study the career of General Jackson, or of any of the great trio, 
 Clay, Calhoun and Webster, will come to the same conclusion as regards 
 them. ... It is useless, however, to complain of the inferiority of Amer- 
 ican statesmen, unless it appears that better material is passed over. Now, 
 with all its excellences, American society has a characteristic defect : it has 
 not hitherto produced poets, or philosophers, or artists any more than great 
 statesmen up to the European level.” The italics and the remarks in 
 brackets in the above quotation are our own. The writer is sometimes 
 sufficiently diffident to say “I think;” but of the assertion contained in 
 the last sentence he is very positive, and the patronizing manner in which 
 he makes that statement is highly edifying. He gives, of course, simply 
 his individual opinion; but it requires no argument to prove that in essays 
 written by office-seekers opinions known to be unpopular are seldom suf- 
 fered to appear. An examination of British reviews of American works 
 will furnish the reader with many similar assertions. Whatever is unde- 
 31 481 
 
482 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 niably good the Bi’itish reviewer frequently attributes to close study of 
 English authors, or even comes out with a direct charge of plagiarism, or 
 of an imitation so close as to virtually constitute that crime. Imitation 
 enough there has certainly been, and how could it be otherwise? The 
 first colonists could not forget the mother-country, though to many of them 
 she had been a stepmother. Their language was English, their education 
 had been obtained in England, their literature was English. Their ab- 
 sence from their native land made them prize more highly than ever the 
 rich heritage of literary wealth to which they possessed a claim based upon a 
 community of language, of political sentiment and of historical association. 
 They had, moreover, little time to spend in original literary production; 
 the stern realities of life were upon them. To erect permanent dwellings; 
 to bring under cultivation sufficient land to furnish necessary food; to 
 repel the attacks of a wary and savage foe, — such were the tasks which 
 demanded the time and attention, the physical and mental activity, of the 
 majority of those who were pioneers in the settlement of the thirteen orig- 
 inal colonies. It was also natural that this ascendency of the mother- 
 country should continue for several generations ; and even at the present 
 day it would be as reasonable to expect from British authors works in 
 which the influence of standard English writers cannot be perceived as to 
 demand such works from their “American cousins.” 
 
 The first book written (some say that it was only finished) in America 
 was a translation of Ovid’s Metamorphoses, executed by George Sandys, 
 the treasurer of the London Company [see Historical Sketch, page 93]. 
 Bancroft speaks of Sandys as “an idle man, who had been a great trav- 
 eller, and who did not remain in America — a poet whose verse was toler- 
 ated by Dryden and praised by Izaak Walton,” etc. When the reader 
 remembers that Sandys was one of the most zealous and influential pro- 
 moters of emigration to America, having sent to Virginia 1200 emigrants 
 during the year 1620 (including 90 young women, who became the wives 
 of planters) ; that while travelling “ he studied the genius, the tempers, the 
 religions and the governing principles of the people he visited,” and that 
 after visiting the “Turkish Empire, Egypt, the Holy Land,” etc., he com- 
 posed “the best account of those parts written by any Englishman, and 
 not inferior to the best of foreigners;” that he wrote some of the finest 
 paraphrases of the Psalms, the book of Job and other scriptural poems 
 that ever appeared in any language ; and, finally, that the time in which 
 to make the translation from Ovid above mentioned was (says Sandys) 
 “ snacbt from the howers (sic) of night and repose, for the day was not 
 mine”; — when the reader remembers these facts, he will agree with us in 
 the opinion that Sandys could not, with justice, be termed “an idle man.” 
 Dryden showed his toleration by calling Sandys “ the ingenious and learned 
 Sandys, the best versifier of the former age;” and his verse was praised by 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 483 
 
 Pope, by Bliss, by Wood and by Godolphin, as well as by Izaak Walton. 
 Though he “did not remain in America,” as the friend of the Pilgrim 
 Fathers, as the promoter of emigration to Virginia and as the author of 
 the first book composed on American soil — a work which he himself said 
 was “sprung from the stock of the ancient Romans, but bred in the New 
 World” — his memory deserves to be cherished by every American citizen, 
 and we might add that his name should be mentioned with respect when it 
 appears on the page of any Americjfn writer. The book was published in 
 Loudon in 1621. 
 
 As during the strife and carnage and turmoil of the Middle Ages the 
 clergy alone had the requisite learning and leisure to retain and to transmit 
 to posterity the “book-knowledge” of previous centuries, so during the 
 struggles of the first settlers to obtain a footing in the New World the 
 clergy were almost the only class who possessed sufficient both of educa- 
 tion and of leisure to enable them to perform literary work. The first 
 book printed in America was the Bay Psalm Book, a new translation of 
 the Psalms, made by the chief divines of New England, including Messrs. 
 Welde and Eliot (the famous preacher to the Indians), of Roxbury, and 
 Mr. Richard Mather (father of Cotton Mather), of Dorchester. The 
 Psalms thus turned into metre were printed at Cambridge, Mass., in the 
 year 1640. The preface states as a motive of the collection, “ Because 
 every good minister hath not a gift of spiritual poetry to compose extem- 
 porary psalmes (sic) as he hath of prayer.” The book was adopted and 
 almost exclusively used by the New England churches, and by the year 
 1750 it had passed through at least twenty-seven editions. The transla- 
 tion of the Bible into the Indian language (a Mohegan dialect), com- 
 menced by John Eliot in 1658 and finished in 1663, deserves mention here, 
 as it was so peculiarly an American work, and was the only edition of the 
 Scriptures published in this country during the first century after its settle- 
 ment. The first volume of poems published in America was written by 
 Anne Bradstreet, and appeared in 1678. A portion of these effusions had 
 been published in Loudon in 1650, with a title beginning thus : The Tenth 
 Muse lately sprung up in America. While some of Mrs. Bradstreet’s verses 
 possess real merit, others are very matter-of-fact, as, for instance, when we 
 are told, in her account of winter — 
 
 “ Beef, brawn and pork are now in great’ st request, 
 
 And solid’st meats our stomachs can digest.” 
 
 It was a natural result of the condition of the colonies, containing as 
 they did people of every shade of religious belief, that a large portion of 
 the writings of the clergy should be controversial. One of the earliest of 
 these polemical writers was Roger Williams, the founder of “the first civil 
 government on earth that gave equal liberty of conscience.” That his 
 
484 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 toleration was not the result of indifference was amply proved by the zeal 
 which he showed in attacking with his pen those whose religious opinions 
 differed from his own. All honor, then, to the man who was “the first 
 pei’son in modern Christendom to assert in its plenitude the doctrine of the 
 liberty of conscience, the equality of opinions before the law!” No fitter 
 place could have been found for the promulgation of this doctrine than 
 this favored land in which “liberty of conscience” is assured by law to 
 every citizen. The memory of Cottorf Mather is not so fortunate. His 
 main work, Magnolia Christi Americana, or Ecclesiastical History of New 
 England (by reading which entirely through Mr. William Tudor immor- 
 talized himself), is seldom consulted except by the historical student or the 
 antiquarian ; and in most minds his name is more closely associated with 
 The Wonders of the Invisible World; being an account of the Tryals of 
 Several Witches, lately executed in New England, etc., and with the part 
 which he took in those “tryals.” A merchant of Boston, Robert Calef by 
 name, replied to this work of Mather’s in a book entitled More Wonders 
 of the Invisible World, wherein the whole matter of “Salem witchcraft” is 
 exposed with well-merited severity. Mather’s book was printed at Boston, 
 and reprinted in London in 1693. Calef ’s reply was printed in London 
 in 1700, and on its arrival in this country the book was publicly burnt by 
 the Mather party. Among the various controversial works written by 
 American divines during the eighteenth century, there is one which de- 
 serves special mention. We allude to Jonathan Edwards’ Inquiry into 
 the Freedom of the Will. Sir James Mackintosh speaks of the author as 
 “this remarkable man, the metaphysician of America,” and in another 
 place as “that remarkable man who in a metaphysical age or country 
 would certainly have been deemed as much the boast of America as his 
 great countryman Franklin.” The works of Edwards are among the 
 earliest mental productions of native Americans which have obtained a 
 permanent place in English literature. The Inquiry into the Freedom of 
 the Will was published in 1754. Ten years before, Franklin had printed 
 a translation of Cicero de Senedute, made by James Logan, the founder of 
 the Loganian Library at Philadelphia. This translation has been pro- 
 nounced by competent authority the best which appeared before that of 
 Melmoth. The preface was written by Franklin, who terms the book “The 
 first Translation of a Classic in this Western world.” He evidently had 
 not heard of the work of Sandys. Logan wrote in Latin several scientific 
 monographs, which were published at Leyden, and one of which was re- 
 published in London, with an English version by Dr. Fothergill; yet the 
 London Quarterly Review (with the fairness alluded to near the beginning 
 of this article) could refer to him as “a man of the name of Logan, as 
 obscure as Godfrey himself.” Godfrey was the father of the author of the 
 first dramatic work written in America; and as the inventor of the quad- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 485 
 
 rant known as “Hadley’s quadrant” (the Royal Society deciding that 
 both Godfrey and Hadley were original inventors), he could not correctly 
 be termed “obscure.” The tragedy written by Thomas Godfrey, the son, 
 was entitled The Prince of Parthia. It never appeared on the stage, but 
 it was not without merit; and some of his poems show that he possessed 
 the real poetic fire. A Dithyramhic on Wine (a beverage of which he had 
 never partaken) was considered as “a refutation of that noted adage that 
 ‘ A water-drinker can never be a good dithyrambic poet.’ ” The drama 
 was written while Godfrey, who was a native of Philadelphia, was residing 
 in North Carolina. 
 
 While this sketch would not be complete without mention of Franklin, 
 his history and his works are so well known to the generality of readers 
 that they do not require an extended notice. The man who (as Turgot 
 wrote) “snatched the lightning from heaven and the sceptre from tyrants” 
 performed, though not an author by profession, more literary labor be- 
 tween the years 1726 and 1790 than many who have worked directly for 
 reputation and the booksellers. While he is remembered as a promoter 
 of science, as a philosopher, as a patriot, as a statesman, and as “ the 
 greatest diplomatist of the eighteenth century,” it should not be forgotten 
 that the author of “Poor Richard’s” wise sayings was a writer of whom 
 even Jeffreys has said, “ He never loses sight of common sense in any of 
 his speculations and in another place, “ His style has all the vigor, and 
 even conciseness, of Swift, without any of his harshness. It is in no degree 
 more flowery, yet both elegant and lively.” Franklin was the Nestor of 
 the Revolution, having reached the allotted span of three score years and 
 ten when independence was declared. When the necessity of a separa- 
 tion from the mother-country began to be evident — nay, before that time, 
 when there was still a hope of a reconciliation — there was no lack of lit- 
 erary ability among the friends of freedom. The stand taken by the 
 newspapers is elsewhere mentioned [see article on The Press, page 395] ; 
 and we have also noted the opinion of Lord Chatham with reference to 
 the State papers issued by the First Continental Congress, and which were 
 composed by John Jay and William Livingston. That the compliment 
 referred to literary merit as well as to other qualities is evident from 
 Chatham’s prefatory remark, “ I must declare and avow that in all my 
 reading of history (and it has been my favorite study ; I have read Thucyd- 
 ides, and have studied and admired the master-states of the world), but for 
 solidity of reasoning,” etc. [See Historical Sketch, pp. 99, 100.] 
 
 During the stirring events preceding the Revolution, during the war 
 itself, and indeed up to the period of the adoption of the Federal Consti- 
 tution, there was little leisure to cultivate literature for itself. The stern 
 realities of the hour, the dawning of a general desire for independence, 
 the hand-to-hand struggle for seven years, the anxiety to settle upon a 
 
486 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 permanent form of government, gave to the writings of the day an in- 
 tensely practical tone. Even the humorous poems of this period are 
 generally intended to impress some important truth upon the popular 
 mind, or to hold up to well-merited ridicule the enemies of freedom. It 
 is a noteworthy fact that the clergy and the lawyers, the two classes stand- 
 ing highest in the matter of intellectual culture, were generally on the side 
 of liberty. There was a demand for teachers who would bring their fellow- 
 countrymen up to the ideal of Alcreus of Mitylene, who believed that to 
 constitute a state there is need of 
 
 “ Men who their duties know, 
 
 But know their rights, and knowing dare maintain.” 
 
 This demand was nobly met ; but a large portion of the instruction of these 
 teachers was in the shape of what might be called (though not in the anti- 
 quarian sense of the term, which confines it mainly to tradition) “oral 
 literature.” Phonography was not yet invented, and but few specimens 
 have been preserved of the eloquence which took so prominent a part in 
 preparing the colonists for the approaching crisis, in cheering them during 
 the struggle for independence, and in bringing about a peaceable solution 
 of the important problem which was finally disposed of by the Convention 
 of 1789. The “supposed speeches” which have been kindly manufactured 
 in comparatively recent times, though very creditable to the generosity, 
 and occasionally to the intellectual vigor, of their composers, are scarcely 
 adequate to fill up the vacuum left in the sum total of the results of 
 American literary effort by the lack of verbatim reports of orations many 
 of which would doubtless compare favorably with the best productions of 
 ancient or of modern times. Still, enough has come down to us to show 
 that “there were giants in those days.” The eloquence of Patrick Henry, 
 of James Otis, and of other Revolutionary orators, was of no ordinary 
 kind. Otis also excelled as a writer, and his Vindication of the Conduct 
 of the House of Representatives (of Massachusetts) is a masterpiece of con- 
 densed argument. Of the newspaper essays and pamphlets written by the 
 patriots many fortunately have been preserved. Among the most valuable 
 of these at the present day, and the most effective when they appeared, are 
 the Common Sense and American Crisis essays of Thomas Payne, written 
 before he published his attack upon religion, in disregard of the sage 
 Franklin’s warning that “Among us it is not necessary, as among the 
 Hottentots, that a youth, to be raised into the company of men, should 
 prove his manhood by beating his mother.” 
 
 The settlement of the form of government, and the gradual recovery of 
 the country from the disastrous effects which are attendant upon even a 
 successful war, when waged not in the enemy’s country, but in our own, 
 •were doubtless beneficial to the prospects of literature in the youthful 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 487 
 
 republic; but it was not until the close of the eighteenth century that the 
 first professional “literary man” of the country (who was at the same 
 t im e the first American novelist) came prominently into view in the person 
 of Charles Brockden Brown. For full information with reference to his 
 works the reader is referred to the admirable essay of Prescott. The fate 
 of his first novel, Sky- Walk, or the Man Unknown to Himself, was peculiar 
 and anything but auspicious. The printer, who had made a contract to 
 print the work and to look to the sale for his pay, died when his task was 
 nearly completed. His executors would neither fulfil the contract nor sell 
 the printed sheets at the price offered by the author’s friends. The fate of 
 the sheets cannot with certainty be stated, but it can be safely asserted that 
 Sky- Walk, under that name, remained “unknown” to the general public. 
 Portions of the unfortunate novel were afterward incorporated by the 
 author in Edgar Huntley. Brown’s Wieland was the first American 
 novel published. It appeared in 1798, and was immediately successful; 
 but the success of a literary venture in those days was not, as at the pres- 
 ent day, a sure road to wealth. Brown writes in 1800, “Bookmaking is 
 the dullest of trades, and the most that any American can look for in his 
 native country is to be reimbursed for his unavoidable expenses.” The 
 novels of Brown were reprinted in England, where they met with a 
 favorable reception ; but the author never derived any pecuniary benefit, 
 so far as is known, from his transatlantic reputation. “Bookmaking” was 
 a dull enough trade in England when Brown wrote the above remark. 
 Less than thirty years had then elapsed since Chatterton, wellnigh starved, 
 had spent his last penny for a dose of arsenic wherewith to commit suicide ; 
 and at the present day, if Robert Browning’s subsistence depended upon 
 the revenue derived from his works, his supply of food would be little 
 larger than was that of poor Chatterton. It would, however, be unfair 
 to leave the impression that the prospects of authors of merit are not im- 
 proved in England as well as in America. If in 1667 Milton was glad to 
 sell Paradise Lost for five pounds down and fifteen more to be paid by the 
 time that 4300 copies had been sold — while his widow disposed of her 
 whole interest in it for eight pounds— in 1826 Mrs. Rundle received two 
 thousand pounds for the unexpired term of the copyright of her Domestic 
 Cookery. Even a poet, if popular, sometimes is well rewarded ; and making 
 ample allowance for the difference in the value of a given sum of money 
 in 1667 and in 1867, Tennyson has received for any ten lines in some of 
 his later poems more than the whole amount paid to Milton and to his 
 widow for one of the grandest poems ever written in any language. In 
 America the progress in the appreciation of literary merit has been even 
 more marked. In 1850 The Wide, Wide World was published, a novel 
 written by Susan Warner, but bearing on its title-page the nom de plume 
 “Elizabeth Wetherell.” In ten years the sales of this book amounted to 
 
488 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 500,000 copies in this country alone, and it was reprinted in England and 
 translated into several foreign languages. We have selected this work 
 as an example because it is one which depended for its popularity simply 
 upon its literary merit, and not upon general interest in any political or 
 theological or metaphysical question. This is, of course, an exceptional 
 case; but if a novel is at all “successful” in this country — i. e., successful 
 when looked at from the publisher’s point of view — it has a sale of at least 
 five or ten thousand copies. In the Galaxy for April, 1872, Justin 
 McCarthy makes the following statement, which we give for the purpose 
 of comparison: “The whole system of publishing is so different in Eng- 
 land from that which prevails in America, our fictitious prices and the con- 
 trolling monopoly of our great libraries so restrict and limit the sale, that 
 a New York reader would perhaps hardly believe how small a number con- 
 stitute a good circulation for an English novelist. I assume that, roughly 
 speaking, Reade, Wilkie Collins and Trollope may be said to have about the 
 same kind of circulation — almost immeasurably below Dickens, and below 
 some such abnormal sale as that of Lothair or of Lady Audley’s Secret, but 
 much above even the best of the younger novelists. I venture to think 
 that not one of these three popular and successful authors may be counted 
 on to reach a circulation of two thousand copies. Probably about eighteen 
 hundred copies would be a decidedly good thing for one of Charles Reade’s 
 novels.” If this be true— and Mr. McCarthy is certainly in a position to 
 know — any one of these novelists has a larger circulation in this country 
 than in England. A British writer who has no hesitation in criticising 
 Americans freely, and who is anything but favorable in many of his criti- 
 cisms, is forced to acknowledge that “The Americans are emphatically a 
 reading people. All ranks and classes read; all read the daily paper; all 
 are ‘posted up’ in current events; most read more or less of light litera- 
 ture; not a few read the best standard works in the language. The best 
 writers of England, it is well known, have more readers in America than at 
 home.” This fact speaks well for the culture of the Americans, and for 
 the catholicity of their taste. The figures given above show that they 
 are equally appreciative of the merits of American authors. 
 
 The first three-fourths of the nineteenth century have indeed been a 
 period of progress for American literature. The practical turn of the 
 American mind is seen in the great number of educational works which 
 have been issued ; but no department of mental production has been en- 
 tirely neglected. Before the century began, the first of Lindley Murray’s 
 Grammars had appeared, in which the author (if Goold Brown and 
 George Washington Moon are to believed) furnished another proof of the 
 principle set forth in Portia’s remark, “ I can easier teach twenty what 
 were good to be done than be one of twenty to follow mine own teaching.” 
 If such criticisms are true, the condition of English grammatical science 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 489 
 
 must have been miserable; for several millions of copies of Murray’s 
 Grammar were sold in England during the first fifty years of the nine- 
 teenth century, and the work has formed the basis of most of those upon 
 the same subject since published. Since that time each decade has shown 
 a marked advance in the number of authors and in the quantity and 
 quality of the works published. The names of authors who have written 
 works of value crowd upon us so thickly that the shortest mention of them 
 would swell this article far beyond its proper limits. Near the beginning 
 of the century began the literary life of Irving, who, in his later years, 
 twined about the brow of his immortal namesake the most beauteous laurel 
 wreath that History united with Biography ever wove; Fenimore Cooper 
 and other novelists ; Bryant, Halleck, Longfellow, Lowell and other poets ; 
 among historians, Bancroft and Hildreth and Motley and Prescott (whose 
 almost sightless eyes seem to have left his mental vision clearer and his 
 imagination warmer and brighter), and Kirk, his former secretary, upon 
 whom his mantle has fallen — in short, in every department of literature 
 America is now represented by men who can be favorably compared with 
 their transatlantic brethren. 
 
 It was difficult to obtain reliable statistics of the number of books pub- 
 lished annually before the enactment of the present copyright law, which 
 obliges those who wish to copyright books to enter them “ in the office of 
 the Librarian of Congress at Washington.” Before this provision was 
 made the entries were made in the “ clerks’ offices ” of the various District 
 Courts of the United States, some States, therefore, having two places 
 where books could be copyrighted. The reader will at once see the 
 difficulty of obtaining information which lay scattered around in so 
 many different places, to procure which it was necessary to write to the 
 clerk of each and every District Court, and to receive answers from all 
 before the total number was secured. At present (1875) the whole 
 matter can be transacted by mail, at an expense of one dollar and 
 “two complete copies of the best edition issued, sent, pre-paid, by mail or 
 express, to the librarian of Congress.” Another very important provision 
 of the law, which is a natural result of the above requirements, is that 
 “all records and other things relating to copyrights, and required by law 
 to be preserved, shall be under the control of the Librarian of Congress, 
 and kept and preserved in the library of Congress ; and the Librarian of 
 Congress shall have the immediate care and supervision thereof.” The 
 statistics of copyrights issued must, therefore, form a portion of his report; 
 and they are annually given to the public, though not always, at least in 
 the first reports, with the same fulness and distinctness. The whole 
 number of books entered in the office of the Librarian of Congress in 
 1872 was 11,075, classified as follows: Books, 3175; pamphlets, 2728; 
 musical productions, 2312; dramatic pieces, 18; maps and charts, 221; 
 
490 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 photographs, engravings, chromos and prints, 2621. Of the report for 
 1873 the Annual Cyclopedia for that year says: “The number of pub- 
 lications entered for copyright was 15,352, an increase of about ten per 
 cent, on the entries of the preceding year. This includes not only books 
 and pamphlets, but maps, prints, articles in periodicals, etc., and the 
 aggregate gives no clew to the proportions of each.” Now, if the number 
 given for 1872 be correct, the increase, instead of being “about ten per 
 cent.,” is 38.53 per cent. As the report of the Librarian of Congress 
 for 1874 gives the number of copyright entries during the year end- 
 ing December 1, 1874, as 16,283, “ being an increase over the entries of 
 the preceding year of 931,” the correctness of the total for 1873 (15,352) 
 is proved, so that either the total given for 1872 or the per centage reck- 
 oned by the writer in the Annual Cyclopedia is wrong. As the entry of 
 all prints and labels intended for use in connection with any article of man- 
 ufacture was transferred (Aug. 1, 1874) from the office of the Librarian 
 of Congress to that of the Commissioner of Patents, the increase in the 
 copyright business is really greater than is indicated by the figures given 
 above. The previous reports included “several thousand entries annually 
 of mere labels which never had any appropriate relation to copyright pro- 
 tection,” and which are now registered in the office of the Commissioner 
 of Patents, to whom “ shall be paid for recording the title of any print or 
 label, not a trade-mark, six dollars, which shall cover the expense of fur- 
 nishing a copy of the record, under the seal of the Commissioner of 
 Patents, to the party entering the same.” The increase in the value of 
 copyright works is not, however, merely numerical. There is a marked 
 improvement observable in the quality as well as in the quantity of Amer- 
 ican publications. Our British cousins would do well if they would recon- 
 sider the unfavorable dicta with which their literary periodicals are replete 
 — if they would acknowledge the debt owing from both countries to such 
 a work, for instance, as Dr. Allibone’s Critical Dictionary of English Lit- 
 erature and British and American Authors — if they would realize the fact 
 that this country has advanced intellectually as well as materially; that 
 the language which is the common heritage of Britannia and Columbia 
 has been honored by the best productions of “ American Literature.” 
 
AMERICAN EDUCATION. 
 
 I N the year 1867, which, as a brief calculation will enable the reader to 
 realize, is a date not very much earlier than 1876, there appeared in a 
 book Avritten and published in England, the following statement: “In' 
 America it is still possible to win some success with such facility that high 
 training, like high farming, is there throAvn aAvay. As the American 
 farmer, Avith abundance of fertile land, only scratches his ground, so the 
 student is content with a superficial culture of his mind. The exceptions 
 have not as yet been sufficiently numerous to form the nucleus of a really 
 cultivated class or to raise the general standard. It is from this cause, I 
 think, that, whether Ave study American society or books or history, Ave are 
 struck with the same phenomenon — the immense number of minds which 
 rise to great practical acuteness and facility compared with the very small 
 number which rise to real originality and thorough cultivation. I do not 
 doubt that this will alter as society comes to a state of equilibrium, but 
 whilst it lasts there is one excellent reason for the paucity of highly-culti- 
 vated statesmen in Congress — namely, that there are none in the country. 
 The class from Avhich they should be draAvn does not exist.” 
 
 We have given this statement in full in order to show the spirit Avhich 
 pervades the Avritings of many British essayists Avhen touching upon this 
 important subject. We are thankful that Ave are able to state that all 
 English authors have not been so biased in their opinions concerning Amer- 
 ican culture; but there is little doubt in the mind of any one Avho has 
 investigated the matter that the ideas contained in the above quotation 
 have obtained in England almost universal acceptance. The reason for 
 this is obvious. The people of England, or at least the Avriters of that 
 country, do not realize the Avonderful advances that have been made in the 
 United States during the past half century in all that pertains to education. 
 Half a century ago, however, a candid Englishman could say : “ The effects 
 of the literary institutions of the United States are someAvhat peculiar. 
 FeAY men devote their lives to scholarship. The knowledge that is actually 
 acquired is perhaps quite sufficient for the more practical and useful pur- 
 suits. I ami inclined to believe that a class of American graduates carries 
 away Avith it quite as much general and diversified knoAvledge as a class 
 from one of our own universities. The excellence in particular branches 
 
 491 
 
492 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 may be wanting, but the deficiency is more than supplied by variety of infor- 
 mation.” In another place he says : “ Profound scholars are not common. 
 This country possesses neither the population nor the endowments to main- 
 tain a large class of learned idlers in order that one man in a hundred may 
 contribute a mite to the growing stock of general knowledge. There is a 
 luxury in this expenditure of animal force to which the Americans have 
 not yet attained. The good is far too problematical and remote to be 
 sought, while the expense of man is certain.” 
 
 We could not have a better introduction than the foregoing quotation 
 for a brief notice of the early attempts to provide for the educational wants 
 of this, country. The life of the first settlers was intensely practical. They 
 had no superabundance of force, mental or physical, to expend upon any- 
 thing which did not bring in a speedy return. Still, the interests of the 
 rising generation, where education was concerned, were not entirely neg- 
 lected; for it was less than sixteen years after the landing of the Pil- 
 grim Fathers, and six years after the settlement of Massachusetts Bay, 
 that (Oct. 28, 1636) the General Court of Massachusetts “agreed to give 
 £400 toward a school or college, whereof £200 to be paid the next year 
 and £200 when the work is finished.” The bequest of the Rev. John 
 Harvard put the enterprise upon a sure footing — probably its only footing 
 at first (as there is doubt whether the £400 voted by the General Court 
 was ever . actually paid) — and the first president, Henry Dunster, was 
 elected in 1640. From this beginning has grown the present Harvard 
 University, with nine departments, its 110 instructors, its 1174 students 
 (in 1874) and its library of more than 200,000 volumes. 
 
 The founding of Harvard College was not, however, the first indication 
 of the interest felt by the early settlers in New England in the intellectual 
 welfare of their youth. As early as 1635, according to the records of the 
 town of Boston (then not yet five years old), “ it was unanimously resolved 
 that our brother Philemon Purmont should be appointed schoolmaster for 
 the instruction and education of our children.” Thirty acres of land were 
 granted at the same time for the support of the schoolmaster. In the year 
 1642 the General Court ( i . e., the House of Representatives of that day) 
 resolved to enjoin the local authorities to “ keep a watchful eye on their 
 brothers and neighbors, and above all tilings to see that there be no family 
 in which so barbarous state of things exists as that the head thereof do not 
 endeavor, either by his own exertions or by the help of others, to impart 
 sufficient instruction to his children and to his servants to enable them to 
 read fluently the English language, and to acquire a knowledge of the penal 
 laws, under a penalty of twenty shillings.” In 1647, when education had 
 thus been rendered compulsory, the foundation was laid of that system of 
 instruction which exists to this day in Massachusetts in all its essential fea- 
 tures, though it has necessarily undergone some modifications. This law 
 

 CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 493 
 
 was repeated and re-enacted in the code of 1649., which prescribed that, 
 “ It being one chief project of that old deluder Sathan to keep men from 
 the knowledge of the Scriptures, as in former times by keeping them in an 
 unknown tongue, so in these latter times by persuading men from the use 
 of tongues, and that learning may not be buried in the graves of our fathers ,” 
 therefore every township was required to maintain a school for reading and 
 writing, and every town of a hundred householders a grammar-school, with 
 a teacher “qualified to fit youths for the university.” The penalty for 
 non-compliance was at first put at £5 per annum, but was raised, until in 
 1718 it stood at £40 for every town containing two hundred families. 
 These fines were appropriated for the benefit of schools. In the mean time 
 Virginia, the oldest of the colonies, had not been behindhand in providing 
 means of instruction, private benevolence having supplied the place of a 
 legal enactment. In a letter quoted by the author of A Perfect Description 
 of Virginia, and written in that colony in March, 1648, we find the follow- 
 ing statement : “ I may not forget to tell you that we have a free school, 
 with two hundred acres of land, a fine house upon it and other accommo- 
 . dations to it. The benefactor deserves perpetual memory. His name, Mr. 
 
 Benjamin Symes, is worthy to be chronicled. Other petty schools also ive 
 ■ have.” 
 
 In Connecticut a law was passed in 1650 relative to the public schools 
 which in its essential features was similar to the one mentioned. The great 
 ' importance which was attached to education in this State can be judged 
 from the remarkable passage in their penal code, the famous “Blue Laws,” 
 which determines that “ if any child or children above sixteen years old 
 and of sufficient understanding shall curse or smite their natural father or 
 mother, he or they shall be put to death, unless it shall be sufficiently testi- 
 fied that the parents have been very unchristianly negligent in the education of 
 such children, or so provoke them by extreme and cruel correction that they 
 have been forced thereto to preserve themselves from death or maiming.” 
 
 In June, 1670, the General Court of the Colony of New Plymouth 
 granted all the profits accruing to the colony “ for fishing with nets or 
 seines at Cape Cod for mackerel, bass or herrings, to be improved for and 
 toward a free school in some town of this jurisdiction, for the training up 
 of youth in literature for the good and benefit of posterity, provided a begin- 
 ning were made within one year after the said grant.” 
 
 The reasons assigned for these various measures to establish schools and 
 to encourage home instruction are highly suggestive. We have italicised 
 I them, but repeat them here for comparison and examination : “ That learn- 
 ing may not be buried in the graves of our fathers;” that the youth might 
 be enabled “to acquire a knowledge of the penal laws;” that they might 
 be trained up in literature for the “ good and benefit of posterity ;” these 
 are reasons not unworthy of the most enlightened statesmen living in the 
 
 i 
 
494 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 most enlightened age. The full value of the second above given will be 
 realized only when the reader remembers that then was in vogue as now 
 the legal maxim “ Ignorance of the law excuses no man.” Still more re- 
 markable, then, is the exception — the only merciful exception found iu 
 those of the Blue Laws which inflicted capital punishment — which spared 
 the cursing or striking child in whose education his parents had been “ very 
 unchristianly negligent.” It is like a ray of light gleaming out from the 
 thick darkness which hangs over that portion of this famous code, which, 
 like the oft-mentioned laws of Draco, is written in blood. It is an indica- 
 tion of the presence of that spirit which at the present day pervades the 
 entire nation, and which called forth the strong commendation of a distin- 
 guished foreigner, not air Englishman, about a quarter of a century since, 
 expressed in terms so strong that we feel called upon to transcribe them. 
 “ When,” he says, “ the stranger finds that in reality the public schools are 
 one of the most prominent subjects of national pride and satisfaction; that 
 the question of popular education is not of interest only to some few phi- 
 lanthropists and thinkers, is not discussed only in legislative assemblies, 
 but that it forms part of the national life and is considered an important, 
 nay, the most important, concern of the nation, — then he feels that in 
 the depths of American society there are forces at work which in Europe 
 have as yet produced very mediocre results. This is, I think, the highest 
 praise that can be bestowed on the United States. This constitutes the 
 true greatness of the nation and the best guarantee of its stability. The 
 United States are the only communities in the world which from their very 
 commencement were prepared to establish popular education as one of the 
 Jundamental pillars of the social fabric. They are the only communities 
 in which the highest possible degree of enlightenment among the people 
 has been practically and universally recognized, not only as a very desira- 
 ble object from the philanthropic point of view, but also as constituting the 
 principal cog-wheel in the machinery of the state. In effect, national enlight- 
 enment will always, and in every branch of administration, prove the most 
 effective ally of statesmanship.” 
 
 The progress made was, it must be acknowledged, not always steady or 
 equal. In 1705, for instance, there was no public school at Plymouth; but 
 private enterprise, as is usual in America, came to the rescue. “ Sundry 
 inhabitants of Plymouth became bound to pay twenty pounds per annum 
 for seven years to support a school, provided it be fettled within forty rods 
 of the old meeting-house; which was agreed to, and a school-house was 
 built by subscription.” As the inhabitants of Plymouth were at this period 
 dispersed over an extensive territory, several towns, since taken from it, not 
 then being incorporated, there was, at first, some difficulty in arranging 
 matters, which was finally removed by the following regulations, in which, it 
 will be noticed, the zeal for learning which brought children from a greater 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 495 
 
 distance than a mile was rewarded with a proportionately lower “school 
 gate,” as the money paid for tuition was called : “ All children sent to the 
 school (except those of the subscribers to the fund) that live within one 
 mile of the school to pay four pence the week for being taught Latin, writ- 
 ing and ciphering, and two pence the week for reading. All beyond a 
 mile and within two to pay two pence for being taught Latin and one penny 
 for reading, the poor excepted, who are to come free. In case a country school 
 be settled by the court before said term of seven years be expired, then 
 these obligations mutually to be void.” By “a country school” is meant 
 a public school established by law. The exception made in favor of the 
 poor is an example of the kindly spirit which lies at the basis of all legis- 
 lation upon this subject, but which is especially noteworthy when shown by 
 the undertakers of what might be considered a private enterprise. 
 
 The second college in the United States was William and Mary College, 
 founded at Williamsburg, Va., in 1692. The king and queen after whom 
 the institution Avas named gave £2000 and 20,000 acres of land, the duty 
 of Id. per pound on all tobacco exported from Virginia and Maryland to 
 the other colonies, and the Surveyor-General’s place, which was then 
 vacant. He also granted it the privilege of sending a member to the 
 assembly. The author of The British Empire in America says (in 1741): 
 t “ It proceeded so far that there was a commencement there in the year 
 1700, at which there was a great concourse of people. Several planters 
 came thither in their coaches and several in sloops from New York, Penn- 
 sylvania and Maryland. It being a new thing in America to hear gradu- 
 ates perform their academical exercises, the Indians themselves had the 
 curiosity to come to Williamsburg on this occasion, and the whole country 
 rejoiced as if they had some relish of learning. The professors were to 
 read on all the liberal sciences — on agriculture, architecture, art military, 
 navigation, gardening, trade and manufactures — once a week from Easter 
 to Michaelmas, and twice a week from Michaelmas to Easter. They began 
 upon experiments of plants and minerals, and were assisted by the French 
 of Monachantown. Their own lead, copper and iron mines in the Apal- 
 lean [Appalachian] Mountains were under their consideration, when the 
 fire put an end to their college and their studies.” This fire happened in 
 1705, but the building was re-erected in 1706, and liberal contributions 
 were made toward its restoration by Queen Anne. 
 
 A school system was devised in Maryland in 1694, which was carried 
 into effect in 1723, and for the benefit of which certain export and import 
 duties were imposed. Each county had a board of visitors, seven in num- 
 ber, with power to perpetuate themselves by filling vacancies, and with 
 authority to purchase in each county one hundred acres of land as the site 
 of a boarding-school, and to employ “good schoolmasters, members of the 
 Church of England and of pious and exemplary lives and conversation, 
 
496 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and capable of teaching well the grammar, good writing and mathematics, 
 if such can be conveniently got.” Their salary was to be £20 per annum 
 and the use of the tract of land bought. By a subsequent act, passed in 
 1728, these masters were required, under penalty of dismissal, to teach as 
 many poor children gratis as the visitors should direct. This, though far 
 inferior to the school system of New England, was a far more liberal 
 provision than was elsewhere made at that time for public education. 
 
 On the 9th of October, 1701, the General Court of the Colony of Con- 
 necticut granted “ full liberty and privilege unto certain undertakers for 
 the founding, suitably endowing and ordering a collegiate school within 
 His Majesty’s colony of Connecticut, wherein youth may be instructed in 
 the arts and sciences, who, through the blessing of Almighty God, may be 
 fitted for public employments both in Church and civil State. To the 
 intent, therefore, that all due encouragement be given to such pious resolu- 
 tions, and that so necessary and religious an undertaking may be set for- 
 ward, supported and well managed, be it enacted,” etc. We have given 
 this preamble to show the combined piety and patriotism which actuated 
 these men, and the ceremony which took place in the previous year, and 
 which is deemed by many the true beginning of the college, is correctly 
 described by Baldwin as “ peculiarly characteristic of the simplicity of the 
 age.” At some time in 1700 ten of the principal ministers were nominated 
 and agreed on by general consent to act as “ trustees or undertakers to 
 found, erect and govern a college.” They met at Branford, and each 
 trustee “brought a number of books and presented them to the body, and 
 laying them on the table said these words : ‘ I give these books for the 
 founding a college in this colony.’ The number of volumes thus collected 
 consisted of forty folios.” Such was the humble beginning of what was 
 destined to be one of the first institutions of learning in the country, not 
 merely in the order of time, but also in the order of merit, of value and 
 of efficiency. The first commencement was held in 1702, at Saybrook. 
 The first student who had taken his whole course at the institution, or at 
 least had not been at any other college, was graduated in 1704. For five 
 years (from 1702 to 1707) the students resided with the rector at Killing- 
 worth, while the commencements were held at Saybrook. After that time 
 various arrangements were made until 1718, when a new building was 
 erected at New Haven, and was occupied by the “school” on the 10th of 
 September. In honor of Elihu Yale (a native of New Haven who had 
 gone to England and had become the governor of the East India Com- 
 pany), by whose generosity the trustees had been enabled to complete the 
 edifice, the institution now received the name of Yale College. During 
 the scholastic year of 1874-5 there were 88 instructors and 1031 students 
 in the various departments (103 theological, 53 law and 50 medical, and 
 in the department of philosophy and the arts, 55 graduate and 7 special 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 497 
 
 students, 537 undergraduate academical students, 248 in the Sheffield 
 Scientific School and 21 in the School of the Fine Arts). 
 
 The College of New Jersey, popularly known as “Princeton College,” 
 was first incorporated in 1746, and established at Elizabethtown under the 
 presidency of the Rev. Jonathan Dickinson. At first this gentleman and 
 an usher were the only teachers, and the students, about 20 in number, 
 boarded with the president and with other families in the town. In 1747 
 President Dickinson died, and the institution was removed to Newark, 
 where it remained for ten years under the presidency of the Rev. Aaron 
 Burr; and in 1757, the number of students being 70, it took a new and 
 final departure to Princeton, where during this year Nassau Hall, the first 
 college edifice, was erected. The discipline was somewhat strict in those 
 days, judging by the following extract from the collegiate code of this 
 institution in 1765: “Every scholar shall keep his hat off about ten rods 
 to the president and about five to the tutors. Every scholar shall rise up 
 and make his obeisance when the president goes in or out of the hall or 
 enters the pulpit on days of religious worship. When walking with a 
 superior, they shall give him the highest place ; and when first coming into 
 his company they shall show their respect to him by pulling off their hats ; 
 shall give place to him at any door or entrance, or, meeting him going up 
 and down stairs, shall stop, giving him the bauister (sic) side ; shall not 
 enter into his room without knocking at the door, or in any way intrude 
 themselves upon him ; and shall never be first and foremost in any under- 
 taking in which a superior is engaging or about to engage ; shall never 
 use any indecent or rude behavior or action in a superior’s presence, such 
 as making a noise, calling loud or speaking at a distance unless sjjoken to 
 by him if within hearing ; shall give a direct, pertinent answer, concluding 
 with Sir!” This college had, during the scholastic year of 1874-5, 19 
 instructors and (including 25 in the school of science) 408 students. 
 
 Dartmouth College in Hanover, N. H., was chartered in 1769. It grew 
 out of a school for the education of Indian children which had previously 
 been established at Lebanon, Conn., by the Rev. Eleazar Wheelock, D. D., 
 who became the first president of the incorporated institution. The char- 
 ter gave it “ all the privileges and immunities of any university within the 
 British realm.” In the following year the institution with its 24 students 
 (18 whites and 6 Indians) was removed to Hanover. The number of 
 instructors during the scholastic year of 1874-5 was 35, and of students 
 457, divided as follows: academical, 265, medical, 78, scientific, 77, agri- 
 cultural, 33, Thayer department, 4. The number of volumes in the li- 
 brary of Dartmouth is 47,000, and including the collections of the literary 
 societies, etc., the sum total is 53,100 volumes. Yale College, with the 
 same inclusion, has an available magazine of 105,000 volumes, while the 
 “ library strength ” of Harvard University is 200,000 volume's, as has 
 32 
 
498 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 been already stated. There are in the United States (according to the 
 American Educational Cyclopedia for 1875) 322 colleges and universi- 
 ties, 111 theological seminaries, 37 law schools, 121 normal schools, 39 
 schools of science (mining, engineering, agricultural, etc.) which are en- 
 dowed by the national land-grant, and 28 schools and collegiate de- 
 partments of science (mining, engineering, etc.) which are not endowed 
 with the national grant of lands. The number of educational and lead- 
 ing college periodicals is 114. The “national land-grants” are a strik- 
 ing proof of the interest felt by the whole country in this important 
 matter. As early as 1785 and 1787 the ordinances passed in these years 
 for the government of “the North-west Territory ” set apart “ section 16 
 of every township ” for the maintenance of public schools, the act of the 
 second year named asserting that, “religion, morality and knowledge being 
 necessary to good government and the happiness of mankind, schools and 
 the means of education shall be for ever encouraged.” The States receiv- 
 ing the 16th section were Ohio, Louisiana, Indiana, Mississippi, Illinois, 
 Alabama, Maine, Missouri, Arkansas, Michigan, Florida, Iowa, Texas, 
 Wisconsin. The 16th and 36tli sections were given to California, Minne- 
 sota, Oregon, Kansas and Nevada. The 36th section was added by the 
 act of 1848. The 16th section was given to all the States admitted into 
 the Union previous to 1848, and the States admitted and Territories organ- 
 ized since that time have received the two sections instead of one. Be- 
 sides these grants, sixteen States (Alabama* Arkansas, California, Florida, 
 Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Mis- 
 souri, Nebraska, Nevada, Oregon and Wisconsin) have received 500.000 
 acres each by the act of 1841, which some of them have added to their 
 school fund, and fourteen (the same, leaving out Kansas, Nebraska, Ne- 
 vada and Oregon and adding Indiana and Ohio) have received under the 
 designation of “swamp lands” (by the acts of 1849, 1850 and 1860) an 
 aggregate of 62,428,413 acres, which has also to some extent been devoted 
 to this purpose. Besides this assistance for common schools, the ordinance 
 of 1787, already mentioned, set apart “not more than two complete town- 
 ships of land to be given perpetually for the purposes of a university.” 
 Every State organized since the beginning of the century has accordingly 
 received the two townships, and it is stated that “ Ohio was fortunate 
 enough to receive three, one while a territory and two on being admitted 
 into the Union, while Florida and Wisconsin appear to have received four 
 each,” two apiece having been probably given upon their organization as 
 Territories and two more each when they became States. The aggregate 
 of the lands thus granted to schools amounts to about 140,000,000 acres, 
 and the . permanent school funds of the 18 States which have received 
 lands under one or all of these grants amounts to $43,866,787.55, an aver- 
 age of nearly $2,500,000, the greater part of which is supposed to be de- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 499 
 
 rived from this source. The university lauds granted by the “ two town- 
 ships” rule amounted to only 1,119,414 acres. Before 1862 no effective 
 condition was attached to these grants. “ No method was indicated by 
 which the trust should be fulfilled, nor was any penalty provided against 
 a violation of it.” A general condition that the lands were granted “in 
 trust for the schools of the State ” appears to have been the only indica- 
 tion usually given of the purpose or object of the donation. The 9,600,000 
 acres of land granted during and since 1862 have had conditions attached 
 which were somewhat more specific than the vague generality which served 
 as a condition to the previous grants. By the act of 1862, for instance, 
 Congress granted to the several States 30,000 acres of the public lands for 
 each senator and representative in Congress. The lands were to be sold, 
 and the proceeds were to be invested as a perpetual fund for the mainte- 
 nance of at least one college in each State where the principal object 
 should be, “ without excluding other scientific and classical studies, and 
 including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are re- 
 lated to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such manner as the legisla- 
 tures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the 
 liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pur- 
 suits and professions of life.” It is well stated in the American Educa- 
 tional Cyclojocedia, to which we are indebted for these particulars, that 
 “ The broad purpose is to provide for the ‘ liberal ’ as well as the ‘ practi- 
 cal education of the industrial classes,’ and that not in any single direction, 
 but ‘in the several pursuits and professions in life.’ The leading object 
 is to be the promotion of ‘ agriculture and the mechanic arts,’ not neces- 
 sarily by training a body of apprentices in manual practice, which experi- 
 ence in general shows is attended with too many drawbacks in an edu- 
 cational institution, but by teaching ‘ such branches of learning as are re- 
 lated to ’ these subjects — that is, in short, the w T hole range of the mathe- 
 matical, physical and natural sciences, with special reference to their appli- 
 cations in these great branches of human industry.” On this basis 35 
 States had established institutions at the beginning of 1875 ; and as four 
 of them had divided the fund, endowing therewith two institutions in each 
 of these States instead of one, the whole number of colleges established 
 under this endowment at the date referred to was 39. Thirty-six had 
 been opened. The average value of the endowment, as far as ascertained, 
 was $179,645, the largest being $630,000 and the smallest $50,000. The 
 effect of these endowments has been to awaken the enthusiasm and call 
 , forth the benevolence of individuals and communities in behalf of the 
 colleges endowed, contrary to the assertion made by some writers upon 
 this subject that governmental aid to education, and especially to higher 
 education, tends to check individual effort. It has proved that “ the aid 
 of the government, wisely bestowed, stimulates and encourages private 
 
500 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 benevolence by giving it a central rallying-point and an adequate guaranty 
 of security.” Of fifteen of these institutions, 8 have received contribu- 
 tions or grants from the States in which they are situated amounting to 
 $1,292,550, aud fourteen (including seven of the previous class) have re- 
 ceived gifts from other sources than their States (such as county or town 
 authorities, or private individuals) to the amount of $3,630,649.86, mak- 
 ing a grand total of $4,923,199.86, of which sum all except $571,545 
 was given solely in consequence of the Congressional land-grant. 
 
 At the beginning of 1875 eleven States had compulsory educational 
 laws — viz., California, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecti- 
 cut, Rhode Island, New York, New Jersey, Michigan, Texas and Nevada. 
 In New Jersey, New Tork and California these laws were enacted in 
 1874. While in the leading colleges opportunities are offered for obtain- 
 ing the highest degree of literary culture, and in several of them the stu- 
 dent can, if he so desires, study Sanscrit, or even Chinese and Japanese, the 
 importance of the common-school system thus supported cannot be over- 
 rated. A comparison of the census report of 1850 with that of 1860 fur- 
 nishes some gratifying results, too pleasing, perhaps, to be accurate, if the 
 returns in 1870 (which took note of all above ten years of age who could 
 not read and write) can be brought into the comparison, and be considered 
 in this as in many other respects the most perfect return ever made. In 
 1850 there were in the United States 1,053,420 persons (twenty years of 
 age and upward) who could not read and write ; native, 858,306 ; foreign 
 born, 195,114; males, 389,664; females, 573,234; white, 962,898; free 
 colored, 90,522. In 1860 the number of persons twenty "years of age 
 and upward who could not read and write was 1,218,311 ; native, 871,418; 
 foreign-born, 346,893; white, 1,126,555; free colored, 90,736. It will be 
 seen at a glance that the greater part of this increase was among the for- 
 eign-born population, brought about, doubtless, in a great measure by im- 
 migration from lands less favored than ours in the matter of education. It 
 will be a difficult matter and will require much explanation to compare 
 these figures with those of 1870. In the first place, as we have already in- 
 dicated, the number of “ illiterates ” from ten years of age aud upward was 
 taken, which, as will be shown, added a considerable number to the sum total 
 Again, slaves had not been included in the preceding return. The slight 
 increase in the number of free colored illiterates will be noticed upon an ex- 
 amination of the above figures, though the total free colored population in- 
 creased during the ten years preceding 1860 from 434,495 to 488,070. The 
 addition of the freedmen brought up the number of colored illiterates to a 
 very high figure, as will be seen by the following returns: Number of per- 
 sons in 1870, ten years of age and upward, who could not read and write, 
 5,658,144 (1,130,060 could read, but could not write); native, 4,880,271 ; 
 foreign born, 777,873 ; white, 2,851,911 ; colored, 2,789,686. It appears, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 501 
 
 then, that nearly one-half of the illiterates were colored people, the greater 
 part, of course, being freedmen, of whose illiteracy no notice had been 
 taken in the previous census. The returns of the census are fuller and 
 more accurate, as we have already mentioned, but it is to be regretted that 
 among the figures given there are very few that can be fairly compared 
 with those of the previous returns. A few statistics are given of illiterates 
 aged 21 years and upward, but none of the native white population of this 
 age. The very slight increase in the number of illiterates among the na- 
 tive whites between 1850 and 1860 (so small, indeed, as to be a proportional 
 decrease ) showed the benefits of our common-school system, and it would 
 be interesting to follow up the special statistics of the native white illiter- 
 ates, twenty years of age and upward, which would doubtless give a more 
 favorable showing than any of the returns given above, or, indeed, obtain- 
 able anywhere. 
 
 A Department of Education was created by an act of Congress ap- 
 proved March 2, 1867, “for the purpose of collecting such statistics and 
 facts as shall show the condition and progress of education in the several 
 States and Territories, and of diffusing such information respecting the 
 organization and management of schools and school systems and methods 
 of teaching as shall aid the people of the United States in the establish- 
 ment and maintenance of efficient school systems, and otherwise aid the 
 cause of education throughout the country.” Dr. Henry Barnard was the 
 first “ Commissioner of Education ” (as the head of this department is 
 styled), a fitting appointment, as it was he who first secured the insertion of 
 ♦ some inquiries respecting the intelligence of the people into the schedules of 
 the census. The difficulties attendant upon the proper performance of the 
 duties of this department were very great. Though it was generally admitted 
 that “commerce, industry, legislation and administration would go back 
 toward barbarism if the care of the young were neglected for a single genera- 
 tion,” the lack of specific information with reference to the condition of ed- 
 ucational affairs in the whole country had “for a long period been a stand- 
 ing complaint among students of American civilization. No officer could 
 make satisfactory replies to foreign inquiries. No statesman could find 
 facts for the formation of his opinions or the guidance of his conduct. 
 There was much pompous boasting of American intelligence, but nobody 
 could exactly describe it.” The Commissioner of Education says in his 
 Report for 1873 : “ Almost every one who endeavored to understand the 
 diverse facts in connection with education in this country complained of 
 the lack of a general summary. Great and noble efforts had been made 
 •to supply this desideratum; particular features, methods or systems had 
 been examined; some very valuable special statements had been published, 
 but there was no report for my guidance. There was not anywhere in ex- 
 istence any complete list of colleges, academies and high schools ; there was 
 
502 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 no summary of the work accomplished by the several States and city sys- 
 tems. In 1870, when engaged on my first Report, I was told by persons of 
 great intelligence that they considered the reports of Dr. Fraser and M. 
 Hippeau the best to be found on the subject of American education. The 
 preparation of the Report for 1870 was like cutting a path through an 
 untrodden forest.” Even in the Report of the Commissioner of Education 
 for 1873 there is not a complete series of statistics for the whole country, 
 so arranged that the total number of schools, teachers, pupils, etc., could be 
 given. The latest figures procurable are fouud, therefore, in the census 
 returns for 1870, and by going back to 1850 some idea of the progress 
 made during two decades can be obtained. In 1850 there were 87,257 
 schools of all classes, with 105,858 teachers, 3,642,694 pupils, and a total 
 aggregate income of $16,162,000 (from endowment, $923,763; from taxa- 
 tion and public funds, $7,590,117 ; from other sources, $7,648,120). In 
 1860 there were 115,224 schools, with 150,241 teachers, 5,477,037 pupils, 
 and a total aggregate income of $34,718,112 (from endowment, $2,199,631 ; 
 from taxation and public funds, $19,929,537 ; from other sources, 
 $12,588,944). In 1870 there were 141,629 schools, with 221,042 teachers 
 (males, 93,329; females, 127,713), 7,209,938 pupils (males, 3,621,996; 
 females, 3,587,942), and a total aggregate income of $95,402,726 (from 
 endowment, $3,663,785; from taxation and public funds, $61,746,039; 
 from other sources, including tuition, $29,992,902). The number of pu- 
 pils to each teacher was, in 1850, 34; in 1860, 36; and in 1870, 33. As 
 an evidence of increased interest in educational matters, we call attention 
 to the fact that while the total population of the country increased 35.58 
 per cent, between 1850 and 1860 and 22.63 per cent, between 1860 and 
 1870, the school population (number of pupils in the schools) increased 
 50.03 per cent, during the first decade mentioned and 31.84 per cent, 
 during the second. Taking another method of comparison, it appears that 
 the school population formed, in 1850, 15.70 per cent, of the total popula- 
 tion of the country; in 1860, 17.42 per cent., and in 1870, 18.71 per cent. 
 This is really a fairer way of comparing them than by comparing the 
 school population with the number of persons of the “ school ages ” (from 
 5 to 18, including persons 5 and excluding persons 18 years of age), for 
 many of the pupils are more than 18 years of age. In America the hope 
 of obtaining an education is not given ujr by the young man who has ne- 
 glected his opportunities or has been unable to attend school before the 
 age of 18. A common-school education, at least, is still within his reach, 
 which he can supplement without very much expense by a course at one 
 of the numerous private academies, even if there is no free “ high school” 
 in his immediate vicinity. In the common schools instruction is given in 
 the common branches (reading, writing, grammar, orthography, geogra- 
 phy and arithmetic), while in many of them the elements of natural phil- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 503 
 
 losophy (physics), of chemistry and of other sciences are taught more or 
 less thoroughly, and in many cases with illustrative experiments. In the 
 high schools and academies Latin, frequently Greek, and in some cases 
 French and German, are taught, while the leading colleges are, as we have 
 already indicated, worthy (by the breadth, so to speak, of their course and 
 the number of their departments) of the title of university. It is, how- 
 ever, the common schools of this country which make the distinction be- 
 tween the intellectual condition of the mass of the people of the United 
 States and that of the inhabitants of the most favored countries in Europe. 
 Their value is incalculable when they are looked at from the most utilita- 
 rian point of view. “ The body-politic has an interest in everything that 
 tends to increase the productive power of the people. As education has 
 this effect by sharpening the perceptive and strengthening the reasoning 
 faculties, as it sets people to observing and thinking, and thereby enlists the 
 quickening and energized mind as a co-operator and aid to muscular action, 
 and enlarges men's capacity of creating value, so it is both the interest 
 and the duty of the government to see that no one be allowed to enter the 
 responsible period of life without the means of doing the best for himself 
 and for the state.” Dr. Jarvis, from whom we quote, substantiates the ital- 
 icized statement by illustrations drawn from a variety of occupations, 
 showing that the intelligent wood-splitter, grindstone-turner, coal-heaver, 
 shoveller, scavenger, weaver, carpenter, farmer — in short, that the educated 
 and observant workman in any branch of manual labor — will always have 
 the advantage over the man who works with his hands alone, without call- 
 ing into requisition the aid of 'his brains. Another very important point 
 is the relation of pauperism to education, with reference to which subject 
 Dr. Mansfield has ascertained some important facts. Among the most 
 interesting of these are the following : That Scotland, the best-educated 
 country in Europe, has in school 1 in 8 of her population, while the State 
 of Ohio has 2 in 7 or 1 in 3.5 ; that in England and Wales the proportion 
 is less ; that the percentage of paupers in England and Wales is 4.6, while 
 in Ohio it is .7 ; therefore, that with double the proportion of education, the 
 proportion of paupers in Ohio is only one-sixth of that in England and 
 Wales, and that the totally ignorant among paupers in the Northern, Mid- 
 dle and Western States amount to 60 per cent, of the paupers, while the 
 totally ignorant among the whole population amount to 4.5 per cent. Dr. 
 Mansfield has also turned his attention to the relation of crime to educa- 
 tion. It is frequently asserted by those who have given little attention to 
 the subject, and who judge by a few notable instances of learned criminals, 
 that education has not a tendency to decrease the amount of crime com- 
 mitted, and that its only effect will be to render the criminal more powerful, 
 and consequently more dangerous. If any of our readers hold these opin- 
 ions, we recommend for their perusal the following remarks of Dr. Mans- 
 
504 BURLEY'S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 field : “ If all the legislators, statesmen and preachers in the world knew 
 precisely the state of facts in society, they could legislate and preach with 
 vastly more effect. Hence, in reference to the subject before us, if we had 
 the exact statistics in regard to the whole prior condition of the criminals 
 we should know almost exactly how crime is caused, and what measures 
 would, if possible, prevent it.” In the reports examined by this writer, 
 “ the whole number of those who can read only is described as in fact 
 very ignorant. To have learned to spell out words and read a little gives 
 no real knowledge. The prison reports almost uniformly speak of the 
 great number of those who ‘ read and write ’ as very deficient in educa- 
 tion.” He finds that among the inmates of the State prisons and jails of 
 New York and Pennsylvania (deducting the metropolitan police reports) 
 the totally ignorant amounted to 19 per cent. ; the totally ignorant and very 
 ignorant combined, 33 per cent. ; the very deficient, including the two for- 
 mer classes, 60 per cent. In the central North-west (including the States 
 of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan and Wisconsin) the proportions are, 
 totally ignorant, 40 per cent. ; totally and very ignorant, 46 per cent. ; 
 very deficient (including, as before, the two former classes), 75 per cent. 
 “ If the proportion of ignorant criminals to the whole number should 
 prove greatly above that of the illiterate to the whole population, it will 
 be a fact conclusive that ignorance is one great cause of crime. In New 
 York and Pennsylvania, in 1870, 4 per cent, of the population were illit- 
 erate and 33 per cent, of the criminals were totally and very ignorant. In 
 the central North-west 31 per cent, of the population were illiterate and 
 46 per cent, of the criminals were totally or very ignorant. In the West- 
 ern and Pacific States, 3 per cent, of the population were illiterate and 31 
 per cent, of the criminals were totally or very ignorant. In the South, 22 
 per cent, of the population were illiterate and 60 per cent, of the criminals 
 were totally ignorant.” These figures require no comment; and the import- 
 ance and close connection of the two subjects investigated by Dr. Mans- 
 field are well set forth in the following extract from the Report of the 
 State Commission's of Public Charities in Illinois : “ The tendency of ed- 
 ucation to prevent pauperism is more apparent than its tendency to pre- 
 vent crime. Estimating the pauper children at one-tenth of the whole 
 number, and leaving them out of the calculation, 40 per cent, of the inmates 
 of the almshouses could not write and 25 per cent, could not even read. Pau- 
 perism and crime are so closely, allied that the same individuals belong to 
 both fraternities. Five per cent, of the county paupers acknowledge that they 
 have been in jail. The same man is a criminal or a pauper according to 
 circumstances. He steals when he cannot beg, and begs when he cannot 
 steal.” As education is, therefore, the deadly enemy of both poverty and 
 crime, every friend of this centenarian republic will note with special 
 pride and satisfaction the progress made in “American education.” 
 
GOYERHMEHT AED LAWS OF THE 
 TJHITED STATES. 
 
 Introduction. — The government of the United States is, according to 
 some authorities, “ a federal, democratic republic,” according to others, “ a 
 representative democracy,” — definitions which are not necessarily conflict- 
 ing, as both denote a government in which the people entrust the adminis- 
 tration of affairs to executive and legislative officers of their choice. The 
 powers of these officers are strictly defined by a written act, the Constitu- 
 tion, which was framed by the people through their delegates, adopted by 
 them and can be altered only by them. This instrument we append in 
 extenso, nor is it our intention to give a dilution of it in this place, but to 
 furnish such information as cannot be gathered by a careful perusal of it. 
 We strongly recommend to our readers such perusal, as the language used 
 is sufficiently clear for ordinary comprehensions, although, as in many 
 other matters, some very acute intellects discover great difficulties therein. 
 The government is, in treating of it, naturally divided into three depart- 
 ments, the executive, the legislative and the judiciary. The executive 
 department consists of the President, Vice-President and the cabinet offi- 
 cers. The duties of the President (salary $50,000) and of the Vice-Presi- 
 dent (salary $10,000) are clearly defined by the Constitution. The cabinet 
 officers, whose departments were created by special acts of Congress, re- 
 quire a more extended notice. The salary of each is $10,000 per annum, 
 and their titles are respectively Secretary of State, Secretary of the Treas- 
 ury, Secretary of War, Secretary of the Navy, Secretary of the Interior, 
 Postmaster-general and Attorney-general. These constitute “ the cabinet,” 
 a name transferred from the British cabinet, though the functions of the 
 two cabinets as such, but especially their respective relations to the execu- 
 tive, are essentially different. The British cabinet is, for the time being, 
 the government — the head and directing body of the administration, al- 
 though originally only “that portion of the privy council supposed to 
 possess more particularly the confidence of the sovereign, and to be con- 
 sulted by him privately on important matters. A vote of “ want of con- 
 fidence ” by the House of Commons, or the defeat of any important bill 
 which has received cabinet support, obliges the ministry, as it is called, to 
 resign or dissolve Parliament, and appeal to the people in a new election. 
 They serve, therefore, as scapegoats upon whom to vent the popular indig- 
 
 505 
 
506 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 nation at any measure which meets with public disapproval, for “the king 
 can do no wrong,” his advisers deserve all the blame, and political de- 
 capitation is now the punishment for what, in former times, upon more 
 than one occasion furnished victims for the headsman’s axe. In the 
 United States the relation of the cabinet to the executive is of a very 
 different nature. By the Constitution, the President “ may require the 
 opinion in writing of the principal officer in each of the executive depart- 
 ments upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices.” 
 Following out the spirit of this provision, Washington began by consult- 
 ing the heads of departments upon all important matters, and his succes- 
 sors adopted the practice of holding cabinet meetings to decide upon the 
 course of the administration with reference to all questions of importance. 
 He is not, however, legally or constitutionally bound to follow their ad- 
 vice, nor can he shift upon them the responsibility if an improper measure 
 has been adopted. “ The President is responsible for all the measures of 
 government, and whatever has been done by one of the heads of the 
 departments is considered as done by the President through the proper 
 executive agent.” The first cabinet contained but three members, the 
 Secretaries of State, of the Treasury and of War, the interior and navy 
 departments not yet having been created, and the Postmaster-general and 
 Attorney-general not yet being considered cabinet officers. All of these 
 heads of departments are appointed by the President, but the appointment 
 must be confirmed by the Senate to make it valid. If the Senate is not in 
 session at the time when the appointment is made, it holds good until that 
 body has an opportunity to take action thereupon. 
 
 Tile Secretary of State.— A “department of foreign affairs” 
 was created by an act of Congress of July 27, 1789. The name was 
 afterward changed (Sept. 15, 1789) to “department of state,” as it was 
 made to embrace what in other governments are styled the “ department 
 of foreign affairs” and the “home department,” a duality of powers which 
 continued until the creation of the “ department of the interior.” The 
 Secretary of State conducts the making of all treaties between the United 
 States and foreign powers, and corresponds officially with the public min- 
 isters of the United States at foreign courts, and with the ministers of 
 foreign powers who are resident in the United States. He is entrusted 
 with the publication and distribution of all the acts and resolutions of 
 Congress, all amendments of the Constitution, and all treaties made and 
 ratified between the United States and any foreign state, prince or power, 
 or with any of the Iudian tribes. He preserves the originals of all laws 
 and treaties, and of the public correspondence growing out of the inter- 
 course between the United States and foreign nations, is required to pro- 
 cure and preserve copies of the statutes of the several States, grant pass- 
 ports to American citizens visiting foreign countries, and has charge of the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 507 
 
 seal of the United States, but cannot affix it to any commission until 
 signed by the President, nor to any act or instrument without the special 
 authority of the President. Whe»3 there is an extradition treaty between 
 the United States and any foreign government, it is lawful for the Secre- 
 tary of State, under his hand and seal of office, to issue an order for the 
 rendition of any person who has committed within the jurisdiction of 
 said foreign government any crime specified in the treaty, in order that 
 such criminal may be taken out of the United States to the country where 
 the crime has been committed. 
 
 The Secretary of the Treasury. — The Treasury Department 
 was created by an act of Congress of Sept. 2, 1789. The Secretary of the 
 Treasury superintends all the fiscal concerns of the government, and rec- 
 ommends to Congress measures for improving the condition of the reve- 
 nue. All the accounts of the government are finally settled at this de- 
 partment, a portion of the printing of the greenbacks and of the frac- 
 tional and national currency is here performed, and to attend to these mul- 
 tifarious duties several hundred clerks are required and the following 
 leading officers or subdivisions : The Secretary of the Treasury (who has a 
 general superintendence of the whole), two assistant secretaries and eleven 
 subordinate “ bureaus,” besides the bureau of statistics (employing thirty- 
 six clerks), by which are issued the admirably arranged and ably edited 
 Annual Reports on Commerce , Immigration and Navigation, the bureau of 
 engraving and printing, three comptrollers (the first, the second and the 
 comptroller of the currency), six auditors, a commissioner of the internal 
 revenue, a register of the treasury, and last, though not least, a treasurer 
 (salary $6000), whose well-known signature (for ten years “F. E. Spinner”) 
 graces the United States treasury notes. The main sources of revenue 
 are “customs,” “internal revenue,” “the sale of public lands,” and (a 
 large amount, generally more than $20,000,000) “ miscellaneous sources.” 
 On the 1st of August, 1875, the national debt, less cash in the treasury, 
 was $2,127,393,838.96. A statement of the receipts, expenditures and na- 
 tional debt of this country in various years will be found in the appendix. 
 [See Table IV.] 
 
 The Secretary of War. — The War Department was created by 
 an act of Congress of Aug. 7, 1789. The Secretary of War (called in 
 the original act the “ Secretary for the Department of War,” and fre- 
 quently termed in former times “the Secretary at War ”), according to the 
 terms of this law “ shall perform and execute such duties as shall from 
 time to time be enjoined on or entrusted to him by the President of the 
 United States, agreeably to the Constitution, relative to military commis- 
 sions or to- the land forces, ships [this part was of course repealed by the 
 act creating the Navy Department] or warlike stores of the United States, 
 or to such other matters as the President of the United States shall assign 
 
508 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 to the said department ; and furthermore, the said principal officer shall 
 conduct the business of the said department in such a manner as the Pres- 
 ident of the United States shall direct.” It has been said that “in times 
 of peace the War Department attracts but little notice.” When its para- 
 mount importance in time of war is considered, and is compared with its 
 position after peace is declared, this statement may be considered as, in a 
 certain sense, true. There are, however, important duties which are per- 
 formed by this department which are deemed by many not less valuable 
 to the public welfare than its activity in time of war. It has the superin- 
 tendence of the construction of fortifications, of the improvement of rivers 
 and harbors, of the erection of lighthouses, of the making of topographi- 
 cal surveys, and of the exploration of the great AVest. The duties just 
 enumerated are under the charge of the chief of the engineers, and the 
 extent of these operations, as well as their utility, can be easily gathered 
 by a perusal of the exceedingly valuable Report of the Chief of Engineers, 
 which annually forms part of the Report of the Secretary of War. From 
 this department, and forming a portion of the same Report, is issued the 
 Report of the Chief Signal Officer, whose forecasting of “ AVeather Proba- 
 bilities ” is within reach of all readers of the daily papers. The efficiency 
 and value of his sub-department entitle it to a separate article. [See Sig- 
 nal Service Bureau.] 
 
 The regular army of the United States contained on the 9tli of Octo- 
 ber, 1874, according to the adjutant-general’s Report, 2080 commissioned 
 officers, 25,891 enlisted men, 8 professors and 258 cadets (total, 28,237). 
 The commissioned officers were — 1 general, one lieutenant-general, 3 major- 
 generals, 13 brigadier-generals, 69 colonels, 73 lieutenant-colonels, 241 
 majors, 29 aids-de-camp, 615 captains, 40 adjutants (extra lieutenants), 
 39 regimental quartermasters (extra lieutenants), 1 battalion-adjutant, 1 
 battalion quartermaster, 524 first lieutenants and 406 second lieutenants. 
 Small as this number may seem, it has been made smaller ; for when, in 
 1874 (June 16), $105,000 was allowed by Congress for recruiting pur- 
 poses, it was provided that “ no money appropriated by this act shall be 
 paid for recruiting the army above the number of twenty-five thousand 
 enlisted men, including Indian scouts.” The general of the army in his 
 Report (dated Oct. 24, 1874) says: “I have no doubt that by the 1st of 
 January, 1875, the number of enlisted men will be reduced by the ordi- 
 nary casualties, discharges and deaths to the number limited by law, viz., 
 25,000 men.” He is not, however, pleased with the change, thinking that 
 “ this limit forces the companies to so small a standard that the efficiency 
 of the service is greatly impaired thereby. It is utterly impossible to 
 maintain the companies on remote stations up to the very small legal 
 standard, because months must necessarily elapse after discharges and 
 deaths before recruits can be sent from the general rendezvous.” The 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE, 
 
 509 
 
 army contains ten regiments of cavalry (authorized strength, 845), five 
 regiments of artillery (authorized strength, 520), twenty-five regiments of 
 infantry (authorized strength, from 400 to 500, according to State) and an 
 engineer battalion (authorized strength, 200, though it contained 317 men 
 Oct. 15, 1874). The pay per month of the commissioned officers is as 
 follows: General of the army, $886; lieutenant-general, $756; major- 
 general, $481 ; brigadier-general, $326.50 ; colonels of engineers, ord- 
 nance, cavalry and light artillery, $227 ; lieutenant-colonels, $203; majors, 
 8179; captains, $137.50, lieutenants, $120.83; colonels of artillery and 
 infantry (the preceding five salaries applying only to officers of ordnance, 
 engineers, etc.), $212 ; lieutenant-colonels, $188 ; majors, $169 ; captains, 
 $127.50; first lieutenants, $117.50; second lieutenants, $112.50; chaplains 
 (with subsistence), $118. The pay of the privates is $13 per month (with 
 clothing and subsistence). The paymaster-general reports disbursements 
 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, amounting to $13,262,830.44, di- 
 vided as follows: To the army, $11,782,168.86 ; to the military academy, 
 $195,928.47 ; disbursed on treasury certificates, $1,284,733.11. The actual 
 expenditures of the War Department for the year ending June 30, 1873, 
 including river and harbor improvements, were $46,325,308.21 ; the same 
 for thefiscal year ending June 30, 1874, were $42,326,314.71. The estimates 
 for the military establishment for the year ending June 30, 1875, were 
 $34,410,722.89, and for the year ending June 30, 1876, were $32,488,969. 
 These last statements and estimates include the expenditures of the quar- 
 termaster-general’s department and other matters which were not in charge 
 of the paymaster-general, . who has the care of only the pay of the troops. 
 The estimates of the chief of engineers for fortifications, river and harbor 
 improvements, public buildings and grounds and the Washington aque- 
 duct for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1875, were $20,459,396. His 
 estimates for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1876, were $16,471,610.50, 
 divided as follows: Fortifications and other works of defence, $2,108,700; 
 geographical and military surveys, $399,000 ; improvement of rivers 
 and harbors, $13,285,500 ; public buildings and grounds and the Wash- 
 ington aqueduct, $678,410.50. The appropriations for the quartermaster- 
 general’s department for the year ending June 30, 1874, were $5,498,820.61. 
 This department has charge of transportation and quarters, there being 
 no less than 5000 buildings under its care to be kept in repair, to be re- 
 newed as they decay, or to be replaced by others in new positions when 
 abandoned in the course of military movements. The army of the United 
 States may seem very small in numbers when compared with the arma- 
 ments of the great powers of Europe, but it is in accordance with the 
 genius of the American nation to keep as small a stauding army as possi- 
 ble in time of peace, and to trust to the patriotism of the people for sup- 
 plies of men in time of war. The strength of the United States army 
 
510 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 during various years of the civil war and afterward was as follows : Dec. 
 1, 1861, 660,971 (regulars, 20,334) ; Aug. 1, 1862, regulars, 43,014, volun- 
 teers, 900,000; Oct. 1, 1863, regulars, 40,000, volunteers, 580,000. In 
 1864 the number was about the same, but the absence of official state- 
 ments makes it impossible for us to give the number with any approach to 
 exactness. On the 1st of May, 1865, the total number of men in all arms 
 of the service was 1,000,516. The aggregate quotas charged against the 
 several States under all the calls made by the President from April 15, 
 1861, to April 15, 1865, amounted to 2,759,049, and the aggregate number 
 of men credited on the several calls and put into the service during the 
 same period was 2,656,553. The whole number of colored troops enlisted 
 into the service during the war was 178,975, and the losses within the 
 same period from sickness, desertion or casualties incident to military 
 life amounted to 68,178. By Jan. 9, 1866, the total force of the army, 
 both regular and volunteer, was already reduced to 152,611. Sept. 30, 
 1867, the total strength of the army was 56,815, including officers and 
 men. Of the great volunteer army which had been so quietly disbanded, 
 but 203 officers and no enlisted men remained in the service. The United 
 States Military Academy at West Point, N. Y., was established by law on 
 the 16th of March, 1802. Its course occupies four years; and in addition 
 to the instructors of artillery, cavalry and infantry tactics, and the pro- 
 fessors and assistant professors of military and civil engineering and of 
 mathematics, the “ academic staff” contains professors and assistant pro- 
 fessors of natural and experimental philosophy, of drawing, of chemistry, 
 mineralogy and geology, of ethics and law, and of the French and Spanish 
 languages. The number of military cadets is 342, as by provision of law 
 each congressional (292) and territorial (10) district, including the District 
 of Columbia, is entitled to have one cadet at the military academy, and no 
 more. This gives 302; and in addition to these, the appointment annually 
 of a number not exceeding ten (ten each year during the four years of the 
 course make up the remaining 40) “at large” — i. e., not confined to a selec- 
 tion by congressional districts — is authorized. The district and territorial 
 appointments are made upon the nomination of the member of Congress 
 or delegate representing the district or Territory at the date of appoint- 
 ment, and the law requires that the person selected shall be an actual res- 
 ident of the district, Territory or District of Columbia from which the 
 appointment purjjorts to be made. Every candidate must be over seven- 
 teen and under twenty-two years of age, must be not less than five feet in 
 height, and must be free from any deformity, disease or infirmity which 
 would render him unfit for military service. He must also pass a careful 
 and thorough preliminary examination as to his attainments, being re- 
 quired to be able to read and write well and perform with facility and 
 accuracy the various operations of the four ground rules of arithmetic, of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 511 
 
 reduction, of simple and compound proportion, and of vulgar and decimal 
 fractions. The arithmetic is to be studied understanding^, not merely 
 committed to memory ; a knowledge of the elements of English grammar, 
 of descriptive geography, particularly of our own country, and of the 
 history of the United States is also required. During the months of July 
 and August the cadets are engaged in military duties and exercises, living 
 in camp. The academic exercises commence at the beginning of Septem- 
 ber. The semi-annual examination takes place in January. At this time 
 the cadets are rigidly examined' in the subjects which they have studied, 
 and the new cadets, if they are found proficient therein (their conduct 
 having been correct in all respects), receive the warrant of cadet; but 
 if any have been unable to master the course, they are pronounced de- 
 ficient by the academic board, and their connection with the academy 
 ceases. This examination, like all subsequent, ones is very thorough, does 
 not permit any evasion or slighting of the courses, and exacts a very close 
 and persevering attention to study. The examining officers have no op- 
 tion ; they must reject the deficient. The “ annual examination ” is held 
 in June. Cadets who have failed to make the requisite proficiency, and 
 who are not likely to succeed in the future, are discharged. The pay of a 
 cadet is $41.66 per month ($500 per annum), with one ration per day, and 
 it is considered sufficient, with proper economy, for his support. 
 
 The Secretary of the Navy. — The Naval Department was cre- 
 ated by an act of Congress of April 30, 1798, when a war with France 
 was threatened [see Historical Sketch, page 110]. The department was 
 organized in the following month, and the secretaryship was offered to 
 George Cabot of Massachusetts, who was very well qualified for the posi- 
 tion, but declined the appointment, whereupon it was offered to Benjamin 
 Stoddard (Spencer and others spell this name “ Stoddert ”), who became 
 (May 21) the first Secretary of the Navy. The first vessel launched 
 under the present organization of the navy was a 44-gun frigate, the 
 United States, (July 10, 1798). She was followed on the 7th of Septem- 
 ber by the Constellation, of 38 guns. The whole force authorized by law 
 on the 16th of July, 1798, consisted of twelve frigates, twelve ships of a 
 force between twenty and twenty-four guns, inclusive, and six smaller 
 sloops, besides galleys and revenue-cutters, making a total of thirty active 
 cruisers. The Secretary of the Navy has the same duties to perform in 
 relation to the navy as those of the Secretary of War in relation to the 
 army. It is his duty to execute the President’s orders relative to the pro- 
 curement of naval stores and materials and the construction, armament, 
 equipment and employment of vessels of war, and to superintend all other 
 matters connected with the naval establishment. There are eight bureaus 
 in this department, viz., the Bureau of Yards, the Bureau of Navigation, 
 the Bureau of Ordnance, the Bureau of Provisions and Clothing, the Bu- 
 
512 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 reau of Medicine and Surgery, the Bureau of Construction and Repair, 
 the Bureau of Equipment and Recruiting, and the Bureau of Steam 
 Engineering. There- is also the Admiral’s Office, the Naval Observatory 
 (in charge of a superintendent, a commander, a secretary, two lieutenants 
 and seven professors) and the Hydrographic Office. On the 4th of July, 
 1861, the total number of vessels of all classes belonging to the navy was 
 90, carrying or designed to carry 2415 guns. Excluding vessels on the 
 stocks, those unfinished, those used as stationary store-ships and receiving- 
 ships, and those which it was considered inexpedient to repair, the avail- 
 able force was only 69 vessels, carrying 1346 guns. It was “a navy which 
 ranked hardly with that of second-rate European powers.” Donald McKay, 
 the American shipbuilder, wrote from London under date of Dec. 3, 
 1861, a letter concerning the inferiority of the United States navy, and 
 said : “ It would be easy' for us to build in one year a fleet of 500 to 600 
 men-of-war ships, from a gunboat to the largest class of iron-cased frigates. 
 It is a well-known fact that we built in one year (1855) the astonishing 
 number of 2034 [2047 according to Report on Commerce and Navigation ] 
 vessels and steamers of all classes, measuring together 583,450 tons. We 
 would be able in our merchant yards alone to turn out in one year 583 
 ships of 1000 tons each. In our navy-yards, where the choicest materials 
 are stocked for building a fleet of 100 ships, sixty more might be built in 
 one year, making a total of 643 men-of-war ships of all classes, varying in 
 armament from 3 to 60 guns.” Though Mr. McKay’s suggestions were not 
 fully carried out, on the 1st of November, 1862, the total number of vessels 
 building and in the service was 284, with a combined armament of 2937 
 guns. Several ironclads had been built, among them the famous Monitor 
 [see Historical Sketch, page 139], the specifications for the building of 
 which we herewith give: “Price, $275,000; length of vessel, 174 feet; 
 breadth of beam, 41 feet; depth of hold, 11 J feet; time [within which it 
 was to be completed], 100 days; draught of water, 10 feet; displacement, 
 1245 tons; speed per hour, 9 statute miles.” The Board of Investigation, 
 from whose report the above statement is taken, say : “ It is to be appre- 
 hended that her properties for sea are not such as a sea-going vessel should 
 possess.” This opinion was verified by the sinking of the original moni- 
 tor, which occurred off the coast of North Carolina during a violent gale 
 (Dec. 31, 1862). It was claimed, however, that the sea-going qualities of 
 monitors subsequently built were much improved. A later report than 
 the preceding one gives as the total number of vessels in the United States 
 Navy “ at the close of 1862, 427 ; number of guns, 3268 ; total tonnage, 
 340,036 ; navy at the close of 1863, 588 vessels, carrying 4443 guns, with 
 a total tonnage of 467,967 ; increase, exclusive of vessels lost, 161 vessels, 
 1175 guns and 127,931 tons.” They were classed as follows: ironclad 
 steamers, coast service, 46; ironclad steamers, inland service, 29; side- 
 
 
 I 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 513 
 
 wheel steamers, 203; screw steamers, 198; sailing vessels, 112. At the 
 close of 1864 the total number of vessels was 671 ; number of guns, 4610; 
 tonnage, 510,396. The additions to the navy during 1864 had amounted 
 to 109 vessels, carrying 312 guns, and with a tonnage of 55,513; but as the 
 losses by shipwreck, battle, etc., during the same period had been 26 ves- 
 sels, carrying 146 guns and with a tonnage of 13,084, the actual increase 
 was 83 vessels, 167 guns and a tonnage of 42,429. The number in the 
 naval service was stated at 6000 officers and 45,000 men. After the close 
 of the war the navy was rapidly reduced from the war standard, and at 
 the close of the year 1866 the number of vessels in commission was only 
 115, carrying 1029 guns. There were 163 other vessels, carrying 1322 
 guns and classed as follows : Ironclads laid up, 54 ; ironclads not com- 
 pleted, 7 ; steam vessels not completed, 19; sailing vessels not completed, 
 2; wooden vessels on hand, 81. The number of seamen in the service 
 was 13,800. During the same year the navy of the United Netherlands 
 (area, 10,909 square miles) consisted of 146 vessels, carrying 2166 guns. 
 At the end of 1874 the navy of the United States consisted of 163 vessels 
 with 1254 guns ; sailing vessels, 26 ; steam vessels, 137. The Secretary of 
 the Navy reported it to be “ in a better condition of effective and perma- 
 nent strength than it has been for years.” He also reported the fighting 
 force of our navy in good and effective condition. During the preceding 
 two years the whole fleet of single-turreted monitors had been thoroughly 
 overhauled and repaired ; their sides had been raised up, their rotten 
 wooden beams and decks replaced by iron, and their turrets and machi- 
 nery put in complete order, so that they were rendered efficient to their 
 utmost capacity, and were ready to go to sea at any time as soon as crews 
 could be put on board and organized. These, with the Dictator and Ro- 
 anoke, also in good order, made a fleet of sixteen ironclads, powerful for 
 any naval purpose not requiring long voyages or great speed. Two pow- 
 erful iron torpedo-vessels had also been completed and were ready for ser- 
 vice, fully equipped with this most terrible weapon of modern warfare. 
 Four of the double-turreted monitors (the Terror, the Miantonomoh, the 
 Monadnock and the Amphitrite ) were also undergoing repairs. Fifteen 
 new and active ships had been added to the cruising navy to take the 
 place of vessels which were worn out and which had to be relieved. Such 
 is the substance of the statements made by the Secretary of the Navy, but 
 Admiral Porter, in his report to the secretary under date of Nov. 6, 1874, 
 “argues that the navy is in a poor condition for war, being greatly inferior 
 to the navies of other countries.” He thinks it “imperatively necessary 
 that we should at once provide for building annually so many tons of 
 monitors — say 5000 tons for the present— until we have thirty first-class 
 monster rams of great speed, armed with monster guns, in addition to our 
 present force, and at least fifty iron torpedo-boats of not less than 100 
 33 
 
514 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 tons, of good speed. The latter should be hauled up under cover, fitted 
 with all the modern improvements and kept for an occasion, while hun- 
 dreds of others could be improvised in a short time after the commence- 
 ment of a war. This is partly the system pursued by Great Britain. She 
 builds 20,000 tons of naval vessels annually, and finds it the cheapest way 
 of averting war and protecting and increasing her commerce.” The opin- 
 ion of Admiral Porter is of such weight, even when it is opposed to that 
 of the Secretary of the Navy, that we thought it proper to transcribe this 
 much, at least, of his remarks. The officers of the navy are 1 admiral 
 (salary, $13,000), 1 vice-admiral ($9000), 13 rear-admirals ($6000, rank- 
 ing with major-generals), 24 commodores ($5000, ranking with brigadier- 
 generals), 50 captains ($4500, ranking with colonels), 90 commanders 
 ($3500, ranking with lieutenant-colonels), 146 lieutenant-commanders 
 ($3000, ranking with majors), 218 lieutenants ($2600, ranking with cap- 
 tains), 100 masters ($2000, ranking with first lieutenants), 35 ensigns 
 ($1400, ranking with second lieutenants), and 113 midshipmen ($1000). 
 The salary of the cadet midshipmen at the Naval Academy is $500 per 
 annum. This institution is situated at Annapolis, Md., and was estab- 
 lished in 1845, during the presidency of James K. Polk, when the Hon. 
 George Bancroft was Secretary of the Navy. The number of midship- 
 men allowed at the academy is one for every member and delegate of the 
 House of Representatives, one for the District of Columbia, ten appointed 
 annually “ at large,” and ten selected each year from boys who have been 
 at least one year in the service on board a naval vessel. This makes the 
 total number of cadet midshipmen 382. The nomination of candidates 
 for admission from the District of Columbia, from the enlisted boys and 
 at large, is made by the President. The nomination of any other candi- 
 date is made on the recommendation of the member or delegate from 
 actual residents of his district or territory. Candidates for appointment 
 as midshipmen must be between 14 and 18 years of age when examined 
 for admission. All candidates for admission are required to certify on 
 honor to their precise age previous to examination, and none are examined 
 who are over or under the prescribed age. They must be of good moral 
 character, satisfactory testimonials of which from persons of good repute 
 in the neighborhood of their respective residences must be presented, and 
 such testimonials from clergymen and instructors in high schools and col- 
 leges have special weight. They must also pass a satisfactory examination 
 before the academic board in reading, writing, spelling, arithmetic, geog- 
 raphy and English grammar — viz., in reading they must read clearly and 
 intelligently from any English narrative work, as, for example, Bancroft’s 
 History of the United States ; in writing and spelling they must write from 
 dictation in a legible hand, and spell with correctness both orally and in 
 writing ; in arithmetic they are examined in numeration and the addition, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 515 
 
 subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers and vulgar and 
 decimal fractions, and in proportion or the rule of three ; in geography 
 they are examined as to the leading grand divisions, the continents, oceans 
 and seas, the principal mountains and rivers, and the boundaries and pop- 
 ulation of the chief nations, their governments, capitals and leading cities ; 
 in English grammar they are examined as to the parts of speech and the 
 elementary construction of sentences, and are required to write a short 
 original paragraph. Attention is also paid to the stature of the candidate, 
 who is required to pass a thorough medical examination. No one who is 
 manifestly undersized for his age is received into the academy. In case of 
 doubt about the physical condition of the candidate, any marked devia- 
 tion from the usual standard of height adds materially to the considera- 
 tion for rejection. The medical board of 1864 adopted the following stan- 
 dard for the height of candidates : 14 years of age, 4 feet 10 inches ; 15 
 years, 5 feet; 16 years, 5 feet 2 inches; 17 years, 5 feet 3 inches; 18 years, 
 (nearly) 5 feet 4 inches ; the candidates to be of proportionate size, espe- 
 cially with regard to cerebral, osseous and muscular development; the 
 youngest to weigh not less than 100 pounds and the oldest not less than 
 120 pounds. The board exercises, however, a proper discretion in the 
 application of the above conditions to each case ; rejecting no candidate 
 who is likely to be efficient in the service, who is “ physically sound, well 
 formed and of robust constitution, and qualified to endure the arduous 
 labors of an officer in the navy.” On the other hand, no one is admitted 
 who is likely to prove physically inefficient. If both examinations are 
 satisfactory, the candidate receives an appointment as midshipman, becomes 
 an inmate of the academy, and is allowed his actual and necessary travel- 
 ling expenses to that institution. He is required to sign articles by which 
 he binds himself to serve in the United States navy for eight years (in- 
 cluding his term of probation at the Naval Academy) unless sooner dis- 
 charged. If, on the contrary, he fail to pass both of the examinations, he 
 receives neither his appointment nor his travelling expenses, nor can he by 
 law have the privilege of another examination for admission to the same 
 class unless recommended by the board of examiners. A midshipman 
 who voluntarily resigns his appointment within a year of the time of his 
 admission to the academy is required to refund the amount paid to him 
 for travelling expenses. In addition to the cadet midshipmen, fifty cadet 
 engineers are authorized by law. Applications for appointment to this 
 |jrade are received by the Navy Department, addressed to the Secretary 
 of the Navy, and can be made by the candidate or by any person for him. 
 His name is then put upon the register, but this gives no assurance of an 
 appointment, nor is any preference given in the selection to priority 
 of application. The candidate must be not less than eighteen or more 
 than twenty-two years of age, and his application must be accompanied by 
 
516 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 satisfactory evidence of moral character and health, with information re- 
 garding the date of his birth and the educational advantages which he 
 has hitherto enjoyed. Candidates who receive permission present them- 
 selves to the superintendent of the Naval Academy between the 20th and 
 30th of September for examination as to their qualifications for admission. 
 They are examined in arithmetic, algebra, geometry, rudimentary natural 
 philosophy, the elements of inorganic chemistry, English grammar and 
 English composition, the history of the United States, and a brief outline 
 of ancient and modern history. They are required to exhibit a fair degree 
 of proficiency in pencil-sketching and right-line drawing, and they must 
 be able to describe all the different parts of ordinary condensing and non- 
 condensing engines, explaining their uses and operation, also the ordinary 
 tools used for construction purposes. Upon satisfactorily passing these 
 examinations, the candidate receives an appointment as cadet engineer 
 upon the same conditions as those required of cadet midshipmen, with the 
 exception of binding himself to serve for six years in the navy instead of 
 eight. The academic course of the cadet engineers comprises two years ; 
 that of the midshipmen, four. The pay is the same. The cadet engineer 
 upon graduation immediately receives a warrant as a third assistant engi- 
 neer in the navy. 
 
 The Secretary of the Interior. — The Department of the In- 
 terior was established by an act of Congress of March 3, 1849. In this 
 act it was provided that the Secretary of the Interior should perform all 
 the duties heretofore devolving upon the Secretary of State in relation to 
 the office of the Commissioner of Patents — i. e., the Patent-Office was re- 
 moved to the Department of the Interior. This office is charged with the 
 performance of “ all acts and things touching and respecting the granting 
 and issuing of patents for new and useful discoveries, inventions and im- 
 provements.” The General Laud-Office was also transferred hither from 
 the Treasury Department. This office is charged with the survey, manage- 
 ment and sale of the public domain, the revision of Virginia military 
 bounty-land claims and the issuing of scrip in lieu thereof. To the Inte- 
 rior Department was also transferred the office .of the Commissioner of 
 Indian Affairs, formerly attached to the War Department. This office has 
 charge of all matters connected with “the poor Indian,” whom the news- 
 paper reporters, having in mind the famous lines in Pope’s Essay on Man — 
 
 “Zo / the poor Indian, whose untutored mind 
 Sees God in clouds or hears him in the wind ” — 
 
 have nicknamed “ Mr. Lo.” Besides the commissioner, there are superin- 
 tendents of Indian affairs and agents over whom the superintendents ex- 
 ercise a directing power. According to Willis, the government has exer- 
 cised parental care over the Indians by endeavors “ to prevent them from 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 517 
 
 warring upon each other and to induce them to adopt the habits of civil- 
 ized life. Neither citizens nor foreigners are allowed to reside among 
 them or to trade with them without a license, and frecpxently valuable 
 presents are made to them of such articles as they need.” Judge Willis is 
 so enthusiastic in his praises of the management of Indian affairs that we 
 add another of his statements in his own words : “ In order to prevent 
 them [the Indians, not the agents] from squandering their money for 
 rum or useless trinkets, and to save them from being cheated by dishon- 
 est traders, the United States government has invested the money paid 
 for their lands in safe and sound stocks, and annually pays them the inter- 
 est through its superintendents and agents. The disbursement of this 
 interest, called ‘ Indian annuities,’ among the different tribes and individ- 
 uals to whom it belongs is an important part of the duties of these gov- 
 ernment agents.” The Bureau of Pensions, the duties of wdiich were for- 
 merly divided between the War and Navy Departments, has also been 
 transferred to this department. The commissioner of this bureau is 
 charged with the examination and adjudication of all claims arising under 
 the various and numerous laws passed by Congress granting bounty-land 
 or pensions for military or naval service in the Revolutionary and subse- 
 quent wars. The Department of the Interior has, besides, the supervision 
 of the account^ of United States marshals and attorneys and of the clerks 
 of the United States courts, the management of the lead and other mines 
 of the United States, the duty of taking and returning the census of the 
 United States (a duty formerly performed by the State Department), and 
 the management of the affairs of public institutions in the District of 
 Columbia. * 
 
 The Postmaster-General. — To this officer is assigned by the 
 Constitution (art. 1, section 8), or rather by the laws passed by the first 
 Congress .in 1789, in accordance with the pow'er therein given to Congress, 
 “the establishment of post-offices and post-roads,” and other duties con- 
 nected with the superintendence of the transmission of the mails. There 
 are three assistant postmasters-general. The first assistant postmaster-gen- 
 eral has charge of the Appointment Office, which attends to the establish- 
 ment and discontinuance of post-offices, the appointment and removal of 
 postmasters (having salaries under $1000), the furnishing to offices of 
 marking and rating stamps and letter balances, the supplying of blanks 
 and stationery for the use of the department, and also has the supervision 
 Sf the ocean mail steamship lines and of foreign and international postal 
 arrangements. The second assistant postmaster-general is over the Contract 
 Office, which has charge of the mail service, putting it under contract and 
 attending to all the details of the annual and occasional mail-lettings, of 
 the adjustment and performance of contracts, of applications for the estab- 
 lishment or alteration of mail arrangements, and of the appointment of mail 
 
518 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 messengers. The Inspection Division of this office receives and examines 
 the registers of the arrival and departure of mails, the certificates of the 
 service of route agents and the reports of mail failures, notes the delin- 
 quencies of mail contractors, provides and sends out mail-bags and mail 
 locks and keys, and looks after cases of mail depredation, of violation of 
 the law by private express, and of forging or illegally using postage- 
 stamps. The third assistant postmaster-general is over the Finance Office, 
 which supervises all the financial business of the department which is not 
 devolved by law upon the auditor. It has charge of the dead-letter office, 
 of the issuing of postal cards, postage stamps and stamped envelopes for 
 the prepayment of postage, and of the accounts connected therewith. The 
 first postage act, which was passed in 1792, introduced a highly compli- 
 cated system. The lowest postage was 6 cents to places within 30 miles ; 
 10 cents to places within 100 miles ; 121 cents to places within 150 miles; 
 
 15 cents to places within 200 miles; 17 cents to places within 250 miles; 
 
 20 cents to places within 350 miles ; 22 cents to places within 450 miles ; 
 
 and 25 cents to places more than 450 miles distant. This was for “ single 
 
 letters ” (those upon oue sheet of paper, whether large or small, without 
 reference to weight), a method of rating letters which was easy enough 
 before the era of envelopes, when the sheet of paper upon which a letter 
 was written was folded over and sealed, the address being written on the 
 back. In 1810 the rates were to some extent simplified, there being six 
 (in the place of the nine just given) as follows: Under 40 miles, 8 cents; 
 under 90, 10 cents; under 150, 124 cents; under 300, 17 cents; under 
 500, 20 cents; over 500, 25 cents. In 1816 the following five rates 
 were adopted : A single letter carried under 30 miles, 61 cents ; under 
 80, 10 cents; under 150, 124 cents; under 400, 18! cents; over 400, 
 25 cents, with an additional rate for every additional piece of paper; 
 and if a letter weighed an ounce, 4 times these rates. With a single ex- 
 ception where the postage was increased, these rates continued until 1845, 
 when the half ounce weight was made the standard instead of the number 
 of sheets, and the rate was reduced to 6 cents for letters carried less than 
 300 miles, and 10 cents for all greater distances, with an additional rate 
 for every additional half ounce or fraction thereof. In 1851 the rates were 
 reduced upon prepaid letters to 3 cents for all distances in the United 
 States under 3000 miles, and 6 cents for greater distances. In 1855 pre- 
 payment was required, the rate still being 3 cents for distances under 3000 
 miles, but 10 cents for greater distances. The present rate of 3 cents pre- 
 paid by stamp for all distances within the United States was established 
 in 1863. The franking privilege was abolished by an act of Congress of 
 Jan. 27, 1873. Special postage stamps are printed and furnished to each 
 of the executive departments for official correspondence and the transmis- 
 sion of public documents. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 519 
 
 The Attorney- General. — This officer has charge of the Depart- 
 ment of Justice, in which there are three assistant attorneys-general, a 
 solicitor-general and solicitors of the Treasury, Internal Revenue and the 
 Navy. The duties of this department comprise — official opinions on the 
 current business of the government as called for by the President or by 
 any head of a department ; examination of the titles of all lands pur- 
 chased as the sites of arsenals, custom-houses, light-houses and all other 
 public works of the United States ; applications for pardons in all cases 
 of convictions in the courts of the United States ; applications for appoint- 
 ment in all the judicial and legal business of the government ; the con- 
 duct and argument of all suits in the Supreme Court of the United States 
 in which the government is concerned ; the supervision of all other suits 
 arising in any of the departments, when referred by the head of such de- 
 partment to the Attorney-General. Occasionally, when a matter of great 
 importance is in question, a special assistant of known ability is commis- 
 sioned to take charge of the question and give it the minute attention 
 which it demands. In December, 1873, for instance, the Hon. Reverdy 
 Johnson was commissioned by the Attorney-General as special assistant in 
 matters in controversy between the United States and various telegraph 
 companies. The grave questions which had arisen as to the rights of the 
 United States government and the duties of the companies in reference to 
 the telegraphic service of the United States government were submitted 
 for his consideration, and he delivered an opinion thereon and took other 
 official action to bring the matters at issue to a settlement. 
 
 Con gress. — The powers and duties of Congress are sufficiently set 
 forth in the Constitution (Article I.). The Senate now (1875) consists of 
 74 members. The number of senators is comparatively easy to follow, 
 there being always two from each State. Both the number of members 
 of the House of Representatives and the number of citizens represented 
 by a member have varied from time to time in a manner which requires a 
 word of explanation. The first apportionment was made in the Constitu- 
 tion itself (Art. I, Section 2). It is the duty of Congress to readjust and 
 reapportion the representatives among the several States every tenth year, 
 or at least after every census, according to the population as shown by the 
 last preceding census. This duty has been performed nine times. In 
 1792 the apportionment was made upon the ratio of one representative to 
 every 33,000 of representative population. The representative population 
 then included all free persons, white or black, and to these were added in the 
 slave States three-fifths of all the slaves. Iu 1803 the apportionment was 
 made with the same ratio. In 1811 the ratio was fixed at one representa- 
 tive for every 35,000 of the population ; in 1822 at one for every 40,000 
 of the population ; iii 1832 at one for every 47,000 of the population ; 
 and in 1842 at one for every 70,000 of the population. By the law of 
 
520 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 May 23, 1850, the number of members was for the first time limited, it 
 being enacted that the number of representatives in Congress should be 
 233, that the representative population determined by the census of that 
 year should be divided by said number 233, and that the quotient so found 
 should be the ratio of representation for the several States. This quotient 
 was, according to Judge Willis, nearly 94,000, or double the number rep- 
 resented by a congressman in 1833. Under the census of 1860 the ratio 
 thus ascertained was 126,823, and the 233 representatives were thus appor- 
 tioned, each State, however, being given at least one representative, 
 although it might have less than the full number of representative in- 
 habitants. As it was thought that a closer approximation to a fair pro- 
 portionate representation of the several States could be obtained by making 
 the number of members 241, the latter number was adopted by the act of 
 March 4, 1862. The admission of Nevada in 1864"and of Nebraska in 
 1867, with one representative each, brought up the number to 243. In 
 1872 the number of members of the House of Representatives was fixed 
 at 283, but subsequent amendments, caused by the difficulty in adjusting 
 the respective claims of the several States, brought the number of repre- 
 sentatives up to 292, with the following apportionment : Alabama, 8 ; 
 Arkansas, 4; California, 4; Connecticut, 4; Delaware, 1; Florida, 2; 
 Georgia, 9; Illinois, 19; Indiana, 13; Iowa, 9; Kansas, 3; Kentucky, 
 10; Louisiana, 6; Maine, 5; Maryland, 6; Massachusetts, 11; Michigan, 
 9 ; Minnesota, 3 ; Mississippi, 6 ; ^lissouri, 13 ; Nebraska, 1 ; Nevada, 1 ; 
 New Hampshire, 3 ; New Jersey, 7 ; New York, 33 ; North Carolina, 8 ; 
 Ohio, 20 ; Oregon, 1 ; Pennsylvania, 27 ; Rhode Island, 2 ; South Caro- 
 lina, 5; Tennessee, 10; Texas, 6; Vermont, 3; Virginia, 9; West Vir- 
 ginia, 3; Wisconsin, 8. The increase from 283 to 292 was made by giving 
 an additional member to each of the following 9 States : Alabama, Flor- 
 ida, Indiana, Louisiana, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Ten- 
 nessee and Vermont. The admission of a new State will increase the total 
 number of representatives. “ The Tuesday next after the first Monday in 
 November, 1876, is fixed and established as the day in each of the States 
 and Territories for the election of representatives and delegates to the 
 XLVth Congress, and the Tuesday next after the first Monday in Novem- 
 ber in every second year thereafter is fixed and established as the day for 
 the election in each of the said States and Territories of representatives 
 and delegates to the Congress, commencing on the 4th day of March next 
 thereafter.” It is also provided by this act that “ no State shall hereafter 
 be admitted to the Union without having the population necessary to en- 
 title it to at least one representative.” The average number of “ constitu- 
 ents ” represented by a member of Congress is 130,533, though the “con- 
 gressional districts” necessarily vary in size, and in several of the States 
 one or more of the congressmen are elected “ at large ” — that is, by a vote 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 521 
 
 of the whole State. This plan obviated the necessity of breaking up dis- 
 tricts where such a course was deemed inexpedient. Iu addition to the 
 representatives from the States, the House admits a delegate from each 
 organized Territory and from the District of Columbia, who has the right 
 to debate on subjects in which his Territory is interested, but not to vote. 
 The salaries of senators and representatives (since the passage of the Sal- 
 ary-Grab Act) are as follows : Speaker of the Senate, pro tem., $10,000 ; 
 Speaker of the House, $10,000; senators and representatives, $7500 
 apiece. 
 
 United. States Courts. — The Supreme Court of the United States 
 has original jurisdiction in all cases affecting ambassadors, other public 
 ministers and consuls, and in those iu which a State is a party, and appel- 
 late jurisdiction in all other cases which can be tried before United States 
 courts. These comprehend all cases in law and equity arising under the 
 Constitution, the laws of the United States and treaties made under their 
 authority; all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction; controversies 
 to which the United States shall be a party ; controversies between two or 
 more States, between a State and citizens of another State, between citizens 
 of different States, between citizens of the same State, claiming land un- 
 der grants of different States, and between a State or the citizens thereof 
 and foreign States or citizens or subjects of the same. Its decisions are 
 final, for there is no superior tribunal upon earth to which au appeal from 
 its dicta can be made ; and when it has in due form declared how the Con- 
 stitution must be understood, or how the laws must be interpreted and ap- 
 plied, this decision settles the matter and becomes the law of the land as 
 to the questions involved in the case, continuing so to stand unless or until 
 reversed by the same authority which pronounced it. It consists of a 
 chief-justice (salary, $10,500) and eight associate justices (salary, $10,000 
 each), who hold office during good behavior, and at stated times receive 
 a compensation which may be increased, but not diminished, during their 
 term of office. The Circuit Courts are held twice a year for each State 
 within the circuit. The circuits are nine in number, containing respect- 
 ively the following States : 1st circuit, Maine, New Hampshire, Massa- 
 chusetts and Rhode Island ; 2d circuit, New York, Vermont and Connect- 
 icut ; 3d circuit, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware ; 4th circuit, 
 Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina and South Carolina ; 
 5th circuit, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas ; 
 6th circuit, Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky and Tennessee ; 7th circuit, Indi- 
 ana, Illinois and Wisconsin ; 8th circuit, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Kan- 
 sas, Arkansas and Nebraska ; 9th circuit, California, Oregon and Nevada. 
 The circuit courts in each circuit are held by the justice of the supreme 
 court allotted to the circuit, or by the justice of the supreme court and 
 the circuit judge sitting together, in which case the former presides, or in 
 
522 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the absence of either of the two judges just named, by the other (who 
 presides) and the district judge. These courts have both original and 
 appellate jurisdiction. Cases may be appealed to them from the district 
 courts. They have concurrent jurisdiction with the State courts where 
 the matter in dispute exceeds $500 and the United States are plaintiffs, or 
 where an alien is a party, or where the suit is between citizens of different 
 States. They have exclusive jurisdiction in all cases of crimes against 
 the laws of the United States, except where the law especially confers this 
 power on other courts. The District Courts have exclusive original juris- 
 diction in all admiralty and maritime causes. Every State constitutes at 
 least one district, several of the larger States being divided into two dis- 
 tricts, and some into three. The Court of Claims was established by act 
 of Congress in 1855 “ to hear and determine all claims founded upon any 
 law of Congress, or upon any regulation of an executive department, or 
 upon any contract, express or implied, with the government of the United 
 States (which may be suggested to it by a petition filed therein) ; also all 
 claims which may be referred to said court by either house of Congress.” 
 There are five justices of this court (salary, $4500 apiece). The Territo- 
 rial Courts, though not courts upon which judicial power is conferred by 
 the Constitution, are United States courts, created by special acts of Con- 
 gress for each organized Territory. Each consists of a chief-justice and 
 two associate justices, holding office for a term of four years — a fact which 
 shows of itself that these courts are not constitutional courts (as Mr. 
 Howard calls those deriving their powers from the Constitution), the 
 judges of which, as the reader will remember, hold office during good 
 behavior. In all the territorial courts there is an appeal to the supreme 
 court of the United States where the value in dispute exceeds one thou- 
 sand dollars. The Senate of the United States as a court to try impeach- 
 ments is an extraordinary tribunal, the powers and duties of which are 
 described in Article 1, Section 3, of the Constitution [see also Historical 
 Sketch, page 147, note]. 
 
 Laws of the United States. — The jurisprudence of the several 
 States, with the exception of Louisiana, is based upon the common law of 
 England with reference to matters not provided for by statute — i. e., upon 
 the common law of England as brought over by the first settlers and 
 modified to suit the wants of the various communities. Wherever statutes 
 have been made, the common law has been superseded with reference to 
 the particular matters of which the statutes treat. In the same way, but 
 to a less degree, this same common law underlies the jurisprudence of the 
 United States as a collective nation. In the act of 1789, creating the dis- 
 trict courts, for instance, occur these words : “ Saving to suitors in all cases 
 the right of a common law remedy "where the common law is competent to 
 give it;” also a little further on concurrent jurisdiction with the State 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 523 
 
 courts is given in “ all suits at common law where the United States sue, 
 and the matter in dispute amounts, exclusive of costs, to the sum or value 
 of one hundred dollars,” etc. Back of all, then, and filling up every gap 
 in the legal barrier against wrong and the legal protection of right, is the 
 common law. The Constitution of the United States is the fundamental 
 law of the land with reference to all matters of which it treats and all 
 inferences which can be fairly drawn from it. It binds not only every 
 citizen, but Congress itself, the law-making power of the government, and, 
 taken together with the various decisions of the supreme court expounding 
 it, it furnishes a body of constitutional law. The laws enacted by Congress 
 derive all their force and efficacy from the powers granted to Congress by 
 the Constitution ; and if they are not in perfect agreement with the provis- 
 ions of said Constitution, they can be set aside by the supreme court as 
 soon as a test case involving the principles in question is presented. When 
 they are constitutional they are equally binding in every State and Terri- 
 tory of the United States ; and being uniformly applied and executed in 
 all by the United States courts, they form a body of statute laivs. Treaties 
 made between the United States and foreign nations, and with the Indian 
 tribes, are just as binding by the precepts of international law as any con- 
 stitutional provision or act of Cougress. “ The Constitution, and the laws of 
 the United States which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties 
 made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, 
 shall be the supreme law of the land, and judges in every State shall be 
 bound thereby, anything in the Constitution or laws of any State to the 
 contrary notwithstanding ” [see Constitution of the United States, 
 Article VI.]. 
 
 The Naturalization Laws.— Foreigners are welcomed in this 
 country with a kindness which it would be difficult for them to find else- 
 where. In England an alien, by taking out letters patent ex donatione 
 regis (by the gift of the king, not ex donatione legis, by the gift of the law, 
 as Some Blackstones (but not Sharswood’s), and even Bouvier’s Law 
 Dictionary under the word “ denizen,” have it), “ a high and incommuni- 
 cable branch of the royal prerogative,” can attain a sort of half-and-half 
 state, which leaves him neither an alien nor fully naturalized. He can 
 take land by purchase or by devise — i. e., left by will — but not by inher- 
 itance — i. e., as legal heir. An alien can be naturalized only by act of 
 Parliament, and even then he cannot hold office. In the United States, 
 on the contrary, aliens are better treated in many of the States than den- 
 izens are in England. Their disabilities in respect to holding lands are 
 wholly removed in Connecticut, Florida, Iowa, Maine, Massachusetts, 
 Michigan, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin, without re- 
 quiring even residence. If resident, they can hold lands in California, 
 Kentucky, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire and Texas; and if they 
 
524 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 have declared their intention of becoming citizens, they have the same 
 privilege in Arkansas, Delaware, Georgia and South Carolina. In several 
 other States their disabilities are partly removed. For the alien who de- 
 sires to become a citizen of the United States, theoretically the road is 
 easy enough, and practically it is said to he still easier. Theoretically, an 
 alien, in order to become a citizen, must go before some United States court 
 or some court of record of some State at least two years before his admis- 
 sion to citizenship, and then and there declare on oath or affirmation that 
 it is his intention to become a citizen of the United States, renouncing at 
 the same time all allegiance and fidelity to any foreign prince, potentate, 
 State or sovereignty, and particularly by name the prince, potentate, State 
 or sovereignty whereof such alien may at the time be a citizen or subject. 
 This declaration is recorded by the clerk, and a certificate bearing the seal 
 of the court and signed by the clerk is given him, which states that he 
 has made such a declaration. This certificate is what is commonly known 
 as “ first papers ” of a foreigner who desires to be naturalized. An appli- 
 cant who has come to this country before the age of 18 is not required to 
 take out his “ first papers,” and can be naturalized after a residence of five 
 years, provided that he has reached the age of 21 at the time of making 
 application. The “ second papers,” or certificate of citizenship, cannot 
 (theoretically) be taken out until the applicant has resided in the United 
 States at least five years. This residence must be proved by other testimony 
 than the oath of the applicant, but one witness is sufficient. He must also 
 prove that he has behaved, during the period of his residence, as a man of 
 good moral character, attached to the principles of the Constitution of 
 the United States. He then swears or affirms the same things as before 
 (with the additional declaration, if he has borne any title of nobility, that 
 he renounces it), also that he will support the Constitution of the United 
 States. The parties are then taken before the judge for the final exami- 
 nation under oath. If the judge is satisfied that the applicant is a man 
 of good moral character, who has resided in this country for the requisite 
 period, he orders, in writing, the admission of the latter to the privileges 
 of citizenship. He is forthwith admitted, and receives a final certificate, 
 bearing the seal of the court and signed by the clerk, which is conclusive 
 evidence thereafter of his citizenship, though it can be set aside if fraudu- 
 lently obtained. The minor children (those under 21 years of age) of 
 persons naturalized, if such children are then residing in the United 
 States, become citizens by the naturalization of their parents. Such 
 (legally and theoretically) are the length of residence and the legal pro- 
 ceedings required of those who wish to become citizens of the United States. 
 A naturalized citizen is put upon the same footing as a native, with the 
 exception that he is not eligible for the presidency or vice-presidency of 
 the United States. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 525 
 
 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 We, the People of the United States, in order to form a more perfect union, 
 establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide for the common 
 defence, promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty 
 to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitu- 
 tion for the United States of America. 
 
 ARTICLE I. 
 
 Section 1. All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested, in a 
 Congress of the United States, which "shall consist of a Senate and House 
 of Representatives. 
 
 Section 2. The House of Representatives shall be composed of members 
 chosen every second year by the people of the several States, and the elect- 
 ors in each State shall have the qualifications requisite for electors of the 
 most numerous branch of the State legislature. 
 
 No person shall be a representative who shall not have attained to the 
 age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citizen of the United 
 States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State in 
 which he shall be chosen. 
 
 Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned among the several 
 States which may be included within this Union, according to their re- 
 spective numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the whole num- 
 ber of free persons, including those bound to service for a term of years, 
 and excluding Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all other persons. The 
 actual enumeration shall be made within three years after the first meeting 
 of the Congress of the United States, and within every subsequent term of 
 ten years, in- such manner as they shall by law direct. The number of 
 representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty thousand, but each 
 State shall have at least one representative; and until such enumeration 
 shall be made, the State of New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose 
 three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island and Providence Plantations one, 
 Connecticut five, New York six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, 
 Delaware one, Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South 
 Carolina five and Georgia three. 
 
 When vacancies happen in the representation from any State, the execu- 
 tive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. 
 
 The House of Representatives shall choose their speaker and other 
 officers; and shall have the sole power of impeachment. 
 
 Section' 3. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two 
 senators from each State, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six years; 
 and each senator shall have one vote. 
 
526 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence of the first 
 election, they shall be divided as equally as may be into three classes. The 
 seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of 
 the second year, of the second class at the expiration of the fourth year, 
 and of the third class at the expiration of the sixth year, so that one-third 
 may be chosen every second year; and if vacancies happen by resignation, 
 or otherwise, during the recess of the legislature of any State, the executive 
 thereof may make temporary appointments until the next meeting of the 
 legislature, which shall then fill such vacancies. 
 
 bio person shall be a senator who shall not have attained to the age of 
 thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the United States, and who 
 shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State for which he shall 
 be chosen. 
 
 The Vice-President of the United States shall be president of the Senate, 
 but shall have no vote, unless they be equally divided. 
 
 The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a president pro 
 tempore, in the absence of the Vice-President, or when he shall exercise 
 the office of President of the United States. 
 
 The Senate shall have the sole power to try all impeachments: when 
 sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath or affirmation. When the 
 President of the United States is tried, the chief-justice shall preside; and 
 no person shall be convicted without the concurrence of two-tliirds of the 
 members present. 
 
 Judgments in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to 
 removal from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of 
 honor, trust or profit under the United States; but the party convicted 
 shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judgment and 
 punishment according to law. 
 
 Section 4. The times, places and manner of holding elections for sen- 
 ators and representatives shall be prescribed in each State by the legis- 
 lature thereof; but the Congress may at any time, by law, make or alter 
 such regulations, except as to the places $f choosing senators. 
 
 The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, and such meet- 
 ing shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall, by law, 
 appoint a different day. 
 
 Section 5. Each house shall be the judge of the elections, returns and 
 qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each shall constitute 
 a quorum to do business; but a smaller number may adjourn from day to 
 day, and may be authorized to compel the attendance of absent members, 
 in such manner and under such penalties as each house may provide. 
 
 Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its mem- 
 bers for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two-thirds, expel 
 a member. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 527 
 
 Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and from time to 
 time publish the same, excepting such parts as may in their judgment 
 require secresy, and the yeas and nays of the members of either house on 
 any question shall, at the desire of one-fifth of those present, be entered 
 on the journal. 
 
 Neither house, during the session of Congress, shall, without the consent 
 of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other place than 
 that in which the two houses shall be sitting. 
 
 Section 6. The senators and representatives shall receive a compensa- 
 tion for their services, to be ascertained by law and paid out of the treasury 
 of the United States. They shall in all cases, except treason, felony and 
 breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at 
 the session of their respective houses, and in going to and returning from 
 the same; and for any speech or debate, in either house, they shall not be 
 questioned in any other place. 
 
 No senator or representative shall, during the time for which he was 
 elected, be appointed to any civil office under the authority of the United 
 States, which shall have been created or the emoluments whereof shall have 
 been increased during such time; and no person holding any office under 
 the United States shall be a member of either house during his continuance 
 in office. 
 
 Section 7. All bills for raising revenue shall originate in the House of 
 Representatives, but the Senate may propose or concur with amendments 
 as on other bills. 
 
 Every bill which shall have passed the House of Representatives and 
 the Senate shall, before it become a law, be presented to the President of 
 the United States; if he approve he shall sign it, but if not he shall return 
 it, with his objections, to that house in which it shall have originated, who 
 shall enter the objections at large on their journal, and proceed to recon- 
 sider it. If after such reconsideration two-thirds of that house shall agree 
 to pass the bill, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to the other 
 house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two- 
 thirds of that house, it shall become a law. But in all such cases the votes 
 of both houses shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of 
 the persons voting for and against the bill shall be entered on the journal 
 of each house respectively. If any bill shall not be returned by the Presi- 
 dent within ten days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented 
 to him, the same shall be a law, in like manner as if he had signed it, 
 unless the Congress by their adjournment prevent its return, in which case 
 it shall not be a law. 
 
 Every order, resolution or vote to which the concurrence of the Senate 
 and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a question of 
 adjournment) shall be presented to the President of the United States; and 
 
528 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 before the same shall take effect, shall be approved by him, or, being dis- 
 approved by him, shall be repassed by two-thirds of the Senate and House 
 of Representatives, according to the rules and limitations prescribed in the 
 case of a bill. 
 
 Section 8. The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, 
 duties, imposts and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the common 
 defence and general welfare of the United States; but all duties, imposts 
 and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States ; 
 
 To borrow money on the credit of the United States ; 
 
 To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several 
 States, and with the Indian tribes ; 
 
 To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on the 
 subject of bankruptcies, throughout the United States ; 
 
 To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix 
 the standard of weights and measures ; 
 
 To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and cur- 
 rent coin of the United States ; 
 
 To establish post-offices and post-roads ; 
 
 To promote the progress of science and useful arts, by securing for lim- 
 ited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective 
 writings and discoveries ; 
 
 To constitute tribunals inferior to the supreme court ; 
 
 To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on the high seas, 
 and offences against the law of nations ; 
 
 To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal and make rules 
 concerning captures on land and water ; 
 
 To raise and support armies ; but no appropriation of money to that use 
 shall be for a longer term thau two years; 
 
 To provide and maintain a navy ; 
 
 To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval 
 forces ; 
 
 To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the Union, 
 suppress insurrections and repel invasions ; 
 
 To provide for organizing, arming and disciplining the militia, and for 
 governing such part of them as may be employed in the service of the 
 United States, reserving to the States respectively the appointment of the 
 officers and the authority of training the militia according to the discipline 
 prescribed by Congress : 
 
 To exercise exclusive legislation, in all cases whatsoever, over such dis- 
 trict (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of particular 
 States and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of the government 
 of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all places pur- 
 chased by the consent of the legislature of the State in which the same 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 529 
 
 shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dockyards and other 
 needful buildings; and 
 
 To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for "carrying into 
 execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers Vested by this Consti- 
 tution in the goyernment of the United States or in any department or 
 officer thereof. 
 
 Section 9. The migration or importation of such persons as any of the 
 States now existing shall think proper to admit shall not be prohibited by 
 the Congress prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight, but 
 a tax or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceeding ten 
 dollars for each person. 
 
 The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended, unless 
 when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public safety may require it. 
 
 No bill of attainder or ex post facto law shall be passed. 
 
 No capitation or other direct tax shall be laid, unless in proportion to 
 the census or enumeration hereinbefore directed to be taken. 
 
 No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any State. 
 
 No preference shall be given by any regulation of commerce or revenue 
 to the ports of one State over those of another; nor shall vessels bound to 
 or from one State be obliged to enter, clear or pay duties in another. 
 
 No money shall be drawn from the treasury but in consequence of ap- 
 propriations made by law ; and a regular statement and account of the 
 receipts and expenditures of all public money shall be published from time 
 to time. 
 
 No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States; and no person 
 holding any office of profit or trust under them shall, without the consent 
 of the Congress, accept of any present, emolument, office or title, of any 
 kind whatever, from any king, prince or foreign state. 
 
 Section 10. No State shall enter into any treaty, alliance or confedera- 
 tion; grant letters of marque and reprisal; coin money; emit bills of 
 credit; make anything but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of 
 debts; pass any bill of attainder, ex post facto law or law impairing the 
 obligation of contracts or grant any title of nobility. 
 
 No State shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any impost or 
 duties on imports or exports, except what may be absolutely necessary 
 for executing its inspection laws; and the net produce of all duties and 
 imposts laid by any State on imports or exports shall be for the use of the 
 treasury of the United States ; and all such laws shall be subject to the 
 revision and control of the Congress. 
 
 No State shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of tonnage, 
 keep troops or ships-of-war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or 
 compact with another State or with a foreign power, or engage in war unless 
 actually invaded or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay. 
 
 34 
 
530 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ARTICLE II. 
 
 Section 1' The executive power shall be vested in a President of the 
 United States of America. He shall hold his office during the term of four 
 years, and, together with the Vice-President, chosen for the same term, be 
 elected as follows : 
 
 Each State shall appoint, in such manner as the legislature thereof may 
 direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole number of senators and 
 representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress; but no 
 senator or representative, or person holding an office of trust or profit 
 under the United States, shall be appointed an elector. 
 
 [The electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot for 
 two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an inhabitant of the same 
 State with themselves. And they shall make a list of all the persons voted 
 for, and of the number of votes for each ; which list they shall sign and 
 certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government of the United 
 States, directed to the president of the Senate. The president of the Senate 
 shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open 
 all the certificates, and the votes shall then be counted. The person hav- 
 ing the greatest number of votes shall be the President, if such number 
 be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed; and if there be 
 more than one who have such majority and have an equal number of votes, 
 then the House of Representatives shall immediately choose by ballot one 
 of them for President ; and if no person have a majority, then from the 
 five highest on the list the said House shall in like manner choose the 
 President. But in choosing the President, the votes shall be taken by 
 States, the representation from each State having one vote ; a quorum for 
 this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the 
 States, and a majority of all the States shall be necessary to a choice. In 
 every case, after the choice of the President, the person having the greatest 
 number of votes of the electors shall be the Vice-President. But if there 
 • should remain two or more who have equal votes, the Senate shall choose 
 from them by ballot the Vice-President.*] 
 
 The Congress may determine the time of choosing the electors, and the 
 day on which they shall give their votes; which day shall be the same 
 throughout the United States. 
 
 No person except a natural-born citizen, or a citizen of the United States 
 at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the 
 office of President ; neither shall any person be eligible to that office who 
 shall not have attained to the age of thirty-five years and been fourteen 
 years resident within the United States. 
 
 In case of the removal of the President from office, or of his death, res- 
 See Twelfth Amendment; also Historical Sketch, p. 111. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 531 
 
 ignation or inability to discharge the powers and duties of the said office, 
 the same shall devolve on the Vice-President, and the Congress may by 
 law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation or inability both 
 of the President and Vice-President, declaring what officer shall then act 
 as President; and such officer shall act accordingly until the disability 
 be removed or a President shall be elected. 
 
 The President shall, at stated times, receive for his services a compensa- 
 tion, which shall neither be increased nor diminished during the period for 
 which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive within that 
 period any other emolument from the United States, or any of them. 
 
 Before he enter on the execution of his office, he shall take the following 
 oath or affirmation : “ I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully 
 execute the office of President of the United States, and will, to the best 
 of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United 
 States.” 
 
 Section 2. The President shall be commander-in-chief of the army and 
 navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several States, when 
 called into the actual service of the United States; he may require the 
 opinion, in writing, of the principal officer in each of the executive depart- 
 ments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices ; 
 and he shall have power to grant reprieves and pardons for offences against 
 the United States, except in cases of impeachment. 
 
 He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, 
 to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the senators present concur ; and 
 he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
 shall appoint, ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, judges of 
 the supreme court, and all other officers of the United States whose ap- 
 pointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be 
 established by law; but the Congress may by law vest the appointment 
 of such inferior officers as they think proper in the President alone, in the 
 courts of law, or in the heads of departments. 
 
 The President shall have power to fill up all vacancies that may happen 
 during the recess of the Senate, by granting commissions which shall ex- 
 pire at the end of their next session. 
 
 Section 3. He shall from time to time give to the Congress information 
 of the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration such 
 measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he may on extraordi- 
 nary occasions convene both houses, or either of them, and in case of dis- 
 agreement between them with respect to the time of adjournment, he may 
 adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper; he shall receive 
 ambassadors and other public ministers; he shall take care that the laws 
 be faithfully executed, and shall commission all the officers of the United 
 States. 
 
532 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Section 4. The President, Vice-President and all civil officers of the 
 United States shall be removed from office on impeachment for and' con- 
 viction of treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors. 
 
 ARTICLE III. 
 
 Section 1. The judicial power of the United States shall be vested in 
 one supreme court, and in such inferior courts as the Congress may from 
 time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of the supreme and 
 inferior courts, shall hold their offices during good behavior, and shall, at 
 stated times, receive for their services a compensation which shall not be 
 diminished during their continuance in office. 
 
 Section 2. The judicial power shall extend to all cases, in law and 
 equity, arising under this Constitution, the laws of the United States, and 
 treaties made, or which shall be made, under their authority ; to all cases 
 affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls ; to all cases of 
 admiralty and maritime jurisdiction; to controversies to which the United 
 States shall be a party; to controversies between two or more States; be- 
 tween a State and citizens of another State; between citizens of different 
 States; between citizens of the same State claiming lands under grants of 
 different States, and between a State, or the citizens thereof, and foreign 
 States, citizens or subjects. 
 
 In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, 
 and those in which a State shall be party, the supreme court shall have 
 original jurisdiction. In all the other cases before mentioned, the supreme 
 court shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as to law and fact, with such 
 exceptions and under such regulations as the Congress shall make. 
 
 The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, shall be by jury; 
 and such trial shall be held in the State where the said crimes shall have 
 been committed ; but when not committed within any State, the trial shall 
 be at such place or places as the Congress may by law have directed. 
 
 Section 3. Treason against the United States shall consist only in levy- 
 ing war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and 
 comfort. 
 
 No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two 
 witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in open court. 
 
 The Congress shall have power to declare the punishment of treason, but 
 no attainder of treason shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture except 
 during the life of the person attainted. 
 
 ARTICLE IV. 
 
 Section 1. Full faith and credit shall be given in each State to the 
 public acts, records and judicial proceedings of every other State. And 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 533 
 
 the Congress may by general laws prescribe the manner in which such 
 acts, records and proceedings shall be proved, and the effect thereof. 
 
 Section 2. The citizens of each State shall be entitled to all privileges 
 and immunities of citizens in the several States. 
 
 A person charged in any State with treason, felony or other crime, who 
 shall ffee from justice and be found in another State, shall, on demand of 
 the executive authority of the State from which he fled, be delivered up, 
 to be removed to the State having jurisdiction of the crime. 
 
 No person held to service or labor in one State, under the laws thereof, 
 escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or regulation therein, 
 he discharged from such service or labor, but shall be delivered up on claim 
 of the party to whom such service or labor may be due. 
 
 Section 3. New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union : 
 but no new State shall be formed or erected within the jurisdiction of any 
 other State, nor any State be formed by the junction of two or more States, 
 or parts of States, without the consent of the legislatures of the States con- 
 cerned as well as of the Congress. 
 
 The Congress shall have power to dispose of and make all needful rules 
 and regulations respecting the territory or other property belonging to the 
 United States ; and nothing in this Constitution shall be so construed as to 
 prejudice any claims of the United States or of any particular State. 
 
 Section 4. The United States shall guarantee to every State in this 
 Union a republican form of government, and shall protect each of them 
 against invasion, and on application of the legislature, or of the executive 
 (when the legislature cannot be convened), against domestic violence. 
 
 ARTICLE V. 
 
 The Congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall deem it neces- 
 sary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution, or, on the application 
 of the legislatures of two-thirds of the several States, shall call a conven- 
 tion for proposing amendments, which, in either case, shall be valid to all 
 intents and purposes, as parts of this Constitution, when ratified by the 
 legislatures of three-fourths of the several States, or by conventions in 
 three-fourths thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may be 
 proposed by the Congress ; provided that no amendment which may be made 
 prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight shall in any manner 
 affect the first and fourth clauses in the ninth section of the first article, 
 and that no State, without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal 
 suffrage in the Senate. 
 
534 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ARTICLE VI. 
 
 All debts contracted and engagements entered into before the adoption 
 of this Constitution shall be as valid against the United States under this 
 Constitution as under the confederation. 
 
 This Constitution, and the laws of the United States which shall be 
 made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties made or which shall be made 
 under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of the 
 land; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby, anything in 
 the constitution or laws of any State to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 
 The senators and representatives before mentioned, and the members of 
 the several State legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers, both of 
 the United States and of the several States, shall be bound, by oath or affir- 
 mation, to support this Constitution; but no religious test shall ever be re- 
 quired as a qualification to any office or public trust under the United States. 
 
 ARTICLE VII. 
 
 The ratification of the conventions of nine States shall be sufficient for the 
 establishment of this Constitution between the States so ratifying the same. 
 
 Done in convention, by the unanimous consent of the States present, the 
 seventeenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
 seven hundred and eighty-seven, and of the independence of the United 
 States of America the twelfth. In witness whereof we have hereunto 
 subscribed our names. 
 
 GEORGE WASHINGTON, 
 President, and Deputy from Virginia. 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 John Langdon, 
 
 Nicholas Gilman. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 Nathaniel Gorham, 
 Rufus King. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 William Sam’l Johnson, 
 Roger Sherman. 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 Alexander Hamilton. 
 
 NEW' JERSEY. 
 
 William Livingston, 
 David Bre.arlev, 
 William Paterson, 
 Jonathan Dayton. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Benjamin Franklin, 
 Thomas Mifflin, 
 
 Robert Morris, 
 
 George Clymer, 
 
 Thomas Fitzsimons, 
 
 Jared Ingersoll, 
 
 James Wilson, 
 
 Gouverneur Morris. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 George Reed, 
 
 Gunning Bedford, Jr., 
 John Dickinson, 
 
 Richard Bassett, 
 
 Jacob Broom. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 James McHenry, 
 
 Daniel of St. Thos. Jenifer 
 Daniel Carroll. 
 
 Attest : Wit 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 John Blair, 
 
 James Madison, Jr. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 William Blount, 
 Richard Dobbs Spaight, 
 Hugh Williamson. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 John Rutledge, 
 
 Charles C. Pinckney, 
 Charles Pinckney, 
 Pierce Butler. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 William Few, 
 
 Abraham Baldwin. 
 
 Jackson, Secretary. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 535 
 
 AMENDMENTS 
 
 To the Constitution of the United States, ratified according 
 to the Provisions of the Fifth Article of the foregoing 
 Constitution. 
 
 Article I. Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of 
 religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom 
 of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, 
 and to petition the government for redress of grievances. 
 
 Article II. A well-regulated militia being necessary to the security of 
 a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be 
 infringed. 
 
 Article III. No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any 
 house without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war but in a man- 
 ner to be prescribed by law. 
 
 Article IV. The right of the people to be secure in their persons, 
 houses, papers and effects against unreasonable searches and seizures shall 
 not be violated, and no warrants shall issue but upon probable cause, sup- 
 ported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be 
 searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 
 
 Article Y. No person shall be held to answer for a capital or other- 
 wise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand 
 jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, 
 when in actual service in time of war and public danger ; nor shall any 
 person be subject for the same offence'to be twice put in jeopardy of life 
 or limb ; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against 
 himself, nor to be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process 
 of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use without just 
 compensation. 
 
 Article VI. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the 
 right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and 
 district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall 
 have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature 
 and cause of the accusation ; to be confronted with the witnesses against 
 him ; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and 
 to have the assistance of counsel for his defence. 
 
 Article VII. In suits at common law, where the value in controversy 
 shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, 
 and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise re-examined in any court of 
 the United States than according to the rules of common law. 
 
536 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Article VIII. Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines 
 imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted. 
 
 Article IX. The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall 
 not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. 
 
 Article X. The powers not delegated to the United States by the 
 Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States 
 respectively, or to the people. 
 
 Article XI. The judicial power of the United States shall not be con- 
 strued to extend to any suit in law or equity commenced or prosecuted 
 against one of the United States by citizens of another State, or by citizens 
 or subjects of any foreign State. 
 
 Article XII. The electors shall meet in their respective States and 
 vote by ballot for President and Vice-President, one of whom, at least, 
 shall not be an inhabitant of the same State with themselves; they shall 
 name in their ballots the person voted for as President, and in distinct 
 ballots the person voted for as Vice-President, and they shall make distinct 
 lists of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as Vice- 
 President, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign 
 and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government of the United 
 States, directed to the president of the Senate. The president of the Senate 
 shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of ilepresentatives, open 
 all the certificates, and the votes shall then be counted ; the person having 
 the greatest number of votes for President shall be the President, if such 
 number be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed; and if 
 no person have such a majority, then from the persons having the highest 
 numbers, not exceeding three, on the list of those voted for as President, 
 the House of Representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the 
 President. But in choosing the President the votes shall be taken by 
 States, the representation from each State having one vote. A quorum 
 for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of 
 the States, and a majority of all the States shall be necessary to a choice. 
 And if the House of Representatives shall not choose a President, when- 
 ever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the fourth day of 
 March next following, then the Vice-President shall act as President, as in 
 the case of the death or other constitutional disability of the President. 
 The person having the greatest number of votes as Vice-President shall 
 be the Vice-President, if such number be a majority of the whole number 
 of electors appointed; and if no person have a majority, then from the 
 two highest numbers on the list the Senate shall choose the Vice-President. 
 A quorum for the purpose shall consist of two-thirds of the whole number 
 of senators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary to a 
 choice. But no person constitutionally ineligible to the office of President 
 : shall be eligible to that of Vice-President of the United States. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 537 
 
 Article XIII. Section 1. Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, 
 except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly 
 convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to 
 their jurisdiction. , 
 
 Section 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appro- 
 priate legislation. 
 
 . Article XTV. Section 1. All persons born or naturalized in the United 
 States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof are citizens of the United 
 States and of the State wherein they reside. No State shall make or en- 
 force anv law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens 
 of the United States, nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty 
 or property without due process of law, nor deny to any person within its 
 jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws. 
 
 Section 2. Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States 
 according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of per- 
 sons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed ; but when the right to 
 vote at any election for the choice of electors for President and Vice-Pres- 
 ident of the United States, representatives in Congress, the executive and 
 judicial officers of a State or the members of the Legislature thereof is 
 denied to any of the male inhabitants of such State (being twenty-one 
 years of age and citizens of the United States), or in any way abridged, 
 except for participation in rebellion or any other crime, the basis of repre- 
 sentation therein shall be reduced in the proportion which the number of 
 such male citizens shall bear to the whole number of male citizens twenty- 
 one years of age in said State. 
 
 Section 3. No person shall be a senator or representative in Congress, or 
 elector, or President, or Vice-President, or hold any office, civil or military, 
 under the United States or under any State, who, having previously taken 
 an oath as a member of Congress, or as an officer of the United States, or 
 as a member of any State legislature, or as an executive or judicial officer 
 of any State, to support the Constitution of the United States, shall have 
 engaged in insurrection or rebellion against the same, or given aid or com- 
 fort to the enemies thereof; but Congress may, by a vote of two-thirds of 
 each House, remove §uch disabilities. 
 
 Section 4. The validity . of the public debt of the United States author- 
 ized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions and boun- 
 ties for services in suppressing insurrection or rebellion, shall not be ques- 
 tioned; but neither the United States nor any State shall assume or pay 
 any debt or obligation incurred in aid of insurrection or rebellion against 
 the United States, or any claim for the loss or emancipation of any 
 slave, but all such debts, obligations and claims shall be held illegal and 
 void. 
 
538 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Section 5. The Congress shall have power to enforce by appropriate 
 legislation the provisions of this article. 
 
 Article XV. Section 1. The rights of citizens of the United States to 
 vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State 
 on account of race, color or previous condition of servitude. 
 
 Section 2. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by 
 appropriate legislation. 
 
THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 
 
 S O much has been said and written about this famous document — it has fur- 
 nished the theme of so many Fourth-of-July orations, and has served as 
 the subject of so many essays — that it seems difficult to say or write anything 
 new upon what has been already so thoroughly discussed. Still, we ven- 
 ture to assert that the topic has not been exhausted, and that, exaggerated 
 as some of the eulogistic statements heretofore made may have seemed, they 
 have more often been below the mark than above it. When the power of 
 Great Britain and the weakness of the colonies are considered — when the 
 reader remembers that the patriots were walking on untried ground, with 
 no example in history, except that of the United Netherlands, sufficiently 
 resembling theirs to be of much value as a means of instruction and en- 
 couragement — the boldness- of the step which they took, and the credit 
 which their leaders deserved, are so forcibly impressed upon the mind as to 
 excuse even the “spread-eagle” flights of oratory, the lavish expenditure 
 of gunpowder and of fireworks, and all other innocent methods by which 
 the American testifies upon the Fourth of July his approbation of the 
 decisive action taken by the patriots upon “ Independence Day.” 
 
 On the 7th of June, 1776, Richard Henry Lee, at the request of his 
 colleagues, and with the special authority of Virginia, offered a series of 
 resolutions, “ That these united colonies are, and of right ought to be, free 
 and independent States ; that they are absolved from all allegiance to the 
 British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State 
 of Great Britain is, and ought to be, totally dissolved ; that it is expedient 
 forthwith to take the most effectual measures for forming foi’eign alliances, 
 and that a plan of confederation be prepared and transmitted to the re- 
 spective colonies for their consideration and approbation.” John Adams 
 seconded these resolutions; and the members were enjoined to attend 
 punctually the next day at ten o’clock, in order to take them into con- 
 sideration. It is a fact suggestive of the lack of sectional feeling in the 
 Congress that these resolutions were moved by a representative man from 
 the South, and seconded by a representative man from the North. The 
 question was debated for several days, and on the 10th of June the decision 
 was postponed for three weeks, to permit some of the delegates to consult 
 their constituents. The resolutions had been opposed, not as bad or im- 
 proper in themselves, but as premature ; and to prevent loss of time, it was 
 
 539 
 
540 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 made a condition of the postponement that a committee should during the 
 interval prepare a declaration in harmony with the proposed resolutions. 
 This committee, which was appointed June 11, consisted of Thomas Jef- 
 ferson, John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, Roger Sherman and Robert 
 R. Livingston. It was elected by ballot; and as Jefferson represented 
 Virginia, from which colony the proposition had gone forth, and as he had 
 been elected by the largest number of votes, to him was allotted the mo- 
 mentous task of writing the Declaration. 
 
 The three weeks of delay expired on the 1st of July. A large portion 
 of that day was taken up with what would now be called “personal expla- 
 nation and on the 2d the resolution was adopted, and the completed work 
 of Jefferson came before Congress for revision. Of Jefferson, Bancroft 
 says, after giving him full credit for ability: “The quality which specially 
 fitted him for the task was the sympathetic character of his nature, by 
 which he was able, with instinctive perception, to read the soul of the 
 nation, and having collected in himself its best thoughts and noblest feel- 
 ings, to give them out in clear and bold words, mixed with so little of him- 
 self that his country, as it went along with him, found nothing but what 
 it recognized as its own.” He had drafted the Declaration “from the 
 fulness of his own mind,” without consulting a single book, and it was 
 reported to Congress on the 28th of June; but its consideration was neces- 
 sarily postponed until after the adoption of the resolutions. During the 
 remainder of July 2, and upon the two following days, the language, the 
 statements and the principles of the paper were closely examined. Several 
 omissions were made, the most notable of which was that of the following 
 remarkable passage: “He has waged cruel war against human nature 
 itself, violating the most sacred rights of life and liberty in the persons of 
 a distant people who never offended him, captivating them and carrying 
 them into slavery in another hemisphere, or to incur a miserable death in 
 their transportation thither. This piratical warfare, the opprobrium of 
 infidel powers, is the warfare of the Christian king of Great Britain. De- 
 termined to keep open a market where men should be bought and sold, he 
 has prostituted his negative for suppressing every legislative attempt to 
 prohibit or restrain this execrable commerce. And that this assemblage 
 of horrors might want no fact of distinguished dye, he is now exciting 
 those very people to rise in arms among us, and to purchase that liberty 
 of which he has deprived them, by murdering the people upon whom he 
 also obtruded them, thus paying off former crimes committed against the 
 liberties of one people by crimes which he urges them to commit against 
 the lives of another.” This was struck out because Congress had already 
 manifested its sentiments by the absolute prohibition of the slave-trade, 
 and that prohibition was then respected in every one of the thirteen States. 
 All other changes in the language were either very slight or were improve- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 541 
 
 ments, condensing the language or moderating the tone, or correcting slight 
 inaccuracies of statement. 
 
 Upon the 4th of July thousands of anxious people, who knew that the 
 final vote would be taken on that day, were gathered in the streets of 
 Philadelphia, anxiously awaiting the announcement of the result. The 
 old bellman took his post in the steeple as soon as Congress convened in 
 the morning, and he had placed a boy at the door below to give him warn- 
 ing when his services were required. The historic bell (now invalided in 
 Independence Hall, but then recently of age, having reached its twenty- 
 third year) hung ready to obey its prophetic motto, and in a manner and 
 to a degree never dreamed of by its designer or its founder, to “ Proclaim 
 liberty throughout all the laud, to all the inhabitants thereof.” Hour 
 after hour passed in anxious expectation. The bellman grew nervous and 
 despondent. “They will never do it! They will never do it!” he said, 
 shaking his head. Suddenly, at nearly two o’clock, a loud shout came up 
 from below. He looked down, and saw the little boy clapping his hands, 
 and heard him shouting, “Ring! Ring!” He did ring; and, to use the 
 words of one who writes as if he had been an eye-witness, “the excited 
 multitude in the streets responded with loud acclamations ; and with cannon- 
 peals, bonfires and illuminations the patriots held a glorious carnival that 
 night in the quiet city of Penn.” 
 
 Within the hall, when the decision was announced, a deep silence per- 
 vaded the assembly. It is said that Dr. Franklin was the first to break it, 
 by quaintly remarking, “Gentlemen, we must now all hang together, or 
 we shall surely hang separately.” In this observation there is a volume 
 of commentary upon the work which had just been accomplished. The 
 pledge of their lives and fortunes was no empty form of words. By their 
 assenting votes upon the adoption of the Declaration they incurred (should 
 the colonies fail to successfully sustain them) all the penalties of treason 
 inflicted by the English law, confiscation of property, an ignominious 
 death, and corruption of blood — i. e., their children would be rendered 
 incapable of inheriting their property, or, in other words, the confiscation 
 was perpetual. 
 
 The Declaration went out to the world with only the signature of John 
 Hancock, the president of Congress. It was afterward engrossed on parch- 
 ment, and on the 2d of August the fifty-four delegates then present signed 
 it, Thomas McKean, of New Hampshire, and Dr. Thornton, of Maryland, 
 adding their names afterward. An incident which occurred at the time 
 of the signing shows what manner of men they were. Each man, as he 
 affixed his name to the document, knew that he risked putting his neck 
 into the halter ; and when Charles Carroll of Carrollton was writing his 
 name, one of the members, who knew that Mr. Carroll was a man of great 
 wealth, said, “There go a few millions.” “There are several of the name,” 
 
 ‘ 
 
542 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 was the reply. Mr. Carroll overheard this remark, and he immediately 
 took up the pen and wrote after his name, “of Carrollton,” so that there 
 could be no possible mistake. It is a remarkable fact that this man, who 
 showed himself so ready to abide by the consequences of this act, was the 
 last survivor of the signers. He died in 1832, at the age of ninety-five. 
 
 Many interesting statistics are given in Conrad’s introduction to Sander- 
 son’s Biography of the Signers, from which we shall now condense a few of 
 the most important. They were all natives of America except eight, who 
 had immigrated in youth or in early manhood, and among whom were 
 Robert Morris, John Witherspoon and James Wilson. Of these, two were 
 from England, three from Ireland, two from Scotland and one from Wales. 
 Of those born in America, taking them by sections, sixteen were natives 
 of the Eastern, fourteen of the Middle and eighteen of the Southern colo- 
 nies. Taking them by States, one was born in Maine, nine in Massachu- 
 setts, two in Rhode Island, four in Connecticut, three in New York, four in 
 New Jersey, five in Pennsylvania, two in Delaware, five in Maryland, nine 
 in Virginia and four in South Carolina. Nearly one-half of the number, 
 or twenty-seven, had been regularly graduated in the colleges of Europe 
 or America. The odd seven, or one-fourth of this number, may be credited 
 to Harvard College. Twenty others had educations which, though not 
 regularly collegiate, were at least academic, or by dint of unaided energy, 
 as in the case of Franklin, they had supplied, or more than supplied, the 
 lack of a university course. The condition of life of most of the signers 
 was such as to relieve them from all imputation of selfish motives. Many 
 of them, as Hancock, Carroll, Morris and others, were among the most 
 wealthy in the country. The majority were possessed of an ample com- 
 petence, and, with very few exceptions, all had, besides life, something to 
 lose, and nothing but liberty to gain, in the conflict which they had invoked. 
 
 The pursuits in life of the signers are of interest, as indicating their 
 character and social position and those of the classes and interests which 
 they represented. Twenty-four, or nearly one-half, were lawyers, of whom 
 it has been well said that “they have been the original asserters and most 
 faithful champions of constitutional liberty in all countries.” Thirteen 
 were planters and farmers, the former being wealthy land-ownei’s rather 
 than practical agriculturists. Nine were merchants; five, physicians; two, 
 mechanics; one was a clergyman, one a mariner and one a surveyor. 
 Many of these were engaged in mingled pursuits, and nearly all were more 
 or less interested in agriculture. 
 
 The age of the signers at the date of the Declaration exhibited a singu- 
 larly just representation of the different stages of human life. The mass 
 of them were in the most vigorous season of existence, forty-one out of the 
 fifty-six being between the ages of thirty and fifty years, while the youngest 
 (Rutledge) was twenty-seven, and the eldest (Franklin) seventy years of 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 543 
 
 age. The following statement will give a fair- idea of the relative ages 
 of all: From twenty-five to thirty years of age, three; from thirty to 
 thirty-five, eleven ; from thirty-five to forty, ten ; from forty to forty-five, 
 ten; from forty-five to fifty, ten; from fifty to fifty-five, three; from fifty- 
 five to sixty, two ; from sixty to sixty-five, four ; from sixty-five to seventy, 
 two. The average age of the signers in July, 1776, was forty-three years 
 and ten months, and their average age at the time of their death was sixty- 
 eight years and four mouths. Their longevity has been made the subject 
 of frequent remark. They lingered into an age beyond their own, and 
 it seemed a portion of their reward that they should witness the peaceful 
 gathering of the rich harvest in sowing which they had risked all their 
 earthly possessions, as well as the reproach and ignominy which would have 
 been heaped upon them had their country failed to successfully support them. 
 
 Of the document itself little need be said. It sets forth the causes for 
 separation in language so firm, yet so moderate — so dignified, yet so forcible — 
 that no words of praise from critic or historian can add to the effect pro- 
 duced upon any one who reads it carefully and with a candid mind. We 
 therefore, without further comment, give the reader an opportunity to pe- 
 ruse the— 
 
 DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 
 
 A Declaration by the Representatives of the United States 
 of America, in Congress assembled, adopted .July 4, 1776. 
 
 When, in the course of human events, it becomes necessary for one 
 people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with 
 another, and to assume among the powers of the earth the separate and 
 equal station to which the laws of nature and of nature’s God entitle them, 
 a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should 
 declare the causes which impel them to the separation. 
 
 We hold these truths to be self-evident — that all men are created equal; 
 that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable rights; 
 that among these are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness ; that to 
 secure these rights governments are instituted among men, deriving their 
 just powers from the consent of the governed ; that whenever any form 
 of government becomes destructive of these ends it is the right of the 
 people to alter or abolish it, and to institute a new. government, laying its 
 foundations on such principles and organizing its powers in such form as 
 to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness. Pru- 
 dence, indeed, will dictate that governments long established should not 
 be changed for light and transient causes ; and, accordingly, all experience 
 hath shown that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are suf- 
 ferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are 
 
544 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing 
 invariably the same object, evinces a desire to reduce them under absolute 
 despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government 
 and to provide new guards for their future security. Such has been the 
 patient sufferance of these colonies, and such is now the necessity which 
 constrains them to alter their former systems of government. The history 
 of the present king of Great Britain is a history of repeated injuries and 
 usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an absolute 
 tyranny over these States. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a 
 candid world. 
 
 He has refused his assent to laws the most wholesome and necessary for 
 the public good. 
 
 He has forbidden bis governors to pass laws of immediate and pressing 
 ' importance, unless suspended in their operations till his assent should be ob- 
 tained ; and when so suspended, he has utterly neglected to attend to them. 
 
 He has refused to pass other laws for the accommodation of large dis- 
 tricts of people, unless those people would relinquish the right of repre- 
 sentation in the Legislature — a right inestimable to them and formidable 
 to tyrants only. 
 
 He has called together legislative bodies at places unusual, uncomfort- 
 able and distant from the repository of their public records, for the sole 
 purpose of fatiguing them into compliance with bis measures. 
 
 He has dissolved representative houses repeatedly for opposing with 
 manly firmness his invasions on the rights of the people. 
 
 He lias refused, for a long time after such dissolutions, to cause others 
 to be elected, whereby the legislative powers, incapable of annihilation, 
 have returned to the people at large for their exercise, the State remain- 
 ing, in the mean time, exposed to all the dangers of invasions from without 
 and convulsions within. 
 
 He has endeavored to prevent the population of these States ; for that 
 purpose obstructing the laws for the naturalization of foreigners, refusing 
 to pass others to encourage their migration hither and raising the conditions 
 of new appropriations of lands. 
 
 He has obstructed the administration of justice, by refusing his assent to 
 laws for establishing judiciary powers. 
 
 He has made judges dependent on his will alone for the tenure of their 
 offices and the amount, and payment of their salaries. 
 
 He has erected a multitude of new offices, and sent hither swarms of 
 officers to harass our people and eat out their substance. 
 
 He has kept among us in times of peace standing armies, without the 
 consent of our Legislatures. 
 
 He has affected to render the military independent of, and superior to, 
 the civil power. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 545 
 
 He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to 
 our constitutions and unacknowledged by our laws, giving his assent to 
 their acts of pretended legislation : 
 
 For quartering large bodies of armed troops among us ; 
 
 For protecting them, by a mock trial, from punishment for any murders 
 which they should commit on the inhabitants of these States ; 
 
 For cutting off our trade with all parts of the world ; 
 
 For imposing taxes on us without our consent ; 
 
 For depriving us, in many cases, of the benefits of trial by jury; 
 
 For transporting us beyond seas to be tried for pretended offences ; 
 
 For abolishing the free system of English laws in a neighboring province, 
 establishing therein an arbitrary government and enlarging its boundaries, 
 so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the 
 same absolute rule into these colonies ; 
 
 For taking away our charters, abolishing our most valuable laws and 
 altering fundamentally the forms of our governments ; 
 
 For suspending our own legislatures and declaring themselves invested 
 with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever. 
 
 He has abdicated government here by declaring us out of his protection 
 and waging war against us. 
 
 He has plundered our seas, ravaged our coasts, burned our towns and 
 destroyed the lives of our people. 
 
 He is at this time transporting large armies of foreign mercenaries to 
 complete the works of death, desolation and tyranny already begun with 
 circumstances of cruelty and perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most bar- 
 barous ages and totally unworthy the head of a civilized nation. 
 
 He has constrained our fellow-citizens taken captive on the high seas to 
 bear arms against their country, to become the executioners of their friends 
 and brethren or to fall themselves by their hands. 
 
 He has excited domestic insurrection among us, and has endeavored to 
 bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers the merciless Indian savages, 
 whose known rule of warfare is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, 
 sexes and conditions. 
 
 In every stage of these oppressions we have petitioned for redress in the 
 most humble terms ; our repeated petitions have been answered only by 
 repeated injury. A prince whose character is thus marked by every act 
 which may define a tyrant is unfit to be the ruler of a free people. 
 
 Nor have we been wanting in our attentions to our British brethren. 
 We have warned them, from time to time, of attempts by their legislature 
 to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them 
 of the circumstances of our emigration and settlement here ; we have 
 appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured 
 them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these usurpations, 
 35 
 
546 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 which would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. 
 They, too, have been deaf to the voice of justice and of consanguin- 
 ity. We must, therefore, acquiesce iu the necessity which denounces our 
 separation, and hold them as we hold the rest of mankind — enemies in 
 war— in peace, friends. 
 
 We, therefore, the representatives of the United States of America, in 
 general Congress assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world 
 for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the name and by the authority 
 of the good people of these colonies, solemnly publish and declare that 
 these united colonies are, and of right ought to be, free and independent 
 States ; that they are absolved from all allegiance to the British Crown, 
 and that all political connection between them and the state of Great 
 Britain is, and ought to be, totally dissolved ; and that, as free and inde- 
 pendent States, they have full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract 
 alliances, establish commerce and do all other acts and things which inde- 
 pendent States may of right do. And for the support of this Declaration, 
 with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually 
 pledge to each other our lives, our fortunes and our sacred honor. 
 
 Signed by 
 
 JOHN HANCOCK, of Massachusetts. 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 Josiah Bartlett, 
 
 William Whipple, 
 Matthew Thornton. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS BAY. 
 
 Samuel Adams, 
 
 John Adams, 
 
 Robert Treat Paine, 
 Elbridge Gerry. 
 
 RHODE ISLAND, ETC. 
 Stephen Hopkins, 
 William Ellery. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 Roger Sherman, 
 
 Samuel Huntingdon, 
 William Williams, 
 Oliver Wolcott. 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 William Floyd, 
 
 Philip Livingston, 
 Francis Lewis, 
 
 Lewis Morris. 
 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 Richard Stockton, 
 John Witherspoon, 
 Francis Iiopkinson, 
 John Hart, 
 
 Abraham Clark. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 Robert Morris, 
 Benjamin Rush, 
 Benjamin Franklin, 
 John Morton, 
 
 George Clymer, 
 
 James Smith, 
 
 George Taylor, 
 
 James Wilson, 
 
 George Ross. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 Csesar Rodney, 
 
 George Read, 
 
 Thomas McKean. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 Samuel Chase, 
 William Paca, 
 
 Thomas Stone, 
 
 C. Carroll, of Carrollton. 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 George Wythe, 
 
 Richard Henry Lee, 
 Thomas Jefferson, 
 Benjamin Harrison, 
 Thomas Kelson, Jr., 
 Francis Lightfoot Lee, 
 Carter Braxton. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 William Hooper, 
 
 Joseph Hewes, 
 
 John Penn. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 Edward Rutledge, 
 Thomas Heyward, Jr., 
 Thomas Lynch, Jr., 
 Arthur Middleton. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 Button Gwinnett, 
 
 Lyman Hall, 
 
 George Walton. 
 
Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 PARIS EXPOSITION, 1867. 
 
 HE Paris Exposition of 1867 was held on the Champ de Mars, the 
 
 A great military parade-ground of Paris. It occupied thirty-three acres 
 of space besides the Island of Billancourt, which was devoted to the dis- 
 play of agricultural implements. It consisted of a large building, oval 
 in shape, with a small open central garden, around which galleries placed 
 one within another made the entire circuit of the building. Each gallery 
 was devoted to a particular class of manufactures or of works of art, and 
 the nationalities were divided off by avenues radiating from the centre. 
 This enabled visitors to compare the articles exhibited in any one class by 
 all the nations represented by simply following the gallery around until 
 he reached his starting-point. If, on the other hand, he wished to examine 
 all the articles exhibited by any particular nation, he could start from the 
 centre or from the circumference, and attain his object by traversing from 
 end to end one of the avenues bounding the space allotted to that nation- 
 ality. The outer gallery was loftier and broader than any of - the others, 
 was roofed with corrugated iron and lighted with clere-story windows. It 
 was devoted do machinery of all kinds, and to the processes of manufacture 
 in various branches of industry. Outside this circle were placed practical 
 illustrations of the food department in the form of restaurants of all 
 
548 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 nations, the exhibition of specimens of food-substances being in small 
 courts within the outer wall, or back to back with the restaurants. There 
 was also a collection of antiquities showing the rise and progress of indus- 
 trial art in every country. Another very important feature was the park, 
 or out-of-door portion, in which were shown actual examples of the styles 
 of domestic and palatial architecture of most countries, and even the tents 
 of some of the nomadic tribes, such as the Kirghis Tartars and Samoyeds 
 of the Russian Empire, the Bedouin Arabs, etc. The beasts of burden 
 of different nations, such as horses, camels, etc., were also shown, and all 
 kinds of civil and military erections of general importance. 
 
 The number of exhibitors was 42,237, and in the quantity, quality and 
 variety of the articles exhibited the Exposition outstripped all its prede- 
 cessors. The American exhibitors carried off five grand prizes and nearly 
 four hundred medals and “ honorable mentions.” One of these grand 
 prizes is worthy of special notice on account of the peculiar nature of the 
 requirements to be met by the successful competitor. The emperor of 
 the French proposed ten awards of 10,000 francs each (about $2000 in 
 gold) to ten different “ persons, establishments or communities who by 
 means of special arrangements or institutions have improved the mutual 
 good understanding between all the different parties who co-operate in the 
 execution of work, and to all those who have succeeded in ameliorating 
 the material, moral or intellectual condition of the working population.” 
 A special jury was appointed from the different countries represented in the 
 Exposition. Five hundred applications were received from France and 
 other countries on the continent of Europe, from Great Britain and from 
 the United States. The recompense awarded consisted of a gold medal 
 with appropriate emblems, a motto and the name of the successful competi- 
 tor upon it, 9000 francs in money, and a diploma printed on a medallion- 
 card suitable for framing. Nine of the awards were given to France, 
 Germany and other countries in Europe, one to the United States, and none 
 to Great Britain. The name of the American establishment receiving the 
 prize was placed third on the list of successful candidates. This award 
 was among the highest made at the Exposition, and was the highest 
 received by a citizen of the United States. Reliable statistics of this 
 Exposition are difficult to obtain. The figure of 10,000,000 for the num- 
 ber of visitors sounds almost too decimal to be correct. Still, it was justly 
 said at its close that it was the greatest of all international exhibitions 
 which had been held up to that time, both with respect to its extent and to 
 the scope of its plan. The information obtained by the special prize which 
 we have described concerning the adjustment of the rights of capital and 
 labor, was well worth all that was expended upon the whole Exposition. 
 The amelioration of the condition of the workingman, with the full co- 
 operation of his employer, is “a consummation devoutly to be wished.” 
 
AMERICAN AGRICULTURE. 
 
 Early History. — As agriculture in America began with the rude 
 efforts of tbe aborigines, we could have no more fitting introduction than 
 the following description of the native American system given by an 
 Indian : “ As our ancestors had no art of manufacturing any sort of metal, 
 they had no implements of husbandry; therefore they were able to culti- 
 vate their lands but little, planting skommon, or Indian corn, beans and 
 little squashes, which work was chiefly left under the management of 
 women and old men who were incapable of hunting, and of little boys. 
 They made use of a bone — either a moose’s, bear’s or deer’s shoulder-blade 
 — instead of a hoe, to hoe their corn with, tying it fast to a stick or helve 
 made for that purpose. "When they find that their fields will fail, they 
 prepare another piece of land. In the first place, they make a fire around 
 the foot of every tree on the ground they intend to clear, until the bark 
 of the tree is burnt through. They plant while the trees are standing, 
 after they are killed. As soon as a tree falls they burn it of such a length 
 that they can roll the logs together and burn them up to ashes. This they 
 do till they get the land quite clear. An industrious woman, when a great 
 many dry logs are fallen, can burn off as many logs in one day as a smart 
 man can chop in two or three days’ time with an axe. They make use 
 of only an uthonnetmuhheakun, or stone axe, with a helve to it like the 
 helve of the hoe already mentioned, with which they rub the coals of the 
 burning logs.” Another writer, however, mentions “ a clumsy instrument, 
 resembling the axe described, which was made not unfrequently of a large 
 clamshell. With this they were accustomed to dig small holes four feet 
 apart. Those living in the vicinity of the sea-shore put into each hole a 
 horseshoe crab or two, or a fish, upon which they dropped four, and some- 
 times six, kernels of corn, and covered it with the implement with which 
 they had dug the hole. Beans were planted with the corn after it had 
 come up, and grew up supported by it.” The use of the crab for manure 
 is thus described in A Description of Orleans (in Barnstable county, Mass.), 
 published in 1802 : “ The horse-foot, or king-crab, was formerly much used 
 for manuring land set with Indian corn and potatoes, and it is still em- 
 ployed in Orleans, in the south part of Dennis and in other parts of the 
 county. It is chopped into small pieces, and not more than one, sometimes 
 
 549 
 
550 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 not more than a quarter, is put into a hill. As it contains an abundance 
 of oil, it affords a strong manure, and with it the light lauds may be made 
 to yield twenty bushels of corn to an acre (the yield of these lands with- 
 out manure being only ten bushels to the acre). It is, however, too hot a 
 manure, and it causes the land to exert itself so much that it cannot easily 
 recover its strength.” It is amusing to note that the use of such stimu- 
 lating fertilizers was made a matter of reproach as early as March, 1648, 
 when the author of A Perfect Description of Virginia, after acknowledging 
 that “New England is in a good condition for livelihood,” said : “ But for 
 matter of any great hopes but fishing, there is not much in that land ; for 
 it’s as Scotland is to England — so much difference — and lies upon the same 
 land northward as Scotland doth to England. There is much cold, frost 
 and snow, and their land is so barren that except a herring he put into the 
 hole that you set the corn or maize in, it will not come up. It was great pity 
 all those people, being now about twenty thousand, did not seat themselves 
 at first to the south of Virginia, in a warm and rich country, where their 
 industry would have produced sugar, indigo, ginger, cotton and the like 
 commodities. And it’s now reported in Virginia that thousands of them 
 are removing (with many from the Summer Islands also) unto the Bahama 
 Islands, near the Cape of Florida ; and that’s the right way for them to 
 go and thrive.” In both New England and Virginia the supply of food 
 was at first rather precarious. In the latter province the thirst for gold 
 caused the difficulties elsewhere described [see Historical Sketch, p. 93], 
 while the condition of the Pilgrim Fathers during the first few years of 
 their sojourn in the New World is thus depicted by Captain Edward John- 
 son, upon the same page from which we have already quoted [see Histor- 
 ical Sketch, pp. 94, 95]: “You have heard what extreme penury these 
 people were in, at first planting (sic), for want of food. Gold, silver, rai- 
 ment, or whatsoever was precious in their eyes, they parted with when ships 
 came in. For this their beast that died some would stick before they were 
 cold (sic), and sell their poor pined flesh for food at sixpence per pound, 
 and Indian beaus at 16s. per bushel. When ships came in, it grieved some 
 masters to see the urging of them by people of good rank and quality to 
 sell bread unto them.” In New England as well as in Virginia the very ex- 
 istence of the settlements depended for a time upon the purchase of supplies 
 of food from the Indians, and the latter were the instructors who initiated 
 the pioneers into the mysteries of the culture of maize, telling them how 
 “to select the finest ears of corn for seed, to plant it at a proper time, to 
 weed it and to hill it.” Indian corn was one of the first among the agri- 
 cultural productions of the country with which the settlers became ac- 
 quainted. On the 15th of November, more than a month before the dis- 
 embarkation on Plymouth Rock, an exploring party of sixteen men, under 
 the command of the famous Miles Standish, landed on the coast of Massa- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 551 
 
 chusetts and penetrated some distance into the country. In the course of 
 their investigations, their journal says, “We found an heap of sand, which 
 we digged up, and in it we found a little old basket, full of fair Indian 
 corn, and we digged further and found a fine great new basket, full of very 
 fair Indian corn of this year, with some six-and-thirty goodly ears of corn, 
 some yellow and some red, and others mixed with blue, which was a very 
 goodly sight. We took all the ears, and put a good deal of the loose corn 
 into the kettle, for two men to bring away on a staff. Besides, they that 
 could put away into their pockets filled the same.” The first attempts of 
 the settlers to cultivate the soil of New England were attended with many 
 hardships. Hubbard, in his General History of New England, has some 
 judicious remarks upon the results attained, as compared with the expect- 
 ations of the colonists, which we transcribe, preserving his quaint orthog- 
 raphy : “ The generality of the soyle, itt is of a lighter sort of earth, whose 
 fruitefullnesse is more beholding to the influences of the heavens and ad- 
 vantages of the seasonable skill and industry of the husbandmen, then the 
 strength of its own temper. Such as came hither first on discovery, chanced 
 to bee here in the first part of the summer, when the earth was only adorned 
 with its best attire of herbs and flowers, flourishing with all such early 
 fruits which weather-beaten travellers are wont to refresh themselves with 
 the beholding of, as strawberies, goosberies, rasberies, cheries and whorts 
 [whortleberries ?] ; as they observed that first landed about Martha’s Vine- 
 yard; whence they promised themselves and theire successors a very 
 flourishing country, as they did that first landed on the coast of Florida. 
 Many places do naturally abound with some of those berryes, as other 
 places with grapes, which gave great hopes of fruitfull vineyards in after 
 time, butt as yet either skill is wanting to cultivate and order the roots of 
 those wild vines, and reduce them to a pleasant sweetnesse, or time is not 
 yet to bee spared to looke after the culture of such fruits as rather tend to 
 the henb or melius esse \i.e., the welfare or improvement] of a place than 
 to the bare esse [i. e., the bare existence] and subsistence thereof. Each 
 season of the yeare so fast, as it were, treading upon the heels of that which 
 went before, that but little time is to bee found to spare for that tillage 
 which is not of absolute necessity, but for pleasure and delight. Yet are 
 all sorts of grayne found to grow pretty naturally there, that are wont to 
 be sowne in the spring season, the cold oft times proving so extreme as it 
 kills all that is committed to the earth before winter, especially in the Mas- 
 sachusetts colony.” In spite, however, of the many difficulties arising from 
 the barrenness of the soil and the severity of the climate, much progress 
 was made during the first thirty years after Miles Standish’s expedition 
 above mentioned. Captain Edward Johnson, to whom we have several 
 times had occasion to refer, says, in the twenty-first chapter of his Wonder- 
 working Providence of Zion’s Saviour in New England : “All the forraign 
 
552 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 plantations that are of forty, fifty or one hundred years’ standing cannot 
 report the like — this remote, rocky, barren, bushy, wild-woody wilderness, 
 a receptacle for lions, wolves, bears, rockoones, bags (sic), bevers, otters 
 and all kind of wild creatures — a place that never afforded the natives 
 better than the flesh of a few wild creatures and parch’t Indian corn, inch’t 
 out (sic) with chestnuts and bitter acorns, now become a second England 
 for fertilness, in so short a space that it is indeed the wonder of the world.” 
 Again (in book ii., chapter iv., of the same work) he says : “ Whereas, at 
 their first coming, it was a rare matter for a man to have four or five acres 
 of corn, now many have four or five score. Then, it was with sore labour that 
 a man could plant and tend four acres of Indian’s graine, and now, with two 
 oxen, he can plant and tend thirty. All kinde of graine growes much 
 better than heretofore, inasmuch that marchandizing (sic) being stopped 
 at present, they begin to question what to do with their come.” There was, 
 however, great variation in the yield per acre, arising from differences in 
 soil, thoroughness of culture, etc. In Compton, R. I., for instance, accord- 
 ing to an account written during the first decade of the present century, 
 an acre often produced more than forty bushels, while the Description of 
 Eastham, Mass., after speaking of some “good land” yielding, with manure, 
 thirty-five and sometimes forty-five bushels of Indian corn to an acre, says 
 of another portion of the township : “ Several farmers are accustomed to 
 produce five hundred bushels of grain (meaning corn) annually ; and not 
 long since, one of them raised eight hundred bushels on sixty acres (average 
 yield per acre 13:1 bushels). This, however, was extraordinary, and may 
 never be done again.” One great drawback to progress in agriculture was 
 the scarcity of proper implements. In 1632 “the farmers around Boston 
 had no ploughs, and were compelled to break up the bushes and prepare 
 for cultivation with their hands, and with clumsy hoes and mattocks.” 
 Five years later there were only thirty-seven ploughs in the colony of Mas- 
 sachusetts Bay. “ It was the custom in that part of the country,” says 
 Flint, “ even to a much later period, for any one owning a plough to go 
 about and do the ploughing for the inhabitants over a considerable extent 
 of territory. A town often paid a bounty to any one who would buy and 
 keep a plough in repair for the purpose of going about to work in this 
 way.” The office of public ploughman was no sinecure, for the heavy 
 wooden plough of that period “ required a strong and well-fed team to 
 move it through the soil, a heavy, muscular man to press it into the ground, 
 another to hold and another to drive.” There were ploughs in Virginia as 
 early as 1617, but the governor wrote that the colony suffered for want of 
 “ skilful husbandmen and means to set their ploughs on work, having as 
 good ground as any man can desire, and about forty bulls and oxen; but 
 they wanted men to bring them to labor, and iron for the ploughs, and 
 harness for the cattle. Some thirty or forty acres had we sown with one 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 553 
 
 plough, but it stood so long on the ground before it was reaped that it was 
 most [i. e., very much] shaken, and the rest spoiled with the cattle and 
 rats in the barn.” In a letter written about thirty years later (March, 
 1648), and appended to the Perfect Description of Virginia, we find the fol- 
 lowing statement, which shows the rapidity of the progress made during 
 the period mentioned : “ We have now many thousand acres of clear 
 land (I mean where the wood is all off it), and we have now going near 
 upon a hundred and fifty ploughs, with many brave yoke of oxen, and we 
 sow excellent wheat, barley, rye, beans, peas, oats, and our increase is 
 wonderful, and better grain not in the world.” In the preceding para- 
 graph of this same letter occurs the oft-quoted account of the introduction 
 of the culture of rice into this country, which we herewith give as origin- 
 ally written : “ The governor, Sir William [Berkeley,] caused half a bushel 
 of rice which he had procured to be sown, and it prospered gallantly ; and 
 he had fifteen bushels of it, excellent good rice, so that all these fifteen 
 bushels will be sown again this year, and we doubt not in a short time to 
 have rice so plentiful as to afford it at 2d. a pound, if not cheaper, for we 
 perceive the ground and climate is very proper for it, as our negroes 
 affirm, which in their country is most of their food, and very healthful for 
 our bodies.” We add some statements found in the Perfect Desci'iption, 
 from which we learn “that [the Virginians have] of kine, oxen, bulls, 
 calves, twenty thousand, large and good, and they make plenty of butter 
 and very good cheese ; that there are of an excellent race about two hun- 
 dred horses and mares ; that of asses for burthen and use there is fifty, but 
 daily increase; that for sheep they have about three thousand, good wool 
 (sic) ; that for goats their number is five thousand, [which] thrive well ; 
 that for swine, both tame and wild (in the woods), [they are] innumerable, 
 the flesh pure and good, and bacon none better ; that for poultry, hens, 
 turkeys, ducks, geese [they are] without number ; that they yearly plough 
 and sow many hundred acres of wheat as good and fair as any in the world, 
 and great increase; that they have plenty of barley and make excellent 
 malt ; that their hops are fair and large and thrive well ; that they sell 
 their beef at two pence half-penny a pound, pork at three pence a pound 
 plentifully ; that their cattle are about the prices of England, and most of 
 the ships that come yearly hither are there victualled; that they have 
 fifteen kinds of fruits, pleasant and good, and with Italy they will com- 
 pare for delicate fruits ; that they have roots of several kinds — potatoes, 
 asparagus, carrots, turnips, parsnips, onions and artichokes ; that of herbs 
 they have of all kinds for garden, and pliysich flowers [flowering medicinal 
 plants] ; that their maize or Virginia corn, it yields them five hundred for 
 one increase (it’s set as we do garden peas), it makes good bread and fur- 
 mity [properly frumenty, “an agreeable composition of boiled wheat, milk, 
 spice and sugar”], it will keep seven years, and malts well for beer, and is 
 
554 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ripe in five months; that they have store of Indian peas, better than ours 
 [in England], beans, lupines and the like. Indigo begins to be planted, 
 and thrives wonderfully well. It grows up to a little tree, and rich indigo 
 is made of the leaves of it. All men begin to get some of the seeds, and 
 know that it will be oftentimes the gain to them, as tobacco is ( and gain 
 now carries the bell). Their hopes are great to gain the trade of it from 
 the mogul’s country, and to supply all Christendom, and this will be many 
 thousands of pounds [sterling] in the year.” This expectation was but 
 partially realized. Within a century the production of indigo had in- 
 creased to such au extent that the amount was reckoned by “ thousands 
 of pounds [avoirdupois], 100,000 pounds having been exported from 
 Charleston alone in 1741, and in 1747, 134,118 pounds, worth 2s. 6 d. ster- 
 ling per pound. In 1756 the amount shipped from the same port was 
 216,924 pounds, and in 1756 North and South Carolina produced 500,000 
 pounds, and for a few years before the Revolutionary war the annual 
 exports of this article amounted to 1,000,000 pounds. In 1794 the whole 
 Union exported 1,550,880 pounds, but its cultivation speedily declined 
 when brought into competition with the present great staple commodity of 
 the South. Indigo is dead, and cotton is king.” 
 
 It would be tedious to enter into petty detail with reference to the 
 progress made during a period the results of which are thus summed up 
 by Mr. Watson : “ It is, indeed, a lamentable truth that for the most part 
 our knowledge and practice of agriculture at the close of the Revolution- 
 ary war were in a state of demi-barbarism, with some solitary exceptions. 
 The labors, I may say, of only three agricultural societies kept alive a 
 spirit of useful inquiry often resulting in useful and practical operations ; 
 and yet these measures did not reach the doors of practical farmers to any 
 visible extent.” These statements are fully supported by the remarks of 
 Mr. Flint, whose position as secretary of the Massachusetts State Board 
 of Agriculture gave him special and ample facilities for collecting infor- 
 mation upon this subject. According to this author, if a man a century 
 ago “ ventured to make experiments, to strike out new paths of practice 
 and adopt new methods of culture; if he did not plant just as many acres 
 of corn as his fathers did, and that too ‘ in the old of the moon;’ if he did 
 not sow just as much rye to the acre, raise the same number of oxen to 
 plough and get in his crops on the same day ; if he did not hoe as many 
 times as his father did, ... he was shunned in company by old and young 
 and looked upon as a visionary. The farmer knew nothing of a rotation 
 of crops. The use and value of manures were little regarded. Even so 
 late as within the memory of men still living, the barn was sometimes 
 removed to get it out of the way of heaps of manui’e by which it was sur- 
 rounded, because the owuer would not go to the expense of removing these 
 accumulations and put them upon his fields. The swine were generally 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 555 
 
 allowed to run at large. The cattle were seldom or never housed at night 
 during the summer and fall months. The potato-patch often came up to 
 the very door, and the litter of the yard seldom left much to admire in 
 the general appeai’ance of things about the barn or the house. Farmers 
 thought it necessary to let their cattle run at large very late in the fall 
 and to stand exposed to the severest colds of a winter’s day, ‘to toughen.’ 
 It was the common opinion in the Virginia colony that housing and milk- 
 ing cows in the winter would kill them. Orchards had been planted in 
 many parts of the country, but the fruit was, as a general thing, of an 
 inferior quality, and it was used chiefly for the purpose of making cider.” 
 Again he says : “ No one branch of farming had made any marked and 
 perceptible progress. It has been said that a good strong man could have 
 carried all the implements in use on the farm, except the cart and the old 
 clumsy harrow, upon his shoulders fifty years ago, and we know that many 
 a year occurred when grain and even hay had to be imported from Eng- 
 land to keep the people and the cattle from starvation.” There were many 
 causes for the slowness of improvement under the colonial system. The 
 population of the country was thin and scattered, and the fisheries and 
 navigation attracted the attention of the colonists who lived near the ocean 
 or its tributary waters. The settler was satisfied if his land produced a 
 crop large enough to supply the necessaries of life, and was thankful if he 
 secured, in addition, a scanty surplus for exportation or for colonial traffic. 
 The slowness and difficulty of intercommunication between the various 
 colonies was another obstacle to general improvement, and the Revolution, 
 in addition to many other benefits, did great service to the general welfare 
 of the people by making them, so to speak, acquainted with each other, 
 by breaking down the barriers of provincialism to this extent, at least, 
 that mutual improvement was secured by an interchange of ideas. Soci- 
 eties were formed for the promotion of “arts, agriculture and manufac- 
 tures,” in accordance with recommendations of Congress and of various 
 provincial assemblies. The leaders of the patriots seemed fully alive to 
 the importance of improved methods of cultivation, and many of them 
 were practical agriculturists. General Washington, well named by Byron 
 “the Cincinnatus of the West,” is a notable example, and his fondness for 
 agricultural pursuits was so great that Sir John Sinclair says, in his Remi- 
 niscences of Distinguished Contemporaries : “ The peculiar predilection 
 which General Washington so strongly and so frequently expressed for 
 agricultural improvement, which he preferred to every other pursuit, 
 is a circumstance which I am desirous should be recorded for the benefit 
 both of present and future times, from a desire that it might make a due 
 impression on the minds of those who might otherwise be induced to dedi- 
 cate themselves entirely either to the phantoms of military fame or the 
 tortures of political ambition.” In a letter to this gentleman, dated July 
 
556 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 20, 1794, President Washington says: “Commons, tithes, tenantry (of 
 which we feel nothing in this country), are in the list of impediments, I 
 perceive, to perfection in English farming, and taxes are heavy deductions 
 from the profit thereof. Of these we have none, or so light as hardly to 
 be felt. Your system of agriculture, it must be confessed, is in a style 
 superior, and of course much more expensive, than ours, but when the 
 balance at the end of the year is struck by deducting the taxes, poor rates 
 and incidental charges of every kind, from the produce of the land in the 
 two countries, no doubt can remain in which scale it is to be found. It 
 will be some time, I fear, before an agricultural society, with congressional 
 aids, will be established in this country. We must walk, as other coun- 
 tries have done, before we can run. Smaller societies must prepare the 
 way for greater; but, with the lights before us, I hope we shall not be so 
 slow in maturation as older nations have been. An attempt, as you will 
 see by the enclosed outline of a plan, is making to establish a State society 
 in Pennsylvania for agricultural improvement. If it succeeds, it will be 
 a step in the ladder. At present it is too much in embryo to decide on the 
 result. Our domestic animals as well as our agriculture are inferior to 
 yours in point of size; but this does not proceed from any defect in the 
 stamina of them, but from deficient care in providing for their support, 
 experience having abundantly evinced that where our pastures are as well 
 improved as the soil and climate will admit, where a competent store of 
 wholesome provender is laid up and proper care used in serving it, that 
 our horses, black cattle, sheep, etc., are not inferior to the best of their 
 respective kinds which have been imported from England. Nor is the 
 wool of our sheep inferior to that of the common sort with you. As a 
 proof, after the peace of Paris, in 1783, and my return to the occupations 
 of a farmer, I paid particular attention to my breed of sheep (of which I 
 usually kept about seven or eight hundred). By this attention, at the 
 shearing of 1789 the fleeces yielded me the average quantity of 51- 
 pounds of wool; a fleece of which, promiscuously taken, I sent to Mr. 
 Arthur Young, who put it, for examination, into the hands of manufac- 
 turers. These pronounced it to be equal in quantity to the Kentish wool. 
 In this same year (i. e., 1789) I was again called from home, and have not 
 had it in my power since to pay any attention to my farm, the consequence 
 of which is that my sheep, at the last shearing, yielded me not more than 21 
 pounds. This is not a single instance of the differences between care and 
 neglect ; nor is the difference between good and bad management confined 
 to that species of stock ; for we find that good pastures and proper atten- 
 tion can and do fill our markets with beef of seven, eight and more hun- 
 dred weight the four quarters, whereas from 450 to 500 (especially in States 
 south of this, where less attention has hitherto been paid to grass) may be 
 found about the average weight. In this market, some bullocks were 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 557 
 
 killed in the months of March and April last, the weights of which, as 
 taken from the accounts which were published at the time, you will find in 
 a paper inclosed. These were pampered steers, but from 800 to 1000 the 
 four quarters is no uncommon weight.” It must be borne in mind that 
 the Mr. Young to whom the fleece was sent was not an American. He was 
 the great authority in England upon all agricultural questions, and the 
 manufacturers to whom the fleece was shown were British manufacturers, 
 who certainly had no prejudice in favor of this country. General Wash- 
 ington corresponded for many years with Mr. Young upon these and kin- 
 dred subjects, and even after the elevation of the former to the presidency 
 he still continued to devote as much time as he could spare from the ar- 
 duous duties of his office to the collection of information and statistics with 
 reference to his favorite occupation. Mr. Young made an elaborate calcu- 
 lation which proved to his satisfaction that the net profit from 300 acres 
 of land in England, after the deduction of taxes and all other expenses, 
 was £323 10s., or 5.15 per cent, on the combined capital of the landlord 
 and tenant (£6240), Avhile in America the net profit after similar deduc- 
 tions had been made was £206 14s., or 10.55 per cent, on the capital of 
 £1951, the farmer being his own landlord. The price of labor in America 
 was considered as double the rates in England, but land (which is included 
 in both estimates of capital) was so much cheaper in this country that the 
 increased cost of labor was more than balanced by smallness of the capital 
 required. Another calculation made by Mr. Young was not so favorable, 
 and elicited a spicy reply, which is not signed in the copy of this corre- 
 spondence which is before us/ but which, from its style and from allusions 
 to it in Washington’s letters, we judge to be the work of Mr. Richard Pe- 
 ters (of “Belmont, 6 miles from 'Philadelphia,” says the heading to another 
 of his letters). President Washington had written to several gentlemen 
 in various sections of the country for statements of the expenses, produc- 
 tions and net profits of an ordinary farm in their respective neighborhoods, 
 and had then sent these returns to Mr. Young. The reply of the latter is 
 filled with expressions of astonishment and with criticisms of the various 
 accounts. He says : “ Is it possible that the inhabitants of a great conti- 
 nent, who live only to hunt, to eat and to drink, can carry on farming 
 and planting as a business, and yet never calculate the profit they make 
 by percentage on their capital ? And yet this seems to be the case. The 
 farm in Bucks county is such as an Englishman would not accept, for it 
 carries on the face of the account which I have drawn out a dead loss, and 
 not an inconsiderable one ; yet the whole labor of a family of five persons 
 is thrown away in order to arrive at that loss.” It is difficult for Mr. 
 Young to realize the extraordinary fertility of land in Virginia at this time 
 (1793), and he is therefore unwilling to admit an account rendered by Mr. 
 Jefferson. “ How can Mr. Jefferson produce annually 5000 bushels of wheat, 
 
558 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 worth £750, by means of a cattle product worth only £125? I do not 
 want to come to America to know that this is simply impossible ; at the 
 commencement of a term it will do, but how long will it last?” He strongly 
 recommends the breeding of sheep as much more profitable than the pro- 
 duction of grain, saying: “Surely, the enormous rise in the price of wool 
 in England and Holland for two years past must affect America and insti- 
 gate an increase in the breed of sheep. The freight when pressed into a 
 smaller compass is a trifle, and the price is now such that a fleece aloue 
 from American lands, without reckoning the carcase at anything, must be 
 more valuable than the profit on a crop of wheat of eight or ten bushels 
 an acre on all lands that will produce white clover spontaneously.” To 
 the criticisms of Mr. Young Jefferson replied with characteristic mildness. 
 He says : “ Mr. Young has never had an opportunity of seeing how slowly 
 the fertility of the original soil is exhausted, with moderate management 
 of it. I can affirm that the James River low grounds, with the cultivation 
 of small grain, will never be exhausted, because we know that under that 
 cultivation we must now and then take them down with Indian corn, or 
 they become, as they were originally, too rich to bring wheat. The highlands 
 where I live have been cultivated about sixty years.” Mr. Young had begun 
 his criticism with the following sentences : “ Your information has thrown 
 me afloat on the high seas. To analyze your husbandry has the difficulty 
 of a problem.” From the reply of Mr. Peters,* which we have mentioned 
 (that he was the author is rendered certain by a detached note found in 
 another part of the book), we condense the following statements: “I know 
 not where to land Mr. Young from his sea voyage unless facts well known 
 and jell here, serving as pilots to guide him into a safe and pleasant har- 
 bor, will enable him to arrive on a shore pleasant in its prospects and 
 abundant in its resources, not so much indebted to art as to nature for its 
 beauties and conveniences. Much land is to be had for little money; our 
 political arrangements contribute to our happiness and to our moderate but 
 competent wealth. We have no princes to indulge the grades more imme- 
 diately beneath them in their pleasures and their passions, that they may 
 themselves be supported at the expense of the nation in their schemes of 
 luxury and ambition ; no overgrown nobles to wanton on the hard earnings 
 of an oppressed yeomanry. Our laws are generally liberal in their policy. 
 We have no narrow arrangements which, under false notions of national 
 convenience or shadowy and miscalculated political restrictions, palsy agri- 
 culture and commerce by preventing those who possess the products of the 
 country from disposing of what their labor has created, when , where and 
 
 * Tliis eminent jurist was equally eminent as an agriculturist. Through his instru- 
 mentality the use of gypsum in agriculture and the cultivation of clover were intro- 
 duced into the United States, lie was president of the Philadelphia Society for the 
 Improvement of Agriculture. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 559 
 
 how they please. Our farmers are the proprietors of the soil they culti- 
 vate; they gather the honey, shear the sheep and guide the plough for 
 themselves alone. They increase the value of their capital while they labor for 
 their sustenance. They do not, indeed, receive an annual interest or revenue 
 on their capital, but they pay none; yet by their exertions for their own 
 support and accommodation, and the growing population and improvement 
 of the country (to which every one, stranger as well as native, contributes), 
 more than a European percentage is added to their principal, insomuch 
 that farms will increase, in very many parts of the country, tenfold in their 
 value in less than twenty years. Immense tracts of new land have been 
 recently sold by the State of Pennsylvania at less than an English shilling 
 per acre. I know valuable tracts of great extent, within a few days’ ride 
 of Philadelphia, which may be had at from 3 to 9s. sterling per acre. 
 They are for the most part level, and so luxuriant in pasturage that, maugre 
 [i. e., in spite of] our winters, cattle now pass that season in prime order 
 without cover or artificial forage. Mr. Y.’s farm, or even his sixty acres 
 and the sheep he summered on it, will buy him a little territory, and his 
 capital in ten years will be increased 500 per cent. This is not a bad per- 
 centage, nor is it a visionary calculation. I wish not to throw out falla- 
 cious temptations, but to relate facts, merely to show why our farmers need 
 not make nice calculations about percentage. They have now, and always 
 have had, a sure resource for the wear of their seaboard farms, etc., in the 
 growth of their families. Children, in Europe, are often a burden and an 
 expense. The wealth of a great part of the American farmers grows ivitli the 
 additions to their families. The children assist in the labor of the old farm 
 or in the establishment of the new one. This supersedes the necessity of 
 calculating on hired laborers, the work being chiefly done within them- 
 selves. They are paid by the increased value of the common stock. The 
 easy situation of an industrious, full-handed American farmer is the pleas- 
 ing result of a combination produced by all the causes I have mentioned. 
 Instead of calculating, he labors and enjoys. And though I do not pro- 
 fess to have a good opinion of the style of American husbandry, yet even 
 this shows the happy situation, in other respects, of our country. With 
 such farming in Europe the farmers would starve, and leave their children 
 common laborers or beggars. And yet here they live well and leave their 
 descendants the means of obtaining the comforts and conveniencies of life. 
 This is the problem I have endeavored to solve, and I could not but 
 by this circuitous route arrive at the answer to Mr. Y.’s question, ‘ Is it 
 possible that the inhabitants of a great continent not new settlers, who, of 
 course, live to hunt, to eat and to drink, can carry on farming as a business, 
 and yet never calculate the profit they make by percentage on their capital ?’ 
 Our hunters are only a few borderers, and not to be counted on as farmers; 
 nor are our farmers, though they have not the best systems, idle. I there- 
 
560 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 fore think (without meaning a critique ) ‘who eat and drink to live’ would 
 have been a more just arrangement of language.” We offer no apology 
 for taking up so much space with this spirited defence of American farm- 
 ing, written nearly a hundred years ago, but just as forcible, in many 
 points, at the present day as it was in 1793. Mr. Peters’ remarks upon 
 sheep-breeding are equally interesting. Mr. Young had said, in recom- 
 mending this branch, “Mountains are no objection on account of wolves, 
 for the Pyrenees are full of both sheep and wolves.” Mr. Peters’ reply, 
 referring as it does to what is now one of the most thickly-populated dis- 
 tricts in Pennsylvania, is suggestive of the changes which have taken place 
 since 1793 in the Atlantic States. He says : “Wolves are a serious enemy 
 to the sheep-plan in places where there are the largest ranges. Where a 
 large ridge runs through a country in other respects ever so well peopled 
 they find retreats and breed prodigiously. Unless we can have the Pyre- 
 nean millennium, in which wolves and sheep, it seems, live together in wor- 
 shipful society, I know not a speedy remedy. I lay not long ago at the 
 foot of the South Mountain, in York county [Pennsylvania], in a country 
 very thickly settled, at the house of a justice of the peace. Through the 
 night I was kept awake by what I conceived to be a jubilee of dogs assem- 
 bled to bay at the moon ; but I was told, in the morning, that what dis- 
 turbed me was only the common howling of the wolves, which nobody 
 there ever regarded. When I entered the hall of justice, I found the 
 squire giving judgment for the reward on two wolf-wlielps a countryman 
 had taken. The judgment-seat was shaken by the intelligence that the she- 
 wolf was coming — not to give bail, but to devote herself or rescue her 
 offspring. The animal was punished for this daring contempt committed 
 in the face of the court, and was shot within a hundred yards of the tri- 
 bunal.” Further on, Mr. Peters suggests that it would be well to “ send 
 for some Pyrenean wolves to train our mountaineers \i. e., their American 
 brethren] to a little more civility.” 
 
 Such was the condition of American agriculture at the close of the eight- 
 eenth century. It was, as Mr. Peters frankly confessed, not so much “ in- 
 debted to art as to nature” for such success as was achieved. It was the 
 strongest possible recommendation of free institutions that a method of 
 culture, with the employment of which “European farmers would starve,” 
 enabled Americans to “live well and leave their descendants the comforts 
 and conveniencies of life.” Still this state of affairs could not last for ever. 
 All the land in the Atlantic States was not equal to Mr. Jefferson’s “Ja- 
 maica River low grounds.” Mr. Peters says : “ Many who have large fam- 
 ilies and want room, or are tired of their old farms, think it better to sell 
 and remove to places where Nature is in her prime, leaving to their suc- 
 cessors the toil, calcidation and expense of renovating lands exhausted by 
 bad tillage.” This is still done at the present day in the West, but even 
 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 561 
 
 Mr. Peters could see that there was a limit to this method of “putting off 
 the evil day.” He says: “One day this will have an end, but that day is 
 far distant. When it arrives the proprietors of old lands will adopt better 
 systems of agriculture which are notv fast advancing. These will add to the 
 products of their lands and will procure them more wealth, but possibly 
 not more happiness, in our more ancient settlements. Our old lands are 
 capable of renovation, having a good staple, as has been proved in number- 
 less instances.” He had correctly discerned the signs of the times when 
 he noted the advance of “better systems” of culture. Nine years before 
 he wrote the South Carolina Agricultural Society was founded (1784). 
 Between the date just given and the end of the century were founded the 
 “Philadelphia Society for the Improvement of Agriculture” (1785), the 
 New York Society (incorporated 1793) and the “Massachusetts Society 
 for Promoting Agriculture” (incorporated 1792), which soon after began 
 the publication of the Agricultural Repository. In 1796 Mr. Jefferson, in 
 a letter to Jonathan Williams (July 3), mentions an improvement which 
 he had made in the shape of the plough, saying : “ It is in the form of a 
 mould-board of least resistance. I had some years ago conceived the prin- 
 ciples of it, and I explained them to Mr. Rittenhouse. I have since re- 
 duced them to practice, and have reason to believe the theory fully con- 
 firmed.” Two years later he composed a treatise upon this subject, with 
 drawings of his invention, and his continued interest in this matter is 
 shown by the following extract from a letter written in 1808 to M. Syl- 
 vestre, of the Agricultural Society of the Seine (called forth by the arrival 
 of a plough from England, addressed to President Jefferson, but without 
 letter or explanation) : “ I presume it is the one sent by the Society of the 
 Seine, that it has been carried into England under their orders of council 
 and permitted to come on from thence. This I shall know within a short 
 time. I shall with great pleasure attend to the construction and transmis- 
 sion to the Society of a plough with my mould-board. This is the only 
 part of that useful instrument to which I have paid any particular atten- 
 tion.” Presidents Madison and Monroe were equally interested in agricul- 
 ture. Of the former Sir John Sinclair says : “ Mr. Madison transmitted 
 to me a very able communication on agriculture, fully proving both his 
 knowledge of that art and the ability with which he could explain his sen- 
 timents regarding it.” “ The Columbian Agricultural Society for the 
 Promotion of Rural and Domestic Economy” was, according to Flint, 
 “the first national society established with this specific object in view. It 
 was organized at a convention held in Georgetown, D. C., Nov. 28, 1809, 
 and in the following year (May 10, 1810), this society held the first agri- 
 cultural exhibition in the United States, at Georgetown, offering large pre- 
 miums for the encouragement of sheep-raising and for progress in other 
 important branches. The first county society was the Kennebec Agricul- 
 36 
 
562 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 tural Society, incorporated in 1801 within the present limits of Maine, 
 which then, as “the District of Maine,” formed a part of Massachusetts. 
 
 American Agriculture in the Nineteenth Century.— 
 The rapid increase of population in the older States, and the necessity of 
 going to a greater distance to find new land to replace that which had beeu 
 worn out by bad tillage, made improved methods of culture necessary much 
 earlier than had been anticipated by Mr. Peters. In 1829 it was said that 
 “ men of talents, wealth and enterprise have distinguished themselves by 
 their laborious and liberal efforts for the improvement of American hus- 
 bandry. Merino sheep have been imported and are now common in the 
 United States. The most celebrated breeds of British cattle have also been 
 imported, and there prevails a general disposition among men of intelli- 
 gence and high standing in the community to promote the prosperity of 
 American agriculture.” It was claimed that modern science had already 
 introduced the following improvements : “1. A correct knowledge of the 
 nature and value of manures, mineral, animal and vegetable, and the 
 method of using the last two species while fresh, before the sun, air, and 
 rain or other moisture has robbed them of their most valuable properties. 
 It was formerly the practice to place barn-yard manure in layers and masses 
 for the purpose of rotting, and to turn it over frequently with a plough or 
 spade till the whole had become destitute of almost all its original fertil- 
 izing substances and deteriorated in quality almost as much as it was re- 
 duced in quantity. 2. The introduction of root husbandry, or the raising 
 of potatoes, turnips, mangel-wurzel, etc., extensively by field-husbandry, 
 for feeding cattle, by which a given quantity of land may be made to pro- 
 duce much more nutritive matter than if it were occupied by grain or 
 grass crops, and the health as well as the thriving of the animals in the 
 winter season is greatly promoted. 3. Laying down lands to grass, either 
 for pasture or mowing, with a greater variety of grasses and with kinds 
 adapted to a greater variety of soils. 4. The substitution of fallow crops 
 (or such crops as require cultivation and stirring of the ground while the 
 plants are growing) in the place of naked fallows, in which the land is 
 allowed to remain without yielding any profitable product, in order to renew 
 its fertility.” It is acknowledged, however, that, while “ fields may be so 
 foul with weeds as to require a fallow 7 ,” this operation was not so well car- 
 ried out on this side of the Atlantic as in Great Britain. “In England, 
 when a farmer is compelled to fallow a field, he lets the weeds grow into 
 blossom and then turns them down. In America, a fallow means a field 
 where the produce is a crop of weeds running to seed instead of a crop of 
 grain.” It must be admitted that the doctrines upon which were based 
 the enumerated improvements were by no means generally accepted. They 
 were too “advanced” for the majority of farmers. The patronage of suc- 
 cessive Presidents, the efforts of progressive citizens, the emulation excited 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 563 
 
 by agricultural fairs, were very gradual in their workings upon the general 
 run of American agriculturists. In some places manure was so little val- 
 ued that it was often sold “at and under” twenty-five cents a ton. An 
 observer could still say, with truth, “The question which the American 
 settler always puts to himself is whether it will be more expedient for him, 
 in point of expense, to remove to a new soil covered with vegetable mould 
 or to remain on his cleared land and to support its fertility by regular ma- 
 nuring and a systematic rotation of crops.” There had, however, been a 
 marked improvement in agricultural implements, which were made in this 
 country as cheaply as in England, “ the lower price of wood making up for 
 the higher price of labor, especially as the carpenters are very expert.” 
 The clumsy wooden plough had been superseded by “ploughs of the im- 
 proved kind with cast-iron mould-boards,” and the ploughmen had become 
 so expert that at the various agricultural fairs a contest of skill in plough- 
 ing formed one of the most, interesting features of the entertainment. 
 
 The establishment of agricultural periodicals gave a decided impetus to 
 the progress of improvement in this branch. The American Farmer, estab- 
 lished in 1819, the New England Farmer (1822), the Genesee Farmer, the 
 American Agriculturist and a host of other periodicals of a similar nature 
 did yeoman service in the dissemination of information, and to their pow- 
 erful assistance may be ascribed a great portion of the success achieved in 
 the introduction of better methods of culture and in the invention and 
 manufacture of improved implements. That influence has been, of course, 
 more marked in the older States, where it is most needed. In New Eng- 
 land, for instance, where thirty-five bushels of corn to the acre was once 
 an unusually large yield, that amount has become the general average, and 
 “crops of 50 or 60 bushels per acre are not uncommon, while 80 and 100 
 are sometimes obtained by careful tillage.” The importance of improved 
 methods of culture to the wealth and welfare of the nation made it neces- 
 sary for the government to take some action to meet the growing demand 
 for information. On the 3d of March, 1839, the sum of 81000 was appro- 
 priated from the patent fund for the collection of agricultural statistics. 
 These statistics were to be included by the Commissioner of Patents in his 
 annual report, and by 1843 they already occupied more than 200 pages 
 of this document, of which 15,000 copies were printed and distributed. 
 In 1847 they filled more than 400 pages of the report, and in 1849 they 
 began to be published in a separate volume, though still a portion of the 
 Patent Office Report. A “Department of Agriculture” was established 
 by act of Congress in 1862 (May 15th), to be under the charge of a 
 “ Commissioner of Agriculture,” with power to employ, “ as Congress may 
 from time to time provide, for such time as their services may be needed, 
 chemists, botanists, entomologists and other persons skilled in the natural 
 sciences pertaining to agriculture.” It is the duty of the commissioner 
 
564 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 “to acquire and preserve in his department all information concerning 
 agriculture which he can obtain by means of books and correspondence 
 and by practical and scientific experiments (accurate records of which ex- 
 periments shall he kept in his office), by the collection of statistics and by 
 any other appropriate means within his power; to collect, as he maybe 
 able, new and valuable seeds and plants; to test, by cultivation, the value 
 of such as may require such tests; to propagate such as may be worthy 
 of propagation, and to distribute them among agriculturists.” Of the first 
 Report issued by this department (the one for 1862), 120,000 copies were 
 ordered to be printed. The first appropriation, made in 1839 ($1000), has 
 been somewhat exceeded in more recent times. The appropriation for the 
 expenses of the Department of Agriculture for the fiscal year ending June 
 30, 1873, was $202,440; and for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, it 
 was $257,730, exclusive of $20,000 for printing, making the whole amount 
 $277,730. The second item mentioned was employed, of course, in print- 
 ing the Report for 1873. The first was, doubtless, judiciously expended 
 for the pui’poses mentioned in the act creating the department; but after 
 a year of untiring efforts on the part of the zealous and faithful head of 
 the department — efforts ably seconded by his assistants — to carry out the 
 design of said act, he is forced to reply to the applicant for the printed 
 Report of these labors as follows : 
 
 “ Department of Agriculture, Washington, July 22 cl, 1875. 
 
 “Sir: Congress at its last session made no provision for the printing or 
 general distribution of the Annual Report of this Department for the 
 year 1874. The Senate ordered 1200 copies for its own use. The volume 
 is therefore in print, but it will require the action of Congress to authorize 
 its distribution by the Department.” 
 
 Such is the announcement which, printed upon a postal-card, brings to 
 the notice of the thousands who anxiously look for this report an instance 
 of legislative economy and retrenchment whereby a saving (?) was effected 
 of $20,000, the amount of the aggregate increase of the pay of eight Con- 
 gressmen by the “ Salary Grab Act.” 
 
 A statement of the crops of wheat, rye, barley, oats and maize, or “corn” 
 (a term which in Europe comprehends all the cereal grains, except in Scot- 
 land, where it is restricted to oats, while in this country it is confined to 
 Indian corn), in various years, will be found elsewhere [see Appendix, 
 Table V.]. The great crop of the United States is maize. The Statis- 
 tician of the Department of Agriculture gives some remarkable proofs of 
 this assertion in his Report for 1873. He says: “The supplies for man 
 and beast are principally found in corn, hay, wheat, oats, potatoes, barley, 
 rye and buckwheat, named in the order of their aggregate money value. 
 Should grass be included with hay, it would, of course, occupy the first 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 565 
 
 place. Of these, com, hay and oats are mainly used in feeding domestic 
 animals ; wheat, potatoes, rye, barley and buckwheat are mainly consumed 
 by man. Yet taking only corn and hay, in comparison with these six other 
 food-products, the values for the past five years [1869-1873, inclusive] 
 may be thus expressed in the original estimates of value made by this De- 
 partment: Corn, $2,620,979,940 [annual average, $524,195,988] ; hay, 
 $1,714,213,880 [annual average, $342,842,775]; six food-products [oats, 
 wheat, potatoes, rye, barley and buckwheat], $2,553,007,440 [annual aver- 
 age, $510,601,488]. The value of corn has therefore been $13,594,500 per 
 annum more than the combined values of the six other crops named, and that 
 of the cured grass more than two-thirds as much as the aggregate of the six 
 crops. In response to the inquiry as to the comparative value per acre, it is 
 easy to show the superiority of corn, notwithstanding the reduction in price, 
 by the immense quantity produced. The assumed aggregate of the corn acre- 
 age of five years is 184,565,343 acres [average annual acreage, 36,911,068], 
 yielding in corn alone $14.21 per acre; the aggregate for the [hay and the] 
 six crops, 345,166,063 acres [average annual acreage, 69,030,212], yielding 
 $13.99 per acre.* In 1869 the value of the yield per acre was $17.74 for 
 corn against $12.76 for wheat, when the latter crop was the largest ever 
 known.” Another and somewhat peculiar test of the value of this crop 
 was recently applied by the Statistician. Eleven counties were taken in 
 Illinois in which nearly three times as much wheat was produced as in 
 eleven other counties, which in turn produced more than three times as 
 much corn as was raised in the eleven counties first taken. The first eleven 
 can therefore be designated as the “ wheat counties,” while with equal pro- 
 priety the term “ corn counties ” can be applied to the second eleven. The 
 assessed valuations of lands (including all improvements) in these respect- 
 ive groups were then consulted, and it was discovered that the average 
 value per acre in the wheat counties was $6.43, while that in the corn 
 counties was $7.89, or 22 per cent, greater. The Statistician says : “ It is 
 
 * We have given these last figures just as they stand, though, as there is an obvious 
 error, they require a word of explanation. The portions enclosed in brackets are, of 
 course, our own. In the first place, the return for the “six crops” ($2,553,007,440) 
 will certainly not give an average yield of $13.99 per acre. If the return for the hay 
 crop be added, the condition will be improved (the combined value being $4,267,221,- 
 320), but the yield per acre is still only $12.71, and not $13.99. The proper aggre- 
 gate acreage to afford this average yield, with the value of the hay crop and the six ' 
 crops combined, is 305,010,088. The proper aggregate acreage to yield an average 
 of $13.99 with the value of the six food-products ($2,553,007,440) taken alone is 
 183,228,194. It is impossible to say, without tracing out each separate item through 
 the whole five years, where the difficulty lies. It is probably one of those typograph- 
 ical errors or editorial oversights which are likely to occur in the best-regulated offices, 
 or even in the work (usually remarkably accurate) of the Statistician of the Depart- 
 ment of Agriculture. — Ed. U. S. Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
566 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 true that these values are not the cash values, the assessment being lower 
 for purposes of taxation, yet the true proportion between the tivo is not neces- 
 sarily altered by this fact.” Still, “to silence cavil as w T ell as to accumu- 
 late evidence,” the census returns of the farm lands were appealed to, and 
 it was ascertained that the average value of farm laud in the wheat coun- 
 ties was $35.63, while in the corn counties it was $41.70, a difference of 17 
 per cent, in favor of the corn district. The proportion is nearly the same 
 and the results are much more conclusive, for the State valuation first used 
 included all taxable lands, whether in farms or not, thus introducing into 
 the calculation a disturbing element, while the census return included only 
 farmlands. The Statistician defends his position with great vigor. “An 
 Illinoisan whose views are entitled to respect” suggested to him that per- 
 haps the corn area had the larger proportion of timber, a circumstance 
 which would render the valuation higher. The attorney for the plaintiff 
 in the case of Corn vs. Wheat consulted the record, and triumphantly 
 established the fact that the corn counties “have only 391,037 acres in 
 woodland of the 4,546,365 acres in farms, or 8.6 per cent., while the wood- 
 land of the w'heat counties amounts to 908,756 acres in a total of 3,185,769, 
 or 28.8 per cent. So this advantage enures to the benefit of wheat, and 
 requires additional profits of corn-growing to offset it in the valuation 
 tables.” The special point upon which his argument rests is worthy of 
 consideration — viz., that corn, “being fed largely on the farm, is in a mea- 
 sure restorative, while wheat, being carried away from the farm, without 
 any return w'orth considering [in the shape of fertilizers], is an exhaustive 
 crop. These two diametrically opposite practices must produce opposite 
 results upon the soils, one making the rich richer, the other rendering the 
 poor poorer. As might be expected, the complaint is constant that the 
 wheat average grows less and less ; and the fact is that it is only kept from 
 heavy depreciation by a gradual removal of wheat culture westward and 
 freshlandward, as the wheat farmers ‘fold their tents’ after the manner of 
 the Arab and as ‘silently steal av T ay’ to green prairies undisturbed by the 
 plough.” His final deduction is, “not that wheat culture is unprofitable, 
 and should be everywhere abandoned, but that feeding crops upon the 
 farms, which cannot be done in exclusive wheat culture, is the only safe 
 and ultimately profitable system to pursue, and a golden rule of agricul- 
 ture.” Sir Morton Peto was much impressed with the quantity and the 
 value of the maize crop of this country. In his Resources and Prospects 
 of America he says : “ I confess to some surprise that this product does not 
 enter more largely into consumption in Great Britain and Ireland. Much 
 of the comparatively small quantity imported is worked up by parties who 
 sell it as farinaceous food for children, for pastry-making, etc. In this form 
 Indian corn is a comparatively costly article. It is in the cheaper forms 
 in which it is used throughout America that it seems to me it might be 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 567 
 
 much more generally introduced into consumption here.” As he is writing 
 in Great Britain, he gives some information which is more specific : “ There 
 are various ways of dressing Indian corn. Boiled, in its green state, it is 
 a most delicious vegetable. There is no reason why it should not be intro- 
 duced into this country. It is cheap enough in America, and it bears the 
 voyage here. I have it frequently at my own table, where it is much ap- 
 proved.” He elsewhere expresses great regret at the use of corn as fuel 
 in Iowa, where, the corn crop of a certain year being very large, so that 
 ears of corn sold for ten cents per bushel, “a cord of corn,” containing 
 seventy bushels, cost only seven dollars, yet furnished more heat than a 
 cord of wood, which cost, after sawing, nine dollars and fifty cents. The 
 leading States in the production of maize in 1873 (total crop, 932,274,000 
 bushels) were Illinois (15.40 per cent., or 143,634,000 bushels), Iowa 
 f 11.28 per cent., or 105,200,000 bushels) and Ohio (9.48 per cent., or 
 88,422,000 bushels), making for these three States 36.36 per cent., or 
 more than one-third of the entire crop. We give some figures compiled 
 from the Reports on Commerce and Navigation for various years, to show 
 the increase in the exports of maize. In the year ending June 30,* 1866, 
 the total exports of maize were 13,516,615 bushels; to Great Britain, 
 9,889,232 bushels (England, 7,292,411 ; Scotland, 708,813 ; Ireland, 
 
 I, 888,008). In 1866-7, total exports of maize, 14,889,823 bushels ; to 
 Great Britain, 12,197,064 bushels (England, 8,161,346 ; Scotland, 1,014,- 
 064; Ireland, 3,021,654). In 1867-8, total exports of maize, 11,147,490 
 bushels; to Great Britain, 8,707,998 bushels (England, 5,391,053; Scot- 
 land, 1,243,639; Ireland, 2,073,296). Passing over a few years, we come 
 to 1872-3, for which the figures are as follows: Total exports of maize, 
 38,541,930 bushels; to Great Britain, 29,334,759 bushels (England, 
 
 II, 666,867; Scotland, 1 ,457,501 ; Ireland, 16,210,391). In 1873-4, total 
 exports of maize, 34,434,606 bushels ; to Great Britain, 26,299,320 bush- 
 els (England, 10,299,483; Scotland, 2,335,026; Ireland, 13,764,813). 
 Though there is a decrease in this last year, it is not proportionately so 
 great as the decrease in the crop of 1873, which was the one out of which 
 the exports of 'the fiscal year 1873-4 came. The reader will see, by con- 
 sulting the table [see Table Y. in Appendix], that the year 1872 was an 
 exceptionally good year for corn, the crop almost equalling the maximum 
 crop (that of 1870). The next crop in value among the breadstuffs is 
 
 * As the fiscal year ends with June 30, in mentioning the exports or imports of any 
 year since 1843 it is generally understood that the fiscal year ending on June 30 of that 
 year is meant. The Report on Commerce and Navigation for 1874, for instance, gives 
 statistics up to June 30, 1874, and the exports for 1874 are generally understood to 
 mean those of the year which began July 1, 1873. To avoid all ambiguity, however, 
 we shall term such a year 1873-4, as it contains just one half of each year indicated 
 by this form. 
 
568 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 wheat. The rate of increase in the crop may be gathered from the table 
 to which we have just referred. The exports for several years of wheat 
 and flour are as follows: In 1865-6, total exports of wheat, 5,579,103 
 bushels (value, 87,842,749); wheat flour, 2,183,050 barrels (value, 
 $18,396,686); total value, $26,239,435; to Great Britain, wheat, 1,970,- 
 716 bushels (England, 1,700,902; Scotland, 157,758; Ireland, 112,056); 
 wheat flour, 136,020 barrels (England, 120,347 ; Scotland, 10,495; Ire- 
 land, 5178). In 1866-7, total exports of wheat, 6,146,411 bushels (value, 
 $7,822,555); wheat flour, 1,300,306 barrels (value, $12,803,775); total 
 value, $20,626,330; to Great Britain, wheat, 4,685,615 bushels (England, 
 4,652,389; Scotland, 33,226); wheat flour, 116,299 barrels (England, 
 109,037; Scotland, 6873; Ireland, 389). In 1867-8, total exports of 
 wheat, 15,940,899 bushels (value, $30,247,632); wheat flour, 2,076,423 
 barrels (value, $20,887,798); total value, $51,135,130; to Great Britaiu, 
 wheat, 12,368,446 bushels (England, 10,747,798; Scotland, 894,110; Ire- 
 land, 726,538) ; wheat flour, 484,706 barrels (England, 416,483 ; Scotland, 
 55,711 ; Ireland, 12,512). Passing over a few years, we have for 1872-3 
 the following figures, which show a marked increase : Total exports of 
 wheat, 39,204,285 bushels (value, $51,452,254); wheat flour, 2,562,086 
 barrels (value, $19,381,664); total value, $69,833,918; to Great Britain, 
 wheat, 30,790,876 bushels (England, 25,872,665; Scotland, 2,133,341; 
 Ireland, 3,784,870); wheat flour, 531,801 barrels (England, 390,227 ; Scot- 
 land, 131,321; Ireland, 10,253). The figures for 1873-4 are still more 
 encouraging, being as follows: Total exports of wheat, 71,039,928 bushels 
 (value, $101,421,459); wheat flour, 4,094,094 barrels (value, $29,258,094); 
 total value, $130,679,153; to Great Britain, wheat, 50,833,278 bushels 
 (England, 30,319,711; Scotland, 3,903,630; Ireland, 17,609,937); wheat 
 
 43,203). An examination of these figures will show that Ireland, which 
 at first took but a small proportion of the Indian corn, came to the front 
 in 1872-3, taking nearly half of the whole amount exported, more than 
 half of the portion which went to Great Britain, and a larger quantity 
 than the whole amount exported in any fiscal year between June 30, 1865, 
 and June 30, 1868, and we might add, more than double the whole quan- 
 tity of maize exported from the United States during the year 1868-9, 
 when the amount was unusually small (7,047,197 bushels). In wheat also 
 Ireland makes a remarkable leap, taking in 1865-6 but little more than 
 five per cent, of the quantity going to Great Britain ; in 1866-7 none at 
 all, according to the official report, while in 1872-3 more than 11 per cent, 
 of the exports of wheat to Great Britain went to Ireland; and in 1873-4 
 she took'more than 34 per cent, of the large amount which went to Great 
 Britain, more than three times the total export of wheat from the United 
 States in 1865-6, more than 2i times the same export in 1866-7, nearly 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 569 
 
 two million bushels more than the same total in 1867-8, and more than 
 the same total in 1868-9, when it had risen to 17,557,836 bushels. The 
 remaining crops of breadstuffs are sufficiently set forth in the table; that 
 of oats is large, but is almost entirely consumed at home, the amount ex- 
 ported being insignificant (481,871 bushels in 1868-9, nearly balanced by 
 an import of 326,359 bushels; 714,072 bushels in 1872-3, with an import 
 of 225,555 bushels; 812,873 bushels in 1873-4, with an import of 191,802 
 bushels). The demand for barley for malting purposes has greatly in- 
 creased the amount raised, as is seen by the table. The increase has not 
 yet come up to the demand, judging by the fact that the imports are heavy 
 while the exports are nominal, the following being some of the figures: 
 1868-9, imports of barley, 5,069,880 bushels; exports, 59,077 bushels; 
 1872-3, imports, 4,244,751 bushels; exports, 482,410 bushels; 1873-4, 
 imports, 4,891,189 bushels; exports, 320,399 bushels. The crop of rye 
 shows in later years a decided falling oft’ from the figures of 1867, 1868 and 
 1869. The exports for 1868-9 were 49,501 bushels; imports, 199,543 
 bushels; in 1872-3, exports 562,021 bushels; imports, 214,102 bushels; 
 in 1873-4, exports, 1,564,484 bushels ; imports, 164,153 bushels. It ap- 
 pears, from this decided increase in the exportation of a crop which had 
 fallen off about one-third in the course of four years, that the demand for 
 “schwarzbrod” has not kept pace with the increase in population. There 
 is another crop, not a breadstuff, which stands in the front rank among the 
 agricultural productions of the United States ; we allude to cottou, statis- 
 tics of which will be found elsewhere [see Table YI. in Appendix]. It 
 is, as Professor McCay says, “of prime necessity, and in large demand 
 abroad, because it furnishes the cheapest material for clothing and for other 
 purposes of civilized life, and it is produced here under such favorable cir- 
 cumstances that we can supply this demand at a fair profit to ourselves.” 
 Though the “favorable circumstances” specially intended by Professor 
 McCay no longer exist (he wrote in 1850), there are advantages enough 
 of soil and climate to make the southern portion of the United States the 
 greatest cotton-producing country in the world, when quality is considered 
 as well as quantity. The attempt by Great Britain to substitute India to 
 some extent for America as her cotton-field served only to show the vast 
 superiority of the product of this country. Although it is not a native of 
 the United States, it thrives here better than in its fatherland. Cotton- 
 seed brought here from India, where it is a native, will produce a better 
 cotton than in that country, and the product will be continually tending to 
 a longer and better staple. New Orleans cotton-seed planted in India will 
 produce, the first year, cotton nearly equal to its original, but every year 
 of reproduction from the same seed will show more and more deterioration, 
 until the yield is no better than the native India cotton. The best quality 
 of American cotton is the sea-island cotton, the small crop of which is 
 
570 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 mentioned in a note appended to the table. This is so precious that it is 
 reserved for the finest yarns, for the most delicate fabrics and for a mixture 
 with silk which is exceedingly difficult to detect. The great bulk of the 
 crop of the United States consists of “upland,” or “short staple.” The 
 value of the cotton (exclusive of sea-island cotton) exported from the 
 United States during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874, was $209,109,- 
 106. This would make the whole crop worth more than $300,000,000. 
 The average production per acre in 1872 was about half a bale, or 2211 
 pounds, per acre, worth about $44.30. There is a constant tendency toward 
 over-production, which is thus rebuked by the Statistician in the Report on 
 Agriculture for 1873: “Every intelligent publicist knows that a fixed quan- 
 tity — say $300,000,000 — may be derived from cotton. If the average 
 quantity is increased, the juice diminishes, and vice versa. If fluctuations 
 are frequent, the speculator or manufacturer, and not the producer, derives 
 an advantage. If you choose to produce five million bales, you obtaiu 10 
 cents per jiound, and lose money ; if you grow but three, you get 20 cents, 
 and obtain a profit. Now, it is better for the world, and, in a series of years, 
 better for the grower, to produce regularly enough to supply the .current 
 wants of the trade at a medium and remunerative price, or as near a reg- 
 ular supply as possible, for the vicissitudes of the season will inevitably 
 cause injurious fluctuations despite the highest efforts of human wisdom 
 and foresight. As the uses of cotton increase and markets are extended 
 throughout the world, its manufacture will be enlarged and its culture 
 should obtain corresponding enlargement. To overstep the current demand 
 and glut the market may be pleasing to the speculator and to the manu- 
 facturer, so far as he combines speculation with weaving, but it is death to 
 the grower.” It is stated in the Annual Cyclopaedia for 1874 that the cost 
 of manufacturing varies from 41 mills to 61 mills jier number per pound* 
 in different mills, according to their organization, condition and manage- 
 ment. Few factories reach the rate of 41 mills, which is extremely low, 
 while 61 mills is an extravagantly high cost. The mean or average is esti- 
 mated to be 5} or 51 mills per number. Including the cost of cotton and 
 2 per cent, for selling, the cost of printing-cloth is 5.02 cents per yard ; light 
 sheeting, 7.41 ; standard sheeting, 8.94. The number of spindles in use in 
 the United States on the 1st of July, 1874, was 9,415,383, against 7,132,- 
 
 * Cotton yarn is numbered according to size, the number increasing as the yarn 
 becomes finer. The finer the yarn produced, the greater the quantity in a pound, and, 
 it might be added, the greater the skill and care required in its production. The 
 average size or number of yarn produced in the United States in 1869 was 271 — 28 in 
 the North and 12^ in the South. Applying the rule, and taking number 14 for an 
 example, the cost of manufacturing a pound of this number would be in mills from 
 14 X 41 to 14 X 61 — h «•, from 6.3 cents to 9.1 cents. The statistics which follow are 
 here given because they reached us too late for incorporation with the article on 
 American Manufactures. — Ed. U. S. Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 571 
 
 415 in 1870, though the number of the mills had decreased from 956 to 
 847 ; number of looms, 186,975 (in 1870, 157,310). This shows very rapid 
 progress since 1870, being an increase in the number of spindles of 32.05 
 per cent, over the census figures of 1870. The kinds and quantities of 
 cotton goods produced during the year ending July 1, 1874, were as follows: 
 Threads, yarns and twines, 149,000,000 pounds; sheetings, shirtings and 
 similar plain goods, 707,000,000 yards; twilled and fancy goods, osnaburgs, 
 jeans, etc., 306,000,000 yards ; printed cloths, 588,000,000 yards ; ging- 
 hams, 33,000,000 yards ; ducks, 30,000 yards ; and besides these there was 
 a production of 6,000,000 bags, more than double the quantity (2,767,060) 
 reported bv the census of 1870. Statistics for previous periods will be 
 found elsewhere [see American Manufactures]. Another very import- 
 ant crop, one which, in one shape or another, is dear to almost every Amer- 
 ican heart, is the tobacco crop. There is great variation in the size of this 
 crop. In 1840 it was 219,163,319 pounds; in 1850, 199,752,655 pounds; 
 in 1860, 434,209,461 pounds; in 1870, 262,735,341 pounds; in 1873 (ac- 
 cording to the Report on Agriculture'), 372,810,000 pounds; in 1874 (as 
 reported by the Annual Cyclopcedia ) , 200,000,000 pounds. The exports 
 of tobacco for various years have been as follows: 1865, 7,294,165 pounds 
 (value, $3,439,979); 1866, leaf, 190,826,248 pounds (value, $29,456,145); 
 manufactured, 6,515,709 pounds (value, $1,794,689); 1867, leaf, 184,803,- 
 065 pounds (value, $19,620,159); manufactured, 9,601,142 pounds (value, 
 $2,795,008); 1867, leaf, 206,020,504 pounds (value, $22,898,823); manu- 
 factured, 10,470,024 pounds (value, $3,100,084); 1869, leaf, 181,527,630 
 pounds (value, $20,552,943); manufactured (value only being given), 
 $2,759,005; 1873, leaf, 213,995,176 pounds (value, $22,689,135); manu- 
 factured (value), $2,627,585; 1874, leaf, 318,097,804 pounds (value, 
 $30,399,181); manufactured (value), $2,537,782. The leading States, 
 according to the returns of 1873, were Kentucky (152,000,000 pounds), 
 Virginia (50,000,000 pounds) and Ohio (32,500,000 pounds), making for 
 these three States 234,500,000 pounds, being more than two-thirds of the 
 crop of that year, and a larger quantity than the whole crop of 1874. 
 The fluctuations in the size of this crop arise from the great care required 
 in its culture, the cultivator being in danger of losing his crop for what 
 would, with other products, be but a small negligence. The seed must be 
 mixed with plaster or sifted ashes, in the proportion of a gill of the former 
 to a quart of the latter. The greatest care is required to prevent the 
 growth of weeds, and every week, after the plants are up, it is recommended 
 to scatter over them a compost of ashes, plaster, soot, salt and pulverized 
 sulphur, to invigorate them and to protect them from the ravages of the 
 fly. They must be transplanted, gone over with the “ tobacco cultivator,” 
 decapitated (the tops are cut down to the leaves that are six inches long) 
 as soon as the blossoms are fairly formed (with the exception of those that 
 
572 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 are reserved for seed), and it is necessary to go over the whole field every 
 morning and evening, examining each plant as far as is practicable, in 
 order to kill such worms as are found, or to break their eggs, which have 
 been judiciously deposited where the offspring will have a sufficiency of 
 palatable food, if the benevolent design of the parent is not frustrated. 
 The preparation of the crop for the market is also an operation, or rather 
 a series of operations, requiring great care and skill, a lack of which dur- 
 ing several of the stages may be productive of very injurious effects. 
 There are two other crops, food crops, which we omitted to mention in 
 their proper places, but which should not be passed entirely over; we allude 
 to potatoes and rice. The potato crop amounted, in 1850, to 65,797,896 
 bushels; in 1860, to 111,148,867 bushels of “Irish,” and 42,095,026 of 
 sweet potatoes, and in 1870, to 143,337,473 bushels of Irish and 21,709,- 
 824 of sweet potatoes. For the years 1873 and ’74 the crop of Irish pota- 
 toes was about 106,000,000 bushels, while that of sweet potatoes was 48,- 
 000,000 bushels in 1873 and 46,000,000 in 1874. The leading States in 
 the production of potatoes in 1873 were New York (24,925,000 bushels), 
 Pennsylvania (10,602,000), Michigan (6,910,000) and Ohio (6,045,000), 
 making the total yield for these four States 48,482,000 bushels, or nearly 
 half of the total crop. The crop of rice was, in 1840, 80,841,422 pounds 
 (South Carolina, 60,590,861 pounds); in 1850, 215,313,497 pounds (South 
 Carolina, 159,930,613 pounds); in 1860, 187,167,032 pounds (South Caro- 
 lina, 119,100,528 pounds); and in 1870, 73,635,021 pounds (South Caro- 
 lina, 32,304,825 pounds. It will be noticed that in the first two years 
 cited South Carolina produced more than three-fourths, and in the third 
 year mentioned more than two-thirds, of the total yield. The culture of 
 the vine has made great progress, especially in California, where the grape 
 crop is estimated to be worth more than $10,000,000 per annum, and the 
 capabilities of three counties alone (Los Angeles, San Bernardino and San 
 Diego) have been ascertained to be equal to the yearly production of 
 100,000,000 gallons of wine, if pressed to their fullest extent. The total 
 product of wine in the whole country, in 1850, was 221,249 gallons (Cali- 
 fornia, 58,055); in 1860, 1,627,192 gallons (California, 246,518); in 1870, 
 3,092,330 gallons (California, 1,814,656). 
 
 Decided progress has been recently made in the breeding of live-stock, 
 especially during the past twenty years. In 1840 the number of horses 
 and mules was 4,335,669. In 1850 the horses numbered 4,336,719 — a thou- 
 sand more than the combined total just given — and the “mules and asses” 
 559,331. In 1860 the figures were: Horses, 6,249,174 (increase in ten 
 years, 67.02 per cent.); mules and asses, 1,151,148 (increase, 105.81 per 
 cent.); in 1870, horses, 7,145,370 (increase in ten years, 11.11 per cent.); 
 mules and asses, 1,125,415 (decrease, 2.24 per cent.); in 1874, horses, 
 9,333,800 (increase in three years, 30.63 per cent.); mules, 1,339,350 (in- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 573 
 
 crease in three years, 19.01 per cent.). The value of the horses reported in 
 1873 was 8666,927,406 (average price, 871.45), and of the mules, 8119,- 
 501.859 (average price, 889.22). Previous to 1860 the horses in cities and 
 towns were not included in the estimates. The present number of horses 
 is about one to every five inhabitants. The horses of the United States 
 have advanced not only in number, but in quality. The “ Morgan ” and 
 “Black Hawk” families have preserved, and in many cases improved 
 upon, the good qualities of their sires, that of the former (Justin Mor- 
 gan) having been foaled in West Springfield, Mass., in 1793, and the 
 progenitor of the latter in Vermont in 1833, to which State, indeed, the 
 former had been brought in 1795. The extraordinary reproductive fac- 
 ultv of “Justin Morgan” was transmitted to his sons, and every succeed- 
 ing foal, without regard to blood intermixture even of strong types, was 
 distinctively a Morgan. “Nor,” says Murray, in The Perfect Horse, “did 
 this power die out in one or two generations, but continued on like a stream 
 having a constant source, and might have been prolonged doubtless unto 
 this day.” He complains, however, that “the State which had been en- 
 riched and made famous by this animal and his descendants committed 
 financial suicide by allowing the family to be scattered and the family type 
 itself to be brought away from it. Not alone Vermont, but the entire 
 country were losers when the Morgan family ceased to have ‘ a local hab- 
 itation,’ although it could never cease to have ‘a name.’” Among the 
 thoroughbreds are not a few of the descendants of the famous Eclipse, of 
 whom honest John Lawrence said that “ he puffed and blowed like an 
 otter and galloped as wide as a barn-door.” Professor Low, in his Dovies- 
 ticated Animals of Great Britain, says : “ The inhabitants of the United 
 States have a very mixed race of horses, some of which are excellent. It 
 is the character of this people to carry ardor and boldness into every favored 
 pursuit, and the improvement of their horses at this time [he wrote in 1858] 
 occupies much of their attention. The nature of their country leads them 
 to cultivate useful horses for the road and for their innumerable public and 
 private carriages. They prefer the trot to the paces more admired in the 
 Old Continent; and having directed attention to the conformation which 
 consists with this character, the fastest trotting-horses in the world are to 
 be found in the United States.” The improvement in the speed of trot- 
 ting-horses during the past thirty years has been remarkable. “Two-forty ” 
 was once the proverbial expression for a fast gait, but at the present day 
 the attainment of this rate of speed would not entitle a horse to a very 
 high rank among l’acers, and the performances of Flora Temple, of Dex- 
 ter and, more recently, of Goldsmith Maid, have sent down the minimum 
 time to a point scarcely dreamed of a quarter of a century ago. At a 
 recent meeting of the Cleveland Club only two of the forty-four heats were 
 slower than 2.20, and one heat was trotted in 2.18. American Girl has 
 
574 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 trotted a mile in 2.171, and Lulu in 2.15. Goldsmith Maid’s record is 
 2.14, and a large number of horses have beaten 2.20. The Conestoga 
 horse, as a beast of burden, is a very highly-prized animal, combining 
 great strength with lightness and agility. It has been well remarked that 
 “although ‘Young America’ is said now to require a swifter horse, it is 
 believed that there is no surer, safer or more lasting one.” Mules and asses 
 are largely bred in the Southern and Pacific States as substitutes for horses. 
 It is said that “the mule is hardier than the horse, subject to fewer dis- 
 eases, more patient, better adapted for travelling over rugged and trackless 
 surfaces, less fastidious as to food, requires less grooming and attention and 
 usually lives and works to double the age of the horse.” There are so few 
 in New England, the number reported from that section in the census of 
 1870 being only 358 (only 1 in Rhode Island), that they do not enter into 
 the report from those States for 1873. Milch cows were first returned sep- 
 arately in the census of 1850, when the number was 6,385,094; working- 
 oxen, 1,700,744; other cattle (beeves, etc.), 9,693,069; in 1860, milch 
 cows, 8,585,735; working-oxen, 2,254,911; other cattle, 14,779,373; in 
 1870, milch cows, 8,935,332; working-oxen, 1,319,201; other cattle, 13,- 
 566,005; in 1874, milch cows, 10,705,300; average price, $27.99; total 
 value, $299,609,309; oxen and other cattle, 16,218,100; average price, 
 $19.15; total value, $310,643,803.. The decrease in the number of work- 
 ing-oxen is attributable to the fact that as districts become more densely 
 peopled, and consequently more civilized and more wealthy, horses largely 
 supersede oxen in agricultural and other operations. The whole increase 
 between 1850 and 1860 was only 32 per cent, in the whole country, and 
 in the Eastern and Middle States there was a decrease. The use of im- 
 proved agricultural implements diminishes the force required from work- 
 ing-oxen, and consequently diminishes also their use as such implements 
 come to be introduced. During the epizooty which prevailed in 1872, how- 
 ever, oxen were at a premium, and many a man who had long been absent 
 from the paternal farm was glad to recall the once familiar “whoa, haw” 
 and “whoa, gee” of his boyhood, and to drop, in some cases, the pen for 
 the ox-goad when the lack of facilities for transportation threatened a stag- 
 nation of business. The leading States, in 1873, in the number of horses 
 were Illinois (1,059,800), Ohio (738,600), Texas (699,100), New York 
 (659,300), Indiana (649,500), Iowa (647,000) and Pennsylvania (557,000), 
 making for these seven States 5,007,700 (53.65 per cent.), or more than 
 one-half of the total number. The leading States in the number of milch 
 cows were New York (1,410,600), Pennsylvania (812,600), Ohio (778,500), 
 Illinois (725,100), Iowa (569,500) and Texas (526,500), making for these 
 six States 4,822,800 (45.50 per cent.), or nearly one-half of the total 
 number. The increase in the numbers of sheep and of swine during the 
 past thirty years has been very slight, compared with that of other live- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 575 
 
 stock, the last census showing a decrease in the number of swine from the 
 figures of 1860. The number of sheep in the United States in 1840 was 
 19,311,374 ; leading States, New York (5,118,777), Ohio (2,028,401), Penn- 
 sylvania (1,767,620), Vermont (1,681,819), Virginia (1,293,772), Kentucky 
 (1,008,240), making for these six States 11,890,391 (61.57 per cent.), or 
 more than three-fifths of the whole number. The number of swine in the 
 same year was 26,301,293; leading States, Tennessee (2,926,607), Ken- 
 tucky (2,310,533), Ohio (2,099,746), Vermont (1,992,155), New York 
 (1,900,065) and Indiana (1,623,608), making for these seven States 12,852,- 
 514 (48.81 per cent.), or nearly one-half of the whole number. The num- 
 ber of swine in the United States, in 1850, was 30,354,213 (increase in ten 
 years, 15.41 per cent.); leading States, Tennessee (3,104,800), Kentucky 
 (2,891,163), Indiana (2,263,776), Georgia (2,168,617), Ohio (1,964,770), 
 Illinois (1,915,907) and Alabama (1,904,540), making for these seven 
 States 16,213,573 (53.04 per cent.), or more than one-half of the total 
 number. Number of sheep, 21,723,220 (increase in ten years, 13.00 per 
 cent.); leading States, Ohio (3,942,929), New York (3,453,241), Pennsyl- 
 vania (1,822,357), Virginia (1,310,004), Indiana (1,122,493) and Ken- 
 tucky (1,102,091), making for these six States 12,753,115 (58.71 per cent.), 
 or nearly three-fifths of the total number. Number of sheep in 1860, 
 22,471,275 (increase in ten years, 8.05 per cent.); leading States, Ohio 
 (3,546,767), New York (2,617,855), Pennsylvania (1,631,540), Michigan 
 (1,271,743), California (1,088,002) and Virginia (1,043,269), making for 
 these six States 11,199,176 (49.80 per cent.), or nearly one-half of the total 
 number. Number of swine in 1860, 33,512,867 (increase in ten years, 
 10.43 per cent.); leading States, Indiana (3,099,110), Illinois (2,502,308), 
 Missouri (2,354,425), Tennessee (2,347,321), Kentucky (2,330,595), Ohio 
 (2,251,653) and Georgia (2,036,116), making for these seven States 16,921,- 
 528 (50.49 per cent.), or more than one-half of the whole number. Num- 
 ber of sheep in 1870, 28,477,951 (increase in ten years, 26.72 per cent.); 
 leading States, Ohio (4,928,635), California (2,768,187), New York (2,181,- 
 578), Michigan (1,985,906), Pennsylvania (1,794,301), Indiana (1,612,680) 
 and Illinois (1,568,286), making for these seven States 16,839,573 (59.10 
 per cent.), or nearly three-fifths of the whole number. Number of swine 
 in 1870, 25,134,569 (decrease in ten years, 25 per cent.); leading States,. 
 Illinois (2,703,343), Missouri (2,306,430), Indiana (1,872,230), Kentucky 
 (1,838,227), Tennessee (1,828,690) and Ohio (1,728,968), making for these 
 six States 12,277,888 (48.85 per cent.), or nearly one-half of the whole 
 number. Number of sheep in 1874, 33,938,200 (increase in four years 
 19.17 per-cent.); leading States, California (4,683,200), Ohio (4,639,000), 
 Michigan (3,486,300), New York (2,037,200), Iowa (1,732,600), Indiana 
 (1,722,500) and Pennsylvania (1,674,000), making for these seven States 
 19,874,800 (58.89 per cent.), or nearly three-fifths of the whole number. 
 
576 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Number of swine in 1874, 30,860,900 (increase in four years 23.18 per 
 cent.); leading States, Iowa (3,693,700), Illinois (3,409,700), Missouri 
 (2,603,300), Indiana (2,496,700), Ohio (2,017,400) and Kentucky (2,008,- 
 000), making for these six States 16,228,800 (52.65 per cent.), or more 
 than one-half of the whole number. The value of all live-stock in 
 the United States in 1850 was $544,180,516; in 1860, $1,089,329,915 
 (increase in ten years, 100.17 per cent.); in 1870, $1,525,276,457 (in- 
 crease in ten years, 40.02 per cent.). The figures for 1875 for the 
 leading domestic animals are as follows: Number of horses, 9,520,476; 
 average price, $71.05; total value, $675,429,820; mules, 1,392,324; av- 
 erage price, $88.10; total value, $122,716,604; milch cows, 10,919,406; 
 average price, $27.01; total value, $294,933,159; other cattle, 16,220,- 
 000; average price, $19.00; total value, $308,180,000; sheep, 33,598,818; 
 average price, $2.65; total value, $89,636,868; swine, 28,083,419; aver- 
 age price, $4.30; total value, $120,758,702. The wool produced in 1850 
 amounted to 52,516,959 pounds; in 1860, 60,264,913 pounds; in 1870, 
 100,102,387 pounds (increase in ten years, 66 per cent.) ; in 1873, 146,000,- 
 000 pounds (increase in three years, 45.89 per cent.). The wool manufac- 
 ture requires a constantly increasing amount of raw material. The imports 
 for eleven years, from 1861 to 1871, inclusive, amounted to 572,647,377 
 pounds of wool (exclusive of shoddy), an average of 52,058,843 pounds, 
 costing (in gold at the port of shipment) $89,375,908, or $8,125,082 per 
 annum. The imports of 1871-2 were 122,256,499 pounds, costing $26,- 
 214,195; of 1872-3, 85,496,049 pounds, valued at $20,433,938; of 1873-4, 
 42,939,541 pounds, worth $8,250,306. 
 
 The census returns of agriculture for the years 1850, 1860 and 1870 
 show constant improvement in fullness and accuracy. A portion of them 
 has already been given, and from the remainder we shall now select the 
 most interesting, giving as many as our limited space will allow. The 
 average size of farms in the United States, in 1850, was 203 acres, Cali- 
 fornia giving the enormous average of 4466 acres, and Texas that of 942 
 acres, while the smallest average (51 acres) was found in Utah. The av- 
 erage size of farms in 1860 was 203 acres, Nevada (617), Texas (591), 
 Louisiana (536) and South Carolina (488) having then an average greater 
 than that of California, which had fallen to 466 acres. Average for 1870, 
 153 acres, California (482), Georgia (338), Oregon (315) and Texas (301) 
 giving the highest figures. In nearly all of the States there was a steady 
 decrease in the average size of farms, though in Alabama (289, 346, 222), 
 Arkansas (146, 245, 154), Florida (371, 444, 232), Louisiana (372, 536, 
 247), Maine (97, 103, 98), Mississippi (309, 370, 193), .Missouri (179, 
 215, 146), New Hampshire (116, 123, 122) and New Mexico (77, 278, 
 186) there was an increase in the average between 1850 and 1860 and a 
 decrease between 1860 and 1870, the figures in parentheses being their aver- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 577 
 
 ages in the successive census years. California (4466, 466, 482) reversed 
 this order, its average showing a decrease in 1860 and a slight increase 
 in 1870. The total acreage of farms in 1850 was, improved, 113,032,614; 
 unimproved, 180,528,000; total, 293,560,614. “By ‘improved land’ is 
 meant cleared land used for grazing, grass or tillage, or lying fallow.” 
 Irreclaimable marshes and considerable bodies of water were excluded in 
 giving the area of a farm improved and unimproved. Total acreage in 
 farms in 1860, 407,212,538; improved, 163,110,720; unimproved, 244,101,- 
 818. Total acreage in 1870, 407,785,041; improved, 188,921,099; unim- 
 proved, 218,813,942. The percentage of improved land in farms as com- 
 pared with total land in farms was, in 1850, 39.5 per cent.; in 1860, 40.1 
 per cent.; in 1870, 46.3 per cent. The highest percentage of improved 
 land in 1850 was in Connecticut (74.2 per cent.); the lowest, in California, 
 only eight-tenths of 1 per cent. (32,354 acres) being improved, while 99.2 
 per cent. (3,861,531 acres) was unimproved. In 1860 the highest percent- 
 age of improved land in any State was still in Connecticut, while the lowest 
 (10.5) was in Texas, which was very nearly matched by New Mexico (10.6 
 per cent.). In 1870 several States had made great advances in improving 
 land, and stood very nearly together, the leading ones being Illinois (74.7 
 per cent.), New York (70.4) and Connecticut (69.6 per cent.). The 
 States possessing the largest improved acreage in farms in 1850 were 
 New York (12,408,964), Virginia (10,360,135), Ohio (9,851,493), Penn- 
 sylvauia (8,628,619) and Georgia (6,378,479), making for these five States 
 47,627,690 acres (42.14 per cent.), or more than two-fifths of the total im- 
 proved acreage. The leading States in this respect, in 1860, were New 
 York (14,358,403), Illinois (13,096,374), Ohio (12,625,394), Virginia 
 (11,437,821), Pennsylvania (10,463,296) and Georgia (8,062,758), making 
 for these six States 70,044,046 acres (42.96 per cent.), or more than two- 
 fifths of the total improved acreage. The leading States in 1870 were 
 Illinois (19,329,952), New York (15,627,206), Ohio (14,469,133), Penn- 
 sylvania (11,515,965), Indiana (10,104,279), Iowa (9,396,467), Missouri 
 (9,130,615), making for these sevtn States 89,573,617 acres (47.04 per 
 cent.), or nearly one-half of the total improved acreage. The value of 
 farms in the whole country in 1850 was $3,271,575,426 ; leading States, New 
 York ($554,546,642), Pennsylvania ($407,876,099), Ohio ($358,758,603), 
 Virginia ($216,401,543), Kentucky ($155,021,262), Indiana ($136,385,- 
 173) and New Jersey ($120,237,511), making for these seven States 
 $1,949,226,833 (59.58 per cent.), or very nearly three-fifths of the total 
 value. Value of farming implements and machinery in 1850, $151,587,- 
 638; leading States, New York ($22,084,926), Pennsylvania ($14,722,541), 
 Ohio ($12,750,585), Louisiana ($11,576,938), Virginia ($7,021,772), In- 
 diana (86,704,444) and Illinois ($6,405,561), making for these seven States 
 881,266,767 (53.61 per cent), or more than one-half of the total value. 
 
 37 
 
578 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Value of farms in 1860, 66,645,045,007 (increase in ten years, 103.11 per 
 cent.); leading States, New York ($803,343,593), Ohio ($678,132,991), 
 Pennsylvania ($662,050,707), Illinois ($408,944,033), Virginia ($371,761,- 
 661), Indiana ($356,712,175) and Kentucky ($291,496,955, making for 
 these seven States $3,572,442,115 (53.76 per cent.), or more than one-half 
 of the total value. Value of farming implements and machinery in 1860, 
 $246,118,141 (increase in ten years, 62.36 per cent.); leading States, New 
 York ($29,166,695), Pennsylvania ($22,442,842), Louisiana ($18,648,225), 
 Ohio ($17,538,832), Illinois ($17,235,472), Iudiana ($10,457,897) and Vir- 
 ginia ($9,392,296), making for these seven States $124,882,259 (50.74 per 
 cent.), or more than one-lialf of the total value. Value of farms in 1870, 
 $9,262,803,861 (increase in ten years, 39.39 per cent.) ; leading States, New 
 York ($1,272,857,766), Ohio ($1,054,465,226), Pennsylvania ($1,043,481,- 
 582), Illinois ($920,506,346j, Indiana ($634,804,189), Michigan ($398,- 
 240,578) and Missouri ($392,908,047), making for these seven States 
 $5,737,263,734 (61.93 per cent.), or more than three-fifths of the total 
 value. Value of farming implements and machinery in 1870, $336,878,- 
 429 (increase in ten years, 36.87 per cent.); leading States, New York 
 ($45,997,712), Pennsylvania ($35,658,196), Illiuois ($34,576,587), Ohio 
 ($25,692,787), Iowa ($20,509,582), Indiana ($17,676,591) and Missouri 
 ($15,596,426), making for these seven States $195j707,881 (58.09 per 
 cent.), or nearly three-fifths of the total value. It is noteworthy, as an 
 instance of the progress of this country during twenty years, that the ag- 
 gregate value of the farms of New York, Pennsylvania and Ohio in 1870 
 ($3,370,804,574) was greater than that of all the farms in the country in 
 1850. In the latter year the value of orchard products was $7,723,186; 
 market-garden products, $5,280,030; home manufactures, $27,493,644; 
 animals slaughtered, $111,703,142. Value of orchard products in 1860, 
 $19,991,885 (increase in ten years, 159 per cent.) ; market-garden products, 
 $16,159,498 (increase in ten years, 203 per cent.); home manufactures, 
 $24,546,876 (decrease, 11.12 per cent.); animals slaughtered or sold for 
 slaughter, $213,618,692 (increase 92 per cent.). Wages paid in 1870, in- 
 cluding the value of board, $310,286,285; value of orchard products, $47,- 
 335,189 (increase in ten years, 137 per cent.); market-garden products, 
 $20,719,229 (increase, 28.22 per cent.) ; forest products, $36,808,277 ; home 
 manufactures, $24,546,876 (decrease 4.79 per cent.); animals slaughtered 
 or sold for slaughter, $398,956,376 (increase in ten years, 86.76 per cent.); 
 leading States, Illinois ($56,718,944), Ohio ($40,498,375), Indiana ($30,- 
 .246,962), Pennsylvania ($28,412,903), New York ($28,225,720), Iowa 
 ($.25,781,223), Kentucky ($24,121,861), making for these seven States 
 $234,005,988 (58.68 per cent.), or nearly three-fifths of the total value. 
 Value of all farm productions in 1870, including betterments and additions 
 to' stock, $2,447,538,658; leading States, New York ($253,526,153), Illi- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 579 
 
 nois ($210,860,585), Ohio ($198,256,907), Pennsylvania ($183,946,027), 
 Indiana ($122,914,302), Iowa ($114,386,441) and Missouri ($103,035,759), 
 making for these seven States $1,186,925,174 (48.49 per cent.), or nearly 
 one-half of the total value. The number of persons engaged in agricul- 
 ture in 1860 was 3,305,335; in 1870, 5,922,471 (males, 5,525,503; females, 
 396,968) ; increase in ten years, 79.18 per cent. Leading States in the 
 number of persons engaged in agriculture, Ohio (397,024), Illinois (376,- 
 441), New York (374,323), Georgia (336,145), Alabama (291,628), North 
 Carolina (269,238), Tennessee (267,020) and Missouri (263,918), making 
 for these eight States 2,575,737 (43.49 per cent.), or more than two-fifths 
 of the total number. The comparative healthiness of farming is shown 
 by the fact that when the census of 1870 was taken the proportion of 
 farmers who were sixty years of age and over was 7.82 per cent., or nearly 
 one-twelfth of the total number, while of those who were engaged in “per- 
 sonal and professional ” occupations the proportion of this age was 4.99 per 
 cent. ; of those engaged in “ manufacturing, mechanical and mining indus- 
 tries ’’ it was 3.23 per cent., and of those engaged in “trade and transpor- 
 tation” it was only 2.33 per cent., or little more than one-fiftieth part of 
 the total number. 
 
 Statistics of the manufacture of agricultural implements have been 
 elsewhere given. [See American Manufactures.] Labor- and time- 
 saving machines are now regarded as indispensable by all who engage in 
 agriculture on a large scale. The reaper and the mower are the types of 
 the present, the sickle and the flail are types of the past. The horse rake, 
 the improved horse hoes, the broadcast seed-sower, the improved subsoil 
 and trenching ploughs, straw and root cutters, cultivators, threshing and 
 winnowing machines, and many others of equal importance have revolu- 
 tionized the operations of agriculture. It has been said that the improve- 
 ment in the implements named, made within the last half century, “ has 
 enabled the farmers of the United States to accomplish double the amount 
 of labor with the same number of teams and men.” This estimate seems 
 to be low, for according to the same authority, “they can plough deeper and 
 more thoroughly with less power, hoe and spade with less expenditure of 
 manual labor, thresh hundreds of bushels of grain with the machine 
 where only tens could have been threshed with the flail, rake ten acres 
 with the horse rake more easily than one by hand, and reap from twelve 
 to fifteen acres of grain in less time and with greater ease with the reaper 
 than one with the sickle or cradle, to say nothing of the infinite variety of 
 other operations in which both time and labor are saved by the use of 
 machines • instead of the slow drudgery of hand labor.” The increase in 
 the number and value of improved implements has another effect which 
 does not appear at first sight, but which can be ascertained by a careful 
 examination of results. The constant flood of emigration to the West 
 
580 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 suggests to the dweller on the Atlantic coast the question, What is the ef- 
 fect of this western movement of population on the value of property in . 
 the States first settled ? Have farming lands in the East depreciated in 
 value on account of the immense tracts of country recently reclaimed 
 from their native wildness? At first examination this would appear to 
 be the inevitable result of the overstocking, so to speak, of the land 
 market. The figures of the census do not, however, bear out this suppo- 
 sition. The value of the farms of the whole country increased between 
 1860 and 1870 only 39.39 per cent., while the value of the farms of Penn- 
 sylvania increased 57 per cent. This superiority was not owing to a greater 
 increase in the population of the State, for the population of the whole 
 country increased 23 per cent., while the increase in that of Pennsylvania 
 was only 21 per cent. ; nor was it due to the number of people engaged in 
 agriculture, for the number of farmers in Pennsylvania increased only 26 
 per cent, during the twenty years ending with 1870, while the value of the 
 farms in that State advanced during the same period 155 per cent.; nor yet 
 could it be attributed to the increase in the number of acres of improved 
 farming lands in Pennsylvania, for that increase was 33 per cent, between 
 1850 and 1860, and only 10 per cent, between 1860 and 1870. If the 
 reader is acquainted with the manner of taking the census in this country, 
 he will remember that the values given are simply the value of these lands 
 for agricultural purposes. To what, then, can this decided increase in the 
 value of Pennsylvania farms be attributed ? We unhesitatingly answer, to 
 improved farming implements and machinery, with corresponding improve- 
 ments in methods of culture. The increase in the value of farms bears a 
 remarkably close relation to the increase in the amount of capital invested 
 in agricultural implements and machinery. In the whole country, for in- 
 stance, between 1860 and 1870, the increase in the value of farming 
 implements and machinery was 37 per cent. In Pennsylvania, during the 
 same period, the increase was 58 per cent, and between 1850 and 1870 it 
 was 142 per cent. If the reader will compare these last percentages of 
 increase with those of the increase in the value of farms in Pennsylvania 
 and in the United States at large, as given above, he cannot fail to see a 
 coincidence. In New York, also, the increase in the value of farms be- 
 tween 1860 and 1870 was a little more than 58 per cent., while the 
 increase in the value of farming implements and machinery was 57.66 
 per cent. To prove that this idea is not wholly fanciful, we can give 
 some figures on the other side. In Arkansas, between 1860 and 1870, the 
 number of acres of improved land decreased less than one per cent., but 
 the value of farms in the State decreased 55 per cent-., and the amount of 
 capital invested in farming implements and machinery decreased 45 per 
 cent. In Alabama the value of implements and machinery decreased 
 during the same period 55 per cent., and we find a corresponding decrease 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 581 
 
 in the value of farms of 61 per cent. It may be said that these last two 
 instances may be explained as effects of the late civil war. This is true, 
 yet it does not militate against our theory; it rather confirms it. The 
 people of these States were so impoverished by the war that they were not 
 able to replace implements and machinery which had been worn out or 
 destroyed, and the natural result was a deterioration in methods of culture 
 and a consequent fall in the value of farming lands. The intelligent 
 reader will have already seen the object of this figuring. It is to show 
 the great value of improved methods of culture. An increase in the 
 amount of money invested in improved machinery is followed by an ad- 
 vance in the value not only of agricultural produce, but of the land itself; 
 and this advance is the well-merited reward of those who employ not only 
 their hands, but their brains. Few who have not given attention to this 
 subject can form any adequate conception of the trials and struggles which 
 were undergone by those who first attempted to improve the old stereo- 
 typed methods of semi-cultivation which generally prevailed less than a 
 generation ago. Their anxiety about the success of their experiments was 
 frequently increased by gloomy prophecies uttered by their less progressive 
 neighbors, who were not backward, if an experiment failed, in exhibiting 
 a feeling very much akin to satisfaction. Still, as we have shown, they 
 have their reward. Those who formerly criticised them are now glad to 
 imitate them ; and progressive agriculturists are generally recognized as 
 public benefactors. 
 
 There is one crop which is so dependent for its value upon the amount 
 of capital invested in implements and machinery that we have reserved 
 its consideration for this place. We refer to the sugar crop. The compli- 
 cated processes required in the production of sugar brought Louisiana 
 in 1860 into the third place in the comparative value of farming imple- 
 ments and machinery in the leading States, though she stood tenth in the 
 value of farms. Her total yield of sugar in 1859 was 221,726 hogsheads, 
 and of molasses 13,439,772 gallons.. In 1869 her yield of sugar was 
 80,706 hogsheads (decrease 63.03 per cent.) and 4,585,150 gallons of mo- 
 lasses (decrease 65.94 per cent.) ; and when the census was taken in the 
 following year, the value of her farming implements and machinery 
 ($7,159,333) showed a decrease of 61.06 per cent., and that of her farms a 
 decrease of 66.7 per cent, (from $204,789,662 to $68,215,421). The aver- 
 age area annually cultivated in sugar-cane in Louisiana does not exceed 
 (according to the Report on Agriculture for 1873) 150,000 acres, or about 
 half of an ordinary county. If, as Mr. Bringier (one of the most intelli- 
 gent planters in Louisiana) thinks, 104 pounds of sugar-cane will easily 
 be made to yield a pound of sugar and two-thirds of a pound of molasses 
 by the best methods of production, even this small acreage would annu- 
 ally give 855,000,000 pounds of sugar and 570,000,000 pounds or 
 
582 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 52,500,000 gallons of molasses. Our imports of sugar aud molasses for 
 1872-3 amounted to 1,454,124,259 pounds of brown sugar, 509,504 
 pounds of refined sugar, and 43,533,909 gallons of molasses. In 1873-4 
 the amount was 1,594,306,354 pounds of brown sugar, 39,279 pounds of 
 refined sugar and 47,189,837 gallons of molasses. The possible annual 
 yield above indicated is, therefore, more than half of the average amount 
 imported, and if, as is stated in the Report on Agriculture , there is no rea- 
 son why the very small acreage should not be increased fivefold, except a 
 lack of capital and enterprise, there is also no good reason why the United 
 States should not produce sufficient sugar not only for home consumption, 
 but for a large exportation to less favored climes. 
 
 We could not more appropriately close this article than by quoting the 
 eloquent words of Mr. J. R. Dodge, the Statistician of the Department of 
 Agriculture, to whose labors we have been indebted for many of our state- 
 ments. In an address delivered before the National Agricultural Con- 
 gress at Atlanta, Georgia (May 14, 1874), which is published in the Re- 
 port on Agriculture for 1873 (pp. 146-151), he expresses the hope that 
 the day may be hastened “ when 25 per cent, of our people shall furnish 
 a better and more varied agricultural supply than is now obtained by the 
 47 per cent, employed in agriculture ; when the 21 per cent, now engaged 
 in mining, manufacturing and the mechanic arts may become 42 ; when 1 
 two blades of grass shall grow instead of one, twenty-five bushels of 
 wheat instead of twelve, and an acre of cotton shall always bring a bale; 
 when clover shall appear in the place of broom-sedge, the sun shall cease 
 to smite with barrenness the southern slope, and many fields shall be 
 green with mangolds for the fattening of lazy bullocks grazing on a thou- 
 sand hills ; when superior and more various implements shall, while divid- 
 ing, multiply the labor of human muscle, and steam shall supplement 
 and save the costly strength of beasts ; when a moiety of the farmer’s 
 income may suffice to pay his taxes, his bills for commercial fertilizers 
 and all purchases of farm-produce that he fails to procure from his own 
 fair acres ; when railroads shall cease to trouble with unscrupulous exac- 
 tions, and unnecessary middlemen are evermore at rest; when the farm- 
 er’s home shall be beautiful with flowers, his farm a smiling landscape, 
 and his barn shall groan with the burden of plenty ; and finally, when 
 the farmer shall, in every section of a broad and prosperous land, be 
 recognized as nature’s nobleman, an honest man, the noblest work of 
 God.” 
 
AMERICAN manufactures. 
 
 Early History. — The colonial policy, of which we have elsewhere 
 given a description [see Commerce and Navigation], was not satisfied 
 with imposing restrictions on trade. It was not enough that the colonies 
 should place at the disposal of the mother-country all of their exports : 
 they must be kept as helpless and as dependent as possible upon the lib- 
 erality of “the British merchant” by restriction upon their manufactures. 
 It was the policy of Great Britain to secure to herself the carriage of the 
 produce of her colonies — to monopolize their raw materials, and to furnish 
 her colonists with all the manufactures or other imports consumed by them. 
 When the first settlements were made, however, the struggle for existence 
 — the strenuous efforts required to procure sufficient food and to provide for 
 the defence of their little communities from the treacherous savages by 
 whom they were surrounded — left little leisure for manufactures. Even 
 after a firm footing had been secured, some time was required to awaken 
 the desire for home-production of articles which could be obtained of “ the 
 British merchant.” In the pamphlet by Captain Edward Johnson, from 
 which we have elsewhere quoted [see Historical Sketch, page 94], enti- 
 tled Wonder-working Providences of Zion's Saviour in New England , the 
 enthusiastic author says: “For raiment our cloth hath not been cut short, 
 as but of late years the traders that way have increased to such a number 
 that their shops have continued full all the year long, all one England (sic) ; 
 besides the Lord hath been pleased to increase sheep extraordinarily of 
 late, hemp and flax here is great plenty. Hides here are more for the 
 number of persons than in England; and for cloth, here is and would be 
 material enough to make it, but the farmers deem it better for their profit 
 to put away their cattle and corn for clothing than to set upon making of 
 cloth. If the merchant’s trade be not kept on foot, they fear greatly their 
 corn and cattle will lie on their hands.” This account was written, or at 
 least published, in 1650, according to some authorities, and in 1654, accord- 
 ing to others. Hubbard’s General History of New England (chapter xxxii., 
 not xxii. as given, probably by a typographical error, in Everett’s Speeches 
 and Orations, vol. ii., p. 80, note) gives a different account. We have men- 
 tioned elsewhere [see Commerce and Navigation] the impetus given to 
 the business of ship-building by the cessation of immigration caused by the 
 
 5S3 
 
• 584 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 civil wars in England. Speaking of the same period, Hubbard says: “For 
 the future they [the colonists] were left more to stand upon their own legs 
 and shift for themselves, for now there was a great change in the state of 
 the country, the inhabitants being put to great straits by reason of the fall 
 of the price of cattle, the breeding and increase of which had been the 
 principal means of upholding the country ; for whereas before all sorts of 
 cattle were usually sold for £25 the head, by reason of the continual com- 
 ing over of new families to plant the wilderness, now that fountain began 
 to be dried, and there happened a total cessation of any passengers coming 
 over, insomuch that the country of New England was to seek of a way to 
 provide themselves of clothing, which they could not attain by selling of 
 their cattle as before, which were now fallen from that huge price fore- 
 mentioned, first to £14 and £10 an head, and presently after (at least 
 within a year) to £5 apiece; nor was there at that rate ready vent for 
 them neither. Thus, the flood that brought in much wealth to many per- 
 sons, the contrary ebb carried all away out of their reach. To help in 
 this their exigent, the General Court made several orders for the manufac- 
 ture of linen and woollen cloth, which, by God’s blessing upon man’s en- 
 deavor, in a little time stopped this gap in part, and soon after another 
 door was opened by special providence. For when one hand was shut by 
 way of supply from England, another was opened by way of traffic, first 
 to the West Indies and Wine Islands, whereby, among other goods, much 
 cotton-wool was brought into the country from the Indies, which the inhab- 
 itants learning to spin, and breeding of sheep and by sowing of hemp and 
 flax, they soon found out a way to supply themselves with many necessaries 
 of [cotton] woollen and linen cloth.” The author of New England's First 
 Fruits, writing in 1642, also speaks of the assistance rendered by Provi- 
 dence “ in prospering hemp and flax so well that it is frequently sown 
 spun and woven into linen cloth, and in short time may serve as cordage; 
 so of cotton-wool (which we may have at reasonable rates of the islands), 
 and of our linen yarns we can make dimities and fustians for our summer 
 clothing; and having a matter of 1000 sheep, which prosper well to begin 
 withal, in a competent time we hope to have woollen cloth there made. 
 And great and small cattle being now very frequently killed for food, their 
 skins will afford us leather for boots and shoes and other uses ; so that God 
 is leading us by the hand into a way of clothing.” 
 
 In 1645, as we learn from Hubbard, an iron foundery was established 
 at Lynn, Mass., “upon a very commodious stream, which was very much 
 promoted and strenuously carried on for some considerable time; but at 
 length, instead of drawing out bars of iron for their country’s use, there 
 was hammered out nothing but contentions and law-suits, which was but 
 a bad return for the undertakers. However, it gave the occasion to others 
 to acquaint themselves with that skill to the great advantage of the colonies, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 585 
 
 who have since that time found out many convenient places where very 
 good iron, not much inferior to that of Bilboa, may be produced.” 
 
 ■The reasons which we have given above kept back the manufactures of 
 the colonies to such a degree that there was no material interference with 
 the importation from England for many years. The necessity for legisla- 
 tion upon this subject was not so apparent as that for the restrictions upon 
 navigation ; but the spirit of that national selfishness which, when carried 
 to an extreme, overreaches itself, was only dormant. In the mean time, 
 the companies and proprietors to whom the colonies were first granted, in 
 many instances, show T ed that commendable interest in the furtherance of 
 the welfare of the colonists which the encouragement of manufactures was 
 sure to bring about. Naturally desirous to receive the largest possible 
 return for their outlay, they were zealous in endeavoring to ascertain what 
 new materials the colonies produced and to make arrangements for their 
 being worked up on the spot into conditions or articles in which the greatest 
 value could be carried in the smallest possible space, and consequently at 
 the least possible expense. As early as 1620 one hundred and fifty per- 
 sons had been sent over to Virginia by the London Company [see Histor- 
 ical Sketch, p. 93] to set up three iron-works; directions had been 
 given for making cordage of hemp as well as of flax, and more especially 
 of silk-grass, “which grew' there naturally in great abundance, and was 
 found upon experiment to make the best cordage and line in the world. 
 Each family was ordered to set out one hundred plants of it, and the gov- 
 ernor himself five thousand.” None but the council and the heads of 
 hundreds were to “wear gold in their clothes or to wear silk until they 
 made it themselves.’' They were to “ put apprentices to trades, and not let 
 them forsake them for planting tobacco or any such useless commodity.” 
 They were to make salt, pitch, tar, soap and ashes; to make oil of walnuts, 
 and to employ apothecaries in distilling lees of beer; to make a small 
 quantity of tobacco, and that very good. In accordance with these in- 
 structions, “ a salt-work was set up at Cape Charles, on the Eastern Shore, 
 and an iron-work at Falling Creek in James River (sic), where they made 
 proof of good iron ore, and brought the whole work so near a perfection 
 that they writ word to the company in London that they did not doubt 
 but to finish the work and have plentiful provision of iron for them by 
 the next Easter.” This promise was not performed. A massacre by 
 the Indians under Opecancanough intervened, which, as Beverly (from 
 whom we have just quoted) states, “was such a disheartening to several 
 good projects, then just advancing, that to this day [1722] they have never 
 been put in execution — namely, the glass-houses in Jamestown and the 
 iron-work at Falling Creek.” He says elsewhere, however, in the chapter 
 “Of the Earth and Soils,” “The iron proved reasonably good, but before 
 they got into the body of the mine the people were cut off in that fatal 
 
586 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 massacre, and the project has never been set on foot since till of late; but 
 it has not had its full trial.” The glass-house referred to by Beverly 
 deserves special mention, as it was, according to Bishop, “doubtless the 
 first manufactory ever erected in this country. It stood in the woods, 
 about a mile from Jamestown.” It was erected in 1608, during the gov- 
 ernment of Capt. John Smith. When the Council in London, being- 
 anxious for an immediate return from their venture in gold and silver, 
 wrote an angry letter to President Smith, and threatened that if the sum 
 of £2000, which they had expended, was not repaid upon the ship’s return, 
 they would desert the infant colony, Smith “ returned a plain and schol- 
 arly answer” by the ship, and sent over “trials of pitch, tar, glass, frank- 
 incense and soap-ashes, with what wainscoat and clapboard could be pro- 
 vided.” This was the first export made from the British colonies to any 
 foreign country, for the load of sassafras gathered near Cape Cod, in 1608, 
 could hardly be classed under this head, as it did not come from a settle- 
 ment. The first exports from America to England consisted, therefore, 
 almost entirely of manufactured articles, as Mr. Bishop very justly ob- 
 serves. This same massacre caused the loss of the secret of a lead mine 
 in .the neighborhood which was known to the superintendent of the iron- 
 work, who “ made use of it to furnish all the neighbors with bullets and 
 shot.” The author of A Perfect Description of Virginia, writing in 1648, 
 says : “ Iron ore and rich mines are in abundance in the land — fit streams 
 and waters to erect iron-mills, woods never to be destroyed to burn coal 
 [charcoal for smelting]. Trial hath been made of this iron ore, and [there 
 is] not better and richer in the world ; his work erected would be worth as 
 much as a silver mine.” The same writer has great hopes with reference 
 to the culture of the silk-worm iu Virginia and the manufacture of silk. 
 To aid these industries, acts had been passed by the colonial assembly, as 
 early as November and December, 1621, for encouraging the planting of 
 mulberry trees and the making of silk ; but legislative effort, proprietary 
 encouragement — nay, the personal interest of royalty itself (for James I. 
 twice sent over silk-worm seed of the best and most expensive kind, paid 
 for out of his own royal pocket) — could not establish these industries upon 
 a permanent footing. A law passed in 1656 imposed a fine upon every 
 planter who did not possess sufficient patriotism to have at least one mul- 
 berry tree to every ten acres of land. The author to whose sauguine 
 expectations we have referred says : “ For mulberry trees, the natural and 
 proper food for silk-worms, they have abundance in the woods, and some 
 so large that one tree contains as many leaves as will feed silk-worms that 
 will make as much silk as may be worth five pounds sterling money. This 
 some Frenchmen affirm. And now they desire silk-worm’s seed, which is 
 sent them, and their hopes are good of the thriving of it — a commodity 
 which may soon enrich them all with little labor, care or pains ; all mate- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 587 
 
 rials so plentiful at hand ; the food in abundance, the climate warm, and 
 the work done in five weeks’ time and within doors, by women and chil- 
 dren as well as men, and at that time of the year (in May) that it hinders 
 not any other work, as planting, sowing or the like employments. This is 
 such an advantage that had the Dutch the like of it in any of their planta- 
 tions they would improve it to their certain gain in the trade of silk from 
 Persia and China, which we fetch with great charge and expense and 
 hazard, and enrich heathen and Mahumetans (sic) greatly. But these 
 things lack public and state encouragements to begin the work.” With 
 all the “ public and state encouragements ” that could be brought to bear, 
 in the shape of premiums and assistance for the willing and fines for the 
 refractory, this country has not yet done sufficiently well in the varied 
 attempts at silk culture and manufacture to prevent large quantities of 
 “gold or its equivalent” from being yearly transferred from Christian 
 pockets into the coffers of “ heathen and Mahumetans.” 
 
 As no favor could be obtained for the tobacco trade, the impositions 
 upon which are elsewhere mentioned [see Commerce and Navigation], 
 and as the British merchant afforded the Virginians, according to Bever- 
 ley, but a bare supply of clothing for their crops, strenuous efforts were 
 made in 1666 to apply some legislative stimulant to the manufacture of 
 cloth. The colonial assembly caused looms and workshops to be set up in 
 each county at the county charge. Prizes had been offered in 1662 for 
 the best linen and woollen cloth, and fifty pounds of tobacco for every 
 pound of silk, which latter reward was now renewed. Every neglect of 
 making flax or hemp was to be visited with severe penalties. Sir William 
 Berkeley, however feeble his conduct during the Bacon Rebellion may be 
 deemed, showed great energy at this time, himself engaging in the manu- 
 facture of potash, flax, hemp and silk. Sir Edmund Andros (who is much 
 better known in our colonial history in connection with his unsuccessful 
 attempt to seize the charter of Connecticut) was also “a great encourager 
 of manufactures.” In his time fulling-mills were set up in Virginia by 
 act of Assembly. He also showed great interest in the propagation of 
 cotton. His successor, Col. Nicholson, when he was lieutenant-governor, 
 had shown great zeal in fostering colonial manufactures, and had procured 
 the passage of acts “ for the encouragement of linen manufacture and to 
 promote the leather trade by tanning, currying and shoemaking.” In 
 1698, however, when he became governor of Virginia, “ he went not with 
 that smoothness on his brow he had carried with him when he was ap- 
 pointed lieutenant-governor. He talked then no more of improving of 
 manufactures, towns and trade. Instead of encouraging the manufactures 
 he sent over inhuman memorials against them, opposite to all reason. In 
 one of these he remonstrates ‘ that the tobacco of that country often bears 
 so low a price that it would not yield clothes to the people that make it 
 
588 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 and yet presently after, in the same memorial, he recommends it to the 
 Parliament ‘to pass an act forbidding the plantations to make their own 
 clothing,’ which is, in other words, desiring a charitable law that planters 
 shall go naked.” Beverly, from whom we have just quoted, ascribes the 
 change in Nicholson’s views to the influence of “ the British merchant.” 
 Campbell asserts that it was thought, at the time, “ to be not a little owing 
 to a disappointment in love.” These causes may have co-operated, hut 
 the selfishness of the colonial policy which cared only for the interests of 
 “the British merchant” will account for worse instances of inhumanity 
 than the one which we have just given. 
 
 All efforts to establish the culture of silk in Virginia upon a firm basis 
 were unsuccessful. The reader will find a reason for these successive fail- 
 ures in the following passage from Bancroft, which gives in condensed form 
 the results derived from the experience of past ages : “ Legislation, though 
 it can favor industry, cannot create it. When soil, men and circumstances 
 combine to render a manufacture desirable, legislation can protect the 
 infancy of enterprise against the unequal competition with established 
 skill. The culture of silk, long, earnestly and frequently recommended 
 to the attention of Virginia, is successfully pursued only when a superflu- 
 ity of labor exists in a redundant population. In America the first wants 
 of life left no labor without a demand ; silk-worms could not be cared for 
 where every comfort of household existence required to be created. It is 
 a law of nature that in a new country, under the temperate zone, corn and 
 cattle will be raised rather than silk or wine.” It was natural in a coun- 
 try where tobacco could be produced with comparative ease, and of a 
 superior quality, of which A Perfect Description of Virginia said, as early 
 as 1648, “A man can plant two thousand weight a year of it, and also 
 sufficient corn and roots and other provisions for himself” — it was natural 
 that that occupation should be preferred which afforded the greatest profit. 
 So far as improvement in manufactures is concerned, the comparatively 
 barren soil of New England was an advantage, just as the fact that the soil 
 of Great Britain cannot produce sufficient food for the support of her teem- 
 ing population has been one cause of the marvellous progress and success 
 of British manufactures. New England was also favored by another cir- 
 cumstance, which will appear in this extract from the Account of the Euro- 
 pean Settlements in America : “ They are almost the only one of our colonies 
 which have much of the woollen and linen manufactures. Of the former 
 they have nearly as much as suffices for their own clothing. It is a close 
 and strong, but a coarse, stubborn sort of cloth. A number of Presbyte- 
 rians from the North of Ireland, driven thence, as it is said, by the severity 
 of their landlords, from an affinity in religious sentiments, chose New Eng- 
 land as their place of refuge. Those people brought with them their skill 
 in the linen manufacture; and meeting very large encouragement, they 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 589 
 
 exercised it to the great advantage of this colony. At present (1757) they 
 make large quantities, and of a very good kind.” This author had what 
 must have been considered in his time “advanced” views. He says, 'else- 
 where : “ The general plan of our management with regard to the trade 
 of our colonies, methinks, ought to be to encourage in every one of them 
 some separate and distinct articles, such as not interfering might enable 
 them to trade with each other and all to trade to advantage with their 
 mother-country. This, and that they should not go largely into manufac- 
 tures interfering with ours, are the only points at which our restrictions 
 should aim. These purposes ought not to he accomplished by absolute p>rohi- 
 bitions and penalties which would be unpolitical [i.e., impolitic] and unjust, 
 but by the way of diversion, by encouraging them to fall into [the produc- 
 tion of] such things as find a demand with ourselves at home. By this 
 means Great Britain and all its dependencies will have a common interest. 
 They will play into each other’s hands, and the trade so dispersed will be 
 of infinitely more advantage to us than if all its several articles were pro- 
 duced and manufactured within (sic) ourselves.” 
 
 This policy was far too liberal and judicious for the narrow-minded men 
 who controlled the affairs of the colonies during the first three-fourths of 
 the eighteenth century. The Navigation Act was designed to prevent the 
 settlers from seeking a foreign market for their productions ; the first 
 direct legislative blow at manufactures was struck in 1699, by an act de- 
 signed to confine the home market for woollen goods within the narrow 
 limits of each separate colony. “ Wool was the great staple of England, 
 and its growers and manufacturers envied the colonies the possession of a 
 flock of sheep, a spindle or a loom.” The preamble to the act states that 
 colonial industry would “inevitably sink the value of lands” in England; 
 therefore, says the law, “After the first day of December, 1699, no wool 
 or manufacture made or mixed with wool, being the produce or manufac- 
 ture of any of the English plantations in America, shall be loaden in any 
 ship or vessel, upon any pretence whatsoever, nor loaden upon any horse, 
 cart or other carriage to be carried out of the English plantations to any 
 other of the said plantations, or to any other place whatsoever ,” under penalty 
 of forfeiting ship and cargo, and £500 for each offence. The oppressive- 
 ness of this law will be better appreciated when the reader is reminded 
 that not only had the woollen manufacture made considerable progress in 
 several of the colonies, but in one, at least (Pennsylvania), the founder 
 had so successfully encouraged this branch of industry that the fabrics 
 made there were highly prized in the most distant provinces. Now the 
 fabrics of Pennsylvania or Connecticut could not seek a market in Massa- 
 chusetts, nor could they be carried to Albany to traffic with the Indians. 
 An English mariner was not permitted to purchase in Boston woollens of 
 a greater value than' forty shillings. The charter-colonies, were, two years 
 
590 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 after the passage of this act, reproached by the lords of trade because they 
 promoted and propagated “woollen and other manufactures proper for 
 England.” Canada was considered well worth conquering, because there 
 “the cold is extreme, and snow lies so long on the ground that sheep will 
 never thrive so as to make the woollen manufacture possible, which is the 
 only thing that can make a plantation unprofitable to the Crown.” Even 
 William Pitt, the elder, who opposed the Stamp Act, could say, seventy 
 years later, “ Should our sovereign authority of legislative and commercial 
 control be denied, I would not suffer even a nail for a horseshoe to he man- 
 ufactured in America !” During the intermediate seventy years the same 
 policy was continued. In 1719 a resolution of the House of Commons 
 declared “that the erection of manufactories in the colonies tended to 
 lessen their dependency upon Great Britain.” The members of that 
 august legislative body were assisted in making this wonderful discovery 
 by the complaints of “ the British merchant ” and the reports of the colo- 
 nial governors. Lord Cornbury, for instance, in his report upon the state 
 of the province' of New York, says : “ I myself have seen serge made upon 
 Long Island that any man may wear. Now, if they begin to make serge, 
 they will in time make coarse cloth, and then fine. How far this will be 
 for the service of England, I submit to better judgments.” He does not, 
 however, wait for better judgments to decide, but anticipates the action of 
 the House of Commons by giving his opinion that “ the colonies can never 
 be kept dependent upon and subservient to England if they are suffered 
 to go on in the notions they have that, as they are Englishmen, so they 
 may set up the same manufactures here as people do in England.” Under 
 pretence of encouraging the importation of American naval stores, the 
 British iron-masters procured the insertion into the act for regulating the 
 bounties upon that trade of a clause to prohibit the production of iron in 
 the colonies, which provided that “none in the plantations should manu- 
 facture iron wares of any kind whatsoever.” The colonial agents remon- 
 strated, and the clause was dropped. New England already possessed six 
 furnaces and nineteen forges. Pennsylvania produced so large a quantity 
 as to furnish a supply for the other colonies. 
 
 In 1731 the House of Commons directed the Board of Trade and Planta- 
 tions to make a report “ with respect to laws made, manufactures set up 
 or trade carried on in the colonies detrimental to the trade, navigation or 
 manufacture of Great Britain.” Some startling discoveries were made. 
 Massachusetts had passed an act for the encouragement of the manufac- 
 ture of paper, which law interfered with “the profit made by the British 
 merchant on foreign paper sent thither.” In New England and New 
 Jersey “great quantities of hats are made, of which the company of hat- 
 ters in London have complained to us that great quantities (sic) of these 
 hats are exported to Spain, Portugal and our West India Islands.” They 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 591 
 
 submitted it to the wisdom of the honorable House “ whether it might not 
 be expedient to give these colonies proper encouragements for turning their 
 industry to such manufactures and products as might be of service to Great 
 Britain.” The “honorable House” was not found wanting in this emer- 
 gency, though the reader may question their wisdom in attempting to en- 
 courage one manufacture in the colonies by prohibiting another. An act 
 was forthwith passed “ to prevent the exportation of hats out of any of 
 His Majesty’s colonies or plantations in America, and to restrain the num- 
 ber of apprentices taken by the hat-makers in the said colonies, and for 
 the better encouraging the making of hats in Great Britain.” By this act 
 hats could be neither exported to a foreign country nor transported from 
 one colony into another. No person was permitted to make hats unless 
 he had served an apprenticeship for seven years, or to employ more than 
 two apprentices at any one time. 
 
 In 1750 the manufacture of iron and steel in the colonies had made such 
 progress that the wisdom of the House of Commons was called into requi- 
 sition to restrain it. Unwrought American iron was excluded by a duty 
 from the English market. The people of the colonies were therefore 
 tempted to acquire such skill as to make spikes, large nails and steel 
 cheaper than they could be imported from England. A special committee, 
 headed by the famous Charles Townshend [see Historical Sketch, page 
 99], was appointed to devise some method of keeping these misguided men 
 out of temptation. As the production of British iron began to be limited 
 by the decrease of their forests (for their smelting was done with charcoal, 
 fossil coal not being used, as yet, for that purpose), the committee attempted 
 to kill two birds with one stone — to provide unwrought iron for England, 
 and to prevent its advancing beyond that stage of production in America. 
 They therefore brought in a bill “To encourage the importation of pig and 
 bar iron from His Majesty’s colonies in America, and to prevent the erec- 
 tion of any mill or other engine for the rolling and slitting of iron, or any 
 plating forge to work with a tilt-hammer, or any furnace for making steel 
 in any of said colonies.” By this bill, which became a law, pig-iron was 
 admitted into England duty free, and bar-iron was admitted duty free into 
 the port of London. The erection or continuance of any such establish- 
 ments as are named in the title of the act was prohibited under penalty of 
 £200. New ones were declared a common nuisance, which the governors 
 of the provinces were bound, upon information, to abate under penalty of 
 £500. There was even a vote upon the proposal that every slitting-mill 
 then standing in America should be demolished; but this was too strong 
 for even a British House of Commons sitting in the year 1750, though it 
 was rejected by the small majority of twenty-two. However, an immediate 
 return was required of every such mill already existing, and the number 
 was never to be increased. These tyrannical prohibitions could have but 
 
592 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 one effect — viz., that of forcing the colonists to consider the great advan- 
 tages of independence of a control which was so openly exercised in utter 
 disregard of the plainest principles of natural justice. Even before the 
 formation of non-importation associations many private individuals had 
 begun a careful retrenchment of their expenditures for foreign goods ; and 
 when the Stamp Act brought about that unity of feeling which made a 
 general revolt possible, the first peaceful blow was struck at the pocket of 
 the British manufacturer, for whose benefit the various restraining acts 
 had been designed. Societies were formed in several of the colonies “ for 
 the promotion of arts, agriculture and economy.” To keep up the supply 
 of wool, many people entered into an agreement not only to abstain from 
 eating mutton, but to cease dealing with any butcher who should kill sheep 
 or lambs or should expose the forbidden meat for sale. Families deter- 
 mined to make their own linen, and homespun became fashionable as 
 well as honorable. In 1765 fourteen new manufactures had been estab- 
 lished in America, and the imports into the colonies from Great Britain 
 had fallen off nearly twenty per cent. Many ships were withdrawn from 
 the colonial trade for want of employment, and many weavers and work- 
 men were forced to emigrate to America. Upon the anniversary day of 
 one of these societies more than three hundred young women met on Boston 
 Common and devoted the day to spinning flax. The graduating class of 
 Harvard College, in 1770, appeared in homespun, being evidently deter- 
 mined not to be outdone in patriotism. These measures were taken while 
 there was still some hope of reconciliation with the mother-country, and 
 with the design of obtaining some degree of justice from the Parliament 
 of Great Britain ; so much the more were they necessary when independ- 
 ence was the end in view. The first measures of the patriots aimed, there- 
 fore, at establishing their independence upon the basis of the productive 
 industry of the country, as is shown by the action of the first Continental 
 Congress. They prepared a plan for commercial non-intercourse with 
 Great Britain consisting of fourteen articles, and called The American As- 
 sociation. By the seventh article they agree to use their utmost endeavors 
 “to improve the breed of sheep and to increase their numbers to the 
 greatest extent,” and by the eighth that they “will promote agriculture, 
 arts and the manufactures of the country, especially those of wool;” also 
 that they “ will wear no other mourning than a piece of crape or ribbon,” 
 mourning goods being something which they were absolutely obliged to 
 import or do without. The selfish policy of Great Britain now recoiled 
 upon her own head. We had been restrained as far as possible from form- 
 ing commercial connections with other countries ; we had been kept as far 
 as possible, to use Lord Cornbury’s words, “ dependent upon and subser- 
 vient to” Great Britain; and while the frontiers of the colonies were 
 drenched with blood shed in the quarrels of England’s king, “their inte- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 593 
 
 rior parts,” as Barre lias it, “ yielded all their little savings for lier emolu- 
 ment.” Having now broken loose from her thrall, the new-fledged nation 
 was thrown upon her own resources, and furnished another proof of the 
 adage, “Necessity is the mother of invention.” The few manufactures 
 which existed before the Revolution received a fresh impulse, and new 
 ones were undertaken. By a species of poetic justice one of the earliest 
 of these was the manufacture of nails, upon which Lord Chatham had 
 laid his memorable prohibition. The first attempt to manufacture cut 
 nails in New England was made in the southern part of Massachusetts 
 during the Revolutionary war, with old iron hoops for the material and a 
 pair of shears for the machine. As early as March 27, 1775, according 
 to Bishop, a committee of the Virginia Convention, previously appointed 
 to report a plan for the encouragement of arts and manufactures, reported 
 a series of resolutions, which were unanimously adopted, urging the people 
 to promote the manufacture of cloth, salt, gunpowder, nails, wire, etc., and 
 largely to encourage the making of steel, as there would be a great demand 
 for that article. In the following August another resolution was passed, 
 that “ in case the British ministry attempts to enforce the act of Parliament 
 preventing the erection of plating- and slitting-mills in America, the Con- 
 vention will recompense to the proprietors of the first two of such mills as 
 shall be finished and set to work in this colony all losses they shall respect- 
 ively sustain in consequence of such endeavors of administration.” These 
 measures, begun before the Declaration of Independence, give a fair idea 
 of what the manufactures of this country were during the Revolutionary 
 war. The patriots were satisfied if they could secure the bare necessities 
 of life — food and clothing for themselves and munitions of war wherewith 
 to achieve their independence. The scarcity of clothing suitable for the 
 army, for which woollen fabrics were required, was early experienced, and 
 continued throughout the war to embarrass the commissariat department, 
 to impair the health and morale of the soldiery, and sometimes to cause an 
 insubordination which was a source of anxiety to the patriots and of danger 
 to their cause. Congress was therefore obliged to make frequent appeals 
 to the people to increase their supplies of wool and of other materials, and 
 to promote the manufacture of cloth for the supply of their destitute coun- 
 trymen who were fighting the battles of freedom. What was the aggre- 
 gate value of all or of any branch of the colonial manufactures it is 
 difficult to estimate; and there is a like difficulty in fixing the amount of 
 any given article which they could, upon an emergency, produce. Bishop 
 says : “ The household industry of the New England provinces and of some 
 parts of the middle colonies was nearly or quite equal to the ordinary 
 wants of the inhabitants for clothing. A writer of this date, in recom- 
 mending an increased use of the spinning-wheel, estimated that out of two 
 millions of inhabitants in the thirteen colonies, there were at least 450,000 
 
 38 
 
594 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 females who could be employed iu spinning. If only one-third of them 
 were so employed, there would be 150,000, each of whom could spin thread 
 for six yards of linen per week during the five months of the year in which 
 it was customary to use the little wheel. This would give 23,400,000 yards 
 of cloth annually, or twelve yards to each of the two millions of the pop- 
 ulation — a quantity quite sufficient for that portion of their clothing. He 
 supposed this number to be 30,000 more than were then so employed. As 
 all the flax produced was already spun, he proposed to employ hemp, of 
 which foreign lawns, dowlas, osnaburgs, etc., were made, and which was 
 then used to advantage in some parts of this country. His own county 
 (in New Jersey) had produced the previous year above 100 tons, and could 
 produce 500 tons, of hemp, of which each pound would make nearly one 
 yard of linen (sail-cloth excepted). The province (to which the culture 
 was not confined) could readily produce sufficient hemp to make 4,500,000 
 yards of cloth — enough to supply the 30,000 extra spinners.” This esti- 
 mate, however, of the correctness of which we have no means at present 
 of judging, only provides for the supply of linen goods, and leaves the 
 problem of procuring woollen clothing for the army unsolved. The solu- 
 tion of that problem formed one of the most arduous tasks which Congress 
 had to perform. In November, 1775, it was resolved “that clothing be 
 provided for the army by the continent, to be paid for by stopping If dol- 
 lars per month out of the soldiers’ pay; that as much as possible of the 
 cloth be dyed brown, the distinction of the regiments to be made in the 
 facings, and that a man who brought into the camp a good new blanket 
 should be allowed two dollars therefor, and be at liberty to take it away 
 after the campaign. In the following March the several assemblies, con- 
 ventions, etc., were recommended to use their utmost endeavors to promote 
 the culture of hemp, flax and cotton, and the growth of wool, in the United 
 States, to take the earliest means for erecting and establishing in each col- 
 ony a society for the improvement of agriculture, arts, manufactures and 
 commerce, and to maintain a correspondence between such societies, that 
 the rich and numerous natural advantages of the country for supporting 
 its inhabitants might not be neglected. They were further recommended 
 to consider of ways and means of introducing the manufactures of duck, 
 sail-cloth and steel where they were not already understood, and of encour- 
 aging, increasing and improving them where they were. Each colony was 
 called upon in June to furnish a suit of clothes (of which the waistcoat 
 and breeches might be of deer-leather, if to be had on reasonable terms), 
 a blanket, felt hat, two shirts, two pairs of hose and two pairs of shoes for 
 each soldier in the army [from said colony], to be paid for by Congress. 
 In July the commissary was granted a quantity of gunpowder, with which 
 to purchase deer-skins for breeches, and the secret committee was directed 
 to fall upon ways and means of procuring a further supply of deer-skins 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 595 
 
 from Georgia and South Carolina. At the same time, John Griffith, ‘ an 
 experienced artificer in making and dressing fullers’ shears, was, on peti- 
 tion of the inhabitants of Chester county, Pa., released from service and 
 ordered to return home to follow his trade.” A large portion of the cloth- 
 ing of the soldiers was of linen, which was a poor defence against the rigors 
 of a winter campaign. The somewhat arbitrary seizure of the requisite 
 articles by the government, to be paid for at a stipulated price, and the 
 depreciation of the Continental currency [see Coins and Currency], 
 increased, of course, the difficulties of the manufacturers. One of these 
 was obliged to write to the Board of War that, “in consequence of the 
 unexpected rise in the prices of wool and labor, he would not be able to 
 fulfil a contract which he had made to supply cloth for the army at a time 
 when he thought that prices had reached the highest possible point. Wool 
 was at 7s. 6d. a pound, with a prospect of rising to 10s. Cloth which he 
 had engaged to supply at 20s. a yard could not be furnished for less than 
 27s. Qd., as those who had engaged to sell him wool at 7s. Qd. thought 
 it too cheap, and his spinners and weavers in each branch had doubled 
 their wages.” The privations of the American army while encamped at 
 Valley Forge, in the winter of 1778, were greatly aggravated by the scar- 
 city of clothing among officers as well as men. Upon one occasion the 
 aids of Baron Steuben invited a number of young officers to dine at their 
 quarters, for admission to which entertainment torn clothes (as festal gar- 
 ments) were an indispensable requisite. “ Such a set of ragged, and at 
 the same time merry, fellows,” writes the baron’s secretary, “ were never 
 before brought together. The baron loved to speak of that dinner and 
 his sans culottes, as he called us. Thus this denomination was first invented 
 in America and applied to the brave officers and soldiers of the Revolu- 
 tionary army at a time when it could not have been foreseen that the name 
 which honored the followers of Washington would afterward be assumed 
 by the satellites of a Marat and a Robespierre.” The etymology of the 
 word suggests to us the idea that the prevailing trouble among the patriots 
 was such a fracture of the nether garments as made an advance much 
 more desirable than a retreat. In 1780 the manufacturers for the army 
 refused to go on with their work or deliver what was completed without 
 immediate payment. This was owing to the depreciation of the currency, 
 and their case was certainly hard. When Congress could at any time 
 obtain at the printing-office a cart-load of money, of which an adequate 
 amount weighed nearly as much as the goods themselves, and yet even that 
 amount might shrink to half the value within a week, how could the man- 
 ufacturer maintain or retain his workmen, who could not support their 
 families with paper pellets and patriotism ? He had, then, reason to rejoice 
 when the Continental currency, “ like an aged man expiring by the decays 
 of nature, without a sigh or a groan, fell asleep in the hands of its last 
 
596 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 possessor.” Never were the energy, the courage and the perseverance of 
 any people so severely tried by efforts to recover from the effects of even a 
 disastrous war as were those of the A merican people by their endeavors 
 to replace the losses which they had incurred during the struggle for inde- 
 pendence, and by introducing home production to make that independence 
 something more than a mere word. A worse than depreciated paper cur- 
 rency, which before its death had inflicted countless wounds upon the 
 resources of its holders — a heavy public debt, a commerce temporarily 
 prostrated and a general government the definition of whose powers con- 
 sisted mainly of such vague generalities that when any vigorous action 
 was desired it was usually discovered that there was no right reserved to 
 command, and that the most important measures could only be “ recom- 
 mended,” — such were the attendant circumstances when the United States 
 of America, with their independence acknowledged, attempted first to 
 “start in business” for themselves. The British government was, of 
 course, ready to throw every obstacle in the way of the progress of the 
 infant nation. As early as 1774, the exportation to America of any tools 
 used in the cotton or linen manufacture had been prohibited under the 
 heavy penalties of fine and forfeiture. This law was re-enacted and ex- 
 tended in 1781, and it was strictly executed. In 1786, as is stated in 
 White’s Memoir of Samuel Slater, “ Tench Coxe entered into a bond with 
 a person who engaged to send him from London complete brass models of 
 Arkwright’s patents. The machinery was completed and packed, but was 
 detected by the examining officer and forfeited, according to the existing 
 laws of Great Britain to prevent the exportation of machinery.” The 
 exportation of artificers in various branches of manufacture had also 
 been prohibited; and if this portion of the law had been as easy of exe- 
 cution as that with reference to machinery, this country would probably 
 have continued to be almost completely at the mercy of the British mer- 
 chant for a long time. The intelligent artisan is not, however, so easily 
 confined by a paper barrier as machinery. “ The world is all before him 
 where to choose,” and he generally prefers to choose for himself. The very 
 attempt to shackle his freedom is a dangerous reminder that his services 
 are desired and would be highly valued elsewhere, for otherwise there 
 would be no necessity for such enactments. His curiosity is excited ; he 
 becomes eager to learn what advantages would accrue if he were to exer- 
 cise a right which he feels and knows to be his — viz., the right to go wher- 
 ever he can use to the greatest advantage the faculties with which he has 
 been endowed not by the law, but by Providence, and the acquirements for 
 which he is indebted not to the law, but to his own exertions. It is prob- 
 able that the above or a similar course of reasoning passed through the 
 mind of Samuel Slater and led him to pay special attention to a notice in 
 the newspapers of a grant of £100 by the legislature of Pennsylvania, in 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 597 
 
 Oct., 1788, to John Hague, for introducing'a machine for carding cotton, 
 and of the establishment of a society, with legislative encouragement, for 
 the manufacture of cotton. He sailed from London September 13, 1789, 
 and reached New York on the 18th of November. The manner in which 
 Mr. Slater came to America is a striking proof of the inefficacy of laws to 
 shackle (if we may be allowed the expression) the course of human indus- 
 trv. The emigration of artisans being restricted, the exportation of models 
 and machinery being prohibited, he did not, when he left Derby, inform 
 his family of his destination, and “ he resolved not to take any pattern nor 
 have any writing or memorandum about him, but trusted wholly to his 
 acquirements in the business and to his excellent memory. He was aware 
 that there was danger of his being stopped, as the government restrictions 
 were very severe and very unjust — the officers were very scrupulous in 
 searching every passenger to America. He told me himself that he had 
 nothing about him but his indenture, which he kept concealed; and this 
 was his only introduction and recommendation in the New World.” The 
 designs and models of the machinery which was to give a fresh impulse to 
 American manufacturing industry came over, therefore, carefully packed 
 up in the head of an intelligent artisan — a place in which they were safe 
 even from the Argus eyes of the British officials. Mr. Slater was first 
 employed by the New York Manufacturing Company, but the state of 
 their business was inferior to what he had been accustomed to in his own 
 country, and he writes to Moses Brown, of Providence, R. L : “ We have 
 but one card [and] two machines, two spinning-jennies, which I think are 
 not worth using. My encouragement is pretty good, »hut should much 
 rather have the care of the perpetual carding and spinning. My intention 
 is to erect a perpetual carding and spinning [meaning the Arkwright 
 patents].” Moses Brown furnished the capital for his successors in busi- 
 ness, Almy and Brown, the former being his son-in-law and the latter his 
 kinsman. They had attempted water-frame spinning, and had failed, and 
 the reply of Mr. Brown to Slater’s letter is worthy of being put on record 
 as an example of candor, of liberality and of undaunted perseverance 
 which prove that the writer was fully deserving of the success attained. 
 He says: “We are destitute of a person acquainted with water-frame 
 spinning. Thy being already engaged in a factory with many able pro- 
 prietors, we hardly suppose we can give thee encouragement adequate to 
 leaving thy present employ. As the frame we have is the first attempt of 
 the kind that has been made in America, it is too imperfect to afford much 
 encouragement. We hardly know what to say to thee; but if thou thought 
 thou couldst perfect and conduct them to profit, if thou wilt come and do 
 it, thou shalt have all the profits made of them over and above the interest 
 of the money they cost and the wear and tear of them. We will find 
 stock and be repaid in yarn, as we may agree, for six months. Aud this 
 
598 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 we do for the information thou canst give, if fully acquainted with the 
 business.” In the concluding portion of the letter, Mr. Brown holds out 
 to Slater the promise of “the credit as well as the advantage of perfecting 
 the first water-mill [for spinning purposes] in America.” When Slater 
 came to Pawtucket and saw the machinery of Almy & Brown, he said, 
 “These will not do. They are good for nothing in their present condition, 
 nor can they be made to answer.” As different persons who had seen 
 these machines, and Mr. Almy himself, had pronounced them to be “worth 
 nothing more than so much old iron,” this decision did not surprise the pro- 
 prietors. Mr. Slater used his best efforts to accomplish something with 
 these wretched materials, but in vain. “After various disappointments, it 
 was proposed that Mr. Slater should erect the series of machines called 
 ‘the Arkwright patents,’ which he would not listen to till he was promised 
 a man to work on wood who should be put under bonds not to steal the 
 patterns or disclose the nature of the works. ‘Under my proposals,’ says 
 he, ‘ if I do not make as good yarn as they do in England, I will have 
 nothing for my services, but will throw the whole of what I have attempted 
 over the bridge.’ ” Mr. Slater received by the contract a half interest in 
 the business, and “on the 18th of January, 1790, Mr. Brown took him to 
 Pawtucket, where he commenced the machinery chiefly with his own hands. 
 On the 20th of December he started three cards, drawing and roving 
 frames, and two frames of 72 spindles, which were worked by an old 
 fulling-mill wheel in a clothier’s building, where they were used for twenty 
 months, at which time several thousand pounds of yarn had accumulated 
 on their hands, notwithstanding all attempts to sell or -weave it. Early in 
 1793, Almy, Brown & Slater built a small factory, where the machinery 
 was set in motion and increased as occasion served. Thus, after unex- 
 pected difficulties, delays and expenses, arising out of the want of patterns, 
 suitable materials and workmen, was completed and put in operation the 
 first successful water-mill for cotton in the United States.” 
 
 Spinning-jennies had been used for some time. Samuel Wetherill, of 
 Philadelphia, had conducted throughout the war a private manufacture 
 of cotton and woollen goods, and in the Pennsylvania Gazette for April 3, 
 1782, appears his advertisement of “Philadelphia Manufactures, 
 suitable for every season of the year — viz., jeans, fustians, everlastings, 
 coatings, etc. — to be sold by the subscriber at his dwelling-house and man- 
 ufactory, in South Alley, between Market Street and Arch Street and 
 between Fifth and Sixth Streets, on Hudson’s Square.” In 1786 the Hon. 
 Hugh Orr, of East Bridgewater, Mass., employed two brothers, Robert 
 and Alexander Barr, to construct the first spinning-jenny and stock-card 
 made in the United States. In March, 1787, Thomas Somers, an English 
 midshipman who had been “ brought up to the cotton manufacture,” also 
 constructed a model, under the direction of Mr. Orr, which was afterward 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 599 
 
 known as the “ State’s model,” as Mr. Orr received a compensation from 
 the State for exhibiting it and explaining its capabilities. In the same 
 year the “ Pennsylvania Society for the Encouragement of Manufactures 
 and the Useful Arts” was instituted, and on the 9th of August of the 
 same year Tench Coxe delivered an address before this society in the Uni- 
 versity of Pennsylvania, which was afterward published. “ The speaker 
 made a vigorous assault upon the various prejudices at that time enter- 
 tained against the introduction of machinery and the establishment of 
 manufactories. A proper regard for the interests of agriculture was 
 recommended as the most important in any measures which might be 
 adopted for the advancement of manufactures. The cultivation of cotton 
 in the Southern States was recommended as an article from which the best- 
 informed manufacturers expected the greatest profits, and upon which some 
 established factories depended. It thrived as well there, he said, as in any 
 part of the world, and those States raised it formerly when the price was 
 not half what it had been for several years past. It was then worth 
 double the money which it sold for before the Revolution, European 
 nations having prohibited its exportation from their colonies to foreign 
 countries. The great progress made in agriculture and manufactures, par- 
 ticularly in Pennsylvania, since the year 1762, and still more since the late 
 war, was adverted to, and a lengthy list of articles then made in the State 
 was given. These included hosiery, hats and gloves, wearing apparel, 
 coarse linens and woollens, some cotton goods, wool and cotton cards, etc. 
 The advantage of America in having the raw materials and market at 
 home, in exemption from duties, in the ability to sell for cash by the piece 
 instead of large invoices on long credits, as imported goods were then sold, 
 in the superior strength of American linens, in the better atmosphere for 
 bleaching linen and cotton, were severally urged as so many inducements 
 to undertake manufactures. He recommended the exemption from duties 
 of raw materials, dye-stuffs and certain implements, premiums for useful 
 inventions and processes, the invitation of foreign artists to settle by grants 
 of land, and that every emigrant ship should be visited to ascertain what 
 persons were on board capable of constructing useful machines or of con- 
 ducting manufactures. The wasteful use of foreign manufactures was 
 illustrated by the fact that the importation into Philadelphia alone of the 
 finer kinds of coat, vest and sleeve buttons, buckles and other trinkets was 
 supposed to amount in a single year to ten thousand pounds, and to cost 
 the wearers sixty thousand dollars. In urging the benefits to the agricul- 
 tural interests of manufactures in their midst, he ventured the assertion 
 that the value of American productions annually consumed by the manu- 
 facturers of the State, exclusive of the makers of flour, lumber and bar- 
 iron, was double the aggregate of all its exports in the most plentiful 
 year.” The advantage of the American atmosphere for bleaching pur- 
 
600 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 poses was so marked that it is said that “A company of English merchants 
 with a large capital was about being formed before the Revolution to 
 import the brown linens of Europe, to be bleached in this country,” where 
 the superior sunshine and plenty of land were inducements. The opera- 
 tions of this society were conducted with great zeal and energy. Though 
 they met with serious obstacles, such as the difficulty of finding artists and 
 of making machines without models or with imperfect ones, as well as the 
 obstructions caused by foreign agents, who thought that their craft was 
 endangered by these efforts to foster home industry — though, owing to these 
 circumstances, they did not get their first loom started until April 12, 1788, 
 by the 23d of August they had increased the number of looms to twenty- 
 six, had turned out 11,367 yards of various fabrics, and had already real- 
 ized from their sales a net profit which was at the rate of about 30 per 
 cent, per annum upon their capital. In the mean time, flax had fallen 
 from nine pence and ten pence a pound to seven pence, with the strong 
 probability that it would go lower on account of the increased attention 
 now paid to its cultivation, and cotton had come down from 36 cents per 
 pound to 27 and 29 cents per pound. The price of cotton would be kept 
 down should its cultivation succeed in the Southern States. If a good 
 profit had been realized by the manufacture on a limited scale of materials 
 purchased at the former high rates, one-half of which — the linen yarn — 
 could not be spun by machinery, it was certain that more extensive ma- 
 chines, moved by horses or water , must greatly increase the profit. Carding- 
 machines for which they had paid £100 could now be obtained for £60, 
 and a jenny for which they had paid £28, for £15, and smaller imple- 
 ments were reduced in price in proportion.” Careful estimates showed 
 that an American jean better than the British could be produced 25 per 
 cent, cheaper. The American goods were above half an inch wider and 
 much heavier than the imported. This exhibit of the operations of the 
 society was considered (and with reason) as highly encouraging by the 
 committee of the board of managers, which consisted of George Clymer 
 and Tench Coxe. We have already alluded to Mr. Coxe’s failure to obtain 
 the Arkwright machinery. A still more serious difficulty obliged the Legis- 
 lature of Pennsylvania to pass (March 29, 1787) an act styled “An Act to 
 encourage and protect the Manufactures of this State,” which prohibited 
 under certain penalties the exportation of manufacturing machines, the 
 scarcity of which was the great obstacle to such undertakings. This act 
 owed its existence to the fact that in the year 1787 two carding- and spin- 
 ning-machines in the possession of a citizen of Philadelphia which were 
 calculated to save the labor of one hundred and twenty persons were pur- 
 chased by the agency of a British artisan, packed up in cases as common 
 merchandise and shipped to Liverpool. This act, the operation of which 
 was limited to two years, should not be put upon the same level with the 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 601 
 
 acts of Parliament of 1771 and of 1781, prohibiting the exportation of 
 machinery to America. The British acts were dictated by the selfish 
 desire to keep the colonies in a state of dependence ; the American act was 
 an attempt to defend home industry against such underhand machinations 
 as the one which we have just described. “ The British merchant” of that 
 period saw that his profits w T ould be seriously affected by the progress of 
 American manufactures. To prevent his misguided American customers 
 from pursuing a course which threatened to materially diminish his income, 
 he was ready to use every means in his power, and the activity exhibited 
 in eveiy section of this country so shocked his nervous system that perhaps 
 some excuse may be found for even such proceedings as the following, 
 which occurred soon after the investment in machinery above mentioned, 
 which was made by a British artisan : “ A quantity of cotton seed is stated 
 to have been purchased in Virginia and burned, in order to prevent, if 
 possible, the extension of the cotton manufactures in America and their 
 injurious effects upon the importation of Manchester goods.” 
 
 Such were the measures taken to stifle the spirit of enterprise which bid 
 fair to make the American people one of the great powers of the earth. 
 During this same year (1787), however, an event occurred which baffled 
 the calculations of both the British merchant and the British statesman, and 
 which gave an impetus to the manufactures of this country which speedily 
 placed them upon a firm basis. AVe refer to the meeting of the Federal 
 Convention and the adoption of the Federal Constitution. Capital is said 
 to be “timid.” No man wishes to risk his money in new enterprises when 
 he literally does not know “ what a day may bring forth.” The peaceful 
 adoption and ratification of the Federal Constitution proved that it was 
 possible for the people of this country, however conflictiug the interests of 
 the various sections appeared, to make those mutual concessions which, if 
 continued, would ensure the harmonious action requisite for a healthy de- 
 velopment of the resources of the infant nation. The convention met just 
 at the proper time to be influenced in favor of manufactures, as the society 
 which was formed at Philadelphia during the year 1787 was just beginning 
 active operations. It is thought that the efforts of that society to introduce 
 the cotton manufacture, combined with the earnest recommendation of 
 Mr. Coxe, had great weight with the members of the convention, especially 
 with those from the South. Certain it is that the Southern delegates, when 
 they returned to their homes, generally recommended the culture of cotton, 
 and with such success as to secure increased attention to that crop. 
 
 The condition of this country immediately before the framing of the 
 Constitution is thus portrayed by a writer who is well acquainted with the 
 history of the first half century of our national existence : “ The state of 
 the industry of the country was depressed to a point of distress unknown 
 in the midnight of revolution. The shipping had dwindled to nothing; 
 
602 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the manufacturing establishments were kept up by bounties and by patri- 
 otic associations and subscriptions, and even the common trades were 
 threatened with ruin. It was plain, for instance, that in the comparative 
 condition of the United States and Great Britain not a hatter, a boot- or 
 shoemaker, a saddler or a brass-founder could carry on his business, except 
 in the coarsest and most ordinary productions of his trade and under the 
 pressure of foreign competition. When the Constitution had been sent 
 to the people for their decision upon its merits, while its fate still hung in 
 the balance, the influence of the tradesmen and manufacturers of the 
 country was generally exerted in its favor, and in more than one locality 
 obtained for it an acceptance which might otherwise have been withheld.” 
 The result proved that they had not overestimated the benefits to be de- 
 rived from a settled form of general government. Not the least valuable 
 of these benefits was the possibility of obtaining official information with 
 reference to important matters of state — information which before that 
 time had been exceedingly difficult to procure. On the 15th of January, 
 1790, during the second session of the first Congress, the House of .Repre- 
 sentatives ordered, “ That it be referred to the Secretary of the Treasury 
 to prepare and report to this House a proper plan or plans, conformably to 
 the recommendation of the President of the United States in his speech to 
 both Houses of Congress, for the encouragement and promotion of such 
 manufactories as will tend to render the United States independent of other 
 countries for essential, particularly for military, supplies.” 
 
 Hamilton’s Report on Manufactures. — Alexander Ham- 
 ilton, who was then the Secretary of the Treasury, applied his attention at 
 as early a period as his other duties would permit to the subject of manu- 
 factures, and he prepared an elaborate report, which was communicated 
 to the House (Dec. 5, 1791) nearly two years after the date of the above 
 resolution. An exhaustive review of this paper would require far more 
 space than we have to give to the whole subject, nor would it be advisable 
 even if the requisite space were available, as several of Hamilton’s leading 
 positions have been assailed, and have even served as political issues. Its 
 value for our purpose consists in the facts which it contains, but we shall 
 note in passing an error which is, at the present day, somewhat amusing. 
 In arguing against a duty on foreign cotton he says : “ Not being, like 
 hemp, a universal production of the country, it affords less assurance of an 
 adequate internal supply; but the chief objection arises from the doubts 
 which are entertained concerning the quality of the national cotton. It is 
 alleged that the fibre of it is considerable shorter and weaker than that of 
 some other places, and that it has been observed, as a general rule, that 
 the nearer the place of growth to the equator, the better the quality of the 
 cotton.” The latest and best authority upon this subject says, “The United 
 States exceed all other countries in the production of cotton, both as to 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 603 
 
 quantity and quality.” The invention of the cotton-gin, within three years 
 after the publication of this report, had so great an effect upon the culti- 
 vation and manufacture of cotton that its production and consumption 
 increased with marvellous rapidity. 
 
 In the following extract from the report can be found a fair statement 
 of the progress already made by this country up to the year 1791: “To 
 all the arguments which are brought up to evince the impracticability of 
 success in manufacturing establishments in the United States, it might have 
 been a sufficient answer to have referred to the experience of what has 
 been already done. It is certain that several important branches have 
 grown up and flourished with a rapidity which surprises, affording an en- 
 couraging assurance of success in future attempts. Of these it may be 
 proper to enumerate the most considerable: 1. Of skins. — Tanned and 
 tawed leather, dressed skins, shoes, boots and slippers, harness and sad- 
 dlery of all kinds, portmanteaus and trunks, leathern breeches, gloves, 
 muffs and tippets, parchment and glue. 2. Of iron. — Bar and sheet-iron, 
 steel, nail-rods and nails, implements of husbandry, stoves, pots and other 
 household utensils, the steel and iron work of carriages and for ship-build- 
 ing, anchors, scale-beams and weights, various tools of artificers and arms 
 of various kinds, though the manufacture of these last has of late dimin- 
 ished for want of demand. 3. Of ivoocl. — Ships, cabinet-wares and turn- 
 ery, wool and cotton cards, and other machinery for manufactures an<i 
 husbandry, mathematical instruments, coopers’ wares of every kind. 4. 
 Of flax and hemp. — Cables, sail-cloth, cordage, twine and pack-thread. 
 5-17. Miscellaneous. — Bricks, coarse tiles and potters’ wares; ardent 
 spirits and malt liquors ; writing- and printing-paper, sheathing and wrap- 
 ping-paper, pasteboard, fullers’ or press-papers and paper-hangings ; hats 
 of fur and wool and mixtures of both ; women’s stuff and silk shoes ; re- 
 fined sugars ; oils of animals and seeds, soap, spermaceti and tallow-cau- 
 dles ; copper and brass wires, particularly utensils for distillers, sugar 
 refiners and brewers; andirons and other articles for household use; phil- 
 osophical apparatus; tin-wares for most purposes of ordinary use; car- 
 riages of all kinds ; snuff, chewing- and smoking-tobacco ; starch and 
 hair-powder ; lampblack and other painters’ colors ; gunpowder. Besides 
 manufactories of these articles, which are carried on as regular trades and 
 have attained to a considerable degree of maturity, there is a vast scene 
 of household manufacturing, which contributes more largely to the supply 
 of the community than could be imagined without having made it an 
 object of particular inquiry. This observation is the pleasing result of the 
 investigation to which the subject of this report has led, and is applicable 
 as well to the Southern as to the Middle and Northern States. Great 
 quantities of coarse cloths, coatings, serges and flannels, linsey-woolseys, 
 hosiery (of wool, cotton and thread;, coarse fustians, jeans and muslins ; 
 
G04 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 checked and striped cotton and linen goods ; bed-ticks, coverlets and coun- 
 terpanes; tow-linens, coarse shirtings, sheetings, towelling and table-linen, 
 and various mixtures of wool and cotton and of cotton and flax, are made 
 in the household way, and, in many instances, to an extent not only suffi- 
 cient for the supply of the families in which they are made, but for sale, 
 and even, in some cases, for exportation. It is computed in a number of 
 districts that two-thirds, three-fourths, and even four-fifths, of all the cloth- 
 ing of the inhabitants are made by themselves.” Other manufactures, 
 equally well established, not being of equal importance, were omitted. 
 
 It is said that the publication of this report in England, in the follow- 
 ing year, created so much alarm that meetings were called in many of the 
 towns. It is also stated that the sum of fifty thousand pounds was sub- 
 scribed at one of these meetings at Manchester, to be expended in over- 
 stocking the American market for the purpose of discouraging American 
 manufactures. The report was certainly of such a nature as to give great 
 hopes to the friends of home-production and to cause proportionate dismay 
 to those abroad who wished American custom. “ Leathern breeches” and 
 “hair-powder” may not seem very important items, but the reader must 
 remember that there was a greater demand for these articles in 1791 than 
 at the present day. Even as late as the year 1810 the latter is mentioned 
 in Tench Coxe’s Statement of the Arts and Manufactures of the United States 
 among the “ manufactures of the United States most frequently exported 
 in 1810.” 
 
 Tench Coxe’s Statement, etc. — The census of 1810 was very 
 deficient in the returns made upon the subject of manufactures. An 
 amendment to the act providing for this important matter made it “the 
 duty of the marshals, secretaries and their assistants to take also, under 
 the directions and instructions of the Secretary of the Treasury, an account 
 of the several manufacturing establishments and manufactures within their 
 several districts, territories and divisions, and to return the same to the 
 Secretary of the Treasury.” As no formula or instruction was given to 
 secure uniformity and completeness, and as many persons were reluctant 
 or unable to give correct information, the reports were necessarily very 
 imperfect. Some branches were omitted altogether, and others were only 
 partially represented. “ Bark-mills were given for only one State ; car- 
 riage-makers for three; blacksmiths’ shops for five; hatters for four; tin 
 and coppersmiths’ shops for two, and these the least considerable in that 
 branch. The number of tallow-candle factories in Massachusetts was not 
 given, although that State was credited with nearly one-half of the product 
 in that branch ; and the same was the case with the morocco factories.” 
 Imperfect as was this “first systematic statement of American manufac- 
 tures in detail,” the results were interesting and encouraging. The “ total 
 value of the several branches, exclusive of doubtful articles,” was given 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 605 
 
 as $127,694,602. This was no unfavorable' exhibit for a country contain- 
 ing a population of 7,239,881. The “goods manufactured by the loom ” 
 amounted to $39,497,057 ; manufactures of hides and skins, $17,935,477 ; 
 grain, fruit and case-liquors distilled and fermented, $16,528,207 ; manufac- 
 tures of iron, $14,364,526. When the returns were first sent into the trea- 
 sury department, in November, 1811, and were examined, at the request 
 of the Committee of Commerce and Manufactures, by Mr. S. L. Mitchell, 
 he confessed, after several attempts, his inability to arrange the materials 
 in a compendious or useful form, “on account of their heterogeneous cha- 
 racter.” Congress, therefore, by a joint resolution approved March 19, 
 directed “ That a person be employed to prepare and report at the next 
 session a digest of the census returns of manufactures;” and in accordance 
 with this resolution the Secretary of the Treasury “committed the docu- 
 ments for that purpose to the charge of Mr. Tench Coxe,” of Philadelphia. 
 The Statement of Mr. Coxe proves that this arduous task could not have 
 been placed in better hands. He had been Hamilton’s Assistant-Secretary 
 of the Treasury, and had been largely instrumental in obtaining materials 
 for the report described in the preceding section. He had been one of the 
 most zealous and energetic friends of home industry, and had contributed 
 greatly by his writings and his personal exertions, both when in and when 
 out of office, to the success already attained. His Statement shows upon 
 every page that it is the work of a scholar and a man of business. 
 
 The interval of nearly twenty years which had elapsed since the publi- 
 cation of Hamilton’s report had been productive of great results. Of 
 cotton, for instance, concerning the success of which in this country 
 Hamilton had such grave doubts, Coxe could say: “This raw material, 
 being the only redundant one adapted to the manufacture of cloths for 
 apparel and furniture produced in the United States, and being the most sus- 
 ceptible of labor-saving operations, the cotton branch will probably — nay, 
 certainly — become very soon the most considerable of our manufactures. 
 The cotton cloths for various uses manufactured in the United States, ex- 
 ceeded in measurement, in the year 1810, all other cloths — ire., all the 
 cloths of flax, hemp, wool and silk — and the progress of the cotton branch 
 is •greater than that of any other; indeed, greater than that of all the 
 others. Capitalists can most easily extend themselves in the cotton manu- 
 facture, because the raw material is abundant and capable of being conve- 
 niently and promptly increased.” Of manufactures of hides and skins he 
 says: “An improvement in making shoes [Bedford’s patent] which saves 
 four-fifths of the workmanship has been discovered. The shoes, boots and 
 slippers manufactured in the United States in 1812 undoubtedly exceeded 
 the value of all the foreign manufactures imported in the first year of the 
 present government, which, by the actual return of November 30, 1791, 
 were worth here only $15,295,638. Upon an examination of the number 
 
606 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 of shoes, boots, slippers, saddles, bridles and other leathern goods, there will 
 appear no reason to doubt that a value of leathern goods is made in the 
 United States fully equal to that of half our exports of our own produc- 
 tion and manufacture. It is not doubted that the leathern branch is at 
 present equal in value to the same branch in any other country, in propor- 
 tion to the population, if the same qualities of goods be estimated at the 
 same prices. These facts in relation to the leathern branch are of peculiar 
 importance, as it is generally a manufacture by hand, and not by ma- 
 chinery. They unanswerably prove our capacity in the handicraft 
 branches, and render our capacity for machine operations free from 
 doubt or question.” Of iron he says : “ The ore is very abundant and 
 widely diffused. The extraction of the metal in its best condition, the 
 conversion of it into steel and the manufacture of it into all the neces- 
 saries and conveniences belonging to this extensive and useful branch, are 
 facilitated by the omnipresence of wood, and consequently of charcoal, 
 and by rich and numerous veins of fossil coal, appearing in many places 
 above the surface of the earth. These are present magazines and uncom- 
 monly strong symptoms of immense latent treasures of that fuel. The 
 manufacturers of iron wares urgently call upon the owners of mines of 
 that metal to open more of them, and to work the whole upon a far greater 
 scale. Machinery to work up pig-iron and bars has been wonderfully 
 invented, extended, diversified and multiplied in this country. Every year 
 enlarges and diversifies the iron and steel manufactures. They are much 
 too numerous for a detailed statement. Castings have been made in very 
 increased quantities. These, for the use of manufacturing machinery alone, 
 have been computed at 1000 tons per annum. The common blacksmiths’ 
 work, though of necessity very imperfectly given in the tables, is a branch 
 of manufacture of great amount and utility. The blacksmiths’ shops are 
 in effect primary schools of the arts. The cut-nail machinery has been very 
 beneficially introduced into some of these shops near the iron furnaces, 
 ensuring the profitable employment of all the time not otherwise occupied. 
 It is like the tw r o spinning-wheels and the loom among the women in pri- 
 vate families. Pennsylvania, the greatest nail-making State, produces at 
 the rate of nine pounds of nails for each person in the State, which is at 
 the rate of 65,000,000 of pounds for the whole white population of the 
 United States, were equal attention paid to this gainful economy of time and 
 labor. There are many blacksmiths and nail-makers among the people of 
 African birth and descent in the Southern States. The iron branch has 
 been very fruitful in inventions and labor-saving devices, both at home 
 and abroad. In the moments when we feared difficulty and injury for the 
 w T ant of certain things the manufacture has been suddenly attained and 
 established. This is remarkably the case as to common steel, iron wire and 
 edge-tools, the manufactures of all which have greatly advanced since 1810 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 607 
 
 [Mr. Coxe writes in December, 1812]. Since we can make such contrasted 
 goods as the wire and working-cards and cannon, small nails and anchors, 
 screws and ploughshares, and as we have raised the price of bar-iron from 
 60 to 110 dollars since our Revolution, our capacity in the iron branch 
 cannot be doubted.” 
 
 Mr. Coxe was not satisfied with the sum-total given in the census returns. 
 His estimate of the value of the manufactures of this country in 1810 was 
 8172,762,676. In a revised edition of his Statement he says, under date 
 of May 1, 1813: “In the course of the numerous and diversified opera- 
 tions occasioned by the deliberate execution of this digest and statement, 
 constant and very close attention has been applied to those facts which 
 have occurred throughout the Union since the autumn of the year 1810, 
 from which the condition of the manufactures of the United States in the 
 current year 1813 might be formed. A sincere and well-reflected final 
 opinion is respectfully offered that the whole people of the United States 
 will actually make, within this year, manufactured goods (exclusively of 
 the doubtful) to the full value of 8200,000,000.” 
 
 The Census of 1820. — The schedules furnished to the census offi- 
 cers in 1820 were much more extensive than on former occasions, includ- 
 ing nearly the same objects of inquiry as at present. The returns, how- 
 ever, were very defective, partly on account of the inadequate compensation 
 allowed to the marshals and their assistants, and partly because many 
 manufacturers were unable or unwilling to give the details of their busi- 
 ness. A resolution of Congress, approved March 30, 1822, requested the 
 Secretary of State “to transmit to the Congress the returns of manufac- 
 turing establishments and manufactures taken by the [census] marshals 
 of the several States.” The digest of the accounts on this subject was 
 found to be so meagre and imperfect that the Secretary of State would, if 
 possible, have withheld it from publication. The House of Representatives 
 were strongly inclined to suppress the whole document, and they did go so 
 far as to lay upon the table a resolution which provided for the distribu- 
 tion of the books. There had certainlv been a decrease in the aggregate 
 value. Business was embarrassed, and throughout the country machinery 
 and fixed capital were lying idle, or were being employed at a slender 
 profit, in the hope of a favorable change. The omission of all manufac- 
 tures which were strictly domestic or household, a class which had formed 
 a very important part of the former census and of Mr. Coxe’s estimates, 
 contributed to diminish still further the sum-total. The report based upon 
 these returns was completed in September, 1824, and it contained a “State- 
 ment of the amount and value of dutiable articles manufactured annually 
 in the United States and Territories ; the amount of capital invested and 
 the amount authorized and incorporated by State laws.” The total 
 “amount and value of dutiable articles,” etc., was 832,271,984; capital 
 
608 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 invested, $46,837,266 ; capital authorized and incorporated, $55,289,500. 
 Further comment is unnecessary. The number of those who were engaged 
 in agriculture was 2,070,646; persons engaged in manufactures, 349,506. 
 The cotton annually spun amounted to 9,945,609 pounds, and the spindles 
 numbered 250,572. 
 
 Manufactures ill 1830. — Seven leading industries produced, in 
 1830, an aggregate value of $109,829,760. The value of woollen cloth 
 manufactured was $40,000,000, employment being afforded to 50,000 per- 
 sons. The work of 2140 persons produced $3,000,000 worth of glassware, 
 porcelain, etc. The number of cotton-mills was 795, with 1,246,503 spindles 
 and 33,506 looms, producing annually 230,461,990 yards of cloth, con- 
 suming 77,757,316 pounds of cotton and employing 18,539 men, 38,927 
 women and 4691 children under 12 years of age; annual value of product, 
 $26,000,000. The quantity of cotton goods printed was estimated at 
 40,000,000 yards ; about one-third of the goods manufactured were 
 bleached, and the number of hand-weavers was not over 5000. The 
 annual value of the paper manufactured was $7,000,000. Hats and caps 
 were manufactured to the value of $10,500,000, employing 18,000 laborers. 
 The annual value of cabinet-ware manufactured was 810,000,000, furnish- 
 ing occupation for 15,000 workmen. The iron-furnaces numbered 239, 
 and produced, in 1830, 191,536 tons, converted afterward into 112,866 tons 
 of bar-iron and 28,273 tons of castings, giving an aggregate value of 
 $13,329,760, and employing 29,254 hands. The value of the leather 
 manufacture was estimated at $35,000,000; and this, together with other 
 branches not included in the above figures, swell the total annual value of 
 the manufactures of this country to the comparatively respectable sum of 
 $200,000,000. 
 
 Manufactures in 1840. — The census of 1840 gives returns of 
 manufactures which are so meagre and confused that it is difficult to de- 
 termine therefrom the progress made during the decade immediately pre- 
 ceding. Progress had certainly been made, for even by these figures the 
 values of such manufactures as the marshals were pleased to notice foot 
 up a sum-total of $316,442,106. The invested capital was $267,726,579. 
 The value of the cotton goods manufactured was $46,350,453 ; number of 
 factories, 1240; number of spindles, 2,284,631; number of persons em- 
 ployed, 72,219. Value of leather manufactures, $33,134,403 ; number 
 of tanneries, 8229, employing 26,018 persons; number of all other man- 
 ufactories of leather, saddleries, etc., 17,136. Number of woollen man- 
 ufactories, 1420 ; value of manufactured goods, $20,696,999 ; number of 
 persons employed, 21,342. The production of iron amounted to 286,903 
 tons of cast-iron and 197,233 tons of bar-iron, from 804 furnaces and 795 
 bloomeries, forges and rolling-mills. The examination of these figures 
 will show an improvement since the previous report, and the following 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 609 
 
 anecdote will give an idea of the enterprise and energy displayed even at 
 that early day by American manufacturers. On the 1st of February, 
 1840, a new style of mousseline-de-laines arrived in New York from France, 
 and was offered by the importer at 14 cents per yard by the case. The 
 agent of a Rhode Island calico-printing establishment forwarded a piece 
 of these goods to Providence (Feb. 2), and on the 18th of February he 
 had the same style of print, and of equal fabric, in New York, selling at 
 10 cents per yard. The manufacturer had only twelve days to engrave 
 the new pattern on a copper cylinder, from which the engraving was raised 
 on a steel cylinder, then hardened and made ready for impression, to dis- 
 cover by chemical experiments the ingredients of which the colors were 
 composed and to have the cloth printed, dried and cased for the market. 
 In several branches this country was already far advanced in the use of 
 machinery. The stocking- or power-weaving loom was used here long 
 before its introduction into England. Brass clocks were exported in the 
 following year, and sold at first at an advance of 2000 per cent, on the 
 cost, the invoice price being so low that the first consignments were seized 
 in the British custom-house on the ground that they had been undervalued. 
 Fortunately the owner was with them, and he satisfied the authorities that 
 clocks could be made at a profit even when sold as low as $1.50 apiece. 
 The following announcement, published at about this time, speaks for itself : 
 “A manufactory near Darby, Conn., has a contrivance for sticking pins 
 on paper which is quite marvellous. It takes in England sixty females to 
 stick in one day ninety packs, consisting of 302,460 pins ; the same ope- 
 ration is performed here in the same time by one woman. Her sole occu- 
 pation is to pour them, a gallon at a time, into a hopper, whence they come 
 out all neatly arranged upon their several papers. The mechanism by 
 which the labor of fifty-nine persons is daily saved yet remains a mystery 
 to all but the inventor; and no person except the single woman who 
 attends to it is, upon any pretext whatever, allowed to enter the room 
 where it operates.” 
 
 Manufactures in 1850. — The seventh census, that for 1850, was 
 the first in which any attempt was made to ascertain with accuracy the 
 value of the productive industry of the country. No establishment was 
 counted which did not jrroduce at least $500 per year. The total number 
 of such establishments was 123,025; total number of hands employed, 
 957,059; males, 731,137, females, 225,922; capital, $533,245,351 ; wages 
 annually paid, $236,755,464 ; value of materials used, $555,123,822; value 
 of products, $1,019,106,616. Of this amount seven of the States produced 
 68.87 per cent., divided as follows: New York, 23.31 per cent.; Massachu- 
 setts, 15.57 ; Pennsylvania, 15.21 ; Connecticut, 4.72 ; New Jersey, 3.91 ; 
 Maryland, 3.24; Virginia, 2.91. This leaves only 31.13 per cent, to be 
 produced by the remaining 29 States and Territories; and of these Maine, 
 39 
 
610 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Missouri, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Kentucky had produced 
 amounts varying from 2.41 per cent, for Missouri to 2.13 per cent, for 
 Rhode Island. The only manufacture which produced more than one 
 hundred millions of dollars annually was that of flour and meal ; value 
 of product, $136,056,736. From $50,000,000 to $100,000,000 there were 
 three branches — viz., cotton, $65,501,687 ; lumber, $58,520,966 ; boots and 
 shoes, $53,967,408. In the third class, that producing annually from 
 $25,000,000 to $50,000,000, there were four branches — viz., Woollens, 
 carding and fulling, $39,828,557 ; leather, tanning and currying, $37,702,- 
 333; clothiers and tailors, $48,311,709; machinery, $27,998,344. “The 
 manufactures,” says Bishop, “ were distributed generally among the various 
 States ; none, we believe, confined exclusively to any one, though Massa- 
 chusetts made 85 per cent, of the bonnets and straw goods, 46 per cent, 
 of the boots and shoes and one-third of the cottons; Connecticut made 
 one-third of the hardware, including guns, and 40 per cent, of the india- 
 rubber goods ; Pennsylvania produced 50 per cent, of the hosiery, more 
 than one-third of the iron and two-thirds of the perfumery; Delaware 
 produced one-fourth of the gunpowder ; Rhode Island, 40 per cent, of the 
 calicoes ; Vermont, the same proportion of the scales ; North Carolina, 90 
 per cent, of the turpentine ; Ohio, 60 per cent, of the lard oil; Missouri, 
 three-fourths of the castor oil; and Wisconsin, one half of the lead.” The 
 statistics of pig-, cast- and wrought-iron were as follows : 1st. Pig-iron . — 
 Number of establishments, 377 ; hands employed, 20,448 ; tons of ore 
 used, 1,579,309; tons of pig-iron made, 564,755; value of entire product, 
 $12,748,777, of which Pennsylvania produced 47.70 per cent. ; Ohio, 9.85 
 percent.; and Maryland, 8.03 per cent. 2d. Cast-iron . — Number of estab- 
 lishments, 1391 ; hands employed, 23,589; tons of castings made, 322,745; 
 value of entire product, $25,108,155, of which New York, with 323 estab- 
 lishments, produced 23.58 per cent. ; Pennsylvania, with 320 establish- 
 ments, 21.32 per cent.; Ohio, with 183 establishments, 12.22 per cent., and 
 Massachusetts, with 68 establishments, 8.90 per cent., making for these 
 four States a product of 66.02 per cent., or nearly two-thirds of the whole 
 amount. 3d. Wrouglit-iron. — Number of establishments, 422 ; hands em- 
 ployed, 13,257; tons of wrought-iron made, 278,044; value of entire 
 product, $16,747,074, of which Pennsylvania, with 131 establishments, 
 produced 53.16 per cent.; New York, with 60 establishments, produced 
 8.50 per cent. ; Virginia, with 39 establishments, 7.49 per cent. ; and Ohio, 
 with 11 establishments, 6.43 per cent., making for these four States 75.58 
 per cent., or more than three-fourths of the whole amount. 
 
 Manufactures in 1860. — In 1860 there was a marked increase 
 in very important particulars, the statistics appearing to show that the dif- 
 ference iu the amount of invested capital, which had nearly doubled, was 
 owing rather to the enlargement or rebuilding upon a larger scale of exist- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 611 
 
 ing establishments, rather than to the construction of entirely new ones. 
 The number of establishments was 110,433 ; hands employed, males, 1,040,- 
 349, females, 270,897; total, 1,311,246; invested capital, $1,009,855,715; 
 wages annually paid, $378,878,966; value of materials used, $1,031,605,- 
 092; value of products, $1,885,861,676, an increase of eighty-five per cent, 
 over the amount produced in 1850. Of the gross amount, New York 
 produced 20.14 per cent., or more than one-fifth; Pennsylvania, 15.38 per 
 cent., or nearly one-sixth; Massachusetts, 13.55 per cent., or nearly one- 
 seventh; and Ohio, 6.39 per cent., or more than one-sixteenth; making for 
 these four States 54.46 per cent., or more than one-half of the whole 
 amount. Cotton goods . — There were 1091 establishments engaged in the 
 manufacture of cotton goods ; hands employed, males, 46,859, females, 
 75,169; total, 122,028; number of spindles, 5,235,727; value of raw ma- 
 terial, $57,285,534; annual cost of labor, $23,940,108; annual value of 
 products, $115,681,774, of which New England produced 68.60 per cent.; 
 the Middle States, 22.93 per cent. ; the Southern States, 7.05 per cent. ; and 
 the Western States, 1.42 per cent. The five leading States were Massa- 
 chusetts, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and New York, 
 which produced, respectively, 33.72 per cent., 11.84 per cent., 11.80 per 
 cent., 10.51 per cent., and 5.77 per cent., making in all 73.74 per cent., or 
 nearly three-fourths of the whole amount. Of these five States, Pennsyl- 
 vania had made the most progress, her increase over the product of 1850 
 being 134 per cent., while the slightest advance had been made in New 
 York, her increase during the same period having been 33 per cent. 
 Woollen goods . — 1260 establishments, employing 24,841 males and 16,519 
 females (total, 41,360), at an annual cost for raw material of $36,586,887 
 and for labor of $9,808,254 (total, $46,395,141), produced 124,897,862 
 yards of cloth, 6,401,206 pounds of yarn, 616,400 shawls, 296,874 pairs 
 of blankets, and other articles to the total value of $61,895,217. The four 
 leading States were Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Con- 
 necticut, which produced, respectively, 31.75 per cent., 13.23 per cent., 11.17 
 per cent, and 11.05 per cent., making for these States 67.20 per cent., or 
 more than two-thirds of the whole product. Pig-iron . — The preliminary 
 report of the superintendent of the census, published in 1862, gives the 
 number of tons of pig-iron as 884,474 and the value as $19,487,790. The 
 full return, published in 1865, makes the number of tons 987,559 and the 
 value $20,870,120, or $21.13 per ton, an increase over 1850 of 422,804 
 tons of pig-iron, and of nearly 64 per cent, in value. There were 286 
 establishments in 18 States ; hands employed, 15,927 ; annual cost of labor, 
 $4,545,430. The two leading States were Pennsylvania and Ohio, the former 
 producing 58.74 per cent, of the quantity and 53.96 per cent, of the value, 
 and the latter 10.92 per cent, of |he quantity and 12.92 per cent, of the 
 value, making for these two States 69.96 per cent, of the quantity and 66.88 
 
612 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 per cent, of the total value. The increase of the product of Pennsylvania 
 in 1860 over that of 1850 was 106.07 per cent., and the quantity produced 
 by that State was 15,294 tons more than that of the whole country in 1850. 
 Two hundred and fifty-six establishments, employing 19,262 hands, at an 
 annual cost for labor of $6,514,258, produced 509,084 tons of bar, sheet 
 and railroad iron, worth $31,888,507. The four leading States were Penn- 
 sylvania, Ohio, Massachusetts and New York. Pennsylvania produced 
 52.59 per cent, of the quantity and 47.43 per cent, of the value; Ohio, 
 7.99 per cent, of the quantity and 8.79 per cent, of the value; Massachu- 
 setts, 8.03 per cent, of the quantity and 8.26 per cent, of the value; and 
 New York, 7.50 per cent of the quantity and 7.06 per cent, of the value, 
 making for these four States, 75.81 per cent, of the quantity and 71.54 per 
 cent, of the value. Cast-iron . — 1412 establishments, employing 26,029 
 hands, at an annual cost for labor of $9,968,346, produced manufactures 
 of cast-iron worth $36,132,033. The five leading States were New York, 
 25.01 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 18.66 per cent.; Massachusetts, 8.75 per 
 cent.; New Jersey, 8.18 per cent.; and Ohio, 7.70 per cent, of the whole 
 amount, making for these five States 68.30 per cent., or more than two- 
 thirds of the entire product. Boots and shoes. — 12,487 establishments, 
 employing 94,515 males and 28,514 females (total, 123,029), at an annual 
 cost for raw material of $42,729,649 and for labor of $30,938,920, pro- 
 duced boots and shoes to the value of $91,891,498. The three leading 
 States were Massachusetts, New York and Pennsylvania. Massachusetts, 
 with only 1354 establishments, produced 53.09 per cent., or more than 
 one-half of the total, while New York, with 2277 establishments, and 
 Pennsylvania, with 2181 establishments, produced respectively 11.88 and 
 9.22 per cent, of the gross amount, making for these three States 74.19 
 per cent., or nearly three-fourths of the entire product. Flour and meal . — 
 13,868 flouring- and grist-mills, employing 27,682 hands, at an annual cost 
 for raw material of $208,497,309 and for labor of $8,721,391 (total, $217,- 
 218,700), produced flour and meal to the value of $248,580,365. The six 
 leading States were New York, producing 13.93 per cent, of the total 
 value; Pennsylvania, 12.04 percent.; Ohio, 9.96 per cent. ; Illinois, 8.31 
 per cent.; Indiana, 6.97 per cent.; and Virginia producing 6.37 per cent., 
 making for these six States a product of 57.58 per cent., or more than 
 one-half of the total annual value of the product. 
 
 Manufactures in 1870. — The census of 1870 was taken with a 
 thoroughness, a fidelity and an ability which made it far superior to any 
 of its predecessors. The products of the fisheries and of coal- and copper- 
 mining, which added to the sum-total of manufactures for 1860 the hand- 
 some sum of $37,889,264, were remanded to their proper place in a sepa- 
 rate department in giving the returns of the ninth census, and still the 
 increase in the annual value of the product of 1870 over that of the pre- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 613 
 
 ceding census year was 124.43 per cent., or, in other words, during the 
 decade between 1860 and 1870 the annual value of the products of American 
 manufactures had more than doubled ! Two hundred and fifty-two thou- 
 sand one hundred and forty-eight establishments, with an invested capital 
 of $2,118,208,769, employing 1,615,598 “males above 16,” 323,770 “fe- 
 males above 15,” and 114,628 “youth” (total, 2,053,996), at an annual 
 cost for labor of $775,584,343 and for materials of $2,488,427,242 (total, 
 $3,264,011,585), produced an annual value of $4,232,325,442. The four 
 leading States were New York, producing 18.55 per cent, of this value; 
 Pennsylvania, 16.79 per cent.; Massachusetts, 13.32 per cent.; and Ohio, 
 which produced 6.37 per cent, of the total value,' making for these four 
 States (which contained 31.19 per cent., or less than one-third of the pop- 
 ulation of the country) a product of 55.03, or more than one-half of the 
 .total annual value of the manufactures. So full are the materials at hand, 
 the number of industries returned being three hundred and ninety, that it 
 is not possible to give more than the statistics of leading industries, in a 
 very condensed form, but one which will be readily understood by the 
 attentive reader of the foregoing pages. 
 
 Flouring- and grist-mill products. — Establishments, 22,573; hands em- 
 ployed, 58,448 ; annual cost of labor, $14,577,533 ; materials, 366,548,969 
 bushels of grain, worth $362,314,526, and $5,077,596 worth of mill sup- 
 plies (total value, $367,392,122); value of products, $444,985,143; six 
 leading States, New York, 13.31 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 11.11 per cent.; 
 Illinois, 9.08 per cent.; Missouri, 7.15 per cent.; Ohio, 7.12 per cent.; In- 
 diana, 5.70 per cent., making for these States 53.47 per cent., or more than 
 one-half of the total product. Increase of total over 1860, 79.06 per cent. 
 Iron. — 3828 establishments, employing 145,306 hands, at an annual cost 
 for labor of $76,993,148, produced manufactures of iron to the value of 
 $346,952,694. Pig-iron. — Establishments, 386 ; hands employed, 27,554 ; 
 annual cost of labor, $12,475,250, and of materials, $45,498,017 (total, 
 $57,873,267); tons of pig-iron, 2,052,821 ; value of all products, $69,640,- 
 498 ; three leading States, Pennsylvania, 50.33 per cent, of the quantity 
 and 46.86 per cent, of the value ; Ohio, 14.97 per cent, of the quantity 
 and 15.73 per cent, of the value ; New York, 10.89 per cent, of the quan- 
 tity and 11.37 per cent, of the value, making for these States 76.19 per 
 cent, of the total quantity and 73.96 per cent, of the total value. Increase 
 of totals over 1860, 107.86 per cent, in quantity and 234.33 per cent, in 
 value. Cast-iron. — Establishments, 2654; hands employed, 51,305 ; annual 
 cost of labor, $28,835,914, and of materials, including fuel, $48,222,550 
 (total, $77,058,464); products, 535,395 tons of miscellaneous castings, 
 107,791 tons of machine castings, 40,168 tons of agricultural castings, 
 27,845 tons of architectural castings, 1,285,177 stoves, 15,351 hot-air fur- 
 naces, 5450 cooking-ranges, 1,530,581 feet of railing, 473,108 car-wheels 
 
614 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 and other products, the total value being $99,843,218. The four leading 
 States in value of product were New York, 24.03 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 
 18.79 per cent.; Ohio, 10.55 per cent.; and Massachusetts, 7.05 per cent., 
 making for these States 60.42 per cent., or more than three-fifths of the 
 
 total product. Increase of total over 1860, 153.13 per cent. Rolled iron. 
 
 Establishments, 310; hands employed, 44,662; annual cost of labor, $25,- 
 192,635, and of materials, including fuel, $79,176,646 (total, $104,369,281); 
 annual value of product, $120,311,158 ; leading States, Pennsylvania, 47.22 
 per cent.; New York, 11.74 per cent.; Ohio, 10.27 per cent.; Massachu- 
 setts, 5.05 per cent., making for these four States 74.28 per cent., or nearly 
 three-fourths of the total product. Increase of total value over the com- 
 bined values of forged-, rolled- and wrought-iron in 1860, 229.29 per cent. 
 Agricultural implements. — Establishments, 2076; hands employed, 25,249; 
 annual cost of labor, $12,151,504, and of materials, $21,473,925 (total, 
 $33,625,429); annual value of products, $52,066,875 ; leading States, Ohio, 
 22.86 per cent.; New York, 22.75 per cent.; Indiana, 17.05 per cent.; 
 Pennsylvania, 7.01 per cent. Total for these States, 69.67 per cent., or 
 nearly seven-tenths of the whole product. Increase of total over that of 
 1860, 195.82 per cent. Boots and shoes. — Establishments, 3151; hands 
 employed, 91,702; annual cost of labor, $42,504,444, and of materials, 
 $80,502,718 (total, $121,007,162); products, 14,318,529 pairs of boots, 
 worth $50,231,470, and 66,308,715 pairs of shoes, worth $93,846,206; 
 total value of product, $146,704,055; leading States in value, Massachu- 
 setts, 59 per cent. ; New York, 12.14 per cent. ; Pennsylvania, 7.50 per cent., 
 making for these States 78.64 per cent., or more than three-fourths of the 
 whole product. Increase of total over that of 1860, 59.76 per cent. 
 Cotton goods. — Establishments, 956; looms, 157,310; frame-spindles, 
 3,694,477; mule-spindles, 3,437,938 (total number of spindles, 7,132,415); 
 hands employed, “males above 16,” 42,790; “females above 15,” 69,637; 
 “youth,” 22,942 (total, 135,369); annual cost of labor, $39,044,132, and 
 of materials, $111,736,936 (total, $150,781,068) ; products, sheetings, 
 shirtings and twilled goods, 478,204,513 yards; lawns and fine muslins, 
 34,533,462 yards ; cloth, print, 489,250,053 yards ; yarn, not woven, 30,- 
 301,087 pounds ; spool-thread, 11,560,241 dozens'; warps, 73,018,045 yards; 
 bats, wicking and wadding, 11,118,127 pounds; table-cloths, quilts and 
 counterpanes, 493,892 ; seamless bags, 2,767,060 ; cordage, lines and 
 twines, 5,057,454 pounds ; flannel, 8,390,050 yards ; ginghams and 
 checks, 39,275,244 yards; cassimeres, cottonades and jeans, 13,940,895 
 yards, and other products, the total value being $177,489,739; leading 
 States in value, Massachusetts, 33.68 per cent.; Rhode Island, 12.42 
 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 9.85 per cent.; New Hampshire, 9.57 per cent.; 
 Connecticut, 7.95 per cent.; Maine, 6.67 per cent.; New York, 6.29 per 
 cent., making for these States 86.43 per cent., or more than four-fifths 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 615 
 
 of the whole product. Increase over the total of 1860, 50.96 per cent. 
 Leather, tanned. — Establishments, 4237; hands employed, 20,784; annual 
 cost of labor, $7,934,416, and of materials, $63,069,491 (total, $71,003,- 
 907); products, sides of leather, 17,577,404; number of skins, 9,794,148; 
 value of all products, $86,169,883; leading States in value, New York, 
 31.43 percent.; Pennsylvania, 23.01 per cent.; Massachusetts, 11.58 per 
 cent., making for these States 66.02 per cent., or very nearly two-thirds 
 of the whole product. Leather, curried. — Establishments, 3083 ; hands 
 employed, 10,027; annual cost of labor, $4,154,114, and of materials, 
 $43,565,593 (total, $47,719,707); value of product, $54,191,167 ; leading 
 States in value, Massachusetts, 35.45 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 11.64 per 
 cent.; Ohio, 10.02 per cent., making for these States 56.45 per cent., or 
 more than one-half of the total product. Increase of combined product 
 of tanned and curried leather over that of 1860, 108.53 per cent. Sawed 
 lumber. — Establishments, 25,832 ; saws in use, 63,197 ; hands employed, 
 149,997 ; annual cost of labor, $40,009,162, and of materials, $103,343,- 
 430 (total, $143,352,592); products, laths, 1,295,091 thousand; lumber, 
 12,755,543 thousand feet; shingles, 3,265,516 thousand; staves, shooks, 
 headings, etc., worth $10,473,681 ; value of all products, $210,159,327 ; 
 leading States, Michigan, 15.20 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 13.78 per cent.; 
 New York, 10.10 per cent. ; Wisconsin, 7.39 per cent. ; Indiana, 5.86 per 
 cent.; Maine, 5.42 per cent., making for these States, 57.75 per cent., or 
 more than one half of the product. Increase of total over that of 1860, 
 125.16 per cent. Woollen goods. — Establishments, 2891; cards, 8366 sets; 
 daily capacity in carded wool, 857,392 pounds; broad looms, 14,039; nar- 
 row looms, 20,144; spindles, 1,845,496 ; hands employed, “males above 
 16,” 42,728; “females above 15,” 27,682; “youth,” 9643 (total, 80,053); 
 annual cost of labor, $26,877,575, and of materials, $96,432,601 (total, 
 $123,310,176); products, blankets, 2,000,439 pairs; horse-blankets, 58,552; 
 beavers, 261,208 yards ; cloths, cassimeres and doeskins, 63,340,612 yards ; 
 felted cloth, 1,941 ,865 yards; coverlids, 226,744; flannels, 58,965,286 yards; 
 jeans, 24,489,985 yards ; kerseys, 5,506,902 yards ; linseys, 14,130,274 yards ; 
 repellants, 2,663,767 yards; satinets, 14,072,559 yards; shawls, 2,312,761; 
 tweeds and twills, 2,853,458 yards; yarn, 14,156,237 pounds, and other 
 products, the total value being $155,405,308. Leading States, Massachu- 
 setts, 25.42 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 17.74 per cent.; Connecticut, 11.17 
 per cent. ; New York, 9.26 per cent. ; Rhode Island, 8.14 per cent., making 
 for these States 71.74 per cent-., or nearly three-fourths of the whole product. 
 Increase of total over that of 1860, 156.08 per cent. Cigars. — Establish- 
 ments, 4631; hands employed, 26,047; annual cost of labor, $9,098,709, 
 and of materials, $12,500,530 (total, $21,599,239); products, 935,868,000 
 cigars and other products, the total value being $33,373,685. Leading 
 States in value, New York, 27.76 per cent.; Pennsylvania, 15.84 per cent.; 
 
616 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Ohio, 8.29 per cent.; Missouri, 6.25 per cent., making for these States 58.14 
 per cent., or more than one-half of the whole product. Increase of total 
 over that of 1860, 268.01 per cent. Chewing- and smoking-tobacco and 
 snuff. — Establishments, 573 ; hands employed, 21,799 ; annual cost of labor, 
 85,216,633, and of materials, $21,609,237 (total, $26,825,870); products, 
 chewing-tobacco, 66,705,709 pounds; smoking-tobacco, 24,762,211 pounds; 
 snuff, 2,867,191 pounds; value of all products, $38,388,359; leading States 
 in value, New York, 25.26 per cent,.; Missouri, 21.70 per cent.; Virginia, 
 18.06 per cent.; Illinois, 7.70 per cent.; Ohio, 6.62 per cent., making for 
 these States 79.34 per cent., or nearly four-fifths of the whole product. 
 Increase of total over that of 1860, 75.93 per cent. 
 
 We give, in conclusion, a few percentages of increase in total value of 
 manufactures during the decade between 1860 and 1870, calculated for 
 separate States : New York, 107.24 per cent. ; Pennsylvania, 145.37 per 
 cent.; Massachusetts, 116.79 per cent.; Ohio, 122.45 per cent,.; Rhode 
 Island, 173.67 per cenft; Indiana, 153.75 per cent.; Michigan, 265.90 per 
 cent.; Illinois, 275.46 per cent.; Missouri, 394.10 per cent. It will be 
 seen that greater proportionate progress was made in the Western States 
 than in those portions of the country which are near the Atlantic coast. 
 
 Sir Morton Peto, whose remarks were based upon the returns given in 
 the census of 1860, says : “ Many branches of manufacturing industry in 
 America are, at the present time, very little developed. The manufactures 
 of which they chiefly speak are those of agricultural implements and sew- 
 ing-machines [see American Inventions], of both of which they are 
 justly proud ; of cotton and woollen goods (in the production of which 
 they have been making very rapid advances); of furniture, clocks, jew- 
 elry and musical instruments, with which they now mainly supply them- 
 selves; and clothing and boots and shoes, which a quarter of a century 
 ago were almost all imported, and which are now almost entirely home- 
 made.” An examination of the figures which we have given will show a 
 marked advance in many other branches, to which Sir Morton does not 
 refer, as their statistics rvould bear heavily against his pet theory that 
 America is “essentially agricultural, and by no means essentially commer- 
 cial or manufacturing.” To do him justice, however, he could not be 
 expected to realize the advance made in many of the “ very little devel- 
 oped” branches during the decade in which he was writing (1860-1870) — 
 an advance which surprised even the most sanguine of our own citizens. 
 Even since the year 1870 progress has been made in some branches (in the 
 production of cutlery, for instance), which has made itself felt in advance 
 of published statistics, and the extent of which may be estimated by the 
 anxiety exhibited by those in foreign countries who are engaged in these 
 manufactures and by the marked decrease in the quantity and value of 
 the products of these industries, which are imported into this country. 
 
THE SIGHAL SERVICE BUREAH. 
 
 N the 9th of February, 1870, a resolution of Congress was approved 
 
 Vy by the President which provided “that the Secretary of War be, and 
 he hereby is, authorized and required to provide for taking meteorological 
 observations at the military stations in the interior of the continent and at 
 other points in the States and Territories of the United States, and for 
 giving notice on the Northern lakes and on the sea-coast, by magnetic tel- 
 egraph and marine signals, of the approach and force- of storms.” The 
 adoption of this resolution marks an era in the history of American 
 science, being a striking proof of the advance made in this country in the 
 appreciation of the efforts of those pioneers who once incurred ridicule by 
 their persevering efforts to learn and to expound “the law of storms.” For 
 many years a number of men who loved science for its own sake took 
 observations day after day, noting the state of thermometer and barome- 
 ter, the direction and speed of the wind, the nature of the clouds, etc., and 
 carefully kept the records for transmission to the Smithsonian Institution 
 at Washington, to the Franklin Institute of Philadelphia, or to some other 
 similar organization or institution under the auspicies of which their 
 labors had been undertaken. It must be candidly confessed that these 
 volunteer meteorologists did not receive the credit which they deserved. 
 Too frequently they were called in derision “ clerks of the weather,” and 
 were considered harmless enthusiasts who might as well amuse themselves 
 in that way as in any other. We can remember the time when the 
 Smithsonian Institution was ridiculed by some would-be scientists as a place 
 established to give the inhabitants of the city of Washington news con- 
 cerning approaching changes of the weather. The “clerks of the weather” 
 disregarded this ridicule and steadily worked out problem after problem, 
 until the knowledge of the meteorology of this country was placed upon so 
 firm a basis that Congress was not merely justified in passing the above reso- 
 lution, but was obliged to do so in order to meet the demands of an enlight- 
 ened public opinion. It must be admitted, however, that this appreciation 
 of the importance of the measure in question was not universal, and that 
 the new system, like all reforms, was obliged to work its way gradually into 
 public favor. At one place the opposition even went so far as an expression 
 of hostility, of which a more specific account will be hereafter given. The 
 
 617 
 
618 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Chambers of Commerce and the Boards of Trade of the Atlantic and 
 Western cities took great interest in the matter, and many of them ap- 
 pointed “ meteorological committees ” to further by every means in their 
 power the establishment and continuance of signal stations in their respec- 
 tive localities. 
 
 The carrying out of the objects of the above resolution was entrusted to 
 Brevet Brigadier-General Albert J. Myer, the chief signal officer of the 
 army, whom the newspapers, with their usual facility in constructing 
 nicknames, speedily honored with the sobriquet of “ Old Probabilities.” 
 He asked for very small appropriations— $15,000 for the fiscal year ending 
 June 30, 1870, and $20,000 for the following fiscal year, ending June 30, 
 1871. Such economy would not have been possible if the observations 
 (or nearly all of them) had not been conducted by army officers. The 
 organization of the corps of observers was not an easy task. No similar 
 body of men had ever been raised, organized and equipped. Those who 
 were to perform the actual work were put on duty, according to Captain 
 'Howgate, “ after a hurried course of study, and without, in many cases, 
 any previous knowledge of even ordinary military duty.” The energy of 
 those in charge overcame every obstacle. Thermometers, barometers, hy- 
 grometers (for measuring the moisture of the atmosphere), rain gauges 
 and auemometers, or wind gauges, were speedily procured, army corre- 
 spondents were selected and installed, and on Nov. 1, 1870, at 7.35 A. M., 
 the first systematized synchronous meteoric reports ever taken in the United 
 States were read from the instruments b} r the observer-sergeants of the 
 Signal Service at twenty-four stations, and placed upon the telegraphic 
 wires for transmission. With the delivery of these reports at AYashington 
 and at the other cities and ports to which it had been arranged that they 
 should be sent commenced the practical working of the portion of the 
 Signal Service then known as the “ Division of Telegrams and Reports for 
 the Benefit of Commerce,” to which title the words “and Agriculture” 
 have since, been added. The bulletin published in Washington on this 
 day is found in the Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1871 (page 64), 
 and it is interesting as one of the first results of a service “ which has no 
 holidays and can know no rest ; the labors of which continue equally 
 throughout every night as well as every day, and to the vigilance of which 
 has been entrusted responsibility extending not only to property, but pos- 
 sibly to the life of any citizen of the United States.” As soon as the 
 working of the organization thus tested had proved a success, and there 
 was no longer any doubt that the reports would be. correctly and promptly 
 received, it became a duty to provide in some way for giving notice of the 
 approach of storms which the reports often heralded. The need of this 
 duty was especially urgent upon the lakes, along which the first storm- 
 warning was telegraphed and bulletined on the 8th of November, 1870. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 619 
 
 Upon the 2d of August, 1871, a pamphlet was issued from the chief sig- 
 nal office at Washington which was designed “to put it in the power of 
 the largest number to make use of and to profit by the labors of this 
 office ; to enable them to test and to avail themselves of some of the laws 
 and generalizations by which meteorologists are guided ; and to afford the 
 means by which at once to supplement, judge of and aid the work of the 
 department.” This pamphlet contains, besides valuable scientific infor- 
 mation, the following important note : “ In the weather synopses and prob- 
 abilities emanating from the signal office, different parts of the country 
 are thus designated : Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, 
 Connecticut and Rhode Island are alluded to as the New England States 
 or the North-east, or simply as the Eastern States ; New York, New Jersey, 
 Pennsylvania, Maryland, the District of Columbia and Virginia as the 
 Middle States, or sometimes as the Middle Atlantic States; North Carolina, 
 South Carolina, Georgia and Northern and Eastern Florida as the South 
 Atlantic States; Western Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and 
 Texas as the Gidf States. Sometimes the Gulf States, the South Atlantic, 
 Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky and Arkansas are grouped together as the 
 Southern States. The Lower Lakes, when used, means Lakes Erie and 
 Ontario. The Upper Lakes are Lakes Superior, Huron and Michigan. 
 The North-west means the country lying between the Mississippi and Mis- 
 souri Rivers. The South-west means Texas, Indian Territory and New 
 Mexico. Pacific Coast or Pacific States includes California, Oregon and 
 Washington Territory. The Ohio Valley includes the belt of country 
 about two hundred miles broad extending from Pittsburg to Cairo. The 
 Mississippi Valley includes a belt of about the same width extending from 
 Vicksburg to Davenport. The extensions from Missouri to Ohio, etc., 
 refer to areas reaching to and including the central portions of the States 
 named. Thus a report, ‘ Westerly winds extending from Iowa to Penn- 
 sylvania,’ would convey that those winds would be felt in the interior of 
 those States as well as over the territory lying between them of the respec- 
 tive States. In the coasts, etc., is included the land between the coasts and 
 the parallel range of coast hills or mountains. In Texas, Louisiana and 
 Northern Florida a belt of land extending a hundred miles inward would 
 be included. Winds are said to blow from the north-east when they are 
 generally included in the quadrant from north to east, etc., and similarly 
 for other directions.” 
 
 The issue of synopses and probabilities was commenced February 19, 
 1871, and has been made thrice daily since that date. The synopses con- 
 sist of a synoptic view of the meteoric condition of the United States, as 
 had from the data received at each regular report. The probabilities are 
 the deductions made by the office from the data in its possession at the 
 time of each report as to meteoric conditions probably to be for the eight 
 
620 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 hours then next ensuing. Copies of these synopses and probabilities are 
 furnished at the moment of their issue to the different press associations of 
 the United States. During the first six months after the publication of 
 probabilities was commenced, daily experiments were made in the prepa- 
 ration of detailed synopses, upon which were indicated the times and places 
 at which signals of caution or of safety ought to be shown. The results 
 indicated that the office would be justified in displaying cautionary signals 
 at various ports on the Atlantic coast, the gulf coast and the northern 
 lakes. The display of cautionary signals was therefore ordered to be 
 made at the designated stations of the observer-sergeants on and after 
 Wednesday, October 23, 1871, whenever such display should, in view of 
 the meteoric information in possession of the central office, be deemed 
 necessary. Each signal must be ordered by telegraph from the chief sig- 
 nal office, and remains displayed until it is ordered down by the same 
 authority, unless telegraphic communication with the central office is in- 
 terrupted and continues so for some hours after the storm has passed, in 
 which case the signal is lowered when the danger is over. Observers are 
 required, however, to exercise extreme caution in this respect, in order not 
 to mistake the customary lull in the centre of a storm for an indication 
 that it has passed over, nor are they under any circumstances permitted to 
 hoist or display cautionary signals without orders from headquarters. The 
 signal of caution — a red flag with a black square in the centre by day and 
 a red light by night — displayed on the office of the observer and at other 
 prominent places throughout any city, signifies — 1. That from the informa- 
 tion had at the central office in Washington, a probability of stormy or 
 dangerous weather has been deduced for the port or place at which the 
 cautionary signal is displayed, or in that vicinity. 2. That the danger ap- 
 pears to be so great as to demand precaution on the part of navigators 
 and others interested, such as an examination of vessels or other structures 
 likely to be endangered by a storm, the inspection of crews, rigging, etc., 
 and general preparation for rough weather. 3. It calls for frequent exam- 
 ination of local barometers and other instruments, and the study of local 
 signs of the weather or clouds, etc. By this means those who are expert 
 may often be confirmed as to the need of the precaution to which the cau- 
 tionary signal calls attention, or may determine that the danger is over- 
 estimated or past. During the year ending Sept. 30, 1871, applications 
 were made by Boards of Trade of cities in the river valleys to have added 
 to the telegraphed and bulletined reports of the Signal Service a tele- 
 graphed report of the rise or fall of the greater rivers. An examina- 
 tion of this subject showed that by the addition of two words per day to a 
 single one of the cipher reports already had from the river stations the 
 requisite reports might be given, and that the expense of the necessary ap- 
 paratus would be trivial. It was therefore proposed to embody this infor- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 621 
 
 raation with the reports as having a direct connection with the meteoric 
 information which they already contained. No definite form of water- 
 gauge was adopted, as it is difficult to get one at a reasonable cost which 
 would be adapted to the essentially different circumstances under which it 
 must be used at the several river stations. The following simple form of 
 gauge is recommended for localities where it is difficult to get one of more 
 scientific construction, or to be used as a temporary substitute for the latter 
 in case of emergency: “Take a pine scantling H to H inches in thickness 
 and from 5 to 6 inches in breadth, the length varying with the depth of 
 water where it is to be used. Having planed the scantling smooth, give it 
 a heavy coat of white zinc paint, and after the paint is dry divide the scant- 
 ling into feet and tenths of feet with a rule and lead-pencil. With a small 
 brush paint the tenths of feet black, except the centre and initial ones, 
 which will be painted red and in heavier lines than the intermediate ones. 
 Indicate each foot with its proper number in plain figures on the white 
 surface just above its mark. Having thus marked the staff up to a suffi- 
 cient height to ensure getting the maximum high water, select a pile or 
 other stationary object in some portion of the levee or wharf where the 
 staff will be secure from being damaged or defaced by coming into contact 
 with vessels, and where it will not be left dry by the tide. Lower the staff 
 into the water, taking care to keep it in a vertical position until it touches 
 the bed of the river, and then secure it to the pile by spikes. It would be 
 well in selecting a place for fixing the staff to take the angle of a pier, 
 and having fastened a smooth piece of scantling about the size of the staff 
 on the side of the pile secure the staff to this. When the gauge is in an 
 exposed place liable to be washed by the waves, advantage should be taken 
 of the first low water to secure it from being displaced by driving in addi- 
 tional spikes or by lashing it with strong cords to the pile. Care must be 
 taken in reading the staff when the water is rough to get the mean of the 
 v fise and fall of the waves. It would be well after securing the staff to 
 determine some point of reference, so that in case it should be destroyed 
 another one could be put up at the same height. This may be done by 
 taking and marking any given point in the vicinity, a pile or a rock, at 
 any given height of the water. Thus by driving a spike or drilling a hole, 
 and recording the height of the water as read from the staff at the time, 
 you have a ‘ bench mark ’ or point of reference by which to set up 
 another staff. It would be necessary in doing this to make a sketch of 
 the place, giving the location of the staff and of the point of reference, 
 noting the local names of the surrounding points, so that any other person 
 could' find the place from the description.” We have given so much space 
 for the transcription of these directions with the design of benefiting those 
 who wish to become amateur observers or to whom the measurement of 
 the rise and fall of a stream may be a matter of curiosity or of interest. 
 
622 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 Before proceeding to further details with reference to the observations 
 taken, it would he well to state who the observers are and what course of 
 preparation is required for their very important duties. They are all ser- 
 geants of the United States army, not taken at random, but selected with 
 great care; and in order to secure the very best of material, arrangements 
 have been made whereby those wdio wish to become observer-sergeants can 
 enlist with that design, with the certainty of promotion to the charge of a 
 station if they pass the requisite examinations and give evidence of the 
 requisite steadiness and ability. After an extended course of study and of 
 special training at Fort Whipple, Va., in which they become thoroughly con- 
 versant with Loomis’ Treatise on Meteorology , Buchan’s Handy Book, Pid- 
 dington’s Horn Book, Espy’s Philosophy of Storms, Fitzroy’s Weather Book, 
 Ley’s Laivs of the Winds and kindred works, they must pass two examina- 
 tions, conducted by an army board consisting of leading officers, at the cen- 
 tral office. The first examination is only preliminary, and can be passed by 
 any one who is a good arithmetician, who is able to write good English, and 
 who is well acquainted with geography, especially with the geography of 
 the United States. Before passing the final examination the candidate, in 
 many cases, has served as an assistant on duty at a station. He is required 
 when examined to work out a variety of practical problems in instrumental 
 meteorology, to display a full acquaintance with the instruments, and to 
 prove that he is thoroughly conversant with the laws of storms and the gen- 
 eral principles of his science. The observers are also trained at Fort Whip- 
 ple in all the duties and drills of the signal corps of the army, so that in time 
 of war they will be ready for field duty. Full and minute directions are 
 given to observers who are sent to establish new stations, and all stations 
 are liable to be inspected at any time by an officer from headquarters, who 
 examines all arrangements made, the shelter for the instruments, the office- 
 records of the observer, etc., and ascertains as far as possible how the 
 observer-sergeant has conducted himself in the performance of his duties, 
 and in his official, and even his personal, intercourse with the public, it 
 being of great importance to the service that those who are in charge of 
 stations should gain the respect and good-will of the communities in which 
 they are located. If the conduct of the observer has not been satisfactory, 
 he may be assigned to some less important station or reduced to the ranks, 
 or even discharged “for the benefit of the service,” as his case may require. 
 It is not often, however, that such stringent measures are required. There 
 is an esprit de corps among those who have been selected for these honor- 
 able and important positions which leads them by every means in their 
 power to labor for the benefit of a service which has daily become better, 
 more efficient, more worthy of being a pride and honor to our common 
 country and more deserving of consideration by foreign nations, as an evi- 
 dence of which we note with great pleasure that a “ letter of distinction ” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 623 
 
 was awarded to tlie Signal Service Bureau of the United States by the 
 geographical congress which was in session in Paris in August, 1875. 
 
 Each station is, or ought to be, and eventually will be, supplied with the 
 following instruments : two standard barometers (Green’s), two standard 
 thermometers (Green’s), one standard hygrometer (Glaisher’s model), one 
 maximum thermometer, one minimum thermometer, one anemometer 
 (Robinson’s) for measuring the velocity of the wind, one anemoscope or 
 wind-vane to indicate the direction of the wind, one rain gauge. Seven 
 observations are taken daily, three for transmission by telegraph to the 
 central office and four others for transmission weekly by mail. The instru- 
 ments are read in the following order : 1. barometer, 2. thermometer, 3. 
 hygrometer, 4. anemometer, 5. anemoscope, 6. rain gauge. The readings 
 of the instruments are entered in a book in lead-pencil, and they indicate 
 the atmospheric pressure, the temperature, the relative humidity of the 
 atmosphere, the velocity and direction of the wind and the amount of 
 rainfall. The observer is also required to note the “ state of the weather,” 
 whether cloudy, foggy or fair, etc., the amount, kind and direction of the 
 upper clouds and the amount and kind of the lower clouds. An admir- 
 ably constructed verbal cipher, one word of which frequently conveys 
 two separate pieces of information, permits great condensation in the tele- 
 graphic reports. Each regular report consists of ten words, arranged 
 when written off for transmission in two lines of five words each. In the 
 first line the first word gives the name of the station, the second the date 
 and time of the report, the third the height of the mercury in the barom- 
 eter, the fourth the temperature, and the fifth the relative humidity. In 
 the second line the first word gives the state of the weather and the direc- 
 tion of the wind, the second the velocity of the wind, the third the amount, 
 kind and direction of the upper clouds (provided, of course, that they are 
 in sight ; if they are hidden, this word is used), the fourth the amount and 
 kind of the lower clouds (no amount, of course, being given if the atmo- 
 sphere is hazy, foggy or smoky), the fifth the rainfall since last report. 
 The following is an example of a regular report : 
 
 Mount ; Cake ; Florida ; Throng ; Beast ; 
 
 Caspian ; Relic ; Hidden ; Three ; Abase. 
 
 Translation : Mount (station), Mount Washington ; Cake (date and 
 time), 2d, morning report ; Florida (barometer), 30.07 ; Throng (ther- 
 mometer), 19° ; Beast (humidity), .35 ; Caspian (state of the weather and 
 direction of wind), cloudy, north-west; Relic (velocity of wind), 47 miles; 
 Hidden (upper clouds), hidden ; Three (lower clouds), foggy ; Abase 
 (rainfall), .01. For a river report a sixth word is added to each line, the 
 last word in the first line being “ River ” if the rise or fall has not ex- 
 ceeded eight feet, and the last word in the second line indicating the 
 change in the past twenty-four hours. If this change has exceeded eight 
 
624 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 feet, a word indicating the number of feet takes the place of “River,” and 
 the lower word gives the odd inches. Thus “ River ” ending the first line 
 and “ Hang ” ending the second indicate a rise of 9 inches. “ Obey ” end- 
 ing the first line and “Hamlet” ending the second indicate a rise of 10 
 feet and 7 inches. The amount of condensation secured by this system 
 can be judged by the fact that during the eleven months ending Septem- 
 ber 30, 1871, the number of words of weather reports received at Wash- 
 ington was 561,929, while during the year ending September 30, 1874, 
 with the number of stations sending telegraphic reports largely increased 
 and daily river reports added, the number of words of weather reports 
 had risen to only 941,860, this system of cipher words having been elab- 
 orated and introduced. The hours at which the reports are to be trans- 
 mitted are given to the observers in the local time of their respective 
 stations. They are required to be at the telegraph-office with the reports 
 carefully and plainly written out in duplicate ten minutes before the hours 
 named, in order that the operator may be notified in time to prepare for 
 their transmission, and must obtain the signature of the operator to both 
 copies of each report, with the exact time of receipt by him. Should the 
 operator make a mistake in transmission, the observer is freed from blame 
 by his duplicate fac simile copy (it having been taken on manifold paper 
 at one writing), which shows exactly what was handed to the operator. 
 Great accuracy is thereby secured in telegraphing observations. At each 
 station an observation is taken at 12 m., Washington mean time; and if a 
 change equal to or greater than fifteen hundredths of an inch has taken 
 place since the regular morning telegraphic observation, the fact is imme- 
 diately reported by telegraph to the central office, with the direction of 
 the wind, the state of the weather and the velocity of the wind in miles 
 per hour, the whole being sent in the same order as that given for the 
 regular report and in the regular cipher words. At all of the leading 
 stations reports are received from the other principal stations, and at many 
 of them weather-maps are printed during the night, ready for posting up or 
 distribution during the morning. At some of the stations weather-maps are 
 made out in manifold — i. e., upon translucent paper, with carbon paper be- 
 tween every two sheets — so that several can be made out at the same time. 
 This map shows the direction of the wind, the state of the weather, the 
 height of the barometer, the height of the thermometer and the velocity 
 of the wind at each station. The direction of the wind is indicated by an 
 arrow which always flies “ with the wind, and not toivard it like a vane.” 
 The state of the weather is shown by a disk which can be readily changed, 
 and the remaining information is given by figures printed or stamped near 
 the arrow. Observers have strict orders never to allow imperfect or illeg- 
 ible maps to leave the office. To ensure accuracy the printed maps before 
 being issued are carefully compared with the reports received ; and if 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 625 
 
 errors are found they are corrected on the map if the corrections can be 
 made without disfiguring it and without rendering it illegible. If they 
 cannot be so corrected, there are standing orders to destroy the whole edi- 
 tion, “as it is better not to issue any map than one which is imperfect.” 
 “Farmers’ bulletins” are also issued at some of the principal stations 
 and mailed to post-offices which can be reached within a reasonable time. 
 An idea of the number of these publications may be gathered from the fol- 
 lowing reports for the stations in several cities for the year ending Septem- 
 ber 30, 1874 : Philadelphia — number of maps issued, 58,580 ; number of 
 farmers’ bulletins, 89,900 ; total number of publications, including reports 
 given to the newspapers, 162,428. Boston — number of farmers’ bulletins, 
 292,428; number of maps, 9572; total number of publications, 312,757. 
 New York— farmers’ bulletins, 378,900 ; maps, 87,294 ; total number of 
 publications, 474,214. St. Louis— farmers’ bulletins, 413,342 ; maps, 
 53,371; total number of publications, 483,461. Chicago — maps, 27,420 ; 
 farmers’ bulletins, 539,187 ; total number of publications, 576,576. The 
 number of maps issued at all of the stations during the year named was 
 470,622; number of farmers’ bulletins, 3,491,046 ; number of regular bul- 
 letins, 281,066 ; total number of publications, including press reports, 
 4,494,320. The correspondence of the central office is very large. The 
 aggregate for the year ending September 30, 1874, was 529,928 letters 
 (52,396 sent and 477,562 received), exclusive of publications and telegrams. 
 The number of stations was 102, exclusive of British American and West 
 Indian stations from which reports were received. The British American 
 stations exchange reports with the Signal Service of the United States. 
 West Indian stations have been established at Havana (Cuba), Kingston 
 (Jamaica), Santiago de Cuba, Saint Thomas, Point-a-Pitre (Guadaloupe) 
 and Bridgetown (Barbadoes). The plan kept steadily in view in the occu- 
 pation of stations is “to so arrange that each might from its point of obser- 
 vation give notice of meteoric changes, and warn against unusual disturb- 
 ances for its particular section, while all should be so placed in a series of 
 lines and in such relations each to the other that the reports of any one and 
 the contiguous stations received at the other stations as they passed by tel- 
 egraph to the central office at Washington should of themselves give notice 
 of marked approaching meteoric changes. The reports of all, concentrated 
 and charted at the central office, are intended to enable the extent, move- 
 ment and course of the disturbance to be defined and observed from report 
 to report, and warnings to be issued by publications or by signals at any 
 time for the benefit of all. The stations established in the West Indies 
 are extended far southward and eastward to Barbadoes and the Wind- 
 ward Islands ; thence the long line of guardian points runs with few 
 breaks (and these each month decreasing) past the capes of Florida, and 
 following the Atlantic coast stretches to the distant north-east, at Farther 
 
626 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 Point and Halifax. Hear the southern extremity of this line the experi- 
 ence of meteorists has located the frequent origin of cyclones which some- 
 times sweep in a single course through the islands and over the whole 
 eastern portion of the United States in the vicinity of the sea [see Physi- 
 cal Geography, page 177], Near the northern extremity the indica- 
 tions of the greater number of such storms pass from the study charts of 
 this office, and are lost over the Atlantic.” To give an idea of the rapid- 
 ity with which the “ probabilities ” are thought out, we need only state 
 that the observations for the principal publication of probabilities, or at 
 least the one most read, are taken at 11 p. M., Washington mean time, and 
 that within two hours the reports are telegraphed and charted on a weather 
 map, so that the officer in charge (one of the leading assistant signal 
 officers) can prepare and furnish to the press by 1 A. M. the synopses and 
 probabilities. The improvement in the correctness of these deductions is 
 shown by the fact that up to November 1, 1871, an average of 69 per 
 cent, was verified; that from Nov. 1, 1871, to October 1, 1872, 76.8 per 
 cent, of these forecasts jiroved to be correct ; while a careful analysis of 
 the statements of the chief signal office made during the year ending Sep- 
 tember 30, 1874, and a comparison with the meteoric conditions occurring 
 within the twenty-four hours and within the district to which each state- 
 ment had reference, gave an average of eighty-four and four-tenths per cent. 
 as verified. Every year the Signal Service deservedly rises in the public 
 estimation, nor is it likely that any one of the inspecting officers will ever 
 again find in the most remote district the lack of appreciation of the 
 labors of an observer which was ‘shown in 1871 in Lake City, Florida. 
 The Report says : “ Indignation meetings have been held and resolutions 
 passed to drive the observer from the town because it is believed that his 
 instruments caused the unexampled bad weather and the large amount of 
 rain which has fallen here lately.” The station at Lake City still exists, 
 and it is not probable that any observer will hereafter run the risk of 
 martyrdom or of banishment in a service which has been the means of 
 saving many lives, and property worth many millions of dollars, by its 
 warning, which is of equal benefit to the agriculturist in his field and to 
 the savan in his study ; which takes note of the wind that still (as a 
 daily inspection of the arrows on a weather map would speedily convince 
 the most skeptical) “ bloweth where it listeth,” of heat and cold, of frost 
 and dew ; and which to herald the approach of a storm makes use of the 
 subtle fluid which is frequently the storm’s most deadly weapon. 
 
RAILROADS OF THE TJHTTED STATES. 
 
 T HE first railroad in the United States was that constructed in Quincy 
 for the purpose of transporting granite from the quarry at that place. 
 It extended from the quarry to the Neponset River, a distance of three 
 miles. The ties or sleepers were of granite, 1\ feet long, and laid 8 feet 
 apart. It was a single-track road, with the rails laid 5 feet apart. The 
 rails were of pine a foot deep, covered with oak, the latter being overlaid 
 with thin plates of wrought-iron. This road was partially built in 1826, 
 and completed in 1827. When it was first in use, the passage from the 
 quarry to the landing of a car carrying ten tons and drawn by a single 
 horse was performed in an hour. The second was the Mauch Chunk road 
 in Pennsylvania, better known by the name of the “ Switchback,” which 
 now forms a part of it. This road was commenced and finished during 
 the first five months of 1827. It extended from the coal-mines near Mauch 
 Chunk, along the side of the mountain down an inclined plane with a 
 varying grade, a distance of nine miles, with four and a half miles more 
 of turn-offs or “ sidings ” and branches. A portion of the original route 
 has been abandoned, a better course having been found ; but the descent 
 is still in some places more than 200 feet to the mile. The cars were 
 drawn up to the top at first by mules, with which one of the cars was 
 filled, when the train descended “ by gravity.” Stationary engines are now 
 used. During this same year the Carbondale and Honesdale Railroad 
 was opened, extending from the Delaware and Hudson Canal to the coal 
 mines of that company. By the end of 1830 fourteen miles of the Balti- 
 more and Ohio Railroad were completed, but the tables of Poor’s Manual 
 of the Railroads of the United States give 23 as the total number of miles 
 in operation in that year. The first locomotive used in this country was 
 one built by the famous George Stephenson, and imported into this country 
 by the Delaware and Hudson Canal Company in 1829. The Hudson and 
 Mohawk Railroad, from Albany to Schenectady, was begun in 1830. It 
 was a double-track road, extending about sixteen miles, and was built at a 
 cost of nearly 8700,000. In October, 1831, the average daily number of 
 passengers was stated at 387, and a locomotive with a load of eight tons 
 had travelled on it at the rate of thirty miles an hour. The Camden and 
 Amboy Railroad was begun in 1831. Fourteen miles of it were completed 
 
 627 
 
628 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 in 1832, and the remainder was finished by the end of 1834. The follow- 
 ing statement with reference to this road was published in 1835 : “ It is 
 sixty-one miles in length, passing through a very level country. Being 
 designed for steam locomotives, it is to be constructed in the most improved 
 and substantial manner, though at present wooden rails are laid over a 
 great portion of the line in order that the embankments may be consoli- 
 dated before laying the permanent track.” The most improved and sub- 
 stantial manner of that day is thus described : “ Longitudinal rails were 
 pinned down to wooden or stone cross-ties, which were imbedded in the 
 ground, and upon these [wooden] rail's were fastened by spikes flat bars 
 of iron § or f of an inch thick, and from 2 } to 4] inches wide. The 
 heads of the spikes were countersunk in the iron. This method, which 
 was generally adopted on early American railroads from considerations of 
 economy, and with the view of extending the lines to the utmost limit of 
 the capital provided, was soon found to involve great danger and conse- 
 quent expense. The ends of the rails became loose, and starting up were 
 occasionally caught by the wheels and thrust up through the bottom of 
 the cars. It was found necessary to run the trains with great caution on 
 the roads thus constructed, and the passenger traffic was seriously diverted 
 from those lines that had acquired a notoriety for ‘ snake-heads,’ ” as the 
 rails were called which, having become loosened', sprung up and penetrated 
 a car. In spite of such drawbacks, the American people favored railroad 
 construction from the first, and furnished every possible facility for it. 
 There were no such highways in this country as those of England and 
 Wales, upon which the Holyhead mail was able to traverse the whole 
 road from London to one of the most distant parts of North Wales ai 
 the rate of twelve or thirteen miles an hour. The roads of America were 
 mere sloughs or “corduroy roads,” which were ill adapted for rapid travel. 
 In such a country the most rudely constructed road on which a locomotive 
 could be worked was comparatively luxurious; and an English gentleman 
 who travelled over some of the earliest railways in America, soon after 
 they were opened for passenger traffic, told Sir Morton Peto that he 
 thought them, in those days, very nearly perfect. In England those who 
 attempted to introduce railways “ had to go through all the difficulties of 
 land-owners’ oppositions and parliamentary conflicts, which immensely 
 burdened the cost of every line of railroad that was permitted to be con- 
 structed for the accommodation of the public and the advantage of the 
 locality it penetrated. It will be remembered that Oxford, Northampton 
 and other large towns forced the railways to take routes at a distance from 
 them, and now, seeing their former error (in some cases too late), have 
 been trying in vain to remedy the very lamentable results of their former 
 mistake. Here we have had to go through all the difficult and expensive 
 ordeals of parliamentary notices, oppositions, contentions, claims for resi- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 629 
 
 dentiary damages, severances of lands and every variety of litigation that 
 could add to the expense of constituting a railroad. In America, on the 
 contrary, every one in the country has felt from the first, what every Eng- 
 lishman has experienced- at last, that the construction of a railroad through 
 his property, or to the city, town or village which he inhabited, was a 
 source of prosperity and wealth not only to the district in which he resided, 
 but to himself personally. In England, in fact, we have treated railroads 
 as things to be discouraged, whilst in America they have regarded them 
 as sources of wealth and of convenience, and have given every encourage- 
 ment and facility for their extension.” Before commenting upon these 
 remarks of Sir Morton Peto, we offer for the reader’s inspection a 
 
 Statement showing the Number of Miles of Railroad constructed each Year in the 
 United States, from 1830 to 1S74, inclusive (from Poor’s Manual). 
 
 Year. 
 
 Miles 
 
 in Operation. 
 
 Annual Increase 
 of Mileage. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Miles 
 
 in Operation. 
 
 Annual Increase 
 of Mileage. 
 
 1S30 
 
 23 
 
 
 1853 
 
 15,360 
 
 2452 
 
 1831 
 
 95 
 
 72 
 
 1854 
 
 16,720 
 
 1360 
 
 1832 
 
 229 
 
 134 
 
 1855 
 
 18,374 
 
 1654 
 
 1833 
 
 3S0 
 
 151 
 
 1856 
 
 22,016 
 
 3642 
 
 1834 
 
 633 
 
 253 
 
 1857 
 
 24,503 
 
 2487 
 
 1835 
 
 1,098 
 
 465 
 
 1S58 
 
 26,968 
 
 2465 
 
 1836 
 
 1,273 
 
 175 
 
 1859 
 
 28,789 
 
 1821 
 
 1837 
 
 1,497 
 
 224 
 
 1860 
 
 30,635 
 
 1846 
 
 1838 
 
 1,913 
 
 416 
 
 1861 
 
 31,286 
 
 651 
 
 1839 
 
 2,302 
 
 389 
 
 1862 
 
 32,120 
 
 834 
 
 1840 
 
 2,818 
 
 516 
 
 1863 
 
 33,170 
 
 1050 
 
 1841 
 
 3,535 
 
 4,026 
 
 717 
 
 1864 
 
 33,908 
 
 738 
 
 1842 
 
 491 
 
 1S65 
 
 35,085 
 
 1177 
 
 1843 
 
 4.185 
 
 159 
 
 1866 
 
 36,827 
 
 1742 
 
 1S44 
 
 4,377 
 
 192 
 
 1867 
 
 39,276 
 
 2449 
 
 1845 
 
 4,633 
 
 256 
 
 1868 
 
 42,255 
 
 2979 
 
 1S46 
 
 4,930 
 
 297 
 
 1869 
 
 47,208 
 
 4953 
 
 1847 
 
 5,598 
 
 668 
 
 1870 
 
 52,898 
 
 • 5690 
 
 1848 
 
 5,996 
 
 398 
 
 1871 
 
 60,568 
 
 7670 
 
 1849 
 
 7,365 
 
 1369 
 
 1872 
 
 66,735 
 
 6167 
 
 1850 
 
 9,021 
 
 1656 
 
 1873 
 
 70,683 
 
 3948 
 
 1851 
 
 1852 
 
 10,982 
 
 12,908 
 
 1961 
 
 1926 
 
 1874 
 
 72,623 
 
 1940 
 
 Sir (Morton Peto visited this country in the autumn of 1865. An ex- 
 amination of the foregoing table shows that the railroad mileage of the 
 United States was more than doubled during the nine years immediately 
 following his return to England. His assertions as to the interest shown 
 by the American people in the extension of the railway system are, in the 
 main, correct, and are strongly corroborated by the tabular statement just 
 given. Occasionally, however, a case of opposition to the progress of a 
 railroad has occurred, but such instances have, by their very rarity, proved 
 the rule to be the other way. Such opposition has sometimes recoiled upon 
 
630 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 the opposer, as in the case of a man who was determined to prevent the pas- 
 sage of a certain railroad near his house. The charter had been secured, 
 the route had been surveyed and staked out and the proposed road was to 
 pass over a portion of his ground, which was the only feasible thorough- 
 fare between his house and a canal. By the advice of an attorney, who 
 told him that “his house was his castle,” he built an addition to his resi- 
 dence which extended completely across the proposed line. He was some- 
 what astonished when his “addition” was taken down; and he failed to 
 recover damages, beyond a fair price for the land occupied. Had the erec- 
 tion of the addition preceded the granting of the charter, or even the 
 selection of the route, the result might have been different. This is, as we 
 have stated, an exceptional case. Occasionally land is given to the com- 
 panies both for portions of the road and for stations and other buildiugs, 
 such as “round-houses” (stables for the “iron horse”), car-shops (for 
 building and repairing cars), etc. The object of such gifts is to induce the 
 projectors of these routes to locate their line or erect their buildings in 
 places which will be convenient for the one who conveys the land. In one 
 instance a tract of thirteen acres was presented to a railroad company for 
 a car-shop and other buildings, the amount being made up by the owners 
 of contiguous properties, who looked for their remuneration to the increased 
 value of the land which they retained. 
 
 There has been too great a lack of uniformity in the matter of gauge in 
 the construction of American railroads. The most common is that of 4 
 feet 81 inches. It is said that this happened to be the width of the tram- 
 ways in the North of England, that it was retained on newer roads, and 
 that it was adopted in this country in order to permit the use of locomo- 
 tives purchased in England. Independent gauges were afterward intro- 
 duced, as that of 4 feet 10 inches in New Jersey, Ohio and Pennsylvania 
 (on a few short roads); 4 feet 94 inches on several roads in Pennsylvania 
 and Ohio ; 5 feet on many of the roads in Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi 
 and other Southern States; but the gauge of 4 feet 84 inches has been 
 rapidly gaining ground during the past fifteen years. We have before us 
 a report of the gauges of various roads in 1873. Almost all the railroads 
 of New York except the Erie Railway and its connections have the gauge 
 of the old English tramways. Fifteen years ago the gauge of 54 feet was 
 the gauge established by law in Missouri. By the report which we have 
 mentioned, 20 out of 22 roads have a gauge of 4 feet 84 inches, and the 
 remaining two are 5 feet in width. The broadest gauge yet used has been 
 that of the Erie Railway (6 feet), but the tendency is toward the use of a 
 narrower gauge. That of 4 feet 84 inches was formerly called “narrow 
 gauge,” but that term is now frequently used in the same manner to de- 
 scribe a road as having a width of 3 feet. We now give (also from Poor’s 
 Manual) a 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 631 
 
 Statement of the number of miles of railroad , square miles to a mile of railroad, 
 and inhabitants to a mile of railroad in each State and Territory in the Union. 
 
 State or Territory. 
 
 Miles of 
 railroad. 
 
 Inhabitants 
 
 to mile of 
 
 railroad. 
 
 Sq. miles 
 
 to mile of 
 
 railroad. 
 
 State or Territory. 
 
 Miles of 
 
 railroad. 
 
 Inhabitants 
 
 to mile of 
 
 railroad. 
 
 Sq. miles 
 
 to mile of 
 
 railroad. 
 
 
 957 
 
 669 
 
 36.6 
 
 Utah 
 
 459 
 
 250 
 
 184 0 
 
 New Hampshire.. 
 
 918 
 
 354 
 
 10.1 
 
 Dakota 
 
 275 
 
 130 
 
 54.9 
 
 
 778 
 
 432 
 
 12.1 
 
 Colorado 
 
 6S2 
 
 147 
 
 153.2 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 1786 
 
 882 
 
 4.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 173 
 
 1416 
 
 7.5 
 
 Western States.. 
 
 34,882 
 
 445 
 
 29.8 
 
 
 897 
 
 
 5.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 o-il 
 
 Virginia 
 
 1638 
 
 757 
 
 23.4 
 
 New Eng. States 
 
 5509 
 
 671 
 
 12.4 
 
 North Carolina.... 
 
 1315 
 
 851 
 
 38.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1390 
 
 550 
 
 25 g 
 
 New York.. 
 
 5250 
 
 876 
 
 8.9 
 
 
 2260 
 
 550 
 
 25 7 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 1438 
 
 707 
 
 5.8 
 
 Florida 
 
 484 
 
 470 
 
 126 5 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 5687 
 
 664 
 
 8.0 
 
 Alabama 
 
 1722 
 
 604 
 
 29 3 
 
 Delaware 
 
 280 
 
 480 
 
 8.0 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 1018 
 
 854 
 
 46 2 
 
 Maryland and p 
 
 
 QflA 
 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 539 
 
 1420 
 
 76/7 
 
 Dist. Columbia.. / 
 
 
 
 
 Texas 
 
 1650 
 
 500 
 
 167.5 
 
 West Virginia 
 
 576 
 
 803 
 
 39.9 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 1326 
 
 1060 
 
 28.5 
 
 Middle States... 
 
 14,291 
 
 769 
 
 9.6 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 lOoU 
 
 700 
 
 oJLU 
 
 800 
 
 Zo.U 
 
 74.6 
 
 Ohio 
 
 4398 
 
 644 
 
 9.0 
 
 Southern States. 
 
 15,602 
 
 735 
 
 50.6 
 
 Michigan 
 
 3361 
 
 408 
 
 16.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 Indiana 
 
 3890 
 
 462 
 
 8.7 
 
 
 1328 
 
 50S 
 
 142 3 
 
 Illinois 
 
 6759 
 
 429 
 
 8.2 
 
 
 250 
 
 478 
 
 319 7 
 
 Wisconsin 
 
 2428 
 
 490 
 
 22 2 
 
 
 650 
 
 115 
 
 160 2 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 1990 
 
 307 
 
 42.0 
 
 
 110 
 
 340 
 
 666.0 
 
 
 3705 
 
 378 
 
 14 6 
 
 
 
 Kansas 
 
 2150 
 
 280 
 
 37.8 
 
 Pacific States... 
 
 2339 
 
 388 
 
 196.0 
 
 Nebraska* 
 
 1107 
 
 203 
 
 6S.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 Missouri 
 
 2880 
 
 677 
 
 22.7 
 
 Grand Aggregate. 
 
 72,623 
 
 581 
 
 34.4 
 
 Wyoming 
 
 459 
 
 120 
 
 214.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 A portion of the rapid progress made in the annual railroad mileage is 
 doubtless due to the land-grants made to certain railroad companies, with the 
 condition that their roads should be completed within a given time. The 
 land-grant railroads have a mileage of nearly 12,000. The effect of these 
 grants was mainly felt, of course, in the Western States, which had 312 
 miles in 1844, 4001 miles in 1854, 12,497 in 1864 and 34,882 in 1874. 
 The New England States had 865 miles in 1844, 3250 in 1854, 3793 in 
 1864 and 5509 in 1874. The Middle States had 3094 miles in 1844, 5058 
 in 1854, 7941 in 1864 and 14,291 in 1874. The Southern States had 
 1106 in 1844, 4411 in 1854, 9511 in 1864 and 15,602 in 1874. The 
 Pacific States first entered into the account in 1855 with 8 miles in Cali- 
 fornia, and 23 miles in that State constituted the only record during the 
 following six years. In 1862 four miles in Oregon brought the number 
 up to 27.- In 1864 it was 166 ; in 1868, 889 ; in 1872, 1959 ; and in 1874, 
 2339. The aggregate cost of the railroads of the United States at the 
 
 * Including the Union Pacific Railroad. 
 
 f Including the Central Pacific Railroad. 
 
632 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 close of 1872 was $3,159,423,057 ; at the close of 1873, $3,784,543,034 
 (increase, $625,119,977); at the close of 1874, $4,221,763,594 (increase, 
 $437,220,560). The average cost per mile for all the roads in 1871 was 
 $59,726; in 1872, $55,116; in 1873, $53,134; in 1874, $60,425. The 
 gross earnings of all the roads for 1873 were $526,419,935, divided as fol- 
 lows : Received for the transportation of freight, mails and merchandise, 
 $389,035,508; for the transportation of passengers, $137,384,427, the pro- 
 portion of the former to the latter being as 74 to 26. The current operat- 
 ing expenses were $342,609,373, or 65.1 per cent, of the gross earnings. 
 The net earnings were $183,810,562, or 34.9 per cent, of the gross earn- 
 ings. The latter equalled 13.1 per cent, of the cost of the roads; the net 
 earnings 4.96 per cent. The amount paid in dividends was $67,120,709, 
 or 3.45 per cent, upon the aggregate amount of the share capital. The 
 gross earnings to an inhabitant were $9.81 in 1871 ; $11.63 in 1872; and 
 $12.80 in 1873. The gross earnings in 1874 were $520,466,016 (from 
 transportation of freight, mails, etc., $379,466,935 ; from passengers, 
 $140,999,081, the proportion of the former to the latter being as 73 to 
 27). The current operating expenses for the year were $330,895,058, 
 being 63.6 per cent, of the gross earnings. The' net earnings were 
 $189,570,958, being 36.4 per cent, of the gross earnings. The gross earnings 
 equalled 12.3 per cent, of the cost of the roads, and the net earnings were 
 4.50 per cent, of the cost. The amount paid in dividends was $67,042,942, 
 or 3.39 per cent, on the capital stock. The gross earnings to an inhabitant 
 were $12.32. The increase of the net earnings for a year when the gross 
 earnings decreased nearly $6,000,000 was owing to the decrease of nearly 
 $12,000,000 in the current operating expenses — a reduction arising from 
 the decline in the prices of all kinds of material as well as of labor. The 
 use of steel rails, which are being introduced upon many of the leading 
 roads, is also calculated to reduce the operating expenses, as they outlast 
 ordinary iron rails a much longer period than would be estimated from 
 the increased cost. 
 
AMERICAN ART. 
 
 T HE progress of the fine arts was necessarily slow in America during 
 the first century after the beginning of the settlement of the colonies. 
 Those arts which had practical reference to the essential comforts of life 
 naturally took the precedence of pursuits which require leisure, long study 
 and a wealthy and cultivated class to furnish patrons for the successful 
 artist. The first painters in this country were foreigners who came over to 
 find a patronage which their abilities (frequently not above the average) 
 had failed to secure them at home. There is one species of painting which 
 is prized even by those who lack general culture in art, and which natu- 
 rally is the first to be sought for in a new country. We refer to portraits 
 of friends and relatives. The first artist-visitors were, therefore, portrait 
 painters, and the earliest (whose name has been preserved) was John Wat- 
 son, a native of Scotland. He crossed the ocean in 1715, painted portraits 
 for more than fifty years, had, it is said, “no lack of sitters,” and acquired 
 a fortune by his labors, of which, however, not a single specimen (so far 
 as is known) is extant. The next in order of time was John Smybert (or 
 Smibert, as Walpole spells it). It is said of him that “he painted no pic- 
 tures to be treasured in our galleries, yet left footprints of good incentive 
 and example which we may clearly trace beneath the subsequent march 
 of greater gifts. Copley, though but thirteen years of age at the time of 
 Smybert’s death, confesses indebtedness to him and his works. So also 
 does Trumbull, who at one time painted in the apartments which Smybert 
 had occupied, and in which many of the pictures of the latter still remained ; 
 while Allston was thankful for the advantages which he enjoyed in the 
 permission to copy a head which Smybert had executed after Vandyke. 
 Smybert accompanied Bishop Berkeley to this country in 1728, and lived 
 at Boston in high favor until 1751, leaving behind him many portraits of 
 the distinguished characters of his time.” Like Watson, he w r as a Scotch- 
 man, and he also acquired a competence by the practice of his profession, 
 and married in America a rich widow — a somewhat better lot than was an- 
 ticipated for him by his friends, against whose persuasion “ he was tempted 
 to embark in the uncertain but amusing scheme of the famous Dean Berke- 
 ley, afterward bishop of Cloyne, whose benevolent heart was then warmly 
 set on the erection of a universal college of science and arts in Bermudas, 
 
 633 
 
634 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 for the instruction of heathen children in Christian duties and knowledge ” 
 Horace Walpole, from whose notice of Smybert in his Anecdotes of Paint- 
 ing in England we have just quoted, appends the following note, which is 
 the more remarkable, as the cynic of Strawberry Hill was not given to 
 bursts of enthusiasm. Walpole says: “One may conceive how a man so 
 devoted to his art must have been animated when the dean’s enthusiasm 
 and eloquence painted to his imagination a new theatre of prospects, rich, 
 warm and glowing with scenery, which no pencil had yet made cheap and 
 common by a sameness of thinking and imagination. As our disputes in 
 politics have travelled to America, is it not probable that poetry and paint- 
 ing too will revive amidst those extensive tracts, as they increase in opulence 
 and empire , and where the stores of nature are so various, so magnificent 
 and so new?” The volume in which these words occur was published in 
 1780, and within twelve years (March 24, 1792), Benjamin West, a native 
 of America (though it is true he received his art education in Europe), 
 delivered his inaugural address as the second president of the Royal Acad- 
 emy. How West drew a pen-and-ink picture of a sleeping child before 
 the would-be artist was seven years of age; how before he reached the age 
 of nine he drew on a sheet of paper recognizable portraits of a neighbor- 
 ing family with colors made of charcoal and chalk mixed with the juice 
 of berries, and “with such colors laid oh with the hair of a cat drawn 
 through a goosequill ;” how he obtained from the Mohawk and Delaware 
 Indians the red and yellow pigments which they used at their toilets (his 
 mother’s indigo-pot supplied blue), yet (having never seen an Indian in full 
 war-costume) forgot the moccasins and painted the Indian warrior as bare- 
 foot, in his picture of “The Death of Wolf;” how Allan Cunningham, 
 substituting Benjamin for his elder brother, sends the Quaker artist off to 
 the wars in company with a select body of Indians (a substitution copied 
 by several of his biographers and in the sketch of West in the old edition 
 of Appletons’ American Cyclopedia') ; how he succeeded in reaching Rome, 
 and when he was first shown the famous statue of Apollo Belvedere ex- 
 claimed, “ How like a young Mohawk warrior !” much to the disgust of 
 blind old Cardinal Albani, who considered it an insult to the representa- 
 tion of the “god of the silver bow;” how the young lady to whom West 
 was engaged to be married was unwilling to call him away from England, 
 thereby interrupting his rapid progress, and went over with the father of 
 the artist to London, where she was married to one whom to the last she 
 declared to be “without a fault;” — all this and much more has been dwelt 
 upon with great fulness in works professedly treating in detail what can 
 here claim. but a brief notice. Although the greater part of his art-life 
 was spent abroad, America still claims him as one who never forgot the 
 land of his birth, and whose teachings were of great value to other native 
 American artists who were his contemporaries. Many of his works are 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 635 
 
 now in America, the most accessible being his “Death on the Pale Horse,” 
 which is in the collection of the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts in 
 Philadelphia, and “Christ Healing the Sick,” which is in the Pennsylvania 
 Hospital, in the same city. One of his contemporaries — John Singleton 
 Copley, the father of a future Lord Chancellor of England (Lord Lynd- 
 hurst) — was another American who went to Great Britain ■and proved that 
 the atmosphere of the Hew World was not an uncongenial one for the 
 growth of a love of art. Lord Lyndhurst (who became thoroughly “ Brit- 
 onized,” having left this country when three years old), when written to by 
 Professor S. F. B. Morse for information respecting his father, remarked 
 in a civil but frigid note that the latter “was entirely self-taught, and 
 never saw a decent picture except his own until he was nearly thirty years 
 of age.” Dunlap, the author of the History of the Arts of Design in Amer- 
 ica, will not admit that Copley had never seen “a decent picture, with the 
 exception of his own,” until he saw the treasures of European art. “Smy- 
 bert and Blackburn painted in Boston ; and even if the young man did not 
 receive their instruction as a pupil, he saw their pictures, which were more 
 than decent, and received the instruction which is conveyed by studying 
 the works of others. He also saw many which were more than decent, if 
 he saw only the collection of pictures belonging to Governor Hamilton.” 
 Following the order of Dunlap, who introduces his artists in the order of 
 the time when each practiced his profession in this country, the next on our 
 list is Charles Wilson Peale, whose date is fixed by Dunlap (in accordance 
 with the above rule) in 1769. He was a man of versatile genius. He 
 successively carried on the trades of saddler, harness-maker, silversmith, 
 watchmaker and carver, and afterward, “as a recreation from his seden- 
 tary practice of portrait-painting,” he became a sportsman, naturalist and 
 preserver of animals, made himself a violin and guitar, invented and con- 
 structed a variety of machines, and was the first dentist in this country 
 that made sets of enamel teeth. He did not take up painting until he was 
 twenty-five years of age. Seeing at this time some very wretched por- 
 traits, “he thought that he could do as well if he tried.” He did try, and 
 succeeded in painting a portrait of himself which brought him into notice, 
 but afterward escaped notice itself for forty years, at the end of which 
 period it was found “tied up as a bag, and containing a pound or two of 
 whiting.” For about fifteen years he was the only portrait-painter in 
 America, and “persons came to him to be painted even from Canada and 
 the West Indies.” He raised a company for service in the Revolutionary 
 war, during which contest he painted the portraits of many distinguished 
 officers, some of whom were afterward killed. This collection constituted 
 the chief interest of a picture-gallery which he established shortly after 
 the war, at the corner of Third and Lombard streets, Philadelphia. By 
 the addition from time to time of various curiosities (among others the 
 
636 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 skeleton of a “mammoth,” the picture of which formerly adorned many 
 school-books), he brought the collection once famous as “ Peale’s Museum” 
 up to a size aud condition which justified a comparison with the most cele- 
 brated establishments in Europe, but the articles were afterward sold and 
 “scattered to the four winds of heaven.” He died in 1827 (aged 85), seven 
 years after West, who died in 1820, in the eighty-second year of his age. 
 Of Colonel John Trumbull, who was also an officer in the Revolutionary 
 army, a writer in the North American Review for October, 1830, has said: 
 “The general reputation of Trumbull is hardly equal to that of West, 
 although the ‘ Sortie from Gibraltar ’ is perhaps superior in effect to any 
 production of the latter artist. This noble picture may justly be ranked 
 with the finest productions of the pencil, and would for ever secure to the 
 author, had he done nothing else, a rank with the greatest masters of the 
 art. If his success has been, on the whole, inferior to that of his illustrious 
 contemporary, it is probably because his devotion to his profession has not 
 been so exclusive. The four great paintings on subjects connected with 
 the Revolutionary war which he executed for Congress [‘ The Declaration 
 of Independence,’ ‘ The Surrender of Cornwallis,’ ‘ The Surrender of Bur- 
 goyne’ and ‘Washington’s Resignation’] have, on the whole, hardly satis- 
 fied the public expectation, and for that reason have perhaps been depre- 
 ciated below their real worth.” It has been the fashion in this country to 
 speak disparagingly of these pictures, yet it was immediately after seeing 
 these very paintings in the Capitol at Washington that Thackeray (surely 
 a sufficiently fastidious critic) pronounced a highly eulogistic opinion upon 
 Trumbull’s merit as an artist. Other specimens of his skill may be seen 
 in the “Trumbull Gallery,” in New Haven, on the grounds of Yale Col- 
 lege, to which institution he presented his collected works a few years 
 before his death, upon the condition that the paintings should be suitably 
 housed, and that the artist should receive an annuity of one thousand 
 dollars. The names of the successors of the pioneers whom we have 
 mentioned crowd so thick and fast upon us that we can do little more than 
 give very brief notices of a few of the most prominent among them. The 
 longevity of American artists is noteworthy. Trumbull died in 1843, at 
 the age of eighty-seven years; Vanderlyn (who was a blacksmith’s appren- 
 tice, but afterward became a leading portrait-painter) in 1852, aged seventy- 
 six. Another point which we would dwell upon is the number of American 
 artists who have worked themselves up from comparatively humble cir- 
 cumstances, or who have acquired a competence by the pursuit of other 
 callings before giving their whole attention to art. Chester Harding 
 worked at first on a farm, then at chair-making, then at house-painting, 
 then at sign-painting, and finally he made his way into the ranks of the 
 portrait-painters, and rose so high in his profession that he numbered 
 among his sitters such men as Madison, Monroe, Marshall, Wirt, Clay, 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE, 
 
 637 
 
 Webster, Calhoun and Allston in America, and in England painted the 
 portraits of the dukes of Norfolk, Hamilton and Sussex, Lord Aberdeen 
 and Samuel Rogers. Charles Fraser practiced law until he was thirty-six 
 years of age, then began in earnest to devote himself to art. He died in 
 1860, aged 78. An exhibition of his collected works, opened in Charleston 
 three years before his death, contained 313 miniatures and 139 landscapes 
 and other paintings in oil. Washington Allston, poet and painter, was 
 born on his father’s plantation, at Waccamaw, in South Carolina, on the 
 5tli of November, 1779. In 1801 he was a student of the Royal Academy 
 in London. In 1810, having visited Europe a second time and exhibited 
 his famous picture of “The Dead Man Revived by touching the Bones of 
 Elijah,” he received a prize of 200 guineas from the British Institution. 
 He painted many other scriptural subjects, and began in 1818 a composi- 
 tion entitled “Belshazzar’s Feast.” In November of that year Allston 
 wrote of this picture, “ There still remains about six or eight months’ more 
 work to do to it.” The writer in the North American Review for October, 
 1830 (whom we have already quoted), says* of Allston: “We trust that 
 he will not permit another year to pass over without putting the last hand 
 to the grand heroical composition upon which he has employed so many, 
 and that this will be followed by many of equal merit and of a rather 
 more rapid growth.” Thirteen years after these words were written Allston 
 died (July 9, 1843), leaving this work, upon which he had been engaged 
 for twenty-five years, still unfinished. His taste had become more exacting 
 with his advancing years; and though he had completed other productions, 
 the master-piece, even as far as it was finished, could not satisfy his ideal, 
 but remains as a warning against that extreme fastidiousness which in 
 early life may be a virtue, but which must be cast aside by the mature 
 artist; for were it to become general not a single work of art would ever 
 be completed. The last artist of whom our limited space permits us to say 
 more than a word or two is Gilbert Stuart, of one of whose portraits it 
 was said by Sully, “It is a living man looking directly at you!” Of that 
 one of Stuart’s works which is best known to the American people Dunlap 
 says: “This beautiful image of the mind as well as features of Washing- 
 ton was offered to the State of Massachusetts by the artist for $1000, which 
 they refused to give. Those entrusted with our national government passed 
 by the opportunity of doing honor to themselves during the life of a man 
 whom they could not honor, and the only [faithful] portrait of Washing- 
 ton was left neglected in the painter’s workshop until the Boston Athe- 
 naeum purchased it of his widow.” Art has made great advances in 
 America' during the present century. The progress and present condition 
 of painting is thus summed up by Weyman: “About 1825 Thomas Cole 
 founded what may be called the American school of landscape painting, a 
 department which has since been cultivated by native artists more univer- 
 
638 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 sally than any other. The works of Cole, though not remarkable as lit 
 eral transcripts of individual forms, are characterized by a thoughtful 
 morality and a tendency to allegory. The series of ‘The Course of Em- 
 pire’ and ‘The Voyage of Life’ are his most elaborate productions. Con- 
 temporary with Cole and immediately succeeding him were Doughty, 
 Durand [also a remarkably fine engraver on steel], Inman and Fisher, 
 the two first named eminent in landscape painting, and the third the first 
 American painter who attempted genre [pictures of every-day life and 
 manners which, for want of a definite character, are classed together as of 
 a certain genre or kind] with success ; Rembrandt Peale [the son of Charles 
 Wilson Peale], Weir, Huntington, Rothermel and Page, painters of his- 
 tory, portraits, landscapes and genre, and the last named distinguished as 
 a colorist; Neagle, Morse [the inventor of the electric telegraph], Ingham, 
 Harding and Fraser, portrait-painters. Since the middle of the century 
 American painters have devoted most of their attention to landscape and 
 genre, and their efforts have in a measure reflected the influence of the 
 French school. French paintings predominate in the private collections 
 of the country, and French types of form, color and design have been 
 reproduced, with such modifications as national tastes and habits of 
 thought have rendered necessary. The influence of other modern schools 
 is almost inappreciable. Landscape has been pursued as a rule from a 
 purely realistic point of view, American painters in this department seldom 
 aiming, to give more than a literal (if sometimes an exaggerated) tran- 
 script of nature. Prominent among painters of this class have been 
 Church and Bierstadt, both remarkable for the production of grand and 
 elaborate pictures on an extensive scale; Kensett, whose peculiar manner- 
 ism often carried him within the realm of the ideal ; Inness, a follower of 
 the French landscapist Rousseau ; James M. and William Hart, Cropsey, 
 Casilear, R. S. and S. R. Gifford, G. L. Brown, Bristol, S. Column, W. T. 
 Richards, [A. F. Bunner], Tilton, Tiffanay, McEntee, Whittredge, Crunch, 
 La Farge, Griswold, Smillie, Sonntag, Thomas Hill, Mignot, T. Moran, 
 Gay, Gignoux, Wyant, Gerry, Bellows, Shattuck, Bricher, Hubbard, 
 Fitch and Yewell. Among marine painters may be mentioned E. Moran, 
 [Hamilton], De Haas, Dana, Haseltine, Bradford aud Dix. Portraiture 
 has been pursued with success by Elliott, W. M. Hunt, [O. S. Freeland], 
 Baker, Healy, Le Clear, W. O. Stone, Hicks, H. P. Gray, Staigg, Ames, 
 Flagg and others. History and genre are represented by Eastman John- 
 son, [Professor C. Schuessele, a greater name than the majority of those 
 mentioned by Mr. Weyman], Winslow Homer, Leutze, J. F. Weir, E. 
 White, Mount, May, Powell, Darley, Guy, Lambdin, Hennessy, G. H. 
 Hall, J. G. Brown, Perry, T. W. Wood, Vedder, Terry, C. C. Coleman 
 end Freeman ; and J. H. and W. H. Beard, Butler, P. Moran, Hays, Tait 
 „nd Hinckley are noted as painters of animals.” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 639 
 
 There are two “ Academies,” the National Academy of Design, founded 
 by Professor S. F. B. Morse, and the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, 
 both of which are flourishing and useful institutions, affording all requisite 
 facilities for the assistance of the intelligent student, providing for the an- 
 nual display of the productions of our artists, and serving by their very 
 existence to foster and keep alive an interest in the objects for which they 
 were founded. 
 
 The first native sculptor who gave evidence of talent above mediocrity 
 was John Frazee, born in 1790, who was a bricklayer’s apprentice, and 
 never used a chisel until he was eighteen years of age, when the demand 
 for some one to put his master’s name on a neat tablet of stone, with the 
 date of the completion of a bridge which he had built, led Frazee to under- 
 take this task, which was declined (as being too difficult for them) by sev- 
 eral stone-cutters. He succeeded in satisfying the ambitious architect, and 
 applied himself afterward to stone-cutting, then began to model the human 
 figure, and in 1824 chiselled “a bust in marble of John Wells, Esq.,” which 
 is in Grace Church, New York, a work which is described by Dunlap as 
 “the first portrait in marble attenqoted in the United States.” Dunlap 
 also says (writing in 1834): “From this beginning he has progressed to a 
 perfection which leaves him without a rival at present in the country.” 
 There was, however, a rival and a superior to Frazee among American 
 sculptors, though he was abroad when Dunlap wrote, and said, with cha- 
 racteristic modesty, when he heard that Dunlap wished particulars of his 
 life: “A note to Allston’s life might tell all of me which is essential. 
 What is the use of blowing up bladders for posterity to jump upon for the 
 mere pleasure, of hearing them crack ?” The reputation of Horatio Green- 
 ough (for it was he) was not so evanescent as he anticipated that it would 
 be. The sculptor of “the first original group from the chisel of an Amer- 
 ican artist” (“The Chanting Cherubs,” executed for James Fenimore 
 Cooper), of the “Medora,” at Baltimore, of the “Venus Victrix,” in the 
 Boston Athenseum, and of “the colossal statue of Washington which now 
 stands so grandly on the great lawn opposite the east front of the national 
 Capitol the lecturer upon art, who during the last year of his life was 
 occupied in instructing his fellow-countrymen in the principles of just art 
 criticism, — would occupy an honored place in the annals of the art-life 
 of this country, even if he had not found a worthy eulogist in his friend, 
 the poet Tuckerman. Greenough died on the 18th of December, 1852. 
 Hiram Powers (born at Woodstock, Vt., July 29, 1805, died June 27, 1873) 
 is widely known as the sculptor of the famous statue of “The Greek Slave,” 
 a work which won for us “the first general and popular acknowledgment 
 at home and abroad of our success in sculpture.” His colossal figure of 
 Eve, which excited the admiration of Thorwaldsen, and his full-length 
 statue of Calhoun which suffered shipwreck off the coast of Long Island, 
 
640 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 but was rescued without injury, are preserved in South Carolina. The 
 greatest of American sculptors was Thomas Crawford (born March 22, 
 1814, died Oct. 10, 1857), whose statue of Washington, at Richmond, of 
 Beethoven, in Music Hall, at Boston, and of “Armed Liberty,” executed 
 for the dome of the Capitol at Washington, are the best known of his 
 works, which numbered 60 completed ones and 50 sketches in plaster and 
 designs of various kinds. Brown, Palmer, Thompson, Mills, Mosier, 
 Rogers, Story, Akers, Bartholomew, Ball, Hart, Stone and others have all 
 won honorable distinction, as well as Harriet Hosmer and other American 
 women, some of whom have made great progress in this difficult and labo- 
 rious art. The “Maud Muller” of Blanche Nevin is worthy of special men- 
 tion here as a thoroughly American subject, treated with great spirit and 
 skill. 
 
 In engraving great progress has been made in this country, but the only 
 development which we have space to enlarge upon is the “ Graphic Pro- 
 cess,” which could be called “engraving” only upon the etymological prin- 
 ciple of “ lucus a non lucendo.” The illustrations of the Daily Graphic, 
 the only illustrated daily newspaper in the world (unless one daily carica- 
 ture can give the Paris Charivari a claim to that title), are prepared by a 
 photo-lithographic process, so rapid in its workings that a full-page picture 
 can be made ready for the press in an hour. We have before us a copy 
 of “ The Death of Priam,” executed by this process, which compares favor- 
 ably with many expensive engravings. As this method of producing illus- 
 trations was invented in America — a method which makes it possible with 
 the rapidity of print to pictorially illustrate the events of each day, and 
 to spread broadcast through the land, at the price of an ordinary daily 
 newspaper, reproductions of the masterpieces of painters of every age and 
 country, thus elevating and improving the public taste — we could not more 
 appropriately conclude this article than by an acknowledgment of the 
 merits of this latest fruit of American invention as applied to the devel- 
 opment of American art. 
 
AMERICAS’ IAYEATIOAS. 
 
 Introduction. — It requires uo argument to prove that the Ameri- 
 cans are an inventive people. The mother of invention, necessity, caused 
 the early settlers to turn their attention to the improvement of their uten- 
 sils and machinery, and in the Body of Liberties, adopted by the General 
 Court of Massachusetts in 1641, it was declared that there should be “ no 
 monopolies but of such new inventions as are profitable to the country, and 
 that for a short time only.” Within five years (May 6, 1646) a patent 
 was granted by the same legislative body to Joseph Jenckes, giving him 
 “liberty to make experience of his abilities and inventions for the making 
 of engines for mills to go with water for the more speedy despatch of work 
 than formerly, and mills for the making of scythes and other edged tools 
 with a new-invented saw-mill (sic), that things may be afforded cheaper than 
 formerly, and that for fourteen years without disturbance by any others set- 
 ting up the like inventions, that so his study and cost may not be in vain or 
 lost.” The General Court reserved the right to restrain the exportation 
 and to moderate the prices of the articles manufactured under this patent. 
 A patent law was enacted in 1784. By virtue of the powers conferred by 
 the Constitution (Article I., Section 8), the first patent law was passed by 
 Congress in 1790 (April 10), granting to the inventor or inventors, “his, 
 her or their heirs, administrators or assigns, for any term not exceeding 
 fourteen years, the sole and exclusive right and liberty of making, con- 
 structing, using and vending to others to be used ” the invention or discov- 
 ery for which the patent was granted. The first patent under this law was 
 issued on the 31st of July, 1790, and two others were granted during that 
 year. The number of patents issued during the year 1812 was 235. War- 
 den, in his Account of the United States of America (published in 1819), 
 says: “In mechanics the Americans have been particularly inventive. 
 The machinery of flour-mills has several ingenious contrivances not 
 known in Europe. The machines for making cotton-cards and for the 
 manufacture of nails are no less useful to the country than creditable to 
 the inventors. Two Americans are candidates for the prize of 1,000,000 
 francs offered by the French government for the best machine for spinning 
 flax. The saving of manual labor by one of the American machines is 
 said to be four-fifths, but the conditions of the prize require nine-tenths. 
 
 41 641 
 
 
642 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 The method employed of lighting the interior of American vessels by 
 means of cylinders of glass placed in the deck is found to be very useful 
 at sea. A new apparatus for the distillation of water on board of vessels 
 at sea (invented by Major Lamb of New York) is found so superior to the 
 contrivances formerly in use that it has been adopted by the English navy 
 boards for the public ships. The American machinery for making boots 
 and shoes by means of iron wire or nails has been lately employed in Eng- 
 land, and an idea may be formed of its economical advantages from the 
 circumstance of its being able to furnish a pair of shoes in a quarter of an 
 hour.” This same writer, in his articles on the several States, mentions 
 occasionally an invention which, at the present day, is in such general use 
 that it seems strange to class it as an “ invention.” The “ inventions 
 claimed by persons” in the State of Maryland, for instance, are repre- 
 sented by the following single entry: “Bradley (J. B.) ; an ice-house 
 which consists of a frame of logs of greater or less dimensions, placed 
 above or below the surface, lined within and without with straw and cov- 
 ered with a roof, with a basin to receive the water from the rain or the 
 melted ice.” There were, however, other inventions, which were of such 
 importance as to influence the progress of the whole nation in a wonderful 
 manner. Of a few of these, both before and after the time of Warden, 
 we shall now give brief notices. 
 
 Tile Steamboat. — Popular opinion has awarded the praise due for 
 the invention of the steamboat, or rather the successful application of steam 
 as a means of propelling water-craft, to Robert Fulton, and has fixed the 
 date at 1807. The following facts, which we have drawn mainly from the 
 excellent Life of John Fitch by Thompson Westcott, and from the bio- 
 graphical sketch of Fitch by Charles Whittlesey (in Sparks’ American 
 Biography ) , will, we hope, be effectual in leading our readers to give 
 “ honor to whom honor is due.” John Fitch conceived the idea of a 
 steamboat in April, 1785, having at that time never seen a steam-engine. 
 His first idea was to construct steam land-carriages, but he abandoned this 
 notion as impracticable. He fully realized the magnitude of the discov- 
 ery, for he says, in a letter to Franklin (Oct. 12, 1785): “The subscriber 
 most humbly begs to trouble you with something further on the subject of 
 a steamboat. ... It is a matter in his opinion of the first magnitude, not 
 only to the United States, but to every maritime power in the world, as he 
 is full in the belief (sic) that it will answer for sea-voyages as well as for 
 inland navigation, in particular for packets where there should be a great 
 number of passengers. He is of opinion that fuel for a short voyage 
 would not .exceed the weight of water for a long one, as it would produce 
 a constant supply of fresh water. He also believes that it would be able 
 to make head against the most violent tempests, and thereby escape the 
 dangers of a lee shore, and that the same force may be applied to a pump 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 643 
 
 to free a leaky ship of water. What emboldens him to be thus presuming 
 of the good effects of the machine is the almost omnipotent force by which 
 it is actuated, and the very simple, easy and natural way by which the 
 screw or paddles are turned to answer the purpose of oars.” The first 
 engine (for a small skiff) was made in July, 1786, and had a cylinder of 
 only one inch diameter. It would not work regularly, not having force 
 enough to overcome the friction. Another engine was constructed with a 
 cylinder of three inches diameter. Attempts to apply this to the propul- 
 sion of the boat by an “endless chain,” “a screw of paddles” (akin to the 
 principle used to-day iu the construction of screw propellers) and various 
 other appliances were unsuccessful; but on the 27th of July, 1786, a speed 
 of seven miles an hour was attained by the use of paddles worked by a 
 crank. The following description (written by the inventor) of a new and 
 enlarged engine and craft is found* in the Columbian Magazine for Decem- 
 ber, 1786 (vol. i., page 174): “It is in several parts similar to the late im- 
 proved steam-engines in Europe, though there are some alterations. Our 
 cylinder is to be horizontal and the steam to work with equal force at each 
 end. The mode by which we obtain (what I may take the liberty of term- 
 ing) a vacuum is, we believe, entirely new, as is also the method of letting 
 the water into it and throwing it off against the atmosphere without fric- 
 tion. It is expected that the engine, which is a 12 inch cylinder, will move 
 with a clear force of 11 or 12 cwt. after the frictions are deducted. This 
 force is to act against a wheel of 18 inches diameter. The piston is to 
 move about three feet, and each vibration of the piston gives the axis 
 about 40 evolutions (sic). Each evolution of the axis moves 12 oars or 
 paddles 51 feet (which work perpendicularly and are represented by the 
 stroke of the paddle of a canoe). As 6 of the paddles are raised from 
 the water, 6 more are entered, and the two sets of paddles make their 
 strokes of about 11 feet in each evolution. The cranks of the axis act 
 upon the paddles about i of their length from the lower end, on which 
 part of the oar the whole force of the axis is applied. Our engine is 
 placed in the boat about } from the stem, and both the action and reaction 
 turn the wheel the same way.” The following account of the performance 
 
 * This word is italicized to indicate that the quotation as given is actually found in 
 the work referred to, which is more than can be said for several published versions, 
 which, when compared, read more like translations from a passage in a foreign lan- 
 guage than copies of the same description, originally printed in tolerably plain Eng- 
 lish. Mr. Whittlesey (following Howe in his Lives of Eminent Mechanics) has, “ The 
 crank of the axis works upon the paddles,” etc., although the engraving in the Colum- 
 bian Magazine plainly shows two cranks. We have given the description as it stands, 
 preserving even the figures and abbreviations, and the apology for using the term 
 vacuum, the necessity for which apology is a striking commentary upon the lack of 
 general information with reference to the principles of the steam-engine. — E d. U: S. 
 Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
644 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 of this boat was written by an eye-witness (Dr. Thornton, afterward Com- 
 missioner of Patents under the Constitution): “The day was appointed, 
 and the experiment was made in the following manner: A mile was mea- 
 sured in Front (Water) street, Philadelphia, and the bounds projected at 
 right angles, as exactly as could be, to the wharf, where a flag was placed at 
 each end, and also a stop-watch. The boat was ordered under way at dead 
 water, or when the tide was found to be without movement ; as the boat 
 passed one flag it struck, and at the same instant the watches were set off. 
 As the boat reached the other flag it was also struck, and the watches in- 
 stantly stopped. Every precaution was taken before witnesses ; the time 
 was shown to all, the experiment declared to be fairly made, and the boat 
 was found to go at the rate of eight miles an hour, or one mile in seven 
 minutes and a half ; on which the shares were signed over with great sat- 
 isfaction by the rest of the company [several shareholders who had with- 
 held their signatures while awaiting the event of this trial]. It afterward 
 went eighty miles in a day !” Exclusive privileges, amounting to a patent, 
 were granted to Fitch by the legislatures of Pennsylvania, New York, Del- 
 aware and Virginia, but the difficulty of raising the large sums of money 
 requisite to successfully carry through his plans prevented the accomplish- 
 ment of his designs, though he also obtained a United States patent, dated 
 August 26, 1791, “for applying the force of steam to cranks and pad- 
 dles for propelling a boat or vessel through the water.” In 1798, the 
 inventor of the steamboat, having saved a dozen opium pills which had 
 been given to him from time to time as anodynes, took them all at one 
 dose, and thus put an end to his existence, having been ridiculed for 
 several years as a crazy projector of impossibilities. Robert Fulton 
 had been residing in Philadelphia in 1775 when Fitch was making his 
 scheme known. He had the advantage of examining the papers of Mr. 
 Fitch containing the scheme of the latter for steam navigation. The 
 claims of Fulton for originality are thus disposed of by Mr. Westcott: 
 “ Robert Fulton had what John Fitch had not — a rich, enthusiastic, 
 liberal, influential patron. Chancellor Livingston was willing to put 
 up with a boat going five miles an hour; Fitch’s company were dissat- 
 isfied with one which progressed seven and eight miles in the same time. 
 Fulton had the very best machinery which could be made in Europe; 
 Fitch made his own, by the aid of common blacksmiths, roughly, and had 
 to experiment as he went on to discover the relative positions and influ- 
 ences of the various parts of the engine and rowing apparatus upon each 
 other. Fulton began after years wasted by other men in trials by which 
 he profited; and appropriating to himself the principles made manifest 
 by the results of their toils, disappointments and losses, is now held out to 
 the world as the original inventor of steamboats. Against such rank 
 injustice the facts set forth in these piages will continually protest.” 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 645 
 
 Tlie Cotton-Gin. — In the winter of 1792 a party of Revolution- 
 ary officers, who were visiting Mrs. Greene (the widow of General Greene), 
 then residing near Savannah, Georgia, expressed great regret that there 
 was no method of cleansing the green seed cotton or separating it from the 
 seed, and remarked that until ingenuity could devise some machine which 
 would greatly facilitate the process of cleansing, it was impossible to profit- 
 ably raise cotton for the market. “Gentlemen,” said Mrs. Greene, “apply 
 to my young friend, Mr. Whitney ; he can make anything.” Whitney, 
 who was a native of Westboro’, Worcester county, Massachusetts, and a 
 graduate of Yale College (class of 1792), had never seen either cotton or 
 cotton seed. It was out of the season for cotton in the seed, and it was 
 only by going to Savannah and searching the warehouses and boats that 
 he obtained a small parcel of it. He shut himself up in a basement room, 
 and after weeks of intense application the following incident (related in 
 De Boiv’s Review for November, 1853) gave him a clue to the required 
 method : “ While walking for exercise one day after dinner, with a tooth- 
 pick in his hand, and being in deep meditation upon the project of con- 
 structing an instrument for separating cotton from the seed, he picked up 
 a boll of cotton which accidentally lay upon the ground before him, and in 
 trying the tenacity of the fibre to the seed he mechanically separated the 
 one from the other with his tooth-pick. The thought flashed upon his mind 
 that a proper arrangement of metallic points , so as to be brought in con- 
 tact with the fibre to the exclusion of the seed, would effect his object. 
 This was his cue, and the invention of th e. saw-gin was the result.” With 
 such rude instruments and materials as he had at hand he went to work, 
 made his own instruments and drew his own wire, of which the teeth of 
 the first gins were made, wire being at that time an article which could 
 not be found in the market of Savannah. Within ten days after his plan 
 was conceived he had constructed a small model. Encouraged by the result 
 of a trial with this, he proceeded to make a larger one, which was completed 
 and exhibited in April, 1793. Although it has undergone some modifications 
 the principle has entered into all the most efficient ginning-macliines since 
 employed. Thus was opened to the Southern agriculturist an unbounded 
 source of wealth in a new staple, but the reward of the inventor consisted 
 mainly in contentions and lawsuits. The news of the invention spread 
 throughout the State. Multitudes of people came to see the machine ; and 
 when access to it was denied them from motives of prudence, lawless men 
 broke open the building containing the model and carried it off. In this 
 way the public became possessed of the invention; and before Mr. Whitney 
 could complete his model and secure his patent, a number of machines 
 were in operation constructed with some slight deviation from the original, 
 with the hope of evading the penalty for infringing the patent right. Mr. 
 Whitney and a partner (Mr. Miller, who had married Mrs. Greene) strug- 
 
646 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 gled manfully in defence of their rights, but they committed the error of 
 attempting to engross the entire business themselves by erecting machines 
 in every part of the cotton district and ginning the cotton at a royalty of 
 one-third of the amount cleansed. By this course they arrayed the cotton 
 producers against them, whereas, if they had confined their views to the 
 manufacture of machines and the sale of patent rights, every purchaser 
 of a machine or of a right would have been enlisted on their side, they 
 would have become stronger every year, and they would have avoided 
 many of the difficulties with which they afterward had to contend. The 
 State of South Carolina purchased their right for that State for the sum 
 of $50,000, and in the following year the State of North Carolina became 
 also a purchaser, the legislature laying a tax of two shillings and sixpence 
 upon every saw (and some of the gins had forty saws) employed in ginning 
 cotton, which sum was collected by the sheriff in the same manner as the 
 public taxes, and after deducting the expenses of collection the proceeds 
 were faithfully paid over to the patentees. The money received from these 
 sources was, however, nearly all spent in carrying on fruitless lawsuits in 
 Georgia. Sixty of these suits were instituted before a single decision on 
 the merits of Mr. Whitney’s claim was obtained ; and when this decision 
 was reached, thirteen years of the patent had expired. Says De Boiv’s 
 Review : “ It is painful to follow further the history of this great man. Al- 
 though his invention benefited his country untold millions, yet he received 
 no adequate compensation. Though depressed by pecuniary embarrass- 
 ments, no public reward like the English grant to their successful inventors 
 soothed the evening of his life,” yet in the words of his epitaph : “ While 
 private affection weeps at his tomb, his country honors his memory.” 
 
 The Electric Teleg'ra.ph. — Many hundreds of pages of contro- 
 versial writing have been expended upon the question, Who invented the 
 electric telegraph? It is certain that several scientists were working out 
 simultaneously, or nearly so, the problem of communicating at a distance 
 by means of an electric current. It is certain that an article by Professor 
 Henry upon the application of the galvanic multiplier to electro-magnetic 
 apparatus, and also to the development of great magnetic power in soft 
 iron with a small galvanic element (meaning a single pair of galvanic 
 plates), was published in Silliman’s Journal for April, 1831. This article 
 arrived too late for insertion in its proper place, but its importance induced 
 Professor Silliman to give it in an appendix. It is equally certain that 
 none of the scientists had devised a method of recording a message before 
 Samuel Finley Breese Morse embarked at Havre, on the packet-ship 
 Sully ; that he completed the plan of his alphabet and his mode of writing 
 and printing, and committed them to paper before reaching New York ; 
 and that he exhibited a working model of his conception in 1835, and a 
 model not in action of his relay in 1835 and 1836. “All concede the con- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 647 
 
 ception of the alphabet and the mode of printing to Morse on board the 
 Sully.” The dates of the telegraphs of Cooke and Wheatstone in Eng- 
 land and of Steiuheil in Germany are both fixed in 1837, while Morse 
 “ put up a half mile of wire in coils around a room and exhibited a tele- 
 graph in operation in 1835.” It can scarcely be considered a full state- 
 ment of the case to say (as Bright does in his revision of Lardner’s Elec- 
 tric Telegraph ) : “ Before passing on to the telegraphs actually in use, it 
 should be mentioned that Professor Morse of America (whose system was 
 put into a practical shape at a later period) has shown that the germ of 
 the recording apparatus, which has since been so generally adopted, was 
 the subject of some experiments by him in America at a time slightly an- 
 terior to the telegraph of Messrs. Cooke and Wheatstone.” On the 27th 
 of September, 1837, Professor Morse answered a circular which had been 
 issued by the Secretary of the Treasury with the view of obtaining infor- 
 mation in regard to the propriety of establishing a system of telegraphs 
 in the United States. The “ telegraphs ” which were in the mind of the 
 author of this document were probably systems of semaphores similar to 
 those in use in Europe, consisting of towers five or ten miles apart, from 
 which signals could be transmitted in the daytime and in clear weather, 
 for another system is requested “ for communication in fogs, by cannon or 
 otherwise, and in the night by the same mode, or by rockets, fires, etc.” 
 In this reply Professor Morse described his invention at some length, and 
 by a petition dated the following day he asked for a caveat for “ a method 
 of recording permanently by electrical signs, which, by means of metallic 
 wires or other good conductors of electricity, convey intelligence between 
 two or more places.” It was some time, however, before he was able to 
 make his invention of use to the public. With scanty means he struggled 
 along, making strenuous efforts to obtain an appropriation from Congress 
 for the construction of an extended line ; and in the spring of 1843, when 
 he had given up all hope, he learned one morning (March 5) that during 
 the last hour of the session of Congress which had closed at the preceding 
 midnight an appropriation of $30,000 had been made for the purpose of 
 testing his invention. A line between Baltimore and Washington (a dis- 
 tance of forty miles) was completed on the 24th of May, 1844. The priv- 
 ilege of inditing the first message was promised to Miss Ellsworth of 
 Washington (who had been the first to announce to him the passage of 
 the appropriation bill), and that message was “ What hath God wrought ?” 
 This message was sent to Baltimore and repeated to Washington ; and it 
 is stated in a letter from Professor Morse to Bishop Stevens that “the strip 
 of paper upon which the telegraphic characters are printed was claimed 
 by Governor Seymour of Hartford, Connecticut, then a member of the 
 House, on the ground that Miss Ellsworth was a native of Connecticut. 
 It was delivered to him by Miss Ellsworth, and is now preserved in the- 
 
648 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 archives of the Hartford Museum or Athenaeum.” The successful in- 
 ventor probably received during the remainder of his life more marks of 
 distinction than any other Arnerican. “ Violations of his patents and the 
 assumption of his rights by rival companies involved him in a long series 
 of lawsuits, but eventually these were decided in his favor, and he reaped 
 the benefits to which his invention entitled him. In 1846 Yale College 
 conferred upon him the title of LL.D., and in 1848 he received the dec- 
 oration of the Nishan IftiJcar in diamonds from the Sultan of Turkey. 
 Gold medals of scientific merit were awarded him by the king of Prussia, 
 the king of Wiirtemberg and the emperor of Austria. In 1856 he re- 
 ceived from the emperor of the French the cross of chevalier of the legion 
 of honor ; in 1857 from the king of Denmark the cross of knight com- 
 mander of the first class of the Danebrog ; in 1858 from the queen of 
 Spain the cross of knight commander of the order of Isabella the Cath- 
 olic ; from the king of Italy the cross of the order of SS. Maurice and 
 Lazarus, and from the king of Portugal the cross of the order of the 
 Tower and Sword. In the same year, at the instance of Napoleon III., 
 representatives of France, Russia, Sw r eden, Belgium, Holland, Austria, 
 Sardinia, Tuscany, the Holy See and Turkey met in Paris to decide upon 
 a collective testimonial to him, and the result was a vote of 400,000 francs 
 [S80,000] as a personal reward for his labors.” Banquets were given him 
 in London, Paris and New York, and in June, 1871, a bronze statue of 
 him, erected by the voluntary contributions of telegraphic operators, was 
 formally unveiled in Central Park, New York, by William Cullen Bryant, 
 and in the evening a reception was held in the Academy of Music, at which 
 Professor Morse telegraphed (using one of the instruments employed on 
 the original line between Baltimore and Washington) a message of greet- 
 ing to the cities of America. 
 
 The Sewing-Machine. — There is one thing for which a claim • 
 cannot be maintained by any other nation with any degree of plausibility. 
 The honor of having given birth to the inventor of the sewing-machine 
 certainly belongs to the United States. When infringements upon Mr. 
 How r e’s patent were begun, “the patent records of England, France and 
 the United States were searched, encyclopedias were examined, and an 
 attempt was even made to show that the Chinese had possessed a sewing- 
 machine for ages;” yet after all this trouble and after years of litigation, 
 Judge Sprague observed, when pronouncing his decision, “ There is no 
 evidence in this case which leaves the slightest doubt that for all the 
 benefit conferred upon the public by the introduction of a sewung-machine 
 the public are indebted to Mr. Howe.” It was in the year 1839, according 
 to Parton, that Elias Howe heard the remark that the invention of a sew- 
 ing-machine would ensure an independent fortune to the man who was 
 able to accomplish the difficult task. How T e was then twenty years old. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 649 
 
 The remark was never forgotten, but it required the pressure of poverty 
 to bring him fairly to work upon the problem, which, when solved, gave 
 him eventually an independent fortune ($200,000) as his yearly income. 
 It was not before the winter of 1844-45 that the idea of using two threads 
 and forming a stitch by the aid of a shuttle and a curved needle with an 
 eye near the point occurred to him, but then his success was assured. In 
 April, 1845, he sewed a seam with his machine. “In July he sewed by 
 his machine all the seams of two suits of woollen clothes, one suit for Mr. 
 Fisher [who was at that time his partner and his only convert] and the 
 other for himself, the sewing of both of which outlasted the cloth. . . . 
 It is agreed by all disinterested persons (Professor Renwick among others) 
 who have examined this machine, that Elias Howe, in making it, carried 
 his invention farther on toward its complete and final utility than any 
 other inventor has ever brought a first-rate invention at the first trial.” 
 The inventor was not afraid to subject his handy-work to a thorough test. 
 Upon one occasion he challenged five of the swiftest seamstresses in a 
 clothing manufactory to sew a race with him. “Ten seams of equal 
 length were prepared for sewing, of which five were laid by the machine 
 and the other five were given to the girls. The gentleman who held the 
 watch, and who was to decide the wager, testified upon oath that the five 
 girls were the fastest sewers that could be found, and that they sewed as 
 fast as they could — much faster than they were in the habit of sewing — 
 faster than they could have kept on for one hour. Nevertheless, Mr. 
 Howe finished his five seams a little sooner than the girls finished their 
 five, and the umpire, who was himself a tailor, has sworn that ‘ the work 
 done on the machine was the neatest and the strongest.’ ” Even this suc- 
 cessful contest was not the means of introducing the sewing-machine into 
 general use. It was only after the lapse of several years that the new in- 
 vention began to be appreciated, and then rival inventors came into the 
 field who were finally vanquished or conciliated by Mr. Howe. A combi- 
 nation was formed by the leading manufacturers, which before the renewal 
 of the patent in 1860 paid Mr. Howe five dollars for every machine sold 
 in the United States, and after that date one dollar for each machine. So 
 great, however, had been the expense of the lawsuits that when Mr. Howe 
 died, in 1867, his estate was worth less than $500,000, though his receipts 
 up to that time had been $1,700,000. 
 
 Patents. — A glance at the accompanying table will show the number 
 of American inventions patented from 1840 to 1874, inclusive. The fol- 
 lowing note from The American Patent System, by H. and C. Howson, may 
 be of service to the reader. “ A caveat is simply a warning notifying the 
 patent office that the caveator has made an invention which he intends to 
 mature, and to apply for a patent therefor within one year. A caveat 
 refers to an avowedly uncompleted invention, while letters-patent are granted 
 
650 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 only for one which is complete. It is common to allude to caveats as af- 
 fording a temporary security, thus leading many inventors to a mistaken 
 impression that a caveat is a sort of temporary patent.” This it is not, 
 being merely a notice obliging the patent office to grant no patent for the 
 invention to any other claimant (without giving the caveator an opportu- 
 nity to establish his priority of right) during one year after the filing or 
 the renewal of a caveat. 
 
 Statement of the Applications filed, Caveats filed and Patents issued for 35 Years, 
 ending December 31, 1874. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Applications 
 
 Filed. 
 
 Caveats 
 
 Filed. 
 
 Patents 
 
 Issued. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Applications 
 
 Filed. 
 
 Caveats 
 
 Filed. 
 
 Patents 
 
 Issued. 
 
 1S40 
 
 765 
 
 228 
 
 473 
 
 1858 
 
 5,364 
 
 943 
 
 3,710 
 
 1841 
 
 847 
 
 312 
 
 495 
 
 1S59 
 
 6,225 
 
 1097 
 
 4,538 
 
 1842 
 
 761 
 
 391 
 
 517 
 
 1860 
 
 7,653 
 
 1084 
 
 4,819 
 
 3,340 
 
 1843 
 
 819 
 
 315 
 
 531 
 
 1861 
 
 4,643 
 
 700 
 
 1844 
 
 1045 
 
 3S0 
 
 502 
 
 1862 
 
 5,038 
 
 824 
 
 3,521 
 
 1845 
 
 1246 
 
 452 
 
 502 
 
 1863 
 
 6,014 
 
 787 
 
 4,170 
 
 1846 
 
 1272 
 
 448 
 
 619 
 
 1864 
 
 6,972 
 
 1063 
 
 5,020 
 
 1847 
 
 1531 
 
 553 
 
 572 
 
 1S65 
 
 10,664 
 
 1937 
 
 6,616 
 
 1848 
 
 1628 
 
 607 
 
 660 
 
 1866 
 
 15,269 
 
 2723 
 
 9,450 
 
 1849 
 
 1955 
 
 595 
 
 1070 
 
 1867 
 
 21,276 
 
 20,445 
 
 3597 
 
 13,015 
 
 1850 
 
 2193 
 
 602 
 
 995 
 
 1S68 
 
 3705 
 
 13,378 
 
 1851 
 
 2258 
 
 760 
 
 869 
 
 1869 
 
 19,271 
 
 3624 
 
 13,986 
 
 1852 
 
 2639 
 
 996 
 
 1020 
 
 1870 
 
 19,171 
 
 3273 
 
 13,321 
 
 1853 
 
 2673 
 
 901 
 
 958 
 
 1871 
 
 19,472 
 
 3366 
 
 13,033 
 
 1854 
 
 3324 
 
 868 
 
 1902 
 
 1872 
 
 18,246 
 
 20,414 
 
 3090 
 
 13,590 
 
 1855 
 
 4435 
 
 906 
 
 2024 
 
 1873 
 
 3248 
 
 12,864 
 
 1856 
 
 1857 
 
 4960 
 
 4771 
 
 1024 
 
 1010 
 
 2502 
 
 2910 
 
 1874 
 
 21,602 
 
 3181 
 
 13,599 
 
 The totals for the period covered by the table were as follows : Applica- 
 tions filed, 268,861; caveats filed, 49,588 ; patents issued, 170,791. The 
 Commissioner of Patents says in the Official Gazette: “The business of 
 the office for 1874 presents several interesting features. From the above 
 statement it will be seen that, notwithstanding the general prostration of 
 business, a larger number of applications was received during the year 
 1874 than in any preceding year, and a larger number of patents was 
 granted than in any year before, with the exception of 1869. It also ap- 
 pears that 2561 applications were allowed, but patents were not issued 
 because the final fee was not paid within six months, as the law requires. 
 If this number be added to the number of patents issued, it will be seen 
 that of the 21,602 applications filed during the year, 16,160 were allowed, 
 leaving ouly a little more than one-fourth of the entire number of appli- 
 cations finally rejected. The fact that nearly three-fourths of the appli- 
 cations were decided favorably to the petitioners is a sufficient answer to 
 the inconsiderate charge sometimes made of illiberality on the part of the 
 officials of the patent office.” 
 
[UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL 
 EXHIBITION, 
 
 FAIRMOUNT PARK, PHILADELPHIA, 1876. 
 
 OFFICERS OF THE UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL COMMISSION. 
 
 President. — Joseph R. Hawley. 
 
 Vice-Presidents. — Orestes Cleveland, John D. Creigh, Robert 
 Lowry, Thomas IT. Cold well, John McNeil, William Gurney. 
 Director- General . — Alfred T. Goshorn. 
 
 Secretary. — John L. Campbell. 
 
 Counsellor and Solicitor. — John L. Shoemaker, Esq. 
 
 Office of the Commission. — No. 903 Walnut street. 
 
 Executive Committee.— Daniel J. Morrell, Chairman, Philadelphia ; 
 Alfred T. Goshorn, Ohio ; N. M. Beckwith, New York ; Alexander R. 
 Boteler, West Virginia; Richard C. McCormick, Arizona; John Lynch, 
 Louisiana ; Charles P. Kimball, Maine ; Samuel F. Phillips, North Caro- 
 lina; George B. Loring, Massachusetts; Frederick L. Matthews, Illinois; 
 Wm. Phipps Blake, Connecticut ; James E. Dexter, District of Columbia ; 
 J. T. Bernard, Florida ; Myer Asch, Secretary, Philadelphia. 
 
 BUREAUS OF ADMINISTRATION. 
 
 Chiefs of Bureaus. — Foreign. — A. T. Goshorn, Myer Asch. Instal- 
 lation. — Henry Pettit. Transportation. — Dolphus Torrey. Machinery . — 
 John S. Albert. Agriculture. — Burnet Landreth. Horticulture. — Charles 
 H. Miller. Fine Arts. — John Sartain. 
 
 UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL COMMISSIONERS. 
 Alabama . — James L. Cooper. Arizona. — Richard C. McCormick, John 
 Wasson. Arkansas. — Geo. W. Lawrence, Geo. E. Dodge. California. — 
 John Dunbar Creigh, Benj. P. Kooser. Colorado. — J. Marshall Paul, N. 
 C. Meeker. Connecticut. — Joseph R. Hawley, Wm. Phipps Blake. Da- 
 kota. — J. A. Burbank, Solomon L. Spink. Delaware. — Henry F. Askew, 
 John H. Rodney. District of Columbia. — James E. Dexter, Lawrence A. 
 Gobright. Florida . — John S. Adams, J. T. Bernard. Georgia . — George 
 
 651 
 
652 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 Hillyer, Richard Peters, Jr. Idaho. — Thomas Donaldson, C. W. Moore. 
 Illinois. — Frederick L. Matthews, Lawrence Weldon. Indiana. — John 
 
 L. Campbell, Franklin C. Johnson. Iowa. — Robert Lowry, Coker F. 
 Clarkson. Kansas. — John A. Martin, George A. Crawford. Kentucky. — 
 Robert Mallory, Smith M. Hobbs. Louisiana. — John Lynch, Edward 
 Peningtou. Maine. — Joshua Nye. Maryland. — James T. Earle, S. M. 
 Shoemaker. Massachusetts. — George B. Loring, William B. Spooner. 
 Michigan. — -James Birney, Claudius B. Grant. Minnesota. — J. Fletcher 
 Williams, William W. Folwell. Mississippi. — O. C. French, E. D. Frost. 
 Missouri. — John McNeil, Samuel Hays. Montana. — J. P. Woolman, Pat- 
 rick A. Largey. Nebraska. — Henry S. Moody, R. W. Furnas. Nevada. — 
 Wm. Wirt McCoy, James W. Haines. New Hampshire. — Ezekiel A. 
 Straw, Asa P. Cate. New Jersey. — Orestes Cleveland, John G. Stevens. 
 Neiv Mexico. — Eldridge W. Little, Stephen B. Elkins. New York. — N. 
 
 M. Beckwith, Charles P. Kimball. North Carolina. — Samuel F. Phillips, 
 Jonathan W. Albertson. Ohio. — Alfred T. Goshorn, Wilson W. Griffith. 
 Oregon. — James W. Virtue, Andrew J. Dufur. Pennsylvania. — Daniel J. 
 Morrell, Asa Packer. Rhode Island. — George H. Corliss, R. C. Taft. 
 South Carolina. — William Gurney, Archibald Cameron. Tennessee. — 
 Thomas H. Coldwell, William F. Prosser. Texas. — -William Henry Par- 
 sons, John C. Chew. Utah. — John H. Wickizer, Wm. Haydon. Vermont. 
 — Middleton Goldsmith, Henry Chase. Virginia. — F. W. M. Holliday, 
 Edmund R. Bagwell. Washington Territory. — Elwood Evans, Alexander 
 S. Abernethy. West Virginia. — Alex. R. Boteler, Andrew J. Sweeney. 
 Wisconsin. — David Atwood, Edward D. Holton. Wyoming. — Jos. M. 
 Carey, Robert H. Lamborn. 
 
 CENTENNIAL BOARD OF FINANCE. 
 
 President. — John Welsh. 
 
 Vice-Presidents. — William Sellers, John S. Barbour. 
 
 Directors. — Samuel M. Felton, Daniel M. Fox, Thomas Cochran, Clem- 
 ent M. Biddle, N. Parker Shortridge, James M. Robb, Edward T. Steel, 
 John Wanamaker, John Price Wetherill, Henry Winsor, Henry Lewis, 
 Amos R. Little, John Baird, Thos. H. Dudley, A. S. Hewitt, John Cum- 
 mings, John Gorham, Charles W. Cooper, William Bigler, Robert M. 
 Patton, J. B. Drake, George Bain. 
 
 Secretary and Treasurer. — Frederick Fraley. 
 
 Financial Agent. — Hon. Wm. Bigler. 
 
 Engineers and Architects. — Henry Pettit, Jos. M. Wilson, H. J. 
 Schwarzmann. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 653 
 
 OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF THE WOMEN’S CENTENNIAL 
 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. 
 
 President. — Mrs. E. D. Gillespie. 
 
 Vice-President. — Mrs. John Sanders. 
 
 Secretary. — Mrs. Frank M. Etting. 
 
 Treasurer. — Mrs. Crawford Arnold. 
 
 Members. — Mrs. John W. Forney, Mrs. Richard P. White, Mrs. Henry 
 Cohen, Mrs. Aubrey H. Smith, Mrs. Matthew Simpson, Mrs. Emily R. 
 Buckman, Mrs. A. H. Franciscus, Miss Elizabeth Gratz, Miss McHenry, 
 Mrs. L. C. Hughes, Mrs. H. C. Caldwell, Mrs. Fred’k MacCrellish, Mrs. M. 
 E. P. Bouligny, Mrs. J. M. Washburne, Mrs. Ellen Call Long, Mrs. Jour- 
 dain Westmoreland, Mrs. F. R. West, Mrs. W. I. Hill, Mrs. W. T. Rand, 
 Mrs. W. L. Challis, Mrs. M. C. Ludeling, Mrs. Bion Bradbury, Mrs. James 
 T. Fields, Mrs. K. S. Minor, Mrs. S. B. Bowen, Mrs. W. L. Dayton, Mrs. 
 Edward F. Noyes, Mrs. F. W. Goddard, Mrs. M. J. Young, Mrs. C. J. 
 Faulkner, Mrs. J. B. Thorp, Mrs. Eliza R. Snow. 
 
 THE ACT CREATING THE UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL 
 
 COMMISSION. 
 
 An Act to provide for celebrating the One Hundredth Anniversary of 
 American Independence by holding an International Exhibition of Arts, 
 Manufactures and Products of the Soil and Mine in the City of Phila- 
 delphia and State of Pennsylvania, in the year eighteen hundred and 
 seventy-six. 
 
 Whereas, the Declaration of Independence of the United States of 
 America was prepared, signed and promulgated in the year seventeen hun- 
 dred and seventy-six, in the city of Philadelphia ; and whereas it behooves 
 the people of the United States to celebrate by appropriate ceremonies the 
 centennial anniversary of this memorable and decisive event, which consti- 
 tuted the fourth day of July, Anno Domini seventeen hundred and seventy- 
 six, the birthday of the nation ; and whereas it is deemed fitting that the 
 completion of the first century of our national existence shall be commem- 
 orated by an exhibition of the natural resources of the country and their 
 development, and of its progress in those arts which benefit mankind, in 
 comparison with those of older nations ; and whereas no place is so appro- 
 priate for such an exhibition as the city in which occurred the event it is 
 designed to commemorate; and whereas, as the exhibition should be a 
 national celebration, in which the people of the whole country should par- 
 ticipate, it should have the sanction of the Congress of the United States : 
 therefore, 
 
 Section 1 . Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of 
 the United States of America in Congress assembled, That an exhibition of 
 American and foreign arts, products and manufactures shall be held, under 
 
654 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 the auspices of the government of the United States, in the city of Phila- 
 delphia, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-six. 
 
 Sect. 2. That a commission, to consist of not more than one delegate 
 from each State and from each Territory of the United States, whose func- 
 tions shall continue until the close of the exhibition, shall be constituted, 
 whose duty it shall be to prepare and superintend the execution of a plan 
 for holding the exhibition, and, after conference with the authorities of the 
 city of Philadelphia, to fix upon a suitable site within the corporate limits 
 'of the said city, where the exhibition shall be held. 
 
 Sect. 3. That said Commissioners shall be appointed within one year 
 from the passage of this act, by the President of the United States, on the 
 nomination of the governors of the States and Territories respectively. 
 
 Sect. 4. That in the same manner there shall be appointed one Commis- 
 sioner from each State and Territory of the United States, who shall 
 assume the place and perform the duties of such Commissioner and Com- 
 missioners as may be unable to attend the meetings of the Commission. 
 
 Sect. 5. That the Commission shall hold its meetings in the city of Phil- 
 adelphia, and that a majority of its members shall have full power to make 
 all needful rules for its government. 
 
 Sect. 6. That the Commission shall report to Congress, at the first session 
 after its appointment, a suitable date for opening and for closing the exhi- 
 bition ; a schedule of appropriate ceremonies for opening or dedicating the 
 same; a plan or plans of the buildings; a complete plan for the reception 
 and classification of articles intended for exhibition; the requisite custom- 
 house regulations for the introduction into this country of the articles from 
 foreign countries intended for exhibition; and such other matters as in 
 their judgment may be important. 
 
 Sect. 7. That no compensation for services shall be paid to the Commis- 
 sioners or other officers provided by this act from the Treasury of the 
 United States; and the United States shall not be liable for any expenses 
 attending such exhibition, or by reason of the same. 
 
 Sect. 8. That whenever the President shall be informed by the governor 
 of the State of Pennsylvania that provision has been made for the erection 
 of suitable buildings for the purpose, and for the exclusive control by the 
 Commission herein provided for of the proposed exhibition, the President 
 shall, through the Department of State, make proclamation of the same, 
 setting forth the time at which the exhibition will open and the place at 
 which it will be held; and he shall communicate to the diplomatic repre- 
 sentatives of all nations copies of the same, together with such regulations 
 as may be adopted by the Commissioners, for publication in their respective 
 countries. 
 
 Approved March 3, 1871. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 655 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM THE ACT CREATING THE CENTENNIAL 
 BOARD OF FINANCE. 
 
 An Act relative to the Centennial International Exhibition to be held in 
 the City of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, iu the year eighteen 
 hundred and seventy-six. 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate ancl House of Representatives of the United 
 States of America in Congress assembled, That there is hereby created a 
 body corporate, to be known by the name of the Centennial Board of Fi- 
 nance, and by that name to have an incorporate existence until the object 
 for which it is formed shall have been accomplished; and it shall be com- 
 petent to sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, defend and be defended, 
 in all courts of law and equity in the United States ; and may make and have 
 a corporate seal, and may purchase, take, have and hold, and may grant, 
 sell and at pleasure dispose of all such real and personal estate as may be 
 required in carrying into effect the provisions of an act of Congress enti- 
 tled, “An Act to provide for celebratiug the one hundredth anniversary 
 of American Independence by holding an International Exhibition of arts 
 and manufactures, and products of the soil and mine, in the City of Phil- 
 adelphia and State of Pennsylvania, in the year eighteen hundred and 
 seventy-six,” approved March third, eighteen hundred and seventy-one, 
 and all acts supplementary thereto ; and said Centennial Board of Finance 
 shall consist of the following-named persons, their associates and successors, 
 from the States and Territories as herein set forth. 
 
 [Here follows the list of corporators, two for each Congressional District 
 and four for each State and Territory at large.] 
 
 Sect. 2. That the said corporation shall have authority, and is hereby 
 empowered, to secure subscriptions of capital stock to an amount not ex- 
 ceeding ten million dollars, to be divided into shares of ten dollars each, 
 and to issue to the subscribers of said stock certificates therefor under the 
 corporate seal of said corporation, which certificates shall bear the signa- 
 ture of the president and treasurer, and be transferable under such rules 
 and regulations as may be made for the purpose. And it shall be lawful 
 for any municipal or other corporate body existing by or under the laws 
 of the United States, to subscribe and pay for shares of said capital stock; 
 and all holders of said stock shall become associates in said corporation, 
 and shall be entitled to one vote on each share. And it shall be the duty 
 of the United States Centennial Commission to prescribe rules to enable 
 absent stockholders to vote by proxy. The proceeds of said stock, together 
 with the receipts from all other sources, shall be used by said corporation 
 for the erection of suitable buildings, with their appropriate fixtures and 
 appurtenances, and for all other expenditures required in carrying out the 
 objects of the said act of Cougress of March third, eighteen hundred and 
 seventy-one, and which may be incident thereto. And the said corporation 
 
656 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings, and full accounts, with the 
 vouchers thereof, of all the receipts and expenditures, and the same shall 
 be always open to the inspection of the United States Centennial Commis- 
 sion, or any member thereof. 
 
 Sect. 8. That the Centennial Board of Fiuance shall have authority to 
 issue bonds, not in excess of its capital stock, and secure the payment of 
 the same, principal and interest, by mortgage upon its property and pros- 
 pective income. 
 
 Sect. 9. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury of 
 the United States, as soon as practicable after the passage of this act, to 
 cause to be prepared, in accordance with a design approved by the United 
 States Centennial Commission and the Secretary of the Treasury, a suffi- 
 cient number of certificates of stock to meet the requirements of this act; 
 and any person found guilty of counterfeiting or attempting to counterfeit, 
 or knowingly circulating false certificates of stock herein authorized, shall 
 be subject to the same pains and penalties as are or may be provided by 
 law for counterfeiting United States currency ; but nothing in this act shall 
 be so construed as to create any liability of the United States, direct or 
 indirect, for any debt or obligation incurred, nor for any claim by the Cen- 
 tennial International Exhibition, or the corporation hereby created, for aid 
 or pecuniary assistance from Congress or the Treasury of the United States, 
 in support or liquidation of any debts or obligations created by the corpo- 
 ration herein authorized : And provided, That nothing in this act shall be 
 so construed as to override or interfere with the laws of any State; and all 
 contracts made in any State for the purposes of the Centennial Interna- 
 tional Exhibition shall be subject to the laws thereof : And provided fur- 
 ther, That no member of said Centennial Board of Finance assumes any 
 personal liability for any debt or obligation which may be created or 
 incurred by the corporation authorized by this act. 
 
 Sect. 10. That as soon as practicable after the said exhibition shall have 
 been closed, it shall be the duty of said corporation to convert its property 
 into cash, and after the payment of all its liabilities to divide its remain- 
 ing assets among its stockholders, pro rata, in full satisfaction and discharge 
 of its capital stock. And it shall be the duty of the United States Cen- 
 tennial Commission to supervise the closing up of the affairs of said corpo- 
 ration, to audit its accounts and submit, in a report to the President of the 
 United States, the financial results of the Centennial Exhibition. 
 
 Approved June 1, 1872. 
 
 PROCLAMATION BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED 
 
 STATES. 
 
 Whereas, by the act of Congress approved March third, eighteen hun- 
 dred and seventy-one, providing for a national celebration of the one hun- 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 657 
 
 dredth anniversary of the independence of the United States by the hold- 
 ing of an International Exhibition of arts, manufactures and products of 
 the soil and mine in the city of Philadelphia, in the year eighteen hundred 
 and seventy-six, it is provided as follows : 
 
 “ That whenever the President shall be informed by the governor of the 
 State of Pennsylvania that provision has been made for the erection of 
 suitable buildings for the purpose, and for the exclusive control by the 
 Commission herein provided for of the proposed exhibition, the President 
 shall, through the Department of State, make proclamation of the same, 
 setting forth the time at which the exhibition will open and the place at 
 which it will be held; and he shall communicate to the diplomatic repre- 
 sentatives of all nations copies of the same, together with such regulations 
 as may be adopted by the Commissioners, for publication in their respective 
 countries 
 
 And whereas His Excellency the governor of the said State of Pennsyl- 
 vania did, on the twenty-fourth day of June, eighteen hundred and seventy- 
 three, inform me that provision has been made for the erection of said 
 buildings and for the exclusive control by the Commission provided for in 
 the said act of the proposed exhibition ; 
 
 And whereas the president of the United States Centennial Commission 
 has officially informed me of the dates fixed for the opening and closing 
 of the said exhibition, and the place at which it is to be held : 
 
 How, therefore, be it known that I, Ulysses S. Grant, President of the 
 United States, in conformity with the provisions of the act of Congress 
 aforesaid, do hereby declare and proclaim that there will be held at the 
 city of Philadelphia, in the State of Pennsylvania, an International Exhi- 
 bition of arts, manufactures and products of the soil and mine, to be opened 
 on the nineteenth day of April, Anno Domini eighteen hundred and seventy- 
 six, and to be closed on the nineteenth day of October, in the same year. 
 
 And in the interest of peace, civilization and domestic and international 
 friendship and intercourse, I commend the celebration and exhibition to 
 the people of the United States; and in behalf of this Government and 
 people, I cordially commend them to all nations who may be pleased to 
 take part therein. 
 
 In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal 
 of the United States to be affixed. 
 
 Done at the city of Washington, this third day of July, one 
 [seal] thousand eight hundred and seventy-three, and of the Inde- 
 pendence of the United States the ninety-seventh. 
 
 U. S. GRANT. 
 
 By the President : 
 
 Hamilton Fish, Secretary of State. 
 
 42 
 
658 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 NOTE TO FOREIGN MINISTERS IN THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Department or State, Washington, July 5, 1873. 
 
 Sir : — I have the honor to enclose, for the information of the government 
 
 of , a copy of the President’s proclamation, announcing the time 
 
 and place of holding an International Exhibition of arts, manufactures 
 and products of the soil and mine, proposed to be held in the year eighteen 
 hundred and seventy-six. 
 
 The exhibition is designed to commemorate the declaration of the inde- 
 pendence of the United States on the one hundredth anniversary of that 
 interesting and historic national event, and at the same time present a 
 fitting opportunity for such display of the results of arts and industry of 
 all nations as will serve to illustrate the great advances attained and the 
 successes achieved in the interest of progress and civilization during the 
 century which will have then closed. 
 
 In the law providing for the holding of the exhibition Congress directed 
 that copies of the proclamation of the President setting forth the time of 
 its opening and the place at which it was to be held, together with such 
 regulations as might be adopted by the Commissioners of the exhibition, 
 should be communicated to the diplomatic representatives of all nations. 
 Copies of those regulations are herewith transmitted. 
 
 The President indulges the hope that the government of will be 
 
 pleased to notice the subject and may deem it proper to bring the exhibi- 
 tion and its objects to the attention of the people of that country, and thus 
 encourage their co-operation in the proposed celebration. And he further 
 hopes that the opportunity afforded by the exhibition for the interchange 
 of national sentiment and friendly intercourse between the people of both 
 nations may result in new and still greater advantages to science and indus- 
 try, and at the same time serve to strengthen the bonds of peace and friend- 
 ship which already happily subsist between the government and people of 
 and those of the United States. 
 
 I have the honor to be, sir, with the highest consideration, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 Hamilton Fish, Secretary of State. 
 
 INVITATION TO FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS. 
 
 Whereas, at various international exhibitions which have been held in 
 foreign countries, the United States have been represented in pursuance 
 of invitations given by the governments of those countries and accepted 
 by our government, therefore, 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United 
 Slates of America hi Congress assembled, That the President be requested 
 to extend, in the name of the United States, a respectful and cordial invi- 
 tation to the governments of other nations to be represented and take part 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 659 
 
 in the International Exposition to be held at Philadelphia under the aus- 
 pices of the government of the United States, in the year eighteen hundred 
 and seventy-six; Provided, however, That the United States shall not be 
 liable, directly or indirectly, for any expenses attending such exposition or 
 by reason of the same. 
 
 Approved June 5, 1874. 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR EXHIBITORS IN THE 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 1. The exhibition will be held at Fairmount Park, in the city of Phila- 
 delphia, and will be opened on the 10th day of May, 1876, and closed on 
 the 10th day of November following. The seven departments of the clas- 
 sification which will determine the relative location of articles in the ex- 
 position, except in such collective exhibitions as may receive special sanc- 
 tion, and also the arrangement of names in the catalogue, are as follows: 
 I. Mining; II. Mamifactures ; III. Education and Science; IV. Art; V. 
 Machinery; VI. Agriculture; VII. Horticulture. 2. Applications for 
 space and negotiations relative thereto should be addressed to the Director- 
 General, International Exhibition, Philadelphia, Penn. 3. Exhibitors 
 will not be charged for space. A limited quantity of steam- and water- 
 power will be supplied gratuitously. The quantity of each will be settled 
 definitively at the time of the allotments of space. Any power required 
 by the exhibitor in excess of that allowed will be furnished by the Com- 
 mission at a fixed price. Demands for such excess of power must also be 
 settled at the time of the allotment of space. 4. Exhibitors must provide, 
 at their own cost, all show-cases, shelving, counters, fittings, etc., which they 
 may require, and all countershafts, with their pulleys, belting, etc., for the 
 transmission of power from the main shafts in the Machinery Hall. All 
 arrangements of articles and decorations must be in conformity with the 
 general plan adopted by the Director-General. Special constructions of 
 any kind, whether in the buildings or grounds, can only be made upon the 
 written approval of the Director-General. 5. The Commission will take 
 precautions for the safe preservation of all objects in the exhibition, but it 
 will in no way be responsible for damage or loss of any kind or for acci- 
 dents by fire or otherwise, however originating. Favorable facilities will 
 be arranged by which exhibitors may insure their own goods. 6. Exhib- 
 itors may employ watchmen of their own choice to guard their goods dur- 
 ing the hours the exhibition is open to the public. Appointments of such 
 watchmen will be subject to the approval of the Director-General. 7. 
 Exhibitors; or such agents as they may designate, shall be responsible for 
 the receiving, unpacking and arrangement of objects, as well as for their 
 removal at the close of the exhibition. 8. The transportation, receiving, 
 unpacking and arranging of the products for exhibition will be at the 
 
660 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 expense of the exhibitor. 9. The installation of heavy articles requiring 
 foundations should, by special arrangement, be begun as soon as the progress 
 of the work upon the buildings will permit. The general reception of arti- 
 cles at the exhibition buildings will be commenced on January 1, 1876, and 
 no articles will be admitted after March 31, 1876. 10. Space not occupied 
 on the 1st of April, 1876, will revert to the Director-General for reassign- 
 ment. 11. If products are not intended for competition, it must be so stated 
 by the exhibitor, and they will be excluded from the examination by the 
 international juries. 12. If no authorized person is at hand to receive 
 goods on their arrival at the exhibition building, they will be removed with- 
 out delay, and stored at the cost and risk of whomsoever it may concern. 
 13. Articles that are in any way dangerous or offensive, also patent medi- 
 cines, nostrums and empirical preparations whose ingredients are concealed, 
 will not be admitted to the exhibition. 14. The removal of goods will not 
 be permitted prior to the close of the exhibition. 15. Sketches, drawings, 
 photographs or other reproductions of articles exhibited will only be al- 
 lowed upon the joint assent of the exhibitor and the Director-General, but 
 views of portions of the building may be made upon the Director-General’s 
 sanction. 16. Immediately after the close of the exhibition exhibitors 
 shall remove their effects, and complete such removal before December 31, 
 1876. Goods then remaining will be removed by the Director-General and 
 sold for expenses, or otherwise disposed of under the direction of the Com- 
 mission. 17. Each person who becomes an exhibitor thereby acknowledges 
 and undertakes to keep the rules and regulations established for the gov- 
 ernment of the exhibition. Special regulations will be issued concerning 
 the exhibition of fine arts, the organization of international juries, awards 
 of prizes, the sale of special articles within the buildings and on other 
 points not touched upon in these preliminary instructions, and an official 
 catalogue will be published. 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR FOREIGN EXHIBITORS. 
 
 1. The exhibition will be held at Fairmount Park, in the city of Phil- 
 adelphia, and will be opened on the 10th day of May, 1876, and closed on 
 the 10th day of November following. 2. All governments have been in- 
 vited to appoint commissions for the purpose of organizing their depart- 
 ments of the exhibition. The Director-General should be notified of the 
 appointment of such foreign commissions before January 1, 1875. Full 
 diagrams of the buildings and grounds will be furnished to the foreign 
 commissions on or before February 1, 1875, indicating the localities to be 
 occupied by each nation, subject, however, to revision and readjustment. 
 
 3. Applications for space and negotiations relative thereto must be con- 
 ducted with the commission of the country where the article is produced. 
 
 4. Foreign commissions are requested to notify the Director-General not 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE, 
 
 661 
 
 later than May 1, 1875, whether they desire any increase or diminution of 
 the space offered them, and the amount. 5 . Before December 1, 1875, 
 the foreign commissions must furnish the Director-General with approxi- 
 mate plans showing the manner of allotting the space assigned to them, and 
 also with lists of their exhibitors and other information necessary for the 
 preparation of the official catalogue. Products brought into the United 
 States at the ports of New York, Boston, Portland, Me., Burlington, Vt., 
 Suspension Bridge, 1ST. Y., Detroit, Port Huron, Mich., Chicago, Philadel- 
 phia, Baltimore, Norfolk, New Orleans and San Francisco, intended for 
 display at the International Exhibition, will be allowed to go forward to 
 the exhibition buildings, under proper supervision of customs officers, 
 without examination at such ports of original entry, and at the close of 
 the exhibition will be allowed to go forward to the port from which they 
 are to be exported. No duties will be levied upon such goods unless 
 entered for consumption in the United States. 6. The transportation, 
 receiving, unpacking and arranging of the products for exhibition will be 
 at the expense of the exhibitor. 7. The installation of heavy articles 
 requiring special foundations or adjustments should, by special arrange- 
 ment, begin as soon as the progress of the work upon the buildings will 
 permit. The general reception of articles at the exhibition buildings will 
 commence on January 1, 1876, and no articles will be admitted after 
 March 31, 1876. 8. Space assigned to foreign commissions and not oc- 
 
 cupied on the 1st of April, 1876, will revert to the Director-General for 
 reassignment. 9. If products are not intended for competition, it must 
 be so stated by the exhibitor, and they will be excluded from the exami- 
 nation by the international juries. 10 . The seven departments of the 
 classification which will determine the relative location of articles in the 
 exhibition, except in such collective exhibitions as may receive special 
 sanction, and also the arrangement of names in the catalogue, are as fol- 
 lows : I. Mining. II. Manufactures. III. Education and Science. IV. 
 Art. V. Machinery. VI. Agriculture. VII. Horticulture. 11 . Foreign 
 commissions may publish catalogues of their respective sections. 12 . Ex- 
 hibitors will not be charged for space. A limited quantity of steam- and 
 water-power will be supplied gratuitously. The quantity of each will be 
 settled definitively at the time of allotment of space. Any power required 
 by the exhibitor in excess of that allowed will be furnished by the Centen- 
 nial Commission at a fixed price. Demands for such excess of power 
 must also be settled at the time of the allotment of space. 13 . Exhib- 
 itors must provide at their own cost all show-cases, shelving, counters, 
 fittings, - etc., which they may require, and all countershafts, with their 
 pulleys, belting, etc., for the transmission of power from the main shafts 
 in the Machinery Hall. All arrangements of articles and decorations 
 must be in conformity with the general plan adopted by the Director-Gen- 
 
662 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 eral. Special constructions of any kind, whether in the buildings or 
 grounds, can only be made upon the written approval of the Director- 
 General. The Centennial Commission will take precautions for the safe 
 preservation of all objects in the exhibition, but it will in no way be re- 
 sponsible for damage or loss of any kind, or for accidents by fire or other- 
 wise, however originating. 14. Favorable facilities will be arranged by 
 which exhibitors or foreign commissions may insure their own goods. 15. 
 Foreign commissions may employ watchmen of their own choice to guard 
 their goods during the hours the exhibition is open to the public. Ap- 
 pointments of such watchmen will be subject to the approval of the Di- 
 rector-General. Foreign commissions, or such agents as they may desig- 
 nate, shall be responsible for the receiving, unpacking and arrangement of 
 objects, as well as for their removal at the close of the exhibition ; but no 
 person shall be permitted to act as such agent until he can give to the 
 Director-General written evidence of his having been approved by the 
 proper commission. 16. Each package must be addressed “ To the com- 
 mission for [name of country ] at the International Exhibition of 1876, 
 Philadelphia, United States of America,” and should at least have two 
 labels affixed to different but not opposite sides of each case, and giving 
 the following information : 17. (1) The country from which it comes ; (2) 
 name or firm of the exhibitor; (3) residence of the exhibitor; (4) depart- 
 ment to which objects belong ; (5) total number of packages sent by that 
 exhibitor ; (6) serial number of that particular package. 18. Within 
 each package should be a list of all objects. 19. If no authorized person 
 is at hand to receive goods on their arrival at the exhibition building, they 
 will be removed without delay, and stored at the cost and risk of whomso- 
 ever it may concern. 20. Articles that are in any way dangerous or 
 offensive, also patent medicines, nostrums and empirical preparations whose 
 ingredients are concealed, will not be admitted to the exhibition. 21. 
 The removal of goods will not be permitted prior to the close of the ex- 
 hibition. 22. Sketches, drawings, photographs or other reproductions of 
 articles exhibited will only be allowed upon the joint assent of the exhib- 
 itor and the Director-General ; but views of portions of the building may 
 be made upon the Director-General’s sanction. 23. Immediately after 
 the close of the exhibition exhibitors shall remove their effects, and com- 
 plete such removal before December 31, 1876. Goods then remaining 
 will be removed by the Director-General and sold for expenses, or other- 
 wise disposed of under the direction of the Centennial Commission. 24. 
 Each person who becomes an exhibitor thereby acknowledges and under- 
 takes to keep the rules and regulations established for the government of 
 the exhibition. Special regulations will be issued concerning the exhibi- 
 tion of fine arts, the organization of international juries, awards of prizes 
 and sales of special articles within the buildings, and on other points not 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 663 
 
 touched upon in these preliminary instructions. 25. Communications 
 concerning the Exhibition should be addressed to “The Director-general, 
 International Exhibition, 1876, Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.” 
 
 SPECIAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE EXHIBITION 
 OF FINE ARTS. 
 
 1. The exhibition will be opened on the 10th day of May, 1876, and 
 closed on the 10th day of November following. 2. Works of art will be 
 admitted for exhibition, whether previously exhibited or not. 3. Appli- 
 cations for space and negotiations relative thereto must be conducted with 
 the commission of the country of which the applicant is a citizen. 4. No 
 charge will be made for space. 5. The admission of foreign works of art 
 to the exhibition, except those referred to in Rule IX., will be left to the 
 commissions appointed by the respective governments. 6. Foreign pack- 
 ages for this department must be marked “Art Department,” and addressed 
 to the commission for (name of country), International Exhibition, Phila- 
 delphia, U. S. A. 7. The works of foreign artists will be placed in the 
 care of the commission of the country to which they belong. 8. Works 
 of foreign artists belonging to residents of the United States will be ad- 
 mitted on the approval of the Committee of Selection for exhibition in a 
 special gallery. 9. Foreign commissions will transmit to the Director- 
 General, prior to March 1, 1876, information concerning the works of art 
 to be exhibited by their citizens that may be necessary for the preparation 
 of the official catalogue. 10. The installation of works of art admitted 
 to the exhibition will be under the supervision of the commissions of the 
 country to which they belong. 11. All works of art must be of a high 
 order of merit, and those produced by citizens of the United States will 
 be admitted to the exhibition only on the approval of the Committee of 
 Selection. 12. Packages forwarded by exhibitors in the United States 
 for admission to this department must be marked “Art Department, Inter- 
 national Exhibition, Philadelphia.” There must be also attached to the 
 outside and inside of each package a label giving the name and address 
 of the exhibitor and the title and number of articles in the package. 13. 
 All pictures, whether round or oval, should be placed in square frames. 
 Excessive breadth in frames or projecting mouldings should be avoided. 
 Shadow boxes will not be allowed to project more than one inch beyond 
 the frame. Glass over oil paintings will not be permitted. 14. Works 
 of art intended for sale will be so designated in the official catalogue. 15. 
 All works of art must be in Philadelphia prior to April 1, 1876, and af- 
 ter having been admitted under the rules shall not be removed before the 
 close of the exhibition. 16. Each person presenting works of art for ad- 
 mission thereby agrees to comply with the special rules established for this 
 department and the general rules for the government of the exhibition. 
 
664 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 MAIN EXHIBITION BUILDING. 
 
 This building is in the form of a parallelogram, extending east and west 
 1880 feet in length and north and south 464 feet in width. The larger por- 
 tion of the structure is one story in height, and shows the main cornice upon 
 the outside at 45 feet above the ground, the interior height being 70 feet. 
 At the centre of the longer sides are projections 416 feet in length, and in 
 the centre of the shorter sides or ends of the building are projections 216 
 feet in length. In these projections, in the centre of the four sides, are 
 located the main entrances, which are provided with arcades upon the 
 ground floor and central fajades extending to the height of 90 feet. The 
 east entrance will form the principal approach for carriages, visitors being 
 allowed to alight at the doors of the building under cover of the arcade. 
 The south entrance will be the principal approach from street cars, the 
 ticket offices being located upon the line of Elm avenue, with covered ways 
 provided for entrance into the building itself. The main portal on the 
 north side communicates directly with the Art Gallery, and the main portal 
 on the west side gives the main passage-way to the Machinery and Agri- 
 cultural Halls. Upon the corners of the building there are four towers 
 75 feet in height, and between the towers and the central projections or en- 
 trances there is a lower roof introduced showing a cornice at 24 feet above 
 the ground. In order to obtain a central feature for the building as a 
 whole, the roof over the central part, for 184 feet square, has been raised 
 above the surrounding portion, and four towers, 48 feet square, rising to 
 120 feet in height, have been introduced at the corners of the elevated roof. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 665 
 
 The areas covered are as follows : 
 Ground floor, 872,320 square feet, 
 or 20.02 acres ; upper floors, in 
 projections, 37,344 square feet, 
 or .85 acres ; upper floors in tow- 
 ers, 26,344 square feet, or .60 
 acres ; total, 936,008 square feet, 
 or 21.47 acres. 
 
 Ground Plan. — The gen- 
 eral arrangement of the ground 
 plan shows a central avenue or 
 nave 120 feet in width and ex- 
 tending 1832 feet in length. 
 This is the longest avenue of 
 that width ever introduced into 
 an exhibition building. On either 
 side of this nave there is an av- 
 enue 100 feet by 1832 feet in 
 length. Between the nave and 
 side avenues are aisles 48 feet 
 wide, and on the 'outer sides of 
 the building smaller aisles 24 
 feet in width. In order to break 
 the great length of the roof-lines, 
 three cross avenues or transepts 
 have been introduced of the same 
 widths and in the same relative 
 positions to each other as the 
 nave and avenues running length- 
 wise — viz., a central transept 120 
 feet in width by 416 feet in length, 
 with one on either side of 100 feet 
 by 416 feet, and aisles between 
 of 48 feet. The intersections of 
 these avenues and transepts in 
 the central portion of the build- 
 ing result in dividing the ground 
 floor into nine open spaces free 
 from supporting columns, and 
 covering in the aggregate an area 
 of 416 feet square. Four of these 
 spaces are 100 feet square, four 
 100 feet by 120 feet, and the 
 
 iraHai&. w .4BBgan@) 
 
 I9HIIB EBBBUHB 
 
 1BHBBB BBBSlBBi 
 
 mm.mm 
 
 sag? 
 ill 
 Blgp 
 
 Mm SB! 
 
 ibb! mm 
 iflBfi mm 
 IbbII liiai 
 
 BHHIE& AEBfSBS 
 
 min! iiiiii 
 
 BB BBBB BBH||B 
 
 iiiiii iiiiii 
 
 1IBIIF.V11I11 
 
 10BBBBL°£ii@^B 
 
 Ill II 
 
 1 IIIIII 
 
 BBS 
 
 ESiB 
 
 B BBBBBB 
 
 ara 
 
 EH ■ ■ 
 
 a BIBBIBB 
 
 ES E 
 
 ran* 
 
 m 
 
 m tse 
 
 mm 
 
 SEC US ■ EE bSJ EES n 
 
 sra 
 
 a ■ ■ 
 
 B3 
 
 L „„ : i i ' w ' 
 
 east Tnteaxce7 
 
 GROUND PLAN OF MAIN EXHIBITION BUILDING. 
 
666 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 central space or pavilion 120 feet square. The intersections of the 48 
 feet aisles produce four interior courts 48 feet square, one at each corner 
 of the central space. The main promenades through the nave and central 
 transept are each 30 feet in width, and those through the centre of the side 
 avenues and transepts 15 feet each. All other walks are 10 feet wide and 
 lead at either end to exit doors. 
 
 Dimensions. — (Measurements taken from centre to centre of sup- 
 porting columns.) Length of building, 1880 feet ; width of building, 464 
 feet. Central Avenue or Nave. — Length, 1832 feet; width, 120 feet; height 
 to top of supporting columns, 45 feet; height to ridge of roof, 70 feet. 
 Central Transept. — Length, 416 feet; width, 120 feet; height to top of col- 
 umns, 45 feet; height to ridge of roof, 70 feet. Side Avenues. — Length, 
 1832 feet; width, 100 feet; height to top of columns, 45 feet; height to 
 ridge of roof, 65 feet. Side Transepts. — Length, 416 feet; width, 100 feet; 
 height to top of columns, 45 feet; height to ridge of roof, 65 feet. Central 
 Aisles. — Length at east end, 744 feet; length at west end, 672 feet ; width, 
 48 feet; height to roof, 30 feet. Side Aisles. — Length at east end, 744 feet; 
 length at west end, 672 feet; width, 24 feet; height to roof, 24 feet. Centre 
 Space or Pavilion. — Ground plan, 120 feet square; height to top of sup- 
 porting columns, 72 feet; height to ridge of roof, 96 feet. Towers over 
 Courts. — Ground plan, 48 feet square; height to roof, 120 feet. Corner 
 Towers. — Ground plan, 24 feet square; height to roof, 75 feet. 
 
 The foundations consist of piers of masonry. The superstructure is 
 composed of wrought-iron columns which support wrought-iron roof- 
 trusses. These columns are composed of rolled channel-bars with plates 
 riveted to the flanges. Lengthwise of the building the columns are spaced 
 at the uniform distance apart of 24 feet. In the entire structure there are 
 672 columns, the shortest being 23 feet and the longest 125 feet in length. 
 Their aggregate weight is 2,200,000 pounds. The roof-trusses are similar 
 in form to those in general use for depots and warehouses, and consist of 
 straight rafters with struts and tie-bars. The aggregate weight of iron in 
 the roof-trusses and girders is 5,000,000 pounds. This building being a 
 temporary construction, the columns and trusses are so designed that they 
 may be easily taken down and erected again at another site. The sides of 
 the building for the height of seven feet from the ground are finished with 
 brickwork in panels between the columns. Above the seven feet, with 
 glazed sash. Portions of the sash are movable for ventilation. The root- 
 covering is of tin upon sheathing boards. The ground-flooring is of plank 
 upon sills resting upon the ground, with no open space underneath. All 
 the corners and angles of the building upon the exterior are accentuated 
 by galvanized iron octagonal turrets which extend the full height of the 
 building from the ground level to above the roof. These turrets at the 
 corners of the towers are surmounted with flagstaffs, at other places with 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 667 
 
 the national eagle. The national standard with appropriate emblems is 
 placed over the centre of each of the four main entrances. Over each of 
 the side entrances is placed a trophy showing the national colors of the 
 country occupying that part of the building. At the vestibules forming 
 part of the four main entrances variegated brick and tile have been intro- 
 duced. The building stands nearly due east and west, and is lighted almost 
 entirely by side light from the north and south sides. Louvre ventilators 
 are introduced over the central nave and each of the avenues. Skylights 
 are introduced over the central aisles. Small balconies or galleries of ob- 
 servation have been provided in the four central towers of the building at 
 the heights of the different stories. These will form attractive places from 
 which excellent views of the whole interior may be obtained. A complete 
 system of water supply, with ample provision of fire-cocks, etc., is provided 
 for protection against fire, and for sanitary purposes. Offices for foreign 
 commissions are placed along the sides of the building in the side aisles, in 
 close proximity to the products exhibited, as many of the 24 feet spaces 
 being partitioned off for that purpose as may be required. Offices for the 
 administration may be placed in the ends of the building and on the second 
 floor. The form of the building is such that all exhibitors will have an 
 equally fair opportunity to exhibit their goods to advantage. There is 
 comparatively little choice of location necessary, as the light is uniformly 
 distributed and each of the spaces devoted to products is located upon one 
 of the main thoroughfares. The departments of the classification will be 
 placed in parallel sections running lengthwise of the building, from east to 
 west, and will be wider or narrower in proportion to the bulk of the arti- 
 cles exhibited. The countries exhibiting will be located geographically, in 
 sections running crosswise of the building, from north to south. 
 
 ART GALLERY. 
 
 This structure, which is one of the affixes to the great exhibition, is 
 located on a line parallel with and northward of the Main Exhibition Build- 
 ing. It is on the most commanding portion of great Lansdowne plateau, 
 and looks southward over the city. It is elevated on a terrace six feet 
 above the general level of the plateau, the plateau itself being an eminence 
 116 feet above the surface of the Schuylkill River. The entire structure 
 is in the modern Renaissance. The materials are granite, glass and iron. 
 No wood is used in the construction, and the building is thoroughly fire- 
 proof. The structure is 365 feet in length, 210 feet in width and 59 feet 
 in height, over a spacious basement 12 feet in height, surmounted by a 
 dome. Exterior — 1. The Main Front . — The main front looks southward ; 
 it displays three distinctive features: 1. A main entrance in the centre of 
 the structure, consisting of three colossal arched doorways of equal dimen- 
 sions. 2. A pavilion at each end. 3. Two arcades connecting the pavil- 
 
668 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 ions with the centre; central section, 95 feet long, 72 feet high; pavilions, 
 45 feet long, 60 feet high; arcades, each, 90 feet long, 40 feet high. The 
 front or south face of the central section displays a rise of thirteen steps 
 to the entrance, 70 feet wide. The entrance is by three arched doorways, 
 each 40 feet high and 15 feet wide, opening into a hall. Between the arches 
 of the doorways are clusters of columns terminating in emblematic designs 
 illustrative of science and art. The doors, which are of iron, are relieved 
 by bronze panels, having the coats-of-arms of all the States and Territo- 
 ries. In the centre of the main frieze is the United States coat-of-arms. 
 The main cornice is surmounted by a balustrade with candelabras. At 
 either end is an allegorical figure representing science and art. The dome 
 rises from the centre of the structure to the height of 150 feet from the 
 
 ground. It is of glass and iron, and of a unique design; it terminates in 
 a colossal bell, from which the figure of Columbia rises with protecting 
 hands. A figure of colossal size stands at each corner of the base of the 
 dome. These figures typify the four quarters of the globe. Each pavilion 
 displays a window 30 feet high and 12 feet wide; it is also ornamented 
 with tile-work, wreaths of oak and laurel, 13 stars in the frieze and a 
 colossal eagle at each of its four corners. The arcades, a general feature 
 in the old Roman villas, but entirely novel here, are intended to screen the 
 long walls of the gallery. These each consist of five groined arches. These 
 arcades form promenades looking outward over the grounds and inward 
 over open gardens, which extend back to the main wall of the building. 
 These garden-plats are each 90 feet long and 36 feet deep, ornamented in 
 
GROUND PLAN OF ART GALLERY. 
 
 REFERENCES. 
 
 WALL SPACE. 
 
 A South Halls _..8680 sq. ft. 
 
 B Middle Halls 7760 
 
 C North Halls 8534 “ 
 
 D End Galleries 8248 “ 
 
 E Pavilions 7GJ8 “ 
 
 F End Rooms of Corridor 2796 “ 
 
 G Corridors 7408 “ 
 
 H Rooms (north) 8044 sq. ft. 
 
 I Rooms “ 5348 
 
 TC Rooms “ 2612 “ 
 
 L Reception Rooms 4894 “ 
 
 FLOOR SPACE. 
 
 M Reception Hall 4956 “ 
 
 N Centre “ 6833 “ 
 
 E Pavilions 5088 “ 
 
 Height of Picture fastenings above floor line 23 feet 4 inches. 
 
 Galleries A, B, C, D, F, G, N, are lighted from above. 
 
 Rooms E, H, I, K, L. M, are lighted from the side. 
 
 Rooms H, I, K, are repeated in the second story, and are 14 feet from floor to ceiling throughout. 
 Height of Pavilions and Reception Hall 52 feet. 
 
 Height of Centre Hall 77 feet. 
 
 6fi9 
 
670 
 
 BURLEY'S UNITED STATES 
 
 the centre with fountains and designed for the display of statuary. A 
 stairway from the gardens reaches the upper line of these arcades, forming 
 a second promenade, 35 feet above the ground. Its balustrade is orna- 
 mented with vases, and is designed ultimately for statues. The cornices, 
 the atticas and the crestiugs throughout are highly ornamented. The walls 
 of the east and west sides of the structure display the pavilions and the 
 walls of the picture-galleries, and are relieved by five niches designed for 
 statues; the frieze is richly ornamented; above it the central dome shows 
 to great advantage. The rear or north front is of the same general cha- 
 racter as the main front, but in place of the arcade is a series of arched 
 windows, twelve in number, with an entrance in the centre; in all thirteen 
 openings above, in an unbroken line, extending the entire length of the 
 structure. Between the pavilions is the grand balcony — a promenade 275 
 feet long and 45 feet wide and elevated 40 feet above the ground, overlook- 
 ing northward the whole panorama of the Park grounds. The main en- 
 trance opens on a hall 82 feet long, 60 feet wide and 53 feet high, decorated 
 in the modern Renaissance style. On the farther side of this hall three door- 
 ways, each 16 feet wide and 25 feet high, open into the centre hall; this 
 hall is 83 feet square, the ceiling of the dome rising over it 80 feet in height. 
 From its east and west sides extend the galleries, each 98 feet long, 84 feet 
 wide and 35 feet in height. These galleries admit of temporary divisions 
 for the more advantageous display of paintings. The centre hall and gal- 
 leries form one grand hall 287 feet long and 85 feet wide, capable of hold- 
 ing eight thousand persons — nearly twice the dimensions of the largest hall 
 in the country. From the two galleries doorways open into two smaller 
 galleries 28 feet wide and 89 feet long. These open north and south into 
 private apartments which connect with the pavilion-rooms, forming two 
 side galleries 210 feet long. Along the whole length of the north side of 
 the main galleries and central hall extends a corridor 14 feet wide, which 
 opens on its north line into a series of private rooms, thirteen in number, 
 designed for studios and smaller exhibition-rooms. All the galleries and 
 central hall are lighted from above; the pavilions and studios are lighted 
 from the sides. The pavilions and central hall are designed especially for 
 exhibitions of sculpture. 
 
 MACHINERY BUILDING. 
 
 This structure is located west of the intersection of Belmont and Elm 
 avenues, at a distance of 542 feet from the west front of the Main Exhibi- 
 tion Building and 274 feet from the north side of Elm avenue. The north 
 front of the building will be upon the same line as that of the Main Ex- 
 hibition Building, thus presenting a frontage of 3824 feet from the east to 
 the west end of the exhibition buildings upon the principal avenue within 
 the grounds. The building consists of the main hall, 360 feet wide by 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 671 
 
 1402 feet long, and an annex on the south side of 208 feet by 210 feet. 
 The entire area covered by the main hall and annex is 558,440 square 
 feet, or 12.82 acres. Including the upper floors, the building provides 14 
 
 acres ot floor space. The principal portion of the structure is one story 
 in height, showing the main cornice upon the outside at 40 feet from the 
 ground, the interior height to the top of the ventilators in the avenues 
 being 70 feet and in the aisles 40 feet. To break the long lines upon the 
 exterior, projections have been introduced upon the four sides, and the 
 main entrances finished with facades, extending to 78 feet in height. The 
 east entrance will form the principal approach from street-cars from the 
 Main Exhibition Building and from the railroad depot. Along the south 
 side will be placed the boiler-houses and such other buildings for special 
 kinds of machinery as may be required. The west entrance affords the 
 most direct communication with George’s Hill, which point affords the best 
 view of the entire exhibition grounds. 
 
 Ground Plan. — The arrangement of the ground plan shows two 
 main avenues 90 feet wide by 1360 feet long, with a central aisle between 
 and an aisle on either side. Each aisle is 60 feet in width ; the two ave- 
 nues and three aisles making the total width of 360 feet. At the centre 
 of the building is a transept of 90 feet in width, which at the south end is 
 prolonged beyond the main hall. This transept, beginning at 36 feet from 
 the main hall and extending 208 feet, is flanked on either side by aisles of 
 60 feet in width, and forms the annex for hydraulic machines. The prom- 
 enades in the avenues are 15 feet in width, in the transept 25 feet and in 
 the aisles 10 feet. All other walks extending across the building are 10 
 feet in width, and lead at either end to exit doors. 
 
 Construction. — The foundations consist of piers of masonry. The 
 superstructure consists of solid timber columns supporting roof trusses, 
 constructed with straight wooden principals and wrought-iron ties and 
 struts. As a general rule, the columns are placed lengthwise of the build- 
 ing, at the uniform distance apart of 16 feet. The columns are 40 feet 
 high to the heel block of the 90-feet span roof trusses over the avenues, 
 
672 
 
 GROUND PLAN OF MACHINERY BUILDING. 
 
BURLEY'S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 673 
 
 and they support the heel of the 60-feet spans over the aisles, at the height 
 of 20 feet. The outer walls are built of masonry to a height of 5 feet, 
 and above that are composed of glazed sash placed between the columns. 
 Portions of the sash are movable for ventilation. Louvre ventilators are 
 introduced in continuous lengths over both the avenues and the aisles. 
 The building is lit entirely by side light, and stands lengthwise nearly east 
 and west. 
 
 Sliaftiug. — The building admits of the most complete system of 
 shafting, the facilities in this respect being very superior. Eight main 
 lines may be introduced, extending almost the entire length of the struc- 
 ture, and counter-shafts introduced into the aisles at any point. The 
 hangers will be attached either to the wooden horizontal ties of the 60-feet 
 span roof trusses or to brackets especially designed for the purpose, project- 
 ing from the columns, in either case at the height of 20 feet from the 
 floor. 
 
 Hydraulic Annex. — The annex for hydraulic machines contains a 
 tank 60 feet by 160 feet, with depth of water of 10 feet. In connection 
 with this it is expected that hydraulic machinery will be exhibited in full 
 operation. At the south end of this tank will be a waterfall 35 feet high 
 by 40 feet wide, supplied from the tank by the pumps on exhibition. 
 
 HORTICULTURAL BUILDING. 
 
 The liberal appropriations of the city of Philadelphia have provided 
 the horticultural department of the exhibition with an extremely ornate 
 and commodious building, which is to remain in permanence as an orna- 
 ment of Fairmount Park. It is located on the Lansdowne terrace, a short 
 distance north of the Main Building and Art Gallery, and has a com- 
 manding view of the Schuylkill River and the north-western portion of 
 the city. The design is in the Mauresque style of architecture of the 
 twelfth century, the principal materials externally being iron and glass. 
 The length of the building is 383 feet, width 193 feet, and height to the 
 top of the lantern 72 feet. The main floor is occupied by the central 
 conservatory, 230 by 80 feet, and 55 feet high, surmounted by a lantern 
 170 feet long, 20 feet wide and 14 feet high. Running entirely around 
 this conservatory at a height of 20 feet from the floor is a gallery 5 feet 
 wide. On the north and south sides of this principal room are four forcing 
 houses for the propagation of young plants, each of them 100 by 30 feet, 
 covered with curved roofs of iron and glass. Dividing the two forcing 
 houses in each of these sides is a vestibule 30 feet square. At the centre 
 of the east and west ends are similar vestibules, on either side of which 
 are the restaurants, reception-room, offices, etc. From the vestibules orna- 
 mental stairways lead to the internal galleries of the conservatory as well 
 as to the four external galleries, each 100 feet long and 10 feet wide, which 
 43 
 
674 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 surmount the roofs of the forcing houses. These external galleries are 
 connected with a grand promenade, formed by the roofs of the rooms on 
 the ground floor, which has a superficial area of 1800 square yards. The 
 east and west entrauces are approached by flights of blue marble steps 
 from terraces 80 by 20 feet, in the centre of each of which stands an open 
 kiosque 20 feet in diameter. The angles of the main conservatory are 
 adorned with eight ornamental fountains. The corridors which connect 
 the conservatory with the surrounding rooms open fine vistas in every di- 
 rection. In the basement, which is of fireproof construction, are the 
 kitchen, store-rooms, coal-houses, ash-pits, heating arrangements, etc. 
 
GROUND PLAN OF HORTICULTURAL HALL. 
 
 675 
 
 i 
 
AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 
 
 This structure will stand north of the Horticultural Building, and on 
 the eastern side of Belmont avenue. It will illustrate a novel combination 
 of materials, and is capable of erection in a few mouths. Its materials are 
 wood and glass. It consists of a long nave crossed by three transepts, both 
 nave and transept being composed of Howe truss arches of a Gothic form. 
 The nave is 820 feet in length by 125 feet in width, with a height of 75 
 feet from the floor to the point of the arch. The central transept is of the 
 same height and a breadth of 100 feet, the two end transepts 70 feet high 
 and 80 feet wide. The four courts enclosed between the nave and transepts, 
 and also the four spaces at the corners of the building, having the nave 
 and end transepts for two of their sides, will be roofed and form valuable 
 spaces for exhibits. Thus the ground plan of the building will be a paral- 
 lelogram of 540 by 820 feet, covering a space of above ten acres. In its 
 immediate vicinity will be the stock-yards for the exhibition of horses, 
 cattle, sheep, swine, poultry, etc. 
 
 This comprehensive system of building — viz., Main Building, covering 
 21.47 acres; Art Gallery, covering 1.5 acres; Machinery Building, cover- 
 ing 14 acres; Horticultural Building, covering 1.5 acres; Agricultural 
 Building, covering 10.15 acres — provides for the accommodation of the 
 seven departments of the classification. 
 
 There will, be required, in addition to these buildings, a number of smaller 
 structures for the administration of the exhibition, all of which are now 
 being designed, with a view to their early erection. The preparation of the 
 grounds allotted to the Commission in Fairmount Park and the construe- 
 
 
677 
 
678 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 PLAN OF CENTENNIAL GROUNDS. 
 
 tion of the various buildings are far advanced, and will be vigorously urged 
 forward. Although the erection of the buildings and the grading of the 
 Park were not commenced until July, 1874, the progress made to this date 
 ensures their timely completion on a scale and in a manner that will answer 
 the requirements of the exhibition in every particular. 
 
 Besides the exhibition buildings proper, numerous applications have been 
 made by manufacturers and by the commissions of foreign governments for 
 permission to erect pavilions and various ornamental and useful structures 
 within the exhibition grounds. A number of fountains, memorial statues and 
 other decorative objects are in preparation under the auspices of local organ- 
 izations. These adjuncts will add essentially to the attractions of the Park. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 679 
 
 GROUNDS. 
 
 The fence-line of 16,000 feet, or over three miles, on which the fence 
 is to be built during the month of May, encloses two hundred and thirty- 
 six acres, which is exclusive of the stock-yards for the exhibition of horses, 
 cattle, sheep, swine, etc. 
 
 Within this enclosure the principal structures have been grouped in the 
 most economic, suitable and convenient positions. Facilities for transporta- 
 tion from distant points within the grounds will be provided, but the whole 
 area will contain objects of interest throughout its entire length and breadth. 
 The walks and roads throughout the grounds will have a total length of 
 seven miles, and apart from the main exhibition building and its principal 
 annexes, the entire surface intervening will be covered with the pavilions 
 of States and nations, costly buildings (erected by individuals to display 
 special exhibits), fountains, statues, vases and shrubbery, which, with a 
 lake of pure water three acres in extent and the parterre of flowers of 
 native and exotic plants surrounding the Horticultural Building and inter- 
 spersed over the ground, will, with other features presented by the beautiful 
 Park, afford an enchanting scene. 
 
 A careful survey of the grounds made it apparent that it was indispen- 
 sable for the preservation of uninterrupted intercourse between the build- 
 ings, and that access might be obtained from one portion of the enclosure 
 to another by the shortest lines, that the whole of the two ravines known 
 as Lausdowne and Belmont should be included within the exhibition 
 boundaries ; and as this line will interrupt the travel on the Park road to 
 Belmont, Chamouni and George’s Hill, we have determined, with the assent 
 of the Commissioners of Fairmount Park, to construct two bridges, cross- 
 ing the ravines where they open into the Schuylkill, aud by these to divert 
 the road from Sweetbrier Vale along the river, and from thence to continue 
 it on the north side of the exhibition line to a point where it will intersect 
 the road now travelled. 
 
 Drainage. — A system of drainage for the buildings and grounds has 
 been devised which will promote the convenience of the occupants and 
 visitors and serve the purposes of utility and health. 
 
 Water. — As an abundant supply of water for all the purposes of the 
 exhibition is indispensable, temporary pumping-works have been erected 
 at the river Schuylkill for a supply of not less than 4,000,000 gallons per 
 day for use within the exhibition enclosure, which will render it entirely 
 independent for a full supply of this indispensable element. 
 
 Gas. — The trustees of the City Gas-Works have shown a just appre- 
 ciation of the requirements of the exhibition and surrounding avenues for 
 a supply of gas by making arrangements to lay their mains to Belmont 
 
680 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 and Elm avenues, from which points it will be supplied in quantities 
 desired by service-pipe within the enclosure. 
 
 Transportation. — It is a cause of congratulation that, whether as 
 to materials for exhibition or visitors to the exhibition, the arrangements 
 are as perfect for their approach as it is possible to have them. The steam 
 roads which connect with the grounds of the exhibition connect also with 
 the wharves in Philadelphia and all the railroads entering the city, so that 
 from abroad or our own country no transshipments are required, and the 
 approaches from the various parts of our extended city will be made 
 equally convenient by many horse railroads and some of the steam roads, 
 which will set down their passengers immediately at the entrance. 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF 
 FINANCE OF APRIL 23, 1875. 
 
 Building's and Grounds. — Within the year last past much pro- 
 gress has been made in the work of preparation of suitable buildings for 
 the exhibition and the preparatory adaptation of the grounds. A con- 
 tract has been made with Richard J. Dobbins for the erection and con- 
 struction of the permanent “ Memorial Building,” to be used in 1876 as an 
 Art Gallery, and for its final completion on the first day of January, 1876. 
 This building, 365 feet in length, with a width of 210 feet, requires more 
 time for its completion than the other structures, because of its per- 
 manent and massive character, the materials composing it being granite, 
 iron, brick and glass. The first work in the excavation of the cellar 
 was done on the 4th day of July, 1874, and the building at this time 
 has assumed such proportions in its progress that all doubts of the 
 ability of the contractor to perform the requirements of his agreement 
 within the time allotted to him have been dispelled. The design is 
 in the Renaissance style of architecture ; and as its form rises day by 
 day, enveloped in solid blocks of granite, hewn from the quarries of 
 Virginia, New Hampshire and Maine, it fully meets the expectations of 
 your Board, and those associated with them in its superintendence, as a 
 graceful and appropriate memorial building of the great event, the mem- 
 ory of which it is intended to perpetuate. The undertaking required more 
 work to be done in a shorter space of time than was ever accomplished on 
 any building which can be reasonably compared with it. Time, however, 
 in this instance, is of the essence of the contract; and Mr. Dobbins’ progress 
 thus far in its erection, with the accumulation of wrought material for the 
 portion yet to be done, and facilities for transportation and building, give 
 your Board, who are familiar with the details, the confidence expressed. 
 The contract price of the building is $1,199,273, and the appropriation by 
 the State of Pennsylvania and city of Philadelphia of $1,500,000 will be 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 681 
 
 sufficient to cover all the expenses for heating, terracing, lighting, extra 
 work and unforeseen contingencies which may he developed in the progress 
 of structure. 
 
 Ma in Building. — The Main or Industrial Building, 1880 feet in 
 length and 464 feet in width, to be constructed with a frame of iron, 
 was also awarded to Richard J. Dobbins in July, 1874. The foundations 
 for this building, consisting of 672 stone piers, were built during the 
 last autumn, and are ready to support the superstructure. The contract 
 time for the completion of the building is January 1, 1876, and since the 
 award the materials have been prepared in the mills, shops and glass- 
 works, and quantities are now on the ground ready for use. Some idea of 
 the large amount of material which enters into the requirements of a struc- 
 ture covering twenty acres may be formed from the statement that to com- 
 plete it 3928 tons of iron must be rolled and fitted, 237,646 square feet 
 of glass made and set, 1,075,000 square feet of tin roof sheeting (equal to 
 24f acres) welded and spread. This material has been prepared and made 
 ready for use as fast as it could be handled on the ground. The work for 
 erection commences with the present week. The agreement provides that 
 the west wing of the building shall be erected by the first day of Septem- 
 ber, the east wing by the first day of October, the central pavilion and 
 towers by November 1, 1875, and the whole building by January 1, 1876. 
 It is possible and probable that the entire framework will be erected before 
 the first day of September ; and as the roofing, glazing, painting, flooring 
 and finishing of the part first erected commences with the erection of the 
 first spans, we have much confidence that the contractor will be able to an- 
 ticipate the time fixed for the delivery of the completed building. The 
 consideration for this building, enlarged from the original design, is 
 81,420,000, exclusive of drainage, water-pipe, plumbing, painting and 
 decoration. 
 
 Machinery Building. — This building, 1402 feet in length and 
 360 in width, with an annex on the south side of 208x210 feet, providing 
 14 acres of floor space, was contracted for by Philip Quigley, of Wilming- 
 ton, Del., Jauuary 27 of the present year. The contractor has worked out 
 his material and shown commendable energy in pushing forward the work 
 of erection, which he has already commenced. The contract requires its 
 delivery by October 1, 1875, but he fully expects to entirely complete more 
 than one-half of it by the fourth day of July next, and the remaining por- 
 tion is of easy accomplishment within the period agreed upon. The con- 
 sideration of this contract is $542,300, including drainage, water-pipe, 
 plumbing, etc., and exclusive of inside painting. 
 
 Horticultural Building. — This building, beautiful in design and 
 well adapted for its purpose, and as a permanent ornamental structure, on 
 Lansdowne Plateau, has been undertaken by John Rice, with an agree- 
 
682 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 ment to complete and deliver it by the 15th day of September, 1875. The 
 contract was made January 1, 1875, for the sum of $253,937, exclusive of 
 heating apparatus. No apprehension is felt of delay in the delivery of this 
 structure, which is now well in hand and in course of erection. The length 
 of the building, with approaches, is 383 feet, width 193 feet, and height, to 
 the top of the lantern, 72 feet. 
 
 Agricultural Building. — The remaining building of the group 
 of five principal halls is the Agricultural, 820 feet long and 540 feet in 
 width, with a floor space of ten acres, to be composed of wood and glass, 
 and to consist of a long nave and three cross-transepts, constructed of 
 Howe truss arches of a gothic form. Its construction is easy and simple, 
 but will combine adaptability with a pleasing effect. The working draw- 
 ings of this building will be ready for contract within a fortnight of this 
 time, and it will be placed under contract so as to secure its completion by 
 the month of September next. The construction of one of the two build- 
 ings located at Elm and Belmont avenues, which will contain the rooms 
 for executive officers, as well as for the accommodation of the post-office, 
 custom-house, telegraph, fire alarm, and police headquarters, etc., has 
 been commenced. A portion of it will be ready for occupancy in one 
 week from this time, and the entire building, containing twenty-five office 
 rooms, completed next month. The contractor is Aaron Doan, and con- 
 tract price $18,801. 
 
 SYSTEM OF AWARDS. 
 
 First. Awards shall be based upon written reports attested by the sig- 
 natures of their authors. 
 
 Second. Two hundred judges shall be appointed to make such reports, 
 one-half of whom shall be foreigners and one-half citizens of the United 
 States. They will be selected for their known qualifications and character, 
 and will be experts in the departments to which they will be respectively 
 assigned. The foreign members of this body will be appointed by the 
 commission of each country, and in conformity with the distribution and 
 allotment to each, which will he hereafter announced. The judges from 
 the United States will be appointed by the Centennial Commission. 
 
 Third. The sum of one thousand dollars will be paid to each commis- 
 sioned judge for personal expenses. 
 
 Fourth. Reports and awards shall be based upon inherent and com- 
 parative merit. The elements of merit shall be held to include considera- 
 tions relating to originality, invention, discovery, utility, quality, skill, 
 workmanship, fitness for the purposes intended, adaptation to public wants, 
 economy and cost. 
 
 Fifth. Each report will be delivered to the Centennial Commission as 
 soon as completed, for final award and publication. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 683 
 
 Sixth. Awards will be finally decreed by the United States Centennial 
 Commission, in compliance with the act of Congress, and will consist of a 
 diploma with a uniform bronze medal and a special report of the judges 
 on the subject of the award. 
 
 Seventh. Each exhibitor will have the right to reproduce and publish 
 the report awarded to him, but the United States Centennial Commission 
 reserves the right to publish and dispose of all reports in the manner it 
 thinks best for public information, and also to embody and distribute the 
 reports as records of the exhibition. 
 
 LEGAL OPINIONS WITH REFERENCE TO THE SEIZURE 
 OF GOODS OF EXHIBITORS FOR DEBT. 
 
 Opinion of the Counsellor of the Commission. 
 
 Philadelphia, October 10, 1874. 
 
 Hon. Alfred T. Goshorn, Director-General. 
 
 Sir : In answer to your communication enclosing and asking a legal 
 opinion upon the following extract of a letter from His Excellency, the 
 Austrian minister, viz. : — 
 
 “ Whether, in the event of the failure of the exhibition pecuniarily — 
 an event which it is hoped and expected will not occur — the foreign goods 
 sent to the exhibition will be held free from seizure by the creditors of the 
 Centennial Exhibition Commission and Committee, so that the foreign ex- 
 hibitors may not lose their property or have difficulty in removing the 
 same.” — 
 
 I would state that the Act of Congress, approved June 1, 1872, provides 
 that “ all contracts made in any State for the purpose of the Centennial 
 International Exhibition shall be subject to the laws thereof.” The offices 
 of the Commission and Board of Finance are in the State of Pennsylva- 
 nia ; there all the applications for space and privileges to exhibit are and 
 must be made, no charge or claim being incurred therefor. The goods 
 will be delivered to the exhibition in that State ; neither the Commission 
 nor Board of Finance have any ownership or property in them : they re- 
 main the property of the owner, and are deposited under the regulations 
 of the Commission, to which the owners agree. 
 
 The law of Pennsylvania is well settled that goods thus deposited and 
 placed on exhibition are free from seizure, and are not liable for the debts 
 of the person or corporation thus receiving them. 
 
 The buildings are erected upon grounds already belonging to the public. 
 They are subject to no rent or taxation, and are, therefore, exempt from 
 that class of superior liens. The buildings, too, will be a United States 
 bonded warehouse, in which all foreign goods for exhibition only will be 
 entered and allowed to be returned free of duty. 
 
684 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 I cannot imagine the possibility of such a claim being made, and am 
 clearly of the opinion that if made it would be utterly invalid. 
 
 Yours, respectfully, 
 
 [Signed] John L. Shoemaker, 
 
 Counsellor and Solicitor for the Centennial Commission. 
 
 We concur in the foregoing opinion. 
 
 Benjamin Harris Brewster. 
 
 [Signed] Henry m Phillips . 
 
 October 13, 1874. 
 
 Opinion of the Attorney- General of the United States. 
 
 Department of Justice, -> 
 
 Washington, November 27, 1 874. / 
 
 Hon. C. Delano, Secretary of the Interior. 
 
 Sir : I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of Nov. 
 4, 1874, and the papers transmitted therewith — to wit, copies of the fol- 
 lowing documents : a letter addressed to the Secretary of State, of date 
 of 16th September, 1874, by Baron Schwartz-Senborn, minister of Austria, 
 Hungary ; a letter addressed to the Secretary of the Interior (dated Nov. 
 2, 1874) by Hon. Alfred T. Goshorn, Director-General of the Interna- 
 tional Exhibition, 1876; and a communication from Hon. John L. Shoe- 
 maker, Counsellor and Solicitor for the Centennial Commission, addressed 
 to the Director-General of the exhibition. These papers all relate to the 
 subject of your letter, and to the question upon which you request of me 
 an expression of opinion ; that question is whether the goods of foreign 
 exhibitors sent to the International Exhibition, to be inaugurated at Phil- 
 adelphia May 10, 1876, “will be free from seizure by the creditors of the 
 United States Centennial Commission and Centennial Board of Finance,” 
 so that they (the foreign exhibitors) may not lose their property or have 
 difficulty in “removing the same.” The laws which have been passed con- 
 cerning the “ International Exhibition ” are : The Acts of Congress ap- 
 proved March 3, 1871 (16 Stats. 470), and June 2, 1872 (17 Stats. 202); 
 also the Acts of the Legislature of the State of Pennsylvania, passed June 
 2, 1871 (Laws of Pennsylvania for 1871, p. 1311), and March 27, 1873 
 (Laws of Pennsylvania for 1873, p. 56). Upon a careful reading of these 
 statutes, I find in them no provision giving to the Centennial Commission 
 or to any corporation or association of persons connected with the man- 
 agement of the exhibition any property interest in the goods of the exhib- 
 itors. These persons and bodies corporate will have no ownership in the 
 goods. They will be, at most, depositories or bailees, having the temporary 
 custody of the goods for the purpose of the exhibitors. The relations of 
 all parties to the goods upon their admission to the exhibition will be gov- 
 erned by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 685 
 
 In that State, as everywhere, it is true generally that the property of 
 one cannot be taken for the debt or liability of another. There must be 
 in the debtor ownership or an estate in the thing to enable the creditor to 
 execute his process upon it. 
 
 The law of Pennsylvania is very careful to protect the rights of persons 
 to their property which is in the hands of others, and holds only that 
 which the debtor owns answerable for his debts. The reports of her 
 highest tribunal abound with cases which, under a great variety of circum- 
 stances, show the prevalence of this general rule. That court has decided 
 that a sheriff is liable in damages, as a trespasser at the suit of the real 
 owner, for levying an attachment upon goods in the possession of another 
 and making a return upon the writ that they were “attached,” although 
 there was no “manual handling” of the goods by the sheriff, nor removal 
 of them. Other cases, showing the strictness of the rule, are : Spangler 
 vs. Adams, of Martin 16 Serg. & R. 68 ; Com. vs. Watmough, 6 Whar. 
 1 16 ; Bank vs. Jones, 42 Penn. 536 ; same case, 44 Penn. 253. Under the 
 law of Pennsylvania, as shown by these cases, it is very clear that the 
 goods of the exhibitors will be free from all liability to seizures upon de- 
 mands against the Commission, for which no superior lien can be claimed. 
 The classes of obligations for the satisfaction of which liens attach to real 
 estate, and sometimes to the personal property found on it, are taxes, rent 
 and the claims of mechanics, material men and laborers upon buildings or 
 structures to the erection of which they have contributed skill, materials 
 or labor. By th.e law of Pennsylvania, the personal property of the tenant 
 or occupier of real estate upon which taxes are assessed is liable to be dis- 
 trained for those taxes, but the goods of others in the possession of the 
 tenant, and found upon the premises, are exempt. 2 Brightly’s Purdon’s 
 Digest of the Laws of Pennsylvania, 1370, Sec. 90 of the Tax laws; see 
 Moore vs. Marsh et al., 60 Penn. 46. As to rent, it is well settled by re- 
 peated decisions of the Supreme Court of that State that the goods of 
 strangers in the possession of the tenant are privileged from seizure for 
 rent due upon the premises where the course of the tenant’s business must 
 of necessity give him such possessions. For the benefit of trade, and for 
 the public convenience and advantage, the goods of third persons, put in 
 the way of business upon rented premises, are protected from distress for 
 rent. It would not be less prejudicial to the public than unjust to the 
 owner were his property liable to be seized for the duties of those through 
 whose hands, in the current of the world’s business, it must pass. Brown 
 vs. Sims, 17 Serg. & R. 138; Riddle vs. Welden, 5 Watts, 9; Cadwalader 
 vs. Tindall, 20 Penn. 20; Briggs vs. Large, 30 Penn. 287. In Brown vs. 
 Sims it was said by Chief-Justice Gibson that “the right” to distrain the 
 property of a stranger “rests on no principle of reason or justice,” and 
 that the exceptions would, in the end, eat out the rule. The principle upon 
 
686 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED ST A TES 
 
 which he rests these exceptions — viz., the public convenience and advan- 
 tage ; and I will add, for the good name and honor of the whole nation, 
 but particularly of the city of ‘Philadelphia aud the commonwealth of 
 Pennsylvania, that the property of all exhibitors, especially those from 
 abroad, should be free from all liability for the debts of those who are to 
 control and manage the exhibition, whether those debts be for taxes, rent 
 or any obligation whatsoever. The claims of mechanics, material men and 
 laborers who contribute skill, materials and labor in the erection of the 
 buildings can be made liens on them, but those liens cannot be extended 
 so as to attach the goods placed in the buildings. Sections 1, 2, 18 of the 
 Mechanics’ Lien Act, 2 Brightly’s Purd. Dig., p. 1025, as regards liability 
 for rent and taxes. I have considered the question as if the ground on 
 which the buildings are to be erected for the Centennial Exhibition, and 
 the buildings also, were subject to taxation, and the Commission having 
 the control of the exhibition a tenant owing rent to the owner of the prem- 
 ises; this is, however, far from the fact. The ground is public property, 
 owned by the city of Philadelphia, and is not, as I understand, subject to 
 taxation. It freely is tendered by that municipality to the use of those 
 who, by law, will manage and control the exhibition, and they are not 
 considered to be in the situation of tenants owing rent to the landlord. 
 
 For the reasons above set forth, I am clear in the opinion that the goods 
 of those who shall appear as exhibitors at the “International Exhibition” 
 will, under the laws of Pennsylvania, be entirely free from liability to 
 seizure for the debts, claims or demands whatsoever against the Centennial 
 Commission or any other corporate body, person or association of persons 
 having to do with said exhibition. I cannot conceive of any risk, from 
 this source, of the loss of their goods by foreign exhibitors, nor of any 
 difficulty they will meet with in removing their property. 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 Geo. H. Williams, Attorney- General. 
 
 Opinion of the Attorney- General of the State of Pennsylvania. 
 
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, \ 
 
 Office of Attorney-General, Harrisburg, March 3, 1875. > 
 
 To IIon. Alfred T. Gosjiorn, 
 
 Director- General of the United States Centennial International Exhibition. 
 
 Sir: In reply to your communication, in which you state in substance 
 that rumors have been circulated that iu the event of financial embarrass- 
 ment of the Centennial Exhibition the goods sent by exhibitors thereto 
 would be liable to seizure by its creditors, and desiring my opinion in 
 relation thereto. Upon what grounds this rumor is based I am unable to 
 comprehend. 
 
CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 687 
 
 The buildings are erected upon public grounds, and I am informed are 
 exempt from taxati jn and rent, and no charge is made for space occupied 
 by exhibitors. 
 
 There is no law of this State, in my opinion, that would subject the goods 
 of exhibitors to liability for the indebtedness, if any should exist, of the 
 Centennial Exhibition. As this rumor will command little if any consid- 
 eration at home, but may excite attention abroad, I deem it proper to say 
 that the owner of such goods will enjoy the same protection therefor as by 
 the Constitution and laws of this State is afforded and given to her own 
 citizens in the protection of like property. The right of property, its 
 possession, enjoyment and protection, is one of the indefeasible rights ex- 
 pressly guaranteed by the Constitution of this State to all men. No dis- 
 tinction is made, whether the owner be a citizen or foreigner; the right is 
 common to all, and secured by the laws of the State to all. No man’s 
 property can be invaded or taken except by due process of law— by au- 
 thority of law; and there is no law of Pennsylvania whose authority could 
 be invoked, in my opinion, to authorize the taking of the goods of exhib- 
 itors at the Centennial Exhibition to satisfy the creditors, if any there 
 should be, of such exhibitors. 
 
 AVith great respect, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 Sam’l E. Dimmick, Attorney- General. 
 
 PARTICIPATION OF FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS. 
 
 The invitation addressed to foreign governments has been generally ac- 
 cepted, and a larger number of nations will participate than in any pre- 
 vious international exhibition. The nations which thus purpose being 
 represented, and most of which have appointed commissions to organize 
 their exhibits, are as follows : 
 
 Argentine Confeder- 
 
 Australia and Can- 
 
 Norway, 
 
 ation, 
 
 ada, 
 
 Orange Free State, 
 
 Belgium, 
 
 Guatemala and Salva- 
 
 Persia, 
 
 Bolivia, 
 
 dor, 
 
 Peru, 
 
 Brazil, 
 
 Hawaii, 
 
 Portugal, 
 
 Chili, 
 
 Hayti, 
 
 Russia, 
 
 China, 
 
 Honduras, 
 
 Siam, 
 
 Denmark, 
 
 Italy, 
 
 Spain, 
 
 Ecuador, 
 
 Japan, 
 
 Sweden, 
 
 Egypt, 
 
 Liberia, 
 
 Tunis, 
 
 France and Algeria, 
 
 Mexico, 
 
 Turkey, 
 
 Germany, 
 
 Netherlands, 
 
 U. S. of Colombia, 
 
 Great Britain, with 
 
 Nicaragua, 
 
 Venezuela. 
 
 In addition to these governments, which have formally accepted the in- 
 
688 BURLEY’S CENTENNIAL GAZETTEER AND GUIDE. 
 
 vitation of the President and notified the State Department to this date, 
 preparations are being made in Austria, Hungary, Switzerland, Greece 
 and several other countries to take part in the exhibition. 
 
 A number of governments have already made liberal appropriations in 
 aid of the representation they purpose making of their industries. 
 
 REVISION OF THE CALENDAR. 
 
 The changes which have been announced in the dates of opening and 
 closing the exhibition were found to be necessary on two accounts. It is 
 unsafe, in the climate of Philadelphia, to depend upon having settled spring 
 weather much before the middle of May. In view of the importance to 
 the success of the exhibition that exhibitors shall have good weather for 
 the installation of their goods, and that the first impressions of visitors may 
 be favorable, it seemed desirable to defer the opening day three weeks. 
 Resides this, representations were made by several of the northerly coun- 
 tries which will participate in the exhibition, to the effect that the opening 
 of navigation was liable to be delayed so nearly up to the announced date 
 as to make it doubtful whether their products could be delivered in Phila- 
 delphia in season for installation before the exhibition opened. These 
 considerations dictated the changes which have been made in the dates 
 heretofore announced. The calendar as thus revised is as follows : 
 Reception of articles begins ..... Jan. 5, 1876. 
 
 “ “ “ ends ..... April 19, “ 
 
 Unoccupied space forfeited .... April 26, “ 
 
 Exhibition opens ....... May 10, “ 
 
 “ closes ....... Nov. 10, “ 
 
 Goods to be removed by .... Dec. 31, “ 
 
 THE EXHIBITION BUILDINGS. 
 
 Building. 
 
 Main Building, 
 
 Art Building, 
 Horticultural Building, 
 Machinery Building, 
 Agricultural Building, 
 
 Date of Completion. Contract Pnce. 
 
 Area Covered. 
 
 21.47 acres. 
 
 1.50 “ 
 
 1.50 “ 
 
 14.00 “ 
 
 10.15 “ 
 
 48.62 acres. 
 
 Contract Awarded. 
 
 July, 1874. 
 July 4, 1874. 
 Jan. 1, 1875. 
 Jan. 27, 1875. 
 June 16, 1875. 
 
 Jan., 1876. 
 Jan. 1, 1876. 
 Sept. 5, 1875. 
 Oct. 1, 1875. 
 Jan. 1, 1876. 
 
 $1,420,000. 
 
 1,199,273. 
 
 253,937. 
 
 542,300. 
 
 250,000. 
 
Engraved expressly for Burley’s United States Centennial Gazetteer and Guide. 
 
 VIENNA EXHIBITION, 1873. 
 
 T HE International Exhibition at Vienna was opened by the emperor 
 of Austria on the 1st of May, and was closed on the 2d of Novem- 
 ber, 1873. Franz Joseph was the prime mover in this enterprise, and to 
 his efforts was due such success as was achieved. The number of countries 
 represented was larger than at any of the preceding exhibitions. Not only 
 the countries of Europe and America, but the empires of the East, sent 
 contributions. The Chinese were so condescending as to exhibit some of their 
 productions in competition with the once-despised Western “ barbarians.” 
 Japan, which nation once punished with death a foreign tour on the part 
 of her natives, but which has since that time been “ reconstructed,” was 
 represented by the articles of a number of her citizens, who came with the 
 full approval of their government. India, Persia, Morocco, Tunis, Tur- 
 key and Egypt were also contributors. The Director-General was the 
 Baron Von Schwartz-Senborn, who used every effort to have all arrange- 
 ments completed in time, but the exhibitors were very slow in getting their 
 portion of the labor accomplished. At the opening of the exposition tin- 
 German and English departments were the only ones in which the prep- 
 arations were not very much behindhand. This tardiness was especially 
 noticeable in the department of the United States, the commissioners 
 of which had been suspended by the President on account of grave 
 charges which were brought against them. The number of visitors was 
 7,250,000, and on the closing day 139,037 persons entered the building. 
 The number of American exhibitors was 922, a larger number than had 
 taken part in any previous international exhibition. They carried off 9 
 44 689 
 
690 
 
 BURLEY’S UNITED STATES 
 
 “diplomas of honor,” 70 “medals for progress,” 177 “medals of merit,” 
 2 “ medals for Fine Arts,” 5 “ medals for good taste,” 23 “ medals for co- 
 operators,” and 145 “ diplomas of merit or honorable mention,” making in 
 all 431 awards. One of the most interesting features of this exposition, 
 and one well worthy of imitation in the future, was a series of international 
 congresses, which were held in connection with the enterprise. They began 
 with an International Patent Congress, which declared in favor of efficient 
 patent laws for the protection of inventors, and resolved that only invent- 
 ors should obtain patents, that patents should be issued for, or extended to, 
 a term of fifteen years, and that a complete publication of patents should 
 be obligatory. The Congress of Agriculture and Forestry, which was well 
 attended, discussed the protection of useful birds, and passed a resolution 
 requesting the Austrian government to secure the protection of birds which 
 are useful to agriculture by means of international treaties, also to exert 
 itself to bring about an international agreement among the states for im- 
 proving the statistics of agriculture and forestry. The Congress of Cultivat- 
 ors of Flax resolved to establish a standing committee composed of members 
 from all the states cultivating flax, which is to act as an international organ 
 for the mutual communication of information which will lead to the im- 
 provement of that valuable product. The International Medical Congress 
 declared in favor of compulsory vaccination, and of abolishing all land and 
 river quarantines, together with a thorough revision of the ocean quarantine. 
 In the Meteorological Congress the states of Europe, the United States 
 and China were represented. ^Resolutions were passed aiming at the im- 
 provement of meteorological observations, and the establishment of a cen- 
 tral meteorological institution was declared to be desirable. One of the 
 most interesting and best attended of these congresses was the Private 
 International Conference for voluntary aid in time of war. A number of 
 resolutions were adopted relative to improved methods of transporting the 
 wounded from the field of battle and on railroads, and one resolution recom- 
 mended that in war every soldier be supplied with bandages, as in the case 
 of his being wounded the necessary material would then be always at 
 hand. The International Monetary Conference declared in favor of the 
 old standard in preference, to the pure silver or the double (gold and sil- 
 ver) standard, and recommended the introduction of an international five- 
 dollar chief gold piece of 7$ grammes (115.8 grains), refined gold, and as 
 an international monetary unit the metrical dollar of 1|- grammes (23.16 
 grains), divided into 100 cents. As the amount of pure gold in the dollar 
 of the United States is 23.22 grains, and in the half-eagle is 116.1 grains, 
 the difference in value between the proposed coins and those of the United 
 States is little more than one-fourth of one per cent. Should this proposed 
 system of international coinage ever be adopted, it might with reason be 
 considered a substantial victory for “ the almighty dollar.” 
 

 
 , ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' ’ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
A D VER TISE VENTS. 
 
 693 
 
 PHILADELPHIA STEAM 
 
 
 CROFT, WILBUR & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF THE FINEST 
 
 CONFECTIONS , 
 
 CHOCOLATE and COCOA, 
 
 1226 MARiKET STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 SPECIALTIES PINT PINE GOODS, 
 
 js^SEND FOR QUOTATIONS.-^ 
 
694 
 
 ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 No. 3029 CHESTNUT ST., PHILADA., 
 
 Manufacturers of the most Improved 
 
 STEAM and HAND-POWER BOILER ROLLS, 
 
 COMBINED PUNCHING and SHEADING MACHINES, 
 
 Single-Power Punching Machines, with Shearing Attachments, 
 
 ROTARY SHEARING MACHINES, 
 
 BOILER-PLATE PLANING MACHINES , 
 
 AND EVERY DESCRIPTON OF 
 
 MACHINERY for BOILER MAKING, 
 
 ALL KINDS OF 
 
 Punching and Shearing Machines for Rolling Mills, Bolt and Nut Mahers, etc, 
 
 Also, Manufacturers of their Patent HAIR-PICKING and CLEAN- 
 ING MACHINE, for Upholsterers, Mattress Makers, etc. 
 
 SEND FOR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1823, AT PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 l v i: - 8 
 
 CELEBRATED HERB MEDICINES 
 
 Meet the wants of the afflicted who require safe and reliable Medical or Surgical treatment. 
 All who try these preparations are soon convinced of their superiority as remedial agents. They 
 owe their present popularity to intrinsic merit, not to “ printers’ ink.” 
 
 Whatever disease you have (which your physician fails to cure), send for my Medical 
 Pamphlet, for it contains very much on diseases and the proper treatment for them with LYE’S 
 Remedies. One Dime, to any address. 
 
 THOS. WARDLE, M. D., D. D., 
 
 1029 Race Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 ©r. SStartile, 
 
 Surgeon Dentist, 
 
 No. 1029 Race Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 In practice Thirty-six years. Ex-Professor in the Phila- 
 delphia Dental College. 
 
 All operations performed with judgment and with jus- 
 tice to the patient. __ 
 
 REFERENCES. 
 
 Prof. James McG'lintock, Rev. R. M. Hatfield, D. D., 
 
 Dr. Wm. F. Guernsey, Rev. Wm. Cooper, D. D., 
 
 Rev. Wm. Suddards, D. D., Rev. Joseph Castle. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 695 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1842. 
 
 A LIBERAL DISCOUNT TO THE JOBBING TRADE. 
 
 ATMOKE’S 
 
 oxs 
 
 J. 
 
 Equal to the imported, at very greatly reduced prices; all of the very best materials. 
 
 136 SOUTH FRONT STREET 
 
 PHI ItA&S&nEtt, 
 
 A T M O BE ' S 
 
 CELEBRATED 
 
 MIITCE MEAT. 
 
696 
 
 A D VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 ISAAC A. SHEPPARD. 
 
 WILLIAM B. WALTON, 
 JONATHAN S. BIDDLE, 
 JOHN SIIEKLEK. 
 
 DANIEL WEAVER, 
 JAMES 0. HORN. 
 
 1 HON. WALLWORK, 
 
 Pourtb Street and Montgomery Avenue, 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 AND 
 
 Eastern Avenue and Chester Street, 
 
 BALTIMORE. 
 
 STOVE WORKS AND HOLLOW-WARE FOUNDRIES, 
 
AD VERTISEMDN TS. 
 
 697 
 
 tUA SHAFTS 
 
 [ESTABLISHED 1859.] 
 
 Geo.V. Cresson, 
 
 EIGHTEENTH AND HAMILTON STREETS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 SHAFTING 
 
 AND ALL ITS APPURTENANCES. 
 
 PATENT INTERNAL CLAMP COUPLING 
 
 FOR SHAFTING. 
 
 THE MOST SIMPLE AND EFFECTIVE MODE YET DEVISED FOR COUPLING 
 SHAFTS. CAN RE APPLIED BY ANY ONE IN A FEW MINUTES. IT HAS 
 AN EQUALLY POWERFUL HOLD ON BOTH SHAFTS, EQUAL TO A “FORCING 
 FIT.” THERE ARE NO BOLTS TO BREAK OR AVORK LOOSE. THERE IS NO 
 STRAIN ON THE SCREWS. CANNOT THROW THE SHAFTS OUT OF LINE ON 
 APPLYING IT. 
 
 THIS COUPLING IS NOAV BEING MANUFACTURED BY SOME OF THE MOST 
 PROMINENT FIRMS IN ENGLAND, SCOTLAND AND GERMANY, AND HAS 
 RECEIVED THE HIGHEST COMMENDATION FROM THE BEST MECHANICS 
 AT HOME AND ABROAD. 
 
 
 o 
 
 '4 
 
 
698 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 D. L. BAUMGARDNER. B. J, WOODWARD, HENRY BAUMGARDNER, 
 
 BAUMGARDNER, WOODWARD & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Manila, Sisal and American Hemp 
 
 CORDAGE, 
 
 AND DEALERS IN 
 
 TAR, PITCH, OARS, 
 
 38 South Delaware Avenue, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Factory, BEVERLY, N. J. 
 
 Hdr* N. B— Lowest Rates of Freight secured to ail points. 
 
A D VER T I SEME NTS. 
 
 699 
 
 E. M. BRUCE & CO., 
 
 General Managers for the 
 
 131 If 
 
 COTTAGE ORGANS 
 
 AND THE 
 
 ARION PIANOS, 
 
 .FOR 
 
 Pennsylvania, Delaware and New Jersey. 
 
 Send for CIRCULAR and PRICE LISTS. 
 
 E, M. BRUCE & CO,, 
 
 1308 Chestnut Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DAVID F. CONOVER & CO., 
 
 Successors to TVM. B. TV ARNE & CO., 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALERS IN 
 
 South-East Cor. Chestnut and Seventh Sts,, 
 
 FIRST FLOOR, 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 American Watch Wholesale Salesrooms. 
 
700 
 
 ADVER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ROBERT WOOD. TIIOS. S. ROOT. 
 
 Philadelphia Ornamental Iron Works. 
 
 Robert Wood & Co, 
 
 1936 RIDGE AVENUE, PHILADELPHIA, PA., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 cc 
 
 ^ £ 
 [— 1 =2 
 CO 
 
 CO ^ 
 
 « I 
 
 CO =; 
 * 
 
 cy 
 
 go s 
 
 
 § 
 
 o 
 
 cT c±3 
 
 Co S 
 
 CS| P=! 
 
 l 
 
 ' p rt 
 
 s'i 
 
 0=5 - ~ 
 
 . *\ r~ , . > 
 
 %mn 
 
 N- <=> ft 
 
 A 1 , ry-t O c 
 
 S: ^ Ss 
 
 « <u 
 
 O (=1 &» 
 
 >> 
 
 >1 
 
 «=3 ’ 0-5 
 
 CO 0J 
 
 ,5 
 
 fcfl'- 
 
 E-H 
 
 CS2. 
 
 -=CJ 
 
 C-D - 
 
 m 
 
 « 5 
 
 1=1 w 
 
 «a » ^ 
 
 | g » > 
 
 g. -•*■ o 
 
 ffi o § M 
 
 _ 3 p, k. > 
 
 | 'o-? _ 
 
 e|£ Q 
 
 g S > 
 
 m' Cff S ■, 
 S a “ H 
 
 ' *?E 
 
 p 5 
 
 o “ 
 
 Railings for Offices, Banks, Counter Railings, Balconies, Lawn and Farm Fences, etc. 
 
 BRONZE WORK, 
 
 STATUARY BRONZES 
 
 FRO 31 ARTISTS’ 310 DELS, 
 
 COLOSSAL, HEROIC or LIFE-SIZE, 
 
 MADE AND FINISHED IN THE HIGHEST STYLE OF ART. 
 
 REFERRING TO 
 
 H. K. BROWN. .7. A. BAILEY, J. Q. WARD, L. IV. VOLK. L. THOMPSON, HORATIO STONE, 
 All Prominent Artists, for the Fidelity and Finish of onr Work. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 701 
 
 td WHITE, BLACK AND COLORS, W 
 
702 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 MORO PHILLIPS, 
 
 Manufacturing Chemist, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF ACIDS AND OTHER CHEMICALS; 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 MORO PHILLIPS’ SUPER-PHOSPHATE OF TIME. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA . 
 
 JAMES MILLER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER, IMPORTER AND DEALER, 
 
 LOOM REEDS AND HARNESSES. 
 
 0_A_IEC LEATHER BELTING. 
 
 FACTORY AND MILL SUPPLIES, Etc. 
 
 CORNER TWENTY-SECOND AND HAMILTON STS. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Gr. InT. Q-BEEB, 
 
 N.E. Cor. 10th and WALNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 DEALER IN 
 
 HOT HOUSE, DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN FRUITS, anti 
 
 Having commenced the manufacturing of Confectionery in 1843, and studied its various branches 
 with success, I have at various times introduced to the public many of the choicest Confections of 
 the day, some of which are my celebrated CREAM CARAMELS of all flavors, being the first to 
 discover the practicability of combining pure Cream with the juice of the various fruits without 
 impoverishing the richness or flavor of either. Greer’s Cream Walnuts and Chocolates are well known. 
 
 SECURE A BOX OF GREER'S CONFECTIONS. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 703 
 
 AMERICAN 
 
 LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 
 
 OF PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 S. K. cor. Fourth and Walnut Streets. 
 
 Assets $5,000,000. 
 
 GEO. W. HILL, President. 
 
 GEO. NUGENT, Vice-Pres’t, JOHN S. WILSON, Sec’y, 
 
 ALEXANDER WHILLDIN, Chairman Finance Committee, 
 JOHN C. SIMS, Actuary, J. G. HAMMER, Ass’t Secretary. 
 
 Largest Lamp-black Works in tlie World. 
 
 LAMP-BLACK 
 
 FROM THE LOWEST TO THE HIGHEST GRADES, 
 
 MANUFACTURED 1 5 Y ' 
 
 L MARTIN 1, 60., 
 
 No. 1 18 Walnut Street , Second Floor Front , 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 We particularly caution purchasers against parties who are fraud- 
 ulently appropriating our well-known brands, originated by us, and fa- 
 miliar to the Trade for nearly a quarter of a century. 
 
 Silver Medals awarded by the Franklin Institute, 1852 ; Massachusetts 
 Charitable Mechanic Association, Boston, 1860 ; American Institute, New 
 York, 1867 ; and Franklin Institute, 1874. 
 
 THE & McDOWELL 
 
 STOVES OCX 
 
 Foundries: GIRARD AVENUE, ASH STREET AND GUNNER’S RUN, PHILADA. 
 
 Offices, 133 North Second St., Phllada.; 143 West Pratt St., Baltimore. 
 
 W. L. McDowell, Pres. W. H. Steak, Viee-Pres. 
 
 F. LeIbrandt, Jr., Treas. W. D. Bennage, Sec. 
 
 W. T. PALFREY , Sup’t. THOS . WEISS, Treas 
 
 LEHIGH SHOVEL COMPANY, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 SHOVELS, SPADES AND SCOOPS, 
 
 BST5S3L.E133EiyE, PA. 
 
704 
 
 A D VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA STEEL COMPANY, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF STANDARD HAMMERED 
 
 STEEL RAILS AND AXLES 
 
 Heavy Shafting, Forgings, Frogs, Crossings and Switches. 
 
 Principal Office, 216 SOUTH FOURTH ST., PHILADA. 
 
 SAMUEL M. FELTON, President. 
 
 HENRY C. SPACEMAN, Tr eas. EBEN F. BARKER, Sec. 
 
 WORKS AT BALDWIN, NEAR HARRISBURG, PENNA. 
 
 LUTHER S. BENT, Sup’t at Works. 
 
 Established by John Harrison, 1793. 
 
 HARRISON BROTHERS «fc CO., 
 
 Proprietors of the Gray’s Ferry White Lead, Color and Chemical Works. 
 
 Factories, at 34th and 35th Streets, Gray's Ferry Road and Schuylkill River, 26th Ward, Philadelphia. 
 
 Connected by Private Telegraph Wires, the sole property of this firm, with their Offices, 
 
 103 SOUTH FRONT ST., PHILADELPHIA, and 179 WATER ST., NEW YORK. 
 
 (LT^N. B. — Please Direct Letters to the Philadelphia Office. 
 
 Established. 18-4=1. 
 
 33. HOOLBY <te S03ST, 
 
 ilk Manufacturer^ and Jdntfiorfers, 
 
 No. 226 MARKET STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Established 1823. 
 
 O. D. CASSADY, 
 
 BREAD BAKE R, 
 
 45 NORTH THIRTEENTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 e-FAMILIE8 SUPPLIED.-^ 
 
 GEOR.dE YOUNG, 
 
 No. 3342 MARKET STREET, I^IIILADELPIIIA, 
 
 BREAD BAKER. 
 
 CONFECTIONERY AND ICE CREAM. 
 
 FAMILIES SUPPLUT). 
 
 ADAM NEWKUMET, 
 
 Manufacturer of a Superior Quality of 
 
 GLASS-HOUSE POTS 
 
 Of all sizes for Common and Flint Glass Manufacturers, made from the best 
 German Clay and of Superior Workmanship. 
 
 BLACK LEAD CRU CIBLES 
 
 Of a superior quality and all sizes constantly on hand and made to order for 
 
 STEEL MELTERS, BRASS FOUNDERS, SMELTERS, JEWELERS, ETC. 
 
 KEYSTONE CARBURET OF IRON STOVE POLISH. 
 
 1537 & 1539 North Front St., below Oxford, Fhiladn. 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 705 
 
 WEST END PLANING MILL? 
 
 J. W. SMITH «fc CO., 
 
 2106, 2108 and 2110 Filbert Street, Philadelphia, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Window Frames, Doors, Sash, Blinds, Shutters, Mouldings, Brackets, Stair 
 Balusters. Planing, Re-sawing, Turning and Scroll Work. 
 
 CHAS . S. EVEL AND. H. B. CHAM BERS. 
 
 “CHAS. S. EVELAND & CO., 
 
 Leather and Shoe Manufacturers’ Goods, 
 
 No. 138 NORTH THIRD ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DANIEL EVELAND, 
 
 MOROCCO MANUFACTURER, 
 
 215 WILLOW STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 W. HTJKTT dfe OO., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA RAZOR STROP WORKS, 
 
 605 and 607 Arch Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 Four attention is requested to our Improved Patent Combination Strop and Hone, warranted unequalled. 
 
 GEORGE THOMPSON, 
 
 DEALER IN 
 
 259 South Fourth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 SATISFACTION ALWAYS GUARANTEED. 
 
 GEORGE W. HITTILGVCIE], 
 
 Agent for the Springfield Gas Machine, 
 
 AND DEALER IN 
 
 )R GAS MACHINES, BARKER’S PATENT OPEN BURNER POR GASOLINE GAS, 
 
 12 North Seventh Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 j. n.A.KTKrinNrcs-, 
 
 DEALER IN STAPLE / FANCY TRIMMINGS 
 
 White Goods, Hosiery, Gloves, Hdkfs., Embroideries, Laces. Ribbons, Skirts, 
 Corsets, Travelling Bags, Portmonnaies, Brushes, Combs, 
 and a general variety of Notions. 
 
 N. IV. corner Fourth and Spruce and 1637 Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia. 
 
 45 
 
706 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 WROUGHT IRON BRIDGES. 
 
 Continental Bridge Co., 
 
 110 SOUTH FOURTH ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BUILDERS OF 
 
 HENSZEY’S PATENT ARCH, 
 
 aYJSTE other styles 
 
 WROUGHT IRON BRIDGES; 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 WROUGHT IRON PIVOT BRIDGES. 
 
 KEYSTONE SLATE MANTELand SLATE WORKS 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1853. 
 
 SLATE MANTELS of the LATEST and MOST BEAUTIFUL DESIGNS, 
 
 And other Slate Work on hand or Made to Order. 
 
 TIUXG AND FLAGGING, etc. 
 
 WILSON Sc MILLER, 
 
 1210 Ridge Avenue and 1211 and 1213 Spring Garden St., Philadelphia, 
 
AD VER VISE MEETS. 
 
 707 
 
 E. D. & W. A. FRENCH, 
 
 Manufacturers and Importers of 
 
 PAINTERS’ and BUILDERS’ SUPPLIES 
 
 WHITE LEADS, LINSEED OIL, LUBRICATING OIL,' BRUSHES, 
 
 COLORS, BOILED OIL, VARNISHES, WINDOW GLASS. 
 
 Sole Manufacturers of Chinese Green. 
 
 Calcined Plaster, Rosendale Cement, Portland Cement, 
 
 Garnkirk Chimney Tops, imported from Glasgow, Scotland. 
 
 SLATE MANTELS. 
 
 Stock and Quality of Work unsurpassed by any in this country. 
 
 THIRD AND VINE STS., 
 
 CAMDEN, N. J. 
 
 GIVE US A CALL. SEND FOR CIRCULARS. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 PATENT EIRE AND WATER PROOF GRANULATED 
 
 SLAG ROOFING 
 
 Manufactory, N. Broad and Cumberland Sts,, 
 
 Office, 404 WALNUT STREET. 
 
 ROOFING MATERIAL 
 
 AND ALSO 
 
 State and County Rights for Sale. 
 
 M. EHRET, JR. 
 
708 
 
 AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 HARBACH’S ORIGINAL CENTENNIAL NOUGATINES 
 
 Original 
 
 vX 30 Nth3 jh St.8:807 & 803 Filbert Sr. Phi la da. Pa. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 184S. 
 
 JOSEPH CHAPMAN, 
 
 PLAIN AND DECORATIVE 
 
 HOUSE, SIGN AND FRESCO 
 
 530 and 532 North Tenth St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Estimates furnished and contracts made for every description of work 
 in city or country. 
 
 Churches,, Banking-houses, Halls of Public Buildings and Dwellings 
 Frescoed in any style desired. 
 
 Special attention given to Oiling and Polishing Hard Wood. 
 
 The best workmen employed, and all work executed under the per- 
 sonal supervision of the proprietor. 
 
AD VERTISEMEXTS. 
 
 709 
 
 Established 
 
 1850. 
 
 stablishcd 
 
 1850 . 
 
 D. M. LAME &. SON, 
 
 BUILDERS OF FIRST-CLASS CARRIAGES, 
 
 Manufactory and Warerooms, 3432 to 3438 Market St., Philadelphia. 
 
 SPECIAhATTENTIOHPfliPTiiENGRAVIHGoFMACHINEP.Y 
 
 SEND FOR SPECIMENS AND ESTIMATES 
 
 F. STEFFAN & CO, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 S If AW I., S I X ■> OTHER FANCY 
 
 Nos. 1344 and 1346 NORTH FRONT ST., 
 and 1343, 1345, 1347 and 1349 HOPE ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
710 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1823. 
 
 REED MEYER. CONRAD MEYER, CHAS. E. MEYER. 
 
 (Inventor of the Iron-Plate Frame for Pianos.) 
 
 METER & SONS, 
 
 Piano Manufacturers 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MEYER <St SOMS’ PIAMOS 
 
 Are now and, have for years been recognized as the best, for touch* fine, powerful and 
 sympathetic tone and thorouijli worhma nship, and the greatest possible durability ; 
 they are wholly unrivalled, and have stood the trial by the masters of this country 
 and Europe. 
 
 The best proof of their superior qualities is th'-ir increasing POP TTL .1 R I r l'Y after 
 more, than fifty years ’ trial. Thousands in. use. Highest Prize Medals and Awards to 
 
 TIESiE TS/LJE'ETlSStt. 
 
 BY THE 
 
 World’s Great Exhibition, London; Mechanics’ Institute, Boston; American Institute, New York; 
 Maryland Institute, Baltimore; Franklin Institute. Philadelphia, 5 Silver Medals. 
 
 Since, receiving the HIGHEST ATTAINABLE AWARD of the LONDON “EJtIZE 
 MEDAL,” the MEYER El A NO has not been exhibited. 
 
 SPECIAL ATTENTION IS RESPECTFULLY DIRECTED TO 
 
 OUR CRESCENT SCALE AND IMPROVER BRACING AGRAFFES, 
 
 By the application of our CRESCENT SCALE, that SINGING QUALITY of tone so desirable in all 
 Musical Instruments has been obtained for OUR PIANOS, which, together with 
 their well- known Power, Elastic Touch and Durability, renders 
 them “THE STANDARD OF PERFECTION.’’ 
 
 MEYER & SONS' IMPROVED BRACING places their PIANOS above COMPETITION for STANDING IN TUNE. 
 
 Prices as reasonable as is consistent with tbe best materials ami w orlnnansbiu. 
 
AD VEB TISEMENTS. 
 
 711 
 
 
 MILL OPEN. 
 
712 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1838. 
 
 WM. R. STEWART. 
 
 EDWIN H. STEWART. 
 
 WM. R. STEWART & BRO.. 
 
 MOROCCO MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 ♦ ^ <$. 
 
 435 and 437 York Ave., corner Willow St, Philadelphia. 
 
 C. VAN GUNDEN. 
 
 E. YOUNG 
 
 ORNAMEN TAL MARBL E WORKS. 
 
 VAN GUNDEN & YOUNG 
 
 (Successors to JOHN BAIRD), 
 
 No. 1221 Spring Garden Street, 
 
 Branch Works, Darby Road, opposite Woodland Cemetery, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MARBLE AND SCOTCH GRANITE MONUMENTS, TOMBS, ETC. 
 
 (TT Cemetery Lots Enclosed at Lowest Prices. 
 
 JOSEPH NEYIL & SONS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 
 sir £ 
 
 FACTORIES, ST. JOHN, above BEAVER ST, 
 
 Store, 144 Margaretta St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 713 
 
 ESTA BLISHED 1847. 
 
 JAMES Iff, MARKS, 
 
 PHARMACIST 
 
 Market, below 38th St., West Philadelphia. 
 
 H. J. SMITH. W. B. CARLILE. M. JOY. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA STAINED GLASS WORKS, 
 
 617 S. BROAD ST.; Branch Office, 1727 CHESTNUT ST., PHIIADA. 
 
 1 1 . J. SMITH CO., 
 
 Manufacturers of STAINED, EMBOSSED, ENAMELLED and CUT GLASS. 
 
 References: University of Penna., Masonic Temple, Christ Church. 
 fly* Designs and Estimates Furnished. 
 
 PURE MILK. 
 
 EDWARD W. WOOLMAN, 
 
 44 North 38th St., Philadelphia. 
 
 Best Quality from Selected Dairies! Unlimited Sap®! Prompt Delivery! 
 
 PARTICULAR ATTENTION GIVEN TO SUPPLYING FAMILIES. 
 
 JOHN G. KOLB’S 
 
 New York Celebrated Home-Made Bread 
 
 AND 
 
 BISCUIT BAKERY, 
 
 1403, 1407 and 1409 South Tenth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 HUFNAL, 
 
 APOTHECARY 
 
 West Qmm,j cor. of Mimtcmth M&. f/ PMlada. 
 
 HI. MULLIlsT, 
 
 BREAD AND CAKE BAKER, 
 
 3924 Market St., West Philadelphia. 
 
 £Co‘ IS It £ A I) SERVED AT RESIDENCES EVERY MORNING.=£& 
 
714 
 
 AD VEBTISEMENTS. 
 
 MINTON S TILES, 
 
 OF THE FINEST QUALITY, IN 
 
 Geometric, Encaustic, Majolica, Painted, etc., 
 
 For FLOORS, WALLS, HEARTHS, FIRE-PLACES, 
 
 AND MURAL DECORATIONS GENERALLY. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1SSO. 
 
 SHARPLESS <Sc WATTS, 
 
 No. 1325 MARKET STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ED. S. DEEMER. MARSHALL DEEMER. S. A. DEEMER. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 JOHN DEEMER’S SONS, 
 
 14*7 smd 14© Margaretta Street, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF ALL KINDS OF 
 
 Morocco # Fancy Leather, 
 
 Bronze Cuirs, Blue and Red Root Skins, 
 French. Morocco, Brush, Kid, and 
 Grains, Pebbled Grains, etc. 
 
 SPECIAL TY OF BRONZE. 
 
 Factory, 154 Willow Stt9BU 
 
 WM. ROSE & BROS., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Brick, Plastering I Pointing Trowels 
 
 MOULDERS' TOOLS, SADDLERS' ROUND KNIVES, etc, 
 
 Address, THIRTY-SIXTH and FILBERT STS., 
 
 WJ?ST TJIJjLA 'D eltj/ia . 
 
A D VER T1SEMENTS. 
 
 715 
 
 The Bullock Printing Press. 
 
 The BULLOCK SELF-FEEDING AND PER- 
 FECTING PRESS feeds itself from rolls of 
 paper miles in length, and prints both sides of 
 the sheet at one operation, thus saving the 
 whole cost of feeding by hand. 
 
 The BULLOCK is the first invention of its 
 kind that was brought into practical and suc- 
 cessful use. It is entirely original in design, 
 arrangement and operation, and is not borrowed 
 from English or French inventions, as some 
 new machines are. 
 
 The BULLOCK is not only the BEST, but the 
 CHEAPEST, Press in the world. For further 
 information address 
 
 THE BULLOCK PRINTING PRESS CO., 
 
 No. 738 Saa.sotn St., Philadelphia. 
 
 WILLIAM STRUTHERS, JOHN STROTHERS, WILLIAM STROTHERS, JR. 
 
 STRUTHERS & SONS, 
 
 MARBLE, GRANITE & SANDSTONE WORKS 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1818. 
 
 CONSTANTLY ON HAND. 
 
 DESIGNS FURNISHED FROM THE PLAINEST TO THE MOST ELABORATE. 
 
 j3ulLDING y/’ORK IN pENERAL pONTRACTED j^OR. 
 
 WILLIAM H. WILLIAMS, Manager. 
 
 >3 
 
 OF 
 
 OFFICE AND WAREROOMS, No. 1022 MARKET STREET. 
 
 STEAM WORKS, WALNUT ST. WHARF, SCHUYLKILL. 
 
 NEW AMERICAN 
 
 Sewing Machine. 
 
 J8@T SELF-THREADING SHUTTLE.^ 
 
 For Ease of Operation , Simplicity of Movement and Du- 
 rability it is Unequalled. Suited to Every Kind of Work, 
 from the i Lightest to the Heaviest. Sold at a Moderate 
 Hr ice , with Liberal Discount to Cash Customers. 
 
 OFFICE AND SALESROOMS, 
 
 1318 Chestnut St., Philadelphia. 
 
 GOOD AG ENTS WANTED. 
 
716 
 
 A D VERT ISEM ENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1842 . 
 
 §jyfiaqaldtq mid (tfocon 
 
 IN THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 « 
 
 S. W. Cor. of Twelfth and 3Iarket Sts., 
 
 PHIJLJLBE3LPHIJL 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 717 
 
 Established 1847. 
 
 J* OISTJES 7 
 
 MONTGOMERY COUNTY MILK. 
 
 CONSHOHOCKEN DAIRIES, 
 
 Office, No. G03 IN'. Eighth Street, riilladelphia. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1837. 
 
 H. G. LIPF <& BRO v 
 
 BAKERY AMB BEFMEmMEMT SAMBM, 
 
 217 N. NINTH ST., ABOVE RACE, PHILADA. 
 
 frank: frills, 
 
 FIRST-CLASS FAMILY BREAD BAKERY, 
 
 ICE CREAM AND FANCY CAKES. 
 FRENCH BREAD A SPECIALTY. 
 
 NINETEENTH ST. BELOW SPRING GARDEN, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 50 TEARS. 
 
 SCREENS 
 
 AND 
 
 WOVEN WIRE, 
 
 MANUFACTURED BY 
 
 JOS. A. NEEDLES, 
 
 B4 NORTH FRONT ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 JAMES T. SHINN, 
 
 DRUGGIST, 
 
 Manufacturer of LIQUID RENNET, OPAL DENTALLINA, Comp. CHARCOAL 
 BISCUIT, and all Pharmaceutical Preparations. 
 
 PRESCRIPTIONS and FAMILY SUPPLIES ARE SPECIALTIES. 
 
 S. IF. COR. BROAD AND SPRUCE STS., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 J. LACMANN & SONS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 DOLL BODIES, ARMS & SHOES, 
 
 809 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 18*1. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA SURGEONS’ BANDAGE INSTITUTE, 
 
 PATRONIZED BY THE MEDICAL FACULTY. 
 
 jST o„ X4r North Ninth. Street, 33. C. EVERETT, Principal. 
 
 B. C. Everett’s Improved Plated Graduating Pressure Truss positively cures Rupture when all others fail; also German 
 Hard Rubber and a large variety of cheap Trusses. Everett’s Invaluable Elastic Belts for Abdominal Weakness and Corpu- 
 lency ; Elastic Stockings; Utero-Abdominal Supporters; Shoulder Braces ; Crutches; Anus and Suspensory Bandages; 
 Spine, Bow-Leg and Knock-knee Instruments ; all of which are made in a scientific manner, and skilfully applied. Apart- 
 ments for ladies under the superlntendance of a competent lady. 
 
718 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 A. M, Collins, Son & Co., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHERS, PRINTERS, 
 
 Lithographers and Stationers. 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 LOCAL RAILROAD TICKETS. 
 
 WAREHOUSE: 
 
 No. 18 S. SIXTH STREET 
 
 AND 
 
 No. 9 DECATUR ST., 
 
 IF IE3I ILADELF EC I .A. . 
 
 Having all the required appliances and facilities for the manufacture of Cards 
 and Card Boards, we are enabled to offer to purchasers inducements in the import- 
 ant requisites of price, uniform quality and promptness in execution of orders. 
 
A D VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 719 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 < 
 
 m 
 
 2 0 
 > E 
 
 § c 
 S o 
 
 o - 
 
 > £ 
 
 > 0 
 
 s» o 
 
 - I 
 
 CD NH 
 
 £ 2 
 m 
 
 < > 
 5 r 
 
 ta 
 
 k 
 
 . S 
 2 ^ 
 
 S3 
 
 o _ 
 
 S* 
 
 . S N 
 
 2fesc 
 s 2 ® 
 § k © 
 
 Ns© 
 - ©>5 
 
 T 3 > < * 
 m ^ ^ 
 
 3 58 5 5 
 
 *.gp 
 
 ; q fe te 
 
 6 ? ? 6 b 
 5 £ SB 
 ^ 'k 
 
 O 
 
 0 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 hj 
 
 H ^ 
 
 B§ 
 
 toe 
 
 § 
 
 s 
 
 t* 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 a i 
 
 u 
 
 w 
 
720 
 
 A D VER T I SEMEN TS. 
 
 WM. ECKFELDT, E. B. RICHIE. 
 
 ECKFELDT & RICHIE, 
 
 No. 418 NORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 TANNERS 
 
 And Manufacturers of Superior 
 
 Oak leather Belting and Fire Hose. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1811. 
 
 J. M. HUMMEL & SONS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 COLORED ROANS, LININGS, ALUM SHEEP & CALF KID, 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 Importers and Manufacturers of Skivers 
 
 IN ALL THE FANCY COLORS AND DIFFERENT STYLES OF FINISH, 
 
 Especially adapted for Hatters’ arjd Bookbinders’ Use. 
 
 OFFICE AND FACTORY, 
 
 955 North Third St. and 970 Canal St., 
 
 PtilXtJL&S&PHUU 
 
 LEONARD NAX, F. ALBERT KUHN. 
 
 NAX & KUHN, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 SMOKING PIPES, 
 
 ZtsTO. 146 E'OBLB STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA , 
 
 CHARLES BECIC, 
 
 Importer and Manufacturer of Every Variety of 
 FANCY COLORED, GLAZED A.ND ENAMELLED 
 
 PAPERS, 
 
 CHINA, BLANK, RAILROAD, ENAMELLED AND BRISTOL BOARD 
 
 CARDS, 
 
 MANILLA SHIPPING TAGS. 
 
 Office and Warehouse, 16 South Sixth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 721 
 
 BLATCHLEY’S CUCUMBER WOOD PUMPS. 
 
 BLATCHLEY’S HORIZONTAL ICE CREAI FREEZERS. 
 
 (TINGLEY’S PATENT.) 
 
 CHARLES G. BLATCHIEY, Manufacturer, 
 
 Office and Warerooms, 506 COMMERCE ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 J AM E S FLEM S M C 
 
 (Late of GARDNER & FLEMING), 
 
 C-A^IE^I^-CrE BTJIHiXDESR,, 
 
 No. 1255 & 1257 N. Twelfth St., cor. of Thompson, 
 
 OFFERS THE LARGEST AND BEST SELECTED STOCK OF 
 
 VEGETABLE AND FLOWER SEEDS 
 
 To be found in America, embracing all the Home grown, as well as New and Rare Foreign Varieties. 
 
 The Amateur Gardener and Florist will lind all the Novelties as they appear, obtained from 
 reliable sources, and offered at fair and reasonable rates. The Market Gardener may also obtain 
 everv variety, suited to his wants, at a moderate price. 
 
 THE GREEN HOUSE AND ORNAMENTAL DEPARTMENT contains the largest and best se- 
 lection of Plants in this country, occupying over sixty thousand square feet of Glass, for Hot 
 Houses, Green Houses and Propagating Frames. 
 
 BULBOUS FLOWER ROOTS. — IVe annually import a large collection of the finest Double and 
 Single Hyacinths, Tulips, Narcissus, Crocus, Jonquils and other Bulbs for planting in the Autumn, 
 a full descriptive catalogue of which is published on the first of August. 
 
 Dreer’s Garden Calendar is published annually on the 1st of Dee., and contains select lists of 
 Vegetable and Flower Seeds, Plants, Roses, Verbenas, Dahlias, Carnations. Geraniums, etc., with 
 brief and practical directions for their culture, mailed free. Address, HENRY A. DREER, Philada. 
 
 ALEXANDER BROTHERS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 OAK TANNED 
 
 LEATHER BELTING, 
 
 410 and 412 FORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MRS. W. H. HELWEG. P. KESSEL. 
 
 itl: iavec & co., 
 
 FINE BOOTS AND SHOES, 
 
 INo. 614 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Goats' and Boys' Boots, Shoes and Gaiters always on hand and made to order. 
 
 RDERS FROM ABROAD ALWAYS RECEIVE SPECIAL ATTENTIO N.“®» 
 
 46 
 
722 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1SG6. 
 
 SCHIMMELS 
 
 431 and 433 Master St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 SCHIMMEL & CO., 
 
 31 and 33 North Canal Street, CHICAGO; 
 
 126 Macdougal St., NEW YORK. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 723 
 
 
 PATENTED 
 
 SCREW CT.AMP AGRAPF 
 
 These PIANOS cannot get out of tune; the 
 CLAMP is screwed down after the Piano is tuned, 
 and all the strain is taken off the length of the strings 
 and the tuning pin ; the tuning pin cannot turn and 
 get loose in the socket like in all other Pianos, which 
 the inventor of this has found out. 
 
 GRAND SQUARE AND UPRIGHT PIANOS. 
 
 ifjyis. 
 
 152 North Ninth St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
724 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 E sta/blislieci 182 1. 
 
 ZB. V. 3-E3, 
 
 SADDLE, HARNESS AND COLLAR MANUFACTURER, 
 
 3142 Market St., Pliiladelpliia. 
 
 H. DAVIS & GO., 
 
 MANUFACTURING PERFUMERS, 
 
 1050 Germantown Ave., Philadelphia. 
 
 F. L. & D. R. CARNELL, 
 
 Machinists and Iron Founders, 
 
 No. 1844 GERMANTOWN AVENUE, 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Steam Engines, Steam Hammers, Brick Machines, Bed and Fire Brick 
 Presses, Clay Tempering Wheels, Pipe and Tile Machines and 
 Brick Machinery of every description for Horse or Steam. 
 
 Coal Kiln Castings, Heavy and Light Castings of every 
 variety. Also. Builders of Brooks’ Patent Steam 
 Stone Hammer for Belgian Blocks, etc., 
 and Machinery for Artificial Stone. 
 
 OLDEST and LARGEST ESTABLISHMENT of tie Lilli ill tie UNITED STATES. 
 
 ELIJ AH CUN DEY. FRAN CIS CUN DEY. 
 
 E. CUNDEY & BRO, 
 
 STEAM WOOD TURNING MILL 
 
 848 North Fourth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 WOOD TURNING in all its various branches. Mechanical, Architectural, Cabinet and Gymnastic 
 Turning of all kinds. Also, Manufacturers of BOBBINS, SPOOLS and every de- 
 scription of Turning used by the Manufacturers of Textile Fabrics. 
 
 Mallet^, Handles, Bungs, Taps, Chair Stuff and Turned Wooden Ware constantly on hand. 
 
 JOBBING PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 725 
 
 LAI 1ST G- cfe HVC _A_ <3- x nr LT X s , 
 
 Importers of Shoe Findings, 
 
 And every variety of Shoe Manufacturers’ Articles, Silk and Cotton Terry 
 Elastics, Marshall’s and “IXL” Machine Threads. 
 
 30 NORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 Agents for The Hamilton Web Company’s Celebrated Boot and Gaiter Webs. 
 
 ADAMS&KEEN. 
 
 ADAMS & KEEN, 
 
 Special Manufacturers of Fine 
 
 CURACOA KID 
 
 FOR 
 
 SLIPPERS AND BOOTS. 
 
 ALSO 
 
 Curagoa & Tampico 
 
 Brush Grains anil Pebble Grains. 
 Maroons, Oil Boot, etc., 
 
 OF 
 
 SUPERIOR QUALITY AND FINISH. 
 Factory and Salesroom, 
 
 934 St. John St., 
 
 Above Poplar St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ADOLPH THIERY, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF ALL KINDS OF 
 
 LOOKING GLASSES 
 
 AND 
 
 PICTURE FRAMES^ 
 
 Imitation Gilt, Rosewood and Walnut Mouldings, Window Cornices, etc., 
 A. COR. FOURTH AND BRANCH STS., 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 T. CONEOW, 
 
 W. E. EEIFF, 
 
 G. H. BAEBEB. 
 
 T. CONROW & CO., 
 
 WHOLESALE GROCERS 
 
 5 Morth Water St., Philada. 
 
 PROPRIETORS OF THE FRANKLIN PACKING COMPANY 
 
 (Fresh Tomatoes, Peaehes, Pie Fruit, Ketchup, etc.), 
 
 AND MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 REIFF & CO.’S EXTRA FAMILY g¥il^CE f^EAT. 
 
 Cranberries and Sweet Potatoes in Season from onr Farms in New Jersey .“©i 
 
726 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 CAMDEN IRON WORKS, 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1824, CAMDEN, N.J. 
 
 JESSE W. STARR & SON, 
 
 EUNTGrllCTIEIEIR/S, CONTBACTOBS 
 
 And MANUFACTURERS OF HAS APPARATUS, 
 
 AND ALL THE 
 
 Buildings, Tanks, Holders, etc., Required for the Manufacture, Purification and Storage of 
 Gas. and Street Mains Requisite for its Distribution. 
 
 PLANS DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PROMPTLY FURNISHED, 
 
 IRON FOUNDERS. 
 
 CAST IRON STREET MAINS, 
 
 lor Water and Gas, from One and a Half to Forty-Eight Inches in Diameter. 
 
 STOP VALVES (all sizes), FIRE HYDRANTS, HEATING PIPES, BRANCHES, BENDS, TEES, 
 CASTINGS OF ANY FORM OR SIZE REQUIRED. 
 
 SOLE ASSIGNEES AND MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 CREGIER’S PATENT NON-FREEZING FIRE HYDRANT, 
 
 WITH ONE, TWO, THREE OR FOUR NOZZLES. 
 PHILADELPHIA OFFICE, 435 & 437 CHESTNUT ST. 
 
AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 727 
 
 CHARLES MAGARGE & CO., 
 
 i 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALERS IN 
 
 Paper, Rags, Etc., 
 
 30, 32 & 34 S. Sixth St, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Es tablished 1 827. Paten ted Jan. 12 th, 1869. 
 
 RICHARD C. REMMEY, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CHEMICAL STONE WARE MANUFACTORY, 
 
 2363 FranJeford Ave. and Amber St., Philada. 
 
 Manufacturer of all kinds of Chemical Stone Ware for Manufacturing Chemists and others, 
 such as Receivers, Acid Coolers, Mixing Pots, Stone Boxes, Worms, Elbow Pipes, Connecting Pipes, 
 Sleeves, Pans, Dishes, Tin Crystal Jars with Lids, Still Heads. Ointment Pots, Jugs and Pitchers — 
 a general assortment always on hand. Manufacturers can rely on getting a superior article. Ware 
 made to hold from six to forty gallons. 
 
 42=- Second and Third Street Passenger Cars pass the factory going and coming. 
 
 Orders by Mail will receive prompt attention. 
 
 AMERICAN FIRE BRICK WORKS, 
 
 1100 EAST CUMBERLAND ST. and GUNNERS' RUN, 
 
 (East or Frankfort! Road, Nineteen* li Ward.) KENSINGTON, PIIIliADELPHIA. 
 
 RICHARD C. REMMEY 
 
 Manufactures aud keeps constantly on hand a Superior duality of 
 
 No. 1 Fire Bricks and Blocks for Iron, Steel and Blast 
 Furnaces, Gas House and Bakers’ Tile, Stove 
 and Range Linings, Fire Cement, etc., etc. 
 
 STILES OF ALL SIZES AND SHAPES MADE TO ORDER.-®* 
 
728 
 
 ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 EAGLE BOLT WORKS OF PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 Hancock and Mascher Streets and Columbia Avenue. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 184=5. 
 
 The Oldest and Largest Establishment of the kind in the United States. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 CARRIAGE BOLTS 
 
 Of every description, made exclusively of the best brands of NORWAY IRON. 
 
 Pointed Tire Bolts, Axle Clips, Forged Nuts, etc. 
 
 Consumers of and dealers in Bolts attending the Exposition are respectfully invited to 
 
 visit our establishment, 
 
 THE M. J. COLEMAN BOLT AND NUT CO., 
 
 Formerly 2 030 ARCH STREET. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1837. 
 
 BOOST SlillAIIB & CO., 
 
 Wholesale Druggists, 
 
 Manufacturers and Importers, 
 
 Nos. 201 and 203 Nortli Fourth Street 
 
 (N. E, cor. Fourth and Face Sts.), 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 Have constantly in stock, of their own Manufacture or Importation, a full assortment 
 of Drugs, Chemicals, Pharmaceutical Preparations, Druggists’ Requisites. 
 
 And also in our stores, 331 and 333 RACE STREET (adjoining above), we have a 
 full and complete stock of 
 
 WHITE LEAD & ZINC WHITE, 
 
 Colored Paints^ Varnishes & Putty 
 
 Of our own Manufacture. Also 
 
 Camels’ Hair and Sable Pencils and Brushes, Paint Brushes, 
 Fine Colors and Artists’ Materials Generally. 
 
 ROBERT SHOEMAKER, 
 
 WILLIAM M. SHOEMAKER, 
 
 RICHARD 51. SHOEMAKER. 
 
AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 729 
 
 y Vf- & C ' R 
 
 plasterers, 
 
 M 
 
 Qt ». 
 
 &A 
 
 Q and 922 North MM 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 FAIRMOUNT PRINTING INK WORKS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1812. 
 
 CHARLES Mm ROSSELL ? 
 
 Successor to ROSSELL & BROTHER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 417 NORTH THIRD STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 E. F. KUN&EL’S 
 
 BITTER WINE OE IRON 
 
 Has never been known to fail in the cure of weakness attended with symptoms; indisposition to 
 exertion; loss of memory; difficulty of breathing; weakness; horror of disease; weak, nervous 
 trembling; dreadful horror of death; night sweats; cold feet; dimness of vision; languor; univer- 
 sal lassitude of the muscular system; enormous appetite, with dyspeptic symptoms; hot hands; 
 flushing of the body; dryness of the skin ; pallid countenance and eruptions on the face; purifying 
 the blood ; pain in the back ; heaviness of the eyelids ; frequent black spots flying before the eyes, 
 with suffusion and loss of sight ; want of attention, etc. 
 
 SOLD ONLY IN $1.00 BOTTLES. GET THE GENUINE. 
 
 TAPE WORM entirely removed with purely vegetable medicine, passing from the 
 system alive. No fee unless the head passes. Come and refer to patients treated. Advice free. 
 Seat, Pin and Stomach Worms also removed. 
 
 DR, E. F. KUNKEL, 
 
 No. 259 N. NINTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
730 
 
 AI) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 McCullough iron company, 
 
 GALVANIZED, REFINED AND CHARCOAL BLOOM 
 
 SHEET IRON MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 SIXTEENTH AND WASHINGTON AY., PHIL AD A. 
 ESTABLISHED 1847. 
 
 R. KLAUDER, 
 
 QUAKER CITY DYE AND PRINT WORKS, 
 
 JE. Cos’. Oxford and Howard Sts., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Dyer of Silk, Wool, Worsted and Gennap Yarns and Slubbings, 
 
 PRINTER OF WOOL AND WORSTED YARNS. 
 
 BLACK DIAMOND FILE WORKS. 
 
 G. & H. BARNETT, 
 
 Nos. 39, 41 and 43 RICHMOND ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 EDWARD W. TAXIS, 
 
 Aquarium Manufacturer and Dealer in Gold Fish, Etc., 
 
 60 North Sixth Street, One Door below Arch, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 35 YEARS. 
 
 IP. jr. LARGER, 
 
 SUPERIOR FAMILY BREAD 
 
 jYo. 1131 GREEN STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BEITOJ KKOTII.K1*, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Fine Gold Pens , Desk and Pocket Holders, 
 
 No. 409 Chestnut St., Second Story, Philada. 
 
.4 D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 731 
 
 MILK BISCUIT. 1 VIC NACS. FANCY CAKFS. 
 
 W. E. «£ Mm Mm 
 
 CRACKERS AND STEAM BAKERY, 
 
 625 & 627 NORTH BROAD ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 JOS. S. LOVEKING WHARTON, 
 
 MACHINIST, BLACKSMITH AND IRON FOUNDER, 
 
 S. E. Cornel ■ loth and WOOD STBEETS, FHILADELFHIA. 
 
 Iron Fronts, Columns, Girders, and all kinds of Building Castings. Heavy or Light Machine 
 Castings made in Green Sand, Dry Sand or Loam. Switches, Curves, Patent Crossings, 
 and every description of Castings for Horse or Steam Bailroads. 
 
 A LARUE STOCK OF PATTERN'S OX IIAXIK 
 
 J. H, COFBODE, J. H. SCHAEFFEE, F, H. SAYLOE. 
 
 J. H. COERODE & CO, 
 
 Engineers and Bridge Builders, 
 
 Office, No. 530 "Walnut St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCT 
 
 Wood, Iron and Composite Bridges and Roofs , 
 
 or any rouM or stan vrs/Ytr?). 
 
 H. A. BARTLETT & CO., 
 
 113, 115 and 117 N. Front St., Philadelphia. 
 
 143 CHAMBERS ST, NEW YORK. 
 
 43 BROAD STREET, BOSTON, MASS. 
 
 MAUUI'ACTUEEBS OF 
 
 Bartlett’s Blacking, Crumbs of Comfort, Laundry Blue (Sifting Box), National 
 Blue, Liquid Bluing, Soluble Blue (In Bulk), Inks (Writing and Copying, 
 Black and Violet), Stove Polish (Large and Small Rolls and Squares), 
 Importers of German Black Lead, Plumbago, Etc. 
 
732 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 THE OLDEST STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY IN AMERICA. ESTABLISHED 1S15. 
 
 J. FAGAN & SON, 
 
 ELECTROTYPE and STEREOTYPE FOUNDERS, 
 
 621 and 623 Commerce Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 Invite Estimates for all kinds of Stereotype and Electrotype work in every Language. 
 
 S. H. MATTSON, 
 
 G. DILKES. 
 
 rLdLA-TTSOlsr & IDIIEECIES, 
 
 Mm^orttrfi and Wailor#, 
 
 No. 1316 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 BO^IDEISr’’ &c BRO. , 
 
 No. 637 North Nineteenth St., below Fairmount Ave., PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF AND DEALERS IN ALL KINDS OF 
 
 Cooking Ranges, House Heaters, Fire-Place Stoves, BatH Boilers, Registers, etc., 
 
 OF THE NEWEST AND BEST PATTERNS. 
 
 ALL MAKES OF HEATERS AND RANGES REPAIRED IN THE BEST MANNER. PLUMB- 
 ING, GAS FITTING AND UNDERGROUN DJ5RAI N PIPE. 
 
 JOHN Q. SCHMiDT, 
 
 DEALER IN 
 
 And Sewing-Machine Trimmings, 
 1234 and 1236 Poplar St., Philadelphia. 
 
 JOHN JONES, 
 
 rILIl. 
 
 No. 712 Sansom Street , Philadelphia. 
 
 Book-Binding, Paper-Ruling, Pamphlet Work Promptly Executed. Orders by Mail Solicited. 
 
 CHRISTIAN NONNENBERGER, 
 
 Hat Block Manufacturer, 
 
 No. 323 11 ACE STREET, PH ILADELPHIA. 
 
 ASCHENBACH & HAHEJ, 
 
 TAILORS, 
 
 No. 170 Nortli Fourth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 WISSAHICKON WADDING MILLS. 
 
 M. GORGAS, Manufacturer, 
 
 STORE, 17 NORTE FRONT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 733 
 
 
 JOHN EOWEE. FEANK EOWEE. 
 
 WM. EITENKAlfN. 
 
 JOHN BOWER & CO., 
 
 CURERS OF 
 
 Superior Sugar Cured Hams, 
 
 Mess Pork , Pure Kettle Rendered Lard, Etc., 
 
 AND DEALERS IN PROVISIONS GENERALLY. 
 
 S. W. Corner 24th and Brown Streets, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
734 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 HUNEKER & BRANT, 
 
 HOUSE, SIGN AND FRESCO PAINTERS, 
 
 AND METALLIC SIGN ENGBAVEBS, 
 
 No. 219 ARCH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WILHELM eSc 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 HALL, HOTEL AND STREET LANTERNS, 
 
 Brass, Silver-Plated and German Silver Bailroad Car Trimmings, Brass and German Silver 
 Lamps for Ships, Fire Co's, R.R, Cars, Railroad Condnctors and Miners, 
 
 Nos. 919 and 921 RACE ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Warerooms and Factory, 1215 RACE STREET, PHIEADA. 
 
 Newest Styles I Superior Workmanship 1 Lowest Prices! 
 
 ALSO, MINERS AND SHIPPERS OF 
 
 EABELEEB BABE BLUE BOQEINjQ ELATE, 
 
 Guaranteed to retain its color in any climate. 
 
 SLATE ROOFING ATTENDED TO WITH DESPATCH. 
 
 J. B. KIMES & CO. 
 
 Office Established. 1833. 
 
 IHHEZESTIELW S^ILULAHISr, 
 
 MEZZOTINT© AND LINE PLATE PRINTER, 
 
 303 South Ninth Street, I ’lillci <i e I p 111 ;i , 
 
 Has ample facilities for the execution of every description of Fine Plate Printing, ranging from the 
 largest sized Framing Print to that of the usual Book Illustrations. None but the best quality of 
 materials used. Having twenty presses, is prepared to promptly fill all orders. N.B. — A variety of 
 Plates on hand for use, suitable for the embellishment of Magazines of limited editions. 
 
 JOHN SARTAIN, 
 
 ENGRAYEB O TsT STEEL, 
 
 728 SANSOM STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 John Sartain, who has been established in Philadelphia in the practice of Engraving since 1830, 
 begs to assure his friends and patrons that his plates are entirely the work of his own hand , 
 and not the productions of assistants. His style of work ranges from the largest size historical 
 framing subject to small book prints, portraits or others. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 735 
 
 “ The Philadelphia Galvanizing Gamp any ,/ 9 
 
 WORKS ESTABLISHED i860. " 
 
 OFFICE and WOKKS, 2130 RACE ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 GALVANIZING, WROUGHT AND CAST IRON 
 
 IN ALL VARIETIES, 
 
 BAR, PIPE, HOOP, SHEET, COAL HODS, BATH BOILERS, Etc. 
 
 CHAUNCEY HDLBURT— Late U. S. Oil Inspector. 
 
 HULBUBT & GO., 
 
 MA5UFACTUEEBS OF 
 
 FINE MACHINERY AND SIGNAL OILS, 
 
 And Dealers in Sperm, Whale and Lard Oils. Refined Tallow for Cylinders, 
 
 No. 137 ARCH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 The front and end glasses being bent removes the silver bars back from the line 
 of sight far enough to present a full view of all the contents without obstruction, 
 from both ends and front, thereby accomplishing the double purpose of displaying 
 the goods to a customer at a glance and ornamenting the store with the most beau- 
 tiful and strongest show case that has ever been offered to the public. 
 
 WABEBOOMS A XI) FACTOBT, 
 
 Nos. 132 AND 134 NORTH FOURTH ST., 
 
 A fall assortment of Hew and Old Styles on hand. Cases carefully and securely packed for transportation.* 1 ^ 
 
 J. HAMBLETON & SON, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF AND DEALERS IN 
 
 No. 22i SPRUCE STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTAB LISHED 1830. 
 
 j a it s, 
 
 FRENCH AND AMERICAN 
 
 BREAD BAKERY, 
 
 No. 1717 CHESTNUT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
736 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 EPHRAIM It. SMITH, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Parlor, True-Blue, Water-Proof, White-Head and Telegraph 
 
 MATCHES, 
 
 No. 919 ST. JOHN STREET, above Eoplar, PJiilad’a. 
 
 iiKiiiiffli mi mmPAWY* 
 
 Office, Twenty-third St., below Spring Garden, Philada. 
 
 BEST QUALITY OF WOOD-BUIWl TIME always on hand. 
 
 DEALERS IN ALL KINDS OF CEMENT. 
 
 I Fill. B. IRVINE, ANDREW CARTY, Proprietors. 
 
 JOSEPH W. PHILLIPS, Jr., 
 
 PLAIN AND ORNAMENTAL 
 
 Decorator on China, Glass and Earthenware, 
 
 No. 132 NORTH SEVENTEENTH ST., PHILADA. 
 
 ESTABLIS HED SIX TY YEARS. 
 
 MEN J AMIN n. WALTER 
 
 (Successor to Peter B. Walter), 
 
 SAND WHARF, 
 
 611 Beach Street, first Wharf above Green Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Constantly on hand, Silver and White Pewter Sand from Egg Island; also, Rough-casting, 
 Polishing, Stone Cutters’, Painters’ and Scouring Sand, by the bushel, barrel or larger quantity, 
 Also, Black Writing Sand of a superior quality. 
 
 Merchants, Stationers, Plasterers, Lager Beer Saloons, Steel Furnaces and others supplied at the 
 shortest notice. All orders punctually attended to and delivered in any part of the city. 
 
 KSTA-B WISHED 1830 . 
 
 DR. THOMAS ARMBTACE’S 
 
 O KI <; I IN A I . 
 
 ffhihtlelphm (§lccfii>#dtliic institute, 
 
 COR . FIFTEENTH AND CHERRY STS., PHILADA. 
 
 IF. SCHOETTLE’S 
 
 A* PAPER 1# 
 
 MANUFACTORY, 
 
 312 to 314 BRANCH STREET and 317 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 HAT AND SHELF BOXES A SPECIALTY. 
 
 KEY’S ASTHMA PAPER 
 
 Has been on trial for sixteen years, and the demand is steadily increasing. 
 
 It relieves SPASMOD 1C ASTHMA, and is a useful adjunct to other remedies when there 
 are organic diseases. Those fearing an attack in the night may burn a strip in the bedroom before 
 retiring. The atmosphere will soon be pleasantly changed by the fumes, which in many cases afford 
 a quiet night’s sleep. Price 25 Cents and $1 per Package. 
 
 Prepared bv R. KEYS, Apothecary, also manufacturer and proprietor of WHITE’S HAIR 
 REGENERATOR or AMR HR GLOSS, N. W. cor. Twelfth and Pine Sts., Philada. 
 Messrs. WELLS A ELLIOTT, Agents, 11 Gold Street, New York City. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 737 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1840. 
 
 HALFMA1T <5c CO. ; 
 
 Manufacturers of SHO VELS, SPADES, Etc,, 
 
 211, 213 and 215 Quarry St., between Arch and Race and Second and Third Sts., 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 W. KEINATH, 
 
 IMPORTER OF 
 
 Fur Skins and Fashionable Furrier, 
 
 No. 812 ARCH ST., Second Story, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 HOW SONS’" 
 
 OFFICES FOR PROCURING 
 
 United J fates mid foreign patents, 
 
 F0EBEST BUIIAUHSS, 
 
 119 south: irouutih: st., 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 AXI) MABBIB BUILDINGS, 
 
 605 Seventh St. (opp. U.S. Patent Office), Washington, D.C. 
 
 H. HOWSON, C. HOWSON, 
 
 Solicitor of Patents. Attorney at Law. 
 
 V Communications should be addressed to the Principal 
 Offices, Philadelphia. 
 
 CALEDONIAN CORK WORKS, 
 
 SAMUEL WILKIE, 
 
 Manufacturer and Dealer in 
 
 COIR, US A 1 TD CO HU WOOD, 
 
 No. 842 North Third St., below Poplar, PHITADETPHIA. 
 li Every variety of Machine-made Corks on hand and furnished to order.*®! 
 
 PHILADELPHIA SOAP STOME WORKS, 
 
 No. 521 Cresson St., between Fifth and Sixth, Philadelphia. 
 
 IE. IP UA. T T , 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Soap Stone Fire Places, Sinks, Wash and Bath Tubs, Register Stones, 
 Griddles, Hearths, Mantels, etc. 
 
 HEATERS, RANGES AND STOVES LINED TO ORDER, AT SHORT NOTICE. 
 47 
 
738 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 J. F. GREINER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 BOOT, SHOE AND GAITER 
 
 TrPPBRS. 
 
 IMPORTER AND DEALER IN 
 
 French Calf Ski ns, 
 
 Morocco and Patent Leather, 
 
 No. 221 NORTH FOURTH STREET, 
 
 Philadelphia. 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 739 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1831. 
 
 JOHN C. CLARK & S©B\SS, 
 
 PRINTERS, STATIONERS AND BLANK BOOK MANUFACTURERS , 
 
 230 Dock Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 Publishers of Commercial and Law Blanks. 
 
 CHARLES RTTMDIP, 
 
 PORTE-IONNAIE, POCKET-BOOK AND SATCHEL MANUFACTURER, 
 
 No. 47 North Sixth Street, below Arch, Philadelphia. 
 
 Porte-JHonnaies, Port Folios , Dressing Cases , Jia niters’ Cases , Cigar Cases, Cabas, 
 dToney Pelts, Parses , Pocket Hooks , Satchels , Work Paskets, Etai.es, etc., WHOLE- 
 SALE AND DETAIL. 
 
 ~C^H]0:r7gHE] ZEE SOHMIDTr 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 SUPERIOR BED COVERLIDS,’ 
 
 1414 North Seventh St, and 1429 and 1431 Franklin St., Philadelphia, 
 
 Steamers, Sleeping-Cars an<l Hotels Supplied at Short Notice. 
 
 & GO., 
 
 MANUFACTUKEKS OF OIF & WATER COLORS, 
 
 IMPORTERS OF AND DEALERS IN 
 
 1RTISTS ? I11TERIALS ? 
 
 Engravings, Decalcomania and Wax Flower Materials. Chromos, Drawing Studies, Mathematical 
 Instruments, Drawing Papers, 
 
 Wo. 1125 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BARLOW’S INDIGO BLUE, 
 
 FOR BLUING CLOTHES. 
 
 D. S. WILTBERGER, Proprietor, 
 
 No. 233 North Second Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 PETER DEWEES, 
 
 113 and 115 Callowhill St., Philadelphia. 
 
 JOH1 - HJXtGHERT’S SOJITS, 
 
 Dealers in Tin Foil and Manufacturers of 
 
 METALLIC CAPS for BOTTLES, JARS, Etc. 
 
 Especially adapted for Wines, Liquors, Drugs, Chemicals, Pickles and all Hermetically Sealed Goods. 
 Nos. 1009 and 1011 North Fifth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 STAINED GLASS WORKS, 
 
 123 and 125 South Eleventh St., Phila. 
 
 Modern and Antique Church Glass, and for Dwellings, etc., in every style. 
 
 J. Sc G. H. GIBSON. 
 
 Churches and Private Buildings Painted and Decorated. JOHN GIBSON. 
 
740 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 FREDERIC CHASE, 
 
 2425 and 2427 South St. ? Fhilada. 
 
 FRANCIS J. CLAMER & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Builders’ and Ornamental Real Bronze Ware 
 
 909 NORTH NINTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1833. 
 
 HOUSE f SIGN PAINTERS 
 
 1249 North Second Street, 
 
 GRAINING, GILDING, CALSOMINING, etc. 
 
 STEAM CORK WORKS. ESTABLISHED 1818. 
 
 Mn Bn W&3M3BM & 
 
 CORK MAIUFACTURERS. 
 
 EVERY VARIETY OF MACHINE-CUT CORKS 
 
 CONSTANTLY ON HAND AND MADE TO OEDEE. 
 
 Fifty-second St. and Lancaster Ace., Philada. 
 
 WILLIAM HASLAM, 
 
 Machine, Bridge, Ornamental and Architectural Pattern Matter, 
 
 No. 812 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA . 
 
 Particular attention paid to Engine Builders’, Plumbers’, Gas and Steam Fitters’ Patterns. 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 741 
 
 .A. SUGGESTIOlsT. 
 
 M. Fourcade, of the International Jury, thus speaks of American soaps in 
 his report of the Universal Exposition, Paris, 1867 : 
 
 "Fatty bodies at the present day can produce no more nor less than in the past, and no one 
 can pretend that the addition of foreign matters, with which the soaps from the United States 
 are loaded, is.an improvement. 
 
 "To try to keep salt water in the paste, to introduce into it resin, talc, sulphate of baryta, 
 argillaceous and oelireous earths, so as to increase t lie weight or to obtain a fallacious cheapness 
 —giving the consumer a half pound of pure soap, or, in many cases, even less, made up with 
 worthless and deleterious substances to appear a full pound — is a fraud, and not an industrial 
 process: and it is to be regretted that, in any country, such operations should remain unpunished ; 
 and we must here express' regret that, in one country at least, the peculiar standard which makes 
 the reputation of all good soaps begins to be an exception. The most honest of manufacturers 
 seem to have a tendency to abandon it by adding to their working mixtures all sorts of greases 
 and oils — without doubt under the stimulus of competition and the pressure of necessity — while 
 there seems to be no article too poor and worthless to be used by the less scrupulous of our 
 American friends.” 
 
 The one exception to the rule, the one pure soap among the countless 
 adulterated ones, is the well-known “ BOBBINS' ELECTRIC 
 SOAP,” made by I. L. CRAGIN & CO., of PHILADELPHIA, a beautiful 
 white soap, FREE FROM ANY ADULTERATION, and possessing cleansing 
 properties that make it superior to any other soap made. The recipe for the 
 manufacture of this very justly celebrated article was brought to this country 
 by a poor Frenchman who had discovered the secret. Having no means to 
 prosecute its manufacture, he sold for a song the recipe and right to use it to 
 Mr. Dobbins, who soon after sold it to Messrs. I. L. Cragin & Co. for fifty thou- 
 sand dollars, and by them alone is now made the world-renowned DOBBINS’ 
 ELECTRIC SOAP. 
 
 Its price is necessarily a little higher than that asked for adulterated soaps, 
 but its cost of production is still higher in proportion to them ; and that it is 
 infinitely cheaper to the consumer the following figures show. There are well- 
 known brands of yellow soaps made from the following formula by men who 
 buy refuse pieces of Dobbins’ Electric Soap from its manufacturers: 
 
 lOO lbs. Dobbins’ Electric Soap, at 12 cents, $12 OO 
 
 200 lbs. resin, at 2 cents, * 4 OO 
 
 lOO lbs. clay, at 2 cents, 2 OO 
 
 lOO lbs. silicate of soda, at 2 cents, 2 OO 
 
 500 lbs., $20 OO 
 
 Or four cents per pound for the compound, each pound of which contains but 
 three ounces of pure soap, the balance of thirteen ounces being valueless as 
 far as its presence in soap is concerned. 
 
 The three ounces of soap possess all the detergent properties in the pound, 
 and accomplish all the work done with the pound ; or, in other words, three 
 ounces of Dobbins’ Electric Soap will do as much washing without this adultera- 
 tion as with it, and, therefore, the three ounces will do all the work done by 
 the pound of so-called family soap, which is in reality but three ounces of soap. 
 
 Were the price of the adulterated substance low enough, so that a pound 
 of it would cost no more than three ounces of Dobbins’ Electric Soap, it would 
 make no difference to the consumer which she used. 
 
 Let us see if the prices of the two do agree. Dobbins’ Electric Soap sells 
 for thirteen cents per pound in Philadelphia, the other for eight cents per pound: 
 but as the low-priced compound only contains and will only do the worK of 
 three ounces of Dobbins’ Electric, we should have to buy five and one-third 
 pounds to get as much soap in that form as from one pound of Dobbins’ Electric. 
 
 This, at eight cents per pound, amounts to forty-two and two-thirds cents; 
 that is, it will cost more than three times as much to use the eight-cent soap as 
 it will to use Dobbins’ Electric Soap at thirteen cents per pound. 
 
 Our suggestion is that while in Philadelphia each of our readers procure 
 for test a sample of DOBBINS’ ELECTRIC SOAP. 
 
742 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 DAVID CARRICK. Q = CARRBCK & CO = , WM. C, GARRICK. 
 
 STEAM CRACKER AND BISCUIT BAKERY , 
 
 1903 and 1903 MARKET ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Manufacturers of Superior CRACKERS. BISCUIT, CAKES. PILOT AND SHIP BREAD, 
 CORN HILLS AND NIC NACS. 
 
 WALTER G. WILSON. JOSEPH L. AMER. 
 
 Highest Premium Awarded by Franklin Institute Exhibition, 1S74. 
 
 WALTER G. WILSON & CO., 
 
 Pilot, Ship Bread, Cracker & Cake Bakers, 
 
 Nos. 212 and 214 N. Front St., above Race, 
 
 And 100-2-4-6-8-10-12 and 114 Craven St., 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 O. GEFRORER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 GAS BURNERS. 
 
 Qas Heating and Cooking Apparatus, 
 
 FITTERS’ PROVING APPARATUS, Etc., 
 
 248 N. Eighth St., Fourth Floor, 
 
 P HI LA DLLPII LA. 
 CHARLES BHIEG-EH, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 POCKET BOOKS, and all kinds of FANCY LEATHER GOODS, 
 
 339 N. FOURTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WILLIA M E. K1 IGHT ? 
 
 Hyothecanj, 
 
 S. E. COR. TENTH AND LOCTJST STREETS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 PROF. S. P. BURDICT, Surgeon Chiropodist, 
 
 Office, 1338 PARRISH ST., NEAR BROAD, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CORNS REMOVED IN TEN MINUTES WITHOUT PAIN OR DRAWING BLOOD. 
 
 Satisfaction Guaranteed in all Cases. Corns, 50 cts. to $1.00 each. Charges Moderate in all Cases— Office Hours: 
 
 7 to 9 A. M., 12 to 2 and 6 to 8 P. M. Sundays, 2 to 5 P. M. 
 
 Also Mannf r of the American Corn Plaster, and Bnrdict’s Grecian Salve, for the Cure of Skin Diseases, Burns, frostbites, Etc. 
 PRICE, TWENTY-FIVE CENTS EACH. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 743 
 
 RELIANCE MACHINE WORKS, 
 
 13. F. QXJXJNII3Y, 
 
 Xos. 22 A, 226 and 22 S SOUTH FIFTH ST., PHIL AT) A. 
 
 MANUFACTURE 
 
 Light Machinery, Screws, Taps, Dies, Special Drills, Punches, Models, etc, 
 
 FIXE WORK A SPECIALTY. 
 
 wim:. if. scheible, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Awnings and Verandahs 
 
 Flags, Tents, Bag and Wagon Covers, 
 
 49 SOUTH THIRD ST., 
 
 ABOVE CHESTNUT, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 FLAGS OF ALL SIZES ON HAND and MADE TO ORDER 
 
 SCIIEIBEE'S PATEXT AWXIXC. 
 
 STENCIL CUTTING- and CANVAS PRINTING-. 
 
 1776. JOHN MAXWELL, 1876. 
 j@ouse nncl §igi( jjninfei: and (f lazicr, 
 No. 421 North Second Street, corner of Willow, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BRICK FRONTS PAINTED AND PENCILED . 
 
 CHINA GLOSSING-, WALL PAINTING, etc. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1834. 
 
 NEWLANB & SOM ? 
 
 PAPER HANGINGS 
 
 52 North Ninth St., Philada. 
 
 PATENTS : 
 
 Hose Shield, Floor and Door Clamp, and Eight Sizes Ratchets. 
 
 Also, Haase’s Patent Brakesmen's Safety Swinging Step 
 
 JOHN A. HAASE 
 
 Hear, 116 Vanhorn St., Philada. 
 
 [send for circulars.] 
 
744 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1804. 
 
 ISAAC S. WILLIAMS & CO., 
 
 Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in 
 
 HOUSE FURNISHING GOODS, 
 
 No. 728 Market Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 ORDERS FROM ABROAD ALWAYS RECEIVE SPECIAL ATTENTION. 
 
 GEORGE F. FUNK, 
 
 Jf@ s ArQh Street, 
 
 J? H ILADBLP ZEE I _A_ . 
 
 Gents’ and Boys’ Boots, Shoes and Gaiters always on hand and made to Order. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA MACHINERY DEPOT. 
 
 Machinists ' Tools & Wood- Working Machinery. 
 
 CHAIffKTES Iff. SMITH, 
 
 13S NORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Slide Lathes, 
 
 Shaping Machines, 
 Upright Drills, 
 Ron Planers, 
 
 Shafting and Pulleys, 
 Belting, etc, 
 
 Steam Pumps, 
 
 Tongueing and 
 drooling Machines, 
 Moulding, Mortising, 
 Tenoning, Scroll Saws, 
 food Planers. 
 
 Sole Agent for the Celebrated 
 
 BAXTER SAFETY ENGINES AND BOILERS, 
 
 WHICH ARE NON-EXPLOSIVE, SAVE FORTY PER CENT. IN FUEL. NO EXTRA INSURANCE. 
 
 S. A. GEORGE. JAMES M, FERGUSON. 
 
 ~S. A. GEORGE & CO., _ 
 
 Electrotypers, Stereotypers and Printers, 
 
 No. 15 NORTH SEVENTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Estimates given for Eleotrotyping or Stereotyping, and Printing Books in English or German. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 745 
 
 J. H. CHRIST & BROS., 
 HOUSE FURNISHING GOODS, 
 
 824 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 C. VAX If A AG EX & CO., 2341 and 2343 Callowhill St., Philadelphia, 
 Manufacturers of C. VAN HAAGEN’S PATENT MACHINISTS* TOOLS : 
 
 Rotary Shapers, for Shaping, Planing and Milling, Horizontal Boring and Drilling, Head Lathe 
 Work, Gear, Slot, Key Seat Cutting, etc. Friction Planers, all Sizes. Horizontal Drill Attach- 
 ment, for Upright Power Drills. Portable Self-Feeding Drills, for either hand or power drilling, 
 with universal tool post and swivelled counter pulley. Expansion Boring Tools, Five Sizes. Uni- 
 versal Lathe Slide Rest, for taper work. Can be applied to any lathe having a cross-feed screw. 
 Portable Pneumatic Riveting Machines, for Iron Shi,) Builders, Boiler Makers, etc. Twist Drill 
 Grinding Machines, adjustable and self-acting in every direction ; grinds both the cutting edges and 
 clearance of drill uniformly and mathematically true, adapted to all sized drills. 
 
 EDWIN LOUDERBACK, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 mynmed ^irnlaui Ktuuleii, 
 
 PLAIN AND ORNAMENTED, 
 
 Olce and Factory, No. 222 NORTH FIFTH STREET, 
 
 ABOVE RACE, 
 
 X* IT I X. zY ID elpi-iia. 
 
 iKg=SEND FOR PRICE LIST.=®a 
 
 Persons visiting the Exposition, and Dealers in Window Shades, 
 are respectfully invited to call and examine my goods. 
 
 w:mi. Or. HENIS, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 WEATHER VANES, PLATINA POINTS, BALLS AND EMBLEMATIC SMS, 
 
 641 and 643 N. NINTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BALLS SPUN FROM THREE TO FIFTEEN INCHES. 
 
 These Yanes are made of Copper, in the best workmanlike manner, and gilt with 23}^ carat gold- 
 leaf. A large variety of Vanes and Balls constantly on hand. Designs made to order, 
 
 RODGERS, DEAN & MONTEITH, 
 
 1527 Filbert St., Philadelphia, 
 
 CARRIAGE AND LIGHT WAGON BUILDERS. 
 
 Special attention given to Light Wagons, Sulkies, etc., etc., to Order. 
 
 ESTAB LISHED 1848. 
 
 A. GALBRAITH. 209 N. Xinth St., Philadelphia, 
 
 GREAT CENTRAL STUFFED BIRD AND GLASS SHADE DEPOT. 
 
 French Crystal Glass Shades, of all Sizes and Shapes. 
 
 THE CHEAPEST IN THE CITY. 
 
 BIRDS AND ANIMALS STUFFED TO ORDER. 
 
746 
 
 AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 PATENTED APHID, 1808. 
 
 STEAM " HYDRAULIC 
 
 AND PACKING, 
 
 OF VARIOUS SIZES, FOR 
 
 ENCS^ES AND POS1PS, 
 
 Manufactured by JAMES GLANDING & CO., Nos. 113 and 115 Queen St., Philada . 
 
 GEORGE MYERS, 
 
 MANUFACTEItEIt OF 
 
 BATH BOILERS AND TANKS, 
 
 No. 204 North Broad Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 ROCKHILL & WILSON, 
 
 MEN’S AND BOYS’ WEAR, 
 
 603 & 605 CHESTNUT STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 JACOB REG 
 
 Carriage and IV t agon Builder , 
 
 Corner GIRARD AVENUE and EIGHTH ST., PHILADA. 
 
 CHARLES SCHNEYER, 
 
 RECTIFIER AND WHOLESALE LIQUOR DEALER, 
 
 And manufacturer of the original AROMATIC GERMAN BITTERS, 
 
 154: and 156 FAIR MOUNT AVENUE, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Jamaica Rum and Scotch Whisky Punch Essence and all Fancy Liquors and Syrups. 
 
AD VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 747 
 
 WM. F. FOREPAUGH, Jr., & BROTHERS, 
 
 Also Manufacturers of SUPERIOR OAK TANNED LEATHER BELTING, Best quality Lace 
 and Strap Leather on hand, Rivets, Belt Hooks, Dubbing, Etc. 
 
 N. XV. CORNER RANDOLPH AND JEFFERSON STS., PHILADA. 
 
 -8®= All Belts warranted. Orders by Post immediately attended to. "re tv 
 
 EMIL W-A-ZELIl., 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 BOM BUTTONS, COLLAR BUTTONS, DOMINOES AND COUNTERS. 
 
 No. 234=3 Marshall Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 BONE BUTTONS, SLEEVE BUTTONS, BONE JEWELRY, AFGHAN AND CRO- 
 CHET NEEDLES, BRUSH HANDLES, FANCY BONE WORK. 
 
 GOTTLIEB FRANK, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 am Mwmm, 
 
 Also, BOOK-BINDERS’ LEATHER, 
 
 No. 149 WILLOW ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 A CHOICE ASSORTMENT AT THE LOWEST CASH PRICES. 
 
 L. & A. SCHUMANN, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 CALF AND SHEEP KID, 
 
 No. 1027 CANAL STREET, 
 
 Between Second and Third, Beaver and George Sts,, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Ct.Ar7 Ue7 
 
 Manufacturer of LADDERS 
 
 OF EVERY DESCRIPTION, such as FIREMEN S, BRICKLAYERS’, MACHINISTS’, GARDEN- 
 ERS’, TELEGRAPH and PAINTERS’, always on hand or made to order. 
 
 All kinds of BRICKLAYERS’ and PLASTERERS’ TOOLS. 
 
 >,<>. 805 MASTER STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 J. W. M A C REA DY, 
 
 Nos. 1-4=11 1-4=13 Vine Street, l?liilad.elpliia, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 WIRE CLOTH OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. 
 
 Bourdrinier Wires constantly on hand or made to order. 
 
 CYLIKDEHS AND DANDY ROLLS COVERED IN THE BEST MANNER. DUSTER, SCREEN and "WASHER WIRE FURNISHED. 
 
748 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 HAIR! 
 
 HAIR! 
 
 HAIR! 
 
 HAIR 
 
 J EfVELR T. 
 
 CHARLES NEHER, 
 
 612 Arch Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 THE OLDEST AND MOST RELIABLE 
 
 HAIR JEWELRY ESTABLISHMENT 
 
 IN THE CITY. 
 
 THE LATEST AND MOST APPROVED STYLES MADE TO ORDER. 
 
 Having had over 30 years’ experience in this particular 
 branch, it enables me to execute any design in the most 
 satisfactory manner and at the most reasonable prices. 
 
AD VER T IS E ME NTS. 
 
 749 
 
 Wm. Wilson. 
 
 Edw. L. Fenimore. 
 
 F. Fenimore. 
 
 WILSON & FENIMORES, 
 
 TMTOBEBS BW PJLPSB HJUS8XXSS, 
 
 Washington Av. and Eighteenth St., Philadelphia. 
 
 Reached bu Street Cars i ® reen Cars on Seventh St. South, or Seventeenth St. South, connecting 
 _ 1 with any Road running East or West. 
 
 J- O 33 T. PUGH, 
 
 SOLE PROPRIETOR of the OLD AUGER ESTABLISHMENT, 
 
 Carried on from 1790 to ISIS hy Brooke & Pugh ; ISIS to 1857 by Benjamin Pugh • 
 
 1857 to 1S72 by Pugh & Bro. 
 
 4@=-4ugers of every description made to Order. All Orders sent to our address will be promptly attended to.“18& 
 
 Rear of 3112, 3114, 3116, 3118 and 3120 Market St., West Philadelphia. 
 
 THE WONDER OF THE AGE! 
 
 PREMIUM FARM GRIST MILLS. 
 
 These unrivalled portable Farm Grist Mills 
 have now been before the public for eighteen 
 years, and thousands of Farmers, Planters, 
 Lumbermen, StockFeeders and others through- 
 out the United States, South America, Cuba, 
 Texas, California, Canada, etc., have them in use, 
 demonstrating the fact of their utility and su- 
 periority. 
 
 BURT'S PATENT 
 
 UNION HORSE POWER 
 
 This superior Horse Power is rapidly 
 gaining favor. It produces much more 
 power than any other railway power, apd 
 requires a very low elevation, which im- 
 portant feature removes the objection that 
 so many have to railway powers. 
 
 Also Manufacturers of the Premium Spike Grain Thresher, with an improved Separator. It has 
 no superior. Cross-Cut Saw Mills, Corn Shellers, Grain Fans, Grain Drills, Horse Rakes, Plows, 
 Cultivators, Harrows, Root Cutters, Store, Bag and Box Trucks, Machinery for manufacturing 
 Brooms, and every variety of approved Agricultural Implements. Call or address, 
 
 WM. I j. BOYER «fc BRO., 
 
 W. E. Corner of Diamofid St, and Germantown Av., Philadelphia. 
 
 J OSEPH^RTA TST, 
 
 Boot, Shoe and Gaiter Upper Manufacturer, 
 
 And Dealer in LEATHER AND SHOE FINDINGS, 
 
 No. 236 N. Fourth St., Philadelphia. 
 
 WEIDIC & YOC8CEL, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 BOTTLE & PRESS MOULDS, ALSO PATENT PRESSES, 
 
 235 Bread St,, between Second and Third, below New, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
Manufacturers of Saws of Every Description , a/so Cast Sheet Steel \ 
 
 FILES, TOOLS, etc. etc. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 751 
 
 STEREOTYPERS 
 
 AND 
 
 No. 710 FILBERT STREET, 
 
 Philadelphia. 
 
 The attention of Publishers and others is respectfully 
 called to the unsurpassed facilities possessed by this estab- 
 lishment for 
 
 Stereotyping and Electrotyping 
 
 Books, Pamphlets, Magazines, 
 
 AND 
 
 WORK OP EVERY OESORIPTIOIT. 
 
 We have always on hand large and varied Founts of the 
 regular faces of Book Type for the execution of “fine work” 
 (which we have made a specialty), and are constantly re- 
 ceiving the new productions of the principal Type Founders 
 of the country in Fancy and Job Letter. 
 
 Having experienced and accurate Proof-readers, we are 
 prepared to guarantee the typographical correctness of all 
 work entrusted to our care. 
 
 In every department of our business we have secured 
 the services of the best and most experienced workmen, 
 and no pains will be spared to give entire satisfaction as 
 to the quality of work and punctuality in its execution. 
 
 Correspondence in reference to Stereotyping is respectfully solicited; and specimen 
 pages, showing styles of type and work, with estimates of cost, will be promptly furnished when 
 requested. 
 
752 
 
 A D VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 S. S. CAMPBEL L. ' H. BRIGGS . G. W. CAMPBELL 
 
 S. S. CAMPBELL & COT 
 
 WHOLESALE MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 FINE CONFECTIONERY, 
 
 Importers and Dealers in FOREIGN FRUITS, NUTS, etc,, 
 
 422 Market St. and 417 Merchant St., JPhilada. 
 
 FIREWORKS CONSTANTLY ON HAND. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1843. 
 
 FRANKLINS. HOVEY, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF THE 
 
 H 0"V_A_0 C I 
 
 EWING SILK, 
 
 MACHINE TWISTS, 
 
 SAlXjIESI^OOIMIS, 
 
 248 Chestnut Street , 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 vT. ZHI. iZ^IOHIIELIDIEIE^IFIEiR/S 
 
 No, 1032 Chestnut St., S. E. corner of 11th (formerly 903 Chestnut St.), Philadelphia, 
 
 Gents’ Furnishing Goods of every description. Shirts, Collars, Gloves, Hosiery, Underwear, etc, Shirts 
 made to order, Gents' Patent Spring and Buttoned Over-Gaiters (cloth, leather, linen, etc.), 
 Riding and Hunting Leggings, Ladies’ Over-Gaiters and Skirt Supporters, Children's 
 Cloth and Velvet Leggings, on hand or made to order, wholesale and retail. 
 
 LADIES’ AND GENTS’ BEST KID GLOVES. 
 
 I 3, 2F5.TT!S)SX-A.3Nr 
 
 For Corns, Bunions, Sprains, In- grown Nails and Warts.— CERTAIN CURE. 
 
 J. H. RICHELDERFER, Sole Proprietor and Manufacturer, 
 
 1032 Chestnut St., Philadelphia. 
 
AD VER TTSEMENTS. 
 
 753 
 
 ja n — 
 
 3 CD 3 ^ Q- 
 
 O 
 
 ° ° CD* g- "? 
 
 =■ = Q. 3 = 
 
 CD O" -- CD ,P 
 “* 3-3 =3 crq 
 ooi 0 cr - 
 
 GO 
 
754 
 
 AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 DRUGS, CHEMIC ALS, PAINTS, Etc. 
 
 THE PHILADELPHIA EMPORIUM FOR RELIABLE 
 
 PAINTS nnd VARNISHES. 
 
 A Full Line of the Best Goods at the Lowest possible prioes. 
 
 FELTON, RAU <5c SIBLEY, 
 
 Nos. 1,36, 138 and 110 North Fourth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 H. J. LAIRD, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 GLASS 
 
 For Vestibules, Offices, Skylights, Steamboats and Railroad Cars, 
 
 205 QUARRY ST., PHILADA. 
 
 TAYLOR & SMITH, 
 
 WOOD ENGRAVERS 
 
 LITHOGRAPHERS, 
 
 PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHERS, 
 
 AND STEAM-POWER 
 
 COLOR PRINTERS, 
 
 1 13 South Fourth St, Philadelphia , 
 
 We have extensive facilities for Printing in all its branches in a first-class style, at short 
 notice and at reasonable rates. 
 
 Sketches elaborated to any degree of art sent with estimates to any part of the United 
 States on application. 
 
 We invite special attention to our method of reproducing Maps, Designs, Drawings, Copies 
 of Old Newspapers needed for preservation, or any Engraving for illustration of books or 
 pamphlets, by 
 
 PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHY, 
 
 At an expense less than by any known process with the accuracy of Photography, and not being 
 subjected to the tedious delay of engraving by hand is consequently almost as expeditious as 
 Photography. 
 
 CATALOGUES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION A SPECIALTY. 
 
 YOG-ELBACH’S 
 
 AMERICAN PERFUMERY 
 
 EQUAL IN ODOR AND DURABILITY TO THE BEST IMPORTED. 
 
 SEND FOR PRICE LIST. 
 
 H. A. VOG-ELEACH, Perfumer, 1716 Frankford Ave., Philadelphia. 
 
 W. H. HARTLEY, 
 
 CALIFORNIA GRAPE WINES, 
 
 No. 52 NORTH FIFTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 OLD WHISKIES, Etc. for Medicinal Use."©a 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 755 
 
 WAYBBLYMILLS. 
 
 JAMES S. MURPHY, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 WOOLLEN SHAWLS, 
 
 1024 & 1026 Lombard St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 THE PENN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE GO. 
 
 OF PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Incorporated May, 1847. Assets, over $5,250,000. 
 
 ZPTTR/JeL jY mutual. 
 
 The Penn is entirely Mutual, makes Annual Dividends 
 to its members, and has as large a proportion of assets to 
 liabilities as any mutual life company in the United States. 
 It issues Policies upon any desirable forms, which are all 
 non-forfeitable for their value after the third year. 
 
 Endowment Policies issued at life rates. 
 
 PRESIDENT, 
 
 SAMUEL C. HUEY. 
 
 VICE-PRESIDENT, SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT, 
 
 SAMUEL E. STOKES. H. S. STEPHENS. 
 
 ACTUARY, SECRETARY, 
 
 JAMES WEIR MASON. HENRY AUSTIE. 
 
 J. KILE $ CO ., 
 
 MACHINE, BRIDGE AND ARCHITECTDRAL 
 
 AKERS. 
 
 450 North Twelfth St., Philadelphia 
 
756 
 
 jiD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 SAMUEL E, STOK ES, Jr. ALFRED PARRISH. 
 
 STOKES c to PARniSK, 
 
 ENGINEERS .M ACI I I twists, 
 
 N. W. Cor. 30th and Chestnut Streets , Philadelphia. 
 
 (WEST END CHESTNUT ST. BRIDGE.) 
 
 Passenger and Freight Elevators, Portable and Stationary Hoisting Machines, 
 Engines. Rollers, General Machinery and Repairing. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1832. 
 
 LEHIGH VALLEY WOEIKS. 
 
 IB. EH. I_i JH ZEE HVH .A. 2nT 7 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Globe Valves,Steam Cocks,Steam Whistles,Oil Cups, Gauge Cocks 
 
 ETC., ETC. 
 
 Also, the best Patent Lubricators for Cylinders of Steam Engines and Locomotives, Patent Gauge 
 Cocks, Brass and Iron Body Straightway Valves, etc., etc. Brass Castings of every 
 description for Rolling Mills, Furnaces, etc., made to order. 
 
 SEND FOR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARS AND PRICE LIST. ADDRESS, 
 
 B. E. LEHMAN, BETHLEHEM, PA. 
 
 G. W. HUMMEL. EDWIN S. WARTMAN. 
 
 G. W. HUMMEL & COT 
 
 Fancy Leather 
 
 MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 125 Margaretta St., Philada. 
 
 N. B.— BLACK STOCK OF ALL KINDS. 
 
 BURNS & SON, 
 
 AND 
 
 CONFECTIONERY, 
 
 133 South Fifteenth St., Philadelphia. 
 
 HERMAN WISCHM&N, 
 
 OAK COOIPEZE^aMO-A-TXa-IEIR, 
 
 And Dealer in New and Second-hand CASKS of all descriptions and sizes, 
 
 122 Pegg St. and 121 and 123 Willow St., Philadelphia. 
 
 N.B.— Boxes Strapped. Hoops, Straps, Staves, etc., for Sale. All Jobbing promptly attended to. 
 
 Residence, 134 Otter Street. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 757 
 
 HOMER, COLLADAY & CO., 
 
 IMPORTERS AND DEALERS IN 
 
 LACES, 
 
 INDIA SHAWLS 
 
 AND 
 
 PARIS COSTUMES, 
 
 WHOLESALE AALTHD RETAIL. 
 
 Nos. 1412 and 1414 
 
 Chestnut St., above Broad, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
758 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 HOME-MADE PIE BAKERY, 
 
 474 & 476 N, Fifth St below Buttonwood, 
 
 Hotels, Festivals, Restaurants, Private Families, Steamboats, Excursions, 
 Pic-Nics, Balls and Parties supplied. 
 
 GEORGE H.WEHN, 
 
 UNITED STATES 
 
 Artificial Stone 
 
 WORKS, 
 
 OFFICE : 
 
 911 Filbert St. } Philadelphia. 
 
 SPECIAL ATTENTION PAID TO THE LAYING OF 
 
 SIDE-WALKS, GARDEN-WALKS, 
 
 Floors for Malt Houses, Breweries, Dye and Carriage Houses, Cellars, 
 Kitchens, etc., laid in the best manner. 
 
 e*THE ONLY ORIGINAL AND RELIABLE PAVEMENT. 
 REFERS BY PERMISSION TO 
 
 Zoological Garden, Mutual Life Ins. Co., 10th and Chestnut Sts., Hestonville, Mantua & Fairmount 
 Passenger R. R. Co., Reform Club Garden, Lincoln Market, Press Room, Ledger Building, Drexel 
 Building, N. Y. ; Messrs. Bergner & Engel and Bergdoll & Psotta, Brewers ; R. J. Dob- 
 bins, Geo. Watson, Oliver Bradin, Builders; 12 pavements, Eighth St., east side, 
 above Race, laid in 1870; Jos. Harrison, Jr., Henry C. Gibson, Stephen 
 Flanagan, Samuel Cook, Clement M. Biddle, John Bower & Co. 
 
 WILMiLM C. WEFP ? 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Electro -Magnetic Machines, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 These Machines are used by our best physicians in their 
 practice, and by many families without the aid of a physi- 
 cian. They can be managed by following the directions 
 accompanying the machine, being self-acting in their 
 operation. 
 
PROTECTED BY EIGHT PATENTS 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 759 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1832. 
 
 AUGUST NITTINGER, Jr. 
 
 MACHINIST. 
 
 And Mannfaotnier of 
 
 Butchers’ Tools, 
 
 (9UeMeT9Berl§eu0e,) 
 
 826, 828 and 830 North Fourth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WE ALSO MANUFACTURE ALL SIZES OF 
 
 ENGINES AND BOILERS. 
 
 Everything in the Butchers’ Line can be had at this establishment. The 
 largest and most complete assortment in the world. Depot 
 for the sale of all kinds of Casings and Spices. 
 
 Send for Illustrated Catalogue. 
 
 (?6enfo fafirijiren toir alfc ©rbptt Don 2)ampf=$Iafd)tnen unli 2>amj)U®cffeIn. 
 
 Mile Strtifel, tncldje in Sent 'Dlcl)ner=(9ej<fj5ft tic&oreit, RnDet nmit in biefern Gln&iifienteni. 25 ie ©rdfete 
 audtuaQl in dcr 2Belt. Side Sortcit Sdrntc unn ©cmurje fortaiaftrcuD Uarrcttljicj. 
 
 Slur berlanacn luerbeit Gircnlare unb 'Jlrcidliiten jugefanbt. 
 
 The Empire Patented Combination Power Meat-Chopping Machine. 
 
 3>ie futptrc patenfirte gomMnatiott 5tfet fd) AaiS-^Rafdiitte fiir barnpf- ober pfcrbeRraft 
 
 hS 
 
 §< © 
 88 & 
 
 I 
 
 g £ 
 
 'g ^ 
 
 C* 
 
 
 IC 
 
 Hk 
 
 k. 
 
 Qo 
 
 N 
 
 Hk 
 
 k* 
 
 55 
 
 k* 
 
 Oc 
 
 Oi 
 
 k* ~ 
 
 «* k 
 
 k» | 
 
 Cc 3 
 *■* * 
 Cj «• 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 A 
 
 5 
 
 ft 
 
 I 
 
 ki 
 
 kj 
 
 ft 
 
 «*d 
 
 ft 
 
 es 
 
 tzf 
 
 00 
 
 s 
 
760 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 THE NATIONAL SERIES 
 
 OF 
 
 STANDARD TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 This series of school-books, numbering between three and four hundred volumes, 
 is known and popularly u3ed in every section of the United States, and by every class of citizens, 
 representing all shades of political opinion and religious belief. 
 
 The series is complete, covering every variety and grade of science and literature, 
 from the Primer which guides the lisping tongue of the infant to the abstruse and dif- 
 ficult “West Point Course.” 
 
 The series is uniformly excellent. Each volume, among so many, maintains its own 
 standard of merit, and assists, in its place, to round the perfect whole. 
 
 It is the pride of the Publishers that their imprint appears in not a single poor or 
 even indifferent text-book. Its appearance, therefore, upon a title-page is a sort of 
 guarantee which the educational public have learned to respect. 
 
 For these reasons, this series has been justly denominated the NATIONAL SERIES 
 OF STANDARD SCHOOL BOOKS— a title which is now universally conceded in its 
 broadest sense, and which cannot, with equal propriety, be applied to any rival publi- 
 cations whatsoever. The series includes the following well-known and universally 
 popular works : 
 
 National Readers and Spellers, 
 
 BY 
 
 PARKER & WATSON. 
 
 Diagram English Grammar, 
 
 BY 
 
 S. W. CLARK, A. M. 
 
 National Coarse in Geography, 
 
 BY 
 
 MONTEITH & McNALLY. 
 
 BY 
 
 CHARLES DAVIES, LL.D. 
 
 Barnes’ Brief U. S. History. 
 Smith and Martin’s Bookkeeping. 
 Jepson’s Music Readers. 
 Chapman’s Drawing Book. 
 Cleveland’s Compendiums. 
 Northend’s Speakers. 
 Graham’s Reasonable Elocution. 
 Peabody’s Moral Philosophy. 
 
 Boyd’s Composition, Etc. 
 Champlin’s Political Economy. 
 Etc., Etc. 
 
 Beers’ Progressive Penmanship. 
 Peck’s Ganot’s Natural Philosophy* 
 Porter’s Chemistry. 
 
 Jarvis’ Physiology and Laws of Health. 
 Wood’s American Botany. 
 Chambers’ Zoology. 
 
 Steele’s “14 Weeks” in each Science. 
 Pujol’s French Course. 
 Worman’s German Series. 
 Searing’s Classics. 
 
 Etc., Etc. 
 
 The whole crowned hy the unique collection of professional manuals known as 
 
 THUS TEACHERS’ LIBRARY, 
 
 In SO Volumes. 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE of all A. S. Barnes & Co.’s publications will be sent 
 free to the address of any Teacher or School Officer applying for it. 
 
 THE NATIONAL TEACHERS’ MONTHLY commands in its editor and contributors 
 the best professional talent the country affords. Subscription, $1 per annum. 
 
 A..S. BARNES & COMPANY, 
 
 EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHERS, 
 
 Til and 113 William Street, 113 and 115 State Street, 112 Camp Street, 
 
 New York. Chicago. New Orleans. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA AGENCY, 822 Chestnut Street. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 761 
 
 MRS. M. A. BINDER, 
 
 1101, N. W. corner Eleventh and Chestnut Sts,, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 AND 
 
 FRENCH MILLINERY GOODS, 
 
 FXSJLTH&SS, 
 
 Gloves, Ribbons, Bowers, 
 
 LADIES’ DRESS TRIMMINGS. 
 
 REAL AND IMITATION LACES, 
 
 FANCY GOODS, 
 
 FANS, PAPER PATTERNS, 
 
 TIES, ETC. 
 
 DRESS AND CLOAK MAKING. 
 
762 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 JOEL REEVES, 
 
 PLASTERER, 
 
 705 North Eighth St, Philadelphia.. 
 
 I. BEDICHXMER, 
 
 Engraver and Manufacturer of 
 
 MASONIC MARKS AND JEWELS 
 
 AND ALL OTHER 
 
 SOCIETY Pirn and emblems. 
 
 Medal Awarded by the Franklin Institute for the Best Display and Originality of Workmanship, 1874. 
 
 No. 1GO NORTH SECOND ST., PHILADA. 
 
 usHiie only Loose in Philadelphia that manu factu res tlie entire wort. 
 
 DICKSON, 
 
 STOVES, HEATERS AND RANGES, 
 
 No. 1116 Market Street , Philadelphia. 
 
 EJSTOVES, HEATERS AND BADGES REEAIREH. 
 
 H. YOUNG, 
 
 FINE HARNESS MAKER, 
 
 35 Vz North Ninth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 GOOD WORK AT REASONABLE RATES. 
 
 West Philadelphia China Decorat ing Establishment 
 
 THOS. 
 
 2633 Marliot Street, IPltiladelpliia. 
 
 Names, Initials and Monograms put on China in the best style. 
 
 E. SOUTHWICK. K. McCAY. K. A. DENNIS. 
 
 SOUTHWICK, McCAY & CO, 
 
 PAMPHLET BINDERS 
 
 38 Hudson Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 763 
 
 ■'W'M. baches, 
 
 CARRIAGE BUILDER, 
 
 1163 North Fourth St. and 410 Girard Avenue, Philadelphia. 
 
 -6®" REPAIRING PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO.“^a 
 
 ESTABLISHED IN 1840. NINE PRI ZE MEDALS TAKEN. 
 
 HENRY TROEMNER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 STANDARD SCALES AND WEIGHTS, 
 
 Store, Wo. 7W Market Street, 'Philadelphia. 
 
 C. EDW. HOFMANN, Superintendent. 
 
 In nse at all the United States Mints, United States Treasury, Naval and Hospital Departments, 
 
 BALANCES OF PRECISION. ANALYTICAL BALANCES. 
 
 No. 1. Analytical Balance, capacity 200 
 grammes in each pan, in fine polished glass 
 case: beam divided in 1-10 milligrammes; 
 sensible to 1-20 milligrammes ; all agate bear- 
 ings, with improved arrest for pans, and ap- 
 paratus for specific gravity, etc., etc. 3 in. 
 pans. Beam, 14 in. 
 
 Price, $105 00 
 
 No. 2. Analytical Balance, in fine polished 
 glass case, capacity 100 grammes in each pan ; j 
 beam divided into half parts of milligrammes ; | 
 
 sensible to 1-10 milligrammes : with apparatus 
 for specific gravity, all bearings agate. 1 % I 
 in. pans. 12 in. beam. 
 
 Price, $86 00 
 
 No. 3. Analytical Balance, in fine polished 
 glass case, capacity 2000 grains ; sensible to 
 1-20 grain ; fine steel bearings ; movable 3>f> 
 in. pans ; 10 in. beam. 
 
 Price $40 00 
 
 ASSAY BALANCES, 
 
 In very fine polished glass 
 sliding door, beam, pans and arches of 
 
 silver, sec screws ana levels on agate piaues. 
 Sensible to 1-10 milligrammes. 7 % in. beam. 
 Price, $55 00 
 
 Esta/blislxed. 1842. 
 
 FREE, 
 
 WHOLESALE AND RETAIL 
 
 WINDOW SHADE and RUSTIC BLIND Manufacturer, 
 
 056 North Second Street , between JPoplnv and Heaver. 
 Factory, 943 St. JOHN St., PHILADELPHIA. 
 jgSf* PARTICULAR ATTENTION GIVEN TO ORDERED WORK. 
 
 WALLIS & BLACKISTON, 
 
 No. 1541 Ridge Avenue, 
 
 Above Fifteenth St,, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
764 
 
 AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 I 
 
 BOOK AND JOB 
 
 AND 
 
 show -work; 
 
 A. SPECIALTY. 
 
 LARGE PRESSES, Wood Type in great variety, and 
 every facility for the filling of all orders 
 promptly and at reasonable rates. 
 
 DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ON ALL SUBJECTS WRITTEN 
 UP AND TRANSLATIONS MADE. 
 
 No. 135 North Third Street, 
 
 Between Arch and Race, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VER TISEMEN TS. 
 
 765 
 
 N. M. Kerr & Co., 
 
 The first to make and introduce Fine Paper Boxes in the United 
 States, and now claiming to make the best in the world, 
 
 MANUFACTURE 
 
 PAPER BOXES 
 
 AND 
 
 JEWELERS’ FINDINGS. 
 
 SPECIALTIES: 
 
 FINE SHOULDERED BOXES FOR 
 
 JEWELERS, DRUGGISTS, 
 
 CONFECTIONERS, STATIONERS, 
 
 IN EVERY GRADE. 
 
 JEWELERS’ FINDINGS. 
 
 CARDS, TAGS, TWINES, COTTONS — a full and complete line. 
 
 DRUGGISTS’ BOXES, 
 
 PILL, POWDER AND PRESCRIPTION. 
 
 OFFICES: 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 29 and 31 North Fourth Street. 
 
 NEW YORK, 
 
 7x2 Broadway. 
 
 CHICAGO, 
 
 146 State Street. 
 
 Factory, 777, 779, 781, 783, 785 and 787 SOUTH SECOND ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
766 
 
 A D VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 IMPORTEB OIF 1 
 
 East India Goods 
 
 No. 139 South Eighth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Of guaranteed quality, by the pound or original package, 
 supplied to families at reduced prices when taking FIVE 
 
 POUNDS OR MORE. Samples sent by Mail Free, and Orders by Postal Card 
 particularly attended to with dispatch. 
 
 COFFEE, 
 
 Pure, Old and Unadulterated, Green or Roasted, in large 
 or small quantity, at reasonable prices. 
 
 MOCHA, JAVA, MARACAIBO, LAGUAYRA and RIO 
 
 Always on hand and Freshly Roasted. 
 
 Blue Canton China Dinner Ware, Fancy Painted Chinese and Japanese 
 Porcelain Vases, Dinner, Tea and Toilet Sets, Lacquered Fruit 
 Plates, Tea Poys, Trays, Cabinets, Tea Caddies, Glove 
 Boxes, Checker-Boards, Bamboo Chains, Silk, 
 
 Paper, Feather, Ivory and Sandal-wood 
 Fans, and a great variety of 
 other goods suitable for 
 
 HOLIDAY AND OTHER GIFTS. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 767 
 
 MARTIN LANDENBERGER’S SONS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 HOSIERY 
 
 SHAWLS, 
 
 IN EVERY VARIETY, 
 
 AND 
 
 6-4 WORSTED COATINGS 
 
 COR1TER OP 
 
 Frankford Aye. and Wildey St., 
 
 K3EHSIMST0H, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
768 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 A, PARDEE, Hazleton, Pa, 
 
 J, GILLINGHAM PELL, Phila, 
 
 A. PARDEE & CO, 
 
 N.Qt BOB Walnut Street, Philadelphia:, 
 
 ; MINERS AND SHIPPERS OF 
 
 LEHIGH COALS. 
 
 The following superior LEBOGH COALS, of established reputation for House- 
 hold use, Smelting and Steam purposes, are Mined and Shipped by ourselves and firms 
 connected with us, viz. : 
 
 f HAZLETON, 
 
 A. PARDEE & CO. - - - cranberry, 
 
 (sugar loaf. 
 
 G. B. MARBCLE & CO. - - {highland. 
 
 PARDEE, BRO. & CO. - - lattimer. 
 
 CALVIN PARDEE & CO. - - Hollywood. 
 
 WM. MERSHON, Agent, 111 Broadway, New York. 
 
 ALSO PROPRIETORS OF 
 
 MTJSCONETCON Gr IRON WORKS, 
 
 STANHOPE, N. J . H. H. WILSON, Treas. 
 
 Mr. Robert Taylor is a Practical Mechanic, and personally 
 superintends our Manufacturing Department. We keep on 
 hand all sizes from No. 1 to No. 150, and we challenge compe- 
 tition either as to quality or price. 
 
 ROBERT TAYLOR & CO., 
 
 Corner Nineteenth and Callowhill Streets, Philadelphia. 
 
A I) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 769 
 
 HENRY LOTH, 
 
 Manufacturer of the 
 
 PATENT 
 
 Folding Table, 
 
 No. 645 North Broad Street, 
 
 PH XX. AX* S X.PH I A, 
 
 1 
 
 TABLE CLOSED. 
 
 Patented July 31, 1866. 
 “ “ 15, 1873. 
 
 These Tables are so constructed that they can be adapted to all the various purposes for 
 which Tables are used. They can be folded up and put away after using, occupying only a small 
 space, and are not liable to get out of order. Please send for circular and price list. 
 
 ALSO, MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Sewing-Machine Cases 
 
 AND ALL KINDS Or 
 
 curing- j|ac!tine |,abinet 
 
 645 
 
 North Broad St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
770 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 JESSE REYNOLDS, WM, T, REYNOLDS. WM, STEEFE. 
 
 J. REYNOLDS & SONr 
 
 Corner 13th and Filbert Streets, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 WH;OTJGHT-IH;OIsr 
 
 AIR-TIGHT FURNACES, 
 
 With Permanent Wrought-iron Radiators, four sizes Portable 
 and six sizes for Brickwork. 
 
 THE BEST, MOST DURABLE AND ECONOMICAL 
 
 House - IV arming Apparatus. 
 
 THEY ARE ALL GUARANTEED TO BE ABSOLUTELY GAS, DUST 
 AND SMOKE TIGHT, AND TO GIVE SATISFACTION. 
 
 ALSO, THE 
 
 Centennial Wrought-iron Furnace, 
 
 FOR BURNING SOFT COAL OR COKE, AND 
 
 KEYSTONE PORTABLE FURNACES, 
 
 Cooking Ranges, Broilefs, Chop-house Ranges, Low-down Crates, 
 
 DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARS SENT TREE TO ANY ADDRESS. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 771 
 
 Nos. 213, 215 and 217 North Fourth Street, 
 
 CORNER OF BRANCH ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, FEIST 1ST A. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 PAPER BOXES 
 
 OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS. 
 
 BMWmmTW BOXES A 8PEWAETY, 
 
 Comprising a perfect line of PILL, PRESCRIPTION, SODA and SEIDLITZ BOXES of every 
 grade, size and style used by Druggists and Physicians. 
 
 Estimates given for Paper Boxes used by Manufacturers of every description of goods. 
 
 AMERICAN 
 
 PAPER BOX COMPANY, 
 
 GEORGE W. PLUMLY & SON, Proprietors, 
 
772 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 W. H. DOBLE. W. H. DOBLE, Jr. 
 
 W. H. DOBLE & SON, 
 
 LIVERY STABLE, 
 
 1424 South Penn Square, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 W. H. RIGHTMIRE’S 
 
 Marble and Stone Works, 
 
 523 and 525 MARKET ST., 
 
 CAMDEN, N_ J. 
 
 FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC MARBLES, 
 
 TABLE TOPS, ETC. 
 
 ALL KINDS OF CEMETERY WORK DONE TO ORDER, 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1830. 
 
 SYL. A. LEITH & CO., 
 
 Successors to WM. H. KIRKPATRICK & CO., 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALERS IN 
 
 .No. 210 SOUTH FRONT STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 773 
 
 ESTIMATES GIVEN FOR POLISHED GRANITE WORK. 
 
 W. H, JUGHTMIRB'S 
 
 Marble and StoneWorks, 
 
 523 and 525 MARKET ST., 
 
 C^.3Vi;iDE!Kr, IKT. « . 
 
 FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC MARBLES, 
 
 Monuments , Headstones 
 
 MANTELS , ETC. 
 
 All kinds of CEMETERY WORK done to order. 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 THOMAS J. ANDRESS & CO., 
 
 MACHINISTS 
 
 AND MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Confectioners Tools , 
 
 MACHINES, 
 
 MOULDS, ETC., 
 
 229 and 231 
 
 VINE STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 775 
 
 PATENT IMPROVED"SRAPPLE-DBEDGE.“ 
 
 &0 
 
 SHAW S PATENT GUN POWDER PILE-ORIVER. 
 
 BUILDERS OF STEAM DREDGING MACHINES, 
 
 GUNPOWDER PILE-DRIVERS, &c. 
 
 CONTRACTORS FOR 
 
 IMPROVING RIVERS AND HARBORS, 
 
 EXCAVATING CANALS, 
 
 RECLAIMING AND FILLING LOW LANDS, 
 
 PILING FOR FOUNDATIONS, PIERS, Etc. 
 
 Offices, No. 10 South Delaware Are., Ph Had’ a. 
 
 JCstablisliecL 1829. 
 
 Z. LOCKE & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Druggists’ 95 per cent., Absolute and Atwood's Pure Deodorized 
 
 ALCOHOLS, 
 
 1126 MARKET ST. (Formerly at 1010), PHILADA. 
 
 SOLE A&ENXS FOR. 
 
 PRATT’S high fire-test and every way reliable ASTRAL OIL; 
 also, PORTLAND MACHINERY OIL. 
 
 Quarries and Factories, LEHIGH COUNTY, PA. 
 
 Office, 1126 MARKET STREET, PHILADA. 
 
 Manufacturers of Superior Quality 
 
 ROOFING SLATES, SLATE FLAGGING AND SCHOOL SLATES, 
 
 SLATE TILING, STEPS, RISERS and WINDOW 
 SILLS made a specialty. 
 
ZF^IE^LOIR, suits, parlor suits. 
 
 776 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 
 WM. HEACOCZ’S 
 
 Furniture Warerooms, 
 
 18 NORTH NINTH ST., PHILADA. 
 
 Foot Rests, 
 Parlor Easels, 
 
 Match Safes, 
 Camp Chairs, 
 
 Parlor Brackets, 
 
 Bouquet Tables, 
 
 Wall Pockets, 
 
 Towel Racks, 
 
 Book Shelves, Dressing Cases, Fancy Chairs, Rocking Chairs, etc. 
 
 03 
 
 A 
 
 0)P<j 
 
 P° 
 
 U) ^ 
 
 A J 
 .hi § 
 ffl I 
 
 p^a] 
 
 0 
 
 A 
 
 01 
 
 6 
 
 0 
 
 H 
 
 (f) 
 
 A 
 
 P 
 
 M 
 
 A 
 
 c 
 
 30 
 
 z 
 
 H 
 
 C 
 
 30 
 
 m 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 30 
 
 V) 
 
 30 
 
 m 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 N 
 
 Co 
 
 3 
 
 fcq 
 
 o 
 
 Co 
 
 3 
 
 P 
 
 tq 
 
 CHAMBER SUITS. removals and packing of furniture carefully attended to. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 7 7 7 
 
 HENRY SNYDER. DAVID F. HOUSTON. 
 
 HENRY SNYDER & CO., 
 
 43 SOUTH FOURTH ST., PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS’ AGENTS FOR THE 
 
 TANITE EMERY WHEEL, 
 
 ABRAM’S FLUE BRUSH, 
 
 AMES MANUFACTURING CO.’S TOOLS 
 
 AND .THE 
 
 Shaplee Steam Engine, 
 
 THE HOST DURABLE AND ECONOMICAL PORTABLE ENGINE IN USE. 
 
 ALSO, DEALERS IN 
 
 Machinists’ , Manufacturers’, Engineers’, Steam* 
 ship andl Mailway Supplies* 
 
 J8SS“SEND FOR PRICE LIST AND CIRCULARS. “©a 
 
778 
 
 AD VERTTSEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1822. 
 
 FREDERICK BROWN, 
 
 Importing, Manufacturing and Dispensing Chemist, 
 
 N. E. CORNER FIFTH AND CHESTNUT STS., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1820. 
 
 WM. J. YOUNG & SONS, 
 
 Mathematical, Engineering & Astronomical Instrument Maters, 
 
 INVENTORS AND INTRODUCERS OF ENGINEERS’ TRANSITS, 
 
 43 NOllTH SEVENTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 W. J. Y. & S. would remind the profession that they possess the most perfect Graduating Engine in 
 the country, doing their Graduation under their own immediate supervision. Improved Transits and 
 Revels; Tapes. Chains. Draughting Instruments, etc. Photographs furnished on Application. 
 
 MOROCCO MANUFACTURERS. 
 
 SUMAC LININGS IN ALL COLORS, 
 
 Calf Kid, Sheep Kid, Alum Leather, etc., 
 
 AND DEALERS IN 
 
 HIDES, CALFSKINS AND TALLOW, 
 
 N. E. corner Oxford and Mascher Sts., 
 
 Horticultural Establishment, 
 
 BROAD AND COLUMBIA AVENUE, 
 
 Thomas J. Mackenzie, Proprietor. PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DZEnSTTISTIR/Sr. 
 
 §r. 4- <§• 
 
 COLTON DENTAL ROOMS, 
 
 ORIGINATORS OF NITROUS OXIDE GAS IN DENTISTRY. 
 
 ONLY OFFICE IN THE CITY WHERE THE ENTIRE PRACTICE IS DEVOTED TO THE ADMIN 
 ISTRATION OF NITROUS OXIDE GAS FOR THE PAINLESS EXTRACTION OF TEETH. 
 
 Office, 912 Walnut Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 779 
 
 F. T. CLYMER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Hearse, Coach, Carriage Bodies, 
 
 AND 
 
 CARRIAGE PARTS OF ALL STYLES, 
 
 No. 2/3 SH/PLEY ST„ WILMINGTON, DEL 
 
 All orders promptly attended to. Your patronage respectfully solicited. 
 
 L. SYKES & SON, 
 
 723, 725 and 727 Richmond St., Philadelphia. 
 
 136 South Front Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 WILLIAM SOURER, 
 
 LAPIDART, 
 
 S. E. corner Fourth and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia. 
 
 gll hinhs of Stones for |etoeltn cut to orhcr at fk shortest notice. 
 
780 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 SEAL & STEPHENS, 
 
 No. 622 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 TANK AND BELL GLASS AQUARIA, FISH GLOBES, GOLD PISH, 
 
 AND ALL KINDS OF 
 
 AQUARIA STOCK. 
 
 VIVARIA AND FERN CASES, 
 
 BIRDS A.KT33 CAGES. 
 
 TiXIBISlimmiTI 1MMHO, 
 
 J3@“SPECIMENS IN NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 781 
 
 OLDEST ESTABLISHED CLOCK HOUSE. 
 
 B. J. COOKE, 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALER IN 
 
 FOREIGN AND AMERICAN 
 
 Clocks, Regulators, etc. 
 
 No. 137 NORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BEST MANUFACTURES. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1813. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA LEAD WORKS. 
 
 WHITE LEAD, 
 
 DRY AND IN’ OIL, WARRANTED PURE, 
 MANUFACTURED BY 
 
 JOHN T. LEWIS & BROS., 
 
 No. 231 South Front Street, near Dock, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 SUGAR OF LEAD, 
 
 RED LEAD, 
 
 LITHARGE, 
 
 LINSEED OIL, 
 
 ORANGE MINERAL, 
 
 ZINC WHITE, 
 
 AND COLORS. 
 
 Orders from any part of the United States attended to. 
 
782 
 
 AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 . STEAM-POWER 
 
 BOOK, OA&D AMD JOB 
 
 116 North Third St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 EXECUTED IN THE BEST STYLE. 
 
 PARTICULAR ATTENTION PAID TO 
 
 BALL AND WEDDING PRINTING, ETC. 
 
 A ,jfme Assortment of (Kerman &gpe. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 783 
 
 CHARLES BOCKIUS, 
 
 MOROCCO LEATHER 
 
 MANUFACTORY, 
 
 S. E. cor, St. John and Willow Sts., Philada. 
 
 BATCHELOR BROS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 PICKWICK, PECULIAR, 
 
 AND OTHER BRANDS OF 
 
 FINE CIGARS, 
 
 No. 808 Market Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 W. H. HARRISON & BRO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF LOW AND RAISED 
 
 •A-ND DEALERS IN 
 
 Fire Screens, Fenders, Fire-dogs, Gas Logs 
 
 FINE FIRE IRONS AND STANDS, etc., etc., 
 
 No. 1435 Chestnut Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 N. B. — Our Fire Grates are unsurpassed for beauty of design and finish ; we are constantly adding to 
 their ornamentation, so as to meet the wants and gratify the tastes of all who 
 value the advantages of a cheerful and healthful open fire. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA QUARTZ CO. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 SILICATE OF SODA 
 
 IN ITS VARIOUS FORMS, 
 
 Office, 9 NORTH FRONT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CYRUS HORNE, 
 
 UNDERTAKER, 
 
 Jf@, 23 North Eleventh St-, Philadelphia. 
 
 COFFINS, HEARSES, CARRIAGES, 
 
 And everything pertaining to Funerals, furnished at the shortest notice. 
 
 CASKETS OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS. Also, PATENT METALLIC AND LEAD COFFINS ON HAND 
 
784 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 The Palmer Leg and Arm. 
 
 TMM TMOTSAHB 1H BSM, 
 
 THE MODEL LIMBS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD FOR 25 YEARS. 
 
 IMPROVEMENTS PATENTED APRIL 8, 1873, BY B. FRANK PALMER, LL.D. 
 
 OFFICE : No. 1609 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILA. 
 
 The object of these improvements is to render the leg lighter , stronger, more elastic 
 and life-like in its motions ; to adapt it to support the weight of the wearer upon the end 
 of the stump by the introduction of a properly constructed socket ; to give a double sup- 
 port to the foot by the introduction of auxiliary tendons in addition to and in aid of the 
 tendo-Achillis ; to improve the movement generally ; to give a fine external finish to the 
 limb ; and to allow a lateral movement resembling that of the natural ankle, while un- 
 accompanied by the defects which characterize previous attempts to import this move- 
 ment into the artificial foot. A Safety Socket, adapted to the end, supports a part or all 
 of the weight, as the stump will allow. This socket introduces a new method of walking. 
 It applies above or below the knee equally well, and is the greatest comfort to the wearer. 
 
 The advance step now taken is the result of patient inventive efforts, continued since 
 the year 1846, and is without a parallel in the progress of the art. 
 
 P. S. The Tendons and Springs are in duplicate; anyone breaking does not prevent 
 complete action of the leg. 
 
 \ 
 
 To obtain the New Palmer Leg and Arm, 
 address 
 
 B. FRANK PALMER, 
 
 1609 Chestnut St., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 785 
 
 JOSEPH SCHAFFER. JACOB C. SCHAFFER. 
 
 J. SCHAFFER & BRO., 
 
 BILLIARD TABLE 
 
 MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 471 and 473 N. Third St., 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MIDDIAMD TAM WEB @F ADD DESIGNS, 
 
 From $100 and Upward. 
 
 BEST QUALITY BILLIARD MATERIAL CONSTANTLY ON HAND, 
 
 All Orders should be Addressed to 
 
 J. SCHAFFER & BRO., 
 
 471 and 473 N. THIRD ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 50 
 
786 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 D. L. WITMER. H. F. WITMER. 
 
 D. L. WITMER <fc BROTT 
 
 DRUGGISTS, 
 
 AND DEALERS IN 
 
 French and American Window Glass, 
 
 PAINTS, OILS, VARNISHES, Etc. 
 
 JUNCTION FIFTH AND GERMANTOWN AV., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 wills is m%m m, 
 
 ©18, 920 and 922 Vine St., 
 
 SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 WELLS’ PATENT 
 
 Metallic Advertising Signs. 
 
 Our signs have been used during the past four years by 
 the leading advertisers and manufacturers of this country, 
 and are pronounced by them a grand success. 
 
 Their elegance of design and finish, their cheapness and 
 great durability, recommend them as the best available 
 medium for advertising your goods or business. 
 
 Fine original designs a specialty, for which no charge is 
 made where an order is given. 
 
 JST.B.— These signs, being weather proof, are especially ap- 
 plicable to outdoor advertising for the Centennial. 
 
 CHARLES SCHUMANN, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 CALF KID LEATHER, 
 
 Nq. 1724 N. Fifth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 787 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1766. 
 
 C. J. FELL & BROTHER, 
 
 TEA DEALERS AND IMPORTERS, 
 
 120 SOUTH FRONT STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 
 121 & 123 FRONT STREET, NEW YORK. 
 
 Our Mustards are not excelled by those of any manufacturer in the world, either in 
 quality of goods or style of packages. 
 
 SOLE AMERICAN AGENTS FOR 
 
 Nelson's Gelatines and Unsworth's Chocolate Preparations, 
 
 srowwii-TTOs f MUSTARDS AND SPICE STOCK FOR SPICE MILLS. 
 
 SPECIAL \ BERMUDA ARROW-ROOT, ISINGLASS, CREAM TARTAR, 
 
 Experience having established the fact that the American trade will support the 
 manufacture of a higher grade of Spices than are generally found outside the European 
 markets, we maintain arrangements for giving such to the public, and shall endeavor 
 to keep constantly in stock selections from the choicest goods in our line to be found 
 in any of the foreign marts. 
 
 G. NELSON, DALE & CO., 
 
 Original Patentees and Manufacturers of 
 
 GELATINE, ISINGLASS AND GELATINE LOZENGES, 
 
 14 DOWG-ATE HILL, 
 
 LONDON, E. C. 
 
 GELATINE OF EVERY DESCRIPTION FOR 
 MANUFACTURING PURPOSES. 
 
 Samples will be Forwarded on Application. 
 
 C. J. FELL & BROTHER, 
 
 120 SOUTH FRONT STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 121 FRONT STREET, NEW YORK, 
 
 ARE SOLE AMERICAN AGENTS. 
 
788 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 HAIR JEWELRY, 
 
 No. 222 North Eighth St., 
 
 Formerly 928 Chestnut St,, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Madame Schmitt was also the recipient of a Silver Medal for superiority of Hair Jewelry at the 
 Exposition of the Franklin Institute in 1854. 
 
 0. A. ADOLPH MEYER, 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 BOOT I SHOE MAKER, 
 
 228 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 To the public at large, and my customers and patrons in particular: I always keep the best BOOTS 
 and SHOES of all kinds on hand, paying the utmost attention to all orders, working the 
 best of French Calfskin and other leather, making the best and latest style9 
 in the most substantial manner and most moderate price in the city. 
 
 JOKCIV KERSHAW, 
 
 Manufacturer of RANGES, HEATERS AND STOVES 
 
 IHIO MARKET 8T„ PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 AtKimiies if. g-afuey, 
 
 Metallic Sign Engraver, 
 
 53 NORTH SEVENTH ST., IM1I LAI) A ■ 
 
 GEO. C. ZEGIEITiKIG^TJIFIE 1 , 
 
 Looking Glasses, Cornices and Picture Frames, 
 
 No. 1312 CHESTNUT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Importer of PAINTINGS, ENGRAVINGS and CHROMOS. Mouldings for 
 the Trade. Glasses Packed for Shipping. Old Work Re-gilded. 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 789 
 
 EDWI N D. ESHLE MAN. JOSEPH R. CRAIG. 
 
 ESHLEMAN <Sc CRAIG, 
 
 MAKERS OF SHIRTS 
 
 TO ORDEE, 
 
 M~o. 821 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 DRY GOODS BOXES. BONNET BOXES. 
 
 ADAM BELZ, 
 
 Carpenter and Box Maker 
 
 312 CHERRY STREET, 
 
 P HILADELPH IA. 
 
 Furniture and Glass carefully packed. Jobbing promptly attended to. 
 
 TAILOR BOXES. PERFUMERY BOXES. 
 
 PAUL S. REEVES, 
 
 BRASS FOUNDER and SMELTER, 
 
 Brass Castings, Babbitt Metals, Ingot Brass, Metals, 
 
 No. 760 SOUTH BROAD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Or. WEITZLER, 
 
 coach mm mmmmm 
 
 MANUFACTURER, 
 
 329 and 331 North Broad St., Philadelphia. 
 
 C. UET KIITAPP &c sonsr, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 PERFUMERY AND NON-CORROSIVE INKS, 
 
 510 and 510^ Arch Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 C. REISKY, 
 
 Importer, Manufacturer and Dealer in 
 
 Ladies’ Fancy Furs, Buffalo and Sleigh Robes, 
 
 237 ARCH ST., below Third, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ISAAC 33. IMI AAT G-ER, 
 
 Manufacturer of and Dealer in CABINET WARE, 
 
 FURNITURE WAREROOMS, 
 
 349 NOJttTH SECOND STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WORK MADE TO ORDER. 
 
 SATISFACTION GUARANTEED. “55ft 
 
790 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 STEAM POWER 
 
 LITHOGRAPHERS 
 
 AND 
 
 PRINTERS, 
 
 623 COMMERCE ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, R. R. BONDS, CHECKS, 
 
 DRAFTS, NOTES, BILL, LETTER, NOTE AND 
 POLICY HEADINGS, Etc. 
 
 Maps, Diplomas, Show-Cards, Labels, Flam 
 and Fancy, Etc t 
 
 MACHINERY, ILLUSTRATIONS, VIEWS, AUTOGRAPH CIRCULARS, Etc. 
 
 Owing to increased facilities and practical application, the proprietors 
 are enabled to execute work in all the different branches promptly and at 
 low prices. 
 
AD P’7? 72 1 'IS FAI ENTS. 
 
 791 
 
 The Ingredients selected are of the very Best Material 
 and perfectly Pure and Clean. 
 
 NATURAL FLAVOR RETAINED. EVERY CAN WARRANTED, 
 
 SOLD BY ALL THE PRINCIPAL GROCERS 
 
792 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 SILVER MEDAL AND SCOTT LEGACY PREMIUM AWARDED BY. FRANKLIN INSTITUTE. 
 
 THOMAS J. KOKEK, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF IMPROVED UNION BELTING, 
 
 Patented December 10, 1872 ; May 18, 1875. 
 
 OTVK LEATHER BELTING, ETC. 
 
 DEALER IN MILL SUPPLIES GENERALLY. 
 
 MANUFACTORY AND SALESROOM : 112 North Third Street, Philadelphia. 
 NEW YORK OFFICE: 33 Murray Street, New York. 
 
 WESTERN RRANCII : 19 Canal Street, «rand Rapids, Mich. 
 
 CHARLES HASSE, President. E. T. GRAFLY, Seo'y and Treas. 
 
 WHITING CO. 
 
 LIMITED. 
 
 SOUTH-WEST CORNER TORI AND ALMOND STS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DEALERS I1V 
 
 ENGLISH COMMERCIAL WHITING, 
 
 ENGLISH GILDERS’ WHITING, 
 
 ENGLISH AMERICAN PARIS WHITE, 
 
 ENGLISH CHALK, 
 
 ENGLISH CLIFF STONE PARIS WHITE, 
 ENGLISH CHINA CLAY, 
 
 FRENCH COMMERCIAL WHITING, 
 
 FRENCH GILDERS' WHITING, 
 
 FRENCH AMERICAN PARIS WHITE, 
 FRENCH CHALK. 
 
 FBED. STT TIMHP Sc C IE - 
 
 (FROM PARIS), 
 
 AND INVENTORS AND MANUFACTURERS OF THE 
 
 FRANCO-AMERICAN LEATHER DRESSING. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF THE ONLY 
 
 Patented WRITING and COPYING INKS made for COMMERCE and SCHOOLS. 
 
 140 South Third St. and 309 Harmony Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VEB TISEMENTS. 
 
 793 
 
 WW 
 
 FOR THE DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. 
 
 t5NITBD SJ ^ 
 
 1871 
 
 <k 
 
 
 flitemttal fecucticm; ami witidt 
 
 © 
 
 CHAS. HOLLAND KIDDER, ^ B XT ~S J 
 
 
 
 PROPRIETOR AND PUBLISHER, 
 
 CHARLES MESSER. 
 
 GEN’L SUBSCRIPTION AGENT 
 
 No. 152 South Fourth Street, 
 
 This book is a LIBRARY IN ITSELF of correct, reliable and 
 useful and valuable information in a condensed form. It 
 is therefore almost indispensable as a valuable book of 
 reference, and should be in the hands of every citizen 
 throughout the whole country. The price of the work 
 will bring it within the reach of all (it being the cheapest 
 book ever published). 
 
 AGENTS WANTED in every State and county in the United 
 States, and in every county and township throughout 
 Canada. 
 
 ' Price of Boot in plain doth, $2, anil $2,50 to $3.50 in extra finish and Binding. 
 
 Particular attention is called to the $2.50 book in fine 
 cloth, embossed and printed in gold and black on cover. 
 
 DO NOT FAIL TO ACT AS AGENT in your section of the 
 country. Any one can sell it. Send for particulars by first 
 mail. 
 
 Advertisements received for the second and all suc- 
 ceeding editions of this book. Send for price list. 
 
 S&" This is the ONLY work that will give the desired information concerning 
 the country at the Centennial Exhibition. 
 
794 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 SPAR AND ELLIPTIC 
 
 SPRING 
 
 AND 
 
 COMBINING THE 
 
 Latest Improvements 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 LIGHTEST WEIGHTS. 
 
 TRACK AND ROAD 
 
 SULKIES 
 
 AND 
 
 gMeton 
 
 Wagons 
 
 FINISHED IN ALL 
 
 
 WEIGHTS and SIZES. 
 
 A. stock: of 
 
 FOR THE 
 
 TRACK, ROAD and PARK, 
 
 IN WAREROOMS, AND BUILT TO ORDER. 
 
 The attention of the driving public is called to my 
 recent improved Spring Head, secured to myself by letters 
 patent, and used in connection with the Patent Double Cross 
 Spring, making the most popular Side-bar or Spar Wagon 
 now used, perfectly noiseless, and combining all of the 
 easy riding qualities of the Elliptic Spring, together with 
 the steady motion of the side bar, so much admired as a 
 speed wagon. 
 
 Particular attention given to details of customers 
 ordering work either in person or by mail. Correspond- 
 ence invited. 
 
 CHAS. S. CAFFREY, 
 
 CAMDEN, N. J., opposite Philadelphia. 
 
 
 
 DRAWINGS SENT UPON APPLICATION.^ 
 
ESTABLISHED 1853. 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 795 
 
 LIGHT CARRIAGES 
 
 OF EVERY DESCRIPTION, 
 
 pROM pRIGINAL AND pOPULAR pESIGNS. 
 
 MANUFACTORY AND WAREROOMS, 
 
 CORNER OF TENTH T> MA.RKET STREETS, 
 
 O^MIDESr^, W. T., 
 
 OPPOSITE PHILADELPHIA, 
 
796 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 GODFREY KEEBLER, 
 
 Manufacturer of Superior 
 
 CRACKERS, CAKES AND BISCUITS, 
 
 258, 260, 262 and 264 N. Twenty-second St., Philadelphia. 
 
 wst. €> mmm.m , 
 
 BUILDER OF 
 
 PINE CARRIAGES ONLY, 
 
 214 South Fifth St., below Walnut, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 — 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1848. 
 
 A. B. BURTON, 
 
 ENGINEER AND CONTRACTOR 
 
 FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF 
 
 WOOD and IRON RAIL ROAD and ROAD 
 
 Viaducts, Trestle Work, Roofs, Turntables, etc,, 
 
 1.50 WALNUT ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 N. B. — Surveys, Estimates, Plans, Specifications, and all 
 information furnished on application. 
 
 Hance Brothers & White, 
 
 MANUFACTURING 
 
 CHEMISTS AND PHARMACEUTISTS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 797 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1779. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 WHITE LEAD, 
 
 Red Lead, Litharge and Orange Mineral, 
 
 31st Street below Chestnut , 
 
 A. W. RAND, 
 
 WARMING AND VENTILATING 
 
 HOT-AIR FURNACES, STEAM HEATERS 
 
 AND 
 
 COOKIITG IRALIN’GKES. 
 
 Plumbing, Gas and Steam Fitting, Sheet-Iron and Tin Work. 
 
 124 NORTH SIXTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
798 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 1825. 187G. 
 
 THE PENNSYLVANIA FIRE INSURANCE CO. 
 
 INCORPORATED 1$25.— CHARTER PERPETUAL. 
 
 510 WALNUT ST., opposite Independence Square. 
 
 This Company, favorably known to the community for half a century, continues to insure against 
 loss or damage by fire on Public or Private Buildings, either permanently or 
 for a limited time. Also, on Furniture, Stocks of Goods and 
 Merchandise generally, on liberal terms. 
 
 DIRECTORS. 
 
 John Devereux, Thomas Robins, J. Gillingham Fell, 
 
 Daniel Smith, Jr., Thomas Smith, Daniel Haddock, Jr. , 
 
 Isaac Hazlehurst, Henry Lewis, Franklin A. Comly. 
 
 WM, G. CROWELL, Secretary. JOHN DEVEREUX, President. 
 
 RIEHLE BROTHERS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 SCALE AND TESTING MACHINE WORKS, 
 
 STANDARD SCALES. 
 
 PATENT RAILROAD TRACK, WAGON, FURNACE-CHARGING, ROLL- 
 ING MILL SCALES, etc. 
 
 NEW STYLE TESTING MACHINES, 
 
 OF ANY SIZE AND CAPACITY. 
 
 HORIZONTAL or UPRIGHT MACHINES 
 
 With Tensile, Torsional, Transverse or Crushing Slrains. 
 
 WARRANTED ACCURATE. 
 
 Established. 1840. 
 
 WATSON & KELSO, 
 
 46 and 48 North Front St., Philadelphia, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS IN 
 
 Sieves, Screens and Wire Cloths, Wrought and Cast Iron Railings for 
 Cottages, Cemetery Lots, etc., Wrought and Cast Iron Gratings 
 and Wire Guards for Windows, Roof Crestings for 
 Dwellings and Public Buildings. 
 
 *§“WIRE WORK OF EVERY DESCRIPTION MADE TO ORDER.“®» 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 799 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1828 . 
 
 Are Popular because Reliable. Are always Warranted to Proye Satisfactory. 
 
 1500 ACRES ARE AN NUALLY PLANTED TO PR ODUCE OUR SUPPLY. 
 
 ■fSPBUIST’S GARDEN ALMANAC AND MANUAL FOR 1876, containing 132 pages of useful 
 information about Seeds, with the Gardeners’ and Planters’ Price List, giving quotations by the 
 ounce, pound or bushel, mailed on receipt of two three-cent stamps. 
 
 ■6®* WHOLESALE Price Current of Seeds for Merchants and Seed Dealers mailed on receipt 
 of letter stamp. 
 
 Seed Farms, ROSEDALE, WATERFORD and MORRISVILLE ; 
 
 Warehouse, 922 and 924 MARKET STREET, above Ninth. 
 
 ADDRESS - ROBERT BUIST, JR., 
 
 Look Box 62 P. O. PHILADELPHI A. 
 
 John Farrell. Harvey Gillam. Chas. Mathews. Geo. W. Myers. 
 
 “herrings 7- patent ~champion - 
 
 DM VAULTS, VAULT DOORS AND BURGLAR PROOF SAFES, 
 
 Awarded. Prize Medal at World's Fair, London ; World's Fair, Hew York j Exposition Uni- 
 versellei Paris, and Franklin Institute Exhibition, Philadelphia. 
 
 FA 33, 33, Ej*Xj CO., 
 
 No. 807 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 >8®* ALSO AN ASSORTMENT OF SECOND-HAND SAFES.°S3ft 
 
 JOS. HINDERMYER & SON, 
 
 911 and 913 Vine St., above Ninth, Philadelphia, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF ALL KINDS OF 
 
 SODA WATER APPARATUS 
 
 Of the most approved styles j also, all kinds of 
 
 COUNTER FIXTURES AND DRAWING APPARATUS 
 
 Constantly on hand and made to order. 
 
 E^“ PARTICULAR ATTENTION PAID TO REPAIRING MINERAL WATER APPARATUS. 
 
800 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 I. BEDICHIMER, 
 
 E1TGRAYEB 
 
 AND 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Masonic , Odd Fellow s\ 
 
 KNIGHTS OF PYTHIAS 
 
 Red Men’s, College, 
 
 AND A.LE OTHER 
 
 SOCIETY BADGES 
 
 PBNS, JEWELS AND EMBLEMS, 
 
 Highest Award, Franklin Institute Exhibition, 
 Philadelphia, 1874, for Best Workmanship. 
 
 160 N. Second St. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ORDERS BY MAIL PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 801 
 
 8 
 
 > 
 
 % 
 
 > 
 
 fi 
 
 ft 
 
 a 
 
 (D 
 
 NATURE AND ART INVITE INSPECTION AND ADMIRATION. 
 
 Mount Vernon is unquestionably the best in its situation of all the rural cemete- 
 ries of Philadelphia, on account of its elevation, its perfectly dry and rolling surface 
 and the unsurpassed beauty of the surrounding scenery. It consists of over 28 acres, 
 and is, by the terms of its charter granted to the Company, for ever to be held sacred 
 as a place of sepulture. Many advantages and inducements concentrate here to 
 attract the living. The Garde L Monument (as above represented), erected to the 
 memory of Mrs. Gardel for her religious character and her long and earnest labors 
 in the mental and moral education of American youth, is a magnificent tomb, and 
 excels any mausoleum in this country. The granite monument over the remains of 
 Lawrence Johnson, and those erected by the Messrs. Musser, the Sherman obelisks 
 and the family vault of Thomas Mackellar are handsome improvements. This 
 cemetery is not exceeded anywhere as a final and beautiful resting-place. 
 
 The Eidge Avenue cars leave Second and Arch streets every few minutes, con- 
 necting with all the other passenger railways, thus ensuring a passage from all parts 
 of the' city to those wishing to visit this beautiful and popular Cemetery. 
 
 Steamboats leave Fairmount hourly during the boating season, and land passengers 
 within a few hundred yards of this Cemetery. 
 
 For full particulars call upon or address the Officers or any of the Managers of 
 the Company. 
 
 51 
 
802 
 
 A I) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 HORSTMANN BROTHERS & CO., 
 
 FIFTH AND CHERRY STREETS, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 
 
 BANNERS, FLAGS, DECORATIONS AND BADGES. 
 
 We heep constantly on hand a large and varied assortment 
 of MATERIALS AND TRIMMINGS suited to all the above branches. 
 
 A LARGE ASSORTMENT OF 
 
 SILK, BUNTING AND MUSLIN FLAGS 
 
 ON HAND AND MADE TO ORDER. 
 
 ALSO 
 
 Staffs, Eagles, Ornaments, Spears, Balls, Cords and Tassels, 
 Fringes, Covers, Belts and all articles needed 
 for Flag and Banner Trimming. 
 
 THE TRADE SUPPLIED. 
 
 Mail Orders and Inquiries shall have Prompt Attention. 
 
 HORSTIANN BROTHERS & CO,, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, NEW YORK and PARIS. 
 
AI) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 803 
 
 EDWIN CHAMBERS. 
 
 1 1!E its. "Q"D CY1 
 
 brot -££$$ 
 
 CIRCS CHAMBERS, Jr. 
 
 Chambers’ Book Folding Machine. 
 
 Founders and Machinists, 
 
 52d STREET & LANCASTER AY. (Near Centennial Grounds), 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Manufacturers of Chambers' Patent 
 
 BOOK FOLDING MACHINES, 
 Newspaper Folding Machines, 
 
 AND 
 
 FOLDING, PASTING AND COVERING MACHINES, 
 
 ’ FOR BINDING PERIODICALS. 
 
 SEND FOR ILLUSTRATED CIRCULAR. 
 
 Also, Chambers' Patent 
 
 CLAY TEMPERING BRICK MACHINE. 
 
804 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 J. VAN BUSKIItK, M.D. 
 
 A. A. APPLE, Graduate in Pharmacy. 
 
 VAN BUSKIRK & APPLE, 
 
 PHARMACEUTISTS, 
 
 X. E. Cor. 2d and Dauphin Sts. and S. E. Cor. 2d and Cumberland, Philadelphia* 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 CARAMEL All CHOCOLATE DEPOT, 
 
 A. W. HOLT, 
 
 1009 WALNUT STREET. 
 
 The only Establishment in the United States making a Specialty 
 of Cream Caramels. A Luscious Confection compris- 
 ing all the Choice Fruit Flavors. 
 
 CHOCOLATE CREAM OP SIMILAR FLAVORS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1812. 
 
 BEARS & DUSENBERY, 
 
 Stereotypers and Electrotypers, 
 
 323 !Eas*mcmy St« ? 
 
 AND 
 
 117 HTJDSOIT’S ALLEY, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BROWN & CARVER’S 
 
 IMPROVED PAPER CUTTING MACHINE. 
 
 See Illustration on Page 80S. 
 
 These Machines have the highest reputation throughout the United States for 
 durability, accuracy and speed. They are the only Machines which have the improved 
 traverse gauge, which enables the operator to cut up to the last half inch of paper. 
 At the Franklin Institute Exhibition, Oct., 1871, each Machine was awarded a SILVER 
 MEDAL for their general superiority and special excellence. Since then we have 
 added MORE IMPROVEMENTS to them. The Hand Machine is now arranged so that 
 by a slight movement ot' a sliding pin the leverage or power is augmented to suit 
 the heaviest work ; and a reverse movement- of the pin will cause an increased speed 
 for light work. This peculiar feature will commend itself to the trade. We also 
 make a superior ROTARY CUTTER, with Patent Feed Motion, for card manufacturers 
 and others. Also' a new and improved Fringing Machine, for fringing tissue paper. 
 All of these Machines will be in operation at the Centennial Exhibition. 
 
 SEND FOR PRICE LIST A XD CIRCULAR . 
 
[See Pack 801 FOit Description. 
 
 805 
 
 A D VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 a 
 
806 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 LADIES’ FUR^, 
 
 BUFFALO AND SLEIGH ROBES, 
 
 SEAL 
 
 COATS 
 
 SEAL 
 
 CAPS 
 
 AND 
 
 QLQVES, 
 
 LARGEST STOCK, FINEST QUALITIES, LOWEST PRICES, 
 
 AT 
 
 NAV. C. REISKY’S, 
 
 23V ARCH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 jy. 2?.— S JUTTING FU1ZS 730 UG1I2\ 
 
A I) VER TISEMEN TS. 
 
 807 
 
 KEYSTONE BXUDOSl CO., 
 
 ENGINEERS AND CONTRACTORS FOR RAILWAY and HIGHWAY BRIDGES, ROOFS, ETC. 
 
808 
 
 AT) VER TIS EMIT NTS. 
 
 PEKTWSYIjViSLlSriA. WIRE W O R. 3K. £5, 
 231 ARCH ST. an<l 114 XORT1I SIXTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 The subscribers being Practical WIRE WORKERS, feel able to give entire satisfaction to all parties in want of 
 
 SIEVES, RIDDLES, SCREENS, WOVEN WIRE, 
 
 OF ALL MESHES AND WIDTHS. 
 
 With all kinds of PLAIN and FANCY WIRE WORK, IRON RAILING, IRON BEDSTEADS, 
 and all kinds of GARDEN FURNITURE, etc., etc. 
 
 WIRE GUARDS FOR STORE, HOUSE AND FACTORY WINDOWS. 
 
 Heavy Twilled Wire for Spark -Catchers, Coal, Sand and Gravel Screens, Cellar Window Wire 
 all patterns, Meat and Provision Safes, Rat Traps, all kinds, Bird Cages of all descriptions, Flower 
 Pot Stands, Trainers, etc., Trellis Work for Grape Vines, Steak and Oyster Broilers, Nursery and other 
 Fenders, Wire and Wire Fencing, Iron Wire Furniture, etc., Dish Covers, etc., etc. 
 
 A very superior article of Heavy Founders’ Sieves, all kinds of Iron Ore Wire, Wire and Sieves 
 for Seed and Grain. All kinds of YVire Work on hand or made to order. Orders thankfully received 
 and promptly executed by _ HAYL.ISS & DARBY Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Introduced in 1850, 
 
 THIS 
 
 POWDER 
 
 HAS YEARLY BECOME 
 
 More and More 
 
 POPULAR, 
 
 ITS SALES 
 
 NOW REACH OVER 
 
 5 Tons 
 
 PER MONTH 
 
 IN PACKAGES OF 
 
 12 oz. Each. 
 
 This Cattle Powder claims to be a great AGRICULTURAL 
 DISCOVERY and IMPROVEMENT. It is compounded upon strict 
 scientific chemical principles, acting upon the ANIMAL SYSTEM 
 as manure would act on the soil, stimulating it naturally, thereby 
 MAKING A LARGE INCREASE OP MILK, BUTTER, PAT, etc. 
 It is also an invaluable preparation for all DISEASES of HORSES, 
 CATTLE, HOGS and POULTRY. 
 
 For a Pamphlet, with full particulars, call upon or address the 
 Proprietor, 
 
 FRED. A. MILLER , 
 
 129 E-ORTH iFEROUT STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Esta/blislrecl lS£54r. 
 
 JOHN WATERHOUSE, 
 
 Monumental Marble Works, 
 
 No. 1817 ARCH STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
A I) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 809 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1847. 
 
 L. HERDER & SON, 
 
 Noi 60© Arch Street* Philadelphia^ 
 
 Manufacturers of the Celebrated 
 
 American Shears, Scissors ; Trimmers 
 
 IMPORTERS OIF 1 
 
 Joseph Rodgers & Sons’ Pocket and Table Cutlery, Razors, 
 Scissors and Scissors in Cases, 
 
 Geo. Wostenholm and Sons’ IXL Pocket Knives and Razors, 
 
 Wade & Butchers’ Razors, 
 
 AND DEALERS IN 
 
 AMERICAN TABLE CUTLERY, 
 
 RAZOR STROPS, 
 
 DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 Razor and Pen-Knife Hones, 
 
 Champagne Knives, Nippers, Siphons anti Corkscrews, 
 
 OPERA AND SPY GLASSES,’ 
 
 SILVER-PLATED WARE, 
 
 : jodtct- JjooR jjjathematical Instruments, 
 
 j j 
 
 DRINKING FLASKS, 
 
 AND A GREAT VARIETY OF 
 
 USEFUL AND FANCY ARTICLES. 
 
810 
 
 AT) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 DEALERS IN 
 
 HARDWARE, 
 
 CUTLERY 
 
 5 
 
 House-Furnishing Goods, 
 
 RIDGE AND GIRARD AVENUES, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 811 
 
 SIENELT & QSBNHARST, 
 
 MACHINISTS AND MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Ribbon, Saspender # Tape Looms, 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 IFOWIEIR, LOOMS, 
 
 Of the most improved construction for plain or figured Broad Silk. 
 
 SHAW sSt JUSTICE 
 
 PATENT DEAD-STROKE POWER HAMMERS 
 
 RELIANCE HYDRAULIC JACKS, 
 
 jacquarFIachines, 
 
 Of the latest Improved Patterns , with Self-oiling Bearings and Independent 
 Reverse Cylinder Jllotion . 
 
 PIANO CARD STAMPING MACHINES and PLATES 
 
 JACQUARD HARNESS TWINE, MAILUONS, LINGOES and OTHER FIND- 
 INGS FOR FIGURED WEAVING constantly on hand. 
 
 30 & 42 in. Centrifugal Hydro Extractors 
 
 WITH STEAM ENGINE ATTACHED. 
 
 16 inch Centrifugal Hydro Extractor 
 
 FOR BELT OR HAND-POWER. 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHS. PRICE LISTS aM REFERENCES FURNISHED on application. 
 
 Particular attention paid to repairing of Lathes or Battons 
 for Ribbon, Suspender and Tape Looms. 
 
 Seventeenth St. and Fairmount Avenue, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
812 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 181S. 
 
 SHARPLESS «£ SONS^ 
 
 Nos. 801 , 803 and 805 Chestnut Street , Philadelphia, 
 
 IMPORTERS, JOBBERS AND RETAILERS 
 
 OF 
 
 DRY GOODS, 
 
 Have constantly in stock a large and varied assortment of 
 
 SILKS, SHAWLS 
 
 jk ND ALL THE J'loVELTIES IN p^ESS pABRICS. 
 
 Our Suit Department is always replete with a fall assortment 
 of Costumes, Cloaks and Furs from medium qualities 
 to the finest r/oods imported. 
 
 "We import largely of 
 
 Jjeal Jndia | amcfe’ Jjair 
 
 AND OFFER THE SAME AT VERY ATTRACTIVE PRICES. 
 
 N. J. WBMMER & SON, 
 
 215 Pear Street, Philadelphia, 
 
 PREPARERS OF 
 
 FOB WOOD FNGRA VERS. 
 
 ALSO 
 
 MANUFACTURE CIGAR BOXES 
 
 JB1T IPOWIEE?,. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 813 
 
 BUTTONWOOD ST. BELOW BROAD, PHILA. 
 
 VATS, TANKS AND RESERVOIRS 
 
 From 100 to 100,000 Gallons Capacity, Suitable for 
 
 Brewers, Chemists, Byers, JiCanufaclurers, Bailroads, 
 Baper J)€ills, Bub tic and Brivate Buildings . 
 
 Our long experience and superior facilities enable us to furnish a superior article in 
 the shortest possible time and at reasonable prices. 
 
 SCOTCH MASH MACHINES AND GRAIN VALVES. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1840. 
 
 GEO. J. BURKHARDT & CO.’S 
 Cedar Vat & Tank Factory, 
 
 Orders Received for Boiling Worms, Stop Cocks, etc., etc. 
 
814 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 CHAELES ALBEECHT. FREDERICK RIEKES. EDMUND WOLSIEFFER, 
 
 ALBRECHT & CO., 
 
 Manufacturers of the Celebrated New 
 
 “double ■a.g-ira.ififie] iPi-A-iuros,” 
 
 No. 610 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 XttHH 11XW1&L, 
 
 DEALER IN 
 
 Trench and American Glass Shades, Black, Gilt and Walnut Stands, Tlower 
 Frames, Wax Fruit and Flower Materials, Wax Wreaths and Bouquets 
 Made to Order. Also, Lessons given in Wax Work. 
 
 NATURAL FLOWERS PRESERVED. 
 
 No. 226 NORTH NINTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CORFSE KEPT 
 
 WITH COLD AIR. 
 
 JOHN C. RULON, 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 FURNISHING 
 
 UNDERTAKER 
 
 1313 VINE ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 JOHI <T GKE^IEIEIfcT, 
 
 PARK 
 
 PACKING, CURING AND SMOKING ESTABLISHMENT, 
 
 S. E. Cor. Norris and Howard Sts., Philadelphia. 
 
 F. SCHUMANN dr SON, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 CALF KID, 
 
 No. 1810 North Eighth Street, 
 
 ABOVE MONTGOMERY AVENUE, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 in, mu tt zb IE nsr nicholls, 
 
 Nos. 78 and 80 LAUREL ST., PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 BUILDER of FIRST-CLASS CHURCH ORGANS. 
 
 Inventor of the Nonpareil Pneumatic Action, Patented May 19, 1874, and February 9, 1875. 
 Also, Inventor of the Nonpareil Pipe Organ for Sunday-Schools, Chapels and small 
 Churches, costing much less than any other Organs of the same Power. 
 
 Estimates furnished for Organs of all Sizes. Organs 
 on hand for Sale and to Rent. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 815 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Confectionery 
 
 AND 
 
 CHOCOLATES. 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 PATENT SWEET CHOCOLATE PASTE. 
 
 OTJIi CLAIM TO THE 
 
 |ost ^Juried Assortment and finest productions in this ||,ountrn 
 CAN BE TESTED BY CALLING OR ADDRESSING US AT 
 
 No. 812 Cliestimt Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Fine Carriages 
 
 OF THE HIGHEST AMERICAN STANDARD, 
 
 Unsurpassed for Lightness. Neatness, Strength, Elegance and Durability. 
 
 FINEST ASSORTMENT, NEWEST DESK; VS. 
 
 Landaus, Landaulets, Coupes, Coupelets, Five-Glass Landaus, Barouches, 
 Phaetons, Victorias, Cabriolets, Coupe Rockaways, Buggies, Drags, 
 Germantown Coaches, Clarences, Close and Shifting Quar- 
 ter Coaches, English Coaches; also, Hearses. 
 
 Photographs of styles sent to any address at request, with prices and descriptions, so that pur 
 chasers at a distance may select and order without calling in person. All goods warranted to he as 
 represented. 
 
 MANUFACTORY AND WAREROOMS, 
 
 1204 Frankford Avenue, above Girard Ave., Philadelphia. 
 
816 
 
 AD VER TISE MEN TS. 
 
 CHARLES NAYLOR, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Knights Templar Uniform, 
 
 SOCIETY, MILITARY 
 
 AND 
 
 ^njLsonsrxc goods, 
 
 No. 54 North Fifth Street, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 BAND OUT FITS A SPECIALTY. 
 
 AMERICAN RAZOR STROP WORKS. 
 
 W. D. EVANS & CO., 
 
 PROPRIETORS, 
 
 No. 117 South Second Street, 
 
 Between Chestnut and Walnut Sts., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Having had an experience of over eight years in the 
 manufacture of RAZOR STROPS, and having all the improved 
 facilities for manufacturing, we can offer to the Trade goods 
 that cannot be excelled by any in the market. We have 
 constantly on hand all the various styles and sizes. 
 Particular attention is called to 
 
 EVANS’ Patent SELF-ADJUSTING FLEXIBLE STROP and OIL-STONE HONE. 
 
 TALLM AN’S 
 
 SUPERIOR 
 
 SHOW CARDS 
 
 Ready Made, for City and Country Merchants, 
 
 708 MARKET ST., PHILADA. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 817 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1864=. 
 
 THOS. MILLS. GEO. M. MILLS. ATLEE P. PARMER. 
 
 UNITED STAT ES 
 
 THOS. MILLS & BRO. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 CONFECTIONERS’ TOOLS, 
 
 MACHINES, MOULDS, 
 
 ETC. 
 
 BRASS CASTINGS made to order and MACHINE WORK 
 promptly attended to. 
 
 3\Tos. 1301 and 1303 
 
 NORTH EIGHTH STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ^“CATALOGUES SENT UPON APPLICATION.^ 
 
818 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS . 
 
 Mathematical instruments. 
 
 Microscopes, Spectacles, Opera Glasses, Stereopticons, Barometers, Magic 
 Lanterns, Thermometers, Philosophical Apparatus, 
 
 MADE AND FOK SALE BY 
 
 CT^IMIIES -W. G^TJEEIsr & CO., 
 
 024 Chestnut St., Philadelphia. 601 Broadway, N.Y. 
 
 THE FOLLOWING CATALOGUES SENT ON RECEIPT OF TEN CENTS FOR EACH PART: 
 
 Part 1st. Mathematical. 106 pages. Part 2d. Optical, 120 pages. Part 3d. Magic Lanterns, 107 
 pages. Part 4th. Philosophical, 159. 
 
 DAVID V. WEAVEK. PETEK LYLE. 
 
 WEAVER & LYLE, 
 
 FINE • 
 
 Xos. 316, 318 and 330 ST. Broad St., 
 
 Above Pace St., West Side, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Repairing Promptly and Faithfully Attended to. 
 
 FACILITIES FOR STORM TWO HUNDRED CARRIAGES, AT LOW RATES. 
 
 BRITTAIN ELY, Foreman, 
 
 For many years with J. GEORGE LEFLER, as Foreman. 
 
 1. M. MIGEOD & SON, 
 
 Manufacturers and Dealers in 
 
 Military, firemen. Church and Society Goods, 
 
 Epanletts, Swords, Snshes, Hats, Caps, Belts, Drums, Gold and Silver Laces, Fringes 
 and Embroideries, Ball Badges, Eire Hats, Caps, Belts, Horns, Shirts, Lan- 
 terns, Torches, Blames, Gloves, Buttons and Neck Ties, 
 
 REGALIA, BANNERS AND FLAGS OF ALL NATIONS. 
 
 ISSy-Army and Navy Officers, Regiments, Fire Companies, Societies and Dealers furnished with every article required.*®® 
 
 510 RACE ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 819 
 
 1776. 
 
 COMFQMT ^ 
 
 1876. 
 
 Importers and Dealers in 
 
 fjf ndertuhcrs ' general Supplies. 
 
 DRY GOODS, TRIMMINGS, HARDWARE, SILVER, BRONZE, GOLD MOUNTINGS. 
 
 Agents for Stein Patent Burial Casket and Fairmount Coffin and Casket Works. 
 
 Agents for the Patent Corinthian Monuments, Cast from Zinc, Beautiful and Enduring. 
 
 Manufacturers of Shrouds, Linings and Pillows. 
 
 Cloths, 
 
 Coburgs, 
 
 Thibets, 
 
 Cashmeres, 
 
 Merinoes, 
 
 Plain Mohairs, 
 Brocade Mohairs, 
 
 Satin de Chine, 
 
 Draping Goods, 
 
 Gimps, 
 
 Girdles, 
 
 Plain Satins, 
 
 Lawns, 
 
 Fringes, 
 
 lioops, 
 
 Corded Satins, 
 
 Brilliants, 
 
 Cords, 
 
 Rusches, 
 
 Ga utre Satins, 
 
 Soft Net, 
 
 Ribbons, 
 
 Quilling, 
 
 Plain Velvet, 
 
 Malines, 
 
 Buttons, 
 
 Gloves, 
 
 Embossed Velvet, 
 
 Head Linings, 
 
 'Silk Lace, 
 
 Excelsior, 
 
 Crapes, 
 
 Shrouds, 
 
 Bullion, 
 
 Cotton, 
 
 Handles, 
 
 Escutcheons, 
 
 Mouldings, 
 
 Ornaments, 
 
 Plates, 
 
 Studs, 
 
 Tacks, etc., etc. 
 
 We keep a full stock constantly on hand in Shrouds, Linings aud Pillows of our own manu- 
 facture. 
 
 Plain Coffins, Stein Covered, and Rosewood Caskets in stock. 
 
 Agents for the best Combination Corpse Preserver. 
 
 Dealers in these supplies aud the trade generally are invited to call. 
 
 231 MARKET ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 HALSTEAD & SPENCER, 
 
 BRASS FOUNDERS AND FINISHERS, 
 
 Steam and City R.R. Supplies, Cemetery Enclosure Supplies, 
 
 1129 CHERRY ST., PHILADA. 
 
 JOHN ALLGAIER, 
 
 S.E. COR. FIFTH & BUTTONWOOD STS., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 BUILDER OF ALL THE LATEST STYLES OF 
 
 Landaus, Landauletts, Five and Six Glass Landaus, 
 Clarences, Three-Quarter Clarences, 
 Caleehes, Coaches, Coupeletts, Coupes, Hearses, 
 Rockaways, Barouches or Bretts, 
 
 Victorias or Cabrioletts, Wagonnetts, 
 
 Dog Carts, Phaetons, Etc. 
 
 I WILL REMOVE AND PREVENT SCALE IN ANY STEAM 
 BOILER, AND MAKE NO CHARGE UNTIL THE V ORK 1$ FOUND 
 SATISFACTORY. Address, GEO. W. LORD, Philadelphia Pa. 
 
820 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 M. RIEHL & SONS, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 BOOKBINDERS 
 
 PRINTERS’ 
 
 AND 
 
 Paper Box Makers' 
 
 MACHINERY, 
 
 1246, 1248 and 1250 
 
 NORTH SIXTEENTH STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
A D VER T [SEME NTS. 
 
 821 
 
 NORTH PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 RAILROAD. 
 
 from: 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 TO THE 
 
 LEHIGH and WYOMING VALLEYS, 
 NORTHERN PENNSYLVANIA, 
 
 NEW YORK STATE, 
 
 CANADA and the NORTH-WEST. 
 
 SEVEN THROUGH TRAINS 
 
 (Daily, Sundays excepted) 
 
 FROM PHILADELPHIA TO THE POINTS NAMED ABOVE. 
 
 IFOITIR, TD_A_ZI_Ar TZELZLIZTS 
 
 TO 
 
 Doylestown, Norristown § HartsviUe 
 
 HOURLY TRAINS TO THE SUBURBAN DISTBICTSofthe CITY. 
 
 Quick Time, Sure Connections, Parlor and Sleep- 
 ing Cars, Smootk Track, No Dust, 
 
 PASSENGER DEPOT IN PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 BERKS AND AMERICAN STREETS, 
 
 OXTY TICKET OPEICES: 
 
 FIFTH AND CHESTNUT AND 732 CHESTNUT ST. 
 
 ELLIS CLARK, 
 
 General Agent 
 
 Baggage Collected and Checked to Destination by MANN’S NORTH PENN 
 SYLVANIA BAGGAGE EXPRESS. Office, 101 South Fifth St. 
 
822 
 
 A D VER T IS EM ENTS. 
 
 MACHINERY. 
 
 cirr @>ffi€e, m mars front street. 
 
 Works, BRIDESBURG, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 GEN. ROBT, E. PATTERSON, Pres’t. W. A. ATWOOD, Sec’ty. STOCKTON BATES, Treas. 
 
 BRIDESBURG 
 
 MANUFACTURING CO. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF ALL KINDS OF 
 
A I) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 823 
 
 JOHN G. COPPER, 
 
 MANUFACTURER AND IMPORTER OF 
 
 BOOKBINDERS’ AND CASE-MAKERS’ MATERIALS, 
 
 S. E. cor. Sixth and Minor Streets, Philadelphia. 
 
 ency 
 
 R. G. DUN & CO., 
 
 618 Chestnut St, and 613 Sansom St., Philadelphia, 
 
 WITH BRANCHES IN ALL THE 
 
 PRINCIPAL CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES, CANADAS & EUROPE. 
 
 DUN, BARLOW & CO., E. RUSSEL & CO., 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 BOSTON. 
 
 Publish Four Reference Hooks annually, in January , March , July and September, giv- 
 ing the names of Business Firms and Corporations , with Classifications of Capital and 
 Credit , throughout the United States, Canadas and the Provinces ; have Recorded Reports in 
 the various offices of business men and firms running back thirty-four years, revised semi-annu- 
 ally, and of tenor in a multitude of cases ; have an extensive and systematic CO ERECTION 
 DEPARTMENT for securing, arranging and collecting claims, by legal process or otherwise, 
 throughout the UNITED STATES and EUROPE ; furnish the names of responsible and reli- 
 able ATTORNEYS. This is the oldest and most complete MERCANTIE E AGENCY in 
 the United States or the WO RED, having more than ten thousand Local Correspondents in the 
 United States alone, besides an army of Travellers constantly revising, correcting and investigat- 
 ing. The design of the Reference Book is to show the name, business and responsibility of every 
 business man in the United States, however prominent or insignificant. The immense machinery 
 of this great system has been building up for thirty-four years, and has reached a degree of per- 
 fection which ensures the patronage of all the prominent Merchants, Manufacturers and Bankers 
 of this country, and its rapid progress in Europe. For testimony respecting its efficiency and reli- 
 ability it refers to substantial business men and institutions throughout the cities of North America. 
 
824 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 SCRANTON WORKS. 
 
 J*. J^L. EVERHART, 
 
 Manufacturer of Brass Work for Water, Gas and Steam. 
 
 BRASS CASTINGS AND JOBBING promptly attended to. 
 
 SgBAHTOHs PA, 
 
 JAS. L. DELAPLAINE, 
 
 KEYSTONE STABLES. 
 
 BOARDING HORSES EXCLUSIVELY. 
 
 N. W. corner Seventeenth and Cherry Streets, Philadelphia. 
 
 SHEARMAN’S 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 Machinery Depot 
 
 309 and 311 Arch Street. 
 
 LATHES, 
 
 PLANERS, 
 
 Stapes, 
 
 SLOTTERS, 
 
 BOLT CUTTERS, 
 
 DRILL PRESSES, 
 
 Milling Machines, 
 
 SCREW MACHINES, 
 
 PUNCH AND SHEARS, 
 
 WHEEL BORERS, 
 
 WHEEL PRESSES. 
 
 ENGINES, BOILERS, STEAM PUMPS, 
 
 SHAFTING, HANGERS, PULLEYS, ETC. 
 
 SHEARMAN & HILLES, 
 
 309 and 311 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Branch House: 45 CORTRAXBT ST., NEW YORK. 
 
 WM. MUSTARD, Jr. FERD INAND H U-N TER. 
 
 ^MUSTARD & HUNTER, 
 
 U. S. BUILDERS’ MILL, 
 
 24, 26 and 28 S. Fifteenth St, Philada. 
 
 BMIBS, BOOE S 5 SIOT'flBS, ETC. 
 
 SCROLL SAWING, TURNING AND PLANING. 
 
 rrMOULDINGS ALWAYS ON HAND.A4 
 
AD VER T1SEMENTS. 
 
 825 
 
826 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 THE PEERLESS 
 
 Fire Extinguisher I Chemical Engine 
 
 THE BEST IN USE. RECEIVED HIGHEST AWARD, FRANKLIN INSTI- 
 TUTE, 1874. NEVER GETS OUT OF ORDER. ALWAYS RELIA- 
 BLE. SEND FOR CIRCULAR BEFORE PURCHASING. 
 
 *3“ A. GENTS WANTED. RIGHTS FOR, SALE .“A* 
 
 W. K. PLATT & CO., 
 
 PATENTEES AND PROPRIETORS, 
 
 No. 212 MARKET ST REET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WM. TARDlOi.7” 
 
 SHIRT AND COLLAR 
 
 LAUNDRY, 
 
 220 M. Second St., above Race? 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Particular attention given to First-class Work for the Trade. 
 
 COLLARS and CUFFS for PRIVATE CUSTOM WORKA SPECIALTY, 
 
 :e^:e^t:r,i:dgke, 
 
 BAKER, 
 
 No. 237 SOUTH TTJNTJI ST., TIIIZATUTTIIIA . 
 
 FAMILIES SUPPLIED. 
 
 I. yVXJDISOIM BUSH, 
 
 Stationer and Printer, dealer in Blank Books, Picture Frames and Fancy Goods, 
 
 214 SOUTH TENTH ST., PIIILADA. 
 
 Pens, Inks, Pencils, Mucilage Ex. White Gum, Papers of every kind. Envelopes, all shades ; Albums, 
 Scrap, Autograph and Photograph ; Ink Stands, Twine, Pocket Books, Cabas, Per- 
 fumes, Soaps, Hair Brushes, Tooth Brushes, Games of all kinds, Paints, 
 
 Water Color, and a full assortment of fine STATIONERY. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 827 
 
 JAMES MACKEOWN. ROBERT S. BOWER. ROWLAND R. ELLIS. 
 
 MACKEOWN, BOWER, ELLIS & CO. 
 
 (Successors to CHARLES ELLIS’ SON & CO.), 
 
 Wholesale Druggists and Manufacturing Chemists, 
 
 ■ 1000 Market St. (S. TF. corner Tenth), Philadelphia. 
 
 ZEZDWHN* CRAPT & GO., 
 
 Dealers in HARDWARE JOOLS, BELL-HANGERS’ SUPPLIES 
 
 AND HOUSE-PURNISHING GOODS, 
 
 No. 005 Market Street, IT li i lucl <- Ip li i n . 
 
 Sole Agents for F. J. CLAMER & CO.’S GOLDEN BRONZE GOODS. 
 
 P. B. CUNNINGHAM & CO., 
 
 SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 FA 3B_ CUNNINGHAM S 
 
 Patent Carriages i Wagons 
 
 BETHLEHEM, PA. 
 
 ■V. QU^LUnE OCX 
 
 (W. A.. DUFF), 
 
 Chromo-Lithographers ? Manufacturers of Gas ? Lamp Shades, 
 
 832 and 834 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 WINNER <d 6 s OO., 
 
 ARTISTS’ EMPORIUM AND FANCY STORE, 
 
 No. 146 SOUTH EIGHTH STREET. PII1LADEI.F1IIA, 
 
 Where every article can be procured for DRAWING and PAINTING in Oil, Crayon or Water Colors. 
 Prepared Canvas, Bristle, Sable and Camel's Hair Brushes, Oils, Varnishes, Colored 
 Crayons and Drawing Paper and Books, Mathematical Instruments 
 and, in short, every article used hy Artists andjlmateurs. 
 
 AGENTS WANTED FOR PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 BAKBB, ZD-A-NTIS &c CO. 
 
 (Successors to T. ELLWOOD ZELL), 
 
 17 and 19 South Sixth St,, Philadelphia; 5 Beekman St., New York, 
 
 ZELL’S POPULAR ENCYCLOPEDIA, DICTIONARY and GAZETTEER — 
 
 The most perfect work of the kind ever issued. Over Seven Thousand Columns of Nonpareil Type, 
 consisting of matter on every important subject known. Illustrated by over 3000 Engravings. 
 
 ZELL’S DESCRIPTIVE HAND- ATI, AS OF THE WORLD — Containing Thirty- 
 five Full-page Maps, beautifully engraved and colored, and about 300 pages of descriptive geographi- 
 cal matter and indexes. 
 
 THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN LITERATURE, by E. A. and Geo. L. Duvckinck 
 and M. Laird Simons. Containing graphic sketches of the lives and writings of over 800 of the most 
 illustrious American authors. Illustrated by 52 steel engravings and 500 wood-cuts. 
 
 Address as above for terms and territory. 
 
 CIRCULARS AND SPECIMENS SENT FREE ON APPLICATION TO ABOVE ADDRESS. 
 
828 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 PHILIP NEUKUMET, John Neukujiet, Proprietor. 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Fire Bricks, Blocks, Tiles, etc., for Furnaces, Bolling' Mills, Gas Works, Foundries, 
 Lime Kilns, Glass Works, etc., etc., of Most Superior Quality. 
 BLOCKS on TILES MA I > i : TO OBBEIl 
 
 At the Shortest Notice and of Superior Quality, in an t/ Shape and of any Size. Fire 
 Clay , Ground Brick, Fire Mortar, Fire Sand and Kaolin constantly on Hand. 
 
 GIRARD TUBE WORKS & IRON CO, 
 
 P TULA DLL PH I A, 
 
 MANUFACTURE 
 
 PLAIN AND GALVANIZED 
 
 WROUGHT-IRON PIPE 
 
 Sundries for Gas and Steam Fitters, Plumbers, 
 
 MACHINISTS, HAILING MAKERS, OIL REFINERS, etc. 
 
 WORKS, 
 
 TWENTY-THIRD & FILBERT STS., 
 
 OFFICE AND WAREHOUSE, 
 
 3STO. 42 HORTH FIFTH STHBBT. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 829 
 
 L. B. FLANDERS, 
 
 Eleventh and Hamilton Streets, Philadelphia, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 RIDERS' PATENT SPRING PACKING FOR PISTON HEADS, 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 Portable Cylinder Boring Machines. 
 
 Steam and Blast Cylinders, Pumps and Corliss Valves of all sizes and kinds 
 bored out in their present positions, with machinery, as here represented. 
 
 This is the only true way to bore out a cylinder, besides a great amount of 
 tiBiie and labor is saved. 
 
 FLANDERS’ PATENT SPRING PACKING- FOR CYLINDERS. 
 
 This celebrated Flanders’ Patent 
 Piston Packing- consists of steel 
 springs and blocks of cast iron in 
 the shape of a letter V (as repre- 
 sented in this cut), so that the 
 springs between the blocks press 
 the piston rings out equally against 
 the inside surface of the cylinder, 
 and also force the piston to the 
 centre of the cylinder at the same 
 time. It is set out by means of small 
 wedges. It has no bolts, screws or 
 nuts to rust or corrode. It seldom 
 requires any looking after, and will 
 last for years. It is simple and 
 easily adjusted, and can be set out 
 by any one possessing ordinary 
 mechanical acquirements. It is the 
 best Packing ever introduced, giving universal satisfaction, and is recom- 
 mended by hundreds of leading manufacturers. 
 
 SEND FOR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR COVERING A COMPLETE LIST OF REFERENCES, 
 
830 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 00 
 
 03 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 E< 
 
 it 
 
 <1 
 
 A 
 
 <! 
 
 P 
 
 6 
 
 ID 
 
 P 
 
 0 
 
 0 
 
 (5 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 831 
 
 JAMES T. ALLEN, 
 
 25 North Seventeenth St., Philadelphia. 
 
 PLASTERING, ROUGH-CASTING, CEMENTING, etc. Workmanship and materials the best. 
 Refers to all the city architects. 
 
 U-AlUvcies t_ alleit & go., 
 
 SCAGLIOLA MARBLE MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 23 NORTH SEVENTEENTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 COLUMNS, PILASTERS, PEDESTALS, PANELLING. WAINSCOTING, MANTELS, TABLE TOPS 
 AND WALL WORK FOR INTERIOR DECORATIONS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1836. 
 
 Glendinning & Truitt, 
 
 Successor to CHARLES P. CALDWELL, 
 
 Whip and Cane 
 
 MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 No. 9 North Fourth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 O. JLmJ±TTST<C^1s 
 
 Hats, Caps, Straws and Gents’ Furnishing Goods 
 
 CHOICE JYISLD HOBBY STYLES, 
 
 EXCELLENT IN QUALITY AND REASONABLE IN PRICE, 
 
 Sixth, and Chestnut Sts., Philadelphia. 
 
 GOTTLIEB 
 
 Manufacturer of ROANS and LININGS, 
 
 ALSO, BOOKBINDERS’ LEATHER, 
 
 No. 14,9 WILLOW STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 A CHOICE ASSORTMENT AT, THE LOWEST CASH PRICES. 
 
I 
 
 832 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 JOSEPH L FERRELL. 
 
 WM. H. JONES. 
 
 ENTERPRISE 
 
 Hydraulic Works 
 
 2218 and 2220 Race Street, 
 
 STEAM PUMPING MACHINERY, HYDRAULIC PUMPS, ELEVATORS 
 and PRESSES, FAN and PISTON BLOWERS, CENTRIFU- 
 GAL, MINING, HAND and POWER PUMPS. 
 
 PARTICULAR ATTENTION PAID TO REPAIRING AND STEAI FITTING. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA BADGE DEPOT. THE OLD-ESTABLISHED STAND. 
 
 JACOB SOMERSET, 
 
 Engraver and Jeweller, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Jftasonic Jiflarfcs anti j5octctg 
 
 Military Medals, College and School Rewards, 
 
 IN NEW AND ORIGINAL DESIGNS. 
 
 PRESENTATION MARKS A SPECIALTY. 
 
 Jewelry, Silverware and Fancy Articles neatly Engraved. 
 
 722 CHESTNUT STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MONOGRAMS AND DEVICES, LODGE JEWELS AND SEALS. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 833 
 
 JOSE DE BESSA GUIMARAES, 
 hipping and Commission <9^rchant, 
 
 IMPORTER OP 
 
 CORKS AND CORKWOOD, 
 
 JYo. ISO Walnut Street and 25 Granite Street , 
 
 FISHER & HALL’S 
 
 OBDAB 
 
 VAT AND TANK FACTORY, 
 
 1143 , 1145 and 1147 JVorth Front Street , 
 
 Below Grirard. Avenue, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 Manufacturers of 
 
 FOR 
 
 Brewers, Dyers, Chemists, Sugar 
 Refiners, Paper Mills, Distil- 
 lers, Railroads, Hotels, 
 Public Buildings and 
 Private Dwellings. 
 
 WHITE CEDAR WILL LAST LONGER 
 THAN ANY OTHER WOOD IN PROPOR- 
 TION OF THREE TO ONE. 
 
 i \ > i v > i i;. 
 
 THE LIVERPOOL, NEW YORK & PHILADA, STEAMSHIP CO, 
 
 FULL-POWERED CLYDE-BUILT IRON SCREW STEAMSHIPS. 
 
 Cargo for the respective Steamers will be received at the Com- 
 pany’s Wharf, Pier 45 North River. 
 
 O’DONNEL & FAULK, Agents, 
 
 402 Chestnut St., Philadelphia. 
 
 5 ^ 
 
834 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 Pure Family Medicines 
 Dispensed. Physicians’ 
 
 Prescript’s Compounded, 
 
 ROBERT COULTON 
 
 (Graduate Phila. College of Pharmacy), 
 
 PHARMACEUTIST. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1839. 
 
 S. E. Cor. Vino & Kith Sts., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DAV I S 
 
 HENRY DUNLAP, 
 
 §hcvnix (Cihuh U'orki, 
 
 475 and 477 NORTH FIFTH ST. 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 First- Class Carriages q£ all Descriptions, 
 
 mr LIGHT WORK A SPECIALTY 
 
 WILLIAM P. BECK, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 STONE CUTTERS’, STONE MASONS’ AND BRICKLAYERS’ TOOLS, 
 
 OF EVERY DESCRIPTION, 
 
 22d and BARKER STREETS, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MILL-PICKS made to Order. Goods sent to any part of the United States, by Express, C. O. D. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1838. 
 
 IB 11 EB B 1 I 11 , 
 
 FASHIOIT ABLE HATTEE, 
 
 143 AECH STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 FINEST CLASS OF 
 
 Hats, Caps and Straw Goods. Lowest Cash Prices. 
 
 SOHEETZ’S 
 
 CELEBRATED BITTER CORDIAL, 
 
 North-West Cor. Fifth and Race Sts., Philadelphia. 
 
 JACOB SCHEETZ, SOLE PROPRIETOR. 
 NATURE’S GREAT RESTORER. 
 
 ALBERT C. GREINER. 
 
 HENRY G. GREINER. 
 
 A. C. & H. G. GREINER 
 
 (Successors to LUDWIG GREINER), 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 GREINER’S PATENT DOLLS’ HEADS, 
 
 dtldr North IFoiirth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 ~ DEWITT, MORRISON & KELLEY, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Cast Steel Carpenters’ Augers, 
 
 JUill- Wrights 1 and Gas-Fitters 9 Augers , Auger Fitts , Car Fuilders 9 and 
 Machine Fitts , also Funip Augers and Left Hand Fitts , 
 
 TWENTY-SECOND STREET, ABOVE MARKET, PHILADELPHIA 
 
 E3r- ALL WORK WARRANTED.^ 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 835 
 
 M. BRYLAWSEI. 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 H .V HT N AND CAP8, 
 
 No. 16 N. THIRD ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Proprietor of the Patent Water-Proof Cap. Patented June 9, 1874. 
 
 ~Gr. W. SMITH, 
 
 DEALER IN 
 
 FINE BOOTS, SHOES, TRUNKS, Etc., 
 
 No. 3508 MARKET STREET, 
 
 WEST PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 JO HIST A. MAGEE, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 COT, EMBOSSED, GROUND, STAINED AND BENT GLASS, 
 
 French and American Window Glass, 
 
 1235 VINE STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1850. 
 
 Keystone Cork Works. 
 
 The Oldest Establishment in Pennsylvania for Cutting Corks by Machinery. 
 
 CORKS 
 
 OF EVERY DESCRIPTION MAW FACT FRED. 
 
 ALFRED Ft BTJTZ, Proprietor.. 
 
 Office and Factory, Nos. 829 and 831 N. THIRD ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 W. G. DESMOND, 
 
 COSTUMER for Fancy and Masque BALLS, 
 
 TABLEAU and PAF.LOP. THEATEICAL ENTERTAINMENTS, 
 
 917 RACE STREET , PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 MRS. C. WIMPFHEIMER, 
 
 REAL AND IMITATION HAIR WORK, 
 
 HAND-MADE ZEPHYR GOODS, Etc., 
 
 No. 320 MARKET STREET , PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 QUAKER CITY STENCIL WORKS, 
 
 234 ARCH ST., PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS IN 
 
 Stencil-Marking Plates, Seal Presses, Ribbon Stamps, Steel Stamps. 
 Pattern Letters for Iron Moulding, Burning-Brands, Key 
 and Baggage Checks, Stencil Inks and Brushes, and 
 all Stencil Materials, Wholesale and Retail. 
 
836 
 
 AI) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ERNEST KRETZMAR, 
 
 DiamQnd Dealer and Man ufacturing 
 
 WHOLESALE AND RETAIL,, 
 
 No. 1311 CHESTNUT ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 FRANKLIN INSTITUTE, 1874. HIGHEST PRIZE, SILVER MEDAL, 
 
 AUB, HACKENBURG & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 MACHINE SILKS, SEWING SILKS and BUTTON-HOLE TWIST, 
 
 Factory, 244, 24(5 and 24S N. Front St., Salesroom, 20 N. Third St., 
 
 la. 
 
 CHARLES W. AHNTY, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 PATENT STRETCHED OAK TANNED LEATHER BELTING 
 
 148 NORTH THIRD STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 A Full Supply of Lace Leather, Copper Rivets and Burrs. 
 EXCELSIOR BELT DRESSING-, ETC., ON 
 
 E. PAULUS, President, 
 
 A. C. RAEFLE, Treasurer. 
 
 and mtm jlinita, 
 
 LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, 
 
 618 CHESTNUT ST. 
 
 c . nvn izr iE e,'sT 
 
 Steam Carpenter and Packing Box Maker, 
 
 No. 514 NORTH ST., 
 
 Between Fifth and Sixth, and Market and Arch, Philada. 
 
 FKED. BRECHT, 
 
 CIGAR BOX MANUFACTURER, 
 
 Hillsdale Street, between Third and Fourth, and Race and Cherry, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 DEALER IN CEDAR AND POPLAR WOOD FOR CIGAR ROX MAKERS. 
 MURTAEGH’8 
 
 CELEBRATED TDTTIMIB-'W AITERS, 
 
 ALSO 
 
 HOISTING MACHINES and INVALID SAFETY ELEVATORS, 
 
 OF THE MOST APPROVED PATTERNS. 
 
 Jsaac JItchards, Jlo 2217 Phestnut ^Street, Philadelphia. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 837 
 
 FOR MELTING ALL KINDS OF METALS, 
 
 AND MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 SUNNY SIDK STOVE POLISH, 
 
 JET, SMALL AND LARGE CAKES. 
 
 Sunny Side Lumber Pencils, Foundry Facings, Lubricating Plumbago. 
 
 SUNNY SIDE STOVE POLISH, IN BULK, PUT UP IN 25-POUND BOXES FOR STOVE DEALERS. 
 
 1321 to 1331 Callowhill Street. 
 
 STROW, WILE & CO. 
 
 McCOY & ROBERTS, 
 
 Heaters, Ranges # Stoves, 
 
 1208 and 1210 MARKET ST., PHILADA., 
 
 Patentees and Manufacturers of the Celebrated 
 
 Which was awarded the Highest Premium (Silver Medal) by the Franklin Institute, 1874. 
 
 These Furnaces are constructed so as to burn either anthra- 
 cite or bituminous coal -with equal advantage. By a very simple 
 and durable arrangement of radiators, they utilize every particle 
 of heat thrown off by the fire pot and combustion chamber, so 
 that, with a temperature of 275° of air at register, the outer case 
 of furnace is perfectly cold. 
 
 We claim to gain more than twenty per cent, of heating power 
 by this system over the old method of constructing radiators and 
 introducing air to furnaces. 
 
 Send for ILLUSTRATED CIRCULAR and PRICE LIST, 
 
838 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 E S T A. B I_, I SHED 1838. 
 
 JAM ES TAY LOR, 
 
 No. 1916 CALLOWHILL STREET, PHILADA. 
 
 TAXIDERMIST, 
 
 Preserver and Mounter of Beasts, Birds, Fishes and Reptiles. Also Dealer in Foreign Bird Skins. 
 ALL WORK WARRANTED. 
 
 EXCELSIOR SAW WORKS, 
 
 WM. IcJflECE, 
 
 515 CHEUUY ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 CURRIERS’ BLADES, MOWING MACHINE KNIVES AND JIG SAWS Constantly on Hand. 
 SAWS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION MADE AND REPAIRED. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1852. 
 
 Girard Bolt Works, 
 
 TWENTY-THIRD ST. ABOVE RACE, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA . 
 
 WILLIAM SHIELDS, 
 
 MANUFACTURER FINEST QUALITY 
 
 Carriage Bolts, Axle Clips and Forged Nuts. 
 D. B EVAN, 
 
 SOUSE & Sill PAINTER l G-LAZIER, 
 
 1725 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 18:37. 
 
 J? O ”W ELL’S 
 
 House Furnishing Store and Tin Ware Manufactory, 
 
 412 SOUTH SECOND STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 POWELL’S ALL-HEALING SALVE, for Burns, Scalds, Bunions, Pains in the Back or Breast, 
 Felons, Itch, Piles and Scald Heads. Universal Salve warranted to cure Frosted Feet aud Ears, Sore 
 Nose, Run-Rounds, Sore Throat and Breast, Thistelow, Tetter, Sore Eyes, etc. 
 
AD VEBTISEMENTS. 
 
 839 
 
 SAMUEL F. PRINCE, 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALER IN 
 
 MARBLE AND SOAPSTONE, 
 
 Office, 2214 CHJiSTJTUT ST., PHILADA. 
 
 Established 1855. 
 
 Established 1855. 
 
 RESTEIN BROTHERS, 
 
 Manufacturers of every variety of Fancy, Colored, Glazed, Enamelled, Embossed Papers and Card Board. 
 
 CHINAS, BLANKS, RAILROAD, ENAMELLED, AND BRISTOL BOARDS ON HAND OR MADE TO ORDER. 
 
 Printers -who use a large quantity of Cards, and desire to purchase in sheets (22x28, or other large 
 sizes), will find it to their advantage to give us a call before ordering elsewhere. 
 
 1318 South Eighth. St., and 714 Federal St., Philada. 
 
 W. _A_. MUSSOF, 
 
 APOTHECARY 
 
 DEALER IN FOREIGN PERFUMERY, SPONGES, etc. etc., 
 
 2043 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 MURPHY & MONAGHAN, 
 
 CORK MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 522 South Fifth St., below Lombard, Philada. 
 
 jS®“ALL KINDS OF CORKS CONSTANTLY ON HAND OR CUT TO ORDER. “©a 
 
 MICHAEL FISHER, 
 
 AKER 
 
 BREAD AND CAKE 
 
 No. 639 North Fifteenth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 W. D. HUTCHISON, 
 
 FANCY PIE and CAKE BAKER 
 
 Nos. 806, 808, and 810 South Twelfth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 N. B. — OYSTER PARTIES made a specialty. All orders promptly attended to. 
 
 SI. MOSBBACH, 
 
 S. F. corner Eleventh and Poplar Sts., Philada. 
 
 _A_. W. WOOD, 
 
 h 4 e;ul ntidifahe falter and Confectioner 
 
 609 NORTH FIFTH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
840 
 
 AD VER TISEMEN TS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1861. 
 
 W. T. RICHARDSON, 
 
 UNITED STATES CENTENNIAL 
 
 Furniture Manufactory 
 
 M-j E j b @o,r.j Sixth amd St®*, 
 
 OFFICE: 535 OXFORD ST., 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 MANUFACTURER OF 
 
 Solid Walnut Chamber Suites, 
 
 MARBLE-TOP TABLES, HAT-RACKS, 
 
 j^IANO jSTOOLS, jlRIBS^ARDROBES^HATNOTS, ETC. 
 
 The Ti'cide are respectfully requested to examine my goods 
 before purchasing elsewhere. Every piece warranted. 
 
 N. B— SPECIAL ATTENTION GIVEN THE MANUFACTURE OF ALL 
 KINDS OF FURNITURE TO ORDER. 
 
AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 841 
 
 AGRICULTURE IN PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 TT would hardly be consistent with the purposes of the Gazetteer and 
 -*• Guide were we to omit reference to the advanced stage of agriculture 
 iu Pennsylvania, especially as it has been so frequently commented on by 
 visitors from sister States and strangers from abroad. Here at Philadel- 
 phia, when the population embraced but forty-two thousand inhabitants, 
 and the smoke of the Revolution had hardly passed away, was established 
 a Society for the Promotion of Agriculture, as expressed by its title, which 
 has in time become the fertile mother of a vast multitude of similar asso- 
 ciations throughout our country. It is no small merit to have led the way 
 in so laudable an effort, and it is only right and proper the fact should be 
 made known wherever this work is read. The seed then sown has borne 
 fruit now visible in the Agricultural Department of the Centennial Exhi- 
 bition, and it is only reasonable to anticipate that vast fields yet untilled 
 may profit by the patriotic efforts of the large-hearted citizens of Philadel- 
 phia of days long gone by. 
 
 A striking example of the value of intelligent culture is shown at Blooms- 
 dale, an estate of five hundred acres, situated on the Delaware, a few miles 
 above Philadelphia, adjoining the tract known as Penn’s Manor. Upon 
 this estate, and upon one thousand additional acres situate in Virginia, 
 New Jersey and Wisconsin, selected for the advantages afforded by varied 
 climates, and soils each adapted to specific crops, and each owned, occupied 
 and cultivated by the firm, are produced “ Landreth’s Garden Seeds,” a 
 name which has become a household word, not only in this country, but 
 even in India, where the British residents prefer these seeds even to those 
 of their native land, as our climate ripens them better than the humid 
 atmosphere of England. If the number of acres under cultivation affords 
 a correct basis for an estimate (and where the best methods of culture are 
 used this must be the case), the trade in these seeds must be larger than 
 exists elsewhere, not only in the United States, but in the world, built up 
 during three generations, not by extravagant self-adulation, but with the 
 modest motto, “ Landreth’s seeds speak their own praise.” The proprietors 
 of this estate have availed themselves of the latest improvements both in 
 
842 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 machinery and in the treatment of the soil, not as tardy followers, but as 
 leaders, in the march of reform. Besides their numerous well-trained 
 workmen, many of whom have been life-long attaches of the firm, there 
 are at Bloomsdale three steam-engines for threshing, winnowing and clean- 
 ing seeds, grinding feed, etc., a caloric-engine for pumping, and a steaming 
 apparatus for preparing food for the working stock. During the three 
 
 years closing with 1875, persistent, energetic 
 experiments in ploughing and tilling by steam- 
 power have been conducted by the Messrs. 
 Landreth at Bloomsdale, using the direct-trac- 
 tion engine of Williamson, with Thomson’s 
 India-rubber tire. At first, and for months, 
 great hope of success was entertained ; but 
 unforeseen difficulties in the way of direct trac- 
 tion exhibited themselves. At present the 
 purpose is to adopt the “rope system,” as prac- 
 ticed successfully in Englaud, using the Wil- 
 liamson engine as the moving power. If the 
 success of railroads has won lasting honor for 
 those who brought it about, certainly a meed 
 of praise is justly due to those to whose encour- 
 agement the steam plough is indebted for its 
 even partial success. The candid reader is 
 doubtless by this time convinced that to the 
 progressive men of the State is owing the 
 marked advance of “ agriculture.” 
 
 Limited space prohibits many of the details 
 of the operations at Bloomsdale, which we 
 would gladly give our readers ; the engraving 
 annexed may, however, convey some idea of 
 the extent of the structures required for the 
 storage, drying and preservation of crops, and 
 otherwise successful prosecution of the pecu- 
 liar business there conducted, which is a credit 
 to the proprietors, the successors of those who founded the business in 1 1 84, 
 and which may be classed as prominent among the important industrial 
 enterprises of Pennsylvania. 
 
 m 
 
1776 
 
 .4 D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 843 
 
 pone with |catracg to jjraromga. 
 
 ESTIMATES GIVEN AND DESIGNS FURNISHED FOR 
 
 Q ENA Jf E M T A E WORK* 
 
 1876 
 
844 
 
 AI) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 WM. J. THOMASON & BRO., 
 
 108 ARCH ST., PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ir, o o if 1 i ilt a- 
 
 CONDUCTOR PIPES AND GUTTER TIN always on hand for immediate use. 
 
 R. W. IP. GOFF, 
 
 Manufacturer of every description of 
 
 w&mm mmmmt wmm 
 
 AND 
 
 CARVED AND SCROLL BRACKETS, 
 
 625 and 627 WALL ST., below Catharine, Philada. 
 
 Fancy Stands, Book Slides, Hat Racks, Umbrella Stands, Book Shelves, Easels, Boot Boxes, 
 Wall Pockets, Towel Racks, Commodes, Match Safes, Butlers' Trays. 
 
 LEWIS F. CITTI & CO., 
 
 Lithographic, Drawing, Engraving and Printing Establishment, 
 
 N. W. COR. SEVENTH AND MARKET STS., PHILADA. 
 
 Entrance on Seventh Street. 
 
 JOSEPH BUFFINGTON, 
 
 ghtirili md -§hnpel <$r$nt\ Jfnctonj, 
 
 131 SOUTH ELEVENTH ST., above Walnut, PHILADA. 
 
 W. H. JONES, 
 
 AGRICULTURAL WAREHOUSE, 
 
 JVo. 1621 Market Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 WHOLESALE AND RETAIL DEALER IN 
 
 AGRICULTURAL AND HORTICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS, 
 
 From the largest to the smallest Farming Machinery. 
 
 Also, Field, Garden and Flower Seeds, and all kinds of Fertilizers, viz. : Guano, Super-Phosphate 
 of Lime, Poudrette, Bone Dust, eto, Oaloined Plaster, Hydraulic Cement, etc. 
 
 Machinery Exchanged and Repaired upon reasonable terms. Orders solicited and promptly attended 
 to. All goods warranted as represented. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 845 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1810 . 
 
 MARKET STREET POTTERY. 
 
 Our Stock comprises a number of Elegant VASES and STATUES, being copies of Pom- 
 peian, Old Roman, Greek and Antique productions. 
 
 All those wishing to produce beautiful effects in garden ornamentation would do well to 
 make their selections from our stock. Illustrated Catalogues mailed free on application. 
 
 GALLOWAY <fc GRAFF, 
 
 Nos. 1723 and 1725 Market Street, Philadelphia. 
 
846 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 EDWARD J. ETTING, 
 
 IROM BROKER 
 
 AND 
 
 COMMISSION MERCHANT 
 
 No. 230 South Third Street, 
 
 WESTMORELAND BUILDING, 
 
 AGENT CENTRAL IRON WORKS, HARRISBURG, 
 
 Boiler Plate, Tank Iron, etc. 
 
 FOREIGN AND AMERICAN 
 
 PIG, BAR and RAILROAD IRON, 
 
 OLD RAILS, SCRAP, ETC. 
 
 STORAGE WHARF and YARD, 
 
 Delaware Avenue, above Callowhill St. 
 
 CASH ADVANCES MADE ON IRON, ETC. 
 
AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 847 
 
 vTJAZMZIEJS S. KEEl^T, 
 
 IMPORTER OF 
 
 Hides, Groat and Sheep Skins and Sumac, 
 
 115 MABQABETTA ST. and 112 WILLOW ST., PHILADA. 
 
 MARSHALL BROTHERS & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 AMERICAN GALVANIZED SHEET IRON, 
 
 “MARSHALL” CORNICE AND ROOFING SHEETS 
 
 AND 
 
 BAR. IRON. 
 
 OFFICE AND WAREHOUSE: 
 
 24 GIRARD AVE., below Front, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 D. L. Baumgardner. B. J. Woodward. Henry Baumgardner. 
 
 BAUMGARDNER. WOODWARD & CO.. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 MANILA, SISAL AND AMERICAN HEMP CORDAGE, 
 
 38 South Delaware Avenue, Philadelphia. 
 
 Factory, Beverly, New Jersey. 
 
 E. R. PAQUET, 
 
 GE1TEE/AL EETGE/AYEE;, 
 
 No. 24 South Fifth Street, Philadelphia. 
 
 Die Sinking, Court, Lodge, Society and Corporation Seals. Steel Stamps, Alphabets, Medals, etc. 
 Brass Book Dies, Fillets. Rolls and Borders, Embossing Plates. Jewelry Dies, etc. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1810. 
 
 WM. WATTS O FT. THO S. WATT SON. 
 
 WATTSON & CO., 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Crackers, Biscuits # Cakes, 
 
 155, 157, 159 and 161 N, FRONT ST„ 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 J. BRAUER . G. BR UECKMA NN. 
 
 peTnsylvania machine-cot corn manufactory, 
 
 24,8 NORTH T 1 1 0 > T ST., PHILADA. 
 
 CORKS OF ALL SIZES ALWAYS ON HAND. LIFE PRESERVERS A SPECIALTY. 
 
 LARGEST MANUFACTORY IN THE CITY. 
 
848 
 
 ADVER TISEMENTS. 
 
 J. E. SHARP, 
 
 707 AND 709 FILBERT STEEET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Window Glass. 
 
 ROUGH AND POLISHED PLATE, 
 
 Enamelled \ Embossed \ 
 
 OBSCURESD 
 
 AND 
 
 RIBBED GLASS. 
 
 ROBT. C. SCHMERTZ & CO.’S 
 
 BRANDS OF SINGLE, DOUBLE AND GRVSTAL SHEET GLASS 
 
 AND 
 
 Artists’ Brattti for ^ijotograpijrrs. 
 
 A. M.A.NUE.A.CT'U'RE OF GREAT EXCELLENCE. 
 
 JW COLOR AND SURFACE GUARANTEED NEVER TO CHANGE. 
 
Soda Water Apparatus, 
 
 914, 916 and 925 Filbert St., Philadelphia. 
 
 BRANCH HOUSE, 
 
 34 LIBERTY ST., NEW YORK, 
 
 We challenge Comparison in Excellence of Work- 
 manship, Quality of Material and 
 Beauty of Design. 
 
 We have always in Stock MANY NOVEL and 
 BEAUTIFUL DESIGNS, combining all our recent 
 improvements. 
 
 Double-Stream Draft Tubes, Silver-Lined Syrup 
 Faucets, Heavy Block-Tin Cans, Combined 
 
 Tumbler 
 
 Coil and Cylinder Coolers 
 Holders and Tumblers, Tumbler 
 Washers and Drainers, Pure 
 Fruit Juices and Syrups, 
 
 English Extracts. 
 
 Everything: requisite for the manufacture and dispens- 
 ing of Soda Water furnished at the lowest rates, and all 
 guaranteed of the finest quality. 
 
 Generators and Fountains, 
 
 Every Si/e and Price, suited to the wants of all, from the 
 largest manufacturer to the smallest dealer. 
 
 SALTS AND SOLUTIONS 
 
 For Kissiugen, Vichy and other Mineral Waters. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED 
 
 AND 
 
 SENT TO ANY ADDRESS 
 ON APPLICATION. 
 
 uppw comer 
 
 54 
 
850 
 
 AT) VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1S32. 
 
 ALEX. WHILLDIN & SONS, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 Commission Merchants 
 
 IN 
 
 WOOL, 
 
 WOOLEN YARNS, 
 
 COTTON, 
 
 COTTON YARNS. 
 
 Cash Advances made on 
 Shipments. 
 
AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 851 
 
 THOMAS W. H. MOSELEY, INVENTOR AND BUILDER. 
 
 MOSELEY’S WROUGHT-IRON RECTANGULAR TUBULAR 
 BRIDGE, 
 
 For Railroads and Long Spans where great strength is required. 
 
 MOSELEY’S WROUGHT-IRON ARCH LATTICE BRIDGE, 
 
 Medium and Short Spans, for use on highways. 
 
 MOSELEY’S WROUGHT IRON TRUSS BRIDGE, 
 
 For Railways and Highways of ordinary spans. Easily adjusted 
 by steel wedges only. 
 
 MOSELEY’S IRON SCREW PILES, 
 
 Used for Piers and Viaducts in marshy ground and deep permanent 
 foundations. 
 
 MOSELEY’S IRON HOUSE AND ROOF, 
 
 Fireproof, used for Engine-houses, Depots, Warehouses, etc. 
 
 MOSELEY’S IRON CORRUGATOR, 
 
 Corrugates all sizes and qualities of Sheet Iron for Roofs, Sidings 
 of Buildings, etc. 
 
 MOSELEY’S IRON COAL-BREAKER BUILDINGS. 
 
 Used in the coal regions for housing and the breaking of coal and 
 its distribution, in lieu of the wooden structures now in use. 
 
 MOSELEY’S TURN-TABLE, 
 
 For Bridges, Railroads and all other uses where Turn-tables are 
 now required. 
 
 [see following page.} 
 
852 
 
 AD VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 THOMAS W. H. MOSELEY, INVENTOR AND BUILDER. 
 
 MOSELEY’S STEAM BOILERS. 
 
 Sectional Steam Boiler, perfectly safe against explosion, of light 
 weight, great economy in use of fuel, of marked utility. Cheap. 
 
 MOSELEY’S RADIATORS. 
 
 Large Heating Surface, heats very quickly, not heavy, and requires 
 but little room. 
 
 MOSELEY’S PUMPS. 
 
 Drawing and Forcing. Easily repaired, very cheap. Good for all 
 purposes where Pumps are needed. 
 
 MOSELEY'S AIR EJECTOR. 
 
 Automatic, expels cold air from Radiators and Steam Boilers, very 
 effective and economical. 
 
 MOSELEY’S COMPOSITE HOUSE. 
 
 Fireproof, resembles marble and stone, as cheap as wood, simple, 
 easy to build, and good in any climate. 
 
 MOSELEY’S ENUNCIATOR. 
 
 For Hotels and Private Houses. Not liable to get out of order, gives 
 perfect enunciation, simple of construction and cheap. 
 
 MOSELEY’S COTTON-BALE TIE. 
 
 Attached and detached very expeditiously, simple, holds the hoop 
 tightly. ^ 
 
 Office, 147 South Fourth Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 THOMAS W. H. MOSELEY, 
 
 ENGINEER ANB PATENTEE, 
 
 [see preceding page.] 
 
CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION 
 OF THE UNITED STATES, 1876. 
 
 SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION INTO DEPART- 
 MENTS, GROUPS AND CLASSES. 
 
 DEPARTMENT I.— MINING AND METALLURGY. 
 Minerals, Ores, Bnilding Stones and Mining Prod- 
 ucts. — Class 100. Minerals, ores, etc. Metallic and non-metallic min- 
 erals, exclusive of coal and oil. Collections of minerals systematically 
 arranged ; collections of ores and associated minerals ; geological collec- 
 tions. — Class 101. Mineral combustibles. Coal, anthracite, semi-bitu- 
 minous and bituminous, coal-waste and pressed coal ; albertite, asphalte 
 and asphaltic limestone; bitumen, mineral tar, crude petroleum . — Class 
 102. Building stones, marbles, slates, etc. Rough, hewn, sawed or pol- 
 ished, for buildings, bridges, walls or other constructions, or for interior 
 decoration, or for furniture. — Marble — white, black or colored — used in 
 building, decoration, statuary, monuments or furniture, in blocks or slabs 
 not manufactured. — Class 103. Lime, cement and hydraulic cement, raw 
 and burned, accompanied by specimens of the crude rock or material 
 used, also artificial stone, concrete, betou. Specimens of lime mortar and 
 mixtures, with illustrations of the processes of mixing, etc. Hydraulic 
 and other cement. Beton mixtures and results, with illustrations of the 
 processes. Artificial stone for building purposes, building blocks, cornices, 
 etc. Artificial stone mixtures, for pavements, walls or ceilings. Plasters, 
 mastics, etc. — Class 104. Clays, kaolin, silex and other materials for the 
 manufacture of porcelain faience, and of glass, bricks, terra-cotta and 
 tiles, and fire-brick. Refractory stones for lining furnaces, sandstone, stea- 
 tite, etc., and refractory furnace materials. — Class 105. Graphite, crude 
 and refined ; for polishing purposes ; for lubricating, electrotyping, pho- 
 tography, pencils, etc. — Class 106. Lithographic stones, hones, whetstones, 
 grindstones, grinding and polishing materials, sand quartz, garnet, crude 
 topaz, diamond, corundum, emery in the rock and pulverized, and in as- 
 sorted sizes and grades. — Class 107. Mineral waters, artesian well water, 
 natural brines, saline and alkaline efflorescences and solutions. Mineral 
 
 853 
 
854 
 
 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 fertilizing substances, gypsum, phosphate of lime, marls, shells, coprolites, 
 etc., not manufactured. 
 
 Metallurgical Products. — Class 110. Precious metals. Class 
 111. Iron and steel in the pig, ingot and bar, plates and sheets, with 
 specimens of slags, fluxes, residues and products of working. — Class 112. 
 Copper in ingots, bars and rolled, with specimens illustrating its various 
 stages of production. — Class 113. Lead, zinc, antimony and other metals, 
 the result of extractive processes. — Class 114. Alloys used as materials, 
 brass, nickel, silver, solder, etc. 
 
 Mine Engineering — Models, Maps and Sections. — Class 
 120. Surface and underground surveying and plotting. Projection of 
 underground work, location of shafts, tunnels, etc. Surveys for aque- 
 ducts and for drainage. Boring and drilling rocks, shafts and tunnels, 
 etc. ; surveys for aqueducts aud for ascertaining the nature and extent of 
 mineral deposits. Construction. Sinking and lining shafts by various 
 methods, driving and timbering tunnels, and the general operations of 
 opening, stoping and breaking down ore, timbering, lagging and masonry. 
 Hoisting and delivering at the surface, rock, ore or miners. Pumping 
 and draining by engines, buckets or by adits. Ventilation and lighting. 
 Subaqueous mining, blasting, etc. Hydraulic mining, and the various 
 processes and methods of sluicing and washing auriferous gravel and other 
 superficial deposits. Quarrying. — Class 121. Models of mines, of veins, 
 
 6tC. 
 
 DEPARTMENT II.— MANUFACTURES. 
 
 Chemical. — Class 200. Chemicals, pharmaceutical preparations. 
 Mineral acids and the methods of manufacture ; sulphuric, nitric and hy- 
 drochloric acids. The common commercial alkalies, potash, soda and am- 
 monia, with their carbonates. Salt aud its production ; salt from deposits 
 — native salt; salt by solar evaporation from sea-water; salt by evaporation 
 from water of saline springs or wells ; rock-salt ; ground and table salt. 
 Bleaching powders and chloride of lime. Yeast powders, baking powders. — 
 Class 201. Oils, soaps, candles, illuminating and other gases; oils from min- 
 eral, animal and vegetable sources; refined petroleum, benzine, naphtha and 
 other products of the manufacture ; oils from various seeds, refined, and of 
 various degrees of purity; olive oil, cotton-seed oil, palm oil; animal oils 
 of various kinds in their refined state ; oils prepared for special purposes 
 besides lighting and for food ; lubricating oils. Soaps and detergent 
 preparations. Candles, stearine, glycerine, paraffine, etc., spermaceti. Il- 
 luminating gas and its manufacture. Oxygen gas and its application for 
 heating, lighting, metallurgy, and as a remedial agent. Chlorine and 
 carbonic acid. — Class 202. Paints, pigments, dyes, colors, turpentine, var- 
 nishes, printing inks, writing inks, blacking. — Class 203. Flavoring ex- 
 tracts, essences, perfumery, pomades, cosmetics. — Class 204. Explosive 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 855 
 
 and fulminating compounds, in small quantities only, and under special 
 regulations, shown in the building only by empty cases and cartridges ; 
 black powder of various grades and sizes ; nitro-glycerine and the methods 
 of using and exploding ; giant powder, dynamite, dualin, tri-nitro-glyc- 
 erine. — Class 205. Pyrotechnics for display, signaling, missiles. 
 
 Ceramics — Pottery, Porcelain, etc. — Class 206. Bricks, 
 drain-tiles, terra cotta and architectural pottery. — Class 207. Fire-clay 
 goods, crucibles, pots, furnaces; chemical stoneware. — Class 208. Tiles, 
 plain, enamelled, encaustic ; geometric tiles and mosaics ; tiles for pave- 
 ments and for roofing, etc. — Class 209. Porcelain for purposes of con- 
 struction; hardware trimmings, etc. — Class 210. Stone china, for chem- 
 ists, druggists, etc.; earthenware, stoneware, faience, etc. — Class 211. 
 Majolica and Palissy ware. — Class 212. Biscuit-ware, parian, etc. — Class 
 213. Porcelain for table and toilet use, and for decoration. 
 
 Glass and Glassware. — Class 214. Glass used in construction 
 and for mirrors. Window-glass of various grades of quality and size; 
 plate-glass, rough and ground or polished; toughened glass. — Class 215. 
 Chemical and pharmaceutical glassware, vials, bottles. — Class 216. Dec- 
 orative glassware. 
 
 Furniture and Objects of general Use in Construc- 
 tion and in Dwellings. — Class 217. Heavy furniture — chairs, tables, 
 parlor and chamber suits, office and library furniture ; vestibule furniture, 
 church furniture and decoration. — Class 218. Table furniture — glass, china, 
 silver, silver-plate, tea and coffee sets, urns, samovars, epergnes. — Class 219. 
 Mirrors, stained and enamelled glass, cut and engraved w T indow-glass and 
 other decorative objects. — Class 220. Gilt cornices, brackets, picture-frames, 
 etc. — Class 221. The nursery and its accessories; children’s chairs, walk- 
 ing-chairs. — Class 222. Apparatus and fixtures for heating and cooking — 
 stoves, ranges, heaters, etc. — Class 223. Apparatus for lighting — gas-fix- 
 tures, lamps, etc. — Class 224. Kitchen and pantry — utensils, tinware and 
 apparatus used in cooking (exclusive of cutlery). — Class 225. Laundry 
 appliances, washing-machines, mangles, clothes-wringers, clothes-bars, iron- 
 ing-tables. — Class 226. Bath-room and water-closet, shower-bath, earth- 
 closet. — Class 227. Manufactured parts of buildings — sash, blinds, man- 
 tels, metal work, etc. 
 
 Yarns and Woven Goods of Vegetable or Mineral 
 Materials. — Class 228. Woven fabrics of mineral origin — Wire cloths, 
 sieve-cloth, wire screens, bolting cloth. Asbestos fibre, spun and woven, 
 with the clothing manufactured from it. Glass thread, floss and fabrics. — 
 Class 229. Coarse fabrics of grass, rattan, cocoa-nut and bark. Mattings, 
 Chinese, Japanese, palm-leaf, grass and rushes. Floor-cloths of rattan and 
 cocoa-nut fibre, aloe fibre, etc. — Class 230. Cotton yarns and fabrics, 
 bleached and unbleached. Cotton sheeting and shirting, plain and twilled. 
 
856 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 Cotton canvas and duck ; awnings, tents. Class 231. Dyed cotton fabrics, 
 exclusive of prints and calicoes. — Class 232. Cotton prints and calicoes, 
 including handkerchiefs, scarfs, etc. — Class 233. Linen and other vege- 
 table fabrics, uncolored or dyed. — Class 234. Floor oil-cloths and other 
 painted and enamelled tissues, and imitation of leather, with a woven base. 
 
 Woven and Felted Goods of Wool and Mixtures of 
 Wool. — Class 235. Card-wool fabrics — yarns, broadcloth, doeskins, 
 fancy cassimeres ; felted goods. — Class 236. Flannels; plaiu flannels, do- 
 mets, opera and fancy. — Class 237. Blankets, robes and shawls. — Class 
 238. Combined wool fabrics — worsteds, yarns, dress goods for women’s 
 wear, delaines, serges, poplins, merinoes. — Class 239. Carpets, rugs, etc. — 
 Brussels, melton, tapestry, tapestry brussels, axminster, Venetian, ingrain, 
 felted carpetings, druggets, rugs, etc. — Class 240. Hair, alpaca, goat’s hair, 
 camel’s hair and other fabrics, mixed or unmixed with wool. — Class 241. 
 Printed and embossed woollen cloths, table-covers, patent velvets. 
 
 Silk and Silk Fabrics, and Mixtures in which Silk is 
 the predominating Material. — Class 242. Cocoons and raw silk 
 as reeled from the cocoon, thrown or twisted silks in the gum. — Class 243. 
 Thrown or twisted silks, boiled off or dyed, in hanks, skeins or on spools. 
 — Class 244. Spun silk yarns and fabrics, and the materials from which 
 they are made. — Class 245. Plain woven silks, lutestrings, sarsnets, satins, 
 serges, foulards, tissues for hat and millinery purposes, etc. — Class 246. 
 Figured silk piece-goods, woven or printed; upholstery silks, etc. — Class 
 
 247. Crapes, velvets, gauzes, cravats, handkerchiefs, hosiery, knit goods, 
 laces, scarfs, ties, veils, all descriptions of cut and made up silks. — Class 
 
 248. Ribbons, plain, fancy and velvet. — Class 249. Bindings, braids, cords, 
 galloons, ladies’ dress-trimmings, upholsterers’, tailors’ military and miscel- 
 laneous trimmings. 
 
 Clothing-, Jewelry and Ornaments, Travelling Equip- 
 ments. — Class 250. Ready-made clothing, knit goods and hosiery, mili- 
 tary clothing, church vestments, costumes, waterproof clothing and cloth- 
 ing for special objects. — Class 251. Hats, caps, boots and shoes, gloves, 
 mittens, etc., straw and palm-leaf hats, bonnets and millinery. — Class 252. 
 Laces, embroideries and trimmings, for clothing, furniture and carriages. — 
 Class 253. Jewelry and ornaments worn upon the person. — Class 254. Ar- 
 tificial flowers, coiffures, buttons, trimmings, pins, hooks and eyes, fans, 
 umbrellas, sun-shades, walking-canes, pipes and small objects of dress or 
 adornment, exclusive of jewelry; toys and fancy articles. — Class 255. 
 Fancy leather work, pocket-books, toilet-cases, travelling equipments, va- 
 lises and trunks. — Class 256. Furs. — Class 257. Historical collections of 
 costumes, national costumes. 
 
 Paper, Blank Books and Stationery. — Class 258. Station- 
 ery for the desk, stationers’ articles, pens, pencils, inkstands and other ap- 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 857 
 
 paratus of writing and drawing. — Class 259. Writing-paper and envelopes, 
 blank-book paper, bond-paper, tracing-paper, tracing-linen, tissue-paper, 
 etc., etc. — Class 260. Printing-paper for books, newspapers, etc. Wrap- 
 ping-paper of all grades, cartridge and manilla paper, paper bags. — Class 
 261. Blank-books; sets of account-books, specimens of ruling and binding, 
 including blanks, billheads, etc., book-binding. — Class 262. Cards, playing- 
 cards, card-board, binders’ board, pasteboard, paper or card-board boxes. — 
 Class 263. Building-paper, pasteboard for walls, cane-fibre felt for car- 
 wheels, ornaments, etc. — Class 264. Wall-papers, enamelled and colored 
 papers, imitations of leather, wood, etc. 
 
 Military and Naval Armaments, Ordnance, Fire- 
 arms and Hunting Apparatus. — Class 265. Military small- 
 arms, muskets, pistols and magazine-guns, with their ammunition. — Class 
 266. Light artillery, compound guns, machine-guns, mitrailleuses, etc. — 
 Class 267. Heavy ordnance and its accessories. — Class 268. Knives, swords, 
 spears and dirks. — Class 269. Firearms used for sporting and hunting; 
 also other implements for the same purpose. Class 270. Traps for game, 
 birds, vermin, etc. 
 
 Medicine, Surgery, Prothesis. — Class 272. Medicines; offi- 
 cinal (in any authoritative pharmacopoeia), articles of the materia medica, 
 preparations, unofficial.— Class 273. Dietetic preparations, as beef extract 
 and other articles intended especially for the sick. — Class 274. Pharma- 
 ceutical apparatus. — Class 275. Instruments for physical diagnosis, clinical 
 thermometers, stethoscopes, ophthalmoscopes, etc. (except clinical micro- 
 scopes, etc., for which see Class 324). — Class 276. Surgical instruments 
 and appliances, with dressings, apparatus for deformities, prothesis, obstet- 
 rical instruments. — Class 277. Dental instruments and appliances. — Class 
 278. Vehicles and appliances for the transportation of the sick and 
 wounded, during peace and war, on shore or at sea. 
 
 Hardware, Edge Tools, Cutlery and Metallic Prod- 
 ucts. — Class 280. Hand tools and instruments used by carpenters, join- 
 ers, and for wood and stone in general ; miscellaneous hand tools used in 
 industries, such as jewellers’, engravers’. — Class 281. Cutlery, knives, pen- 
 knives, scissors, razors, razor-straps, skates and implements sold by cutlers. 
 
 — Class 282. Emery and sand paper, polishing powders, polishing and 
 burnishing stones. — Class 283. Metal hollow-ware, ornamental castings. 
 
 — Class 284. Hardware used in construction, exclusive of tools and imple- 
 ments ; spikes, nails, screws, tacks, bolts, locks, latches, hinges, pulleys 
 plumbers’ and gas fitters’ hardware, furniture fittings, ships’ hardware 
 saddlers’ hardware, and harness fittings and trimmings. 
 
 Fabrics of Vegetable, Animal or Mineral Materials 
 
 — Class 285. India rubber goods and manufactures. — Class 286. Brushes, 
 
 — Class 287. Ropes, cordage. — Class 288. Flags, insignia, emblems.- 
 
858 
 
 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 Class 289. Wooden and basket ware, papier mache. — Class 290. Under- 
 takers’ furnishing goods, caskets, coffins, etc. — Class 291. Galvanized iron 
 work. 
 
 Carriages, Vehicles and Accessories. — (For farm vehicles 
 and railway carriages see Departments of Agriculture and Machinery.) 
 — Class 292. Pleasure carriages. — Class 293. Travelling carriages, coaches, 
 stages, omnibuses, hearses ; bath-chairs, velocipedes, baby carriages. — Class 
 294. Vehicles for movement of goods and heavy objects, carts, wagons, 
 trucks. — Class 295. Sleighs, sledges, sleds, etc. — Class 296. Carriage and 
 horse furniture, harness and saddlery, whips, spurs, horse blankets, car- 
 riage robes, rugs, etc. 
 
 DEPARTMENT III.— EDUCATION AND SCIENCE. 
 Educational Systems, Methods and Libraries. — Class 
 300. Elementary instruction; infant schools and kindergartens, arrange- 
 ments, furniture, appliances and modes of training. Public schools, graded 
 schools, buildings and grounds, equipments, courses of study, methods of 
 instruction, text books, apparatus, including maps, charts, globes, etc.; pu- 
 pils’ work, including drawing and penmanship ; provisions for physical 
 training. — Class 301. Higher education; academies and high schools; 
 colleges and universities ; buildings and grounds, libraries, museums of 
 zoology, botany, mineralogy, art and archaeology, apparatus for illustration 
 and research, mathematical, physical, chemical and astronomical courses 
 of study, text books, catalogues, libraries and gymnasiums. — Class 302. 
 Professional schools, theology, law, medicine and surgery, dentistry, phar- 
 macy, mining, engineering, agriculture and mechanical arts, art and design, 
 military schools, naval schools, normal schools, commercial schools, music. 
 Buildings, text books, libraries, apparatus, methods and other accessories 
 for professional schools. — Class 303. Institutions for instruction of the 
 blind, deaf and dumb, and the feeble-minded. — Class 304. Education re- 
 ports and statistics. National bureau of education. State, city and town 
 systems. College, university and professional systems. — Class 305. Libra- 
 ries, history, reports, statistics and catalogues. — Class 306. School and text 
 books, dictionaries, encyclopaedias, gazetteers, directories, index volumes, 
 bibliographies, catalogues, almanacs, special treatises, general and miscella- 
 neous literature, newspapers, technical and special newspapers and journals, 
 illustrated papers, periodical literature. 
 
 Institutions and Organizations. — Class 310. Institutions 
 founded for the increase and diffusion of knowledge, such as the Smithso- 
 nian Institution, the Royal Institution, the Institute of France, British 
 Association for' the Advancement of Science, and the American Associa- 
 tion, etc., their organization, history and results. — Class 311. Learned and 
 scientific associations ; geological and mineralogical societies, etc. ; engi- 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 859 
 
 neering, technical and professional associations ; Artistic, biological, zoolog- 
 ical, medical schools, astronomical observatories. — Class 312. Museums, 
 collections, art galleries, exhibitions of works of art and industry. Agri- 
 cultural fairs, State and county exhibitions, national exhibitions, interna- 
 tional exhibitions. Scientific museums and art museums. Ethnological 
 and archaeological collections. — Class 313. Music and the drama. 
 
 Scientific and Philosophical Instruments and Meth- 
 ods. — Class 320. Instruments of precision, and apparatus of physical 
 research, experiment and illustration. Astronomical instruments and ac- 
 cessories used in observatories. Transits, mural circles, equatorials, colli- 
 mators. Geodetic and surveying instruments, transits, theodolites, needle 
 compasses; instruments for surveying underground in mines, tunnels and 
 excavations. Nautical astronomical instruments ; sextants, quadrants, 
 repeating circles, dip-sectors. Levelling instruments and apparatus ; car- 
 penters’ and builders’ levels, hand levels, water levels, engineers’ levels. 
 Instruments for deep-sea sounding and hydrographic surveying. Meteor- 
 ological instruments and apparatus. Thermometers, pyrometers, barom- 
 eters, hygrometers and rain gauges, maps, bulletins, blanks for reports, 
 methods of recording, reducing and reporting observations. — Class 321. 
 Indicating and registering apparatus other than meteorological, mechani- 
 cal calculation. Viameters, pedometers, perambulators. Gas meters. 
 Water meters, current meters, ships’ logs, electrical logs. Tide registers. 
 Apparatus for printing consecutive numbers. Counting machines, calcu- 
 lating engines, arithmometers. — Class 322. Weights, measures, weighing 
 and metrological apparatus. Measures of length ; graduated scales on 
 wood, metal, ivory, tape or ribbon, steel tapes, chains, rods, verniers, rods 
 and graduated scales for measuring lumber, goods in packages, casks, etc., 
 gaugers’ tools and methods. Measures of capacity for solids and liquids. 
 Weights; scales and graduated beams for weighing, assay balances, chem- 
 ical balances. Ordinary scales for heavy weights ; weighing locomotives 
 and trains of cars ; postal balances ; hydrometers, alcoometers, lacto- 
 meters, etc.; gravimeters. — Class 323. Chronometric apparatus ; chro- 
 nometers, astronomical clocks, church and metropolitan clocks, ordinary 
 commercial clocks, pendulum and spring clocks, marine clocks, watches, 
 clepsydras, hour-glasses, sun-dials ; chronographs, electrical clocks ; metro- 
 nomes. — Class 324. Optical and thermotic instruments and apparatus. 
 Mirrors, plane and spherical. Lenses and prisms. Spectacles and eye- 
 glasses, field- and opera-glasses, graphoscopes and stereoscopes. Cameras 
 and photographic apparatus. Microscopes ; telescopes. Apparatus for 
 artificial illumination, including electric, oxyliydrogen and magnesium 
 light. Stereopticons. Photometric apparatus. Spectroscopes and acces- 
 sories for spectrum analysis. Polariscopes, etc. Thermotic apparatus.— 
 Class 325. Electrical apparatus. Friction machines. Condensers and 
 
860 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 miscellaneous apparatus to illustrate the discharge. Galvanic batteries 
 and accessories to illustrate dynamical electricity. Electro-magnetic ap- 
 paratus. Induction machines, Rumkorff coils, etc. Magnets and mag- 
 neto-electrical apparatus. — Class 326. Telegraphic instruments and 
 methods. Batteries and forms of apparatus used in generating the elec- 
 trical currents for telegraphic purposes. Conductors and insulators, and 
 methods of support, marine telegraph cables. Apparatus of transmission ; 
 keys, office accessories and apparatus. Receiving instruments, relay mag- 
 nets, local circuits. Semaphoric and recording instruments. Codes, signs 
 'or signals. Printing telegraphs for special uses. Electrographs. Dial 
 or cadran systems. Apparatus for automatic transmission. — Class 327. 
 Musical instruments and acoustic apparatus. Percussion instruments, 
 drums, tamborines, cymbals, triangles. Pianos. Stringed instruments 
 other than pianos. Automatic musical instruments, music-boxes. Wind 
 •instruments of metal and of wood. Harmoniums. Church organs and 
 similar instruments. Speaking machines. Vocal music. 
 
 Engineering, Architecture, Charts, Maps and Graphic 
 Representations. — (For Agricultural Engineering, see Class 680 ; for 
 Mining Engineering, see Class 120.) Class 330. Civil engineering ; land 
 surveying, public lands, etc.; river, harbor and coast surveying; construc- 
 tion and maintenance of roads, streets, pavements, etc. ; surveys and loca- 
 tion of towns and cities, with systems of water supply and drainage ; 
 arched bridges of metal, stone, brick or beton ; trussed girder bridges ; 
 suspension bridges ; .canals, aqueducts, reservoirs, construction of dams ; 
 hydraulic engineering and means of arresting and controlling the flow of 
 water. Submarine constructions, foundations, piers, docks, etc. — Class 331. 
 Dynamic and industrial engineering ; construction and working of ma- 
 chines ; examples of planning and construction of manufacturing and 
 metallurgical establishments. — Class 332. Railway engineering; location 
 of railways, and the construction and management of railways. — Class 
 333. Military engineering. — Class 334. Naval engineering. — Class 335. 
 Topograpical maps ; marine and coast charts. Geological maps and sec- 
 tions. Botanical, agronomical and other maps, showing the extent and 
 distribution of men, animals and terrestrial products ; physical maps. 
 Meteorological maps and bulletins ; telegraphic routes and stations ; rail- 
 way and route maps ; terrestrial and celestial globes ; relief maps and 
 models of portions of the earth’s surface; profiles of ocean beds and 
 routes of submarine cables. 
 
 Physical, Social and Moral Condition of Man. — Class 
 340. Physical development and condition. The nursery and its accessories. 
 Gymnasiums, gaimes and manly sports ; skating, walking, climbing, ball- 
 playing, acrobatic exercises, rowing, hunting, etc. — Class 341. Alimenta- 
 tion; markets, preparation and distribution of food. — Class 342. The 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 861 
 
 dwelling; sanitary conditions and regulations; domestic architecture. 
 Dwellings characterized by cheapness, combined with the conditions essen- 
 tial to health and comfort. Fireproof structures. Hotels, club-houses, 
 etc. Public baths. — Class 343. Commercial systems and appliances. Mer- 
 cantile forms and methods, counting-houses and offices. Banks and bank- 
 ing. Saving and trust institutions. Insurance, fire, marine, life, etc. 
 Commercial organizations, boards of trade, merchants, produce and stock 
 exchanges. Corporations for commercial and manufacturing purposes. 
 Railway and other transportation companies. Building and loan associa- 
 tions. — Class 344. Money. — Mints and coining. Collections of current 
 coins. Historical collections. Tokens, etc. Bank notes and other paper 
 circulating mediums. Commercial paper, bills of exchange, etc. Securi- 
 ties for payment of money, stocks, bonds, mortgages, ground rents, quit 
 rents. Precautions against counterfeiting and misappropriation of money. 
 — Class 345. Government and law. — Various systems of government. De- 
 partments of government; revenue and taxation, military organization, 
 executive powers, legislative forms and authority, judicial functions and 
 systems, police regulations, government charities. International relations; 
 international law; diplomatic and consular service, etc., allegiance and 
 citizenship ; naturalization. Codes. Municipal government. Protection 
 of property in inventions. Postal system and appliances. Punishment 
 of crime. Prisons and prison management and discipline, police stations, 
 houses of correction, reform schools, naval or marine discipline, punish- 
 ment at sea. — Class 346. Benevolence. — General hospitals. Special hos- 
 pitals for the eye and ear, for women, etc. Hospitals for contagious and 
 infectious diseases. Hospitals for the insane, under State control, and pri- 
 vate asylums. Quarantine systems and organizations. Sanitary regula- 
 tions of cities. Dispensaries. Inebriate asylums. Lying-in asylums. 
 Magdalen asylums. Asylums for infants and children. Foundling and 
 orphan asylums, children’s aid societies. Homes for the aged and infirm, 
 homes for aged men and women, soldiers’ homes, homes for the maimed 
 and deformed, sailors’ homes. Treatment of paupers. Almshouses, feed- 
 ing the poor, lodging houses. Emigrant aid societies. Treatment of abo- 
 rigines. Prevention of cruelty to animals. — Class 347. Co-operative asso- 
 ciations. Political societies and organizations. Military organizations 
 and orders. Trade unious and associations. Industrial organizations. 
 Secret orders and fraternities.— Class 348. Religious organizations and 
 systems; origin, nature, growth and extent of various religious systems 
 and faiths ; statistical, historical and other facts. Religious orders and 
 societies and their objects. Societies and organizations for the propagation 
 of systems of religion by missionary effort. Spreading the knowledge of 
 religious systems by publications. Bible societies, tract societies, colport- 
 age. Systems and methods of religious instruction and training for the 
 
862 
 
 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 young. Sunday-schools, furniture and apparatus. Associations for relig- 
 ious or moral improvement. Dispensing charities, church guilds.— Class 
 349. Art and industrial exhibitions; agricultural fairs, State and county 
 exhibitions, national exhibitions, international exhibitions, international 
 
 congresses, etc. 
 
 DEPARTMENT IV.— ART. 
 
 Sculpture. — Class 400. Figures and groups in stone, metal, clay or 
 plaster. — Class 401. Bas-reliefs in stone or metal; electrotype copies. — 
 Class 402. Medals, pressed and engraved; electrotypes of medals. — Class 
 403. Hammered and wrought work, repousse and rehausse work, embossed 
 and engraved relief work. — Class 404. Cameos, intaglios, engraved stones, 
 dies, seals, etc. — Class 405. Carvings in wood, ivory and metal. 
 
 Painting. — Class 410. Paintings in oil on canvas, panels, etc. — Class 
 411. Water-color pictures, aquarelles, miniatures, etc. — Class 412. Fres- 
 coes, cartoons for frescoes, etc. — Class 413. Painting with verifiable colors. 
 Pictures on porcelain, enamel and metal. 
 
 Engraving and Lithography.— Class 420. Drawings with 
 pen, pencil or crayons. — Class 421. Line engravings from steel, copper or 
 stone. — Class 422. Wood engravings. — Class 423. Lithographs, zinco- 
 graphs, etc. — Class 424. Chromo-lithographs. 
 
 Photography. — Class 430. — Photographs on paper, metal, glass, 
 wood, fabrics or enamel surfaces. — Class 431. Prints from photo-relief 
 plates, carbon-prints, etc. — Class 432. Photo-lithographs, etc. 
 
 Industrial and Architectural Designs, Models and 
 Decorations. — Class 440. Industrial designs. — Class 441. Architec- 
 tural designs ; studies and fragments, representations and projects of edi- 
 fices, restorations from ruins and from documents. — Class 442. Decoration 
 of interiors of buildings. — Class 443. Artistic hardware and trimmings, 
 artistic castings, forged metal work for decoration, etc. 
 
 Decoration with Ceramic and Vitreous Materials; 
 Mosaic and Inlaid Work. — Class 450. Mosaic and inlaid work in 
 stone. — Class 451. Mosaic and inlaid work in tiles, tessarce, glass, etc. — 
 Class 452. Inlaid work in wood and metal, parquetry, inlaid floors, tables, 
 etc. — Class 453. Stained glass. — Class 454. Miscellaneous objects of art. 
 
 DEPARTMENT V.— MACHINERY. 
 
 Machines, Tools and Apparatus of Mining, Metal- 
 lurgy, Chemistry and the Extractive Arts. — Class 500, 
 
 Rock drilling. — Class 501. Well and shaft boring. — Class 502. Machines, 
 apparatus and implements for coal cutting. — Class 503. Hoisting machi- 
 nery and accessories. — Class 504. Pumping, draining and ventilating. — 
 Class 505. Crushing, grinding, sorting and dressing ; breakers, stamps, 
 mills, pans, screens, sieves, jigs, concentrators. — Class 506. Furnaces, smelt- 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 863 
 
 ing apparatus aud accessories. — Class 507. Machinery used in Bessemer 
 process. — Class 508. Chemical manufacturing machinery. Electroplating. 
 
 — Class 509. Gas machinery and apparatus. 
 
 Machines and Tools for Working Metal, Wood and 
 Stone. — Class 510. Planing, sawing, veneering, grooving, mortising, 
 tonguing, cutting, moulding, stamping, carving and cask-making machines, 
 etc., cork-cutting machines. — Class 511. Direct acting steam sawing ma- 
 chines with gang saws. — Class 512. Rolling mills, bloom squeezers, blowing 
 fans. — Class 513. Furnaces and apparatus for casting metals, with speci- 
 mens of work. — Class 514. Steam-, trip- and other hammers, with specimens 
 of work, anvils, forges. — Class 515. Planing, drilling, slotting, turning, 
 shaping, punching, stamping and cutting machines. Wheel cutting and 
 dividing machines, emery wheels, drills, taps, gauges, dies, etc. — Class 516. 
 Stone-sawing and planing machines, dressing, shaping and polishing, sand 
 blasts, Tilghman’s machines, glass-grinding machines, etc. — Class 517. Brick, 
 pottery and tile machines. Machines for making artificial stone. — Class 
 518. Furnaces, moulds, blow-pipes, etc., for making glass and glass-ware. 
 
 Machines and Implements of Spinning, Weaving, 
 Felting and Paper-Making. — Class 520. Machines for the man- 
 ufacture of silk goods. — Class 521. Machines for the manufacture of cot- 
 ton goods. — Class 522. Machines for the manufacture of woollen goods. — 
 Class 523. Machines for the manufacture of linen goods. — Class 524. Ma- 
 chines for the manufacture of rope and twine, and miscellaneous fibrous 
 materials. — Class 525. Machines for the manufacture of paper, and felting. 
 — Class 526. Machines for the manufacture of India-rubber goods. — Class 
 527. Machines for the manufacture of mixed fabrics. 
 
 Machines, Apparatus and Implements used in Sew- 
 ing and Making Clothing and Ornamental Objects. — 
 
 — Class 530. Machines used in the manufacture of tapestry, including car- 
 pets, lace, floor-cloth, fancy embroidery, etc. — Class 531. Sewing and knit- 
 ting machines, clothes-making machines. — Class 532. Machines for pre- 
 paring and working leather. — Class 533. Machines for making boots and 
 shoes. — Class 534. Machines for ironing, drying and scouring. — Class 535. 
 Machines for making clocks and watches. — Class 536. Machines for mak- 
 ing jewelry. — Class 537. Machines for making buttons, pins, needles, etc. 
 
 Machines and Apparatus for Type-setting, Printing, 
 Stamping, Embossing, and for Making Books and 
 Paper-working. — Class 540. Printing presses. — Class 541. Type- 
 casting machines, apparatus of stereotyping. — Class 542. Types and type- 
 setting machines, type-writing machines. — Class 543. Printers’ furniture. 
 
 — Class 544. Book-binding machines. — Class 545. Paper-folding machines. 
 
 — Class 546. Paper- and card-cutting machines.— Class 547. Envelope 
 machines. 
 
§64 
 
 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 Motors and Apparatus for the Generation and 
 Transmission of Power.— Class 550. Boilers and all steam- or 
 gas-generating apparatus for motive purposes. — Class 551. Water-wheels, 
 water-engines, hydraulic rams, wind-mills. — Class 552. Steam-, air- or gas- 
 engines, electro-magnetic engines. — Class 553. Apparatus for the trans- 
 mission of power, shafting, belting, cables, transmission of power by com- 
 pressed air, etc., gearing, cables. — Class 554. Screw-propellers, wheels for 
 the propulsion of vessels, and other motors. — Class 655. Implements and 
 apparatus used in connection with motors, steam gauges, manometers, etc. 
 
 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Apparatus, Pumping, 
 Hoisting and Lifting. — Class 560. Pumps and apparatus for lifting 
 and moving liquids. — Class 561. Pumps and apparatus for moving and 
 compressing air or gas. — Class 562. Pumps and blowing engines, blowers 
 and ventilating apparatus. — Class 563. Hydraulic jacks, presses, elevators, 
 lifts, meters, cranes. — Class 564. Fire engines, hand, steam or chemical, 
 and fire-extinguishing apparatus, hose, ladders, fire-escapes, etc. — Class 
 565. Beer engines, soda-water machines, bottling apparatus, corking ma- 
 chines. — Class 566. Stop-valves, cocks, pipes, etc. — -Class 567. Diving 
 apparatus and machinery. — Class 568. Ice machines. 
 
 Railway Plant, Rolling Stock and Apparatus. — Class 
 570. Locomotives, models, drawings, plans, etc. — -Class 571. Carriages, 
 wagons, trucks, cars, etc. — Class 572. Brakes, buffers, couplings and snow- 
 ploughs. — Class 573. Wheels, tires, axles, bearings, springs, etc. — Class 
 574. Permanent ways, ties, chairs, switches, etc. — Class 575. Station ar- 
 rangements, signals, water-cranes, turn-tables. — Class 576. Miscellaneous 
 locomotive attachments. — Class 577. Street railways and cars. 
 
 Machines used in Preparing Agricultural Products. 
 — Class 580. Flour mills. — Class 581. Sugar-refining machines. — Class 
 582. Confectioners’ machinery. — Class 583. Oil-making machinery. — Class 
 584. Tobacco-manufacturing machines. — Class 585. Mills for spices, coffee, 
 etc. 
 
 Aerial, Pneumatic and Water Transportation. — Class 
 590. Suspended-cable railways. — Class 591. Transporting cables. — Class 
 592. Balloons, flying-machines, etc. — Class 593. Pneumatic railways, pneu- 
 matic despatch. — Class 594. Boats and sailing vessels; sailing vessels used 
 in commerce, sailing vessels used in war ; yachts and pleasure-boats ; row- 
 ing boats of all kinds ; life-boats and salvage apparatus, with life-rafts, 
 belts, etc. ; submarine armor, diving-bells, etc. ; ice boats. — Class 595. 
 Steamships, steamboats and all vessels propelled by steam. — Class 596. 
 Vessels for carrying telegraph cables and railway trains, also coal barges, 
 water boats and dredging machines, screw- and floating-docks, and for 
 other special purposes. — Class 597. Steam capstans, windlass, deck-winches 
 and steering apparatus, fans. 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 865 
 
 Machinery and Apparatus Especially Adapted to the 
 Requirements of the Exhibition. — Boilers, engines, cranes, 
 pumps, etc. 
 
 DEPARTMENT VI.— AGRICULTURE. 
 
 Arboriculture and Forest Products. — Class 600. Timber 
 
 and trunks of trees, entire or in transverse or truncated sections, with 
 specimens of barks, leaves, flowers, seed vessels and seed. Masts, spars, 
 knees, longitudinal sections of trees, railway ties, ship timber, lumber 
 roughly sawn, as planks, shingles, laths and staves. Timber and lumber 
 prepared in various ways to resist decay and combustion ; as by injection 
 of salts of copper and zinc.— Class 601. Ornamental woods used in decor- 
 ating and for furniture, as veneers of mahogany, rosewood, ebony, walnut, 
 maple and Madrona. — Class 602. Dye-woods, barks and galls for coloring 
 and tanning. — Class 603. Gums, resins, caoutchouc, gutta percha, vegeta- 
 ble wax. — Class 604. Lichens, mosses, fungi, pulu, ferns. — Class 605. 
 Seeds, nuts, etc., for food and ornamental purposes. — Class 606. — Forestry. 
 — Illustrations of the art of planting, managing and protecting forests ; 
 statistics. 
 
 Pomology. — Class 610. Fruits of temperate and semi-tropical re- 
 gions, as apples, pears, quinces, peaches, nectarines, apricots, plums, grapes, 
 cherries, strawberries and melons. — Class 611. Tropical fruits and nuts, 
 oranges, bananas, plantains, lemons, pine-apples, pomegranates, figs, cocoa- 
 nuts. 
 
 Agricultural Products. — Class 620. Cereals, grasses and forage 
 plants. — Class 621. Leguminous plants and esculent vegetables. — -Class 
 622. Roots and tubers. — Class 623. Tobacco, hops, tea, coflee and spices. 
 — Class 624. Seeds and seed vessels. 
 
 Land Animals. — Class 630. Horses, asses, mules. — Class 631. 
 Horned cattle. — Class 632. Sheep. — Class 633. Goats, alpaca, llama, 
 camel. — Class 634. Swine. — Class 635. Poultry and birds. — Class 636. 
 Dogs and cats. — Class 637. Wild animals. — Class 638. Insects, useful and 
 injurious; honey bees, cochineal, silkworms. 
 
 Marine Animals, Fish Culture and Apparatus. — Class 
 640. — Marine animals. — Seals, cetaceans, etc., specimens living in aquaria, 
 or stuffed, salted, preserved in alcohol or otherwise. — Class 641. Fishes, 
 living or preserved. — Class 642. Pickled fish and parts of fish used for 
 food. — Class 643. Crustaceans, echinoderms, beche de mer. — -Class 644. 
 Mollusks, oysters, clams, etc., used for food. — Class 645. Shells, oorals and 
 pearls. — Class 646. Whalebone, shagreen, fish glue, isinglass, sounds, fish- 
 oil.— Class 647. Instruments and apparatus of fishing, nets, baskets, hooks 
 and other apparatus used in catching fish. — Class 648. — Fish culture. — 
 Aquaria, hatching pools, vessels for transporting roe and spawn, and other 
 apparatus used in breeding, culture or preservation. 
 
 55 
 
866 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 Animal and Vegetable Products. — (Used as food or as mate- 
 rials.) — Class 650. Sponges, sea-weed and other growths used for food or in 
 the arts. — Class 651. The dairy. — Milk, cream, butter, cheese. — Class 652. 
 Hides, furs and leather, tallow, oil and lard, ivory, bone, horn, glue. — 
 Class 653. Eggs, feathers, down. — Class 654. Honey and wax. — Class 655. 
 Animal perfumes, as musk, civet, ambergris. — Class 656. Preserved meats, 
 vegetables and fruits, dried or in cans or jars ; meat and vegetable ex- 
 tracts. — Class 657. Flour, crushed and ground cereals, decorticated grains. 
 
 — Class 658. Starch and similar products. — Class 659. Sugar and syrups. 
 
 — Class 660. Wines, alochol and malt liquors. — Class 661. Bread, biscuits, 
 crackers and cakes. — Class 662. Vegetable oils. 
 
 Textile Substances of Vegetable or Animal Origin. — 
 Class 665. Cotton on the stem, in the boll, ginned and baled. — Class 666. 
 Hemp, flax, jute, ramie, etc., in primitive forms and in all stages of prep- 
 aration for spinning. — Class 667. Wool in the fleece, carded and in bales. 
 
 — Class 668. Silk in the cocoon and reeled. — Class 669. Hair, bristles. 
 Machines, Implements and Processes of Manufac- 
 ture. — • Class 670. Tillage. — Manual implements, spades, hoes, rakes. 
 Animal-power machinery, ploughs, cultivators, horse-hoes, clod-crushers, 
 rollers, harrows. Steam-power machinery, ploughs, breakers, harrows, 
 cultivators. — Class 671. Planting. — Manual implements, corn-planters 
 and hand-drills. Animal-power machinery, grain- and manure-drills, 
 corn- and cotton-planters ; steam-power machinery, grain- and manure- 
 drills. — Class 672. Harvesting. — Manual implements, grain-cradles, 
 sickles, reaping-hooks ; animal-power machinery, reapers and headers ; 
 mowers, tedders, rakes, hay-elevators and hay-loaders. Potato diggers. 
 
 — Class 673. Preparatory to marketing. — Thrashers, clover-hullers, 
 corn-shellers, winnowers, hay, cotton, wine, oil- and sugar-making 
 apparatus. — Class 674. Applicable to farm economy. — Portable and sta- 
 tionary engines, chaffers, hay- and feed-cutters, slicers, pulpers, corn-mills, 
 farm boilers and steamers, incubators. — Class 675. Dairy fittings and ap- 
 pliances. — Churns for hand and power, butter-workers, cans and pails, 
 cheese-presses, vats and apparatus. 
 
 Agricultural Engineering anti Administration. — Class 
 680. Laying out and improving farms. — Clearing (stump-extractors), 
 construction of roads, draining, irrigating, models of fences, gates, drains, 
 out-falls, dams, embankments, irrigating machinery, stack building and 
 thatching. — Class 681. Commercial fertilizers, pliosphatic, ammoniacal, 
 calcareous, etc. — Class 682. Transportation. — Wagons, carts, sleds, har- 
 ness, yokes, traction engines, and apparatus for road-making and excavat- 
 ing. — Class 683. Farm buildings. — Models and drawings of farm-houses 
 and tenements, barns, stables, hop-houses, fruit-driers, ice-houses, windmills, 
 granaries, barracks, apiaries, cocooneries, aviaries, abattoirs and dairies. 
 
SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 867 
 
 Tillage and General Management. — Class 690. Systems of 
 planting and cultivation. — Class 691. Systems of draining and application 
 of manures. — Class 692. Systems of breeding and stock feeding. 
 
 DEPARTMENT VII.— HORTICULTURE. 
 Ornamental Trees, SliruUs and Flowers. — Class 700. Or- 
 namental trees and shrubs, evergreens. — Class 701. Herbaceous perennial 
 plants. — Class 702. Bulbous and tuberous-rooted plants. — Class 703. Dec- 
 orative and ornamental foliage plants. — Class 704. Annuals and other 
 soft-wooded plants, to be exhibited in successive periods during the season. 
 — Class 705. Roses. — Class 706. Cactacea. — Class 707. Ferns, their man- 
 agement in the open air, and in ferneries, wardian cases, etc. — Class 708. 
 New plants, with statement of their origin. — Class 709. Floral designs, 
 etc.; cut flowers, bouquets, preserved flowers, leaves, sea-weeds ; illustra- 
 tions of plants and flowers ; materials for floral designs ; bouquet ma- 
 terials, bouquet holders, bouquet papers, models of fruits, vegetables and 
 flowers. 
 
 Hothouses, Conservatories, Graperies and their 
 Management. — Class 710. Hothouse and conservatory plants.- — Class 
 711. Fruit trees under glass. — Class 712. Orchids and parasitic plants. — 
 Class 713. Forcing and propagation of plants. — Class 714. Aquatic plants 
 under glass or in aquaria, etc.— Class 715. Horticultural buildings, propa- 
 gating houses, hot-beds, etc., and modes of heating them ; structures for 
 propagating and forcing small fruits. — Class 716. Portable or movable 
 orchard houses and graperies, without artificial heat ; frames, beds. 
 
 Garden Tools, Accessories of Gardening. — Class 720. 
 Tools and implements ; machines for the transplanting of trees, shrubs, 
 etc. ; portable forcing-pumps for watering plants in greenhouses, and 
 methods of watering the garden and lawn. — • Class 721. Receptacles for 
 plants, flowerpots, plant-boxes, tubs, fern cases, jardinieres, etc. ; window- 
 gardening ; plant and flower stands, ornate designs in iron, wood and wire. 
 
 — Class 722. Ornamental wire-work — viz., fences, gates, trellis bordering 
 of flower-beds, porches ; park seats, chairs, garden statuary, vases, foun- 
 tains, etc. ; designations, labels, numbers. 
 
 Garden Designing, Construction and Management. 
 
 — Class 730. — Laying out gardens. — Designs for the laying out of gardens 
 and the improvement of private residences ; designs for commercial gar- 
 dens, nurseries, graperies; designs for the parterre. — Class 731. Treat- 
 ment of water for ornamental purposes, cascades, fountains, reservoirs, 
 lakes. — Class 732. Formation and after treatment of lawns. — Class 733. — 
 Garden construction, buildings, etc. — Rock-work, grottoes ; rustic con- 
 structions and adornments for private gardens and public grounds. — Class 
 734. Planting, fertilizing and cultivating. 
 
868 U. S. CENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 
 
 LOCATION. 
 
 DEPARTMENTS. 
 
 
 I. — Mining and Metallurgy. 
 
 Main Building. 
 
 II. — Manufactures. 
 
 
 III. — Education and Science. 
 
 Art Gallery. 
 
 IV. — Art. 
 
 Machinery Building. 
 
 V. — Machinery. 
 
 Agricultural Building. 
 
 VI. — Agriculture. 
 
 Horticultural Building. 
 
 VII.— Horticulture. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF THE CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 869 
 
 CLASSES. 
 
 GROUPS. 
 
 100-109 
 
 110-119 
 
 120-129 
 
 Minerals, Ores, Stone, Mining Products. 
 Metallurgical Products. 
 
 Mining Engineering. 
 
 200-205 
 
 206-216 
 
 217-227 
 
 228-234 
 
 235-241 
 
 242-249 
 
 250-257 
 
 258-264 
 
 265-271 
 
 272-279 
 
 280-284 
 
 285-291 
 
 292-296 
 
 Chemical Manufactures. 
 
 Ceramics, Pottery, Porcelain, Glass, etc. 
 
 Furniture, etc. 
 
 Yarns and Woven Goods of Vegetable or Mineral Materials. 
 Woven and Felted Goods of Wool, etc. 
 
 Silk and Silk Fabrics. 
 
 Clothing, Jewelry, etc. 
 
 Paper, Blank Books, Stationery. 
 
 Weapons, etc. 
 
 Medicine, Surgery, Prothesis. 
 
 Hardware, Edge Tools, Cutlery and Metallic Products. 
 Fabrics of Vegetable, Animal or Mineral Materials. 
 Carriages, Vehicles and Accessories. 
 
 300-309 
 
 310-319 
 
 320-329 
 
 330—339 
 
 340-349 
 
 Educational Systems, Methods and Libraries. 
 Institutions and Organizations. 
 
 Scientific and Philosophical Instruments and Methods. 
 Engineering, Architecture, Maps, etc. 
 
 Physical, Social and Moral Condition of Man. 
 
 400-409 
 
 410-419 
 
 420-429 
 
 430-439 
 
 440-449 
 
 450-459 
 
 Sculpture. 
 
 Painting. 
 
 Engraving and Lithography. 
 Photography. 
 
 Industrial and Agricultural Designs, etc. 
 Ceramic Decorations, Mosaics, etc. 
 
 500-509 
 
 510-519 
 
 520-529 
 
 530-539 
 
 540-549 
 
 550-559 
 
 560-569 
 
 570-579 
 
 5S0-589 
 
 590-599 
 
 600-609 
 
 610-619 
 
 620-629 
 
 630-639 
 
 640-649 
 
 650-662 
 
 665-669 
 
 670-679 
 
 680-689 
 
 69Q-699 
 
 Machines, Tools, etc., of Mining, Chemistry, etc. 
 
 Machines and Tools for Working Metal, Wood and Stone. 
 
 Machines and Implements of Spinning, Weaving, etc. 
 
 Machines, etc., used in Sewing, Making Clothing, etc. 
 
 Machines for Printing, Making Books, Paper Working, etc. 
 
 Motors, Power Generators, etc. 
 
 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Apparatus. 
 
 Railway Plant, Bolling Stock, etc. 
 
 Machinery used in Preparing Agricultural Products. 
 
 Aerial, Pneumatic and Water Transportation. [Exhibition. 
 
 Machinery and Apparatus especially adapted to the requirements of the 
 
 Arboriculture and Forest Products. 
 
 Pomology. 
 
 Agricultural Products 
 Land Animals. 
 
 Marine Animals, Fish Culture and Apparatus. 
 
 Animal and Vegetable Products. 
 
 Textile Substances of Vegetable or Animal Origin. 
 
 Machines, Implements and Processes of Manufacture. 
 
 Agricultural Engineering and Administration. 
 
 Tillage and General Management. 
 
 700-709 
 
 710-719 
 
 720-729 
 
 730-739 
 
 Ornamental Trees, Shrubs and Flowers. 
 Hothouses, Conservatories, Graperies. 
 
 Garden Tools, Accessories of Gardening. 
 
 Garden Designing, Construction and Management. 
 
870 
 
 AD VER T IS E ME NTS. 
 
 THE DAILY GRAPHIC 
 
 THE GREAT ILLUSTRATED DAILY, 
 
 COMBINING 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF DAILY EVENTS with ALL THE NEWS OF THE DAY, 
 
 BEING THE ONLY ILLUSTRATED DAILY PAPER IN THE WORLD. 
 
 43P Every man of family who is able to spare the money for a New York daily paper owes it to 
 his family to subscribe for the DAILY GRAPHIC, for the annexed reasons : 
 
 It is the Only Illustrated Daily in the World. It is the Most Interesting Daily Issued. It has All 
 the News. It Illustrates Truthfully all Great Events. It is Independent, high Toned and Respect- 
 able. It Pleases the Family Better than All Others. It is the Best. It is only $3 for three months, 
 $12 per year, by mail. 
 
 The Daily Graphic is an eight-page paper, published every afternoon (three 
 
 editions) in time for the early mails to all parts of the country. 
 
 It lias a larger circulation — more copies printed and sold each day — than any other 
 
 evening paper in New York. 
 
 It is a great newspaper, as well as the only illustrated daily paper. It has special 
 correspondents everywhere, and it has a larger staff of writers and news- 
 gatherers than any other evening paper in New York. 
 
 It is preserved for binding by hundreds of its readers in city and country. The annual 
 subscriber gets a Pictorial History of the Year, a volume of twenty-four hundred pages, con- 
 stituting a valuable record of events and a graphic panorama of our time and progress. 
 
 SPECIAL FEATURES: 
 
 GREAT OE]TTTE]TTIsriA-Ej.“^a 
 
 EVERY THURSDAY— All about the progress of the Great Centennial. 
 EVERY SATURDAY— An Art and Literary Supplement of unrivalled merit. 
 
 The Chicago Tribune says: Their process serves the same purpose as a striking picture which 
 illustrates some notable occurrence, arid they are to he congratulated on their enterprise. 
 
 The New York Herald— The Daily Graphic has worked its way to permanency and success. 
 
 The Troy Times. — Over 130,000 copies of The Daily Graphic were sold on Friday afternoon. As 
 an illustrated daily newspaper it is achieving results that astonish all. 
 
 Williamsport (Pa.) Register. — The merits of this journal we have repeatedly pointed out. Its ad- 
 vantages over other metropolitan journals are so numerous that it should supersede them in a mea- 
 sure. It has a large circulation wherever it lias been placed within the reach of the people. The 
 reason of it is plain. Its news and editorial departments are equal if not superior to most of its 
 contemporaries, and its illustrations defy competition. The Graphic Company have both the talent 
 and the means— not to speak of the general encouragement — to make their paper the greatest in 
 America, if not in the world. 
 
 Philadelphia Evening Herald. — The Graphic, in all that goes to make an exceptional family 
 newspaper, is without an equal in the country. 
 
 TERMS, $12 a year ; $3 for three months. 
 TRY IT A Y r BAR. 
 
 ** One of the most astonishing results achieved hv the Graphic processes 
 ** Is the fine facsimile reproductions of celebrated original Steel Engravings. 
 
 Many of these subjects, some of them executed more than one hundred years ago, are exceed- 
 ingly rare, and command the highest prices. They are printed with great care from hand-presses, 
 and on paper of weight and finish equal to the originals. A sale of these subjects amounting to over 
 1,000,000 copies in the aggregate sufficiently attests their merit. Among t lie artists represented in 
 this iist are the names of Raphael, Carlo Dole!, Guido Reni, Wille, Anker, Marchal, 
 Wappers, Ansdell, He la Roche, Portaels, Greuze, Bougereau, Correggio, Claude, 
 Gilbert Stuart, Murillo, Holman Hunt, Ary Scheffer, Benjamin West, Horace 
 Vernet, Kubens, Kaulbach, ele. 
 
 The prices of each vary from 20 cents to $1. SEND FOR PRICE LIST. 
 
 *** An Illustrated Catalogue, giving the subjects in outline, will be sent post-paid on receipt of 15c. 
 
 THE LITHOGRAPHING DEPARTMENT, 
 
 The most extensive Lithographic Establishment in America, offers unsurpassed 
 facilities for the prompt and satisfactory production of Lithographic work in any branch of the art, 
 and especially in Photo-Lithography. 
 
 By processes secured to the Graphic Company, it is able to produce results heretofore unattempted, 
 and afford finished work at prices that would barely pay the cost of engraving by ordinary methods. 
 ESTIMATES PROMPTLY VU FINISH ED. 
 
 THE G-RAPHIC COMPANY, 
 
 Nos. 35, 37, 39 and 41 Park Place, New York City. 
 PHILADELPHIA OFFICE, Tenth and Chestnut Streets. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
872 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 Statement showing the Number and Class of Vessels Built, and the Tonnage thereof, 
 in the several States and Territories of the United States, from 1815 to 1878, 
 inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Ships, etc.* 
 
 Sloops, etc.f 
 
 Steamers. 
 
 Total Number. 
 
 Total Tonnage. 
 
 1815 
 
 1041 
 
 274 
 
 
 1315 
 
 154,624 
 
 1816 
 
 979 
 
 424 
 
 
 1403 
 
 131,668 
 
 1817 
 
 679 
 
 394 
 
 
 1073 
 
 86,393 
 
 1818 
 
 566 
 
 332 
 
 
 898 
 
 82,421 
 
 1819 
 
 608 
 
 243 
 
 
 851 
 
 79,817 
 
 1820 
 
 382 
 
 152 
 
 
 534 
 
 47,784 
 
 1821 
 
 379 
 
 127 
 
 
 506 
 
 55,856 
 
 1822 
 
 455 
 
 168 
 
 
 623 
 
 75,346 
 
 1823 
 
 442 
 
 165 
 
 15 
 
 622 
 
 75,007 
 
 1824 
 
 589 
 
 166 
 
 26 
 
 781 
 
 90,939 
 
 1825 
 
 791 
 
 168 
 
 35 
 
 994 
 
 114,997 
 
 1826 
 
 740 
 
 227 
 
 45 
 
 1012 
 
 126,438 
 
 1827 
 
 672 
 
 241 
 
 38 
 
 951 
 
 104,342 
 
 1828 
 
 655 
 
 196 
 
 33 
 
 884 
 
 93,375 
 
 1829 
 
 597 
 
 145 
 
 43 
 
 785 
 
 77,098 
 
 1830 
 
 484 
 
 116 
 
 37 
 
 637 
 
 58,094 
 
 1831 
 
 583 
 
 94 
 
 34 
 
 711 
 
 85,762 
 
 1832 
 
 863 
 
 122 
 
 100 
 
 1085 
 
 144,539 
 
 1833 
 
 936 
 
 185 
 
 65 
 
 1186 
 
 161.626 
 
 1834 
 
 689 
 
 180 
 
 ' 68 
 
 937 
 
 118,330 
 
 1835 
 
 376 
 
 100 
 
 30 
 
 506 
 
 46,238 
 
 1836 
 
 602 
 
 164 
 
 125 
 
 891 
 
 113,627 
 
 1837 
 
 646 
 
 168 
 
 135 
 
 949 
 
 122,987 
 
 1838 
 
 646 
 
 153 
 
 90 
 
 889 
 
 113,135 
 
 1839 
 
 611 
 
 122 
 
 125 
 
 858 
 
 120,989 
 
 1840 
 
 584 
 
 224 
 
 64 
 
 872 
 
 118,309 
 
 1841 
 
 525 
 
 157 
 
 78 
 
 760 
 
 118,893 
 
 1842 
 
 479 
 
 404 
 
 137 
 
 1020 
 
 129,083 
 
 1843 
 
 230 
 
 173 
 
 79 
 
 482 
 
 43,617 
 
 1844 
 
 324 
 
 279 
 
 163 
 
 766 
 
 103,537 
 
 1845 
 
 533 
 
 342 
 
 163 
 
 1038 
 
 146,018 
 
 1846 
 
 840 
 
 355 
 
 225 
 
 1420 
 
 188,203 
 
 1847 
 
 1008 
 
 392 
 
 198 
 
 1598 
 
 243,732 
 
 1848 
 
 1129 
 
 547 
 
 175 
 
 1851 
 
 318,075 
 
 1849 
 
 969 
 
 370 
 
 208 
 
 1547 
 
 256,577 
 
 1850 
 
 911 
 
 290 
 
 259 
 
 1460 
 
 272,218 
 
 1851 
 
 808 
 
 326 
 
 233 
 
 1367 
 
 298,203 
 
 1852 
 
 918 
 
 267 
 
 259 
 
 1444 
 
 351,493 
 
 1853 
 
 1045 
 
 394 
 
 271 
 
 1710 
 
 425,571 
 
 1854 
 
 1107 
 
 386 
 
 281 
 
 1774 
 
 535,616 
 
 1855 
 
 1112 
 
 669 
 
 253 
 
 2034 
 
 583,450 
 
 1856 
 
 1003 
 
 479 
 
 221 
 
 1703 
 
 469,393 
 
 1857 
 
 813 
 
 258 
 
 263 
 
 1334 
 
 378,804 
 
 1858 
 
 699 
 
 400 
 
 226 
 
 1325 
 
 242,286 
 
 1859 
 
 414 
 
 284 
 
 172 
 
 870 
 
 156,601 
 
 1860 
 
 518 
 
 289 
 
 264 
 
 1071 
 
 212,892 
 
 1861 
 
 508 
 
 371 
 
 264 
 
 1143 
 
 233,194 
 
 1862 
 
 286 
 
 397 
 
 183 
 
 866 
 
 175,075 
 
 1863 
 
 343 
 
 1113 
 
 367 
 
 1823 
 
 310,884 
 
 * This includes brigs, barks and schooners. 
 
 f This includes canal-boats and barges. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 873 
 
 TABLE I. — Continued. 
 
 Statement showing the Number and Class of Vessels Built , and the Tonnage thereof, 
 in the several States and Territories of the United States, from 1815 to 1874, 
 inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Ships, etc.* 
 
 Sloops, etc.f 
 
 Steamers. 
 
 Total Number. 
 
 Total Tonnage. 
 
 1S64 
 
 579 
 
 1389 
 
 498 
 
 2466 
 
 415,740 
 
 1865 
 
 524 
 
 853 
 
 411 
 
 1788 
 
 383,805 
 
 1866 
 
 614 
 
 926 
 
 348 
 
 1888 
 
 336,146$ 
 
 1867 
 
 6S2 
 
 657 
 
 180 
 
 1519 
 
 303,528 
 
 1868 
 
 718 
 
 848 
 
 236 
 
 1802 
 
 • 285,304 
 
 1869 
 
 633 
 
 816 
 
 277 
 
 1726 
 
 275,230 
 
 1870 
 
 619 
 
 709 
 
 290 
 
 1618 
 
 276,953 
 
 1871 
 
 552 
 
 901 
 
 302 
 
 1755 
 
 273,226 
 
 1872 
 
 451 
 
 900 
 
 292 
 
 1643 
 
 209,052 
 
 1873 
 
 648 
 
 1221 
 
 402 
 
 2271 
 
 359,245 
 
 1874 
 
 748 
 
 995 
 
 404 
 
 2147 
 
 432,725 
 
 * This includes brigs, barks and schooners. f This includes canal-boats and barges. 
 
 + The tonnage is given in accordance with the new measurement from 1866, that mode having 
 been adopted in 1865. In some of the other returns several years elapsed before uniformity in this 
 respect was secured. 
 
 TABLE II. 
 
 Statement exhibiting the Amount of Tonnage of the United States Merchant Marine 
 annually from 1789 to 1873, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Registered Vessels.* 
 
 Enrolled and Li- 
 censed Yessels.f 
 
 Total* 
 
 Annual Increase or 
 Decrease ( — ) per ct. 
 
 1789 
 
 123,893 
 
 77,669 
 
 201,562 
 
 
 1790 
 
 346,254 
 
 132,123 
 
 478,377 
 
 137.33 
 
 1791 
 
 363,110 
 
 139,036 
 
 502,146 
 
 4.96 
 
 1792 
 
 411,438 
 
 153,019 
 
 564,457 
 
 12.35 
 
 1793 
 
 367,734 
 
 153,030 
 
 520,764 
 
 —7.74 
 
 1794 
 
 438,863 
 
 189,755 
 
 628,618 
 
 20.71 
 
 1795 
 
 529,471 
 
 218,494 
 
 747,965 
 
 19.00 
 
 1796 
 
 576,733 
 
 255,167 
 
 831,900 
 
 11.22 
 
 1797 
 
 597,777 
 
 279,135 
 
 876,912 
 
 5.41 
 
 1798 
 
 603,376 
 
 294,952 
 
 898,328 
 
 2.49 
 
 1799 
 
 662,197 
 
 277,211 
 
 939,408 
 
 4.57 
 
 1800 
 
 669,921 
 
 302,571 
 
 972,492 
 
 3.52 
 
 1801 
 
 632,907 
 
 314,669 
 
 947,576 
 
 —2.56 
 
 1802 
 
 560,381 
 
 331,725 
 
 892,106 
 
 —5.85 
 
 * Vessels are registered, for foreign traffic and the whale-fishery, and enrolled and licensed for coast 
 and inland (river and lake) trade and for the cod- and mackerel-fisheries. 
 
 f This includes licensed vessels under 20 tons burden, which are kept separate in the government 
 account, but included in the totals. The tonnage of these amounted to 9203 in 1793 and 22,527 in 
 1794. The highest point reached by it was 66,602 tons, in 1S28, and of late years its average has been 
 in the neighborhood of 50,000 tons. 
 
 t Steam tonnage of both classes is included in this total as well as in each class. Special statistics 
 will be given in Table III. 
 
874 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE II. — Continued. 
 
 Statement exhibiting the Amount of Tonnage of the United States Merchant Marine 
 annually from 1789 to 1873, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Registered Vessels.* 
 
 Enrolled and Li- 
 censed Vessels.f 
 
 Total.! 
 
 Annual Increase or 
 Decrease ( — ) per ct. 
 
 1803 
 
 597,157 
 
 352,015 
 
 949,172 
 
 6.39 
 
 1804 
 
 672,530 
 
 369,874 
 
 1,042,404 
 
 1.00 
 
 1805 
 
 749,341 
 
 391,026 
 
 1,140,367 
 
 9.40 
 
 1806 
 
 808,285 
 
 400,452 
 
 1,208,737 
 
 5.99 
 
 1807 
 
 848,307 
 
 420,241 
 
 1,268,548 
 
 4.95 
 
 1S08 
 
 769,054 
 
 473,541 
 
 1,242,595 
 
 —2.04 
 
 1809 
 
 910,059 
 
 440,223 
 
 1,350,282 
 
 8.66 
 
 1810 
 
 934,269 
 
 440,514 
 
 1,424,783 
 
 5.51 
 
 1811 
 
 768,852 
 
 463,650 
 
 1,232,502 
 
 —13.49 
 
 1812 
 
 760,624 
 
 509,373 
 
 1,269,997 
 
 2.95 
 
 1813 
 
 674,853 
 
 491,775 
 
 1,166,628 
 
 — S.14 
 
 1814 
 
 674,633 
 
 484,576 
 
 1,159,209 
 
 —0.63 
 
 1815 
 
 854,295 
 
 513,833 
 
 1,368,128 
 
 18.02 
 
 1816 
 
 800,760 
 
 571,459 
 
 1,372,219 
 
 0.29 
 
 1817 
 
 809,725 
 
 590,187 
 
 1,399,912 
 
 0.20 
 
 1818 
 
 606,089 
 
 619,096 
 
 1,225,185 
 
 —10.34 
 
 1819 
 
 612,930 
 
 647,822 
 
 1,260,752 
 
 0.04 
 
 1820 
 
 619,048 
 
 661,119 
 
 1,280,167 
 
 1.54 
 
 1821 
 
 619,896 
 
 679,062 
 
 1,298,958 
 
 1.47 
 
 1822 
 
 628,150 
 
 696,549 
 
 1,324,699 
 
 1.98 
 
 1823 
 
 639,921 
 
 696,645 
 
 1,336,566 
 
 0.89 
 
 1824 
 
 669,973 
 
 719,190 
 
 1,389,163 
 
 3.94 
 
 1825 
 
 700,787 
 
 722,323 
 
 1,423,110 
 
 2.44 
 
 1826 
 
 737,978 
 
 796,213 
 
 1,534,191 
 
 7.80 
 
 1827 
 
 747,170 
 
 873,437 
 
 1,620,607 
 
 5.63 
 
 1828 
 
 812,619 
 
 928,773 
 
 1,741,392 
 
 7.45 
 
 1829 
 
 650,143 
 
 610,665 
 
 1,260,798 
 
 —27.60 
 
 1830 
 
 576,475 
 
 615,301 
 
 1,191,776 
 
 —5.47 
 
 1831 
 
 620,452 
 
 647,394 
 
 1,267,846 
 
 6.38 
 
 1832 
 
 686,990 
 
 752,460 
 
 1,439,450 
 
 13.53 
 
 1833 
 
 750,027 
 
 856,124 
 
 1,606,151 
 
 11.59 
 
 1834 
 
 857,438 
 
 901,469 
 
 1,758,907 
 
 9.51 
 
 1835 
 
 885,822 
 
 939,119 
 
 1,824,941 
 
 3.13 
 
 1836 
 
 897,775 
 
 984,327 
 
 1,882,102 
 
 3.13 
 
 1837 
 
 810,447 
 
 1,086,239 
 
 1,896,686 
 
 0.24 
 
 1838 
 
 822,592 
 
 1,173,048 
 
 1,995,640 
 
 5.22 
 
 1839 
 
 834,245 
 
 1,262,234 
 
 2,096,479 
 
 5.05 
 
 1840 
 
 . 899,765 
 
 1,280,999 
 
 2,180,764 
 
 4.02 
 
 1841 
 
 945,803 
 
 1,184,941 
 
 2.130,744 
 
 —2.30 
 
 1842 
 
 975,359 
 
 1,117,032 
 
 2,092,391 
 
 —1.80 
 
 1843 
 
 1,009,305 
 
 1,149,298 
 
 2,158,603 
 
 3.16 
 
 1844 
 
 1,068,765 
 
 1,211,331 
 
 2,280,096 
 
 5.63 
 
 * Vessels are registered for foreign traffic and the whale-fishery, and enrolled and licensed for coast 
 and inland (river and lake) trade and for the cod- and mackerel-fisheries. 
 
 f This includes licensed vessels under 20 tons burden, which are kept separate in the government 
 account, but included in the totals. The tonnage of these amounted to 9203 in 1793 and 22,527 in 
 1794. The highest point reached by it was 66,602 tons, in 1828, and of late years its average has been 
 in the neighborhood of 50,000 tons. 
 
 % Steam tonnage of both classes is included in this total as well as in each class. Special statistics 
 will be given in Table III. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 875 
 
 TABLE II. — Continued. 
 
 Statement exhibiting the Amount of Tonnage of the United States Merchant Marine 
 annually from 1789 to 1874, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Registered Vessels.* 
 
 Enrolled and Li- 
 censed Vessels.f 
 
 Total.! 
 
 Annual Increase or 
 Decrease ( — ) per ct. 
 
 1845 
 
 1,095,172 
 
 1,221,829 
 
 2,417,001 
 
 
 6.00 
 
 1S46 
 
 1,130,287 
 
 1,431,798 
 
 2,562,085 
 
 
 6.00 
 
 1847 
 
 1,241,313 
 
 1,360,887 
 
 1,597,733 
 
 2,839,046 
 
 
 10.81 
 
 184S 
 
 1,793,156 
 
 3,154,043 
 
 
 11.09 
 
 1S49 
 
 1,43S,942 
 
 1,895,074 
 
 3,334,016 
 
 
 5.71 
 
 1S50 
 
 1,5S5,711 
 
 1,949,743 
 
 3,535,454 
 
 
 6.04 
 
 1S51 
 
 1,726,307 
 
 2,046,132 
 
 3,772,439 
 
 
 6.70 
 
 1S52 
 
 1,899,448 
 
 2,23S,992 
 
 4,138.440 
 
 
 9.70 
 
 1S53 
 
 2,103,674 
 
 2,303,336 
 
 4,407,010 
 
 4,802.902 
 
 
 6.49 
 
 1854 
 
 2 333,819 
 
 2,469,0S3 
 
 
 8.96 
 
 1855 
 
 2,535,136 
 
 2,676,865 
 
 5,212,001 
 
 
 8.52 
 
 1856 
 
 2,491,403 
 
 2,380,250 
 
 4,871,653 
 
 
 —2.60 
 
 1857 
 
 2,463,968 
 
 2,476,875 
 
 4,940,843 
 
 
 1.41 
 
 1858 
 
 2,499,742 
 
 2,550,066 
 
 5,049,808 
 
 
 2.21 
 
 1859 
 
 2,507,402 
 
 2,637,636 
 
 5,145,038 
 
 
 1.90 
 
 1860 
 
 2,546,237 
 
 2,807,631 
 
 5,353,868 
 
 
 4.06 
 
 1861 
 
 2,642,628 
 
 2,897,185 
 
 5,539,813 
 
 
 3.47 
 
 1S62 
 
 2,291,251 
 
 2,820,913 
 
 5,112,164 
 
 
 —4.51 
 
 1863 
 
 2,026,114 
 
 3,128,942 
 
 5,155,056 
 
 
 0.84 
 
 1S64 
 
 1,581,894 
 
 3,404,506 
 
 4,9S6,400 
 
 
 —3.85 
 
 1865$ 
 
 1865|| 
 
 510,579 
 
 1,092,004 
 
 1,069,415 
 
 2,424,784 
 
 1,570,994 
 
 3,516,788 
 
 i 
 
 2.21 
 
 1866? 
 
 1,108,531 
 
 2,259,548 
 
 3,368,479 
 
 ■ 
 
 —15.42 
 
 1866|| 
 
 384,395 
 
 557,904 
 
 942,299 
 
 
 1S67? 
 
 1867|| 
 
 1,353,236 
 
 214,796 
 
 2,604.579 
 
 132,176 
 
 3,957,515 
 
 346,972 
 
 i 
 
 —0.12 
 
 1868? 
 
 1,532,283 
 
 2,786,027 
 
 4,318,310 
 
 i 
 
 1868|| 
 
 33,449 
 
 
 33,449 
 
 
 
 1869? 
 
 1,566,422 
 
 2,578,219 
 
 4,144,641 
 
 
 —4.76 
 
 1870TT 
 
 1,516,800 
 
 2,857,465 
 
 4,246,507 
 
 
 2.46 
 
 1871 
 
 1,425,142 
 
 3,027,099 
 
 4,282,607 
 
 
 0.85 
 
 1872 
 
 1,410,648 
 
 3,027,099 
 
 4,437,747 
 
 
 3.62 
 
 1873 
 
 1.423,288 
 
 3,272,739 
 
 4,696,027 
 
 
 5.82 
 
 1874 
 
 1,428,923 
 
 3,371,729 
 
 4,800,652 
 
 
 2.23 
 
 * Vessels are registered for foreign traffic and the whale-fishery, and enrolled and licensed for coast 
 and inland (river and lake) trade and for the cod- and mackerel-fisheries. 
 
 f This includes licensed vessels under 20 tons burden, which are kept separate in the government 
 account, but included in the totals. The tonnage of these amounted to 9203 in 1793 and 22,527 in 
 1794. The highest point reached by it was 66,602 tons, in 1828, and of late years its average has been 
 in the neighborhood of 50,000 tons. 
 
 X Steam tonnage of both classes is included in this total as well as in each class. Special statistics 
 will be given in Table III. 
 
 £ New measurement. || Old measurement. 
 
 K New measurement from 1869. It was introduced in 1S65, but a portion of the returns were made 
 in the old measurement for several years, as is indicated in the table. 
 
876 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE III. 
 
 Statement exhibiting the Amount of Steam Tonnage of the United States Merchant 
 Marine annually from 1823 to 1874, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Registered. 
 
 Enrolled and 
 Licensed. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Annual Increase or 
 Decrease ( — ) per ct. 
 
 1823 
 
 
 24,879 
 
 24,879 
 
 
 1824 
 
 
 21,610 
 
 21,610 
 
 —13.12 
 
 1825 
 
 
 23,061 
 
 23,061 
 
 6.71 
 
 1826 
 
 
 34,059 
 
 34,059 
 
 47.61 
 
 1827 
 
 
 40,198 
 
 40,198 
 
 18.00 
 
 1828 
 
 
 39,418 
 
 39,418 
 
 —1.94 
 
 1829 
 
 
 54,037 
 
 54,037 
 
 37.15 
 
 1830 
 
 1,419 
 
 63,053 
 
 64,472 
 
 19.32 
 
 1831 
 
 871 
 
 33,574 
 
 34,445 
 
 — 46.55 
 
 1832 
 
 181 
 
 90,633 
 
 90,814 
 
 165.31 
 
 1833 
 
 545 
 
 101,305 
 
 101,850 
 
 12.15 
 
 1834 
 
 340 
 
 122,474 
 
 122,814 
 
 20.59 
 
 1835 
 
 340 
 
 122,474 
 
 122,814 
 
 0.00 
 
 1836 
 
 454 
 
 145,102 
 
 145,556 
 
 18.52 
 
 1837 
 
 1,104 
 
 153,661 
 
 154,765 
 
 6.32 
 
 1838 
 
 2,791 
 
 119,683 
 
 193,423 
 
 24.90 
 
 1839 
 
 5,149 
 
 199,789 
 
 204,938 
 
 5.95 
 
 1840 
 
 4,155 
 
 198,154 
 
 202,309 
 
 —1.32 
 
 1841 
 
 746 
 
 174,342 
 
 175,088 
 
 —13.40 
 
 1S42 
 
 4,701 
 
 224,960 
 
 229,661 
 
 31.10 
 
 1843 
 
 5,373 
 
 231,494 
 
 236,867 
 
 3.14 
 
 1844 
 
 6,900 
 
 265,270 
 
 272,170 
 
 14.91 
 
 1845 
 
 6,492 
 
 319,527 
 
 326,019 
 
 19.78 
 
 1846 
 
 6,287 
 
 341,606 
 
 347,893 
 
 6.70 
 
 1847 
 
 5,631 
 
 399,210 
 
 404,841 
 
 16.36 
 
 1848 
 
 16,068 
 
 411,823 
 
 427,891 
 
 5.69 
 
 1849 
 
 20,870 
 
 441,525 
 
 462,395 
 
 8.06 
 
 1850 
 
 44,429 
 
 481,005 
 
 525,434 
 
 13.67 
 
 1851 
 
 62,390 
 
 521,217 
 
 583,607 
 
 11.07 
 
 1852 
 
 79,704 
 
 554,536 
 
 634,240 
 
 8.68 
 
 1853 
 
 90,520 
 
 514,098 
 
 604,618 
 
 —4.67 
 
 1854 
 
 95,036 
 
 581,571 
 
 676,607 
 
 11.90 
 
 1855 
 
 115,045 
 
 655.240 
 
 770,285 
 
 13.85 
 
 1856 
 
 89,715 
 
 583,362 
 
 673,077 
 
 —12.63 
 
 1857 
 
 86,873 
 
 618,911 
 
 705,784 
 
 4.87 
 
 1858 
 
 78.027 
 
 650,363 
 
 728,390 
 
 3.20 
 
 1859 
 
 92,748 
 
 676,005 
 
 768,753 
 
 5.66 
 
 1860 
 
 97,296 
 
 770,641 
 
 867,937 
 
 12.90 
 
 1861 
 
 102,608 
 
 774,596 
 
 877,204 
 
 1.06 
 
 1862 
 
 113,998 
 
 596,465 
 
 710,463 
 
 —7.72 
 
 1863 
 
 133,215 
 
 442,304 
 
 575,519 
 
 —18.99 
 
 1864 
 
 106,519 
 
 853,816 
 
 960,335 
 
 66.86 
 
 1865* 
 
 28,469 
 
 338,720 
 
 367,189 
 
 1 1119 
 
 1865f 
 
 69,539 
 
 630,411 
 
 699,950 
 
 
 1866* 
 
 155,513 
 
 771,754 
 
 926,267 
 
 l i fin 
 
 1866f 
 
 42,776 
 
 114,269 
 
 157,045 
 
 
 1867* 
 
 165,522 
 
 957,458 
 
 1,122,980 
 
 l 1 O AO 
 
 1867f 
 
 32,593 
 
 36,307 
 
 68.900 
 
 
 1868* 
 
 221,939 
 
 977,476 
 
 1,199.415 
 
 0.63 
 
 * New measurement, adopted in 1865. 
 
 f Old measurement. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 877 
 
 TABLE III.— '-Continued. 
 
 Statement exhibiting the Amount of Steam Tonnage of the United States Merchant 
 Marine annually from 1823 to 1874, inclusive. 
 
 Tear. 
 
 Registered. 
 
 Enrolled and 
 Licensed. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Annual Increase or 
 Decrease ( — ) per ct. 
 
 1869* 
 
 213,252 
 
 890,316 
 
 1,103,568 
 
 —7.99 
 
 1870 
 
 192,544 
 
 882,551 
 
 1,075,095 
 
 —2.57 
 
 1871 
 
 180,914 
 
 906,723 
 
 1,087,637 
 
 1.16 
 
 1872 
 
 177,666 
 
 933,887 
 
 1,111,553 
 
 2.19 
 
 1873 
 
 193,423 
 
 963,020 
 
 1,156,443 
 
 4.03 
 
 1874 
 
 195,245 
 
 930,782 
 
 1,126,027 
 
 —2.63 
 
 * New measurement from 1868, up to which date, as indicated by the table, a portion of the returns 
 were made in the old measurement. 
 
 TABLE IV. 
 
 Annual Receipts, Expenditures and National Debt of the United States from March 
 4, 1789, to June 30, 1875. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Receipts. 
 
 Expenditures. 
 
 National Debt. 
 
 17891 * 
 1791/ 
 
 510,210,025 
 
 §7,207,539 
 
 §75,463,476 
 
 1792 
 
 8,740,766 
 
 9,141,569 
 
 77,227,924 
 
 1793 
 
 5,720,624 
 
 7,529,575 
 
 80,352,634 
 
 1794 
 
 10,041,101 
 
 9,302,124 
 
 78,427,404 
 
 1795 
 
 9,419,802 
 
 10,435,069 
 
 80,747,587 
 
 1796 
 
 8,740,329 
 
 8,367,77 6 
 
 83,762,172 
 
 1797 
 
 8,758,916 
 
 8,626,012 
 
 82,064,479 
 
 1798 
 
 8,209,070 
 
 8,613,517 
 
 79,228,529 
 
 1799 
 
 12,621,459 
 
 11,077,043 
 
 78,408,669 
 
 1800 
 
 12,451,184 
 
 11,989,739 
 
 82,976,294 
 
 1801 
 
 12,945,455 
 
 12,273,376 
 
 83,038,050 
 
 1802 
 
 15,001,391 
 
 13,276,084 
 
 80,712,632 
 
 1803 
 
 11,064,097 
 
 11,258,983 
 
 77,054,686 
 
 1804 
 
 11,835,840 
 
 12,624,646 
 
 86,427,120 
 
 1805 
 
 13,689,508 
 
 13,727,124 
 
 82,312,150 
 
 1806 
 
 15,608,828 
 
 15,070,093 
 
 75,723,270 
 
 1807 
 
 16,398,019 
 
 11,292,292 
 
 69,218,398 
 
 1808 
 
 17,062,544 
 
 16,764,584 
 
 65,196,317 
 
 1809 
 
 7,773,473 
 
 13,867,226 
 
 57,023,392 
 
 1810 
 
 12,144,206 
 
 13,319,986 
 
 53,173,217 
 
 1811 
 
 14,431,838 
 
 13,601,808 
 
 48,005,587 
 
 1812 
 
 22,639,032 
 
 22,279,121 
 
 45,209,737 
 
 1813 
 
 40,524,844 
 
 39,190,520 
 
 55,962,827 
 
 1814 
 
 34,559,536 
 
 38,028,230 
 
 81,487,846 
 
 1815 
 
 50,961,237 
 
 39,582,493 
 
 99,833,660 
 
 1816 
 
 57,171,421 
 
 48,244,495 
 
 127,334,933 
 
 . 1817 
 
 33,833,592 
 
 40,877,646 
 
 123,491,965 
 
 * From March 4, 1789, to December 31. 1791. Fractions of a dollar are omitted throughout this 
 table. 
 
878 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE IV. — Continued. 
 
 Annual Receipts, Expenditures and National Debt of the United States from March 
 4, 1789, to June 30, 1875. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Receipts 
 
 Expenditures. 
 
 National Debt. 
 
 1818 
 
 $21,593,936 
 
 $35,104,875 
 
 §103,466,633 
 
 1819 
 
 24,605,065 
 
 24,044,199 
 
 95,529,648 
 
 1820 
 
 20,881,493 
 
 21,763,024 
 
 91,015,566 
 
 1821 
 
 19,573,703 
 
 19,090,572 
 
 89,987,427 
 
 1822 
 
 20,232,427 
 
 17,676,592 
 
 93,546,676 
 
 1823 
 
 20,540,666 
 
 15,314,171 
 
 90,875,877 
 
 1824 
 
 24,381,212 
 
 31,898,538 
 
 90,269,777 
 
 1825 
 
 26,840,858 
 
 23,585,804 
 
 83,788,432 
 
 1826 
 
 25,260,434 
 
 24,103,398 
 
 81,054,059 
 
 1827 
 
 22,966,363 
 
 22,656,764 
 
 73,987,357 
 
 1828 
 
 24,763,629 
 
 25,459,479 
 
 67,475,043 
 
 1829 
 
 24,827,627 
 
 25,044,358 
 
 58,421,413 
 
 1830 
 
 24,844,116 
 
 24,585,281 
 
 48,565,406 
 
 1831 
 
 28,526,820 
 
 30,038,446 
 
 39,123,191 
 
 1832 
 
 31,865,561 
 
 34,356,698 
 
 24,322,235 
 
 1833 
 
 33,948,426 
 
 24,257,298 
 
 7,001,032 
 
 1834 
 
 21,791,935 
 
 24.601,982 
 
 4,760,082 
 
 1835 
 
 35,430,087 
 
 17,573,141 
 
 351,289 
 
 1836 
 
 50,826,796 
 
 30,868,164 
 
 291,089 
 
 1837 
 
 27,883,853 
 
 37,265,037 
 
 1,878,223 
 
 1838 
 
 39,019,382 
 
 39,455,438 
 
 4,857,660 
 
 1839 
 
 33,881,242 
 
 37,614,936 
 
 11,9S3,737 
 
 1840 
 
 25,032,193 
 
 28,226,533 
 
 5,125,077 
 
 1841 
 
 30,519,477 
 
 31,797,530 
 
 6,737,398 
 
 1842 
 
 34,773,744 
 
 32,936,876 
 
 15,028,486 
 
 1843* 
 
 20,782,410 
 
 12,118,105 
 
 27,203,450 
 
 1844 
 
 31,198,555 
 
 33,642,010 
 
 24,748,188 
 
 1845 
 
 29,941,853 
 
 30,490,408 
 
 17,093,794 
 
 1846 
 
 29,699,967 
 
 27,632,282 
 
 16,750,926 
 
 1847 
 
 55,338,168 
 
 60,520,851 
 
 38,956,623 
 
 1848 
 
 56,992,479 
 
 60,665,143 
 
 48,526,379 
 
 1849 
 
 59,796,892 
 
 56,386,422 
 
 64,704,693 
 
 1850 
 
 47,649,388 
 
 44,604,718 
 
 64,228,238 
 
 1851 
 
 52,762,704 
 
 48,476,104 
 
 62,560,395 
 
 1852 
 
 49,893,115 
 
 46,712,608 
 
 65,131,692 
 
 1853 
 
 61,500,102 
 
 54,577,061 
 
 67,340,628 
 
 1854 
 
 73,802,291 
 
 75,473,119 
 
 47,242,206 
 
 1855 
 
 65,351,374 
 
 66,164,775 
 
 39,969,731 
 
 1856 
 
 74,056,899 
 
 72,726,341 
 
 30,963,909 
 
 1857 
 
 68,969,212 
 
 71,274,587 
 
 29,060,386 
 
 1858 
 
 70,372,665 
 
 82,062,186 
 
 44,910,777 
 
 1859 
 
 81,773,965 
 
 83,678,642 
 
 58,754,699 
 
 1860 
 
 76,841,407 
 
 77,055,125 
 
 64,769,703 
 
 1861 
 
 86,835,900 
 
 84,578,834 
 
 90,867,828 
 
 1862 
 
 581,628,181 
 
 570,841,700 
 
 514,211,371 
 
 1863 
 
 776,682,361 
 
 895,796,630 
 
 1,098,793,181 
 
 1864 
 
 884,076,646 
 
 865,234,087 
 
 1,740,690,489 
 
 1865 
 
 1,418,210,629 
 
 1,290,312,982 
 
 2,682,593,026 
 
 1866 
 
 1,273,960,215 
 
 1,141,072,666 
 
 2,783,425,879 
 
 To June 30, on which day the fiscal year of the government has since closed. 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 879 
 
 TABLE IV. — 'Continued. 
 
 Annual Receipts, Expenditures and National Debt of the United States from March 
 4, 1789, to June 30, 1875. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Receipts. 
 
 Expenditures. 
 
 National Debt. 
 
 1867 
 
 81,131,060,920 
 
 81,093,079,655 
 
 $2,692,199,215 
 
 1868 
 
 1,117,991,542 
 
 1,069,889,970 
 
 2,636,320,964 
 
 1869* 
 
 609,621,828 
 
 584,777,966 
 
 2,489,500,484 
 
 1870 
 
 696,729,873 
 
 309,653,560 
 
 2.386,358,599 
 
 1871 
 
 534,234,240 
 
 292,177,188 
 
 2,292,030,834 
 
 1872 
 
 374,106,867 
 
 377,478,216 
 
 2,146,685,957 
 
 1873 
 
 333,738,204 
 
 340,843,571 
 
 2,135,020,974 
 
 1874 
 
 322,186,231 
 
 302,633,873 
 
 2,139,897,861 
 
 1875 
 
 288,000,051 
 
 274,623,392 
 
 2,128,688,726 
 
 * In this and the succeeding years the cash balance in the Treasury is deducted from the out- 
 standing principal of the debt. 
 
 % 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 Statement [in bushels) of the crops of Wheat, Maize [Indian Corn), Oats, Barley 
 and Rye in 1840, 1850, 1860 and 1862-1874. Compiled mainly from the returns 
 of the New York Produce Exchange. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Wheat. 
 
 Maize. 
 
 Oats. 
 
 Barley. 
 
 Rye. 
 
 1840 
 
 84,821,065 
 
 377,492,388 
 
 123,054,990 
 
 4,161,210 
 
 18,640,486 
 
 1850 
 
 100,164,256 
 
 591,630,564 
 
 146,565,140 
 
 5,165,136 
 
 14,183,094 
 
 1860 
 
 170,176,027 
 
 827,094,527 
 
 172,089,095 
 
 15,813,604 
 
 20,965,046 
 
 1862 
 
 186,763,483 
 
 564,629,348 
 
 170,738,705 
 
 17,679,089 
 
 20,593,476 
 
 1863 
 
 190,888,239 
 
 451,153,378 
 
 174,650,228 
 
 17,754,351 
 
 20,796,287 
 
 1864 
 
 160,695,823 
 
 530,451,403 
 
 175,990,194 
 
 10,632,178 
 
 19,872,975 
 
 1865 
 
 148,522,829 
 
 704,427,853 
 
 225,252,295 
 
 11,301,286 
 
 19,543,905 
 
 1866 
 
 151,999,906 
 
 867,946,295 
 
 268,141,078 
 
 11,283,807 
 
 20,864,944 
 
 1867 
 
 212,441,400 
 
 768,320,000 
 
 278,698,000 
 
 25,727,000 
 
 23,184,000 
 
 1868 
 
 224,036,600 
 
 906,527,000 
 
 254,960,800 
 
 22,896,100 
 
 22,504,800 
 
 1869 
 
 260,146,900 
 
 874,320,000 
 
 288,334,000 
 
 28,652,200 
 
 22,527,900 
 
 1870 
 
 235,884,700 
 
 1,094,255,000 
 
 247,277,400 
 
 26,295,400 
 
 15,473,600 
 
 1871 
 
 230,722,400 
 
 991,898,000 
 
 255,743,000 
 
 26,718,500 
 
 15,365,500 
 
 1872 
 
 249,997,100 
 
 1,092,719,000 
 
 271,747,000 
 
 26,846,400 
 
 14,888,600 
 
 1873 
 
 281,254,700 
 
 932,247,000 
 
 270,340,000 
 
 32,044,491 
 
 15,142,000 
 
 1874 
 
 305,000,000 
 
 854,000,000 
 
 240,000,000 
 
 32,704,000 
 
 14,891,000 
 
 Note. — There are scarcely any returns from the Southern States (excepting Maryland and Ken- 
 tucky) included in any of the figures for 1862-1865, inclusive. This will account for the smallness 
 of the reported maize crop in those years. The returns for 1873 are taken from the Report of the De- 
 partment of Agriculture for that year, and those for 1874 are from the Annual Cyc/opcedia. 
 
880 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE YI. 
 
 Cotton Production and Trade for 49 years. Mainly from Appletons' American 
 
 Cyclopaedia. 
 
 Years ending 
 August 31. 
 
 Production. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Average 
 weight 
 per bale. 
 Lbs. 
 
 Average 
 price in 
 New York. 
 Cents. 
 
 Average 
 price in 
 Liverpool. 
 Pence. 
 
 1825-26 
 
 720,027 
 
 
 
 
 12.19 
 
 5.85 
 
 1826-27 
 
 957,281 
 
 149,516 
 
 854,000 
 
 331 
 
 9.29 
 
 5.79 
 
 1827-28 
 
 720,593 
 
 120,593 
 
 600,000 
 
 335 
 
 10.32 
 
 5.84 
 
 1828-29 
 
 870,415 
 
 118,853 
 
 740,000 
 
 341 
 
 9.88 
 
 5.32 
 
 1829-30 
 
 976,845 
 
 126,512 
 
 839,000 
 
 339 
 
 10.04 
 
 6.44 
 
 1830-31 
 
 1,038,847 
 
 182,142 
 
 773,000 
 
 341 
 
 9.71 
 
 5.72 
 
 1831-32 
 
 987,477 
 
 173,800 
 
 892,000 
 
 360 
 
 9.38 
 
 6.22 
 
 1832-33 
 
 1,070,438 
 
 194,412 
 
 867,000 
 
 350 
 
 12.32 
 
 7.87 
 
 1833-34 
 
 1,205,394 
 
 196,413 
 
 1,028,000 
 
 363 
 
 12.90 
 
 8.10 
 
 1834-35 
 
 1,254,328 
 
 216,888 
 
 1,023,500 
 
 •367 
 
 17.45 
 
 9.13 
 
 1835-36 
 
 1,360,725 
 
 236,733 
 
 1,116,000 
 
 373 
 
 16.50 
 
 8.79 
 
 1S36-37 
 
 1,423,930 
 
 222,540 
 
 1,169,000 
 
 379 
 
 13.25 
 
 6.09 
 
 1837-38 
 
 1,801,497 
 
 246,063 
 
 1,575,000 
 
 379 
 
 10.14 
 
 '6.28 
 
 1838-39 
 
 1,360,532 
 
 276,018 
 
 1,074,000 
 
 384 
 
 13.36 
 
 7.19 
 
 1839-40 
 
 2,177,835 
 
 295,193 
 
 1,876,000 
 
 383 
 
 8.92 
 
 5.42 
 
 1840-41 
 
 1,634,954 
 
 267,850 
 
 1,313,500 
 
 394 
 
 9.50 
 
 5.73 
 
 1841-42 
 
 1,683,574 
 
 267,850 
 
 1,465,500 
 
 397 
 
 7.85 
 
 4.86 
 
 1842-43 
 
 2,378,875 
 
 325,129 
 
 2,010,000 
 
 409 
 
 7.25 
 
 4.37 
 
 1843-44 
 
 2,030,409 
 
 346,750 
 
 1,629,500 
 
 412 
 
 7.73 
 
 4.71 
 
 1844-45 
 
 2,394,503 
 
 389,000 
 
 2,083,700 
 
 415 
 
 5.63 
 
 3.92 
 
 1845-46 
 
 2,100,537 
 
 422,000 
 
 1,666,700 
 
 411 
 
 7.87 
 
 4.80 
 
 1846-47 
 
 1,778,651 
 
 428,000 
 
 1,241,200 
 
 431 
 
 11.21 
 
 6.03 
 
 1847-48 
 
 2,439,786 
 
 616,044 
 
 1,858,000 
 
 417 
 
 8.03 
 
 3.93 
 
 1848-49 
 
 2,866,938 
 
 642,485 
 
 2,228,000 
 
 436 
 
 7.55 
 
 4.09 
 
 1849-50 
 
 2,223,718 
 
 613,498 
 
 1,590,200 
 
 429 
 
 12.34 
 
 7.10 
 
 1850-51 
 
 2,454,442 
 
 485,614 
 
 1,988,710 
 
 416 
 
 12.14 
 
 5.51 
 
 1851-52 
 
 3,126,310 
 
 689,603 
 
 2,443,646 
 
 428 
 
 9.50 
 
 5.05 
 
 1852-53 
 
 3,416,214 
 
 803,725 
 
 2,528,400 
 
 428 
 
 11.02 
 
 5.54 
 
 1853-54 
 
 3,074,979 
 
 737,236 
 
 2,319,148 
 
 430 
 
 10.97 
 
 5.31 
 
 1854-55 
 
 2,982,634 
 
 716,417 
 
 2,244,209 
 
 434 
 
 10.39 
 
 5.60 
 
 1855-56 
 
 3,665,557 
 
 770,739 
 
 2,954,606 
 
 420 
 
 10.30 
 
 6.22 
 
 1856-57 
 
 3,093,737 
 
 819,936 
 
 2,252,657 
 
 444 
 
 13.51 
 
 7.73 
 
 1857-58 
 
 3,257,339 
 
 595,562 
 
 2,590,455 
 
 442 
 
 12.23 
 
 6.91 
 
 1858-59 
 
 4,018,914 
 
 927,651 
 
 3,021,403 
 
 447 
 
 12.08 
 
 6.68 
 
 1859-60 
 
 4,861,292 
 
 978,043 
 
 3,774,173 
 
 461 
 
 11.00 
 
 5.97 
 
 1860-61 
 
 3,849,469 
 
 843,740 
 
 3,127,568 
 
 477 
 
 13.01 
 
 8.50 
 
 1861-62* 
 
 
 
 
 
 31.29 
 
 18.37 
 
 1862-63 
 
 
 
 
 
 67.21 
 
 22.46 
 
 1863-64 
 
 
 
 
 
 101.50 
 
 27.17 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * For obvious reasons, statistics are wanting, with the exception of prices, for the four years 
 of the civil war. The prices are for middling upland. The production of sea-island cotton is in- 
 cluded, which has varied in recent years from 47,592 bales in 1858-59 to 19,912 in 1873-74. The reader 
 should remember that the price given is the average price for the whole year. The highest price, 
 between January 1 and August 31, 1864, was $1.65, and the lowest 78 cents. A higher point 
 (SI. 80) was reached during September, 1864, but the low prices during the last live months of the 
 year 1864-65 (from 35 to 48 cents) brought down the average, as is shown by the table. We have 
 depended for these latter statements upon the maximum and minimum prices at the beginning 
 of each month, for the years 1864-1S73, given in the Report on Commerce and Navigation for 1873. — 
 Ed. TJ. S. Gazetteer and Gdide. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 881 
 
 TABLE VI.— Continued. 
 
 Cotton Production and Trade for 49 years. Mainly from Appletons’ American 
 
 Cyclopaedia. 
 
 Years ending 
 August 31. 
 
 Production. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Average 
 weight 
 per bale. 
 Lbs. 
 
 Average 
 price in 
 New York. 
 Cents. 
 
 Average 
 price in 
 Liverpool. 
 Pence. 
 
 1864-65 
 
 
 
 
 
 83.38 
 
 19.11 
 
 1865-66 
 
 2,269,316 
 
 666,100 
 
 1,554,664 
 
 441 
 
 43.20 
 
 15.30 
 
 1866-67 
 
 2,097,254 
 
 770,030 
 
 1,557,054 
 
 444 
 
 31.59 
 
 10.98 
 
 1867-68 
 
 2,519,554 
 
 906,636 
 
 1,655,816 
 
 445 
 
 24.85 
 
 10.52 
 
 1868-69 
 
 2,366,467 
 
 926.374 
 
 1,465,880 
 
 444 
 
 29.01 
 
 12.12 
 
 1S69-70 
 
 3,122,551 
 
 930,736 
 
 2,206,480 
 
 440 
 
 23.98 
 
 9.89 
 
 1870-71 
 
 4,362,317 
 
 1,019,446 
 
 3,166,742 
 
 442 
 
 16.95 
 
 8.55 
 
 1871-72 
 
 3,014,351 
 
 1,137,540 
 
 1,957,314 
 
 443 
 
 20.48 
 
 10.78 
 
 1872-73 
 
 3,930,508 
 
 1,251,127 
 
 2,679,986 
 
 464 
 
 18.15 
 
 9.65 
 
 1873-74 
 
 4,170,388 
 
 1,220,943 
 
 2,840,981 
 
 469 
 
 16.60 
 
 
 TABLE VII. 
 
 Exports and Imports of the United States for each Fiscal Year from 1790 to the 
 year ending June 30, 1875, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 1790 
 
 $20,205,156 
 
 823,000,000 
 
 1816 
 
 $81,920,452 
 
 $147,103,000 
 
 1791 
 
 19,012,041 
 
 29,200,000 
 
 1817 
 
 87,671,560 
 
 99,250,000 
 
 1792 
 
 20,753,098 
 
 31,500,000 
 
 1818 
 
 93,281,133 
 
 121,750,000 
 
 1793 
 
 26,109,572 
 
 31,000,000 
 
 1819 
 
 70,141,501 
 
 87,125,000 
 
 1794 
 
 33,026,233 
 
 34,600,000 
 
 1820 
 
 69,661,669 
 
 74,450,000 
 
 1795 
 
 47,989,472 
 
 69,756,268 
 
 1821 
 
 64,974,382 
 
 62,585,724 
 
 1796 
 
 67,064,097 
 
 81,436,164 
 
 1822 
 
 72,160,281 
 
 83,241,541 
 
 1797 
 
 56,850,206 
 
 75,379,406 
 
 1823 
 
 74,699,030 
 
 77,579,267 
 
 1798 
 
 61,527,097 
 
 68,551,700 
 
 1824 
 
 75,986,657 
 
 89,549,007 
 
 1799 
 
 78,665,522 
 
 79,089,148 
 
 1825 
 
 99,535,388 
 
 96,340,075 
 
 1800 
 
 70,970,780 
 
 91,252,768 
 
 1826 
 
 77,595,322 
 
 84,974,477 
 
 1801 
 
 94,115,925 
 
 111,363,511 
 
 1827 
 
 82,324,727 
 
 78,484,068 
 
 1802 
 
 72.483,160 
 
 76,333,333 
 
 1828 
 
 72,264,686 
 
 88,509,824 
 
 1803 
 
 55,800,038 
 
 64,666,666 
 
 1829 
 
 72,358,671 
 
 74,492,527 
 
 1804 
 
 77,699,074 
 
 185,000,000 
 
 1830 
 
 73,849,508 
 
 70,876,920 
 
 1805 
 
 95,566,021 
 
 120,600,000 
 
 1831 
 
 81,310,583 
 
 103,191,124 
 
 1806 
 
 101,536,963 
 
 129,410,000 
 
 1832 
 
 87,176,943 
 
 101,029,266 
 
 1807 
 
 108,343,151 
 
 138,500,000 
 
 1833 
 
 90,140,443 
 
 108,118,311 
 
 1808 
 
 22,430,960 
 
 56,990,000 
 
 1834 
 
 104,336,973 
 
 126,521,332 
 
 1809 
 
 52,203,333 
 
 59,400,000 
 
 1835 
 
 121,693,577 
 
 149,895,742 
 
 1810 
 
 66,657,970 
 
 88,406,000 
 
 1836 
 
 128,663,040 
 
 189,980,085 
 
 1811 
 
 61,316,883 
 
 53,400,000 
 
 1837 
 
 117,419,376 
 
 140,989,217 
 
 1812 
 
 38,527,236 
 
 77,030,000 
 
 1838 
 
 108,486,616 
 
 113,717,404 
 
 1813 
 
 27,855,927 
 
 22,005,000 
 
 1839 
 
 121,088,416 
 
 162,092,132 
 
 1814 
 
 6,937,441 
 
 12,965,000 
 
 1840 
 
 132,085,936 
 
 107,641,519 
 
 1815 
 
 52,557,753 
 
 113,041,274 
 
 1841 
 
 121,851,803 
 
 127,946,177 
 
 56 
 
882 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE VII— Continued. 
 
 Exports and Imports of the United States for each Fiscal Year from 1790 to the 
 year ending June 30, 1875, inclusive. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Exports 
 
 Imports. 
 
 1842 
 
 8104,691,531 
 
 §100,152,087 
 
 1859 
 
 $356,789,461 
 
 $338,768,130 
 
 1848* 
 
 84,346,480 
 
 64,753,799 
 
 1860 
 
 400,122,296 
 
 342,162,541 
 
 1844 
 
 111,200,046 
 
 108,435,035 
 
 1861 
 
 243,971,277 
 
 286,598,135 
 
 1845 
 
 114,646,606 
 
 117,254,564 
 
 1862 
 
 229,938,985 
 
 275,357,051 
 
 1-346 
 
 113,418,516 « 
 
 121,691,797 
 
 1863 
 
 322,359,254 
 
 252,919,920 
 
 1847 
 
 158,648,622 
 
 146,545,638 
 
 1864 
 
 301,984,561 
 
 329,562,895 
 
 1848 
 
 154,032,131 
 
 154,998,928 
 
 1865 
 
 336,697,123 
 
 234,339,810 
 
 1S49 
 
 145,755,820 
 
 147,857,439 
 
 1866 
 
 550,684,228 
 
 445,512,158 
 
 1850 
 
 151,898,790 
 
 178,138,318 
 
 1867 
 
 438,577,312 
 
 411,733,309 
 
 1851 
 
 218,388,01 1 
 
 216,224,932 
 
 1868 
 
 454,301,713 
 
 378,409,448 
 
 1852 
 
 209,658,366 
 
 212,945,442 
 
 1869 
 
 413,960,890 
 
 437,314,255 
 
 1853 
 
 230,576,157 
 
 267,978,647 
 
 1870 
 
 499,092,143 
 
 462,377,587 
 
 1854 
 
 278,241,064 
 
 304,562,381 
 
 1871 
 
 562,518,651 
 
 541,493,708 
 
 1855 
 
 275,156,846 
 
 261,468,520 
 
 1872 
 
 501,164,971 
 
 640,337,540 
 
 1856 
 
 326,964,908 
 
 314,639,943 
 
 1873 
 
 578,938,985 
 
 663,617,147 
 
 1857 
 
 362,960,608 
 
 360,890,141 
 
 1874 
 
 652,913,445f 
 
 595,861,248f 
 
 1858 
 
 324,644,421 
 
 282,613,150 
 
 1875 
 
 665,528,391f 
 
 553,906,153f 
 
 * For the half year ending June 30, 1843, since which time the fiscal year of the United States 
 government has ended on this day. 
 t Specie value. 
 
 TABLE VIII. 
 
 Areas and Density of Population of the United States and of the several States and 
 Territories thereof in 1850, 1860 and 1870, according to the Census Reports foi 
 these years. 
 
 States and Territories. 
 
 1850. 
 
 18G0. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 square 
 mile. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 square 
 mile. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 square i 
 mile. 
 
 The United States 
 
 2,980,959 
 
 7.78 
 
 3,026,494* 
 
 10.39 
 
 3,603,884* 
 
 10.70 
 
 The States 
 
 1,544,224 
 
 14.94 
 
 1,723,029 
 
 18.10 
 
 1,984,467 
 
 19.21 
 
 Alabama 
 
 50,722 
 
 15.21 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 19.01 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 19.66 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 52,198 
 
 4.02 
 
 
 8.34 
 
 ii 
 
 9.30 
 
 California 
 
 188,981 
 
 0.49 
 
 it 
 
 2.01 
 
 a 
 
 2.29 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 4,750 
 
 78.06 
 
 “ 
 
 96.87 
 
 a 
 
 113.15 
 
 Delaware 
 
 2,120 
 
 43.18 
 
 a 
 
 52.93 
 
 a 
 
 58.97 
 
 Florida 
 
 59,268 
 
 1.48 
 
 “ 
 
 2.65 
 
 a 
 
 3.17 
 
 Georgia 
 
 58,000 
 
 15.62 
 
 a 
 
 18.23 
 
 a 
 
 20.42 
 
 Illinois 
 
 55,410 
 
 15.37 
 
 
 30.90 
 
 ii 
 
 45.84 
 
 * The increase of the total area of the United States in 1860 over 1850 represents the territory 
 acquired from Mexico known as the Gadsden purchase. The increase of the area shown by the 
 returns of 1870 expresses the acquisition of Alaska. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 883 
 
 TABLE VIII. — Continued. 
 
 Arms and Density of Population of the United States and of the several States and 
 Territories thereof in 1S50, 1860 and 1870, according to the Census Reports for 
 those years. 
 
 Slates and Territories. 
 
 1850. 
 
 I860. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 square 
 mile. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 square 
 mile. 
 
 Square 
 
 miles. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 square 
 mile. 
 
 Indiana 
 
 33,809 
 
 29.24 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 39.94 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 49.71 
 
 Iowa 
 
 55,045 
 
 3.49 
 
 it 
 
 12.26 
 
 “ 
 
 21.69 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 81,318 
 
 4.48 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 37,680 
 
 26.07 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 30.94 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 35.33 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 41,346 
 
 12.52 
 
 “ 
 
 17.12 
 
 “ 
 
 17.58 
 
 Maine 
 
 35,000 
 
 16.66 
 
 U 
 
 17.95 
 
 “ 
 
 17.91 
 
 Maryland 
 
 11,124 
 
 52.41 
 
 It 
 
 61.76 
 
 “ 
 
 70.20 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 7,800 
 
 127.50 
 
 U 
 
 157.83 
 
 “ 
 
 186.84 
 
 Michigan 
 
 56,451 
 
 7.04 
 
 it 
 
 13.27 
 
 “ 
 
 20.97 
 
 
 
 
 83 531 
 
 2.10 
 
 
 5.26 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 47,156 
 
 12.86 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 16.78 
 
 « 
 
 17.56 
 
 Missouri 
 
 65,350 
 
 10.44 
 
 it 
 
 18.09 
 
 “ 
 
 26.34 
 
 Nebraska 
 
 
 
 
 
 75,995 
 
 1.62 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 104 125 
 
 '0.41 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 9,280 
 
 34.26 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 U 
 
 35.14 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 34.30 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 8,320 
 
 58.84 
 
 80.77 
 
 “ 
 
 108.91 
 
 New York 
 
 47,000 
 
 65.90 
 
 u 
 
 82.57 
 
 “ 
 
 93.25 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 50,704 
 
 17.14 
 
 “ 
 
 19.58 
 
 “ 
 
 21.13 
 
 Ohio 
 
 39,964 
 
 49.55 
 
 it 
 
 58.54 
 
 “ 
 
 66.69 
 
 Oregon 
 
 
 
 95 274 
 
 0.55 
 
 a 
 
 0.95 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 46,000 
 
 50.26 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 63.18 
 
 “ 
 
 76.56 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 1,306 
 
 112.97 
 
 it 
 
 133.71 
 
 u 
 
 166.43 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 34,000 
 
 19.66 
 
 Ik 
 
 20.70 
 
 “ 
 
 20.75 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 45,600 
 
 21.99 
 
 U 
 
 24.34 
 
 tt 
 
 27.60 
 
 Texas 
 
 274,356 
 
 0.77 
 
 it 
 
 2.20 
 
 u 
 
 2.98 
 
 Vermont 
 
 10,212 
 
 30.76 
 
 u 
 
 30.86 
 
 a 
 
 32.37 
 
 Virginia 
 
 61,348 
 
 23.17 
 
 (( 
 
 26.02 
 
 38,348 
 
 31.95 
 
 West Virginia 
 
 
 
 
 
 23 000 
 
 19.22 
 
 Wisconsin 
 
 53,924 
 
 5.66 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 14.39 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 19.56 
 
 The Territories 
 
 1.436,735 
 
 0.09 
 
 1,303,465 
 
 0.20 
 
 1,619,417 
 
 0.27 
 
 Alaska (unorganized) 
 
 
 
 
 
 577 390 
 
 
 Arizona 
 
 
 
 
 
 113,916 
 
 0.08 
 
 Colorado 
 
 
 
 
 
 104 500 
 
 0.38 
 
 Dakota 
 
 
 
 
 
 150,932 
 
 0.09 
 
 District of Columbia. 
 
 64 
 
 807.61 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 1173.13 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 2057.81 
 
 Idaho 
 
 
 
 
 
 86,294 
 
 0.17 
 
 Indian (Country) 
 
 195,274 
 
 
 68,991 
 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 
 Kansas 
 
 
 
 126 283 
 
 0.85 
 
 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 165,491 
 
 0.04 
 
 81,960 
 
 
 
 
 Montana 
 
 
 
 143,776 
 
 0.14 
 
 Nebraska 
 
 351,358 
 
 
 
 0.08 
 
 
 New Mexico 
 
 215,807 
 
 0.29 
 
 261,342 
 
 0.36 
 
 121,201 
 
 0.76 
 
 Oregon 
 
 288,345 
 
 0.05 
 
 
 
 
 
 Utah 
 
 220*196 
 
 0.05 
 
 Unchanged. 
 
 0.18 
 
 84,476 
 
 1.03 
 
 Washington 
 
 
 
 193 071 
 
 0.06 
 
 69 994 
 
 0.34 
 
 Wyoming 
 
 
 
 
 
 97,883 
 
 0.09 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
884 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE IX. 
 
 Number of Families and of Persons to a Family in the United States and in the 
 several States and Territories thereof in 1850, 1860 and 1870, according to the 
 Census Reports for those years. 
 
 States and Territories. 
 
 1850. 
 
 I860. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 The United States 
 
 3,598,240 
 
 5.56 
 
 5,210,934 
 
 5.28 
 
 7,579,363 
 
 5.09 
 
 The States 
 
 3,570,683 
 
 5.56 
 
 5,147,650 
 
 5.28 
 
 7,481,607 
 
 5.09 
 
 Alabama 
 
 73,786 
 
 5.81 
 
 96,603 
 
 5.48 
 
 202,704 
 
 4.92 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 28,461 
 
 5.72 
 
 57,244 
 
 5.67 
 
 96,135 
 
 5.04 
 
 California 
 
 24,567 
 
 3.77 
 
 98,767 
 
 3.85 
 
 128,752 
 
 4.35 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 73,448 
 
 5.05 
 
 94,831 
 
 4.85 
 
 114,981 
 
 4.67 
 
 Delaware 
 
 15,439 
 
 5.78 
 
 18,966 
 
 5.82 
 
 22,900 
 
 5.46 
 
 Florida 
 
 9,107 
 
 5.29 
 
 15,090 
 
 5.21 
 
 39,394 
 
 4.77 
 
 Georgia 
 
 91,666 
 
 5.72 
 
 109,919 
 
 5.41 
 
 237,850 
 
 4.98 
 
 Illinois 
 
 149,153 
 
 5.71 
 
 315,539 
 
 5.43 
 
 474,533 
 
 5.35 
 
 Indiana 
 
 171,564 
 
 5.76 
 
 248,664 
 
 5.43 
 
 320,160 
 
 5.25 
 
 Iowa 
 
 33,517 
 
 5.73 
 
 124,098 
 
 5.44 
 
 222,430 
 
 5.37 
 
 Kansas 
 
 
 
 21,912 
 
 4 89 
 
 72 493 
 
 5 03 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 132,920 
 
 5.80 
 
 166,321 
 
 5.59 
 
 232,797 
 
 5.67 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 54,112 
 
 5.04 
 
 74,725 
 
 5.04 
 
 158,099 
 
 4.60 
 
 Maine 
 
 103,333 
 
 5.64 
 
 120,863 
 
 5.20 
 
 131,017 
 
 4.78 
 
 Maryland 
 
 87,384 
 
 5.64 
 
 110,278 
 
 5.44 
 
 140,078 
 
 5.57 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 192,675 
 
 5.16 
 
 251,287 
 
 4.90 
 
 305,534 
 
 4.77 
 
 Michigan 
 
 72,611 
 
 5.48 
 
 144,761 
 
 5.17 
 
 241,006 
 
 4.91 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 
 
 37,319 
 
 4.61 
 
 82 471 
 
 5 33 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 52,107 
 
 5.69 
 
 63,015 
 
 5.63 
 
 166,828 
 
 4.96 
 
 Missouri 
 
 100,890 
 
 5.89 
 
 192,073 
 
 5.56 
 
 316,917 
 
 5.43 
 
 Nebraska 
 
 
 
 
 
 25,075 
 
 4.91 
 
 Nevada 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 880 
 
 4 30 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 62,287 
 
 5.15 
 
 69,018 
 
 4.72 
 
 72,144 
 
 4.41 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 89,080 
 
 5.50 
 
 130,348 
 
 5.16 
 
 183,043 
 
 4.95 
 
 New York 
 
 566,869 
 
 5.46 
 
 758,420 
 
 5.12 
 
 892,772 
 
 4.88 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 105,451 
 
 5.50 
 
 125,090 
 
 5.29 
 
 205,970 
 
 5.20 
 
 Ohio 
 
 348,514 
 
 5.68 
 
 434,134 
 
 5.39 
 
 521,981 
 
 5.11 
 
 Oregon 
 
 
 
 11,063 
 
 4.74 
 
 18,504 
 
 4 91 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 408,497 
 
 5.66 
 
 524*558 
 
 5.54 
 
 675,408 
 
 5.21 
 
 Khode Island 
 
 28,216 
 
 5.23 
 
 35,209 
 
 4.96 
 
 46,133 
 
 4.71 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 52,937 
 
 5.36 
 
 58,642 
 
 5.14 
 
 151,105 
 
 4.67 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 130,004 
 
 5.87 
 
 149,335 
 
 5.59 
 
 231,365 
 
 5.44 
 
 Texas 
 
 28,377 
 
 5.44 
 
 76,781 
 
 5.49 
 
 154,483 
 
 5.30 
 
 Vermont 
 
 58,573 
 
 5.36 
 
 63,781 
 
 4.94 
 
 70,462 
 
 4.69 
 
 Virginia 
 
 167,530 
 
 5.67 
 
 201,523 
 
 5.49 
 
 231,574 
 
 5.29 
 
 West Virginia 
 
 
 
 
 
 78,474 
 
 5.63 
 
 Wisconsin 
 
 57,608 
 
 5.30 
 
 147,473 
 
 5.26 
 
 200*155 
 
 5.27 
 
 The Territories 
 
 27,557 
 
 4.39 
 
 63,284 
 
 4.30 
 
 97,756 
 
 4.48 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2,290 
 
 4.22 
 
 
 
 
 10,045 
 
 3.41 
 
 9*358 
 
 4.26 
 
 Dakota 
 
 
 
 1,241 
 
 3.90 
 
 3*090 
 
 4.59 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 885 
 
 TABLE IX.-— Continued. 
 
 Number of Families and of Persons to a Family in the United States and in the. 
 several States and Territories thereof in 1850, 1860 and 1870, according to the. 
 Census Reports for those years. 
 
 Territories. 
 
 1850. 
 
 I860. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 Number of 
 families. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 family. 
 
 District of Columbia. 
 Idaho 
 
 8,343 
 
 5.75 
 
 12,888 
 
 5.58 
 
 25,276 
 
 4,104 
 
 5.21 
 
 3.65 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 1,016 
 
 5.98 
 
 
 
 Montana 
 
 
 
 7,058 
 
 2.92 
 
 Nebraska 
 
 
 
 5,931 
 
 20,881 
 
 4.86 
 
 4.48 
 
 New Mexico 
 
 Oregon 
 
 13,502 
 
 2,734 
 
 2,322 
 
 4.56 
 
 5.60 
 
 4.90 
 
 21,449 
 
 4.28 
 
 Utah 
 
 Washington 
 
 Wyoming 
 
 9,500 
 
 2,798 
 
 4.96 
 
 4.14 
 
 17,210 
 
 5,673 
 
 2,248 
 
 5.04 
 
 4.22 
 
 4.00 
 
 TABLE X. 
 
 Number of Dwellings and of Persons to a Dwelling in the United States and in the 
 several States and Territories thereof in 1850, 1860 and 1870, according to the 
 Census Reports for those years. 
 
 States and Territories. 
 
 1850. 
 
 I860. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 The United States 
 
 3,362,337 
 
 5.94 
 
 4,969,692 
 
 5.53 
 
 7,042,833 
 
 5.47 
 
 The States 
 
 3,335,269 
 
 5.95 
 
 4,912,437 
 
 5.54 
 
 6,941,603 
 
 5.49 
 
 Alabama 
 
 73,070 
 
 5.87 
 
 96,682 
 
 5.47 
 
 198,327 
 
 5.03 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 28,252 
 
 5.76 
 
 56,717 
 
 5.72 
 
 93,195 
 
 5.20 
 
 California 
 
 23,742 
 
 3.90 
 
 100,328 
 
 3.79 
 
 126,307 
 
 4.44 
 
 Connecticut . 
 
 64,013 
 
 5.79 
 
 83.622 
 
 5.50 
 
 96,880 
 
 5.55 
 
 Delaware 
 
 15,290 
 
 5.84 
 
 19,288 
 
 5.72 
 
 22,577 
 
 5.54 
 
 Florida 
 
 9,022 
 
 5.34 
 
 14,132 
 
 5.57 
 
 41,047 
 
 4.57 
 
 Georgia 
 
 91,206 
 
 5.75 
 
 109,069 
 
 5.46 
 
 236,436 
 
 5.01 
 
 Illinois 
 
 146,544 
 
 5.81 
 
 304,742 
 
 5.62 
 
 464,155 
 
 5.47 
 
 Indiana 
 
 170,178 
 
 5.81 
 
 256,936 
 
 5.26 
 
 318,469 
 
 5.28 
 
 Iowa 
 
 32,962 
 
 5.83 
 
 131,663 
 
 5.13 
 
 219,846 
 
 5.44 
 
 Kansas 
 
 
 
 33,278 
 
 2.96 
 
 71,071 
 
 5.13 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 130,769 
 
 5.90 
 
 164,161 
 
 5.67 
 
 224,969 
 
 5.87 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 49,101 
 
 5.56 
 
 63,992 
 
 5.88 
 
 150,427 
 
 4.83 
 
 Maine 
 
 95,802 
 
 6.09 
 
 115,933 
 
 5.42 
 
 121,953 
 
 5.14 
 
 Maryland 
 
 81,708 
 
 6.03 
 
 106,137 
 
 5.65 
 
 129,620 
 
 6.02 
 
886 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE X. — Continued. 
 
 X umber of Dwellings and of Persons to a Dwelling in the United States and in the 
 several States and Territories thereof in 1850, 1S60 and 1870, according to the 
 Census Reports for those years. 
 
 States and Territories. 
 
 1S50. 
 
 1SG0. 
 
 1870. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 Number of 
 dwellings. 
 
 Persons 
 to a 
 
 dwelling. 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 152,835 
 
 6.51 
 
 205,319 
 
 6.00 
 
 236,473 
 
 6.16 
 
 Michigan 
 
 71,616 
 
 5.55 
 
 150,952 
 
 4.96 
 
 237,036 
 
 5.00 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 
 
 40,926 
 
 4.20 
 
 81,140 
 
 5.42 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 51,681 
 
 5.74 
 
 61,460 
 
 5.77 
 
 164,150 
 
 5.04 
 
 Missouri 
 
 96,849 
 
 6.14 
 
 181,069 
 
 5.89 
 
 292,769 
 
 5.87 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 25 144 
 
 4.89 
 
 Nevada 
 
 
 
 
 
 12,990 
 
 3.27 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 57,339 
 
 5.55 
 
 05,968 
 
 4.94 
 
 67,046 
 
 4.75 
 
 New Jersey*. 
 
 81,064 
 
 6.04 
 
 116,353 
 
 5.78 
 
 155,936 
 
 5.81 
 
 New York 
 
 473,936 
 
 6.54 
 
 615, S88 
 
 6.30 
 
 688,559 
 
 6.37 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 104,996 
 
 5.53 
 
 129,585 
 
 5.11 
 
 202,504 
 
 5.29 
 
 Ohio 
 
 336,098 
 
 5.89 
 
 425,672 
 
 5.50 
 
 495,667 
 
 5.38 
 
 Oregon 
 
 
 
 12,277 
 
 4.27 
 
 19,372 
 
 4.69 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 386,216 
 
 5.99 
 
 515'319 
 
 5.64 
 
 635*680 
 
 5.54 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 22,379 
 
 6.59 
 
 27,056 
 
 6.45 
 
 34,828 
 
 6.24 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 52,642 
 
 5.39 
 
 58,220 
 
 5.18 
 
 143,485 
 
 4.92 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 129,419 
 
 5.90 
 
 147,947 
 
 5.64 
 
 224,816 
 
 5.60 
 
 Texas 
 
 27,988 
 
 5.52 
 
 77,428 
 
 5.45 
 
 141.685 
 
 5.78 
 
 Vermont 
 
 56,421 
 
 5.57 
 
 62,977 
 
 5.00 
 
 66,145 
 
 5.00 
 
 Virginia 
 
 165,815 
 
 5.72 
 
 207,305 
 
 5.33 
 
 224,947 
 
 5.45 
 
 West Virginia 
 
 
 
 
 
 78,854 
 
 5.61 
 
 Wisconsin 
 
 56,316 
 
 5.42 
 
 154,036 
 
 5.04 
 
 197^098 
 
 5.35 
 
 The Territories 
 
 27,068 
 
 4.46 
 
 57,255 
 
 5.10 
 
 101,230 
 
 4.37 
 
 Arizona 
 
 
 
 
 
 2,822 
 
 3.42 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10,009 
 
 3.98 
 
 Dakota 
 
 
 
 1,361 
 
 - 3.55 
 
 3,231 
 
 4.39 
 
 District of Columbia. 
 
 7,917 
 
 6.06 
 
 12*338 
 
 5.83 
 
 23,308 
 
 5.65 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1,002 
 
 6.06 
 
 
 
 
 
 Montana 
 
 
 
 
 9,450 
 
 2.18 
 
 Nebraska 
 
 
 
 7,811 
 
 3.69 
 
 
 
 New Mexico 
 
 13,453 
 
 4.57 
 
 21*945 
 
 4.26 
 
 21,053 
 
 4.36 
 
 
 2,374 
 
 5.60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Utah 
 
 2,322 
 
 4.90 
 
 10,763 
 
 3.75 
 
 18,290 
 
 4.75 
 
 Washington 
 
 
 
 3,037 
 
 3.82 
 
 6,066 
 
 3.95 
 
 Wv online- 
 
 
 
 
 2,379 
 
 3.83 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 887 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALERS IN 
 
 IDzeeet Goods, 
 
 611 Market St., Philadelphia. 
 
 Orders solicited from Country Merchants generally, which will always be 
 filled with CARE and PROMPTNESS under the super- 
 vision of one of the firm. 
 
 JMO. H, McFETRICH, 
 
 PLUMBER ? GAS FITTER, 
 
 S. W. cor. Ninth and Walnut Sts., PhUada. 
 
 LEAD, 
 
 IRON, 
 
 COPPER, 
 
 BRASS 
 
 AND 
 
 TERRA COTTA 
 
 PIPE. 
 
 COPPER, 
 
 LEAD, 
 
 IRON 
 
 AND 
 
 ZINC 
 
 BATH-TUBS 
 
 LEAD, 
 
 IRON, 
 
 COPPER, 
 
 BRASS 
 
 AND 
 
 EARTHEN WORE 
 
 Of every description. 
 
 SOAPSTONE 
 
 SLATE 
 
 ubs 
 
 AND 
 
 SINES, 
 
 GAS PIPE AND FIXTURES 
 
 FOR 
 
 STORES .A-INTID DWT^T iT ill XT G-S. 
 
 ALL ORDERS PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO. 
 
 J. FUTIIEY SMITH, Manager. 
 
888 
 
 A D VER TISE MEETS. 
 
 H. B. LYONS, 
 
 Manager. 
 
 JOSEPH WALKER, 
 
 Proprietor. 
 
 MACHINERY 
 
 WAREROOMS, 
 
 915 Market Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 STEAM EAGiBeS, 
 STm« &WM9B, 
 Machinists Tools , etc. 
 
 SHIVE GOVERNORS, 
 
 JONES’ SCALES, 
 
 u TEE; TBBT*” 
 
AD VER VISE MEETS. 
 
 889 
 
 128 SOUTH NINTH STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 WHOLESALE AND RETAIL DEALER IN 
 
 X^XILTIE 
 
 Wines Liquors. 
 
 
 ON HAND in the ORIGINAL PACKAGE ONLY. 
 
 CHAMPAGNES f CIGARS 
 
 A SPECIALTY. 
 
 Wine and Sample Rooms at the rear. 
 
890 
 
 A D VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 H. m. DALY, 
 
 WHOLESALE DEALER IILT 
 
 FINE 
 
 WHISKIES 
 
 222 South Front Street 
 
 AND 
 
 130 DOCK STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 HAS CONSTANTLY ON HAND A LARGE STOCK OF 
 
 WAR/E;AITTED 
 
 PURE FINE WHISKIES, 
 
 Of various ages and guaranteed to give universal satisfaction. 
 
 “SOLD IN ORIGINAL PACKAGE ONLY.” 
 
 SAMPLES SENT WHEN REQUESTED. 
 
 «®-AN INSPECTION SOLICITED. 
 
 SOLE AGENT FOB 
 
 THOMAS MOORE and J. S. FINCH & CO. 
 
AI) VERTISEMENTS. 
 
 891 
 
 SOLE PROPRIETORS OF THE CELEBRATED 
 
 acme 
 
 PURE RYE, WHEAT and BOURBON 
 
 ■WHISKIES. 
 
 DISTILLERIES = 
 
 HANNISVILLE, BERKELEY COUNTY, TV. VA., 
 MT. VERNON, BALTIMORE, MB. 
 
 OFFICES: 
 
 Nos. 218 and 220 South Front Street, Philadelphia. 
 No. 9 Whitehall Street, New York. 
 
 Ostend and Russell Streets, Baltimore. 
 
 Agents at New Orleans, RARESHIDE & MAES, No. 17 
 Tchoupitoulas Street. 
 
 Liberal terms for Contracts in quantities of not less 
 tban 100 barrels in bond or tax paid. 
 
 Storage capacity of Distillery Bonded Warehouses, 
 20,000 barrels. 
 
 Stock of really Fine Old W hiskies, the best and largest 
 in the country. 
 
892 
 
 AD VER TISEMENTS. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1831. 
 
 JOSEPH F. TOBIAS & COMPANY, 
 
 No. 241 CHESTNUT STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 IMPORTERS, 
 
 Wine # Spirit Merchants 
 
 IDIELAJLjIEIELS ITT 
 
 FINE OLD MONONGAHELA, 
 
 Rye, Wheat and Bourbon 
 
 WH ISEIES. 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 SOLE AGENTS IN THE UNITED STATES FOR 
 
 GrIESLER & COMPT’S